LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART 1.—1896.

January 14, 1896.

Page :

The Sec Un the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in December 1895 -......-:. ae

Mr. W, eimeier. Exhibition of some drawings of two young King-Penguins Ge sian cas

ae pesve eri) ee ee Oe ee ee ie eX PE at Oe ee Poe eee e

1. Ar: ‘ »inary Revision and Synonymie Catalogue of the Hesperiidae of Africa and the <f

adj: ont Islands, with Descriptious of some apparently new Species. By W.J. Houtann,

Ph.D:, F-.Z:S., F.ES., &c., Chancellor of the Western University~of Pennsylvania. SRN

(Plates FS Va) sain tice dpe s a beabyo dren gy 2h ab ori 2 Rens ate ty enone peas ain ages eae 2

. On a Collection of Butterflies obtained by Mr, Richard Crawshay in Nyasa-land, between

the Months of January and April 1895. By Arruce G. Buruer, its FLS, &. - ee

(Dieta VT) Seria tins 5 ee Rig Es weit wre ies ooo ee pd eich epee se ee Wp

. On the Intestinal Tract of Birds. By P. Cuatmers Mircurin, M.A., F.Z.S. 2... 2 .<- 5186

. Myology of Rodents.—Part II. An Account of the Myology of the My omorpha, together 5

with a Comparison of the Mnseles of the various Suborders of Rodents. ° By F. G.

Parsons, F.R.C.S., F.Z.S8., F.L.S., Lecturer on Oomparatiye Anatomy at be Thomas’ De preot

Flospital : vo voc ov oe 0s osrees okt tne Sen e piawn TapRe sie Wee Sern eielae + eh manne ts + 15D

5. Description of a new Species of Antelope from East Africa. By Oscar Neen ahaa

6. On some Earthworms from the Sandwich Islands collected by My, R. L. Perkins + with :

an Appendix on some new Species of Pericheta, &e.- By Frank E. Beppaxp, FR. S.,&e. 194.

me 69

February 4, 1896. aes “ge ie

» The Secretary. On the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in January 1896 ..2.....250: 212°

I. Second Report on the Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Dr. A..Donaldson Smith ~~

during his Expedition to Lake Rudolf. By G. A, Boutencrn, F.R.S. (Plates VII. & 3

VTTT rye e Seitvcers Or as oe ce ins Wee wg Ha cco ute oye aielc WOT te a OR epg tig Ore ema ~212 =

2. Report on a Collection of Fishes made by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith during his Expedition ee

to Lake Rudolf. By Dr. Avert Géntumr, F.R.S. (Plate IX.).......2..4 Mortnde ew ae

. Remarks on the System of Coloration and Punctuation in the Reetles of the ‘Genus é =e

~ Calligrapha. By Marvin JacOBY EBS, =. sc eaiie spe nen ono vou esses cmos wen, LE

4. On the Oblique Septa (“ Diaphragm” of Owen) in the ~Passerines and in some other ae So

- Birds. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A‘, F.R.S.; Prosector-to the Bgviet ys. Examiner. in ae Ne

Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in ‘the University of London .... Sais ae Miers 225 -

5, A Note upon Dissura episcopus, with Remarks upon the Classification of the Herediouch Sen

; By Frank B. Beppaxp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society 1

Ce ed =

a7)

. Additional Note-on the Sea-Otter. By R, Lyprxxer, F.R.S. kaa i ae eae 2 B35 8

7. On the Hyoid Bones of Nestor meridionalis and Nanodes ania ‘By Sr. Guorce 3

Mryars, MAY HORS rset sve wees ta eae Fa Pe okz Wel, Fabladie tie es Goods. 0 OE ee ee

February 18, 1896. eee,

Mr. A. Thomson. Report on the Insect-honse for 1895 .... 2.6.5. senuecseeee po yalenwe 240° S

1. On the Butterflies obtained in Arabia and Somaliland by Capt. Chas. G. Nurse and ~~

Col. J. W. Yerbury in 1894 and 1895. By Arruvr G. Butier, Ph.D., Senior seen: Tn

Keeper of Zoology, Natural History Museum. (Plate X.) . <Wnaeage eigheoe Se

2. On Moths collected at Aden and in Somaliland. By Lord Wieeern, M.A,, LLD,

F.R.S.; and G. F. Hampson, B.A., Ke. (Plate X.)

3. Suaetatoni on the Metallie Colours of the Trochilide and the Wectariniide. By Miss A

Marron I. Newniaiy, B.Sc. (Plates XI. & XII.) 283°

4. On a Skull of Orycteropus gaudryi, Forsyth Major, from Samos. By C. W. ANDREWS, te

F.G.S., Assistant in the British Museum (Natural History) .... 202.0... 52-200. taney sna >

5. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Anatomy of Rlaphhope: By Frank EC Ef

Bupparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society

a a a a i

eal bel 2 ye.

March 38,1896. a =< v=

The Secretary. On the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in February 1896 .. ata Son A ae

Mr. G. B, H. Barrett-Hamilton, F.Z.S. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, remains 5 of the

Norway Lemming (Myodes Temmus) from Foie st eet: i CAs gs Rang le Ee ey s

Te an 3 =f os a

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

PRINTED FOR THE eee

AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER- SQUARE

LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,,

PATERNOSTER ROW.

Lees TL

OF THE

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL

SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1896.

COUNCIL.

(Elected April 29, 1896.)

Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., LL.D., D.C.L., Sce.D., F.R.S., President.

Dr. Joun Anperson, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

Wiutum T. Branrorp, Esq.,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Grorce A. Bovreneer, Esq.,

F.R.S.

Tue Rr. Hon. Grorcze Denman,

PC;

Hersert Drucs, Esq., F.LS.

Cuartes Drummonp, Esq., T'rea-

surer.

Gen. Tur Hon. Sie

Ferrtpine, K.C.B.

F. DuCanz Gopmay, Esq., F.R.S.,

Vice-President. :

Lr.-Cot, H. H. Gopwiy-A vsren,

F.R.S., Vice-President.

Percy

Dr. Epwarp Hamttron, Vice-

President.

Prorsessor Groree B. Howes.

Lr.-Cot. Lnonarp H. Irpy.

Sir Hue Low, G.C.M.G.

Dr. Sr. Georcr Mivart, F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

ProressokR ALFRED

E.R.S.

Srr THomas Parne.

E. Lorr Patcries, Esq.

Howarp Savunpers, Esq.

Pare Lutter Scrarer, Esq.,

M.A.,Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

Tue Lorp Watsrneuan, F.R.S.

Newron,

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.

P. L. Scrater, Esq., M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

Frank E. Bepparp, Esq., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector.

Mr. A. D. Barrierr, Superintendent of the Gardens.

Mr. F. H. Waternousr, Librarian.

Mr. Joun Barrow, Accountant.

Mr. W. J. Witttams, Chief Clerk.

LIST

OF THE

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

Anprews, C. W., F.G.S., F.Z.S., Assistant in the British

Museum (Natural History).

On a Skull of Orycteropus gaudryi, Forsyth Major, from

TY OGRE See ee Ore coh Shae a UTR Se cits MOR ae aioe Bate at

Avstun, E. E., Assistant in the British Museum (Natural

History).

‘Notes on a Recent Zoological Expedition on the Lower

INS FECYA0N Tes ee TEY RUE SESE ne: Ses ook et URE EN Sieh aN 1 pean Si

Barrerr-Haminton, G. E. H. See Hamitton, G. HE. H.

BaARREIT-.

Bartierr, A. D., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens.

Notes on the Breeding of the Surinam Water-Toad

(Pipa americana) in the Society’s Gardens ............

Page

296

Barzson, Wii11aM, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, three Pigeons showing

webbing between the toes

Bepparp, Franx E., M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the

Society.

On some Earthworms from the Sandwich Islands col-

lected by Mr. R. L. Perkins ; with an Appendix on some

new Species of Pericheta, &e.

6s 6 6 ais 6 4,0) ee) ele 9 6) 0) aes ous,

On the Oblique Septa (“ Diaphragm ” of Owen) in the

Passerines and in some other Birds

ate e.0 wae © wie eye av ale ele

A Note upon Dissura episcopus, with Remarks upon the

Classification of the Herodiones

wis) dismelic «(ehepwya-(6 "pie wiev~eve | aim

A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Anatomy of

Rhynchops

ve -we 0 lsils) vu wile <u delve eles mikes 0166 Seaus le 6 ce wie saa ley

On the Anatomy of a Grebe (chmophorus major), with

Remarks upon the Classification of some of the Schizo-

gnathous Birds

Contributions to the Anatomy of Picarian Birds.—

Part II. A Note upon the Pterylosis of the Barbets and

Toucans

oD 0 6 0s) © 6 elele ec © 'c0,0. 4 a's elaceimse(s) alelure sie a ¢ o/s in leis) s)

Contributions to the Anatomy of Picarian Birds.—

Part III. On some Points in the Anatomy of the King-

fishers <

@ U8 00 e oes 0 0 e 6 ar «6% ws Se ois wells) e Ulels 9 ele tele, 6) 6) >be, ule

Brriepscu, Graf Hans von, C.M.Z.S.

Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature... .

Berinpsco, Graf Hans voy, C.M.ZS., and Sronzmany,

JEAN.

On the Ornithological Researches of M. Jean Kalinowski

in Central Peru. (Plates XIII. & XIV.)

Page

989

194

225

231

299

538

555

603

319

Binewam, Lt.-Col. C. T., F.Z.S., F.E.S.

A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Hymenopterous

Pandit Ceylon: / (Plate XVa) Pe Poss. ed aes

Buanrorp, W. T., LL.D., F.RBS., F.Z.S., &e.

Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature... .

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, four heads of Quis

ammon from the North-west Altai, Central Asia, obtained

py: Major Oninlicelanad op sete Seti ary pe Bs

Bovutencnr, Grorce ALBert, F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Second Report on the Reptiles and Batrachians collected

by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith during his Expedition to

Lake Rudolf. (Plates VII. & VIII.) ...............-

On some little-known Batrachians from the Caucasus.

Gi leieriek Ua NORE ite a) citiate 2d s wisietetrs tyre bee woe

Remarks on the Dentition of Snakes and on the Eyolu-

Tio OF LE Poiwon-larigsie co.) aie dic 2) 4 A ches)» ate ieee as

On the Occurrence of Schlegel’s Gavial (Tomistoma

schlegeli) in the Malay Peninsula, with Remarks on the

Atlas and Axis of the Crocodilians ..........-..-.-..

On a new Gecko from Penang. (Plate XXXVI.)....

Descriptions of new Fishes from the Upper Shiré River,

British Central Africa, collected by Dr. Percy Rendall,

and presented to the British Museum by Sir Harry H.

Johnston, K.C.B. (Plate XLVI.) ...........---005-

On the Lizards of the Genus Hremias, Section Boulen-

NCD Miley Pano NI Orit AIOE Ui OP CT One SICA aaa Sta

Browxe, Epwarp T., B.A., F.Z.8., Zoological Research

Laboratory, University College, London.

On British Hydroids and Meduse. (Plates XVI. &

LY) NEA one ee Cesena or acs ee

Page

401

321

786

212

548

614

915

920

Burier, Arruur G., Ph.D., F.LS., F.2.S8., &c., Senior

Assistant Keeper of Zoology, Natural History

. Museum.

On a Collection of Butterflies obtained by Mr. Richard

Crawshay in Nyasa-land, between the months of January

and April 1895:°" (Plate VIL) 0.20. Yeas Ws ies ieee

On the Butterflies obtained in Arabia and Somaliland

by Capt. Chas. G. Nurse and Col. J. W. Yerbury in 1894

BHA SO. CEU Ns) poe cs on ns cle 4 ein ina hers ele Be ume leme

On two Collections of Lepidoptera made by Mr. R.

Crawshay in Nyasaland. (Plates XLI. & XLII.) ......

On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land pre-

sented to the Museum by Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B.,

and collected by Mr. J. B. Yule. (Plate XLII.) ......

CAMBRIDGE, Frepmrick O. Prckarp, B.A.

On the Theraphoside of the Lower Amazons: being an

Account of the new Genera and Species of this Group of

Spiders discovered during the Expedition of the Steam-

ship ‘ Faraday’ up the River Amazons. (Plates XXXIII.—

XXXYV.)

Campriner, Rev. O. Proxarp, M.A., F.RB.S., &c.

On some new and little-known Spiders (Araneidea).

(Baie Tae) oes. 5 an cated cee nee va ee

CrawsHay, RIcHARD.

Remarks upon the Gnu of Nyasa-land ............

CunnincHaM, Rognrt O., M.D., F.L.S., F.G.S., C.M.ZS.,

Professor of Natural History, Queen’s College, Belfast.

On the Occurrence of a Pair of Supernumerary Bones

in the Skull of a Lemur, and on a Peculiarity in the Skull

of a young Orang

ee ee ©) os) ce @:.0(ie oe @ Oe mi 820 (8 (ee © ene, sm ae» we

Page

108

242

817

851

716

1006

617

vii

Doxrirus, ADRIEN.

On West-Indian Terrestrial Isopod Crustaceans......

Dressur, H. E., F.Z.S., &e.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Pallas’s

Willow-Warbler shot at Cley-next-the-Sea, Norfolk ....

Drucr, Hamitron H., F.Z.S., F.E.S.

Further Contributions to the Knowledge of the Bornean

Lycenide. (Plates XXIX.-XXXI.) .....---. eee euee

Dusors, Dr. AtpHONSE, Conservator of the Royal Museum

of Natural History, Brussels, Belgium.

Description dun nouveau Couroucou africain .......-

Duruam, Miss M. Eprrn.

Notes on the Mode of Feeding of the Egg-eating Snake

(Dasypeltis scabra). (Plate XXXII.) .....----+ +205

Epwarps, James, F.E.S., and Exwes, H. J., F.LS., F.Z.8.

Notice of a Memoir containing a Revision of the

European and Asiatic Butterflies of the Family Hesperide.

Enwes, Henry Jouy, F.LS., F.Z8.

Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature ....

Exwes, Henry Jouy, F.LS., F.Z.8., and Epwarps, JaMzs,

F.E.S.

Notice of a Memoir containing a Revision of the

European and Asiatic Butterflies of the Family Hesperude.

Frowsr, Stantey Smyru, 5th Fusiliers.

Notes on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians made

in the Malay Peninsula in 1895-96; with a List of

the Species recorded from that Region. (Plates XLIV.—

DC AUAYE Ie) R02) Diese aia pee EE EERE T- 2 O

856

650

999

715

609

320

609

vill

Page

Frower, Sir Wiit1AM Henry, K.C.B., LL.D., F.BS., &.,

President of the Society.

Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature.... 319

Forges, Henry Oce, LL.D., F.Z.8.

Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature.... 322

Fowrrr, G. Hureert, B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of

Zoology, University College, London.

Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the

Faeroe Channel.—No. I. (Plate L.) ............0.05. 991

Gapow, Dr. Hans, F.Z.S.

Remarks on Bone-caves in Hstremadura, explored in

Seer aimadeueadearcate, 8h x' Ghd" RVa a ae ete tema et Pe ate 306

Gopmay, F. DuCann, F.R.S., and Satvin, Ospert, M.A.,

F.RBS.

On the Butterflies of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the

adjoining Islands of the West Indies ................ 513

Gregory, J. W., D.Se., F.G.S., Assistant in the British

Museum (Nat. Hist.).

On Lysechinus, a new Genus of Fossil Echinoderms

from the Tyrolese Trias. (Plate LI.) ................ 1000

On the Classification of the Paleozoic Echinoderms of

the Group :@phiuroidea*, !. 25:2 Sore ee 1028

GintTHer, Atpurt C. L. G., M.A., M.D., F.R.S., &e.

Report on a Collection of Fishes made by Dr. A.

Donaldson Smith during his Expedition to Lake Rudolf.

(Plate IX.)

Hamitrton, G. E. H. Barrerr-, F.Z.S.°

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, remains of the Norway

Lemming (Myodes lemmus) from Portugal

eee eee eee e ae

On a Variation in the Pattern of the Teeth of a

specimen of the Common Field Vole

m wie) 8! 6) 0 @ ee) 6 ol ee) une

On the Existence in Europe of Two Geographical Races,

or Subspecies, of the Common Field Vole

eu) Se) de 6 Jo ee be

Hampson, G. F., B.A., &c., and Waustneuam, Lord, M.A.,

LL.D., F.B.S., F.Z.8.

On Moths collected at Aden and in Somaliland.

(Plate X.)

eee eee eee eee eee eee ee ee eee ese ee se eeeee se

Hansen, Dr. H. J. (Copenhagen).

On the Development and the Species of the Crustaceans

GE LHe MOMS DCPGASEEEN This oiekn voce tee aca) sane cee miele Whar py pas

Hartert, Ernst.

Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature ....

Hitt, Leonarp, M.B.

Remarks on some Experiments on supposed cases of the

Inheritance of Acquired Characters

Ho.pine, R. E.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an Antler of the Cir-

cassian Red Deer, and a pair of Antlers of the Malayan

Sambur abnormally developed .............-+..2000.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the head of a three-

horned Fallow Deer and a pair of Roebuck’s horns

Hotiann, W. J., Ph.D., F.Z.8., F.E.S., &c., Chancellor of

the Western University of Pennsylvania.

A Preliminary Revision and Synonymic Catalogue of

the Hesperiide of Africa and the adjacent Islands,

with Descriptions of some apparently new Species.

(Plates 1.-V.) .psreness STIS yo eee bets 21 er ee

Page

304

598

599

257

936

319

785

618

855

Hoyer, Witi1am Evans, M.A., F.R.S.E.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Photographs of

a Snake in the act of swallowing a Mouse ............

Jacosy, Martin, F.E.S.

Remarks on the System of Coloration and Punctuation

in the Beetles of the Genus Calligrapha ..............

Krrsy, F. W., F.L.S., F.E.S.

Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature... .

On some Dragonflies obtained by Mr. and Mrs. Lort

(ehalips ns Somalislama: | so. 300 a/ste <a ott sen ew woes le

Lanxrster, Prof. E. Ray, M.A., LL.D., F.RBS., &e.

Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. ...

Lairrieron, The Hon. H. 8.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a life-sized model of the

Australian Lung-fish (Ceratodus forster?) ..........000.

Lyprxxer, Ricuard, B.A., F.R.8., F.G.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Additional Note on the Sea-Otter..................

On an apparently New Deer from North China, in the

Menagerie of the Duke of Bedford at Woburn Abbey.

(Elates SoU VILL & XLEX,) veal sie opie Su een

- Mason, C. I. Forsyru, C.M.ZS.

On the General Results of a Zoological Expedition to

Madagascar in 1894-96 ............ PT er te ees

Mircuet1, P. Cuatmurs, M.A., F.Z.S.

On the Intestinal "Tractrof Birds qav.. deve e Wh ee ag .

A Contribution to the Anatomy of the Hoatzin (Qpis-

Phocomus Crista) : isaccld tn idie= elncieies «noe wee we

Remarks on a supposed case of Telegony shown by a

Fox-terrier puppy ......ss%3: VENdet cone ohidicees aise

Page

047

224

322

521

320

786

235

930

971

Mivanrrt, St. Gzoren, Ph.D., M.D., F.R.S., &e.

On the Hyoid Bones of Nestor meridionalis and Nanodes

discolor

S608 1ei ev (ee) UGle 8 are 6 @ S's 6 eis! 1 wee 2 ms © woes 89:5) .9 ale

NEUMANN, Oscar.

Description of a new Species of Antelope from East

BMS ICHRT Se teticana te a erara Ain ket edn 'stal Netw ele eee aks ek

Nerwsiein, Miss Marion I., B.Sc.

Observations on the Metallic Colours of the Zrochilide

and the Nectarinude. (Plates XI. & XIL)............

Newton, Atrrep, M.A., F.RS., F.Z.8., Professor of Zoology

and Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cam-

bridge.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the type specimen of

Heterorhynchus olivaceus

a6, ee oad 1a) 6) :@) 0.6 0 (0 wf 6) é—@ (a ol @ wie 0) was) ew

Nortu, Atrrup J.,C.M.Z.S., Ornithologist to the Australian

Museum, Sydney.

On the Habits of a Cuckoo in the Gilbert Islands ....

Parsons, F. G., F.R.C.S., F.Z.8., F.L.S., Lecturer on Com-

parative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s Hospital.

The Myology of Rodents.—Part II. An Account of the

Myology of the Myomorpha, together with a Comparison

of the Muscles of the various Suborders of Rodents

On the Anatomy of Petrogale wanthopus, compared with

that of other Kangaroos

RO eee 6 2 ea 66 ce ws 6 6) 0.800. o 6 68

*Prase, ALFRED EH.

On the Antelopes of the Aures and Eastern Algerian

SIAR eee EOE cil alain eroieue\ mmieie mss, s Ei eis

Page

236

192

283

990

934

159

683

Xil

Satvin, Ospert, M.A., F.R.S., and Gopmay, F. DuCans,

F.RB.S.

On the Butterflies of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the

adjoining Islands of the West Indies ................

Scuaus, Winu1aM, F.Z.S.

On Walker’s American Types of ieee in the

Oxtord University Museum... 0.55... stem ene

Scrarer, Pamip Luriey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society.

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

PERRO NBE YL BU 2M fis Jive a< a0 ve sos Renae de Ge

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

MUTERONGIEOUO 000 Saco s suas te cle ane Emme ere hte

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

He brary OUGie 4's cic nae te whe « veo yitiene ae en

Remarks on the Divergencies between the “ Rules for

naming Animals” of the German Zoological Society and

the Stricklandian Code of Nomenclature ..............

Remarks upon the prospectus of ‘ Das Tierreich ’

Remarks on the appointment of an International

_ Committee on Zoological Nomenclature ..............

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

March 1896.11... - eee e eee ee tee tence ete renee

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some specimens from

Nyasaland, sent home by Sir H. H. Johnston, K.C.B.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a pair of Horns of

the so-called Antilope triangularis........ 0.0002 eeeeee

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Apri SOG e ares eieters a apni tee caatche BAC atone 2 ee ihe oe

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a Daguerreotype

Portrait of what was believed to have been the first

Gorilla that was ever brought alive to Europe..........

Page

513

634

303

306

400

401

505

506

547

Xiil

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Ray AB96 0 ef 8s S's

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of Cercopithecus

stairst from Mombasa

dime ule S@ GUMale dae Gia wie 6.0 Ciele se 2) (06 Oia 9.8 6

Exhibition of some Water-colour Drawings of African

Antelopes, executed by Mr. E. Caldwell

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a drawing of the Gnu

of Nyasaland. (Plate XXVIIL) ........icccee eres

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie

in June, July, August, September, and October 1896 ....

Remarks on some of the principal Animals recently

noticed in the Zoological Gardens of Antwerp, Cologne,

Diisseldorf, Hanover, Amsterdam, The Hague, and

Rotterdam. (Plate XXXVII.)

Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

November 1896

Nia. V LR e et, eee bee S aS a)8 ixee eles) we Bre ee eee

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, two Volumes of

original Water-colour Drawings by Wolf and Waterhouse

Hawkins, from the Knowsley Library

nee eiae «/® 0,8 Behe g.0

Suarp, Dr. Davin, F.RS., F.Z.5.

Remarks on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature... .

SHarpr, Emity Mary.

List of Lepidoptera collected in Somali-land by Mrs. E.

Lort Phillips

pin Ws ete tee SD ye Oe 6 8 Oa we) © Ole 8) UE 8 2 6 ef eee ©

List of Lepidoptera obtained by Dr. A. Donaldson

Smith during his recent Expedition to Lake Rudolf ....

Suurzorn, C. Davies, F.Z.S.

Explanation of the Plan adopted for preparing an

‘Index Generum et Specierum Animalium ’

Page

608

609

616

780

783

981

321

523

XIV

SToLzMANN, JHAN, and Buriupson, Graf Hans von, C.M.Z.S8.

On the Ornithological Researches of M. Jean Kalinowski

im, Oentral Pern. (Plates XP XIV.) .. ook eee

Treprmeinr, W. B., F.Z.S.

Exhibition of some drawings of two young King-

Penguins (Apienodytes forstert) 0.00.0... cece ee eee

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an actinograph of a

SOLO WIETOU (Er ALPIOCD oo 5's) case stays,« Sty ok siete ae eee

Tromas, OLDFIELD, F.Z.8., Natural History Museum.

On the Mammals of Nyasa-land: fourth Notice.

(taboannone VILTE. 65 XK On sea eso ce cite

On the Genera of Rodents: an Attempt to bring up to

Date the current Arrangement of the Order ..........

Tuomson, Arruur, Head-Keeper of the Society’s Menagerie.

Report on the Insect-house for 1895 ..............

WatstnenamM, Lord, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and

Hampson, G. F., B.A., &e.

On Moths collected at Aden and in Somaliland.

(RUMEN) eae io a hin wise ge ee eee on

Wuiraker, Josuru 8., F.Z.8.

On-the Gazelles of Tunisia 5. enw cewek ath, Ae

Winton, W. E. ve, F.Z.8.

On some Mammals from Ecuador. (Plates XIX. & XX.)

On a new Rodent of the Genus Lophuromys from

British East Africa. (Plate XXVII.)..............0:

On Collections of Rodents made by Mr. J. ffolliott

Darling in Mashunaland, and Mr, F. C. Selous in

Matabeleland, with short Field-Notes by the Collectors.

Fy MCRAE GC arta. pev'in 8 en iecd ait ge Pager RRM RL ht

Page

322

1012

240

257

815

507

607

798

Woopwarp, A. Smiru, F.Z.S.

On some Extinct Fishes of the Teleostean Family

Gonorhynchide. (Plate XVIUITL.) .. 0.6. 2. e cee eens 500

Woopwarp, M. F., Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal

College of Science, London.

Contributions to the Study of Mammalian Dentition.—

Part II. On the Teeth of certain Insectivora. (Plates

XXII.-XXVI.)

List OF PLA TEs.

1896.

Plate Page

DE a TACHI EROS ISRTUOSES vin chats icie'y «nig op C-mas's = ae, «ho» 2

IV. |

Vv.)

VI. New Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land ............-... 108

Vin eA OG ainlih no. tem arclee eran: dapat ete ects + armas } 212

VIDE eA Gana MONON anc, siete nieces a ree: seed ace

IX. Synodontis smithii ......... oi a ae trelal A N de Pn 217

X. Lepidoptera from Arabia and Somaliland .......... 243

aa Metallic colours of Trochilide: and Nectariniide ..,. 283

ELIS 7 PN APRELOCED NAME a 50's 5.0 placa oie ain es Se 2 sos Walia s | 322

MEV, Al yratintncs frontal. oie ois aa nie «08 oad dis xenpo leon 28 eet

Nan COyAOnBEe Hy MICHORO ac: s vinx sais xin ke ashe ae tere es 401

XVI. aad S

xvi} Eyer isle Gd vise ars enti ares ieee = Siok gets aeteaes 2 459

XVIII. Extinct Gonorhynchid Fishes ...-..............4. 500

EEX PHU INCPIASCOMNBIES oc 5 > Srassle lsd oss «6 mesa watt e 5. l 507

KX. LChiayOmys 30RErATOME «voc we dace ndicn ewes y

XXI. Fig. 1. Rana camerani; Fig. 2. Pelodytes caucasicus.) _

XXII. Fig. 1. Salamandra caucasica; Fig. 2. Molge vittata. } 5s

ool Development of the Teeth in the Insectivora ........ 557

XXVI.

PE) Logi OMB IOP U ED cate os «acs thas xg. s «ao eo 5.00 oldie 607

XXVIII. Connochetes taurinus johnstont ........00 ccc cee eees 616

XXIX,

xxx | Bornean Wry Gpsnidae aces, /iais a1 Sloss se ctereres aie ase eval 650

XXXI. :

RENO, BEDI AS DCIS SCOULE sa coe ns oie HW everoers + fates vod 3 ats eer 715

XXXII.

XXXIV. tem Theraphosidz from the Lower Amazons ...... 716

XXXV.

Proc. Zoo, Soc,—1896, b

XLV.

XLVI.

XLVII.

XLIX.

LI.

XVill

Page

Mamretozodny flOwWerts a\iate).. siete patelet Coraee Gee ere 767

CED AeGUS OT OMECIIUS ass < aio receive ets loaner 784

Papio prui B cai engva ustiaveP ay ABE 4a balase betes OE eR ve

apio pruinosus | 7g8

FRAP RUCCTIOSES MUTI CL yale one's) ays, ofa alo teh ieee ee j

Fig. 1. Georychus darlingi; Fig. 2. Acomys seloust .. 798

New Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land. (Collected by

Ma sCraw shay), tess sieeve stave ot ade aero 817

New Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land. (Collected by

Mai Cra WSHAY..) era's, scts.s1 cave sxe ere Slee eee ae

New Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land, (Collected by

Mir SVale\iss oe cause ois 0 sb Ale eons eRe eee 851

Malay Reptiles and Batrachians. Fig. 1. Gonatodes )

penangensis; Fig. 2. Rhacophorus leucomystax ; |

Hig Si ehufo melanostictus’ ..oasiee. pie eee 856

Malay Batrachians. Fig. 1. Rana macrodon ; Fig. 2.

RK erythrad; Vig. 8. 0h, labs... et ae ee |

Malay Batrachians. Rana luctuosa .............. J

BGP UUUBIGUCNERENY - damiasbi vx icvade sy och: ees ae ee 915

Deer from North China (in Summer pelage) ......

Deer from North China (in Winter pelage) ........ ne?

Plankton of the Faeroe Channel.................. 991

Tysechinus and Tiarechwnus.....-..:22022.225+-. 1000

New or little-known Spiders .................... 1006

LIST OF WOODCUTS.

1896.

Page

Gorgyra abure, 3, Head and neuration Gites Chim netaue ahs OSs 51

Gastrocheta meza, Neuration and palpi of ......... 0... e ee eee 57

Teinorhinus watsoni, 3, Neuration of ........... 600s eee ee eens 40

Rhabdomantis galatia, Neuration of... 0.2.6.0... 600 e eee eens 44

Semalea pulvina, Neuration of ........... 0.0 cece eee eee eee 65

Andronymus philander, Neuvation of ..... 0.0.20 600s eee ener ees 81

Choristoneura apicalis, Neuration of. .... 0... .60. eee eee eee ees 83

Gamia galua, Antennze and palpi of........5 2... 260s ee eee rere 84.

Cenides dacela, Neuration of. .......6 6. eee cece e eee e eens 86

Artitropa erinnys, 3, Neuration of ....... BPEL AR SS Ski o Sali 92

Acallopistes holocausta, 3 , Head and neuration of.........-++++-: 96

Alligator mississipiensis, Intestinal tract of ........- 6.04 esses sees 137

Argus giganteus, Intestinal tract of, from a chick after incubation for

PURE eg DEY E ae <a ate sind och ne nltiwgcannreie pon a md oi Sas Be 15

Casuarius, Intestinal tract Of ....... 06... e eee ene eens 140

Struthio camelus, Intestinal tract of.........-- 2c e eee eee ees 141

Colymbus septentrionalis, Intestinal tract of .....-- ++. e seer ees 142

Eudyptes chrysocome, Intestinal tract of ......... +60 +- sees renee 142

Fulmarus glacialis, Intestinal tract of ..... 006+ +60. ee eee eee es 143

Platalea leucorodia, Intestinal tract of ......... 66. e ee ete 144

Ciconia nigra, Intestinal tract of .........-. 02s eee teers 145

Chauna chavaria, Intestine of ........... eee eee cee neees 146

Cyynus atratus, Intestinal tract Of ......-.. ee ce etre ener eens 147

Haliaétus albicilla, Intestinal tract of ..... 1.5... eee eee eee 148

Crex pratensis, Intestinal tract of....... 0.6.0.6 sence eee teers 149

Cariama cristata, Intestinal tract of.......-.. 662s eee e eee ree 150

Numenius arquata, Intestinal tract of .... 1.66.60. e eee ee eee 151

Scolopax rusticola, Intestinal tract of ....-.. +... 0. secre e eet 151

Larus marinus, Intestinal tract of....... 0-66 e eee eee eee ees 152

Pterocles bicinetus, Intestinal tract of .......-. cere eee eee e eee 153

Columba livia, Intestinal tract of «1.2... 6.6. e creer eee eens _ 158

Corythaix chlorochlamys, Intestinal tract of.........-++++++eess 154

Ara ararauna, Intestinal tract of... 2.2.6.6... 2c eee eee eee 155

Bubo maximus, Intestinal tract of «1... - 11. eee eee eee eee eres 156

Rhytidoceros plicatus, Intestinal tract of ...-..-+++- +++ sees sees: 157

Page

Colius capensis, Intestinal tract of ..........0c.ceceeeeeceecves 157

Tomusanajor, intestinaltract of.) s....: suk. «20 otto eee 158

WolesMastieatiory mastlesiO fs. 2.0... ae. ano. dle se eee 160

Hamster’s masseter, Superficial dissection of .................... 161

Hamster’s masseter, Deep dissection of ................00000005 162

Eeteromys, Massetor Of V9). 5 cs: {esisd us ase loes Sa eum 162

Barnyergus, Hace-mMuscles Of 5, j,. sje v hss ond bs 9 2s 163

Fenmomys, Scaleno muscles Of. 20. 66 eass canes bebe oa 166

Khizomys, Shoulder-muscles of............0 000 c ccc ecuceunsees 168

ieteromys, Pouch=mnselesof 0). is eds sak wade | Ope ae 174, 175

EMinmeter, sNeck-muoscles of... "eas. 0s pes. cae 6 bce a 176

Pericheta perkinsi, Spermiducal gland of .................000., 200

Lerichata insula, Ovidueal pore of 2.23.0... 6.000.ccse sees ecaee 205

LENIN AMONG Gs. aie won thasosnid) vhs slg aed os, cd ve Uadee Flea ee 210

Curidssmithis, Teeth ot ails oie oo. ue eee 219

ISU MOCORUIS EIEGCNSG te> ja tela s atvioie OL.58.s sides has oe 220

PSIG ORES BONED S15, Pe aig an shaadi he 4 Seal MAS Sos ON Oe, RE 221

Duck, Diagrammatic transverse section through the thorax of a.... 227

Crow, Diagrammatic transverse section through the thorax of a. 227

Rook, Abnormal and thoracic viscera of, displayed by removal és

ebdurinl PO SCU BB 5" Siar ccs niagh vw el Re eke 229

DAU eMsCOpis, SyTDX OL +. . x4, Magi ae lane eel ee 232

Abdimia sphenorhyncha, Syrinx of .. 0.0... .0. ccc ce eee eeccuass 233

Leptoptilus, Diagvam of the syrinx of ............0.cccc ees ce eee 234

Nes-Otier in walking posture. . sc iis ee Pee Ls eR 235

WNestanmeriaonalts, Aly 01d OF 2. S)eub es ws a ke 237

Aigthamius discolor, Wy 01d 086 ood wiv ens oc agetoncdanaw oa ee Se 239

Orycteropus gaudrys, Sloall OF x. 4s. dss. ade nde Oe ee 297

Rthynchops, Muscles of the patagium of ....................-45. 300

Larus argentatus, Patagial tendons of..................0.2c00e. 301

BOY TCROPS, SYTINE, OF 5 ..."ic son cat eA Oe 302

Armadillo tenuipunctatus, Upper and underside of cephalon and first

two segments of pereion, and of fifth segment of pleon, pleotelson,

uropoda DE cil Sx ici abl i atthe leet aL cies BOD

Armadillo depreseus, ditto... .'..... Mauls st duies rel Pee ple 390

Armadillo dumorum, ditto... 0.0.05. Wee vce csc c eu eceeces. 391

Armadillo cinctus, ditto ...........2. EAN a ea 392

Armadillo grenadensis, ditto 60... 6... cence cee ceccscecececes 393

adrmandilovsioarim, ditto: 6). ssc isda Coe 594

Armadillo wguag, ditto se ateeten Mts ets Oe 395

Armaiillo perlatis, Gitto on sie. in a tee ce ee 895

Armadillo viticola, ditto 4... a deen Dev eens ee RR 396

Mesarmadillo modestus, ditto... 65 .ccke cece cccceceteceuce. 397

Mesarmadillo americanus, dittO 66.0... ccc cece ecceccccccecece, 398

Mesormadillo reflemus, ditto 0.0.2. c ccc ven ce ccaesuscgecece, 399

Haplarmadillo monocellatus, ditto... 0.00... cee eee ces eceee, 400

Gorilla, Head of female. (Seno eae bag 8 See ee OR S| DA: 505

Pudua humilis, Side and palatal views of the skull of ............ 610

XX1

Page

Pudua mephistophiles, Side and palatal views of the skull of ..... . 510

WEChMOphorUs, STOR OL 2 ey eles eee neve sees Meare 541

Machybaptes, SYTIDR OL oe. crercisis ote) cle cle cin nh= oni wish eo) cat» alelelele tv's 541

Synthliborhamphus antiquus, Tensores patagii of .....-.......065 544

Lunda cirrhata, Tensores patagil of ....... 6... e ee eee teas 545

Ceratorhina monocerata, Tensores patagii Of .........0..e seen eee 545

Ceratorhina monocerata, Syvinx Of ..... 6.6. e cece eee eee eens 546

Lomvia trotle, Syrink of......... cece eer cere ee eat eneeben 546

Pelodytes caucasicus, Skeleton of, from a sciagraph, upper and lower

NECK Oe KARTE NE UTG Os & CERIO BU DOK a Racer mi. Ac cr ogy POCA 552

Megalema asiatica, Feather-tracts Of «1.6.0.0... eee eee eee 556

Diagram of the tooth-succession in a polyphyodont reptile ........ 583

Diagram illustrating the relation of a molar tooth-germ to the dental

Bey Let TtL1 Teh so cecgas Pel ovrcheaehesaxovercuah say sphieletate Sierecerer ono: tyai sreleyv{ char overshot anahive 583

Surinam Water-Toads tn copuld ..... 00.6 c ccc ce ete eee er ene 595

Surinam Water-Toad, after deposition of eggs ....... +... seer eee 596

Microtus agrestis, First upper molars of; diagram of typical and

apmenmnpll cre stevofereiaisie sale eis aieVoseualete cietete mu ysieeS! « skers,'els'a,ojaie save 598

Halcyon rufa, Tendons of tensor patagii brevis of............+.4+ 605

Ceryle alcyon, Tendons of tensor patagii brevis of......... ...... 605

Sauropatis albicilla, Tendons of tensor patagii brevis of .......... 605

Abnormal horns of Wild Goat from the Caucasus...........++.+.. 618

Opisthocomus cristatus, Intestinal convolutions of .........++..+++ 619

Opisthocomus cristatus, Dissection of hyoidean muscles of ........ 622

Opisthocomus cristatus, Thigh-muscles of ......+0++.s0eeee seen 625

Opisthocomus cristatus, Leg-muscles Of. .....++..0-+ seer r entrees 626

Tomistoma, Atlas and axis Of ........-.eee sees tees eet enseeene 630

Metriorhynchus, Atlas and axis of .......6. 0s sees ee eee een ences 633

Petrogale, Skull of, showing os antiepilepticum..............-+-- 685

Petrogale, Axis Of 120... 0c. cece cette eee e tenner aneeteeenees 686

Petrogale, First lumbar vertebra of, with hypapophysis .......... 687

Petrogale, Knee-joint 0f....... 6.0. e cece eee tect teen eens 690

Petrogale, Lower end of femur of, with ligaments attached........ 691

Petrogale, Ankle-joint of ....... 6. ce eee eter een e teen eens 692

Petrogale, Pectoral muscles of ............0- esse teenie eee ee ees 696

Petrogale, Muscles of the sole of ..........0..0eeeeeee 4 RDO 703

Petrogale, Cervical and brachial plexuses of ........++..se+e+0++ 707

Petrogale, Lumbo-sacral plexus of .........e. essence ee en eens 711

Loder’s Gazelle, 9, Head of. ..........scsecceescceceerercees 781

Ovis ammon, Head of............-8 WE ANE Pic. + od OOD SOB Cc 787

Adax, Horns of, front View .......0.:ssee sees ccc encenneneees 811

WOFUNIME,”” FLOWN OF. oor are eee we ow aly eels s epeelelhe Baris oie we 0G cin wins 836 814

RCN ATIL, OEMOPTIOL) Ys nlsse oc wrsisin es wiel# « vicbsieidlayelsisinie wr xfolr wie save wk 814

Fallow-deer, Head of Three-horned..........++. ee eeee ee ee ones . 855

OV OatRTCTAL CULL Pain olo ye \elis.Phaictosovs) ol Vs 3 21> he sePefetetelainieln\els’ «i= #(0\-'s aisle ev 915

Oreochromis SRITANUS . 21.02. cece cence tcc et rete cents ccetees 917

Docimodus johnstont ... 0... cece cence cece e nee e nena eenees 918

Corematodus shiranus ....2eesservcreeces peveretaths et srehnioi stale! we . 919

Page

PIEMEES TOUT MMI. Vialsie 12 x5. ciik vs s+. CRAB Rai Aen OD eT tase 922

BT EVADS TYEE ORLICUD © aor6.a's. she tia 802) {aia 0 «inie\a above tok Oe ee 924

i TEINS LA Se eT ea Re Glee ARREd Hest onde 925

RE MBAS SUE ei a.) tiivye Ake is A WAewn ad Seow eae 927

PEYROTIIDS UNCNNEM Hae a). Ls ee ns He St Rha se sh heass OT 929

Memory Siuloisinom: above ta. any fs) sais, sed heen Se 997

Seng olkulltan(leftside)) 3. 2. 22. ol xn rike bin Sone 998

Means Sle ob(rieht Side) 0 tics sc so eine Let eee 998

Protaster sedgwicki, Forbes, Structure of the arm of ......-..... 1031

Protaster biforis: a, outline of dise of arms ; 0, pair of syngnaths.. 1033

Protaster biforis, Diagram of the arm-structure of .............. 1033

Bundenbachia, Arm-structure of... .. 02. .6.6 0 cece bee caeeaneee 1034

Lapworthura, Diagram of the arm-structure of, seen from ventral

PAU GES ERAS Liz, FER Sis. yusslid a aietdb o Menaniis He 1087

LIST OF NEW GENERIC TERMS.

Page

Acallopistes (Lep.) ............ 95

Acidaliastis (Lep.) ........+... 267

Aetius (Arachn.) .............5. 1000

Andronymus (Lep.) ........... 80

Anisaspoides (Arachn.)......... 726

Aplectropus (Lep.) ........-..- 275

Archinola (Lep.) ........... «+. 258

Artitropa (Lep.).....2..2+-0++-006 92

Osenides (Lep.) ......0c0-csseseee 85

Corematodus (Pisces) ......... 918

Crinipus (Lep.) ..........s:00000 217

Cyclyrius (Lep.)........-.2sce0++s 830

Dictenus (Lep.) ............2000+ 846

Docimodus (Pisces) ............ 917

Eospondylus (Echinod.) ...... 1039

Friula (Arachn.) .....:.ssss008+ 1008

Gani (Tops) neceeeseaeesesacacat 84

Gastrochexta (Lep.) ............ 37

Gorgyra (Lep.) .....2....eceeees 31

Haplarmadillo (Crustacea) ... 399

Harmonicon (Arachn.)......... 755

1896.

Page

Lapworthura (Echinod.) ...... 1037

Lysechinus (Echinod.) ......... 1001

Mantoides (Lep.) ........-2+++6 677

Melodeus (Arachn.) ............ 758

Mimetozoon (Rept.) .........++ 767

Miospondylus (Hchinod.)...... 1039

| Neodiplura (Arachn.) ......... 755

| Osphantes (Lep.) ........:000008 46

Parosmodes (Lep.) ...-..++.0+ 45

Phthoropoea (Lep.) .........++- 282

Platylesches (Lep.) ......:..+6 72

| Prosopalpus (Lep.) ...........- 53

Rhabdomantis (Lep.) ......... dt

| Santaremia (Arachn.) ......... 746

| Scotinochroa (Lep.) ............ 845

| Semalea (Lep.) .......-.sseeeeees 64

Sturizura (Hchinod.) ......... 1034

Teniura (Echinod.) ............ 1035

2 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

The following papers were read :—

1. A Preliminary Revision and Synonymic Catalogue of

the Hesperiide of Africa and the adjacent Islands, with

Descriptions of some apparently new Species. By W.

J. Hoxxianp, Ph.D., F.Z.S., F.E.S., &c., Chancellor of

the Western University of Pennsylvania.

[Received November 6, 1895.]

(Plates 1.-V.)

. Having been for a number of years past engaged in the diligent

study of the Lepidoptera of Tropical Western Africa, and having

been compelled in the prosecution of these studies to acquaint

inyself with the entire literature of the subject, it has occurred to

me that it might facilitate the labours of others, who may be

tempted to embark upon the same line of investigation, or who

may already be involved in the tangled mazes of the subject, if

I should at least attempt to bring together into one paper the

scattered references to the various species. I have therefore

begun a synonymic catalogue of the Diurnal Lepidoptera of the

African Continent and the adjacent Islands, but am led by the

advice of trusted friends to anticipate the publication of the more

extended catalogue by the following paper, in which is contained

a list of a very difficult group of Butterflies included in the

fauna. Iam led the more readily to take this step in view of the

results of the recent labours of Lieut. E. Y. Watson, who, ina paper

recently published in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society upon

the Classification of the Hesperiide (P. Z. 8.1893, p. 3), bas laid

solid foundations for the prosecution of systematic researches in

the future. I have in the main followed the classification which

he has suggested in his valuable paper, which, while confessedly

incomplete, and leaving some things to be desired, is, nevertheless,

one of the most notable contributions to the literature of the

subject which has recently appeared. Based, as it is, upon an

accurate and painstaking examination of the anatomical details

and structural peculiarities of the various species represented in

the collections of the British Museum and the magnificent collec-

tion of Messrs. Godman and Salvin, it may in the main be accepted

as free from the blemishes which characterize much of the work

done in this group by authors, who have relied almost wholly upon

superficial resemblances. In the few cases in which I have

departed from the classification of Lieut. Watson, it has been

because I have been able to make more careful anatomical investi-

gations than it was possible for him to do with the material at his

command. A private collector may do as he will with his own,

and may bleach and dissect specimens, when it would be little less

than a crime for the authorities of a Museum like that at South

Kensington to allow such treatment to be bestowed upon the

1896.] BUTTHRFLINS OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID®. 3

precious types of Hewitson and other great naturalists, who have

placed their collections in the care of the institution.

In following up my labours I have been greatly aided by the

possession of a large mass of well determined Indian material,

which I have been accumulating for many years past, and particu-

larly by the possession of the Knyvett collection, for which 1 am

indebted to the generous kindness of Mr. Andrew Carnegie, my

distinguished fellow-townsman, whose interest in all things relating

to the advancement of science is well known. I have derived

much assistance from the collections which I have received from

Mr. William Doherty, the well-known naturalist explorer of the

far East, and from the collections for which I am indebted to Mr.

L. de Nicéville, of Caleutta, whose great work upon the Lepidoptera

of India is a monument to his painstaking diligence and scientific

acumen. I am no less indebted to Mr. Roland Trimen, the late

learned Curator of the South-African Museum at Capetown, whose

labours upon the fauna of extra-tropical Africa are classic, and who

with the most engaging kindness has presented me with authenti-

cally determined specimens of most of the species named by him.

It is much to be wished that all authors might acquire those habits

of exact observation and clear description which are possessed by

this Nestor among lepidopterists, whose diagnoses of the various

species contained in his last work upon the Butterflies of South

Africa are so exact as almost to make the work of pictorial repre-

sentation superfluous. Iam under yery special obligations to the

authorities of the British Natural History Museum not only for

permission to freely study the collections in their possession, but

for permission to have drawings made of the hitherto unpublished

types of the late Mr. Hewitson and of Dr. Butler. I have to

thank Dr. Karsch of the Berlin Museum, and Dr. Rogenhofer of

the Imperial Museum at Vienna, for similar kindnesses. From

Mons. Mabille of Paris I have received most distinguished

courtesies, and I am indebted to him for the opportunity to ex-

amine personally the types of many of his recently described species,

and for the use of a number of copies of the unpublished figures of

Ploetz. Ploetz made no collection of specimens during his lifetime,

but contented himself with making drawings, not always very

accurate, of the species which he described in the collection of

others, or which he found figured in various works. These figures

are in many cases our only safe clue to a knowledge of the species

he named, for his descriptions are in many instances very unsatis-

factory. I cannot fail in this connection to express my indebtedness

to Lieut. Watson, who compared many of the species in my

collection with the types in the British Museum, and assigned

them to the respective genera to which they belong in his classi-

fication, and to Dr. Butler and Mr. Herbert Druce for their

generous assistance at all times freely given. Among American

entomologists, I am especially indebted to Dr. S. H. Scudder of

Cambridge, who, upon the occasion of his last visit to Europe, did

me the great fayour of comparing a series of drawings of Eee species

4 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

in my collection with the types in the Berlin Museum and in the

Museums of Paris and London. But great as is the debt of

gratitude I owe to these valued friends and colabourers, it is even

exceeded by my obligations to Dr. Otto Staudinger of Dresden,

who entrusted to the ocean all the types of African Hesperude

and all the unnamed material in his vast collection, and freely

sent them to me for purposes of study and comparison. For this

act of great generosity I cannot sufficiently thank him.

In submitting the following pages to the attentive consideration

of specialists, it is with a sense of the manifold defects which must

in the lapse of time be found to be contained therein. With the

exercise of the utmost care, and with all the help of the learned,

errors are unavoidable. In all cases where doubt attaches in my

mind to a generic reference, it is indicated. Absolute certainty in

this respect is not easily attained in some cases. While two-thirds

of the species accredited to the African fauna are represented in

my own collection, in some cases by enormously large series of

specimens, and I have seen in nature probably four-fifths of the

species of the Hesperiide which have been described as coming from

Africa, nevertheless in not a few cases I have been compelled to

rely wholly upon illustrations and the suggestions of resemblance

made by authors for an approximate location of the species. Yet,

in spite of the defects which must of necessity exist in this work,

f venture to express the confident belief that it will be found to

mark a distinct advance in our knowledge of the subject.

RHOPALOCERA.

Fam. HESPERIID 4.

Subfam. HEsPermin”,

SaRaneEsa, Moore.

(Hyda, Mab.; Eretis, Mab.; Sape, Mab.)

The differences of a structural character between the species

assigned to the genus Hretis, Mab., and Sarangesa, Moore, are so

slight as in my estimation not to justify a separation, except

subgenerically. The principle difference is in the waved outline

ie secondaries and the relatively longer fringes in the form

retis.

* Ereris, Mab.

1. S. DI aLaLH, Waller.

- Pterygospidea djclele, Wallgr. K. S. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857;

Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 54, no. 5.

Nisoniades wnbra, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. i

p. 289 (1862). nt. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. i.

a can Yelele, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii, p. 311, no. 204

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID 5

Pterygos. djelele, 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 254, pl. xii. fig. 7, 2

(1889).

Hab. 8. Africa.

Lieut. Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 48, calls attention to the fact

that the species in the British Museum which has been identified

by Mr. Butler from various localities in Northern and Eastern

Africa as S. djelele, Wallgr., is not that species, and is apparently

unnamed. This form, which iscommon in Abyssinia and elsewhere,

is more closely related to S. motozi, Wallgr., and falls into the sub-

genus Sape of Mabille. Mons. Mabille, I discover, has labelled it

as S.nerva, Fabr., in the collection of Dr. Staudinger, and so also

has labelled it for me. It certainly is not the insect described

under this name by Fabricius, and I have therefore ventured else-

where to name and describe it (vide S. eliminata, Holl., p. 9).

2. S. tucuNs, Rogenhfr. (Plate II. fig. 10.)

2 (6 sec. Rghfr., sed non sec. Rebel). Pterygospidea ( Tagiades,

Ploetz) lugens, Rogenhfr. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, vol. vi. p. 46

(1891).

3 . Pterygospidea morosa, Rogenhfr. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, vol. vi.

p. 463 (1891).

Hab. Marangu, Tropical Africa (Von Hoehnel).

I am under profound obligations to Dr. Rogenhofer, of the

Imperial Museum in Vienna, and to Dr. Rebel, his assistant, for

having kindly furnished me with most carefully executed drawings

of the two forms characterized as above by Dr. Rogenhofer. Dr.

Rebel writes me as follows :—“ I have taken occasion to critically

examine the two unique types of P. lugens, Rghfr., and P. morosa,

Rebfr., and have positively ascertained that both names apply to

one species. The name lugens, Rghfr., must stand, inasmuch as

it is the first in the order of publication. Rogenhofer is in error

in regarding the type of Zugens as a male; it is most positively

a female. The name morosa must therefore sink as a synonym

(= 6 of lugens).”

8. S. me~anta, Mab.

Eretis melania, Mab. ©. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. lxxi;

Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 48 ; Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. Bd. xxxviii.

p- 264, 2 ? (1893).

Hab. Gaboon ; Togoland ?

Dr. Karsch refers a female before him with doubt to the species

described by Mabille. In the vast series of specimens which I

have received from Gaboon, I have never found one which tallies

exactly with the type or description of Mons. Mabille. I thought

that the following species might be the same, but having compared

my type with the original type of E. melania in the collection of

Dr. Staudinger, I am quite sure of the distinctness of the two

species, S.melania may be readily distinguished from S. perpaupera,

which it closely resembles at first sight, by the fact that the fringes

6 . DR. W.J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

of the primaries, which are fuscous, are checkered with black at the

ends of the nervules, and are conspicuously white at the apex and

at the inner angle. The specimen in Dr. Staudinger’s collection

is labelled “ melanina” in the handwriting of Mons. Mabille. The

published name is melania, and this of course stands.

4, S. PeRPAUPERA, Holl.

Sarangesa perpaupera, Holl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)

vol. x. p. 288 (1892); Ent. News, Jan. 1894, pl. i. fig. 1, ¢.

Hab. Upper Valley of the Ogové River (Good); Angola (Stau-

dinger).

5, S. expromera, Holl.

Sarangesa exprompta, Holl. Ent. News, Jan. 1894, p. 26, pl. i.

fig. 3, 3.

Hab. Accra.

The type was purchased from Doncaster with a lot of other

African material. Whether the locality label attached to the

specimen is correct I cannot be positively certain, as some of the

things bought at the time were plainly not from the localities

indicated upon the labels.

6. S. astriemra, Butl. (Plate II. fig. 8.)

S. astrigera, Butl. P. Z. S. 1893, p. 669.

Hab. Zomba, British Central Africa.

I only know this species by the description given by the author,

and the figure prepared by Mr. Horace Knight, which is reproduced

upon the plate. I place it in this section of the genus with much

doubt, but it plainly belongs here, rather than elsewhere.

** Hypa, Mab.

7. S. anispa, Hew.

Pterygospidea grisea, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vol. i.

p. 344 (1878). ;

Hyda micacea, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix. p. elxvii

(1889) ; Novit. Lepidopt. p. 93, pl. xiii. fig. 3 (1893).

Hab. Gaboon, Liberia.

Weymer in Stiibel’s ‘ Reise,’ p. 126, pl. iv. fig. 5, describes and

illustrates a species from Ecuador as Hesperia micacea. Inasmuch

as Mabille’s name drops as a synonym in the case of the present

species, that of Weymer should be allowed to stand for the species

he named.

8. S. rricrRaTA, Mab.

Hyda tricerata, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. evi; Novit.

Lepidopt. p. 92, pl. xiii. fig. 2.

Hab. Sierra Leone, Cameroons, Gaboon,

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID ®.

9, S. MasoRELLA, Mab.

Hyda majorella, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. evii;

Novit. Lepidopt. p. 92, pl. xiii. fig. 1 (1893).

Eretis motor, Wallgr.(?), Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii.

p- 264, pl. vi. fig. 11 (1893).

Hab. Sierra Leone (Mabille) ; Togoland (Karsch).

*** Sapp, Mab.

10. S. tuctpErna, Mab. (Plate II. fig. 22.)

Rape lucidella, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, pl. xvii.

The type specimen in the collection of Dr. Staudinger is some-

what worn, but shows that the insect is abundantly distinct from

the other species herein enumerated. This is brought out clearly

in the figure given.

11. S. moroz1, Wallgr.

Q. Pterygospidea moto, Wallgr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl.

1857; Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 53; 2, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr.

vol. ii. p. 313, no. 206, pl. vi. fig.3; ¢ and 9, Trim. S. Afr.

Butt. vol. iii. p. 356 (1889).

2. Nisoniades pato, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. i,

p. 404 (1862). “ei

Hab. South Africa.

12. S. MoroziormEs, Holl.

Sarangesa motozioides, Holl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. x,

p- 288 (1892); Ent. News, Jan. 1894, pl. i. fig. 5, 9 ; Butl. (?),

P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 668.

Hab, Transvaal (in Staudinger’s collection) ; Gaboon (Good).

The male described by me in the ‘Annals and Magazine of

Natural History,’ and subsequently figured in the ‘ Entomological

News,’ turns out to be the male of the species described by Mabille

as Pterygospidea bouviert, if thorough reliance may be placed upon

the identification made in the collection of Dr. Staudinger by

Mons. Mabille, the author of the species. So far I have not been

able to find in any collection a true male of S. motozioides, Holl.

The female may be separated at a glance from the female of

S. motozi by the absence of the conspicuous translucent spot in

the cell ot the secondaries, which is characteristic of motozi,

Wallgr., and by the fact that the translucent spots in the primaries

are much smaller than in typical motozi.

13. S. syNEsTALMENUS, Karsch.

Antigonus synestalmenus, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii.

p- 263, pl. vi. fig. 8 (1893).

This species is very closely allied upon the upper surface to

8 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

S. bowvieri, Mab., and S. pertusa, Mab., but upon the underside

reveals great differences.

Hab. Togoland (Karsch).

14. S. pertusa, Mab.

Sape periusa, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixviii.

Hab. Transvaal. }

The type would seem to indicate that this is only a slight variety

of motozi, Wallgr.

15. 8. Bouvipri, Mab.

Pterygospidea bowieri, Mab. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877,

p. 239.

Sarangesa motozioides, 6, Holl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)

vol. x. p. 288 (1892); Ent. News, Jan. 1894, pl. i. fig. 4, ¢.

For the determination of this species I am indebted to Dr.

Staudinger, who has loaned me a male and female determined for

him by the author of the species. By the description originally

given by Mons. Mabille, I should not have been able to reach a

positive conclusion, as the description seems to be somewhat

inadequate.

16. S. rHEcta, Ploetz. (Plate V. fig. 14.)

Antigonus thecla, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 361 (1879).

Sape semialba, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixvii;

Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 262.

By comparison of the type of Mons. Mabille with a figure of

the type of Ploetz, which is reproduced in the plates accompany-

ing this article, I am able to positively affirm the identity of the

two.

Hab. Aburi (Ploetz); W. Africa (Mabille); Cameroons (Good) ;

Togoland (Karsch).

17. S. THECLIDES, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 3.)

¢. Antenne black, slightly ighter on the underside, the upper-

side of the palpi, thorax, and abdomen is fuscous. The lower side

of the palpi is yellowish. The lower side of the thorax and abdo-

men is pure white. The legs are white, narrowly edged with

blackish upon the anterior margins. The ground-colour of the

upperside of the primaries and secondaries is fuscous ochraceous.

The primaries are heavily bordered with black on the outer margin,

and there is a large irregularly quadrate spot of the same colour

on the costa near the end of the cell, limited anteriorly by four

minute white translucent subapical spots and posteriorly by three

like spots, two of them in the cell near its end and one of them

above near the costa. The primaries are further ornamented by a

series of small white translucent spots, bordered inwardly by

blackish. These spots are arranged in a straight transverse series,

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIIDS. 9

two in cell 1, one, transversely elongated, in cell 2, and a smaller

one in cell 3. The secondaries are heavily marked with black on

the outer angle, and there is a curved series of three or four small

black spots in the subcostal interspaces. Just after the large black

spot on the outer angle, the outer margin is lightly touched with

whitish. A fine dark marginal line defines the origin of the cilia,

which are fuscous upon the upperside. On the underside the

primaries are blackish, shading slightly into bluish grey at the

base. The translucent spots appear as on the upperside; the

two spots in cell 1 being defined outwardly by two parallel whitish

rays. The secondaries are white, laved with bluish grey at the

base. The outer angle is black. The black spots on the subcostal

interspaces are as on the upper surface, but more clearly defined

upon the white ground. In addition there are two small discal

dots in cell 1, and a small black dot on the outer margin near the

extremity of vein 1. The cilia on the underside are white toward

the anal angle.

Expanse 35 mm.

Hab. Gaboon (Mocquerys). Type in collection Staudinger.

18. S. pLmwrNara, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 9.)

6. The colour of the upperside of the thorax and abdomen is

dark fuscous, of the underside yellowish ochraceous. The antenne

are black, the legs grey, edged with blackish anteriorly. The pri-

maries on the upperside are fuscous. There are three small

confluent subapical spots, a similar small spot on the upper edge

of the cell near its end, and two other like spots in cells 2 and 3,

of which the former is the larger. Both the subapical series and

the discal spots are followed inwardly by dark cloudings. The

interspaces just before the margin are marked by obscure darker

oblong spots. There is a fine,dark marginal line. The cilia are

fuscous. The secondaries are traversed by a series of obscure dark

fuscous transverse median, limbal, and submarginal spots. The

spot of the median series located at the end of the cell is annuli-

form. The marginal line and cilia are as on the primaries. Both

the primaries and secondaries on the underside are clear yellowish

ochraceous, with the cilia pale fuscous. The inner margin of the

primaries is testaceous. The translucent spots of the upper surface

reappear upon the lower side and are narrowly margined with

fuscous. | Fuscous submarginal and limbal bands traverse the

primaries, leaving sagittate spots of the prevailing ground-colour

between them on the intra-neural spaces. The secondaries show

the transverse series of spots of the upper surface, but more

distinctly defined and generally rounded than on the upperside.

Q like the male.

Expanse 28-30 mm.

Hab, Abyssinia (Staudinger); Somaliland (in my collection).

This species is labelled in the Staudinger collection by Mons.

Mabille as “ nerva, Fabr.” Mons. Mabille has on several occasions

in his correspondence with me insisted upon employing the Fabri-

10 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

cian name for this insect. Perhaps he is following in this the

example of Ploetz, who referred some insect obtained from Kordofan

to the Fabrician species. But, whatever may have been the insect

before Ploetz at the time he was writing, it is certain that it was

not the insect described by Fabricius. In Jones’s ‘ Icones ’ (unpub-

lished) we have the best clue to many of the Fabrician species, and

the figure of H. nerva there given (vide pl. 72. fig. 3) represents

undoubtedly a species of Hesperia (Pyrgus, Hiibn. et auct.). The

published references to Hesperia nerva, Fabr., are the following :—

Hesperia nerva, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii, p. 340, no. 293 (1793);

Latreille, Ene. Méth. ix. p. 789, no. 162 (1828).

Pyrgus nerva, Butl. Fabr. Diurn. Lep. p. 282 (1869).

Ephyriades nerva, Ploetz, JB. Nass. Ver. xxxvii. p. 6 (1884).

The habitat of H. nerva is given by Fabricius as “in Indiis,” to

which little significance need be attached, as we know that this

phrase with the old writers often meant no more than that the

insect came from a foreign country.

19, S. auRmmaRco (Mab. MS.), sp. nov. (Plate IV. fig. 8.)

Tabraca awrimargo, Mab. in literis. eae yas

¢. The antenne and the upperside of the thorax and abdomen

are black, as is also the underside of the thorax and abdomen,

except at the anal extremity, where it is marked with orange-yellow ;

the ground-colour of the primaries and secondaries is dark brown,

almost black. The primaries are ornamented by three minute

translucent subapical spots in the usual position. The outer

margin of the secondaries near the anal angle and the cilia for

the inner half of the wing are orange. On the underside, the

primaries are coloured and marked as upon the upperside. The

secondaries have the orange colour which appears upon the upper-

side near the anal angle much more broadly diffused, covering the

outer half of the wing as far as the subcostal nervules. The costal

margin and the base are broadly blackish brown, and the yellow

space is interrupted by an irregular row of discal spots, of which

the one opposite the end of the cell is the largest and confluent

with the dark costal araa.

Expanse 28-30 mm.

Hab, Gaboon (Mocquerys); Sierra Leone (Preuss). Types in

coll. Staudinger.

This beautiful species has been named Tabraca aurimargo by

Mons. Mabille. In neuration and most other respects it agrees

with Sarangesa absolutely, and I cannot bring myself to recognize

in it the type of a new genus.

20. 8. Macunata, Mab.

Sape maculata, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Lxviii.

Hab. Mozambique (Mabiile).

I have no clue to the determination of this species other than

the description of the author.

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID 2%. 11

21. S. opHtHaLMica, Mab.

Sape ophthalmica, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixviii.

Hab. Delagoa Bay (Mabille).

No specimen or tigure of this species being available, I must

content myself with a provisional reference to this location in the

genus, to which the author has assigned it.

22. 8. (?) puistonicus, Ploetz.

Antigonus plistonicus, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 362 (1879).

Hab. Aburi (Ploetz).

I cannot make out this species from the description and the

material before me. The description does not exactly apply to

anything I have seen in nature, though it may be that it designates

some already well-known species.

23. 8. (?) pHiLtoromts, Ploetz.

Antigonus philotomus, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 361 (1879);

Karsch, Berl. Ent, Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 262 (1893).

Hab, Aburi (Ploetz); Togoland (Karsch).

I do not know this species, at least under this name.

24, 8. (?) pznrus, Mab.

Pterygosjrdea lelius, Ploetz MS., Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France,

1877, p. 240 ‘

Ephyriades lelius, Ploetz, JB. Nass. Ver. xxxvii. p. 6.

Hab. Gaboon.

This is another species about which I am left in total uncer-

tainty. Ploetz merely cites the name, and from the description

of Mons. Mabille I cannot draw positive conclusions. Mons.

Mabille has designated for me under this name two wholly differ-

ent species, one being the species which he has labelled in the

collection of Dr. Staudinger as bowviert, and the other being a

slight variety of S. thecla, Ploetz, which he named from a photo-

graphic representation sent to him, in which only the upperside

appeared. I leave this puzzle somewhat reluctantly to others to

solve.

25. S. KOBELA, Trim.

Nisoniades kobela, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. ii. p. 180

(1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. i. p. 312, pl. vi. fig. 4, 0 (1866).

' Pterygospidea kobela, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. ii. p. 353 (1889).

Sarangesa kobela, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 48.

Hab. Extra-tropical South Africa (Trimen).

This species reveals a striking superficial resemblance to the

species of the genus 7'’hanaos, and represents a section of the genus

in which it stands thus far unique.

12 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

CELZNORRHINUS, Hiibn.

26. C. eaLenus, Fabr.

Hesperia galenus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 350, no. 332 (1793) ;

Latr. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 773, no. 124 (1823).

Hesperia galena, Don. Ins. Ind. pl. 1. fig. 3, 2 (1800).

Celenorrhinus galenus, Wats. P. Z.S. 1893, p. 49.

Plesioneura galenus, Staudgr. Exot. Schmett. pl. 100.

Pardaleodes fulgens, Mab. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877,

p. 236, ¢.

Pterygospidea galenus, Trim. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 80.

Donovan in his plate figures the female of this species, which

may always be recognized by the elongate marginal spot on the

secondaries beyond the end of the cell. This spot has the form of

a parallelogram, and does not fuse with the adjacent spots so fully

as is the case in the male, where its sharp outlines are lost in the

spots on either side of it. Dr. Staudinger gives a good figure of

the male in his ‘ Exotische Schmetterlinge.’ Mons. Mabille kindly

determined for me a number of species upon the occasion of a

recent visit to Paris, among them Pardaleodes fulgens, Mab. The

specimens so determined are undoubtedly C. galenus, Fabr.,. ¢. I

have a series of nearly 100 specimens of both sexes, some of them

taken in cottu, and am satisfied of the correctness of the synonymy

given as above.

This is one of the commonest of West-African butterflies and is

found from Senegambia to Upper Angola, and Manica (T'rimen).

27. C. nurinANs, Mab.

Pardaleodes rutilans, Mab. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877, p. 235,

2; Bull. Soc. Ent. France (Feb. 1877), 2 ; Novit. Lepidopt.

p- 96, pl. xiii. fig. 7, ¢ (1893).

Pterygospidea tergemira, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4)

vol. xx. p. 323 (Oct. 1877).

Tagiades woermanni, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 862, 2 (1879).

Having seen the types of P. rutilans, Mab., and of P. tergemira,

Hew., and a carefully executed copy of the drawing of 7. woer-

mann, 2, made by Ploetz, I have not a shadow of doubt as to the

correctness of the above synonymy.

Hab. Fernando Po (Hewitson); Victoria, W. Africa (Ploetz) ;

Congo-Landana (Mabille) ; Gaboon, Cameroons (Good).

28. C. mutustris, Mab,

Pardaleodes illustris, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Lxxiii.

Celenorrhinus illustris, Holl. Ent. News, March 1894, pl. iii.

fig. 6.

Hab. Cameroons and Upper Valley of the Ogové.

29. C. MEDETRINA, Hew. (Plate III. fig. 2.)

Pterygospidea meditrina, Hew, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. (4)

vol, xx. p. 322 (1877),

1896. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID 2. 13

Pardaleodes interniplaga, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891,

» xxii.

J Celenorrhinus interniplaga, Holland, Ent. News, March 1894,

pl. iii. fig. 2.

Hab. Fernando Po (Hewitson); Cameroons (Mabille); Bulé

Country (Good).

Iam unable to discover any valid specific differences between

C. meditrina, Hew., and C. interniplaga, Mab. I have a good

series of specimens in my collection, some of which agree positively

with either form, differing only in size and the greater or less

distinctness of the marginal spots.

30. C. MacuLatus, Hampson. (Plate ITI. fig. 4.)

Ooladenia maculata, Hpsn. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. vii.

p. 183.

Hab. Sabaki River, E. Africa (Hampson).

This species is a very near ally of C. meditrina, Hew. Two

specimens, a male and a female, contained in the collection of

Dr. Staudinger, were taken by Mocquerys at Gaboon. The

female differs from the male in having the maculations of the

secondaries greatly reduced in size. While these specimens do

not agree absolutely with the type of maculata, Hpsn., they are by

far too close to warrant a separation.

31. C. BIsERiAtUS, Butl. (Plate III. fig. 3.)

Plesioneura biseriata, Butl. P. Z.S. 1888, p. 97.

Plesionewra hoechneli, Rogenhofer, Ann. Hofmus. Wien, vol. vi.

p- 463, pl. xv. fig. 10 (1891).

Hab. Kilimanjaro (Butler) ; Tropical Africa (Logenhofer).

I think the above synonymy will be found to be quite correct.

32. C. atratus, Mab.

Pardaleodes atratus, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. lxxiv.

Celenorrhinus collucens, Holl. Ent. News, March 1894, p. 90,

pl. iii. figs. 3, 4.

Hab. Cameroons (Mabille ; Good).

The type of P. atratus being before me as I write, I am con-

vinced that I made an error in my identification of it upon the

occasion of my visit to Mons. Mabille. The insect I labelled

atratus, if there has been no confusion since made in the labelling

of the specimens in the collection of Dr. Staudinger, is the

following species, and the true atratus is the species I figured and

named collucens. Dr. Staudinger warns me that Mons. Mabille

has in a few cases apparently confused his types: this is one of

those cases in which I am almost positive that such a confusion

has arisen; but we must accept the type as determining controversy,

and as the insect labelled autographically as Pardaleodes atratus

by Mabille in the Staudinger Collection is unmistakably my

i4 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

collucens, and not the next species in this series, we must regard

the identification as positively settled in this way.

33. C. BoapicEA, Hew. (Plate III. fig. 1.)

Pterygospidea boadicea, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4)

vol. xx. p. 323 (1877). A

Celenorrhinus atratus, Holl. Ent. News, March 1894, pl. iu.

fig. 5.

” Pardaleodes lucens, Mab., MS.

Hab. Gaboon, Cameroons.

Mons. Mabille, in the ‘Comptes Rendus de la Société Entomolo-

gique de Belgique,’ 1891, p. Ixxiv, in his description of Pardaleodes

(Celenorrhinus) atratus, alludes to a species of the genus named

lucens by him from a. figure of his type, which he has never

published, so far as I am aware; I have been enabled to identify

it with boadicea, Hew., which is undoubtedly the same insect

figured by me in the ‘ Entomological News’ for March 1894, as

C. atratus, Mab. C. boadicea, Hew., may be distinguished from all

other species by the greater breadth of the median yellow band on

the primaries, and the larger expanse of the marginal spot near

the outer angle of the secondaries on the upperside. This species

is closely related to C. atratus, but quite distinct.

34, C. curysoGLossa, Mab. (Plate III. fig. 5.)

Ancistrocumpta chrysoglossa, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg.

vol. xxxv. p. cvii (1891).

Hab. Cameroons (Mabille; Good).

The type of the species is a female. The figure in the Plate is

taken from a male specimen in my collection. The insect

undoubtedly is a Celenorrhinus, but differs from the other African

species in being more plainly marked upon the primaries.

35, C. proximus, Mab.

Plesioneura prowima, Mab. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877, p. 231 ;

Ann. Soe. Ent. France, (6) vol. x. p. 31, pl. iii. fig. 1.

Tagiades elmina, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 362 (1879).

Hab. Gaboon, Cameroons, Sierra Leone, Togoland.

36. C. Macrosticrus, Holl.

C. macrostictus, Holl. Ent. News, Jan. 1894, p. 27, pl. i. fig. 2.

Hab. Valley of the Ogové.

37. C. HUMBLOTI, Mab.

Plesionewra humbloti, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1884,

p- elxxxvii; Grandidier’s Madagascar, vol. xiii, p. 349, pl. 54.

figs. 8, 8a. ;

_ Hab. Madagascar.

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIIDA. 15

38. C. (?) HoMEYERI, Ploetz.

Lagiades homeyeri, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xli. p. 807 (1880).

Hab. Pundo Ndongo.

I do not know this species, but as it is said by the author to be

very near C. galenus, Fabr., I locate it here provisionally.

39. C. MoKEEZI, Waller.

Pterygospidea mokeezi, Waller. K. Sv. Vet.-Acad. Handl. 1857 ;

Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 54.

Hesperia amaponda, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. i.

p- 405.

Nisoniades mokeezi, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Aust. vol. ii. p. 316, pl. vi.

fig. 5.

Pteryyospidea mokeexr, Trim. Butt. 8. Afr. vol. ili. p. 358.

Celenorrhinus mokeezi, Watson, P. ZS. 1893, p. 50.

Hab. Extra-tropical 8. Africa.

40, C. (?) tuEHDERI, Ploetz.

Plastingia luehdert, Ploetz, 3. H. Z. vol. xl. p. 357 (1879),

vol. xlv. p. 147 (1884).

Hab. Aburi (Ploetz).

The figure of this species drawn by Ploetz appears to be a crude

representation of a species of Celenorrhinus, hut the statement of

Ploetz, that there is a sexual mark or brand upon the primaries,

does not agree with this view. I am at a loas, without having the

insect before me, to say where it should be located. Mons.

Mabille’s note upon the drawing of Ploetz, contained in one of

his manuscript comments upon the Ploetzian figures, strikes me as

very appropriate, “ mihi non verisimile videtur.”

TRicHospMeErA ', Holl.

41. T. suBotivescrens, Holl. (Plate V. fig. 15.)

T. subolivescens, Holl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Oct. 1892, p. 294;

Wats. P. Z.S. 1893, p. 53.

Hab. Matabeleland.

42, T. reTrastiema, Mab.

Ceratrichia tetrastigma, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891,

p: lxv; Novit. Lepidopt. p. 119, pl. xvi. fig. 8.

Hab. Interior of Cameroons (Staudinger).

Mons. Mabille refers this species with some doubt to the genus

Ceratrichia. With his type before me, I am able to assert that the

species is positively congeneric with the type of the genus

Trichosemia. It may even prove to be true that the two species

are the same, in which case Mons. Mabille’s name will have

priority. There is, however, considerable difference in the colour

1 By a typographical error, printed originally as “‘ Tricosemeta.”

16 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

and markings of the underside of the secondaries, and it would

not be at all safe to merge the two forms under the same name

until we have more material.

43. T. quateRNA, Mab.

Ceratrichia quaterna, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. France, 1889,

p. clvi; Novit. Lepidopt. p. 20, pl. iii. fig. 3 (1891).

Hab. Sierra Leone (Mabille).

This beautiful species, the type of which is before me as I write,

is correctly referred to the genus T’vrichosemeia.

44, T.(?) Briar, Ploetz.

Antigonus brigida, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 361 (1879).

Hab. Cameroons (Good); Roorke’s Drift, 8. Africa (uw my

collection).

What I take to be the species named brigida by Ploetz is a

species which is more properly located in this genus than any

other at present constituted, though the secondaries lack the

characteristic hairy brand near the costa on the upperside, which

led me to give the name which I have applied to this genus.

This remark holds good also of the two following species.

45. T.(?) HEREUS, Druce. (Plate IV. fig. 21.)

Tagiades hereus, Druce, P. Z.S. 1875, p. 417.

Hab. Angola (Montewro).

This species seems to be closely allied to, if not identical with,

S. brigida, Ploetz. In case of identity the name given by

Mr. Druce has priority.

46. T.(?) supatBrpa, Holl.

Sarangesa subalbida, Holl. Ent. News, Jan. 1894, p. 26, pl. i.

fig. 7.

Hab. Valley of the Ogové (Good).

In the form of the wings and the neuration, together with the

form of the antenne, this species comes nearer those which are

strictly classified in the genus 7’richosemeca than to those included

in Sarangesa. The hairy brand on the upperside of the secondaries

is lacking; but in spite of this I prefer to place the species here,

rather than to leave it where I originally located it.

Tacrapes, Hiibn.

47. T, ruesus, Fabr.

Papilio flesus, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 135, no. 621 (1871) ; Mant.

Ins. p. 88, no. 797 (1787) ; Ent. Syst. ili. p. 338, no. 286 (17938).

Nisoniades flesus, Butl. Cat. Fabr. Diurn. Lep. p. 286.

Papilio ophion, Dru. Ill. Exot. Ent. vol. iii, pl. xvii. figs. 1, 2

Orn Stoll, Suppl. Cram. Pap. Exot. p. 127, pl. xxvi. figs. 4, 4 ¢

(1791).

Nisoniades ophion, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Aust. vol. ii. p. 313 (1866).

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID A. 17

Pterygospidea flesus, Trim. Butt. 8. Afr. vol. iii. p. 363 (1889).

Tagiades flesus, Wats. P. Z.S. 1893, p. 54.

Hab. Africa, south of the Sahara.

48. T’. rvsuLaRIs, Mab.

T. wmsularis, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1876, p. 272;

Grandidier’s Madagascar, vol. xiii. p. 352 pl. 54. figs. 6, 7, 7a.

Thymele ophion, Boisd. Faune Entomol. Madgr. p. 62, pl. ix.

fig. 4 (1833).

Hab. Madagascar.

This is the insular form of 7. flesus, Fabr., which is found in

Madagascar, and can scarcely be separated from the Fabrician

species.

49. T. Lactevus, Mab.

Tagiades lacteus, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (5) vol. vii.

ps XXXix,

Tagiades dannatti, Ehrmann, Ent. News, vol. iv. p. 309; Holl.

Ent. News, March 1894, pl. iii. fig. 1.

Hab. Congo, Liberia.

My surmise that 7’. lacteus and 7’. dannatti are identical, which

I expressed in my paper of March 1894, has been confirmed by

Mons. Mabille, who has compared my figure with the type.

50. T. samBorana, H. G. Smith.

Tagiades samborana, H. Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

(6) vol. vii. p. 127.

Hab. Madagascar.

I do not know this species.

51. T. smiruir, Mab.

Tagiades smithii, Mab. Grandidier’s Madagascar, vol. xiii.

p. 304, pl. 564. figs. 3, 3a.

Hab. Madagascar.

The plate on which this species is to be figured has not yet been

published. I do not know the species in nature, nor by any

pictorial representation.

Haaris, Guen.

52. EH. SABADIUS, Gray.

Hesperia sabadius, Gray, Griff. An. Kined. ol xy. pl. 99. fig. 2

(1832).

Thymele sabadius, Boisd. Faun. Entom. Madgr. p. 63, pl. ix.

fig. 2 (1833).

” Bag gris sabadius, Guen. Maill. Réun. vol. ii. Lép. p. 18 (1868);

Mab. Grandid. Madagr. vol. xiii. p. 350, pl. 54. figs. 1, 4a, 5.

Hesperia andrachne, Boisd. Faun. Ent. Madgr. p. 67 (1833);

Guérin, Iconogr. Régne Anim., Ins. pl. Ixxxii. fig. 2 (1844).

Antigonus andrachne, Saalm. Lep. Madgr. p. 112, pl. i. fig. 14.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. II. 2

18 DR, W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

Plesioneura hyalinata, Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1877-78, p. 87.

Plesioneura andrachne (Boisd.), Saalm. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1878-79,

p. 123. d owt

Hab. Madagascar.

. 538. E. norroana, Waller. . ‘

Ptérygospidea nottoana, Wallgr. K. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857 ;

Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 54: ,

Nisoniades sabadius, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 315.

Pterygospidea nottoana, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 360.

Eagris melancholica, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix.

wely: :

4 Eagris nottoana, Wats. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 54.

Hab. South Africa. :

The comparison of the type of E. melancholica, Mab., shows it to

be identical with Z. nottoana,; as determined by Mr. Trimen.

’ 54, HB. pecastiema, Mab.

Eagris decastigma, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. lxii;

Novit. Lepidopt. p. 118, pl. xvi. fig. 7; Holl. Ent. News, Jan.

1894, pl. i. fig. 9.

Hab. Sierra Leone, Gaboon.

55. E. ruscosa, Holl. (Plate V. fig. 4.) ;

. Eagris fuscosa, Holl. Ent. News, Jan. 1894, p. 27, pl. i. fig. 6.

Hab. Valley of the Ogové (Good); Gaboon (Mocquerys).

This is a somewhat close ally of E. phyllophila, Trim., but may

be readily distinguished from that species by the form of the large

spots on the disk of the primaries.

56. E. PHYLLOPHILA, Trim.

Nisoniades phyllophila, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1883,

p. 362.

Pterygospidea phyllophila, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 362,

pl. sii. fig. 8.

Hab. Natal, Delagoa Bay (Trimen).

57. E. JAMESONI, Sharpe.

Antigonus jamesoni, Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. vi.

p- 348 (1890).

Pterygospidea jamesoni, Trim, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 106, pl. ix. fig. 25.

Caprona jamesoni, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 669. .

Hab. 8.W. Africa, Mashonaland.

58. E. DENUBA, Ploetz. (Plate V. fig. 8.)

Antigonus denuba, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 361 (1869).

Eagris decotor, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix. p- cly

(1889); Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxviii. p. 262 (1893).

-1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THB FAMILY HESPERIIDA. 19

Hab. Aburi (Ploetz); Freetown (Mahille); Cameroons (Good) ;

Togoland (Karsch).

Having before me a drawing of the type of Ploetz, executed by

Prillwitz, which is reproduced in the Plate, and the type of

Mabille, loaned me by Dr. Staudinger, I am positively satisfied as

to the identity of the two.

59. E. tucetia, Hew.

Leucochitonea lucetia, Hew. Ill. Exot. Butt. vol. v. Hesp., Leuco-

chitonea, pl. il. fig. 21.

Hab. Angola (Hewitson).

Procampta, Holl.

60. P. nara, Holl.

Procampta rara, Holl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Oct. 1892,

p- 293; Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 59; Holl. Ent. News, Mar.

1894, pl. iii. fig. 7.

Hab. Valley of the Ogové.

Caprona, Wallgr.

61. C. prnnaana, Waller.

Caprona pillaana, Wallgr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857 ; Lep.

Rhop. Caffr. p. 51; Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 308 (1866) ;

8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 348, pl. xii. figs. 6, 6 a (1889).

Stethotrix heterogyna, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix.

p- elxxxiv (1889).

Caprona adelica, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. vol. xviii. p. 242 (1892) ;

-Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p- 243, pl. vi. fig. 2 (1893).

Hab. South Africa, Natal, Loko, Togoland.

Mons. Mabille writes me that the species of Karsch is absolutely

identical with his S. heterogyna, in which opinion, with the type

before me as I write, 1 am able to positively concur. But the male

of S. heterogyna is most certainly identical with C. pillaana,

Waller. Iam not alone in this opinion. Dr. Staudinger writes

me that Prof. Aurivillius has most unqualifiedly given in his

adhesion to this view on examination of specimens submitted to

him. The female, the type of which is before me, might have

served the artist for the drawing of C. adeliea given by Dr. Karsch,

and differs from the rather crude figure of the female of C. pillaana,

Wallgr., given by Trimen in being paler, and having a sharply

defined black spot on the underside of the secondaries near the

inner margin. With only the female sex before me I might have

hesitated a little to make the above synonymy, but the identity of

the male with C. pillaana being so positively certain, I do not doubt

the correctness of what I have given above.

62. C. canopus, Trim.

Caprona canopus, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. ii. p. 180

20 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

(1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 309, pl. vi. fig. 2 (1866);

Staud. Exot. Schmett. pl. 100; Trim. S. Afr. Butt. p. 349 (1889).

Hab, Extra-tropical South Africa.

Axantis, Hopff.

(Leucochitonea, Wallgr.; Sapea, Ploetz.)

I cannot bring myself to differ from Trimen, and to accept the

conclusion of Watson, that L. levubu, Wallgr., should constitute the

type and sole representative of a genus. The difference between

this species and the others given below are certainly rather of

specific than of generic grade. I therefore sink Wallengren’s

genus Leucochitonea as a synonym of <Abantis, Hopff., as has

already been done by Trimen.

63, A, rerrENnsis, Hopff.

Abantis tettensis, Hopf. Monatsb. k. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1855,

p. 643; Peters’ Reise Mossamb., Ins. p. 415, pl. xxvi. figs. 16, 17

(1862); Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 3837 (1889); Wats. P. Z. 8.

1893, p. 63.

Hab. South Tropical and Temperate Africa.

64. A. PARADISEA, Butl.

Leucochitonea paradisea, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870,

p. 499 ; Lep. Exot. p. 167, pl. lix. fig. 8 (1874).

Hesperia (Oxynetra) namaquana, Westw. Thes. Ent. Oxon.

p- 183, pl. xxxiv. fig. 10 (1874).

Leucochitonea paradisea, Staudgr. Exot. Schmett. i. pl. 100.

Abantis paradisea, Trim. 8, Afr, Butt. p. 342 (1889); Wats.

P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 63.

Hab. Southern Africa,

65. A. ZAMBESIACA, Westw.

Hesperia zambesiaca, Westw. Thes. Ent. Oxon. p. 183, pl. xxxiv.

fig. 9 (1874).

Abantis zambesina, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 244 (1889) ;

Pi Z.:8. 1891. p..105,

Sapea trimeni, Butl. P. Z. 8, 1895, p. 264, pl. xv. fig. 5.

Hab. Southern Tropical Africa,

With the figures of their species, given by Westwood and

Butler, before me and a long series of specimens labelled by

Mr. Trimen to compare with them, I am wholly at a loss to see

what valid reason exists for separating the insect recognized by

Dr. Butler as Sapa trimeni from the insect described by West-

wood. It is true that the normal colour of the sides of the

abdominal segments of the insect is “ snow-white,” as stated by

Dr. Butler, and brought out in his excellent figure, but the fact

that Westwood says that these segments in the type were

_‘luteous” does not in my judgment furnish sufficient reason to

1896. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID®. 21

say that we are dealing here with two distinct species. “ Luteous ”

is muddy yellow, and nothing is commoner among the Hesperiide

than the change of the white markings of the abdomen into

yellowish by greasing and other accidents. I am reluctant to

differ from my learned friend Dr. Butler on any point, but after

studying the specimens before me with the figures and descriptions

given by himself and Westwood, I am still of the opinion that

Mr. Trimen’s original identification was correct, and that the

separation of the form known to Trimen from that described by

Westwood is an unnecessary refinement.

66, A. BISMARKI, Karsch.

Abantis bismarki, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xviii. p. 228 (1892);

Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 242, pl. vi. fig. 1 (1893).

Hab, Togoland.

67, A. BIcoLor, Trim.

Leucochitonea bicolor, Trim, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. ii.

p. 180 (1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 307, pl. 6. fig. 1

(1866).

Sapea bicolor, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. pp. 177, 179 (1879).

Abantis bicolor, Trim. S. Afr. Butt. yol. iii. p. 340 (1889) ;

Wats. P. Z.S. 1893, p. 63.

Hab, 8. Africa.

68. A. venosa, Trim.

Abantis venosa, Trim. S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 339 (1889) ;

P. Z.S. 1891, p. 105, pl. ix. fig. 24.

Leucochitonea wnwulensis, Sharpe, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)

yol. vi. p. 348 (1890). :

Hab, South Tropical Africa and Transvaal.

69, A. ELEGANTULA, Mab.

Abantis elegantula, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent, France, 1890, p. 32;

Novit. Lepidopt. p. 23, pl. iii. fig. 6 (1891).

Hab. Sierra Leone,

70. A. EFULENSIS, sp. noy. (Plate V. fig. 12.)

3. Allied to A. elegantula, Mab., from which it differs by the

entire absence of the discal spots on the primaries. The second-

aries are white, with the basal third, the outer angle, and the

inner margin clouded with dark brown, shading on the costa into

orange-red. The white outer area is intersected by the veins,

which are black.

On the underside, the primaries are much paler than on the

upperside and are slightly tinged near the base and on the costa

with ochreous. The secondaries are pure white, except on the costal

margin and the outer angle, where they are laved with pale brown

shading into ochraceous, The yeins on the underside are not black

22. . DR.W.S.HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN - [Jan. 14,

as on the upperside, except those which are located. near the-

costa. The body is marked much as in A. elegantula, but is

without the red spots at the end of the patagia and the red hairs

which are found on the metathorax. Expanse 40 mm.

Hab. Efulen, Cameroons.

71. A. LEUcoGAsTER, Mab.

Abantis leucogaster, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1890, p. 32;

Novit. Lepidopt. p. 22, pl. iii. fig. 5 (1891).

Hab. Sierra Leone.

72. A. LEVUBU, Waller.

Leucochitonea levubu, Wallgr. K. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857 ;

Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 52; Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 306.

Abantis levubu, Trim. S. Afr. Butt. vol. ili. p. 345, pl. xii. fig. 5.

Hab, Southern Africa.

Hasperta, Fabr.

(Pyrgus, Hiibn.; Scelothrix, Ramb.; Syrichtus, Boisd.)

73. H. spiro, Linn,

Papilio spio, Linn: Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 796, no. 271 (1767);

Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 535, no, 400 (1775); Donovan, Ins. Ind. pl. i.

fig. 5 (1800-2).

Hesperia spio, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p, 354, no. 348 (1783) ;

Westw., Don. Ins. Ind. 2nd edit. p. 79, pl. 50. fig. 5 (1842);

Aurivillius, K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. vol. xix. no. 5, p. 124, tab. i.

figs. 3, 3a, after Clerck (1882).

Papilio vindex, Cram, Pap. Exot. vol. iv. pl. cccliii. figs. G, H

(1782); Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 65.

Pyrgus vindex, Hiibn. Verz. p. 109, no. 1178 (1816) ; Hopff.

Peters’ Reise Mossamb., Ins. p. 421 (1862); Trim. Rhop. Afr.

Austr. vol. ii. p. 287 (1866); S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 280 (1889).

Hesperia vindex, Latr. Enc. Méth. vol. ix. p. 785 (1823); Westw.,

Doubl. & Hew. Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. Ixxix. fig. 6 (1852).

Syrichtus vindex, Wallgr. Rhop. Caffr. p. 53 (1857).

Hab. Southern Africa.

I had long been led to question whether this species had: been

found in the western tropical parts of Africa. I have never

received it from Gaboon, Cameroons, Sierra Leone, or Liberia,

though I have charged my collectors to make special search for the

Hesperiidz, and have received thousands of specimens from them.

The species identified for me as H. spio, L. (vindex, Cram.), by

several European authorities, is very different from the 8.-African

insect, of which I have numerous examples received from Mr.

Trimen and others, It is H. ploetzi, Auriv. My doubt as*to the

existence of the species on the Tropical West Coast has been,

however, put to rest by the discovery of a specimen from

Monrovia in the collection of Dr. Staudinger, .

1896.] -—S|- BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERHD®. 23

74, H. promus, Ploetz.

Pyrgus dromus, Ploetz, Mitth. nat. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm. u. Riig.

1884, p. 6; Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 283 (1882).

Hesperia dromus, Watson, P. ZS. 1893, p. 65.

Hab. South Africa (? North of the Congo).

This species is generally confounded in collections with the

preceding, but by attending to the differences so clearly pointed

out by Mr. Trimen they may easily be separated. Ploetz states

that his type was from the Congo, and Mr. Trimen, upon the

authority of G. Geynet, gives the ‘‘Gaboon River” as a habitat.

I am inclined to question the correctness of the reference of this

species to these localities. I may be in error, but am inclined to

think that it does not range further north than Angola on the

West Coast.

75. H. prorrzr, Auriv.

Syrichtus spio, Ploetz, Mitth. nat. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm. u. Riig.

1884, p. 21.

Pyrgus spio, Mab. Ann. Soe. Eut. France, (6) vol. x. p. 30, pl. iii.

fig. 9 (1890).

Hesperia ploetzi, Auriy. Ent. Tidsk. 1891, p. 227.

Pyrgus ploctzi, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 245

(1893).

Hub. Gaboon, Liberia, Sierra Leone, Togoland.

76. H. saraspss, Trim.

Pyrgus sataspes, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, (3) vol. ii. p. 178

(1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 290, pl. v. fig. 7 (1866);

S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 289 (1889). ;

Hab. South Africa.

77. H. piomus, Hopf.

Pyrgus diomus, Hopff. Monatsber. k. Akad. Wissensch. Berl.

1355, p. 643; Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 420, pl. xxvii.

figs. 9, 10 (1862).

Hab. Tropical East Africa,

78. H. rurox, Waller...

Syrichthus ferox, Wallgr. Wien. Ent. Monatschr. 1863, p. 137.

Pyrgus vindex, Cram.? yar., Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii.

pp- 287-288 (1866). ;

Hesperia (Syrichthus) diomus, Wallgr. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Forh

1872, p. 50. é

Pyrgus diomus, Méschl. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1883, p. 286.

Hesperia sandaster, Staudgr. Exot. Schmett. vol. i. pl. 100

(1888). . ;

Pyrgus diomus, Trim, S. Afr. Butt. vol. ii. p, 287 (1889).

Hesperia diomus, Wats. P. ZS. 1893, p. 65,

Hab. Southern Africa.

24 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

“T have come to the conclusion that Pyrgus diomus, Hopft., is

really distinct from P. ferov, Wallgr., although Wallengren

himself in 1872 sank the latter in favour of the former. None of

the South-African specimens that I have seen agrees with Hopffer’s

description and figures in the important point of the white bands

on the underside of the hind wings, which markings are always

much more oblique in the southern examples. The other day I

received a pair from Zanzibar, which exactly agree with Hopffer’s

figures. So I think we may call the abundant southern form

P. ferow. By the way, what Dr. Staudinger figures as my P. san-

daster is apparently P. ferow.” (R. Trimen, én literis, 1894.)

79. H. asteropiaA, Trim.

Pyrgqus asterodia, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. (8) vol. ii. p. 178

(1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 289, pl. v. fig. 6 (1866) ;

S. Afr. Butt. vol. ili. p. 284 (1889).

_ Hesperia asterodia, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 65.

Syrichthus asterodia, Ploetz, Mitth. nat. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm, u.

Riig. 1884, p. 21.

Hab. South Africa.

80. H. TRANSVAALIA, Trim.

Pyrgus transvaahe, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 286 (1889).

Hab. South Africa,

Allied, according to the author, to H, spio, Linn, (vindex, Cram.),

and dromus, Ploetz.

81. H, acyrna, Trim.

Pyrgus agylla, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii, p. 286 (1889).

Hab, South Africa.

This species is unknown to me except by the description of

Mr. Trimen.

82. H. mara, Trim.

Pyrgus mafa, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 386, pl. vi.

fig. 12; S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 284.

Hab, South Africa.

Doubtfully distinct from H, spio, Linn.

83, H. sanpastmr, Trim.

Pyrgus sandaster, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, p. 92,

pl. v. fig. 9; S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p, 291 (1889).

Hab, South Africa,

84. H. nanos, Trim.

Pyrgus sataspes, var. A. Trim, Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. i. p. 290

(1866).

Pyrgus nanus, Trim. 8, Afr, Butt. vol. iii. p. 290 (1889).

Hab, South Africa.

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID&. 25

85. H. secEssus, Trim.

Pyrgus secessus, Trim. P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 102, pl. ix. fig. 22.

Hab. South-western Africa.

86. H. conorns, Druce. (Plate I. fig. 11.)

Pyrqus colotes, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 416.

Hab. Angola (Monteiro).

87. H. nora, Ploetz.

Pyrgus nora, Ploetz, Mitth. nat. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm. u. Riig.

1884, p. 7.

Hab. Loango (Ploetz).

This species is unknown to me, and may be identical with some

other species. The description is very unsatisfactory. In some

respects it applies to H. secessus, Trim.

88. H. zatra, Ploetz.

Pyrgus zaira, Ploetz, Mitth. nat. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm. u. Riig.

1884, p. 6.

Hab, Congo (Ploetz).

This species is only known to me by the brief and unsatisfactory

description of Ploetz.

89. H. apsconpita, Ploetz.

Syrichthus abscondita, Ploetz, Mitth. nat. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm.

u. Riig. 1884, p. 21.

Hab. Africa (Ploetz). :

The description is too slight to base any conjecture upon it as

to what the author intended thereby.

90. H. Proto, Esp.

Papilio proto, Esp. Eur. Schmett. i. 2, pl. 123. figs. 5, 6 (1806 ?).

For synonymy ¢f. Staudinger and Wocke, Kirby, Syn, Catalogue,

&e.

Hab. Morocco.

91. H. a1, Oberth.

Syrichthus ali, Oberth. Etud. Entom. vi. 3, p. 61, pl. ii. fig. 3

(1881).

Hab. Algeria.

92. H, tuuzex, Oberth.

Syrichthus leuzee, Oberth. Etud. Entom, vi. 3, p. 60, pl. iii,

fig. 10 (1881).

Hab, Algeria.

26 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

93. H. atveus, Hiibn., var. onoporp1, Ramb.

Syrichthus onopordi, Ramb. Faun. And. pl. viii. fig. 18 (1839).

For fuller synonymy ef. standard works on the Lepidoptera of

the palearctic faunal region.

Hab. North Africa.

94. H. (?) ormuvs, Linn.

Papilio oileus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 795, no. 269 (1767).

Hesperia oileus, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 615 (1871).

Hab. Algeria (Kirby).

* This is a doubtful species, and it does not appear that any one

has been able to discover exactly what Linnzus intended to

designate by his name and description. Nominis wmbra!!

CarcHaropvus, Hiibn.

(Urbanus, Hiibn. ; Spilothyrus, Dup.)

95. C. aLcEa, Esp.

Papilio alcee, Bur. Schmett. i. 2, pl. li. fig. 3 (1780).

For further synonymy see standard works on the Lepidoptera

of the palearctic faunal region.

' Hab. North Africa.

96. C. EnMA, Trim.

Pyrgus elma, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. (3) vol. i. p. 288

(1862) ; Rhop. Afr, Austr. vol. ii. p. 291, pl. v. fig. 8 (1866) ;

S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 293.

Gomalia elma, Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 67.

Pyrgus elma, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxvili. p. 245, pl. vi.

fig. 12.

Hab. Southern Africa.

I place this insect in the genus Carcharodus, Hiibn., rather than

in the genus Gomalia, Moore, to which it bas been assigned by

Mr. Watson, because the differences of a structural character

which separate it from its near allies, C. alcew and C. lavatere, are,’

in my opinion, too slight to warrant the subdivision. In fact, I

call in question the propriety of retaining the name Gomalia as a

generic designation, it being founded upon differences which

appear to me to be rather specific than generic. I am quite

persuaded that Gomalia albofasciata, Moore, the type of his genus,

belongs to the older genus of Hiibner, and I think Gomalia should

be sunk as a synonym of Carcharodus.

The figure given by Karsch is by no means characteristic. The

checkered character of the fringes is not made to appear, and

were not the identification made by Karsch so positive, I should

think we were dealing with some other species, belonging, perhaps,-

to a different genus.

1896.] -—-»- BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID®. 27

97. C.(?) MrpEa, Walk.

' Pelopidas midea, Walk. Entomologist, vol. v. p. 56 (1870).

Erynnis? midea, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 830 (1877).

Hab. Cairo.

I know nothing.of this. species. .Mr. Kirby’s reference to

Erynnis leads me to place it here. Mr. Butler could not find the

type in the British Museum. I fear that im this, as in so many

other cases, we shall never be able to know exactly what Mr. Walker

intended by his specific appellation.

Subfam. PaMPHILIN-£.

TrapezirEs, Hiibn.

' The following species, all but one occurring in Madagascar, I

allow to remain in the genus Trapezites, where they have been for

the most part located by Dr. Butler and Mons. Mabille. Lieut.

Watson states that the genus Zrapezites, in the strict sense, 18

confined to the Australian region. Unfortunately I have not

sufficient material at hand to justify the attempt by dissection and

bleaching to determine whether these species are really separable

from the genus in which they have hitherto been placed. It is

much to be wished that some capable collector, who has an eye for

the more obscure forms, might soon visit and’ thoroughly explore

the field which is awaiting his labour in the great island east of

Africa.

98. T. pMpyreus, Mab.

. Oyclopides empyreus, Mab. Pet. Nouv. Entom. vol. ii. p. 285

(1878).

' Trapezites empyreus, Mab. Grand. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 336;

pl. liii. figs. 1, 1 a, 2 (1887). .

Hab. Madagascar.

99. T, rastuosus, Mab.

Cyclopides empyreus (pro parte), Mab. Pet, Nouv. Entom. vol. ii.

p- 285 (1878). : :

Trapezites fastuosus, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxviii.

p. elxxxvi (1884); Grandid. Madgr. vol.. xviii. p. 338, pl. lil.

figs. 9, 9a (1887). «| Pa ae oN

Hab, Madagascar.

100. T. carmMipEs, Hew.

Cyclopides carmides, Hew. Descript. One Hundred New Hes-

perid. p. 41 (1868); Exot. Butt. vol. v. pl. Cyclopides, fig. 1

(1874). f

Trapezites carmides, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 332,

pl. hii. figs. 3, 3 a (1887).

.' Hab. Madagascar.

28 DR, W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

101. T. watcuts, Mab.

Cyclopides malchus, Mab. Bull. de la Soc. Philomat. p. 136

(1877).

Hesperia ypsilon, Saalm. Lep. Madgr. p. 110 (1884).

Trapezites malchus, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii, p. 332,

pl. liii. figs. 5, 6 (1887).

Hab, Madagascar.

102. T. erunras, Mab.

Pamphila gillias, Mab. Pet. Nouv. Entom. vol. ii. p. 285

(1878).

Trapezites kingdont, Butl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) vol. iv. p. 232

(1879).

Trapezites gillias, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 335,

pl. liii. figs. 8, 8a (1887).

Hab, Madagascar.

103. T. Hova, Mab.

Cyclopides howa (err.), Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (5) vol. v.

p. eexv (1875).

Trapezites hova, Mab, Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 335, pl. liii.

figs. 7, 7 « (1887).

Hab, Madagascar.

104, T. carocatinus, Mab.

Cyclopides catocalinus, Mab, Pet. Nouv. Entom. vol. ii. p. 285

(1878).

Trapezites catocalinus, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 339,

pl. liii. figs. 4, 4 a (1887).

Hab. Madagascar. (Hrroneously? labelled in Dr. Staudinger’s

collection as from the Gold Coast.)

105. T. paroncuus, Mab.

Trapezites paroechus, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 334,

pl. lii. figs. 1, 2, 2 a (1887).

Hab. Madagascar,

106, T. (2?) cHirana, Trim.

Pamphila chirala, Trim. P, Z. 8. 1894, p. 76, pl. vi. fig. 18, 2.

I place this species here provisionally, as, both from the figure

and the description, it seems more nearly allied to the species in

this group than to any others,

Acumros, Mab.

107. A. LEUcopYGA, Mab.

Cyclopides leucopyga, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1877, p. 101.

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIIDE. 29

Acleros leucopyga, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xiii. p. 347, pl. liv.

figs. 3, 3a (1887); Watson, P.Z.S. 1893, p. 76.

Hab. Madagascar.

This species may be distinguished from A. ploetzi, its near ally,

by the broader extent of the white markings upon the outer

margin of the secondaries, and the paler, more irregularly clouded

underside of the secondaries. There are two specimens in the

collection of Dr. Staudinger labelled as taken at Gaboon by

Mocquerys, which are almost identical with examples from

Madagascar. They were taken in September. (Are the locality-

labels correct in these cases ?)

108. A. PLoETztI, Mab. (Plate II. fig. 7.)

Apaustus leucopygus, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 360 (1879).

Acleros ploetzi, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix. p. clxviil

(1889).

Hab. Aburi, Victoria, W. Africa (Ploctz); Gaboon, Cameroons

(Good).

ree Mabille has very properly suggested the name ploetzi for

this species, in view of the fact that the specific name leucopyga

had already, in 1877, been applied by him to a closely allied species

from Madagascar.

109. A. MACKENII, Trim.

Pamphila ? mackenii, Trim. Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. 1868, p. 95,

pl. vi. fig. 8.

Ancyloxypha mackenii, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. ili. p. 331

(1889).

Hab. Southern Africa.

This species is very closely allied to A. ploetzi, Mab. (leucopygus,

Ploetz), but may be distinguished by its somewhat larger size, and

by the fact that the underside of the primaries is much darker,

and by the two subtriangular spots of white standing out boldly

upon this dark ground near the inner margin.

110. A. pLacrpus, Ploetz. (Plate IT. fig. 19.)

Apaustus placidus, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 360 (1879), vol. xlv.

p- 157 (1884).

Hab. Aburi (Ploeiz).

The figure of the type given in the plate accompanying this

article suggests that the original specimen is somewhat faded. I

am greatly inclined to the view that it represents a somewhat

rubbed specimen of the species since named A. biguttulus by

Mons. Mabille, and which may also be identical with the species

named -A. substrigata by me. In a very long series of specimens,

numbering nearly one hundred, I find specimens more or less

worn, which agree well with the figure and description of placidus,

and others which are undoubtedly very close to, if not identical

with, biguttulus, and still others, bright and fresh, which are

30 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

unmistakably separated from the others by the markings of the

underside of the secondaries as represented in the photographic

representation of substrigata given by me in the ‘ Entomological

News’ for Jariuary, 1894. Whether all of these belong to one

and the same species remains to be proved, but the presumption

seems to me to be in favour of this view. I do not, however, sink

Mabille’s species and my own as synonyms of placidus in the

present paper, although inclined strongly to take this view.

111. A. BreurruLus, Mab.

Acleros biguttulus, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix.

p- clxvii (1889).

Hab. Freetown, W. Africa (Mabille).

From the brief description of the species given by Mons.

Mabille, this species appears to me to be very near A. placidus,

Ploetz (q. v.).

112. A. supsrrieata, Holl.

Acleros substrigata, Holl. Ent. News, Jan. 1894, p. 28, pl. i.

figs. 10, 11.

Hab. Valley of the Ogove.

This is possibly a form of placidus, Ploetz, as I have intimated

above.

113. A. onavs, Ploetz.

Apaustus olaus, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xlv. p. 156 (1884); Karsch,

Berl. Ent. Zeit. 1893, p. 260. ;

Hab. Loango (Ploetz), Togoland (Karsch).

Ploetz in his catalogue of the species of Apaustus, given in the

Stett. Ent. Zeit. 18384, places A. olaus immediately before his

leucopyga, which is strictly congeneric with the species described

under the same name by Mabille, and made the type of the genus

Acleros. A good copy of Ploetz’s drawing, pl. 744, shows that in

form and pattern of marking olaus is indeed very near to leuco-

pyge, Ploetz (ploctzi, Mabille); the main difference being the

spots in the primaries noted by Ploetz in his original description.

‘An examination of the figure of Ploetz makes it plain, furthermore,

that the type was a female. It seems do me quite possible that

the insect described was a female of the species previously

described by Trimen as Pamphila (?) mackenit. Karsch appa-

rently is not sure of his identification of this species as given in

his article in the Berl. Ent. Zeit. quoted in the synonymy above.

114. A. instapriis, Mab.

Acleros instabilis, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix.

p- elxviii (1889).

Hab. Zanzibar (Mabille).

There are two females in the collection of Dr. Staudinger,

1896.] | - BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID#. dl

which are. labelled as from. Loko, which are plainly referable to

this species, which is doubtfully distinct from A. ploetzi, Mab.

(leucopygus, Ploetz). The specimens are smaller im size than is

usual in the case of the female of A. ploetzi, Mab., and the outer

angle of the primaries on the lower side is lighter. The white

spots on intervals two and three in the primaries are very large

and distinct, more so than in females of A. ploetzi, observed by

me. Still this may be only a local variety of A. ploetz.

GoRGYRA, gen. noy.

- Antenne long, slender; club small, gradually thickened, taper-

ing toa fine point; terminal portion bent, but not hooked. Palpi:

first joint short; second joint long, profusely clothed with hair,

erect, and rising almost or quite to the vertex; third joint long,

subconical, porrect, clothed with fine closely appressed hairs.

Fore wing: inner margin a little longer than the outer margin ;

cell about,one-half the length of the costa; vein 12 reaching the

costa before the end of the cell, veins 7 and 8 from before the end

of the cell; the upper and middle discocellulars form an obtuse

angle at the end of the cell pointing inwardly, the middle and

lower discocellulars form an angle with the apex pointing out-

Head and neuration of Gorgyra abure, Ploetz, d. }.

wardly ; vein 5 is nearer vein 4 than 6; vein 3 well before the

end of the cell; vein 2 twice as far from the end of the cell as

from the base of the wing. Hind wing: the outer margin is

evenly rounded and slightly excavated before vein 16; cell not quite

reaching the middle of the wing; vein 7 well before the end of the

cell, twice-as far from 8 as from 6; discocellulars faint, nearly

‘erect; vein 5 wanting or but faintly indicated ; vein 3 just betore

‘the end of the cell; vein 2 beyond the middle of the cell; veins

‘aand 16 curved; vein 1@ clothed on either side with a bundle

32 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

of Jong hair-like scales; hind tibiae almost naked and with two

pairs of spurs.

Type G. abure, Ploetz.

115. G. anuraz, Ploetz.

Apaustus abure, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 359 (1879), vol. xlv.

p. 153 (1884).

Hab. Tropical West Africa.

G. DIVERSATA, var. nov.

This form differs from typical G. abure, Ploetz, in being pre-

valently lighter in colour on the underside of the primaries and

the dise of the secondaries, the darker outer third of the second-

aries remaining as in the typical form, and giving the appearance,

therefore, of a dark diffuse hind marginal border to the wing.

This form is quite common. About one-half of the specimens

collected for me in the Valley of the Ogové belong to it, but I

cannot lead myself to believe that it represents a species. Save in

the colour modification noted, the specimens otherwise agree

absolutely with G. abure, and there are a number of intergrading

forms. (See neat species.)

116. G. HeTEROCHRUS, Mab.

Pamphila heterochrus, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. x.

p- 31, pl. iii. fig. 7 (1890); Novit. Lepidopt. p. 116, pl. xvi. fig. 4

(1893).

Gastrocheta dwwersata, Mab. MS., in coll. Staudinger.

Hab. Tropical West Africa.

The figure of G. heterochrus in the ‘ Novitates,’ was drawn from a

specimen in the Staudinger collection, which has been labelled

Gastrocheta diversata by Mons. Mabille. Another specimen

which does not at all agree with the figure in the ‘ Novitates,’ and

the duplicate of which was pronounced by Mons. Mabille himself

to be a hitherto undescribed species, is labelled in the Staudinger

collection as the type of G. heterochrus. There has plainly been

a misplacement of the labels. I have therefore taken the liberty

of applying the name proposed by Mons. Mabille to this new

form, of which there are numerous examples in my collection,

and which is plainly a mere colour variation of G. aburw, Ploetz

(vide supra).

117. G. sounstont, Butl. (Plate II. fig. 6.)

Aeromachus (?) johnstoni, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 673.

Hab. British Central Africa (Butl.); French Congo (Good).

I have several specimens of this little species from the Valley of

the Ogové, agreeing absolutely with the type. It is closely allied

to the species described herein as G. minima, Holl., but may be

distinguished at once by its somewhat larger size, and the fact

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF HE FAMILY HESPERIID#, 33

that the anal extremity of the abdomen is white, which is not the

case in G. minima, Holl.

118. G. suBracatus, Mab. (Plate II. fig. 11.)

Cobalus subfacatus, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix.

p- elxviii (1889).

Hab, Sierra Leone (Mabille).

This little species is not white at the end of the abdomen, nor

has it the interrupted white line along the inner margin of the

secondaries which is conspicuous in G@. abure, Ploetz. The lower

side in the type, which is before me, is more prevalently tawny on

the costa and at the apex of the primaries, as well as on the disk

of the secondaries. Otherwise it closely approximates G. abure,

Ploetz, var. diversata, Holl.

119. G. MINIMA, sp. nov. (Plate IV. fig. 24.)

6. Primaries and secondaries on the upperside black. The

primaries are ornamented by two minute spots near the end of the

cell, of which the lower one is the larger. Immediately below this

spot, in interval 2, is a moderately large sublunate transparent

spot, and beyond this in the same series, in intervals 3 and 4, a

small spot in each interval. Beyond the cell there is a minute

subapical spot. The secondaries have a very small and obscure,

scarcely visible, translucent spot at the end of the cell. The

primaries and secondaries on the underside are blackish, with

The the inner margin of the primaries slightly laved with fulvous.

secondaries are obscurely marked with purplish hoary scales. The

cilia, both on the upper and lower side, are pale yellowish fuscous.

The palpi are black on the upperside, yellowish underneath. The

thorax and abdomen on the lower side are blackish.

Expanse 19-20 mm.

Hab. French Congo (Mocquerys).

This small species is allied to G. subfacatus, Mab., but appears

to be quite distinct.

120. G, MocQuUERYSII, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig 10.)

3. The upperside of the body, the primaries, and the second-

aries are black. The primaries are ornamented with three

minute subapical spots in the usual position. In some specimens

these spots have a tendency to become obsolete. There are two

minute white translucent spots at the end of the cell in the

primaries, and just below them in interval 2 a subquadrate spot.

On vein 1, near the middle in interval 1, is a small subtriangular

spot, in interval 3, beyond the end of the cel], a moderately large

subquadrate spot. In the male on the secondaries there is a large

translucent spot at the end of the cell, aud two similar elongated

spots beyond the end of the cell on either side of vein 3 at its

origin. On the underside the primaries are greenish ochraceous,

with the inner half of the wing broadly laved with blackish,

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1896, No. III. 3

34 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

shading into fuscous at the outer angle. There is a series of

marginal black spots near the apex, and the translucent subapical

spots are defined outwardly by blackish markings. ‘There is a fine

marginal black line. The cilia are blackish, checkered with

whitish on the intervals. On the upperside the cilia are whitish,

eheckered with blackish at the ends of the nervules. The

secondaries on the underside are greenish ochraceous, with the

anal angle broadly marked with fuscous. There are three

distinct black subcostal spots, a series of black marginal markings,

and the translucent spots are narrowly defined by fine blackish

lines.

Q. The female is like the male, but lacks the translucent spot

at the end of cell of the secondaries.

Expanse ¢ 9 25-27 mm.

Types in coll. Staudinger.

Hab. French Congo (Mocquerys).

This species is very closely allied to G@. heterochrus, Mab., from

which, however, it may be easily distinguished by the markings of

the cilia, and the absence of the patch of light colour which

prevails in the secondaries at the anal angle ot that species, and

by the fact that the lower side of the abdomen is not bright

yellowish as in G. heterochrus, but greenish ochraceous. There are

other distinguishing markings, but these points will suffice at once

to separate these species.

121. G. suBrLAvipus, Mab. MS., sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 16.)

Pamphila subflavidus, Mab. MS., in Staud. coll.

3. Primaries and secondaries on the upperside blackish ; cilia

of secondaries narrowly white. The primaries are ornamented by

a small roundish subapical translucent spot just below the end of

the cell, by a small subquadrate spot of the same character in the

cell near the lower angle, and by three Jarger spots on intervals

iP 2eandaace ebhe spot on interval 1 is subtriangular, on interval

2 subquadrate, and on interval 3 sublunate. ‘lhe secondaries are

ornamented by two translucent wedge-shaped spots on either side

of vein 3 near its origin, the uppermost spot being produced

beyond the lower. On the lower side the primaries are black,

with a small white ray at the base, and with the apical extremity

marked with greenish ochraceous. There is a fine marginal black

line, two minute blackish spots near the apex, and on either side

of vein 5, near the outer margin, whitish markings. The secend-

aries on the underside are pale straw-colour, with the outer

margin and the costa clouded with darker brown markings. On

interval 2 there is a dark brownish spot about halfway from

the base. A small black spot is found below the costa near the

origin of the subcostal nervures, and there is a similar small black

spot near the end of the cell. The palpi on the upperside are

black, on the lower side straw-yellow, as is also the entire lower

side of the thorax and the abdomen. The abdomen towards its

1896. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIIDA. 35

anal extremity is annulated on the lower side with brown, and at

the anal extremity there is a tuft of blackish hairs.

Expanse 28 mm.

Type in coll. Staudinger.

Hab. Usagara, East Africa.

This species is somewhat allied in its markings to G. aretina,

Hew., from which, however, it is abundantly distinct. It is

undoubtedly a good species.

122. G. arrrmna, Hew.

Ceratrichia aretina, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vol. i.

p. 343 (1878).

Apaustus dolus, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 358 (1879), vol. xlv.

p. 151 (1884); Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. 1893, p. 260 pl. vi.

fig. 13.

Gastrocheta albiventris, Mab. MS., in Staudinger coll.

Hab. Old Calabar (Hew.); Gaboon (Goud) ; Togoland (Karsch) ;

Loko (Staudinger).

I have compared the specimens in my collection with the type

of C. aretina, Hew., and find them to be identical. The repre-

sentation of Apaustus dolus, Ploetz, given by Karsch, is a most

excellent representation of G. arctina, as is shown both by com-

parison with the insect and with a carefully executed figure of

the type made for me by Mr. Horace Knight, of London. Mons.

Mabille identified the specimens I took with me to Paris as his

Gastrocheta albiventris, comparing them with the type so labelled

in the Staudinger collection, which is now again before me as I

write. I cannot find any record of the publication of this name by

Mons. Mabille, but it may possibly have eluded the vigilance of

the compilers of the ‘ Zoological Record’ and others engaged in

similar work.

123. G. mnpusraTa, Mab.

Hypoleucis indusiata, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv.

p- exili (1891); Novit. Lepidopt. p. 117, pl. xvi. fig. 6 (1893).

Hab. Cameroons.

This insect is not cougeneric with the type of Hypoleucis, which

is at best a very doubtful genus. It appears to be more correctly

referred to the genus Gorgyra. With the exception of the type

and a single specimen contained in my collection I do not know

of any others in the museums of the world up to the present time.

The type is in the Staudinger collection.

124, G. RUBESCENS, sp. nov. (Plate IV. figs. 17 5, 18 9.)

3g. Antenne black, marked with white below before the end of

the club. Palpi black on the upperside, pale yellow beneath.

Upperside of thorax and abdomen dark brown ; lower side of thorax

and abdomen obscure ochraceous. The primaries on the upperside

are bright rufous, with the costa and the outer margin broadly

36 DR.W. J, HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

black. There are two translucent spots at the end of the cell, the

upper small, the lower linear, fused with each other. There are

two translucent wedge-shaped spots on intervals 2 and 3 on either

side of vein 3 at its origin, and there are three translucent sub-

apical spots in the usual position, the lower one the largest and

elongated, the two upper ones inclined to obsolescence. These

translucent spots are only visible when the specimens are held up

to the light. The secondaries are bright rufous, like the primaries,

with the costa very broadly, and the outer margin more narrowly

bordered with black. A long black ray runs from the base to the

outer margin before the anal angle. There is a wedge-shaped

translucent spot at the end of the cell near its lower edge, and

two similar spots on either side of vein 3 at its origin. These

spots, like those in the primaries, are only visible when the

specimen is held up to the light. On the underside the primaries

are dull reddish fuscous, with a pale yellow suffused spot on the

inner margin about the middle. A black elongated spot extends

from the base outwardly on the ce.l as far as the inner margin of

the translucent spots. These spots are defined outwardly beyond

the cell by broad black markings. Near the apex, on the inter-

costal interspaces, there is a series of submarginal fuscous

markings, and the margin is defined by a fine marginal line. The

cilia are fuscous. On the underside of the secondaries the

prevalent colour is fuscous ochraceous, the translucent spots

being distinctly defined on this side, and having a reddish waxy

colour. There is a curved series of black submarginal markings

extending round the wing, the spots below the costal margin

being most conspicuous. ‘There is also a series of small marginal

black spots, and a fine black marginal line. The anal angle is

touched with dark brown. The black ray running from the base

to the outer margin is obscurely indicated on the lower side and

interrupted before the anal angle by a blackish annulus, pupilled

with pale yellow.

_ @. The antenne, palpi, and body are marked as in the male,

but the underside of the body is paler, the lower side of the palpi

and the end of the abdomen on the underside being very pale

straw-yellow. The primaries on the upperside are black, clothed

with greenish scales at the base, along the costa, and the inner

margin. ‘The translucent spots in the primaries are bright yellow,

standing out conspicuously upon the black ground-colour. The

secondaries are marked as in the male, but the black border of the

costa is broader and blacker, and the light portions of the wing

are bright straw-yellow instead of rufous. The cilia on the upper-

side at the inner angle both of the primaries and secondaries are

whitish. On the underside the ground-colour is bright yellow-

ochraceous, with all the black markings as in the male, but broader

and more clearly defined upon the pale ground-colour. The spots

on the secondaries, which are prevalently bright yellow-ochraceous,

are very sharply defined. The black ray on the secondaries

running from the base to the inner angle is replaced by three

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID #. 37

spots—a fine linear spot near the base, a conspicuous round black

spot about the middle, and a geminate black spot near the outer

margin, all on interval 1.

Expanse, ¢ 26 mm., 9 28 mm.

Hab. Valley of the Ogové (Good, Mocquerys).

The very great difference in the coloration of this species from

that of other species referred by me to the genus Gorgyra, and

the dissimilarity between the male and’ female, analogous to that

which is found in the various species contained in the genera

Osmodes and Pardaleodes, have long led me to hesitate in referring

this species to the genus in which I have finally placed it. A

careful anatomical investigation made with bleached specimens

under the microscope has made it plain to me that there is almost

no structural difference. The form of the palpi, the antennz, and

the neuration is identical with that of the other species referred

to Gorgyra. The species constitutes a section of the genus

separate from its allies on account of the distinct coloration and

the diversity in facies between male and female.

GastrocH#tTa, Mab. MS., gen. nov.

Antenne slender, moderately long, reaching beyond the middle

of the costa; club moderate, gradually thickened, tapering to a

fine point, terminal portion bent, but not hooked. Fore wing:

in the male produced at apex, in the female somewhat more

rounded and broader ; the inner margin a little longer than the

outer margin. ‘The cell two-thirds the length of the costa.

Vein 12 reaching the costa a little beyond the end of the cell.

Neuration and palpi of Gastrocheta meza, Hew. }.-

The upper end of the cell is rounded between veins 11 and 6, and

these veins are given forth from this rounded extremity. The

upper and middle discocellulars form an obtuse angle with each

other pointing inwardly. The middle and lower discocellulars

form an obtuse angle with each other poiuting outwardly. Vein 5

is slightly nearer vein 4 than vein 6; vein 3 from a little before

the end of the cell; vein 2 a little beyond the middle of the cell.

38 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN {Jan. 14,

The secondaries are suboval, with the outer margin evenly rounded.

The costal and inner margins are straight between the angles.

The cell is long, reaching a little beyond the middle of the wing.

Vein 7 before the end of the cell, twice as far from 6 as 8; disco-

cellulars faint, erect; vein 5 present, equidistant from veins 4 and

6; vein 3 before the end of the cell; vein 2 twice as far from

the base as from the end of the cell; veins 1@ and 1 3 straight.

Between veins 1 a and 16 ‘there is a narrow fold heavily clothed

with long tufts of hair-like scales. Interval 1 is likewise clothed

heavily with long scales. Pualpi: first joint short, second joint

long, both heavily clothed with scales; second joint erect, rising

to the top of the vertex; third joint short, obtuse, slightly porrect,

clothed with fine minute closely appressed hairs.

Type G. mabillei, Holl.

Mons. Mabille has designated a number of species by the

generic name Gastrocheta in his own collection and in the col-

lection of. Dr. Staudinger, as well as in my own collection. I

discover, however, that he has nowhere published an account of

this genus. In the ‘Entomological News,’ vol. vy. p. 28, I pub-

lished a species under this name as Gastrocheta mabillei. As this

was the first time that the name appears to have been published, the

species to which I have applied it must stand as the type of the

genus. In many respects there is a superficial resemblance

between the species included in this genus and those included in

the genus Gorgyra, some of the species of which Mons. Mabille

has labelled in the Staudinger collection as belonging to that

genus. An examination of the palpi and the neuration, however,

instantly reveals the difference.

125. G. MaBrniet, Holl.

Gastrocheta mabillei, Holl, Ent. News, vol. v. p. 28, pl. i.

figs. 15, 16 (1894).

Hab. Valley of the Ogové.

126. G. Meza, Hewitson. (Plate II. fig. 9.)

Hesperia meza, Hew. Ann, & Mag. N. H. (4) vol. xix. p. 7

(1877).

Apaustus batea, Ploetz, 8, E. Z. vol. xl. p. 359 (1879), vol. xly.

p. 153 (1884).

Pamphila bubovi, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 251,

pl. vi. fig. 10 (1894),

Gastrocheta varia, Mab. MS., in Staudinger coll.

Hab. Tropical West Africa, from Angola (Hew.) to Togoland

(Karsch). Very abundant at Gaboon.

This species was originally determined for me by Mons. Mabille

as Gastrocheta varia, Mab., upon comparison with specimens

so labelled in his collection and that of Dr. Staudinger, but I

cannot find that he has ever published a description under this

name.

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID2, 39

127. G. cyprutss, Holl.

Gastrocheta cybeutes, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 94, pl. iii.

fig. 15 (1894).

Hab. Valley of the Ogové.

G. cyprures, Holl., var. PALLIDA.

There are two specimens contained in the Staudinger collection

in which the markings on the underside of the secondaries are

quite obscure, and the general coloration of these wings on the

ee is paler. I propose the name pallida for this varietal

orm.

Oxypatrus, Wats.

128. O. 1anrTa, Mab. (Plate III. fig. 12.)

¢. Pamphila ignita, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (5) vol. vii.

p- xl (1877).

Hesperia pyrosa, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 356 (1879), vol. xliv.

p- 200 (1883).

3 (?). Pamphila gisgon, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891,

p- elxxil.

2. Pamphila gisgon, Mab. Novit. Lepidopt. p. 95, pl. xiii.

fig. 6 (1893).

Oxypalpus ignita, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 78.

Hab. Eningo (Ploetz) ; Ogové Valley (Good).

Mr. Watson has properly cited P. gisgon, Mab., as the female

of P. ignita, Mab. All the specimens of P. ignita I have ever

seen, some fifty or more, have been males, and all of P. gisgon have

been females. I had an opportunity of seeing the type of P. gisgon,

and of pointing out to Mons. Mabille that it is a female. In the

‘ Noyitates ’ he cites it in the plate as of this sex. On the under-

side P. ignita and P. gisgon agree very well. There are two forms,

probably seasonal, one smaller and more tawny, the other longer

and darker. Both are represented in my collection and that of

Dr. Staudinger.

129. O. annutirer, Holl. (Plate III. fig. 11.)

Oxypalpus annulifer, Holl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1892,

p: 293.

Hab. Valley of the Ogové.

130. O. nuso, Mab. (Plate III. fig. 13.)

Pamphila ruso, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxv. p. clxxxiti

(1891).

Oxypalpus ruso, Butl. P. Z.S. 1893, p. 669.

Hab. Bagamoyo (Mabille); Zomba (Butler).

The type I saw in the collection of Mons. Mabille. The species

is not contained either in my own collection or that of Dr. Stau-

dinger. The figure in the plate was drawn from the type.

40 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

TrrnorHinvs’, Holl.

Neuration of Teinorhinus watsoni, Holl., g. 2.

131. T. watsont, Holl. (Plate ITI. fig. 10.)

T. watsoni, Holl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1892, p. 292.

Hab. Gaboon.

Osmopzs, Wats.

This is a well-marked genus, the males of which may be distin-

guished at a glance by the patch of glandular raised scales located

on the secondaries near the cell. The females differ greatly from

the males upon the side, and in several species seem to be very closely

related to each other in the pattern of the markings. In fact it

is in many cases possible to discriminate between them only by

paying the most careful attention to small points of difference, and

by having specimens taken zm coitu. Fortunately I have been able

to satisfactorily solve most of the puzzling problems which the

difference of the sexes present, thanks to the possession of vast

series of specimens, carefully collected and accompanied by satis-

factory observations in the field. It may be said that it seems to

me that there is strong probability that several of the species are

dimorphic. But further research upon the ground is necessary to

establish this supposition.

132. O. naRonta, Hew. (Plate IV. figs. 1¢, 29.)

O. laronia, Hew. Descript. Hesper. p. 35 (1868).

Plastingia laronia, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 356 (1879), vol. xlv.

p- 145-6 (1884).

Osmodes laronia, Wats. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 78.

Hab. Gold Coast, Gaboon.

This species is labelled Plastingia bicuta by Mons. Mabille in

Dr. Staudinger’s collection, but the name has never been published.

133. O. THORA, Ploetz. (Plate IV. figs. 33,59.)

Plastingia thora, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xlv. p. 145 (1884).

Osmodes thora, Wats. P. Z. 8S. 1893, p. 79.

Hab. Guinea (Ploetz), Gaboon (Good).

1 By a misprint in the ‘ Annals,’ originally published as “ Zeniorhinus.”

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID&, 41

This species is much paler and brighter on the underside than

any other in the genus known to me. It is barely possible that the

species named by me in this paper Osmodes thops may be a seasonally

dimorphic form of thora. The males agree almost perfectly upon

the upperside, but on the underside thops is invariably darker,

and the female of thops has the orange spots on the upperside

larger and differing materially in outline.

134. O. apon, Mab. (Plate IV. figs. 13¢,159.)

Pamphila adon, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1889, p. exlix.

Hab. Sierra Leone, Gaboon.

The description given by Mons. Mabille is based upon a specimen

in which the lower side of the secondaries shows but two silvery

spots. I have a series of about one hundred specimens, which reveal

that there is variation in this respect from specimens which have

no silvery spots at all to those which have five or six. The type

specimen in Mons. Mabille’s collection is one which I had the

pleasure myself of communicating to him, and represents a less

spotted form than is quite common. A similar specimen in the

Staudinger collection he has designated asa“ type.” ‘This species

is undoubtedly dimorphic. I have specimens, larger in size than

the typical form, in which the deep black basal portion of the

primaries is not invaded near the inner margin by a narrow ray of

the bright orange of the median band, as is the case in the type.

But, aside from this, I find no distinction worthy of consideration,

135. O. curysauen, Mab. (Plate IV. fig. 7.)

Pamphila chrysauge, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. elxxii ;

Novit. Lepidopt. p. 93, pl. xiii. fig. 4 (1893).

Hab. Loko (Mabille), Cameroons (Good).

This species resembles O. laronia, Hew., at first sight, the sub-

apical orange spot being confluent with the orange-coloured discal

area of the primaries. But the black marginal band on the

primaries is even on its inward margin and not deeply incised at the

nervules, as is the case in laronia. The costal margin of the second-

aries is also much more broadly marked with black. Compared with

adosus, a closely allied species, it may be observed that the raised

patch of scales on the secondaries is oval in chrysauge, and not so

nearly circular as in O. adosus, and is blackish, not reddish, asin the

latter species ; there is a small, linear, velvety mark near this spot

upon the inner margin, which is entirely lacking in adosus. Besides

the ground-colour in O. chrysaugeis slightly paler than in O. adosus,

and the black inner marginal border is narrower in the secondaries

than in the last-mentioned species.

136. O. aposus, Mab. (Plate IV. fig. 10.)

Pamphila adosus, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix.

p- exlix (1889).

2. Pamphila argentetpuncta, Mab. MS.

42 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

Hab. Sierra Leone (Mabille) ; Gaboon (Good).

I have the figure of a female Osmodes to which Mons. Mabille

has affixed the name argenteigutta, and to the original type of which

in the Staudinger collection he has attached the name argentei-

puncta, It is undoubtedly the female of the species named

adosus by him. I know this because I have specimens of the two

taken in coitu.

137. O. tux, Holl. (Plate IV. figs. 233, 259.)

Osmodes lux, Holl. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1892, p. 291.

Hab. Valley of the Ogové.

138, O. sTAUDINGERI, sp. nov. (Plate III. fig. 20.)

9. Antenne, upperside of head, upper and lower side of thorax,

and abdomen dark brown. The palpi on the underside are yellowish,

The thorax on the upperside is clothed with a few obscure

greenish scales. The primaries and segondaries on the upperside

are dark brown. ‘There are two bright yellow confluent spots on

the cell near the end, three subapical spots which are situated in

the usual place, and a series of spots extending from vein 1 to the

subapical spots constituting a sharply defined macular band upon

the disc. The lower spot of the series in interval 1 is subtriangular.

The spot in interval 2 is elongated, subquadrate, and the largest

of the series. The spot in interval 3 is the same form as the spot

in interval 2 but smaller. The spots in intervals 4 and 5 are

minute, elongated. ‘I'he lower subapical spot is larger and elong-

ated. The two upper subapical spots are small. In the

secondaries there is a small circular yellow spot at the end of the

cell, and beyond it an irregularly curved series of five discal spots

likewise bright yellow. On the underside the primaries and

secondaries are more obscure in colour than on the upperside, the

spots and markings being, however, identical in form and position.

Expanse 30 mm.

Hab. Valley of the Ogové.

Type in my collection.

I do not know the male of this species. The solitary female in

my collection is, however, so totally distinct from every other

species known to me that I do not hesitate to describe it as a new

form.

139, O. BANG-HAAsIT, sp. noy. (Plate IV. fig. 9.)

gd. Antenne black. Upperside of palpi, head, thorax, and

abdomen rufous-brown. Lower side of the palpi, thorax, and

abdomen of the same colour, somewhat more obscure. The pri-

maries on the upperside have the ground-colour bright rufous. The

apex, the outer margin, and the outer half of the inner margin are

broadly deep black. Beyond the end of the cell there is a broad

irregular black spot. The costal margin and the base of the wing

as far as the middle of the cell are fulvous, shading outwardly

about the middle of the wing into blackish. The secondaries are

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID ®. 43

bright rufous, with the costal margin broadly black, the inner

margin somewhat broadly margined with black, the outer margin

detined with a moderately broad black marginal line. The cilia are

rufous. On the cell is a broad oval patch of raised scales, dark

brown in colour. On the underside the wings are more obscurely

marked, the spots of the,upperside reappearing upon the primaries,

but much less sharply defined. The secondaries lack the black

costal border and are marked on the disc by a number of minute

silvery spots, surrounded by fuscous shadings. Of the spots, the

one at the end of the cell is the most conspicuous.

@. The female presents the usual broad divergence from the

male which is characteristic of the genus, and superficially does not

apparently differ very widely on the upperside from the female of

O. adosus, Mab., an allied species. On the underside, however, it

agrees almost absolutely with the male in the style of marking.

Expanse, ¢ 26 mm., 9 29 mm.

Types in coll. Staudinger.

Hab, French Congo (MMocquerys).

This is one of the most distinctly marked species in the genus.

140. O. pistincra, sp. nov. (Plate LV. fig. 16.)

3. Very closely allied to 0. chrysauge, Mab., of which it may

be a small variety. It differs from the type of O. chrysauge in

having the apex more broadly black, the subapical yellow spots not

being confluent with the broad orange-yellow discal tract as in

chrysauge. The outer marginal black border is also relatively

wider than in chrysauge, and the raised patch of scales on the cell

of the secondaries is bright fulvous, not dark brown as in chrysauge,

elongated, and not broadly oval as in the latter species. On the

underside of the secondaries the outer margin is not so broadly

marked with fulvous as in chrysauge.

Expanse 22 mm.

Hab. Gaboon (Mocquerys).

141. O. rHops, sp. nov. (Plate IV. figs. 43, 69.)

3. Closely allied to O. thora, Ploetz, from which it is to be dis-

tinguished by the fact that the black margin of the primaries is

narrower than in thora and not irregular inwardly as in thora,

but uniform, and by the fact that the underside of the secondaries

is dark brown over the greater portion of the area, whereas in

thora it is light, the outer margin being pale yellow in thora, and

the basal half pale glaucous clouded here and there with darker

brown.

¢. In the female the spots upon the primaries are broader than

in the female of thora, while on the secondaries the fulvous spot

in thops is smaller than the corresponding spot in thora.

I have a long series of both males and females, some of the

examples taken in coitu, and it is perfectly plain that the two

species are distinct, though superficially thops and thora show

considerable likeness to each other.

44 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

RHABDOMANTIS, gen. nov.

Antenne: moderately long, nearly two-thirds the length of

the costa from the base ; club moderate, the terminal portion fine,

bent back at right angles. The palpi are as in the genus Osmodes.

Neuration of Rhabdomantis galatia, Hew. 3.

Primaries: the cell somewhat less than two-thirds the length of

the costa; in the male the outer margin is very little less than the

inner margin ; in the female the outer margin is much less than

the inner margin; vein 12 terminating on the costa before the end

of the cell ; vein 5 nearer 4 than 6; upper discocellular long, out-

wardly oblique ; middle discocellular very short ; lower discocellular

short; vein 7 arising a little before the upper angle of the cell,

vein 2 originating nearly twice as far from vein 3 as vein 3 is from

vein 4. In many specimens of the male there is a remarkable

sexual brand composed of androconia arranged in a narrow band

extending across the disc in almost a straight line from the middle

of interval 5 beyond the end of the cell to the inner margin before

the outer angle. This is wanting, however, in some specimens,

which otherwise are absolutely indistinguishable from the type

(vide infra var. sosia). Secondaries: the cell about half the width

of the wing; the discocellulars faint, erect; vein 5 absent; vein

3 originating a little before the end of the cell; vein 2 originating

beyond the middle of the cell; vein 1 6 widely separated from

vein 2; vein 1 @ near its extremity dilated and marked by a

distinct sexual brand; vein 7 originating about two-thirds of

the distance from the base. The outer margin is evenly rounded

as far as vein 2 and much produced at the extremity of vein 1 4,

then excavated between the extremities of vein 15 andla. The

female has the neuration like the male, but the wings are longer,

relatively narrower, and there is of course an entire absence of the

sexual brands or markings. The style of maculation in this sex

closely approximates that of the females in the genus Osmodes.

Type R. galatia, Hew., =rhabdophora, Mab.

1896. | BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID 2. 45

142. R. eauatia, Hew. (Plate III. figs. 89, 15¢.)

- Hesperia galatia, Hew. Descript. Hesper. p. 36 (1868).

Pamphila rhabdophorus, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix.

p- exlix (1889).

Dimorphiec var. 2, sosia, Mab.

Pamphila sosia, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, ‘p. elxxi.

Hab. Old Calabar (Hewitson) ; Gaboon (Good) ; Mozambique

(Mabille).

I have an enormous series of specimens of this insect, both males

and females. It is absolutely impossible to distinguish between

the females of R. galatia and R. sosia. Sosia merely differs from

galatia in being without the raised velvety brand of scales upon

the primaries below the end of the cell. Some vestiges of this

sexual mark, however, appear in a few specimens. I am perfectly

convinced that the insects do not specifically differ from each

other, and that we are simply dealing here with dimorphism

affecting the sexual stigmata of the male sex. This is a singular

fact, and, so far as my observation extends, hitherto unobserved.

PAROSMODES, gen. noy.

Closely allied to the genus Osmodes, from which it differs princi-

pally in the form of the palpi, the third joint of which is long and

porrect, whereas in typical Osmodes the third joint is short and

suberect.

The antenne are moderately long, exceeding the middle of the

costa. The neuration of the primaries and the secondaries is as in

Osmodes, and there is likewise at the origin of veins 2 and 3 of the

secondaries a raised patch of scales as in Osmodes. The primaries,

as in the latter genus, have also a long tuft of hairs about the

middle of the hind margin; these hairs are ordinarily folded

forward against the under surface of the primaries as in Osmodes.

Type P. moranti, Trim.

143. P. MoRANTII, Trim.

Pamphila morantii, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 122.

Pamphila ranoha, Westw. App. Oates’s Matabeleland, p. 353

1881

Panphila morantii, Trim. 8S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 311, pl. xii.

fig. 3 (1889).

Osmodes runoha, Butl. P. Z. S. 1893, p. 670.

Hab. South Africa and South Tropical Africa.

144. P. 1crer1a, Mab.

Pamphila icteria, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv. p. clxxx

(1821).

Pamphila zimbaso, Trim. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 74, pl. vi. fig. 17 2.

Hab. Manica-land (Trimen) ; Transvaal (Mubille).

46 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

The type of icteria is before me as I write. It is strictly con-

generic with morantii, Trim.

145. P. Harona, Westw.

Pamphila harona, Westw. App. Oates’s Matabeleland, p. 353

(1881); Trim. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 74.

Hab, Manica-land (Trimen); Falls of the Zambezi ( Westwood).

OSPHANTES, gen. noy.

Antenne moderately long, slender; club gradually enlarging

and terminating in a fine point, the terminal portion being recurved.

The palpi are short, appressed, suberect, the first joint short, the

second long, both densely covered with thick scales. The third

joint is minute, conical. The hind tibie are armed with a double

pair of spurs. The primaries have the inner margin strongly

angulated about the middle and clothed with along bundle of hairs

on the elongated portion of the hind margin, which is as long as

the outer margin. Vein 5 nearer 4 than 6. Vein 12 terminating

on the costa before the end of the cell. The cell more than half

the length of the costa. The secondaries have the neuration as in

Osmodes. On the lower edge of the cell and about the origin of

veins 2 and 3, the cell of the secondaries is naked, marked by an

opaque tract, suboval in form, having a glazed appearance. Jm-

mediately behind this naked glazed tract is a pocket-like depres-

sion on the upperside lying between vein 1} and the lower margin

of the cell near the base. The primaries on the underside have

the basal portion almost naked toward the base, covered with

shining closely appressed scales.

Type O. ogowena, Mab.

I was inclined originally to refer this peculiar species to Osmodes,

to which it is allied, but the very peculiar structure of the hind

wing shows such a great divergence from the typical species of

Osmodes that I feel constrained to erect a new genus for its recep-

tion. Furthermore, the coloration of the insect differs in many

important particulars from that of typical Osmodes. The figure of

the insect given in the ‘Novitates’ by Mabille is sufficiently charac-

teristic, though the spots on the underside are not delineated as

they are in the examples before me. They recall somewhat in the

specimens I have the maculation of Padraona zeno, Trim.

146. O. oGowrna, Mab.

Plastingia ogowena, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. exxi;

Novit. Lepidopt. p. 94, pl. xiii. fig. 5.

Hab. Valley of the Ogové.

This species was evidently placed by Mons. Mabille with doubt

in the genus Plastingia, in which he has put a number of other

African species. The type of Plastingia is flavescens, Feld., with

which this species has but little in common, save the general style

of coloration. It does not agree with any other African species

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID©. 47

known to me, though coming nearer certain species of Osmodes

than any others. 1 have therefore not hesitated to erect a new

genus for its reception.

Hyporszucis, Mab.

147. H. rripuncrata, Mab.

Hypoleucis tripunctata, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixix.

i Hypoleucis titanota, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. 1893, p. 254, pl. vi.

g. o.

Hab, West Africa. Common in the valley of the Ogové.

I have specimens determined by Mons. Mabille and compared

with his type, which show that the form figured by Karsch in his

excellent plate is identical.

148. H. opuiusa, Hew.

Hesperia ophiusa, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. ii.

p- 497 (1866); Exot. Lep. vol. v; Hesper. pl. v. figs. 46-48

(1873).

Hypoleucis ophiusa, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv. p. lxix

(1891); Wats. P. Z.S8..1893, p. 82-3; Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit.

vol. xxxviii. p. 254 (1893).

Hab, Tropical Western Africa.

149. H. creracga, Snell.

Goniloba cretacea, Snellen, Tijd. voor Entom. 1872, p. 27, pl. ii.

figs. +, 5, & 6.

Hesperia camerona, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 356 (1879),

vol. xliv. p. 48 (1883).

Pamphila lcucosoma, Mab. Pet. Nouv. Entom. vol. ii. 1877,

. 114,

Pamphila camerona, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. p. 250, pl. vi. fig. 9

(1893).

Hab. Tropical West Africa. Common at Gaboon and on Congo ;

Togoland (Aarsch).

The female differs from the male in not having the extremity of

the abdomen white and having the wings broader. The figure of

G. cretacea given by Snellen exaggerates : slightly the pale markings

on the underside of the secondaries, while that given by Karsch

does not show them as they are commonly found. I have speci-

mens, however, which agree nearly with both representations, and

which reveal that there is considerable variation in the distinctness

of these markings. My collection contains a series of forty

specimens taken at different times and places.

150. H.? nvanvta, Karsch. (Plate II. fig. 17.)

Hypoleucis enantia, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviil. p. 255

(1893).

Hab. Togoland (Karsch).

48 DR. W. J, HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

The species was described from a headless example. My convic-

tion is, from the examination of a careful drawing made by Herr

Prillwitz, which is reproduced in one of the plates accompanying

this article, that we are dealing here with a species of Ceratrichia

allied to, and perhaps identical with, C. stellata, Mab.

Cyctopipzs, Hibn.

151. C. meris, Linn.

Papilio metis, Linn. Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 325 (1764); Syst. Nat.

ed. xii. p. 792 (1767); Dru. Ill. Exot. Ent. vol. ii. p. 28, pl. xvi.

figs. 3, 4 (1773); Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 528 (1775); Cram. Pap.

Exot. vol. ii. p. 103, pl. clxii. fig. G (1777); Fabr. Spec. Ins.

vol. ii. p. 182 (1781); Wulfen, Ins. Capens. p. xxxili (1786);

Fabr. Mant. Ins. vol. ii. p. 85 (1787); Gmel. Syst. Nat. i. 5,

p- 2355 (1790); Thunberg, Mus. Nat. Ups. xxiii. p. 9 (1804).

Hesperia metis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ui. 1, p. 829 (1793) ; Latr. Ene.

Méth. vol. ix. p. 776 (1828).

Cyclopides metis, Hiibn. Verz. p. 112 (1816); Trim. Rhop. Afr.

Austr. vol. ii. p. 293 (1866); S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 266 (1889).

Heteropterus metis, Wallgr. Rhop. Caffr. p. 46 (1857); Kirby,

Syn. Cat. p. 623 (1871); Auriv. Kongl. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl.

Bd. xix. no. 5 (1882); Staudgr. Exot. Schmett. vol. i. pl. 100

(1888).

Cyclopides metis, Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 90.

Hab, 8. Africa.

152. C. MALGACHA, Boisd.

Steropes malgacha, Boisd. Faune Ent. Madgr. p. 67 (1833).

Hesperia limpopana, Wallgr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857 ;

Lep. Rhop. Catfr. p. 50 (1857).

Cyclopides malgacha, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 294,

pl. v. fig. 10 (1866); Grandid. Madgr. vol. xvii. p. 344, pl. li.

figs. 6, 6a (1887); Trim. 8S. Afr. Butt. vol. in. p. 268 (1889);

Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 90.

Hab. 8. Africa, Madagascar.

153. C. zerpan, Trim.

Cyclopides egipan, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, p. 94,

pl. vi. fig. 9; 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p.271 (1889); Watson, P. Z. 8.

Lond. 1893, p. 90.

Hab. 8. Africa.

154. C. wittumi, Waller.

Heteropterus willemi, Waller. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857 ;

Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 47 (1857).

Cyclopides? willent, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. 1. p. 296

(1866).

Cyclopides cheles, Hew. Descript. One Hundred New Species

1896. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THH FAMILY HESPHRIIDA. 49

Hesp. ii. p. 42 (1868); Exot. Butt. vol. v. pl. 59. figs..12, 13

(1874).

Cyclopides willemi, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. ii. p. 273 (1889) ;

Watson, P. Z. S. Lond. 1893, p. 90.

Hab. 8. Africa, North and South Tropical Africa.

155. C. meninx, Trim.

Cyclopides meninx, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 121,

pl. i. fig. 12.

Thymelicus meninz, Waller. CEfy. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1875,

p- 92.

Cyclopides argenteostriatus, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xlvii. p. 110

(1886); Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 90.

Hab. 8. Africa.

156. C. syrrnx, Trim.

Cyclopides syrinx, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, p. 93,

ol. v. fig. 8, 1870, p. 387; S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 269 (1889).

Hab. Cape Colony.

157. C. aBszora, Snellen.

Cyclopides abjecta, Snell. Tijd. voor Entom. 1872, p. 52, pl. ii.

figs. 15, 16.

Steropes furvus, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix. p. elvi

(1889).

Cyclopides uniformis, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. 1893, p. 245.

Hab. Guinea (Snellen); Sierra Leone (Mab.); Togoland

(Karsch).

I think the above synonymy will be found to be correct. The

type of Mons. Mabille appears plainly to agree in all particulars

with the figure of Snellen, and also with an excellent drawing of

C. uniformis, Karsch, kindly provided by the author.

158. C. Formosvs, Butl.

Heteropterus formosus, Butl. P. Z. S. 1893, p. 670, pl. lx. fig. 8.

Hab. Zomba, British Central Africa.

159. C, quapRIsienatus, Butl.

Cyclopides quadrisignatus, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 670, pl. Ix.

» Oo.

- Hab. Zomba,’ British Central Africa.

160. C. mapas, Butl.

Cyclopides midas, Butl. P. Z. S. 1898, p. 671, 1895, p. 265,

pl. xv. fig. 6.

_ Hab. Zomba, British Central Africa (Butler).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. IV. 4

50 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

161, CO. Lepecerierti, Latr.

Hesperia lepeletier, Latr. Ene. Meth. vol. ix. p. 777 (1823).

Cyclopides lepeletierii, Trim. (part.) Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. il

p- 295 (1866); 8. Afr. Butt. vol. ii. p. 274 (1889).

Baracus lepeletierti, Watson, P. Z. 8 1893, p. 114.

Hab. Southern Africa.

It is with some hesitation that I decline to accept the reference

of this and the two following species to Moore’s genus Baracus,

made by Mr. Watson. The thoroughness of Mr. Watson’s work

should give great weight to his opinions, but in this case, after a

careful examination of typical specimens of C. lepeletierit and its

three congeners, which have been placed in Baracus, I am com-

pelled to conclude that the differences are too slight in fact to

warrant such a departure from the hitherto received classification

of the insects.

162. C. Inornatus, Trim.

Cyclopides inornatus, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (8) vol. ii.

p. 179 (1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 295, pl. v. fig. 11

(1866) ; S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 277.

Baracus inornatus, Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 114.

Hab. South Africa.

163. C. anomaus, Ploetz. (Plate I. fig. 6.)

Apaustus anomeus, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 358 (1879),

vol xlv. p. 152.

Hab. Aburi (Ploetz),

The type is preserved in the Berlin Museum. A good specimen

is contained in the collection of Dr. Staudinger, to which Mons.

Mabille has affixed the manuscript name “ acosimus.”

164. C. rstra, Trim.

Cyclopides tsita, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1870, p. 386,

pl. vi. fig. 13; 8S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 276.

Baracus tsita, Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 114.

Steropes monochromus, Mab. O. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. lxiv.

Hab. South Africa.

165. C. argenrnocuTra, Butl.

Cyclopides argenteogutta, Butl. Lepid. Exot. p. 188, pl. Ixiv.

fig. 8.

Hab. Nubia (Butler).

From the figure given by Dr. Butler it appears a little doubtful

whether this species is a true Cyclopides.

166. C. (?) paona, Ploetz.

Cyclopides paola, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xlv. pp. 391-2 (1884),

Hab, Angola (Ploetz).

I doubt the reference of this species to Cyclopides. The

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THH FAMILY HESPERIIDA. 51

description seems to me to point to a form belonging to some other

genus.

167. C.(?) BRUNNEOSTRIGA, Ploetz.

Cyclopides brunneostriga, Ploetz, 8S. E. Z. vol. xlv. p. 392-3

(1884).

Hab. Pundo Ndongo (Ploetz).

This is probably not a true Cyclopides.

168. C. nomi, Robbe.

Cyclopides romi, Robbe, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxvi. p. 133

(1892)

Hab. Congo.

I cannot make much out of the brief description of Dr. Robbe.

The description would apply perfectly, so far as it goes, to Cyclo-

pides syrinz, Trim.

169. C. ammna, Grose Smith.

Cyclopides amena, H. Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6)

vol. vii. p. 127 (1891).

Hab. Madagascar.

This species is compared by its author to C. pardalinus, Butl.,

which Mr. Watson has referred with its allies to the genus

Ampittia, but which, after examining the types, I prefer to restore

to Cyclopides.

170. C. RHADAMA, Boisd.

Steropes rhadama, Boisd. Faune Madgr. p. 69, pl. ix. figs. L0, 11

(1833).

Heteropterus rhadama, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 623 (1871).

Cyclopides rhadama, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 343,

pl. lvi. a. figs. 2, 2 a (1887).

Ampittia rhadama, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 96.

Hab. Madagascar.

171. C. pARDALINA, Butl.

Cyclopides pardalina, Butl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) vol. iv.

p- 233 (1879).

Heteropterus pardalinus, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 345,

pl. lii. figs. 7, 7 ¢ (1887).

Ampittia pardalina, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 96.

Hab. Madagascar.

172. C. mirza, Mab.

Cyclopides mirza, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 342, pl. lit.

figs. 3, 3 a (1887).

Ampittia mirza, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 96.

Hab. Madagascar.

52 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

173. C. BERNIERI, Boisd.

Steropes bernieri, Boisd. Faune Madgr. p. 68, pl. ix. fig. 9 (1833).

Cyclopides bernieri, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xvii. p. 342,

pl. li. figs. 5, 5 a (1887).

Ampittia bernieri, Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 96.

Hab. Madagascar.

174. C. pispar, Mab.

Cyclopides dispar, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (5) vol. vil.

p- lxxiii (1877). he

Hetzropterus dispar, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 346,

pl. lii. figs. 8, 8 a, 9, 9a (1887).

Ampittia? dispar, Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 96.

Hab. Madagascar.

175. C. sactavus, Mab.

Cyclopides saclavus, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv.'p. evil

(1891).

Hab. Madagascar.

176. C.(?) pHipyty, Walker.

Cyclopides phidyle, Walker, the Entomologist, vol. v. p. 56

(1870).

Hab. Hor Tamanib ( Walker).

I cannot make out this species. I cannot discover where the

type is, if it still exists. The insect remains to be rediscovered.

177. C.(?) uynx, Moeschler.

Cyclopides lynx, Moeschl. Verhandl. d. k. k. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, Bd. xxviii. p. 210 (1879).

Hab. Africa?

Moeschler with some degree of doubt assigns this species to the

African fauna. It may be Asiatic. Ido not know it except by

the description referred to above.

178. C.(?) stenuatTa, Mab.

Ceratrichia stellata, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. lxv;

Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 673.

Cyclopides mineni, Trim. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 72, pl. vi. fig. 16.

Hab. Mombasa (Mabille); British Central Africa (Butler) ;

Manica (Trimen).

The type is in the collection of Dr. Staudinger. It is a female.

There is also a cotype, a male, which is much smaller and badly

worn, lacking altogether the cilia on the wings and minus the

antenne. ‘The original reference of this species to the genus

Ceratrichia, which has been followed by Dr. Butler and others, is

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID. 53

not correct, nor is the reference of the species to the genus Cyclo-

pides made by Mr. Trimen much better, though certainly more

natural than the original location. I have been tempted to erect

a new genus for the reception of this and the following form, but

with the insufficient material at my command for a close anatomical

study I refrain. Manifestly the much shorter antennz, with

obtuse clubs, the long cilia of the primaries and the secondaries,

the rounded apex of the primaries, and the different general outline

of the wings point to a different generic location than that given

by the author of the species.

179. C.(?) PuNcrunaTA, Butl.

Ceratrichia punctulata, Butl. P. Z.S. 1895, p. 265, pl. xv. fig. 7.

Hab. British Central Africa (Butler).

I think it very doubtful whether this is more than varietally

distinct from the foregoing species.

PROSOPALPUS, gen. nov.

Antenne relatively long, reaching beyond the middle of costa;

slender, with a moderately thick and elongated club terminating in

a fine point, the terminal portion for a short distance bent, not

hooked or recurved. Palpi: first joint short; second joint very

long, produced for half of its length beyond the front ; both second

and third joints heavily clothed with scales; the third joint is

long, produced, acute, almost naked. The hind tibize have a

double pair of spurs. In the primaries the cell is moderately long,

its end reaching fully to the middle of the wing; vein 12 termi-

nating slightly before the end of the cell; vein 7 from end of the

cell; vein 5 very slightly, if at all, nearer vein 4 than vein 6. The

primaries are relatively broad, the outer margin and outer angle

evenly rounded. Secondaries: cell short, not reaching to the

middle of the wing; vein 5 present, equidistant from veins 4 and

6; vein 7 from before the end of the cell, four times as far from

vein 8 as from the end of the cell ; vein 8 from very near the base;

yeins 3 and 4 both from the end of the cell; vein 2 from before

the end of the cell; veins 1a and 1) curved; fringes very long;

secondaries evenly rounded on the costa and the outer margin to

the anal angle ; the inner margin nearly straight.

Type P. duplex, Mab.

The small species which I have chosen as the type of this

genus is very distinct in general appearance from all other species

which appear to be in any wise related to it. In the structure

of the palpi it approaches somewhat the genera Gorgyra and

Parosmodes. In the form of the wings, broad and evenly rounded,

as well as in the almost uniform black coloration, it is widely

different ,from all the species included in those two genera.

Instead of being: robust, as those. species are, it wholly differs,

esembling more closely in some respects in the form of its wings

54 . DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

the genus Cyclopides. It is worthy of remark that the palpi are

wanting in the type specimens of P. duplea which are contained

in the collection of Dr. Staudinger. I have relied for the descrip-

tion of the palpi upon specimens contained in my own collection,

which in their remarkable length obscurely suggest the genus

Libythea.

180. P. pupLex, Mab. (Plate III. fig. 17.)

Cobalus duplex, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix. p. elxix

(1889).

Hab. Sierra Leone (Mabille); Gaboon (Good).

181. P.(?) pEBixis, Ploetz.

Apaustus debilis, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 360 (1879), vol. xlv.

p. 158 (1884).

Hab. Guinea (Ploetz).

I place this species here on the ground of the near relationship

of the preceding species to it, as stated by Mons. Mabille.

Ampirtt1a, Moore.

182. A. cartatn, Hew.

Cyclopides cariate, Hew. Descript. One Hundred New Hesperid.

p. 44 (1868); Exot. Butt. vol. v. pl. Cyclopides, fig. 8 (1874); Mab.

Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 341, pl. li. figs. 4, 4 a (1887).

Ampittia cariate, Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 96.

Hab. Madagascar.

183. A. coroLtER, Boisd.

Hesperia coroller, Boisd. Faune Ent. Madgr. p. 66, pl. ix. fig. 8

(1833).

Pamphila coroller, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 364,

pl. liv. figs. 1, 1 a (1887).

Padraona (?) coroller, Wats. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 102.

Hab. Madagascar.

Kupsstus, Wats.

184, K, tupenuna, Waller.

Hesperia lepenula, Wallgr. K. S. Vet.-Akad. Hand]. 1857 ; Lep.

Rhop. Caffr. p. 50.

Pamphila? lepenula, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 298

(1866).

Cyclopides chersias, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xx.

p- 327 (1877).

Thymelicus lepenula, Trim. S. Afr. Butt. vol. ii. p. 300, pl. xi.

fig. 6 (1889).

Kedestes lepenula, Wats. P. Z. S. 1893, p. 96,

Hab, Southern Africa,

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID 2. 55

185. K. macomo, Trim.

Cyclopides macomo, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. i.

p. 405 (1862)

Pamphila macomo, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr, vol. ii. p. 297, pl. vi.

fic. 6 (1866).

Thymelicus macomo, Staud. Exot. Schmett. Yoliieepls 100; 9

(¢ error) (1888); Trim. S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 302 (1889).

Kedestes macomo, Wats. P. Z. 8S. 1893, p. 96.

Hab. Southern Africa.

186. K. capenas, Hew.

Cyclopides capenas, Hew. Descript. One Hundred New Hesperid.

p. 43 (1868) ; Exot. Butt. vol. v. pl. Cyclopides, figs. 2, 3 (1877).

Cyclopides derbice, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xx.

p- 327 (1877).

Kedestes capenas, Wats. P. Z. S. 1893, p. 96.

Thymelicus capenas, Trim. P. Z.S. 1894, p. 73.

Hab. Manica.

187. K. cHaca, Trim.

Pyrgus chaca, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 118, pl. i.

figs. 9,10; S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 296 (1889).

Kedestes chaca, Wats. P. Z. S. 1893, p. 96.

Hab. South Africa; South Tropical Africa.

188. K. rucusa, Trim.

Pyrgus tucusa, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1883, p. 359 ;

S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 297 (1889).

Kedestes tucusa, Wats. P. Z. S. 1893, p. 96.

Hab. South Africa.

189. K. Monozutza, Wallgr.

Hesperia mohozutza, Wallgr. K. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857 ;

Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 50.

Pyrgus mohozutza, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 291, pl. v.

fig. 9 (1866); S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 294 (1889).

Kedestes mohozutza, Wats. P. Z. S. 1893, p. 96.

Hab. South Africa ; South Tropical Africa.

190. K. catticrzs, Hew.

Cyclopides callicles, Hew. Descript. One Hundred New Hesperid.

p. 42 (1868); Exot. Butt. vol. v. pl. Cyclopides, figs. 10, 11

(1877).

Pamphila callicles, Trim, 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 309 (1889).

Kedestes callicles, Wats. P. Z.S. 1893, p. 96.

Hab, South Africa; South Tropical and North Tropical Africa,

56 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

191. K. parser”, Trim.

Cyclopides barberw, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1873, p. 120,

pl. i. fig. 11; 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 306 (1889).

Hab. Cape Colony ; Mashonaland.

192. K. WALLENGRENTI, Trim.

Thymelicus wallengrenti, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1883,

p. 361; 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 304, pl. xi. fig. 7 (1889).

Hab. Natal; Mashonaland.

193. K. nivEostrica, Trim.

Pamphila? niveostriga, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. ii.

p. 179 (1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 298, pl. vi. fig. 7

(1866); Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 389.

Thymelicus niveostriga, Trim. S. Afr. Butt. vol. ii. p. 303

(1889).

Hab. 8. Africa.

194. K. renestRatus, Butl. (Plate II. fig. 16.)

Baracus fenestratus, Butl. P. Z. S. 1893, p. 673.

Hab. Zomba, British Central Africa.

This species is. very closely allied to, if not identical with,

K, wallengrenii, Trim.

195. K.(?) tunvieinosa, sp.nov. (Plate IV. fig. 22.)

@. On the upper surface having the general appearance of a

female of the genus Osmodes, to which genus, however, it plainly

cannot be referred, owing to the form of the palpi, which are more

nearly those of the genus Kedestes. The palpi, head, thorax, and

abdomen are black. On the underside the palpi are ochraceous,

and the lower side of the abdomen is ochraceous. The primaries

are black, marked with two moderately large subapical yellow spots

in the usual position, two small confluent yellow spots at the end

of the cell, and three moderately large discal yellow spots forming

a diminishing series extending from intervals 1 to 3 below the

cell. The secondaries are crossed beyond the cell on the middle

by a broad curved yellow discal band, diminishing inwardly toward

the base. The primaries have the costal margin and the apex

broadly ochraceous. The cell and the lower half of the wing are

broadly black, upon which the two spots at the end of the cel] and

the three forming the discal transverse series on the upperside

reappear sharply defined against the dark ground. The secondaries

are uniformly pale greenish-ochraceous, marked by a few distinct

round black spots, one on the cell near its upper margin between

veins 6 and 7 beyond the end of the cell, one on either side of vein

3 halfway between the cell and the outer margin, one on interval 1

below the cell near the base, a larger one on the same interval

chalfway between the base and the outer margin. The cilia of: the

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID #. 57

primaries brown, on the underside of the secondaries pale ochra-

ceous touched with dark brown near the end of vein 2. Expanse

26 mm.

Type in collection of Dr. Staudinger.

Hab. Gaboon (Mocquerys).

Apopza, Billberg.

(Pelion, Kirby.)

196. A. THAUMAS, Hufn.

Papilio thaumas, Hufn. Berl. Mag. ii. p. 62 (1776).

Q. Papilio flavus, Miill. Prodr. Zool. Dan. p. 115 (1776).

Papilio linea, Wien. Verz. p. 160 (1776).

2. Papilio venula, Hiibn. Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 666-669 (1803-

1818).

Thymelicus thaumas, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 609 (1871).

Hesperia thaumas, Staud. Cat. d. Lép. p. 35 (1871).

Adopea thawmas, Billb. Enum. Ins. p. 81 (1820); Wats. P. Z.S.

1893, p. 98.

(For fuller synonymy see works on palearctic Lepidoptera.)

Hab. North Africa.

197. A. tinzoLA, Ochs.

Papilio lineola, Ochs. Schmett. Eur. i. p. 230 (1808).

Papilio virgula, Hiibn. Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 660-663 (1803-

1818).

Thymelicus lineola, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 609 (1871).

Hesperia lineola, Staud. Cat. d. Lép. p. 35 (1871).

Adopea lineola, Wats. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 98.

(For fuller synonymy see works on palzarctic Lepidoptera.)

Hab. Mediterranean coasts of Africa.

198, A. acrzon, Hsp.

Papilio acteon, Esp. Schmett. vol. i. pl. xxxvi. fig. 4 (1777);

Rott. Naturf. vi. p. 30 (1777).

Papilio acteon, Hiibn. Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 488-490 (1798-

1803).

Thymelicus actceon, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 609 (1771).

Hesperia acteon, Staud. Cat. d. Lép. p. 35 (1871).

Adopea acteon, Wats. P. Z.S. 1893, p. 98.

(For fuller synonymy see works on palearctic Lepidoptera.)

Hab. Mediterranean coasts of Africa.

199. A. Hamza, Oberth.

Hesperia hamza, Oberth. Etud. Ent. i. p. 28, pl. iii. figs. 2a, 26,

2¢ (1876).

Hab, Algeria.

58 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

GaEGENEs, Hiibn.

(Philoédus, Ramb.)

200. G. NosTropamuUs, Fabr.

Hesperia nostrodamus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 1, p. 328 (1793).

Papilio pygmeus, Cyr. (nec Fabr.) Ent. Neap. pl. li. fig. 5 (1787) ;

Hibn. Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 458-460 (1798-1803).

Papilio pumilio, Hoffm. Ill. Mag. iii. p. 202 (1804).

Hesperia lefebvrii, Ramb. Cat. Lép. And. p. 90, note (1858).

Pamphila nostrodamus, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 598 (1871).

Hesperia nostrodamus, Staud. Cat. d. Lép. p. 35 (1871).

Gegenes nostrodamus, Wats. P. Z.S. 1893, p. 104.

(For full synonymy consult works on European species.)

Hab. Mediterranean coasts of North Africa.

201. G. Horrentora, Latr.

29. Papilio niso, Linn. Mus. Ulr. Reg. p. 339 (1764); Syst.

Nat. i. 2, p. 796 (1767).

3d. Hesperia hottentota, Latr. Encye. Méth. vol. ix. p. 777

(1823).

Hesperia letterstedti, Wallgr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857 ;

Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 49.

Pamphila letterstedti, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 300

1866).

Pamphila hottentota, Staud. Exot. Schmett. vol. i. pl. 99 (1888).

Pamphila hottentota, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 314 (1889).

Gegenes hottentota, Wats. P. Z.S. 1893, p. 104.

Q. Thymelicus brevicornis, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xlv. p. 290

(1884).

Hab. Southern and Western Africa as far north as Senegambia.

I follow Mr. Trimen in disregarding the somewhat forcible plea

of Prof. Aurivillius for the identification of Latreille’s species with

the Papilio nso of Linneus, and the substitution of the latter

name. The copies of Clerck’s figures given by Prof. Aurivillius do

not carry conviction with them. They may apply to several other

obscure African forms as well as to the species named by Latreille,

and the description given by Linnzus is wholly inadequate. We

shall for ever be in the dark as to the species intended by Linnezus.

The identification defended so learnedly by Prof. Aurivillius lacks

altogether that positiveness which in such a case is essential, and

is at best merely opinionative. In letters and orally Mons. Mabille

has stoutly maintained to me the identity of Latreille’s species

H. hottentota with the species recently described by Mr. Trimen

under the name obumbrata (see p. 59). The females of G. obwmbrata

are positively undistinguishable from the females of G. hottentota, and

1 am inclined to think that the form characterized by Mr. Trimen

is a dimorphic variety. Typical males of G. hottentota and males

of the form obumbrata are found in my collection, having been

taken on the same day and in the same locality im cottu with

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID®. 59

females which are absolutely inseparable from females of

G. hottentota received from Mr. Trimen and taken at the Cape.

It is worthy of note that all specimens of G. hottentota taken in

Angola and northward, so far as they have come under my obser-

vation (I have seen several hundreds of specimens from various

localities), are prevalently smaller than specimens from the Cape.

202. G. oBUMBRATA, Trim.

Pamphila obumbrata, Trim. P. Z. 8S. 1891, p. 103, pl. ix.

fig. 23,3.

Hab. Angola, Gaboon, Liberia, and tropical West Coast of

Africa generally.

This species is excessively common about Gaboon, and, as I

have remarked under G. hottentota, appears to be a dimorphic form

of that species. Typical hottentota occurs in company with it at

the same places, and the females are absolutely indistinguishable.

203. G. atBieuTra, Mab.

Pamphila albigutta, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 357

pl. liv. figs. 2, 2 a (1887).

Hab. Madagascar, Natal (in coll. Staudinger).

The specimen labelled P. albigutta by Mabille in the Staudinger

collection is from Natal. It is badly rubbed and worn, but shows

likeness to my subochracea (see p. 56). It is doubtfully the insect

figured in Grandidier’s ‘ Madagascar.’

204. G.(?) campica, Mab.

Pamphila gambica, Mab. Pet. Nouv. Ent. vol. ii. p. 233 (1878).

Hab. Senegambia.

I place this species here without any knowledge of it other than

that derived from the description, in which the author states that

it is very near G. hottentota, Latr.

205. G.(?) occunra, Trim.

Pamphila occulta, Trim. P. Z.8. 1891, p. 103.

Hab. South-western Africa, Transvaal.

I place this species here provisionally. Mr. Trimen states that

it is allied in some respects to G. hottentota, but fails to describe

the antenne and palpi, without a knowledge of which the generic

location must be temporarily doubtful. It may turn out to be a

Parnara or a Baoris.

Papraona, Moore.

206. P. zeno, Trim. (Plate III. fig. 6.)

_ Pamphila zeno, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. ii. p. 179

(1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 301 (1866); 8, Afr. Butt,

vol, iii. p. 313, pl. xii. fig. 2 (1889).

60 DR. W. J, HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

Pamphila splendens, Mab. Pet. Nouv. Ent. vol. ii. p. 114

1877).

Padraona watsoni, Butl. P. Z.S8. 1893, p. 671.

Hab. South Africa, British Central Africa, Somaliland (in. coll.

Holland).

I have in my possession most beautifully executed drawings of

the male and female of the insect recently described by my valued

friend Mr. Butler as Padraona watsoni, but I am_ utterly

unable to detect any differences of specific value between this

form and typical specimens of P. zeno which I have received from

Mr. Trimen.

A specimen of Pamphila splendens, Mab., so labelled by the late

Mr. Hewitson, which is found in Dr. Staudinger’s collection,

confirms the view I had reached by the study of Mabille’s

description that it is the same as P, zeno, Trimen.

207. P. (?) conarrus, Ploetz.

Apaustus collatus, Ploetz, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxix. p. 229.

Hab. Delagoa.

This species is known to me only by the copy of the figure of

Ploetz, which I have been permitted to examine through the

courtesy of Mons. Mabille. Judging from this representation, it

is a not distant ally of P. zeno, Trimen, differing principally in the

narrower fulyous markings of the upperside, and the darker

colour of the underside of the wings, which in the drawing are

quite black except at the base of the wings. The fulvous spots

stand out in bold contrast upon this dark ground.

Cuapra, Moore.

208. C. maruias, Fabr.

Hesperia mathias, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 433 (1798) ; Latr.

Enc. Méth. vol. ix. p. 751 (1828).

2 Celenorrhinus thraz, Hiibn. Samml. aussereur. Schmett.

(1816-1841).

Hesperia havei, Boisd. Faune Ent. Madgr. p. 64 (1833).

Hesperia insconspicua, Bert. Mem. Acad. Sci. Bologna (1849-

50), p. 15, pl. i. figs. 4, 5.

Hesperia thrax, Ledr. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, vol. v. pl. iv.

figs. 9, 10 (1855).

Hesperia mahopaani, Wallgr. K. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl. (1857) ;

Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 48 (1857).

Pamphila micipsa, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (3) vol. i. p. 290

(1862).

Pamphila mohopaani, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 304

(1866).

Epargyreus mathias, Butl. Cat. Fabr. Diurn. Lep. p. 275, pl. iii,

fig. 8 (1870).

Pamphila elegans, Mab. Bull, Soc, Zool. France, p. 232 (1877),

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPHRIIDA, 61

Chapra mathias, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, vol. i. p. 169, pl. 70. figs. 1,

1 a (1880-81).

? Pamphila ibara, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xliv. p. 88 (1883).

Pamphila octo-fenestrata, Saalm. Lep. von Madagascar, p. 108

(1884).

Pamphila mathias, var. elegans, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii.

p- 356, pl. lv. figs. 4, 4 a, 5 (1887).

Pamphila mohopaani, Trim. S. Afr. Butt. vol. ili. p. 324 (1889).

Pamphila insconspicua, Butl. P. Z.S. 1893, p. 672; Trim. P.Z.8.

1894, p. 76.

Hab. Africa south of the Sahara, Madagascar, and adjacent

islands.

After a very full and thorough study of a great collection of

specimens in my possession, coming from all parts of the African

continent, including examples from Abyssinia, Zanzibar, the Cape

Colony, Angola, Gaboon, and Sierra Leone, and after a diligent

comparison with long series before me coming from various parts

of continental Asia and the adjacent islands, I am forced to the

conclusion, which has already been cautiously maintained by others,

that the African insect commonly labelled in collections as

mohopaani, Wallgr., is identical with the insect named mathias by

Fabricius. The differences which exist are in most cases merely

differences of size, and without locality-labels to show whence the

particular specimens come from it would be impossible to

distinguish them. The specimens from the region of the Cape are

generally a little larger than Indian examples, but I have not a

few specimens among the three or four hundred examples of the

African forms before me as I write which are as small as any 1

have from India.

Indeed C. lodra, Ploetz, which Mons. Mabille maintains, in his

correspondence with me, to be simply a small form of C. mathias,

is smaller than any Indian examples I have in my possession. I

do not, however, quite agree with Mons. Mabille in his view, and

prefer to still maintain Jodra in this catalogue as a distinct species

(v. infra).

209. C. LopRA, Ploetz.

Pamphila lodra, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 855 (1879), vol. xliv.

p- 40 (1884).

Hab. Tropical West Africa (Gaboon, Cameroons).

This is a diminutive reproduction at first sight of C. mathias,

Fabr., but while the markings are exactly the same as in that

species, it may be easily and invariably separated by attending to

the fact not only that it is so small, but that the fringes are

pure white, and the undersides of both the primaries and secondaries

are dark hoary greyish brown. It may be that this form is, as

has been suggested, a mere variety or local race of C. mathias, but

until we know more about the facts I hesitate to sink the name of

Ploetz as a synonym.

62 DR, W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

210. C. stnnis, Mab.

Pamphila sinnis, Mab. Pet. Nouv. Ent. vol. ii. p. 285 (1878).

Hesperia weymeri, Saalm. Lep. von Madagascar, p. 107 (1884).

Pamphila sinnis, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 361 pl. lv.

figs. 1, 2, 2 a (1887).

Pamphila albirostris, Grand. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 361 (1887),

pl. lvi. a. figs. 4, 4 a (plate not published at date of June Ist, 1895).

Hab. Madagascar.

I have the type of P. albirostris before me: it is the male of

CO. sinnis, Mab. The characteristic sexual brand on the primaries

shows that the insect is a true Chapra.

211. C. wamso, Ploetz.

Hesperia wambo, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xlvii. p. 97 (1886).

Hab. Africa (Ploetz).

From the description this species would appear to be closely

allied to mathias, Fabr. The description is not definite enough to

base any very exact conclusions upon it.

Parnara, Moore.

I have brought together into this genus an assemblage of species

which are very closely related structurally, and seem to me to be

more properly assigned to Parnara than to any other existing

genus. At the same time, it is proper to observe that this

arrangement is in some respects merely tentative. In several

cases the species depart somewhat widely from the type, yet I am

not prepared on this account to separate them, and set up new

genera for their reception.

212. P. Borgpontca, Boisd.

Hesperia borbonica, Boisd. Faune Ent. Madgr. p. 65, pl. ix.

figs. 5, 6 (1833).

Hesperia fatuellus, Wallgr. (nec Hopft.) K. Sv. Vet.-Akad.

Handl. 1857 ; Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 48 (1857).

Pamphila borbonica, Trim. (part) Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii.

p. 803 (1866) ; Mabille, Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 360, pl. lv.

figs. 6, 6 a (1887); Trim. 8S. Afr. Butt. vol. ii. p. 322 (1889).

Hab. South Africa, Tropical Africa, both East and West, and

the adjacent islands.

This species is very common at Gaboon and at Cameroons.

213, P. gumetta, Mab.

Pamphila gemella, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxviii.

p. clxxxvii (188+).

Hesperia ellipsis, Saalm. Lepidopt. von Madagascar, p. 109

(1884).

Pamphala gemella, Mab. Grandid. Madagascar, vol. xviii. p. 359,

Gegenes gemella, Mab. l.c. pl. lv. figs. 7, 7a (1887).

Hab. Madagascar ; Seychelles (Abbott).

1896. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID.¥, 63

214, P. pourrmrt, Boisd.

Hesperia poutieri, Boisd. Faune Ent. Madgr. p. 65 (1833).

Pamphila poutieri, Mab. Grandid. Madagascar, vol. xviii. p. 363.

Gegenes poutieri, Mab. l.c. pl. lv. figs. 8, 8 a, 9, 9 a (1887).

Hab. Madagascar ; Seychelles (Abbott).

215. P. pprncta, Trim.

Pamphila detecta, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. vol. xli. p. 141,

pl. viii. fig. 12 (1893).

Pamphaila fallatus, Mab. MS.

Hab. Natal (Trimen) ; Cameroons.

I have several specimens of this species which were taken at

Batanga, Cameroons, by the late Dr. A. C. Good. The insect

laballed Pamphila fallatus in the Staudinger collection by Mons.

Mabille, of which I can find no published description, is the

same.

216. P. SUBOCHRACEA, sp. nov. (Plate LV. fig. 11.)

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous, clothed with greenish

hairs. Underside of palpi, thorax, and abdomen pale greenish

ochraceous. The primaries and secondaries on the upperside are

dark brown, with a slightly purplish lustre toward the outer

margin. The costa and the inner margin near the base of both

wings are clothed with greenish hairs. There is a minute elongated

translucent white spot in the cell on its upper margin toward its

extremity. There are two minute subapical spots beyond the end

of the cell. There are three discal spots on intervals 2, 3, and 4

below and beyond the cell, the spot on interval 4 being minute,

the spots on intervals 3 and 2 being subhastate, the latter the

largest. All these spots are translucent. On the secondaries

beyond the end of the cell are three small subhastate semi-

transparent discal spots, pale in colour. On the lower side the

primaries are dark brown on the cell and beyond it on the disc on

intervals 2, 3, and 4. The inner margin is fuscous grey. The

costa and the apical area are tawny ochraceous. The secondaries

are uniformly tawny ochraceous, marked with a dark spot at the

end of the cell and a discal series of dark spots accentuating the

outer extremity of the three limbal spots beyond the end of the

cell. The cilia are pale ochraceous both on the upper and under

side. All the spots of the upper surface reappear on the lower

side in both wings, but less distinctly defined than on the upper

surface. Expanse 31 mm.

Hab. Valley of the Ogové.

217. P. Micans, sp. nov. (Plate III. fig. 19.)

6. Head, thorax, and abdomen bright Mars-brown. Underside

of abdomen pale ochraceous. The primaries aud the secondaries

are bright Mars-brown, with the costal margin of the secondaries

dark brown. There are two minute subapical spots in the usual

64 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

position, and below and beyond the cell two discal spots, subquadrate

in form, on either side of vein 3 near its origin. The lower of these

spots is the larger. They are both translucent and waxy yellow in

colour. There are two small obscure semi-transparent spots of like

colour on the secondaries on either side of vein 3 a little beyond its

origin. The margin is slightly darker brown than the body of the

wing, and the fringes are paler. On the underside the wings are

uniformly pale reddish ochraceous, except the inner margin of the

primaries, which is darker, inclining to plumbeous. The spots of

the upper surface reappear on the lower side, but far less distinctly

defined. Expanse 30 mm.

Hub. Valley of the Ogové.

This very distinct species is represented in my collection by a

single specimen.

218. P.(?) URsULA, sp. nov. (Plate IT. fig. 4.)

3. This insect is obscurely brown all over, without any spots

or markings whatever.

Q. The female is coloured like the male, but has three elongated

subapical spots in the usual position, and two obscure translucent

spots on either side of vein 3 of the primaries a little before its

origin. The spots are subquadrate.

Expanse, ¢ 26 mm., 2? 30 mm.

Hab. East Africa.

The types of the males are found in my collection and in the

collection of Dr. Staudinger. The only female I have ever seen is

contained in the collection of Dr. Staudinger. I refer this insect

with some measure of doubt to the genus Parnara, with which it

in the main agrees in neuration as far as I have been able to

ascertain. The insect, however, is not so robust as the other

species referred to this genus. The primaries are more rounded

on the outer margin and the secondaries somewhat more excavated

before the anal angle, in the case of the female. I cannot,

however, with the material before me, venture to separate this

species from the genus Parnara.

SEMALBA, gen. nov.

Antenne and palpi as in the genus Baoris. Primaries: cell

about half the length of the wing; vein 5 much nearer 4 than 6;

vein 12 terminating on the costa before the end of the cell; vein

7 slightly before the end of the cell; vein 2 one-third of the

distance from the base ; vein 3 a little before the end of the cell.

Secondaries: cell short; vein 5 wanting; discocellulars faint,

erect ; vein 7 originating well before the end of the cell; vein 3

a little before the end of the cell ; vein 2 originating beyond the

middle of the cell; the outer margin evenly rounded; the -costa

slightly produced before the base. The two species referred to

this genus are characterized by peculiar sexual markings. In the

case of the male of S. pulvina, Ploetz, the type of the genus, there

1896. | BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID&. 65

is a broad patch of long silky hairs upon the upper surface of the

secondaries at the end of the cell, almost entirely covering the cell

and the origin of the median nervules. In addition, on the under-

side of the primaries there is a broad patch of moditied scales,

and the inner margin has a fringe of long hairs, which, ordinarily,

Neuration of Semalea pulvina, Ploetz. }.

a. Underside of primary ; >. Upperside of secondary.

are folded back upon the under surface of the primaries. In

S. now, Mab., the patch of scales on the upper surface of the

secondaries is wanting, but upon the primaries on the upper

surface there is a broad oval sexual band at the origin of vein 2

below the cell.

Type S pulvina, Ploetz.

I have brought these two species together, because of the

absolute identity of their neuration and the structure of their palpi

and antennz, and in spite of the wide divergence in the sexual

stigmata. At first glance, without a microscopic examination, the

two insects look wonderfully alike. There is, however, a remark-

able divergence in the sexual stigmata as indicated above. I am,

however, more and more inclined to the belief that sexual stigmata

cannot be always accepted as the basis of generic subdivisions, in

which opinion I know I differ from some authors.

219. S. PuLvinA, Ploetz. (Plate I: fig. 14.)

Hesperia pulvina, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 353 (1879).

Trichosemeia pulvina, Wats. P. Z. S. 1893, p. 53.

Cobalus carbo, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix. p. elxix

(1889).

Hab. Aburi (Ploetz) ; Gaboon (Good) ; Sierra Leone (Mabille).

“I do not agree with Lieut. Watson in placing this species in my

genus Trichosemeia. The broad patch of velvety scales upon the

upper surface of the secondaries is the principal point of resem-

blance between this species and the type of the genus. In the

form of the wings and the antenne and the structure of the legs

it differs. The female is without the velvety area on the second-

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1896, No. V. 5)

66 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

aries, and, I strongly suspect, is the insect described by M. Mabille

as Cobalus atrio (cf. genus Cobalus). A figure of C. atrio, lent me

by the author, heightens the probability of this supposition, but

without the type before me I will not attempt to express a positive

opinion. The insect in the Staudinger collection labelled Cobalus

carbo in the handwriting of Mons. Mabille is a normal specimen

of S. pulvina, Ploetz, ¢.

220. S. Nox, Mab. (Plate IV. fig. 20.)

Pamphila now, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. clxviii.

Hab. Lagos (Mabille) ; Gaboon (Good).

This species is apparently very abundant in the valley of the

Ogové. I have a large series of specimens.

Baorts, Moore.

221. B. raruELus, Hopff.

Pamphila fatuellus, Hopff. Monatsber. k. Akad. Wissensch.

Berl. 1855, p. 643; Hopff. Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 417,

pl. xxvii. figs. 3, 4 (1862).'

Pamphila borbonica, Trim. (part.) Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. i.

pp- 303, 304 (1866). .

Hesperia caffraria, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xliv. p. 48 (1883).

Pamphila fatuellus, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 323 (1889).

Pamphila cinerea, Mab. MS.

Hab. Natal, Zanzibar, Gaboon, Cameroons.

This species is very common at Gaboon, and, I think, has

generally been confounded with P. borbonica, from which, however,

it may well be separated, as pointed out by Mr. Trimen. A worn

female in the Staudinger collection has been labelled Pamphila

cinerea by Mons. Mabille.

222. B. MARCHALII, Boisd.

Hesperia marchalii, Boisd. Faune Ent. de Madgr. p. 66 (18383).

Pamphila marchalii, Mab., Grandid. Madagascar, vol. xviii.

p. 362, pl. lv. figs. 3, 3. a (1887).

Hab. Madagascar.

Both from the figure and the description I am inclined to think

that this species is very near to, if not identical with, P. fatuellus,

Hopff., in which case Boisduval’s name has priority.

223. B. tucuns, Hopff.

Pamphila lugens, Hopff. Monatsber. k. Akad. Wissensch. Berl.

1855, p. 643; Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 418, pl. xxvii.

figs. 5, 6 (1862); Trim. S. Afr. Butt. vol. ili. p. 318 (1889).

Halpe lugens, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 673.

Hab. Delagoa Bay, East Tropical Africa.

The genus Halpe is not represented in Africa, and Dr. Butler's

reference of this species to that genus is in error.

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPHRIIDA. 67

224. B. 11s, Ploetz. (Plate V. fig. 17.)

Hesperia ilias, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 355 (1879).

Hab. Guinea (Ploetz) ; Gaboon.

What I take to be the Hesperia ilias of Ploetz—forming my

conclusion from the description of the species given by the author

and from a copy of his unpublished drawing of the same—is the

insect figured on the Plate. It comes nearer meeting the require-

ments alike of description and of figure than any other West-

African species known to me in nature.

225. B. xytos, Mab. (Plate II. fig. 13.)

Pamphila xylos, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. x. p. 31,

pl. iii. fig. 8 (1890).

Hat. Gaboon, Cameroons, Sierra Leone.

Mons. Mabille (/. c.) states that he has sufficiently characterized

this species in the ‘ Bulletin’ of the preceding year, and contents

himself therefore with a figure. By reference to the ‘ Bulletin ’

for 1889, I discover that his memory was at fault. He did not

describe P. aylos in the ‘ Bulletin’ of the year before. Our only

knowledge of the species, therefore, must be derived from the

figure given in the plate, which, fortunately, is quite recognizable.

It represents a damaged male of a species which is quite common

on the tropical western coast of Africa. I have a long series of

specimens in which, singularly enough, the females are more

numerous than the males. The figure given by Mons. Mabille is

that of a male minus the abdomen. The female which is repre-

sented in the plate does not differ materially in the location and

style of the marking from the male, but is generally much larger.

I discovered that Mons. Mabille had mingled with this species, in

his collection and that of Dr. Staudinger, specimens of the

following species, which is abundantly distinct, though presenting

a superficial likeness.

226. B. ALBERTI, sp. nov. (Plate II. fig. 21.)

3. Body and appendages black. Abdomen produced beyond

the anal angle of the secondaries. The wings on the upperside

are black, with whitish fringes, those of the primaries checkered

with black at the ends of the nervules. There are no spots on

the secondaries. The primaries are ornamented with three ‘small

subapical spots in the usual position, by two large and conspicuous

subquadrate spots, one on either side of vein 3 at its origin, the

upper one being the smaller of the two. In many specimens

there is also a small and faint spot on cell 1, just below the large

subquadrate spot on cell 2. On the underside, the wings are

marked precisely as on the upperside, save that the inner margin

of the primaries is pale, and in some specimens there are traces of

an obsolete series of pale submarginal markings on the secondaries.

@. The female is marked like the male, save that on cee under-

68 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

side there is a well-defined row of pale submarginal markings on

the primaries, and a less well-defined series of similar markings

on the secondaries. The wings in this sex are broader, more

rounded, and less produced at the apex of the primaries than in

the male, and the abdomen is stouter and shorter than in that sex,

not reaching beyond the anal angle of the secondaries.

Expanse, ¢ 26-29 mm., 9 32-34 mm.

Hab. Valley of the Ogové, Cameroons, Sierra Leone.

I name this species in honour of my little friend Albert Good,

the only child of Dr. A. C. Good, one of the heroes of the Dark

Continent, whose death last November, a few days after his return

from a long and trying journey into the interior of the Cameroons,

has filled the hearts of a host of friends and admirers with pro-

found sorrow. “Bertie,” though not yet in his teens, is repre-

sented in my collections by numerous specimens taken by his own

hands, and is no doubt the youngest entomologist who has thus

far collected amidst the jungles of “ Gorilla-land.”

227. B, area, Mab. (Plate II. fig. 20.)

Hypoleucis arela, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixix.

Hab. Gaboon, Ogové Valley.

This species, for the identification of which in my collection 1

am indebted to Mons. Mabille, is quite common about Gaboon.

Mons. Mabille had affixed the name atimus to several specimens of

this species in his collection at the time I visited him. They were

undoubtedly arela.

228. B. ARGYRODES, Holl.

Parnara argyrodes, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 93, pl. iti. fig. 11

(1894).

Hab. Valley of the Ogové.

229. B. MabzA, Holl.

Parnara mabea, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 92, pl. iii. fig. 12

(1894).

Hab. Valley of the Ogové.

230. B. tevcopH”a, Holl.

Parnara leucophea, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 93, pl. iii. fig. 14

(1894).

Hab. Valley of the Ogove.

231. B. unistriea, Holl.

Parnara umstriga, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 30, pl. i. figs. 13,

14 (1894).

Hab. Valley of the Ogové.

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIIDE. 69

232. B. menpuis, Holl.

Parnara melphis, Holl. Ent. News, 1894, p. 31, pl. i. fig. 18.

Hab. Valley of the Ogovée.

233. B. MatTHina, Hew.

Hesperia malthina, Hew. Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xviii.

p- 457 (1876).

Pamphila euryspila, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv.

p- clxxix (1891).

Proteides euryspila, Mab. Novit. Lepidopt. p. 117, pl. xvi. fig. 5

(1893).

Hab. Sierra Leone (Mabille) ; Gaboon (Good).

The only specimen of the female which I have ever seen is

contained in my collection, and was taken at Batanga, Cameroons.

It does not differ materially from the male, save that there is an

additional translucent spot upon the fore wing in cell 1, and the

large white spot on the underside of the secondaries is much larger

than in the male, extending farther outwardly and inwardly.

234. B. starrra, Mab.

Pamphila statira, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxy. p. elxxx

(1891); Novit. Lepidopt. p. 114, pl. xvi. fig. 2 (1893).

d. The type of this species was a female contained in the

collection of Dr. Staudinger. The collection also contains a male,

which differs from the female on the upperside in lacking the spot

in the cell of the primaries, and in having, in the example before

me, the uppermost of the three subapical spots obsolete. In

the secondaries, the spots at the end of the cell which are con-

spicuous in the female on the underside.and faintly appear on the

upperside are also lacking, and the discal spots are somewhat

smaller than in the female.

Hab. French Congo (Mocquerys).

235. B. sTATIRIDES, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 6.)

Q. Palpi on the upperside, head, thorax, and abdomen on the

upperside black, clothed with fuscous scales. Palpi on the under-

side whitish; thorax and anal extremity of the abdomen pale

fuscous. Primaries black on the upperside, with two widely

separated minute elongated spots near the end of the cell, two

subapical spots in the usual position, and a discal series of four

spots, the lowermost of the series on interval 1 cuneiform, the

next on interval 2 subquadrate, and the largest of the series, and

the two succeeding ones on intervals 3 and 4, subquadrate, the last

smaller than the one preceding it. The secondaries beyond the

cell are adorned with a broad irregularly curved white macular

band, running from before the end of the cell inwardly and

widening to vein 16. The primaries on the underside are black,

with the spots as on the upperside.- The secondaries are creamy

white, with the outer margin broadly black, There is a con-

70 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

spicuous patch of black raised scales situated on interval 1 below

the cell, and extending outwardly on either side of vein 2 at its

origin. Expanse 34 mm.

Type in collection of Dr. Staudinger.

Hab. Valley of the Ogové (Mocquerys).

236. B. nerorHa, Hew.

Hesperia netopha, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vol. i. p. 345

1878).

Hesperia roncilgonis, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xii. p. 450 (1882).

Pamphila roncilgonis, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. vol. xli.

p- 139, pl. viii. fig. 11 (1893).

Pamphila cojo, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. -p. 250,

pl. vi. fig. 7 (1893).

Var. nyass#, Hew. (Plate I. fig. 8.)

Hesperia nyasse, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vol. i.

p- 345 (1878).

Hab. Natal, Mashonaland, Angola, Gaboon, Cameroons,

Togoland.

This is one of the most singularly coloured species of the group.

I have a good series of specimens from Gaboon and Cameroons,

which agree very well with specimens received from Mr. Trimen,

who obtained them from Mr. F. C. Selous, who took them in

Manica. The type of Hesperia nyassw, Hew., I think is a female.

It is larger and paler on the underside than any specimens I have

seen from other localities. I cannot, however, bring myself to

believe that it is anything more than a variety of B. netopha. It

is worthy of note that there is much variation in the ground-colour

of the underside of the wings in this species. No two specimens

in a series of ten or twelve are exactly of the same shade, and the

eround-colour runs from a pale yellowish ochraceous to a pale

reddish brown, tinged with pink. The three small subapical spots

which appear in a majority of specimens are wanting in: others.

They are variable.

237. B. Monast, Trim. >

Pamphila monasi, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 317.

Hab. Natal.

238. B. taracn, Mab.

Pamphila tarace, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxyv. p. elxxix

(1891); Novit. Lepidopt. p. 114, pl. xvi. fig. 1 (1893).

Hab. Sierra Leone.

239. B. supnorata, Holl.

Parnara (?) subnotata, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 94, pl. iii.

fig. 13 (1894).

Pamphaila rufipuncta, Mab. MS. in Dr. Staudinger’s collection,

Hab. Valley of the Ogové,

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID A. 71

240. B. nrvetcornts, Ploetz.

Hesperia niveicornis, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xliv. p. 3%1883).

Hab. Angola.

I only know this species from the figure of Ploetz. It is very

remarkably ornamented upon the underside of the wings, and the

description given is sufficient to enable its identification.

241. B.(?) nzopa, Mab.

Pamphila neoba, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv.

p. clxxxviii (1891).

Hab. Cameroons (Mabiille).

I only know this species from the description and the drawing

of the type furnished me by Mons. Mabille. It is impossible

from either to be sure of the species or its generic location.

242. B.(?) zupHora, Ploetz.

Apaustus zephora, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xlv. p. 156 (1884).

Hab. Angola (Ploetz).

-Ido not know this species save by the description. It does

not seem to apply to any of the species known to me in nature.

243. B.(?) BauRt, Ploetz.

Hesperia bauri, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xlvii. p. 98 (1886).

Hab, Aburi.

I do not know this species, and locate it here provisionally.

244, B.(?) mMurea, Mab,

Pamphila murga, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. x. p. 31

(1890).

Hab. Caffraria (Mabille).

Mons. Mabille compares this species with P. natalensis, Ploetz.

I cannot discover that Ploetz ever published a species under the

name of natalensis. From the description, the insect seems to be

possibly a Baoris, but it may be a Pardaleodes. I locate it here

provisionally, as I am unable to learn anything about it from the

author of the species.

245. B.(?) Hourzi, Ploetz.

Hesperia holtzii, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xliv. p. 48-4 (1888).

Hab. Angola (Ploetz).

I can make nothing out of either the description or the figure

of Ploetz. The insect represented seems both to myself and to

Mons. Mabille to be a possible variety of C. mathias-mohopaani.

I am, however, very strongly inclined to the opinion that it is the

same insect recently described by Mr, Trimen under the name

Pamphila monasi (q. v-).

72 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

246. B.(?) ayrusi1, Trim.

Pamphila ayresii, Trim. S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 321, pl. xii.

fig. 1 (1889).

Hab. South Africa; South Tropical Africa.

PLATYLESCHES, gen. nov.

Allied to Parnara, Moore. The thorax and head are very broad,

and the general appearance of the body is more robust than in

Parnara. The antennae are more than half as long as the costa

of the primaries, slender, terminating in a stout club, with a

strongly recurved hook at its end. The palpi are broad, flattened

horizontally, appressed, heavily clothed with long scales upon the

first and second joints, and with the third joint (which is minute,

acute, and situated on the outer edge of the horizontally widened

second joint) naked. The wings are relatively somewhat narrower

than in the genus Parnara, with the outer margin of the primaries

nearly straight, or, as in P. picanini, Holl., slightly excavated

above the outer angle. The secondaries are more or less lobed at

the anal angle in the male. The neuration of the wings does not

materially differ from that in Parnara, so far as I have been able

to determine with the limited material at my disposal.

Type P. picanini, Holland.

247. P. picantnq, Holl.

Parnara(?) picanini, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 91, pl. iii. fig. 9

(1894).

Pamphila grandiplaga, Mab. MS. in Staudinger collection.

Hab. Valley of the Ogove.

248. P. MORITILI, Waller. ;

Hesperia moriti, Wallgr. K. Sv, Vet.-Akad. Hand]. 1857; Lep.

Rhop. Caffr. p. 49 (1857).

Pamphila (?) moritili, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 305

(1866).

Hesperia neba, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xix. p. 84

(1877).

Pamphila moritih, Trim, 8. Afr. Butt. vol. i. p. 319, pl. xii.

fig. 4 (1889).

Hab. South Africa; South Tropical Africa.

249, P. catusa, Hew. (Plate I. fig. 7.)

- Pamphila galesa, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xix.

p. 79 (1877).

_ Hab. West Africa.

I only know this species from the type, which is preserved in

the British Museum. It is a very robust insect, and very closely

allied to H, nigerrima, Butl. 2) VE 2 ee utie

— 1896.) BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID&. 73

250. P. NIGERRIMA, Butl. (Plate II. fig. 12.)

Halpe nigerrima, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 672.

Hab. British Central Africa.

This species is exceedingly close to P. galesa, Hew. The only

difference I can detect is in the form of the macular band on the

upperside of the secondaries, which is more irregularly curved in

galesa and has a slightly different direction, and in the presence

in nigerrima of a narrow white costal streak on the underside of

the primaries at the base. This last feature seems to be lacking

in galesa.

251. P. CHAMELEON, Mab.

_ Pamphila chameleon, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxy.

p- elxxix (1891); Novit. Lepidopt. p. 115, pl. xvi. fig. 3 (1893).

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Mons. Mabille compares this species with his P. grandiplaga,

which in his letter he identifies as my P. picanint. Grandiplaga

is apparently a MS. name. My learned friend is in the habit of

affixing names to specimens coming into his possession, and has

given them currency now and then im his papers and through

collections which he has labelled, without having published a

description of the species. This has led to a great deal of be-

wilderment on my part in several cases and an inordinate con-

sumption of valuable time in quest of the place in literature where

the supposed description, which ought to have been published, might

be found. Unpublished names of species should not be referred

to, except it be with a distinct statement that they are such.

252, P. amapuu, Mab. (Plate V. fig. 11.)

Pamphila amadhu, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv,

p- elxxviti (1891).

Pamphila heterophyla, Mab. 1. c.

Baoris? amadhu, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 672.

Hab. Transvaal, Natal (Mabille); British Central Africa

(Butler).

I have before me the types of P. amadhu and P. heterophyla,

‘belonging to Dr. Staudinger, and am satisfied of the identity of

the two forms. The type of P. heterophyla is simply a dwarfed

and somewhat worn example of P. amadhu. The insect is closely

allied to P. moritili.

253. P. BATANGS, Holl.

Parnara batange, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 92, pl. ii. fig. 10

(1894).

Hab. Valley of the Ogové.

254, P. nigRIcANS, sp. nov. (Plate II. fig. 15.).

¢. Antenne black, marked with white before the extremity on

74. DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

the upperside. The uppersides of the head, thorax,and abdomen are

black, with the anal extremity of the abdomen white tipped with

a tuft of black hairs. The palpi and the pectus on the lower side

are white. The lower side of the thorax is grey. The lower side

of the abdomen is black annulated with white. The primaries on

the upperside are black. The cilia on the primaries are black

marked with white at their extremities near the outer angle. The

cilia of the secondaries are white, very conspicuously so near the

anal angle. The primaries are marked with two subapical spots

in the usual position, two elongated minute spots on the cell near

its end, one on its upper margin and one on its lower, and by a

transverse discal series of four spots, of which the one on interval 1

is minute and subtriangular, situated on vein 1, the spot on interval

2 is subquadrate, excavated externally, and separated from the

other spot in the cell by the median nerve. Beyond this spot

on intervals 3 and 4 are two smaller spots. The secondaries are

crossed about the middle by an irregularly-curved series of five

or six white semi-translucent spots. On the underside, the

primaries are black, darkest at the base. There is a fine white

costal ray near the base. The spots of the upperside reappear,

but Jess distinct than on the upperside, and above and beyond

the spot on interval 1 is a white curved ray uniting on its curved

upper margin the twolower spots of the discal series. Thesecondaries

are black, most conspicuously so in the region of the anal angle.

The inner margin and the outer margin from the outer angle to

the extremity of vein 2 are sprinkled with grey scales, and the

nerves are likewise clothed with grey scales, causing them to be

picked out distinctly upon the dark background. The white discal

series of spots reappears on the underside, the terminal spot of

the series located on vein 16 being the most conspicuous, whereas

on the upperside it is least conspicuous and appearing as a large

triangular white patch.

@. The female is like the male, but with broader and more

rounded wings.

Expanse, d 28mm., 9 30 mm.

Types in coll. Staudinger.

Hab, Freetown (Preiss) ; Gaboon (Mocquerys).

The male is labelled in the Staudinger collection P. leucopyga,

Ploetz, but this determination is wholly in error. Leucopyga of

Ploetz is an Acleros and a wholly different insect. This species is

closely related to P. moritili and its allies.

Karruvs, Wats.

255. K. sounsronii, Butl. (Plate II. fig. 18.)

Astictopterus johnstonii, Butl. P. Z. 8S. 1887, p. 573.

Katreus johnstonii, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 115; Holl. Ent,

News, Jan. 1894, pl. i. fig. 8.

Hab, Cameroons, Gaboon,

1896. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPHRIID&, 75

ParpanEopss, Butl.

256. P. pprpus, Cram.

3. Papilio edipus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ccelxvi. figs. BE, F

(1782).

Pardaleodes edipus, Butl. Ent. Mo. Mag. vol. vii. p. 96 (1870);

Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 625 (1871).

Plastingia edipus, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 358 (1879),

vol. xlv. p. 148 (1884).

Pardaleodes edipus, Watson, P; Z. 8S. 1893, p. 117.

2. Cyclopides sator, Doubl. & Hew. Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. lxxix.

fig. 4.

Pamphila? sator, Westw. 1. ¢. p. 523 (1852).

Pardaleodes sator, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 625 (1871).

Plastingia sator, Ploetz, 8S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 358, & vol. xlv.

. 148.

e Pardaleodes sator, Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 117.

Hab. Tropical West Africa.

After a very close study of the matter in the light of long

series of specimens, consisting of several hundreds of examples,

I am satisfied that this is the correct synonymy of this species,

which is very closely allied to the next, and with which it has

been no doubt, so far as the female of that is concerned, frequently

confounded. ‘The crucial test for discriminating between the two

species is the fact that in P. incerta, Snell., the anterior wings in

both sexes show no translucency in the spots above vein 2, whereas

in P. edipus the spots between veins 2 and 3and 3 and 4, the spots

at the end of the cell, and the three small subapical spots are

invariably transluceut. By holding the specimens up to the light,

it is always possible to decide to which of the two species they

belong.

I am at a loss to account for the fact that several authors report

the male and the female of both P. edipus and P. sator to have

been contained in collections examined by them. ‘This is done by

Ploetz in his paper upon the Lepidoptera collected by Buchholz.

So far as my observations extend, every specimen of P. sator,

correctly determined to be such by comparison with the very good

figure given by Doubleday and Hewitson in their work, has been a

female. I have seen hundreds of specimens, and many pairs

taken in coitu, and am sure of this determination.

257. P. inceRTA, Snellen.

3. Pamphila incerta, Snellen, Tijd. voor Entom. 1872, p. 29,

pl. 10. figs. 10, 11, 12.

Q. Hesperia coanza, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xliv. p. 232 (1883).

Pardaleodes coanza, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 117.

Hab. Tropical West Africa.

The female of this species resembles the male of the preceding,

P. edipus, but the point of discrimination enables an easy decision

to be made in all cases, as I have already shown.

ic aa DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

258. P. nerinus, Hopff.

Pamphila herilus, Hopff. Monatsber. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch.

Berl. 1855, p. 643; Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb., Ins. p. 419,

pl. xxvii. figs. 7, 8 (1862).

Hab. Querimba, East Africa (Hopffer).

Hopffer states that the types of this species were males. From

the figure, I should say that they were females. The figure repre-

sents apparently a dwarfed female of P. edipus, and closely resembles

such which I have from Gabvon.

259. P. rur1cHENOWI, Ploetz. (Plate III. fig. 18.)

Q. Plastingia reichenowt, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 357 (1879),

vol. xlv. p. 147 (1884).

3. Pardaleodes festus, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. x.

p. 33, pl. iii. fig. 2 (1889).

Hab. Tropical West Africa. ;

There is not a particle of doubt of the correctness of the above

synonymy. Ihave specimens taken én coitu of the male and female

of this species. The males have been repeatedly determined for

me as P. festus by Mons. Mabille, and agree perfectly with the

figure he gives. The females agree with Ploetz’s type of P. reiche-

nowi, which is preserved at the Berlin Museum, and is represented

in the plate accompanying this paper.

260. P. xanrHopepius, Holl. (Plate III. figs. 9g, 169.)

Pardaleodes xanthopeplus, Holl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) vol. x.

p. 289 (1892).

Hab. Valley of the Ogové.

261. P. BuLE, sp. nov. (Plate. III. fig. 21,¢ 9.)

Allied to P. reichenowi, Ploetz = festus, Mab.

$. Primaries deep black, slightly clothed with greenish scales

near the base. The wing is marked with eleven spots as follows :—

two small oval spots at the end of the cell, one above each other,

and above them a minute linear spot; three small oval subapical

spots forming a series curving inwardly ; a small round spot in

interval 4; a triangular spot in interval 3; a large subquadrate

spot in interval 2; (these three spots form a transverse series

running inwardly towards the margin). The large spot is followed

in interval 1 by a triangular orange-yellow spot, diminishing

towards the inner margin. There is also an obscure orange-

yellow spot in interval 1 towards the base. All the spots are

translucent, except the two in interval 1, which are opaque.

The secondaries are bright orange-yellow, paler than in P. festus,

with the costal margin and outer angle broadly black. The cell

.near the base and the inner margin are clothed with fuscous

hairs.

On the underside, the primaries are blackish, the spots of the

1896.) BUTPTERFLIBS OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID A. 77

upperside reappearing, but pale ochraceous. The costa is, further-

more, laved with pale ochraceous from the base to the region of

the subapical spots, and in interval 5 there is a pale ochraceous

area, in the middle of which there is a minute white dot circled

with blackish. A pale yellowish-grey ray connects the lowermost

spot of the discal series with the outer angle. The secondaries

are pale ochraceous, with the costa on the inner two-thirds marked

with irregular blackish spots. There is a subtriangular blackish

spot near the outer angle, a black spot in interval 1} near the cell,

and a smaller similar spot surmounted with a V-shaped blackish

mark on the same interval near the anal angle. The innermost of

these last two blackish spots is supplemented on the side of the

base with a small chalky-white spot. There are in addition a

number of obscure transverse brownish lines and obscure sub-

marginal hastate markings.

@. The female is like the male, except that it wholly lacks the

markings on interval one in the primaries, and the markings on

the underside of the secondaries are not so distinct. The out-

line of the wings, furthermore, is broader.

Expanse, ¢ 2? 36 mm.

Hab. Bulé country, Cameroons.

This species may be easily distinguished from P. reichenowi by

the deeper black of the primaries, the smaller size of the spots,

and the fact that none of them are confluent, as in P. reichenow.

There is no black border on the inner two-thirds of the second-

aries and no yellow spot in the cell of the secondaries, the yellow

of the hind wing running almost to the base. A further dis-

tinction is the absence of the checkered fringes of the primaries

on the upper surface. The fringes are slightly checkered on the

underside.

262. P. astrapx, Holl. (Plate IV. fig. 12.)

Pardaleodes astrape, Holl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) vol. x. p. 290

(1892).

Pardaleodes parcus, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 258

(1893).

Hab. Valley of the Ogové (Good) ; Togoland (Karsch).

963. P. art, Mab.

Pamphila ariel, Mab. Pet. Nouv. Entom. vol. ii. p. 285 (1878).

Pardaleodes ariel, Mab. Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 340,

pl. liii. figs. 10, 10 a, 11 (1887).

Hab. Madagascar.

264. P. pustrtta, Mab.

Pardaleodes pusiella, Mab. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877, p. 237.

Hab. Landana (Mabdille).

I cannot find out anything about this species.

78 DR. W. J, HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

265. P. rigors, Hew.

Hesperia ligora, Hew. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) vol. xviii. p. 450

(1876).

Carystus thersander, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. x.

p- 30, pl. iii. fig. 5 (1890).

Carystus? thersander, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. pl. i. fig. 17 (1894).

Hab. Angola (Hew.); Sierra Leone (Mab.); Cameroons (Good).

After a careful examination of the structure of this species,

although it greatly exceeds in size any other species of Pardaleodes

known to me, and the primaries are more pointed than in the type

of the genus, I cannot find anything to justify its separation from

Pardaleodes. With P. xanthioides, Holl., and P. wanthias, Mab., it

forms a small sub-group in the genus.

266. P. xanrutas, Mab. (Plate III. fig. 7.)

Carystus «anthias, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. p. exvii (1891).

Hub. Lagos (Mabille); Gaboon (Good).

This species is intermediate between P. ligora, Hew., and

P. xanthioides, Holl.

267. P. xanpuiorpes, Holl. (Plate IV. fig. 14.)

Pardaleodes xanthioides, Holl. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) vol. x.

p. 290 (1892),

Hab. Valley of the Ogové.

268. P. vinius, Hew.

Astictopterus vibius, Hew. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) vol. i. p. 343

(1878).

Pamplula rega, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix. p. exlix

(1889); Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. x. p. 31, pl. iii. fig. 7, 2 2

(1890).

Hab. Tropical West Africa.

269. P. SIERR#, sp. nov. (Plate IV. fig. 19.)

¢. Allied closely to P. vibius, Hew. Instead, however, of

having the reddish-orange spot on the primaries defined on the

lower margin by vein 1, as in that species, this spot extends to the

inner margin and likewise inwardly toward the base, being inter-

rupted at the base by a linear patch of raised scales, extending

along the-lower edge of the cell at the origin of vein 2. The

secondaries also are paler on the upper surface, and are marked

beyond the cell by an obscure series of yellowish spots. On the

underside the wings are much paler than in vibius, the secondaries

of which on the underside are uniformly black ; in this species

they are ochraceous, clouded with fuscous and defined externally

by a fine black marginal line. This may be a local form of vibius,

but is sufficiently distinct to deserve description. Expanse 25 mm.

Type in coll. Staudinger.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

1896. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPHRIIDA. 79

"270. P. Fan, Holl.

Osmodes (?) fan, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 91, pl. ii. fig. 8 (1894).

Hab. Interior of Cameroons.

After a very careful microscopical study of the anatomical

details of the structure of the three preceding species, I can find

nothing of generic value to lead me to separate them from the

species included in the genus Pardaleodes, though in general

appearance they present widely different features. The total

absence of translucent spots on the primaries, the broader and

more rounded character of the wings, and the general style of the

markings at first sight appear to reveal such a difference as to have

led me for some time to have been inclined to refer these species

to the genus Koruthaialos, Wats., but the palpi, the neuration, and

the antenne are so exactly in agreement with those of the genus

Pardaleodes, that I am constrained, in spite of the facies, to place

them in the latter genus.

CErRATRICHIA, Butl.

271. C. noruus, Fabr.

Papilio nothus, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 88 (1787).

Ceratrichia nothus, Butl. Cat. Fabr. Diurn. Lep. pl. iu. fig. 15

(1870) ; Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 117.

Hab. Tropical West Africa.

This species is not nearly so common as the two following.

272. C. pHocton, Fahr.

Papilio phocion, Fabr. Spec. Ins. 11. p. 188 (1781).

Ceratrichia phocion, Butl. Cat. Fabr. Diurn. Lep. pl. ii. fig. 14

1870).

Cyclopides phoceus, Westw., Doubl. & Hew. Gen. Diurn. Lep.

p- 251 (1852).

Ceratrichia semilutea, Mabille, C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. lxv.

Hab. Tropical West Africa.

This species appears to be very common on the Ogové. The

female has the primaries profusely spotted in some specimens, and

the secondaries more or less suffused with brown, almost obscuring

the broad yellow middle area. Ceratrichia semilutea, Mab., the

type of which is before me as I write, is a slightly dwarfed speci-

men of the male. Another male, in the Staudinger collection, has

been designated as the type of an unpublished species by Mons.

Mabille, to which he gives the MS. name CO. punctata. It is a

male with the primaries more spotted than is quite usual, though

in a long series of specimens, such as I possess, numerous ex-

amples of this form are sure to be found.

273. C. Ftava, Hew. (Plate III. fig. 14.)

3. Ceratrichia flava, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vol. i.

p. 343 (1878).

80 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

Plastingia charita, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xl. p.. 356 (1879).

_ 9. Apaustus argyrosticta, Ploetz, 8S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 358

(1879); id. ibid. vol. xlv. p. 156 (1884); id. l.c. A. argyrospila,

Ploetz, MS.

Ceratrichia argyrosticta, Wats. P. Z. S. 1893, p. 117.

Hab. Cameroons, Valley of the Ogové, Aburi (Ploetz).

This is a very common species. I have an enormous series,

taken ‘at different times and places. There is not a shadow of

doubt in my mind that the above synonymy is correct. The

females are very variable upon the upperside of the wings, but

agree very well with the males on the underside, though in both

the male and the female sex the silvery centres of the spots on the

underside are often suffused with dark brown, and the silvery

colour is rendered obsolete.

Coxzatus, Hiibn.

274. C. (2?) convinus, Mab.

Cobalus corvinus, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix. p. clxix

(1889). ;

Hab. Sierra Leone (Mabdille).

I allow this species to remain in this genus, to which it has been

assigned by its author, though it is quite plain to me that it does

not really belong here. I have the type before me as I write, but

“as it is unique and in poor condition, so that I cannot without

great risk of further injury make a close anatomical investigation,

I must ieave its location undecided. It seems superficially to show

a general relationship to pulvina, Ploetz, and nox, Mab., but the

wings are more fragile and relatively longer, and the insect is not

so robust.

275. C. (?) atRiIo, Mab.

Cobalus atrio, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixxxii.

_ A figure of the type kindly lent me by Mons. Mabille suggests

that this is the female of Semalea pulvina, Ploetz (q.v.). It is

certainly not a Cobalus, as that genus is South-American.

ANDRONYMUS, gen. nov.

Antenne more than half the length of the primaries, slender;

club moderate, fusiform, slightly recurved at the tip. Palpi

divergent, with the first and second joints heavily clothed with

seales, the third joint naked, aciculate, erect, as high as the vertex

of the head. Fore wing elongated, with the inner margin con-

siderably longer than the outer margin, blunt at the apex, and

slightly excavated between the extremities of veins 1 and 3. Cell

narrow, elongated, nearly two-thirds the length of the costa; vein

12 reaching the costa betore the end of the cell ; upper discocellular

short, but distinct, at right angles to the upper margin of cell ;

middle discocellular relatively long, curved inwardly ; lower disco- .

1896.] BULTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIIDA, 81

cellular short, forming an obtuse angle with the lower margin of

the cell ; lower margin of cell slightly bent outwardly at. origin of

vein 2, which is located near the middle of the cell. Vein 3 nearer

to vein 4 than to vein 2. Hind wing with costal margin nearly

straight ; outer margin and inner margin rounded; outer and anal

angles broadly rounded. On the upperside of the wing, on the

middle of the fold between veins 7 and 8 near the origin of yein 7,

is a small pencil of long hairs, and vein 6 just beyond the end of

Neuration of Andronymus philander, Ploetz. 2.

the cell is clothed on the underside with a closely appressed bunch .-

of thick hair-like scales. Discocellulars and vein 5 very faint, if

not quite obsolete. The wings are marked with translucent spots,

those on the primaries being located in the usual order, those on

the secondaries being four in number—a large one at the end of

the cell, and three just below it, one between the origins of veins

2 and 3, and one on either side of this spot, separated from the

central spot by veins 2and 3. Hind tibie with two pairs of

spurs.

Type A. philander, Ploetz.

276. A. PHILANDER, Hopff.

Pamphila philander, Hopff. Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1855,

p- 643; Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb., Zool. v. p. 416, pl. xxvii.

figs. 1, 2 (1862).

Carystus philander, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 590 (1871).

Acleros philander, Butl. P. ZS. 1893, p. 669.

Ancyloxypha philander, Trim. P. Z.S. 1894, p. 78.

Carystus evander, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. x. p. 30,

pl. iu. fig. 4 (1890).

Hab. Tropical Western and Central Africa.

277. A. LEANDER, Ploetz.

Apaustus leander, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 360 (1879).

Hab. Tropical Western Africa.

This species may be readily distinguished from A. leander, its

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. VI. 6

82 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

very near ally, by the yellow colour of the light markings upon

the wings.

278. A. NEANDER, Ploetz. (Plate II. fig. 23.)

Apaustus neander, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xlv. p. 154 (1884).

Ancyloxypha producta, Trim, 8. Afr. Butt. vol. ii. p. 334 (1889).

Hab. Tropical West Africa ; Delagoa. ’

I have a long series of this species, concerning which Mr. Good

wrote me that at the time of capture they appeared to be engaged

in migrating in vast numbers. Only upon the occasion of this migra-

tion did he observe them during a residence of eight years upon the

banks of the Ogové River. Mr. Trimen confirms, after examining

specimens I sent him, the opinion I had before communicated to

him, that this species is the one named producta by him.

Hipani, Dist.

279. H. cmntra, Hew. (Plate II. fig. 3.)

Hesperia venira, Hew. Exot. Butt. vol. iv. Hesperia, pl. ii.

figs. 15, 16 (1867).

Pamphila cenira, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 606 (1871).

Q. Hesperia calpis, Ploetz, 8. E. Z vol. xl. p. 354 (1879),

vol. xlii. p. 825 (1882).

fab. Gaboon, Cameroons.

The description given by Ploetz of his species named Hesperia

ealpis is unmistakable, if care be taken to make the comparisons

which he suggests. I have also been able to identify his species

by means of a copy of the figure contained in his plates. For

many years I have kept H. ca/pis apart from the older species named

Hesperia cenira by Hewitson, but upon examination I discover

that every specimen of H. calpis in my collection, several dozens of

them, are females, and all of the specimens of typical H. cenira are

males. Furthermore, there is such absolute agreement in the

markings and coloration of the primaries on the underside of the

two forms, as to convince me that they are sexes, and I have

accordingly united them as above. The female varies in some

instances. I have one specimen in which there is a manifest

tendency to an enlargement of the white spot on the primaries,

so that the marking approximates more nearly that of the male

than is usual.

280. H. tarercunus, Holl. (Plate I. fig. 15.)

Proteides laterculus, Holl. Ent. News, vol. i. p. 156 (1890).

Hab, Valley of the Ogové.

281. H. rriconor, Holl. (Piate I. fig. 5.)

Proteides tricolor, Holl. Ent. News, vol. i. p. 156 (1890).

Hab, Valley of the Ogové.

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID®. 83

Preroreinon, Wats.

(Tanyptera, Mab.)

282. P. LAUFELLA, Hew.

Hesperia laufella, Hew. Exot. Butt. vol. iv. Hesp. pl. ii. figs. 28-

30 (1867).

Carystus laufella, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 591 (1871); Stauder.

Exot. Schmett. pl. 99 (1888).

Tanyptera laufella, Mab. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, p. 260 (1877).

Pieroteinon laufella, Wats. P. Z.S. 1893, p. 124.

Hab. Tropical West Africa.

CHoRISTONEURA, Mab.

283. C. aprcaLis, Mab. (Plate V. fig. 1.)

Choristoneura apicalis, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. ix.

p- elvi (1889).

Hab. Sierra Leone (Mabille).

This very remarkable insect is entirely unlike any other species

which I have ever seen from the African continent, and recalls

in general appearance some of the species of the S. American genus

Entheus. At the time Lieut. Watson prepared his Revision of the

Neuration of Choristonewra apicalis, Mab. 2.

genera of the Hesperiide, no specimen of this insect was available

by him for purposes of study. I take pleasure in incorporating a

cut giving the neuration. From this it will be seen by the student

84 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

that the neuration is quite peculiar, and that Mons. Mabille, the

author of the genus, was abundantly justified by the facts in

erecting it for the reception of the typical species.

GAMIA, gen. nov.

Antenne long, slender; club robust, tapering gradually, pro-

duced at the apical extremity to a fine point, which is slightly

recurved. Palpi: first joint short; second joint long, both

heavily clothed with hair; the third joint long, produced and

conical, almost naked ; the hind tibize with a double pair of spurs,

and heavily clothed with long hair. Fore wing : inner margin longer

than outer margin ; the costa evenly rounded; the apex obtuse ;

the outer margin slightly excavated above the outer angle; cell

more than two-thirds the length of costa; vein 12 reaches the

costa before the end of the cell; vein 5 very slightly nearer vein 4

than vein 6; vein 7 from the end of the cell, very near vein 6;

vein 3 very near vein 4, from near the lower angle of the cell;

Antenne and palpi of Gamia galua, Holl. 2.

vein 2 from one-third of the distance from the base to vein 3.

Secondaries : costal and outer margins evenly rounded, produced

at the anal angle and slightly truncated at anal angle; vein 5

present and distinct; vein 4 from the lower angle of the cell;

vein 3 slightly before the lower angle; vein 2 twice as far from

vein 3 as the latter is from vein 4; vein 7 from about the middle

of the cell.—The insects belonging to this genus are large in size,

dark in colour, with the primaries and secondaries ornamented

with large translucent yellow spots. G. buchholz is the largest

of all the African Hesperiidx, with the exception of Rhopolocampta

ithis. They are distinctly separate from the genus Canides, to

which they are apparently allied by the peculiar form of the palpi.

Type G. galua, Holl.

284. G. eatua, Holl. (Plate I. fig. 1, 9.)

Proteides galua, Holl. Ent. News, vol. ii. p. 3 (1891).

Hesperia zintgraffi, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. vol. xviii. p. 178

(1892).

? Proteides ditissimus, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv.

p. exii (1891).

Hab. Tropical West Africa. .

A comparison of my species with the type of H. zintgraffi,

Karsch, shows the two to be identical. I am also strongly

inclined to the opinion that P. ditissimus, Mab., is the same insect.

Unfortunately I have not seen the type of P. ditissimus. Mons.

Mabille affirmed the identity of the two species when examining

my type, but has since expressed in letters a different opinion.

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID &. 85

285. G.(?) pivisstmus, Mab.

Proteides ditissimus, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxy.

p. exii (1891).

Hab. Sierra Leone (Mabille).

Very probably the same as the foregoing species (gq. v.),

286. G. BucHHOLZzI, Ploetz.

Q. Hesperia buchholzi, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 354 (1879),

vol. xliii. p. 330 (1882).

Gangara(?) basistriga, Holl. Ent. News, vol. v. p. 29, pl. i.

fig. 12 (1894).

Hab. Aburi (Ploetz) ; Ogové (Holland).

Strangely enough, none but females of this species have been

found thus far. The type was a unique female in the collection

made by Buchholz. There is another specimen in my collection,

and another still in the hands of Mons. Mabille, to which he has

affixed the MS. name “ robustus.”

C2NIDES, gen. nov.

Antenne long, slender; club moderate, long, produced at the

apical extremity to a long fine point, bent back at a right angle.

Palpi: first joint short, second joint long, erect, reaching the tip

of the vertex, both densely clothed with long hair; third joint

minute, erect, and almost concealed by the hairy vestiture of the

second joint. Primaries with the inner margin longer than the

outer margin, or, in some species, subequal. Cell slightly less

than two-thirds the length of the costa; yein 12 of the primaries

terminating before the end of the cell; vein 7 arising slightly

before the end of the cell; vein 5 much nearer 4 than 6; vein 3

near vein 4; vein 2 from about the middle of the lower margin of

the cell. The secondaries with vein 5 obsolete, or very faintly

visible ; discocellulars faint, angulated, with the point of the angle

turned toward the base; cell short. Legs armed with double sets

of spurs on the hind tibiz.

The species of this genus, which is a large one, may be arranged

in four groups. The first is represented typically by C. dacela,

Hew., in which the primaries of the male have a sexual curved

stigma below the cell crossing veins 3 and 2, and a large oval patch

of raised, glossy hairs upon the outer end of the cell of the

secondaries, covering the origin of veins 2, 3,and 4, and extending

beyond toward the outer margin. The second group is represented

by species in which the large oval patch of raised scales on the

secondaries is absent, or at most represented by a tuft of loose

and not conspicuous hairs. The discal band of the primaries is

present. This group is composed of species of which C. maracanda

and ©. leonora are typical. he third group is composed of species

in which the sexual brand of the primaries in the male is absent,

while the large oval patch of hairs in the secondaries remains.

86 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

This division of the genus contains C. benga and possibly others.

The fourth group is composed of species in which both secondaries

and primaries are without sexual brands or marks of a conspicuous

and easily discernible character, the brands and patches of raised

scales being revealed in some of the forms only after bleaching and

microscopic examination, and then as merely obsolescent.

Neuration of Cenides dacela, Hew. 2.

In the species of all these four groups the antenne, the palpi,

the neuration, and the outline of the wings are the same. They

are differentiated into groups by the sexual markings of the male

sex, so far as my studies have informed me. Most of the species

have been hitherto referred by writers to the genus Proteides, to

which they manifestly do not belong.

287. C. paceta, Hew. (Plate II. fig. 2,3 ; Plate V. fig. 18, 9.)

Hesperia dacela, Hew. Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xviii.

p. 451 (1876). .

Hesperia nydia, Ploetz, 8..B. Z. vol. xl. p. 358 (1879), vol. xliii.

p- 326 (1882),

2. Plastingia podora, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xly. p. 150 (1884).

As to the identification of the male of this species with the insect

described by Ploetz as Hesperia nydia, there is not a shadow of

doubt in my mind. The insect described by Ploetz as Plastingia

podora was contained in the Berlin Museum. The insect labelled

as such was examined for me both by Dr. Karsch and Dr. Scudder,

and is represented in the plates accompanying this article, being

reproduced after a careful drawing by Von Prillwitz. Itis unmis-

takably the female of C. dacela. Unfortunately, however, the

description given by Ploetz of his P. podora does not tally with the

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIIDS, 87

insect which, bearing his own manuscript label, is accepted as the

type. Ihave been puzzled to find a satisfactory solution of the

difficulty, but have resolved to accept the authenticated type

specimen as the key to the problem, and have therefore given the

synonymy as above. Of course it is quite possible that a mis-

placement of the original label may have taken place, but at this

distance, both of space and time, I am not in a position to clear up

the difficulty. The description given by Ploetz is, as usual, not

clear enough to help to a positive conclusion as to what he meant

by it.

288. C. sorit1a, Hew. (Plate I. fig. 9.)

¢. Hesperia soritia, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xviii.

p. 453 (1876).

2. Proteides wychus, Mab. C.R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv.

p- cxi (1891).

Proteides xantho, Mab. C.R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv. p. exi

(189L).

Hab. Gaboon, Sierra Leone.

Upon a comparison of the types of P. aychus and P. xantho,

Mab., with the type of H. soritia, Hew., it becomes plain that they

are one and the same species. The females vary in the amount of

maculation on both the upper and under side of the secondaries.

Some specimens have a distinct pale discal spot at the end of the

cell upon the lower side of the secondaries, followed by a discal

curved series of similar small spots, frequently obscurely visible

upon the upper surface; other specimens are almost devoid of

these markings, which are generally more or less obsolescent.

A female with these markings more distinct than usual was selected

by Mons. Mabille as the type of his wantho. It is before me as 1

write, and I cannot feel justified in regarding it as separate from

C. soritia. In a long series of specimens of soritia, such females

are not at all uncommon.

289. C. KANGVENSIS, sp. nov. (Plate I. fig. 10.)

¢. Body with palpi and antennz, as well as legs, brown, the

under surfaces slightly paler than the upper surfaces. The wings

are brown, somewhat inclining to tawny fuscous at the base. The

cilia are pale fuscous. The primaries are marked with three

minute subapical spots, arranged in a curved series, by a large

quadrate spot at the end of the cell, which is notched on its outer

margin, and by two moderately large subquadrate spots, lying one

on either side of vein 3 at its origin, the lower spot being the

largest. There is a fine raphe, or sexuai brand, running along the

inner margin of this large spot and continued across interval 1

toward the inner margin. he secondaries have the end of the

cell and a portion of the disc immediately beyond the end covered

by a large oval patch of raised glossy black hairs. On the under-

side the primaries are paler on the apical third, with the inner

margin broadly pale testaceous. The translucent spots of the

88 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

upper surface reappear on this side, though less distinctly defined,

owing to the paler ground-colour. The secondaries are dark

brown, slightly touched with greyish on the outer margin near the

outer angle. There are a few obscure pale discal spots beyond the

cell.

@. The female is marked like the male, but lacks, of course, the

characteristic sexual markings of the male. The wings are more

elongated and rounded, and the primaries have a translucent

yellow spot on interval 1, midway between the base and the outer

margin.

Expanse, ¢ 40 mm., 2 43 mm.

Hab. Valley of the Ogové. :

This species is closely related to C. soritia, Hew., but is quite

distinct.

290. C. MaracanpA, Hew. (Plate I. fig. 4.)

Hesperia maracanda, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xviii.

p- 450 (1876).

Casyapa masacanda, Kirby, Syn. Cat. Suppl. p. 817 (1877).

Hab. Angola (Hewitson) ; Gaboon (Good).

291. C. BrnoEvatus, Mab. (Plate II. fig. 1.)

Proteides binoevatus, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv. p. exii

(1891).

Hab. Valley of the Ogove.

292. C. teonorA, Ploetz. (Plate IT. fig. 5.)

Hesperia leonora, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 355 (1879), vol. xliii.

p. 338 (1882).

Proteides xanthargyra, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxxv.

p. exii (1891).

Pamphila leonora, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 253

(1893).

Hab. Aburi (Ploetz); Accra (Mabille); Togoland (Karsch) ;

Valley of Ogové (Good).

The number of the small subapical spots in this species is

variable. Some specimens have but two, others three, while the

type of Ploetz is destitute of such spots. The absence of the

sexual brand on the upperside of the primaries of the male is

apparently the only mark of distinction having generic weight

which would lead me to separate this species from the foregoing

three. If there are other points, I have failed to discover them,

and I hesitate to erect a new genus for the reception of this

species without some more evident reason.

293. C. stonHRi, Karsch.

Pamphila stoehri, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 252,

pl. vi. fig. 6 (1893).

Hab, Togoland (Karsch); Gaboon (Mocquerys).

The type was a damaged male. The collection of Dr. Staudinger

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID®. 89

contains two perfect females of this fine species, taken at Gaboon

by Mocquerys according to the labels. ‘The female is like the

male, but larger in size, and with the underside of the wings

redder than in the figure of the type given by Karsch. It is

singular that during the eight years in which I have had a collector

constantly residing and at work for me in French Congo, this

species has not turned up. It evidently must be very rare, or

very local in its distribution.

294. C. BeneA, Holl. (Plate I. fig. 13.)

Proteides benga, Holl. Ent. News, vol. ii. p. 4 (1891).

Hab. Valley of the Ogové.

295. C. cyminpa, Hew. (Plate I. fig. 12.)

Hesperia cylinda, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xviii.

p. 449 (176).

Pamphila calpis, Karsch (nee Ploetz), Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxviii.

p- 252, pl. vi. fig. 4 (1893).

(Proteides ruralis, Mab. MS., cf. Staudinger’s price-lists.)

Hab. Tropical Western Africa. Very common at Gaboon.

This species has been labelled P. ruralis by Mons. Mabille in

several collections, and has been sold under this name by Dr.

Staudinger. I can find no account of the publication of the

species by Mons. Mabille, and believe the name to be hitherto

unpublished, except as stated, and as it is once or twice referred

to in the writings of Mons. Mabille. It seems at all events to

have totally escaped the notice of the compilers of the ‘ Zoological

Record’ and Bertkau’s ‘ Register,’ and, though I have twice asked

Mons. Mabille to inform me where the species is described, he

has failed to include an answer to this question with the other

information he has so kindly and generously given me. The

identification of this species with P. calpis, Ploetz, by Dr. Karsch

is based upon specimens so labelled in the Berlin Museum ; but

these are not types, and came from Senegal, and were not labelled

by Ploetz. There is, further, no agreement whatever between the

insect figured by Karsch and the description of P. calpis given by

Ploetz. A comparison of the figure given by Karsch shows the

entire identity of the insect with Hewitson’s H. cylinda. The true

calpis is figured in this paper. It is the female of Hidari ceenira,

Hew.

C. cylinda is a crepuscular insect, as I have been informed by

the late Dr. Good. It only appears at dusk in the morning or

the evening, though occasionally on dark and cloudy days it may

be seen upon the wing. I have one or two examples which were

taken at lamp-light, having flown into the room after dark.

296. C. Dacena, Hew.

Hesperia dacena, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xviii.

p- 453 (1876).

90 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

Proteides leucopogon, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxv. p. exi

(1891); Nov. Lepidopt. p. 111, pl. xv. fig. 5 (1893).

Hab. Gaboon, Cameroons.

297. C. orma, Ploetz.

Ismene orma, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 363 (1879), vol. xlv.

p. 59 (1884).

Hesperia violascens, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xlii. p. 322 (1882).

Pamphila violascens, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 248,

pl. vi. tig. 3 (1893).

Hab. Cameroons, Ogové Valley.

H. violascens was described, as Dr. Karsch has shown, from a

drawing of the upperside of a specimen named vwiolascens by

Maassen. Had Ploetz seen the specimen from which the drawing

was made, he would no doubt have recognized in it his own

I. orma. The underside is unmistakable. Dr. Karsch has

correctly determined the species as violascens, Ploetz, but has

failed to recognize its identity with the species described as orma

by Ploetz, and referred by him to the genus Jsmene. This

reference is sufficieutly exact to suffice, though I have been

inclined to create a subdivision of the genus for the reception of

this species, owing to the fact that the antennz are not so greatly

swollen below the tip as in the other species of the genus, and the

outer margin of the secondaries is not so strongly excavated before

the anal angle. It is worthy of note that the white band on the

underside of the secondaries varies greatly, and in some specimens

is reduced to a narrow line, and in others is almost obsolete.

298. C. corpuBA, Hew.

Hesperia corduba, Hew, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xviii.

p- 454 (1876).

Proteides massiva, Mab. & Vuill. Noy. Lepidopt. p. 21, pl. iii,

fig. 4 (1891).

Hab. Gaboon, Sierra Leone.

This species is very common in the Valley of the Ogové. Thus

far, singularly enough, I have never seen a male specimen. Of

the twenty-five, or more, examples in my collection, all appear to

be females.

299. C. waGa, Ploetz.

Telesto waga, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xlvii. p. 108 (1886).

Hab. Aburi (Ploetz).

From a copy of the figure of this species contained in the un-

published collection of drawings made by Herr Ploetz, and to

which he refers in bis descriptions, this insect is closely allied to

C. cylinda, Hew., and, if I am not greatly mistaken, the drawing

represents a rubbed specimen of C. cylinda; certainly specimens of

cylinda in poor condition agree extremely well with the figure of

Ploetz.

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID £. 91

300. C. mErDa, Moeschler.

Hesperia tlerda, Moeschler, Abhandl. Senckenb. naturf. Ges.

Bd. xv. p. 65, pl. i. fig. 16 (1887).

Pamphila ilerda, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 251

(1893).

Hab. Tropical West Africa.

I have specimens of what are undoubtedly C. cylinda, Hew.,

which agree absolutely with the figure of zlerda given by Moeschler.

_ Unfortunately Moeschler does not give a representation of the

underside of his specimen, and I am therefore left in doubt as to

whether the two species are identical.

301. C. tactpa, Hew. (Plate I. fig. 14.)

Hesperia lacida, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xviii.

p. 453 (1876).

Hab, Gaboon (Hewitson).

The type of Hewitson is a female.

302. C. ZAREMBA, Ploetz. (Plate V. fig. 5.)

Telesto zaremba, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xlv. p. 376 (1884).

Hab. Old Calabar (Ploetz) ; French Congo (Mocquerys).

There are two somewhat damaged specimens in the collection of

Dr. Staudinger. The reference to this genus seems proper, though,

in the rubbed condition of the upperside of the secondaries of

both examples, [ am unable to make sure of the presence of the

tuft of long hairs upon the cell which is characteristic of most of

the species of the genus.

303. C. BaLENGE, Holl. (Plate I. fig. 3.)

Proteides balenge, Holl. Ent. News, vol. ii. p. 4 (1891).

Hab. Valley of the Ogové.

The type is a female, and remains so far unique in my collection.

A fine male is contained in the collection of Dr. Staudinger.

These are, so far as I know, the only examples extant in the

museums of the world of this fine species, which is one of the

largest of the African Hesperiide. The female and the male do

not differ materially, except in size and the form of the wings, as

is usual.

304. C. sexrinis, Ploetz.

Hesperia sextilis, Ploetz, 8S. E. Z. vol. xlvii. p. 89 (1886);

Moeschler, Abhandl. Senck. naturf. Ges. Bd. xv. p. 64 (1887).

Hab. Aburi (Ploetz).

This species is stated by Moeschler to belong to the same group

as C. calpis, Ploetz, by which sigu it might be located in the

genus Hidari, were it not for the fact that in some way or other

some German authors have come to traditionally regard the insect

named cylinda by Hewitson as being the one designated as calpis

by Ploetz. Moeschler is one of the authors who held this view,

92 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

and hence I place setilis in the same group as cylinda. I do not

know the species under this name at all events.

305. C. (?) Proxima, Ploetz.

Hesperia proxima, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xlvii. p. 95 (1886).

Hab. West Africa (Ploetz).

I only know this species from a copy of the drawing by Ploetz.

In the form of the wings it suggests affinity to the species which

I have located in the genus Cenides, but it probably does not

belong there.

ARTITROPA, gen. Nov.

Antenne moderately long, more than half the length of the

costa of the primaries; club robust, elongated, terminating in a

short tine point slightly recurved. Palpi stout, erect, reaching the

top of the vertex; the second and third joints are densely clothed

with hair; the third joint is minute, almost concealed in the

vestiture of the second joint. The legs have the tibiw scantily

Neuration of Artitropa erinnys, Trim., 5. 3.

clothed with long hair; those of the posterior pair are armed with

a median and double terminal spurs. The primaries have the costa

slightly rounded ; the inner and the outer margins are subequal,

evenly rounded ; the cell is two-thirds the length of the costa, with

the upper angle acute, the lower angle obtuse; vein 5 slightly

nearer vein 4 than vein 6; vein 12 terminates on the costa before

the end of the cell; vein 7 arises slightly before the end of the

cell ; vein 2 is more than twice as far from vein 3 as vein 3 is

from vein 4 and is equidistant between vein 3 and the base. The

cell of the secondaries is short; vein 5 is present and distinct; _

vein 3 and vein 7 arise well before the end of the cell; the outer -

margin is rounded and slightly excavated above the termination of

vein 16.

Type A. erinnys, Trimen.

I have erected this genus for the reception of the following

species, which are distinguished from all other near allies in the

genus Cenides and allied genera by the shape of the club of the

antennz, by their more robust form, and by their peculiar style

of coloration. They form a well-marked group.

1896. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID&. 93

306. A. ERINNYS, Trim.

Pamphila erinnys, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. (3) vol. i.

p- 290 (1861); Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 303, pl. vi. fig. 8

(1866); S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 326 (1889).

Hab. Southern Africa.

307. A. comus, Cram.

Papilio comus, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 391. figs. N, O (1782).

Papilio helops, Dru. Ill. Ex. Ent. iii. pl. xxxiii. figs. 2, 3 (1782).

Hesperia ennius, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 3387 (1793) ; Latr. Ene.

Meth. vol. ix. p. 749 (1823).

Papilio ennius, Don. Ins. India, p. 59, pl. li. fig. 1 (1800).

Proteides helops, Butl. Cat. Fabr. Diurn. Lep. p. 265 (1869) ;

Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 595 (1871).

Pamphila comus, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviiil. p. 249

(1893).

Hab. West Africa. (Err. “ Surinam,” Cram.; “ In Indiis,”

Drury.)

308. A. marearirata, Holl. (Plate I. fig. 2.)

Proteides margaritata, Holl. Ent. News, vol. i. p. 155 (1890).

Hab. Valley of the Ogove.

I have been inclined to regard this species as identical with

A. comus, Cram. But an examination of specimens made for me

by my good friend Dr. 8. H. Scudder, at Berlin and at the British

Museum, he having in his possession at the time the drawing which

is reproduced in the Plate, casts a great doubt upon the correctness

of this view. Dr. Scudder says, “* Your margaritata is most cer-

tainly not the insect labelled helops=comus in the British Museum,

and is very doubtfully the insect known as comus, in the Museum

in Berlin.” I had sunk my name as a synonym until receiving

this opinion from my learned friend, who is recognized as a very

high authority in all such matters.

309. A. BosEz, Saalm.

Hesperia bosew, Saalm, Lep. von Madgr. p. 108, pl.i. figs. 15, 16

(1884).

Proteices bosew, Mab. Grand. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 329, pl. lu.

figs. 10, 10 a (1887).

Hab. Madagascar.

309 a. A. SHELLEYI, Sharpe’.

Proteides. shelleyi, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) vol. vi.

p. 349 (1890).

Hab. Fantee (Capt. Shelley).

1 Unfortunately this species was by an oversight omitted when the MS. was

in preparation.

94 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

Puorrzta, Saalm.

(Systole, Mab.)

310. P. amyeparis, Mab.

Hesperia amygdalis, Mab. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877, p. 234.

Systole amygdalis, Mab., Grandidier’s Madagascar, vol. xviii.

p- 330, pl. li. figs. 6, 6a, 7 (1887).

Ploetzia amyydalis, Saalm. Lep. Madgr. vol. i. p. 115 (1884).

Hab. Madagascar.

311. P. Frara, Butl.

Proteides fiara, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1870, p. 503;

Staudgr. Exot. Schmett. vol. 11. pl. 99 (1888).

Pamphila fiara, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 329 (1889).

Hab. South Africa.

312. P. DYSMEPHILA, T'rim.

Pamphila dysmephila, Trim, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, p. 96,

l. vi. fig. 10.

i Hésparin mucorea, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. vol. xviii. p. 178 (1892).

Hab. South Africa, Togoland.

Through the kindness of Dr. Karsch I have been permitted to

have a carefully drawn figure of his Hesperia mucorea executed by

Herr Prillwitz, and it proves upon comparison with typical speci-

mens of the male of P. dysmephila, received from Mr. Trimen, to

be the same. The absence of the white line upon the underside

of the secondaries, which is so conspicuous in the female, and is

brought out characteristically in the figure given by Mr. Trimen, is

calculated to mislead the student who is not aware of this differ-

ence in the marking of the sexes.

313. P. cprymica, Hew.

Hesperia cerymica, Hew. Ex. Butt. iv. Hesp. pl. ii. figs. 20,

21 (1867).

Carystus cerymica, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 591 (1871); Trim. S. Afr.

Butt. vol. iii. p. 329, footnote (1889).

' Hab, Tropical West Africa.

Mr. Trimen is quite right in his surmise expressed on p. 329 of

the third vol. of his ‘8S. African Butterflies,’'

314. P. quaterNata, Mab.

~ Pamphila quaternata, Mab. Bull. & Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (5)

vol. vi. pp. xxvi & 268 (1876).

Hab, Senegal (Mabille).

This species is stated by the author to be very closely allied to

P. dysmephila, Trim. The type was unique.

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID&. 9d

315. P. CAPRONNIERI, Ploetz.

Hesperia capronniert, Ploetz, 8S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 353 (1879),

vol. xliii. p. 326 (1882).

Proteides capronmiert, Mab. Aun. Soc. Ent. France, (6) vol. x.

p- 33, pl. iii. fig. 3 (1890).

Hab. Aburi (Ploetz), Cameroons (Mabille).

This is a very distinct species. The female lacks the broad

white anterior margin on the upperside of the costal area of the

secondaries which is so conspicuous a feature in the male.

316. P. wnrcxiet, Ploetz.

Hesperia weiglei, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xlvii. p. 90 (1886);

Moeschler, Abhandl. Senck. naturf. Ges., Bd. xv. p. 65, pl.i. fig. 18

(1887).

Pamplhala weiglet, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxviii. p. 253

(1893).

Hab. Tropical West Africa.

Iam strongly inclined to think that this species is only a form

of P. cerymica, Hew.

317. P. NOBILIOR, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 2.)

@. The antenne are marked with white on the lower side of

the club. The body above and below and the wings upon the

upperside are tawny fuscous. ‘he primaries are marked by four

waxen yellow translucent spots in the cell near its end, and by two

similar discal spots, one on either side of vein 3 near its origin.

Of the two spots in the cell the upper one is very small and the

lower is much larger, oval, produced. The two discal spots are

subquadrate, and the lower one is thrice the size of the upper one.

The cilia are paler than the body of the wing, and the costa is also

paler toward the base. On the underside both wings are rich

dark maroon, growing paler towards the outer margin. The

nervules are more or less white and stand out distinctly upon the

darker ground, especially at their extremities on the primaries, and

in the case of veins 6, 7, and 8 on the secondaries. The triangular

space on the secondaries between veins 6 and 7 is perceptibly paler

than the rest of the wing. The translucent spots appear upon the

lower surface of the primaries as upon the upperside, and in

addition the inner margin of the primaries is pale testaceous. The

secondaries have a minute white spot in the cell near its end, and

two similar white spots, one on either side of vein 2 about mid-

way between its origin and the outer margin.

Expanse 48 mm.

Hab. Lambarene, French Congo (Mocquerys).

The type is in the collection of Dr. Staudinger.

ACALLOPISTES, gen. nov.

Antenne slender, more than half as long as the costa of the

primaries ; club about one fourth the length of the entire antenna,

suddenly enlarging and then gradually tapering to the tip, gently

96 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

recurved. The palpi are short, with the first and second joints

densely clothed with hairs, the third joint minute and almost

concealed by the vestiture of the second joint. The tibiz are

clothed with long hairs, and those of the hind legs are armed with

Head and neuration of Acallopistes holocausta, Mab., g. 2.

donble terminal spurs. The anterior wings are subtriangular, with

the inner and outer margins subequal and straight. The costa is

evenly rounded, the apex is acute. The cell of the primaries is a

little less than two-thirds the length of the costa, with the upper

angle acute and the lower angle obtuse. Vein 12 reaches the costa

before the end of the cell; vein 5 is slightly nearer vein 4 than

vein 6; veins 6, 7, and 8 rise from about the upper angle of the

cell; vein 3 is twice as far from vein 2 as from vein 4; vein 2 is

equidistant between the base and vein 3. The secondaries have the

costa relatively straight. The outer margin is evenly rounded to the

extremity of vein 16, at which the wing is produced somewhat

sharply. The inner margin is gently rounded and somewhat

excavated before the base. The cell is less than half the distance

from the base to the outer margin. Vein 5 is distinct. Vein 2

arises beyond the middle of the lower margin of the cell, vein 3 a

little before its end. Vein 7 arises from well before the end of

the cell, and vein 38 twice as far from vein 7 as from the base.

Type A. holocausta, Mab.

The two species referable to this genus are moderately large

insects, uniformly dark in colour and without any conspicuous

markings.

318. A. HoLocausra, Mab. (Plate V. fig. 13.)

Erinota holocausta, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. exi.

Hab, Cameroons (Mabille).

This insect is not an Hrinota, nor in any way nearly related to

the insects properly included in that genus. 1 find it more closely

1896. ] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPHRIIDA. 97

allied to the insects belonging to that section of the genus Rhopalo-

campta which contains R. unicolor, Mab., and R. libeon, Druce, but

thoroughly separate from them by reason of the different structure

of the palpi and the antenne.

319. A. DImmpIA4, sp. nov. (Plate V. fig. 7.)

¢. Antenne, body, and wings both above and below uniformly

dark brown, with a slight greenish sheen on the disc of the primaries

when viewed in strong sunlight. The palpi on the lower side are

orange-coloured. Expanse 40 mm.

Hab. Gaboon (Mocquerys).

The type of this insect is contained in the collection of

Dr. Staudinger and is unique. On comparison with A. holocausia,

Mabille, the chief points of difference are the smaller size and the

more obscure colouring, for A. holocuusta has the primaries and

secondaries somewhat plentifully sprinkled with golden-orange

scales near the base, and the general coloration is brighter. There

is no doubt in my mind as to the specific distinctness of this form

upon comparison. The facies is quite distinct, though the species

are very closely related.

Ruopatocamera, Waller.

320. R. RaMANETEK, Boisd.

Thymele ramanetek, Boisd. Faune Entom. Madgr. p. 62, pl. ix.

fig. 3 (1833).

Ismene ramanetek, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 581 (1871); Mab.,

Grandid. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 326, pl. li. figs. 2, 2a (1887).

Rhopalocampta ramanetek, Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 129.

Hab. Madagascar.

321. R. untcotor, Mab.

Tsmene wnicolor, Mab. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (5) vol. vii. p. xxxix

(1877); Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877, p. 230.

Hesperia unicolor, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 375.

Hab. South Africa, Western Africa as far north as Liberia.

Very common on the Ogové River.

322. R. tipzon, Druce.

Ismene libeon, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 416.

Hesperia libeon, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 375.

Rhopalocampta libeon, Watson, P. Z.S. 1893, p. 129.

Hab. Angola (Druce).

Closely allied to R. unicolor, Mab.

323. R. Brussavxi, Mab.

Ismene brussauai, Mab. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1890, p. ccxxi.

Hab. French Congo (Mabille).

This species was described by Mons. Mabille from a defective

example. It is evidently very near R. libeon and R. unicolor.

Proc. Zoon. Soo.—1896, No. VII. i

98 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN (Jan. 14,

324. RK. anponernis, Ploetz. ~ ;

Ismene andonginis, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xlv. p. 60 (1884).

Hab. Angola (Pundo Ndongo) (Ploetz). ie

I do not know this species in nature, but from the description

judge it to be very near R. unicolor and R. libeon.

325. R. zscHytus, Ploetz.

Ismene eschylus, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xlv. p. 65 (1884).

Hab. Senegal (Ploetz).

The description applies quite well to R. chalybe, Westw., in

everything except the colour of the fringes of the secondaries, which

are said to be white shading into orange at the anal angle, and the

head, which is said to be red. I do not know the species in nature.

326. R. pansa, Hewits.

Ismene pansa, Hewits. Exot. Butt. vol. iv. Ismene, pl. i. figs. 1, 2

(Jan. 1867),

Hesperva ernesti, Grand. Rey. et Mag. de Zool. p. 274 (1867).

Ismene pansa, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 581 (1871); Saalm. Lep.

Madgr. p. 114, pl.i. figs. 12, 13 (1884); Mab., Grandid. Mader.

vol. xviii. p. 325, pl. li. figs. 3, 3.@ (1887).

Rhopalocampta pansa, Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 129.

Hab. Madagascar.

327. CR. ANCHISES, Gerst.

Ismene anchises, Gerst. Gliederth.-Fauna d. Sansibar-Gebiet.

p- 374, pl. xv. figs. 6, 6 a (1873).

Ismene taranis, Hewits. Aun. & Mag. N. Hist. 4th ser. vol. xviii.

p. 347 (1876).

Hesperia anchises, Trim. S. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 374 (1889);

(larva described) Matthew, Ent. Mo. Mag. xxv. p. 428.

Ehopalocampta anchises, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 129.

Hab. South Africa and Eastern Tropical Africa.

328, R. sucunpa, Buti.

Hesperia jucunda, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 179, pl. xviii. fig. 8.

Rhopalocampta jucunda, Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 129.

Hab. Socotra (Balfour).

This is allied to R. anchises, Gerst.

329. R. FormstTan, Cram.

Papilio forestan, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexci. figs. E, F

(1782).

Ismene florestan, Trim. (part), Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 318

(1866).

Hesperia florestan, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 368, vol. i.

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID®. 99

pl. ii. figs. 6, 6@ (larva and chrysalis) (1889); (larva described)

Matthew, Ent. Mo. Mag. xxv. p. 429.

Rhopalocampta forestan, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893.

The species is widely distributed in all the warm portions of the

continent south of the Sahara.

330. R. arBogastres, Guen.

Ismene arbogastes, Guen., Maill. Réunion, Ann. G, p. 19 (1833).

Thymele florestan, Boisd. Faune Entom. Mader. p. 61 (1833).

Ismene margarita, Butl. Cist. Entom. vol. ii. p. 359 (1879).

Ismene arbogastes, Mab., Grand. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 323, pl. li.

figs. 5, 5 a (1887).

Rhopalocampta arbogastes, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 129.

Ismene arbagastes, Kirby, Syn. Cat., Suppl. p. 819 (1877).

Hab. Madagascar, Reunion.

Mr. Kirby in his Supplement to his Synonymic Catalogue cites

Senegal as the habitat of this species. Thisisanerror. The form

is very closely allied to 2. forestan, and Mons. Mabille regards it

as probably merely an insular form of that species.

331. R. pistsrratus, Fabr.

Hesperia pisistratus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 345, no. 311

(1793); Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 371, pl. xii. fig. 10 (1889).

Rhopalocampta valmaran, Wallgr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl.

1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 48.

Ismene florestan?, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 319 (1866).

Ismene pisistratus, Westw. (part.), Oates’ Matabele Land, App.

p. 352 (1881).

Ismene pisistratus, Staudgr. Exot. Schmett. vol. i. pl. 98 (1888).

Rhopalocampta pisistratus, Watson, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 129.

Hab. South and West Africa.

This species is very closely allied to R. forestan, from which it

may be distinguished by the different shape of the white band on

the underside of the secondaries, and the three black spots at the

inferior termination of this band.

332. R. FERVIDA, Butl.

Hesperia fervida, Butl. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vol. v.

p- 339 (1880).

Ismene fervida, Mab., Grand. Madgr. vol. xviii. p. 324, pl. li.

figs. 4, 4 a (1887).

Rhopalocampta fervida, Watson, P.Z.S. 1893, p. 129.

Hab. Madagascar:

- 833, R. Kerratoa, Waller.

Rhopalocampta keithloa, Wallgr. K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857,

Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 48.

Ismene stella, Trim. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd ser. vol. i. p. 287

(1862). a

100 DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

Ismene keithloa, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. ii. p. 317 (1866).

Hesperia keithloa, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 372, pl. xii.

fig. 9 (1889).

Rhopalocampta keithloa, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 129.

Hab. South Africa.

334. R. Bocaert, Sharpe.

Rhopalocampta bocagii, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 557.

Hab. Island of St. Thomas, W. Africa.

This species is allied to R. keithloa, Wallgr., upon the underside,

but is distinguished by the bright metallic blue of the upperside.

335. R. RATEK, Boisd.

Thymele ratek, Boisd. Faune Entom. Madgr. p. 61, pl. ix. fig. 1

1833).

: Ismene ratek, Trim. Rhop. Afr. Austr. vol. i. p. 317 (1862);

Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 581 (1871); Mabille, Grandid. Madgr.

vol. xviii. p. 326, pl. li. figs. 2, 2a (1887).

Hesperia ratek, Trim. 8. Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 373 (1889).

Rhopalocampta ratek, Watson, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 129.

Hab. Madagascar.

Mr. Trimen calls attention in the last volume of his work on

South-African Butterflies to the fact that this species was erro-

neously cited in his former treatise as a South-African form. It

is apparently confined to Madagascar.

336, RK. Hanno, Ploetz.

I, hanno, Ploetz, S. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 363 (1879), vol. xlv. p. 63

(1884); Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviil. p. 266 (1893).

Hab. Guinea, Valley of Ogové River.

The insect identified as 2. hanno by Mons. Mabille, and figured

in the ‘ Novitates Lepidopterologice,’ is R. necho, Ploetz, as has

been pointed out by Dr. Karsch. &. hanno is much nearer to, if

not identical with, 2. seyuncta, Mab.

337. R. nucHo, Ploetz.

Ismene necho, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xlv. p. 63 (1884).

Ismene hanno, Mab., Vuill. Novit. Lep. fase. ii. p. 18, pl. iii. fig. 1

1891).

: FIRS necho, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii. p. 266

(1893).

Hab. Cameroons, Valley of Ogove.

Mon. Mabille has given us an excellent figure of this species,

which he has in error referred to 2. hanno, Ploetz. The difference

is very marked on the underside of the primaries of the two species,

which in &. necho are light on the inner margin and beyond the end

of the cell, and in &. hanno are dark, as in A. seyuncta, which I am

inclined to regard as identical with R. hanno.

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID A. 101

338. R. srsuncta, Mab.

Ismene sejuncta, Mab., Vuill. Novit. Lepid. fase. iii. p. 19, pl. iii.

fig. 2 (1891).

Hab. Usagara (Mab.).

Except for the slightly more extended yellowish area on the

upperside of the secondaries at the base, this species as figured by

Mabille is almost the counterpart of specimens clearly referable to

hanno, Ploetz.

339. R. TANCRED, Ploetz.

Ismene tancred, Ploetz, 8, E. Z. vol. xlv. p. 62 (1884).

Hab, Natal.

This species, judging from the description, may be referred to

either of the foregoing forms. It fits hanno, necho, and sejuncta

equally well.

340. R. Brxa, Linn.

Papilio bixe, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 485 (1758); Mus. Ulr.

p. 335 (1764); Clerck, Icones, pl. 42. fig. 4 (1764); Linn. Syst.

Nat. ed. xii. p. 795 (1767).

Ismene bive, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 582 (part.) (1871); Auriv.

Kongl. Sy. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. xix. no. 5, p. 122 (1882). |

Rhopalocampta bive, Wats. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 129.

Hah. Tropical Western Africa.

341. R. cHALYBE, Westw.

Ismene chalybe, Westw., Doubl. & Hew. Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. 79.

fig. 2 (1852).

Papilio bixe, Don. Nat. Rep. pl. elxv. (1826).

Ismene bixe, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 582 (part.) (1871).

Rhopalocampta chalybe, Wats. P. Z. 8S. 1893, p. 129.

Hesperia (Ismene) chalybe, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit. vol. xxxviii.

p- 265 (1893).

Hab, Tropical Western Africa from the Ogové River to Togo-

land.

342. R. suno, Ploetz.

Ismene juno, Ploetz, 8. E. Z. vol. xl. p. 364 (1879), vol. xlv.

p- 66 (1884).

Hab. Cameroons.

This species appears at first sight to be a diminutive form of

R. iphis.

343. R. reHis, Dru.

Papilio iphis, Dru. Ill. Exot. Ent. vol. ii. pl. xv. figs. 3, 4

(1773).

Papilio phidias, Cram. Pap. Exot. pl. 244. figs. A, B (1782).

Papilio jupiter, Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 87 (1787).

Hesperia jupiter, Latr, Ene. Méth, ix. p..733 (1823),

102 DR. W. J, HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

Ismene tphis, Kirby, Syn. Cat. p. 582 (1871) ; (larva described)

Kolbe, Ent. Nachr. vol. xiii. p. 17 (1887).

Rhopalocampta tphis, Watson, P. Z. 8. Lond. 1893, p. 129.

Hab. Tropical West Africa.

SPECIES INCERT® SEDIS.

344, Pampuita aures, Mab. C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxvii.

p. lxiv.

Hab. East Africa.

I have been unable to ascertain anything in reference to this

species beyond what is stated in the description, and cannot from

that approximate its true location. I do not recognize it from

the account given by the author among the species before me in

nature.

345. Pampnina Gonussa, Hew. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4)

vol. xix. p. 76.

Hab. Angola.

The type of this insect cannot be found in the Hewitson

collection, nor does it appear in Kirby’s List of that collection.

I have been unable to recognize it in nature from the brief

diagnosis given by the author. It does not appear to be known

to any of my correspondents.

346. Husperia scHuLzI, Ploetz, 8S. E. Z. vol. xliii. p. 326,

Hab. Angola.

The location of this species between cerymica, Hew., and

capronniert, Ploetz, by its author would seem to imply that it is

closely related to these, and if so it would probably fall in the

genus Ploetzia. In the absence, however, of any more definite

clue, I leave it among the species the location of which is

uncertain.

SPECIES POSSIBLY ERRONEOUSLY REFERRED TO THE AFRICAN FAUNA.

347. Husppria naso, Fabr.

? East Indian (vide Butler, Catalogue of Fabrician Diurnal

Lepidoptera, p. 271).

348, Hesprria MANGO, Guen.

Hesperia manga, Guen. Vinson’s Voyage Madgr. Lep., p. 40

(S.-American).

349. Husprria Propicus, Stoll, Supplément 4 Cramer’s Papillons

Exotiques, pl. xxxiil. fig. 6 (1791).

The figure suggests H. cretacea, Snell., 9, more nearly than any

other African species, but if it was intended for this it is certainly

very crude. The habitat is given by Stoll as the Cape of Good

Hope. Mr. Trimen ignores the species in his various works upon

ee a a ee

1896. BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIIDA. 103

the Butterflies of that region, and no doubt very properly. I have

no certain clue to its identity, but think it very probable that it is

South-American.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

SO OVS yb G0 NO

Fig.

Prats I,

Gamia galua, Holl., 3, p. 84.

Artitropa margaritata, Holl., 3, p. 93.

Cenides balenge, Holl., 2, p. 91.

» maracanda, Hew., 3, p. 88.

Hidari iricolor, Holl., ¢, p. 82.

Cyclopides anomeus, Ploetz, p. 50.

. Platylesches galesa, Hew., 3, p. 72.

Baoris nyasse, Hew., 2, p. 70.

. Cenides soritia, Hew., d, p. 87.

» kangvensis, Holl., ¢, p. 87.

. Hesperia colotes, Druce, dg, p. 25.

. Cenides cylinda, Hew., 3, p. 89.

» benga, Holl, g,p. 89.

lacida, Hew., 9, p. 91.

. Hidari laterculus, Holl., 3, p. 82.

Puare IT,

. Cenides binoevatus, Mab., ¢, p. 88.

» dacela, Hew., 5, p. 86.

Hidari cenira, Hew., 9, p. 82.

Parnara (?) ursula, Holl., 3, p. 64.

Cneides leonora, Ploetz, 3, p. 88.

Gorgyra johnstoni, Butl., 5, p. 32.

Acleros ploetzi, Mab., 3, p. 29.

Sarangesa astrigera, Butl., p. 6.

Gastrocheta meza, Hew., 3, p. 38.

. Sarangesa lugens, Rogenhfr., 3 ,p. 5.

. Gorgyra subfacatus, Mab., d, p. 33.

. Platylesches nigerrima, Butl., 3, p. 79.

. Baoris xylos, Mab., 3, p- 67.

. Semalea pulvina, Ploetz, gd, p. 65.

. Platylesches nigricans, Holl., d', p- 73.

. Kedestes fenestratus, Butl., p. 56.

: ae (?) enantia, Karsch, p. 47.

a E

treus johnstonii, Butl., p. 74.

. Acleros placidus, Ploetz, ¢, p. 29.

. Baoris arela, Mab., 3, p. 68.

» alberti, Holl., 3, p. 67.

. Sarangesa lucidella, Mab., 3, p. 7-

. Andronymus neander, Ploetz, 3, p. 82.

Prats ITI.

Celenorhinus boadicea, Hew., 3, p. 14.

a medetrina, Hew., p. 12.

biseriata, Hew., ¢, p. 13.

pe maculata, Hpsn., 3, p. 13.

s chrysoglossa, Mab., g, p. 14.

Padraona zeno, Trim., g, p. 59.

Pardaleodes xanthias, Mab., 5, p. 78.

Rhabdomantis galatia, Hew., * p. 45.

Pardaleodes xanthopeplus, Holl., 3, p. 76,

Teinorhinus watsoni, Holl., p. 40.

104

Fig.

DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN [Jan. 14,

. Oxypalpus annulifer, Holl., g, p. 39.

. Pardaleodes sierre, Holl., ¢

. Semalea nox, Mab., 3, p. 66.

. Trichosemeia (?) hereus, Druce, p. 16.

. Kedestes (?) lentiginosa, Holl., 9 , p. 56.

. Osmodes lux, Holl., 3, p. 42.

. Gorgyra minima, Holl. 3, p. 33.

. Osmodes lux, Holl., 2, p. 42.

P, ignita, Mab., g, p. 39.

i ruso, Mab., p. 39.

. Ceratrichia flava, Hew., 3, p. 79.

. Rhabdomantis galatia, Hew., 5, p. 4

. Pardaleodes xanthopeplus, Holl., 2,

. Prosopalpus duplex, Mab., p. 54.

. Pardaleodes reichenowi, Ploetz, 9, p. 76.

. Parnara micans, Holl., 3, p. 63.

. Osmodes staudingert, Holl., 9, p. 42.

. Pardaleodes bule, Holl., § 9, p. 76.

Prats IV.

. Osmodes loronia, Hew., 3, p. 40.

” ” ” 2; p- 40. ~ a

xs thora, Ploetz, ¢, p. 40.

fs thops, Holl., 3, p. 43.

eS thora, Ploetz, 9, p. 40.

ss thops, Holl., 2, p. 48.

if chrysauge, Mab., g, p. 41.

Sarangesa aurimargo, Holl., g, p. 8.

: Osmodes bang-haasti, Hoil., 3, p. 42.

adosus, Mab., 3, p. 41.

. Parnara subochracea, Holl., ¢, p. 63.

. Pardaleodes parcus, Karsch, 3, p. 77.

= astrape, Holl. Ah:

. Osmodes adon, Mab., g, p. 41.

. Pardaleodes xanthioides, Holl., 3, p. 78.

. Osmodes adon, Mab., 9, p. 41.

8 distincta, Holl., g, p. 43.

. Gorgyra rubescens, Holl., 3, p. 35.

p. 30.

p. 78.

Prats V.

. Christoneura apicalis, Mab., 3, p. 83.

Ploetzia nobilior, Holl., 2, p. 95.

. Sarangesa theclides, Holl., ¢, p. 8.

Eagris fuscosa, Holl., 2, p. 18.

Cenides zaremba, Ploetz, 3, p. 91.

. Baoris statirides, Holl., 3, p. 69.

. Acallopistes dimidia, Holl., 3, p. 97.

. Eagris denuba, Ploetz, g,p. 17.

. Sarangesa eliminuta, Holl., g, p. 9.

. Gorgyra mocquerysti, Holl., 3, p..33,

. Platylesches amadhu, Mab., 3, p. 73.

. Abantis efulensis, Holl., J, p. 21.

. Acallopistes holocausta, Mab., g, p. 96.

. Sarangesa thecla, Ploetz, g, p. 8.

. Trichosemeia subolivescens, Holl., 3, p. 15.

. Gorgyra subflavidus, Holl., ‘3, p. 34.

Baoris ilias, Ploetz, 3, p. 67.

Cenides podora, Ploetz, 2. p. 86.

= Cenides dacela, Hew., 9.

PZ.5.1896.Plate I

West, Newrnaan chromo lith

African Fle spe rude

PZ.S 1896 .Plate IT.

West, Newman chromo lith

African Hespernde.

West Newman chromo lth

African Hesperndee.

West,Newman chronio lith

African Hespernde.

1896.] BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID#. 105

APPENDIX.

List of the Specific Names which have been applied to the Hesperiide

of Africa, which are cited in the foregoing paper.

The numbers following the names refer to the serial numbers

prefixed to the species. Names sunk as synonyms are printed in

italics. Where a name has been used correctly and also incor-

rectly applied to another species as a synonym it is placed twice

in the list in order to facilitate reference.

abjecta, 157.

abscondita, 89.

abure, 115.

acteon, 198.

adelica, 61.

adon, 134.

adosus, 136.

egipan, 153.

geschylus, 325.

agylla, 81.

alberti, 226.

albigutta, 202.

albirostris, 210.

albiventris, 122.

alcege, 95.

ali, 91.

alyeus, 93.

amadhu, 252.

amaponda, 39.

amena, 169.

amygdalis, 310.

anchises, 327.

andonginis, 324.

andrachne, 52.

annulifer, 129.

anomezus, 163.

apicalis, 283.

arbagastes, 330.

arbogastes, 330.

arela, 227.

aretina, 9122-

argenteipuncta, 136.

argenteo-gutta, 165.

argenteostriatus, 155.

argyrodes, 228.

argyrospila, 273.

argyrosticta, 275.

ariel, 263.

asterodia, 79.

astrape, 262.

astrigera, 6.

atratus, 32.

atratus, 33.

atrio, 275.

aures, 344.

aurimargo, 19.

ayresii, 246.

balenge, 303,

bang-haasii, 139.

barbere, 191.

basistriga, 286.

batange, 253.

batea, 126.

bauri, 243.

benga, 294.

bernieri, 173.

bicolor, 67.

bicuta, 132.

biguttulus, 111.

binoevatus, 291.

biseriata, 31.

bismarcki, 66.

bixee, 340.

bire, 341.

boadicea, 33.

bocagii, 334.

borbonica, 212.

borbonica, 221.

bosexe, 309.

bouvieri, 15.

brevicornis, 201.

brigida, 44. \yrcovett

brunneostriga, 467.

brussauxi, 323.

bubovi, 126.

buchholtzi, 286.

bule, 261.

cenira, 279.

caffraria, 221.

callicles, 190.

calpis, 279, 295.

camerona, 149.

canopus, 62.

capenas, 186.

capronnieri, 315.

carbo, 219.

cariate, 182.

carmides, 100.

catocalinus, 104.

cerymica, 313.

chaca, 187.

chalybe, 341.

chameleon, 251.

charita, 273.

cheles, 154.

chersias, 184,

chirala, 106,

chrysauge, 135.

chrysoglossa, 34.

cinerea, 221.

coanza, 257.

cojo, 236.

colattus, 207.

collucens, 32.

colotes, 86.

comus, 307.

corduba, 298.

coroller, 183.

corvinus, 274.

cretacea, 149.

cybeutes, 127.

cylinda, 295.

dacela, 287.

dacena, 296.

dannatti, 49.

debilis, 181.

decastigma, 54.

decolor, 58.

denuba, 58.

derbice, 186.

detecta, 215.

dimidia, 319.

diomus, 77.

diomus, 78.

dispar, 174.

distincta, 140.

ditissimus, 284,

diversata, 115.

diversata, 116.

djzxlele, 1.

dolus, 122.

dromus, 74.

duplex, 180.

dysmephila, 312.

edipus, 256.

efulensis, 70.

elegans, 208.

elegantula, 69.

eliminata, 18.

ellipsis, 213.

elma, 96.

elmina, 35.

empyreus, 98,

106

empyreus, 99.

enantia, 150.

ennius, 307.

erinnys, 306.

ernesti, 326.

euryspila, 233.

evander, 276.

exprompta, 5.

Salatius, 215.

fan, 270.

fastuosus, 99.

fatuellus, 221.

fatuellus, 212.

fenestratus, 194.

ferox, 78.

fervida, 332.

Festus, 259.

fiara, 311.

flava, 273.

flavus, 196.

flesus, 47.

florestan, 329.

forestan, 329,

formosus, 158.

fulgens, 26.

Jurvus, 157.

fuscosa, 55.

galatia, 142.

galena, 26.

galenus, 26.

galesa, 249.

galua, 284.

gambica, 204.

gemella, 213,

gillias, 102.

gisgon, 128.

gonessa, 345.

grandiplaga, 247.

grisea, 7.

hamza, 199.

hanno, 336.

hanno, 337.

harona, 145.

havei, 208.

helops, 307.

hereus, 45.

herilus, 258.

heterochrus, 116.

heterogyna, 61,

heterophyla, 252.

hoehneli, 31.

holocausta, 318.

holtzii, 245.

homeyeri, 38.

hottentota, 201.

hova, 103.

howa, 103.

humbloti, 37.

hyalinata, 52,

DR. W. J. HOLLAND ON THE AFRICAN

dbara, 208.

icteria, 144.

ignita, 128.

ilerda, 300.

ilias, 224.

illustris, 28.

incerta, 257.

inconspicua, 208.

indusiata, 123.

inornatus, 162.

instabilis, 114.

insularis, 48.

interniplaga, 29.

iphis, 343.

iricolor, 281.

jamesoni, 57.

johnstoni, 117.

johnstonii, 255.

jucunda, 328.

juno, 342.

Jupiter, 343.

kangvensis, 289.

keithloa, 333.

kingdoni, 102.

kobela, 25.

lacida, 301.

lacteus, 49.

lelius, 24.

laronia, 132.

laterculus, 280.

laufella, 282.

leander, 277.

lefebvrii, 200.

lentiginosa, 195,

leonora, 292.

lepeletierii, 161.

lepenula, 184.

letterstedti, 201.

leucogaster, 71.

leucophzea, 230.

leucopogon, 296.

leucopyga, 107.

leucopygus, 108.

leucosoma, 149.

leuzex, 92.

levubu, 72.

libeon, 322.

ligora, 265.

limpopana, 152.

linea, 196.

lineola, 197.

lodra, 209.

lucens, 33.

lucetia, 59.

lucidella, 10.

luehderi, 40.

lugens, 2, 223.

lux, 137.

lynx, 177,

(Jan. 14,

mabea, 229.

mabillei, 125.

mackenii, 109.

macomo, 185

macrostictus, 36.

maculata, 20, 30.

mafa, 82.

majorella, 9.

malchus, 101.

malgacha, 152.

malthina, 238.

mango, 348.

maracanda, 290.

marchalii, 222.

margarita, 330.

margaritata, 308.

massiva, 298.

mathias, 208.

medetrina, 29.

melancholica, 53.

melania, 3.

melphis, 232.

meninx, 155.

metis, 151.

meza, 126.

micacea, 7.

micans, 217.

micipsa, 208.

midas, 160.

midea, 97.

minent, 178.

minima, 119.

mirza, 172.

mocquerysii, 120,

mohopaani, 208.

mohozutza, 189.

mokeezi, 140.

monasi, 237.

monochromus, 164.

morantii, 143.

moritili, 248.

morosa, 2.

motozi, 11.

motozi, 9.

motozioides, 12.

motozioides, 15.

mucorea, 312,

murga, 244.

namaquana, 64,

nanus, 84,

naso, 347,

neander, 278.

neba, 248.

necho, 337.

neoba, 241,

nerva, 18.

netopha, 236.

nigerrima, 250.

nigricans, 254,

niso, 201.

niveicornis, 240,

1896.]

niveostriga, 193.

nobilior, 317.

nora, 87.

nostrodamus, 200.

nothus, 271.

nottoana, 53.

nox, 220.

nyass@, 236.

nydia, 287.

obumbrata, 202.

occulta, 205.

octofenestrata, 208.

ogowena, 146,

oileus, 94.

olaus, 113.

onopordii, 93.

ophion, 47, 48.

ophiusa, 148.

ophthalmica, 21.

orma, 297.

pallida, 127.

pansa, 326.

paola, 166.

paradisea, 64.

parcus, 262.

pardalina, 171.

pardalinus, 171.

parechus, 105.

pato, 11.

perpaupera, 4.

pertusa, 14.

phidias, 343.

phidyle, 176.

philander, 276,

philotimus, 23.

phoceus, 272.

phocion, 272.

phyllophila, 56.

picanini, 247.

pillaana, 61.

pisistratus, 331.

placidus, 110.

plistonicus, 22.

ploetzi, 75, 108.

podora, 287.

poutieri, 214,

prodicus, 349,

producta, 278.

proto, 90.

proxima, 35, 305.

pulvina, 219.

pumilio, 200.

punctulata, 179.

pusiella, 264.

pygmeus, 200.

pyrosa, 128.

quadrisignatus, 159.

quaterna, 43.

quaternata, 314,

radama, 170,

ramanatek, 320.

ranoha, 1438.

rara, 60.

ratek, 335.

rega, 268.

reichenowi, 259.

rhabdophorus, 142.

rhadama, 170.

romi, 168.

roncilgonis, 236.

rubescens, 124.

rufipuncta, 239.

rurdalis, 295.

ruso, 130.

rutilans, 27.

sabadius, 52.

sabadius, 53.

saclavus, 175.

samborana, 50.

sandaster, 83.

sandaster, 78.

sataspes, 76.

sataspes, 84.

sator, 256.

schulzi, 346.

secessus, 85.

sejuncta, 338,

semialba, 16.

semilutea, 272.

sextilis, 304.

shelleyi, 309 a.

sierrze, 269.

sinnis, 210.

smithii, 51.

soritia, 288.

sosia, 142.

spto, 75.

spio, 73.

splendens, 207.

statira, 234.

statirides, 235.

staudingeri, 138.

stella, 333.

stellata, 178.

stoehri, 293.

subalbida, 46.

subfacatus, 118.

subflavidus, 121,

subnotata, 239.

subochracea, 216.

subolivesceng, 41.

substrigata, 112.

synastalmenus, 18,

syrinx, 156.

tancred, 339.

tarace, 238.

taranis, 327.

tergemira, 27.

tetrastigma, 42,

BUTTERFLIES OF THE FAMILY HESPERIID#.

tettensis, 63.

thaumas, 196.

thecla, 16.

theclides, 17.

thersander, 265.

thops, 141.

thora, 133.

thrax, 208.

titanota, 147.

transvaaliz, 80.

tricerata, 8.

triment, 65.

tripunctata, 147. .

tsita, 164.

tucusa, 188.

umvulensis, 68.

wmbra, 1.

unicolor, 321.

uniformis, 157.

unistriga, 231.

ursula, 218.

valmaran, 331.

varia, 126.

venosa, 68.

venula, 196.

vibius, 268.

vindex, 73, 78.

violascens, 297.

virgula, 197.

waga, 299.

wallengrenii, 192.

wambo, 211.

watsoni, 131.

watsoni, 206,

weiglei, 316.

weymert, 210.

willemi, 154.

woermanni, 27.

xanthargyra, 292.

xanthias, 266.

xanthioides, 267.

xantho, 288.

xanthopeplus, 260,

axychus, 288.

xylos, 225.

ypsilon, 101.

zaira, 88.

zambesiaca, 65.

zambesina, 65.

zaremba, 302.

zeno, 206.

zephora, 242.

zimbazo, 144.

zintgraffi, 284 -

107

108 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 14,

2. On a Collection of Butterflies obtained by Mr. Richard

Crawshay in Nyasa-land, between the Months of January

and April 1895. By Arrnur G. Burzer, Ph.D.,

F.L.S., &c.

(Plate VI.)

[Received December 11, 1895.]

Many of the specimens in the present consignment from

Mr. Crawshay, who remains for the present at his station, Deep

Bay, on the west coast of Lake Nyasa‘, were obtained at con-

siderable altitudes, and therefore are of special interest. The only

surprising thing is that comparatively few of the species prove to

be undescribed, though some of the novelties which are in the

collection are of exceptional interest, such as a Neptis represent-

ing a new section in the genus, a pure white species of Hyreus, a

Mylothris which marvyellously resembles Phrissura lasti, and a very

beautiful new species of Melittia. Nine species altogether are

described as new.

The novelties are, however, not the only species of interest in

this collection, for it contains the rare Satyrid Aphysoneuria

pigmentaria, previously unrepresented in the Museum ; a variety

of Acrea johnstoni, which we required; the female of Aecrea

vinidia, var. tenella; specimens of A. anacreon tending to link it to

A, bomba (a seasonal form of it) ; a second example of A. periphanes

(seasonal form of A. guwillemec); examples of Alena nyasse,

proving that I was correct in speaking of the buff form as a

variety; specimens of Catochrysops glauca, a very beautiful

Lycenid new to the Museum series; the true female of Castalius

hintza, proving my C. vesplendens to be a distinct species ; specimens

of Durbania hildegarda, of which we previously only possessed

one poor example; Larinopoda peucetia, of which the type alone

existed in the Hewitson cabinets; examples of Uranothauma

crawshayi in both sexes; the female of Hpamera sidus, new to the

collection ; both sexes of Teracolus opalescens ; the male of 7. mutans,

which was previously unknown; variations of Cyclopides quadri-

signatus; the female of the rare Hesperid Kedestes capenas;

specimens of Padraona watson, linking that species to P. zeno;

and the male of Jcterodes. roseovittata, which was previously

undescribed.

As with other collections obtained by Mr. Crawshay, most of

the specimens are in good condition, and therefore easily identified :

with the exception of two or three specimens (the descriptive notes

of which may have been lost when they were mounted, or may

never have been written on the envelopes) all were carefully

labelled with the exact locality, date of capture, a popular name

* About 10° 50'S. lat. See map attached to Sir H. H. Johnston’s paper,

Geogr. Journ, v. p. 193 (1895). Pek

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 109

descriptive of the insect, and any other note of interest which

occurred to Mr. Crawshay at the time.

The following is a list of the species in this consignment :—

RHOPALOCERA.

1. NEOCZNYRA YPTHIMOIDES.

Neocenyra ypthimoides, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 646.

$;, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, 5th April,

1895.

2, Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1895.

The male is noted as “ Black Ringlet” and the female as “ Black

Ringlet with eyes,” the ocelli being larger in this sex.

2. SAMANTA PERSPICUA.

Mycalesis perspicua, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soe. London, 1878,

p- 104, pl. i. fig. 3.

@, Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st, 1895.

@, Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd.

* Dusky Ringlet” (2. C.).

3. MYCALESIS RHACOTIS.

Mycalesis rhacotis, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Myc. pl. viii. fig. 50

(1866).

3 ¢6, Henga, W. of Lake Nyika, Feb. 1st, 1895.

* Black Ringlet” (2. C.).

4, PHYSCENURA PIONE.

2. Physcenura pione, Godman, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 183, pl. xix.

figs. 2,3; ¢. Trimen, l. c. 1894, p. 20, pl. iv. fig. 1.

3 Q. Periplysia johnstoni, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 647, pl. Ix.

fig. 1, ¢.

2 2, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, west coast of Lake Nyasa,

April 3rd, 1895.

* Black and white Heath” (2. C.).

5. YPTHIMA DOLETA, var.

Ypthima doleta, Kirby, Proc. Royal Dubl. Soc. 1879, separate

copy p. 44.

3, Henga, W. of Lake Nyika, Feb. 1st, 1895.

** Brindled Heath ” (R. C.).

A single male, probably representing the dry-season form of

this species ; it differs chiefly trom the typical form in its inferior

size and the minute ocelli of the under surface.

6. APHYSONEURIA PIGMENTARIA.

Aphysonewria pigmentaria, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xx. p. 191

(June 1894).

Rhaphiceropsis pringlei, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. S. (Aug. 1894),

p- 336, pl. xix. figs. 1, 2.

110 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14,

Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 6th and 11th, 1895.

This species is new to the Museum series; two examples were

obtained, one in very good condition, the other somewhat worn.

Mr. Crawshay calls it the “‘ Black-and-white Glade Butterfly.”

7. CHARAXES DRUCEANUS.

Charaxes druceanus, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p.4 (Oct. 1869); Lep.

Exot. p. 26, pl. x. fig. 4.

¢, Nyankowa Mt., 5575 feet alt., Nyika, April 10th, 1895.

The single specimen obtained is the most perfect I have ever

seen, but its chief interest lies in the fact that the markings on

the under surface of the wings are somewhat aberrant; the

differences, if constant, would serve to distinguish it as a species,

but the female received from Zomba shows transitional characters.

Mr. Crawshay notes this as the ‘‘ Burnt-umber and Silver Swallow-

tail,” but it is one of the “ Emperor” group.

8. JUNONIA SHSAMUS.

Precis sesamus, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. i. p. 231, pl. iv. fig. 3

(1887).

Kondowi, 4110 feet alt., Lower Nyika, March 1895 (taken by

M. Moffat, Esq., of the Livingstone Mission); Cheni-Cheni Mt.,

6430 feet alt., Nyika, April 17th; Kambwiyi, 3800 feet alt.,

Lower Nyika, April 20th.

“ Violet, scarlet, and black Tortoiseshell” (Zt. C.).

9. JUNONIA CHAPUNGA.

Junona chapunga, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Jun. pl. i. figs. 2,3

(1864).

36, Nyankowa Mt., 5576 feet alt., Nvika, April 10th, 1895.

“ Black scarlet-beaded Admiral” (2. C.).

10. JUNONIA TRIMENII.

Junonia trimeni, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 651, pl. Ix. fig. 4.

2, Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau, W. of Lake Nyasa,

Feb. 4th, 1895.

“ Salmon-coloured Tortoiseshell” (2. C.).

11. JUNONIA SIMIA.

Precis simia, Wallengren, Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handl,

1857, p. 26.

3, Lumpi R., Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd,

1895.

“Small Tortoiseshell” (2. C.).

12. JUNONIA CALESCENS.

Junonia calescens, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1893, p. 652.

3, Watisi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st, 1895.

“ Scarlet and black Tortoiseshell” (2. C.).

1896. | FROM NYASA-LAND. 111

13. JUNONIA CERYNE.

Salamis ceryne, Boisduval, Faun. Madag. p. 46 (1833).

3 do, Henga, west of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 1st, 1895.

“ British (!) Tortoiseshell” (2. C.).

The trivial name isa curious one; there is certainly no British

species of Junonia: memory is a treacherous reed to lean upon.

14. JUNONIA AURORINA.

Junonia aurorina, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 651, pl. Ix. fig. 3.

3, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 5th, 1895.

*« Black and orange Tortoiseshell” (2. C.).

Prof. Aurivillius considers that J. aurorina, J. milonia=kowara,

J. sinuata, and J. tugela may all be races or local forms of one

species. This is one of the very few points in which I differ from

this admirable Lepidopterist. I think it possible that J. milonia

and J. sinuata may be seasonal forms of one species, and ./. tugela

and J. aurorina of another allied species; but I do not see my

way at present to uniting the western and eastern species, which

appear to be constant. Prof. Aurivillius proposes to regard

J. pyriformis as a fifth development of the specjes, but as both the

western and eastern forms are already provided with probable dry

and wet-season races it would be puzzling to discover under what

category to place this singularly formed type: that it is constant

in its proper locality seems to be demonstrated conclusively by

our seven examples; but it is not safe to dogmatize about the

constancy of African Lepidoptera, and therefore I do not say that

transitional links will not be discovered, which may eventually

unite it to J. aurorina, though, at present, I do not believe that

such links exist.

15. JUNONIA CLOANTHA.

Papilio cloantha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ccexxxviii. A, B (1782).

6 d, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. Ist, 1895.

** Hirsute underwinged Tortoiseshell” (2. C.).

16. JUNONIA BLGIVA.

Junona elgiva, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. Jum. pl. i. fig. 1 (1864).

3, Ngerenge, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 27th, 1895.

“ Old-gold and black Admiral” (2. C.).

17. JUNONIA BOOPIS.

Junonia bodpis, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 331.

36, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 1st, 1895.

** Blue underwinged Admiral ” (2. C.).

18. JUNONIA CEBRENE,

Junonia cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1870, p- 353.

3 d, Henga, Jan. 25th, and Ngerenge, Feb. 24th.

-. “ Light brown and black Admiral” (2. C.).

112 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 14,

19. PYRAMBEIS CARDUI.

Papilio cardui, Linneus, Faun. Suec. p. 276 (1761).

3, Chilindi (8 miles S. of Karonga), W. coast of Lake Nyasa,

March Ist, 1895.

“Painted Lady” (&. C.).

20. HYPANARTIA SCHENELA.

Eurema scheneia, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 329.

¢, Nyankowa Mt., 6500 ft. alt., April 9th, 1895.

“ Scarlet Admiral” (R. C.).

The colouring of Hypanartia must be very fugitive ; for speci-

mens never come to hand with scarlet bands. As I have already

suggested, this will probably prove to be a seasonal form of

H. happomenes.

21. PsSHUDARGYNNIS HEGEMONE.

Argynnis hegemone, Godart. Enc. Méth. ix. p. 258 (1819).

Jaera duodecimpunctata, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. 2nd ser. part 7,

pl. i. figs. 1, 2 (1872).

3, Kondowi, Isower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, April Sth;

9, Kondowi, 4110 feet alt., April 11th, 1895.

“ Silver-tipped Fritillary. 9Q full of bright green eggs” (R. C.).

Nyasa-land appears to be the headquarters of this rare butterfly,

which for many years was unrepresented in the Museum collection ;

it never comes in numbers, but collections from Nyasa usually

contain one or, rarely, two examples, and, as a rule, of the male

sex.

22. HAMANUMIDA DAEDALUS.

Papilio dedalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 482 (1775).

3g, Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd, 1895.

“Dark grey and white Fritillary ” (2. C.).

23. NEPTIS AGATHA.

Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexxvii. A, B (1782).

3, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 30th; 9, Cheni-Cheni

Mt., 5700 feet alt., Nyika, April 17th, 1895.

“ White Admiral. @ full of bright green ova” (R. C.).

24, NEPTis INcoNGRUA, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 2.)

Q. Upper surface dark olivaceous brown, the fringes black at

the extremities of the veins, white between them: primaries with

a minute subcostal white point near the end of the cell, two

(elongated) immediately beyond the cell, and a fourth below the

latter in the lower radial interspace; seven white spots in three

groups crossing the dise much as in NV. marpessa—three subapical

(the first small), two on the median interspaces, and two, separated

by the submedian vein, near external angle: secondaries crossed

beyond the middle by a tolerably regular white belt, separated by

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND, 113.

the nervures into eight spots, the first of which is smallest: body

black ; head, collar, and front of pterygodes spotted with white.

Under surface much paler than above, bronze-brown, with a paler

triangular patch at centre of outer margin of all the wings, and

with the costal area of secondaries paler to just beyond the white

belt; primaries with three white spots forming an elongated

triangle in the cell, four in a semicircle beyond the cell, and seven

crossing the disc as above, but larger; belt of secondaries as

above ; pectus black, spotted with white and clothed with tawny

hair; venter fuliginous, with sordid white central stripe; legs

striped with white longitudinally. Expanse of wings 59 millim.

Kantorongondo Mt., 15,900 feet alt., Nyika, April 15th, 1895.

“ Black and white Admiral. Grass-green ova” (R. C.).

This extraordinary species is represented by a single example,

the wings of which on one side are badly shattered; it does not

appear to be nearly related to any other species in the genus, but

perhaps should form a distinct section next to NM. marpessa,

though in some respects it more nearly resembles the Australian

NV. shepherdi.

25. ATELLA COLUMBINA.

Papilio columbina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. cexxxviii, A. B;

pl. ceexxxvii. D, E (1782).

3, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 28th, 1895.

“Common old-gold Fritillary ” (2. C.).

ly.

26. ByBLIA VULGARIS.

Hypanis ilithyia, var. vulgaris, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett.

p- 106.

3, Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau, Feb. 4th, 1895.

“ Reddish-brown Wall” (2. C.).

This is the form which I have hitherto regarded as B. acheloia ;

but Prof. Aurivillius has pointed out to me that B. cora is that

race, a much rarer form, having the under surface of the second-

aries belted with dull reddish argillaceous. B. vulgaris differs very

little from B. goetzius of Herbst. The species of Acraine in the

present collection are, as usual in African series, well represented,

and in the present instance are of exceptional interest to us.

27. ACREA JOHNSTONI.

3. Acrea johnstoni, Godman, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 537; 2. Butler,

P. Z, 8. 1888, p. 91.

Var. semialbescens, Oberth. :

3 3, Nyankowa Mt., Nyika, April 10th ; Kondowi, 4110 feet

alt., Lower Nyika, April 12th, 1895.

Var. flavescens=kilimandjara, Oberth. :

3 3d, Kondowi, April 6th and 12th, 1895.

“Black and white Fritillary. Flies high, generally far out of

reach” (2. C.).

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. VIII. é

114 DR, A. G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14,

No two examples of this species are absolutely alike, and thus

the unfortunate creature has received the following names since

Mr. Godman first made it known :—M. Oberthiir calls it A. pro-

teina, flavescens, semifulvescens, fulvescens, and semialbescens ; Herr

Rogenhofer calls it A. telekiana, comfusa, and fallaw; and Herr

Karsch denominates it A. octobalia: the species thus has ten

names; it divides itself very vaguely into four varieties, as

follows :—

1. A. johnstoni, in which the sexes differ greatly ; the typical

male is described by M. Oberthiir as A. semifulvescens, and the

typical female as A. proteina.

2. A. fulvescens, Oberth.= A. telekiana, Rghfr.

3. A. semiallescens, Oberth.

4, A. flavescens (it a male)= A. kilimandjara, Oberth.= A. confusa

and A. fallax, Rghfr., and A. octobalia, Karsch.

In the last-mentioned form both sexes have adopted the female

dress; but the male sometimes has the spots on the primaries

yellowish.

Acreu is a very variable genus, and it has been the custom of

lepidopterists to regard all the different phases of each species as

distinct ; the genus, when properly studied, reduces itself to about

a third of its supposed magnitude. The triangular black apical

patch, which has been made to serve as a specific character in

several instances, is of no value whatever, being a purely indi-

vidual characteristic dependent on presence or absence of moisture.

28. ACR@HA CABIRA.

Acrea cabira, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Akad. Berlin, 1855, p. 640;

Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb. p. 378, pl. 23. figs. 14, 15 (1862).

3 d.Chifumya, Lower Nyika, 20th April; 9, Munchewi R.,

Lower Nyika, April 8th, 1895.

“ Yellow and black Fritillary. Q full of orange-coloured ova ”

(R. C.).

29. ACR#A VINIDIA.

Acrea vinidia, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xi. p. 130 (1874);

Exot. Butt. v. Acr. pl. 7. figs. 45, 46 (1875).

Var. Acrwa acerata, Hewitson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xiii. p. 381 (1874); Exot. Butt. v. Aer. pl. 7. fig. 44 (1875).

Albino: Aerea tenella, Rogenhofer, Ann. Hof. Mus. Wien

(1891).

Acrea abbotii, Holland, Entomologist, Suppl. xxv. (1892).

2, Ngerenge, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 27th, 1895.

‘Pale orange and black Fritillary ” (2. C.).

This species, like most of the Acree, is very variable, and

especially in the female sex ; the present example is straw-yellow,

with the normal black border, subapical bar, and basal marking ;

it may therefore stand as the female of the albino form A. tenella,

a male example of which we have from Kilima-njaro.

1896. ] FROM NYASA-LAND, 115

As an example of the inconsistency of those lepidopterists who

have been styled “ Lumpers,” Hewitson’s separation of two

palpable forms of the present species is noteworthy.

30. ACR#A EXCELSIOR.

A Acrea excelsior, E. M. Sharpe, P. Z. 8. 1891, p. 192, pl. xvii.

g. 3.

3 3, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, April 4th and

6th; 2 2, Nyankowa Mt., 6500 feet alt., April 9th; ¢, Lumpi R.

valley, Lower Nyika, April 21st, 1895.

“ Deep-bordered orange and black Fritillary ” (R. C.).

This rare species is one of the most beautiful in the genus.

31. ACREA VENTURA,

Acrea ventura, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 51 (1877).

3, Lumpi R., Lower Nyika; W. of Lake N yasa, Feb. 2nd;

2, Nyankowa Mt., 5575 feet alt., Nyika, April 10th, 1895.

“ Orange and black Fritillary.”

32. ACR#A SERENA, yar. BUXTONI.

Acrea buatoni, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi.

p. 395 (1875).

3d, Deep Bay, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 14th, and

Ngerenge Plains, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 24th, 1895.

“ Small orange and black Fritillary ” (2. C.).

Whether this is a race or a sectional form of A. serena can only

be decided by breeding it ; but with our present extensive series

I find it impossible to regard the following as distinct species :—

A, serena=eponina=janisca = rougetii = manjaca= buatoni = per-

rupta=balina. Probably the Linnean name terpsichore should

stand over <A. serena, but there is so much doubt connected with

the identification of that species that the better-known name

seems preferable at present.

33. ACRHA LYCIA, var. SGANZINI,

Acrea sganzini, Boisduval, Faune Madag. p. 34, pl. vi. figs. 6, 7

(1833).

3, Mrali, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd, 1895.

“‘ Lesser speckled brown and white Fritillary ” (R. C.).

A. lycia separates roughly into three forms, which are linked

together by numerous intergrades ; they are—

1. Acrea sganzint, vaguely resembling Limnas chrysippus.

2. Acrea daira=usagare, like 1, but wanting black at apex.

3. Acrwa lycia=braunei, pattern of 1, ground-colour white.

Every link between these varieties is now represented in the

Museum collection. A. daira appears to be an Eastern and

Central-African sport of the species, occurring together with the

two normal forms; it is completely linked to the A. syanzini

type by intergrades, and therefore cannot be regarded as a race of

116 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUITERFLIES [Jan. 14,

the species. All that can be said is, that in Central and Eastern

Africa a variety occurs which (in its extreme development) has

been named A. daira.

34, ACRHA ANACREON.

Acrea anacreon, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868, p. 77,

pl. vi. figs. 5-5.

3. Var. Acrea bomba, H. G. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 6, vol. iii. p. 128 (1880); Rhop. Exot. i. Aer. pl. iii. figs. 5, 6

(1892).

Acrea induna, Trimen, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1895, p. 184, pl. 5.

figs. 3, 3a.

3, Nyankowa Mt., 5575 feet alt., Nyika, April 10th; Kanto-

rongondo Mt., 7305 feet alt., Nyika, April 16th; 9, Cheni-Cheni

Mt., 7225 feet alt., Nyika, April 17th, 1895.

Intermediate grades to A. bomba:

3 do, Nyankowa Mt., 5575 ft. alt., Nyika, April 9th and 10th;

Kantorongondo Mt., 7305 feet alt., Nyika, April 16th.

We received a typical female of A. bomba (but somewhat

melanistic) from Zomba; it is the species referred to P. Z. 8.

1895, p. 262, n. 45. The black apical area and the width of the

band on under surface of secondaries are both variable characters

of no specific importance.

35, ACREHA GUILLEMEI.

3. Acrwa guillemei, Oberthiir, Etudes, livr. xvii. p. 19, pl. 1.

fig. 1 (1893); 2. Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 658.

Var. 3. Acrwa periphanes, Oberthiir, 1. ¢. p. 20, pl. 2. fig. 28

(1893).

Var. periphanes.

3, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 22nd, 1895.

“ Searlet black-spotted and black-tipped Fritillary ” (22. C.).

This is a rare variety of A. guillemei, differing in nothing

excepting the broad black apical patch of the primaries—a

variation which crops up in a great number of species and is,

doubtless, seasonal.

36. ACRHA DOUBLEDAYI.

Acrea doubledayi, Guérin, Lefebyre’s Voy. en Abyss. vi. p. 378

(1847).

Acrea oncea, Hopfier, Peters’ Reise un. Mossamb. v. pl. 24.

figs. 5-8 (1862).

Acrea axina, Westwood in Oates’s Matabele-Land, p. 344, pl. F.

figs. 5, 6 (1881).

Var. Acrea dircea, Westwood, |. ¢. p. 348.

Q. Telchinia nero, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. xii. p. 102 (1883).

3, Lumpi R., Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd, 1895.

“Small speckled Fritillary ” (2. C.).

1896. | FROM NYASA-LAND. 117

Var. dirceea:

Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 1st, 1895.

* Rose and black white-tailed Fritillary ” (2. C.).

This form varies, not only in the width of the black apical

patch of primaries, the position of the second spot of the central

transverse series, the width of the black border of the secondaries

with its more or less defined submarginal spots, but, curiously

enough, the terminal two-fitths of the abdomen may be either

ochreous or snow-white. As in the variety aria (Q, nero) the

submarginal spots of the primaries are wanting. ‘I'he specimen

now received bears a strong general resemblance to A. natalica.

In his paper, published in the ‘ Proceedings’ for 1891, Mr.

Trimen lays stress upon the absence of the submarginal spots

as a good character for the discrimination of A. avina from

A. doubledayt: I am sure that his earlier decision was the correct

one, and that this character cannot be relied upon; in A. cecilia,

var. stenobeca (2 =lyus=albomaculaia) the submarginal spots are

sometimes present, sometimes absent *.

37. ACREA NATALICA.

Acrea natalica, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. p. 590 (1847).

3 2, Foot of Jakwa Mt., Henga-Nkamanga, W. of Lake Nyasa,

Jan. 28th and 29th; ¢, Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau,

Feb. 4th, 1895.

3, “ Rose and black Fritillary” ; 9 , “ Dusky Fritillary ” (2. C.).

With our present extensive series it is impossible to keep

A, pseudegina distinct from A. natalica, of which it is only the

Western phase, the two extremes are completely linked by inter-

grades.

38. ACRHA CALDARENA.

Acrea caldarena, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 52

(1877).

3 2, taken in coitu, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 6th, 1895.

I gave the correct synouymy of this species (if species it be) in

the ‘ Proceedings’ for 1893, p. 657. I, however, strongly suspect

it tu be merely a seasonal development of A. cecilia, var. stenobea,

from which it chiefly differs in the broad black apical patch on

the primaries.

39. ACR#HA ASEMA.

Acrea asema, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 52 (1877) ;

Trimen, P. Z.8. 1894, p. 24, pl. iv. figs. 3, 3 a.

Acrea empusa, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 656.

Acrea omrora, Trimen, P. Z.S. 1894, p. 24, footnote.

2, Lumpi R., Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1895.

* Small speckled Fritillary ” (2. C.).

1 My identification of A. stenobea with a S.-African male of A. ligus was

confirmed by Prof. Aurivillius during his recent visit (Aug. 1895).

118 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14

This species varies in tint, from semitransparent greyish bone-

colour to almost opaque orange tawny ; the spots vary in number

and size, and the apical border of primaries in width: it is this

inconstancy in the present species which convinces me that

A, stenobea=ligus is only a bright-coloured and more opaque

phase of A. cecilia.

40, ACR@A ANEMOSA.

Acrea anemosa, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii. pl. 8. figs. 14, 15

(1865).

Acrea arcticincta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.

p-. 103 (1883).

3. Ndara, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd, 1895.

“ Orange and black, crimson and pink underwinged Fritillary.

Have only seen this one specimen” (2. C.).

This is a very variable species ; not only does it differ greatly in

the width of the black border of secondaries (on which character

I based my A. arcticincta), but in the size and number of the black

spots on the primaries. One of our 31 examples, in addition

to the basal black patch, the bar beyond the end of cell, and the

apical patch, exhibits five well-defined discal black spots, all of

which are absent in some specimens, it also shows a conspicuous

black spot on the lower discocellular veinlet.

The Lycenide of the collection contain a nice series of the new

genus Uranothauma and several other forms of interest.

41. ALENA NYASSA.

Alena nyasse, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 6 (1877).

Lumpi R., Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd; Mtambwe Hill, Deep Bay,

April 3rd; Manchewi Falls, Lower Nyika, April 6th; Lumpi

Valley, April 13th, 1895.

“ Marbled white Skipper ” (2. C.).

These specimens are interesting, three of them being white-

banded as in typical A. nyasse, but with the subapical white spot

of var. ochracea; the fourth example has a white band across the

primaries, but a buff band across the secondaries, thus proving that

I was correct in not regarding A. ochracea as a distinct species.

42, POLYOMMATUS B&TICUS.

Papilio beeticus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 789 (1767).

2 , Kapoio, Songwi R. plain, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 26th ;

9, Nyankowi Mt., Nyika, 5575 feet alt., April 9th: ¢ 9 in

coitu, April 10th; ¢, Kwereru Hill, Deep Bay, April 22nd, 1895.

3, “ Alexis-like Blue”; 2, “ Dull azure Blue” (2. Ge):

43. CATOCHRYSOPS OSIRIS.

Lycena osiris, Hoptter, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642;

Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb. v. p. 409, pl. 26. figs. 11, 12 (1862).

3, Lumpi R. valley, Lower Nyika, April 21st, 1895.

1896. ] FROM NYASA-LAND, 119

44, CATOCHRYSOPS HIPPOCRATES.

Hesperia hippocrates, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. p. 288 (1793) ;

Donovan, Ins. Ind. pl. 45. fig. 3 (1800).

3, Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd, 1895.

A rare western form, which I have not previously seen from

Central Africa.

45, CaTOCHRYSOPS GLAUCA.

Lycena glauca, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. vol. ii. p. 21 (1887).

¢ do, Kwerern Hill, Deep Bay, April 22nd, 1895.

“ Chalk-hill Blue. A frequenter of open forest, very active and

restless and difficult to capture ” (2. C.).

This very beautiful species is quite new to us: in its pale

elittering yellow-greenish tint it stands out distinct from all the

other species of the C. parsimon group.

46. Evmris JOBATEs,

Lycena jobates, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642;

Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb. v. p. 408, pl. 26. figs. 9, 10 (1862).

2, Upper Leya, six miles N.W. of Deep Bay, March 38rd,

1895.

“ Orange-lower-wing Blue. Very restless” (22. C.).

The finest example I have seen of this somewhat rare species.

47. AZANUS SIGILLATUS.

Lampides sigillata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xvili. p. 483 (1876).

3 3, Mrali, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd, 1895.

** Lesser Alexis-like Blue” (2. C.).

A rare form of the A. gamra group, originally described from a

pair received from Abyssinia; one of the examples obtained by

Mr. Crawshay agrees in all respects with A. natalensis, Trimen,

which will therefore have to sink as a synonym of my species.

48. TARUCUS PLINIUS.

Hesperia plinius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 284 (1793),

Lycena pulchru, Murray, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1874, p. 524,

pl. 10. figs. 7, 8.

2, Foot of Jakwa Mt., Henga-Nkamanga, W. of Lake Nyasa,

Jan. 28th; ¢, Mrali, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd;

3s, Nyankowa Mt., Nyika, April 10th; 9, Cheni-Cheni Mt.,

4500 feet alt., Nyika, April L8th; ¢ 2, Lumpi R. valley,

Lower Nyika, April 21st, 1895.

Mr, Crawshay calls the male ‘“ Double peacock-spotted hair-

tailed Blue,” and the female “ Peacock-eyed double-tailed Blue”

and “‘ Chequered double peacock-eye Blue.”

The species is very common and varies a good deal.

120 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 14,

49. CASTALIUS HINTZA.

Lycena hintza, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, ser. 3, vol. ii.

p- 177 (1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 243 (1866).

Q , Chikunguru, Lower Nyika, April 20th, 1895.

“ Black and white chequered violet-tinged Blue” (2. C.).

This species differs from my female C. resplendens on both

surfaces, the secondaries of the Abyssinian form being crossed

from apex to inner margin by a continuous band above, the

markings on the under surface being also more regular, those

crossing the disc forming a regular zigzag: the female before me

corresponds with a male from Balapye, Kama’s Country, and is

doubtless the true C. hintza; but C. resplendens appears to be a

distinct though allied form.

50. CASTALIUS CALICE.

Lycena calice, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 642;

Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb. v. p. 405, pl. 26. figs. 4, 5 (1862).

2, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 30th, 1895; Cheni-Cheni

Mt., 4500 feet alt., Nyika, April 18th; g 9, Chikungura, Lower

Nyika, April 20th, 1895.

** Black-bordered tiny white Blue” (2. C.).

A rare species in collections.

51. LYC#NESTHES ADHERBAL.

Q. Lycena adherbal, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877,

p- 217.

3. Lycenesthes lunulata, Trimen, P. Z.S. 1894, p. 51, pl. vi.

fig. 12.

2, Kambwiyi, 3800 feet alt., Lower Nyika, April 20th, 1895.

“ Three-tailed Blue” (2. C.).

The finest example which has hitherto come to hand of this

beautiful species.

52. ZIZERA GAIKA.

Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. vol. i.

p- 403 (1862).

2, Mrali, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd, 1895.

53. PLEBEIUS TROCHILUS.

Lycena trochilus, Freyer, Neuere Beitr. v. pl. 440. fig. 1 (1844).

Lumpi R., Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd; Kondowi, April 4th ;

Chiwayi, 3700 feet alt., April 20th, 1895.

“Tiny dark-coloured orange-spotted Blue” (2. C.).

54. DURBANIA HILDEGARDA.

2? TLeriomima? hildegarda, Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. xix. p. 367 (1887); Rhop. Exot. i. Afr. Lye. pl. iv.

figs. 7, 8 (1888).

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 121

Kondowi, Lower Nyika, 4110 feet alt., April 5th, 6th, and 11th,

1895.

Quite a new species to us; Mr. Crawshay calls it “ Orange,

black-barred Heath.”

55. TINGRA AMBNAIDA.

Pentila amenaida, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. v. Pent. & Lipt. pl. 2.

figs. 4-7 (1873).

Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 21st;

Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, April 3rd;

Kondowi, April 5th, 1895.

** Orange and black-speckled ” (2. C.).

56. LARINOPODA PEUCETIA.

Pentila peucetia, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ui. Pent. & Lipt. pl. 1.

fig. 3.

Lumpi Valley, Lower Nyika, April 13th, 1895.

“ Black and white Wood-White with orange legs” (R. C.).

Previously unrepresented in the general Museum series, and in

the Hewitson collection by the type specimen only.

57. LACHNOCNEMA BIBULUS.

Hesperia bibulus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 307. n. 163

(1793).

3 2, Chilindi (8 miles 8. of Karénga), W. coast of Lake

Nyasa, Feb. 23rd; 9, var., Lumpi R. valley, 4000 feet alt.,

Lower Nyika, April 21st, 1895.

“ Black and white silver-speckled underwing Blue” (2. C.)'.

Var. durbani: “ Fluffy Blue. 9, orange ova” (R. C.).

Formerly it was supposed that the two types of female

indicated distinct species, but they are probably temperature

forms. Wherever the species occurs, both types are to be found;

the present series contains typical females of Z. bibulus and

L. durbani.

58. HYREUS PALEMON,.

Papilio palemon, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ceexe. E, F (1782).

Manchewi Falls, Lower Nyika, April 6th; Nyankowa Mt.,

5425 feet alt., Nyika, April 8th; Kantorongondo Mt., 5900 feet

alt., April 14th and 15th; Cheni-Cheni Mt., 4500 feet alt.,

April 18th, 1895.

“Silvery underwinged” and “ Bronze-winged Blue. 92, ova

emerald-green ” (it. C.).

59. HyRnUs virgo, sp.n. (Plate VI. fig. 1.)

@. Snow-white: primaries with the base, costal and external

1 By some oversight the sexual marks are reversed on the label, the white-

banded females being labelled as males, and the uniform male as female,

122 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan, 14,

borders, a transverse patch over the discocellulars, and a macular

subapical bar, sometimes confluent with the external border, black :

secondaries with a black external border, its inner edge slightly

irregular, two metallic-blue submarginal spots, between which at

extremity of first median branch the usual tail, black tipped with

white, is emitted; fringes spotted with white: body black, margins

of eyes and a transverse line on the vertex white; antenne ringed

with white. Under surface pure white, with black markings nearly

as in H. juba, but more sharply defined, the central irregular band

across the secondaries only represented by a black Y-shaped costal

patch, with the V portion filled in; the marginal border barely

indicated, excepting towards anal angle, where the black spots

touched with blue and green metallic scales are well-defined, as

well as an irregular zigzag line at the back of them. Expanse of

wings 33 millim.

Q 2, Cheni-Cheni Mt., 4500 feet alt., Nyika, April 18th, 1895.

“ Black-bordered white Blue” (22. C.).

Two examples of this very fine species were obtained; one of

which, however, was much shattered.

60. URANOTHAUMA CRAWSHAYI.

Uranothauma crawshayi, Butler, P. ZS. 1895, p. 631, pl. xxxv.

fies. 6.7:

3 3, Nyankowa Mt., 6500 feet alt., Nyika, April 9th, 1895;

2, Kantorongondo Mt., 5900 feet alt., Nyika, April 15th; g,

@ 2, 6975 feet alt., April {£6th, 1895.

“ Giant Blue” (A. C.).

61. SPINDASIS CAFFER.

Aphneus caffer, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868, p. 88,

and 1870, p. 368.

Aphneus natalensis, Hewitson (not Westwood), Ill. Diurn. Lep.

p- 62, pl. xxv. figs. 1, 2 (1865).

3, Henga, west of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 22nd, 1895.

“ Orange and black-barred Blue” (#. C.).

In his ‘South ’African Buttertlies,’ vol. 1. p. 150, Mr. Trimen

follows Hewitson in regarding this as S. natalensis of West-

wood—on the ground, principally, “of the large size of the

orange anal-angular marking in the hind wing.” We, however,

possess what is clearly the original of the figure in the ‘ Genera,’

a worn female with unusually large anal patch ; it was obtained in

1846, labelled “ Thecla natalii, Pt. Nat.,” and agrees in all details

of marking with the original figure. With regard to “the small

development of the hind marginal lunulate whitish streak,” also

referred to by Trimen, the figure and specimen are both faulty,

the latter being badly rubbed on one hind wing, and the same part

broken away on the other; the imagination of Hewitson was not

lively enough to enable him to supply this deficiency in the

whitish streak.

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 123

62, SPINDASIS NYASSE.

Aphneus nyasse, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xx. p. 250 (1884) ;

P.Z. 8. 1894, p. 569, pl. xxxvi. fig. 4.

3. Mrali, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd; 9, Henga,

W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 1st, 1895.

‘Orange and black-barred long-tailed Blue” (2. C.).

63. AXIOCERSES AMANGA.

Zeritis amanga, Westwood, in Oates’s Matabele-Land, p. 351

(1881).

3, Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau, Feb. 4th; Kwereru Hill,

Deep Bay, April 22nd, 1895.

“Crimson-plush underwing Copper” and ‘ Spike-winged

Copper ” (2. C.).

64, AXIOCERSES PERION.

Papilio perion, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. eeclxxix. B, C (1782).

Q, Henga, Jan. 30th; ¢, Lumpi R., Feb. 2nd; ¢, Mrali,

coast of Lake Nyasa, March 2nd, 1895.

3, “ Scarlet and black Copper”; 2, ‘ Dull red Copper” (2.C.).

65. VIRACHOLA ANTA.

Lycena anta, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i. p. 402

(1862).

@, Ngerenge Plains, Feb. 24th; Chilindi (8 miles 8. of

Karonga), March Ist, 1895.

“ Long-tailed curly-tufted Blue, black and orange spots” (2. C.).

66. TATURA BUXTONT.

2. Hypolycena buxtoni, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. x. p. 206

(1874).

3 2. Hypolycena seamani, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,

1874, p. 332, pl. ii. figs. 3, 4.

3 do, Lower Nyika, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 2nd, 1895.

“Striped Blue with four tails” (2. C.).

A little larger than our solitary male from D’ Urban.

67. TATURA CECULUS.

Tolaus ceeculus, Hopffer, in Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb. p. 402,

pl. xxv. figs. 12-14 (1862).

2, Mtambwi, foot of Nyika plateau, Feb. 4th, 1895.

“‘ Grey underwing striped Blue” (2. C.).

The largest example of the female that I have seen, and almost

as bright in colouring as the male.

68. EPAMERA SIDUS.

Tolaus sidus, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. ii.

p. 176 (1864); Rhop. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 224, pl. iv. figs. 5, 6

(1866).

124 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 14,

2, Kondowi, 4110 feet alt., Lower Nyika, Jan. 1895.

“Taken by M. Moffat, Esq., Livingstone’s Mission, and given

to me” (R. C.).

New to the general Museum series ; unfortunately it has lost

its abdomen.

Among the Pierine, Mr. Crawshay’s collection contains several

rare and interesting species.

69. MyYLorHris AGATHINA.

Papilio agathina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ui. pl. cexxxvii. D, E

(1782).

3, Henga, Feb. 1st; Mtambwi, Feb. 4th; Mrali, March 2nd;

2, Vuwa sand-flats, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 3rd, 1895.

“ Scallop-shell White ” (2. C.).

70, MYLOTHRIS NARCISSUS, var. DENTATUS. (Plate VI. fig. 3.)

3 Q. Mylothris narcissus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 95.

¢, Kantorongondo Mt., Nyika, 5900 feet alt., April 15th,

1895.

* Chrome-yellow underwing White” (2. C.).

The form now received differs from the typical male from

Kilima-njaro in having the costal black border continuous, only

interrupted by the upper discocellular veinlet ; a diffused black

streak in the cell above the median vein, the outer border acutely

quinque-dentate ; and sometimes a little oblique black streak below

the submedian nervure and a broad apical black bar uniting the

first two marginal spots of the secondaries: in some respects it

more nearly resembles the typical female than the typical male

does, while Miss Sharpe’s M. jacksoni more nearly corresponds

with typical male MW. narcissus. Unless we have here three very

closely allied species, it must be assumed that MZ. narcissus is

dimorphic ; a better series will doubtless solve the problem.

71. Mytoruris CRAWSHAYI, sp.n. (Plate VI. fig. 4.)

A very perfect copy, in both sexes, of Phrissura lasti, and there-

fore intermediate in character between MW. nareissus and M.triment:

in size, form, and colouring the male resembles the latter, but the

apical patch extends in an oblique curve from just beyond the

cell to the third median branch, its inner edge being zigzag, the

remaining marginal spots not included in this patch are hastate ;

the base of the wings is slightly more heavily blackened than in

M. trimeni and the marginal spots of the secondaries reduced to

mere points ; on the under surface the apex of primaries and entire

surface of secondaries are bright lemon-yellow instead of saffron-

yellow. Expanse of wings 57-64 millim.

The female has pearl-white primaries, the cell, costal border, and

base of internal border densely dusted with smoky grey; an

oblong patch of the same colour at external angle; the apical area

and outer border to below the first median branch smoky grey,

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 125

with sulphur-yellow internervular longitudinal lines ; inner edge

of border acutely zigzag: secondaries sulphur-yellow, with mar-

ginal rounded black spots: body normal, blue-blackish with yellow

venter. Primaries below pearl-white, showing the upper surface

pattern through the wing, apical border slightly washed with

sulphur-yellow ; a marginal series of black points: secondaries as

above, excepting that the base of the costa is chrome-yellow:

pectus whitish, with yellowish hairs. Expanse of wings 59 millim.

33, 2, Nyankowa Mt., 6500 feet alt., April 9th; gd,

Kantorongondo Mt., 5000 feet alt., Nyika, April 14th and 15th,

1895.

“ Chrome-yellow underwing White. A high flier, perching on

trees high up, but of weak flight ” (2. C.).

72, COLIAS EDUSA, var. ELECTRA.

Papilio electra, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 764 (1767).

3g. Nyankowa Mt., 5425 feet alt., April 8th; ¢ 2, 5575 feet,

April 10th; ¢, Kantorongondo Mt., 5900 feet, April 15th; ¢ 2,

Cheni-Cheni Mt., 4500 feet alt., April 18th, 1895.

“Ova oblong and yellow” (2. C.).

The white female is, only the ordinary C. helice form.

73. TERIAS CHALCOMIZTDA.

Terias chalcomieta, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. iii. p. 190 (1879).

2, Foot of Jakwa Mt., Henga-Nkamanga, Jan. 29th, 1895.

“ Black-tipped light-chrome Yellow; ova oblong and sharp-

poimted, not spherical” (2. C.).

This is probably a seasonal form of 7’. senegalensis.

74. TERIAS DESJARDINSII (seasonal form 7. regularis).

Terias regularis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.

p- 486 (1876).

2, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 24th, 1895.

** Black-bordered Yellow ” (R. C.).

An interesting example of the female, showing the dotted

margin to the secondaries characteristic of typical 7. desjardinsii.

75. TERACOLUS OPALESCENS.

Q. Teracolus opalescens, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xxii. p. 30

(1886).

The male of this form has the black more largely developed than

in any of the other members of the 7’. eris group, excepting perhaps

T. abyssinicus (the male of which is unknown to me): the pattern

of the primaries is almost the same as in 7’ eris, but the apex is

more purple in tint with the spots upon it golden ochreous, the

wings are moreover decidedly broader; the secondaries show a

marginal series of well-defined black spots; the colouring below

is milky white; the veins of the primaries tipped with black, the

126 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 14,

first and second median branches terminating in black spots and

the spots on the dise much larger; the secondaries show a broad

bright saffron-yellow costal streak and a paler longitudinal sub-

median streak, and the nervures are tipped with black.

3, Foot of Jakwa Mt., 3210 feet, Henga-Nkamanga, Jan. 29th;

3 &, Henga, Jan. 30th and 3i1st, 1895.

6, “ Black and gold-tipped White”; 9 , “‘ Black-tipped mother-

of-pearl underwing White” (2. C.).

The female now received is smaller than the type from Delagoa

Bay, and has a broader black internal border to the primaries (in

which respect it more nearly corresponds with the male); but of

a pair received from the Victoria Nyanza, this border in the female

corresponds with that of the type. As more examples of these

representatives of 7’. e7’s come to hand, the fact that they are true

to locality seems to be gradually established on a firmer basis.

76. TERACOLUS MUTANS.

2. Teracolus mutans, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xix. p. 459 (1877).

3. Nearly resembles 7. vesta on the upper surface, but the base

of the wings is dusted with bluish grey instead of black, the outer

area creamy ochreous (less salmon-tinted than in 7’, vesta), pattern

exactly as in the female, therefore much more yellow throughout

than in 7’ vesta.

3, Henga, west of Lake Nyasa, Feb. Ist, 1895.

* White-centred, yellow and black-mottled White. Difficult to

take and not common” (2. C.).

The arrival of this male is especially interesting to me, as Prof.

Aurivillius was inclined to believe my 7’. rhodesina to be the male

of 7. mutans, considering that the differences of pattern might be

sexual: it is now satisfactorily proved that there is no difference

of pattern between the sexes, but only in the colouring of the

outer half of the upper surface’; precisely what might have been

expected, from what we know of the sexes of 7’. hanningtonii and

T. amelia,

77. TERACOLUS ANAX.

Callosune anax, H. G. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. ili. p. 125 (1889); Rhop. Exot. i. Call. pl. i. figs. 5-8 (1889).

Teracolus eliza, E. M. Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. v. p. 441 (1890); Waterhouse, Aid, vol. ii. pl. 189. figs. 5,6

(1890).

3, Deep Bay, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 7th, 1895.

“ Violet-tipped White” (R. C.).

An especially well-marked specimen, with bold black spots on

the under surface. It has recently been suggested that this may

be a seasonal form of 7. regina, of which Mr. Trimen formerly

regarded it as a variety; the only odd thing is that typical

1 This buff colouring is limited by the black band as in TZ. vesta.

1896. ] FROM NYASA-LAND. 127

T. regina does not come to hand from Central Africa. The collection

made by Emin Pasha contained half a dozen examples of 7. anax,

but not one of Z. regina; Mr. Crawshay’s first collection, from

Lake Mweru, contained one female 7. anax and his present col-

lection contains one male, again 7’. anax; but perhaps this form

is the only one in Central Africa, and typical 7. regina is only

produced, as a second form, as the species ranges southwards.

78. TERACOLUS JALONE.

Buchloe jalone, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 14 (1869).

Teracolus pheqyas (part.), Butler, P. Z. S. 1393, p. 664.

3, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 25th, 1895.

* Purple-tipped black-veined White” (2. C.).

This form seems so rare that it may well be mistaken for

T. phlegyas ; im all probability it is the Nyasa form of that species.

79, TERACOLUS GAVISA.

3. Anthopsyche gavisa, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.

Handl. 1857 ; Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 13. n. 6.

Q. Anthopsyche omphale, Wallengren, loc. cit. p. 11.

3 2. Teracolus subvenosus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 5, vol. xii. p. 105 (1885).

3, Henga, Jan. 24th; 9, Jan. 25th; 9, foot of Jakwa Mt.,

Henga-Nkamanga, Jan. 29th; g 2 im coitu, Henga, Jan. 30th,

1895.

Mr. Trimen (South African Butterflies, iii. p. 135) says :—

“ Having examined the types of subvenosus, Butl., from Victoria

Nyanza, I find the female inseparable from that of 7. gavisa, while

the mile, though very near the corresponding sex of the species

named, differs in wanting the inner black edging of the apical

patch, and in the feeble development of the inner marginal blackish

bar of the fore wings and the costal one of the hind wings.”

Although I do not admit that the type of J’. subvenosus agrees

absolutely with the typical female of 7. gavisa, inasmuch as the

oblique subapical bar on the front wings is much narrower in the

latter, 1 am compelled by the receipt of many transitional specimens

to agree with Mr. ‘Trimen that my female is only aslight variety of

Wallengren’s, and, moreover, that my male is only a better-marked

variety, though absolutely inseparable as a species. The series

received from Dr. Gregory, taken in conjunction with the five

examples in the present collection, renders the discrimination of

the two forms 7’. gavisa and 7. subvenosus simply hopeless.

Unless 7. hero is another variety of Z. gavisa (which I think

possible), Iam of opinion that the female of 7. sipylus would be

better placed under T. hero than under 7. gavisa, the black veining

of the under surface being barely noticeable; the whole of these

forms might then sink under 7. achine, T. hyperides being included

as a starved form, though in some respects it more nearly resembles

1’. helle=a race of T. antevippe.

128 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14,

80. TERACOLUS INFUMATUS, sp. n. (Plate VI. figs. 5, 6.)

Nearest to 7’. arethusa, the male with a similar but less angular

orange or vermilion patch on the black apical area; the costa

blackened almost to the base; the spot at the end of the cell

larger, and a broad blackish streak along the inner margin as in

some females of 7’. arethusa; the secondaries witha broad diffused

blackish border, running inward along the nervures; base and

costa almost to apex broadly blackish ; body normal. Primaries

below not yellow at base, but more so at apex; black discocellular

spot larger, a broad internal grey streak ending in a blackish

diffused spot : secondaries somewhat greyish at base, costal orange

streak defined, black-dotted orange spot at end of cell larger;

female with better-defined, though small, orange dashes on the

apical area than in most females of 7. arethusa ; other black areas

extended, so as more nearly to repeat the pattern of 7. gavisa 2,

but only the two apical white spots on the border of secondaries

large and well defined, the others small and greyish: below the

colouring throughout is clearer and brighter than in T. arethusa

and the primaries show a broad internal grey streak terminating

in a blackish spot; the costal orange edging of the secondaries, as

in the male, is bright and sharply defined. Expanse of wings, ¢ 44

millim., 9 42 millim.

3 2, Henga, 24th, 26th, and 30th January, 1895.

“ Dusky Orange-tip ” (2. C-.).

We have long had a single female of this very distinct species in

the Museum co!lection, from Niomkolo, Lake Tanganyika, obtained

in January 1890, and presented to the Museum by Alexander

Carson, Esq.

81. CATOPSILIA FLORELLA.

Papilio florella, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479 (1775).

2, Nyankowa Mt., Nyika, April 10th, 1895,

“ Brimstone ” (R. C.).

82. BELENOIS SEVERINA.

Papilio severina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexxxviii. G, H

(1782).

3 Q wn coitu, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 22nd, 1895.

“ Common black-bordered White” (R. C.).

83. BELENOIS MESENTINA, var. AGRIPPINA.

Pieris agrippina, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 173 (1865).

2, Henga, Jan. 22nd; Ngerenge, W. coast of Lake Nyasa,

Feb. 27th; ¢, Nyankowa Mt., 6500 feet alt., April 9th, 1895.

3, “Common White”; 92, “Deep black-bordered White ”

(EC

The females show almost the deep yellow under-surface colora-

tion of the form to which I gave the name of B. auriginea, but

1896.] FROM NYASALAND. 129

the upper surface and both surfaces of the male are quite like

typical B. agrippina: possibly the yellow on the under surface of

the females may be seasonal; but if so it is characteristic of our

winter months, the only awkward fact being that it reappears in

July at Zomba; then, again, many specimens of the pale type were

collected by the late Emin Pasha at Wadelai from January to

March. Altogether the question of seasonal dimorphism in this

species becomes very complicated.

84, HeRPENIA ERIPHIA.

Pieris eriphia, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 157 (1819).

3, Foot of Jakwa Mt., 3210 feet, Henga, Jan. 29th, 1895.

“ Marbled White ” (2. C.).

85. PAPILio CORINNEUS.

: Papilio corinneus, Bertoloni, Mem. Acc. Bologna, 1849, p-9, pl. 1.

gs. 1-4,

Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Jan. 28th, 1895.

“« Mother-of-Pearl and Black” (R. C.).

86, TaGIADES FLESUS.

Hesperia flesus, Fabricius, Sp. Ins. ii. p. 185 (1781).

Manchewi Falls, Lower Nyika, April 6th; Lumpi R. valley,

April 21st, 1895.

“ Large grey-patched Skipper” (2. C.).

_ 87. SAPHA TRIMENTI.

_ Sapea trimenii, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 264, pl. xv. fig. 5.

3 2. No label with specimens.

- 88, Huspuria promus.

Pyrgus dromus, Plétz, Mitth. naturw. Vereins, 1884, p. 6.

Mrali (25 miles N. of Deep Bay), W. coast of Lake Nyasa,

Feb. 22nd; Kaporo, Songwe R. plains, Feb. 26; Deep Bay,

March 16th, 1895.

“ Black and white Skipper ” (#. C.).

89. OXYPALPUS RUSO.

Pamphila ruso, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belge, 1891,

p- clxxxiii.

S$, Lumpi R. valley, Lower Nyika, April 2ist, 1895.

“ Orange and black barred Skipper” (2. C.).

90. OsMoDES RANOHA.

Pamphila ranoha, Westwood, in Oates’s Matabele-Land, p. 3453

(1881).

3, Lumpi R., Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1895.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. IX. 9

130 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14,

91. HnrERoPprerRUs FORMOSUS.

Heteropterus formosus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 670, pl. lx. fig. 8.

3, Kondowi, 4110 feet alt., Lower Nyika, April 11th ; Kamb-

wiyi, 3800 feet alt., Lower Nyika, April 20th and Jan. 21st, 1895.

* Orange and black Skipper” (2. C.).

92. HETEROPTERUS DECIPIENS, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 7.)

Much resembles the preceding species on the upper surface ;

the base of the wings streaked with orange-yellow irrorations ; the

band bright golden orange; the terminal spot connected with it,

not separate as in H. formosus; the secondaries show a transverse

bar at the end of the cell, a longitudinal dash below the latter and

six or seven submarginal spots, the first, third, and fourth largest,

all orange and squamose: the body above is like that of H. for-

mosus, but below it is deep brown as above, the palpi and centre

of pectus with golden-orange hairs; the wings below are dark

brown, the primaries alone showing a golden-orange band, formed

as above, but not so deep in colour. Expanse of wings 30 millim.

Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 6th, 1895.

* Orange-barred black Skipper ” (2. C.).

93. CYCLOPIDES MIDAS.

Cyclopides midas, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 671; 1895, pl. xv.

fig. 6.

3, Kondowi, 4110 feet alt., Lower Nyika, April 11th, 1895.

* Orange-spotted dark brown Skipper ” (2. C.).

94. CYCLOPIDES QUADRISIGNATUS.

Cyclopides quadrisignatus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 670, pl. Ix.

fig. 9

3, Nyankowa Mt., 5425 feet alt., Nyika, April 10th; Kondowi,

4110 feet, April 11th; 9, Kantorongondo Mt., 5925 feet, April

15th; ¢, Cheni-Cheni Mt., 8500 feet, Nyika, April 17th, 1895.

“ Orange-spotted black Skipper” (2. C.).

In the specimens now sent, which are in good condition, the

spots are bright ochreous and rather more numerous (especially on

the secondaries) than in the type: indeed they more nearly

approach typical C. metis; the wings are, however, decidedly

blacker than in that species and there are never more than seven

distinct small spots on the secondaries. This would appear to be

the representative of C’. metis in Central Africa.

95. KupusTus CAPENAS.

Cyclopides capenas, Hewitson, Descr. Hesp. p. 43 (1868).

: 2, Lumpi R. valley, 3500 feet alt., Lower Nyika, April 21st,

895.

* Orange and black speckled underwing Skipper” (2. C.).

This rare species was previously only represented in the general

collection by one male specimen.

1896.] FROM NYASALAND. 131

96. PADRAONA ZENO.

@. Pamphila zeno, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser.

vol. ii. p. 179 (1864); ¢ @. South Afr. Butt. vol. iii. p. 3138,

Q pl. xii. fig. 2 (1889).

Var. ¢ 9. Padraona watsoni, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 671.

Kondowi, 4110 feet alt., Lower Nyika, April 6th and 11th;

Kantorongondo Mt., Nyika, 6975 feet alt., April 16th, 1895.

“Orange and brown spotted Skipper” (2. C.).

The specimens now received link P. watsone to P. zeno, the

orange cell-spot of the primaries, which in P. watsoni extends

almost to the base, proving it to be variable; the discal band of the

secondaries also varies in width, and the under-surface colouring

from the bright yellow with badly defined darker bands of

P. watsoni to the duller brown banded character of P. zeno: all

the examples now received having been taken in April, the dit-

ferences cannot be seasonal.

97. GEGENES LETTERSTEDTI.

Hesperia letterstedti, Wallengren, Kong]. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.

Handl. 1857, p. 49.

3 o, Nyankowa Mt., 5575 feet alt., Nyika, April 9th, 1895.

“‘ Smoky green Skipper ” (2. C.).

98. BaorIS FATUELLUS.

Pamphila fatuellus, Hoptier, Monatsber. k. Akad. Wiss. Berlin,

1855, p. 643 ; Peters’ Reise n. Mossamb. v. p. 417, pl. 27. figs. 3,

4 (1862).

Ngerenge Plains, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 24th ; Cheni-

Cheni Mt., Nyika, 6430 feet alt., April 17th, 1895.

“Greenish Skipper ” (2. C.).

99, BAoRIs INCONSPICUA.

Hesperia inconspicua, Bertoloni, Mem. Ace. Bol. 1849, p. 10.

Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st; Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd,

1895.

“Green Skipper (decided yellowish-green).” ‘Dark green

speckled-with-white Skipper” (2. C.).

100. Baoris, sp. (A continental form of B. wmbrata.)

This species, which is almost certain to have been named by

either M. Mabille or Herr Plotz, differs from B. wmbrata of the

Island of Johanna only in its slightly superior size, more elongated

wings, and blacker colouring ; in markings, pale fringes and palpi,

and the pale areas below it agrees, excepting that the pale colouring

is less pronounced.

Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 4th, 1895. 9

132 DR. A. G. BULLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Jan. 14,

101. HaLPp NIGHRRIMA,

Halpe nigerrima, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 672.

Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 2nd, 1895.

“* Dark green Skipper (speckled with white)” (2. C.).

102. HALPE AMADHU.

Pamphila amadhu, Mabille, Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belge,

p. lxxvi (1891).

Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st, 1895.

“Greenish Skipper” (#. C.).

These species of Halpe never seem to come to hand in numbers,

one or two examples in a large collection are all that we ever

receive.

103. PERICHARES ALBICORNIS, sp.n. (Plate VI. fig. 8.)

dg. Primaries sericeous olive-brown, sometimes suffused with

purplish, the basi-costal area more or less suffused with cupreous ;

interno-basal area clothed with olive-green hairs, fringe whity

brown ; two yellowish-white superposed spots within the end of

the cell, sometimes connate ; a small more or less triangular spot

at the base of the second median interspace, a transversely oblong

spot below the latter and crossing the first median interspace ;

two or three small and yellower hyaline spots, separated by the

subcostal branches, towards apex, and an opaque bright yellow

oblong or oval spot just above the middle of the submedian vein :

secondaries deep sericeous olive-brown, central area occupied by a

slightly paler patch having a somewhat reddish tinge; base clothed

with green hairs, abdominal area with greenish and bronze hairs ;

fringe whity brown: upper surface and front of palpi, head above,

and patagia chocolate-brown ; antenne pure white, emitted from

a whitish tuft on the vertex of the head. Primaries below with

the costal border and a subapical patch golden copper-brown, the

central area greyish black, the internal area paler with a large

central diffused whitish spot ; hyaline spots necessarily as above ;

external border from apex to first median branch rosy greyish

brown: secondaries golden copper-brown, slightly darker on the

costa and in a small subapical patch bounded by two black dots ;

three ill-defined brown spots in a triangular position across the

basal area, a black dot on the upper discocellular and a small black

spot beyond; a dust-grey interno-median stripe commencing in a

point at base and gradually expanding to outer margin; an

irregular purplish-grey streak edged with blackish crossing the

disc from the interno-median streak and tapering to apex; outer

border paler than the remainder of the wing, bounded internally

by an ill-defined brownish line and enclosing two or three

triangular grey marginal dots: palpi below dull straw-yellow;

antennz white, with a grey patch on the club; neck and edges of

eyes white; pectus densely covered with dull tawny: hair, venter

rufous brown. Expanse of wings 40 millim.

1896.] FROM NYASALAND. 133

3 o, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, 4110 feet alt., April 4th to 6th,

1895.

“ White antenne Skipper” (2. C.). One specimen collected

by Mr. William Murray of the Livingstone Mission.

This is the species of which we received a damaged example

from Fwambo (see P. Z. S. 1895, p. 266. n. 63). M. Mabille says

that his specimen is a male; and, although this may be an error,

the number and character of the spots in the present species differ

considerably and are evidently tolerably constant: the sexes

rarely show so marked a difference in this group.

104, PERICHARES TELISIGNATA, sp. nu. (Plate VI. fig. 9.)

¢. Purplish black; primaries with markings nearly as in the

preceding species, but the discoidal spots united into one and only

separated from the two median spots by the veins; they thus form

a single hyaline patch as in Coladenia dan; the subapical spots also

form a short transverse trifid bar, and the yellow spot near inner

margin is slightly paler; the secondaries are small, without

markings, with greenish hairs at base and white fringe; body

blackish brown in front, but the thorax and abdomen densely

covered with grey-greenish hair; antenne pure white, with black

terminal hook. Primaries below dull black; the costal border,

which expands into a broad subapical patch, fiery copper-brown,

internal area grey, with a large central diffused dull white patch ;

external border to below second median branch rosy brown;

hyaline spots as above: secondaries fiery copper-brown, purplish

black on internal area; an indistinct blackish discal bar, parallel

to outer margin; wing crossed by a clear sharply defined white

Y -shaped character; fringe white: palpi chalky white, as also the

front of the tibie and tarsi of first pair of legs ; pectus blackish,

venter densely clothed with grey hairs, anal tufts whitish.

Expanse of wings 32 millim.

Kantorongondo Mt., Nyika, 5900 feet, April 15th, 1895.

This is so distinctly marked a species that, if properly described,

I could hardly have failed to identify it.

105. RHoPpALOCAMPTA FORESTAN.

Papilio forestan, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. cecxci. E, F (1782).

Henga, Feb. 1st, 1895.

“Great black, white, and orange Skipper ” (2. C.).

H2TEROCERA.

Only thirteen Moths were in the collection, one or two of which

had unfortunately been attacked by the larve of a Micro-

Lepidopteron, which were discovered still at work after the

specimens had been mounted: all the species nevertheless are

sufficiently well-preserved for determination,

134 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES (Jan. 14,

106. Macrogiossa TROCHILUS, var. TROCHILOIDES.

Macroglossa trochiloides, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 5.

Nyankowa Mt., Nyika, 6500 feet alt., April 9th, 1895.

“Green and orange Humming-bird Hawk ” (2. C.).

This form of MV. trochilus appears to cross the African con-

tinent from west to east; it differs from the southern type

principally in the blacker and therefore better-defined outer border

to its secondaries. There can, however, be no doubt, from the

fact that an example of the southern type was obtained by

Mr. Scott Elliot, that the ranges of the two forms overlap in

South-eastern Africa: IW. trochiloides therefore will probably

prove to be a dimorphic form of M. trochilus which becomes

permanent on the N.W. coast.

107. MELrrriA HNESCENS, sp. n. (Plate VI. fig. 10.)

Allied to M. natalensis; primaries slightly narrower, purplish

indigo, with the same transparent spot between the second and

third median branches; secondaries hyaline with black veins,

narrow black margins, and dust-grey fringe paler at the edge;

head olive-brown ; antennz purplish black above, shining straw-

yellow below, and deep ferruginous in front; collar and thorax

golden brassy, with green reflections; abdomen purplish indigo,

with dorsal golden brassy transverse bauds on the front of each

segment: primaries below becoming brownish grey from beyond

the cell ; otherwise the wings are as above: palpi and face white

stained with yellow; pectus slaty black, the sides in front andthe

front legs golden brassy, tibial and tarsal joints reddish; middle

legs golden to the end of the tibia, tarsus purplish black ; posterior

legs blackish brown, the tibial joints densely clothed with long

black, red, and white hairs; tarsi black externally, white inter-

nally. Expanse of wings 37 millim.

Karonga, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 28th, 1895.

“ Black-plumed Humming-bird. Taken in tent fluttering round

candle-lantern by night” (2. C.).

When in fresh condition this must be an exceedingly beautiful

insect.

108. XANTHOSPILOPTERYX SUPERBA.

Eusemia superba, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xy.

p- 141, pl. 13. fig. 3 (1875).

3, Ngerenge Plain, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 24th, 1895,

* Crimson-underwing Tiger ” (2. C.).

The smallest example of this beautiful Agaristid that I have

seen,

109, AEGocERA MENETA.

Noctua meneta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. lxx. D (1775).

There is no label to this example.

1896.] FROM NYASALAND, 135

110. SyNTOMIS CERES.

Syntomis ceres, Oberthiir, Etudes, iii. p. 33, pl. 3. fig. 5 (1878).

Kambwiyi R., Lower Nyika, Jan. 21st and Feb. 2nd, 1895.

‘‘ Scarlet and blue-bodied Forester” (R. C.).

111. M®rarcrta RUBRA.

Anace rubra, Walker, Lep. Het. vii. p. 1720 (1856).

$, Kaparo, Songwi R. plains, W. coast of Lake Nyasa,

Feb. 26th, 1895.

“ Orange and grey striped Ermine” (f. C.).

112. ARGINA AMANDA, var, OCELLINA.

Dewopeia ocellina, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 571 (1854).

¢@, Kwereru Hill, Deep Bay, April 22nd, 1895.

“Orange and black spotted. Full of lemon-coloured ova”

(R. C.).

113. DEIOPEIA PULCHELLA.

Tinea pulchella, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. p. 534 (1758).

Deep Bay, March 5th, 1895.

**Pink, black, and white speckled. A day-flier apparently :

taken on flowers in hot sunshine” (#. C.).

I am surprised that Mr. Crawshay did not recognize this as a

rare British moth, usually known as the “ Crimson-speckled

Footman.”

114, Loprra cROCATA, var. ?

Liparis crocata, Herrich-Schiffer, Aus]. Schmett. pl. 24. fig. 112

(1854).

3, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 6th, 1895.

« Raw silk-coloured Ermine” (2. C.).

The single example obtained appears to have been at some time

very wet, so that it is impossible to decide whether or not there

have been any of the scarcely deeper bands across the primaries

which a lens shows plainly on the front wings of ZL. crocata; the

orange spot at the end of the cell is more regularly circular than

in most examples and is not dotted with black. Until better

specimens are received, it is not safe to assume that we have to do

with a species distinct from L. crocata.

115. A LIMACODID MOTH.

The single specimen obtained was a female, not quite perfect :

the neuration is slightly unusual, veins 7 and 8 of the front wings

being emitted, from a footstalk, from 9. The sexes of some of the

Limacodide differ so much from the males, that it is hardly safe

to name an unpaired female, as it may subsequently prove to be

merely the other sex of some well-known male insect,

2, Lower Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1895.

“ Kesar moth” (£. C.),

136 MR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [Jan. 14,

116. DRASTERIA JUDICANS.

Ophiusa judicans, Walker, Lep. Het. xv. p. 1831 (1858).

Kondowi, Lower Nyika, April 4th, 1895.

“ Dusky grey moth” (2. C.).

117. HereRABRAXAS ROSEOVITTATA.

Q. Heterabraxas roseovittata, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, pl. xiii.

figs. 2, 3.

g. The antenne have long radiating branches; the black

markings on the primaries are better defined than in the female;

the secondaries are straw-yellow, with a few scattered black spots,

differing entirely on the opposite wings. Expanse 41 millim.

Not labelled: body eaten out by caterpillar of Tineid.

This is the example referred to in my previous paper and

figured.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Fig. 1. Hyreus virgo, p. 121.

2. Neptis incongrua, p. 112.

Mylothris narcissus, var. dentatus, p. 124.

ve crawshay?, p. 124.

Teracolus infumatus, p. 128.

Heteropterus decipiens, p. 130.

Perichares albicornis, p. 132.

"a telisignata, p. 133.

. Melittia enescens, p. 134.

DID AUD yp ob

—_

8. On the Intestmal Tract of Birds.

By P. Cuatmers Mircuett, M.A., F.Z.8.

[Received December 13, 1895.]

The material upon which this paper is based consists almost

entirely of birds which have died in the Society’s Gardens. The

work has been done in the Prosector’s laboratory. I have there-

fore to express my great indebtedness to the Society and to its

Prosector, Mr. F. E. Beddard, F.R.S.

By his prolonged and beautiful investigations into the structure

and disposition of the alimentary canal in birds, Dr. Gadow’ has

not only proved the taxonomic value of the intestinal convolutions

in birds, but has described the details of structure in a very large

number of cases. Dr. Gadow paid particular attention to the

number of loops and to their disposition in the abdominal cavity.

His descriptions and figures refer chiefly to the intestines as they

are seen from the right side of the bird’s body when the right

abdominal wall has been removed. The descriptions and figures

now to follow are based on the method described in my paper

1 “Versuch einer vergleichenden Anatomie des Verdauungssystemes der

Vogel,” Jena Zeitschrift, xiii. pp. 92-171; pp. 339-403.—“ On the Taxonomic

Value of the Intestinal OConvolutions in Birds,” P. Z, S. 1889.—Bronn’s

‘ Thierreich,’ Vogel, pp. 591-793.

PZ51896.Plate V1

EC. Knight del et hth West Newmam chromo

New Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land.

1896.) INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 137

upon Chauna’, LIamthus able to display more clearly the relations

of the individual cases to each other and to what I take to be the

primitive type, and to show the mesentery and the intestinal veins.

The intestinal tract was removed from the body-cavity after section

of the esophagus and of the rectum above the cloaca. The

stomach was placed to the right with its ventral side uppermost,

and the loops of the intestine were folded outward. ‘The con-

dition of the material made it impossible to inject the vessels in

enough cases to serve for comparison; but copious washing and

the passage of a jet of water through the canal oxygenated the

clotted blood in the veins and made it possible to trace their

course. Where I was able to trace them, I found that the

arteries followed the veins closely ; but it is only the veins that I

describe here.

In the simplest possible condition the intestine would run a

straight course from the stomach to the cloaca, suspended to the

dorsal wall of the body-cavity by a fold of mesentery. The

intestine grows longer than the length of the body-cavity, and,

in consequence, is thrown into a series of folds. The first of

these, usually a single distinct loop, contains the pancreas ; then

follows a more irregularly folded portion, the mesentery of which

is an arc of a circle, with its diameter attached to the dorsal body-

wall, and the median point of its circumference stretching toward

the ventral body-wall in the region where the yolk-sac was attached.

The rectum is a portion of the gut which usnally retains the

primitive straight condition. In fig. 1, which I drew from a dis-

Fig. 1.

Alligator mississipiensis; intestinal tract, showing a simple condition.

1 “On the Anatomy of Chawna chavaria,” P. Z. 8. 1895, pp. 350-358,

138 MR, P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE (Jan. 14,

section I made of an Alligator, is shown such a simple mode of

increase in length.

In fig. 2, which is drawn from the embryo of an Argus Pheasant

about thirty days old, a primitive type of the avian intestine is

shown, and it is easy to compare with this the simpler Alligator

type and the more specialized arrangement in other birds. The

avian intestine consists of three divisions, each typically supplied

with a tributary of the portal vein. The first loop or duodenum

Argus giganteus ; intestinal tract, from a chick after incubation for

thirty days.

is considerably elongated, and may be folded or even spirally

twisted at the free end. It contains the greater part of the pan-

creas, although in some cases the pancreas encroaches upon other

parts of the intestine. Its mesentery is simply the elongated

anterior portion of the common dorsal mesentery seen in the

Alligator, and it contains the anterior mesenteric vein. The duo-

denum, as Dr. Gadow has shown, lies most ventrally of all the

folds of the intestine, it being folded backward and downward

upon the other loops. Asa result of this position it frequently

happens that branches of the anterior mesenteric vein leave the

mesentery, and, bridging the intervening space, supply part of the

posterior region of the gut. I have found these bridging-vessels

remarkably constant in the groups in which they occur, and they

seem to present a striking instance of a feature which, apparently,

could only have arisen from the “accident ” of contiguous position,

and is fixed as a normal part of the structure. For where the part

of the gut obtains its veins from this extrinsic source, the normal

vein, a branch of the middle mesenteric vein which runs backward,

is present. The bridging-vessels from the duodenum are short

circuitings which have been perpetuated.

The duodenum, usually a simple loop, is in some instances ex-

panded into a branching system of folds. This occurs in birds

belonging to widely different groups, and must be taken as a con-

yergent resemblance.

1896. ] INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 139

After it leaves the duodenum, the dorsal mesentery expands into

a great, almost circular, fold, with the middle mesenteric vein

running out to the yolk-sac in the centre of the fold. The gut is

suspended at the circumference of this circular fold, and, m the

simple type, is thrown into a number of corrugated folds around

the circumference, which closely resemble the corrugated folds

in the Alligator. At the posterior part of this circumferential

part of the gut is the point where the ceca are attached, and the

ceca run forward along the sides of the posterior part of this

loop. Ina simple case such as in this young bird the edge of the

mesentery corresponding to its line of attachment, and represented

by a dotted line in the figure, passes directly into the edge of the

mesentery of the rectum. But in most fully grown birds the part

of the gut with the attached cx#ca has been rotated under the

rectum, that is to say over it as seen in the diagram, until the

point of attachment of the cxca is brought close up to the

starting-point of the duodenum. Consequently, when the gut is

lying on the table with its primitive ventral side uppermost, the

rectum and the rectal vessel are covered along the greater part of

their length by the circular part of the gut. Finally, individual

folds, from among the numerous small corrugated folds of the

circular loop of gut, increase enormously in length, and Dr. Gadow

has shown that the number of the loops that grow out, and the

mode in which they lie, folded over or under each other within the

body, are characteristic of avian groups. Where the folded loops

come in contact with each other, minor short circuitings take

place in the veins, and it occasionally happens, notably with

Parrots, that secondary sheets of connective tissue, usually con-

taining masses of fat, bind loops belonging to different parts of

the circular fold very closely together. But even in these cases,

and without difficulty in most birds, these loops may be dissected

from each other, and the primitive circular loop of mesentery

becomes apparent and is seen to contain the median branch of the

mesenteric vein. The series of figures in this communication

exhibit the gut when this unfolding dissection has been per-

formed.

The rectum, or last part of the gut, in the vast majority of

cases retains its primitive straight position, and is closely attached

to the dorsal wall of the body-cavity by the posterior part of the

primitive straight mesentery. The rectal vessel or posterior

mesenteric vessel runs in this. It leaves the common stem of the

portal vein very close to the anterior mesentery or duodenal vessel,

and runs backward tothe cloaca. Just in front of the cloacaa large

median vessel leaves this and runs upward to the surface of the

kidneys. There it forks, and each fork, after receiving several

veins from the parietes, runs forward along the under surface of

the kidney.

I shall now proceed to describe the deviations from this ground-

type so far as I have had the opportunity of following them in the

main groups of birds. The kaleidoscopic variety, in which the same

140 MR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE (Jan. 14,

end—extension of gut—has been attained in different groups, would

seem to offer a field of enquiry that may ultimately give important

results bearing on the problem of divergent evolution. Dr. Gadow

has shown that the modes of coiling the gut have systematic

value: so far as my material has been able to take me, it looks as

if the divergencies were grouped indifferently around the common

type.

RaTit &.

In the Cassowary (fig. 3) the common type is retained with.an

almost diagrammatic simplicity. The duodenum is a short, very

Fig. 3.

Casuarius ; intestinal tract.

wide loop, and presents the peculiarity, which may have been

an individual abnormality in my specimen, that the hepatic and

pancreatic ducts open on a wide diverticulum of the distal limb of

the loop. The circular fold of mesentery has the very slightly

folded gut suspended at its circumference, and the remains of the

yolk-sac appear as a short cecum in the middle of the loop. The

rectum is short and straight, and the ceca are in the typical

position. The blood-vessels are absolutely typical.

The Emu which I examined (Dromeus nove-hollandice) was

identical in its main features with the Cassowary, and it is

unnecessary to give a separate drawing. The duodenum was

narrower and longer, and the hepatic and pancreatic ducts opened

separately into the duodenum, not upon a common diverticulum.

The Ostrich (fig. 4), which was the fine male known as the Queen’s

Ostrich, presented an important deviation. The first two parts of

the intestine and the three great veins were according to type,

the yolk-sae diverticulum being conspicuous on the circular loop

opposite the end of the median mesenteric vein. The distal limb

of the duodenum presented a short lateral diverticulum, and the

ceca are relatively longer than in Casuwarius and, as has been

1896.] ~ INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 141

described frequently, were marked by the attachment of a spiral

valve. But the rectal part of the intestine, that supplied by the

Fig. 4.

tes Struthio camelus ; intestinal tract. .«, short-circuiting vessel cut across.

posterior mesenteric vein, is expanded into an enormous coil

swung at the circumference of a semicircular expansion of its

mesentery. Only in Chauwna and in the Eagles and Petrels have

I found the slightest trace of a convergent resemblance to this

feature, but in the latter the subsidiary rectal loops, although sup-

plied by the rectal vessel, lie above the cxca.

I have not yet had an opportunity of dissecting a Rhea or an

Apteryx 1.

It is plain that, so far as degree of divergence of type in the

alimentary canal goes, the Ratites deserve their accepted place at

the bottom of the avian scale.

CARINATA.

COLYMBIFORMES.

In these (Podiceps not examined) (fig. 5, p. 142) the duodenal loop

is straight and normal. The circular loop is pulled out into a series

of minor loops that are arranged almost symmetrically round the

middle mesenteric vein. The yolk-sac vestige lies in front of the

middle point of the series. The last loop of the circular system

? [In a Rhea americana which I have more recently examined the gut was

intermediate in form between those of Caswarius and Struthio. The anterior

portion resembled Caswarius; the rectum had an expansion recalling that in the

Ostrich, but much less strongly marked.—P. OC. M., March 1896.]

142 MR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [Jan. 14,

is longer than the others, as frequently happens when the caca

are relatively short. It is drained partly by the duodenal vein.

Fig. 5.

Colymbus septentrionalis ; intestinal tract. ., short-circuiting vessel from

duodenal to posterior mesenteric vein cut across.

The last part of the intestine is long and straight, and the poste-

rior mesenteric vein drains the ceca and part of the region in

front of the ceca.

SPHENISCIFORMES.

In these (fig. 6) the primitive arrangement is disguised by the

enormous length of the gut and consequent complexity of the

Fig. 6.

KGB

Eudyptes chrysocome ; intestinal tract. , short-circuiting vessel cut across,

1896.] INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 148

three parts. In Hudyptes chrysocome the duodenum forms a

subsidiary system of loops ; in Aptenodytes pennanti a spiral, bearing

a convergent resemblance to the duodenum of the long-gutted Sea-

Eagles. The circular loop is thrown into an enormous series of

minor folds, about the middle of which, but in a position similar

to that in the Divers, occurs the yolk-duct vestige. The last two

loops are supplied from the duodenal vessel. The posterior part

of the gut is quite like that of the Diver, although the cca are

still further reduced.

PROCELLARIIFORMES.

The Northern Petrel (fig. 7) presents several interesting modifi-

cations of the type. The duodenum is compound, the first part

being twisted round the small gizzard, the second part forming a

Fulmarus glacitalis ; intestinal tract. 2, short-circuiting vessel cut across.

long loop containing the pancreas in the typical fashion. The

circular loop is drawn out into a number of straight narrow loops,

on the fourth of which occurs the vestige of the yolk-duct. The

last loop is drained partly from the normal source and partly by a

short-circuiting vein from the duodenum. The posterior part of

the intestine is like that of Colymbus and the Penguin, with the

exception that, as in the Sea-Eagle, the portion of the gut supplied

by the posterior mesenteric vessel, but anterior to the origin of the

ceca, is expanded into two subsidiary loops.

CICONIIFORMES,

The birds in this group that I have examined have all departed

similarly from the type. The whole intestine is enormously elon-

144 MR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [Jan. 14,

gated, the greater part of the elongation having occurred in the

circular loop. The ceca are small, and lie on the third part of

the gut, some distance below where it joins the circular loop.

As usually happens when the ceca are reduced, the last part of

the circular loop is pulled out into a long free loop, which, in the

natural position, is closely attached to the under surface of the

duodenum, and gives a vein to the duodenal vein. Platalea leuco-

Platalea leucorodia ; intestinal tract. 2, short-circuiting vessel cut across.

rodia, the Spoonbill (fig. 8), shows the least differentiation among

those that I have examined. The duodenum is very long and is

curved far round to the left in the abdominal cavity. The circular

loop is enormously expanded, and forms a rough spiral, of which

the middle mesenteric vein, running out to the vestige of the yolk-

duct, forms the axis. The figure represents this after it has been

dissected out and is more diagrammatic than most of the drawings

I give. The most important points to which I would call attention

are: that the yolk vestige, though at the end of the spiral, is much

nearer the posterior than the anterior end of the circular loop,

owing to the greater development of the first half of the circular

loop; and the fact that on the whole the minor loops of the

circular loop are of similar length, with the exception of the last

loop. It is in this respect especially that the Spoonbill has departed

less than other Ciconiiformes from the type. The veins of the gut

are almost diagrammatic in the simplicity of their arrangement,

the only peculiarity being the short-circuiting branch from the

duodenal vein to the distal loop of the circular loop.

In Pseudotantalus ibis the duodenum, which was curved in

Platalea, is very much elongated and twisted into a spiral. The

first portion of the circular loop is elongated into a separate

loop: the remainder of the circular loop is more primitive

even than in Platalea, consisting of a number of nearly equal

radial folds at the circumference of the whole fold. There is a very

1896. ] INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 145

slight spiral twist, the axis of which is the middle mesenteric vein,

which runs out to the yolk-duct vestige. The last loop and the

third part of the intestine, and the veins, are as in the Spoonbill.

Ciconia alba, Crconia nigra (fig. 9), Leptoptilus crumeniferus,

and Leptoptilus argila show the tendency to form spirals which is

present throughout this group in an increasing degree. In these

four birds the duodenum forms a spiral which, in C. nigra, is

Fig. 9.

Ciconia nigra ; intestinal tract. x, short-circuiting vessel divided.

twisted with a spiral formed from the first subsidiary loop of the

circular loop. The remainder of the circular loop is elongated in

them all, and the yolk-duct vestige occurs at the elongated point.

The last loop of the circular system and the third part of the gut

and the veins occur in the fashion typical of the whole group.

Pelecanus fuscus, which is the only Steganopod I have examined,

displays a simple variety of the Ciconiiform type. The duodenum

is straight and encloses a curiously lobulated pancreas. The

circular coil begins with a short straight minor loop, and then

forms an enormous bunch of short equally sized loops, supplied by

radiating branches of the middle mesenteric vein. Upon one of

these, nearer the posterior than the anterior end, occurs the yolk-

duct vestige. The end of the cireular loop is drawn out into the

usual loop, with a short-circuit vein from the duodenum, and the

third part of the gut is as in the other Ciconiiformes.

ANSERIFORMES.

The striking character of the Anseriformes is the small deviation

from the primitive type represented in their intestines. As I have

already pointed out in a communication on the anatomy of Chauna,

the gut of that bird has deviated from the avian type even less

than the gut of the Ostrich. The result is a very striking similarity

between the gut of the Struthious birds, of Chawna, and of an

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. X. 10

146 MR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [Jan. 14,

immature Gallinaceous bird. I reproduce here a cut from my

paper on Chauna (fig. 10). The duodenum is a distinct fold, and

the duodenal vein receives short-circuiting branches from the

Fig. 10.

Intestine of Chauna chavaria.

s. Proventriculus with g the glandular patch.

d. Duodenum enclosing the pancreas (the duodenum has been turned for-

ward).

Z to l. The large loop of the intestine, with y the yolk-sac diverticulum about

the middie of its length. This coil has also been raised up and turned

forward. The remains of the ventral mesentery running from the

diverticulum are not shown, as they lie under the intestinal loop.

ec. The cexea. 7. Large intestine.

7.v. Rectal mesenteric vein. This dips under the mesentery of the large loop,

where its course is shown by a dotted line. It there joins with the large

central vein of the large loop and with the veins from the duodenum and

cea, and the blood passes forward, its course being shown by a dotted

line, to the portal vein p.v.

hinder region of the circular fold, especially from one of the ceca,

which, in the diagram, is represented as turned outwards. The

circular loop differs in no essential respect from the primitive

avian type, as displayed in the Ostrich and young Argus. The

Mi a" *

1896. ] INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 147

resemblance to the Ostrich is heightened by the fact that in

Chauna and the Ostrich the rectum, by being thrown into a sub-

sidiary set of folds, departs in a similar way from the common type.

The resemblance between Chauna and Fhea is very striking.

The Ducks and Geese (fig. 11) display a very definite and simple

modification of the ground-type. It consists simply in the elon-

gation of a limited number, generally five, of the primitive irregular

loops of the circular loop. Ina young Bernicla magellanica, still

in its down plumage, the duodenum and the third part of the gut

were in the typical condition, but the circular loop was already

pulled out into three or four subsidiary loops, of which the longest

bore the yolk-duct vestige. In adult Ducks, Geese, and Swans

the arrangement differed in uo essential respect from the drawing

Fig. 11.

Cygnus atratus ; intestinal tract. a’, short-cireuiting vessel divided.

(fig. 11). The duodenum was simple. The duodenal vessel received

short-circuiting veins from the hinder portion of the circular loop.

A striking feature of the minor loops on the front part of the

mid-gut is the presence upon them of minor loops. ‘The circular

luop had a huge median mesenteric vein, which ran out to the

much elongated subsidiary loop bearing the yolk-duct. It gave

off three vessels to three expansions of the proximal part of the

circular loop, vessels to a long and short distal expansion, and a

vessel to the straight part of the loop along which the ceca were

attached. The rectum was straight and in the typical fashion

was supplied by a posterior mesenteric vein.

FALCONIFORMES.

I have not had the opportunity of examining any of the Catharte.

The Accipitres show a marked divergence from the common type.

The gut generally is enormously long, especially in the fish-eaters.

From the point of view of relation to type, I cannot see that there

is any special relation between the Accipitrine deviation and the

JGe

148 MR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [Jan. 14,

deviation among the Pelargi, although Dr. Gadow has laid some

stress on the existence of such a resemblance. In some of the

Vultures and Falcons there are spirals formed by the subsidiary

loops, just as occurs, for instance, in Ciconia (fig. 9). On the

other hand, members of both groups exhibit a much simpler

method of attaining increased length, and this seems to imply

that the spiral formation is a convergent resemblance. When

the simplest members of the groups are taken—I am speaking

of them only from the point of view of gut-formation—the special

spiral formation disappears and the relations between the groups

are only their relations to the common type. The White-tailed

Sea-Eagle (fig. 12) shows the general character of the group. Its

gut is very long, and if the spiral twists were a character of the

Fig. 12.

Haliaétus albicilla ; intestinal tract. 2, short-circuiting vessel divided.

group one would expect the increased length to be displayed in

the formation of complicated spirals. This does not occur. The

duodenum is thrown into a complicated set of subsidiary loops,

thus recalling the similar modification in the Penguin. Among

the Accipitrines generally the duodenum is a very wide irregular

loop, but I have not found it thrown into secondary loops in other

cases. The circular loop forms a very extended set of minor

loops, some of which, especially on the lower side, are slightly

twisted into spirals. In other Accipitres it is more often the

upper loops of this series that are twisted. The vestige of the

yolk-duct occurs at the end of the median mesenteric vein in the

typical fashion, but is situated rather nearer the proximal end of

the loop. The last loop of the circular system is very long and

usually, as in Haliaétus, spirally twisted. It gives a short-circuiting

vein to the duodenal vein. The part of the hind gut between the

ceca and the circular loop is thrown into a complicated set of folds,

1896, ] INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 149

supplied by the posterior mesenteric vein. This structure is present

in all the Accipitres I have examined, and Dr. Gadow states that

all the Accipitres and Catharte have irregular kinks above the

rectum. A similar deviation occurs in the Petrels (fig. 7, p. 143).

GALLIFORMES.

I have not had the opportunity of dissecting any Galliformes

except Galli. The figure of the young Argus Pheasant (fig. 2) may

serve as a type for the adult intestine of the Peacocks, Fowls, Quails,

Tragopans, and so forth. The three great portions of the intes-

tine and the three great mesenteric veins are always present in the

typical form. The adult shows the vestige of the yolk-duct at the

end of the middle mesenteric vein. Branches radiate off from the

middle vein to the irregular loops of the circular fold, and the last

part of the circular fold, along which the enormous cxea lie, is

drained partly by a recurrent branch of the middle mesenteric vein

and partly by short-circuiting branches from the vein of the duo-

denum. The rectum is always straight.

GRUIFORMES.

Like the Galliformes, the Gruiformes closely conform to the

primitive type. The gut is short, and instead of being thrown

into a number of irregular minor loops the subsidiary loops are

Fig. 13.

Crex pratensis ; intestinal tract. , short-circuiting vessel divided.

few in number and definitely placed. The Common Land-Rail

(fig. 13) may be taken as typical of the Rallide. Porphryioand

Aramides are practically identical with it, and the Cranes and

Psophia differ only in minor particulars. The duodenum is a narrow

regular loop: the circular loop is pulled out into four narrow sub-

sidiary loops ; upon the distal limb of the second subsidiary loop the

vestige of the yolk-duct is found. This is very large and is bound

150 MR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE (Jan. 14,

down by the remnant of a primitive ventral mesentery. The last

minor loop of the circular portion of the gut has the long ceca

running forward alongside it. It is drained in the usual fashion

by a branch of the mid-mesenteric vein and by short circuit branches

from the duodenal vein. At first sight there is a striking similarity

between the gut of the Rails and the gut of Fulmarus (fig. 7, p. 143);

but this is due simply to the narrowness and regularity of the loops.

The position of the yolk-duct vestige differs in the two, while the

short ceca and the kinks immediately above them make absolutely

distinctive characters in the Petrel.

In the Dicholophide and the Otidide the Ralline characters are

still obvious, but the gut is still shorter and the loops more definite.

Cariama cristata (fig. 14) shows the duodenum and the rectum

identical with the Rails; the last portion of the circular loop is

Fig. 14.

Cariama cristata ; intestinal tract. ., short-circuiting vessel divided.

identical in its arrangement and veins, although the ceca are still

larger. The rest of the mid-gut is reduced, the third loop being

absent. The yolk-duct vestige is in the same place upon the

second loop, but the first loop of the circular mid-gut is partly

united with the second. In the Otidide the gut appears to be

further modified in the direction in which Cariama differs from

Crex. The duodenum, the rectum, and the last loop of the mid-gut

are as in the Rails and Cariama ; but the remainder of the mid-gut

is reduced to a single loop, corresponding to the second of that

region in Crew, and bearing the yolk-sac vestige on its distal limb.

CHARADRIIFORMES,

_ The birds associated in this Order display a very varied series of

divergences from the type. Among those Limicole that I have

1896.] INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 151

examined, Numenius (fig. 15) certainly is nearest the common type.

The duodenum is a simple loop supplied with the usual vein ; the

circular loop is nearly symmetrical, and the vestige of the yolk-duct

Fig. 15.

Numenius arquata ; intestinal tract. 2, short-circuiting vessel divided.

occurs about the middle of its length. As in the Rails this is

remarkably large even in adult life, and frequently is bent on itself

and tied down by remains of the primitive ventral mesentery.

The long ceca lie alongside the posterior part of the circular coil,

which gives a short-cireuiting vein to the duodenal vessel. The

rectum is straight. Glareola resembles Numenius, but is even

simpler. In other Limicole the general tendency is to an asymme-

trical extension of the circular loop and to a reduction of the

ceca. The Woodcock (fig. 16) may be taken as an extreme case of

this kind of divergence. The general arrangement of the loops

Fig. 16.

Scolopax rusticola ; intestinal tract. 2, short-circuiting vessel divided.

152 MR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE (Jan. 14,

and blood-vessels remains as in Numenius; but the large subsi-

diary loop, on the distal limb of which lies the yolk-sac vestige, 18

pulled out into an enormously long narrow loop, which is then

rolled up into a spiral. The distal part of the circular loop is very

much reduced, although there still remains a small loop in the

position occupied by the long cxca of Numenius and giving a

vessel to the duodenal vein.

The Gulls display a type that is more divergent than Nume-

nius, in that the ceca are reduced. Larus martnus (fig. 17) shows

that in other respects they are as primitive as Numenius, The

duodenum is a simple loop with the usual vessel. The circular

coil of the mid-gut is thrown into a series of irregular loops, which,

however, as in the Limicole, are more developed on the side

Fig. 17.

Larus marinus ; intestinal tract. , short-circuiting vessel divided.

anterior to the yolk-sac vestige. This lies in the normal position

opposite the end of the median mesenteric vein. The last part of

the circular loop forms an extended subsidiary loop supplied by a

short-circuiting vein from the duodenal vessel. I have not found

instances myself, but Dr. Gadow states that in some Gulls spiral

folds occur in the region corresponding to the spiral fold of Scolo-

pax. Thus the Gulls and the Limicole would form a series of

divergences from the common type, but in parallel directions.

Pterocles (fig. 18) diverges in yet another direction. The ex-

tremely primitive character of the gut is obvious at once. The

duodenum, the circular loop, and the rectum are all distinct and

have the usual veins. The middle of the mid-gut is marked by

the vestige of the yolk-sac placed at the end of the median mesen-

teric vein. As in Charadriiformes generally, the anterior portion

1896.] INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 153

of the circular loop is expanded. In Pterocles it forms a long

narrow loop, the end of which is bent upon itself. The posterior

Fig. 18.

Pterocles bicinctus ; intestinal tract. «x, short-circuiting vessel divided.

part of the circular loop remains in the primitive condition, and

has the long cca attached to it. A short-circuiting vein from

the duodenum is present. The rectum is straight.

In the Columbe which I have examined (Colwmbe of several

species, Phlogenas cruenta) (fig. 19), it is tempting to regard the

Fig. 19.

Columba livia; wtestinal tract ; the spiral is figured as rather too symmetrical.

«, short-circuiting vessel divided.

154 MR, P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [Jan. 14,

gutas a simple derivative of the type seen in Pterocles. The duo-

denum is longer and narrower. ‘The circular loop is enormously

expanded, but the three subsidiary loops seen in Pterocles remain.

The first of these is somewhat shortened ; the second, that bearing

the yolk-sac vestige at its end, is enormously lengthened ; the mesen-

tery is folded along the line of the median mesenteric vessel, so

that the two limbs of the loop are brought in contact with each

other, and, finally, the whole folded loop is rolled into a rough

spiral. The third subsidiary loop of the circular part of the gut

has the same arrangement and veins as in Pterocles; but the ceca

no longer run along it, but occur as very short stumps upon the

rectum.

CUCULIFORMES,

Of these, I have examined only Corythaiw (chlorochlamys and

persa) and a number of Psittaci. So faras I can see, one has to go ©

back to the common type for both. Corythaiw (fig. 20) has a

remarkably short and wide gut, in correspondence with its frugi-

Corythaix chlorochlamys ; intestinal tract. x, short-circuiting vessel divided.

vorous habits. The duodenal loop is wide and straight. The cir-

cular loop is short ; its anterior portion forms a normal coil, is slung

at the circumference of the circular mesentery, and is supplied by

radiating branches of the median mesenteric vein. No doubt the

vestige of the yolk-duct occurs upon this; but in my specimens,

which were all affected with tubercular nodules on the gut, I

failed to identify it. The distal portion of the circular coil, along

which the ceca run in the primitive type, is pulled out into a narrow

subsidiary loop, the distal portion of which gives a short-circuiting

vein to the duodenal vein. The rectum is straight, and there was

no trace of ceca. The gut appears to be directly derived from the

primitive type by shortening and by loss of the cxca, the distal

1896.] INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 155

loop of the mid-gut with its special vein apparently being a remi-

niscence of the stage with functional ceca.

In the Parrots, Macaws, and Parrakeets that I have examined

the gut presents no great divergences. It is invariably very long

and slender, and the subsidiary loops are folded upon each other,

and twisted and doubled in a very perplexing manner. Moreover,

the masses of twisted gut are overgrown by connective tissue loaded

with fat, and short-circuiting connections between the veins are

common. ‘The relation to the common type, however, is easily

made out. Ara ararauna (fig. 21) may serve as an instance; the

Fig. 21.

Ara ararauna ; intestinal tract. sx, short-circuiting vessel divided.

duodenum is considerably wider than the rest of the gut, and is a

simple loop, partly curved at the end. The circular loop is enor-

mously expanded and is pulled out into a number of subsidiary

loops, four in number, as in Ara, but numerous minor subsidiary

loops usually occur between them. ‘The first of the four is short

in Ara; the second, as in the others that I have examined, bears

the vestige of the yolk-duct at its extremity; the third and fourth

are very long, and the fourth has a short-circuiting vein to the duo-

denum, and corresponds to the part of the circular loop along which

the ceca run in the primitive type. The rectum is straight and

bears no trace of ceca. The three main veins—the duodenal, the

median, and the posterior mesenteric—occur in the typical fashion.

When the minor loops between the four subsidiary loops are

abundant, as, for instance, in Chryosotis, the gut bears a resemblance

156 MR, P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [Jan. 14,

to that of the Accipitres ; but this, I think, is superficial, and merely

due to the relation to the common type. The marked features of the

divergence from type in the Psittaci consist in the elongation of a

definite number of loops and in the matting of these loops together,

the loops being folded over each other backward and forward.

There is no trace of the formation of a loop supplied by the pos-

terior mesenteric vessel, which is the most striking <Accipitrine

character.

CoRACIIFORMES.

Of the birds in this group that I have examined, the Owls (fig. 22)

and Caprimulgide are the most primitive, and indeed differ very

little from the primitive type. The duodenal loop, as in other

Coraciiform birds, is very wide, especially towards its extremity.

The circular loop of the gut remains in nearly the primitive con-

Fig. 22.

Bubo maximus ; intestinal tract.

dition, being thrown into a series of short convoluted lobes,

supplied by radiating branches from the middle mesenteric vein.

In Bubo maximus, where the gut is relatively short, the only

subsidiary loop of the mid-gut series that is prominent is the

distal loop, along which, as in the common type, the large ceca

run forward. In other Owls there is frequently another well-

developed subsidiary loop on the part of the mid-gut between the

duodenum and the vestige of the yolk-duct. The rectum is

straight. The three branches of the portal vein, the duodenal,

median, and posterior mesenteric veins, all are in the typical

condition. I have not been able to see many of the other

birds in this group which possess long ceca. Those without

functional cwca display very simple divergences from the common

1896.] INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. 157

type. The wide gut is very short: the Colies, for instance, have

shortest guts of any birds that I have examined; but the same

general features are present in all. Rhytidoceros plicatus, for

instance (fig. 23), shows the duodenum as a very wide irregular

Fig. 23.

Rhytidoceros plicatus ; intestinal tract.

loop, with a pucker at its closed end. The circular part of the gut

is thrown into three simple subsidiary folds. The first of these

corresponds to that present in most Owls, but absent in the Eagle-

Owl; the second bears the yolk-sac vestige at its extremity, and

the third corresponds to the part along which the lost ceca

lay. The rectum is straight. The veins are in the typical form,

and I have not found any short-circuiting veins.

In the Woodpeckers (Gecinus) and Toucans (hamphastos) the

duodenum is equally wide: the three loops of the mid-gut are

present with the yolk-sac vestige on the median loop; but all three

loops are much wider and shallower than in the Hornbill. The

Fig. 24.

Colius capensis ; intestinal tract.

158 ON THE INTESTINAL TRACT OF BIRDS. (Jan. 14.

Colies (fig. 24) have the same parts, but still wider and shallower.

At first sight the gut of the Coly seems very different from that of

the Hornbill. But the vestige of the yolk-duct orients the apex

of the middle subsidiary loop of the mid-gut: the anterior and

posterior loops of the mid-gut may then be seen as simple shallow

curves on the gut. The wide duodenum and the straight rectum,

and the veins, are as in the Hornbill and Woodpecker.

PASSERIFORMES.

I have proceeded only a short way in the examination of the

members of this vast group, but those that I have examined

show a simple and identical modification of the common type.

Parus major (fig. 25) may serve as a fairly generalized example of

the Passerine type. The duodenum isasimpleloop. The circular

coil of the mid-gut shows a tendency to be spirally twisted, the

Fig. 25.

Parus major ; intestinal tract. 2, short-circuiting vessel divided.

vestige of the yolk-duct forming the apex of the spiral, and the

median mesenteric vein forming the axis of the spiral. The spiral is

hardly visible in Parus ; it forms jess than halfa turn. In the Crows

and Nutcrackers, and in a very large number of other Passeres, the

spiral is long and forms several turns. Between the spiral and

the rectum there is a subsidiary loop on the mid-gut where in the

primitive type the ceca ran forwards. This in Parus and in all

other Passeres I have examined is closely connected with the

duodenum, which is folded under it. Frequently a lobe of the

pancreas passes across and lies in this subsidiary loop. The loop

has a recurrent vein from the middle mesenteric vein, and a short-

circuiting vein or veins opening into the duodenal vein. The

rectum is short and straight, and where these are present, as in

Parus, bears the ceca. The veins are normal.

Some Passeres, as, for instance, the Nutcracker, show signs of a

subsidiary loop of the mid-gut between the spiral and the duode-

num. In others, as, for instance, the Poé Honey-eater (Prosthe-

madera), the anterior part of the mid-gut and the spiral are reduced

to practically a simple fold, while the last loop of the mid-gut is

considerably expanded.

1896.] ON THE MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 159

CoNCLUSION.

I do not feel justified in attempting to draw any general con-

clusions as to the relations of the various divergences from the

common type that I have described; but I think that I have

brought together enough matter to show that when a much larger

number ot facts has been collected, the method of investigation I

have been following may furnish another clue to that riddle of

zoology, the classification of birds. But in addition to this systematic

interest, the comparative anatomy of a group of creatures so large in

numbers and so alike in anatomical structure offers a field for the

investigation of the innumerable divergences and convergences

that have taken place in the evolution of the group. I cannot see

that interpretations of isolated characters have any value. When

we know the comparative anatomy of the greater number of

characters that make up an animal, and not only those that seem

to distinguish it as a species, the time may come for interpre-

tation. But to those who care for discussions concerning isolated

characters, I may suggest the problem: in these loopings of the

gut in birds, there is an almost kaleidoscopic variety, and appa-

rently these varieties are of systematic value; what are their

utilities ?

4. Myology of Rodents.—Part II. An Account of the

Myology of the Myomorpha, together with a Com-

parison of the Muscles: of the various Suborders of

Rodents. By F. G. Parsons, F.R.C.S., F.Z.S., F.L.S.,

Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy at St. Thomas’s

Hospital.

[Received December 14, 1895.]

The present paper is intended to be a second instalment to the

one “On the Mvology of the Sciuromorphine and Hystricomor-

phine Redents,” which I had the honour of reading before this

Society in 1894 (see P. Z. S. 1894, p. 251). I am again indebted

to the kindness of the Society’s Prosector, Mr. F. E. Beddard, for

a large proportion of my material; indeed, it was his suggestion

that a detailed examination of the muscles of Rodents would be

of practical value in the Dissecting-Room at the Gardens that

determined me to undertake the work in the first instance.

The first part of this paper contains an account of the muscles

of thirteen Myomorphine Rodents, and as a statement of actual

facts will, I hope, prove of some value.

The second part is devoted to a series of summaries and

generalizations founded upon the facts with which these and

previous dissections have furnished me. This part I regard as of

less value than the first, because future dissections may make

many alterations necessary. It seems well, however, to take

stock of the mass of material from time to time as it accumulates.

160 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Jan. 14,

The following is a list of the animals dissected for the first part

of the present paper :—

Myoxus dryas. Mus rattus.

Gerbillus shawi. Mus barbarus.

Cricetus frumentarius. Rhyzomys badius.

Cricetomys gambianus. Georychus capensis.

Microtus amphibius. Bathyerqus maritimus.

Myodes lemmus. Heteromys longicaudatus.

Mus decumanus.

Also

Lepus timidus and Lepus cuniculus

for the sake of comparison.

Accounts of the muscles of other animals by various authors

have been used and their sources acknowledged in the text.

Muscles of the Head and Neck.

Temporal.—In all the Myomorpha the three parts of the tem-

poral are more closely fused than they are in the Sciuromorpha, in

this respect resembling the Hystricomorphine arrangement.

In the Water-Vole the parietal part of the muscle is very large

and arises from the temporal fascia, as well as the parietal, maxil-

lary, and frontal bones. It runs down as a flat tendon to be

inserted, opposite the anterior molar teeth, into the mandible.

The anterior deep part of the masseter, after coming through the

infraorbital foramen, joins this tendon.

Fig. 1.

PARIETAL part of TE

{

we, TEMP.

ANT.SUP.MAS. 1

POST DEEP MAS,

Masticatory muscles of Vole.

In the Myoxide and Muride the muscles of opposite sides are

separated by an interval which is often, as in Mus rattus, of

considerable extent. In the Spalacide, on the other hand, the two

muscles rise close together, and the superficial layer described by

Allen! is distinct and rises by aponeurosis from the sagittal crest.

These animals, moreover, bear out the statement in Broun’s

1 Pr, Acad. Nat. Sc. of Philadelphia, vol. iii. p. 385.

er eS hee ee eee ee lee

1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 161

‘Thierreich,’ that the size of the temporal varies inversely with

that of the eyes, for in them the eye is rudimentary while the

muscle is very large (Rhizomys, Georychus, Bathyergus).

Masseter—The four parts of the muscle already described are

present in the Myomorpha, but the posterior superficial and

posteriur deep parts are usually difficult to separate satisfactorily.

The anterior superficial portion is constant and rises in front of

the infracrbital foramen, from the side of the maxilla, by a narrow

tendon. It is very strongly marked in the Spalacide, in which

the lower jaw has a broad pulley-like groove under which the

muscle passes to be inserted into the inner surface of the bone;

this arrangement is very well seen in Georychus and Bathyergus.

The anterior deep part shows an intermediate arrangement between

the Sciuromorphine and Hystricomorphine type and throws a

Fig. 2.

.ANT.DEEP MAS.

= Seruromorphine,

YH),

y KU Mo

Post. sup, MAS... Z

= Rew, ~ --

‘ANT.SUP.MAS, -

{ 5G

Superficial dissection of Hamster’s masseter.

good deal of light on the morphology of this portion. In the

Hystricomorpha there is a large infraorbital foramen through

which the anterior deep part of the masseter passes to be inserted

by a narrow flat tendon into the mandible opposite, or just in

front of, the anterior cheek-teeth. In the Sciuromorpha the part

which I have hitherto described as “anterior deep ” rises from a

vertical groove in front of the zygoma, and passes down to the

same insertion without traversing any bony canal, the infraorbital

foramen being only large enough to allow the passage of the

nerve. As the insertion of a muscle is justly regarded as of more

importance than the origin in determining homologies, I have

hitherto looked upon these two portions as homologous, but the

arrangement in many of the Myomorpha has made me change this

opinion. Inthe Myomorpha the infraorbital foramen is inter-

mediate between the arrangement found in the other two sub-

orders; it is usually present as a vertical slit, through which

passes a small bundle of muscular fibres corresponding to the

anterior deep part of the Hystricomorphine masseter; but in

addition to this there is another slip, corresponding to the Sciuro-

morphine anterior deep part, which rises in front of the zygoma

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1896, No. XI. 11

162 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE (Jan. 14,

and runs down to be inserted, also by a narrow flat tendon, just

external to the former and covering its insertion. This part is

especially well marked in Heteromys. This arrangement, which is

present in all the genera of the Muride that I have dissected,

shows that, as the two muscles coexist in the same animal, they

cannot be homologous, and I am now of opinion that the so-called

Fig. 3.

ANT. DEEP MAS, ‘

Ays/ricomorphine,

4 Soe = =

ANT! Sup.Mas, +ANT. DEEP MAS.

Sczwromorphine,

Masseter of Heteromys.

anterior deep part of the Scinromorphine masseter is an extension

forward of the posterior superficial plane of fibres. The arrange-

ment in the Spalacidee gives a clue to the way in which the infra-

orbital slip appears ; in these animals it is very feebly marked, rises

from the margins of the infraorbital foramen, and runs back to

blend with the temporal instead of having an independent insertion

opposite the anterior cheek-teeth.

Facial Muscles——These muscles are best developed in the

Spalacidee, especially in Bathyergus. In this animal the frontalis

is continuous dorsally and laterally with the superficial panniculus,

and the muscles of the small auricle are extensions from this.

The orbicularis palpebrarum in Bathyergus is very small, corre-

sponding to the feeble development of the eye. The levator labii

superioris corresponds with the description of it in the other

Rodents’. The dilatator naris rises deep to this and passes to the

1 PZ. 8. 1894, p. 253.

1896. | MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 163

side of the nasal aperture. The zygomaticus rises behind and

below the eye and runs to the angle of the mouth. The orbicularis

oris is feeble, as the mouth never closes over the enormous lower

incisors, and the infra-labial muscles are hardly developed at all.

Fig. 5.

‘FRONTALIS,

DILATOR NARIS. :

Lev. casi,

SS —S

“ ~

Zycomarticus Ne y™

Face-muscles of Bathyergus.

This description applies to the other animals examined, with the

exception that a depressor labii inferioris can be made out, and

that the orbicularis palpebrarum is better developed than in the

Spalacide. The other facial muscles, especially the zygomaticus,

are more difficult to separate from the facial panniculus. Windle,

however, made out a levator ale nasi, a dilatator naris, and a

levator labii inferioris in Hydromys chrysogaster’.

Buceinator.—The buccinator has the normal arrangement,

except in Cricetomys and Cricetus: in the former animal I was

unfortunately unable to examine the face owing to its damaged

condition; in the latter the muscle is prolonged into a pouch

which runs back along the side of the neck as far as the scapula,

at its blind extremity a muscular fasciculus is attached to it, which

runs backward to the posterior thoracic spines parallel to the

posterior border of the trapezius, of which it seems a part, as it is

supplied by a continuation of -the spinal accessory nerve coming

out of the trapezius. The action of this muscle would be to draw

back the pouch and possibly to assist in emptying it.

Pterygoids.—The description of these muscles already given

applies to the arrangement in the Myomorpha. In the Spalacide,

especially in Bathyergus, the large anterior superficial part of the

masseter is inserted into the inner surface of the mandible above

the insertion of the internal pterygoid, so that the latter seems to

stand out in a more isolated manner than is usually the case.

Ingastric—Distinct Hystricomorphine and Sciuromorphine

types of this muscle have already been described. In the

Myomorpha the type is usually Sciuromorphine, but certain

1 P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 54.

11*

164 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE {Jan. 14,

animals approach more or less closely to the Hystricomorphine

arrangement.

In Myoawus the type is essentially Sciuromorphine, there is a

distinct central tendon and a tendinous arcade connecting the

anterior bellies of opposite sides; the two anterior bellies, more-

over, are in contact in the middle line. The same arrangement is

found in Gerbillus (where, however, the posterior bellies rise from

the bulla tympani), in Cricetomys, in the Murine (Mus raitus,

M. decumanus, and M. barbarus), and in Rhizomys among the

Spalacide. In Cricetus, Microtus, Myodes, and Hydromys (Windle)

the central tendon is reduced to a mere tendinous intersection as

in the Hystricomorpha, but the two anterior bellies are still in

close contact. In Bathyergus and Georychus among the Spalacide

a similar arrangement is tound, but, as in all other cases, the

double nerve-supply of the muscle is preserved. Heteromys

approaches most nearly to the Hystricomorphine type, since the

two anterior bellies are not in contact and there is no tendinous

arcade; there is, however, a distinct constriction and tendon

between the anterior and posterior bellies.

Transverse Mandibular Muscle.—This muscle is present in all

cases ; it is perhaps better developed in the Muride than in the

other families. When the mylo-hyoid comes far enough forward

the transverse mandibular is superficial to it.

Mylo-hyoid.—The mylo-hyoid is attached posteriorly to the

tendinous arcade connecting the digastrics and to the hyoid bone.

Anteriorly the two muscles usually form a V-shaped border, with

the aperture of the V forward, and do not reach the symphysis. In

Myoxus, Microtus, the Murine (MV. rattus, decumanus, and barbarus),

and in Heteromys the muscle extends farther forward than in the

rest and is then deep to the transverse mandibular.

Genio-hyoid.—The two muscles of opposite sides tend to coalesce

posteriorly as in the Sciuromorpha.

Genio-hyo-glossus.—This has the usual attachments ; it is speci-

ally large in Rhizomys.

Styloid Muscles.—The stylo-hyoid has the usual Rodent arrange-

ment in passing deep to the digastric.

In Rhizomys these two muscles are closely blended, while in

Georychus the blending seems to be more complete, for no distinct

stylo-byoid could be made out. The stylo-glossus rises by tendon

from the posterior part of the bulla; it is very well marked in

Cricetomys, while in Georychus and Bathyergus it rises by tendon

from the stylo-hyal element of the hyoid arch. As in other rodents

the stylo-pharyngeus was not seen as a distinct muscle.

Sterno- and Cleido-mastoid.—In the Myomorpha these two

muscles are perhaps not quite so distinctly separated one from

another as in either of the other suborders.

In Cricetus, Myoxus, Microtus, Myodes, Mus barbarus, M. rattus,

and Heteromys the cleido-mastoid rises from the inner part of the

bony clavicle under cover of the clavicular insertion of the trapezius ;

it is inserted into the curved line of the occipital bone, close to the

1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 165

paroccipital process, by fleshy fibres. The sterno-mastoid has the

usual origin and is inserted by tendon into the base of the par-

occipital process in front of the last muscle ; it is the larger muscle

of the two. In Cricetomys the cleido-mastoid is not covered by

the trapezius at its origin, it is, however, overlapped by the sterno-

mastoid at its insertion. Inthe Gerbille the two muscles are con-

tinuous at their origin, the cleido-mastoid being the larger and

rising from the inner half of the clavicle. Riizomys resembles

Cricetus, Myoxus, and the Murine in the origin of the cleido-

mastoid being overlapped by the trapezius, and Cricetomys in the

insertion being overlapped by the sterno-mastoid. In Hydromys*

the cleido-mastoid is the smaller muscle and is overlapped at its

insertion by the sterno-mastoid. In Georychus and Bathyerqus

the cleido-mastoid is not overlapped by the trapezius ; in the latter

the two muscles tend to fuse as in the Gerbille, but to a greater

extent ; at their insertion they are completely fused and are attached

by a narrow tendon to the base of the paroccipital process.

Sterno-hyoid and thyroid.—In most cases these muscles have the

human attachments. In Bathyergus, however, the sterno-hyoid

misses the hyoid bone and continues on to the symphysis menti,

in this respect somewhat resembling the arrangement found in

Myopotamus*. In Hydromys the arrangement seems identicai

with that of Myopotamus °.

Omo-hyoid.—As in the Sciuromorpha the omo-hyoid is always

present in the Myomorpha; it has the same attachments, never, as

far as I have seen, being attached to the clavicle. ‘There is no

central tendon. In Bathyergus the muscle is not attached to the

hyoid bone, but is continued forwards with the sterno-hyoid to the

symphysis menti.

Levator Clavicule (Acromio-trachelian).—In all the animals

examined this muscle rose from the anterior arch and transverse

process of the atlas. Its usual insertion is into the acromial pro-

cess, but sometimes it extends to the spine of the scapula. This

description applies also to Hydromys*. In Bathyergus the muscle

is very large and extends from the acromion on to the outer half

of the clavicle at its insertion, in this respect resembling the

Dipodide.

Rectus Capitis Anticus Major and Minor and Longus Colli.—

These muscles have the Hystricomorphine attachments.

Scalene Muscles.—A scalenus anticus, that is a muscle passing

to the first rib in front of the subclavian artery and brachial plexus,

was only seen in the following animals—Gerbillus, Georychus, and

Bathyergus. In these it resembled the same muscle among the

Hystricomorpha, in rising from the basioccipital bone. The sca-

lenus medius and posticus of human anatomy are represented by

one mass, which rises from the transverse processes of all the cer-

vical yertebre, passes behind the brachial plexus, and is inserted into

1 P. ZS. 1887, p. 5

2 P. ZS. 1894. p. 2

2 PZ, 8. 1887, p. 5

Ororor

166 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE (Jan. 14,

the first four or five ribs. In Cricetomys, Gerbillus, Microtus, Mus

rattus, Myodes, and Heteromys the muscle rose from all the cervical

vertebrae and was inserted into the first five ribs. In Myowus and

Cricetus it was only inserted into the first four ribs. In Geory-

chus the muscle came from the anterior four cervical vertebre and

was inserted into the first four ribs. In Bathyergus the arrange-

ment was the same except that it reached the fifth rib. In Lthizomys,

although there was no scalenus anticus, the scalene mass was

Fig. 6.

‘; ei SCALENUS,

O..- SUBGLAVIAN

ART x BRAGH, PLEX.

Scalene muscles of Rhizomys.

divisible into an anterior and a posterior part: the anterior part

rose from the second to the seventh cervical transverse processes

and was inserted into the first rib, while the posterior part only

came from the transverse process of the atlas and went to the first

four ribs.

Muscles of the Anterior Extremity.

The Pectoral Muscles—For purposes ‘of description, and for

comparison with other Rodents, the same four divisions of the pec-

toral mass which have already been defined * will be here adhered

to. The chief differences noticed in the Myomorpha are that a is

not so oblique a muscle, and, as its fibres correspond in direction

with those of 3, the two parts are much less easily distinguished

from one another. In Cricetomys, with which Myoaus closely

agrees, a rises from the anterior part of the sternum and runs

horizontally outward to be inserted into the pectoral ridge ;

1 P. Z. S. 1894, p. 259.

ae te oe

1896.] MYOLOGY CF RODENTS. 167

f rises from the whole length of the sternum; y (the abdominal

fibres) are feebly marked; 6 (the part corresponding to the pec-

toralis minor) comes from the lower true rib-cartilages and runs

forward and outward to the head of the humerus and to the cora-

coid process. Heteromys only differs from this description in

haying the abdominal fibres more closely united with the panni-

eulus than in any otheranimal. In the Gerbille, aand / are fused,

while y and 6 unite near their insertion, which is into the capsule of

the shoulder and into the humerus just internal to the pectoral ridge.

The Hamster differs from the last only in having the abdominal

fibres better developed and running quite separately to the cora-

coid process. The Vole closely resembles the Gerbille, but is

remarkable for the great development of the fibres from the

cartilages (6); these fibres unite with y, and are inserted into the

coracoid.

In the Rat and Mouse the arrangement is almost identical with

that of the Gerbille.

In Siphneus Milne-Edwards describes a large and distinct pec-

toralis minor inserted into the coracoid process and coming from

the second rib; this is interesting when one notices the similar

arrangement in the Vole, an animal to which he regards Siphneus

as being more closely related than to the Mole-Rats *.

Rhizomys resembles Cricctomys except that d is larger, rises from

the 2nd to the 7th costal cartilages, and is inserted into the clavicle

as well as the head of the humerus. Georychus bas a and / fused ;

y is inserted into the neck of the humerus ; 0 rises from the 2nd,

3rd, and 4th costal cartilages and is inserted into the coracoid and

shoulder-joint.

In Bathyergus the pectoral mass is very large, and resembles the

last in having aand f fused; but near the insertion the posterior

fibres become tucked under the anterior and are inserted deep to

them into the pectoral ridge. The abdominal fibres (y) rise from

the end of the sternum to the middle of the linea alba; they are

inserted together with a large part of the latissimus dorsi into the

capsule of the shoulder. The pectoralis minor (@) rises from the

posterior two-thirds of the sternum and the posterior true rib-

cartilages, and is inserted into the outer half of the clavicle, having

its anterior border in contact with the posterior border of the

subclavius; between these two contiguous borders the external

anterior thoracic nerve emerges to reach the superficial parts of

the muscle.

Sterno-scapularis—In the greater number of the Myomorpha

this muscle is only represented, as in Man, by the subclavius, which

rises from the cartilage of the first rib and is inserted into the

outer half of the posterior border of the clavicle. Georychus and

Bathyergus are the only exceptions which I have met with ; in these

there is a large and distinct claviculo-scapularis, as in the Hystrico-

morpha. In Siphneus, according to Milne-Edwards, the arrange-

ment is the same.

1 «Recherches des Mammiféres,’ tome i. p. 99.

168 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Jan. 14,

Deltoid.—This muscle in the Myomorpha has the usual three

parts, but the intervals between them are hardly noticeable ; more-

over, they are all inserted into the humerus at the same point. The

portion rising from the spine of the scapula, instead of being the

smallest, as in the Hystricomorpha, is usually the largest. This

description applies to all the animals examined, with the exception

that in Bathyergus, Georychus, and Siphneus the intervals are so

ill-marked that the muscle appears single as in Man.

Supraspinatus, Infraspinatus, and Subscapularis.—These resemble

the same muscles in the other Rodents in having the human attach-

ments. In some, e. g. Cricetomys, the supraspinatus is larger than

the infraspinatus ; but, as a rule, the reverse is the case. Milne-

Edwards points out that in Siphneus the supraspinatus only occupies

the anterior three-fourths of the fossa, the posterior part giving

attachment to the rhomboid.

Teres Major.—This has the usual attachments, its relation to the

tendon of the latissimus dorsi is variable, and depends on the extent

to which that muscle is wrapped round the lower border of it. In

Myouus, Cricetus, Rhizomys, Microtus, Mus barbarus, and M. ratius

the teres major is wrapped round by the Jatissimus dorsi, so that

the latter is inserted anteriorly to it. In Cricetomys, Georychus,

and Bathyergus the wrapping round is not so complete, and the

teres major is inserted in front of the latissimus dorsi. In Siph-

neus the arrangement seems to be the same.

Teres Minor.—This muscle closely agrees with the description

given of it in the other Rodents. It is very rarely a distinct

muscle, Cricetomys being the only animal in which it could be

described as well-marked. It is interesting to notice that a strong

P_-DEL,

INFRA.SPIN. | 17

T.MAJOR!

TRICEPS-

Shoulder-muscles of Rhizomys.

1896. ] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 169

ligament was seen in Rhizomys running from the axillary border

of the scapula, between the origins of the teres major and minor,

across the latter muscle to the metacromion process. A similar

ligament has already been described in Lagostomus ’.

Biceps Cubiti.—Yhere can be no doubt that, speaking generally,

one of the characteristics of the Myomorpha is a double-headed

biceps. This was noticed in every specimen which I dissected.

Milne-Edwards, however, found only one head in Siphneus, but it

is possible that further investigation may prove that this was

merely an individual variation. In Hydromys Windle does not

notice the condition of the biceps.

As a rule the insertion is into both bones of the forearm, but in

Cricetus and Myoxvus the muscle only goes to the radius, while in

Rhizomys the ulna is the only bone to which it is attached. In

Georychus and Bathyergus the two heads are easily separable

down to the insertion by a little force. In the former the coracoid

head goes entirely to the radius, the glenoid head to the radius

and ulna; inthe latter both heads can be traced to both bones.

Coraco-brachialis—In the Myomorpha the most usual arrange-

ment is to find the second and third parts, described by Wood’,

present; they are, however, fused, and the muscle has one

continuous insertion from the middle of the humerus to the

internal condyle. This description applies to Rhizomys, Siphneus,

Microtus, Myodes, Heteromys, Hydromys, and the Murine. The

Cricetine (Cricetus and Cricetomys) have the same arrangement,

but in addition the first part or rotator humeri is present. In

Gerbillus and Myowus only the second part was seen.

In Georychus the muscle was absent, while in Bathyergus it

was very small, and was only represented by the second part.

Milne-Edwards says that the muscle is absent in “le Rat-Taupe

du Cap,” by which, 1 suppose, Bathyergus is meant. In all the

animals dissected, as in other Rodents, the musculo-cutaneous

nerve passes above the second part of the muscle.

_ _Brachialis Anticus.— All the Myomorpha have the external and

internal heads of the brachialis anticus, and these are more or

less completely fused; perhaps Bathyergus shows them most

clearly separated from one another. The insertion, in every case

that I dissected, was into the ulna only, but Milne-Edwards

describes an additional feeble attachment into the head of the

radius in Siphneus.

Triceps and Anconeus.—There is no difference between the

Myomorphine triceps and that of other Rodents. In Cricetomys

it was noticed that the outer head was inserted largely into the

fascia of the outer side of the forearm. Bathyergus resembles

Castor in the great development of the muscle, and in the fact

that it is attached to both sides of the olecranon, as well as to the

top. The anconeus has the usual attachments, and shows nothing

of special interest.

1 Pp. ZS. 1894, p. 263.

2 Journ. of Anat. vol. i. p. 45.

170 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Jan. 14,

Epitrochleo-anconeus.—This is present in all the Myomorpha ; it

is supplied by the ulnar nerve.

Pronator Radii Teres.—This muscle agrees with the description

given of it in other Rodents; in Mus barbarus and Oricetus it is

inserted into the second quarter of the radius, while in all the

other animals examined it goes into the middle of that bone.

Cricetomys resembles Sciurus in possessing a supracondylar

foramen, but in it the pronator teres does not rise from the supra-

condylar arch, as it does in Sciwrus.

Flexor Carpi Radialis—The attachments of this muscle were

normal in all cases. In the Vole, and, to a lesser extent, in all

Rodents, the tendon of this muscle is bound down to the flexor

surface of the radius by a fibrous pulley just below the attachment

of the pronator radii teres.

Palmaris Longus.—The muscle is present and large in Cricetomys,

Oricetus, Microtus, Georychus, Bathyergus, Mus rattus, Siphneus,

and Heteromys; it is inserted into the palmar cartilage or ossicle

and into the fascia of the palm. In Lthizomys and Grerbdillus it

is only inserted into the fascia, while in Myowus it is absent.

In Mus barbarus it is developed as a slip from the surface of the

flexor sublimis digitorum, an arrangement which recalls that found

in Celogenys and Xerus.

Flexor Sublimis Digitorum.—In ail the animals examined, except

Myowus, this muscle rises from the internal condyle and forms

the flexor perforatus for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th digits. In Myoxus

it also goes to the 5th digit. Milne-Edwards describes the slip

to the 2nd digit as a distinct muscle in Siphneus.

Flexor Carpi Ulnaris.—This muscle has the usual attachments,

except that in Rhizomys and Bathyergus the origin from the

internal condyle is wanting. The tendon is specially thick in

Georychus.

Flexor Profundus Digitorum.—The deep flexor of the fingers is

composed, as in vther Rodents, of two superficial heads from the

internal condyle and of two deep heads from the flexor surfaces

of the radius and ulna. A small slip is given off to the pollex

from the front of the tendon formed by these heads in Cricetomys,

Gerbillus, Microtus, Mus barbarus and rattus, Myodes, Georychus,

Bathyergus, and Rhizomys. In Myowus, Cricetus, and Siphneus

(Milne-Edwards) no tendon goes to the thumb. In Bathyergus

the fibres derived from the different heads were traced downward

through the tendon, and it was found that the two condylar

heads join together to form the superficial part of the tendon,

which gradually winds round the outer side to eventually become

deep. When the tendon divides into its ultimate five slips for

the four fingers and the thumb, each slip receives fibres both from

the condylar and the radio-ulnar origins. This twisting of the

tendon reminds one of the arrangement of the fibres of the tendo

Achillis*. There are usually four lumbricals which arise from

the flexor surface of the tendon at or before its point of division.

1 Author's paper, ‘Journ. Anat.’ vol. xxvii. p. 414.

;

—— a re

1896. | MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. ll

In Microtus, Rhizomys, Bathyergus, and Hydromys, however, only

three lumbricals were seen, the radial one having been suppressed.

Pronator Quadratus—This muscle is less well developed as a

rule than in the Hystricomorpha, never, so far as I have seen,

extending along the length of the bones. In Myoxus and Microtus

it occupies the middle third of the forearm; in Cricetomys,

Cricetus, and Mus barbarus the lower half. In the Gerbille it

attains its maximum of development, and is attached to the lower

three-quarters of the two bones. In Georychus, Bathyergus,

Rhizomys, and Siphneus it is a very feeble muscle—in the two

former being found only opposite the insertion of the pronator

radii teres, while in the two latter it is represented by a few fibres

between the lower ends of the two bones.

Supinator Longus.—This muscle was wanting in every animal

dissected. Windle found it absent in Hydromys, and Milne-

Edwards says that it is also wanting in Stphneus, Spalax, and

Helamys. He states, however, that it is present in the Hamster,

and, although it was most certainly absent in the Hamster I

dissected, I take his statement to mean that very occasionally a

supinator longus may be found among the Myomorpha as a

reversion to the Sciuromorphine type.

Extensor Carpi Radialis Longior and Brevior.—In all the

animals examined these muscles had the usual attachments.

When there is any difference in size, as in the case of Myowus,

Georychus, Rhizomys, and Siphneus, the brevior is the larger

muscle. Milne-Edwards says that in Georychus and Spalax there

is only one radial extensor, but he does not mention where that

one is inserted. Unless the insertion is carefully looked for the

two muscles may easily be mistaken for one, as they le very close

to one another.

Extensor Communis Digitorwm.—The only point of interest in

the Myomorphine common extensor is whether it goes to the

fifth digit or not. In Georychus, Bathyergus, Siphneus, and Mus

barbarus no slip is given to the little finger. In Cricetomys two

tendons pass to the middle, and in Rhizomys two to the ring

finger.

Extensor Minimi Digitii—The insertion of this muscle was into

the fourth and fifth fingers in Gerbillus, Microtus, Myodes, Mus

barbarus, Hydromys, Georychus, Buthyergus, and Rhizomys. In

Bathyergus, however, the tendon to the fourth digit was very

small. In Cricetus it was attached to the third and fifth digits,

while in Myoxus and Cricetomys it only went to the fitth.

Extensor Carpi Ulnaris.—Nothing special was noticed in the

attachments of this muscle. Milne-Edwards describes it as a

double muscle in Siphneus, one tendon going to the base of the

fourth, and the other to the base of the fifth metacarpal bone,

at the same time he does not describe any extensor minimi digiti.

Considering the very constant character of the extensor carpi

ulnaris in Rodents, and the comparative inconstancy of the

extensor minimi digiti, I expect that the explanation of what he

172 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Jan. 14,

found is that the outer division of his extensor carpi ulnaris is

really the extensor minimi digiti, the tendon of which has lost its

digital attachments and has become inserted into the base of the

fourth metacarpal bone.

Supinator Brevis.—The description of this muscle given in the

other Rodents applies to the Myomorpha, with the exception that

in the latter a sesamoid bone is usually found in the tendon.

The only animals in which this bone was wanting were Bathyergus

and Georychus. The relationship of the tendon of the supinator

brevis to the external lateral ligament of the elbow is interesting,

in some cases, as in that of Bathyergus, there is a well-marked

external lateral ligament, situated behind the tendon, but in

others, of which Cricetomys is an example, the tendon itself seems

to form the lateral ligament, and has the orbicular hgament

attached to it.

Extensor Ossis Metacarpi Pollicis.—In all cases this muscle rises

from both bones, and is inserted into the base of the metacarpal

bone. In the Gerbille its tendon was double. In Cricetus and

Cricetomys it had an extra insertion into the radial sesamoid bone

or palmar cartilage.

Extensor Primi Internodii Pollicis—In every animal examined

this was absent.

Extensor Secundi Internodii Pollicis—This muscle was only seen

in Georychus, where it was well-marked, it accompanied the

extensor indicis and separated on the back of the hand. This

arrangement is practically the same as that already described in

Castor.

Extensor Indicis—As in other Rodents the extensor indicis

rises from about the middle of the back of the ulna, and is inserted

only into the dorsal side of the-index. In Myowus it rises from

the top of the back of the ulna close to the olecranon. In the

Vole I dissected the tendon had acquired a secondary attachment

to the prominent ridge on the back of the radius at its lower end,

while the part of the tendon between this and the index was

wanting.

Palmaris Brevis—When a palmar ossicle is present, which is

not so often the case as in other Rodents, the muscle is attached

to it. When there is no ossicle it is attached to the palmar fascia.

In Microtus and Bathyergus no palmaris brevis was found.

Flexor Brevis Digitorum Manus.—This muscle was found in

Cricetomys, Cricetus, Georychus, and Bathyergus. In the first three

it arose from the palmar ossicle, but in the last from the fascia

just external to the pisiform bone.

Muscles of the Thumb.—In almost all cases the abductor pollicis

can be made out, and has its origin from the palmar ossicle. The

flexor brevis was made out with difficulty in Myoxus, Georychus,

and Bathyergus ; in the two latter the thumb is provided with a

pair of sesamoid bones, as in all the other fingers. Bathyergus

has a prominent cartilaginous spur on the outer and inner side of

the hand; these probably represent the prepollex and postminimus.

— ,

OE oe ee ee

1896. ] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 173

In no case could I satisfy myself of the existences of an adductor

or opponens pollicis.

Muscles of the Little Finger.—These are not so easily made out

as in the other Rodents. The abductor is present, but is not

double. The flexor brevis is represented by the ulnar slip of the

interosseus muscle to the little finger, when there happens to be a

muscle in that position. I have never been able to find an

opponens, although Windle describes it in Hydlromys.

Lnterosset.—In all the animals examined, except Georychus and

Bathyergus, there were eight interossei, the inuer of which formed

the flexor brevis minimi digiti. In these two animals there were

no interossei attached to the fifth finger, although the two

sesamoid bones supposed to be developed in them were present.

Practically the same arrangement was found in the Beaver. In

Cricetomys, Microtus, and possibly in Cricetus, there was an

adductor minimi digiti, which recalls the figure already published '

of the same muscle in Celogenys. In Rhizomys and Gerbillus

there is an adductor indicis. These two muscles are situated on

a plane superficial to that of the interossei, and I have not come

across any Myomorphine animal which possesses both of them,

although they frequently co-exist in the Hystricomorpha.

Muscles of the Trunk.

Panniculus Carnosus.—In the majority of the Myomorpha the

panniculus corresponds to the rodent type already described.

The sterno-facialis is always present, but seldom large. In

Georychus and Bathyergus the panniculus, especially the anterior

part, is very well developed; in the former the platysma is

very strong and rises from the angle of the mouth and from the

median raphe running back from the symphysis menti, it runs

backward and upward to be lost over the region of the shoulders,

though some of the more posterior fibres are attached to the

metacromial process. When this is removed, the whole length

of the sterno-facialis and epitrochleo-facialis comes into view,

the former rising from the posterior half of the sternum, the

latter from the internal condyle of the humerus; they both run

forward to be inserted into the fascia on the surface of the

masseter. In Bathyergus the sterno-facialis has undergone greater

development, and is continuous posteriorly with the panniculus

of the abdomen; this I have figured, and have pointed out? that it

is a possible foreshadowing of the human sternalis muscle. The

posterior part of the panniculus in Bathyergus is also well marked,

and gets an attachment to the external tuberosity of the tibia and

to the ramus of the ischium. In Heteromys among the Geomyide,

the pouch causes a good deal of modification in the facial

panniculus. The superficial part or platysma rises from the

1 P. ZS. 1894, p. 273.

? Journ. Anat. vol. xxix. p. xii.

174 MR. FE. G. PARSONS ON THE [Jan. 14,

surface of the pouch, and runs backward and upward under the

ear to be lost on the back of the neck. When this is dissected

away, there is seen to be a deeper layer of muscle having exactly

the same direction, and also coming from the surface of the pouch.

By far the larger portion of the outer wall of the pouch is formed

by the sterno-facialis muscle, which is especially thick at the

orifice forming a partial sphincter; the fibres of this muscle run

downward and backward to be inserted into the anterior half of

the sternum, superficial to the pectoralis major. There is no

panniculus in the inner wall of the pouch, which consists solely of

skin covering the masseter and buccinator muscles, with the

Z \

Vj Z, \ \

DLE; iN \ AN

40“

Lif fe. \\

“Uf uN WA

Pouch-muscles of Heteromys.

exception of one narrow slip which rises from the mental

symphysis, runs round the inner side of the opening of the pouch,

and when it reaches the lower margin turns sharply outward,

superficial to the fibres of the sterno-facialis, to run to the side of

the neck, where it joins the platysma. This decussation of the

fibres guarding the onter and the inner side of the aperture

gives a powerful sphincteric action by which the pouch can

be closed at will. It is worth while to compare the anatomy of the

pouch in the Geomyide with that in Cricetus, and to notice that,

whereas in the former the pouch is formed by an invagination of

skin probably perforating the platysma, so as to leave some of

1896. | MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 175

that muscle on the inner side of the opening, while the pouch

itself is deep to the whole of the panniculus, in the latter the

Fig. 9.

~~OPENING

SLATS, ao : et *}Poucu .

ye \SPHINCTER

# oA oF Poucn,

‘STERNO FACIALIS .

Pouch-mnuscles of Fleteromys.

pouch is formed by an evagination of the buccinator, to the fundus

of which a slip of platysma has become attached.

Latissimus Dorsi.—Vhis muscle has the same attachments that

it possesses in other Rodents ; the dorso-epitrochlearis is always

present, und reaches as far as the olecranon, though in Cricetomys

it is also inserted into the fascia of the forearm.

Trapezivs.—In most of the Myomorpha as in the Sciuromorpha

there are three separate parts of the trapezius. The first of these,

described by Milne-Edwards' and by Strauss-Diirckheim as the

clayo-cucullaris, consists of the fibres passing between the occiput

and the clavicle ; it is separated from the rest of the muscle by the

levator clavicule, and was found in the following animals :—

Myoxus, Cricetus, Cricetomys, Microtus, Myodes, Mus decumanus,

Heteromys, Bathyergus, and Siphneus. In Georychus and Mus

barbarus, however, this part of the muscle was not seen. The

second part, or acromio-cucullaris, consists of the fibres running

between the ligamentum nuche and the anterior thoracic spines

on the one hand, and the acromial process and spine of the

scapula on the other; it is usually separated from the third part

or dorso-cucullaris by a pad of fat. In all the animals dissected,

these two parts were separate with the exception of Cricetomys

and Myowus.

Lhomboider.—The rhomboideus capitis is a distinct muscle,

while the major and minor are not separable one from another.

In Cricetus, Myoxus, Microtus, Georychus, Bathyergus, and

Heteromys, part of the rhomboideus capitis rising from the outer

part of the occipital curved line is separated from the rest and runs

to the inner half of the spine of the scapula, covering part of the

supra-spinatus instead of going to the vertebral border.

Serratus Magnus and Levator Anguli Scapule.—The origins of

1 « Btudes pour servir, &c.,’ p. U4.

176

MR, F. G. PARSONS ON THE

[Jan. 14,

these combined muscles in the various animals dissected are the

following :—

MAO CUS te Woe ste asks Pete 2-7 c. v.

OP ECEIUS hor RAG 3-7,

Gerbclliusi narochae cae ee Denil op

Mach otusiimnel . cmereie ets 2 5

MD OGES We ea hachte View = aetaets PE alle

Mus barbarus.........00- 2-7 ,,

Se Gh a ae Oe oS ee,

APRAZAINGE: Godlee eh aie fh Tete aan

Geongenus? Tee. oe lisse « amis

SBOUMYOT.G WSs fy i ats aes tase se a 3-7 yy

PACECT OMS. tora) a's, « olaabetgeiene s DET ies

HH ONI~1 WH © OO ATT

Se ese ter

77)

oP)

Serratus Posticus.—In the Myomorpha the anterior part of this

muscle is always present and well marked ; it is usually inserted

into the ribs trom the 4th to the 7th, but in OCricetomys it is

continued back to the 9th, and in Rhizomys to the 11th. In

Georychus and Bathyergus it is inserted into the 6th, 7th, and 8th

ribs. The posterior part of the serratus posticus was only seen in

Microtus, Buthyergus, and Myodes; in the first it was inserted into

the last 4, and in the two latter into the last 5 ribs.

pf .COMPLEXUS.

~-TRACH.MAS,

SPLEW Cap. cue

- Ser ert STS ee

EKA y. Lely

= x —= SSF

iy y,

TR.coLut.A

i. K\

Neck-muscles of Hamster.

’ “|

;

eee eS

1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 177

Sacro-lumbalis and Longissimus Dorst.—These muscles show

nothing remarkable in their attachments.

Transversalis Capitis et Collii—In Myowus the trachelo-mastoid

or transversalis capitis was absent, in all the other animals both

muscles were found.

Splenius Cupitis et Colli.i—The splenius capitis rises from the

ligamentum nuchz nearly as far forward as the occiput, and

almost entirely covers the complexus; it has the usual attachments.

The splenius colli was not seen at all.

Complewus.—There is usually a slight tendency to longitudinal

division, but this is not seen in Georychus, Bathyeryus, Myowus, or

Myodes. Cricetus shows two intersections extending across the

whole muscle, while in Rhizomys they only extend across the outer

half of it.

Tail-Muscles.—In those animals which have tails, the arrange-

ment of the muscles is the same as in other Rodents.

Obliquus Externus Abdominis.—This muscle usually rises from

the posterior nine or ten ribs. The description already given

of it in the other Rodents applies to the Myomorpha, with

the exception that it never runs upward to the first rib with

the rectus. The outer pillar of the abdominal ring is large

and muscular, and is inserted into the whole length of the

body of the pubes, external and parallel to the symphysis. The

inner pillar is thin and fascial. In Cricetomys five or six linee

transverse were seen extending across the muscle from the rectus,

while in Microtus the same thing was also noticed, but much less

distinctly.

Obliquus Internus and Transversalis.—These muscles can be

separated with great care. In Bathyergus they are very well

marked, and in that animal the relation of the aponeurosis to the

rectus can be made out, and is found to be asin Man. In Mus

rattus the scrotal pouches are very large, and are composed entirely

of the internal oblique.

Rectus Abdominis—In all the specimens of the family of

Muride examined there was a decussation resembling that already

described in the Octodontide'; this was not seen in Myoaus,

Georychus, or Bathyergus, though it was found in Rhizomys.

Supracostalis—In no Rodent was this muscle seen.

Psoas Parvus.—The psoas parvus was present in all the

specimens except the Gerbille; in Microtus, Rhizomys, and

Georychus, however, it was small.

Psoas Magnus and Iliacus.—These muscles have the usual rodent

attachments.

Quadratus Lumborum.—In most of the Myomorpha the quadratus

lumborum does not seem to rise from as far forward in the dorsal

region as it does in the other Rodents. It is attached toall the lumbar

vertebre except in the case of Rhizomys, where it only comes from

the first three.

1 P.Z.8. 1894, p. 280.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. XII. 1

178 MR, EF, G. PARSONS ON THE [Jan. 14,

Muscles of Posterior Extremity.

Gluteus Maximus, Tensor Fascie Femoris, and Sartorius.—The

description already given‘ applies perfectly to the Myomorpha; the

tensor fascie and sartorius are, however, as a rule less well marked,

and there is also a closer union between the posterior border of the

gluteus maximus and the anterior border of the biceps femoris.

The bony insertion of the gluteus maximus is into the middle of

the femur except in Cricetus, where it is also attached to the

external supra-condylar ridge of the femur, and in Rhizomys,

where it is attached almost entirely to the third trochanter in the

upper part of the bone. The sartorius and tensor fascie femoris

are best marked in Cricetus, while in Georychus they are practically

absent.

Gluteus Medius and Minimus.—These muscles present no

differences from those already described in other Rodents.

Scansorius.—The scansorius is so closely fused with the gluteus

minimus, that it is only possible to make it out as a distinct muscle

in Cricetomys, though even there the separation is not very

clear.

Pyriformis.—This muscle is also much more closely fused with

the gluteus minimus than in the other Rodents; indeed, the

Myomorpha are remarkable for the unsatisfactory differentiation

of the muscles composing the gluteal mass.

Obturator Internus, Eaternus, and GemelliicThese muscles

correspond to their descriptions in the other Rodents. The

anterior gemellus is always better marked than the posterior

one.

Quadratus Femoris——There is usually a very slight tendon at

the insertion, the muscle being triangular as in the Hystricomorpha

and differing from the quadrilateral Sciuromorphine type; it is

always large and distinct.

Biceps Femoris.—In Myowxus, Mus barbarus, and Mus rattus the

two parts of which the biceps is composed are closely united and

have one continuous insertion, as is the case in the Hystricomor-

phine Rodents. In the other Myomorpha the two parts are easily

separable, as they are in Sphingurus*. When this happens, it is

the upper part which rises from the anterior caudal vertebrae and

is inserted into the outer side of the patella and ligamentum

patella, while the lower part rises from the tuber ischii and is

inserted into the fascia on the outer side of the leg. In certain

cases, e. g. Cricetomys and Myodes, the upper portion is very closely

connected to the gluteus maximus; while in Cricetus it is so

closely blended with that muscle, that it has already been described

as a part of the gluteus maximus which is inserted above the

external condyle of the femur.

In Georychus, Bathyergus, Rhizomys, and Heteromys the two parts

are separate from one another and from the gluteal.

1 P.Z. 8. 1894, p. 282.

2 P.Z.S. 1894, p. 284.

;

Sah ge eens Ge ae re Oat tae nee)

1896. ] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 179

Sematendinosus.—The normal arrangement seems to be, as in the

other Rodents, that one head should rise from the posterior sacral

and anterior caudal vertebre, while the other comes from the tuber

ischii. Either of these heads is often wanting. In Georychus,

Bathyergus, and Mus barbarus the head from the tuberosity alone

was found, while in Microtus and Heteromys only the spinal head

was present. With regard to the arrangement in Mus barbarus,

it is interesting to note that Mus rattus has both heads. The

insertion in all cases is the same as that described in the other

Rodents.

Semimembranosus.—The two parts of this muscle are always

present, and correspond to the description already given in other

Rodents. The semimembranosus proper is quite constant, always

rising from the tuber ischii and being inserted into the back of

the internal tuberosity of the tibia. The supracondylar slip, as

in the Hystricomorpha, is variable both in size and in origin; its

insertion, however, above the internal condyle of the femur is

quite constant. In Gerbillus, Mus barbarus, and Mus rattus the

supra-condylar portion rises from the anterior caudal vertebrae.

In Cricetus it is small and comes from the caudal vertebrae and the

tuber. In the other animals examined it rises from the tuber

ischii only in common with the rest of the semimembranosus

except in the case of Buthyergus, where its origin is more in

common with that of the semitendinosus from the tuber. This

supra-condylar slip is largest in G'eorychus, where it is greater than

the rest of the muscle; in Bathyergus it is not so large; in Rhizomys

it is only half the size of the rest of the muscle; while in Cricetus

it is quite small. In Hydromys,Windle says‘ that the semimem-

branosus is inserted into the condyle of the femur alone, that is

to say, the main part of the muscle is wanting. His dissection

must of course be repeated, to see whether he had chanced upon

an individual variation or whether this arrangement is constant

in Hydromys. The nerve-supply of the two parts of the semi-

membranosus is as in other Rodents.

Gracilis—This muscle is usually double and the two parts have

approximately the attachments described in the Hystricomorphine

Rodents ; the anterior muscle usually overlaps the posterior a good

deal. In Myoxus, Rhizomys, and Heteromys no separation was seen.

In Georychus and Bathyergus the separation was very warked,

there being quite an interval near the insertion. In Myodes the

interval is greatest at the origin. Hydromys according to Windle

agrees with Myoaus and Rhizomys.

Pectineus.—This muscle corresponds to the account of it in the

other Rodents. In Gerbillus, Cricetus, Myoxus, and Rhizomys the

muscle is double, but I am inclined to regard the inner part as

belonging to the adductor mass, possibly representing the adductor

longus.

Quadriceps Extensor.—In all the animals dissected, the two heads

of the rectus could be made out, though in Rhizomys, Georychus,

1 P.Z.S. 1887, p. 57 We

180 MR. F. G, PARSONS ON THE [Jan. 14,

and Bathyergus the straight head was reduced to a minimum; the

reflected head has usually some fleshy fibres rising directly from it.

With regard to the other muscles the vastus externus is large and

separate, while the internus is small and closely blended with the

crureus.

Adductors.—The adductor mass in the Myomorpha resembles in

its complexity that of the Sciuromorpha, although one frequently

finds attempts at the more simple arrangement of the Hystrico-

morpha by fusion or non-differentiation of contiguous parts. As

in the other Rodents, the supracondylar slip has been described

with the semimembranosus, to which it undoubtedly belongs.

Perhaps the animal which shows the greatest differentiation is

Cricetomys: in it the mass consists of the following parts: (1) The

most anterior portion from the ilio-pectineal line to the middle

of the posterior border of the femur by a narrow flat tendon.

(2) Deep to this is another bundle which has the same origin but

comes from rather more of the symphysis and goes to the whole

of the femur as low as the ligamentum patelle. (3) Behind the

last is a thin flat portion rising by tendon from the horizontal

ramus and being inserted into the lower half of the femur.

(4) Most posteriorly, there is a thick mass from the ramus and

tuber ischii which is inserted into the whole length of the back

of the femur from the insertion of the quadratus femoris to the

internal condyle.

In Cricetus (1) and (2) are fused and (4) only goes to the upper

half of the femur. In Microtus (1) and (2) are fused, as are also

(3) and (4). In Gerbillus, Mus barbarus, and Mus rattus (3) was

not identified, while (4) was only inserted into the upper half to

two-thirds of the femur. Rhizomys closely resembles Cricetomys.

In Georychus and Bathyergus (1) is inserted into the middle third

of the femur behind the pectineus, while the other three parts are

fused into one great mass, which in Georychus is inserted into the

middle two-fourths of the back of the femur, while in Buthyergus

it goes to the whole length of that bone. In Hydromys, according

to Windle, the adductor magnus, which apparently corresponds

to the part which I have described as (4), reaches as low as the

head of the tibia *.

Tibialis Anticus——This muscle always has the human origin ; it

never rises from the femur as in some of the Hystricomorpha.

In Georychus the tibia above the cnemial crest is flattened, and

forms a triangle with the apex downward and the surface a little

concave; from this the muscle rises. As a rule, the tendon divides

slightly below to be inserted into the internal cuneiform and the

base of the first metatarsal, the latter insertion being the smaller.

In Merotus, however, the tendon divides into two equal parts.

In Gerbillus, Mus barbarus, Mus rattus, and Myodes the tendon

does not divide at all, but goes entirely to the cuneiform. In

Heteromys the division is well marked, but both parts are inserted

into the cuneiform.

1 P.Z.8. 1887, p. 58.

1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 181

Extensor Longus Digitorum.—As in all other Rodents, this muscle

rises by tendon from the front of the external condyle of the

femur. In Mus barbarus, however, as in Sphingurus and Dipus, a

few accessory fibres came from the head of the tibia. The insertion

is into the second, third, fourth, and fifth toes except in Mus

barbarus, where the slip to the little toe was wanting, and in

Gerbillus, where there was in addition a feeble slip to the first toe.

Extensor Proprius Hallucis—This is always present and has

the normal insertion. Its exact origin varies a good deal, and

apparently is of little importance from a classificatory point of

view. In Gerbillus, Myoxus, Mus barbarus, Georychus, and Bathy-

ergus it rises from the second quarter of the fibula; in Cricetomys,

Cricetus, and Mus rattus from the third quarter; in Rhizomys,

Microtus, and Heteromys from the middle two quarters.

Extensor Brevis Digitorum.—As a rule this muscle has two

tendons, one for the second, the other for the third toe; this is

the case in Cricetomys, Cricetus, Gerbillus, Rhizomys, Microtus,

Heleromys, Mus barbarus and M. rattus. In Georychus the fourth

toe has aslip as well. In Myoxus and Bathyergus I was interested

to find a distinct but small tendon to the proximal phalanx of the

first toe, these being the only Rodents in which I have ever seen

the extensor brevis going to the equivalent of our great toe. In

no Rodent, so faras I know, is there ever a tendon to the fifth toe.

Peroneus Longus.—This is always a constant muscle rising from

the upper quarter of the fibula, and passing through a groove on

the outer side of the external malleolus anterior to the other

peroneal tendons. In no animal dissected does it call for any

remark.

Peroneus Brevis.—This arises from the middle two quarters of

the fibula and passes between the tendons of the peroneus quarti

and quinti digiti behind the external malleolus; it then runs above

the peroneal spine on the calcaneum, which is usually large, to the

base of the fifth metatarsal. It is in many cases a powerful

abductor of the little toe.

Peroneus Quarti Digiti—This muscle is always present, and

generally rises just above the fusion of the fibula with the tibia.

It has the usual insertion. ;

Peroneus Quinti Digiti.—This is quite constant and rises just

above the last.

Gastrocnemius.—The gastrocnemius differs in no respect from

the description given of it in the other Rodents. The three Mole-

rats Rhizomys, Georychus, and Bathyerqus have no fabellz developed

in the origin of the muscle, while in every other animal examined

one was present in each head.

Soleus.—The soleus rises from the back of the head of the fibula

and joins the tendo Achillis just below the middle of the leg. In

Mypoxus, however, it rose from the middle of the fibula. The rope-

like twisting of the tendo Achillis already referred to’ is always

evident.

? Author’s paper, Journ. Anat, vol, xxviii. p. 414.

182 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE (Jan. 14,

Plantaris.—This has the typical rodent arrangement, the only

point of interest being the extent to which the muscular fibres of

the flexor brevis digitorum are developed in the sole. In Gerbillus

three little slips of muscle are alone seen in the intervals between

the four tendens where they first separate. In Microtus the flexor

brevis has no muscular fibres at all, while in Myowus and Myodes

there are very few. All the other animals examined had well-

developed muscular bellies to the flexor brevis.

Popliteus.—The popliteus always rises from the external condyle,

and is inserted into the upper part of the internal border of the

tibia.

Flexor Longus Hallucis (Flecor Fibularis).—This is always a

large muscle, rising from both the tibia and fibula and being

inserted into the distal phalanges of all the toes.

Flexor Longus Digitorum (Flexor Tibialis).—Dobson? states that

this muscle in the Myomorpha is always separate from the flexor

fibularis tendon in the sole. I have, however, met with two

remarkable exceptions to this generalization, viz. Rhizomys and

Heteromys. In both of these animals the tendons unite in the sole

exactly as they do in the Hystricomorpha. I should mention that

this arrangement was present in both the right and left feet. In

Georychus and Bathyergus the muscle is better developed than in

most of the Myomorpha, and ends in a bone beneath the base of

the first metatarsal which I am inclined to regard as a rudiment of

a prehallux. In all the other animals examined the muscle ends

chiefly in the fascia of the foot.

Tibialis Posticus.—This is always a small muscle and rises from

the upper part of the posterior surface of the tibia below the

attachment of the popliteus, and also very often from the back of

the head of the fibula. As a rule it has a groove of its own behind

the internal malleolus, but in Myowus it shares the groove of the

flexor fibularis. It is inserted into the under surface of the navi-

cular, though in Mus rattus it goes chiefly to the plantar fascia.

Muscles of the Foot.

Lumbricales.—In Georychus, Bathyergus, Rhizomys, and Heteromys

only three lumbricales are present. All the other animals dissected

have four.

Accessorius.—This muscle is very ill-developed in the Myo-

morpha. The only animal in which I found it really well marked

was in Bathyergus, although traces of it could be made out in Mus

rattus.

Abductor Hallucis—This is usually present and rises from the

navicular in Cricetomys, Rhizomys, Mus barbarus, and M. rattus.

In Gerbillus, Cricetus, Microtus, Myoxus, Heteromys, and Georychus

it came from tle internal cuneiform. In Bathyergus it was well-

marked and rose from the sustenaculum tali of the caleaneum,

its proximal part forming the calcaneo-scaphoid ligament.

Journ, Anat, xvii. p. 142,

1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 183

Adductor Indicis.—The adductor indicis was present in all the

animals examined except Bathyergus, Georychus, and Heteromys ;

in the latter it was replaced by an adductor hallucis, which in the

other specimens was wanting, although Windle describes it in

Hydromys’.

Prof. Cunningham has pointed out (Journ. of Anat. vol. xiii.

p- 11) that the foot of Bathyergus is peculiar in the total absence

of plantar adducting and dorsal abducting muscles. This state-

ment, which also applies to Georychus, I am able to corroborate.

The muscle which I have described as abductor hallucis corresponds

to Prof. Cunningham’s inner head of the flexor brevis hallucis,

though in his specimen the origin of the muscle was not so far

back as in mine. In no Rodent were any distinct dorsal inter-

osseous muscles found.

Interossei.—There are two interossei, or flexores breves, to each

toe inserted into the sesamoid bones beneath the metacarpo-

phalangeal articulation.

Myological Characteristics of the various Families of Myomorpha,

The animals of which the muscles have been described furnish

examples of four families of the Myomorpha, namely the Myovide,

Muride, Spalacide, and Geomyide, Unfortunately the first and

last of these are each represented in my dissections by only one indi-

vidual, and for this reason any generalizations must be made very

tentatively. Still it seems worth while making an admittedly

imperfect contribution in the hope that it may be added to and

corrected whenever fresh material is available.

In the first place, taking Myoxus dryas as a type of the Myoxide,

one notices that :—

1. The biceps cubiti is only inserted into the radius.

2. The coraco-brachialis is only represented by the second part.

3. The palmaris longus is absent.

4, The flexor sublimis digitorum is inserted into the fifth digit

as well as into the second, third, and fourth.

5. The extensor minimi digiti is only inserted into the fifth digit.

6. The trapezius has the second and third parts fused.

7. The trachelo-mastoid is absent.

8. The rectus abdominis does not decussate at its origin with its

fellow of the opposite side.

9. The gracilis is single.

10. The soleus rises from the middle of the fibula instead of

from the head of that bone.

11. The tendon of the tibialis posticus lies in the same groove

as the flexor fibularis instead of in one of its own.

In the Geomyide, of which Heteromys longicaudatus is the only

representative dissected, the following points are of interest :—

1. The digastric approaches the hystricomorphine type.

2. The semitendinosus has only the caudal head present.

1 P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 58.

184 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE (Jan. 14, .

3. The gracilis isa single muscle.

4, The flexor tibialis joins the flexor fibularis in the sole.

5. There are only three lumbricales in the foot.

6. There is an adductor hallucis instead of an adductor indicis

in the foot.

Whether the rectus abdominis decussated with its fellow of the

opposite side, could not be determined owing to the large incision

which had been made for evisceration before the specimen came

into my hands.

The family of the Muride is represented by accounts of the

dissection of nine animals, and I am only able to discover one mus-

cular peculiarity which is common to them all and at the same

time distinguishes them from other families,—this is the fact that

the rectus abdominis always decussates with the muscle of the .

opposite side. When one considers what a large and _hetero-

geneous family this is, and that many of the genera included in it

are only placed there provisionally, one is not surprised to find

that their musculature is not nearly so consistent as it was found

to be in the different families of the Hystricomorpha.

To my mind the fact that the latter show definite muscular

characteristics which are not found in the former, indicates that the

hystricomorphine families consist of animals which are more nearly

allied to one another than is the case in the Muride: in other

words, that the classification of the Hystricomorpha is more success-

ful than that of the Myomorpha.

While speaking of the Muride, it is worth noticing that Cricetus

and Cricetomys are the only two of the Myomorphaexamined which

possess the first part of the coraco-brachialis or rotator humeri

muscle. In many particulars, however, they differ from one

another.

In the family of the Spalacide there are records of three animals,

Bathyergus, Georychus, and Rhizomys. The following points of

resemblance were noticed in this group :—

1. The temporals are large and meet in the middle line of the

head. :

2. The stylo-hyoid and stylo-glossus are closely blended in

Rhizomys, while in Georychus the stylo-hyoid is absent or completely

fused with the other muscle.

3. The pronator quadratus is very feeble.

4, The reflected head of the rectus is ill-marked.

5. The gastrocnemius has no fabelle in its tendons of origin.

6. There are three lumbricales in the foot.

The following are points of difference between Rhizomys on the

one hand and Georychus and Bathyergus on the other :—

1. In Rhizomys the digastric has a well-marked central tendon,

in Bathyergus and Georychus there is only an intersection.

2. In R. the cleido-mastoid is overlapped by the first part of the

trapezius ; in B. and G. it is not.

3. In B. and G. the scalenus anticus is present. In A. it is

absent, as it is in all other Myomorpha except Gerbillus.

~~ S ©

Bs bee

1896. j MYOLOGY OF RODENTS, 185

4, In B. and G. the sterno-scapularis is present. In R. it is

absent.

5. In B. and G. the teres major is inserted in front of the latis-

simus dorsi, in #. behind it.

6. The coraco-brachialis is absent in G., small in my specimen

of B., absent in Milne-Edwards’s specimen. In R, the second and

third parts are well marked.

7. In B. and G. the extensor communis digitorum sends no slip

to the fifth digit. In 2. a slip to this digit is present.

8. There is no sesamoid bone in the tendon of the supinator

brevis in B. and G. There is one in R,

9. The pair of interosseous muscles which should be inserted

into the two sesamoid bones of the fifth digit of the hand are

absent in B. and G. They are present in R.

10. The rectus abdominis does not decussate with its fellow of

the opposite side in B. or G., though it does so in R.

11. The gracilis is a single muscle in R. It is distinctly double

in B. and G.

12. The flexor tibialis joins the flexor fibularis in the sole of R.

The two tendons are separate in B. and G.

13. The adductor indicis pedis is absent in G. and B., present

in R.

It will thus be seen that, though there are six more or less un-

important points of resemblance between Jhizomys on the one

hand and Bathyergus and Georychus on the other, there are 13

points of difference, some of which, such as nos. 3, 4, 10, 12, and

13, I regard as of great importance.

The study of these marked muscular differences in animals

whose habits are so much alike, and whose external appearances

are so similar, seems to point to one of two conclusions. Either

the external appearances are acquired by the animals living under

similar conditions while the muscles tell the irue tale of their

different ancestry, or else the differences in the muscles are of no

value for classificatory purposes.

Against the latter conclusion the evidence of the myology of

Bathyergus and Georychus tells strongly; these animals are so

alike in their habits, in their osteology, and in their visceral anatomy,

that no one doubts that they are closely related; they are also

alike in their myology with one or two trifling exceptions. This,

however, is only one instance of the close resemblance of the mus-

culature in animals which are for other reasons regarded as akin;

and I cannot help thinking that when several important differences

occur in the muscles of two animals which otherwise seem closely

related, the muscles are trustworthy guides, because, taken as a

whole, they are-less likely to adapt themselves quickly to changed

conditions than are other structures.

With regard to the position of Rhizomys, the junction of the two

long flexors in the sole has been regarded by Dobson as character-

istic of the Hystricomorpha, though I have found it in other

animals, As this characteristic is present in Rhizomys, it is worth

186 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE (Jan. 14,

while noticing that in no other respect does it approach. the

Hystricomorpha ; consequently I think that the study of the

muscles bears out the suggestion of Winge’ that Rhizomys is

distinct from the Bathyergine, and that it should be placed

among the Muride, which it resembles in the only common point

which this family has—the decussation of the rectus.

Winge* also suggests that Bathyergus is closely allied to the

Hystricide. The following points in its myology show a diver-

gence from the myomorphine and an approach to the hystrico-

morphine arrangement :—

1. The scalenus anticus is present and rises from the basi-

occipital.

2. The scapulo-clavicularis is present, as in all Hystricomorpha,

while in no myomorphine rodent was it found.

These two points alone would not of course justify one in

separating the Bathyergine from the Myomorpha, but they show

an approach to the hystricomorphine type which is suggestive.

The Position of the Dipodide.

A review of the muscles of Rodents would be incomplete without

considering whether they lend any assistance towards determining

the vexed question of the position of the Jerboas. In my former

contribution I described their muscles with those of the Hystri-

comorpha. Now that the muscles of the Myomorpha have been

worked out, a comparison can be made between them.

In the following points the Dipodide resemble the Hystrico-

morpha :—

1. The large size of the anterior deep part of the masseter

passing through the infraorbital foramen.

2. The presence of a scalenus anticus rising from the basi-

occipital.

3. The presence of only one head of the biceps cubiti.

4. The non-decussation of the rectus abdominis at its origin

with the muscle of the opposite side.

5. The union of the tendons of the flexor tibialis and fibularis

in the sole.

The first point is only one of degree since the Myomorpha show

a small piece of the masseter passing through the infraorbital

foramen.

The second has been found in Myowus among the Myomorpha,

as well as in Bathyergus and Georychus, whose position is not

quite certain.

The third point is certainly in favour of hystricomorphine

tendencies, as I have not yet found any myomorphine rodent

without two heads to the biceps cubiti.

The fourth point, the decussation of the rectus, is not always

found in the Myomorpha, while it sometimes occurs, as in the

pene among the Hystricomorpha.

* E Museo Lundii,-1888, p. 109,

~ joa

1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 187

The union of the tendons in the sole has been already alluded

to as not being entirely confined to the Hystricomorpha.

In the following points the Dipodide resemble the Myo-

morpha :—

. The sciuromorphine arrangement of the digastric.

. The presence of a transverse mandibular muscle.

. The absence of the scapulo-clavicularis.

. The presence of the omo-hyoid.

. The absence of the splenius colli.

. The origin of the levator clavicule (acromio-trachelian) from

the atlas.

The first three of these are very important and constant

points, the latter three are sometimes noted in the Hystrico-

morpha.

On the whole I think that the myological points in favour of

myomorphine tendencies for the Dipodide are far stronger than

those in favour of hystricomorphine.

Sore Whe

GENERAL SumMARY oF Musonkes oF RopENTs.

In order to complete my paper I propose to give a series of

lists of the different points in which the four suborders of Rodents

differ from and resemble one another, though the following pages

are only tentative, and liable to require rearrangement as further

material is added. They may, however, prove useful in directing

the attention of future observers to the muscles deserving of

special notice from a classificatory point of view, and they may

also be of service in showing the muscles that are constant in

Rodents nearly related, whatever their mode of life may be, and

that may turn out to be equally constant in nearly related groups

belonging to other orders.

In a former contribution’ the differences between the Hystrico-

morpha and Sciuromorpha are summarized.

Differences between the Myomorpha and Hystricomorpha,

1. The part of the masseter which passes through the infra-

orbital foramen is usually small in the Myomorpha, large in the

Hystricomorpha.

2. The Myomorpha have the sciuromorphine arrangement of the

digastric.

3. The transverse mandibular muscle is present in the Myo-

morpha, absent in the Hystricomorpha.

4, The omo-hyoid muscle is always present in the Myomorpha,

and may be present or absent in the Hystricomorpha.

5. The acromio-trachelian (levator clavicule) always rises from

the arch of the atlas in the Myomorpha. In the Hystricomorpha

it sometimes rises from the basioccipital.

6. The scalenus anticus is usually absent in the Myomorpha,

usually present in the Hystricomorpha.

1 P.Z,S, 1894, p, 294,

188 MR, F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Jan. 14,

7. The claviculo-scapularis is absent in the Myomorpha, present

in the Hystricomorpha.

8. In the Myomorpha the three parts of the deltoid lie close

together. In the Hystricomorpha they are separated by distinct

intervals.

9. The biceps eubiti has two heads in the Myomorpha. In the

Hystricomorpha there may be one or two.

10. The Myomorpha seldom have the first part of the coraco-

brachialis, in the Hystricomorpha it is often present.

11. The splenius colli is never found in the Myomorpha, in the

Hystricomorpha it is sometimes seen.

12. The two parts of the biceps femoris are usually distinct

in the Hystricomorpha. In the Myomorpha they are seldom

separable.

13. In the Myomorpha the flexor tibialis and flexor fibularis

do not usually join in the sole. In the Hystricomorpha they are

always united.

14. In the Myomorpha the accessorius is absent or very ill-

developed. In the Hystricomorpha it is present and _ well

marked.

Differences between the Myomorpha and the Sciuromorpha.

1. The three parts of the temporal muscle are more closely

fused in the Myomorpha than in the Sciuromorpha,

2. A small part of the masseter passes through the infraorbital

foramen in the Myomorpha. No part passes through in the

Sciuromorpha.

3. The three parts of the deltoid are more closely fused in the

Myomorpha than in the Sciuromorpha.

4, In the Myomorpha a rotator humeri is only found in the

Cricetine. In the Sciuromorpha it is always present.

5. In the Myomorpha the flexor sublimis digitorum sends no

slip to the fifth digit. In the Sciuromorpha this slip is present.

6. The supinator longus is absent in the Myomorpha, but is

present in the Sciuromorpha except Castor’.

7. The extensor longus digitorum always sends a tendon to the

fifth digit in the Sciuromorpha; this tendon is often absent in the

Myomorpha.

8. The rectus abdominis often decussates at its origin with its

fellow in the Myomorpha. There is no decussation in the Sciuro-

morpha.

9. The quadratus femoris is triangular in the Myomorpha,

quadrilateral in the Sciuromorpha.

10, The supracondylar ship of the semi-membranosus always

rises from the tuber ischii and is closely connected to the

adductors in the Sciuromorpha, In the Myomorpha it may rise

from the tuber or caudal vertebre and is distinct from the

adductor mass.

1 Macalister describes an exceedingly feeble supinator longus in the Beaver

(‘Morphology of Vertebrate Animals,’ p. 289).

Se ee

1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 189

11. The gracilis is usually double in the Myomorpha, single in

the Sciuromorpha.

12. The accessorius is usually absent in the Myomorpha, always

present in the Sciuromorpha.

With a view to comparing the myology of the Lagomorpha with

the other suborders, I dissected the muscles of a Hare and a Rabbit,

but have refrained from enlarging this paper with a detailed

description of these muscles because they have already been

described by other authors.

Differences between the Myomorpha and the Lagomorpha.

1. In the Myomorpha the different parts of the temporal are

closely connected. In the Lagomorpha the orbital part is large

and much separated from the rest.

2. In the Myomorpha the anterior deep part of the masseter

passes through the infraorbital foramen. In the Lagomorpha

there is no anterior deep part.

3. The posterior belly of the digastric is well marked in the

Myomorpha, in the Lagomorpha it is only present as a narrow

tendon.

4. The transverse mandibular muscle is present in the Myo-

morpha, absent in the Lagomorpha.

5. The omo-hyoid is present in the Myomorpha, absent in the

Lagomorpha.

6. The acromio-tracbelian (levator clavicule) rises from the arch

of the atlas in the Myomorpha. In the Lagomorpha it rises from

the basioccipital aud bifurcates below, one part going to the meta-

cromion, the other to the clavicle and deltoid.

7. The scalenus anticus is sometimes present in the Myo-

morpha but absent in the Lagomorpha.

8. The scapulo-clavicularis is absent in the Myomorpha, except

the Bathyergine. It is present in the Lagomorpha.

9. The three parts of the deltoid are fused in the Myomorpha,

separate in the Lagomorpha.

10. The biceps cubiti has two heads in the Myomorpha, one in

the Lagomorpha.

11. Among the Myomorpha the rotator humeri is only present

in the Cricetine. In the Lagomorpha it is present in both rabbit

and hare.

12. The pronator quadratus is present in the Myomorpha,

absent in the Lagomorpha.

18. The clavo-cucullaris part of the trapezius is generally

present in the Myomorpha, absent in the Lagomorpha.

14. The splenius colli is absent in the Myomorpha, present in

the Lagomorpha.

15. The rectus abdominis frequently decussates with its fellow

of the opposite side in the Myomorpha. In the Lagomorpha

there is no decussation and the linex transverse are much better

marked.

190 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [Jan. 14,

16. The gracilis is usually a double muscle in the Myomorpha,

single in the Lagomorpha.

The distinctions above given are possibly more numerous than

they would be if the opportunity of dissecting a Pika (Lagomys)

had presented itself.

To merely point out the differences between the various sub-

orders does not give a just idea of their muscular characteristics.

It is necessary also to lay stress on the chief points in which one

resembles another and differs from the rest.

In the first place the Myomorpha resemble the Hystricomorpha

and differ from both the other suborders in the following points :—

1. A slip of the masseter passes through the infraorbital

foramen.

2, The three parts of the temporal are more closely fused.

3. The rectus abdominis often decussates at its origin.

4. The gracilis is usually double.

5. The supracondylar slip of the semimembranosus often comes

from the caudal vertebre.

The Myomorpha resemble the Sciuromorpha and differ from the

other two suborders in the following points :—

1. The sciuromorphine type of the digastric.

2. The presence of the transverse mandibular muscle.

3. The constant presence of the omo-hyoid.

4, The acromio-trachelian (levator clavicule) always rising from

the atlas.

5. The absence of the scalenus anticus in the Sciuromorpha and

in the Myomorpha except the Bathyergine and Gerbillus.

6. The absence of the scapulo-clavicularis in both, with the

exception of the Bathyergine.

7. The presence of the two heads to the biceps cubiti.

&. The presence of the clayo-cucullaris part of the trapezius.

9. The absence of the splenius colli.

10. The presence of ischial and caudal heads to the biceps

femoris, the latter being often more or less blended with the

gluteus maximus.

11. The fact that the flexor tibialis (flexor longus digitorum)

does not join the flexor fibularis (flexor longus hallucis), except in

Rhizomys, Leteromys, and partly in Pteromys.

I have been unable to find any point of importance in which

the Myomorpha resemble the Lagomorpha and differ from the

other two suborders.

The Hystricomorpha resemble the Lagomorpha and differ from

the other two suborders in the following points :—

1. The presence of the scapulo-clavicularis.

2. The omo-hyoid is often absent in the Hystricomorpha, always

in the Lagomorpha.

ae, ee Te ni eee ee

1896.] MYOLOGY OF RODENTS. 191

3. The absence of the transverse mandibular muscle.

4, The frequent origin of the acromio-trachelian (levator

clavicule) from the basioccipital.

5. The usual presence of only one head of the biceps cubiti.

6. The occasional presence of the splenius colli in the Hystrico-

morpha and its constant presence in the Lagomorpha.

7. The basioccipital origin of the scalenus anticus when that

muscle is present.

The Sciuromorpha resemble the Lagomorpha and differ from

the other two suborders in the following points :—

1. The rotator humeri portion of the coraco-brachialis is always

present.

2. The supracondylar slip of the semimembranosus rises from

the tuber ischii in both, but while it is closely connected to the

adductor mass in the Sciuromorpha, it is separate from it and

adherent to the rest of the semimembranosus in the Lagomorpha.

On looking through these lists one cannot help being struck by

the frequency with which certain muscles, such as the omo-hyoid,

the scapulo-clavicularis, the acromio-trachelian, the scalenus

anticus, the splenius colli, the trachelo-mastoid, and the rectus

abdominis, occur again and again. It is chiefly by various com-

binations of these muscles aided by a few others, such as the

transverse-mandibular, masseter, digastric, biceps, coraco-brachialis,

&c., that the affinities between animals belonging to the same

group are marked ; and it seems to me that one would be justified

in saying that, in Rodents at all events, the muscles of the trunk

and neck are the most valuable for classificatory purposes. It may

be urged that all these muscles are liable to individual variation;

and this of course is probably true, though I am inclined to think

that individual variations are far less frequent in Rodents than in

Man; still if five or six of these muscles are taken, the risk of more

than one being abnormal must be very slight indeed. As an

instance of this the case of the Jerboa might be cited. In all the

Hystricomorpha examined a scapulo-clavicularis had been found,

but in the Jerboa it was absent. At that time I looked upon the

animal, with Dobson, as hystricomorphine, and I regarded the

absence of the muscle as an individual variation ; as the dissection

proceeded I found other points which were different to anything

seen in the Hystricomorpha; later on I was lucky enough to get

two more Jerboas of different species to the first one, and in both

of these the scapulo-clavicularis was wanting also. Without the

confirmatory testimony of the other muscles, the absence of the

scapulo-clavicularis would probably have been passed over as of

little importance. If the long flexors of the foot are considered, it

will be found that they are not so reliable as the muscle just

quoted. Dobson says that these long flexors unite in the Hystri-

comorpha but not in the other suborders ; I have found, however,

three animals—Rhizomys, Heteromys, and Pteromys—which have no

192 MR. OSCAR NEUMANN ON A NEW [Jan. 14,

other affinities with the Hystricomorpha, but in which the union

took place.

Other facts which may perhaps be of interest to the systematist

are borne out by the foregoing lists. It is quite evident that

the myology of the Myomorpha resembles that of the Sciuro-

morpha much more closely than that of the Hystricomorpha. The

Lagomorpha, en the other hand, in their myology are much more

closely allied to the Hystricomorpha than to the Myomorpha or

Sciuromorpha, and of the two latter are nearest the Sciuromorpha.

These conclusions I believe are already recognized by systematists

from a study of other parts than muscles; and the fact that

myology bears out these conclusions is to my mind an important

plea for the value of the study of muscles as a help to settling the

position of animals.

The results of this and the preceding paper may be briefly

summed up in the following propositions :—

1. That the Myomorpha and Sciuromorpha approach one

another in their myology.

2. That the Hystricomorpha similarly approach the Lagomorpha.

3. That the Bathyergine in many respects resemble the Hystri-

comorpha.

4. That Rhizomys more closely resembles the Muride than the

Bathyergine.

5. That the Dipodide are more nearly allied to the Myomorpha

than to the Hystricomorpha.

6. That in Rodents certain muscles are valuable for classificatory

purposes and, if several are taken, are not likely to mislead.

7. That the muscles of the trunk, neck, and shoulder-girdle are

the most reliable.

5. Description of a new Species of Antelope from East

Africa. By Oscar Neumann’.

[Received January 1, 1896.]

Among the animals collected during my expedition to East and

Central Africa, in 1892-95, there are examples of an Antelope from

Uganda, Ussoga, and Kavirondo, belonging to the genus Adenota,

Gray. _ This Antelope seemed to me to be different from Adenota

kob, with which it had hitherto been united. Not having enough

material of the true West-African Adenota kob in Berlin, I took

two horns and one skin of this species with me to compare them

in Paris with Buffon’s type and also with specimens in London.

In both places I found my opinion confirmed; I also found that

both Mr. Thomas and M. de Poussarges had independently arrived

at the same conclusion—thanks to additional material brought by

Mr. Décle from Uganda, and by Captain Lugard from the Niger.

I propose to name this species, in honour of Mr. Thomas, ~

. Communicated by the Secretary.

ae ee

1896.] ANTELOPE FROM EAST AFRICA. 193

ADENOTA THOMASI, sp. nov.

Colour nearly or quite the same as Adenota kob. Size larger.

Skull and horns much larger than those of A.kob. The ridges of the

horns much more rounded and less sharp than in A. kob. Colour

of the horns basally light horn-yellow, gradually becoming darker

at the points; while the horns of A. kob are nearly uniformly

blackish.

Adenota vardoni, to which the horns of A. thomas come nearest,

although generally shorter, is distinguished by the total absence

of black colour on the legs, while A. leché is distinguished by its

far larger size and longer horns. Young specimens of A. kod,

A. thomasi, A, vardoni, and A. leché may be difficult to distinguish.

Skull Measurements.

Adenota thomasi. Adenota kob.

a. Type, 6. Lugard. a. Stevens.| 5. Lugard.

Scott Elliot. (Unyoro.) ae Africa,)| (Niger-Benue

(Uganda.) |94.5.4.3(younger).|| 885. Junction.)

millim. millim, millim. millim.

Greatest breadth. 131 121 112 115

Basal length. ...... 267 248 235 242

Horn Measurements.

Adenota kob, Buffon.

Length

——+—~ {Cir -} Tipto

straight. round | ference. tip.

curve.

millim. | millim. | millim. | millim.

a. W. Africa, B.M. (Stevens) ......... 277 372 141 144

6. Niger-Benue Junction (Lugard)..) 3805 321 131 159

Adenota thomasi, O. Neum.

a. Type B.M., Uganda (Scott

LDU TD) ses oeceAbecocaBDOe EDO EEE, 369 464

b. Unyoro, B.M. (Lugard) .........0. 378 470

c. Uganda, B.M. (Speke) ......20.05. 375 458

d. Uganda, Berlin (O. Newmann) ...| 410 512

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. XIII.

194 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 14,

Mr. Matschie, in his excellent book on the ‘Mammals of

German East Africa,’ calls the Central-African form Adenota kob

(p. 126), but in the appendix he calls it Adenota koba, Erxl.

(p. 147).

I cannot believe that Buffon’s ‘“‘Koba ou la grande vache du

Sénégal ” was an Adenota at all, and if it was one, it rather seems

to me that Buffon had had two skulls of the same species, and

that he figured the adult specimen as “koba” and the young one

as “kob.’ For he affirms that both came from the Senegal.

Adenota thomasi is known from the northern Central-African

Lake region:—Kavirondo, Ussoga, Uganda (Speke, Jackson,

Gedge, Lugard, Stuhlmann, Neumann) ; Unyoro, Albert Lake

(Lugard) ; Simiu River—south-east corner of the V ictoria Nyanza

(Langheld). Unyoro is the most northern known point. It does

not occur east of the watershed to the Victoria Nyanza (Mau

Sotik mountains). North of Unyoro is the region of <Adenota

marie, Gray, and A, leucotis, Licht. (Bahr el Gazal, Sobat, Kor).

To the west the true A. 40} occurs—Nenegal and Gambia (B.M.

Type Paris Mus.), Togo (Baumann), Cameroons (Zenker), extend-

ing eastward to the Ubangi river, whence Dybowsky brought

specimens to Paris.

Southward occur A. leché and A. vardoni, which are both

known from British Central Africa (Lakes Mwero, Bangweolo,

Nyassa, south Tanganyika). It seems that the two species of

Adenota net with by Bohm and Reichard west of Tanganyika

must have belonged to these last two species.

A. thomasi lives in herds of 30-50, about five times as many

females as males; its habits are those of @pyceros melampus, but

it prefers rather damp meadows near the water. Kiganda name:

Nssunu.

I shall on a future occasion givea more exact comparison of the

six species forming the genus Adenota.

6. On some Earthworms from the Sandwich Islands collected

by Mr. R. L. Perkins; with an Appendix on some new

Species of Pericheta, &c. By Franx E. Brpparp,

F.R:S., &c.

[Received December 16, 1895.]

So little has been done in exploring the Earthworm-fauna of

oceanic islands that I am particularly pleased at being able to offer

to the Society an account of a rather extensive collection of

Earthworms made in the Sandwich Islands by Mr. R. L. Perkins

under the auspices of the British Association Committee for the

exploration of those islands. Two collections made at different

times and kindly forwarded to me by Dr. D. Sharp, F.R.S.,

include examples of a number of species principally belonging

~ i 9 ee ee. ol

Sa ee ee

nee ee ee ee eee eee ee

“

eee oe ee ee ee ee

1896. ] FROM THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. 195

to the genus Pericheta. I am much indebted to Dr. Sharp, and

also to Mr. Perkins for his careful preservation of the specimens.

Our knowledge of the Earthworms of the Hawaiian Archipelago

is at the present time exceedingly limited: four species form the

entire list; and of these Pericheta corticis of Kinberg', though

undoubtedly a Pericheta, or at least a Perichetid, is quite unrecog-

nizable as a species, while Hypogewon havaicum of the same

naturalist is believed by Rosa? to be merely Allolobophora putris,

a widely spread species which has been “introduced” into many

extra-European countries. Two species, however, which have

been sufficiently described for identification, appear to be peculiar

to the Sandwich Islands. The first of these was made known by

Dr. Rosa’, and fully described from material existing in the Vienna

Museum, as Pericheta hawayana. The second, which is not

perhaps so certainly a distinct species, I have myself described

under the name of Pontoscolew hawaiensis in my recently published

* Monograph of the Order Oligocheta’ (p. 660).

In the present communication I have three new Hawaiian species

to add to this list; and I have also to record the oceurrence in

those islands of a few widely distributed forms. The entire list of

Earthworms now known from the Hawaiian Archipelago, excluding

only the unintelligible Perichata corticis, is as follows—the species

peculiar to the islands being printed in Clarendon type :—

Fam. LuMBRICcID®.

(1) Allolobophora fetida.

(2) Allolobophora putris.

(3) Allolobophora caliginosa.

Fam. Prericu xr 2.

(4) Pericheta indica.

(5) Pericheta hawayana.

(6) Pericheta perkinsi.

(7) Pericheta molokaiensis.

(8) Pericheta sandvicensis.

Fam. GeEosconicip®.

(9) Pontoscolex hawaiensis.

This will appear to many to be a meagre enough list, especially

when contrasted with the rich and peculiar insect, molluscan, and

avian fauna‘of the same islands. But it is a long list when

compared with those of the Earthworms of other oceanic islands,

from very few of which have undoubtedly indigenous forms been

secured,

1 “ Annulata nova,” Ofv. K. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. 1866.

® “ Revisione dei Lumbrici,” Mem, Acc. Torino, 1893.

3 Ann. d. k.k, Hofmus..Wien, Bd. vi.

13*

196 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 14,

It is early, of course, to lay down any general statements; and

were it not that Mr. Perkins has collected so many species and in

most cases so many individuals of each species, I should have

contented myself with a plain description of fact and should not

have ventured upon comment. It may be permissible, however,

to indicate the “ Oriental ” facies of the fauna and the absence of

very peculiar types. The latter statement, in fact, appears to

hold good generally for oceanic islands, so far as our imperfect

data enable us to speak. It argues their really oceanic origin and

their short existence. Even in Kerguelen and Marion Is., which

are remote from traffic and can hardly have been stocked by human

means, the one known species, Acanthodrilus kergquelarum, is only

specifically different from the Earthworms most nearly allied upon

the adjoining mainlands. And these islands are possibly among

the most ancient of oceanic islands.

Allolobophora foetida, Sav.

Numerous examples of this widely distributed species from

Halemanu, Kausi.

Allolobophora caliginosa, Sav.

Hab. Waialua, Oabu.

Allolobophora putris, Sav.

There are a large number of examples of the variety “ arborea”

(smaller, and with tubercula pubertalis only upon xxix.& xxx.),which

Rosa believes to be identical with Kinberg’s ‘“Hypogeon havaicus.”

Its occurrence, therefore, is not a new fact.

Hab. Molokai, and Kawailoa River, Oahu.

. Pontoscolex hawaiensis, n. sp.

Of this apparently new species some 8 or 10 examples were

collected.

The Jength of a fair sized specimen is 142 mm; the breadth at -

the clitellum 4 mm., elsewhere rather less. The number of

segments is rather more than 210; after the 128th segment is

an oval swelling upon the body 3 mm. long and commencing about

90 mm. from the anterior end; this is the structure which has

been described in other species, and regarded as a growing point.

This modified region of the body appears to be constant in position;

this is shown by the following measurements of two individuals:—

A. Bz

Length of body in front of “growing region” .... 90 80

Length of body behind “ growing region”........ 47 40

The intestine proper appears to begin at the end of the clitellum;

there is here a distinct circular valve, and the intestine has a

distinct typhlosole projecting intoits lumen. The calibre, however,

is not greater.

The sete of this species are, as in Rhinodrilus, ornamented

iT.) Oe eee ee

i gr yrs

—— 2. oe eee

Se ee

1896.] FROM THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. 197

throughout. On the very first seta-bearing segment of the body

the sete have precisely the same ridged free extremities that the

setz upon the clitellum show. At first the sete of each pair are

fairly close together. Later they get farther apart and become

irregular in arrangement, as in Pontoscolex corethrurus. On the

elitellum the ventral pairs are quite regular, although each indi-

vidual seta of the pair is farther away from its fellow than

anteriorly. This continues for a short distance behind the

clitellum. On the other hand, the lateral pairs of sete are irregular

in the clitellar region. The ventral of the two setw, however, which

ison a line with the nephridiopore, is fixed in position: it is the

other which varies.

The clitellum occupies segments xiv.-xxi. with a portion of xiii.

and xxii.

The dorsal vessel is in certain respects peculiar’. Where it

emerges from the last thick mesentery it is moderately thin; it

gradually becomes thicker and at the same time moniliform; the

increased thickness is due to the fact that the dorsal vessel

becomes double; its character is that of the dorsal vessel in

Acanthodrilus nove-zelandie, i.e. the tube is single where it

traverses the septa, but separates into two halves between the

septa. In segments xiv. and xv. the dorsal vessel attains to its

greatest bulk; after this its calibre becomes suddenly diminished.

lt retains, however, its double character.

In segments xi., xii. are hearts which seem to have no con-

nection with the dorsal vessel but only with the supra-intestinal.

The gizzard is in segment y.; it is followed by tour very thick

septa. In the segments following the gizzard are 3 pairs of calci-

ferous glands. Behind the first three strong septa are very small

spermatothece, simple elongate oval pouches without diverticula.

Hab. Mauna Loa, Hawaii, and Waiahia, Oahu.

Pericheeta indica, Horst.

Dr. Michaelsen has called attention * to the fact that this species,

which is very widely distributed, is frequently without a * prostate”

gland. In five specimens which he received from Georgia and

Florida there was no trace of the gland, only the muscular duct

being present. In the 6th specimen the gland was present on

one side. Dr. Michaelsen further makes the suggestion that the

original home of the species may be Japan, where as a general

rule* the Perichete show the same character.

Among the worms collected by Mr. Perkins were 8 examples

of this species from Molokai, all fully mature; I dissected seven of

them, in none of which was there the least trace of the gland in

question ; the curved duct alone was present.

1 In one specimen of three which I examined, the dorsal vessel seemed to be

single.

Pu Die Regenwurm-Fauna yon Florida u. Georgia,’ Zool. JB., Bd. viii.

. 177.

Ps F. E. Beddard ‘On some Perichztide from Japan,” ibid. Bd. vi. p. 755,

198 MR. F. BR, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 14,

Dr. Michaelsen has also called attention to the variability of

the genital papille.

Of my specimens four are normal (i. ¢. there are 3 pairs on Vii.,

viii., ix.); in two the papille are on vii., viii. on one side of the body,

on Viii. only on the other ; in the seventh specimen these conditions

are exactly reversed ; in the eighth, one side of the body is normal,

on the other the papille lie on viil., ix., x.

In six specimens from Maui’ the genital papille and prostates

were as follows :—

On vii., viii. 0.

0. Small.

Vill., 1x. 0)

On viii. (left side only). Small (on one side only, left).

0. 0

Ook wndor

Vii., Vill. Small (on one side only, left).

It is interesting to contrast this list with the last, on the hypo-

thesis, of course, that the islands upon which the two series were

collected are different.

There were also two individuals from Mauna Loa, Hawaii, upon

which I do not comment, as there were only two.

Pericheta perkinsi, n. sp.

The length of this species (of which I have examined two

examples) is 192 mm.; the diameter is 6 mm. The number of

segments is 110.

The colour is of a light brown, darker on the back.

The prostomium is broad (2°5 mm.) but not long ;. it is cut off

from the first segment by a transverse groove.

The buccal cavity is eversible, as in many Perichete.

The first dorsal pore that I could detect lies between segments

Xii./xill.

The clitellum occupies the whole of segments xiv.—xvi., and is

without sete.

The oviducal pore, distinctly a single pore, is situated in the

middle of a white area upon the brown clitellum on segment xiv.

The male pores are rather wide apart, and upon segment xviii.

I counted eleven sete between them. Each pore itself is upon a

whitish papilla, and to the outside is another smaller papilla which

is not perforated; the two are surrounded by several concentric

circular wrinkles of the integument.

There are no genital papille except the one just referred to

and upon which open glands.

The sete of P. perkinsi are not so numerous as in many other

species. The segments in the anterior part of the body have

fewer setz than those which follow. There isa gradual increase up

to the xviith segment, whence the number appears to remain fairly

1 Mr. Perkins has queried the locality.

a ae eee eS Se - é

"re 2 Ee — ee ee ee es a a ee ee ee

— | ee

Ce!) aS

1896.] FROM THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. 199

constant up to the end of the body. The formula’ will read

thus :—

Segment ...... ra VW XII. Vs

No. of set ...: 23 31 43 46

but on some seginents quite close to the tail I counted as many as

49 sete. The size of the setz varies on different segments and on

different parts of the same segment. The setw on either side of

the nerye-cord, as is the case with other species (e. g. Pericheta

houlleti), are larger than those more laterally placed. This

difference commences to be well marked in the third setigerous

segment, anterior to which, it may be observed, is no ventral nerve-

cord, but the circumeesophageal commissures. From the third

setigerous segment to the sixth (inclusive) there is this marked

difference between a few ventral sete—particularly the ventral-

most seta—on either side of the nerve-cord and the rest of the sete

of the segment. On the tenth segment all the set are very

much smaller than on the preceding segments”, and those on

either side of the ventral nerve-cord are not larger. On the

eleventh segment the sete againare larger, and there is a slight

difference in size between the ventralmost two or three sets and

the rest, but not nearly so marked as on segments iv.—vii.

The clitellum is, as has been already mentioned, entirely witnout

set ; but no doubt in the immature worm they are present. In

any case the special longitudinal muscles of the sete were quite

obvious in the mature worm, At the hinder end of the body the

sete are larger than those of some of the anterior segments—a

difference which may have to do with the habit (so general

among earthworms, at least of this country) of lying outside the

burrow with the tail only concealed within.

The first septum lies between segments v./vi. The septum

between viii./ix. is missing, as is nearly universally the case with

Pericheta. The septum between ix./x. is largely defective, though

not absent; it consists chiefly of a strong muscular band on

each side, which is attached to the insertion of the next following

septum. Septa v./vill., x./xiil. are moderately thickened.

In the hinder part of the body were paired masses of coelomie

cells, attached on either side of the dorsal blood-vessel, such as I

have described in Perichata. They were full of Gregarines.

The pharynx is beset with numerous salivary glands, which

extend back as far as the sixth segment. The gizzard is globular,

not in any way elongated.

The last heart is in segment xiii.

The sperm-sacs are in segments Xi., xii. ; there are, as usual, two

pairs of sperm-duct funnels.

* This is a little different from the segments originally selected (‘‘On some

Species of the Genus Pericheta,” P.Z.S. 1892, p. 157); but as the number

culminates at xvi. I have thought it well to emphasize the fact by the formula.

* In relation to this fact, it is interesting to observe that in Pericheta

caducicheta (Beuham, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, xvi. p. 47, 1895) the seta

upon this segment are absent.

200 MR, F, EB, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 14,

The spermiducal glands extend through three segments; they

are coarsely lobate, and the muscular duct is curved like a horse-

shoe; there is no terminal sac.

The ovaries are in segment xiii., and in the same segment are

a pair of rather large kidney-shaped egg-sacs.

The spermathece are four pairs in segments vi-ix. The pouch,

which is pear-shaped, is sharply marked off from the narrow duct.

The diverticulum is rather longer than the latter, and ends in an

oval dilatation.

Locality. Halemanu, Kauai.

Remarks.—This species does not possess any very marked dis-

tinctive characters, excepting, perhaps, one which will be described

immediately. On the other hand, I cannot identify it with

certainty with any of the species already known that have four

pairs of spermathece.

I may take this opportunity of recording a peculiarity in the

sperm-ducts of Pericheta perkinsi, which is new to the genus, and

does not therefore help in the identification of this species ; indeed,

so few species of Pericheta have been examined microscopically,

that the absence of the peculiar relations of the sperm-duct to the

spermiducal gland, which I am about to describe, in the species

Fig. 1.

Pericheta perkinsi.

Spermiducal gland (pr.), vasa deferentia (v.d.), and muscular duct (JZ) of

gland of Pericheta perkinsi (left-hand figure) and of a normal Pericheta

(right-hand figure).

already investigated, does not gofor much. The two sperm-ducts

retain their separateness, and perforate the duct of the spermiducal

gland at some little distance from its external opening, but at a

point where it is already wrapped up in a moderately thick

coating of muscular fibres, not so thick, however, as they will

ultimately become, The two sperm-ducts, however, do not at

1896.] FROM THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. 201

once open into the lumen of the duct; they become narrower

and somewhat triangular in section, losing at the same time their

ciliated lining. In cross-sections the two tubes are seen to lie in

close contact with each other and with the lumen of the spermi-

ducal-gland duct. Ultimately, just where the gland-duct perforates

the body-wall on its way to the exterior, the sperm-ducts open

into it.

Pericheta molokaiensis, n. sp.

This is a moderately small species, 81 mm. in length, and con-

sisting of 93 segments.

The prostomium is small, and is continued by grooves on to first

half of first segment.

The dorsal pores commence on x./xi., and are visible upon the

clitellum.

The clitellum has a few setz on its last segment, and extends

over segments Xiv.—xvi.

There are no genital papille.

The male pores are separated by 15 sete.

The first septum separates segments iv./v.; none are specially

thickened.

The intestine begins in xv.; the ceca are in xxvi., and are not

large.

The sperm-sacs are large, and are in xi., xii.; the sperm-reser-

voirs (containing the funnels) in x., xi.

The spermiducal glands extend from xvii.—xxi., and are much

lobed. ‘Their duct is long and curved, but has no terminal sac.

The spermathece are four pairs in vi—ix. The pouch is sharply

marked off from the long duct. The diverticulum, ending in an

oval dilatation, is about as long as the latter.

Hab. Molokai.

Remarks.— As I have only had a single specimen of this species

at my disposal, I have been careful to injure it as little as

possible. Hence my description is in places somewhat defective.

I believe, however, that this description is sufficient to avoid

a confusion with allied forms. It is certainly not far from Peri-

cheta peregrina of Fletcher’, chiefly in the large size of its spermi-

ducal glands. Mr. Fletcher does not say how many of the

clitellar segments of P. peregrina have sete, a matter which is

apparently of some importance in the discrimination of species.

Pericheta hawayana, Rosa.

The length of the largest example of this species in 150 mm. ;

the number of segments of that individual was 97.

The colour is brown, with a pure flesh-tinge in parts.

The seta-formula is as follows :—

1 Me XII. XV AZ XXI.

16 26 43 45 50

1 Proce. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. 1886, p. 969.

202 MR. F. H, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 14,

There are nine sete on the xvith sezment of the body, 4 on one

side and 5‘ on the other side of the median ventral line. On the

third, fourth, and fifth setigerous segments the sete are very stout,

particularly on either side of the median ventral line. ‘Those of the

first two segments are delicate, as are those which follow the fifth.

Fourteen setz lie between the male pores.

The clitellum (xiv.—xvi.), as has been already remarked, has sete

upon its last segment.

The dorsal pores commence x./Xi.

The male pores lie in the line of setz ; close to each, but below

the line of sete, are two or three papille in a straight line with

their fellows on each side of the body, but obliquely as regards its

transverse axis.

The first septum divides segments v. and vi.; this and the next

two are thickened; so are the first four following the gizzard, the

last of which divides segments Xiil./xiv.

The intestine begins in xv.; the ceca, which lie in segment

XXvi., are short.

The last heart is in segment xiii.

The sperm-sacs lie in xi. and xil.; in x. and xi. are the sperm-

reservoirs, containing funnels of sperm-ducts.

The spermiducal gland occupies segments xvii.—xxi.; it is

flattened and lobulated; the duct is long and curved, narrowing

towards the external orifice, which is not provided with a terminal

sac.

The ovaries occupy the usual position. There are a pair of

elongated egg-sacs im both xiii. and xiv,

The spermathece are in vi., vil, vill. The oval pouch com-

municates with the exterior by a long duct longer than itself.

The diverticulum, ending in an oval dilatation, has a corkscrew-like

duct. This diverticulum, when straightened, is not far short of

the pouch in length.

Hab. Waimea, Molokai, and Mauna Loa, Hawaii.

Remarks.—I have given a description of this species because the

individuals examined by myself depart slightly and in a few

particulars from the description given of Pericheta hawayana

by Dr. Rosa. The most noteworthy difference is apparently

the existence of sete upon the last segment of the clitellum.

Dr. Rosa does not assert their absence, but would, I am disposed to

think, have mentioned their presence were they existent. On the

other hand, his description of the intestinal czca—* eine gefiederte,

durch zwei Lappenreihen vermittelte Gestalt erkennen lassen ”—

agrees entirely with my observations. Differences also in the

number of the sete in certain segments, and in the number of the

thickened intersegmental septa, will appear on a comparison of

Dr. Rosa’s account with mine.

I have marked this species as one of those indigenous to Hawaii.

1 14 or 15 altogether in another specimen, and more still apparently in

others.

;

oe.

1896. ] FROM THE SANDWICH ISLANDS, 203

But I possess specimens from Hong Kong which cannot be

distinguished. One of these has four papillw near the male pore

of one side of the body. It therefore approaches Pericheta

bermudensis, which has a considerable number of such papille.

These two species are now hardly to be separated.

Pericheta sandvicensis, n. sp.

The largest example of this species measures 100 mm. in length,

and has 105 segments.

The dorsal pores commence xi./xii., and are visible on the

clitellum.

The seta-formula is the following :—

lip sf XII. XVI.

21 33 52 53

The setz of the first two segments are small; those of the next

four are stronger, after which they again diminish. The sete on

either side of the median ventral line are not longer than those

elsewhere.

The clitellum occupies segments xiv.—xvi., and has no sete.

The male pores are separated by 18 setw. They were in most

of the specimens very prominent.

There are no genital papille.

The first septwm divides segments .y./vi.; this and the one

which follows are very stout, and bound to each other by

numerous muscular threads. The septum vii./viii. is not so thick.

The next two, as in other VPerichete, are absent. After the

gizzard are two strongest septs; to the first of these the hinder

part of the gizzard is attached by at least five muscular straps.

The alimentary canal presents no character of any particular

interest.

The last heart is in segment xiii.

The sperm-sacs are in segments xi. and xii. The sperm-reser-

voirs of segment xi. are much larger than those of segment x.

The spermiducal glands are much incised, and occupy about

three segments. The duct is long and curved, and is without a

terminal sac.

The spermathece are two pairs in vii. and viii. The pouch has

not a very long duct. The diverticulum is not very long ; it is

bent often in a zigzag fashion, and does not terminate in a suddenly

dilated extremity.

Hab. Lanai, 2000 ft.; Mauna Loa, Hawai, Molokai.

Remarks.—The only species with which it would be possible

to confuse the present are Pericheta annulata and Pericheta

japonica, In the latter, however, the male pores are described by

Horst’ as lying upon aJ-shaped groove, which extends on to

segment xvii. In the former, according to the same author, the

' “New Species of the Genus Megascoler, &c,” Notes Leyd. Mus vol. v.

p- 182.

204 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 14,

“ prostate” glands, although trilobed, are limited to the xviiith

segment.

The shape of this gland is frequently used as a specific character

in Pericheta, and as a rule apparently with some reason. The

present species, however, shows that it is necessary to be discreet

in the use of the character. In nearly all the examples which I

dissected, the gland in question occupies three or four segments

and has an ear-like shape, the lower margin curving forwards and

upwards like the lobe of the ear. In one specimen, which I do

not feel able to distinguish specifically, the gland has a quad-

rangular form, occupies four segments, and is deeply incised in

correspondence therewith. ;

From Hong Kong I have received specimens of a Pericheta

which I do not like to separate specifically from the above,

although they show certain differences from it amongst themselves.

In one specimen, a long and slender worm, the spermathecs have

a long duct, and the spermiducal glands have the ear-lhke shape

characteristic of the species. The male apertures are prominent.

Other specimens, though smaller, are rather stouter worms than

the one just referred to; the duct of the spermatheca is not very

long, and the spermiducal glands are much lobulated and not ear-

shaped. Nor is there here a marked difference between the

septum immediately preceding the gizzard and those just in front

of it: there is this difference in the first mentioned specimen

from Hong Kong. In both the ceca are long and slender, occu-

pying two full segments.

APPENDIX.

I take the present opportunity of describing three new species

of Pericheta, and two new Acanthodrilids, which I have recently

received.

PERICHETA INSULA, N. sp.

Of this new species I have a single example—a slender worm

measuring 103 mm.

It consists of 95 segments.

The clitellum occupies the three usual segments, but is deficient

at both ends. The last segment of the clitellum has sete.

The male pores are separated by a moderate distance.

Genitol papille are present in two regions of the body. On

the xvilith segment are 8 largish papille, each surrounded by a

series of circular ridges upon the skin. ‘Two of these papillee form

on each side with the male pore of their side a triangle; the

remaining four form a line across the segment above the line of

the set. On segment xix., on the left side of the body, is a single

similar papilla. In addition to these papille developed in the

neighbourhood of the male pores, there are a pair near the anterior

margin of the viith segment like those of Pertchata indica,

The first septum separates segments iv./v. This and the three

following are not very much thickened, but they are tied to each

1896. ] FROM THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. 205

other and to the parietes by a considerable number of ligamentous

threads. The three septa which come immediately after the

gizzard are stouter than those which follow; but here, again, the

increase in thickness is not very marked.

Pericheta insule.

©, oviducal pore. , male pore.

Pp, papilla.

The pharynx, as is so usual in Pericheta, is beset with numerous

racemose glands; these extend back as far as the sixth segment.

The gizzard is rather bell-shaped, diminishing in transverse

diameter anteriorly, but truncated posteriorly, where it has a

thickenedrim. The intestine begins abruptly in the xvth segment

at about the middle of that segment. The ceca extend through

two segments. The last heart is in segment xiii.

The sperm-sacs, compact in form, are in segments Xi., xii. as usual,

The spermiducal glands, also rather compact, commence in xvii. and

extend as far back as xx. The duct is stout and S-shaped.

The spermathece are in vi., vii. Each has a diverticulum about

half its own length, of an elongated oval form.

Hab. Hong Kong.

PERICH ETA TRITYPHLA, 0. Sp.

The length of this species (after preservation in Perenyi’s fluid)

is 63 mm.; that individual consisted of about 75 segments.

The seta-formula is as follows :—

Te VI. XII. XVII.

25 38 49 49

206 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 14,

I give segment vi. instead of y. since I did not count the sete

with accuracy upon the latter. The sete towards the ventral side

are slightly more crowded than laterally, but there is no very

marked difference in size; neither is there any very great variation

in size from segment to segment.

The clitellum occupies the whole of segments xiv.—xvi.; it has

no sete.

The male pores are separated by 12 sete.

There are no genital papille.

Between the spermathecal orifices are 30 sete.

There are no septa that can be spoken of as specially thickened.

The gizzard seemed to me—contrary to what is the rule with

the genus—to only occupy a single segment. At any rate, on the

right-hand side of the body a septum passes forwards from the

hinder margin of the gizzard, to be attached close to the orifice of

the second spermatheca of that side of the body. The intestine,

commencing in the fifteenth segment, is very sharply marked off

from the preceding cesophagus by its black colour (due of course

to contained earth), the cesophagus being yellowish white. The

intestinal ceca are peculiar and serve to differentiate the species.

Jt is well known that Pertcheta hilyendorfi, P. sieboldi, and

P. musica possess as a rule, or occasionally, 6 of these ceca on

each side of the body, arising, however, one above the other in the

same segment. The present species is not so amply provided as

are those to which I have just referred; but it has three ceca on

each side, of which the upper is the larger.

The last heart is in segment xiii.

The sperm-sacs are large and occupy the available space of

segments xi., xil.; they also extend into x. The sperm-reservoirs

(in X., Xi.) are small.

The spermiducal glands extend through segments xvii.—xxi.

They are much incised and quadrangular in form. The duct

communicates with the exterior through a large bursa copulatriz.

The globular spermathece are in vii. and viii.; they open,

however, between vii./vil. and viii./ix.; their duct is short ; there

is a long coiled diverticulum rather longer than the pouch, ending

in a dilated extremity.

Hab. Barbados.

PERICHATA TRINITATIS, n. sp.

This is a stout Pericheta measuring 150 mm. in length and

consisting of 100 segments.

The sete upon segments vi—ix. appeared to be larger than

those on the segments following. On the seventeenth segment

(from the stripped-off cuticle) I counted 45 sete. There are 20

between the male pores.

The dorsal pores appeared to commence on xi./xii.

The clitellum occupies segments xiv.—xvi.

The male pores are very conspicuous and surrounded by circular

wrinkles of the integument.

1896. ] FROM THE SANDWICH ISLANDS, 207

There are no genital papille.

The first distinct septum separates segment iv. from v. This

and the three following—in fact all the septa which lie in front of

the gizzard—are strengthened not only by an increased thickness,

but by muscular strands which bind septum to septum and to the

body-wall. Following the gizzard are four thickened septa, of

which the last bounds the thirteenth segment posteriorly ; here

also are a few muscular threads passing between the septa and

from them to the body-walls. These threads are found as far

back as the septum lying between xv. and xvi. As is so often the

case, these bands arise from one segment and traverse another to

be attached to the septum behind it or to the body-wall between.

The direction of the muscular strands is outwards. Two particu-

larly strong muscular bands—one on either side and latero-dorsal in

position—attach the gizzard to the septum next following.

The gizzard is round in form—neither particularly elongated

nor bell-shaped.

The intestine begins suddenly in the xvth segment; the ceca

are simple and conical in form, extending through three segments.

The last heart is in segment xiii.

The large sperm-sacs are as usual in the xith and xiith segments.

The spermiducal glands are large and loosish in texture, owing

to their extensive lobulation. They extend through segments xvii.

to xxi. inclusive. The duct is moderately long and bent into a

curved horseshoe.

The spermathece are four pairs lying in segments vi.—ix.; the

point itself is oval, with a tendency to be pointed at the tip; the

duct is short. The diverticulum is longer than the pouch and

moniliform distally.

There are egg-sacs in segments xiii.—xiv.

Hab. Trinidad.

§ The Distribution of Pericheta.

Except for accidental transference to this country and to other

temperate climates, the genus Pericheta is purely tropical in its

range, and is practically confined to the Oriental region and to the

Neotropical; from the former it reaches the Australian part of the

Eastern Archipelago and the continent of Australia itself. Africa

has no true Pericheta, except P. capensis, which is also Oriental.

In all parts of the Oriental region Pericheta is a dominant form, and

always constitutes a large proportion of the gatherings of worms

from such localities. It is also exceedingly abundant in some of

of the West Indian Islands, such as Trinidad, Bahamas, Grenada,

Jamaica, Bermudas, and Barbados. It occurs more rarely upon

the South American Continent. The following species are already

known to occur in both the Old and the New Worlds :—P. indica,

P. sumatrana, P. houlleti, P. dyeri, and P. posthuma. Peculiar to

the New World, so far as published records go, are P. sancti jacobi,

P. ringeana, P, elongata, P. pallida, P. bermudensis, P. barbadensis,

208 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 14,

and P. hesperidum. I am able now to alter this list, by removing

P. bermudensis, which I have received from Hong Kong *, and also

adding to the first list P. violacea and P. sinensis, which I have received

from Trinidad and Grenada, and to the second the two new species

described in this paper. The first list will then contain eight species,

and the second eight. Seeing the large number of species which

have been in all probability introduced into the West from the East,

it is in my opinion by no means to be taken for granted that the

genus Pericheta is indigenous in the West Indies and South America.

I am disposed to look upon it as a distinctly Oriental genus.

ACANTHODRILUS MACQUARIENSIS, n. sp.

Of several specimens of this apparently new species only two

were sexually mature.

It is a small species, measuring about an inch in length, and

consisting of some 100 segments.

The prostomium is incomplete, not dividing the peristomial

segment.

The sete are distant from each other, but not equally so. The

two ventral of each side are more closely related than the two

dorsal. The actual distances are much as indicated in the

following scheme :

ea aS ea) lite Me

for the anterior segments of the body. Behind the clitellum the

distance separating the two ventral sete is about half that which

separates the two dorsal. Towards the xviiith segment and on

both sides of it the two sete of each ventral couple get closer

together, and on the xvilith segment these setz are closer together

than anywhere else. A similar convergence of the sete towards

the segment bearing the male pores has been noticed in various

species of the genus Microscolex. On the xviith and xixth segments

the ventral sete are altogether absent, being replaced by the penial

sete.

The nephridiopores open in front of seta 3.

One of the two sexually mature individuals had no papille ; upon

the other there were a pair of these structures corresponding

in position to the ventral sete. One of them was evidently

abnormally situated, for they were upon different segments, the

right-hand one upon the tenth, the left-hand upon the eleventh

segment. The clitellum occupies segments xili.xvi., commencing

at about the middle of the former segment. It is continuous

across the ventral surface except perhaps for the last of the seg-

ments over which it extends.

The oviducal pores are paired, and upon segment xiv. each lies

in front of seta 1.

The male pores (on xviiith) are to the outside of seta 2. The

spermiducal gland-pores correspond in position to the outer seta

1 Typical specimens, not doubtful P. hawayana ; see pp. 202-203.

1896. } FROM THE SANDWICH ISLANDS, 209

of the ventral couple. The spermathecal pores have a position

corresponding to that of the glands. As to internal anatomy,

I could find no well-developed gizzard ; this, if present, is certainly

rudimentary. The intestine appears to begin in the xvith segment.

The last heart is in segment xii.

The sperm-sacs, very racemose in character, are in segments Xi.,

xi.

The spermathece are in segments Viii., ix. Each is an oval pouch

with two diverticula of the same form, but smaller, one on each side.

The spermiducal glands are not very long and but slightly cailed.

There were two fully developed penial sete in the bundle

which I extracted for examination, and four immature ones. The

fully mature sete are ornamented upon the distal one-fourth by

sparsely scattered triangular, often rather blunt and not very large

tubercles. These were also apparent upon all the immature sete.

Hab. Macquarie I., S. of New Zealand’.

Remarks.—It will be obvious from the above description that

the present species cannot be possibly confounded with any New

Zealand species, with which it would be natural to compare it in

the first place. There are in New Zealand no members of the

genus Acanthodrilus (s.s.) which present the following combination

of characters :—Sete distant, gizzard rudimentary, clitellum short

(xiii.xvi.), nephridia not alternating, spermathecee with two

diverticula. Acanthodril with these characters are restricted in

range to Patagonia, S. Georgia, and the Falkland Islands. The

Patagonian group thus characterized contains four species, viz.,

A. bovei, Rosa, A. georgianus, Mich., A. falclandicus, F. E. B., and

A. aquarum dulcium, ¥. E. B., which furthermore agree in being

all of small size. The only difference which distinguishes

A. macquariensis from these is the form of the penial set and the

position of the genital papille. It is a most interesting fact, and

one which has an obvious bearing upon the theory of a former

northward extension of the Antarctic continent, that from

Macquarie Isl., 600 or 700 miles south of New Zealand, and there-

fore so much nearer the existing southern continent, a decidedly

Patagonian and South Georgian form of Acanthodrilus should have

been met with.

BeNHAMIA INDICA, n. sp. (Fig. 3, p. 210.)

I have received from Mr. Wroughton, through the kind

suggestion of Mr. E. H. Aitken, a number of worms which may

belong to a new genus. They are stoutish worms, the largest

reaching a length of three or four inches.

The prostomium is large, but does not encroach upon the buccal

segment.

The sete of the ventral couple are fairly closely approximated to

each other, those of the dorsal couple are distant. The space

? T am indebted to Prof. 1. J. Parker, F.R.S., for the specimens.

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. XIV. 14

210 MR, ¥. EB. BEDDARD ON EARTHWORMS [Jan. 14,

separating the two sete of the dorsal couple is about two and a

halt times that separating the two sete of the ventral couple.

The sete are all grouped on the ventral surface of the body, not

extending far laterally. On the xviith, xviiith, and xixth segments

the ventral sete appear to drop out in the sexually mature worms.

In an immature specimen the xviiith segment had a pair of ventral

sete in the usual position, but small in size; on the xviith and

xixth segments were a pair of very small and quite immature

sete. I did not detect any of these on the opposite side of the

body.

Benhamia indica, Nat. size.

Dorsal pores were visible at the posterior end of the body, where

the worm was less contracted.

There are a series of genital papille in the region of the

spermathece. A pair of large papille lie upon segment ix. ;

through it protrude the sete of the segment, which differ from

those of other segments of the body in being modified in structure.

They are like those of many Geoscolecids in being rather longer

than the ordinary sete, less curved in form, and in having the

distal extremity ornamented with elegantly disposed semicircular

ridges. Between this segment and the next, and again on the

1896,] FROM THE SANDWICH ISLANDS, 211

boundary segments x./xi., is a single median papilla, upon the

middle of each of which is a row, concave forwards, of large pores,

which appear to correspond to glands like the capsulogenous glands

of Perichete. Such glands have already been met with in

Acanthodrilids (in Acanthodrilus rose), another fact among many

which show the intimate relationship between the two families.

The chtellum occupies segments xili.—xvi.

The nephridia are of the diffuse type.

The first septwm separates segments iv./v. The next three are

moderatly thickened, and after the last of these come four, which,

though not quite so thick, are to some extent strengthened. All

these septa, beginning with the first mentioned, are attached to

each other and to the parietes by numerous tendon-like muscular

fasciculi. These latter extend for a segment or two farther back

than that which is bounded by the last thickened septum. The

last heart lies in the xiith segment. The dorsal blood-vessel is

single. Two stout gizzards immediately following each other lie

in segments v. and vi. In segments xi. and xii. are a pair of

caleiferous glands. The intestine seems to begin in segment xvi.

and has a well-developed typhlosole, which, however, is not

apparent for the first ten segments or so, though it may be possibly

present earlier as a rudiment.

The sperm-sacs are a single pair in xii. This, however, may be

a question of immaturity. On the other hand, although I detected

two pairs of funnels belonging to the sperm-ducts, I could only see

the testes of segment xi., and the funnels of segment x. were

distinctly smaller than the posterior pair.

The spermiducal glands are very long and coiled. There appear

to be no penial sete associated with them.

The spermathece are as usual in viii. and ix. The diverticula

near to the external aperture are inconspicuous, but apparently

tri- or quadrifid.

Hab. Thana, Bombay (1500 ft. and 2500 ft. altitude).

Remarks.—Though I do not propose, for the present at least, to

create anew genus for this species, it differs in several points

from any known member of the genus Benhamia. It comes nearest

perhaps to Benhamia imermis, with which it agrees in absence of

penial set and in the position of calciferous glands

14*

212 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE REPTILES AND _——[Feb. 4,

February 4, 1896.

Dr. A. Gintuer, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of January :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of January were 54 in number. Of these 37 were acquired

by presentation, 12 by purchase, and 5 were received on deposit.

The total number of departures during the same period, by death

and removals, was 85.

The following acquisitions are of special interest :—

(1) A young male Manatee from the Rio Purus, Amazons,

purchased Jan. 4th.

This animal was brought to Liverpool, from Para, by Capt.

E. J. Collings of the 8.8. ‘ Obidense,’ of the Red Cross Line. It

appears, so far as I can tell from examination of the living animal,

to belong to the Amazonian species distinguished by Natterer

many years ago as Manatus inunguis, and upon which Dr. Clemens

Hartlaub has published an excellent memoir’.

The living Manatees previously received by the Society have

been four in number, namely :—

1. 9, purchased Aug. 6th, 1875, from Demerara. See P.Z.S.

1875, p. 529.

2. 3, purchased March 2nd, 1889. See P. Z. S. 1889, p. 160.

3. @ ad.) Presented by Sir Henry A. Blake, Oct. 19th, 1893.

4. o jr. | From Jamaica. See P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 691.

(2) Two young King Penguins (Aptenodytes pennanti) in down

plumage, from the Macquarie Islands, south of New Zealand,

brought home by Capt. C. S. Milward, of the S.S. ‘ Otarama,’

and purchased Jan. 7th.

Capt. Milward kindly informs us that he received these birds in

New Zealand on Nov. Ist, 1895, and that they had been obtained

in the Macquarie Islands about Oct. 15th, having been caught

only a few days previously. It was stated generally in those

islands that the King Penguins are hatched there at the latter

end of December or beginning of January, so that these birds are

probably about a year old and will shortly moult into their adult

plumage.

The following papers were read :—

1. Second Report on the Reptiles and Batrachians collected

by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith during his Expedition to

Lake Rudolf. By G. A. Boutenesr, F.R.S.

[Received January 7, 1896.]

(Plates VII. & VIII.)

The present list refers to the second and concluding portion of

Dr. Donaldson Smith’s collection. The first instalment, from

1 « Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Manatus-Arten,” Zool. Jahrb. i. p. 1 (1886).

ay oe my

1896.] BATRACHIANS COLLECTED BY DR. A. D. SMITH. 213

Western Somaliland and the Galla Country, received in May last,

was reported upon in 1895 (see P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 530), but some

specimens collected on the same route, and which I have only now

received, are mentioned in this report. The names of species not

included in the first list are marked with an asterisk.

REPTILES.

CHELONIANS.

1. PanoMEDUSA GALEATA, Schoepff.

W. of Juba R., 23.3.95; 24.3.95.

LIzarps.

#2, STHNODACTYLUS GUTTATUS, Cur.

A single specimen from Lake Rudolf, 22.8.95.

It belongs to the stouter form described as S. mauritanicus,

differing from Oran specimens merely in the somewhat smaller

head.

This species was only known from North Africa, from Algeria

to Egypt, and North Arabia.

3. PRisTuRUS orucIFER, Val.

Berbera, +.7.94; Boholgarshan, 13.7.94, 15.7.94.

4, HEMIDACTYLUS ISOLEPIS, Bler.

A single male specimen. Lake Rudolf, 10.8.95.

Differs from the one previously described in the presence of

dark brown bars across the back.

*5, TARENTOLA EPHIPPIATA, O’Sh.

A single young specimen. Sheikh Husein, 14.10.94.

6. AGAMA VAILLANTT, Bler.

A single young specimen. W. of Juba R., 7.3.95.

*7, AGAMA SMITHII, sp.n. (Plate VII.)

Head convex, slightly longer than broad. Nostril tubular,

directed upwards and backwards, in the posterior part of the

nasal, on the canthus rostralis. Upper head-scales moderately

large and smooth; a slightly elongate scale on the snout; occipital

enlarged; sides of head, near the ear, and neck with groups of

spines, the longest of which measure two-thirds the diameter of

the tympanum; latter entirely exposed, larger than the eye-

opening. - Throat much plicate; no gular pouch. Body rather

depressed ; dorsal scales large, imbricate, keeled, and strongly

mucronate, the keels converging towards the vertebral line;

lateral scales smaller; 33 scales on the vertebral line between the

origin of the fore linibs and the origin of the hind limbs; a short

nuchal crest ; no dorsal crest; ventral scales small, smooth; 58

scales round the middle of the body. The adpressed hind limb

214 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE REPTILES AND (Feb. 4,

reaches the eye; tibia longer than the skull; third finger slightly

longer than fourth; fourth toe slightly longer than third. Tail

rounded ; the scales as large as the dorsals and not verticillate.

Pale olive-brown above, with traces of dark cross-bands; white

beneath, throat with dusky longitudinal streaks.

millim, millim.,

From snout to vent. 110 Fore limb ...... 60

Head: yi.s ectrate « 25 Hind limb” <3) 90

Width of head.... 238 TDIBe se ane eee 30

A single female specimen, with part of the tail missing.

Between Shebeli and Juba Rivers, 27.2.95.

This species is intermediate between A. spinosa and A. rueppellii.

8. AGAMA DORIA, Bler.

W. of Juba R., 21.3.95 ; L. Stephanie, 16.6.95 ; L. Rudolf.

*9. AGAMA LIONOTUS, sp. n. (Plate VIII.)

Head rather strongly depressed, as long as broad. Nostril

tubular, directed upwards and backwards, in the posterior part of

the nasal, on the canthus rostralis. Upper head-scales moderately

large, smooth ; two elongate scales on the middle of the snout;

occipital enlarged; nine or ten upper labials ; sides of head, near

the ear, and neck with groups of spines, the longest of which

nearly equal the diameter of the tympanum; latter entirely

exposed, a little larger than the eye-opening. Throat much

plicate ; no gular pouch. Body strongly depressed; dorsal scales

small, broader than long, rounded behind, very feebly and obtusely

keeled, the keels converging towards the vertebral line; 50 scales

on the vertebral line between the origin of the fore limbs and the

the origin of the hind limbs; a small nuchal crest: no dorsal

crest ; ventral scales small, smooth ; 65 scales round the middle of

the body. ‘The adpressed hind limb reaches the tympanum ; tibia

slightly longer than the skull; third finger a little longer than

fourth; fourth toe a little longer than third. Tail compressed

and serrated above, with large, keeled, and mucronate scales

forming annuli. Male with a row of anal pores. Dark olive

above, lighter on the vertebral line; some of the dorsal scales

yellowish ; head yellow above, sides near the ear reddish, brick-red

beneath ; belly and lower surface of limbs bluish grey.

millim. millim.

From snout to vent. 130 Fore limb ..... 61

lencliey. cts)... onceunt 30 Hind limb ...... 92

Width of head...-. 28 PUIG Ey nice « Sept ie 32

A single male specimen, with imperfect tail. §S.E. of Lake

Rudolf, 2.9.95.

Most nearly allied to A. planiceps, but distinguished by the

larger spines on the sides of the head and neck, and by the very

teebly keeled dorsal scales,

Os ok Si

ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee a?

a i Ree ia

42° fot.

1896.] | BATRACHIANS COLLECTED BY DR. A. D. SMITH. 215

10. AGAMA ANNECTENS, Blanf.

Webi Shebeli, 25.12.94.

11. AGama cyanocasTER, Riipp.

Sheikh Husein, 11.10.94; 16.10.94.

12. VARANUS OCELLATUS, Riipp.

Between L. Stephanie and L. Rudolf, 4.7.95.

13, Latastia LONGICAUDATA, Reuss,

Between Shebeli and Juba R., 28.2.95; W. of Juba R., 21.3.95;

Lake Stephanie, 11.6.95, 18.6.95.

14, EReM1As sExT£NIATA, Stejn.

W. of Juba R., 19.3.25; Boran Country, 24.4.95.

15. Eremras mucronata, Blanf.

13.7.94.

*16. Mapua PLANIFRONS, Ptrs.

A single specimen. W. of Juba R., 7.3.95.

17. MaBUrIA MEGALURA, Ptrs.

A single specimen. lL. Abeia, 22.5.95.

~ *18, MABUIA QUINQUETENIATA, Licht.

A single young specimen. Between L. Stephanie and L. Rudolf,

4.7.95.

19. Magura varia, Ptrs.

Sheikh Husein, 16.9.94.

20. Maxsura striata, Ptrs.

Milmil, 27.7.94.

21,. LyGosoMA SUNDEVALLII, Smith.

Sheikh Husein, 11.10.94; L. Stephanie, 18.6.95.

#22, ABLEPHARUS WAHLBERGII, Smith,

Smith River, 12.9.94. .

23. CHALCIDES OCELLATUS,. Forsk.

Sheikh Husein, 10.10.94.

24. CHAMZLEON GRACILIS, Hallow.

Sheikh Husein, 8.10.94, 10.10.94; Furza, 12.9.94, 12.12.94.

*25, CHAMALEON BITEZNIATUS, Fisch,

L. Abeia, 22,5.95,

216 ON THE REPTILES ETC, COLLECTED BY DR. A.D. SMITH. [Feb. 4,

SNAKES,

*26. TYPHLOPS BLANFORDII, Bler.

A single specimen, without label.

27. TYPHLOPs somaLicus, Blgr.

Sheikh Husein, 8.10.94.

*28, Eryx THEBAICUS, Reuss.

Between Shebeli and Juba R., 16.2.95, 18.2.95; Lake Abeia,

18.5.95; L. Stephanie, 2.6.95.

*29, TROPIDONOTUS OLIVACEUS, Ptrs.

L. Rudolf, 4.8.95.

30. Boopon tinEatus, D. & B.

Sheikh Husein, 28.9.94; 4.10.94; 8.10.94; 19.10.94.

*31. LycoPpHipium CAPENSE, Smith.

W. of Juba R., 28.3.95. A single specimen, belonging to the

category B of my catalogue. V.190; C. 43.

32. ZAMENIS SMITHII, Bler.

W. of Juba R., 7.3.95. A single specimen, ¢, V. 171; tail

injured. Pale buff, with brick-red spots; the black bars of the

temples extend across the parietal shields.

*33. PHILOTHAMNUS SEMIVARIEGATUS, Smith.

Madu, 4.3.95. A single female specimen. V. 178; C. 131.

34, RHAMPHIOPHIS OXYRHYNCHUS, Reinh.

Lake Rudolf, 6.8.95.

35. PsamMopHis PuNcTULATUS, D. & B.

Lake Rudolf, 6.8.95. A. large female specimen, 1660 millim.

long, with 184 ventrals and 136 subcaudals.

36. PsaAMMOPHIS BISERIATUS, Ptrs.

San Kural, 6.1.95; W. of Juba R., 19.3.95,

*37. DIsPHOLIDUS TyPICUS, Smith.

Sheikh Husein, 8.10.94.

*38. APARALLACTUS CONCOLOR, Fisch.

Boran Country, 24.4.95. A single specimen.

*39,. NAIA NIGRICOLLIS, Reinh.

Lake Stephanie, 11.6.95 ; L. Rudolf, 24.7.95,

a a eee

Peyeres So) eee ee ee eee ee,

\ ,

’ i ‘ SS ea

bys aes .

= oe

{ 2 :

; en 3

>see 4 P - «<

. i oe . FA Teeth Sabie Ms,

: +

« . -

\ : ~ ? A

+ hgh \

; . ‘

P : ; ¥ ;

P.Z.S.1896. Pl. Vag

H. Gronvold del. et lith. Mintern Bros. imp.

AGAMA SMITHII.

a“

218 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A COLLECTION OF [Feb. 4,

whence I believe no specimens have been received previously. I

distinguish the following eight species among them :—

Polypterus bichir.

Chromis niloticus.

tristramt.

Synodontis schal.

Citharinus geoffroti.

Alestes rueppellir.

Distichodus rudolphi, sp. nov.

Barbus, sp.

It is a noteworthy fact that five of these species belong to the

fauna of the Nile, although they are by no means limited to that

river, having been found in various other parts of Tropical Africa.

Chromis tristrami (or Acerina zillii, Gerv.) has been described from

fresh and saline waters of the oases of the Sahara; and Distichodus

rudolphi is closely allied. to the Nilotic D. rostratus. The other

species enumerated in the following list were obtained en route to

Lake Rudolf or on the return journey, in various localities which

will be indicated under the head of the several species.

1. Ponyprnrus BIcHIR, Geoffr.

Two young specimens from Lake Rudolf, both belonging to the

variety with ten spines which also occurs in the Upper Nile and

West Africa.

2. CHRomIs NILOTICUS, Hasselq.

Of this widely distributed species, the Bolti of the Nile, three

specimens were in the collection.

a. One from Lake Abeia, 24 cm. long; its scales are somewhat

fewer in number than in typical specimens, viz. 27 along the

lateral line. D. ie

b. One from Lake Stephanie, 16 cm. long. The teeth of this

specimen are equally small, as in the preceding specimen, but fewer

in number, possibly owing to its younger age and less advanced

growth of the jaws. D. ie

c. A young specimen from Lake Rudolf, 10 cm. long. D. 2,

3. CHROMIS TRISTRAMI, Gthr.

Specimens from Lake Rudolf cannot be distinguished from the

types which were obtained in the oases of the Hastern Sahara.

The teeth of this species are much broader and larger than those

of the preceding species.

a. A rather large specimen, but with the hinder part of the

body decomposed, from Lake Rudolf (12.8.95). D. 2.

6. Another obtained in a dry watercourse, some 10 miles from

Lake Rudolf (16,8.95), 15 cm. long. D. i

1896.] FISHES MADE BY DR. A. D. SMITH. 219

4, CHROMIS SPILURUS, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 89.

This species was discovered by Dr. Gregory in pools remaining

in dried-up watercourses of North Giriama. Dr. Donaldson Smith

found this species (30.12.94) under similar conditions near the

Shebeli River, and (8.12.94) in water-holes near Sheikh Husein.

All the specimens, those collected by Dr. Gregory as well as by

Dr. D. Smith, are small, not exceeding 12 cm. in length.

5. CLARIAS SMITHII, sp. n.

Clarias lazera, Giinth. P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 89 (nec C. V.).

D. 70-73. A. 58-62. V.1/9.

Vomerine teeth (Fig. 1) granular, forming a very broad band,

nearly twice as broad as that of the intermaxillary teeth, with an

obtuse, rounded projection behind in the middle of its concavity.

Transversely the intermaxillary band is wider than the vomerine.

The mandibulary dental band is as broad as the intermaxillary.

Upper surface of the head with not very coarse granulations; the

length of the head is two sevenths of the total, without caudal.

The maxillary barbel reaches beyond the root of the pectoral, the

nasal barbel being not quite half its length. The pectoral fin

extends to, or nearly to, the origin of the dorsal, the spine being

two thirds of the fin. Dorsal fin separated by a short interspace

from the caudal.

Fig. 1.

Teeth of Clarias smithii.

A single specimen, 45 centim. long, is in the collection, and was

captured in the middle course of the Shebeli. The breadth of the

intermaxillary band of teeth is 5 millim., that of the vomerine

8 millim.; the transverse width of the former is 51, of the latter

47 millim. A fish captured by Dr. Gregory at Negatana, and

enumerated by me under the name of Clarias lazera, is evidently

of the same species.

The African species of Clarias are extremely similar in general

appearance and most difficult to define, chiefly on account of the

uncertainty which attaches to almost all the taxonomic characters

which have been used for distinguishing them. Some of the

characters are certain to undergo considerable changes with age,

for instance the vomerine teeth, which are not likely to be granular

in very young specimens. The presence or absence of a posterior

process of the vomerine band is a more reliable character, as is

220 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A COLLECTION OF [Feb. 4,

proved by the series of C. gariepinus in the British Museum.

Peters (Reise n. Mossambique) was of a different opinion and has

attempted to prove the variability of this character, but, in my

view, he has confounded two or even more species under the name

of C. mossambicus.

Two small specimens of Claritas collected on the Shebeli R.

(1 Febr., 1895) are not in sufficiently good condition to be deter-

mined. The form of the vomerine band is very different from

that of the fish described as C. smith. A collection of a large

series of specimens of all ages of any species of Clarias from the

same locality is very much needed ; but until this is done, it seems

to be safer to utilize all characters observable in apparently mature

or nearly mature specimens.

6. EUTROPIUS DEPRESSIROSTRIS, Ptrs.—Shebeli R.

7. SYNODONTIS GELEDENSIS, sp. n.

Allied to S. serratus }.

General form of the body somewhat elongate ; snout rather pro-

duced, subconical ; diameter of the orbit two sevenths of the length

Fig, 2,

Synodontis geledensis.

of the snout. The gill-opening extends downward to before the

root of the pectoral fin. Mandibulary teeth in moderate number,

* T wust again draw attention to an unfortunate clerical error in Cat. Fish.

v. p. 212, where the line “ B. Mandibulary teeth not longer than the eye,”

ought to have been placed above “ Synodontis serratus.” an AB aaa

1896.] FISHES MADE BY DR. A. D. SMITH. 221

shorter than the eye, in a very narrow band. The maxillary barbels

reach to the end of the humeral spine and are lined with a narrow

membrane interiorly. Mandibulary barbels reaching to the root

of the pectoral, provided with numerous long fringes. Nuchal

carapace tectiform, obtusely rounded behind, its end reaching to

below the first soft dorsal ray. Humeral spine not quite extending

so far backward, much longer than high, with its upper margin

deeply excised, terminating in a sharp point.

Adipose fin rather long, the interspace between it and the

dorsal being less than the base of the latter. Dorsal spine ser-

rated anteriorly, shorter than the pectoral spine, which is strongly

serrated along both edges and equal to the distance of the foremost

part of the soft part of the trunk from the snout. Dorsal and

pectoral spines and the caudal lobes produced into filaments.

Coloration uniform.

IT /7/ ks ay!

A single specimen, 30 cm. long, was obtained on Jan. 19, 1895,

at Geledi ou the Shebeli.

This fish is closely allied to S. serratus, but sufficiently distin-

guished by the different form and outline of the cephalic carapace.

8. SynopontIs scHAL, Bl. Schn.

As the specimen in the collection differs in some respects from

the typical form, I give a description of it.

Fig. 3.

Synodontis schal.

DiiFa Ay ds VP. dy,

- Rather stout in general habit; snout comparatively broad ;

diameter of the orbit two fifths of the length of the snout, and of

222 DR. A. GUNTHER ON A COLLECTION OF [Feb. 4,

the width of the interorbital space. The gill-opening extends

downward to before the root of the pectoral fin. Mandibulary

teeth in a very narrow and short row, less than 20 in number,

shorter than the eye. The maxillary barbels do not reach the end

of the humeral spine and are simple; mandibulary barbels reaching

to the root of the pectorals, sparsely provided with fringes.

Nuchal carapace tectiform, compressed into a median ridge, rather

pointed behind, its end reaching to below the first soft dorsal ray.

Humeral spine reaching equally far backward, much longer than

high, with its upper margin oblique and nearly straight, termi-

nating in a sharp point. Skin of the side of the body villous.

Adipose fin moderately long, the interspace between it and the

dorsal being less than the base of the latter. Dorsal spine short,

with a sharp anterior edge which shows scarcely a trace of serra-

ture about the middle of its length, and is probably quite smooth

in older examples ; this spine is shorter than the pectoral spine,

which is serrated along both edges and shorter than the distance

of the foremost part of the soft part of the trunk from the snout.

Coloration uniform.

A single specimen, 21 cm. long, was obtained in Lake Stephanie

on June 11, 1895,

9. SyNODONTIS SMITHII, sp.n. (Plate IX.)

Didfis ApdainP.A/9;

Rather stout in general habit; snout comparatively broad, not

much attenuated in front; diameter of the orbit one half of the

length of the snout, and of the width of the interorbital space.

The gill-opening extends downward to before the root of the pec-

toral fin. Mandibulary teeth in a narrow, short series, about 25

in number, shorter than the eye. The maxillary barbels do not

reach the end of the humeral spine and are simple; mandibulary

barbels reaching to the root of the pectorals, provided with long

fringes. Nuchal carapace tectiform, compressed into a median

ridge, rather pointed behind, its end reaching to below the first

soft dorsal ray. Humeral spine reaching equally far, or even a

little farther backward, much longer than high, with its upper

margin oblique, but straight, terminating in a sharp point. Skin

of the side of the body villous, particularly along the lateral

line.

Adipose fin moderately long, the interspace between it and the

dorsal being less than the base of the latter. Dorsal spine with a

sharp, non-serrated anterior edge, equal in length to the pectoral

spine, which is strongly serrated along both edges, the inner serra-

ture being coarser than the outer. The length of these spines

exceeds somewhat the distance of the foremost part of the soft

part of the trunk from the snout. Coloration uniform.

A single specimen, 24 cm. long, was obtained.

This species is allied to S. schal, but distinguished by its

enormously long spines.

- doa ? sodq US FUTAT

ee ee Ne oe

“TILING STINOGONAS

Agena DRT ASI ine pA SR pia hae a peek alae rs ert: iets

“YREI TEP useay 'p

1896. ] FISHES MADE BY DR. A. D, SMITH. 223

10. SyNopontTIs PuNCTULATUS, Giinth. P. Z. S. 1889, p. 71,

pl. vii. fig. A.

A specimen brought from the Webi Shebeli differs somewhat

from the types which were collected on Kilima-njaro. Not only

is the upper surface of the head granular, not covered by thin skin

as in the types, but also the dorsal fins are more approximated.

11. CrrHaRINUS GHOFFROII, Cuv.

This species extends from the Lower Nile to the Gambia and

Niger.

Two very young specimens from Lake Rudolf.

12. ALESTES RUPPELLII, Gthr.

Hitherto known from the Upper Nile.

One very young specimen from Lake Rudolf.

13. ALESTES AFFINIS, Giinth. P. Z. S. 1894, p. 90.

Discovered by Dr. Gregory in the Tana River.

Dr. Donaldson Smith brought home three specimens up to

15°5 em. in length.

a, 6. From the Dawa River (25 & 28.2.95).

c. From the Shebeli River (30.8.94).

14, DIsTICHODUS RUDOLPHI, sp. n.

D. 21-22. A.14. L. lat. 100-108. L. transv. 18/24.

The height of the body is contained 34 times in the total length

(without caudal), the length of the head thrice or 34 times. Snout

rather pointed. Twenty-four teeth in the lower jaw. Silvery,

greenish on the back, with nine blackish cross-bars and a large

black przcaudal spot.

The two specimens being very young, only 54 millim. long, it

would not be safe to introduce more characters into the diagnosis

of this species. They were obtained from Lake Rudolf.

15. LaBeo crucori, Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 90.

Discovered by Dr. Gregory in the Tana River.

Dr. Donaldson Smith brought from the Guaso Nyiro a dried

specimen, 22 cm. long, which seems to belong to this species.

Unfortunately, the form of the mouth is destroyed, owing to the

mode of preservation.

16. Barsus Bynnti, Forsk.

A large specimen of this common Nilotic species, from the

Shebeli River.

‘Two very young specimens, 10 cm. long, from a stony brook

running into the Hrer R. (17 & 18.8.94), are probably the same

species. :

224 ON THE BEETLES OF THE GENUS CALLIGRAPHA. [Feb. 4,

17. BARBUS, sp.

A very young specimen, 5 cm. long, from Lake Rudolf, cannot

be specifically determined.

18. Mormyrvs ZAMBANENS®, Ptrs.

In a specimen from Geledi on the Webi Shebeli (19.1.95) the

dorsal fin is a little more than half as long as the anal. D. 21.

A. 41.

3. Remarks on the System of Coloration and Punctuation in

the Beetles of the Genus Calligrapha. By Martin

Jacoby, F.E.S.

[Received January 2, 1896.]

The paper which I have the honour to lay before the Society

gives a short account of a somewhat exceptional feature in the

Coleoptera, which occurs amongst the Chrysomelide in the genus

Calligrapha, but in no other families of Coleoptera to my know-

ledge.. This genus has its metropolis in Central America, and is

represented by numerous prettily marked species, all more or less

closely allied. In these insects, the ground-colour of the elytra

is always pale yellow, but often assumes a golden hue when the

insect is alive: this yellow ground-colour is marked with metallic

brown or blue, sometimes violet spots, and stripes, but in many

species this colour (if it can be so called)is replaced by reddish-fulvous

or brown, not of a metallic hue. The elytra of most Coleoptera

are impressed with more or less deep punctures, either arranged

in longitudinal rows or irregularly distributed, and even when the

elytra are pubescent the punctures will be seen when the hairs

are removed. In no other insects of this order do the punctures

seem to be dependent on the coloration or pattern of the elytra,

or vice versa, but both go their own way; but in the case of the

genus Calligrapha the interesting observation may be made that

nearly all stripes or spots, no matter how few or many or what may

be their shape, are bounded or surrounded at their margins by a row

of deep punctures, deeper than those of the ground-colour, beyond

which the colour does not extend. This is very remarkable, since

T know of no instance in which punctures assume a circle in other

species, much less that circular and longitudinal rows of punctures

are found in the same individual according to the design as is the

case in Calligrapha. The question which strikes one now is, how

could this coloration influence a deep punctuation or the latter the

colouring of the insect: a few instances are found in which some

of the spots or bands are free from punctures at their lower portion,

but their outlines are just as well defined as those which have the

punctures complete. According to Burmeister, the punctures of

the elytra are formed by the interruption of the chitinous matter,

causing small pits or punctures to be formed, but the regularity

1896.] ON THE OBLIQUE SEPTA IN’ THE PASSERINES. 225

with which this takes place seems wonderful and to me somewhat

analogous to crystallization in inorganic matter. If the elytra are

examined from their upper surface, the difference between the

larger punctures surrounding the spots and those of the ground-

colour is very marked, the latter being irregularly and the others

regularly placed ; but if the elytra are removed and examined from

the inner side, a thin layer of skin covers the entire surface, but

the punctures shine through it and seem of nearly equal size and

much more numerous. I may further mention, that all the spots

or bands on the upper surface seem slightly convex and show

rarely any punctures except round their margins. These are all

the observations I am able to record; and I must leave to anatomists

to form any conclusions, if such are possible, as to the way in

which nature has worked here, and whether we could obtain any

clue by examining the insect in its native place, when immature

and in process of formation, so as to get some idea how colour, so

distinct from punctuation, can influence the latter or the reverse,

when this is apparently the case in so exceptional an instance as

the present. The subject itself is not new, having been noticed

by Chapuis and myself some years ago, but I think it well to draw

attention to it again, so that more observations may be made, if

possible.

4, On the Oblique Septa (“‘ Diaphragm” of Owen) in the

Passerines and in some other Birds. By Frank E.

Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society,

Examiner in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy to the

University of London.

[Received December 16, 1895.]

The facts which I bring before the Society have been accumu-

lating in my notebook for the last few years, and even now there

are numbers of types of Passerine birds which I have not had, and

may never have, the opportunity of examining. Less emphasis,

therefore, must be laid upon such classificatory conclusions as

I venture to bring forward, than upon the actual facts which I

record. There are a certain number of desirable Passerine genera

represented in the rich spirit stores of the Prosector’s department,

but not referred to in the present paper; I have thought it unwise

to make any use of them, since fresh material is so essential for the

proper study of delicate and transparent membranes.

The greater part of the present communication deals with the

divergent structure of what Prof. Huxley’ has termed the “ oblique

septum” in Passerine birds. I may therefore conveniently

commence with a description of the normal arrangement of

this structure, as it is seen for example in the Duck. And I

avail myself of Prof. Huxley’s own words?:—“ The second so-

: 1 “ On the Respiratory Organs of Apterya,” P. Z. 8. 1882.

on 2 Loe. cit. p. 561

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1896, No. XV. 15

226 MR, F, B, BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 4,

called ‘diaphragm’ (‘diaphragme thoraco-abdominal,’ Sappey ;

‘diaphragmite thoraco-abdominal, Milne-Edwards) is a more

or less aponeurotic fibrous membrane, continuous with the

ventral edge of the median dorsal septum and suspended by it,

like the roof of a tent, across the thoraco-abdominal cavity. In

the middle line, this oblique septum slopes downward and forward

to the dorsal and anterior face of the pericardium, with which its

fibres become firmly connected on their way to their attachment

to the sternum. From the median line, the two halves of the

oblique septum slope laterally and ventrally until they attach

themselves to the parietes of the abdomen behind, to those of the

thorax more anteriorly, and to the margins of the sternum in

front.”

In fact, if we make a transverse section through a Duck or most

other birds at the level of about the middle of the sternum, the

appearances will be such as are diagrammatically represented in

the accompanying drawing (fig. 1, p. 227). Four membranes are

there visible—the intestines being left out of consideration for the

purposes of simplification, and as not germane to the structures

at present under discussion. The first of these is the falciform

ligament, which divides the lobes of the liver and is attached below

to the middle line of the sternum. Then there are the oblique

septum (0.S.), attached below to the sternum laterally, and above

to the parietes; and finally the horizontal septum (A.S.), which

floors the two cavities containing the liver-lobes.

This arrangement, however, does not hold good for a number of

Passerine birds; and it is possible—though I am not yet in a

position to make a definite statement about the matter—that the

arrangement which I am about to describe as characteristic of

many Passerines will be found to be distinctive of the group.

I commence with a somewhat detailed description of the oblique

septa of a Crow (Corvus capellanus) (see fig. 2, p. 227). As I have

dissected three examples of this bird, the following description

will probably be found to be free from any record of abnormal

conditions.

The right lobe of the liver is considerably larger than the left,

and extends some way beyond the margin of the sternum, in fact

about as far as to the end of the posterior intermediate air-sac. It

is separated from the liver-lobe of the left side as usual by a

vertically directed septum, the umbilical or falciform ligament ;

this falciform ligament is attached to the ventral parietes for a

distance of about an inch—from the posterior end of the sternum

to a point rather in front of that which corresponds to the

posterior margin of the liver. Anterior to the posterror edge of the

sternum, the falciform ligament is not attached to that bone; tt

becomes fused with the two oblique septa, forming a roof over the liver-

lobes in this region, which is separated by a wide interval from the

internal surface of the sternum.

The oblique septa are closely attached for a considerable distance

to the liver-lobes, the adhesion being certainly not pathological.

1896.] OBLIQUE SEPTA IN THE PASSERINES. 227

Diagrammatic transverse section through the thorax of a Duck.

L., L., lungs; L.L., R.L., left and right liver-lobes; 0.S., oblique septum ;

A,S., horizontal septum.

) |

Diagrammatic transverse section through the thorax of a Crow

(Corvus capellanus).

a, rudiments of sternal attachment of oblique septum, The other

lettering as in fig. 1.

15*

1228 | MR. ELE, BEDDARD ON.THE [Feb. 4,

At the posterior margin of the sternum the two oblique septa bend

inward, and join each other in the middle, becoming here, as

already mentioned, fused also with the umbilical ligament;

anteriorly this roof formed by the oblique septa becomes

continuous with the pericardium. The horizontally disposed

roofing membrane formed by the union across the middle line of

the two umbilical ligaments is, however, attached to the sternum on

both sides for a short space by a membrane, somewhat slight and

fenestrated (fig. 2, a, p. 227), which arises from the oblique septum

just where it is bent over to assume a horizontal direction.

The floor of the hepatic cavity of the right side, whose roof and

sides are formed of body-wall, oblique septum, and falciform

ligament, is a transparent membrane, anteriorly closely attached

to the liver ; posteriorly it covers over body-cavity, being attached

to oblique septum and to ventral parietes ; on the left side of the

body it is continuous with the floor of the left hepatic cavity,

which has corresponding attachments to the oblique septum and

parietes of its own side ; it splits so as to surround the gizzard. It

is the “horizontal septum,” “ pseud-epiploon,” or “ so-called

omentum.” It follows, therefore, that each liver-lobe in Corvus

capellanus is contained in a separate cavity, the two being divided

by the umbilical ligament ; each of these cavities is considerably

larger than theliver-mass which it encloses, extending back nearlyas

far as to the cloaca. It is, however, to the relationship between the

oblique septa and the falciform ligament that I desire particularly

to call attention in the above description. I find that this peculiar

arrangement of the oblique septa and the falciform ligament is not

only characteristic of Corvus capellanus, but also of other Crows

and of other Passerines. The Raven and the Alpine Chough agree

absolutely with Corvus capellanus; so too Urocissa magnirostris,

Paradisea minor, Pastor roseus, Starling, Gracula intermedia,

Ptilonorhynchus violaceus, Vidua paradisea, Spanish Blue Magpie,

Hyphantornis texta, Leucodioptron canorum, Sturnella ludoviciana,

Sialia wilsoni, Turdus merula, Pitangus sulphuratus, Furnarws sp.,

Tanagra striata, Cardinalis virginianus, Fringilla teydea, and a few

others. Ina specimen of the Rook (see fig. 3, p. 229) there is a

slight difference, the oblique septa being split into two layers,

one having the normal attachment, the other the Passerine.

In Struthidea cinerea, again, I observed a slight difference in

the arrangement of these various septa coupled with a general

agreement. he point of difference was that, in the specimen of

this bird which I dissected there was on each side a thin

transparent partition arising from the falciform ligament and

attached to the oblique septum of its side. This membranous

partition did not, as it perhaps might have been expected to do,

shut off the liver from the posterior portion of the abdominal

cavity ; it arched over the liver with a semicircular free edge, one

half of the liver being in front of it, the other behind.

Leaving aside the characteristics of Struthidea for a moment, I

desire to direct attention to the general feature of such Passerines

1896.] . OBLIQUE SEPTA IN THE PASSERINES. 229

as I have examined—both Acromyodian and Mesomyodian it should

be observed—to the peculiarity which they show in the arrange-

ment of the oblique septa. Another distinctive feature of Passerine

anatomy is quite desirable. So far as we know at present, there

is positively only one character which is absolutely distinctive of

Passerine birds. That is, in the condition of the tendon of the

patagialis brevis muscle as it was described some years since by

the late Prof. Garrod’. Though. it is perhaps easy enough to

define the Passeres by a combination of characters, none of these

characters are everywhere present. It is therefore of more import-

ance than in some easily definable groups to add to this single

character only wanting in the Pseudoscines (Menura and Atrichia)

another which future research may possibly show to be more

universal, and which is at any rate found in several genera widely

separated from each other.

Fig. 3.

Abdominal and thoracic viscera of Rook displayed by removal of

abdominal muscles,

St., stomach; Z., liver; O.S., oblique septa. The lobes of the liver are covered

by a membrane continuous with the dorsal part of the oblique septa.

This anatomical feature may therefore have a considerable

systematic interest. Apart, however, from this, which requires

still further proof, the conditions which obtain in the Passerine

bird remind one in some degree of the Crocodile. The liver-lobes

1 Coll. Papers, p. 356,

230 ON THE OBLIQUE SEPTA IN THE PASSERINES, [Feb. 4,

of that reptile are invested by a closely adherent membrane, which

has been thus described by Prof. Huxley ':—‘ A fibrous expansion

extends from the vertebral column over the anterior face of the

stomach, the liver, and the dorsal and front aspect of the

pericardium, to the sternum and the parietes of the thorax,

separating the thoraco-abdominal space into a respiratory and a

cardio-abdominal cavity, and representing the oblique septum of

the bird.” Both I? and Mr. G. W. Butler * have included in the

comparison which Prof. Huxley thus made the omentum of the

bird. But this does not interfere with the special likeness which

the Passerine shows to the Crocodile, in that the representative of

the oblique septum of other birds has not (as a rule) a ventral

attachment on each side to the sternum, but that it forms a

closely investing sheath to the liver-lobes ; but it is very doubtful

whether this resemblance is more than a superficial one. It is

agreed on all hands that the Passeres are a much, if not the most,

specialized group of birds, standing on the very topmost branch of

the avian tree. Among them, therefore, the retention of archaic

characters, though possible, would not be so likely as among some

other groups. Besides, the arrangement of the oblique septa in

them seems to be a secondary affair on account of the fact that the

original (?) position of the attachment of those septa is indicated

by rudiments varying in degree of the portion of the septa which

was formerly inserted laterally and ventrally on to the sternum,

and the Rook has these membranes complete. This may be in the

form of a much-fenestrated membrane, or there may be but a single

tag on each side near to the posterior margin of the sternum, or, as

in an example of Prosthemadera nove-zealandie, the attachment

may have been completely retained on one side. I should be dis-

posed, therefore, in spite of certain undeniable likenesses which

the Passerines show to the Crocodilia, to regard the relations of

the oblique septa in them as a modification of the more prevalent

disposition of those parts.

In describing the septa of the somewhat aberrant Australian

Struthidea, I called attention to the fact that the liver-lobes were

partly shut off from the subomental space by membranous

partitions. The exact way in which these partitions are related to

the liver-lobes is, so far as my experience goes, unique among birds.

But there are other birds in which an arrangement of the same kind

exists ; but with certain differences.

In several birds, for instance in Chrysotis guildingi, the left liver-

lobe is completely shut off from the subomental space by a vertical

transverse partition ; there is no corresponding partition on the

opposite side of the body. There are some birds in which, as in

Struthidea, there are partitions on both sides; but in them the

partitions are quite complete and entirely shut off the liver-lobes

from the subomental space, not merely partially as in Struthidea.

1 Loe. cit. p. 568.

2 “On the Respiratory Organs in certain Diving Birds,” P. Z.8. 1888, p. 256.

* On the Subdivision of the Body-cavity in Lizards &c.,” P. Z. 8, 1889, p. 453,

1896.] MR. F. FE, BEDDARD ON DISSURA EPISCOPUS. 231

This state of affairs I have found in certain Hornbills and in many

Owls. At present I have not surveyed the principal groups

of birds from this point of view ; but some years since I described

the same thing in a Penguin. Apart from this latter instance,

which I hope to have the opportunity of re-examining, it is

interesting to find a likeness between the Passeres and the Picarian

birds, and between both and the Owls.

As to the homologies of this structure outside the Class

Aves, I am inclined to liken it to what Mr. G. W. Butler

has termed the “ post-hepatic septum” in the Teiide. This

structure, with which I am perfectly familiar from my own

dissections, is a transverse septum which is attached to the ventral

parietes, and nearly completely shuts off the liver-lobes from the

rest of the abdominal cavity. In the Iguanide (Iguana, Metopoceros,

Phrynosoma) there is apparently a trace of this post-hepatic

septum in the shape of a membrane of limited extent which arises

from the end of the right lobe of the liver, and is attached to the

lateral parietes, forming thus a pocket shutting off the lung

of that side of the body, In the Crocodile the membrane

covering the liver, which represents a portion of the oblique septa,

is reflected below the liver and separates it from the adjacent

stomach ; this is probably to be also looked upon as a repre-

sentative of the structures mentioned.

5. A Note upon Dissura episcopus, with Remarks upon the

Classification of the Herodiones. By Franx HE,

Brepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society,

Examiner in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy to

the University of London.

[Received January 13, 1896.]

As is well known, one of the main points of difference between

the Ciconiide and the Ardeide is that the former possess the

ambiens muscle, while the latter donot. But the late Prof. Garrod

pointed out to this Society’ some years since that this general rule

is not without exceptions; for in Xenorhynchus senegalensis and

Abdimia sphenorhyncha he discovered that the muscle so typical of

the Storks was absent. Another point of difference between the

Storks and the Herons is in the structure of the syrinx; in the

Storks this modified region of the windpipe curiously resembles

the syrinx of the tracheophone Passeres, while the Herons have a

perfectly: typical tracheo-bronchial syrinx. I found myself some

years ago” that Xenorhynchus senegalensis, and more especially

Abdimia sphenorhyncha, offered some points of likeness to the

Herons in the structure of their syringes, which appeared to me

to have some significance when correlated with the muscular

peculiarity already referred to, In Abdimia (¢f. fig. 2, p. 233),

1 “Note on an Anatomical Peculiarity in certain Storks,” P. Z.8. 1877, p. 711.

2 “On the Syrinx in certain Storks,” P. Z. §. 1886, p. 321.

232 MR. F. E, BEDDARD ON DISSURA EPISCOPUS. [Feb. 4,

contrary to what we find in typical Storks (cf. fig. 3, p. 234), the

membrana tympaniformis is well developed and the bronchidesmus

is incomplete. This Stork, however, agrees with other Storks in

the absence of intrinsic syringeal muscles and in the modification

of a large number of the last tracheal rings. In looking through

the MS. notes left by the late Prof. Garrod, with a view to a

forthcoming work upon the Anatomy of Birds, upon which Iam at

present engaged, I find that the two Storks above mentioned are

not the only ones in which the ambiens muscle is absent. A third

species, viz. Disswra episcopus, is precisely in the same condition.

This bird is often spoken of as Oiconia episcopus; but it seems to

me that the anatomical peculiarity referred to justifies its generic

Syrinx of Dissura episcopus.

separation—just as Prof. Garrod thought of the species of Xeno-

rhynchus which showed the same absence of so characteristic a

Ciconiine muscle.

The discovery of this note reminded me that 1 had preserved at

the time of its death the syrinx of a specimen of Disswra episcopus.

On examining this syrinx, I found that it presented quite the same

anomaly of structure (from the Ciconiine point of view) as does

Abdimia. It is very interesting to find here also—correlated with

the deficient ambiens—a syrinx that approaches the Ardeine in its

characters. In Disswra, however, the bronchidesmus is complete

as in the typical Storks; but the membrana tympaniformis, as

may be seen from the drawing exhibited (see fig. 1), is well

developed, quite as well as in Abdimia (see fig. 2, p. 233). I need

not trouble the Society with a detailed description of the syrinx of

the bird, since the accurate drawing shows all its features of interest.

It may be generally pointed out that the terminal rings of the

trachea are Stork-like as in Abdimia, and that there are no intrinsic

muscles ; but that the membrana tympaniformis is Ardeine, with a

well-developed pessulus. This is, in my opinion, an additional

reason for placing this species of Stork in a genus distinct from

1896.] MR. F. E., BEDDARD ON DISSURA EPISCOPUS. 233

Ciconia; and it may be possible to regard it as congeneric with

Abdimia, remembering that: both are African in range. In any

case we have here a distinct relation between structure and

geographical distribution. )

The Storks and Herons are contrasted by other structures than

those to which reference has already been made in the present

communication. I desire now to call the attention of the Society

to certain structures which have not hitherto been used in this

connection, and which indeed have been but little made use of in

the systematic arrangement of birds. These characters are drawn

Fig. 2.

Syrinx of Abdimia sphenorhyncha.

from the number and position of the muscles of the lungs, those

muscles which usually arise from the ribs and expand over the

pulmonary aponeurosis. To the complete set of these muscles

the term “diaphragm” has been applied. But at the present

moment I am not concerned with their general morphology, but

with their use in detailed classification.

It has been stated by Prof. Weldon’ that in the Storks “ the

pulmonary aponeurosis is not muscular.” So far as my experience

enables me to say, that statement is nearly but not absolutely

true.

In a specimen of Ciconia alba I found a single muscle on each

side of the body arising from the most anterior of the ribs bordering

upon the lung, and lying just in front of the anterior intermediate

air-sae. The rest of the pulmonary aponeurosis was perfectly free

from muscles. On the other hand, the Herons are well provided

~ ¥ “On gomé Points in the Anatomy of Phanicopterus,” P. Z. 8, 1883, p, 640,

234 MR, F, E, BEDDARD ON DISSURA EPISCOPUS. [Feb. 4,

with special lung-muscles, as can be seen in dissections of Mycti-

corae and Cancroma. In the former bird there are four pairs

of muscles arising from the rib, each individual muscle, of course,

from a single rib, But in addition to these, two muscles arise on

each side from the bronchus just where it enters the lung-substance

and fan out over the aponeurosis; they both spring from the

posterior surface of the bronchus and diverge slightly from each

other to their insertion.

Fig. 3.

Diagram of the syrinx of Leptoptilus (see p. 232).

The orjgin of these muscles from the bronchus is interesting in

view of a very similar relationship of lung-muscles to bronchi

which I described some years ago in the Condor’; but in the

latter bird the muscles are attached at the distal end to the parietes

and not to the lung-surface, though, as in Nycticorax, they arise

from the bronchi.

In Caneroma five pairs of ribs border the area occupied by the

lungs. From the last four of these arise slender slips of muscle

which passing forward end upon the pulmonary aponeurosis The

bronchi in this Heron Lave not the broncho-pulmonary muscles of

Nycticoraw. It seems, therefore, that we have here a character

which serves to distinguish the Ardeidw from the Ciconiide.

The Syrinx of the Ardeide.—Though the syringes of such of the

Ardeide as I have been able to examine differ but little among

themselves, it may be useful to give a short account of what I have

ascertained, since but little, so far as 1 am aware, has been published

on the matter.

ny Notes on the Anatomy of the Condor,” P. Z. §,. 1890, p 146, woodcut

g. 3, aa :

1896. ] MR. R. LYDEKKER ON THE SEA-OTTER. 235

Nycticorax griseus may serve as a typical Heron upon which to

hang the description of such slight divergences from the normal

as exist. Reckoning as the last tracheal ring that from which the

pessulus arises in front, the intrinsic muscles, which are narrow

and do not fan out much, are attacbed to the third bronchial

semiring ; on the posterior aspect of the syrinx the last tracheal

ring is incomplete, the pessulus being attached to the one in front.

The widest bronchial semirings (seen laterally) are the third and

fourth ; they are also the last ossified ones. I can detect no differ-

ence in Ardea cinerea, A. cocoi, A. agami, A. candidissima, Nycti-

corax violaceus, and Tigrisoma brasiliense. In Ardea ludoviciana

each muscle is much fanned out and almost divided into two

muscles, of which one is inserted near to hinder border of rings.

6. ‘Additional Note on the Sea-Otter.

By R. Lypexxer, F.R.S.

[Received January 10, 1896.]

In reference to my note on the Sea-Otter (Zataw lutris), published

in the Society’s Proceedings for 1895 (p. 421), I have received

another communication from my correspondent Mr. H. J. Snow,

of Yokohama. He therein tells me that I have misunderstood the

Sea-Otter in walking posture.

meaning of his statement that “the hind flippers are doubled

back.” In interpreting this as meaning that they were bent

236 DR. ST. GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Feb. 4,

back like those of a Seal, I found great difficulty, from the confor-

mation of the skeleton, in comprehending how this could be

effected. Mr. Snow writes me that “the hind flippers, when

the Otter is travelling on shore, are brought under the body, but

doubled up backwards, somewhat after the manner of the rough

sketch enclosed, which, I may mention, has been drawn by a friend

—who never has seen a Sea-Otter—from wy description. This

sketch [which forms the basis of the figure, p. 235] fairly repre-

sents the animal, but the hind quarters are not quite correct.

«The human hand will serve as a good illustration of the hind

flippers of the Otter, the under part of the flipper corresponding

to the palm of the hand. Imagine a hand, the fingers united by a

thin web, the whole surface on both sides, with the exception of

five small, black, naked spots on the balls of the finger, covered

with hair. The Otter apparently has little or no muscular power

in the finger part of its flippers, and when attempting to walk, or

rather jump, along on shore, this part is doubled under the portion

corresponding to the knuckles of the hand.”

7. On the Hyoid Bones of Nestor meridionalis and Nanodes

discolor. By St. Grorcr Mivarr, M.D., F.R.S.

[Received January 15, 1896.]

In a paper read* before the Zoological Society on March 5th

last, I described the structure of the hyoids of certain Lories, and

compared them with that of Psitéacus ertthacus and that of Stringops

habroptilus.

Therein I called attention to the processes which I named

parahyal processes, and which, so far as I have been able to

ascertain, seem peculiar to the Psrvract. I pointed out that the

three genera of Lories described and figured, namely, Los, Lorius,

and Yrichoylossus, differed from other Parrots in having these

parahyal processes much prolonged and distally united, each pair

forming a singularly delicate osseous structure which 1 termed the

parahyal arch.

Subsequently, when considering the form of the tongue, I

thought it would be very interesting to ascertain whether the two

genera, the prolonged lingual papille of which have a certain

resemblance to those of the Loriipa, did, or did not, also possess

a parahyal arch.

This question, through the kindness of Mr. F. E. Beddard,

F.R.S., I have lately been able to determine by examining the

hyoid structure of Nestor meridionalis and Nanodes discolor.

In the hyoid of Nestor, the basihyal (6, fig. 1, p. 237) is long and

narrow, much as in the genera of Lorimp# before described. The

upper end of its anterior articular surface does not project so much

preaxiad as does its ventral lip. The latter is narrow and pointed,

? See P. Z. 8. 1895, pp. 162-174, figs. 1 to 6.

iin

-1896.] HYOID BONES OF NESTOR AND NANODES. 237

while the former is laterally expanded and bears dorsally a cup-like

depression (c). The hinder half of the basihyal bears dorsally a

rounded antero-posteriorly extending ridge. The parahyal pro-

cesses arise much as they do in the Lories previously described, but

are exceedingly slender and meet together at a symphysis which

is situated about midway between the anterior and posterior

extremities of the basihyal. The symphysis is connected with the

preaxial part of the basihyal by a rather vertically broad osseous

band which passes obliquely backward to it from just behind

Fig. 1.

Ab ano?

Hyoid of Nestor meridionalis. A. Dorsal aspect; B. Ventral aspect ;

C. Lateral aspect.

b. Basihyal. p. Parabyal arch.

e. Entoglossum, s. Its symphysis.

c. Cup-like concavity. hb. Hypobranchial.

. al. Anterior lateral process. cb. Ceratobranchial. so

pl. Posterior lateral process, #. Urohyal, its larger proximal part,

dl, Dorsal lateral process. ud. Urohyal, its smaller distal part.

238 DR. ST, GEORGE MIVART ON THE [Feb. 4,

the cup-like depression above noticed. Tach lateral half of the

parahyal arch has, medianly, a gentle outward curve.

The urohyal is decidedly longer than in the Lories, and consists

of two parts—(1) a longer, proximal portion (u), which somewhat

expands to its termination, where it is truncated; and (2) a very

much smaller distal portion (ud), about half the length of the

proximal part.

It may well be that a distinct distal part of the urohyal also

existed in the species before described, but had become detached,

since as to several of them it was remarked that the urohyal was

truncated at the hinder end.

The entoglossum (e) differs greatly from that of the Lormpa#

before described in that it is relatively, as well as absolutely,

much longer and more slender. Each lateral half, each entoglossal,

has the part in front of the isthmus, which joins it to its fellow,

more than twice the length of the part behind the isthmus. The

anterior parts of the two entoglossals are slender, curve outward

from each other towards their preaxial ends, and terminate almost

ina point. Just in front of the median bony isthmus the ventral

border of the entoglossal sends downward and outward a marked

process (al), the anterior lateral process; behind this is a sharp

but very narrow concavity, bounded postaxially by a process (pl)

which extends slightly downward and much inward to join its

fellow of the opposite side, and so forms the concavo-convex

articular surface for junction with the concavo-conyex articular

surface of the front end of the basihyal.

The part of each entoglossal behind the isthmus curves a little

upward and inward, and then downward and outward, termi-

nating in a slightly rounded extremity. At the summit of the

curve there is a slight prominence (d/) on the dorsal margin,

which may be called the dorsal lateral process.

The hypobranchials are about as elongated as in Lorius', but

nearly straight.

The ceratobranchials are about half length of the hypobranchials,

and are slightly curved concave mesiad.

Thus the genus Nestor shows a very interesting, but hardly

surprising, affinity to the Lorimp# as regards the structure of

the hyoid. It has a parahyal arch, but that arch is remarkable

for its slenderness, as the entoglossals are distinguished by their

length and slenderness, and differ decidedly in form from those

of Eos, Lorius, and Trichoglossus. Thus considered, the Nestors

may be thought to represent the Lories in the New Zealand

region.

The interest I felt, however, in examining the hyoid of Nestor

was greatly exceeded when I turned to the examination of that of

Nanodes, formerly known as Lathamus.

The true position of this species and its relationship or non-

relationship to the Lories have been matters of controversy,

1 P.Z.S. 1885, p. 168, fig. 8.

1896.] IYOID BONES OF NESTOR AND NANODES. 239

and were considered by our former Prosectors, Garrod! and

Forbes ?.

Their opinion was against its Lorine affinity, and in my work

(now nearly complete) on the Lorup# I have excluded it from

that family.

Hyoid of Lathamus discolor. A. Dorsal aspect; B. Ventral aspect ;

O. Lateral aspect.

6, Basihyal. p. Parahyal process, °

e. Entoglossum. hb. Hypobranchial.

ce. Cup-like concavity. eb. Ceratobranchial.

al, Anterior lateral process. uw. Urohyal.

pl. Posterior lateral process.

The hyoid of Nanodes justifies these judgments, for the parahyal

processes, though elongated, do not meet to form an arch, and the

entoglossum is peculiar and different in form from those of the

Loriipz previously examined.

The basthyal (6) bears a singularly deep depression on its dorsal

surface on either side just behind the origin of each parahyal

process (p). The processes are long and slender, and curve

slightly towards each other distally, but, as already said, do not

1 See P. Z.S. 1873, pp. 466, 634, and 1874, p. 587.

? See P. Z.S. 1879, pp. 168, 171, 174, pl. xvi. figs. 1, 2, 8, 10, 12.

240 MR. A. THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE InsucT-HousE. [Feb. 18,

meet. On its ventral surface the hinder part of the basihyal is

concave, the concavity being bounded on either side by a.marked,

oblique marginal ridge, these two ridges meeting to coalesce with

the urohyal (u), which is short and straight.

The entoglossum (e) has its anterior parts rather slender, and its

posterior parts greatly expanded transversely. The anterior part

of each entoglossal has its dorsal margin slightly concave. Its

ventral margin develops a marked anterior lateral process (al),

separated by a marked concavity from (pl) the posterior lateral

process. The posterior half of each entoglossal is greatly expanded,

and its surface, which looks outward and downward, is strongly

concave. Its dorsal margin is convex and rounded, but shows no

marked dorsal lateral process.

The hypobranchials are rather short and stout compared with

those of Nestor, but they are mainly remarkable for being deeply

grooved antero-posteriorly on their dorsal surface; they are very

slightly curved.

The ceratobranchials are extremely short bones,

My hope is to be able on some future occasion to describe certain

other Psittacine hyoids.

February 18, 1896.

Prof. G. B. Howss, F.Z.S., in the Chair.

Mr. Arthur Thomson, the Society’s Head Keeper, exhibited a

series of specimens of various Insects reared in the Insect-house in

the Society’s Gardens during the past year, and read the following

Report on the subject :—

Report on the Insect-house for 1895.

Examples of the following species of Insects have been exhibited

in the Insect-house during the past season :—

" Silk-produeing Bombyces and their Allies.

Asiatic.

Attacus atlas. *Caliqula simla,

cynthia. *Rhodia fugax.

ricini. Actias selene.

pernyt. Cricula trifenestrata.

| Antherea myliita.

* Exhibited for the first time.

a a

1896.] MR. A, THOMSON’S REPORT ON THE INSECT-HOUSE. 241

American.

Attacus lebcaut. Telea promethea.

Samia cecropia. Hyperchiria io.

Actias luna. = janus.

Telea polyphemus.

African.

Attacus mythimna. * Urota sinope.

* Antherea wahilbergi. Cyrtogone herilla.

“4 belina. Lasiocampa monteiri.

menippe. Eudeemona argus.

Bunea caffraria.

Diurnal Lepidoptera.

European.

Papilio podalirius. Melita cinxia.

machaon. Vanessa antiopa.

Thais cerisy?. polychlorus.

Doritis apollinus.

American,

Papilio ajax. Limenitis disippus.

cresphontes. * ursula.

asterias.

Nocturnal Lepidoptera.

Smerinthus popult. Darapsa myron.

exceecatus. * Ampelophaga versicolor.

Sphinw ligustri. * Daremma undulosa.

pinastri. Ceratomia amyntor.

celeus. Eacles imperialis.

Deidamia inscriptus. Saturnia pyri.

Deilephila euphorbie. carpini.

* Exhibited for the first time.

Of the lepidopterous insects which I have the honour to place

before the Meeting this evening, the following are exhibited for

the first time :—Limenitis ursula, Ampelophaga versicolor, and

Darcmma undulosa, from North America; Hyperchiria yanus, from

South America; Caligula simla, from India; Rhodia fugax, from

Japan; Anthercea wahlbergi, from West Africa; Antherwa belina

and Urota sinope, from South Africa.

The two specimens of Limenitis ursula were reared from hiber-

nating larve and were received along with the larve of Limenitis

disippus, of which species I generally get a supply every year.

These larve emerge from the egg in the autumn and immediately

proceed to roll themselves up in the leaves of a species of willow,

and in that condition pass the winter. In the spring, as soon as

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. XVI. 16

242 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Feb. 18,

the young leaves appear, they commence to feed. Last season the

young larve of L. disippus appeared on the 24th of April, and on

the 30th passed into the second stage, on the 7th May into the

third stage, aud on the 13th into the fourth stage, turned to pupx

on the 18th, and the first butterfly appeared on May 22nd. It

was not until the perfect insects appeared that examples of another

species were to be detected amongst them, so that the larve of

Limenitis ursula and its mode of life must closely resemble those of

L. disippus.

I have again the pleasure of exhibiting a pair of Hudemonia

argus, from Sierra Leone, and I may here mention that, besides the

usual differences in the antenne, the male has only four spots

on the hind wings, and the female has always five.

The specimens of Ehodia fugax emerged from cocoons deposited

in the Insect-house by the Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S. The

larve were reared, I believe, in the neighbourhood of Richmond,

on willow, from ova imported from Japan. I had some ova of

this species, but the young larve would not feed and all died,

One peculiarity of this larva is, that it makes a squeaking noise

when disturbed.

The specimen of Attacus mythimna is the second example of this

beautiful species exhibited before the Society. This species was

originally described and figured, P. Z.S. 1849, p. 40, pl. vii. fig. 3,

as were also Saturnia belina and Urota sinope. Of these last two

species males only were figured. The specimens exhibited are all

females.

Of Orthoptera an example of a very curious locust, Petasta

spumans, was brought home in December and presented to the

Society by Mr. Robert Ganthony, who obtained it from Krugersdorp

Falls, near Johannesburg, Transvaal. It fed upon watercress and

chewed apple, but I am sorry to say did not live very long in England.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Butterflies obtained in Arabia and Somaliland by

Capt. Chas. G. Nurse and Col. J. W. Yerbury in 1894

and 1895. By Arruur G. Burier, Ph.D., Senior

Assistant-Keeper of Zoology, Natural History Museum,

[Received January 29, 1896.]

(Plate X.)

Although the collections now received add only a very few

species to the lists of Butterflies published in my papers on the

Lepidoptera of Aden and Somaliland (P. Z. 8. 1884 & 1885),

they are of considerable interest, inasmuch as they contain inter-

mediate forms between species hitherto regarded as distinct.

1896. ] FROM ARABIA AND SOMALILAND. 243

The general character of the Butterflies is distinctly East African,

the Asiatic element being chiefly represented by species widely

distributed over both Continents, or by African types allied to those

found from the Persian Gulf, through Beluchistan to Karachi.

All the specimens collected by Col. Yerbury are presented to

the Museum ; but of those obtained by Capt. Nurse only such as

are of special interest have been forwarded for examination, the

types to be retained by us: he, however, adds notes on other

species not recorded in the present consignment ; I have therefore

decided to quote these at the commencement of this paper, my

personal observations being given subsequently under the species

to which they refer.

The following are Capt. Nurse’s notes on his collections :—

‘ TIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS.

I have not sent any specimens of this species, but I caught and

bred all four forms. Like Col. Yerbury, I could not detect the

slightest difference in the larve, which were all found feeding on ©

Calotropis gigantea.

“ MELANITIS ISMENE.

Yerbury records this from Lahej and Aden (Journal of Bomb.

Nat. Hist. Soc. 1892), but I never came across a specimen.

“< YPTHIMA ASTEROPE.

Occurs both in Arabia and Somaliland, but I have never seen

one on the Aden peninsula.

*“ JUNONIA HERE.

I only found this species at Haithallim (spelt by Col. Yerbury

Haithalbim) near Lahej ’.

“* JUNONIA CLELIA.

Yerbury took one in 1883, but I never saw one.

¢¢ JUNONIA CEBRENE.

Common both near Aden and Zaila.

«¢ PYRAMEIS CARDUI.

Common both near Aden and Zaila: I took one on Perim

Island, the only Butterfly I saw there except Catopsilia.

“¢ HYPANIS CASTANEA 2.

I never saw this species near Aden, but I saw three or four in

Somaliland near Zaila: Yerbury found it at Haithallim in 1883.

‘“* HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS.

Not uncommon, but I got only one male and five females.

? Capt. Nurse says the meaning of the Arabic word is “ Where the lime-trees

are.”

2 Capt. Nurse quotes this as H. lithyia. :

244 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Feb. 18,

. * ACRHA SEIS.

Given me by Lieut. Sparrow, 7th Dragoon Guards. Obtained

when on a shooting expedition.

“‘ CATOCHRYSOPS CONTRACTA.

The males do not appear to differ from specimens of the same

sex which I have from Kutch, India; but the females from Kutch

are much darker and have not nearly so much blue on the wings.

Mr. De Nicéville in his remarks on the genus Catochrysops, in

the ‘ Butterflies of India,’ says he is unable to recognize more than

three distinct species. CO. contracta, of course, may be a local race of

C. cnejus,but the following notes may be of interest in this respect :—

At Shaik Othman, near Aden, C. contracta is very numerous, but

I never saw a C. enejus there. At Lahej, 15 miles away, C. cngus

swarms, but I never saw OC. contracta there. The vegetation at

Shaik Othman is very scanty, while there is plenty of rank vege-

tation round Lahej. In Kutch I never found typical C. engus,

but C. contracta swarms.

‘‘ CATOCHRYSOPS ASOPUS,

Common at Lahej.

‘* POLYOMMATUS BETICUS.

Common at Zaila and Aden.

“* AZANUS SIGILLATUS (=GAMRA?).

Not very common at Aden, and not seen on the Somali cvast.

‘¢ AZANUS ZENA,

Common at and near Aden.

*‘ LYCENESTHES AMARAH.

Common at and near Aden.

“¢TARUCUS PULCHER sive PLINIUS.

Common at Aden and Lahej.

ss TARUCUS THEOPHRASTUS.

Common.

‘6 CHILADES TROCHILUS.

Not very common.

“« ZIZERA KNYSNA and Z, GAIKA.

See Col. Yerbury’s remarks in Bomb. Nat. Hist. Society’s

Journal, 1892.

“ ZESIUS LIVIA.

Fairly common. I bred this species from seed-pods of Acacia

1896. ] FROM ARABIA AND SOMALILAND. 245

edgworthii. The larva is a fat reddish one, but I did not make

any careful notes regarding it.

_ “ TouAUS NURSEI.

This Butterfly was not common, and I never saw it except at

Shaik Othman, where the few specimens I got were taken.

** TOLAUS GLAUCUS.

These were the only specimens I took.

6¢ THRIAS CHALCOMIETA.

Common at Lahej.

«‘TRRACOLUS CALAIS, var. DYNAMENE,

I suppose all these are 7. dynamene. I found the larve on

Salvadora persica, and I also bred some from the egg. The

following is a description of the larva :—

Pea-green, very slightly rough: lower part lighter green; a

slightly darker mark along back. Some of the larve have two

black spots dotted with white behind the head, and on some the

first half of the streak down the back is whitish, others have it

whitish the whole length. Some of the larve have black heads,

others green heads.

The pupa also is very variable. Some are very pale green,

others yellowish brown dotted with black.

The eggs are laid in batches of 20 or 30 on the leaves of the

food-plant, and the larve remain gregarious for at least half the

larval stage. They remind one of Sawfly larve. I bred larvee of

all the colours mentioned above from the same batch of eggs.

“‘TpRACOLUS PHISADIA. (Plate X. fig. 13.)

Common at Aden and in the interior. I found the larve

feeding on Salvadora persica. The following is a description of

it :—

Pea-green ; when young, two black spots on back of head; a

white mark, almost the shape of an ace of diamonds, but rather

longer, on second segment; when older the black spots on head

disappear, and the white mark gets clearer and is outlined with

black. ‘There are two similar marks just beyond the centre of the

back, the front being the smaller, and another similar mark on

eleventh segment.

‘“‘ THRACOLUS VI.

I did not get many specimens of this species and I could not

succeed in finding the larva, though I. searched carefully many

times.

«¢ TERACOLUS PLEIONE (and T. MirtAM). (Plate X. fig. 18.)

Very common at Aden, but, like Col. Yerbury, I never saw it

elsewhere. I found plenty of the larve’ feeding on Cadaba

246 DE. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Feb. 18,

glandulosa, but I failed to breed it from the egg, though I tried

three or four times. The young larve never lived more than three

or four days, as I could not keep the plant moist enough for them.

The following is a description of the larva :—

When young, brownish with black head ; when older nearly pea-

green, somewhat rough, but no hairs except tiny spines: a pale

green line along centre of back ; this line almost disappears as the

larva becomes full-grown; two rows of small black spots-along the

sides, much fainter in some specimens. When full-grown about

an inch long; somewhat variable in colour. The pupa is some-

what variable, being cream-coloured with dark green markings.

The larve are much infested with two different kinds of

ichneumons.

‘¢ TERACOLUS LEO,

This species was not uncommon near Zaila, but I only took this

specimen, as I thought they were all of the same species as I had

got at Aden.

“‘TERACOLUS HALIMEDE. (Plate X. fig. 17.)

These I call 7. acaste, and I take them all to be of one species.

I bred No. 184, and also a male, from larvee found on Cadaba glan-

dulosa. The larva is pea-green, with two small black spots on

segment next behind head. It has a cream-coloured line on each

side, commencing just before the centre of its length, and running

along the rest of the body; just above this line is a tiny black

spot on each segment. When full-grown it is rather more than

an inch long.

“‘ TERACOLUS EUPOMPE.

This was the commonest Butterfly near Zaila in May and June:

1895, but there were very few Butterflies of any kind about, I

take them to be all of one species.

“ TERACOLUS PHILLIPSI.

Given me by Lieut. Sparrow.

*¢ TERACOLUS EVAGORE *,

These all appear to me to be 7. nowna. I cannot think ‘that

T. saxeus is anything but the same species.

“ TERACOLUS COMPTUS.

Given me by Lieut. Sparrow,

‘““TERACOLUS YERBURII. (Plate X. fig. 14.)

_ There is probably more than one species in this series, but I find

it difficult to separate them ; I have therefore sent a good number

1 One of the extreme types of the female (7. jamesii) is confounded wi

T. yerburit in Capt. Nurse’s notes, being a 229. eure

1896.] FROM ARABIA AND SOMALILAND. 247

of specimens. Most of them, I think, are 7. yerburiz. I bred this

species from larve found on plant No. 4 (this plant could not be

identified at B. M.) at Shaik Othman. The following is a

description of the larva :—

Head orange, lateral stripes of the same colour. Ground-colour

of back plumbeous, a darker stripe along centre, the whole faintly

dotted with white. Below the lateral orange stripe there is a

slight protuberance on each segment, black in colour with white

dots. The whole larva is covered with short bristly hair.

Pupa :—ground-colour pale lilac, with a purplish stripe along

centre and yellow lateral stripes.

From all the pup emerged typical 7’. yerburii, except from one

which produced 7’, nowna, much to my surprise. I did not notice

that one of the larvee was different from the others, so the larva of

T. nouna must closely resemble that described above *.

“‘ TERACOLUS DAIRA, 2 (for dg, see footnote),

I have never come across this form on the Arabian side.

‘TPRACOLUS ANTEVIPPE.

Given me by Lieut. Sparrow.

‘¢ CATOPSILIA FLORELLA.

These I cannot properly separate. I bred some Cutopsilie from

larve found feeding on plant No. 5 (Cassia sp.? could not be

satisfactorily identified at B. M.). ‘The following is a description of

the larva :-—

Ground-colour pea-green ; a black, interrupted, but very distinct

lateral stripe, and below it a broader stripe of an orange-yellow

colour. The larva is rough, but not hairy; the whole of the back

and head are covered with minute black dots, Length, when full-

grown, about 13 inches.

The pupa is green.

One came out typical florella 2 ; two others more like pyrene.

‘* BHLENOIS MESENTINA, var. LORDACA.

Swarms at Shaik Othman and in the desert generally. This,

both in the larval and imago stages, seems to be the same as

B. mesentina. The larve feed on several plants, are gregarious,

hundreds being found on a single bush. They are greenish, slightly

hairy ; head black, dotted with white; a broad chocolate-coloured

stripe on each side, faintly dotted with white. Some of them

remained only five days in the pupal stage.

*¢ BELENOIS LEUCOGYNE.

I did not find this species at all common, and only got two or

three specimens.

1 Starved examples of this species were separated and numbered from 252-

257 with the note :—‘ This appears to be something different from JT. yerbwrii.”

The males of 7. daira were confounded with 7. yerburii.—A. G. B,

248 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Feb. 18,

‘¢ SYNCHLOE GLAUCONOME.

Common both at Aden and Zaila. ‘he larva feeds on Cleome

paradoxa in Aden, and inland on other plants. It is greenish

yellow, dotted all over with black. Three bluish streaks along the

whole length of body. No hairs. About 1} inches long when full-

grown.

Pupa much the same colours and markings as the larva, but both

are fainter.

“ HERPENIA ITERATA,

Given me by Lieut. Sparrow.

‘‘ NEPHERONIA ARABICA.

I only got three or four specimens.

“¢ PAPILIO DEMOLEUS.

Given me by Lieut. Sparrow. Col. Yerbury got several

specimens of a Papilio (P. demoleus, I believe) at Lahej.

‘« ISMENE ANCHISES.

Two specimens at Aden and one near Zailu.

‘* CHAPRA MATHIAS,

Common both at Aden and Zaila.

“ GEGENES KARSANA.

Fairly common.

‘** PYRGUS ADENENSIS.

Fairly common.

I think the differences in the larve of such species of Teracolus

as I have described above are worthy of attention. The larva of

TY. yerburii is not in the least like any of the other larve I found ;

but this was the only red-tipped T'eracolus larva I got, except one

of T. nowna, which so closely resembled 7’. yerburit that I did not

observe any difference till the imago emerged. The larve of

1’. pleione and T. dynamene vary to some extent among themselves,

but in the case of 7’. dynamene I bred several varieties from one batch

of eggs: I got only two or three each of 7’. phisadia and T’. acaste.

All these forms bear a kind of family likeness one to another; and,

to some extent, this may be said of 7. protomedia. I do not know

what Yeracolus larve have been described by others; but, judging

from the larve, 7’. yerburii and presumably the other red-tipped

Teracoli should not belong to the same genus as the others.”

C. G. Nurses.

I am afraid that genera based upon larval coloration would be

very unnatural ; moreover, the fact that Captain Nurse could not

distinguish between the larva of the scarlet-tipped 7’. yerburii and

that of the orange-tipped 7. evagore (=nouna), seems to me to

1896.] FROM ARABIA AND SOMALILAND. 249

quash the suggestion of generic separation at once, even had it

not been shown that the same species, when taken in widely

distant countries, differs so completely in larval colouring as to be

unrecognizable in this stage of its existence. For example, larve

of Agrotis c-nigrum in Ceylon are altogether dissimilar from

European larve of the same species; the moths, however, are

absolutely indistinguishable.

List of the Species of Rhopalocera.

1. Linas CHRYSIPPUS.

@. Var. dorippus, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 48. figs. 1-4 (1832).

3. Var. klugit, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 758.

@, Lahej, 28th March, 1895; ¢g, Aden, 6th February, 1895

(Col. Yerbury).

2. YPTHIMA ASTEROPE.

Hipparchia asterope, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 29. figs. 11-14 (1832),

Shaik Othman, 10th February, and Lahej, 5th to 10th March,

1895 (Col. Yerbury); 14th February, 8th and 24th May, 1894;

Zaila, Somaliland, 28th May and 4th June, 1895 (Capt. Nurse).

3. JUNONIA HERE.

Junonia here, Lang, Entomologist, p. 206 (1884).

3, Lahej, 26th May, 1894 (Capt. Nurse); 9, 14th March, 1895

(Col. Yerbury).

4, HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS.

Papilio misippus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).

Typical female (resembling Limnas chrysippus).

Aden, 12th October (Capt. Nurse).

Var. alcippoides (resembling L. alcippoides).

Aden, 27th February, 1895 (Col. Yerbury and Capt. Nurse).

Var. with white on secondaries (resembling ZL. dorippus).

Aden, 28th February (Col. Yerbury).

Var. between typical H. mistppus, 9, and var. tnaria.

' Shaik Othman, 7th April; Zaila, Somaliland, 23rd May, 1895

(Capt. Nurse).

Var. tnaria (resembling L. klugii).

Aden, 24th September, 1894 (Capt. Nurse).

The whole of the known variations of the female of this species

are therefore represented in these two small collections, all the

forms having been taken either at or near to Aden.

5. BYBLIA ACHELOIA, var. CASTANEA.

Hypanis castanea, Butler, P, Z. 8. 1885, p. 759.

Somaliland (Capt. Nurse).

250 DR, A, G, BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Feb. 18,

6. ACRA SEIS.

Acrea seis, Feisthamel, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1850, p. 247.

Somaliland (Capt. Nurse).

In Mr. Kirby’s Catalogue this species was erroneously recorded

as a variety of A. mahela; consequently it has since been described

by Mr. Grose Smith as A. matuapa, by Messrs, Godman and

Salvin as A. calyce, and by Vieillot as A. mhondana; it is distri-

buted over Africa from West to East, and we have one example

labelled South; the ground-colour varies from almost wholly tawny

(probably rose-red in life) to an insect having the primaries almost

entirely smoky brown. A. seis is the African representative of

the Asiatic A. violw, which it nearly resembles both in form and

pattern.

7. CATOCHRYSOPS CONTRACTA,

Lampides contracta, Butler, P. ZS. 1880, p. 406, pl. xxxix.

fig. 3.

3 @, Shaik Othman, 3rd March (Col. Yerbury), 21st April,

1895 (Capt. Nurse).

These Arabian examples do not differ at all from those obtained

at Candahar, Beloochistan, and Karachi.

8. AZANUS GAMRA.

Lycena gamra, Lederer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1855,

p. 189, pl. i. fig. 3.

3 Q, Shaik Othman, 24th February, 3rd March ; Aden, 7th and

18th March, 1895 (Col. Verbury).

I think it probable that this may be the species referred to in

my former paper on Lepidoptera from Aden as ‘A. sigillata,” the

specimens being in Col. Swinhoe’s collection: the two species are

nearly allied, but A. sigillata is a small (probably dry-season) form

of A. natalensis, and shows black spots and no parallel brown

bars on the under surface of the dise of secondaries; whereas in

A, gamra the brown bars replace the extra black spots.

9. LycHNESTHES AMARAH.

Polyommatus amarah, Lefebvre, Voy. Abyss. vi. p. 384, pl. il.

figs. 5, 6 (1847).

$, Shaik Othman, 24th February, 1895 (Col. Yerbury).

The stronger form of wing and the two pencils of elongated

scales from the fringe of secondaries show this to be a Lycenesthes

and not an -Azanus ; the pattern of the under surface is deceptively

similar in the two genera.

10. ZizBRA GAIKA.

Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. i, p. 403

(1862). .

3, Aden, 19th February, 1895 (Col. Yerbury).

1896. ] FROM ARABIA AND SOMALILAND, 251

11. Hyre5vus LINGEvS.

Papilio lingeus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. cvclxxix. F, G (1782).

Q , Shaik Othman, Ist April, 1895 (Col. Yerbury).

12, Zwstus LIVIA.

Lycena livia, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 40. figs. 3-6 (1834),

3 2, Shaik Othman, 24th February ; g, Aden, bred from seed-

pods of Acacia edgworthii, 4th March; ¢ 2, Lahej, 12th March;

Q, Shaik Othman, 5th April, 1895 (Col. Yerbury).

13. CHLOROSELAS ESMERALDA,

Chloroselas esmeralda, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1885, p. 765, pl. xlvii.

fig. 4.

3; Zaila, Somaliland, 23rd May, 1895 (Capt. Nurse).

Mr. Trimen, ‘ South-African Butterflies,’ vol. iii. p. 414,

observes :—‘‘ On careful comparison of two males taken by

Mr, Selous—which quite agree with Mr. Butler’s description of

C’. esmeralda—and of three very fine males taken near Durban by

Mr. Millar, with the type of A. pseudozeritis, I have come to the

conclusion that esmeralda is identical with pseudozeritis.” He

then proceeds to point out that his type and specimens from

Durban are darker below than the others, have a fuscous cloud

on the middle disc of the hind wings, the silvery spots very

brilliant, and “There are two linear tails on the hind wing,

respectively on the first median nervule and the submedian

nervure.” This, to my mind, settles the question: the Somali

examples only have one tail ; they are uniformly of a buftish stone-

colour below without any clouding. I examined an example, pre-

sumably of C. pseudozeritis, about a year ago, and decided that it

was undoubtedly distinct.

14, JoLAUS NURSEI, sp.n. (Plate X. fig. 16.)

Closely allied to I. umbrosa (P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 766, pl. xlvii. fig. 6),

but the wings above bright cobalt-blue, with two whitish super-

posed spots on the disc of the primaries, close to the slaty-black

outer border ; the fringe much whiter, pure white towards external

angle: secondaries above with two or three ill-defined white discal

spots parallel to outer margin; the outer border pure white,

bounded internally by a dusky stripe, including the ordinary black

spots, and externally by a sharply-defined black line; fringe pure

white with a greyish line: wings below pearly white, the pattern

nearly identical with that of . wmbrosa, but the bands black-brown

instead of red: other differences which exist may be variable and

therefore not worth noting. Expanse of wings 35-40 millim.

66, Shaik Othman, 3rd March and 3rd April, 1895 (Col.

Yerbury); 3, 26th February, 5 2, 31st March (Capt. Nurse).

This is doubtless the Arabian representative of the Somali

I. umbrosa ; but it is a far prettier insect.

252 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Feb. 18,

15. IoLAUS GLAUCUS.

Tolaus glaucus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 766.

é 2, Zaila, Somaliland, 23rd and 28th May, 1895 (Capt. Nurse).

16. TERACOLUS CALAIS, var, DYNAMENE.

Pontia dynamene, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. vi. figs. 15, 16 (1829),

Q@, Aden, 8th March, 1895; ¢ 9, 8th and 12th May, 3rd and

7th June, 1894 (Capt. Nurse).

17. TERACOLUS PHISADIA, var. ARNE. (Plate X. fig. 13.)

Pontia arne, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 7. figs. 1-4 (1829).

@ 9, 12th February; Lahej, 6th March; Haithalhim, 23rd

March, 1895 (Col. Yerbury).

In my paper on Lepidoptera from Somaliland (P. Z. 8. 1885),

when describing 7’. ocellatus, a species the existence of which I had

previously suspected, I observed, ‘I have also no doubt that a

species intermediate between 7. phisadia and T. vestalis will ere

long be discovered.” In Staudinger’s ‘ Exotische Schmetterlinge’

an African species was subsequently described and figured under

the name of Jdmais castalis, which scarcely differs from the Indian

T, vestalis, and which, as I have since discovered, exhibits similar

slight variations.

In my paper on Lepidoptera from Aden (P. Z. S. 1884, p. 478) T

pointed out that several species of Butterflies presented simple

variations, which had become fixed as local races in various parts

of Africa and Asia; and it struck me that in the case of 7. phi-

sadia, the female of which is extremely variable, we might still

expect to find evidence of its derivation from a black and white

type similar to those of India; I therefore asked Col. Yerbury to

look out for females of 7’. phisadia having this character. In this

he was perfectly successful, the two females obtained at Lalej and

Haithalhim being indistinguishable from females of Teracolus

ochreipennis (a species only doubtfully distinct from 7’. vestalis).

In this species, therefore, we still have evidence ot descent from

the black and white forms of India.

18. TERACOLUS VI.

Teracolus vi, Swinhoe, P. Z.8. 1884, p. 435, pl. xxxix. figs. 6, 7.

g, Aden, 20th February, 1895 (Col. Yerbury).

19. TERACOLUS CHRYSONOME.

Pontia chrysonome, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 7. figs. 9-11 (1829).

9, Zaila, Somaliland, 28th May, 1895 (Capt. Nurse).

20. TERACOLUS HELIOCAUSTUS.

_ Teracolus heliocaustus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 768, pl. xlvii.

figs. 8, 9.

2, Zaila, Somaliland, 6th June, 1895 (Capt. Nurse).

A much faded example.

1896.] FROM ARABIA AND SOMALILAND. 253

21. TrRACOLUS LEO.

Anthocharis leo, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xvi.

p- 397 (1865).

Gs Zaila, Somaliland, 4th June (Capt. Nurse).

This i is the form found at Kilimanjaro, where it is fairly common ;

it is very constant in all the characters which distinguish it from

T. acaste.

22, TERACOLUS HALIMEDE. (Plate X. fig. 17.)

3 2. Pontia halimede, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 7. figs. 12-15

(1829).

Var. 2. Pontia acaste, Klug, |. c. figs. 16, 17 (1829).

Var. ¢ 2. Teracolus celestis, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 435,

pl. xxxix. figs. 1, 2.

3, Lahej, 9th March (Col. Yerbury), 22nd May; 9, 23rd

May, 1895 (Capt. Nurse).

This heavily-marked form of the species seems to be very rare

near Aden, the common types there being vars. acaste and ceelestis

with intergrades.

Var. acaste.

Q, Aden, 21st March, 17th April; ¢,23rd April; 9, 9th May ;

3 2, 5th June, 1895 (Capt. Nurse).

Var. celestis.

9, Aden, 20th January, lst and 6th February, 5th April; ¢,

26th April; ¢ g, 8th May; 9, 5th June, 1895; 2 9,13th July

and 25th October, 1894,

23. TERACOLUS EUPOMPE.

Pontia eupompe, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 6. figs. 11-14 (1829).

3S, 2 Q, Zaila, Somaliland, 21st, 23rd, and 28th May, 1895

(Capt. Nurse).

Var.? 7. dedecora, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 184 (1865).

3, Zaila, Somaliland, 18th June, 1895 (Capt. Nurse).

24. THRACOLUS PHILLIPSI.

Leracolus phillipsi, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 772, pl. xlvii.

Rete, Oe

$, Somaliland (Capt. Nurse).

25, TERACOLUS EVAGORE.

2 (as ¢). Ponta evagore, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 8. figs. 5, 6

(1829).

_ 6. Anthocharis nouna, Lucas, Expl. Alg., Zool. ui. p. 350, pl. 1.

fig. 2 (1849).

3. Anthopsyche heuglint, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 272

(1859); Reise der Noy., Lep. ii. p. 185, pl. xxv. fig. 4 (1865).

254 DR. A. G. BULLER ON BUTTERFLIES [Feb. 18,

3 9. Teracolus saxeus, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 441, pl. xl.

figs. 1, 2.

~ fo Q. Lahej, 21st and 23rd May and 13th December, 1894,

17th February, 6th and 8th May, 1895; Shaik Othman, 21st April ;

bred specimen, Aden, 31st March, 1895; Zaila, Somaliland,

21st May, 1895 (Capt. Nurse).

Capt. Nurse’s specimens seem completely to link the following

to 7’. evagore, which appears to be an extreme female development

of the species.

Var. Teracolus jamesi, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 771.

2 Q, Zaila, Somaliland, 4th, 11th, and 21st May, 1895 (Capt.

Nurse).

26. TERACOLUS COMPTUS.

Teracolus comptus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 94.

3, Zaila, Somaliland, April 1895 (Capt. Nurse).

Described from specimens obtained at Kilimanjaro.

27. THRACOLUS YERBURII. (Plate X. fig. 14.)

Teracolus yerburii, Swinhoe, P. Z. 8S. 1884, p. 44], pl. xxxix.

fig. 12.

Var. Teracolus swinhoet, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 491.

Shaik Othman, 24th and 26th February and 3rd March, 1895

(Col. Yerbury); 15th April, 1894; 21st and 28th April, 1895;

6th and 13th May, 3rd and 10th June, 1894; Lahej, 23rd and

24th May, 1894; Aden, bred 30th April, 1895 (Capt. Nurse) ;

25th February and 8th March, 1895 (Col. Yerbury).

Capt. Nurse also has a specimen bred at Aden on the 19th

March, 1895, from Jarva found at Shaik Othman, and Col. Yerbury

seven examples, all of which emerged either on the 11th or 12th

April.

28. TERACOLUS DAIRA.

Pontia daira, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. 8. figs. 1-4 (1829).

3 3, 2 Q, Zaila, Somaliland, 21st and 28th May, 4th June, 1895

(Capt. Nurse).

29. TERACOLUS ANTEVIPPE.

Anthocharis antevippe, Boisduval, Sp. Gen. Leép. i. p. 572, pl. 18.

fig. 3 (1836).

3, Somaliland (Capt. Nurse).

30, CATOPSILIA FLORELLA.

Q. Papilio florella, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 479 (1775); 3 9.

Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 56, pl. xxii. figs. 1, 2, 2 a (1871).

Var. Colias pyrene, Swainson, Zool. Ill. 1st ser. pl. 51 (1820-1).

Var. Callidryas hyblea, Boisduval, Sp. Gén. Lép. p. 612 (1836),

1896. ] FROM ARABIA AND SOMALILAND. 255

Var. Catopsilia alewrona, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xviii. p. 489 (1876).

a. C. florella, typical, Shaik Othman, 9, 21st October, 1894 ;

@, Aden, 15th, 25th, and 26th March, 1895; ¢, 25th October,

1894.

b. C..aleurona, 3 2, Shaik Othman, 3rd February, 1895; Zaila,

Somaliland, 22nd and 23rd May, 1895.

ce. C. hyblea, 2, Aden, 21st March, 1895.

d. C. pyrene, 2, Aden, 19th March, 1895; ¢, 18th May, 1894 ;

3 2, Lahej, 13th and 23rd March, 8th May, 1895; ¢, Zaila,

Somaliland, April, 1895.

All these specimens were collected by Capt. Nurse.

31. BELENOIS MESENTINA, var, LORDACA.

Pieris lordaca, Walker, Entom. y. p. 48.

2, Zaila, Somaliland, April 1895 (Capt. Nurse).

32. HERPENIA ITPRATA.

3. Herpenia iterata, Butler, P. Z.S. 1888, p. 96.

2, Somaliland (Capt. Nurse).

33. PapiLio DEMOLEUS.

Papilio demoleus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 214 (1764).

Lahej, 3rd, 5th, 6th, and 29th March, 1895 (Col. Yerbury) ;

Somaliland (Capt. Nurse).

The Arabian examples are slightly aberrant, the band on pri-

maries more broken up than usual, and the under surface of the

secondaries greyer ; these differences are, however, variable,

34. GHGENES KARSANA.

Hesperia karsana, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 576, pl. 67. fig. 6.

Shaik Othman, 2nd April, 1895 (Col. Yerbury).

35. PyRGUS ADENENSIS.

Pyrgus evanidus, var. adenensis, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 493.

Haithalhim, 25th March, 1895 (Col. Yerbury).

36. GOMALIA ELMA.

Pyrgus elma, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 8rd ser. i. p. 288

(1862); Rhop. Afr. Austr. ii. p. 291, pl. 5. fig. 8 (1866).

Gomalia albofasciata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 144; Lep. Ceyl.

i. p. 183, pl. 71. fig. 7 (1881).

3 3, @, Lahej, Arabia, 22nd, 24th, and 25th May, 1894 (Capt.

Nurse).

The two males are very dissimilar, one being very dark and

small, the other larger and almost as pale as the female; this

variability renders it impossible to keep G. albofasciata separate.

256 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM ARABIA AND SOMALILAND.

[Feb. 18,

Col. Yerbury has compiled the following list of Butterflies

hitherto found at or near Aden :—

1. Limnas chrysippus. 28. Catopsilia florella.

Var. alcippus. Var, aleurona.

Var. dorippus. Var. hyblea.

Var. klugi. Var. pyrene.

2. Ypthima asterope. 29. Teracolus vi.

3. Melanitis ismene*, 30. Ke phisadia.

4. Hypolimnas misippus. 31. ys calais.

Var. alcippoides. Var. dynamene.

Var. inaria. Var. carnifer.

5. Junonia here. 32. $s pleione.

6 35 clelia. Var. miriam,

ub - cebrene. 33. * halimede.

8. Pyrameis cardui. Var. acaste.

9. Hamanumida dedalus fT. Var. celestis.

10. Byblia ilithyia. 34, ” protomedia,

11. » acheloia. 35. A eupompe.

Var, castanea. 36. = epigone.

12. Polyommatus beeticus. 37. = evagore.

13. Catochrysops asopus. Var, saxeus.

14. - cnejus. 38. + yerburii.

15. = contracta. Var. swinhoei.

16. Azanus gamra. 39. Belenois mesentina.

W755) vena. Var. lordaca.

18. Lyceenesthes amarah. 40. 6 leucogyne.

19. Tarucus plinius (=pulcher). 41. Synchloe glauconome.

20. ‘ theophrastus.

21. Chilades trochiius.

22. Zizera knysna.

. Nepheronia arabica.

. Papilio demoleus.

Ismene anchises ||.

23. ,, gaika. 45. Chapra mathias.

24. Hyreus lingeus f. 46. Gegenes karsana.

25, Zesius livia §. 47. Pyrgus adenensis 4.

26. Iolaus nursei. 48. Eretis djz!ele.

27. Terias chaleomizta.

. Gomalia elma.

* Not uncommon at Lahej; though no specimens have been obtained.

+ Taken by Mr. Chevallier at Haithalhim, and identified at the British

Museum.

+ A single specimen taken at Shaik Othman.

§ Col. Yerbury believes that two species are confused under this name.—

A. G. B.

|| Col. Yerbury enumerates another species—‘‘ The Phantom Skipper” —often

seen but never taken.—A. G. B.

“| The Adenese representative of the Indian P. evanidus.

Some further Notes on Larve from Aden.

Teracolus pleione and 7. acaste both feed on Cadaba glandulosa ;

T. protomedia, T. yerburii, and 7, evagore on a plant that I have

been unable to determine.

T'. dynamene and phisadia, food-plant Salvadora persica.

The pupz of 7’. pleione, acaste, and protomedia (Pl. X. fig. 15) have

considerable resemblance in shape; and it is possible that further

study of the pupal stage may lead to a grouping of males with

black nervures to their wings. The pupe of 7’. dynamene, phisadia,

yerburii, and evagore are of an altogether different form.

Synchloé glauconome, food-plants Dipterygium glaucum and

‘Cleome paradowa.

1896.]. ON MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 257

Belenois lordaca feeds at Huswah on Caparis galeata, that ‘is,

if this plant be conspecific with the Aden plant bearing the same

name (to the uninitiated the plants look allied, but decidedly

distinct from each other). I suspect that 7. vi also feeds on this

plant, though I have never yet found a larva in spite of careful

search.

Catopsilia larvee feed on Cassia, sp., but I have been unable to

correctly obtain the specific name of this plant; it is, however,

allied to adenensis, and may be that species.

Zesius livia.—Specimens bred from the pods of Acacia edgeworthir

collected in Gold Mohur Valley. At Haithalhim a number of

pupe were found under a large stone; from these, too, a species

of Zesius emerged.

Limnas.—The larve feed on Calotropis gigantea.

Seasonal dimorphism does not seem to occur to any extent in

the neighbourhood ; though it may possibly do so in the case of

Teracolus calais and dynamene.

The year 1883 was very wet, heavy rain having fallen in May,

consequently in July a large number of Butterflies appeared—

among others, a very brightly-coloured form of 7’. calais (all, I be-

lieve, females however): this may point to 7’. calais being the rainy-

season form and 7. dynamene the dry. I never met with this

unusually brightly-coloured form in after years.—J. W. YERBURY.

2. On Moths collected at Aden and in Somaliland. By

Lord Watsineuam, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., and G. F.

Hampson, B.A., &c.

[Received January 29, 1896.]

(Plate X.)

_ The following paper contains a record of the collections made

at Aden and its neighbourhood in the year 1895 by Col. J. W.

Yerbury and Capt. C. G. Nurse, and of a small Somaliland

collection made at Zaila. by Capt. Nurse. Ht also includes the

Heterocera recorded from Aden in a paper by Mr. A. G. Butler

in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings ’ for 1884 (collected by Cols. Yerbury

and Swinhoe), and the few Moths recorded from Somaliland by

Mr. Butler in his paper on the Lepidoptera of Somaliland in the

Society’s ‘Proceedings’ for 1885, nearly all these species, how-

ever, being again represented in the collections now worked out. -

The Aden forms show, as might be expected, a mingling of

the European, N. African, and Western Indian species, the latter

decidedly predominating. The number of species is very large for

such a barren locality, especially among the Pyralide, the number

of Phycitine being a marked feature of the fauna, whilst the /

most interesting new form is the archaic genus of the Wola/:

group. The portion of the paper on the Pterophoride, Tortricidag

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. XVII. 17

258 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON [Feb. 18,

and Tineide is by Lord Walsingham, the remainder by myself, in

which part only such synonymy is given as is necessary to

elucidate Mr. Butler’s previous paper. The types of the new

species have been presented to the collections of the British

Museum and Lord Walsingham by Col. Yerbury and Capt. Nurse.

—G. F. H.

ARCTIIDA.

LitHosiinz.

Sxecusio srricata, WIk. ii. 559.

Zaila, Somaliland.

DEIOPIA PULCHELLA, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, 884.

Aden ; Zaila, Somaliland.

NYCTEOLIN#.

EaRIAs INSULANA, Boisd. Faun. Madag. p. 121, pl. 16. f. 9.

Aden ; Lahej; Zaila, Somaliland.

ARCTIINA.

SPILOSOMA ARABICUM, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 25.)

Dull greyish white; legs crimson, grey, and black ; palpi black

above ; antenne black, the basal joint crimson; a crimson line

behind the head and streak on shoulders; patagia with paired

black spots; abdomen crimson, with dorsal black spots; anal tuft

in female grey. Fore wing with more or less black on base of

costa ; an antemedial series of five black spots bent inwards below

median nervure ; a black discocellular patch divided into a cluster

of spots by the veins; a curved postmedial series of spots, com-

mencing with an elongate spot below costa, and with black specks

and spots beyond it below costa and near veins 5 and 2. Hind

wing with discocellular spot, and sometimes with two or three

submarginal spots.

Hab. Aden (Yerbury). Exp. $ 32, 2 38 mm.

NoLinz.

Genus ARCHINOLA, nov.

Palpi porrect, extending about the length of head and thickly

scaled, the 3rd joint concealed; maxillary palpi large and tri-

angularly dilated with scales; proboscis small; antenne of male

minutely ciliated, the basal joints dilated with scales; legs and

tibial spurs moderate. Fore wing with a few scattered raised

scales; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6 from

upper angle ; 7, 8, 9 stalked ; 10, 11 free. Hind wing with vein 3

from before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle; 6, 7 on a long stalk ;

8,anastomosing with the cell to near end.

1896.] MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 259

The large maxillary palpi are a most remarkable feature in this

genus, which is otherwise near Pisara, Wlk., and tends to prove

the derivation of the Noline group of the Arctiide from the

Tinerde, in close relationship with the ancestor of the Scopariine,

Schenobiine, and lower Pyralide.

ARCHINOLA PYRALIDIA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 23.)

3. Brownish grey. Fore wing slightly irrorated with fuscous ;

an antemedial erect fuscous line; a postmedial line curved from

costa to vein 3, then incurved to below end of cell. Hind wing

pale fuscous.

Hab. Aden (Nurse). Exp. 14 mm.

AGARISTIDS.

Evsemia THRUPPI, Butl. P. Z. S. 1885, p. 775.

S. of Berbera, Somaliland.

Nocorvuip2.

TRIFINZ.

GLOTTULA ORIENTALIS, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. ii. p. 168.

Aden.

Larva. Head reddish; somites French grey, the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and

terminal two light red; each somite with a black ring, the medial

ones broadest. Food-plant Paneratium tortuosum. —

Hetioruis nusicEra, H.-S. Eur. Schmett. ii. p. 366.

Heliothis peltigera, Butl. P. Z. S. 1885, p. 776 (nec Schifferm.).

Aden ; Somaliland.

HELIoTHIs ARMIGERA, Hiibn. Samml. eur. Schmett., Noct. ii.

pl. 79:

Aden.

HELIOTHIS PICTIFASCIA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 8.)

Q. Grey; thorax variegated with ochreous, the patagia with

black and white streak; tarsi ringed with black; abdomen pale

grey. Fore wing with ochreous spot at base; some ochreous

specks on costa; an ochreous fascia below median nervure from

base to outer margin irrorated with black, and with three blackish

marks on it; a similar fascia from middle of cell to outer. margin,

with the elongate ochreous orbicular and rounded reniform stigmata

on it ; a submarginal series of black and ochreous lunules ; a marginal

series of black spots; cilia ochreous at base, pale at tips, with

series of fuscous spots. Hind wing pure white.

Hab. Zaila, Somaliland (Nurse). Exp. 38 mm.

EUpPLExia opposita, W1]k. xxxii. 667.

Aden.

17*

260 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR. G, F. HAMPSON ON [Feb. 18,

_ Kupnexia conpucta, WIk. x. 296.

Perigea inexacta, Wik. xxxii. 682.

... Aden.

PRODENIA LITTORALIS, Boisd. Faun. Ent. Madag., Lép. p. 91,

pl. 13. £. 8.

Aden.

PRODENIA MINIMA, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1889, p. 410.

Aden.

SPopoPTERA MAURITIA, Boisd. Faun. Ent. Madag., Lép. p. 92.

Agrotis exempta, Wlk. x. 355 (var.).

Zaila, Somaliland; the var. evempta from Shaik Othman, Arabia,

and Zaila.

AMYNA SELENAMPHA, Guen. Noct. i. p. 406.

Aden; Zaila, Somaliland.

Amywna octo, Guen. Noct. i. p. 233.

Amyna stigmatula, Snell, Tijd. v. Ent. xv. p. 55,

Aden; Lahej, Arabia.

CALLOPISTRIA LATREILLEI, Dup. Lép. Fr., Noct. iv. pt. i. p. 327,

pl. 120. £. 2.

Zaila, Somaliland.

CALLOPISTRIA YERBURII, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 496.

Aden ; Zaila, Somaliland.

CARADRINA EXIGUA, Hiibn. Samml. eur. Schmett., Noct. f. 362.

Aden. The larva feeds on Zygophyllum simplex.

TATHORHYNCHUS VINCTALE, WIk. xxxiv. 1476.

Aden.

LEUCANIA SICULA, Treit. x. 2, 90.

Lahej, Arabia.

LEvucANIA uUnipUNCTA, Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 174.

Aden.

NonaGRia conFusa, WIk. ix. 105.

Lahej, Arabia; Aden.

ACONTIINE.

MEGALODES, n. sp.

Aden. A specimen too worn to describe.

1896.] MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND, 261

TARACHE NOLABILIS, WIk. xi. 669,

Lahej, Arabia. A pale, slightly-marked specimen ; fore wing

with the costal marks reduced to specks; hind wing with slight

trace of fuscous at apex only.

TARACHE VARIA, WIE. xxxiii. 772.

Aden.

TARACHE FLAVONIGRA, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1884, p. 522, pl. 47. £.15,

Aden.

ACONTIA GRELLSII, Feisth. Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. vi. p, 300, pl, 12.

Zanthodes innocens, Wik. xv. 1752.

Aden ; Lahej, Arabia.

AcONTIA INsIGNIs, Butl. P. Z.S, 1884, p. 500.

Aden.

Larva with three pairs of prolegs; dull orange with interrupted

brownish bands between the somites, the four medial bands darker

and more prominent; each somite with paired lateral spots; warty

and clothed with short bristles. Food-plant Anarrhinum pedi-

cellatum.

XANTHOPTERA MESOZONA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 9.)

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous, the last suffused with

fuscous. Fore wing ochreous, a black spot at base of costa and

two specks beyond it; a broad medial black band; a black disco-

cellular speck; a faint postmedial line arising from a black spot

on costa and excurved below costa; a slightly sinuous silvery

submarginal line with black spot inside it on costa; a marginal

black line widening at apex. Hind wing fuscous.

Hab. Aden (Yerbury). Exp. 20 mm.

MaARIMATHA SUBFLAVALIS, WIk. xxxiv. 1205.

Aden.

Meracurostis quinaria, Moore, P. Z.S. 1881, p. 371.

Shaik Othman, Arabia.

METACHROSTIS ATRIBASALIS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 11.)

¢. Head and thorax black ; abdomen fuscous, ochreous towards

base. Fore wing bright ochreous; the basal area black with erect

outer edge; a medial triangular black patch on costa extending

almost to lower angle of cell; outer area black with a grey

tinge, its inner edge indented at veins 6 and 3. Hind wing pale

fuscous.

Hab. Aden (Nurse). Exp. 12 mm.

This species in facies resembles Acontia insiynis and Xantho-

ptera mesozona, haying the same black and yellow coloration, ~

262 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR. G.F. HAMPSON ON’ [Feb. 18,

EUBLEMMA BULLA, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 518, pl. 47. f. 9.

Aden.

The fore wing more ochreous than in Indian specimens.

EvBLEMMA PARVA, Hiibn. Eur. Schmett., Noct. fig. 356.

Aden.

_ EvsiemMa srrascrava, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 371.

Aden.

_ EvsiemMa prvisa, Moore, P, Z. 8. 1881, p. 371.

Aden.

EUBLEMMA SEMINIVHA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 19.)

3. Head and thorax pure white; base of palpi and abdomen

yellowish. Fore wing with the basal half pure white, the costa

with two specks and its edge dark; the outer half red-brown, with

fine erect black line on its inner edge, which is slightly indented

at veins 5 and 2; a triangular white patch on costa before apex;

some submarginal black specks; a marginal white line; the

cilia grey. Hind wing white; the outer area slightly suffused

with ochreous.

Hab. Aden (Yerbury). Exp. 15 mm.

EUBLEMMA ECTHEMATA,n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 6.)

3d. Pure white; palpi, antenne, and abdomen slightly tinged

with fuscous ; two dark specks on basal half of costa and one on

inner margin; an oblique line from middle of costa to inner

margin near outer angle, with a triangular patch of pink suffusion

beyond it from costa to its apex on vein 2; an indistinct double

postmedial line forming a whorl-shaped mark at end of cell; a

submarginal series of dark specks; cilia tinged with pink. Hind

wing with the outer area suffused with pink; the cilia pink.

Hab. Shaik Othman, Arabia (Nurse). Exp. 18 mm.

EUBLEMMA ABRUPTA, WIk. xxxiii. 830.

Aden ; Lahej and Shaik Othman, Arabia.

SARROTHRIPIN A.

PLoTHEIA cuLtIs, Moore, Lep. E. I. C. p. 353, pl. 16. f. 8.

Aden.

Hypa PUERA, Cram. Pap. Exot. pl. 103. ff. D, E.

Aden.

CLETTHARRA MINORELLA, W1k, xxxv. 1730,

Aden,

1896.] MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND, 263

. KUTELIIN 2.

EKUTELIA DISCISTRIGA, Wk. xxxiii, 823.

Aden; Zaila, Somaliland.

GoNOPTERIN &,

CosMOPHILA MESOGONA, WIk. xiii. 1002.

Aden; Zaila, Somaliland.

CosMOPHILA SABULIFERA, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 404.

Gonitis propinqua, Butl. P. Z. S. 1884, p. 497.

Aden; Zaila, Somaliland.

CosMOPHILA EROSA, Hiibn. Zutr. Samm]. exot. Schmett. ii, 19,

ff. 287, 288.

Aden; Zaila, Somaliland.

CHURIA ARCUATA, WIk, xii, 779.

Zaila, Somaliland.

QUADRIFIN#.

Nycrrpao tatona, Cram, Pap. Exot. i. p. 20, pl. 13. f£. B.

Aden.

PoLYDESMA QUENAYVADI, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 438,

Aden.

PoLyDESMA VETUSTA, WIk, xxxiii. 875.

Aden.

MELIPOTIS ATROSIGNATA, Wlk. xv. 1770.

Aden.

MELIPOTIS YERBURYI, Butl. A. M. N.H. (6) x. p. 327.

Aden.

MELIPOTIS MELANODONTA, N. sp.

Head and thorax grey, irrorated with brown and black ; abdomen

brownish ochreous. Fore wing whitish, suffused with pale reddish

brown and irrorated with black ; an indistinct highly waved ante-

medial black line; an ill-defined lunulate discocellular mark ; traces

of two waved medial lines and of a minutely dentate postmedial

line excurved beyond cell, then bent inwards to the medial lines ;

a dentate submarginal line sending some dentate black marks

inwards; the marginal area rufous; a marginal series of black

strie ; cilia whitish, with three dark patches. Hind wing ochreous,

the outer area browner ; indistinct sinuous postmedial and curved

submarginal lines; cilia white.

Hab, Aden (Yerbury). Exp, 24 mm,

264 LORD. WALSINGHAM AND MR. G.F. HAMPSON ON [Feb.18,

GNAMPTONYX VILIS, WIk. xxxiii. 889.

Aden.

PsEUDOPHIA BENENOTATA, Warr. P. Z.S. 1888, p. 313.

Lahej and Shaik Othman, Arabia.

PsEUDOPHIA DEVIA, Swinh. P. Z. 8S. 1884, p. 520, p. 48. f. 3.

Aden; Lahej, Arabia.

PSEUDOPHIA INDECISA, W1k. xii. 829.

Aden.

PSEUDOPHIA OCHRIBASALIS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 31.)

Head and thorax ochreous; abdomen dirty white. Fore wing

with the basal third ochreous, the outer two-thirds fuscous; a

short waved subbasal line from costa with grey inside it; a post-

medial line excurved and sinuous between veins 6 and 3, with

ochreous on its outer edge and ochreous discocellular spot inside

it; traces of a dentate grey submarginal line arising from an

ochreous mark on costa; a marginal series of white specks; cilia

grey at tips. Hind wing semihyaline white, with fuscous marginal

band narrowing from costa to vein 2.

Hab. Aden (Yerbury, Nurse). Exp. g 22, 2 26 mm.

SPHINGOMORPHA CHLOREA, Cram. Pap. Exot. ii. pl. 104. f. C.

Sphingomorpha monteironis, Butl. A. M. N. H. (4) xvi. p. 406.

Aden.

OPHIUSA MELICERTE, Drury, Exot. Ins. i. p. 46, pl. 23. f. i.

Achea catella, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 247.

Aden; Zaila, Somaliland.

Larva a semilooper with broad blue-black dorsal line and paired

lateral creamy-white lines; food-plant Huphorbia systyla.

OpHivsa ALGIRA, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 836.

Aden.

HYPETRA LEUCOPTERA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 1.)

White, very slightly suffused with brown and irrorated with

fuscous. Fore wing with slightly sinuous curved antemedial

black line, with fuscous suffusion on its inner edge; a postmedial

black line slightly sinuous from costa to vein 4, then bent inwards

to below end of cell, and outwardly oblique to inner margin, its

outer edge with fuscous suffusion, broad in the sinus below middle ;

a subapical black spot and marginal series of specks. Hind wing

with slight postmedial and marginal fuscous suffusion.

Hab. Aden (Nurse). Exp. 28 mm.

PLECOPTERA REFLEXA, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 430.

Zaila, Somaliland. One female.

1896.] MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 265

REMIGIA REPANDA, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 2, 49, 133.

Remigia conveniens, W\k. xiv. 1507.

Aden.

‘“Remicia FRvGALIS, Fabr. Syst. Ent. vi. p. 601.

Aden; Shaik Othman, Arabia.

TRIGONODES HyPPasta, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. pl. 250, E.

Ophiusa anfractuosa, Boisd. Faun. Ent. Madag., Lép. p. 104

ple add..t. 6.

Trigonodes acutata, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 283.

Aden.

GRAMMODES sroLipA, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 599.

Aden ; Zaila, Somaliland.

ENTOMOGRAMMA NIGRICEPS, WIk. xy. 1595.

Lahej, Arabia.

THERMESIA RUBRICANS, Boisd. Faun. Ent. Madag., Lép. p. 106,

pl. 16. f. 1.

Lahej, Arabia; Zaila, Somaliland.

Homa CLaTHRUM, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 207.

Aden.

OPHIDERES MATERNA, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 840.

Aden.

PSEUDOCALPH VAGABUNDA, Swinh. P. Z.S. 1884, p. 519, pl.47. £.5.

Aden.

Puiusta ERI0soMA, Doubl. Dieffenbach’s New Zealand, ii. p. 285.

Zaila, Somaliland.

PLUSIA LIMBIRENA, Guen. Noct. ii. p. 350.

Aden.

Piusra NI, Hiibn. Noct. pl. 58. f. 284,

Aden.

Foorniin 2,

RAPARNA DIGRAMMA, WIk. xxxiv. 1170.

Aden ; Shaik Othman, Arabia; Zaila, Somaliland.

The common form of the species at Aden is the variety lactea,

but the typical form also occurs.

RaPaRNA IMPARATA, WIk. xv. 1777.

Magulaba mestalis, Wik. xxxiv. 1127.

Aden ; Zaila, Somaliland.

266 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR. G.F. HAMPSON ON’ [Feb. 18,

DELTOIDINA.

PsEUDAGLOSSA FUMOSA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 26.)

g. Palpi obliquely curved; antennz with long branches dimin-

ishing to apex. Pale brown, thickly irrorated with fuscous.

Fore wing with some fuscous at base of costa; traces of waved

antemedial and two medial dark lines ; a discocellular black lunule ;

a rather more defined postmedial waved line arising from a dark

spot on the costa and with traces of another line beyond it; a

marginal series of dark specks. Hind wing fuscous, with two dark

marks at anal angle. ;

Hab. Aden (Nurse). Exp. 18 mm.

HYPENA MASURIALIS, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 38.

Hypena obacerralis, Wik. xvi. 53.

Aden ; Zaila, Somaliland.

Hyprna LivipaLis, Hiibn. Samml. eur. Schmett., Pyr. ff. 11, 186.

Aden ; Zaila, Somaliland.

HYPENA ABYSSINIALIS, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 39.

Hypena jussalis, Wk. xvi. 52.

Aden ; Shaik Othman, Arabia; Zaila, Somaliland.

HyPEna opsiTais, Hiibn. Samml. eur. Schmett., Pyr. ff. 164-5.

Aden ; Shaik Othman, Arabia; Zaila, Somaliland.

LYMANTRIIDSA.

THIACIDAS VILIS, W]k. xxxii. 348.

Zaila, Somaliland.

Evuprocris FAscraTa, WIk., iv. 809.

Aden.

Larva highly urticating ; feeds on a creeper.

SATURNIIDS.

SaTURNIA OUBIE, Guérin, Voy. en Abyssinie, p. 387, pl. 12.

vii

Somaliland.

GEOMBTRIDA.

BoaRM1inz.

THPHRINA DISPUTARIA, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 489.

Tephrina sublimbata, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 502.

Aden; Shaik Othman, Arabia.

TEPHRINA CATALAUNARIA, Guen. Phal. ii. p. 108.

Aden ; Lahej and Shaik Othman, Arabia.

1896.] MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 267

ORSONOBA CLELIA, Cram. Pap. Exot. iii. p. 172, pl. 288. ff. B, C.

Shaik Othman, Arabia.

LARENTIIN 2.

Genus ACIDALIASTIS, nov.

Palpi minute and hardly reaching beyond the frons ; proboscis

absent ; antenne of male bipectinated ; hind tibiz with the medial

spurs absent. Fore’ wing with vein 2 from towards end of cell ;

4,5 from angle; 6 from above middle of discocellulars ; 7, 8, 9, 10

stalked, 7 being given off beyond 10, and 9 near the apex; 11

becoming coincident with 12. Hind wing with vein 2 from near

angle of cell; 3,4 from angle; 5 from middle of discocellulars; 6,

7 on a long stalk ; 8 anastomosing with the cell to near end of it.

ACIDALIASTIS MICRA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 20.)

Chalky white. Fore wing with oblique brown line from upper

angle of cell to inner margin; a prominent black discocellular

spot; an oblique slightly curved brown postmedial line. Hind

wing with postmedial black speck on inner margin ; both wings

with some marginal black specks.

Hab, Aden (Nurse). Exp. 10 mm,

ACIDALIINE.,

CRASPEDIA ACTUARIA, Wlk. xxii. 752.

Aden ; Lahej and Shaik Othman, Arabia.

Craspepia sacta, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 526, pl. 48. f. 12.

Aden.

AcmaLIA TESTACEA, Swinh. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 863, pl. 57. f. 15.

Aden.

EPHYRA RUFISTRIGATA, n.sp. (Plate X. fig. 3.)

Pale brownish ochreous ; antenne# with the shaft whitish ; wings

thickly marked with minute brown strie and irrorated with a few

dark scales ; a dark cell-speck and traces of postmedial and sub-

marginal lines. Underside thickly marked with pink strie and

with incomplete pink submarginal line.

Hab. Aden; Shaik Othman, Arabia (Nurse). Hap. 22 mm.

EMMILTIS NIGRESCENS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 2.)

3. Dark brown, irrorated with grey, white, and ochreous. Fore

wing with sinuous black antemedial line; a black discocellular spot

on an obscure line which is bent inwards below cell; a postmedial

line slightly bent outwards between veins 6 and 3, the area between

it and the medial line suffused with brown; a sinuous white sub-

marginal line with a more prominent and whiter sinus at middle

and dark suffusion on its inner edge. Hind wing browner, with

268 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON [Feb. 18,

black cell-specks and pale waved postmedial and submarginal lines;

both wings with fine black marginal line.

Hab. Aden (Yerbury, Nurse). Hap. 18 mm.

Allied to E. (Fidonia) megiaria, Oberth., and its Egyptian race

obscuraria, Beth.-Baker.

GHOMETRIN ZA.

NEMORIA SOLIDARIA, Guen. Phal. i. p. 348.

Shaik Othman and Lahej, Arabia.

NEMORIA PULVEREISPARSA, D.sp. (Plate X. fig. 27.)

9. Whitish, thickly irrorated and mottled with fuscous brown ;

both wings with indistinct discocellular spot and waved ante- and

postmedial lines. Underside whiter.

Hab. Aden. Exp. 22 mm.

Nemoria prrecta, Wlk. xxii. 535.

Aden.

EUCROSTIS DISPARATA, WIk. xxii. 567.

Aden.

SPHINGIDA.

Acuprontia styx, Westw. Cab. Or. Ent. p. 88, pl. 42. f. 3.

Aden ; rare.

PROTOPARCE CONVOLVULI, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 798.

Protoparce orventalis, Butl. Trans. Z. S. ix. p. 609.

Aden.

BastorHta MEDEA, Fabr. Spec. Ins. ii. p. 148.

Sphinw idricus, Drury, Il. Exot. Ins. iii. pl. 2. f. 2.

Aden.

Dapunis NeRI, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 798.

Aden. Larva green or orange. Food-plant Adenwm obesum.

DILEPHILA LivoRNICcA, Esp. Schmett. ii. pp. 87, 196, pl. 8. £. 4.

Aden. Larva on Berhavia elegans.

CH#ROCAMPA ALECTO, Linn, Syst. Nat. i. p. 802.

Aden; May, at flowers of Poinciana elata.

CH#ROCAMPA CELERIO, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 800.

Aden.

Larva black or green. Food-plant Boerhavia elegans.

Macrogtossa TRocHILUS, Hiibn. Samml. exot. Schmett. ii.

Shaik Othman, Arabia,

1896.] MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 269

Lopaura NANA, WIk. viii. 107.

Aden.

Larva various shades of green or pinkish ; a prominent white

lateral stripe with a yellowish stripe above it, and some of the

ground-colour between the two; some specimens with chocolate-

coloured dorsal snake-like markings. Food-plant Oldenlandia

schimpfert.

CEPHONODES HYLAS, Linn. Mant. p. 539.

Zaila, Somaliland.

PYRALIDSE.

GALERIIN &.

ACHR@A GRISELLA, Fabr. Ent. Syst. p. 289.

Aden.

CRAMBIN&.

EROMENE OCELLEA, Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 486.

Aden.

EROMENE PAVONIALIS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 28.)

Head grey; thorax white, finely mottled with black scales ;

abdomen pale, suffused with fuscous. Fore wing white, finely and

thickly mottled with black scales; traces of an erect antemedial

yellow line; a yellow band from lower angle of cell to inner margin,

with four black marks on it ; a yellow spot with some black scales

on it beyond the cell ; a postmedial whitish line excurved between

veins 6 and 4. Hind wing white, suffused with fuscous towards

outer margin ; a fuscous marginal line and a dark line through

the cilia.

Hab. Aden (Nurse). Ewp. 22 mm.

PLATYTES ICTHRICALIS, Swinh. P. Z.S. 1885, p. 876, pl. 57. £. 16.

Lahej, Arabia.

CRAMBUS LEUCOZONELLUS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 5.)

Q. Head white; thorax white and grey; abdomen white.

Fore wing grey ; the costa white, broadening to the subapical line;

a white fascia from base along median nervure dividing into three

branches towards outer margin, the lowest branch not reaching

the margin, a black marginal speck below each branch ; the inner

margin with diffused white on it; a rufous postmedial line angled

outwards on vein 6 and-inwards on vein 2, then bent inwards

to inner margin; two ferruginous lines across apex, the inner

becoming a sinuous submarginal line. Hind wing white.

Another specimen has the costa of fore wing grey; the medial

fascia much more diffused and its branches ill-defined.

Hab. Aden. Exp, 22 mm.

270 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR, G. F. HAMPSON ON [Feb. 18,

ANCYLOLOMIA CHRYSOGRAPHELLA, Koll. Hiig. Kasch. iv. p. 494.

Aden.

ANERASTIIN A.

ANERASTIA ABLUTELLA, Zell. Isis, 1839, p. 177.

Aden.

PoLyocHa DEPRESSELLA, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1885, p. 876, pl. 57. £. 5.

Aden ; Lahej, Arabia.

PoLYOCHA STRIGICOSTELLA, 0. sp.

Palpi of male with the 2nd joint hollowed out to receive the

brush-like maxillary palpi; antenne uniseriate, with a tuft of

black hair in the basal sinus ; fore wing with veins 4, 5 from cell ;

hind wing with vein 3 stalked with 4, 5.

Head, thorax, and abdomen grey, with an ochreous tinge. Fore

wing grey, all the veins defined by fine black streaks; a diffused

reddish-ochreous fascia below median nervure, and a short diffused

ochreous fascia on base of inner margin. Hind wing pure white.

Hab. Lahej, Arabia (Nurse). Exp. 26 mm.

PHYCITIN #.

EPHESTIA CAUTELLA, WIk. xxvii. p. 73.

Aden.

EPHESTIA ELUTELLA, Hiibn.

Aden.

HoM0soMA XANTHOTRICHA, Staud. Stett. e. Zeit. 1859, p. 226.

Lahej, Arabia.

HeErERoGRAPHIS YERBURII, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 502.

Aden.

HiTEROGRAPHIS UNIPUNCTELLA, n. sp.

Palpi of male with the 2nd joint hollowed out to contain the

brush-like maxillary palpi; frons with a rounded prominence ;

antenne ciliated.

Head and thorax grey and fuscous; abdomen with a rufous

tinge. Fore wing grey, thickly irrorated with fuscous ; an indistinct

dark antemedial line angled inwards in cell, then becoming white,

with a fulyous patch on its inner side becoming fuscous at inner

margin; a black speck at lower angle of.cell; a smuous dark sub-

marginal line outwardly defined by white, beyond which is a fuscous

patch at apex and a fulyous patch from vein 6 to inner margin.

Hind wing semihyaline white; the veins, marginal area, and a

line through the cilia brown.

Hab. Aden (Yerbury, Nurse); Punjab (Harford). Hap. 18 mm.

1896.] MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 271

H&TrEROGRAPHIS CARNIBASALIS, n. sp.

3. Maxillary palpi thickly scaled ; frons with a rounded pro-

minence ; antenne laminate.

Head and thorax rufous and grey; abdomen whitish. Fore

wing with the basal area rufous, deepening to the antemedial line,

which is straight, oblique, white, irrorated with black and inwardly

edged with black; the medial, costal, and outer areas irrorated with

pink-brown scales, the rest of the medial area diffused with olive-

brown; an oblique white postmedial line irrorated with black

seales. Hind wing whitish, suffused towards margin with pale

brown.

Hab. Aden (Nurse). Exp.12 mm.

HETEROGRAPHIS PRONIPHEA, 0. sp.

3. Maxillary palpi minute ; frons rounded; antenne ciliated.

Head grey ; thorax and abdomen pale rufous. Fore wing pale

rufous, suffused with vinous purple; the costal area white, irro-

rated with purple, and tapering to base and apex ; a white spot on

vein 1 before middle ; an indistinct straight whitish submarginal

line. Hind wing pale brown; the cilia white.

Hab. Aden (Nurse). Exp. 16 mm.

ANCYLOSIS NIGRITARSEA, 0. sp.

6. Antennz with slight sinus and roughened scales on base of

shaft.

Grey; palpi white, the extremity of 2nd and the 3rd joint

black ; legs white, the tarsi and extremity of hind tibie black;

abdomen with pale rings. Fore wing suffused and irrorated with

fuscous; the costal area white, irrorated with red scales, and

tapering to base and apex. Hind wing white, with pale brown

marginal line.

Hab. Shaik Othman, Arabia (Nurse). Hvp. 18 mm.

ANCYLOSIS FUSCOSPARSELLA, Zell.

Aden. Most of the specimens have vein 4 of the hind wing

given off just before the margin.

NEPHOPTERYX DIVISELLA, Dup. Lép. Fr., Suppl. iv. p. 126,

pl. 60. f. ix.

Aden.

NeEpHOPTERYX (THYLOCOPTILA) PAUROsEMA, Meyr. Ent. Mo.

Mag. 1885, p. 106.

Lahej and Shaik Othman, Arabia.

Nupuorreryx (SALHBRIA) METAMELANA, n.sp. (Plate X. fig. 7.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen grey, the last with the terminal

segments blackish in male. Fore wing grey, diffused and irrorated

with black ; the costal area whiter to the postmedial line ; a black

basal speck; an obliquely sinuous black antemedial line, with

272 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR, G. F. HAMPSON ON [Feb. 18,

ochreous band on its inner edge, inside which is sometimes a

black spot below median nervure ; the two discocellular black

specks sometimes conjoined into a lunule and with an ochreous

and black mark on costa above them; a submarginal sinuous

black line, with ochreous band on its outer edge and diffused black

patch beyond it on costa. Hind wing white; both wings with

fine black and ochreous marginal line, most prominent on fore

wing, which has two fine dark lines through the cilia. Underside

of male with a jet-black spot at base of costa of hind wing.

Hab. Aden (Nurse). Exp. 20 mm.

NEPHOPTERYX (SALEBRIA) NIGRISTRIATA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 22.)

dg. Head and thorax white, irrorated with black; abdomen

brownish. Fore wing white irrorated with black, the inner area

tinged with ochreous; a short black streak below the base of

costa; a long streak below median nervure and a short streak on

median nervure; an antemedial black line running out to an acute

angle to lower angle of cell, then interrupted; postmedial black

streaks on subcostals and veins 6, 5, and 1; a double submarginal

black line slightly excurved at middle. Hind wing ochreous white,

Underside with a jet-black spot on base of costa of fore wing.

Hab. Aden (Nurse). Hep. 14 mm.

PHYCITA PHENICOCRASPIS, 0. sp.

$. Palpi with the second joint hollowed out to receive the

maxillary palpi, which are triangular aud flattened against the

frons ; antennz with a sinus at base of shaft containing a ridge of

large scales.

Head and thorax grey, irrorated with a few pink scales ; abdo-

men white. Fore wing fuscous, thickly irrorated with white and

pink scales ; a white costal fascia thickly irrorated with pink from

before middle to near apex; anill-defined brown antemedial band ;

an indistinct medial line excurved at middle; a brown patch at

lower angle of cell; a submarginal sinuous line with a brown

patch on its inner side. Hind wing iridescent hyaline white, with

fuscous marginal line and line through the cilia.

Hab. Aden (Yerbury). Exp. 20mm.

Larva gregarious ; yellow with black bands; much infested by

Ichneumons; feeds on a prickly shrub.

PHYCITA POTERIELLA, Zell. Isis, 1846, p. 743.

Aden.

Eprcrocis (CANDIOPE) JOANNISELLA, Rag. Nouv. Gen. Phye.

p- 14; Mon. Phye. pl. 10. f. 12.

Aden.

Epricrocis (CANDIOPE) ERUBESCENS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 30.) .

3. Differs from Z. joannisella in being suffused with pink. Fore

wing with the first line more medial and with a dark patch before

1896.] MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND, 73

it above inner margin, and a triangular diffused pale patch beyond

it embracing the discocellular spot and without streaks on the

veins ; marginal band pink, with a series of dark marginal specks.

2. Abdomen marked with brown and black; fore wing without

the postmedial pale costal patch.

Hab. Aden (Nurse). Exp. 3 16, 2 18 mm.

ETIELLA ZINCKENELLA, Treit. Schmett. Eur. ix. p. 201.

Aden,

PYRALINE.

PYRALIS OBSOLETALIS, Mann. Wien. ent. Mon. 1864, p. 179.

Aden.

CoysTaNTIA VULGARIS, Butl. P. Z. S. 1881, p. 621.

Shaik Othman, Arabia.

Constantia (ZONORA) RUFIMARGINALIS, n. sp.

¢. Head and thorax pale red-brown and grey ; abdomen pale.

Fore wing pale red-brown irrorated with black, which is thickest

on disc and before the postmedial minutely dentate white line,

which is angled outwards on vein 6, then curved to vein 2; the

outer area somewhat more rufous, with a diffused dark subapical

spot and dark marginal line. Hind wing pale brown, suffused with

fuscous.

Hab. Lahej, Arabia (Nwse). Exp. 20 mm.

ScHENOBIINZ,

TuHyRipoPHora FuRIA, Swinh. P. Z. 8, 1884, p. 519, pl. 47. £.13.

Aden.

HyYDROCAMPIN &.

AULACODES PERIBOCALIS, WIk. xvii. p. 446.

Aden. /

DuponcHELiA FOVEALIS, Zell. Isis, 1847, p. 588.

Shaik Othman, Arabia.

PYRAUSTIN &.

ZINCKENIA FASCIALIS, Cram. Pap. Exot. iv. pl. 398. f. O.

Aden ; Shaik Othman, Arabia; Zaila, Somaliland.

NAcOLEIA VULGALIS, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 202, pl. 6. f. 8.

Lahej, Arabia.

BocoHoRis ONYCHINALIS, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 205, pl. 6, £.9.

Aden.

Proc. Zoou. Soc,—1896, No, XVIII. 18

274 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR. G.F. HAMPSON ON [Feb. 18,

BoccHoris INSPERSALIS, Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 33.

Desmia afflictalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 191, pl. 5. f. 4,

Aden ; Zaila, Somaliland.

MARASMIA TRAPEZALIS, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 200.

Lahej, Arabia; Zaila, Somaliland.

PaGyDA TRADUCALIS, Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 54.

Aden.

GLYPHODES UNIONALIS, Hiibn. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 132.

Margarodes transvisalis, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 304.

Aden.

GuiyPHopEs inpIcA, Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1851, p. 163.

Aden.

HELLULA UNDALIS, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iii. 2, p. 226.

Aden; Shaik Othman, Arabia.

CrocrpoLomia BINoTALIS, Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 65.

Shaik Othman and Lahej, Arabia.

THGOSTOMA COMPARALIS, Hiibn. Verz. p. 347.

Aden.

TEGOSTOMA BIPARTALIS, 0. sp.

Head and thorax yellowish white, with brown stripe on vertex ;

abdomen pale fuscous. Fore wing very pale yellow, with diffused

pale olive-brown stripes on basal half; the outer area leaden grey

with a reddish suffusion, its inner edge oblique. Hind wing

fuscous, with traces of broad darker marginal band.

Hab. Aden (Yerbury, Nurse). Exp, 14 mm.

APORODES FLORALIS, Hiibn. Eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 142.

Aden.

APORODES ALBILINEALIS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 4.)

Grey-brown; abdomen whitish. Fore wing with straight erect

medial white line; a discocellular white line with black speck on

it at lower angle of cell and two white specks above it on costa; a

submarginal white line angled outwards on vein 6, then incurved ;

a speck on costa near apex and marginal line. Hind wing whitish,

with brown suffusion on apical area; a fine marginal dark line and

line at base of cilia.

Hab. Aden (Nurse). Exp. 18 mm.

MEcYNA POLYGONALIS, Hiibn. Schmett. Eur., Pyr. p. 409, pl. 4.

f. 2.

Mecyna deprivalis, Wik. xix. 806.

Shaik Othman, Arabia.

1896.] MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 275

Noorpa Fussauis, Swinh. P. Z. S. 1886, p. 459, pl. 41. f. 13.

Aden.

Noorpa BLITEALIs, W1k. xix. 979.

Aden.

ANTIGASTRA CATALAUNALIS, Dup. Lép. Fr. viii. p. 330, pl. 232.

£. 8.

Aden ; Lahej, Arabia.

NoMOPHILA NocrugLLA, Schiff. Wien. Verz. p. 136.

Aden.

PACHYZANCLA MuTUALIS, Zell. Lep. Caffr. p. 40.

Zaila, Somaliland.

Pygausta ARABICA, Butl. P. Z. S. 1884, p. 500.

Aden.

PYRAUSTA PHENICHALIS, Hiibn. Verz. p. 348.

Lahej, Arabia; Zaila, Somaliland.

PYRAUSTA INCOLORALIS, Guen. Delt. & Pyr. p. 333.

Spilodes nitetisalis, Wk. xviii. 773.

Aden; Shaik Othman, Arabia; Zaila, Somaliland.

PYRAUSTA P@DIUSALIS, Wk. xviii. 788.

Aden.

PYRAUSTA INGLORIALIS, Zell., ? MS.

Shaik Othman, Arabia.

Gen. APLECTROPUS, nov.

Palpi porrect, triangularly scaled, the 3rd joint hidden by hair ;

maxillary palpi filiform; frons rounded ; antenn# of male ciliated ;

mid and hind tibie with the terminal spurs minute, the medial

spurs absent. Fore wing short and broad, the apex rounded;

veins 3, 4,5 from angle of cell; 7 straight and well separated

from 8, 9. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell; 5 from

above angle ; 6, 7 from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8 almost

to apex.

APLECTROPUS LEUCOPIS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 10.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen black-brown, irrorated with grey ;

tarsi pure white. Fore wing reddish brown, irrorated and suffused

with fuscous ; a curved dark antemedial line; a prominent round

white discocellular spot; a black line from costa near apex with

white beyond it below apex, running out to the margin between

276 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR. G. F. HAMPSON ON [Feb. 18,

veins 5 and 2, then recurved almost to lower angle of cell, and with

grey in the sinus. Hind wing fuscous, with rufous marginal band

defined by a black line and narrowing to anal angle.

Hab. Aden (Yerbury, Nurse). Exp. 12-18 mm.

Evrycrnon NupALIs, Hiibn. Samml. eur. Schmett., Pyr. f. 90.

Aden; Shaik Othman and Huswah, Arabia.

EURYCREON ALBIFASCIALIS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 29.)

©. Head and thorax dark brown and grey with a cupreous

tinge; abdomen white suffused with fuscous. Fore wing cupreous

brown, irrorated with grey ; a white fascia from base below median

nervure and vein 2 to end of cell; a quadrate white spot in end of

cell, with a series of three streaks beyond it, running obliquely to

costa near apex ; the outer margin pale. Hind wing white, suffused

with pale fuscous and brown; a dark marginal line.

Hab. Aden (Nurse). Eup. 22 mm.

Dosara PALMALIS, Swinh. P. Z.S. 1884, p. 525, pl. 48. f. 11.

Aden.

MBETASIA PROFANALIS, WIk. xxxiv. 1403.

Aden.

LIMACODIDGE.

PaRASA FULVI-CORPUS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 12.)

3. Head pale yellow; collar, patagia, and metathorax fringed

with deep fulvous; thorax blue-green ; abdomen pale yellow, dorsum

deep fulvous. Fore wing blue-green, the costa pale yellow. Hind

wing pale yellow.

Hab, Aden (Nurse). Exp. 22 mm.

LasSIOCAMPIDA.

TARAGAMA ACACLH, Klug, Ehren. Symb. Phys. pl. ix.

Shaik Othman, Arabia.

Cossip&

ERxuMOCOSSUS PROLEUCA, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 24.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen white with slight fuscous tinge.

Fore wing brown, with broad white costal fascia hardly reaching

apex; a white fascia from base of inner margin to middle of vein 1;

an oblique white band from outer margin below apex, expanding

into a large patch on disc, reaching middle of median nervure.

Hind wing white.

Hab. Aden (Yerbury, Nurse), up. 22-32 mm,

The larva feeds on Acacia.

1896. ] MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 277

SESIIDS.

Genus CRINIPUS, nov.

Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head, the 2nd joint

moderately fringed in front, the 3rd short; proboscis present ;

antenne of male with minute fascicles of cilia; mid and hind

tibize with medial and terminal tufts of hair; hind tarsi with the

Ist joint tnfted. Fore wing with veins 2 and 3 closely approxi-

mated from angle of cell; 4,5, 6 at intervals; 7,8 stalked. Hind

wing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell or shortly stalked ; 5 absent;

6 from below upper angle.

Allied to Aschistophleps and Oligophlebia, Hmpsn.

CRINIPUS LEUCOZONIPUS, n. sp. (Plate X. fig. 21.)

Head, thorax, and abdomen black; palpi in front, frons, and a

line behind the eyes white; tibie, tarsi, and 4th segment of abdo-

men banded with white ; some grey scales on Ist and last abdominal

segments. Wings hyaline, the veins black; fore wing with black

margins and discocellular band ; both wings with the cilia brown.

Hab. Aden (Yerbury, Nurse). Exp. 14 mm.

PTrEROPHORIDS.

TRicHoPritus, Wlsm.

TRICHOPTILUS OXYDACTYLUS, Wkr.

Pterophorus oxydactylus, Wkr. Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. xxx. 944

1864)’.

Aciptilia oxydactyla, W\sm. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 885 (1886) *.

Pterophorus oxydactylus, Moore, Lep. Cey]l. iii. p. 528-9, pl. 209.

16 (1887) °; Swinh. & Cotes, Cat. Moths Ind. p. 669. no. 4549

(1889) *.

[?=Trichoptilus centetes, Meyr. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1886, p. 16-

17°; 1887, p. 266°; Wlsm. P. Z. S. 1891, p. 494-5 (1892) 7.]

Imago. 15 II.—9 III. (Yerbury, Nurse), 1X.,? [? X1.°), XII.’

Hab. Ceylon** ; India—Poona’*, Bombay*; 8S.W. Arabia—Aden

(Yerbury, Nurse); Lahej (Yerbury, Nurse) ; [? New Guinea—Port

Moresby °; ? Queensland °; ? West Indies—St. Vincent "].

TORTRICIDS.

OLETHREUTIN2.

PaMMENE, Hb.

PAMMENE PHARAONANA, Killr.

Grapholitha pharaonana, Kllr. Wien. ent. Monats. ii. p. 154-8,

pl. v. 1-5 (1858)'.

Grapholitha, sp., Frfld. Ver. z.-b. Ges. Wien, ix. Abh. p. 321-3,

pl. vi. 1, pl. vii. 2 (1859),

278 LORD WALSINGHAM AND MR. G. F., HAMPSON ON [Feb. 18,

Grapholitha pharaonana, Ld.Wien. ent. Mon. iii. p. 339 (1859) *;

iv. p. 157-8 (1860) *.

Grapholita pharaonana, Wkr. Cat. Lep. Ins. B. M. xxvii. p. 266

(1863) °.

Larva in galls on Tamarix articulata, XII."

Imago. I1.', 20 II. (Yerbury).

Hab. Egypt—Cairo', Alexandria’ ; 8S.W. Arabia—Shaik Othman

(Yerbury).

The specimen collected by Col. Yerbury has the hind wings

slightly darker than in Egyptian specimens.

GELECHIAD2.

Srrotroga, Hein.

SrrorROGA CERBALELLA, Oliv.

Sitotroga cerealella, Oliv.; Stgr. & Wk. Cat. 296, no. 2009 (1871).

Hab. Europe, N. America, Australia, Canaries. S.W. Arabia—

Aden, 18 III. 1895 (Nurse).

GutncHta, Hb.

GELECHIA MOLITOR, Wlsm., sp. n.

Antenne meal-white, faintly annulated.

Palpi somewhat flattened, closely clothed, recurved laterally to

above the head; apical joint shorter than thes econd, gradually

tapering but not slender; meal-white.

Head and thorax meal-white.

Fore wings elongate, lanceolate towards the apex; meal-white

with some indication of a darker shade above the base of the fold,

a slight greyish shade spot at the end of the cell and some very

faint greyish shade spots around the termen at the base of the costal

and terminal cilia, which are also meal-white. Ewp. al. 14 mm.

Hind wings somewhat iridescent, greyish white; cilia mealy

white.

Abdomen mealy whitish.

Legs mealy white.

Type, 3-

Hab, Aden, 12 IV. 1895 (one specimen, Nurse).

AwnarsiA, Z.

ANARSIA ACACIZ, Wlsm., sp. n.

Antenne greyish.

Palpi brownish fuscous externally, but with the anterior margin

hoary white.

Head hoary whitish.

Thorax greyish.

Fore wings hoary greyish, with numerous short longitudinal

streaks of greyish fuscous intermixed with lighter and darker

shades of the ground-colour: of these the more conspicuous are

1896.] MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 279

one at the base of the fold and one along the upper edge of the

outer half of the fold, another at the lower edge of the discal cell

beyond the middle, almost joining a more slender one beyond it,

which nearly attains the termen; on the middle of the costa is a

short oblique greyish-fuscous shade; cilia greyish, tending to

ochreous along their base at the tornus, with slender darker lines

running through them. Underside shining pale greyish; ¢ with

a conspicuous tuft of jet-black hairs arising near the base of the

dorsum. LEvp. al. 13 mm.

Hind wings shining, somewhat iridescent, bluish grey: cilia

greyish ochreous. Underside shining pale greyish.

Abdomen greyish, inclining to ochreous at the base.

Legs pale greyish ochreous, with faintly spotted hind tarsi.

Type, 3 Q.

Hab. 8.W. Arabia—Aden (8 specimens, Yerbury, Nurse) ; Africa

—Algeria (one specimen, Coll. Ragonot).

Larva in seed-pods of Acacia edgworthti—excl. 7-23, III.

(Yerbury) ; Acacia farnesiana (Ragonot ‘No. 1137, Wlsm. 1894”).

I first received an example of this species for examination from

my late friend Monsieur E. Ragonot, who called my attention to

the peculiar tuft of black hair-scales on the underside of the fore

wing of the ¢. He had received it from Algeria bred from Acacia

farnesiana, but I am not aware that he had published any descrip-

tion of it before his death, although I told him that I quite agreed

with him in regarding it as a new species.

ELACHISTIDA.

Lavirna, Crt.

LAVERNA GAMBIELLA, Wlsm.

Laverna gambiella, Wism. Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1891, p. 117,

pl. v. 54 (1891).

Hab. W. Africa—Gambia!; S.W. Arabia—Aden, 12 IV. 1895

(Nurse).

Scyturis, Hb.

=§ Buratts, Tr.

SoyTHRIs ocHEHA, Wlsm., sp. n.

Antenne pale ochreous.

Palpi pale brownish ochreous.

Head and thorax pale brownish ochreous.

Fore wings and cilia unicolorous pale brownish ochreous, the

latter becoming slightly paler at the tornus.

Hind wings cinereous ; cilia brownish ochreous. Exp. al. 13mm.

Abdomen greyish.

Legs pale greyish ochreous.

Type, 2.

Hab. Aden, 21 IIT. 1895 (two specimens, Nurse).

Allied to Butalis subeburnea, Wlsm.

280 LORD WAISINGHAM AND MR. G, F. HAMPSON ON’ [Feb. 18,

Erermocnra, Z.

ERETMOCERA FASCIATA, Wlsm., sp. n.

Antenne greyish fuscous.

Palpi dusky greyish.

Head and thorax bronzy greyish fuscous.

Fore wings bronzy greyish fuscous; with a straight, transverse,

pale whitish ochreous fascia before the middle, followed by a dorsal

spot before the tornus and a rather larger costal spot of the same

colour before the commencement of the cilia; some faint whitish

ochreous speckling on the wing-surface ; cilia brownish grey, with

a few eeneous scales along their base. Exp. al. 9 mm.

Hind wings dark grey ; cilia with a slightly brownish tinge.

Abdomen at the extreme base with a whitish ochreous band and

a dark purplish patch below it, the remainder rich reddish orange ;

the anal segments dark purptish fuscous,

Legs dark purple, with pale whitish ochreous bands at the joints ;

spurs pale whitish ochreous.

Type, 3.

Hab. Somaliland—Zaila, 2 VI. 1895 (Nurse) ; Arabia—Shaik

Othman, 21 IV. 1895 (Nurse): two specimens.

PLUTELLIDS.

Proureia, Schrk.

PLUTELLA CRUCIFERARUM, Z., Stgr. & Wk. Cat. pp. 281 & 425,

no. 1626 (1871).

Hab. (cosmopolitan). S.W. Arabia—Aden, 12 IV. 1894 (Nurse).

TINEIDG.

TINEIN A,

TricHoPpHaGa, Rag.

TRICHOPHAGA SWINHOEI, Butl.

Tinea swinhoei, Butl. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 502-3",

N. syn.=Trichophaga coprobiella, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr. lxiii.

p- 120-4, figg. (1894) *.

Larva in hair-tubes in camels’ dung, feeding on hair®; dogs’

dung, 7 I1.—23 II. (Verbury).

Imago. 6, 1.2, 24 I1.—8 IV. (Yerbury).

Hab. N.E. Africa—Obok (Gulf of Tajurah)?; S.W. Arabia—

Aden *(Yerbury), Little Aden (Yerbury), Shaik Othman ( Yerbury).

Monsieur Ragonot created the genus Trichophaga to include

the three species tapetzella, L., abruptella, W|stn. (=bipartitella,

Rag.), and coprobiella, making the latter the type. Some specimens

received from Col. Yerbury, bred from larve feeding in the dung

of dogs (and I am informed also in that of the hyena) at Aden,

caused me to compare coprobiella (of which I have a co-type) with

1896.] MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. 281

swinhoei, Btl. Their better condition proves them to be the same,

and unites Ragonot’s and Butler’s names as synonyms. The

habit of feeding on hair, which caused Ragonot to give it the name

Trichophaga, is supported by additional evidence in the case of

Col. Yerbury’s larve, for the excrement is naturally charged

with the hair of various animals forming the food of the dog or of

the hyzna, and the tubes or cases formed by the larve, which

project from the dry substance, are very similar to those which

Ragonot received with his specimens. It would be curious to

ascertain whether our common 7’, tapetzella has ever been found

feeding in the dry casts of owls or in the excrement of cats or other

animals, or forming tubes among these substances, where the

conditions would be somewhat similar to those which conduce

to this habit in the case of Butler’s species. T’. tapetzella has been

observed in great abundance on palings in the neighbourhood of

Brandon, where “ furrier’s waste ” (the trimmings of rabbits’ skins)

is much used for manuring the fields, and where I have also taken

Monopis imella, Hb., very commonly.

It is very remarkable that the peculiar neuration of 7. tapetzella,

a species described so long ago as 1758, should have remained

unnoticed until the attention of my late friend was called to it in

examining the structure of this African and Asiatic species. It

seems to form a good generic distinction, at present including only

three described species.

TRICHOPHAGA ABRUPTELLA, W]stn.

Tinea abruptella,Wistn. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3 s.) i. 120 (1858)';

Wkr. Cat. Lp. Ins. B. M. xxx. 1003 (1864) *.

Tinea bipartitella, Rag. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1892, p. lxxxii*.

Tinea tapetzella, Rbl. Ann. k.-k. Hofmus. vii. 268-9, 283

(1893)*; ix. 17 (1894)*.

Trichophaga bipartitella, Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. Imi. 122-4

(1894) °.

Trichophaga abruptella, Wism. P. Z. S. 1894, 5417.

Hab. Madeiras**—Porto Santo***; Canaries—Gran Canaria**;

Tunis—Gabés**; Egypt’; Somaliland—Zaila, 21 Y. 1895 (Nurse) ;

S.W. Arabia— Aden, 30 IV. 1895 (Nurse).

Trnzona, H.-S.

TINEOLA THNLECORNIS, Wlsm., sp. n.

Antenne stout, flattened horizontally ; pale ochreous.

Palpi pale ochreous.

Head brownish above ; face rusty ochreous.

Thorax shining pale ochreous.

Fore wings shining pale ochreous ; slightly darkened at the base

of the costa; cilia the colour of the wings. vp. al. 16 mm.

Hind wings greyish ochreous; cilia the same.

Type, d+

Hab, Aden, 14 III. (one specimen, Ferbury).

282 ON MOTHS FROM ADEN AND SOMALILAND. [Feb. 18,

This species differs from all hitherto described species of Tineola

in the form of the antennz, which are much stouter and more

distinctly flattened than in biselliella, Humm., which it also exceeds

in size. This form of antenna attains its greatest development in

Ceylon.

PurHoropea, Wlsm., g.n.

(¢Boporords = causing injury.)

Type. Phthoropea carpella, W1sm.

Antenne less than the length of the fore wings, simple.

Labial palpi porrect, somewhat thickly clothed, apical joint

concealed.

Maxillary palpi minute.

Haustellum apparently obsolete.

Ocelli ?

Head and face roughly clothed with projecting hair-scales.

Thorax smooth.

Fore wings elongate, somewhat lanceolate, costa straight, apex

depressed. Neuwration 11 veins (7 and 8 coincident), the rest

separate; 9 and 10 almost anastomosed before the costa; the fork

at the base of vein | apparently obsolete.

Hind wings almost 1, somewhat triangular, tapering to a narrow

point, abdominal angle developed. Neuration 8 veins, all separate.

Legs: hind tibie somewhat hairy.

PHTHOROP@A CARPELLA, Wlsm., sp. n.

Antenne greyish ochreous.

Palpi brownish fuscous.

Head and face ferruginous.

4 horax bronzy fuscous, with two pale longitudinal streaks.

Fore wings bronzy brownish fuscous, with a paler streak along

the dorsum and with three or four tufts of slightly raised scales

showing a little darker than the ground-colour; the first on the

middle of the fold with a smaller one above it on the disc, a second

towards the end of the fold and another at the end of the cell;

a dark fuscous line runs along the termen and another along the

ends of the cilia, which have a tendency to give an uncate appear-

ance to the apex. Ewp.al. g 12 mm., 2? 16 mm.

Hind wings shining pale bronzy grey ; the cilia, which are very

long about the abdominal angle, are slightly paler. Underside

shining bronzy grey, slightly paler than the fore wings.

Abdomen pale greyish ochreous, with two dark lateral spots at

the base beneath.

Legs greyish ochreous, hind tarsi faintly speckled; anterior legs

fuscous externally.

Type, 3.

Hab. Aden (three specimens, Yerbury, Nurse).

Larva in fruit of Solanum, sp. (Yerbury) ; in seed-pods of Acacia

edgworthii (Nurse).

EC. Knight delet lth. West, Newman chromo

Lepidoptera from Arabia & Somal-land

ee. ee ee

1896.] ON THE METALLIC COLOURS OF BIRDS. 283

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig.1. Hypetra leucoptera, p. 264. Fig. 16. Jolaus nursei, 3, p. 251.

2. Emmiltis nigrescens, p. 267. 17. Pupa of Teracolus halimede,

8. Ephyra rufistrigata, p. 267. pp. 246, 253.

4. Aporodes albilinealis, p. 274, 18. Pupa of Teracolus pleione,

5. Crambus leucozonellus, p. 269. p. 245.

6. Eublemma ecthemata, p. 262. 19. Eublemma seminivea, p. 262.

7. Nephopteryxr metamelana, 20. Acidaliastis micra, p- 267.

p. 271. 21. Crinipus leucozonipus, p. 277.

8. Heliothis pictifascia, p. 259. | 22. Nephopteryx nigristriata,

9. Xanthoptera mesozona, p. 261. p. 272.

10. Aplectropus leucopis, p. 275. 23. Archinola pyralidia, p. 259.

11. Metachrostis atribasalis, 24. Hremocossus proleuca, p. 276.

p- 261. 25. Spilosoma arabicum, p. 258.

12. Parasa fulvi-corpus, p. 276. 26. Pseudaglossa fumosa, p. 266.

13, Pupa of Teracolus phisadia, 27. Nemoria pulvereisparsa, p. 268.

pp. 245, 252. 28. Hromene pavonialis, p. 269.

14, Pupa of Teracolus yerburii, 29. Hurycreon albifascialis, P. 276.

pp. 246, 254. 30. Hpicrocis erubescens, p. 272.

15. Pupa of Teracolus protomedia, 31. Pseudophia aclirtboici, p- 264.

p- 256.

83. Observations on the Metallic Colours of the Trochilide

and the Nectariniide. By Miss Marion I. Newsiern,

B.Sc.!

Received January 13, 1896.

(Plates XI. & XIL)

The metallic colours of birds form a subject of great interest,

and one, moreover, which has not yet been fully investigated.

The great interest of the subject lies in the fact that metallic

colour in birds is often almost entirely confined to the male sex.

Tf the colours and ornaments of the male sex are, as Wallace and

others have maintained, an expression of his greater “ vitality and

growth-power,” it may reasonably be asked why this vitality

should so frequently express itself in structural colour, which can

hardly be supposed to have much physiological importance.

Although the present paper does not profess to attack the problem

of the origin in the physiological processes of the individual of

these colours, yet it is hoped that some of the points discussed

may ultimately prove of service in the solution of this problem.

The families of the Humming-birds and Sun-birds were chosen

for two reasons. In the first place, both families include species or

genera exhibiting metallic colouring of extraordinary brilliancy,

and also other genera and species which are devoid of all metallic

colouring. In the second place, the two families present marked,

if superficial, points of resemblance, although systematists are all

agreed in separating them very widely. On this account it was

thought that a detailed comparison of their colouring would disclose

facts of interest.

1 Communicated by F. E. Bupparp, F.R.S.

284 MISS NEWBIGIN ON THE [Feb. 18,

First, as to the distribution of metallic colours in the two

families—In the Sun-birds, the metallic tints are usually, though

not invariably, confined to the male sex, and this in spite of the

fact that the nests are domed. In the male, brilliant patches of

colour frequently occur on the upper surface of the head and on

the throat. Rather less frequently the contour-feathers of both

the upper and lower surface show metallic tints (e. g., Nectarinia

famosa). On the other hand the rectrices very frequently show a

longitudinal band of colour, or, more rarely, the central two may

be wholly metallic (e. g., thopyga seherie). The tail-coverts are

frequently metallic, the wing-coverts only rarely so, and the wing-

quills hardly ever show any metallic colouring. Thus, in general,

the metallic tints occur on the feathers in two ways. There may

be a broad transverse band of metallic colour occupying the whole

of the visible part of the feather; this occurs especially on the

head and throat, more rarely on the genera] contour-feathers.

Again, the metallic tinting may occur as a longitudinal band of

varying width at the edges of the feather; this is especially seen

in the rectrices, more rarely in the case of the greater wing-

coverts. In some cases these longitudinal bands may become so

much widened as to oceupy the whole of the feather: this seems

only to occur in the central rectrices.

As to the range of metallic colour in Sun-birds, it is readily seen

that the commonest metallic colours are green, blue, and violet ; a

reddish violet is more uncommon, and a pure bronze-red and a golden

yellow seem both to be absent. This last point is of interest in

view of the fact that red and yellow (lipochrome) pigments are

very widely spread in the family.

In Humming-birds metallic tints occur in both sexes, but are

usually more brilliant in the male. They very frequently occur

on the general contour-feathers, the colour being then often a

bronze-green, which is not sharply confined to a transverse band,

but fades away gradually behind. The metallic colours which are

especially characteristic of Humming-birds, however, occur, as is

well known, in patches of extraordinary brilliancy either on the

head as a crest, or on the lower surface, especially of the throat.

The feathers forming these patches are peculiarly modified, and

may display any of the colours of the spectrum including ruby-red

and golden-yellow—the colours which are so markedly absent

from the metallic feathers of Sun-birds. The rectrices of

Humming-birds not infrequently display metallic colour, which

may be distributed over the whole feather or may be limited to a

transverse band near the tip. Longitudinal bands of metallic

colour such as those of the Sun-birds do not seem to occur.

Pigmental colours among Humming-birds are not remarkable

for brightness of tint, being usually shades of grey or dull brown.

The only marked exception is the colour called by systematists

“rich chestnut” or “ cinnamon,” which is often limited to the

males, as for example in Eustephanus fernandensis g. In this

connection it may be noticed that not only are metallic tints

1896. ] METALLIC COLOURS OF BIRDS. 285

almost invariably absent from the wings, but where, as in the

above species, the male as compared with the female is charac-

terized by the development of a special pigmental colour, this

pigment is entirely absent from the wing-quills, though present

in the wing-coverts.

Having thus described some of the special peculiarities of

distribution of the metallic tints of the two families, it may be

well to consider what is known as to this kind of colouring. The

most important paper is that of Gadow (“The Coloration of

Feathers as affected by Structure,’ Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882,

pp- 409-421, 2 pls.; see also Bronn’s ‘ Thierreich,’ Bd. vi, Abt. iv.

S. 575-584); but more recently there has been published a re-

search from the physicist’s standpoint (‘Die Oberfliichen- oder

Schillerfarben,’ von B. Walter: Braunschweig, vi+122 pp.,

8 figs. 1 pl., 1895). Gadow distinguishes metallic colours as

subjective, and thus contrasted with objective unchanging structural

colours such as the green of many Parrots’ feathers. He examined

numerous feathers showing metallic colour, and found that all

looked black when the eye was placed in the plane of the feather

between the light and the feather, and also when the feather was

placed under a similar condition between the eye and the light.

In intermediate positions certain of the colours of the spectrum

could be observed in the order in which they appear in the

spectrum. Thus a feather which when looked at from above is

green, when successively moved through the positions named

above, shows the colours black, green, blue, violet, black; while a

red feather would usually show a greater, and a blue a less range

of colour. Further, on examining certain metallic feathers micro-

scopically, Gadow found that “in any metallic feather the metallic

colour is confined to the radii which are entirely devoid of cilia,

and consist of a series of variously shaped compartments which

overlap one another like the tiles of a roof.”' The direct physical

cause of the colour Gadow considers to be the transparent sheath

of keratin which covers the compartments, and which according

to him acts like a series of prisms. Such metallic radii always

contain blackish-brown pigment (melanin).

Gadow’s theory that the metallic colour of birds’ feathers is

due to the dispersion of white light by prisms is strongly opposed

by Walter (op. ct.) on physical grounds. Walter holds that all

the structural colours of animals are “ Schillerfarben.” He does

not appear to distinguish between Gadow’s subjective and objective

colours, but compares the pigments of the coloured tissues to such

colouring-matters as fuchsin and “ diamond-green.” This analogy

hardly seems to be compatible with our present knowledge of the

melanin pigments in birds, but the question is not one which

directly affects the present discussion.

Returning to Gadow’s description of metallic feathers, it is

obvious that if the type described by him is of universal occurrence,

1 A similar statement in the article ‘“ Colour” in Newton’s ‘ Dictionary of

Birds’ is qualified by the words “as a rule,” but no details are given,

286 MISS NEWBIGIN ON THE [Feb. 18,

then metallic quill-feathers must be useless for purposes of flight.

Owing to the absence of cilia, the barbules are wholly unconnected,

and so can offer little resistance to the air. The unconnected

nature of the barbules may frequently be observed in metallic

feathers by the unaided eye, ¢.g., in the feathers of the Peacock.

In confirmation of the belief that such metallic feathers must be

useless for purposes of flight, we find that the long metallic

feathers of the Peacock or Quezal are not the tail-quills, but

merely the tail-coverts, and that the wing-quills in both cases are

non-metallic. While endeavouring to continue this chain of

reasoning, however, the writer was struck by the fact that in

Humming-birds, where the power of flight is so marked, not

only are the rectrices frequently metallic, but they displayed a

closeness of texture which seemed incompatible with Gadow’s state-

ment that ciliz are always absent from the radii of metallic

feathers. The metallic feathers of Sun-birds, on the other hand,

show always a certain looseness of texture as compared with the

non-metallic. On examining the respective feathers of Sun-birds

and Humming-birds microscopically, it was found that marked

differences exist between them.

We will first describe a purple metallic feather of the Sun-bird

Cinnyris amethystina. When examined by the unaided eye (Pl. XI.

fig. 1), this feather is seen to be divided into three regions.

There is a distinct terminal band of metallic colour, distinguishable

by its deep pigmentation and peculiar structure. Next we have a

band of close texture and brown colour, which has an indentation

at its lower end. Finally, the base of the feather is of an ashy

colour and downy structure. The basal indentation of the brown

band possesses some interest, because Darwin (‘ Descent of Man,’

2nd edition, p. 430 et seq.) regarded a similar indentation in the

centre of the ocellus of the Peacock as evidence of its origin from

two confluent ocelli.

It is possible to obtain from the feather described a single barb

which bears barbules belonging to each of the three regions: in

this way transition forms can be very readily seen.

The basal barbules exhibit the usual structure of downy barbules,

that is to say the distal portion, which from its (apparent) shape

may be called the lamina, is more or less rudimentary, while the

distal or filamentous region is greatly elongated and very slender,

has only rudimentary ciliz, and consists of a series of joints slightly

overlapping one another (Pl. XI. fig. 2).

The barbules of the middle region possess a well-developed

lamina and a long filamentous region furnished with cilia and, in

the case of the distal barbules, with distinct hamuli (Pl. XI. fig. 3).

The barbules of the metallic region are metamorphosed into short,

wide, club-shaped bodies, supported on broad stalks (Pl. XI. fig. 4).

These clubs are deeply pigmented with brown, and show very

distinctly transverse bars—the compartments of Gadow. Although

to the unaided eye the transition between the metallic and the

non-metallic barbules is abrupt, yet microscopically it is sufficiently

1896. ] METALLIC COLOURS OF BIRDS. 287

gradual to show that the stalk of the metallic barbule is the

rudimentary lamina, and the club-shaped body a modification of the

distal region of an ordinary barbule. As was observed by Gadow,

the cilia are totally suppressed.

To contrast with this feather, we may take one from the bril-

liant green gorget of the Humming-bird Basilinna leucotis (Pl. XI.

fig. 7). Such a feather is comparatively short, and the especial bril-

liancy is confined to a darkly pigmented apical band. The apex of the

feather is very abruptly rounded and the barbs are closely connected

so as to give a plate-like or scaly appearance. The surface is

strongly marked with furrows, which when examined with a lens

are seen to correspond to the barbs, each of which lies as it were

atthe bottom of a trough. The sides of this trough are formed by

the two rows of barbules, which are inserted at a distinct angle.

The sides of the trough have an unequal slope, as the proximal

barbules are inserted at a larger angle than-the distal. A further

point of interest is that the naked barbs are prolonged beyond the

apex of the feather, producing the appearance of a very delicate

fringe. This prolongation of the naked barb was noticed many

years ago (see the Introduction to Gould’s Monograph of the

Humming-birds), and its meaning will be explained later on.

Examined microscopically, the downy barbules of this feather

show nothing particularly worthy of notice. The remaining bar-

bules have alla well-developed lamina, and a distal region usually

well provided with cilia. Those nearest the apex of the barb, that

is those which are very brilliantly metallic, are very darkly pig-

mented (Pl. XI. fig. 9). Those near the base of the upper barbs are

much less strongly pigmented, and show very little metallic colour.

Between the two extremes there are also other marked differences

(Pl. XI. figs. 8 and 9). Thus in the basal barbules there is no marked

angle between the proximal flattened region and the distal cilia-

bearing region. In the apical barbules the proximal region is widened

and has a well-marked infolding, while the distal region is inclined

to it at such an angle as to be almost invisible in surface view

(Pl. XI. fig. 10).

Microscopically, the naked tip of the barb is seen to be furnished

with rudiments of barbules.

As this type of metallic feather occurs in all the Humming-

birds of which the feathers were examined, it is obvious that Gadow’s

statement that all metallic barbules are devoid of cilia is too

universal. It is certainly true for a great number of cases (Sun-

birds, Peacock, &c.), because in these it is the region which ordi-

narily bears the cilia—the distal or filamentous region—which is

modified into the colour-producing structure, and in the course of

the modification the cilia are lost. In the Humming-birds, on the

other hand, it is the proximal region of the barbule which is the

colour-producing structure, and in consequence the filamentous

region is not affected and may bear cilia as usual. In the feather

described above, the cilia are exceedingly well-developed in the

metallic barbules.

Though this paper is not concerned with the physical cause of

288 MISS NEWBIGIN ON THE [Feb. 18,

colour, it may be noticed as a fact for future investigators that, as

is indicated in the figures, the lamine in the feather described show

more or less distinctly an arrangement of cross-bars (or compart-

ments). This is common in the case of the Humming-birds, but it

is also sometimes distinctly visible in the laminz of the barbules of

Sun-birds (see Pl. XI. fig. 3 and Pl. XII. fig. 18), so that its signi-

ficance is somewhat doubtful. One other fact in connection with

the metallic colour may be noted. Contrary to the usual rule, the

feather of the Humming-bird mentioned under certain circumstances

exhibits metallic tints by transmitted light even under 3” objective.

When this occurs, it is clearly seen that the colour is confined to the

dark infolded part of the barbule, which alone under ordinary cireum-

stances is visible (see Pl. XI. fig. 10). This irfolded part cannot,

however, be itself the cause of the metallic colour, for it is absent

from the metallic feathers in some cases (see Pl]. XII. fig. 19).

The ridging of the surface of the feather produced by the way

in which the barbules are inserted, though apparently a factor in

colour production, cannot be absolutely essential, for it is some-

times absent. Thus, in Calothorax lucifer in the brilliant throat-

patch the feathers in the middle line are very distinctly ridged and

have the usual plate-like structure, while those at the sides of the

throat are quite devoid of ridges but do not show diminished

brightness. Similarly, in Cyanolesbia gorgo the brilliant green

feathers of the crest are perfectly smooth, and have a certain hard

gloss which is absent in the ridged feathers.

The fact that in Humming-birds it is the proximal, and in Sun-

birds the distal region of the barbules which is metallic has more

effect upon the general coloration than might at first sight be

supposed. It is, in the first place, now obvious that there is no-

thing in the structure of the metallic feathers of Humming-birds

which is likely to affect their efficiency even in quill-feathers. We

can thus understand how it is that many of the tail-quills in

Humming-birds, and even the wing-quills in Hulampis jugularis,

may exhibit metallic colour and yet perform their usual function.

But this is not the only effect produced by the difference. In Sun-

birds the lamina is rudimentary in the metallic barbules ; now the

lamina tends to become rudimentary in the barbules at the bases

of the barbs, that is in downy barbules, and in the barbules at

the apices of the barbs. Downy barbules never seem to show a

tendeucy to become metallic, and we thus find that in Sun-birds the

metallic barbules occur only at the ends of the barbs. A little re-

flection will show that the consequence of this is, that the metallic

barbules will form, a transverse band on contour-feathers, where

the ends of the barbs stand much on the same level, and a longi-

tudinal band on quill-feathers where the rachis is much elongated.

The position of the bands of metallic colour on the feathers of Sun-

birds is thus a consequence of the kind of modification to which their

metallic barbules are subject. (See Pl. XI. fig. 1 and Pl. XII. fig. 17.)

In Humming-birds there is an almost complete reversal of this,

state of affairs. In them the metallic barbules have an extremely

1896.] METALLIC COLOURS OF BIRDS. 289

well-developed lamina; therefore in this case metallic barbules can

occur only towards the middle of the barb in contour-feathers, for

this is the only place where the lamina is well-developed. In

other words, in contour-feathers the metallic band cannot be, or is

not primitively, terminal. Where it seems to be terminal, as in

the feather described above, this is accomplished by a total or partial

suppression of the terminal barbules, the naked barb persisting

and forming the delicate fringe already noticed. This does not,

however, occur in quill-feathers to the same extent, because these as

a rule are characterized throughout by having barbules with very

well-developed lamine. Thus it is by no means uncommon to

find terminal bands of metallic colour in the tail-quills of Humming-

birds, or we may find the whole surface metallic : there never seems

to be a longitudinal edging of metallic colour.

Conviction as to the truth of the statement here made, that

metallic bands on the contour-feathers of Humming-birds are not

primitively terminal, is best attained by considering a series of

cases.

In Eustephanus galeritus, female, the breast is covered with greyish

feathers which have near their centre a spot of brownish pigment

which shows a faint metallic-green sheen. In the breast-teathers

of E. fernandensis, female, undoubtedly a more specialized species,

the spots are not much larger but the pigmentation is darker, and the

metallic colour is much more brilliant. This kind of metallic colour-

ing is very frequent, especially among the females of many species or

genera (cf. the species of the genus Oreotrochilus). If the barb of

such a feather is examined microscopically, it is seen that all the bar-

bules with well-developed lamin contain pigment and are metallic.

Towards the base of the barb the barbules are colourless and downy,

towards its apex they are colourless and short, the lamina is rudi-

mentary, the filamentous portion is somewhat expanded and bears

only rudimentary cilia (Pl. XI. fig. 11). Between this type and

that of the gorget-feathers of Basilinna Icucotis (Pl. XI. fig. 12)

there are all stages in the suppression of these apical barbules. Thus

in Eustephanus fernandensis, female, itself the feathers of the poste-

rior region of the back are brilliant green, but are quite distinctly

tipped with white. In the specialized crest which this female is

almost peculiar in possessing this white edging is much reduced,

but the colourless apical barbules are still quite visible with a lens.

In general, we may say that while the feathers of the specially

brilliant patches have barbs with naked tips, the ordinary metallic

contour-features have barbs which bear at their tips a series of

non-metallic barbules. Thus the green feathers on the back even

of Basilinna leucotis have a distinct border of pale rufous colour.

This is of some interest from the point of view of the development

of the metallic colours of Humming-birds. In Phaethornis eurynome,

one of the so-called ‘hermit’ forms without any brilliancy of

colour, the feathers of the back are greyish black edged with a

broad band of yellowish colour; the dark region exhibits a very

faint greenish sheen. If we begin with a type like this, the evolu-

Proc. Zoo, Soc.—1896, No. XIX. 19

290 MISS NEWBIGIN ON THH [Feb. 18,

tion of the ordinary metallic contour-feathers of most Humming-

birds has been accompanied by a reduction of this terminal band

in width and in the individual barbules forming it, a large increase

of pigment in the lamine of the barbules forming the blackish-

grey part of the feather in Phaethornis, and a specialization of the

barbules of this region, of which the most obvious result is the

shortening of the filamentous portion and its inclination to the

lamina. In the feathers of the patches of especial brilliancy these

changes have been carried further, and have been accompanied by

a shortening of the feather and rounding of its tip, and a change

in the angle of insertion of the barbules. The changes in the

wing-quills seem to have been of a simpler description, and to have

been chiefly accompanied by a specialization of the lamina.

As to the meaning to the individual of this progressive change,

one suggestion may be hazarded. The Humming-birds are espe-

cially characterized by their power of flight. Now of the many

correlated variations which must occur during the gradual improve-

ment of the power of flight, an increased development of the

lamina and of cilia and hooklets is likely to be important. It is

therefore perhaps not unreasonable to suppose that the metallic

colours of Humming-birds are due to a persistence in the same line

of variation which produced their powers of flight. If Kolliker

(“ Die Entstehung des Pigments,” Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. vol. xlv.) is

right in his belief that the formation of pigment is connected with

the blood-system, it is quite comprehensible that an increase in

structural specialization should be accompanied by an increase in

the amount of pigment. It might be objected that the Swifts,

which are probably nearly allied to the Humming-birds, have also

great powers of flight and yet do not show metallic colours. In

reply to this objection, it may be said that it is generally admitted

that Humming-birds have few enemies, and that therefore variations

might occur in them unchecked which would possibly lead to

elimination in other forms. A more important objection is that

the wings do not usually show metallic colour : it seems impossible

to suggest a reason for this beyond the simple fact that the wings

seem to be slow to vary incolour. It will be noticed that, in the

especially brilliant patches, the extreme closeness of the connection

between the adjacent barbs is a variation in the direction of the

ordinary condition of the feathers of flight.

The course of the development of metallic tints in Sun-birds offers

many points of contrast to that just described for Humming-birds.

Tf we take (PI. XII. fig. 22) one of the ordinary contour-feathers

of a non-metallie form, such as a female of a species of Cinnyris,

probably C.jugularis, it will be found that it presents considerable

resemblance to a corresponding feather from a “‘ hermit” Humming-

bird. Thus it consists of a basal downy region, a mid-region

pigmented with brownish black, and an apical region with discon-

nected diverging barbs, usually of a dull olive colour. Beginning

with such a feather, the development of metallic colour is

accompanied by an increasing predominance and pigmentation of

1896.] METALLIC COLOURS OF BIRDS. 291

this apical band, until such a metallic feather as that of fig. 1 is

produced. The course of development of the metallic edging of

quill-feathers may be described in a little more detail. In order

to illustrate this, it may be convenient to describe in a concrete

example the differences between the sexes in the coloration of

wings and tail. The following notes were made on a female of

Anthreptes malaccensis and a male in nearly completed moult, but

the characters of the adult male were checked by reference to °

Shelley’s ‘Monograph of the Sun-birds.’ In the male the tail was

composed of black feathers with an edging of metallic violet, which

was widest in the case of the two central feathers. In the wings

the lesser wing-coverts had a broad transverse band of metallic violet,

the median coverts a similar band of dark brown, and the greater

coverts a longitudinal band of olive-yellow, which becomes brown

in a completely adult male. The wing-quills themselves were

greyish brown with olive edges. In the female the tail was dark

brown with an edging of olive-yellow. The wing-quillsand wing-

coverts were ashy grey with longitudinal or transverse bands of

olive-yellow distributed in the same way as in the male. In the

female the general contour-feathers had a broad transverse band

of olive-yellow, while in the male most of these feathers had been

replaced by others with transverse metallic bands. It must be

noted that in all these cases the olive-yellow part of the feather

has a peculiar looseness of structure visible even to the unaided

eye. It should also be observed that the yellow edging to the

quills is seen both in the rectrices and remiges of the female in

this as in numerous other Sun-birds, while in the male the edging

is replaced in the case of the rectrices by a metallic band. The

respective distributions of longitudinal and transverse bands should

be especially noticed, as showing how very closely the nature of

the stripe depends upon the nature of the feather, that is upon its

elongation.

From the above description it is obvious that some sort of relation

exists between the olive-yellow margins of the feathers of the

female and the metallic margins of the feathers of the male.

In general, we may say that there is a tendency for the feathers

with olive margins in the female to be replaced by feathers with

metallic margins in the male. It will be noticed that the change

is associated with increased pigmentation in the male; in the

median wing-coverts there is only slightly increased pigmentation

without metallic colour. Such a tendency is very widely spread

in the family, but the extent of replacement differs greatly. Thus

in the species described above the olive edging of the greater

wing-coyverts and wing-quills is not replaced by a metallic edging

in the male. In Nectarinia famosa an olive edging in the same

feathers in the female is replaced in the male by a metallic edging.

In Anthrobaphes violacea the tail-coverts are edged with yellow in

the female and in most males: according to Shelley, some males as

an individual variation have this edging metallic. It is, however,

needless to multiply examples. Enough has been said to justify

19*

292 MISS NEWBIGIN ON THE [ Feb. 18,

the main contention of the relation between the two kinds of

feather-edging in Sun-birds.

Microscopic examination shows that this analogy is not purely

superficial, Pl. XI. fig. 15 represents three barbules from the

yellow edging of a wing-quill of Athopyga seherie, and Pl. XI.

fig. 16 three faintly metallic barbules from the border of the tail-

quill of Anthreptes malaccensis (? represented in Pl. XII. fig. 18).

With these should be compared the brilliantly metallic barbules

from the tail-quill of Zthopyga seherie (Pl. XII. fig. 20). Similarly

the barbules from the olive tip of a contour-feather of a species

of Cinnyris (Pl. XII. fig. 24) should be compared with the metallic

barbules of Cinnyris amethystina (fig. 5 or 14)*. These figures

show that the barbules of the yellow edging of contour-feathers

or quills agree with metallic barbules in having a rudimentary

lamina and suppressed cilia, and in distinctly showing a system

of overlapping compartments. They differ from the true metallic

barbules in the absence of the great flattening visible in these,

and in the want of a considerable amount of dark pigment.

From the faintly metallic barbules of Anthreptes they seem to

differ only in the absence of pigment. The yellow colouring, at

least in the case of contour-feathers, is confined to the barbs,

the barbules are only very faintly pigmented with grey. The

metallic colouring of the Sun-birds is thus the result of an accen-

tuation of a type of feather-structure widely spread in the family.

I have noticed this occurrence of much modified barbules apart

from metallic colour also in the male Pheasant (Phasianus colchicus).

Some of the long tail-quills have here a very distinct longitudinal

edging of brownish colour and loose texture. Examined micro-

scopically, the barbules of this region show distinctly the ‘‘ metallic”

structure although there is no visible metallic colour. Similarly

the chestnut feathers of the breast have a very distinct line across

them, the distal region having a somewhat burnished surface, and

terminating finally in a dark green metallic tip. Examined micro-

scopically the barbules of the distal region show distinctly the

‘metallic ” structure, and except for the absence of black pigment

seem to differ little from the green metallic barbules. The modi-

fication is probably a common one, and Pl. XI. fig. 13 shows that

it is even suggested in the Humming-birds, though in this case it

does not appear to develop further.

Gadow notices that metallic colour appears only on the exposed

parts of feathers; apparently the “metallic” modification also occurs

only on the exposed parts of feathers near the apices of the barbs.

One of the most striking features of the coloration of the Sun-

birds is the almost universal absence of metallic colour from the

wing-quills, even though these sometimes have an edging of loose

structure. In Cinnyris auriceps, according to Shelley, the wing-

quills of the female have olive edgings which are absent in the

male. 1t seems reasonable to suppose that a tendency to variation

1 See also some of Gadow’s figures, ¢. g., of a red barbule of Athopyga; no

allusion, however, is made to these in the text.

1896.] METALLIC COLOURS OF BIRDS. 293

in the wing-quills in the direction of diminished efficiency for flight

would be checked by natural selection.

So far we have seen how the metallic colours both of Sun-birds

and Humming-birds depend in each case upon a combination of a

certain structure and a black pigment. In conclusion something

may be said as to the colours themselves. In the Sun-birds a

greenish-blue seems to be the most primitive metallic colour, and

this is a very common tint elsewhere, e. g. Peacock, Quezal, &e.

According to Gadow, one of the reasons why any metallic feather

does not display all the colours of the spectrum is probably because

the overlapping of successive colour-producing structures cuts out

certain of the rays. If this overlapping really occurs it seems not

unnatural to conclude that the middle rays of the spectrum, those

in the neighbourhood of the green, would be least likely to be

affected, and we would thus get green as a primitive metallic

colour. The combination of this structure with a surface sculptur-

ing might produce a purple or violet tint ; the absence of red and

yellow may not improbably be a result of physical conditions.

Walter explains the rarity of red and yellow metallic colours as

due to the nature of the pigments contained in the coloured tissues,

but this again is difficult to harmonize with our knowledge of such

pigments.

There can be little doubt that in Humming-birds a greenish-

yellow is the most primitive metallic tint. It is suggested even in

the “hermit” forms, and is very widely spread on contour-feathers

elsewhere. In the absence, however, of any suggested physical

explanation of the metallic colours of Humming-birds, it would

perhaps be premature to attempt to account for the wonderful

range of colour found in the family. As to the distribution of

metallic colour one or two facts still remain to be noticed. hus

metallic colour is not always characteristic of the male. In Huste-

phanus fernandensis female metallic colour is more or less distinctly

present over nearly the whole of the upper and under surfaces,

the tail-quills show bright metallic colour, and the head bears a

special metallic crest. The male, on the other hand, has no metallic

colour except the bright crest, the rest of the body is cinnamon-

coloured and without metallic gloss. The absence of metallic

colour is apparently to be accounted for here by the absence of the

usual blackish-brown pigment. Again, a specimen marked Topaza

pella, young male, which was examined, showed metallic-greenish

feathers in the upper part of the head, a spot which in the adult

is covered with black feathers. Similarly, Salvin notices that in

Lampornis mango the throat in the young bird is covered with

glittering green feathers, and in the adult with pure black ones.

Thus apparently an excess of black pigment is as fatal to the

display of metallic colour as its total absence. As to the relation

between a black colour and metallic tints there are some other

interesting facts. In Oyanolesbia gorgo the tail-quills are greatly

elongated and show gorgeous metallic colour, but this is confined

to the distal end of the feathers, the proximal region being a

294 MISS NEWBIGIN ON THE [Feb. 18,

velvety black. The black region extends further up the vane on

one side of the rachis than on the other. In mounted specimens

the overlapping of the quills occurs in such a manner that the

successive feathers cover over the black region of the feathers in

front. There seems to be no difference in the amount of pigment

present in the two regions. Remembering the, as yet, unexplained

fact that metallic colours occur only on exposed parts of feathers,

it seems impossible to doubt that the black region is associated

with the overlapping of the feathers. The tail is forked, and in

consequence it is hardly probable that the rectrices can be

separated and spread out to form the “ parachute ”-like structure

which has been described in other forms; the black area is thus

permanently covered up.

In Sappho sparganura the conditions are almost reversed, the

exposed parts of the tail-quills are brilliantly metallic, with a band

of black at the apex. It seems most probable that in this case, as

in Topaza pella, the black colour is produced by an excess of

melanin pigment.

Summary.—From the account given above it is seen that in the

metallic feathers of Sun-birds the radii are without cilia and their

distal regions are more or less completely modified into flattened

club-shaped bodies containing a large amount of brownish pigment,

and consisting of a series of ‘overlapping compartments,” as

described by Gadow. It is also seen, however, that the barbules

near the apices of the barbs tend throughout this family to become

modified in this way, so that the distinction between male and

female, or specialized and unspecialized forms, is less in the struc-

ture of the barbules than in the amount of brownish pigment

present. From the fact that similar conditions are observed in the

Pheasant it seems probable that this occurs not infrequently.

In the case of the Humming-birds the metallic colour is confined,

like the brownish pigment, to the proximal part of the barbules,

and its presence is not associated with any modification of the

barbules which affects their efficiency in the feathers of flight. In

their case, therefore, metallic colours may occur in the quills of the

tail or (rarely) wing without interfering with the powers of flight.

Further, as the metallic colour is associated with a specialization of

the proximal region of the barbule, it cannot in contour-feathers

primitively form a terminal band; the apparently terminal position

is produced by the gradual suppression of the apical barbules, in

which the proximal region is never well-developed.

The examination of specimens upon which this paper is based

was chiefly carried on in the Museum of Science and Art, Edinburgh,

and I have to record my obligations especially to Mr. Eagle Clarke

for his kindness in affording me facilities for doing so, and espe-

cially for furnishing me with several feathers for microscopic

investigation.

The systematic part of the paper is based on Shelley’s ‘Monograph

of the Sun-birds’ (London, 1876-80), and Salvin’s Catalogue of

Humming-birds (B. M. Catalogue of Birds, vol. xvi, 1892).

P.2/S 1896 °2i=a

12.

Mintern Bros imp -

SLOURS OF TROCHILIDA, AND NE CLARINIDB Za

-lith.

MIN del. J.Simi

METALLIC

21.

ee Lee ee a Oe a ee Tay Te ae oe ye eee ee Tee

M.I.N.del.J-Smit. hth.

METALLIC COLOURS OF TROCHILIDE AND NECTARINIIDA.

1896.] METALLIC COLOURS OF BIRDS. 295

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XI. & XII.

Fig. 1. Violet metallic feather of Cinnyris amethystina, showing three zones:

a=apical metallic zone; b=brown pigmented zone with closely

connected barbules and basal indentation ; c=downy basal zone.

Fig. 2. Two downy barbules from same: /=rudimentary lamina; f=filament-

ous region, much elongated and with rudimentary cilix. Objective

2", Ocular B.

Fig. 3. Proximal radius from region 6 of same, showing well-developed lamina,

slightly pigmented and marked with cross-bars, and filamentous

region with well-developed cilia. Ob. 3", Oc. B.

Fig. 4. Proximal radius of same, showing transition to metallic condition. The

lamina is rudimentary, and the filamentous region is pigmented and

somewhat expanded. Ob. 2’, Oc. B.

Fig. 5. Metallic radius of same, showing shape, compartments, and peculiar

flattening. The last three figures are all of radii taken from different

levels on the same barb,

Fig. 6. Fragment of metallic barb under low power, to show position of

barbules: p=proximal radii; d=distal. Ob. 1", Oc. B.

Fig. 7. Metallic feather from gorget of Basilinna leucotis: a=naked barbs,

corresponding to zone a of fig. 1; 5=metallic region of feather,

corresponding to zoned of fig. 1; c=downy region. 7 a is a diagram-

matic cross-section of a single barb, to illustrate the formation of the

7s gaa of the feather: d=distal radius; p=proximal radius;

= barb.

Fig. 8. Proximal radius from the base of one of the metallic barbs of above

feather. The lamina is only faintly pigmented. Ob. 3”, Oc. B.

Fig. 9. Distal radius from brilliantly metallic region of same. The lamina is

deeply pigmented and has a folded-in edge. The filament is without

pigment. Ob. 3”, Oc. B.

Fig. 10. Fragment of metallic barb of same with distal barbules only, to illus-

trate normal position of barbules. Owing to the angle of insertion of

the filamentous region, this is not visible in surface view. Ob. 1",

Oc. B.

Fig. 11. Tip of barb of breast-feather of Lustephanus fernandensis 9, to illus-

trate apical modification of barbules. The lower barbules in the

figure are metallic. Ob. 1", Oc. B.

Fig. 12. Tip of barb of gorget-feather of Basilinna leucotis, with naked barb

furnished only with rudiments of apical barbules. Ob. 1", Oc. B.

Fig. 13. Barbules from three different levels on a barb of a contour-feather of

Phaethornis eurynome to show details of the modification of the original

apical barbules. Note in passing towards the apex of the barb the

reduction of the lamina and flattening of filamentous region. Tho

filamentous region is, however, unpigmented. Ob. }'’, Oc. B.

Fig. 14. Fragment of barb of Cinnyris amethystina for comparison, and to show

junction of metallic and non-metallic regions. Ob. 1", Oc. B.

Fig. 15, Three barbules from the yellow edging to a quill of Zthopyga seherie,

Ob. 4", Oc. B.

Fig. 16. Three barbules from metallic edging of quill of Anthreptes malaccensis,

Ob. 3", Oc. B.

Fig. 17. Tail-quill of Anthreptes malaccensis(?), with metallic edging on right

side (m).

Fig. 18. hae Sea a barbules from above. Ob. }’’, Oc. B.

Fig. 19. Three metallic barbules from tail-quill of ELustephanus fernandensis,

Ob. }', Oc. B.

Fig. 20. Three brilliantly metallic barbules from central tail-quill of Zthopyga

seherig. Ob. 1", Oc. B.

Fig. 21. Barbules from same quill, but much nearer rachis ; they show partial

transformation, and in their natural position exhibit a faint though

distinct metallic sheen. This partial transformation occurs chiefly in

the case of distal barbules, and produces a visible effect to the unaided

eye. Ob. 4”, Oc. B. .

296 MR. ©. W. ANDREWS ON THE [Feb. 18,

Fig. 22. Yellowish contour-feather from a species of Cinnyris, the tips of the

barbs diverge and are unconnected.

Fig. 28. Barbules from above feather taken from region marked a. Ob. 3",

Oc. B.

Fig. 24. Modified terminal barbules ee from region marked 6, showing

“metallic” structure. Ob. 3”

Fig. 25. Three distal barbules from a Pests quill- feather of a Humming-bird,

to show notched condition of the lamina in some cases. 25a shows

the true shape of the distal region as See with its apparent one

under ordinary conditions. Ob. 4’', Oc. B

Fig. 26, Barbule from edging of tail-quill of Pheasant, non-metallic.

Fig. 27. Dark green metallic barbule from breast-feather of Pheasant.

4. On a Skuil of Orycteropus gaudryi, Forsyth Major, from

Samos. By C. W. Anprews, F.G.S., Assistant in the

British Museum (Natural History).

[Received February 4, 1896.]

The existence of a member of the genus Orycteropus (the Ant-

Bear or Aard-Vark) in the Lower Pliocene of Samos was first made

known by Dr. C. I. Forsyth Major in the well-known paper’

which he described the results of his excavations in that island. In

this preliminary note he merely stated that the Pliocene species is

about one-fifth smaller than the recent forms and that the lateral

metatarsals are proportionately larger. In a subsequent communi-

cation * he pointed out some characters in the dentition and in the

form of the skull, particularly in the size and shape of the lachry-

mal, which further differentiate the fossil from the living species.

In the present note it is proposed to give figures and a brief

description of an exceedingly perfect and well-preserved skull of

this species from Samos which has recently been acquired for the

National Museum. In this specimen the only important portion

missing is the anterior end of the snout, which has been broken off

about 5 centim. in front of the orbit and about 3 centim. from the

hinder end of the nasals. The right zygomatic arch is lost, but the

left, is complete, and the tympanic ring, frequently lost in mace-

ration in recent specimens, is preserved on both sides and on the

left retains its natural position. The mandibular rami are pressed

together so that their lower edges are in contact throughout their

length. The size indicates an animal about one-fifth less than the

living species, exactly agreeing in this respect with the type of

O. gaudryt, to which species it is referred. It will be seen that, on

the whole, the fossil resembles the northern Orycteropus cethiopicus

rather more than it does the southern O. capensis *.

On the occipital surface the mastoid portion of the periotic is less

prominent than in the recent species, and is more overlapped by

1 Comptes Rendus de |’Académie des Sciences, vol. evii. (1888), p. 1178.

2 Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 239.

3 For a detailed comparison of the skulls of the recent species, see Duvernoy,

us poe sur les Oryctéropes,” Ann. Sei. Nat. (Zoologie), ser. 3, vol. xix. (1853),

Pp: .

1896.j _ SKULL OF ORYCTEROPUS GAUDRYI. 297

the squamosal, which forms a prominent ridge external toit. The

tympanic ring is nearly circular, instead of being oval with its long

axis directed downward and forward. The postorbital processes of

the frontals are larger, and their hinder edges are sharp and thin.

I cannot detect any difference in the profile of the upper surface of

the skulls of the recent and fossil forms, except such as may have

been caused by a slight crushing of the preorbital region; and the

difference in the size and form of the lachrymals pointed out by

Forsyth Major cannot be taken as a character of any great im-

portance, for the lachrymal in recent skulls varies very considerably,

and in one specimen from Kassala it is extremely similar both in

size and shape to the fossil. The antorbital foramen opens above

the hinder lobe of m.', and this is also the case in the Kassala skull;

in other specimens it is over m?.

Skull of Orycteropus gaudryi, Forsyth Major.

A, from above; B, from side. About two-thirds natural size.

‘The mandible differs from that of the recent forms only in the

298 ON THE SKULL OF ORYCTEROPUS GAUDRYI. [Feb. 18,

position of the condyle, which is borne upon a much shorter pedicle

and has a more horizontal articular surface.

The minute structure of the teeth is precisely as in O. capensis,

so that they give no indications of the possible origin of their

peculiar character.

In the left maxilla six teeth remain in place, and in front of them

is an empty alveolus; on the right there are five teeth and two

alveoli. The most anterior tooth preserved is pm.3 (counting

from behind forward); this is small and laterally compressed, its

flat crown slopes downward and forward. The next is similar,

but less compressed. The hindermost premolar is a stout simple

tooth ; its worn crown consists of two flat surfaces meeting in an

angle and forming a transverse ridge. The two first molars are very

similar to those of the recent species, but the last (m.*) is rather

different. In the living forms it is somewhat variable in shape,

but usually consists of a single column and is nearly circular in

section; in one skull from Somaliland, it is, however, oval in

section and shows traces, at least on the outer side, of division

into two lobes, the hinder being much the smaller. The circular

type of tooth evidently results from the reduction of the hinder

lobe, which in the fossil is only a little smaller than the anterior

one, from which it is separated by a well-marked vertical groove on

the outer side and a less distinct one on the inner. In a young

skull of a recent species, in which the last molars are only just

coming into use, they are distinctly bilobed, so that the upper part

of the crown of the unworn tooth resembles in form the worn

molar of the Pliocene species.

In the mandible six teeth are preserved on both sides. The two

anterior ones are much compressed; the next is stouter and its

grinding surfaces form a transverse ridge. The first two molars

are similar to those of the living species: the third (m..,) is clearly

bilobed and is nearly as long asm.,. In the recent species the

division into columns is distinct only on the inner side, and the tooth

is much shorter from before backward than the preceding one,

The dimensions of the skull and mandible are :—

Skull.

Width between ends of postorbital processes.. 53 millim.

Outside width at postglenoid processes ...... GOiui -=

Width of cranium behind postorbital processes 36 ,,

Greatest width of occipital surface.......... ‘spe e

Height of foramen magnum .............. 1S: es

Width ‘ Pe taicsie Be Nias. Sion, bt Rega

Distance between postorbitalprocessandzygoma 17 _ ,,

Mandible.

Height at coronoid process ................ 65 millim.

yi > CRIS ORE BOS oe cies ww ate OF he.

Height of ramus behind last molar ........ LG: 24,

i » in front of first molar....,. 12 — ,,

1896. ] ON THH ANATOMY OF RHYNCHOPS, 299

Dimensions of the teeth :—

Length of upper m.3....... Be ia eal 7°5 millim,

‘ FE pai jay Malach Sibi SE na eae J ie

: PSR DE Taree feiss estate tee agers 1 baie

* PRE e onal eta atin eect on apeae Co thee

a “plies TT de pr eect etal A Satay eee

ai “py <j UD eeMeetts Gracia ae wit one

a » pm.4 (alveolus only) .... 4 ,,

CRO, Ole lOMOE MN Pete acne 6,5 o'n,0. 055 mie 48 AK ae

os 2 LICE ean APR depnepcagee cen aes

a aot ah fone PRS Pee er elena center one eer I haan Ae

S RAPA Made cotariehd a. ai6. ays s:'e\o oh ae

ou Se am TE een ahs int co asom a je 5 0'o cleat Gon kss

Es Fhe | 32) ES a ea eer a

Length of upper molar series.............. SLY Aye,

5 lower ,, Sa IEE Se A Oe 34. Ci,

The very close resemblance between the Lower Pliocene and

recent species is both remarkable and disappointing, for it might

have been expected that in the former some generalized characters

would be found that would throw some light on the probable

ancestry of this most aberrant mammal; this, however, it has been

seen, is not the case.

As Dr. Forsyth Major has pointed out, the former distribution

of the genus seems to show that it is of northern origin and that

it spread into Africa along with the rest of the Pliocene Mammalia

with which it has been found, and was not derived from any southern

land-area. Although at present it has been found only at Samos

and at Maragha in Western Persia, some twenty degrees farther

east, the accompanying mammalian fauna has a much wider range.

It has been met with at Concud in Spain, Mt. Leberon in Southern

France, Baltavar in Hungary, and Troy in Asia Minor; it pro-

bably also ranged far to the east of Maragha, since Rhinoceros

blanfordi, a species occurring in that locality, is also recorded from

Baluchistan and from Southern China, where it is associated with

a Giraffe. Although Orycteropus has not yet been discovered in

these localities, it will probably be found to have ranged far both to

the east and west of its limits as at present known.

5. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Anatomy of

Rhynchops. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A., F.RS.,

Prosector to the Society.

[Received Febuary 4, 1896.]

So far as I am aware the existing knowledge of Rhynchops is

entirely derived from a paper by Brandt! upon its osteology. I

found, therefore, with great pleasure a specimen of this genus

among the spirit-preserved birds sent home from Western Africa

1 Mém. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. sér. 6, Sci. Nat. iii, p. 218 (1840).

300 MR. F. E. BEDDARD ON THE [Feb. 18,

by the late W. A. Forbes, upon the dissection of which the following

notes are based.

As to external characters, the pterylosis offers no salient point

of difference from that of the Gulls as described by Nitzsch. The

oil-gland is tufted. There are 12 rectrices. The bird is aquinto-

cubital. As regards the alimentary viscera the most important

fact to comment upon is the rudimentary and nipple-like character

of the ceca.

The tensores patagii are illustrated in the drawing exhibited

(woodcut, fig. 1). They are exactly like those of Rissa tridactyla,

Fig. 1.

ere

Muscles of the patagium of Rhynchops.

t.p.l., tendon of tensor patagii longus ; t.p.b., tensor patagii brevis; B. its wrist-

ward slip; F, patagial fan; A, tendinous threads on ulnar side of arm.

of which I possess a drawing by Mr. W. A. Forbes. There are

two tendons to the tensor brevis, of which the anterior is for the

greater part of its length made up of three separate strands. The

hinder tendon is much slighter. The anterior tendon gives off a

little way from the forearm a wristward slip (fig. 1, B), from which,

where it joins the tendon of the extensor radialis metacarpi, a

patagial fan (F) arises which joins the longus. This fan as well as

the main tendon of the Srevis are continued over to the ulnar side

of the forearm as a diffuse glistening tendon. From the point

where the wristward slip of the brevis springs there is another con-

nection with the longus, which is lettered A in the drawing (fig. 1).

=_— Pe

1896. ] ANATOMY OF RIYNCHOPS. 301

Rhynchops shows a peculiar feature of Larus argentatus (¢f. fig. 2)

and of most Auks in the existence of these patagial tendons (A)

on the ulnar side of the arm. In Rhynchops there are two instead

of only one of these ; they run side by side obliquely, or really at

right angles to the longus tendon when the wing is extended, and

end upon the extensor metacarpi radials muscle, on the inner side

of the forearm ; the posterior of the two is inserted at a point

Patagial tendons of Larus argentatus (after a MS. sketch by the late

W. A. Forbes).

m, osseous nodule. Other lettering as in fig. 1.

almost exactly corresponding with the insertion of the wristward

slip of the brevis, though, as already said, on the opposite side of

the arm. On the opposite wing I could find only a single tendon ;

it was, however, very much longer, reaching further over the arm.

The pectoralis muscle sends a slip to the patagial tendons, which is

slightly differentiated from the rest of the pectoralis as a muscular

belly ; there is also a yellowish fibroid slip from the deltoid crest of

the humerus.

I could detect no biceps slip to the patagium on either wing. I

looked, of course, very carefully for this muscle, as it is present in

all the immediate allies of Rhynchops.

The biceps is a very slender muscle which arises from the

coracoid only. I found no trace of the missing humeral head.

The muscle is divisible into two halves, the division commencing

early in the slender tendon of origin. ‘The outer of the two

302 ON THE ANATOMY OF RHYNCHOPS. [Teb. 18,

halves, that which abuts upon the patagium, is chiefly tendon,

there being a belly of only about half an inch in length, strung as

it were upon a long thin tendon. The inner half of the muscle, on

the contrary, is muscular almost to its insertion.

I did not succeed in finding any traces of the eapansor secun-

dariorum, for which as a characteristic muscle I looked carefully.

The deltoid is not extensive. Its humeral attachment occupies

rather more than the first third of that bone. It ends exactly on

a level with the end of the attachment of the anterior section of

the latissimus dorsi.

The anconeus longus, in addition to the partly fleshy and partly

tendinous origin from the coracoid, has a longish and entirely

tendinous scapular head ; it also is bound down to the humerus by

a broad tendon.

In the leg-muscles the most remarkable divergence from the

Larine character is in the total absence of the ambiens (on both

sides of the body).

The femoro-caudal is present and has a long tendon of insertion.

The accessory femoro-caudal is broader than the latter, is entirely

fleshy, and joins it some way before its insertion.

The semitendinosus with its accessory are present.

There is nothing remarkable about the biceps or semimem-

branosus,

There is only one peroneus, whose tendon joins that of one of

the superficial long flexors.

The deep flexors blend entirely about halfway along the meta-

tarsus ; the conjoined tendons give off no slip to the small hallux.

§ Syring.

The syrinx of Rhynchops (fig. 3) is a perfectly typical tracheo-

bronchial syrinx with a single pair of intrinsic muscles.

Syrinx of Rhynchops; lateral view.

1896.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS 10 THE MENAGERID, 303

The last three or four tracheal rings are closely united, but not

fused, to form a box, and there is a well-marked pessulus. The

first bronchial semiring, to which the intrinsic muscles are attached,

is much longer from back to front, and is arched in the usual way.

After this follows a rather deep semiring, which is immediately

succeeded by several thinner bars ; these latter get deeper towards

the opening into the lungs.

§ General Observations and Classification of the Laride.

In having no ambiens Rhynchops is unique among the Laride,

but not among the Limicole in general, if, that is to say, we

include, as I think should be done, the Auks in the Limicole. In

the latter group the ambiens is sometimes present and sometimes

absent. The Gull-tribe can be conveniently (even if merely arti-

ficially) divided up as follows, Rhynchops undoubtedly belonging

to a distinct subfamily, not definitely nearer to the Terns than to

the Gulls :-—

Sternine. ABXY-+*. Cxca nipples. Biceps slip present. Ex-

pansor secundariorum absent.

Rhynchopine. ABXY—. Ceca nipples. Biceps slip and ex-

pansor secundariorum absent.

Larine. AXY+. Czxca nipples, biceps slip, and expansor

secundariorum present.

Stercorariine. AXY+. Czxca long. Biceps slip present. Ex-

pansor secundariorum absent.

I should regard Gygis as a Gull and Anous as a Tern, on

account of their leg-muscles; but then Anouws has the eapansor

secundariorum. These two genera require further investigation

before they can be placed; and I am a little suspicious that they

may be found to destroy the neatness of the above arrangement.

March 3, 1896.

Sir W. H. Fiownr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1896 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of February was 50, of which 20 were by

presentation, 2 by birth, 17 by purchase, 2 in exchange, and 9

were received on deposit. The total number of departures during

the same period by death and removals was 79.

The following additions are of special interest :—

1. A young male Klipspringer Antelope (Oreotragus saltator),

presented by Commander Alfred Paget, R.N., H.M.S. ‘ Dolphin,’

Port Said.

1 AXY- in a species of Sternula (Forbes, MS.).

304 MR. G. E. H, BARRETT-HAMILION ON [Mar. 3,

Capt. Paget informs me that this animal was captured in the

Khor Abent, halfway between Suakin and Cassala. It is new to

the Collection.

2. A Hybrid Antelope, bred between the male of Tragelaphus

gratus (received from the Hamburg Gardens, July 27, 1894) and a

female Tragelaphus spekii, presented by James A, Nicholls, Esq.,

F.Z.S., Oct. 14, 1890.

This curious hybrid in general appearance appears to take after

the rufous colour of the female of 7. gratus. It has a black

dorsal stripe and is spotted on the flanks. So far as we can tell,

the period of gestation in this instance was about seven months.

Mr. G. E. H. Barrett-Hamilton, F.Z.S., exhibited several fresh-

looking skeletons of the Norway Lemming (Myodes lemmus),

obtained by Dr. H. Gadow in caves near Athouguia, in Portugal,

and made the following remarks :—

Early in the year 1595 Dr. H. Gadow handed me for examination

some skeletal remains of a species of small mammal, which, on

a first inspection, appeared to be those of some species of Vole—

Microtus. Thinking the remains were those of Voles I put them

aside for a time, but later on, when I had an opportunity of

examining them more carefully, I found, to my surprise, that they

consisted of some skeletons and detached bones of the Norway

Lemming, Myodes lemmus. When first received by me the

remains consisted of a good many fragments and single bones, and

of two almost complete skeletons. These latter were completely

euveloped in the original skin, which had become so dried and

hardened that in order to enable myself to examine the skeletons

I had to get it removed. The whole appearance of the specimens

was so fresh that, unaware as I was of their true character, I had

the dried skin, which enveloped them like mummies, removed,

so that, I regret to say, not one of these most interesting

specimens has been preserved in the condition in which I received

it. Some of the vertebrae, however, are still connected together

by the dried remains of the ligaments. This, and the whiteness

and excellent preservation of the bones, will show how easy it was

to be deceived as to their nature, and to come to the belief that

they were of recent origin and perhaps unimportant.

This discovery of Dr. Gadow’s is of very great interest, as it

enormously increases our knowledge of the distribution of the

Norway Lemming in past times, and helps to throw light upon

the former climatic conditions of Portugal.

According to Professor R. Collett ', the most recent authority

on the Norway Lemming, this animal has its principal home in

Norway, where it inhabits all the mountain plateau from north to

south of the country, and in some localities is distributed down

to the sea-level. Its range includes also Swedish and Russian

Lapland, but ceases eastward on the western shores of the White

Sea, and, though the animal is spread over the greater part of the

1 “« Myodes lemmus, its Habits and Migrations in Norway.’ Christiania, 1895.

1896.] SKELETAL REMAINS OF THE NORWAY LEMMING. 305

~ Kola Peninsula, it does not seem to habitually appear so far east-

ward as Archangel. Thus the present southern range of the

animal does not extend below about 583° North latitude. We

~. - know, however, that in recent geological times it had a mueh

~ more southern distribution, extending at least as far as the south

of England and Saxony, since its remains have been found in the

_ Somersetshirecaves, six lower jaws from which, now in the

Taunton Museum, were identified by Sandford’. These bones

are said to be slightly smaller and to have the condyles more ~

‘slender than those of recent specimens, but to agree very closely

with them, especially with the skulls of young animals’. The -

~- only other locality where, so far as 1 am aware, the bones of. this

~ species have been found is at Quedlinburg, in Saxony, where

_.Hensel* found it, together with J. torquatus, in 1855, among fossils

from the diluvium. The present discovery will therefore show

that the range of the Norway Lemming extended formerly to at

Sait... > Teast nearly the south of the Iberian Peninsula, and that, too,

_ judging from the fresh appearance of the remains, in quite recent

geological times. :

The ‘present skulls resemble those of recent Lemmings very

closely indeed, but, like the specimens found in the Somersetshire

caves, they are smaller than those of large adult recent animals.

alee I cannot, however, find any. characters sufliciently important to

- enable me to separate the two specifically.

ie In: conclusion, I should like to draw attention to the following

= statement, which is to be found on pages 147.and 148 of Messrs,

> Abel Chapman and W. J. Buck’s work on ‘ Wild Spain’ (chapter

_» -_-xii.). Writing of Ibex-shooting in the Sierra de Grédos of Old

_ _ Gastile, these authors remark :—“One day,.close to the snow-

~ line, we came across a fat, blue-grey, little beastie, apparently of

; the Dormouse tribe (Zzron, in Spanish), but he got. to earth, or

~ “rather rock, ere we could capture him.” ‘This description is too

“vague to enable me to do more than to make a suggestion, and »

_ the suggestion that Lemmings exist in Spain at the present

- day is too startling to be lightly brought forward; but I should

‘like to point out that the description would apply very well to

~» Myodes schisticolor—a species which (if it really be a good species)

is, I believe, only pene from UM. lenmus by its bluish- ;

_ grey colour,

~ “At all events, in view of Dr. Gadow’s remarkable discovery of

fresh-looking Lemming bones on comparatively low ground, it

_’ would be interesting to know what is the true nature of the

“fat, blue-grey, little beastie’’; and I venture to express a hope

~ that this animal will be found to be a Lemming or a Vole, and

_ pl. viii. fig. 3; and Dove, Somerset. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. xv. (1870), p- 5

LAD ta dh Blackmore ‘and E.R. Aston, i in P. Z. 8.1874, pp. 460-471.

* Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell: vii. (1855), pp. 488-501 ; also at Wolfen-

~ piittel, A. “Nehring in Zeitschr. fir ges. Naturwis. Bd. xlv. (187 5), and in Kent,

al gtd Newton, Geol, Mag. 1890, p. 452, and Quart. Journ. Geol, Soc. vol. 1.

pe 188 (1899)

306 ON SKELETAL REMAINS OF THE NORWAY LueMMING. [Mar. 3.

not, as supposed by Messrs. Chapman and Buck, one of the

Dormouse tribe.

LIST OF PLATES,

1896.

PART I.

Plate é Page. <2

A zt ; 2 :

Til. \ African Heaperiidse ses icc olas os es nt dona cess sere mee Mer as 2

Iv._| :

VI, New Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land ...... Lot any a TS 108

VII. Agama smithii....-....4 Fadi a aha We Aee ot web tpeteesees }ai2 S

AVRL Ts -Apama TOnGbis oii) o/s sce viet cine bier t-s/e a. sis, 0 bfeb ols eruletacens Acie cet

IX, Synodontissmithii «2.0.2.0... 0... cease ee a at Ay} bate

X. Lepidoptera from Arabia and Somaliland. ..-.....00..es e008 242

mae } Metallic colours of Trochilide and Nectariniide .....+...+.» 288

NOTICE.

The ‘ Proceedings’ are issued in four parts, as follows :—

Part I. containing papers read in January and February, on June Ist. ~

Tf. = 5 » March and April, on August Ist.

Ii, a Ks ;, May and June, on October Ist.

IV. 5, SAE » November and December, on April Ist.

SZ)

HEY

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

-Z00LOGIOAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON |

FOR THE YEAR

1896.

PART: If.

~. CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

BAL ae AUGUST ist, 1896.

“*5* PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

% -SOLD AT THETR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE.

LONDON : Gi

MESSRS, LONGMANS, GREEN, AND OO

PATERNOSTER- -ROW. —

Sige aS Pili Shillings.)

ta z

LIST OF CONTENTS. ie

PART IL.—1896. es a

March 3, 1896. —

Sis

- Page ©

Dr. H. Gadow: Remarks on Bone-Caves in Estremadura, explored in 1886 ,.........-. 306: ?

Remarks on the Divergencies between the “ Rules for naming Animals” of the German Zoo-

logical Society and. the Stricklandian. Code of See re By P: Gi SQUARER

M.A., Ph.D., F.RS., Secretary to the Society . Sony Live hee ee tp Se ae SOUL Em

Discussion on the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature. Remarks by Graf Hans von Ber.Epscn, es ‘a

Sir Wixuram Frower, Mr. Harti rr, Prof. Lanxester, F.R.8., Mr, Etwes, Dr..D. Sarr, a)

F-R.S., Mr. W. 'T. Buayrorp, F.R.S., Dr. H. O. Fores, and Mr, W. F. Kirsy ...... 319

1. On the Ornithological Researches of M. Jean Kalinowski in Central Peru. By6 Graf a

Hans vy. Berterscu and Jean Storzmann. (Plates XIII. & XIV.) . re » 322

2. On West-Indian Terrestrial Isopod Crustaceans. By M. Aprrex DOULyus so se eee hes 388 - :

March 17, 1896: ga Be oo

Mr. Sclater. Remarks upon the prospectus of ‘ Das Tierreich’ «2... eee eee ee cee) 400

Mr. Selater. , Remarks on the appointment of an International Sorfanities on Zoological

Nomenclature Re ERE ev SUE eee PES TOF et ee NT PRR ES AY oe 401

1. A Contribution to the Tansieies of the Hy ree eg Fauna of Ceylon, By Lt. -Ool. nes

C.T. Brenan, BZ S,£.E.8. (Plate XV. ) Wiki pin Wag pn hin 9 ei ps bee iE 401.

2.On British Hydroids “ie Meduse. By Enwarp T. Brownz, B.A., F.Z.S. Todlapieat

Research Laboratory, University College, London. (Plates XVI. & XVII ee Tee es 4

3. On some Extinct Fishes of the ‘Teleostean Family Gonorhynchide. By A Sura ee

Woopwarp, B.Z8. eae PVE sete tig ek s atone eee Cony aes ba 5

1896. } SKELETAL REMAINS OF THE NORWAY LEMMING. 305

Kola Peninsula, it does not seem to habitually appear so far east-

ward as Archangel. Thus the present southern range of the

animal does not extend below about 584° North latitude. We

know, however, that in recent geological times it had a much

more southern distribution, extending at least as far as the south

of England and Saxony, since its remains have been found in the

Somersetshire caves, six lower jaws from which, now in the

Taunton Museum, were identified by Sandford’. These bones

are said to be slightly smaller and to have the condyles more

slender than those of recent specimens, but to agree very closely

with them, especially with the skulls of young animals*. The

only other locality where, so far as I am aware, the bones of this

species have been found is at Quedlinburg, in Saxony, where

Hensel* found it, together with MV. torquatus, in 1855, among fossils

from the diluvium. The present discovery will therefore show

that the range of the Norway Lemming extended formerly to at

least nearly the south of the Iberian Peninsula, and that, too,

judging from the fresh appearance of the remains, in quite recent

geological times.

The present skulls resemble those of recent Lemmings very

closely indeed, but, like the specimens found in the Somersetshire

caves, they are smaller than those of large adult recent animals,

I cannot, however, find any characters sufficiently important to

enable me to separate the two specifically.

In conclusion, I should like to draw attention to the following

statement, which is to be found on pages 147 and 148 of Messrs.

Abel Chapman and W. J. Buck’s work on ‘ Wild Spain’ (chapter

xii.). Writing of Ibex-shooting in the Sierra de Grédos of Old

Castile, these authors remark :—‘ One day, close to the snow-

line, we came across a fat, blue-grey, little beastie, apparently of

the Dormouse tribe (Ziron, in Spanish), but he got to earth, or

rather rock, ere we could capture him.” This description is too

vague to enable me to do more than to make a suggestion, and

the suggestion that Lemmings exist in Spain at the present

day is too startling to be lightly brought forward; but I should

like to point out that the description would apply very well to

Mypodes schisticolor—a species which (if it really be a good species)

is, I believe, only distinguishable from M. lemmus by its bluish-

grey colour.

At all events, in view of Dr. Gadow’s remarkable discovery of

fresh-looking Lemming bones on comparatively low ground, it

would be interesting to know what is the true nature of the

“fat, blue-grey, little beastie”; and I venture to express a hope

that this animal will be found to be a Lemming or a Vole, and

1 W. A. Sandford, in Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xxvi. (1870), p. 125,

pl. viii. fig. 3; and Dove, Somerset. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. xv. (1870), p. 55.

2 H. P. Blackmore and E. R. Aston, in P. Z. 8. 1874, pp. 460-471.

8 Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell. vii. (1855), pp. 458-501; also at Wolfen-

biittel, A. Nehring in Zeitschr. fiir ges, Naturwis. Bd. xlv. p. 1 (1875), and in

Kent, E. T. Newton, Geol. Mag. 1890, p. 452, and Quart. Journ, Geol. Soc.

yol. 1. p. 188 (1894).

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1896, No. XX. 20

306 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 3,

not, as supposed by Messrs. Chapman and Buck, one of the

Dormouse tribe.

Dr. H. Gadow gave an account of the caves which he had ex-

plored in the summer of 1886. They were situated in the province

of Estremadura, in the low sierra between the villages of Athouguia

and Otta, the nearest town being Santarem. The geological

formation was hard white-blue limestone of the Rhetic system.

The caves lay only two or three bundred feet above the sea-level,

and the particular one which yielded the bones was choked near

the entrance with loose dry dust. About a foot below the surface

of the dust was found an unpolished flint arrow-head. The cave

was absolutely dry, and its horizontal bottom, extending for about

60 feet into the mountain, was covered with about two or three

feet of the dust, which contained bones of small Ruminants and of

Bear, besides those of the Lemmings. The Lemming-bones were

found at the far end of the cave, almost on the top of the dust.

Mr. Sclater opened a discussion on the Rules of Zoological

Nomenclature by reading the following paper :—

Remarks on the Divergencies between the “ Rules for

naming Animals” of the German Zoological Society

and the Stricklandian Code of Nomenclature.

Before proceeding to the immediate subject of the discussion

which we propose to hold this evening, I wish to call the attention

of the meeting to the new work, to be called ‘ Das Tierreich,’

which has been planned by the German Zoological Society. The

object of 1t is to give an account of all the known species of recent

animals described up to the present period. The proposed work

will embrace, as we are informed, the most important synonyms,

references to the best figures, and an account of the geographical

range added to a short description of every species. This, it must be

allowed, is a gigantic undertaking well worthy of a great scientific

nation, and we must all heartily wish it success. The described

species of recent animals, as will be seen by the table (which has

been kindly compiled for me by Dr. David Sharp, F.R.S., with the

assistance of his corps of Recorders), numbers some 386,000

species’. Supposing that we admit that on the average five

' Census Specierum Animalium Viventium hucusque descriptarum: a rough

estimate of the number of described species of animals in the sections

adopted in the ‘ Zoological Record’ :—

Number,

MV GININAILG einer secs cs ecne Nec oees kc cee etree 2,500

TOM AWE osiors Salah eee so sass Tae eal bok cheat tees 12,500

LE pUHIG ANAYBOMACRIA.. ceca ssccuedeessoctescuee ar 4,400

ASE PESCES ci5 Sete Pare hak ee ce ee decked ocdeateccwsteeete 12,000

Dam LRU Gadde deren ieee ctateea cs toca ccedeca-deceazeee 900

Grp Moliusca srs eesciess- ceca canes cu stae evecacsodehesveee 50,000

Us BUOCIROVO UM Mendes dec otcts visssctsessestocecveseds ice 150

CAV DEYOZOG gaan emer ener et ences ntact vssccsinuaevent 1,800

1896.] RULES OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE. 307

species can be got into a page (which appears to be barely possible)

and allow 800 pages to each volume, 96 volumes would be required

to complete ‘ Das Tierreich. As, however, the great firm of

Friedlander and Son' have undertaken the publication of the work,

and appear to have agreed to find the necessary funds to pay for

the contributions to it, we may, I think, feel tolerably certain that

the task will be undertaken, although it is probable that many of

us may not live to see its completion.

The German Rules for Nomenclature (App. IT. no. 10), to which

I am about to direct your special attention to-night, are to be those

employed by the various contributors to the ‘Tierreich,’ as their

guide in determining the scientific names to be used in the work.

It will be obvious, therefore, that for this cause they are of special

importance and are well worthy of our consideration. Prof. F. E.

Schulze, who has undertaken the editorship of ‘ Das Tierreich,’

and with whom I have been in correspondence on the subject,

having courteously expressed a wish that it might be possible to

reconcile the differences between the German Rules and the Code

of Nomenclature adopted by the British Association and usually

employed in this country, I have undertaken to bring the subject

before this Society.

In order to consider whether we can agree it is necessary first

to ascertain the points of difference, and these are what I propose

to bring forward to-night. But before doing so I will commence

with a few general remarks on some of the principal codes of

nomenclature that have been put forward by modern zoologists.

As we all know, I believe, the first code that adopted the “ law

of priority” as its principal rule and originated various other

usages, to which we are now well accustomed, was that drawn up

by Strickland in 1842 (Appendix II. no. 1). The Stricklandian

Code, however, although generally approved and adopted, was not

at that time formally sanctioned by the British Association.

In 1863 the late Sir William Jardine took up the subject, and,

1 The contract between the Deutsche Zoologische Gesellschaft and Messrs. R.

Friedlander and Son will be found printed at full length in the ‘ Verhand-

lungen’ of that Society for 1895, pp. 4 et seqg.

Number.

Brought forward.........+++ 84,250

I OMUBLACERN Melons oan addsde-oelstcrs cdecraccnansach=sussess 20,000

VOR AP GCRIADG ous cuascoasbailoo=nncaancosasecensss seaasese 10,000

11. Myriopoda and Prototrachedt]a .........-1+.+.s00008 3,000

WOMMITISCOLOD) taste costes carscaests cctceeatcdeecasesss seh sce 250,000

1B. HCRnodennd s..2-Nedsecsscciccende-csecesoseeseee-0ese 3,000

VAS Ver TESA Ns eeapstascero dhs -Sisadacecsdseccdssccesne oases 6,150

Win Om@lemtendd descnc-sae-ancosce:sci<scoaces-conseastseeseos 2,000

1G. Spongie ......ce.ccreccsecseccensccnrcccscscsoescosorers 1,500

Ta ETOCOCOM Ast sivecsstoncoc t-te sisecesccsscescnsbesndee 6,100

Mo taliecatasesceeason= 386,000

This may be compared with Dr. Giitither’s estimates of the described species

in 1830 (73,588) and 1881 (311,653), lately published in the ‘Annals & Mag,

of Nat. History’ (ser. 6, vol. xvii. p. 180). ie

308 ; MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [ Mar. 3,

in conformity with a resolution adopted by Section D of the

British Association at Newcastle, reprinted the Rules (2). The

Committee, of which he was Chairman, was directed to consider

what changes, if any, it was desirable to make in them. Certain

alterations (six in number in all) were proposed to be made by the

Committee, as specified in their Report. This report (3) was

finally adopted by the Association in Section D at the Bath

Meeting on the 19th September, 1865, It is well to remark,

however, that the six proposed alterations of the original Code,

although specified at full length in the Report of the Committee,

were never incorporated into the text of the Stricklandian Code.

In 1878, at the request of the General Committee’ of the

British Association, I prepared for publication a new edition of

the Stricklandian Code, to which I added the Report of the

Committee appointed at the Bath Meeting. This edition (4) was

published for the Association by Murray of Albermarle Street, and

copies of it may still be had on application at the offices of the

British Association. There are some here on the table.

In 1877 the American Association for the Advancement of

Science took up the question of Nomenclature and appointed

Mr. W. H. Dall to investigate the subject. Mr. Dall made an

excellent report, which will be found printed in the volume of the

Association’s Proceedings for 1878 (5).

In 1881 the Société Zoologique de France proposed a Code of

Rules prepared by a Committee. These were published at Paris

along with a report on the subject prepared by M. Chaper (6).

In the following year (1882) the Congrés géologique Inter-

national published a set of Rules on Nomenclature (7). Both

these codes were intended to apply to Zoology and Botany alike.

The rules in both cases are few in number, but are accompanied

by valuable commentaries. They do not materially affect the

special points now in question, except in rejecting generic names

previously employed either in Zoology or Botany.

The highly elaborate and precise Code of Nomenclature which

was adopted by the American Ornithologists’ Union in 1886, and

was published along with the first edition of the ‘Check-list of

North American Birds’ (8), although generally based upon the

Stricklandian Rules, deviates from them in several material par-

ticulars. The most important of these is, the proposal to commence

Zoological Nomenclature with the tenth edition of the ‘Systema

Natures’ (1758) instead of the twelfth (1766). The operation of

this rule, which will be again alluded to presently, has, as is well

known, caused very serious differences in the names applied to

the same birds by the English and American ornithologists. The

American Code of Nomenclature is also in conflict with us upon

the two other points which are proposed for special discussion this

evening. )

In 1891 the ‘ Allgemeine Deutsche Ornithologische Gesellschaft

zu Berlin’ put forward their Code of Zoological Nomenclature,

which was adopted at their General Meeting at Frankfort a. Main

1 See ‘ Report of the British Association,’ 1865, p. 25.

1896.] RULES OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE. 309

in May of that year (9). These Rules follow the American Rules

very. nearly, especially as regards the three points which are

proposed for special discussion this evening.

In 1892 the International Congress of Zoology at their Moscow

Meeting adopted a set of Rules of Nomenclature, which appear to

differ little in effect from those of the Société Zoologique de

France. These Rules (11) were separately published at Paris in

1895.

We now come to the Rules adopted by the Deutsche Zoologische

Gesellschaft in 1894 (10), which are of special importance for

reasons that I have already pointed out, and to some of which,

as being in direct conflict with those of the Stricklandian Code, I

wish to call your special attention this evening. In order to

render them more easy of access upon the present occasion I have

translated and printed the text of the Rules themselves (see

Appendix I., p. 316), though I have not thought it necessary to

add to each rule the commentaries and explanations which are

appended to them, in smaller type, in the original. On reading

them through it will be seen that these rules in many particulars

conform to the excellent system originally put forward by Strickland

and now generally adopted by zoologists all over the world. The

usual sequence of divisions of animals into Orders, Families,

Subfamilies, Genera, and Species is recognized. The families are

to be formed ending in -id, and the subfamilies in -ine, and though

priority is strictly enforced, corrections in orthography are not

only permitted but approved of. In fact there seem to be only

three principal points in which the Code of the German Zoological

Society differs from ours, and it is to these three points to which

I now propose to call your attention, after which I will say a few

words on two or three points of minor importance.

1. The German Rules (Sect. 1) disclaim any relation to Botany*

so that, according to them, the same generic names may be used in

Zoology and Botany. This is contrary to the Stricklandian Code

(Sect. 10).

It is quite certain that the Stricklandian Code did not allow

the same name to be employed for a genus in Zoology and in

Botany. But in the British Association revision of 1863, amongst

the six alterations proposed to be made in that Code was ore

“that Botany should not be introduced into the Stricklandian

Rules and Recommendations.” This, however, I do not take to

mean that the Rule alluded to is to be repealed, but merely that

the Rules as a whole were intended for Zoologists and not for

Botanists. But in the American Code (see Principle IV.) the

contrary view was taken and it was enacted that the “use of a

name in Botany does not prevent its subsequent use in Zoology.”

We will take a salient example on this point. The Swifts until

recently have been universally called by ornithologists Cypselus,

and the family to which they belong Cypselide. Micropus of

Meyer and Wolf, which has one year’s precedence over Cypselus,

has been passed over, because Micropus is an old Linnean term for

a genus of plants. In accordance with their Rules the American

310 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 3,

ornithologists have recently rejected the name Cypselus in favour

of Micropus and renamed the family Micropodide accordingly.

While I quite agree that it is not necessary that zoologists and

botanists should use exactly the same Code of Nomenclature, for

in many respects their practices have long been different, I think

it would be a great evil to allow Animals and Plants to be called

by the same names, as in some cases it would not be prima facie

apparent whether a particular term was intended to refer to an

animal or a plant. Besides this, we know that in some of the

lower forms it is by no means easy to decide whether certain

species should be referred to the animal or to the vegetable

kingdom. Strickland was very decided upon this subject, and I

see no reason at all why we should deviate from his practice, which

up to a recent period has been generally followed by zoologists.

2. Under Sect. 5 of the German Rules the same term is to be

used for the generic and specific name of a species, if these names

have priority. This is contrary to the Stricklandian Code (Sect. 18).

In the original Stricklandian Code (Section 13) it is enacted that

“a new specific name must be given to a species when its old name

has been adopted for a genus which includes that species.” In the

British Association revision of the Code (Recommendation LY.) it

was proposed to reverse this Rule, and to throw aside the generic in

order to retain the specific name. It was the American Ornitholo-

gists’ Code, I believe (Canon XXX.), which first formally proposed

that specific names, when adopted as generic, should not be changed,

and this Rule has now been adopted in both the German Codes.

It should be remarked that the proposal of the B. A. revision to

alter the generic name in these cases, instead of the specific, has

hardly met with acceptance in any quarter. In Mr. Dall’s report

upon this subject (5) he well observes :—

‘This innovation, the sweeping character of which the Com-

mittee cannot have realized, if carried into effect, would uproot

hundreds of the generic names best known to science, and so

familiar that the fact that they were originally specific names has

been almost totally forgotten. Its spirit is opposed to the funda-

mental principles of nomenclature, and the end to be gained is of

the most trivial character.”

Although I was a Member of the Bath Committee that agreed

to this Recommendation, I must confess that I am strongly

opposed to it, and have always followed the opposite course enacted

by the original Stricklandian Code, that in these cases the specific

name is the one to be changed. Moreover, this last practice has,

until recently, been generally adopted by English zoologists. Of

late years, however, the ‘“ Scomber-scomber” principle, as it is

familiarly called*, has met with many supporters. Though

inelegant and almost ridiculous, it has, at least, one merit. It

1 « Scomber scomber” (Linn. S. N. ed. xii. p. 492) seems to be the only

instance in which Linnzus used the same generic and specific name for a

species. But it is doubtful whether this was not really a printer’s error, for in

the tenth edition (p. 297) he wrote Scomber scombrus, and on referring to the

two copies of the twelfth edition, formerly belonging to Linneeus himself, and

1896.] RULES OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE, 311

enables us to retain the original (often Linnean) name, for which

there is in many cases great difficulty in finding a substitute that

all will agree upon. Moreover, the usage of the same generic and

specific term in such cases has now met with extensive acceptance

on the Continent. At the same time it is only right to call

attention to the formidable changes which the acceptance of the

tautonymic principle would cause in the names of some of our

most familiar animals. In order to show this clearly I give a list

of 25 species of well-known English birds for which we should

require a change of names if tautonyms are accepted '.

3. The German Rules (Sect. 7) adopt the 10th edition of the

‘Systema Nature’ (1758) as the starting-point of Zoological

Nomenclature, whereas the Stricklandian Code (Sect. 2) adopts

the 12th (1766).

The question of the proper edition of Linnzus’s ‘Systema

Nature’ to be adopted as the starting-point of the binary system of

Nomenclature appears to be the most difficult of the three principal

questions now before us to settle satisfactorily, and to involve the

most serious consequences. It seems to me reasonable, on a prima

facie view, that Linneus, having been the inventor and founder of

the binary system of Nomenclature, should be allowed the credit

and the privilege of completing his own work in the manner he

thought best. By adopting the twelfth edition of the ‘Systema

1 List of Names of British Birds affected by the tautonymic principle.

B. O. U. List. Page Tautonymic names,

YIU CIMETED, «2.2 20cc-ccnncen=-s0vcers- ll. Sylvia sylvia.

Regulus cristatus ....cecccsosseeeecen 14, Regulus requlus.

Fypolais tcterind sercerecesecserreeees 17. Hypolais hypolais.

Cinclus melanogaster .....11.000000008 24. Cinelus cinclus.

Troglodytes parvulus ...se.-+.s00eeeses 29. Troglodytes troglodytes.

Carduelis Clegans ....12...sereeeeeeees 47. Carduelis carduelis.

Serinus hortulanus ..........0.cecceeses 49. Serinus serinus.

Coccothraustes vulgaris .....0..000006 50. Coccothraustes coccothraustes,

Pyrrhocorar Graculus......10.c0eee00e- 66. Pyrrhocorax pyrrhocorax,

BEPC OSS LPC eternal anes tieege seas asset 68. Pica pica.

|SITE TED pT ea EO 89. Scops scops.

TBUBOUGNAVUS sosss-aeccacssecesecnesesse 90. Bubo bubo.

BUCO VULGOTIS. c0ccce-ca-ccceescoccecees 94. Buteo buteo.

Tinnunculus alaudarwus.......0..00++- 104. Tinnunculus tinnunculus,

Pulig“ula cristata.........00s2.0s0cceseee 129. Fuligula fuligula.

Turtur COMMUMNIS ......0ceeeeeceeeeeee 139. Turtur turtur.

WET OED CNET lca son -veccssov<cssarsonnses 142. Perdizx perdiz.

Coturnis COMMUNES: ......0-ceeceeceeeee 143. Coturnix coturniz.

LA Ggopus MULUS ....cscesereceeeeseesees 144, Lagopus lagopus.

CIROONLELETE ives nanenanceenneseecracade 145. Tetrao tetrao.

Porzana MATUttA .......c.ceeeensoeeee 147. Porzana porzana.

C7EEPALENSTS wavs ocncscsssseneusences2as 149. Crex crea.

GUS COMMUNIS ...cecce-eeeceseoreeenes 152. Grus grus.

Cedicnemus scolopax .......1.0se0s000 155. Cdicnemus edicnemus,

Vanmellus vulgaris ......ccssseeseeesees 161. Vanellus vanellus,

now in the Library of the Linnean Society, it will be found that the second

scomber is altered, apparently in Linnzus’s own handwriting, into scombrus

(see note on this subject, ‘ Ibis,’ 1895, p. 168). Instead of the Scomber-scomber

principle it would be better to call it the “ tautonymie principle,” and names

formed upon this principle tautonyms,

312 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 3,

Nature’ as our starting-point (as is enacted in the Stricklandian

Code) we allow Linneus this privilege. If we take the tenth

edition, as proposed by the American ornithologists, and now

adopted in the two German Codes, we deny him the right of

correcting his own work, which, under the circumstances, appears

to be obviously unfair and injudicious. For it is unquestionably

the case that Linnzus altered some of his names in his last and

most perfect edition of 1766-68, and added others to his list. If

we acknowledge the authority of the authors who wrote between

1758 and 1766 we shall have to change some of Linnzus’s best-

known names. For example, the Horned Screamer of South

America has been universally known to ornithologists as Palamedea

cornuta, asnamed by Linneeus in the twelfth edition of the ‘Systema,’

the genus having been omitted in the tenth edition. In the

meanwhile, however, Brisson in 1762 (Orn. v. p. 518) had used

“ Anhima” of Marcgrave as its generic name, and Mr. Stejneger

has accordingly proposed to call the Horned Screamer Anhima

cornuta (Stand. Nat. Hist. iv. p. 135). If this alteration be adopted,

the names of the family Palamedeide and of the suborder Pala-

lee will likewise have to be changed.

I will take another example of the inconvenience of alae

Linneus’s names to be superseded. The Common Darter of

Central and South America is the Plotus anhinga of Linnzus’s

twelfth edition and is almost universally known under this name,

which also gives its name to the family Plotide. Unfortunately,

Brisson ih the interval between the two editions of the ‘Systema’

proposed the generic term Anhinga for the same bird, and the

American Check-list consequently proceeds to call the Darter

“ Anhinga anhinga,” and the family ‘ Anhingide.” It must be

admitted that both these alterations, which are consequent upon

the adoption of 1758 as the commencement of binary nomenclature

in place of 1766, as well as many other changes of the same

character which I need not now cite, are matters of considerable

importance. Strickland, the founder of our modern Codes of

Nomenclature, after deliberately considering the point, adopted

the latest and most perfect edition of the ‘Systema Nature’ as

his starting-point. J think we should do unwisely to deviate

from Strickland’s views on this subject. It is true that Strickland

proposed to allow such of Brisson’s names as were additional to

those of the twelfth edition of the ‘Systema Nature’ to be

retained, but he certainly did not contemplate the supercession of

any of Linneus’s names by those of Brisson or of any other

authority. On the ground of priority, therefore, I claim that, as

first decided by Strickland, we ought to adopt the twelfth and most

perfect edition of the ‘Systema Nature’ as the basis of modern

Nomenclature. Even if we adopt the tenth edition as our starting-

point, a special proviso should be made that none of the names

contained in the twelfth edition should be allowed to be disturbed.

There are two or three less important points in Zoological

Nomenclature upon which I wish to add a few words.

(1) The German Code, which we are now principally considering

1896.] RULES OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE. 313

(Canon X.), enacts that the name of the author, if given, should

follow the scientific name without any intervening sign. The

prevailing practice in this country has been to place a comma after

the specific name and before the authority. But on this subject,

I must say, I think that the German Code has good reason on its

side. When, for example, we write Turdus viscivorus, Linn., we

mean in fact Turdus viscivorus Linnei—that is, the Turdus visci-

vorus of Linneus, Linnei being in the genitive case after the

nominative Turdus viscivorus. If this view, which, no doubt, is the

correct one, is taken, it is obvious that no commais required between

the nominative and the genitive which follows it. The adoption

of this reform would save a great many thousand commas in our

zoological works. When the author's name refers only to the

specific and not to the generic term, both English and German Codes

agree that the author’s name should be enclosed in parentheses.

I must remind you, however, that the invariable addition of an

author’s name to a scientific name is a modern practice, and in

many cases wholly unnecessary. It converts a binary system into

atrinary one. In familiar names, such’as Zurdus viscivorus, for

example, it is obviously quite unnecessary to add any authority to

such a well-known term.

(2) Another point on which I am glad to be able to agree with

the German Code is that (see Canon V.) it permits orthographical

corrections ‘“‘ when the word is, without doubt, wrongly written or

incorrectly transcribed.” The American rule upon this subject

(Canon XXXI.), and still more the American practice, is, in my

opinion, simply perverse. The rule enacts that “ neither generic nor

specific names are to be rejected for faulty construction, inapplic-

ability of meaning, or erroneous signification.” They therefore con-

template, and not only contemplate but insist upon, the surrender of

the plainest rules of grammar to the principle of priority. We have

only to turn over the pages of the ‘Check-list’ to find abundant illus-

trations of this deformity. Cstrelata is written Zstrelata, although

it is probable that Bonaparte, who was a good classical scholar,

only spelt it this way by a slip of his pen: Arthyia is spelt Aythya,

although we know, from its obvious Greek equivalent, that this

is wrong: Heniconetta is used without the H, although the Greek

word from which it is derived, carried an initial aspirate: Pediacetes

is written Pediocetes, as originally misspelt by Baird, although

there can be no doubt that he meant by it an inhabitant (oixyrjs)

of the plain (redfov). We will not multiply examples of these

errors, but need only remark that no one with a pretence to a

classical education is likely to submit to the causeless infliction of

such barbarisms.

The German Code is quite on our side in this instance and not

only permits such corrections but gives excellent examples (see

explanation to Sect. V.) of the proper way in which they should

be carried out.

Whether corrections of obvious misstatements of fact, and the

consequent rejection of certain names, should be allowed is another

question. To me it seems absurd to call an American bird Bucco

314 , MR. P, I. SCLATER ON THE [ Mar. 3,

capensis, and a Tortoise not found in Chili Testudo chilensis. I

have consequently refused to use such names, preferring accuracy

to priority. But the American Code, it is quite clear, does not

permit such alterations, and I fear that the German Code under the

explanations of Sect. V. is against my views upon this point.

On this subject, however, the original Stricklandian Code (see

explanations to Sect. X.) clearly rules in my favour.

(3) There is one point which seems not to have been touched

upon in any of the Rules hitherto promulgated. It is the last to

which I shall call your attention this evening. That is, the expe-

diency of rejecting ambiguous specific names in certain instances.

An example of such a case will best explain my meaning. I will

take a well-known one, but there are many like it. Lepus timidus

of Linneus was probably intended by the learned Swede as the

epithet of the Mountain or Variable Hare of Northern Europe.

It has, however, until recently, been almost universally applied to

the common lowland species, Lepus europeus of Pallas’. Recent

authors having discovered the error have proposed to re-impose

the name of Lepus timidus upon the Northern species=Lepus

variabilis, Pallas. I maintain, however, that, under the circum-

stances that have happened, Lepus timidus can no longer be used

asaname atall. It is perfectly useless as a specific designation,

because when Lepus timidus is spoken of (whether ‘Linn.’ be

added to it or not) nobody can tell without further information

whether it is intended to indicate Lepus variabilis or Lepus ewropeus,

Under such circumstances the specific term timidus ought to be

considered as “void for ambiguity” and the next given name

“variabilis” of Pallas employed in its place. There are many

other cases of the same sort, but of course such rejections should

be sanctioned only in extreme cases, when it is certain that the

retention of the older name will lead to confusion.

The Canon that I should suggest on this subject would be some-

thing as follows :—

Specific names which have been applied habitually to one species

but can be proved to be properly applicable to another may be

superseded by the next oldest applicable term in both cases.

Before concluding this address I will say a few words as to my

views on the vexed subjects of trinomials. That subspecies actually

exist in nature cannot, I think, be denied by anybody who believes

in the origin of species by descent. Nearly all forms of animal

life, which have a wide distribution, show differences when

individuals from the two extremes of the range of the species are

compared. These differences are in many cases united by inter-

mediate forms which occur in the more central portion of the range.

“Subspecies ” appears to me to be an excellent term to designate

the slight differences exhibited in these cases, far better than

‘« climatic ” or “ geographical ” variety, which is often used for them.

We are thus enabled to retain “variety” for abnormal variations

from the typical form (such as albinisms &c.) which occur without

1 « See Bell's ‘ British Quadrupeds,’ p. 881 (1884); Blasius, Wirkelth, Europ,

p. 412 (1857).

1896. ] RULES OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE. 315

reference to locality. The students of geographical variation in

America, particularly those of Mammals and Birds, may have gone

a little into the extreme in recognizing subspecies, but there can be

no question that the phenomenon occurs, and is well worthy of

record under a name of some sort. The British forms of the Coal-

Tit and the Marsh-Tit, which have been named Parus britannicus

and Parus dresseri, appear to me to be good instances of subspecies.

I should propose to call them Parus ater britannicus and Parus

palustris dresseri, while the corresponding forms of the continent

should be termed Parus ater typicus and Parus palustris typicus

when they are spoken of in the restricted sense only. In ordinary

cases, however, it is sufficient to say Parus ater and Parus palustris

without any reference to the subspecies. To give these slight and

in some cases barely recognizable variations the same rank as is

awarded to Turdus musicus and Turdus viscivorus seems to me to be

highly undesirable, and the recognition of subspecies indicated by

trinomials gives us an easy way out of the difficulty.

Finally I may be permitted to say that in questions of priority,

as in everything else, it is the extreme men that lead us into

difficulties, and that have made the very mention of “ priority ”

distasteful to some of our best workers in Zoology. Some ardent

spirits seem to take a pleasure in inventing excuses for alterations

in the best and most long-established names without considering,

and without even caring, whether subsequent writers will consent to

follow them. More moderate systematists are wise enough to let

names remain as they are, unless there is an absolute necessity for

making a change. In the case of many of the names of the older

authors, which we are invited to associate sometimes with one

species and sometimes with another, it is often simply a matter of

opinion or, I may say, conjecture as to which out of half-a-dozen

species they were intended to refer. Accipiter korshun of S. G.

Gmelin is a noted instance of this sort. It was first resurrectionized

in 1874 by Dr. Sharpe as the proper name of the Black Kite. Other

authors have referred it to the Golden Eagle, and even, I believe,

to one of the Owls. Surely it is better to consign such an indefi-

nite term as this to the limbo of unrecognizable synonyms. In

reviving the name Anser fubalis for the Bean-Goose—a term which

has slept in peace ever since it was invented by Latham in 1785—

we must allow that one of our leading ornithologists had better

grounds to go upon. There can be no question that Latham

translated the name of “ Bean-Goose” into Latin as “ Anser fabalis.”

At the same time there can be little doubt that he did not consider

that in doing this he was inventing a new specific term for that

well-known bird, which, like everybody else for the last 110 years,

he continued to call Anser segetum. It is surely sufficient to quote

such uncertain names amongst our synonyms without adopting

them as definite designations of familiar species. It is, I repeat,

the extremist and the sensationalist, who strive to astonish us by

carrying out the law of priority to its “ bitter end,” that have

caused the disgust which many of us feel at the mere mention

of priority in nomenclature.

316 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 3,

Apprnpix I.

Rules for the Scientific Naming of Animals, compiled by the German

Zoological Society.

A. GENERAL RULES.

1. Zoological Nomenclature includes extinct as well as recent

animals, but has no relation to botanical names.

2. Only such scientific names can be accepted as are published in

print, in connection with a clear description either by words or

figures.

3. Scientific names must be in Latin.

4. Names of the same origin and only differing from each other

in the way they are written are to be considered identical.

5. Alterations in names otherwise valid are only permitted in

accordance with the requirements of Sections 13 and 22, and further

for the purpose of purely orthographical correction when the word

is without doubt wrongly written or incorrectly transcribed. Such

alterations do not affect the authorship of the name.

6. Of the various permissible names for the same conception only

the one first published is valid (Law of Priority).

7. The application of the Law of Priority begins with the tenth

edition of Linneus’s ‘ Systema Nature’ (1758).

8. When by subsequent authors a systematic conception is

extended or reduced, the original name is nevertheless to be

regarded as permissible.

9. The author of a scientific name is he who has first proposed it

ina permissible form. If theauthor’s name is not known, the title

of the publication must take its place.

10. If the name of the author is given it should follow the scien-

tific name without intervening sign. In all cases in which asecond

author’s name is used a comma should be placed before it.

11. Class (classis), Order (ordo), Family (familia), Genus (genus),

and Species (species) are conceptions descending in rank one after

the other, and are to be taken in the order here given. These

terms should not be employed in a contrary or capricious relation

or order.

B. RULES FOR DESIGNATING SPECIES.

12. Every species should be designated by one generic and one

specific name (Binary Nomenclature).

13. The specific name, which should be treated always as one

word, should depend grammatically upon the generic name.

14. The same specific name can only be used once in the same

genus.

15. In the case of a species being subdivided, the original name is

to be retained for the species which contains the form originally

described. In doubtful cases the decision of the author who makes

the separation shall be followed.

16. When various names are proposed for the same species nearly

1896. ] RULES OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE, 317

at the same date, so that the priority cannot be ascertained, the

decision of the first author that points out the synonymy should

be followed.

17. In the case of species with a cycle of generation of different

forms, the specific term must be taken from an adult form capable

of reproduction. In these cases, as also in species in which

Polymorphy occurs, the Law of Priority must be observed.

18. The author of the specific name is the author of the species.

19. The author’s name should be placed in parentheses when

the original generic name is replaced by another.

20. Hybrids should be designated either by a horizontal cross

between the parents’ names, or by these names being placed one

above the other with a line between. The parents’ sexes should be

stated, when known. ‘The name of the describer of the hybrid

should be added, preceded by a comma.

C, RULES FOR THE NAMES OF SUBSPECIHS AND OTHDR DIVERGENCES

FROM TYPICAL SPECIBS OR SUBSPECIES.

21. When constant local forms, varieties, strains, &c. require

special names, these names should be placed after the specific name.

The rules for such names are the same as those for specific names.

D. RULES FOR GENERIC NAMES,

22. Names of genera should be substantives, and of the singular

number. They should be one word and be written with a large

initial letter. Ifa subgenus is used, its name (which follows the

same rules as a generic name) should be given in parentheses after

the generic name.

23. A generic name is only valid when a known or a sufficiently

characterized species (or several species) is referred to it, or when

a sufficient diagnosis of it is given.

24. The same generic name can only be employed once in Zoology

Nor can names already proposed as subgeneric be employed also

as generic names in another sense.

25, Whenseveral generic names are proposed for a genus at nearly

the same date, so that their priority cannot be settled, the name for

which a type-species is given is to be preferred. In all uncertain

cases the decision of the author who first arranges the synonymy

is to be followed.

26. When a genus is separated into several genera the old name

must be retained for the type-species. If this cannot be positively

ascertained, the author who splits up the genus must select one of

the species originally in the genus as the type. When a subgenus

is raised to generic rank the subgeneric name becomes the generic

name.

E. RULES FOR THE NAMES OF THE HIGHER SYSTEMATIC GROUPS.

27. Names for higher systematic groups of animals must have a

plural termination.

318 MR, P. L, SCLATBR ON THE [Mar. 3,

28. Names of Families and Subfamilies must henceforth be taken

from the name of one of the genera belonging to the group, and

formed from the stem of that name, with the addition of -ide (plural

of -ides [Gr. -eiéns], masc.) for the Families and -ine (fem.) for

the Subfamilies.

Apprnpix II.

Titles of the principal Modern Codes of Zoological Nomenclature.

1. Report of a Committee appointed to consider the Rules by

which the Nomenclature of Zoology may be established on

a uniform and permanent basis. London, 1842. [Rep.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 1842, pt. 1, p. 105 (1843), also

printed separately. ]

2. Rules for Zoological Nomenclature by the late Hugh E.

Strickland, M.A., F.R.S., authorized by Section D of British

Association at Manchester, 1842. Reprinted by Requisition

of Section D at Newcastle, 1863. Edinburgh, 1863.

3. Report of a Committee “appointed to report on the changes

which they may consider desirable to make, if any, in the

Rules of Zoological Nomenclature drawn up by Mr. H. E.

Strickland, at the instance of the British Association at

their Meeting in Manchester in 1842.” London, 1866.

(Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sei. 1865, pt. 1, p. 25 (1866). ]

4, Rules for Zoological Nomenclature drawn up by the late

H. E. Strickland, M.A., F.R.S. (assisted by many Zoologists,

British and Foreign), at the instance of the British

Association. [New edition with preface by P. L. Sclater.]

London, 1878.

. Report of the Committee on Zoological Nomenclature to

Section B. of the American Association for the Advance-

ment of Science, at the Nashville Meeting, August 31,

1877. [Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. 1877, p. 7 (1878).]

6. Société Zoologique de France. De la Nomenclature des

Etres organisés. Régles applicables 4 la Nomenclature des

Etres organisés proposées par la Société Zoologiqae de

France. Paris, 1881.

7, Régles & suivre pour établir la Nomenclature des espéces.

Rapport du Secrétaire de la Commission H. Douvillé. Con-

grés géologique International. Compte Rendu de la 2™°

Session, Bologne, 1881. Bologne, 1882.

8. The Code of Nomenclature and Check-list of North American

Birds, adopted by the American Ornithologists’ Union.

New York, 1886.

9. Regeln fiir die zoologische Nomenclatur. Angenommen von

der Allgemeinen Deutschen Ornithologischen Gesellschaft

zu Berlin auf der XVI. Jahresversammlung in Frankfurt a.

M. am 12. und 13. Mai, 1891. [J.f.O. 1891, p.315; also

published separately. ]

10. Regeln fiir die wissenschaftliche Benennung der Thiere

a :

ab Me

1896.] - RULES OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE. 319

zusammengestellt von der Deutschen Zoologischen Gesell-

schaft. Leipzig, 1894.

11. Régles de la Nomenclature des Etres organisés adoptées

par les Congres Internationaux de Zoologie (Paris, 1889 ;

Moscou, 1892). Paris, 1895.

A communication was read from Graf Hans von Berlepsch,

C.M.Z.S., expressing his regret at not being able to be present on

this occasion, and giving his opinion on the three points specially

discussed. He was not disinclined to give way on the first, but

maintained the necessity of the second and third alterations pro-

posed in the German Rules.

THE PresipEent (Sir William Flower) said that the question of

nomenclature was a most important one in the study of Natural

History. The existing confusion was caused, not only by the

absence of definite and universally accepted rules, but also by

divergences in the mode of interpretation of such rules as were

accepted—divergences which he feared would always exist, however

theoretically perfect the rules may be made. He allowed that the

tautonymic principle, unfortunate as it was in many respects, was

the logical outcome of the system of priority, the basis of the

Stricklandian and all other Codes. The evil arose from the use of

specific names in a generic sense, a practice which never ought to

have been permitted. With the various Codes now before us it

was sometimes difficult to discriminate between regulations for the

introduction of new names, and those applying to the treatment

of names already in use—two objects which must be kept apart.

In the former case we could not be too strict, but in the latter

Sir William Flower contended that there should be some latitude

allowed in favour of universal usage, and he objected to the

supersession of a name known to the whole scientific world by one

which had been buried and forgotten almost as soon as it was

called into existence. For instance, he did not like the revival

of Anser fabalis for the well-known A. segetum, nor of the genus

Procavia for Hyrax. With regard to the 10th or 12th edition

of the ‘Systema Nature’ for a starting-point, he had always

preferred the British Association ruling in favour of the latter, .

but it was evident that the former was gaining ground, and would

probably be eventually adopted. In conclusion, although he said

he was glad that Mr. Sclater had introduced the subject, as a dis-

cussion like this must help to clear up our ideas upon it, he was

not very hopeful of an absolute agreement ever being arrived at.

Mr. Harrerrsaid that the Code of the German Zoological Society

was almost the same as that of the German Ornithological Society.

With regard to names used in Botany and Zoology, he considered

that from a practical standpoint it would be almost impossible to

create a name if the same rules applied to both, because it would

necessitate a search through botanical as well as zoological litera-

ture before a name could be settled upon. He therefore thought

Botany should be ignored, for mistakes as to whether a name was

320 MR. P. L, SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 3,

meant for a plant or an animal could seldom, if ever, occur. He

thought the tautonymic principle ought tobe accepted. The

correct ‘starting-point of Zoological Nomenclature, he was of

opinion, was the 10th ed. of the ‘Systema Nature,’ because in that

edition Linnzus first made use of the binary system of nomen-

clature ; and as the question of justness had been mentioned he

considered that it would be unjust to authors who created names

between the dates of the two editions, if the twelfth were adopted ;

he was, moreover, of opinion that if the 12th edition were adopted,

because it contained corrections and emendations of the older

edition, it would make a bad precedent, and that any other author

might, if so inclined, claim to alter his original names after he had

created and published them, and so cause confusion. He agreed with

Mr. Sclater that the comma between the specific name and the

authority was unnecessary. With regard to the law of priority,

he thought that if that law was accepted at all it ought to be carried

out thoroughly. He followed Mr. Sclater in his opinion on

trinomials.

Prof. Lanxzstser, F.R.S., said that the main consideration in

regard to the rules of nomenclature should be that of convenience,

and the digging up of old names ought to be avoided. He thought

the 12th edition of the ‘Systema Nature’ should be adopted as

the starting-point of Zoological Nomenclature, as a tribute of

respect to Linnzus, since it was the last edition of that work and

contained Linnzus’s revised list of genera and species. On the

whole, he was inclined to accept the tautonymic principle, but he

thought that some difficulty arose owing to the existence of doubts

in some cases as to which was the original species intended to bear

the name. He suggested that an International Committee under

the auspices of this Society should be formed, not to draw up a

code of rules, but to produce an authoritative list of names—once

and for all—about which no lawyer-like haggling should hereafter

be permitted. Rules such as those embodied in the Stricklandian

Code might be laid down for guiding the futwre action of makers

of specific and generic names. But with regard to the past what

was needed was, not a principle as to the application of which

everyone might argue and differ and cause confusion, but an authori-

tative declaration admitting of no appeal and of no discussion.

‘Let the zoologists of Britain, America, France, and Germany

agree that such a list of the names of all known animals shall be

produced once for all, and let this list take absolute and indis-

putable precedence.

Mr. Euwes said that the Rules of the Stricklandian Code,

though excellent at the time they were instituted, were not

now equally applicable to all branches of Zoology. The attempt

to make the 10th or even the 12th edition of Linneus the

starting-point for specific names would, if applied strictly,

soon bring the nomenclature of Lepidoptera into a hopeless

state of confusion, which would result in deterring beginners

from following any rules but those of convenience. After all,

1896. ] RULES OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE, 321

specific names were given to natural objects only in order that

naturalists might know what they were talking and writing about.

He thought that uniformity was much more important than pro-

priety, and the only way of solving a difficulty that was yearly

increasing would be to appoint International Committees in various

branches of science, which should be empowered to fix as a starting-

point for specific nomenclature some very much more recent period

than that of Linneus. Whenever a catalogue or standard work

in any branch of Zoology could be found, such as Staudinger’s

‘Catalogue of Palearctic Lepidoptera,’ 1871, the nomenclature of

which was based on a careful study, and a sufficient knowledge of

the natural objects of which it treated, so that its nomenclature

had been almost universally accepted and adopted, he would accept

its specific names right or wrong, and look on any attempt to go

back to earlier authors, many of whom knew little or nothing of

the species they attempted to describe, as a great injury to science.

It was very often impossible to know with certainty what these

authors meant, and even when the types existed they were

frequently, as in the case of many of Walker’s so-called types of

Lepidoptera, worse than useless. Such changes would not, of

course, apply to generic names, which must be altered as our know-

ledge increased. He saw no reason why names used in Botany

should not also be used in Zoology, and agreed with Mr. Hartert,

that no practical confusion resulted from this being done. With

regard to trinomials, he saw no means of doing without them,

but preferred them to be used with the prefix of var., ab., hybr., or

gen., 80 as to indicate, more precisely than could be done without

such a prefix, their relation to the species from which they spring.

Such prefixes had been employed most properly in Staudinger’s

catalogue, and their proper use was well understood, though there

was some danger of their undue multiplication without sufficient

definition. He thought that Dr. Sclater had done a great service to

science in raising this discussion, which he hoped would not be

allowed to drop without result.

Dr. D. Suarp, F.R.S., said the German Rules were not drawn

up in a way to be practically useful. In the case of each one it

should have been stated whether it was merely prospective or was

intended to be also retrospective in application ; and if limited to

the former, to what extent neglect of the rule was to disqualify a

name. If these points were not agreed on, the adoption of these

rules would add to the existing confusion. He further pointed out

that the application of the law of priority had in Entomology failed

to produce the agreement that its advocates claimed it would pro-

mote. Some names had now been in use for generations with two

different applications, naturalists being apparently divided into

two schools.

Mr. W. T. Buayrorp, F.R.S., said that nomenclature was simply

a matter of convenience, and he thought it hardly worth the labour

to draw up another code of rules, because they would be sure to be

subject to different interpretations. He objected to the use of

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. XXI. 21

we eer Fe

322 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M.J.STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,

simple trinomials for varieties of animals, and pointed out that,

besides geographical races, there were several other kinds of

variation which might be desiguated by prefixing letters to the third

name. With regard to ambiguous names, of which Mr. Sclater

gave Lepus timidus as an example, he was of opinion that Linnzus

meant to include both the Mountain Hare of Norway and the

Common Hare under this name, and he thought that Lepus timidus

could be retained for the latter, without causing confusion.

Dr. H. O. Forzzs thought that if objection were taken to tauto-

nyms—which were but the logical result of the law of priority—

the generic and not the specific name ought to be changed. ‘The

generic portion of a name was liable to change at any time with

the increase of our knowledge, and it was evident that, if it became

necessary to place the species in some other genus, the law ot

priority would demand the replacement of that name as its specific

designation. The result of this would be that, by change in the

specific part of a tautonym, there would be a constant liability to

change in both parts of the appellation of a species.

Mr. W. F. Krrsy was of opinion that botanical names should not

knowingly be used again in Zoology, and remarked that the German

Zoologists were not practically unanimous on this question. He

was inclined to think that the 10th edition of the ‘ Systema Nature ’

was the most logical one to follow. He stated that when preparing

his ‘Synonymic Catalogue of Diurnal Lepidoptera,’ the idea had

occurred to him of making Doubleday and Westwood’s ‘ Genera’

his starting-point for nomenclature, but he had found this im-

practicable, and was consequently obliged to revert to the strict

law of priority.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Ornithological Researches of M. Jean Kalinowski

in Central Peru. By Graf Hans von Beriepscu and

JEAN STOLZMANN.

[Received January 7, 1896.]

(Plates XIII. & XIV.)

Les trois riches collections envoyées au Muséum Branicki de

Varsovie par M. Jean Kalinowski, autrefois explorateur du Kamt-

schatka et de la Corée, nous permettent de présenter aux lecteurs

une liste complete des oiseaux du Pérou central fournis par notre

infatigable voyageur’. Afin que notre article ne soit pas trop

étendu, nous l’avons divisé en deux parties, dont la premiére con-

tient les familles de Turdide, Sylutide, Cinclide, Troglodytide,

1 La liste des oiseaux de la cote péruyienne était publiée par nous dans les

P. Z.8, 1892, p. 371 ff. :

P, Z. 516967 Pl it

J.G.Keulemans del et lith. Mintern Bros. imp.

DUBUSIA STICTOCEPHALA.

PVA, 5 NSO 6se lt ve

J.GKeulemans del et lth. Mintern Bros.imp.

TYRANNISCUS FRONTALIS.

Ry: "

nes

> ‘

0 lle —

‘ .

~ >

: —

; _

~ r? “+.

od 4

g j

A =

- =

J 7

‘

< -

‘

: ¢

ie me

: !

« {

3 2

> ‘

‘

s 1

} Pi

ee ‘

y ah “4

a ”. 4

we 4

=a 7 ,

1896.]° THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 323

Motacillide, Mniotiltide, Vireonide, Hirundinide, Corebide, Tana-

gride, Fringillide, Icteride, Corvide, Tyrannide, Pipride, Cotin-

gide, Dendrocolaptide, Formicariide, Pteroptochide ; et la seconde,

qui sera publiée prochainement, embrassera toutes les familles

restantes.

M. Kalinowski, dans espace de trois années et demie (1890,

1891, 1892, et une partie de 1893), a exploré la région des hautes

Cordilléres aux environs de Tarma et du lac Junin, et a ensuite

visité la région boisée du versant oriental des Andes, notamment

la vallée de Chanchamayo et celle de Vitoc. Toute cette partie du

Pérou central avait déji été explorée par le célebre naturaliste

suisse de T'schudi et par l’excellent explorateur polonais Constantin

Jelski, et néanmoins les recherches de Kalinowski ont été suffisam-

ment fructueuses pour nous fournir plus de vingt espéces nouvelles

et un grand nombre de sous-espéces non encore décrites. En

outre elles ont enrichi l’avifaune péruvienne d’un certain nombre

d’espéces, déji connues, mais qui ont été trouvées pour la premiere

fois sur le territoire du Pérou. Voila la liste d’espéces nouvelles

déja décrites ou qui seront décrites prochainement par nous d’apres

des spécimens fournis par Kalinowski :—

1. Dubusia stictocephala, nobis *. | 18. Thamnophilus _ variegaticeps,

2. Buarremon poliophrys, zobis. nobis.

3. Phrygilus chloronotus, nobis. 14, Dysithamnus dubius, nobis *.

4, Pseudochloris sharpei, xobis*. 15. Myrmotherula longicauda, nobis *.

5. Spinus olivaceus, nobis *. 16. sororia, nobis *.

6. Orchilus albiventris, nobis *. 17. Myrmeciza spodiogastra, nobis *.

7. Tyranniscus frontalis, nobis *. 18, Spathura anne, nobis *.

8. Mitrephanes olivaceus, nobis *, 19. Leshia julia, nobis MS.

9. Pipra comata, nobis *. 20. Macropsatlis kalinowskii, nobis *.

10. Siptornis taczanowskii, 2obis *, 21. Dendrobates valdizani, nobis *.

11. marayniocensis, 2obis. 22. Leptosittaca branickii, nobis *.

12. Xiphocolaptes phzopygus, 23. Theristicus branickii, nods *.

nobis, 24, Podiceps taczanowskii, nobis t.

* Espéces décrites par nous dans I’Ibis, 1894, pp. 385-405.

+ Décrite dans l’Ibis, 1894, pp. 109-112.

Ajoutons 4 cette liste les quatre espéces décrites par nous

d’aprés les oiseaux de la premiére collection Kalinowski (cote du

Pérou)’*, & savoir :—

1. Saltator immaculatus, zobis.

2. Molothrus occidentalis, obis.

3. Dives kalinowskii, obzs.

4. Cinclodes taczanowskii, nobis.

Ce qui nous donne 28 espéces nouvelles pour un pays exploré

déji soigneusement par des voyageurs habiles eomme MM. de

Tschudi et Jelski.

nowski.

Ce résultat inattendu fait honneur 4 M. Kali-

Parmi les oiseaux fournis par notre voyageur se trouve aussi

le type d’un nouveau genre (Leptosittaca).

Les espéces connues déji mais introduites pour la premiére fois

1 Pas encore décrite par nous.

2 T.c) ;

21*

324 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J, STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,

dans Ja faune péruvienne par les recherches de Kalinowski sont les

suivantes :—

1. Odontorhynchus branickii, Berl. g- 8. Phaéthornis pygmeus (Spir),

Tacz. subsp.

2. Spinus sclateri (Sharpe) ? 9. Heliothrix auriculatus, Nordm.

3. Pipreola frontalis, Sc/. 10. Porzana melanopheea ( Vie7il.).

4. Picolaptes fuscicapillus, Pedz. 11. Mgialites occidentalis, Cab.

5. Formicivora caudata, Sc/., subsp.? | 12. Phalaropus wilsoni, Sabine.

6. Pheolema cervinigularis, Salv. 13. Eurypyga major, Harti.

7. Campophilus pollens (Bp.), subsp.

Notre voyageur a donc enrichi l’avifaune péruvienne d’environ

quarante espéces.

La contrée explorée par Kalinowski n’est pas trés étendue, mais

elle présente une extréme variabilité de conditions. par suite des

différences d’altitude. Ainsi notre voyageur a pu visiter de nom-

breuses localités situées entre 2600' au-dessus du niveau de la mer

et la limite des neiges perpétuelles. Ces différences d’élévations

nous expliquent la grande richesse de l’avifaune de cette contrée.

Pour que nos lecteurs pourraient s’orienter plus facilement, nous

allons diviser toutes les localités visitées par Kalinowski en deux

groupes: celles situées dans les parties dépourvues de foréts, c’est-

a-dire dans les régions de la Sierra et de la Puna et celles situées

dans la région des foréts (“‘ montafia ” des péruviens).

(a) Localités situées dans la région découverte (entre 8000’ et la

limite des neiges perpétuelles) :—

Chicla—petite ville, station terminale du célébre chemin de fer de

VOroya. Chicla est située 4 une hauteur absolue de 12,300’.

Ingapirca—yillage au bord du lac Junin nommé aussi la Laguna

de Chinchaycocha (12,900'). | Dans le voisinage se trouve Ondores

(environ la méme élévation).

Tarma—capitale du département de Junin, 9735'. Le rio de

Tarma (qui plus bas prend le nom du rio de Chanchamayo) s’unit

a un autre fleuve venant du nord; au confluent de ces deux

rivieres se trouve la bourgade d’Acobamba. Sur la route d’Aco-

bamba 4 Junin est située la bourgade de Palcamayo.

Macabamba et Hacienda de Queta se trouvent aux environs de

Tarma.

__ Jawa—ville du département de Junin dans la vallée du fleuve

de Jauja. L’élévation moyenne de la vallée aux environs de la

ville est évaluée par Paz Soldan 4 11,000’.

Il nous a été impossible de trouver dans l’atlas de Paz Soldan

les localités de Banos, Canchacso et Tapo, nous pouvons seulement

affirmer qu’elles sont situées dans le département de Junin.

Kalinowski indique sur les étiquettes que Bafos est situé & la

limite des neiges perpétuelles ; pour Zapo il évalue la hauteur 4

11,000". Canchaeso doit étre aussi un point trés élevé & en juger

par la présence du Cinclodes rivularis.

(6) Localités situées dans la montafia (région de foréts). Nous

avons dit que le rio de Tarma prend plus bas le nom de rio de

1896. ] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU, 325

Chanchamayo. En sunissant avec le rio de Vitoe et celui d’Ocsa-

bamba il forme le fleuve Péréné, qui avec le fleuve Apourimac

donne naissance au fleuve Tambo—la souche du fleuve Ucayali.

Nous voyons done que les vallées de Chanchamayo et de Vitoc sont

voisines.

Dans la vallée de Chanchamayo sont situées les localités suivantes

visitées par Kalinowski: La Merced (2600'), La Gloria (3200'), et

Borgona (2600').

La vallée de Vitoc, dans la partie supérieure, s’appelle Rio de

Aynamayo, prés des sources duquel se trouve une petite ferme

nommée Maraynioc, trés bien connue des naturalistes par l’ex-

ploration de M. Jelski, ot celui-ci a fait ses plus intéressants

découvertes. Maraynioc est situé 4 la limite supérieure de la

forét, c’est-a-dire de 11,000’ 4 12,000’ d’élévation. Dans la méme

vallée de Vitoc, mais beaucoup plus bas, se trouve une autre ferme

— Esperanza —située d’aprés Kalinowski 4 3500’ d’élévation.

Comme stations intermédiaires entre Maraynioc et |’Esperanza

sont situées les localités suivantes visitées par Kalinowski :—

Pariayacu, Tambo de Aza, Sarnapaycha, Huarmipaycha, Culu-

machay, Puyas-Yacu, Chontabamba, San Emilio, Tendalpata, Chilpes

et Garita del Sol. Kalinowski désigne les six premicres localités

par le nom général de ‘‘ Maraynioc ” 4 cause du voisinage de cette

ferme; les cing autres sont toujours marquées “ Vitoc,” étant

situées dans la vallée de ce nom.

Fam. TuRDID#.

1. Turpvs nicRicEps, Cab.

La Gloria (aott 1890) et Garita del Sol (juillet et aoit 1891).

La femelle jeune est d’un brun foncé en dessus avec une teinte

roussdtre au sommet de la téte et principalement sur le front.

Le croupion et Jes sous-caudales sont d’un ardoisé légérement

teinté de roussatre. Les cotés de la téte d’un brun roussitre avec

un sourcil postoculaire un peu plus clair 4 peine visible, les tiges

des couvertures auriculaire plus claires ou roussatres. La

gorge stri¢ée longitudinalement de brun olive sur un fond blanc

roussatre. La poitrine d’un brun olive roussitre. Le ventre et

Vabdomen d’un blanc grisatre plus pur’au milieu, avec les cétés

d'un brun olivatre. Les sous-caudales d’un blanc roussatre, bordées

sur les cétés d'un gris d’ardoise. Les rémiges et les rectrices

noiratres bordées de brun roussétre. Les sous-alaires d'un brun

olive mélangé de roux-brun clair. Bec noiraétre mélangé de

jaunatre, pattes d’un brun jaunatre, “iris brun foncé.”

2. Long. totale 233, envergure 354, aile 110, queue 84, bec 25,

tarse 29 mm.

Une autre femelle, qui ne parait pas complétement adulte, a le

dessus d’un gris olivatre foncé, légérement marbré de noiratre; le

front est un peu plus roussatre et le croupion plus schistacé que

le dos. La gorge d’un blanc roussatre variée de raies longitudinales

noiratres. Lementon méme est blanchatre uniforme. La poitrine

326 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J, STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,

antérieure et les flancs d’un gris roussatre, moins roussatre sur les

eétés de Vabdomen ; le milieu de l’abdomen et les régions anales

d’un blane sale; les sous-candales grises, chaque plume portant une

ligne blanche assez large et cunéiforme le Jong du rachis. L/aile

pliée est de la couleur du dos ; les rémiges sont d’un noir brunatre,

largement bordées de gris sur leurs barbes externes; les rectrices

noiratres, avec les bordures d’un gris foncé. “ Bee brun, pattes

d’un jaune brunatre.”

Q. Aile 100, queue 76, culmen 21, tarse 27 mm.

D’aprés Kalinowski le male adulte a le bec jaune 4 la base,

brunatre dans la partie terminale ; pattes d’un jaune brunatre.

2. TURDUS PHEZOPYGUS SPODIOLEMUS, subsp. nov.

Turdus pheopygioides, Tacz. (nec Seebohm) Orn. Pérou, i. p. 490,

et ili. p. 508.

T. pheopygo (Cab.) e Guiana simillimus, sed major et gula ad

jugulum usque fere omnino nigro-brunnea, marginibus plumarum

lateralibus albis tenuissimis distinguendus. 3 al. 1182,

caud. 983, culm, 19, tars. 283 mm.

Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Mus. Branicki).

Un mile adulte de la Gloria du 1 aofit 1890. “Iris brun foncé;

bee noiratre, avec la partie basale de la mandibule inférieure d’un

jaune olivatre ; pattes brunes.”

L’oiseau envoyé différe des oiseaux typiques de la Guyane

anglaise par des dimensions généralement plus grandes et par

la gorge plus uniformement noiratre, couleur qui est aussi plus

étendue en bas. Les plumes noiratres de la gorge ne présentent

qu'une bordure trés étroite blanchatre, tandis que chez la forme

typique il y a des bordures larges d’un blane pur formant des

stries réguli¢res. Quant 4 Ja couleur des parties supérieures,

Yoiseau du Pérou central s’accorde presque entiérement avec la

forme typique, tandis que la forme qui habite l’Ecuador oriental,

et qui est représentée dans les collections de Bogoté, se distingue par

le dos coloré d’un brun saturé ou brun de bistre (7. pheopygus

saturatus, Berl.).

3. TURDUS IGNOBILIS, Scl.

Trois males de La Merced (aot 1890 et janvier 1891). “Iris

brun foncé, bec et pattes d’un brun corné.”

Un male comparé aux oiseaux du Pérou septentrional (Chiri-

moto et Tarapoto) s’accorde dans tous les détails sauf la queue,

qui est plus longue chez les oiseaux du Pérou central.

4. Turpus cnieuanco, Lafr. et d’Orb.

Merula chiguanco, Tacz. l.c. i. p. 494.

Deux males, dont l’un d’Acobamba (21 septembre 1890) et

Yautre de Tarma (13 aoit 1893). “Iris d’un rouge brique sale,

bec et pattes jaunes.” Un jeune mile de Garita del Sol (3 octobre

1891). “Iris brun clair.”

Les deux males adultes différent de la femelle d’Ica (céte

1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 327

du Pérou) par la couleur des yeux, du bec et des pattes (voir

P. Z. 8.1892, p. 373).

5. TURDUS GIGAS GIGANTODEs (Cab.).

Pariayacu: une paire, novembre 1891. “Tris rouge, bec et

pattes d’un jaune orangé, bord de la paupiére jaune.”

6. TURDUS SERRANUS, Tsch.

Un male de Maraynioc (7000’), 24 octobre 1892. ‘Iris rouge

cannelle sale, bec et la paupiére jaunes, pattes d’un jaune brunatre.”

7. TURDUS SWAINSONI, Cab.

La Gloria et La Merced (janvier 1891): deux males et une

femelle.

Fam. SYLVIIDz.

8. MyYIADESTES RALLOIDES (d’Orb.).

Un jeune oiseau de Garita del Sol (24 mars 1893). “ Iris brun

fonce, pattes brunes, bec noir.”

9. Mytaprstxs LEvcoris (Tsch.).

Garita del Sol: deux males, juillet et octobre 1891. “Iris

brun foneé, mandibule supérieure et pattes noires, mandibule

inférieure couleur de rose jaunatre.”

Fam. CINcLIDz.

10. Crncits LEUcocEPHALUS, Tsch.

Deux femelles, dont une de Palcamayo (juillet 1890) et lautre

de Maraynioc (7 juin 1893). “Iris brun foncé.”

Fam. TROGLODYTIDA,

11. CryyicurTHia PERUANA (Cab.).

Pariayacu: deux femelles (novembre et décembre 1891), et

trois exemplaires de Maraynioc (juillet et aoit 1892, mars 1893).

Tris chez trois exemplaires marqué “ rouge-brique,” chez deux

autres “ brun clair.” ‘ Bec plombé brunatre, pattes brunes.”

L’une des femelles de Pariayacu (de 12 décembre 1891) posséde

tout le front jusqu’au bord postérieur des yeux et le tour de l’ceil

d’un blane presque pur. Chez une autre de Maraynioc (du 19

mars 1893) le blanc s’étend moins largement sur le front et il est

légérement teinté de fauve. Il est & remarquer que l’apparition

du blane sur le front et autour des yeux se répéte souvent chez

les autres espéces du genre Cinnicerthia, comme par exemple chez

la C. olivascens, Sharpe (C. unibrunnea, Sel. & Salv., nec Lafr., voir

P.Z.8. 1879, p. 492). Il est difficile de considérer ce caractére

sporadique comme un cas d’albinisme, puisqu’il se montre sur

différentes parties du corps, tandis que le blanc chez la Cinnicerthia

328 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STULZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,

occupe toujours soit le front, soit le tour des yeux, soit les deux

parties ensemble. I] se pourrait que ce soit un retour vers un

caractére possédé jadis par quelque ancétre de la Cinnicerthia.

Une jeune femelle de Maraynioc (13 aott 1892) posséde le

dessous du corps, surtout la gorge, beaucoup plus claire que les

autres exemplaires. Le front chez elle est largement d’un gris

cendré, qui s’étend sous forme d’un tres large sourcil jusqu’é la

nuque. Cet exemplaire posséde en. outre les raies noires de la

queue beaucoup moins nombreuses (4 peu pres 27) que les autres

(& peu prés 36). “Iris brun.”

12. HenricornHIna LEvCoPHRYS (Tsch.).

Garita del Sol: deux males et une femelle, juin et juillet 1891.

“Tris brun foncé, bec noir, pattes brunes.”

La différence indiquée par Taczanowski entre une femelle de

Sillapata (Pérou central) et des individus de Tambillo (Pérou du

Nord) ne parait pas constante. Nos oiseaux de Vitoc ont les

rémiges et Jes rectrices aussi distinctement rayées que les oiseaux

de l’Ecuador occidental et de Bogoté. Il n’y a non plus de dif-

férences dans les dimensions.

13. THRYOTHORUS CANTATOR, Tacz.

La Merced et La Gloria; deux femelles, juillet 1890 et avril

1891. “Iris brun jaunatre, bec brun bleudtre, pattes d’un gris

brunatre.”

Cex deux exemplaires s’accordent en tout avec loiseau typique

du Musée Universitaire de Varsovie.

14, TRoGLODYTES FRATER, Sharpe.

T. solstitialis, Tacz. P.Z.S8. 1874, p. 505; id. Orn. Pérou, i.

. 521.

T’. solstitialis frater, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. vi. p. 261.

Maraynioc : un male et deux jeunes oiseaux, octobre et décembre

1891 etaoit 1892. ‘Iris brun foncé, bec brun avec la mandibule

inférieure blanchatre, pattes d’un brun carne.” Ces oiseaux, quant

aux dimensions, s’accordent avec le 7’. frater de la Bolivie, mais

ils présentent la strie sourciliére d’un blanc plus roussiatre.

15. TRoGLODYTES MUSCULUS AUDAX (Tsch.).

T. audax, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 525.

La Merced: deux femelles, aoit 1890 et février 1891. ‘Iris

brun foncé, bec brun en dessus, brun grisdétre en dessous ; pattes

d’un brun grisatre.”

Cet oiseau se rapproche surtout de la forme du 7. musculus qui

habite la Guyane anglaise, et ne s’en distingue que par le bee un

peu plus court et la queue plus longue. Les flancs présentent

une légére indication de stries transversales, qu’on ne voit pas

chez les oiseaux de la Guyane.

@. Aile 52, queue 44, culmen 123, tarse 183 mm.

C’est probablement le 7. audaw de Tschudi, qui habite, dit-on, la

1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 329

région des foréts du Pérou nord-oriental ; mais il faudrait examiner

le type du 7. audaw dans le Musée de Neuchatel.

16, TROGLODYTES MUSCULUS PUNA, subsp. nov.

T. audax, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 525 (partim).

T. musculo e Bahia simillimus, sed multo major et colore subtus

omnino rufescente, subcaudalibus minime nigro maculatis ; pedi-

bus fortioribus et nigrescentioribus.

Hab. in Peruvia alta.

3 ad. Long. totale 142-145, envergure 193-195, aile 60-593,

queue 51-493, culmen 153-14}, tarse 214-20? mm.

Ingapirca: deux males (mai et juin 1890); un male et une

femelle de Vhacienda de Queta (juillet et aotit 1892 et 1893).

“ Tris brun fonce.”

Cette forme est proche du 7. musculus, Naum., de Bahia, mais

sen distingue par sa taille considérablement plus forte, par la

couleur roussatre du dessous du corps plus uniformément répandue,

par le manque absolu de taches noires sur les sous-caudales et par

les pattes plus fortes et plus noiratres.

17. CIsTOrHORUS GRAMINICOLA, Tacz.

Ingapirca: trois males du mai et du juin 1890. “Tris brun

foncé.”

Ces oiseaux, comparés aux types du Musée Universitaire de

Varsovie trouvés par M. Jelski aux environs de Maraynioc,

présentent quelques différences bien marquées. La taille en

généra, est plus forte chez les oiseaux d’Ingapirca, la queue surtout

est plus longue. Les stries du pileum sont mieux prononcées

et d’une couleur roussitre au lieu de grisitre. Les stries de la

face supérieure de la queue sont plus larges. La couleur du

dessus du corps est en général plus claire et plus roussitre. La

couleur roussitre des cétés du corps et de la poitrine moins

développée et plus pale que chez les oiseaux de Pumamarca et de

Maraynioc.

Dimensions :—

Maraynioc. Pumamarca, Ingapirca.

ie X ;

(1 ae 48 47 54 52 49 mm.

Queue .... 45 41 56 534 53 ,,

Culmen .. 11 113 d Re-Aeitg -haak ist

MATEGY cc)5 . 20 20 ral 3 end

Nous n’avons pas eu l’occasion de comparer nos oiseaux a des

exemplaires typiques du C. polyglottus (Vieill.) du Paraguay.

18. ODONTORHYNCHUS BRANICEII, Berl. et Tacz.

Garita del Sol: un male adulte du 22 juillet 1891. “Iris brun

foncé, bec et pattes bruns.”

Al. 63, caud. 56, culm. 133, tars. 163 mm.

S’accorde parfaitement avec les oiseaux typiques de |’Ecuador

330 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M, J.STOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,

oriental du Musée Branicki 4 Varsovie, sauf que les ailes et la

queue sont un peu plus longues.

Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.

Fam. Moracrniip2.

19, ANTHUS FURCATUS BREVIROSTRIS (Tacz.).

A, furcatus, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 459.

Ingapireca: deux paires, juin 1890. “ Iris brun foncé.”

Berlepsch, ayant eu l’occasion de comparer les oiseaux d’Ingapirca

a une belle série de 13 individus de l’Anthus furcatus typique de

Valle Grande en Bolivie (coll. Garlepp), a pu constater que les

oiseaux du Pérou central different constamment par le blanc des

rectrices externes plus étendu, par les taches de la poitrine plus

larges et plus intenses, par le bec plus mince et par le queue un

peu plus courte. On pourrait donc les distinguer comme A. fur

catus brevirostris (Tacz.).

20. ANTHUS CALCARATUS, Tacz.

A. correndera, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 458.

Junin: nombreux individus, mai et juin 1890. “Tris brun

foncé, bec noiratre avec la base de la mandibule inférieure carnée,

pattes d’un carné sale.”

Berlepsch avait déji démontré, en commun avec le Dr. Lever-

kiihn (Ornis, 1890, p. 8), que l’A. calcaratus, Tacz., différe con-

stamment de lA. correndera du Chili par la couleur de la rectrice

externe de chaque cété, qui est presque entiérement blanche (sauf

une bordure étroite noiratre 4 la partie basale de la barbe interne),

par le fond de la couleur du dessus du corps plus ochreux et par le

dessous du corps plus jaunatre, enfin par le bec et les tarses plus

longs.

21. AnTHUS BoGorTENs!S, Scl.

Une paire de Maraynioc, 15 aoiit et 20 septembre 1892.

La seule différence appréciable entre les oiseaux du Pérou et

ceux de l"Ecuador se voit dans la longueur du bec (un peu plus

- court chez les oiseaux du Pérou). Un oiseau de Bogoté du Musée

Berlepsch (A. bogotensis typique) différe des oiseaux de |’Ecnador

et du Pérou par le manque absolu du bord interne noiratre de la

rectrice externe.

Fam. Mniorittipz.

22. COMPSOTHLYPIS PITIAYUMI (Vieill.).

Garita del Sol: une femelle, 24 avril 1893.

23, DENDROICA CHRULEA (Wils.).

La Gloria: un exemplaire du janvier 1891. San Emilio: une

femelle, 14 mars 1893.

1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 331

24, DENDROICA BLACKBURNLE (Gm.)

Une femelle et un oiseau sans indication de sexe de Garita del

Sol du mars 1893.

25. DENDROICA zxsTIVA (Gmn.).

La Merced: un male du 26 février 1891. “Tris brun foncé,

bee brun plombé, pattes olivatres.”

26. BASILEUTERUS LUTEOVIRIDIS STRIATICEPS (Cab.).

Myiothlypis striaticeps, Cab. Journ. f. Orn. 1873, p. 316,

B. luteoviridis, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 477.

Maraynioc : deux males et une femelle (juillet, aout et novembre

1892). Garita del Sol: un male (juillet 1891),

Les oiseaux du Pérou central et de la Bolivie se distinguent des

oiseaux typiques de Bogota par les stries foncées latérales du

piléum beaucoup plus prononcées que chez le vrai B. luteoviridis.

27. BASILEUTERUS BIVITTATUS CHRYSOGASTER (Tsch.).

B, bivittatus, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 473.

La Merced: deux femelles, octobre 1890. “ Iris brun foncé.”

Les oiseaux du Pérou central se distinguent des exemplaires

typiques de la Bolivie par les dimensions plus petites et par des

détails de la coloration, 4 savoir: le vert du dessus du corps est

un peu plus pale ou plus jaunatre; les stries bordant le roux du

mnilieu de la téte sont d’un noiraétre moins foncé ou plus brunatre.

Les plumes au commencement du front sont verdatres au lieu de

noiratres ; le milieu de l’occiput est d’un vert plus jaunatre que

celui du dos, ce que n’est pas le cas chez le vrai B. bivittatus;

la strie surciliére est d’un jaune verdatre plus clair, et prolongée

jusqu’au dessus des oreilles. On pourrait méme élever cette

forme au rang d’espéce.

Dimensions: 2 2 : aile 59-613, queue 52, culmen 103-11},

tarse 182-193 mm.

28. BasILEUTERUS CoRONATUS (Tsch.).

Garita del Sol: une femelle, juillet 1891. ‘Iris brun foneé,

bec noir, pattes d’un brun olivatre.”

29. BasILEUTERUS UROPYGIALIS POLIOTHRIX, subsp. nov.

B. uropygialis’, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 478 (partim).

B. uropygiali, Scl., simillimus, differt pileo usque ad nucham

1 Le type du B. uropygialis, Scl., est dit étre du Brésil, et peut-étre cette

indication de localité est-elle correcte. Berlepsch a eu l’occasion d’examiner

dans le Musée de Munich le type de la Muscicapa fulvicauda, Spix (Av. Bras, ii.

p- 20, tab. xxviii. fig. 2), qui venait de 1’Amazone brésilien, et a reconnu que

cest un Basileuterus identique au B. uropygialis, Scl., ou trés voisin. I] est

done bien probable que fulvicauda, Spix, est un nom plus ancien pour le

B. uropygialis, Scl., mais il faut encore une réexamination et une comparaison

eS type de la M. fulvicauda avec les individus du B, uropygialis.—BERu. et

OLZM,

332 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [Mar.3,

pure ardesiaco nec brunneo mixto, colore dorsi olivaceo etiam

clariore. Ala 683-66, cauda 563-493, culmen 12-113, tarsus

233-202 mm.

La Gloria (aotit) et La Merced (octobre 1890): deux miles.

“Tris brun foncé.”

Les deux oiseaux de Chanchamayo différent d’un autre de

VEcuador oriental du Musée Berlepsch et d’une femelle de

Huambo, Pérou nord-est (coll. Stolzmann), du Musée Branicki

par la couleur du dessus de la téte, qui est d’un ardoisé plus clair

ou moins brunatre, et quiest plus étendu vers la nuque. Chez les

oiseaux de l’Ecuador oriental et du Pérou septentrional les plumes

du dessus de la téte présentent des taches brunatres 4 la pointe

qui manquent complétement aux oiseaux de Chanchamayo. Le

dos est d’un vert olive un peu plus clair.

30. SyLVANIA CANADENSIS (L.).

Myiodioctes canadensis, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 468.

La Gloria et La Merced (décembre et janvier): deux femelles.

31. SpropHaGA VERTICALIS, Lafr. et d’Orb.

La Gloria: une femelle, aoit 1890. Garita del Sol: deux

males, aoit 1891, et une femelle, 23 avril 1893. “Iris brun foneé.”

Un cuf de cette espéce fourni par M. Kalinowski est ové,

attenué graduellement vers le petit bout. Le fond est d’un blanc

pur, couvert d’une fine moucheture plus dense sur le gros bout, ou

elle forme une couronne. Les macules sont de différentes

couleurs: celles de la gamme inférieure sont d’un roux pale et en

général elles sont plus grosses que celles de la gamme supérieure,

qui sont d’un roux brunatre assez foncé. Il y a aussi une certaine

quantité de petites taches d’un cendré assez foncé rassemblées

surtout au gros bout. Dimensions: 18}x13 mm.

32. SETOPHAGA MELANOCEPHALA, T'sch.

Garita del Sol et Maraynioc (octobre et novembre 1891).

Vitoc (mai 1893).

Fam. VIREONIDZ.

33. VIREOSYLVIA JOSEPHA, Scl.

Garita del Sol: un male, 2 septembre 1891.

34. CYCLORHIS GUIANENSIS (Gm.).

La Gloria: un mile, aoit 1890. ‘Iris d’un jaune orangé.”

Al. 72, caud. 562, culm. 173, tars. 21 mm.

Cet oiseau s’accorde parfaitement avee des individus de la

Guyane anglaise. Les pieds paraissent d'une couleur plus pale.

Fam. HIRUNDINIDE.

35. Hrgunpo ERYTHROGASTRA, Bodd.

La Merced: une jeune femelle, 10 mars 1891.

1896.) THB ORNITHOLOGY OF CHNTRAL PERU. 333

36. TACHYCINETA ALBIVENTRIS (Bodd.).

Hirundo albiventris, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 239.

La Merced: une paire d’oiseaux jeunes, 10 janvier et 20 aoat

1891. “Iris brun foncé.”

Ces oiseaux se distinguent des individus de Cayenne par le

blanc des barbes internes des rectrices externes plus étendu vers

la pointe.

37. ATTICORA FASCIATA (Gmn.).

La Merced ; trois individus, juillet et aout 1890. “Iris brun

foncé.”

Un mile examiné par Berlepsch est plus petit que les oiseaux

de la Guyane anglaise, de Trinidad et de Ecuador oriental dans

sa collection. Le bec parait aussi plus petit, la bande de la

poitrine plus large, que chez les oiseaux de la Guyane anglaise.

Le type de lA. fasciata venait de Cayenne.

38. ATTICORA CYANOLEUCA (Vieill.).

La Merced: nombreux individus du juillet 1890. “Iris brun

foncé.”

39. Arricora muriInA (Cass.).

A. cinerea, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, 1. p. 243.

Acobamba: un male du 11 juillet 1890. ‘Iris brun foncé.”

Al. 1124, caud. 644, culm. 64, tars. 104, caud. furcata 145 mm.

Bee plus étroit, parties supérieures, surtout le pileum, plus

verditres, et parties inférieures plus grisatres, moins brunatres que

chez les oiseaux de |’Ecuador comparés par nous.

40, Arricora ANDECOLA (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

Hirundo andecola, Lafr. et d’Orb. Syn. av. (1837) p. 69 (typ.

ex La Paz, Bolivia); Tschudi, F. P. Orn. p. 132; Tacz. Orn. du

Pérou, i. p. 242.

Atticora cinerea (partim), Sharpe, C. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 184

(“young”).

Une paire d’oiseaux adultes de Vhacienda de Queta, pres de

Tarma, 25 décembre 1892. “Iris brun foncé, presque noir; bec

noir, pattes carnées.”

Long. tot. Al. Caud. Culm. Tars. Caudz furca.

6.2» «2. 130 1233 604 7 13 6 mm.

Or. 2 128 1164 55 7+ 12 43 4

Dr. Sharpe a eu tort de réunir A. andecola, Lafr. et d’Orb.,

a YA. murina (Cass.) (=A. cinerea auct., nec Gm.). Ce sont

évidemment deux espéces tout-a-fait distinctes.

Nos deux oiseaux de Tarma s’accordent parfaitement avec la

description donnée par Lafresnaye et d’Orbigny de leur H. ande-

cola (1. c.), de méme qu’avec deux individus recueillis par G. Garlepp

a Chililaya, lac Titicaca.

334 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND ‘M.J.STOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3>

Ils différent de lA. murina, Cass., de Ecuador et d’Acobamba,

par la queue trés peu fourchue (l’échancrure mesurant de 5

a 64 au lieu de 19 mm.), par les rectrices plus larges, les

tectrices sous-caudales beaucoup plus prolongées, les ailes plus

longues, enfin par la coloration du dessous du corps. Chez lA.

murina toutes les parties inférieures du corps sont d’une couleur

grise brunatre uniforme, tandis que chez l’A. andecola la gorge est

dun noirdtre enfumé, la poitrine et Vabdomen néanmoins d'un

blanchdtre sale. Les tectrices sous-caudales chez l’A. andecola sont

d’un brunatre pale 4 bordures apicales blanchatres, tandis que chez

lA. murina elles sont noiratres, terminées d’une tache d’un bleu

d’acier 4 la pointe. Les parties supérieures sont d’un bleu d’acier

verdatre moins vif, surtout sur la téte.

41. ATTICORA TIBIALIS (Cass.).

La Gloria: un male en mue et une jeune femelle, 6 aoat 1890.

“Tris brun foncé.”

42, STELGIDOPTERYX RUFICOLLIS (Vieill.).

La Merced: trois exemplaires, juillet, aout et septembre 1890.

“ Tris brun foncé.”

Fam. C@REBID#.

43. DIGLossa PECTORALIS, Cab.

Plusieurs exemplaires de Maraynioc (juillet, novembre et

décembre 1891, aotit 1892, janvier et mars 1893). “Iris brun

foncé, bec et pattes noirs.”

44, DiaLossa PERSONATA (Fras.).

Maraynioc et Garita del Sol (septembre et novembre 1891,

juillet et décembre 1892).

45. DIGLossA BRUNNEIVENTRIS, Lafr.

Nombreux individus de Palcomayo et d’Acobamba (juillet 1890),

de Maraynioc et de Tarma (novembre 1891, aout 1892, et février—

juillet 1893). “Iris brun foncé.”

Nos oiseaux du Pérou central différent d’un male de Paucar-

tambo du Musée Berlepsch en ce quiils ne présentent que des

traces de stries surciliéres grisatres, qui sont bien tgs chez

le dernier.

46. DicLossoPIs CHRULESCENS PALLIDA, subsp. nov.

D. ccerulescens, Tacz. (nec Scl.) P. Z.S. 1874, p. 511 (Nina-

bamba); id. P. Z.8. 1879, p. 225 (Palto & Tambillo); id. P. Z. 8.

1882, p. 8 (Chachapoyas, Tamiapampa, Achamal); id. Orn. du

Pérou, i. p. 422.

D. cerulescenti (Scl.) simillima, sed colore supra subtusque

multo pallidiore, gula, pectore, lateribusque corporis pallide

1896.] - BHE ORNIPHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. -- 335

ceerulescenti-grisets nec saturate ultramarino-ardesiacis dis-

tinguenda.

Hab. in Peravia alta, centrali et septentrionali.

Long. tot. Al. Caud. Culm. = Tars.

3 o Chachapoyas

(Muséum H. y. Berl.)...... 124,129 72,733 583,65 133,122 203 mm.

2 Chirimoto

(Muséum H. y. Berl.)...... 124 69 57 13} 20%) ty55

3 Garita del Sol

(Muséum Branicki) ......... 1243 643 523 123 20% ,,

Un mile de Garita del Sol du 7 septembre 1891.

Feu le docteur Taczanowski avait déja démontré dans son

‘Ornithologie du Pérou’ (/.c.) que les individus péruviens de

Diglossopis différent des Diglossopis cerulescens typiques par la

couleur du corps généralement plus pale, surtout dans les parties

inférieures. Cette différence parait tout-d-fait constante et se

manifeste principalement dans la couleur de la gorge, du haut de

la poitrine et des cotés du corps, qui est d’un gris bleuatre a peine

plus obscur que le milieu de l’abdomen, au lieu d'un bleu ardoisé

obscur comme chez la D. cwrulescens typique de Vénézuela. Les

tectrices sous-caudales sont plus largement bordées de blanc, le

milieu de l’abdomen plus largement blanchatre; enfin, les parties

supérieures d’un ardoisé bleuatre plus pile et plus terne.

Tl est remarquable que le genre Diglossopis n’avait pas, jusqu’a

présent, été trouvé dans la république de |’Ecuador.

47, CONIROSTRUM CYANEUM, Tacz.

Maraynioc: quatre exemplaires, novembre 1891, aout et sep-

tembre 1892. ‘Iris brun foncé, bec et pattes noirs.”

Un exemplaire du C. sitticolor, Lafr., de San Rafael (Ecuador),

du Musée Branicki, présente des traces d’un sourcil bleu.

48. ConIROSTRUM FERRUGINEIVENTRE, Scl.

Maraynioc: deux paires, aout 1892. “Iris brun foncé, bec et

pattes noirs.”

49, CoNIROSTRUM ATROCYANEUM, Lafr.

Garita del Sol (juillet 1891 et mars 1892); Culumachay (aoit

1892). Le male adulte de Garita a le dos supérieur plus noiratre,

moins lavé de bleu violacé, les parties inférieures d’un noir moins

bleuatre, et les dimensions un peu moindres qu’un male adulte de

Tamiapampa, Pérou du nord.

50. CoNIROSTRUM CINEREUM, Lafr. et d’Orb.

Tarma: un male du 15 décembre 1890; Pariayacu: trois ex-

emplaires, aoitt 1892. “Iris bran foncé.” Ces oiseaux sont tout-a-

fait identiques 4 des individus recueillis par Garlepp sur le versant

oriental des Andes de la Bolivie occidentale *.

1 Tes oiseaux du littoral du Pérou (Lima, Arequipa) nommés par nous

C. cinereum (voir P. Z. 8. 1892, p.. 374) se distinguent de ceux de Vorient du

336 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. StoLzMaNNn on [Mar.3,

51. XENODACNIS PARINA, Cab.

Maraynioc: cing individus, octobre et novembre 1891, et un

male, 28 aotit 1892. “ Iris brun foncé, bec noir, pattes brunes.”

52. DACNIS CAYANA GLAUCOGULARIS, subsp. nov.

D. cayana, Tacz, Orn. Pérou, i. p. 428.

3 huic D. cayane simillimus, sed differt gule nigredine magis

restricta necnon plumarum apicibus cyaneo-virescentibus. 2 a

femina D. cayane gule plumis griseis ceruleo marginatis

distinguenda.

Hab. in Peruvia, Ecuadoria et Columbia.

La Gloria (aotit) et La Merced (aoiit et septembre 1890): quatre

exemplaires. “Iris chez le male rouge, chez la femelle d’un brun

rougeatre. Pattes carnées.”

C’est la forme occidentale de la D. cayana, qui se distingue de

la forme typique de Cayenne par le noir de la gorge du male plus

restreint et mélangé d'un vert bleudtre aux bords des plumes.

Chez le male de la Guyane le noir de la gorge est plus intense et

presque uniforme. La méme différence se voit entre les femelles

Pérou et de la Bolivie par le piléum d’un gris cendré presque semblable a celui

du dos, au lieu d’étre sensiblement plus noiratre. En outre, chez les premiers la

strie surciliére est plus courte et s’arréte un peu en arriére de l’eil, tandis que

chez Voiseau typique elle est prolongée jusqu’aux cdtés de Yocciput. Enfin,

chez les oiseaux de l’occident les parties inférieures du corps et les cotés de la

téte sont d'une couleur plus claire et plus roussdtre, la gorge et la poitrine

jamais lavée d’un gris cendré comme chez l’oiseau de orient. Les oiseaux de

Lima ont aussi les dimensions généralement un peu moindres, surtout la queue

plus courte.

MM. Lafresnaye et d’Orbigny ont décrit le Conirostrwm cinereum comme

habitant de ‘‘Yungas, rep. Boliviana, et Tacna, rep. Peruviana,” mais leur

diagnose s‘applique évidemment a la forme de l’orient, car on y lit: ‘“ Supra

totum schistaceo-cinereum, ‘ pileo, alis, caudaque nigris,’ subtus pallide cineras-

cens, abdomine medio anoque pallide.” Nous nous pensons donc autorisés 4

décrire la forme du littoral comme sous-espéce nouvelle :

ConiROsTRUM CINEREUM LITTORALE, subsp. noy.

C. cinereum, Berl. et Stolzm. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 374 (Lima).

C, CO. cinereo (ex Bolivia or. et Peruv. or.) simillimum, sed paula minor, cauda

tmprimis breviore, pileo cinereo dorso concolore, nec plus minusve nigrescente

lavato, stria superciliari breviore, necnon corpore subtus magis fulvescente

tincto, gugulo pectoreque haud griseo perfusis distinguendum.

Hab, in Peruvia littorali, cireum Lima et Arequipa.

Mus. Branicki (typus ex Lima) et Berlepsch.

Al. Caud. Culm. Tars.

C. ci littoral

ee eae a 60,564 50,46 103,93 183,162 mm.

C. cinereum :

1. ad. Bolivia 614 53k 103 183

(coll. Garlepp).

2. 6 b ad. Tarma et

Maraynioc } 613 553 10, 93 183,173 ,,

3. 22 Maraynioc ...614,60} 523,51 103,10 194, 184

1896.] -. HE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 337

des deux formes. La.femelle de la D. cayana typique a la

gorge d’un blanc grisatre presque uniforme, tandis que la femelle

de la D. cayana glaucogularis présente des bords bleuatres aux

plumes. -

L’oiseau du Pérou central pourrait étre considéré comme type

dela D, cayana glaucogularis, parce qu'il a la gorge plus mélangée

de bleuatre que les individus du Hant-Amazone et de Bogota.

Notons aussi que l’oiseau du Pérou central a le bec plus long et

plus fort que les oiseaux des localités plus septentrionales ; ila

aussi les ailes et la queue plus longues que les oiseaux de l’Amazone

supérieur, mais les individus de Bogota les ont en général encore

plus longues.

Dimensions :—_

La Merced. Huambo. Yurimaguas.

Ge Oe ates ae Oe. ies Ciena Gad ap

AUG crc) Gh 00s, Go Oo 64 614 63 62 mm.

Queue .. 492 45 47 49 50 47 431 42 ,,

Paice isis. ie ae to a ok oe.

cee ie in ies i i i a

53. Dacnis ANGELICA (de Filippi).

La Merced (aotit et septembre 1890), Borgona (avril 1891),

Garita del Sol (avril 1892). “Iris jaune.’

Les individus du Pérou central s’accordent tout-a-fait.avec les

oiseaux typiques de Bogoti.

54, ARBELORHINA CHRULBA MICRORHYNCHA (Berl.).

Cereba cerulea, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 437.

La Merced: trois males, septembre 1890. “Iris brun foncé,

pattes jaune pile.”

Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec les spécimens de Bucaramanga et

de Bogoté nommés A. cerulea microrhyncha. Ils ne different

que par la nuance des parties inférieures, qui parait un peu plus

claire.

55, C@REBA CHLOROPYGA (Cab.).

Certhiola peruviana, Tacz, (nec Cab.) Orn, Pérou, i. p. 439, part.

La Merced: deux males du septembre 1890. ‘Iris brun

foncé.”

Al. 632, caud. 374, culm. 123, tars. 153 mm.

Ces oiseaux ne différent de la C. chloropyga typique de Bahia

que par les ailes plus longues et le dos un peu plus obscur. Ils

sont presque identiques 4 ceux de la Bolivie. La C. perumana,

Cab., basée sur un oiseau 4 miroir blanc, recueilli par Warszewicz,

est peut-atre la méme que la C. magnirostris, Tacz.

56. CHLOROPHANES SPIZA CERULESCENS (Cass.).

- Ch. atricapilla, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 435.

La Merced (aoat 1890, janvier et mars 1891) et oe (juin

Proc. Zoon. Soc. —1896, No, XXII.

338 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. 3. STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,

1891): cing males. “Tris rouge sale, mandibule inférieure jaune

olivatre.”

57. CHLOROPHANES PULCHERRIMA STIGMATURA, subsp. n.

Dacnis pulcherrima, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, i. p. 432.

d mari Ch. pulcherrime, Scl., simillimus, sed differt macula alba

magna subterminali in pogonio interno rectricis externe. * Tride

fusco-brunnea.”

Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Garita del Sol).

3. Al. 70, caud. 463, culm. 123, tars. 173 mm.

Garita del Sol: deux miles adultes, juillet et aofit 1891. Les

oiseaux du Pérou central se distinguent par une grande tache

blanche subterminale sur la barbe interne de la rectrice externe,

qui est remplacée, chez les exemplaires de |’Ecuador et de Bogota,

par une fine bordure blanche 4 la méme place.

Nous nous sommes permis de placer la Dacnis pulcherrima dans

le genre Chlorophanes! La forme et la coloration du bec sont

presque les mémes, et il y a une certaine analogie dans Ia coloration

du plumage.

Fam. TANAGRIDA.

58. PROCNIAS TERSA OCCIDENTALIS (Scl.).

P. occidentalis, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 437.

Un male adulte de San Emilio, Vitoc, 1892.

Al. 85, caud. 51, culm. 104, tars. 153 mm.

Cet individu s’accorde dans tous les détails avec les oiseayx de

la Colombie.

59. CHLOROPHONIA TORREJONI, Tacz.

Garita del Sol: une femelle, 8 novembre 1892.

60. EvPHoNIA nigRIcoLLIs (Vieill.).

Garita del Sel (juillet 1891) et Chontabamba (aoat 1891):

trois males.

Ces oiseaux sont identiques aux spécimens du Brésil mérid. du

_Musée Berlepsch.

61. EvpHonta curysopasra, Scl. et Salv.

La Merced (aoat et septembre 1890) et Borgofia (juin 1891):

cing exemplaires. “Iris brun foncé, la base du bec et les pattes

d’un olive bleuatre.”

Ces oiseaux s’accordent en général avec les spécimens de Bogota

du Musée Berlepsch, néanmoins ils présentent des couleurs un

peu plus vives et plus claires et des dimensions un peu plus fortes.

62, EUPHONIA XANTHOGASTRA, Sundey.

La Merced: deux males, aoit et septembre 1890; Garita del

Sol (novembre 1891). “Iris brun foncé,”

1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 839

63. EUPHONIA LANIIROsTRIS, Lafr. et d’Orb.

La Merced: trois exemplaires, septembre 1890. “ Iris brun

foncé.”

Espéce non comprise dans ‘]’Ornithologie du Pérou’ par L. Tac-

zanowski, mais trouvée déja par Mr. Whitely 4 Marassura (Pérou

sud-est).

Un male adulte examiné par Berlepsch (al. 663, caud. 392,

culm. 104, tars. 15 mm.) se distingue d’un male adulte recueilli

par Garlepp 4 Omeja, Bolivie occid., par le bleu d’acier des parties

supérieures moins violatre, par le jaune orangé du front et des

parties inférieures plus pale, le jaune du front un peu plus étendu

en arricre et le bord noiratre du menton plus large. La £. crassi-

rostris, Scl., de la Colombie se distingue aisément par le manque

complet des plumes noiratres au menton, par Je jaune des parties

inférieures et du front plus pale, moins orangé, et par le blanc

moins répandu sur les rectrices extérieures.

64, EUPHONIA CHLOROTICA SERRIROSTRIS (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

La Merced: trois individus, aott et septembre 1890, “Iris

brun foncé.”

65. EUPHONIA RUFIVENTRIS (Vieill.).

La Gloria: un male, 3 aoait 1890. “ Iris brun foncé.”

Al. 594, caud. 333, culm. 104, tars. 153 mm.

Cet oiseau ne se dististiague des individus de l’Ecuador oriental

du Musée Berlepsch que par le bleu d’acier des parties supérieures

et de la gorge plus verdatre, moins violacé, et par cette couleur plus

étendue vers la poitrine.

66. CaLListp CHILENSIS (Vig.)’.

Calliste yeni, Taez. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 457.

La Merced: nombreux exemplaires, aoit et septembre 1890.

“Tris brun foncé.”

Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec des spécimens d’Iquitos (Amazone

sup.), mais ils ont les ailes, la queue et le bec un peu plus longs.

Les couleurs sont un peu plus vives.

67. CALLISTE SCHRANKI (Spix).

La Gloria (aoait 1890 et janvier 1891) et La Merced (1890):

nombreux individus. “ Iris brun foncé.”

68. CALLISTE XANTHOGASTRA ROSTRATA, subsp. nove

La Merced: trois spécimens (aoit et septembre 1890), et de

La Gloria (janvier 1891). ‘ Iris brun foncé.”

6 6. Al. 653, 653; caud. 452, 433; culm. 113, 114; tars. 17,

152? mm. j

Deux miles examinés par Berlepsch ont les ailes, la queue et le

. . "a: .

- 1 Quoique cette espéce ne se trouve pas sur le territoire chilien, il faudra

accepter le nom chilensis comme plus ancien.—Beru. et Stouz.

22*

340 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M, J. STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,

bec plus longs que les oiseaux de l’Ecuador et de Bogotdé. On

pourrait peut-étre distinguer la forme du Pérou central sous le

nom de C. wanthogastra rostrata.

69. CALLISTE PUNCTULATA, Scl. et Salv.

Garita del Sol: une paire, mars 1893. “Iris brun foncé, man-

dibule supérieure noire, mandibule inférieure et pattes d’un plombé

bleuatre.”

do. Al. 662, caud. 473, culm. 111, tars. 172? mm.

P+ 5 63, sy WANE, 18: tg DOL or Seay

Probablement les oiseaux trouvés par Tschudi dans la région

boisée du Pérou oriental et cités par lui (Fauna Per. i. p. 203) et

par Taczanowski (Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 460) comme C. punctata (L.)

appartiennent-ils 4 cette espéce.

70. CALLISTE PULCHRA (Tsch.).

La Gloria (janvier et février 1891) et Garita del Sol (aout 1891):

trois males et une femelle. ‘Iris brun foncé, bee noir, pattes

d’un plombé bleuatre.”

71. CaLLISTH GYROLOIDES (Lafr.).

La Merced (aott et septembre 1890), La Gloria (février 1891),

et Garita del Sol (juillet 1891): nombreux individus. ‘ Iris brun

foncé.”

_ Berlepsch a comparé un male et une femelle & des spécimens

de Bogotdé. Les oiseaux du Pérou central ont les ailes et la queue

un peu plus courtes et le brun du dessus de Ja téte un peu plus

pale et plus terne. Ces mémes exemplaires comparés par Stolzmann

avec un male de Chimbo (Ecuador occ.) présentent des différences

bien marquées: l’aile est plus courte de 8 mm., le demi-collier

nucal mieux prononcé, la couleur bleue du dessous plus vive chez

les oiseaux du Pérou central que chez les spécimens de |’Ecuador.

72. CALLISTE FULVICERVIX, Scl. et Salv.

Garita del Sol: deux paires du juillet et d’aoit 1891. “Tris

brun foneé, bee noir, pattes d’un plombé bleuatre.”

Nous n’avons pas eu l’occasion de comparer nos oiseaux aux

types boliviens, mais nous avons remarqué quwils présentent

plusieurs différences comparés a la figure de MM. Sclater et

Salvin (voir P. Z. 8. 1876, planche xxx.).

73. CALLISTE ARGENTEA (T'sch.).

Garita del Sol: trois paires, juillet, aoait et septembre 1891.

‘“‘ Tris brun foncé, bec noir, pattes d’un plombé brunatre.”

74, CALLISTH BOLIVIANA (Bp.).

La Merced: deux paires, juillet et septembre 1890. “Iris brun

foneé.” ;

1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 341

75, CALLISTE NIGRICINCTA (Bp.).

La Merced (septembre 1890) et Borgofia (avril et mai 1891):

trois males et une femelle. “Iris brun foncé.”

Les spécimens du Pérou central différent de ceux de l’Ecuador

et de Roraima (Guyane anglaise) en ayant les ailes et la queue plus

longues.- Le bleu du croupion et des scapulaires est beaucoup plus

intense, les cétés de abdomen plus lavés de bleu, les rémiges pri-

maires bordées de bleu au lieu de bleu verdatre, la gorge plus lavée

de lilacé,

Dimensions des oiseaux du Pérou central :

¢. Aile 74, queue 55-54, culmen 93-103, tarse 16-15 mm.

2 g ” 65, - + 99 53, 9, ? 15 ”

76. CALLISTE NIGRIVIRIDIS BERLEPSCHI (Tacz.).

_Garita-del Sol: quatre individus, juillet et aoait 1891.

Nos oiseaux sont un peu intermédiaires entre les spécimens

de la C. nigriviridis typique de Bogotd et ceux de Tambillo

(coll. Holzmann) qui ont servi des types 4 Taczanowski pour sa

C. berlepschi.

77. CALLISTE CYANICOLLIS (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

La Merced (juillet, aoit et septembre), Borgona (avril 1891),

Garita del Sol (juillet 1891), et Esperanza (juin 1891). “ Inris

brun foncé.”

- 78. CALLISTE PARZUDAKU (Lafr.).

’ Garita del Sol: un male du 2 octobre 1891. * Iris brun foneé,

bec noir, pattes d’un plombé bleuatre.”

79. CALLISTE MELANOTIS, Scl.

Garita del Sol: deux males ad., une femelle et un jeune mile,

juillet et aot 1891 et avril 1893, “Iris brun foncé, bec noir,

pattes d’un plombé bleuatre.”

80. CALLISTE XANTHOCEPHALA (Tsch.).

Garita del Sol: un mile et deux femelles, juillet et aofit 1891.

‘Tris brun foneé, bec noir, pattes d’un plombé bleuatre.”

81. CHLOROCHRYSA OALLIPAR ZA (Tsch.).

Un jeune mile de Garita del Sol, 22 juillet 1891. ‘Iris -brun

foneé, bec noir, pattes d’un plombé bleuatre.”

Cet oiseau, comparé 4 des individus de la CAl. bourcieri (Bp.)

de l’Ecuador et de la Colombie, présente les mémes différences

qu’un oiseau recueilli par Jelski. Voyez Tacz. et Berl. P. Z. 8.

1885, p. 77.

_ 82, Procnoris aTroo#RuLEA (Tsch.).

. Diva atrocerulea, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 456.

-. Garita del Sol, deux males, 4 septembre 1891; Maraynioc, cing

312 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,

spécimens, aotit et septembre 1892 et janvier 1893. “Iris brun

foncé, bee noir avec la mandibule inférieure claire, pattes d’un

plombé bleuatre.”

83. IRIDoRNIS JELSKII, Cab.

Maraynioc: huit exemplaires, octobre et decembre 1891, juin,

juillet et aofit 1892, et janvier 1893. “Iris rouge trés foneé, bec

noir & mandibule inférieure d’un bleuatre claire, pattes d’un noir

brunatre.”

84. Inipornis anaLis (Tsch.).

Garita del Sol; deux paires, juillet 1891. “Iris rouge foneé,

bec d’un olive bleuatre, noir 4 l’aréte dorsale, pattes noires.”

85. IRIDORNIS REINHARDTI, Scl.

Culumachay et Puyas-Yacu (Maraynioc): trois spécimens, juillet

et aoit 1892.

86, DELOTHRAUPIS CASTANEIVENTRIS (Scl.).

Pipridea castaneoventris, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 451.

Pariayacu et Culumachay (Maraynioc): sept exemplaires, aoit,

septembre et octobre 1892. “Iris rouge, bec noir 4 mandibule

inférieure d’un plombé bleuatre; pattes d’un noir brunatre.”

87. P@cCILOTHRAUPIS LACRYMOSA (Du Bus).

Maraynioc: cinq males et deux femelles, novembre et décembre

1891, aoit 1892, et janvier 1893. “Iris brun foncé, bec et pattes

noirs.”

88. P@cCILOTHRAUPIS IGNIVENTRIS IGNICRISSA (Cab.).

P. ignicrissa, Tacz. Orn. Péron, ii. p. 482.

Maraynioc: nombreux spécimens, juillet et septembre 1891, aoit,

septembre et décembre 1892, et janvier 1893. ‘Iris chez le male

brun foncé, chez la femelle brun clair; bec et pattes noirs.”

89. BuTHRAUPIS CUCULLATA CYANONOTA, subsp. nov.

* B. cucullata (Jard.), Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 483.

B. a B. eucullata (typica) differt dorso, alis, caudaque extus

pulchre cyaneis nec olivaceo-cerulescentibus, necnon nigredine

capitis in regione nuchali et qutturali multo magis restricta.

dg. Al. 141, cand. 932, culm. 223, tars. 322 mm.

Ove h ABT, af oh BBA i tics pls Nee DLs ups

Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Mus. Branicki et Berlepsch).

Maraynioc: cing individus, novembre 1891, aott 1892, et juin

1893. ‘Iris jaune rougeatre, bec et pattes noirs.”

Les individus de Buthraupis du Pérou central se distinguent des

oiseaux typiques de Bogoté par le dos, les tectrices sous-alaires et

les bordures des ailes et de la queue d’un beau bleu pur, tandis que

les oiseaux typiques y présentent un bleu terne olivitre. Les

1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 343

premiers ont aussi le noir de la calotte et de la gorge en dessous

beaucoup plus restreint.

Un jeune oiseau de Huasampilla, Pérou du sud (coll. Whitely)

du Musée Berlepsch, a le bleu du dessus encore plus clair et plus

vif et le noir de la calotte encore plus réduit, le bec plus petit que

chez Jes oiseaux du Pérou central. Peut-étre ces différences ne

sont-elles pas constantes.

Les oiseaux de ]’Ecuador sont intermédiaires entre la forme

typique et la B. c. cyanonota. ls s’accordent avec les péruviens

dans Ja nuance du bleu des parties supérieures, mais le noir de la

calotte et de Ja gorge est aussi étendu que chez les oiseaux de

Bogota. On pourrait en faire une troisiéme sous-espéce: B, cucul-

lata intermedia.

90. ComPpsocoMA sUMPTUOSA (Less.).

Garita del Sol: un male et deux femelles, juillet, aoit et sep-

tembre 1891. “Iris brun rougeatre, bec noir 4 mandibule inférieure

d’un plombé bleuatre; pattes d’un plombé bleuiatre.”

91. Dvususia sticrocePHALA, Berl. et Stolazm. (Plate XIII.)

Dubusia stictocephala, Berl. & Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 386.

Maraynioc: trois males adultes et un jeune, décembre 1891,

septembre 1892, et juin 1893.

Espéce nouvelle pour la faune du Pérou.

92. TANAGRA C@LESTIS MAJOR, subsp. nov.

T. celestis, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 485.

T. TZ. celesti, Spia e Fonteboa, simillima, sed differt alis caudaque

longioribus, rostro quoque crassiore, necnon corpore supra subtus-

que viridescentiore, uropygio quoque minus albescente.

Hab. in Peruvia centrali et septentrionali.

La Merced (juillet et septembre 1890, février 1891) et Garita

del Sol (ait 1891): huit exemplaires. “Iris brun foncé.”

Les oiseaux du Pérou centr. et sept. ont les ailes et la queue

beaucoup plus longues que les oiseaux typiques de Fonteboa

(Brésil)*. En outre ils ont le bec plus gros, les parties supérieures et

inférieures un peu plus verdatres, et le croupion moins blanchatre.

Dimensions (oiseaux de La Merced) :—

3. Aile 99-92, queue 754-71, culmen 143-14, tarse 193-19 mm.

143, ” 20 ”

g - ” J ” ’ ”

93. TANAGRA PALMARUM MELANOPTERA (Scl.).

La Merced: trois paires, juillet et aoit 1890. “Iris brun

foncé.”

Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec des individus de la Guyane anglaise

et de Bogota, mais l’olive des grandes tectrices alaires supérieures

et du miroir parait plus foncé et le miroir méme un peu plus

tit.

e & : Voir Berlepsch, Journa) f, Ornith. 1889, p. 2,

344 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M, J. STOLZMANN ON [ Mar.3,

94, TANAGRA DARWINI, Bp.

La Merced (aotit 1890), Maraynioc (novembre 1891), et Tarma

(mars 1893).

Ces oiseaux ne différent pas des individus du Pérou du nord et

de |’Ecuador. Les oiseaux de Lima ont le bec plus gros et plus

long et le jaune de la poitrine plus pale que les individus d’autres

localités, mais il parait qu’il y a des intermédiaires.

95, TANAGRA CYANOCEPHALA (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

Garita del Sol: une paire, juillet et septembre 1891.

Nos oiseaux s’accordent mieux avec ceux de |’Ecuador occ.,

qu’avec les oiseaux typiques de la Bolivie. Ils se distinguent de

ces derniers par la nuance des parties inférieures, qui est d’un

cendré bleuatre un peu plus fonce et par la couleur des tectrices

sous-caudales, qui sont plus lavées de verdatre.

96. RHAMPHOCELUS JACAPA CONNECTENS, subsp. nov.

Rh. atrosericeus, Tsch. Fauna Per. ii. p. 206; Tacz. Orn. Pérou,

ii. p. 493,

Reporte he Saeed

@ huic Rh. jacape, L., simallima, sed abdomine uropygiogue

similiter pallide rufescenti-brunneis, plumis dorsalibus obscure

nigris apice brunneo marginatis, capite pallide brunneo, fronte,

regione parotia, gulaque sanguineo lavatis, nec, sicut in femina

- Rh. atrosericei, wnicolore brunneo-nigra.

- wadiabi in Peruvia centrali et meridional.

La Merced: nombreux individus, juillet, septembre et octobre

1890, et mars 1891. ‘Iris d’un brun café.”

6. Al. 774, caud. 77, culm. 16, tars, 214 mm.

2 2 3 773, ” 78, 9 163, 204 ”

__ Cette forme, dont Berlepsch posséde aussi un male de Maranura,

Pérou mérid. (coll. Whitely), parait tout-a-fait intermédiaire entre

, le Rh. jacapa et le Rh. atrosericeus. Le male ressemble davantage

& celui du dernier, mais il a le noir de la poitrine, du ventre et du

dos moins pur et moins intense et un peu lavé de rouge de sang

terne: --Cette particularité est encore plus prononcée chez Voiseau

de Maranura, qui a presque tout l’abdomen lavé d’un rouge de

sang terne.

La femelle de cette forme s’accorde tout-a-fait dans les couleurs

.avec celle du 2h. jacapa, mais elle est fort différente de celle du

Rh, atrosericeus. Tandis que cette derniére est d’un noir mat

‘-brunftre presque uniforme (avec seulement quelque mélange de

-bordures roussitres au milieu de l’abdomen chez quelques indi-

-vidus), les femelles de Chanchamayo possédent tout l’'abdomen d’un

roux rougeatre, le croupion aussi fortement lavé de roussatre, les

plumes du dos noiratres avec des. bordures.brunes, la téte d’un

1896.) THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 345

brun pale et terne lavée fortement de rouge de sang sur le front,

les joues, la gorge, etc.

Le bec chez cette forme nouvelle parait un peu plus long et

moins courbé que chez le Rh. atrosericeus.

97. PYRANGA TESTACEA TSCHUDII, Berl. et Stolzm.

P, testacea tschudii, Berl. et Stolzm. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 375.

P, azare, Tacz. (nec a’Orb.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 495.

La Merced: un jeune mile, octobre 1890.

98. PyRanca ARDENS (Tsch.).

Garita del Sol: une paire, juillet et septembre 1891.

99. TACHYPHONUS RUFIVENTRIS (Spix).

La Gloria (aott 1890 et mars 1891) et Borgona (avril 1891).

“ Tris brun foncé.”

100. THLYPOPSIS ORNATA MACROPTERYX, subsp. nov.

Th. ornata, Tacz. (nec Sel.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 507 (partim).

Th. ornate ea: Heuador oce. simillima, sed major, alis caudaque

imprimis longioribus, rostro crassiore, necnon capite, gula, pec-

tore, lateribusque corporis letius rufis distinguenda.

Hab. in Peruvia centrali.

Maraynioc: cing exemplaires, octobre 1891, octobre et novembre

1892. ‘Iris gris olivatre, bec et pattes d’un noir brunitre.”

Dimensions comparatives :—

Th. ornata. Th. ornata. Th. 0. macropteryx,

Bugnat Cayandeled Maraynioc.

(Heuador occ.). (Ecuador occ.). (Peruy.)

ie é. Eh gt: a enon 3. 2.

PG ke axe iy 57 613 61 55 672-714 66 mm.

Queue .... 53 513 503 483 563-61 552 ,,

Culmen .. 103 103 10 103 117-123 112 ,,

Tarse-..... 183 182 203 194 203-212 213. ,,

101. Tuyrorsis amAzonuM, Scl.

Th. amazonum, Scl. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xi. (1886) p. 229 (deser.

orig., spec. ex Amazonia sup. et Matogrosso).

La Merced: cing spécimens, juillet et aoit 1890 et janvier 1891.

““ Tris brun foneé.”

Ces. oiseaux s’accordent parfaitement avec la description de

Mr..Sclater. Espéce non comprise dans I’ ‘ Ornithologie du

Pérou’ de Taczanowski, :

102. SERICOSSYPHA ALBOCRISTATA (Lafr.).

Tendalpata, une paire, avril 1893 ; Tambo de Aza, trois individus,

juin 1893. e)

-- 103. CHLOROSPINGUS AURICULARIS (Cab.). ‘

ee ‘Maraynioc ; sept exemplaires, novembre 1891, juillet, aoiit, sep-

346 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J.STOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,

tembre et novembre 1892, et janvier 1893. “Iris brun foneé, bee

brun & mandibule inférieure d’un plombé clair, pattes d’un plombé

clair.”

104. CHLOROSPINGUS CHRYSOGASTER, T'acz.

Quatre exemplaires de Maraynioc (octobre, novembre et décem-

bre 1892). ‘Iris gris olivatre, bec et pattes d’un noir brunatre.”

Cette espéce a été décrite par feu Taczanowski d’aprés la femelle

unique envoyée par M. Jelski de Tambopata. Le mile envoyé

derniérement par M. Kalinowski nous a permis de constater

qu'il différe trés peu de la femelle, ce qui est presque général dans

le genre Chlorospingus. Il posséde les couleurs un peu plus vives ;

le cendré du sommet de la téte est plus pur, le jaune du dessous

du corps un peu plus saturé que chez le femelle; on peut dire

aussi que le bec est plus foncé—presque noir. Mais c’est par les

dimensions que le male se distingue surtout de la femelle, comme

on verra par la table suivante :—

Aile. Queue. Culmen. Tarse.

3 ¢ (de Maraynioc) .. 85,914 72 12,123 20 mm.

Q@ (de Maraynioc) .... 80 63 12 20

3 (de Tambopata)

(d’aprés Taczanowski) 6 “ es =

105. CHLOROSPINGUS CINEREOCEPHALUS, Tacz.

Tambo de Aza, Maraynioc: deux femelles (novembre et décembre

1892). “Tris blane sale, bec noir, pattes plombées.”

106. CHLOROSPINGUS LEUCOGASTER (Tacz.).

Culumachay et Pariayacu(Maraynioc): sept exemplaires (juillet,

aout, septembre et décembre 1892).

107. PsruposPINGUS' XANTHOPHTHALMUS (Tacz.).

Marayniog: cinq exemplaires, novembre 1891, juin, aoait et

octobre 1893, et mars 1893. ‘Iris d’un jaune pale, bec et pattes

noirs.”

Le male de cette intéressante forme n’était pas connu jusqu’d

present. M. Kalinowski nous a fourni dans son dernier envoi

deux miles, qui nous permettent d’en donner la description. Par

leur coloration ils sont identiques 4 la femelle; il n’y a de différ-

1 Pseudospingus, gen. nov. Tanagridarum, generi Chlorospingo affinis, sed

rostro graciliore, potius dacnidiformi caudaque alis multo longiore, necnon

coloribus distinguendum. Species :—

1. Ps. verticalis (Lafr.) = Chlorospingus verticalis (Lafr.).

2, Ps. xanthophthalmus (‘Tacz.).

Les espéces cle ce genre différent des espéces du genre Chlorospingus par le

bec plus mince rappellant plutdt celui du genre Dacuis, par la queue trés longue,

plus longue que Vaile, et par le plumage soyeux et un peu luisant.

Suivant observation de Stolzmann, les meeurs du Ps. «xanthophthalmus

different également de celles des espéces du genre Chlorospingus qu’il a eu l’oc-

casion d’observer au Pérou du nord,

1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU, 347

ence que dans les dimensions, qui sont plus fortes chez les miles

que chez les femelles, ce qui ressort de la table suivante :—

6. Aile 73, queue 75, culmen 13, tarse 20 mm.

2 . 29 64, ” 72, ” ae 29 20 99

La seule différence que Stolzmann a trouvé entre les exemplaires

de Maraynioc et la femelle de Tamiapampa, Pérou du nord (coll.

Stolzmann), est que celle-ci a la ligne dorsale du bee un peu

courbée en bas, tandis qu'elle est presque droite dans les spécimens

du Pérou central.

108. PrprLopsis TRICOLOR (T'acz.).

Carenochrous tricolor, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, i. p. 525.

Garita del Sol: un male adulte et une femelle jeune, aoit 1891.

“Tris brun clair, bee noir, pattes brunes.”

109. Prpropsis MysracaLis (T'acz.).

Carenochrous taczanowskii, Scl. et Salv., Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii.

p. 526.

Maraynioc: six exemplaires, novembre 1891, juillet et aoat 1892,

et janvier, février et juillet 1893. “Tris rouge, bec et pattes

noirs.”

110. BuarREMon BRUNNEINUCHUS (Lafr.).

Garita del Sol: une femelle, 17 juillet 1891.

111. BuarRemon PoLiorurys, sp. n.

B. torquatus, Tacz. (nee Lafr. et d’Orb.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 530

(Maraynioc).

B. B. torquato, Lafr. et ¢ Orb., simillimus, differt superciliis supra-

et postocularibus griseis, tenic verticali concoloribus, nee albis,

stria tenuissima solummodo partem anteriorem supercilii usque

ad oculum superne cingente alba ( fere ut in B. assimili).

Long. tot. 176, al. 803, caud. 843, culm. 153, tars, 292 mm.

Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Mus. Branicki et Varsov.).

Maraynioc: deux femelles, novembre 1892 et avril 1893.

Cette espéce nouvelle se distingue aisément du B. torquatus,

Lafr. et d’Orb., de la Bolivie, dont Berlepsch a comparé trois

individus boliviens, par la strie surciliére d’un gris ardoisé sem-

blable & celui du vertex au lieu d’étre d’un blane pur. Il n’y a

qu'une bordure étroite blanchatre au-dessus de la partie antérieure

de la strie surciliére, qui s’arréte au-dessus de l’eil. Par cette

particularité l’espéce nouvelle s’accorde avec le B. assimilis, Boiss.,

mais elle posséde la bande noire au haut de Ja poitrine comme chez

le B. torquatus, bande qui manque complétement au B. assimilis.

Il s‘accorde aussi avec la B. torquatus dans tous les autres détails

de la coloration et dans les dimensions.

La description donnée par M. Taczanowski des individus re-

eueillis par M. Jelski & Maraynioc sous le nom de B. torquatus

s'applique trés bien aux oiseaux de Kalinowski.

348 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,

112. CissoPpIs LEVERIANA MINOR (Tsch.).

C. minor, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 536.

La Merced (juillet et octobre 1890, mars 1891), Garita del Sol

(septembre 1891). ‘* Iris jaune.”

Un mile examiné par Berlepsch a le bec plus long et plus

attenué vers le bout qu’un oiseau de Bogota. Le noir du dos et

de la poitrine est plus étendu en bas et d’un éclat plus verdatre

au lieu de bleuatre. Les rectrices externes moins largement

terminées de blanc.

113. Psrrrospiza ELEGANS (Tsch.).

Maraynioc : nombreux exemplaires, novembre et décembre 1891,

juillet, aoait et octobre 1892, et avril 1893.

Un mile de Tamiapampa (Pérou sept.), comparé par Stolamann

avec les oiseaux du Pérou central, présente les dimensions plus

fortes et le roux-cannelle du visage et du crissum plus clair.

114, SaALTATOR SUPERCILIARIS, Spix.

S. azare, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 540.

_ S. cerulescens, Taez. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 544 (partim).

La Merced: plusieurs oiseaux, juillet et aoit 1890 et janvier

et février 1891. “Iris brun clair.”

Un mile examiné par Berlepsch s’accorde en général avec les

oiseaux d’Iquitos (Amazone sup.) et ne s’en distingue que par les

ailes et la queue un peu plus longues et par la couleur de la

poitrine et du haut du ventre un peu plus blanchatre ou moins

mélangée de gris roussitre.

115. Sanrator Magnus (Gm.).

La Gloria (aotit 1890) et La Merced (avril 1891): deux femelles.

“Tris brun.”

116. SavraTor ALBOcILIARIS (Phil. et Landb.).

Pitylus albociliaris, Phil. et Landb., Wiegm. Arch. 1863, p. 122;

Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 549.

Saltator laticlavius, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1869, p.151; Tacz. Orn. Pérou,

ii. p. 545.

Acobamba (juillet 1890), Garita del Sol (juillet 1891) et Maray-

nioc (novembre 1891 et aoiit 1892). ‘Iris brun, bec jaune sale,

pattes noiratres.”

Il n’y a pas de doute que le Saltator laticlavius, Scl., ne soit

synonyme du Pitylus albociliaris, Phil. et Landb. Comme le dernier

nom est plus ancien, il doit étre accepté pour cette espéce.

117. ScHistocHLAMYS aTRA (Gm.).

Orchesticus ater, Tacz, Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 547.

_. Le Merced : trois spécimens, juillet et aotit 1890, “Iris brun

grisatre,” BE ty. a8

1896. ] - THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 349

Fam. FRINGILLID2.

118, PauucTicus CHRYSOGASTHR (Less.), subsp.

Plusieurs individus de Huamani (décembre 1889), de Garita del

Sol (juillet 1891) et de Maraynioe (aotit 1892 et juin 1893).

“‘ Tris brun foncé.”

Ces oiseaux appartiennent a la forme a gros bec (ef. Berl. et

Tacz. P. Z. S. 1884, p. 292) qu’on pourrait peut-étre distinguer

comme race locale du Ph. chrysogaster typique (habitant la région

littorale de l’Ecuador et du Pérou).

119, VoLaTINIA JACARINA SPLENDENS (Vieill.).

Trois exemplaires de La Merced (juillet 1890, février et mars

1891).

Un oiseau examiné par Berlepsch a les tectrices sous-alaires

entiérement noires, et par conséquent appartient 4 la forme

splendens. I] ne différe d’un male de la Guyane anglaise que par

la queue un peu plus courte.

N.B.—La Volatinia de Lima nommé par nous V. jacarini devrait

peut-étre constituer une race distincte ; car, selon les observations

de Jelski et d’autres voyageurs, le male ne prend jamais une livrée

tout-a-fait noire. II parait que les males de Lima ont les rémiges

et les tectrices supérieures toujours bordées d’un brun grisatre.

Les tectrices sous-alaires sont en partie blanches comme dans la

V. jacarini typique.

120. SPOROPHILA CASTANEIVENTRIS, Cab.

Spermophila castaneiventris, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 2.

La Merced: quatre miles, juillet et décembre 1890 et janvier

et mars 1891. “Iris brun rougeatre, bec et pattes noirs.”

Les oiseaux du Pérou (Iquitos, La Merced et Cosnipata) exa-

minés par Berlepsch présentent des dimensions un peu plus

fortes que les specimens typiques de la Guyane anglaise. Ils se

distinguent notamment par le bec plus fort.

121. SporopHiILa LuctuosA, Lafr.

Spermophila luctuosa, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 10.

La Gloria et La Merced (juillet et aotitt 1890, décembre 1890,

février et mars 1891): plusieurs exemplaires. ‘Iris brun foncé.”

122, CATAMENIA INORNATA MINOR, Berl.

C. inornata minor, Berl. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 115.

C. rufirostris (Landb.), Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 2L.

Maraynioc: quelques exemplaires, décembre 1891, aoait 1892

et juin 1893.

Les oiseaux du Pérou central présentent des dimensions un peu

plus fortes que ceux de |’Ecuador, mais les individus écuadoriens

comparés par nous se trouvent en plumage usé.

dg ad. Aile 69, queue 603, culm. 93 tarse 214 mm.

2 2. » 39 653-703, » 573-63, » 97-93, ” 215

350 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN oN’ [ Mar. 3,

123. CATAMENIA HOMOCHROA, Scl.

Maraynioc: trois males adultes et un Jeune, décembre 1891 et

novembre 1892. ‘Iris brun foncé, bec d’un blanchatre carne,

pattes brunes.”

Cet oiseau (le male) s’accorde avec un male adulte de l’Ecuador

du Musée Berlepsch.

124. CATAMBLYRHYNCHUS DIADEMA CITRINIFRONS, subsp. nov.

C. diadema, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iil. p. 24.

C. C. diademati, Lafr., simillimus, sed fronte pallidiore fere

citrino- nec aurantio-flavo, corpore subtus lateribusque capitis

clare rufo-brunneis nec intense castaners distinguendus.

g. Al. 693, caud. 733, culm. 93, tarse 223 mm.

2 ” 663, ” 713, ” 111, ” 213 ”

Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Mus. Branicki et Berlepsch).

Maraynioc: cing individus, décembre 1891, septembre 1892

et janvier 1893.

Les individus de Catamblyrhynchus de Pérou central se distin-

guent au premier coup d’ceil des oiseaux de Bogota et de l’Eeuador

par le jaune du front beaucoup plus pile, presque citron, au lieu

d’un jaune d’or orangé. Les parties supérieures et les cotés de

la tete sont d’un roux brun clair au lieu d’un brun chatain

obscur. Il n’y a pas d’autres caractéres distinctifs.

125. SPODIORNIS JARDINSI, Scl.

Spodiornis jelski, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ili. p. 42; Sharpe, Cat. B.

Brit. M. xii. p. 798.

Garita del Sol: une paire, février et mars 1893. “Iris brun

foncé ; bee chez le male noir, chez la femelle noir 4 mandibule

inférieure d’un plombé bleudtre foucé; pattes chez le male noires

brunitres, chez la femelle carnées.”

Ces oiseaux nous permettent de déclarer lidentité de la S. jelskit

avec la S. jardineit. On sait que la description de Taczanowski du

S. jelskit était basée sur la femelle unique de Ropaybamba. Nos

oiseaux viennent d’une localité trés voisine de Ropaybamba, et

pourtant ils ne différent presque point des oiseaux écuadoriens

(S. jardinet). Il faudra done supprimer l’espéce de Taczanowski.

126. PHRYGILUS CHLORONOTUS, sp. nov.

Ph. gay, Tacz. (nee Hyd. & Gerv.) Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 32.

? Ph. punensis, Sharpe (nec Ridgway), Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xii.

p. 785 (Tinta).

Ph. Ph. punensi, Ridgw., affinis, sed dorso pure flavescenti-olivaceo

(nec brunneo) pectore abdomineque flavescentiore (minus brunneo

lavato), capite gulaque pallidius schistaceis, necnon rostro lon-

grore et crasstore (in hoc genere maximo) distinguendus.

g. Al. 953, caud. 683, culm.177-18, tars. 263 mm.

g. ” 942, ” 67, ” 174, ry) 253 ”

ea ke

1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 351

Ingapirca: trois individus, juin 1890; Tarma: six oiseaux,

octobre 1892, aott et septembre 1893. ‘Iris brun foncé, bec

noir corné 4 mandibule inférieure et 4 bord de Ja machoire prés

de la base d’un plombé bleuatre, pattes d’un carné brunatre.”

Il parait que les oiseaux de Tinta décrits par le Dr. Sharpe sous

le nom de Ph. punensis appartiennent 4 la méme forme que celui

du Pérou central, car il dit que le dos est “ rich olive-yellow ”

tandis que Ridgway, dans sa description du Ph. punensis, basée

sur des échantilions du Lac Titicaca, a remarqué que le dos est

plus brunatre (ou “rufescent”’) que chez le Ph. gayi. C'est pour-

quoi nous présumons que le Ph. saturatus, Sharpe, est le méme

que le Ph. punensis, Ridgway.

127. Puryeiivs uNrcotor (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

“ Ph. rusticus, Tsch.,” Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 38.

Ingapirca (juin 1890), Maraynioe (novembre 1892 et février

1893). “ Iris brun foncé.”’

128. PHRYGILUS PLEBEIUS, T'sch.

Ingapirca (mai et juin 1890), Maraynioc (novembre 1892): huit

individus. “ Iris brun foncé.”

129, Purye@itus FRuTICETI (Kittl.).

Une femelle de Chicla (27 avril 1890) et deux miles de Tarma

(décembre 1891 et octobre 1893). “ Iris brun foncé.”

130. Pury@iLus aLauprinus (Kittl.).

Tarma (1 septembre 1893) et Jauja (19 juillet 1893): deux

niles jeunes.

131. Drvca spucuLirera (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

Une femelle de Banos (29 avril 1890). “ Iris brun.”

Cet oiseau ne differe des échantillons de la Bolivie que par le

bec un peu plus long et plus épais.

132. PsnUDOCHLORIS SHARPEI, Berl. et Stolzm.

Ps. sharpet, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 386.

Sycalis uropygialis, Tacz. (nec Lafr.) Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 58.

Nombreux individus d’Ingapirea (mai et juin 1890) et de Tarma

(juillet et septembre 1893). ‘Iris brun clair, bec noir 4 mandi-

bule inférieure d’un plombé bleuatre avec la pointe noiratre, pattes

d’un carné brunatre.”

133. Psevpocunoris turn (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

Sycalis lutea, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 56.

Sycalis chloris, Tschudi, Faun. Peruan., Orn. p. 216.

Tarma (octobre 1892 et aoit 1893) et Jauja (juillet 1893): six

individus. “Iris brun foncé, bec d’un gris brunatre 4 mandibule

inférieure plus claire, pattes d’un carné brunatre.”

Al. 82-813, caud. 59-56, culm. 113-103, tars. 193-183 mm,

352 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [Mar.3,

Ces oiseaux s’accordent parfaitement avec des spécimens re-

cueillis par Garlepp dans la Bolivie occidentale.

134. SPINUS ICTERICUS PERUANUS, subsp. nov.

- Chrysomitris capitalis, Tacz. (nec Cab.) Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 49;

Berl. et Stolzm. P. Z. S. 1892, p. 377 (Lima et Ica).

Intermedia quasi inter S. ictericum et S. capitalem.

g$ huic S. icterici simillimus, sed rostro paullo breviore, colore

corporis flavo paullo obscuriore, uropyquoque minus flavo perfuso,

necnon remigibus tertiariis griseo-albo nec flavo marginatis, a

mari 8. capitalis coloribus vividioribus, colli lateribus distincte

flavis (nee dorso concoloribus), dorso flavidiore viridi, wropygro

magis flavo perfuso, pectore abdomineque purius flavis, necnon

colore rectricum basali flavo magis eatenso distinguendus.

2 a femina S. icterici simillima, rostro breviore distinguenda.

Hab. in Peruvia centrali orientali (circum La Merced et Garita

del Sol) et in occidentali (circum Lima et Ica).

Long. ale. Caude. Culm. Tarsi.

$o.... 71 -664, 45 -42, 10-93, 143-13} mm.

QQ .... 653-65, 413-40, 10-941, 153-14 ,,

Nombreux individus de La Merced (janvier) et de Garita del Sol

(juillet 1891).

Nous avons déji montré (J. c.) quelques différences entre les

oiseaux de Lima et Ica et ceux de |’Heuador (capitalis, Cab.). Les

oiseaux de La Merced et de Garita del Sol s’accordent avec les

spécimens de Lima et d’Ica. Ils n’en different qu’en ce que le

miroir alaire parait toujours moins é¢tendu. Dans ce dernier

caractére ils s’accordent mieux avec les oiseaux de |’ Ecuador.

L’examen d’une belle série d’oiseaux péruviens et écuadoriens

nous a convaincu qw’il ya des races locales constantes, qwil faudra

séparer. La race péruvienne parait plus proche du S. cctericus

(Licht.) du Brésil, dont elle ne différe que par le bee générale-

ment plus court, par le jaune d’or des parties inférieures un peu

plus terne, par le croupion moins lavé de jaune d’or et par les

bordures des rémiges tertiaires, qui sont généralement d’un blane

grisatre au lieu d’un jaune verdatre.

Du S. capitalis de ’Heuador la race péruvienne différe par la

couleur des cétés du cou, qui est d’un jaune semblable a celui des

parties inférieures au lieu d’étre verte semblable 4 celle du dos.

Le jaune des parties inférieures est plus clair, moins verdatre, le

croupion plus lavé de jaune, tandis qu'il est presque semblable au

dos chez le S. capitalis ; le dos aussi d’un vert plus jaunatre. Le

jaune de la base des rectrices externes plus étendu, de sorte

que le tiers noiratre de ces pennes est plus court que chez le

S. capitalis.

La femelle de la forme péruvienne, quant 4 sa coloration, ne

parait pas différente des femelles des deux races voisines, mais on

pourrait la distinguer de la femelle du S. ictericus par son bec un

peu plus court.

1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 353

135. Sprnvus ortvaczus, Berl. et Stolzm.

Spinus olivaceus, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 387.

Garita del Sol: trois males adultes et une femelle, 24 juillet

1892 et 13 février 1894.

136, SPrnus scLaTERI (Sharpe) ?

Une femelle de Garita del Sol, 27 juillet 1891.

Cet oiseau differe des femelles du S. ictericus peruanus par la

couleur des parties inférieures, qui est blanche grisatre mélée un

peu de jaune olivatre.

Il s’accorde en général avec la description de la femelle du

S. sclateri, Sharpe (Cat. B. xii. p. 200), et avec une femelle de

Mapoto (Ecuador or.)—nommée capitalis par Taczanowski, P. Z.S.

1885, p. 85—et ne différe que par les parties supérieures plus

lavées de grisatre. On ne peut résoudre la question avant d’avoir

examiné le male provenant de la méme localité.

137. Sprnvs arratus (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

Chrysomitris atrata, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, iii. p. 53.

Ingapirca (juin 1890), Maraynioe (février 1893), Jauja (juillet

1893) et Tarma (juillet 1893): six spécimens. “Iris brun fonce.”

Un male examiné par Berlepsch a les ailes et la queue plus

courtes que les oiseaux typiques de La Paz, Bolivie.

138. AMMODROMUS PERUANUS (Bp.).

Coturniculus peruanus, Tacz. Orn, Pérou, iil. p. 43.

La Merced: quatre spécimens, juillet 1890. ‘Iris brun foncé.”

Fam. Icrerm 2.

139. Ostrnops aLFREDI (Des Murs).

Trois males et une femelle de La Merced (juillet 1890 et avril

1891) et de Borgafio (mai 1891). “Iris gris bleudtre, bec blanc

jaunatre.”

140. Ostrnops arrovirEns (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

Deux miles de La Gloria (9 aoiit 1890) et de Garita del Sol

(juin 1891). ‘Iris cendré bleuatre ou brun, bec d’un jaune olivatre

pile, pattes noires.”

141, Ostinops DECUMANUS (Pall.).

La Merced (19 juillet 1890): une femelle. “Iris bleu de ciel.”

142, Cassicus aLBIROSTRIS (L.) '.

Tanagra albirostris, Linn. Mus. Ad. Frid. ii. prodr. (1764) p. 31

(typ. ex America, Mus. Ad. Frid.).

1 Les régles américaines d’aprés lesquelles on commence la nomenclature

zoologique a partir de l’an 1758 nous permettent de changer le nom impropre de

“ persicus” en ‘ albirostris,” le dernier nom étant imposé par Linné a la méme

espéce deux ans plus tot. Le Cassicus albirostris, Vieill., devra donc porter le

nom de C. chrysopterus (Vig.).—Burw. et Srouza.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1896, No. XXIII. 23

354 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON = [Mar. 3,

Oriolus persicus, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. xii. (1766) p. 161.

Cassicus persicus, auct., ‘T'acz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 411.

La Merced (juillet et aoit 1890): six oiseaux. “Iris bleu de

ciel, bec jaune bleuatre pale.”

143, Cassicus LEUCORHAMPHUS (Bp.).

Chilpes (juillet 1891), Maraynioc (juillet et septembre 1892 et

1893): cing oiseaux.

144, AMBLYCERCUS SOLITARIUS (Vieill.).

Cassicus solitarius, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 415.

Une femelle de La Merced (24 aoitt 1890). “Iris rouge sale,

bec d’un jaune olivatre pale, pattes noires.”

145. Icrervs CAYANENSIS (Linn.).

Un mile de La Merced (23 juillet 1890). “Iris brun.”

Al. 993, caud. 984, culm. 22, tars. 233 mm.

L’oiseau envoyé se distingue d’un individu du Musée Berlepsch,

qui provenait probablement de Cayenne, par le jaune des épaules

beaucoup plus pale, presque citron au lieu d’orangé brunatre, par

les tibias mélangés un peu de jaune et par le bec beaucoup plus

long et distinctement courbée.

146. DonicHonyx oryzivorvs (Linn.).

Un male non compléetement adulte et un jeune oiseau en plumage

de transition. La Merced (1891—mars).

Fam. Corvip2.

147. XantTHOURA YNCcAS (Bodd.).

Cyanocorax yncas, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 396.

Un male et quatre femelles de Garita del Sol (juillet, aoat et

septembre 1891).

148, XANTHOURA JOLYA (Bp.).

Deux paires de Tambo de Aza (Maraynioc), septembre 1892 et

février 1893. “Iris noiratre, bec et pattes noires.”

Ces oiseaux ne différent d’un male adulte de Tamiapampa, Pérou

du nord (coll. Stolamann), appartenant au Musée Berlepsch, que

par le dos et la poitrine plus lavés d’un bleu violatre ou pourpre.

Fam. TYRANNID#,

149. AGRIORNIS INSOLENS, Scl. et Saly.

? Agriornis solitaria, Tacz. (nec Scl.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 183.

Agriornis insolens, id. ibid. ii. p. 183.

Ingapirea (mai et juin 1890), Tarma (juillet 1892) et Maraynioe

aoit 1892 et février 1893): sept spécimens. “Iris blane sale,

bec et pattes noirs.”

3. Al. 1373, caud.104 , culm. 243, tars. 343 mm.

2 _ 132 ’ ” 1013, ” 243, ” 333 ”

1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU, 355

150. MyIoTHERETES ERYTHROPYGIUs, Scl.

Pariayacu (Maraynioc), aotit 1892: une paire. ‘“ Iris brun foncé,

bec et pattes noirs.”

do. Al. 1394, caud. 1053, culm. 18, tars. 313 mm.

Te 7 a Lr oe aL

Ces oiseaux ne différent des oiseaux de l’Ecuador, d’ot venait le

type, que par les ailes et la queue un peu plus courtes et par le

dos plus noiratre, moins brunatre.

151. MYIoTHERETES STRIATICOLLIS (Scl.).

Garita del Sol (13 aotit 1891) et Pariayacu (juillet et aott

1892): trois males.

152. OcHTHODIETA FUMIGATUS (Boiss.).

Un mile de Culumachay (Maraynioc), 21 juillet 1892, “ Iris

brun café, bec et pattes noirs.”

Al. 113, caud. 91}, culm. 21, tars. 243 mm.

Les oiseaux du Pérou central s’accordent avec les échantillons

de Bogota et de l’Ecuador, et ne différent que par les rectrices

externes 4 bordures externes plus pales ou plus blanchatres et

par les bordures des tectrices sus-alaires plus obscures et moins

roussatres.

153. OcHTHOECA GNANTHOIDES BRUNNEIFRONS, subsp. nov.

Ochthoéca fumicolor, Tacz. (nec Scl.), Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 191.

Ochthoéca cenanthoides (pt.), Scl. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiv. (1888)

p. 20 (Ecuador et Pérou centr.).

0. O. cenanthoidi simillima, sed paulo major, pileo anteriore

brunneo, dorso fere concolore (nec olivaceo-griseo lavato), gula

fuscescentiore, necnon stria superciliari post oculum distincte

rufescente (nec sordide flavescenti-alba) distinguenda.

Hab. in Peruvia centrali et septentrionali et in Ecuadoria.

Long. ale. Caude. Culm. Tarsi.

2 (Maraynioc—Peruviacentr.). 863 763 _ 24 mm,

2 (Cutervo—Peruvia centr.) . 81 713 14 223 ,,

Oiseaux de Ecuador *..... 94-854 814-74 15-134 24-233 ,,

Maraynioc (octobre et décembre 1891, aout et septembre 1892);

cing oiseaux. ‘Iris brun foneé, bec et pattes noirs.”

Mr. Sclater a déja démontré que les oiseaux de l’Ecuador ne

peuvent pas étre réunis avec lV'0. fumicolor, Scl., de Bogota, qui est

plus pale en dessous avec la gorge blanchitre, la poitrine d’un brun

grisitre fauve, le ventre d’un brun roussatre pale, et les sous-

caudales d’un blanc sale.

La forme qui habite l’Ecuador et le Pérou du nord et central a

presque la méme coloration des parties inférieures que PO. enan-

thoides, Lafr. et d’Orb., de la Bolivie et du Pérou meéridional

(Cachupata). Elle différe néanmoins de !’0. i par la

356 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,

couleur du piléu a antérieur, qui est presque la méme que celui du

dos au lieu d’olive grisitre comme chez lO. enanthoides. La

différence la plus tranchante consiste dans la coloration de la strie

sureiliére, qui chez 1’O. enanthoides est d’un blanc jaunatre sale

uniforme, tandis qu’elle est fortement lavée de roussatre dans la

partie postoculaire chez la forme que nous venons de décrire.

Celle-ci a aussi les dimensions généralement plus fortes. Par la

coloration du dessus du corps la forme nouvelle ressemble plutot 4

YO. fumicolor qua VO, enanthoides.

154, OcHrHokCA PoLtonora, Scl. et Salv.

Une paire d’Ingapirca (juin 1890) et un male de Queta prés de

Tarma (29 juillet 1893). ‘ Iris brun foneé.”

Al. 92, caud. 80, culm. 133, tars. 233 mm.

Nous n’avons pas eu l’occasion de comparer des oiseaux typiques

de Pitumarca, Pérou du sud, mais il faut remarquer que nos oiseaux

ont le dos d’un brun terreux, tandis que nous lisons dans la

diagnose de MM. Sclater et Salvin “ supra cinerea.”

155, OcuTHokcA LuucoMErOPA, Scl. et Saly.

Acobamba (11 juillet 1890) et Tarma (décembre 1890, juillet et

aotit 1893): quatres exemplaires. ‘ Iris brun foncé.”

Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec un spécimen typique de Paucartambo

(Pérou du Sud) du Musée Berlepsch.

156. OcHTHOCA JELSKII SPODIONOTA, subsp. noy.

O. O. jelskii (ea Peruv. septentr. occ.) simillima, sed differt dorso

obscure olivaceo-brunneo (nec castaneo-brunneo), fronte etiam

aureo-flavo multo latiore et letiore ut videtur.

Hab. in Peruvia centrali (typus in Mus. Branicki),

3 dS. Al. 69-663, caud. 604-574, culm. 11}-103, tars. 214 mm.

Un mile adulte du 22 juin 1892 de Maraynioc, Pariayacu, et un

jeune male du 17 septembre 1892 de Maraynioc, Culumachay.

“Tris brun, bec et pattes noirs.”

C’est par méprise que Mr. Sclater, dans le Cat. Brit. Mus. xiv.

p- 22, réuni l’O. jelskiz, Tacz., avec 0. pulchella, Scl., de la Bolivie,

car la derniére n’a pas de jaune au front.

Les oiseaux du Pérou central paraissent également différents de

YO. jelskii, Tacz. (dont le type venait de la Montaiia de Nancho au

nord-ouest du Pérou), ayant le dos d’un brun d’olive 4 peine

roussatre (encore plus obscur que chez ’0. citrinifrons de l'Ecuador,

tandis que 1’O. jelskit est dit étré parfaitement distincte de

PO. citrinifrons par le dos plus roux. Les oiseaux de Maraynioc

different aussi de l’0. citrinifrons par le jaune du front beaucoup plus

large et plus intense (plutot d’un jaune d’or que d’un jaune citron

pale), dont Taczanowski ne fait pas mention dans la description de

YO. jelskii. En outre les oiseaux de Maraynioe different de 1’0.

citrtnifrons par le cendré de la gorge et de la poitrine un peu plus

obscur, par les sous-caudales blanches, par des bordures d’un brun

roussatre des tectrices alaires et des rémiges tertiaires, enfin par

1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 357

les dimensions plus grandes. Par ces derniers caractéres elle

parait s’accorder avec |’0. jelskit.

157. OcHTHOECA LuEssONT, Scl.

Maraynioe (octobre 1891, juillet, aot et septembre 1892):

cing oiseaux.

Al. 674, cand. 61, culm. 113, tars. 19? mm.

158. OcurHo&cA THORACTCA, Tacz.

Une paire de Maraynioc (juillet et aotit 1892).

L’oiseau typique du Musée Universitaire de Varsovie venait de

Chilpes—localité trés voisine de Maraynioc.

3. Al. 682, caud. 64 , culm. 123, tars. 19? mm.

Q. » 653, » 523, 4, 11g, » 183 »

159. OcHTHORCA RUFIMARGINATA, Lawr.

Maraynioe (novembre 1891, aotit et septembre 1892): trois

exemplaires.

160. SAYORNIS CINERACEA ANGUSTIROSTRIS, subsp. noy.

Sayornis cineracea, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 204.

S. 8. cineracee (Lafr.) e Venezuela simillima, differt rostro multo

angustiore et breviore, capite, dorso, gula, pectore ventrisque

lateribus intensius nigris (nec nigro-brunneis), wropygio quoque

obscurius schistaceo, tectricibus subcaudalibus nigro-brunneis

sordide albo marginatis (nec majore ex parte albescentibus).

Hab. in Peruvia centrali (et in Ecuadoria ?).

d. Long ale 943, cand. 84, culm. 15, tars. 18 mm.

Deux miles et une femelle de La Merced (juillet 1890, janvier

et mars 1891).

La Sayornis du Pérou central se distingue des oiseaux de Caracas

(S. cineracea typique) par le bee beaucoup plus étroit et plus court,

par la couleur noiritre du corps plus intense (moins brunatre), et

par les tectrices sous-caudales d’un noir brun et bordées d’un gris

blanchatre au lieu d’étre presque blanches en entier comme c’est le

cas chez les oiseaux du Vénézuela.

Un oiseau de l’Ecuador du Musée Berlepsch a le bec petit comme

le spécimen de La Merced et parait appartenir 4 la méme forme.

Les individus de la Bolivie du Musée Berlepsch (S. latirostris,

Cab. et Heine) ont le bec large comme la S. cineracea typique

et ne s’en distinguent que par les tectrices sous-caudales noiratres

et les tectrices sus-alaires et les tertiaires plus largement bordées

de blanc. Un oiseau de Bogoté (Musée Berlepsch) ne parait

pas différent des oiseaux de la Bolivie.

161. CopuURUS COLONUS FUSCICAPILLUS (Scl.).

Copurus colonus (Vieill.), Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 209.

Dix individus, dont quatre males, une femelle et deux jeunes

oiseaux (en plumage complétement noir) de La Merced, de La Gloria

358 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,

(juillet et aotit 1890, janvier et avril 1891) et de Garita del Sol

(juillet 1891). “Iris brun foneé.”

Les oiseaux de Bogota (C. fuscicapillus typique), de lEcuador,

du Pérou et de la Bolivie ont toujours les deux rectrices médianes

beaucoup plus longues que ceux du Brésil. La Muscicapa colonus,

Vieill., repose sur la forme du Paraguay, qu’il faudra examiner.

La femelle de La Merced se distingue des males adultes par le

piléum plus brunatre dans sa partie postérieure et par le ventre

mélangé de blanchatre.

162. MuscisaxIcoLa ALBIFRONS (Tsch.).

Deux miles. Cordilléres du Pérou central (avril 1890). “ Iris

brun clair.”

163, MuscISAXICOLA CINEREA, Phil. et Landb.

Ingapirea (juin 1890): deux males. “ Iris brun,”

Al. 1123, caud. 773-764, culm. 143, tars. 283 mm.

164, MuscrsaxIcoLa FLAVINUCHA, Lafr.

Ingapirca (juin 1890): six individus. “Iris brun.”

165. MUSOCISAXICOLA RUBRICAPILLA, Phil. et Landb.

Un mile de Maraynioc, 23 juillet 1892. M. Kalinowski avait

envoyé cet individu sous le nom de M. juninensis, mais cette derniére

est une espéce tout-i-fait distincte.

166. MuscIsax1CoLA JUNINENSIS, Tacz,

Ingapirca (mai et juin 1890), Pariayacu et Tarma (juillet et

septembre 1892, juillet 1893). ‘‘ Iris brun foncé.”

167. MUSCISAXICOLA RUFIVERTEX, Lafr. et d’Orb.

Chicla (avril 1890), hacienda de Queta prés de Tarma (juillet et

septembre 1893). ‘Iris brun clair.”

Ces oiseaux s’accordent tout-a-fait avec les échantillons recueillis

par Garlepp 4 La Paz, Bolivie.

168. Muscrsaxicona MacuLtrostris, Lafr. et d’Orb.

Ingapirca (mai 1890), Queta (juillet 1893) et Maraynioc (sep-

tembre 1892). ‘Iris brun foncé.”

gad. Al. 864, caud. 633, culm. 133, tars. 25 mm.

Le type de la M. maculirostris venait de La Paz, Belivie, et ayant

comparé une belle série d’oiseaux recueillis par Garlepp 4 Chicani,

dans la Bolivie occidentale, Berlepsch a pu constater que les oiseaux

du Pérou central n’en différent par aucun détail.

Une femelle de Yocon, Ecuador occ. (coll. Stolzmann), du Musée

Branicki, comparée 4 Yoiseau de Junin (Ingapirca) présente des

différences considérables. Cet oiseau a le bec plus court et plus

large a la base, et les ailes et la queue plus courtes. Les parties

inférieures sont fortement lavées et mélangées de roussiatre, tandis

que chez Voiseau de Junin elles sont d’un blanc sale lavées un peu

1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU, 359

de brun grisatre sur la poitrine et d’un rosé tendre sur l’abdomen.

Les tectrices sous-alaires et les bords internes des rémiges sont d’un

ochreux vif au lieu d’un blane roussitre.

Pour cette forme de |’Ecuador occ. nous proposons Je nom de

M. maculirostris rufescens, Berl. et Stolzm.

de Yocon. Long. al, 804, caud. 624, culm. 12, tars. 254 mm.

169. Muscrsax1IcoLA FLUVIATILIs, Scl. et Salv.

Trois femelles de La Merced (juillet, aoiit et septembre 1890).

“Tris brun foncé.”

Nous n’avons pas pu comparer nos oiseaux avec les exemplaires

typiques de l’Ucayali. Ils s’accordent parfaitement avec un oiseau

recueilli par Garlepp 4 Juntas, Bolivie. Il parait que les oiseaux

typiques de l’Ucayali auraient les bandes alaires plus marquées.

170. MuscIsaXxICOLA RUFIPENNIS, Tacz.

Un jeune oiseau de Maraynioc, Pariayacu, de 15 aott 1892.

Al. 128%, caud. 94, culm. 203, tars. 293 mm.

Cette espéce nous parait plutot une Tenioptera, ayant le bec plus

large que les espéces de Muscisawicola. Peut-étre faudra-t-il en

former un genre nouveau.

171. Crenrrires orgs, Scl. et Salv.

Nombreux individus d’Ingapirca (mai et juin 1890), “ Iris brun

foncé.” Le type venait de Tinta, Pérou du sud.

172. PLATYRHYNCHUS FLAVIGULARIS, Scl. et Salv.

Un oiseau en mue, sans indication du sexe, de La Gloria (6 février

1891). “Iris brun clair.”

Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.

L’oiseau envoyé par Kalinowski s’accorde bien avec les individus

typiques de Bogota.

Il faut cependant remarquer que le pileum parait un peu plus

lavé de brun roussitre, et que la gorge est d’un jaune plus ochreux

ou plus saturé. Les dimensions sont peut-étre un peu plus fortes :

aile 64, queue 333, culmen 11, tarse 133 mm.

173. ToDIROSTRUM CINEREUM (L.).

La Merced (juillet et septembre 1890, février et avril 1891), La

Gloria (aoit 1890) et San Emilio (mai 1893). “ Iris jaune pale.”

Ces oiseaux ont les ailes un peu plus longues, et la queue beau-

coup plus longue, qu’un oiseau de Cayenne. Toutes les parties

supérieures sont plus noiratres, surtout le noir du piléum plus

intense et plus prolongé vers la nuque. Le type du 7. cinereum

venait de Surinam. Les oiseaux de Bogota paraissent inter-

médiaires.

Les deux ceufs recueillis par M. Kalinowski 4 Chanchamayo sont

d’une forme ovale typique, arrondis au gros bout et graduellement

attenués vers le petit bout. La coque, d’un blanc pur, est assez

lisse, mais sans lustre. Dimensions: 163 x12, 16x113 mm,

360 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M.J.STOLZMANN ON [Mar.3,

174, EuscARTHMUS PYRRHOPs, Cab.

Une femelle de Culumachay (Maraynioc), 17 septembre 1892.

Al. 443, caud. 413, culm. 10%, tars. 153 mm.

Les oiseaux typiques du Musée Universitaire de Varsovie

venaient de Maraynioc et de Tambopata.

175. EvscarTHMvus LATIROSTRIS, Pelz.

La Merced : un male du 27 juillet 1890. “Tris brun foncé.”

Cet individu différe un peu des oiseaux typiques par les couleurs

en général plus intenses et par les tibias roux au lieu de verd-

atres. Ces différences pourraient étre individuelles, car l’oiseau a

le plumage trés frais.

Cette espéce était omise dans |’ ‘Ornithologie du Pérou’ de

Taczanowski, quoiqu’elle était trouvé par Hauxwell & Chamicuros

et par Bartlett 4 Nauta (Pérou or.).

176, HEvsCARTHMUS MARGARITACEIVENTER (Lafr. et d’Orb.),

subsp. ?

Euscarthmus wuchereri, Tacz. (nee Scl. et Salv.) Orn. Pérou, ii.

p. 233.

Deux paires de La Merced (juillet 1890; janvier, février et avril

1891). ‘Iris jaune orangé chez les deux males et chez une

femelle, jaune pale chez l'autre ; bec brun 4 mandibule inférieure

carnée & la base, pattes d’un carné rosé.”

Ces oiseaux different un peu des exemplaires typiques envoyés

par Garlepp de la Bolivie (Musée Berlepsch). Ils ont le milieu

de ’abdomen un peu lavé de *jaunatre, tandis que chez l’E. mar-

garitaceiventer typique il est d’un blanc pur. En outre ils ont le

dos d’un vert olive plus clair, et cet olive est plus étendu vers la

nuque, tandis que chez les oiseaux boliviens le cendré noiratre du

piléum se prolonge presque jusqu’au dos supérieur. Enfin les

individus de La Merced ont le bec un peu plus long et la machoire

d’un brun rougeatre au lieu de noiratre. Les ailes et la queue sont

généralement un peu plus courtes. En cas que ces différences

seraient constantes, il faudrait peut-étre nommer les oiseaux péru-

viens Huscarthmus margaritaceiventer rufipes (Tsch.), car l’E. rufipes

de Tschudi parait s’appliquer 4 cette forme. L’Z. pelzelni, Scl. et

Bair de Matogrosso, est peut-étre peu distinct des oiseaux du

érou.

177. Camnorricous RUFICEPS (Lafr.),

Serphophaga ruficeps, Tacz. (nec Lafr.), Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 237.

Un mile adulte de Sarnapaycha (Maraynioc), 22 février 1893.

“Iris brun rougedtre, bee noir & mandibule inférieure jaune,

pattes d’un gris olivatre.”

L’oiseau envoyé a des dimensions plus fortes que trois individus

de Bogota examinés par Berlepsch. L/aile est un peu, la queue

considérablement plus longue, le bee plus étroit que chez les

oiseaux auxquels ils ont été comparés,

1896. ] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 361

Les tectrices sus-alaires sont d’un brun olivatre presque uniforme,

au lieu d’étre bordées d’un roux chatain vif comme chez les oiseaux

de Bogotd. Les rémiges et les rectrices sont bordées d’un brun

olive roussatre au lieu d'un brun chatain. LEnfin le roux de la téte

est plus terne, le vert olive du dos plus lavé de brunitre, et le

niilieu de abdomen d’un jaune verdatre au lieu d’un jaune soufré

pur. La’ mandibule inférieure est d’un jaune plus clair sans

mélange brunatre.

Il parait done que l’oiseau du Pérou mérite d’étre séparé, mais

avant de le décrire comme sous-espéce nouvelle il faudra examiner

plusieurs échantillons de cette région. En attendant nous lui

réservons le nom provisoire C. ruficeps haplopteryx, Berl. et

Stolzm.

6. Maraynioc .... Al. 623, caud. 493. culm. 103, tars, 234 mm.

Specimina de Bogota. ,, 603, ,, 463, ,, 103, ,, 222 ,,

178. LopHorriccus sQuaMIcristatvs (Lafr.).

Garita del Sol: une femelle du 1 juillet 1891.

179. ORCHILUS ALBIVENTRIS, Berl. et Stolzm.

Orchilus albiventris, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 389.

Male unique de La Merced (10 septembre 1890).

180. Hapatocercts acurreennis, Scl. et Salvy.

La Merced: un jeune mile du 20 juillet 1890. “Iris brun

foneé.”

g juv. Al. 48, caud. 49, culm. 103, tars. 183 mm.

181. SmRPHOPHAGA CINERDA, Strickl.

La Merced: deux femelles du 25 février 1891 et du 25 aoit

1890.

Ces oiseaux s’accordent tout-i-fait avee des individus de

YEcuador, de la Bolivie etc. Les oiseaux de Lima ne différent que

par le dos un peu plus obscur.

182. ANERETES PARULUS HQUATORIALIS, Tacz. et Berl.

Aneretes parulus, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 239.

Acobamba (juillet 1890), Tarma (décembre 1890) et Maraynioc

(octobre 1891 et aoiit 1892), “Iris brun foncé.”

Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec les spécimens de |’Ecuador et du

Pérou du Nord, séparés par Taczanowski et Berlepsch sous la

dénomination d@’A. parulus equatorialis (P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 296).

183. CYANOTIS RUBRIGASTRA ALTICOLA, subsp. nov.

Cyanotis azare', Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 243 (partim).

C.C. rubrigastre (Vieill.) ex Argentina, Chilia et Brasilia simillima,

differt alis caudaque longioribus et nigredine in parte basal

1 Te nom le plus ancien pour cette espéce est Sylvia rubrigastra (Vieill.)

(typus ex Paraguay).

3. Long. tot. 136-128, ale 57, caudx 493, culminis 93, tarsi 19 mm.

2 . ” 128, ” 55-543, 2 48, ” Ses ” 193 ”

Dimensions de la C. rubrigastra typique :—

Aile. Queue, Culm. Tars,

mm, mm. mm. mm,

?. Chonchitas, Argentina, 25 oct., Mus. Scl. 474 42 103 192

3. La Plata, a LO move, 4» 43 512 453 112 193

3. 3 A: Gindvys, "97 155 50 43 102 193

on ie “a ASWOV. oa 52 46, — 192

Ad. Chili, Musée Berlepsch .............. 48 421 92 18

» Lima (Nation), Mus. Scl. ............ 50 383 113 19}

362 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M, J. STOLZMANN ON

[Mar. 3,

vexilli interni rectricum externarum magis extensa, dimidium

basale fere occupante.

Hab. in Peruvia centrali alta.

Huit individus d’Ingapirca (24 4 26 mai 1890). “Tris brun

bleuatre; envergure du male 177-174, de la femelle 173-168 mm.”

Comparés aux oiseaux de la rép. Argentine, du Chili et du

Brésil méridional, nos exemplaires d’Ingapirea (Junin) présentent

une différence considérable dans la longueur des ailes et de la queue,

qui sont beaucoup plus longues que chez les oiseaux typiques. En

outre le noir sur la partie basale de la barbe interne des rectrices

externes est considérablement plus étendu, occupant presque la

moitié de la longueur, tandis que chez les oiseaux d’autres contrées

on ne voit qu’une petite tache 4 l’extréme base de cette barbe.

Les rémiges, surtout les secondaires, sont plus distinctement

bordées de blanc a la pointe. Il parait aussi que le rouge de la

huppe interne et le jaune des sourcils et du dessous du corps sont

un peu plus clairs. Le bec parait aussi plus mince.

C’est un fait remarquable qu’un individu de Lima du Musée

Sclater recueilli par le Prof. Nation appartient 4 la vraie C. rubri-

gastra. Il] parait done que la forme que nous yenons de décrire

serait propre aux régions trés élevées du Pérou.

. 184. MECOCERCULUS STICTOPTERUS THNIOPTERUS (Cab.).

Mecocerculus stictopterus, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 201.

Maraynioc (novembre 1891, juillet et septembre 1892): trois

miles et une femelle.

Les oiseaux du Pérou se distinguent des oiseaux de |’Ecuador et

de la Colombie par le dos d’un olive verdatre au lieu d’un olive

brunatre (cf. T'acz. 1. c.).

185. PoGoNOTRICCUS OPHTHALMICUS, Tiacz.

La Gloria: une femelle du 21 février 1891.

186. MIoNECYEs sTRIATICOLLIS (Lafr. et D’Orb.).

Une femelle de Garita del Sol (septembre 1891), un jeune mile

de La Gloria (février 1891), et un male adulte de Puyas-Yacu

(15 juillet 1892).

Les oiseaux du Pérou, de Ecuador et de la Colombie paraissent

différents des oiseaux typiques de la Bolivie par le plombé de la

1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CHNTRAL PERU, 363

téte et de la gorge plus restreint, moins pur et plus mélangé de

verdatre, par les stries de la poitrine plus étroites et plus jaunatres

(au lieu de blanchatres) sur un fond olivatre moins foncé, enfin par

les tectrices sus-alaires grandes et moyennes bordées a la pointe d’un

roussitre pale produisant une sorte de bandes alaires dont loiseau

bolivien ne présente aucune trace. En cas que ces différences

seraient constantes, on pourrait distinguer la forme septentrionale

comme M. striaticollis poliocephalus (Tsch.).

187. LepropoGON AMAUROCEPHALUS PERUVIANUS (cl. et Salyv.).

Leptopogon perwvianus, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 248.

Un mile de La Merced (26 aoait 1890). “ Iris brun bleuatre.”

Dimensions: Aile 66, queue 563, culmen 13, tarse 142 mm.

Cet oiseau a les dimensions un peu plus fortes qu’un male de

Samiria (Amazone sup.—coll. Hauxwell) du Musée Berlepsch.

188. LeprorpoGON SUPERCILIARIS, Tsch.

La Merced: un male du 16 septembre 1890. “ Tris brun clair.”

189. LepropoGon RUFIPECTUS, Tacz.

Un mile de Maraynioc du 24 octobre 1892. “ Iris brun foncé,

bec noir, pattes d’un gris bleuatre.”

Al. 692, caud. 64, culm. 11}, tars. 143 mm.

C’est une espéce tout-d-fait distincte, peut-étre plus voisine du

L. erythrops, Scl., que de toute autre.

190. PHYLLOMYIAS SEMIFUSCA WAG (Tacz.).

Myiopatis wage, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 253.

Deux males et une femelle de La Merced (septembre 1890,

février et mars 1891). “Iris brun foncé.”

Aile 593, queue 57, culmen 93, tarse 183 mm.

Ces oiseaux paraissent un peu intermédiaires entre la Ph. wage

du Pérou du nord et la forme de Bahia, qui doit probablement

porter le nom de Ph. semifusca superciliaris (Reinh,), Ls ne se

distinguent des spécimens de Bahia que par le dos plus lavé

de gristre et d’olivatre au lieu de roussatre.

191. TYRANNISCUS FRONTALIS, Berl. et Stolam. (Plate XIV.)

Tyranniscus frontalis, Berl. et Stolam. Ibis, 1894, p. 390.

Garita del Sol (juillet, aoit et septembre 1891) et San Emilio

(Vitoc) (mai 1893): trois males et une femelle.

192. TYRANNISCUS PLUMBEICEPS (Lawr.).

Pogonotriccus plumbeiceps, Lawr.; Scl. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiv.

p- 99. :

Deux femelles: La Gloria (24 janvier 1891) et Garita del Sol

(8 novembre 1892). “Iris brun, bec noir, pattes plombées,”

Aile 59-582, queue 59-533, culmen 83-72, tarse 15 mm.

Elles s’accordent avec les oiseaux de |’Kcuador oriental recueillis

par Stolzmann.

364 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J.STOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,

193. ELAINEA PALLATANGS, Scl.

Une femelle de Pariayacu, Maraynioe (1 aoat 1892),

Al. 743, caud. 694, culm. 93, tars. 163 mm.

194, Enarnea anpicers (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

Un mile adulte de Garita del Sol (14 juillet 1891).

Aile 773, queue 67, culmen 84, tarse 173, “long. totale 166,

envergure 254” mm.

Avant d’avoir examiné les types de I’. albiceps, Lafr. et d’Orb.,

et de l’E. modesta, Tsch., il est impossible de dire avec certitude &

quelles formes ces dénominations s’appliqueront en réalité. Quant

i M. albiceps, Lafr. et d’Orb., il nous parait que les individus de

Tacna (qui sont peut-étre identiques & ceux de Lima) et non

ceux de Rio Janeiro (qui appartenaient ou 4 VE. albiceps parvi-

rostris, Pelz., ou dl’ £. pagana) ont servi de types 4 la description. '

Il se peut aussi que les oiseaux de Yungas aient servi de

types. Dans la description dela MW. modesta, Tschudi fait mention

de larges pointes blanches aux tectrices sus-alaires, ce qui s'appli-

querait mieux aux oiseaux de orient qu’a ceux de V’occident, mais

les mesures données par Tschudi s’accordent bien avec celles des

oiseaux occidentaux.

En tout cas il faudra séparer les oiseaux de l’orient de ceux de

Voccident du Pérou. L’oiseau de Garita del Sol se distingue de

ceux de Lima et d’Ica par les dimensions beaucoup plus petites, le

bec beaucoup plus étroit et plus faible, et par les bandes alaires

formées par les bordures terminales des tectrices les plus longues

et des médiaires plus larges et plus blanchatres, enfin par les

plumes de la huppe plus allongées et plus terminées en pointe.

L’oiseau de Garita ressemble plus 4 loiseau de Chili qu’ celui

de Lima, mais celui de Chili a le bec également plus large et différe

par la couleur des parties supérieures du corps un peu plus pile et

plus uniforme et non variée par des disques plus foncés au milieu

des plumes; la gorge et la poitrine sont plus grisitres, moins

blanchatres ; enfin les ailes sont un peu plus longues. Unmalede

Fuerte d’Andalgala, Catamarca (coll. White), du Musée Berlepsch,

s’accorde le mieux avec l’oiseau de Garita, mais différe néanmoins

. par les ailes plus longues et le bec plus long et moins comprimé.

195. ELAINEA GIGas, Sel. et Salv.

La Merced: une femelle (29 aoiit 1890). “ Iris brun.”

Aile 883, queue 744, tarse 183 mm.

Cet oiseau s’accorde bien avec les individus de Huayabamba

(Pérou du nord et de Bogota) du Musée Berlepsch.

196. Exarnea opscura, Lafr. et d’Orb.

Garita del Sol (juillet et aoit 1891): deux males.

Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec des spécimens recueillis par Garlep

dans la Bolivie occidentale. ;

1896. ] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 365

197. SUBLEGATUS BREVIROSTRIS (T'sch.).

Elainea brevirostris, Tsch. Arch. x. 1 (1844), p. 274; id. Faun.

Per., Aves, p. 272; Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 272.

Empilagra brevirostris, Cab.; Scl. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiv.

p. 155.

Le Merced: une femelle du 29 aoait 1890. <“ Iris brun foncé.”

Long. totale 153, envergure 226, aile 69, queue 66, culmen 8,

tarse 163 mm.

Cette espéce est assez proche du S. platyrhynchus (Scl. et Salv.)

du Brésil. Elle ne différe que par les ailes et la queue plus

longues et les couleurs plus vives, On peut supposer que le

S. griseocularis, Scl. et Salv., est identique 4 l’espéce de Tschudi,

dont MM. Cabanis et Sclater ont malheureusement fait une

Empidagra.

198, Lze@arus atBicon.is (Vieill.).

La Merced: un male, octobre 1890. “Iris brun foncé.”

A]. 814, caud. 61, culm. 133, tars. 153 mm.

199. MyzoznrEres sIMILis (Spix).

La Merced: cing individus, juillet 1890. “ Iris brun olivatre.”

Ces oiseaux ont le dos un peu plus verdatre, et les rémiges moins

bordées de roussatre, que les oiseaux de Bahia. Ils sont presque

intermédiaires entre le M. similis du Brésil et le M. tevensis

colombianus (Cab. et Heine) de Bogota, mais ressemblent plus au

premier.

200. RuyncHocycLvus viripicers, Scl. et Salv.

Rhynchocyclus viridiceps, Scl. et Saly. P. ZS. 1873, p. 280 (typus

e Pebas).

La Merced: deux males (27 juillet et 12 septembre 1890).

“Tris brun foncé.”

Ces oiseaux s’accordent en général avec la description du

Rh. viridiceps, dont le type, jusqu’a présent unique, venait de Pebas,

Haut-Amazone. Ils différent cependant par les dimensions plus

fortes et par le manque de la strie surcili¢re d’un jaune orange,

qui se trouve chez le type de Pebas examiné par Berlepsch il y a

quelques années.

Aile. Queue. Culmen. Tarse.

3 ode la Merced.. 633-603 533-494 123-11? 173-162 mm.

6 de Pebas...... 57 4 113 GS) 9s

201. MytopynastTms soLiTanrtivs (Vieill.).

La Gloria (aoit 1890), La Merced (septembre 1890 et mars

1891), Borgona (avril 1891), et Garita del Sol (octobre 1891).

“Tris brun foncé.”

Ces oiseaux s’accordent bien avec les oiseaux typiques de Para-

guay du Musée Berlepsch.

366 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M, J. STOLZMANN ON’ [Mar. 3,

202. MyIopYNASTES CHRYSOCEPHALUS (T'sch.).

Garita del Sol: une femelle du 14 février 1893.

Al. 1053, caud. 89, culm. 233, tars. 173 mm.

203. H1rrUNDINEA SCLATERI, Reinh.

Deux individus: ¢ de Chanchamayo (7 février 1891), et 2 de

Garita del Sol (28 aott 1891).

204. Mytoprus nxvius (Bodd.)?

La Merced: un jeune male du 20 juillet 1890. “Iris brun

foncé.”

Aile 59, queue 55, culmen 103, tarse 143 mm.

Cet oiseau s’accorde bien avec des femelles ou jeunes males de

Bahia. Ila la huppe internerousse. I] faudra voir le male adulte

a huppe jaune.

205. Myronsrus cinnamMomets (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

Garita del Sol: deux femelles, juin et septembre 1891. S’ac-

cordent avec les oiseaux typiques de la Bolivie.

206. Myionivs FULVIGULARIS, Salv. et Godm.

Myiobius fulvigularis, Saly. et Godm. Biolog. Centr.-Amer., Aves

(1889), p. 58 (typus ex Am. centr.).

Myiobius erythrurus, Tacz. (nec Cab.) Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 301.

Borgona: une femelle du 21 avril 1891.

207. PyRocEPHALUS RUBINEUS (Bodd.).

La Merced: un jeune mile, aoit 1890. “ Iris brun foncé.”

208. EMPIDOCHANES P@CILURUS PERUANUS, subsp. nov.

Empidochanes pecilurus, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 314.

E.E. peciluro ew Bogota affinis, differt rectricibus duabus

externis—macula anteapicali fusca excepta—fere omnino pallide

rufis, cateris—duabus intermediis omnino fuscis exceptis—

pogonio externo solummodo fuscis, interno omnino rufis, necnon

abdomine ochraceo saturatiore, rostro etiam longiore.

Q de Garita: al. 703, caud. 62, culm. 113, tars. 173 mm.

Hab. in Peruvia septentr. (Tambillo), centrali (Garita del Sol),

et in meridionali (Cosnipata). Garita del Sol: une femelle du 23

juillet 1891.

La femelle envoyée par Kalinowski, de méme qu’une jeune

femelle de Tambillo du Musée Berlepsch (recueillie par Stolzmann),

se distingue d’un oiseau de Bogota par la coloration de la rectrice

externe. L’oiseau de Bogotz la présente en grande partie noiratre

avec les deux tiers de la barbe interne brun roussatre, tandis que

chez les oiseaux du Pérou cette rectrice est d’un roux pale presque

uniforme a l’exception d'une petite tache noiratre dans la portion

terminale. Les rectrices suivantes chez les oiseaux du Pérou ont

la barbe externe noiratre, l’interne d’un roux brun uniforme, tandis

1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 367

que chez l’oiseau de Bogota la barbe interne est en grande partie

noiratre. Enfin Jes oiseaux du Pérou présentent l’abdomen d’un

ochreux plus intense et ont le bec plus long. Mr. Sclater (Cat.

Birds Brit. Mus. xiv. p. 218) avait déja mentionné la différence

entre les oiseaux du Pérou et de la Colombie.

209. MirREPHANES OCHRACEIVENTRIS (Cab.).

Mitrephorus ochraceiventris, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 315.

Maraynioc: deux males adultes, dont un du 17 novembre 1891

et l'autre du 1 décembre 1892. “Tris brun foncé, bee et pattes

noirs.”

210. MrrrePHANeEs oxivacets, Berl. et Stolzm.

Mitrephanes olivaceus, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 391.

Male unique de Garita del Sol (3 septembre 1891).

211. Controrus arpgstacvs (Lafr.),

Chanchamayo (juillet 1890) et Garita del Sol (septembre 1891):

une paire de jeunes oiseaux. “Iris brun foncé.”

212. CoNTOPUS VIRENS RICHARDSONI (Swains.) ?

La Merced, un male adulte du 27 février 1891, et La Gloria,

une femelle plus jeune du 19 février 1891.

d. Aile 88, queue 68, culmen 14, tarse 13? mm.

9. ” 812, ” 623, ” 131, ” 113 ”

213. Myrarouvus CEPHALOTEs, Tacz.

La Merced (décembre 1890) et Garita del Sol (juillet 1891 et

ayril 1893): cing oiseaux.

214. Mytarcuvus Triconor, Pelz.

Myiarchus nigriceps, Tacz. (nec Scl.) Orn, Pérou, ii. p. 324

(partim).

Une paire de Borgonia (27 avril 1891) et deLa Gloria (17 janvier

1891).

Ces oiseaux s’accordent en général avec un spécimen de Bahia,

Brésil, du Musée Berlepsch (M. tricolor typique) et différent du

M. nigriceps, Scl., de Ecuador occidental et de Tambillo, Pérou du

nord, ayant le piléum d’un brun noiratre au lieu d’un noir intense,

Ils ressemblent le plus aux oiseaux de l’Ecuador oriental, de

Bogota et de Bucaramanga du Musée Berlepsch.

215. TYRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS (Vieill.).

La Merced : cing oiseaux du juillet 1890. * Iris brun clair.”

Fam, Prrripz.

216, Prprires rscHupi, Cab.

La Gloria (janvier et février) et La Merced (mars 1891): deux

males et une femelle.

368 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,

Ces oiseaux s’accordent avec Jes individus de l’Ecuador or. et de

Bogota du Musée Berlepsch. II parait néanmoins qu’ils différent

constamment en ayant les tectrices sus-alaires bordées 4 la pointe

d’un blanc olivatre au lieu de vert, ce qui forme une seconde raie

sur l’aile, tandis que les oiseaux des autres localités n’en ont qu’une.

217. CHLOROPIPO UNICOLOR, Tacz.

Garita del Sol: une femelle du 8 juillet 1891. “Iris brun

foncé, bec brun 4 mandibule inférieure d’un brun bleuiatre, pattes

d'un brun bleuatre.” Envergure 252, long. lat. 143, aile 753,

queue 503, culmen 144, tarse 113 mm.

Mr. Sclater dans le Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xiv. p. 286 a placé le

Ch. unicolor, Tacz., comme synonyme du Ch. uniformis (avec point

d’interrogation), mais l’espéce de Taczanowski est tout-a-fait dis-

tincte. Berlepsch a comparé la femelle de Garita del Sol avec un

male et deux femelles du Ch. wniformis de la Guyane anglaise et a

trouvé qu’elle en differe par le bec totalement différent, beaucoup

plus comprimé et plus droit 4 l’aréte dorsale de la machoire tres

saillante et non arrondie comme chez le Ch. uniformis, par la

mandibule iniérieure en partie blanchatre, par le vert du plumage

beaucoup plus foncé, le piléum d’un vert noiratre un peu luisant.

La différence la plus frappante consiste dans la couleur et dans la

forme des tectrices sous-alaires postérieures, qui chez le Ch. unicolor

sont allongées, soyeuses et lisses et d’une couleur blanc de neige,

tandis que chez le Ch. unzformis elles sont de la forme ordinaire et

d’une couleur blanchatre lavée de jaune verdatre. Ily a aussi chez

le Ch. unicolor un fascicule de longues plumes soyeuses aux cétés

du corps sous /’aile d'un blane de neige qui manquent au Ch. uni-

formis. Du reste le Ch. wnicolor est plus petit dans toutes ses

dimensions.

218. Pipra cHLORoMEROS, Tsch.

La Gloria (aoat 1890, janvier et février 1891), La Merced

(septembre 1890 et mars 1891) et Borgofta (juin 1891). “Iris

blanc jaunatre.”

219. Prpra comaTa, Berl. et Stolzm.

Pipra comata, Berl. et Stolam. Ibis, 1894, p. 392.

La Gloria (aoit 1890) et Garita del Sol (juin et aoit 1891, avril

1893).

220. PIPRA CHRULEOCAPILLA, T'sch.

La Gloria et La Merced: cing oiseaux, aoit 1893 et février

1891. ‘Iris brun foncé.”

221. HETEROPELMA AMAZONUM, Scl.

La Gloria: un male du 11 aofit 1890. ‘Iris brun clair.”

Envergure 299, long. totale 185, aile 89, queue 703, culmen 123,

tarse 203 mm.

L’oiseau envoyé par Kalinowski différe un peu d’un spécimen da

1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 369

H. amazonum, Scl., de Ecuador oriental du Musée Berlepsch.

Dans la couleur des parties inférieures il n’y a pas de différences,

mais les parties supérieures sont plus verdatres, presque comme

chez le H. wallacei, a l'exception du piléum, qui est presque aussi

roussatre que chez le H. turdinum. Les ailes sont courtes, comme

chez le H. wallucei, la queue plus longue que chez le H. wallacei et

le H. amazonum, mais plus courte que chez le H. turdinum. Le

bec est mince, comme chez le H. amazonum.

Il faudrait voir plusieurs individus avant de décrire la forme

péruvienne comme espéce ou sous-espéce nouvelle.

Fam. Corrneip 2.

222. TITYRA SEMIFASCIATA FORTIS, subsp. nov.

Tityra semifasciata, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 353.

T.T. semifasciate simillima, sed alis caudaque longioribus, necnon

prctura rectricum externarum maris distinguenda.

Hab. in Peruvia centrali et in Bolivia.

La Gloria (aoit 1890) et La Merced (janvier 1891). ‘ Iris chez

le male rouge-brique sale, la base du bec et le tour de I’eil d’un

rouge sale; chez la femelle l’iris est rosatre sale.”

$. Aile 131, queue 803, culmen 283, tarse 244 mm.

?- » 131, » 803, , 29%, , 25 ,

Les oiseaux du Pérou central et de la Bolivie (2 du Mus. Berl.)

comparés 4 un male de Tocantins (7. semifasciata typique) et

un ¢ d Iquitos du Musée Berlepsch ont les ailes et la queue

constamment plus longues et le male différe encore par le blanc plus

étendu sur la barbe interne des deux paires des rectrices externes.

Chez la 7. semifasciata typique ces rectrices présentent une large

bande noire occupant les deux barbes sans interruption, tandis que

chez le male de la T. semifasciata fortis il n’a qu’une petite tache

sur la barbe interne qui n’atteint pas le rachis. I] parait aussi que

chez nos oiseaux le blanc du corps est plus lavé de grisatre.

223. PACHYRHAMPHUS NIGER (Spix).

Ua mile adulte et un jeune mile. La Merced (aoit 1890).

“Tris brun foncé.”

Le jeune mile a les parties inférieures plus claires et ressemble

beaucoup a4 des individus du P. polychropterus (Vieill.), mais il

posséde déja quelques plumes noiratres 4 la gorge, prouvant qu’]

porte le plumage de transition.

224, PACHYRHAMPHUS VERSICOLOR (Hartl.).

Un jeune male de Vitoc, Huacras, du 22 janvier 1893. Iris

brun noiratre.

Al. 653, caud. 524, culm. 114, tars. 163 mm.

225. RUPICOLA PERUVIANA (Lath.).

La Gloria (juillet 1890 et janvier 1891), Garita del Sol (juillet

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. XXIV. 24

370 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,

1891) et San Emilio (1892): huit males et deux jeunes. “ Iris

blane avec un anneau autour de la pupille jaunatre, bee et pattes

d’un jaune citron.”

226. PrerREOLA VIRIDIS INTERMEDIA, Tacz.

Un mile de Chilpes (30 juillet 1891) et une paire de Culu-

machay (juillet et septembre 1892). ‘Iris d’un olive bleuatre,

bec d’un rouge corail, pattes de la méme couleur mais plus claires.”

227. PIPREOLA ELEGANS (Tsch.).

Deux males et une femelle de Garita del Sol (juillet, aout et

septembre 1891). ‘Iris jaune olivatre, bec d’un rouge orangé,

pattes d’un brun olivatre; chez la femelle le bee est d'un rouge

orangé sale.”

228. PIPREOLA FRONTALIS, Scl.

Un mile adulte, Garita del Sol (16 aoitt 1891). “Iris jaune

olivatre, bec orangé, pattes de la méme couleur, mais plus claires.”

Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.

229. AMPELIO ARCUATUS (Lafr.).

Maraynioc: quatre males et deux femelles, novembre 1891,

aout, septembre et novembre 1892, et mars 1893.

230. Huniocnrra RuBRocRISTATA (Lafr, et d’Orb.).

Maraynioc: trois males, deux femelles et un jeune oiseau,

novembre 1891, juin, juillet et septembre 1892.

231. HuiiocHERA RUFAXILLA (T'sch.).

Une femelle de Garita del Sol du 12 mars 1893.

232, CEPHALOPTERUS ORNATUS, Geoftfr.

Chanchamayo (juillet 1890) et Borgotta (mai 1891). “Iris

blanc.”

Fam. DENDROCOLAPTIDA.

233. GEOSITTA CUNICULARIA JUNINENSIS, Tiacz.

Quatre oiseaux de Bafos (avril) et d’Ingapirca (juin 1890).

“Tris brun foncé.” Comparés avec les oiseaux typiques du Musée

Universitaire de Varsovie. I] est trés probable que la G. cunicu-

laria guninensis, Tacz., sera identique avec la G. frobent, Phil. et

Landb., mais avant de la réunir & cette espéce il serait recom-

mandable d’examiner le type de la G. frobent de Putre, Pérou, qui

est dit avoir la moitié basale de la queue blanche au lieu de

roussatre. --

234, GmOSITTA SAXICOLINA, Tacz.

Ingapirea (mai 1890) et Macabamba prés de Tarma (juillet

1893). ‘Iris brun.” S’accordent avec les oiseaux typiques du

Musée Universitaire de Varsovie.

1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 371

235. GEOSITTA TENUIROSTRIS (Lafr. et d’Orb.).

Ingapirca (mai et juin 1890), environs de Tarma (décembre 1892

et juillet 1893).

Ces oiseaux paraissent ¢tre identiques 4 un male de Vacas,

Bolivie ; peut-étre ont-ils les ailes un peu plus courtes, le dos un

peu plus foncé, et la barbe externe des rectrices externes plus

blanchatre.

236. UPUCERTHIA JELSKIL (Cab.).

Sept oiseaux d’Ingapirca (mai 1890) et un male de hacienda de

Queta (8 juillet 1893). “Iris brun foncé.”

Comparés aux oiseaux typiques du Musée Universitaire de

Varsovie.

237. UPucHRTHIA SERRANA, Tacz.

Deux males de Palcamayo (juillet 1890) et quatre exemplaires

de Vhacienda de Queta (décembre 1892, juillet et septembre 1893).

“Tris brua foncé.”

S’accordent avec les types du Musée Universitaire de Varsovie.

Mr. Sclater a placé YU. serrana, Tacz., comme synonyme de

VU. andecola, Lafr. et d’Orb., mais selon nous elle est bien dis-

tincte. Il nous parait que l’U. bridgesi, Scl., est identique a

PU. andecola.

238. CINCLODES RIVULARIS, Cab.

Cing oiseaux d’Ingapireca (mai et juin 1890) et un mile de

Canchacso (17 mai 1893). “ Iris brun foncé.”

Comparés aux oiseaux typiques du Musée Universitaire de

Varsovie.

Espéce bien distinete du Cinclodes fuscus (Vieill.).

239. CINCLODES BIFASOIATUS, Scl.

Acobamba (aoit 1890) et hacienda de Queta (décembre 1892):

deux males. “Iris brun foncé.”

Al. 112, caud. 834, culm. 213, tars. 314 mm.

240. SCHIZ@ACA PALPEBRALIS, Cab.

Synallaxis palpebralis, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 180.

Maraynioc (novembre et décembre 1891, aott 1892): trois

males adultes et un jeune. “Iris brun clair, bec noir 4 mandibule

inférieure d’un plombé bleuatre, pattes d'un plombé bleuatre.”

Al. 61, caud. 124-1133, culm. 133-18, tars. 243-24 mm.

241. PHiaoorypres MELANOPS (Vieill.).

Trois males d’Ingapirca (mai 1890). “ Iris brun foncé.”

Al. 614, caud. 574, culm. 1632, tars. 213 mm,

Il n’y a pas de différence entre ces oiseaux et d’autres de Rio

Grande do Sul, Brésil du sud.

24*

372 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN on = [Mar. 3,

242, SYNALLAXIS BLEGANTIOR, Scl.

Synallaxis frontalis, Tacz. (nec Pelz.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 122.

Une paire de Garita del Sol (juin et juillet 1891). “ Iris brun

rougeatre, bee brun 4 mandibule inférieure d’un plombé bleuatre a

la base, pattes d’un plombé olivatre.”

Ces individus different des oiseaux typiques de la S. elegantior,

Sel., de ’Ecuador par l’abdomen presque uniformement gris, au

lieu de blanchatre au milieu, et par le haut de la gorge plus

noiratre.

243, SYNALLAXIS BRUNNEICAUDA CABANISI (Berl. et Lev.).

Synallaxis cabanisi, Berl. et Lev. Ornis, 1890, p. 21.

Synallazxis brunneicauda, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 124.

Un male de La Merced (septembre 1890). Iris rouge-brique

sale.”

244, SYNALLAXIS GULARIS RUFIVENTRIS, subsp. nov.

Synallaxis gularis (pt.), Sel. P.Z.S. 1859, p. 192 (Ecuador) ;

id. P. Z. 8. 1860, p. 89 (Nanegal, Ecuador) ; id. P.Z. 8. 1894, p. 16,

pt. (specimina ex Ecuador); id. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xv. p. 55, pt.

S. 8. gulari (Lafr.) e Colombia simillima, differt corpore inferiore

collique lateribus saturate cinnamomeo-rufis (nec griseo-fuscis),

albedine gule magis restricta et inferius minus conspicue nigro

marginata, corpore superiore imprimis in pileo rufescentiore,

tectricibus subalaribus rufescentius tinctis. Long. tot. 143, al.

604, caud. 553, culm. 123, tars. 203 mm.

Hab. in Peruvia centrali et in Ecuadoria or. (?).

Un mile adulte de Maraynioc (16 novembre 1891). ‘Iris

brun foncé, bee noir 4 mandibule inférieure jaunatre 4 la base,

pattes d’un plombé olivatre.”

Mr. Sclater a démontré (P. Z. S. 1874, p. 16) que les oiseaux de

Y Ecuador oriental se distinguent des oiseaux typiques, de Bogota,

du S. gularis par les parties inférieures d’un brun cannelle plus

pale que le dos, tandis que les exemplaires de Bogota l’ont plus ou

moins cendré. Mr, Sclater remarque aussi que de quatre peaux

de Bogota une ressemblait aux oiseaux écuadoriens.

Notre oiseau de Maraynioe se distingue au premier coup d’eil

dune peau de la S. gularis de Bogota’ du Musée Berlepsch par

les parties inférieures et les cétés du cou d’un brun cannelle clair

trés vif au lieu d’un olive grisatre lavé de roussatre ; par le blane

de la gorge beaucoup plus restreint (au menton) et moins bordé

de noiratre en dessous, par les parties supérieures d’un brun

roussitre un peu plus vif, surtout au piléum, et par les tectrices

sous-alaires roussitres au lieu de blanchatres. Nous nous croyons

donc justifiés d’en faire une sous-espéce nouvelle. Les oiseaux de

Y Ecuador oriental appartiennent probablement 4 la méme forme.

Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.

1896. ] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 373

245, SIproRNIS HUMILIS (Cab.).

Quatre oiseaux d’Ingapirca (mai et juin 1890). “Tris brun clair.”

La description originale de Cabanis est basée sur les oiseaux

fournis par M. Jelski de Junin, d’ou viennent aussi les peaux

envoyées par M. Kalinowski.

246. SIPTORNIS MARAYNIOCENSIS, sp. Dov.

Synallaxis humilis, Tacz. (nec Cab.) P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 527; id.

Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 138 (descr. specim. e Maraynioc).

S.S. humili, Cab. (e Junin), valde affinis, sed paulo major,

corpore supra obscuriore, dorso pileoque distincte nigro-

brunneo maculatis, tectricibus alarum superioribus minime

fulvo marginatis, macula mentali magis extensa castaneo- (nec

fulvo-) brunnea, rectricibus externis apice minus fulvo variis

Ffuscescentioribus, necnon mandibula basi obsewriore distinguenda.

Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Maraynioc, Tarma, Canchacso). Mus.

Branicki et Berlepsch.

¢.Al. 703, caud. 67, culm. 153,tars. 263 mm.

9 e ” 693-682, ” 683-673, ” 153, ” 253, 25? ”

Un mile et deux femelles de ’hacienda de Queta (Tarma) et de

Canchacso (mai et juillet 1893). “Iris brun noiratre, bee noir

corné & mandibule inférieure d’un cendre foncé dans sa_ plus

grande partie basale ; pattes noiratres teintées de verditre.”

C’était par méprise que feu Taczanowski avait décrit les oiseaux

de Maraynioc sous le nom de S. humilis, Cab. Heureusement

il existe au Musée Berlepsch un individu typique de cette der-

niére espéce recueilli par Jelski & Junin, regu directement par

Cabanis, et qui nous permet de constater qu'il y a deux espéces

trés voisines mais bien distinctes, l'une (S. Awmilis) venant des

environs de Junin, l’autre de Maraynioc, de Tarma ete. Cette

derniére différe de la S. humilis par la couleur plus foncée des

parties supérieures, & taches noiratres sur le dos et le piléum

bien marquées qui manquent presque complétement aux oiseaux de

Junin, par la surface de l’aile beaucoup plus foncé et sans bordures

roussitres, les tectrices sus-alaires presque uniformes et pas du

tout bordées de fauve roussatre; par les parties inférieures moins

roussatres, par la tache rousse au menton plus étendue et plus

foncée; par la gorge et la région jugulaire plus distinctement

striées de noiratre, par les rectrices médianes non bordées de

roussitre et par les externes plus uniformes et plus noiratres,

moins variées de roussatre dans la partie terminale ; enfin par le

bec un peu plus court et plus large.

247, SrprorNiIs TACZANOWSKEHL, Berl. et Stolzm.

Siptornis taczanowskui, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 393.

Synallawis flammulata, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 139.

Un oiseau de Maraynioe (2 décembre 1891) et une paire de

Pariayacu, prés de Maraynioc (aoit 1892 et janvier 1893).

374 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,

248, SIPTORNIS GRAMINICOLA, Scl.

Une femelle de hacienda de Queta (25 juillet 1893).

Al. 67, caud. 772, culm. 13, tars. 24 mm.

La S. graminicola se distingue de la S. wyatti surtout par

Yextension de la couleur cannelle & la surface de Vaile, dont les

tectrices supérieures sont d’un cannelle vif et uniforme, par la

présence d’une strie cannelle aux barbes internes des deux rectrices

médianes dans leur mocitié basale, par la couleur roussitre des

parties inférieures du corps, par le bec plus court, la queue plus

longue, ete.

249. SrproRNIS ALBICAPILLA (Cab.).

Deux males adultes et un jeune femelle de Pariayacu (juillet et

aot 1892). “Iris brun ochracé, bec d’un brun clair, plus clair en

dessous, pattes d’un gris olivatre. ©

250. PSEUDOCOLAPTES BOISSONNEAUI FLAVESCENS, subsp. noy.

Pseudocolaptes boissonneaui, Tacz. (nec Lafr.) Orn. Pérou, ii.

p. 145.

Ps. Ps. boissonneaui ¢ Columbia simillimus, sed gula juguloque

flavescenti-albis (nee pure albis), dorsi maculis latioribus et rostro

breviore distinguendus.

go ad. Al. 116, caud. 104, culm. 203, tars. 263 mm.

Grade. OT5 19), PO8Es sy 28H." Ga 28a

Hab. in Peruvia centrali(Maraynioc) et septentrionali (Cutervo)

et in Bolivia.

Maraynioc, Pariayacu: trois males et un femelle du novembre

1891 et d’aotit 1892.

Les oiseaux du Pérou central et septentrional (d’ot il y a une

femelle au Musée Berlepsch, recueillie 4 Cutervo le 9 mai 1879

par Jean Stolzmann) différent des oiseaux de Bogoté par la gorge

et les joues d’un blanc jaunatre au lieu d’un blanc pur, pas les

taches du dos un peu plus larges et prolongées jusqu’au milieu

du dos (qui est presque immaculé chez les oiseaux de Bogots),

enfin par le bec plus court dans les deux sexes. Chez les oiseaux

de la Bolivie les plumes allongées de la région auriculaire sont

également lavées de jaunatre, tandis qu’elles sont d’un blane pur

chez les oiseaux du Pérou comme chez les oiseaux typiques de la

Colombie.

Le jeune male envoyé a le piléum d’un noir uniforme et le bec

trés-court et noir en entier. Nous n’avons pas vu d’oiseaux

pareils d’Antioquia et de la Bolivie. Il parait que les males

Pseudocolaptes ont toujours le bec plus court que les femelles.

251. Puinypor suBFLAVESCENS, Cab.

Une femelle de La Gloria (23 janvier 1891). “ Iris brun foneé,

bec brun en dessus, d’un corné clair en dessous, pattes d’un olive

sale.”

Loiseau envoyé par Kalinowski a la strie surciliére et une

1896.] —s—»§-—«s’ PHE.OBNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 375

bande qui s’étend de la base de la mandibule inférieure jusqu’aux

couvertures auriculaires d’un roux ochreux vif. Le dessus du

corps est d’un olive plus pale et plus grisatre, et les parties infé-

rieures sont d’un blanc jaunatre sale plus pale que chez le Ph.

ruficaudatus. Le bec et les ailes sont un peu plus courts que chez

cette espéce.

MM. Cabanis et Taczanowski ont décrit ces oiseaux 4 sourcil d’un

roux ochreux comme des jeunes du Ph. subflavescens ce que est peut-

étre un erreur. Notre oiseau parait complétement adulte. En

outre Vadulte du Ph. subflavescens, Cab., est dit-on le méme que le

Ph. ruficaudatus (Lafr. et @Orb.). Dans ce dernier cas il faudra

probablement séparer les oiseaux 4 sourcil roux comme espéce

distincte (Ph, ewophrys, nob.).

Dimensions de l’oiseau de La Gloria: aile 83, queue 724, culmen

153, tarse 183 mm.

252, PHILYDOR SUBFULVUS, Scl.?

Une femelle de La Gloria (22 janvier 1891). “Tris brun foncé.”

Aile 84, queue 67, culmen 153, tarse 194 mm.

Nous ne possédons pas d’exemplaires authentiques du Ph. sub-

fulvus, Scl., pour comparer & notre femelle. Celle-ci a les petites

tectrices des épaules d’un roux brun semblable 4 celui des tectrices

sous-caudales, ce qui n’est pas mentionné dans la description de

Mr. Sclater. En outre notre oiseau présente des dimensions plus

petites que celui décrit par cet auteur.

253. ANABAZENOPS STRIATICOLLIS (Scl.)

Garita del Sol: un male du 22 juillet 1891. S’accorde en

général avec un oiseau de Bogotd, mais le dessous du corps est

plus olivatre, moins roussftre, et la couleur du piléum est presque

la méme que celle du dos, tandis qu’elle est plus foncée et différente

de celle du dos chez l’oiseau de Bogotid. Il faudra examiner le

type de lAnabates montanus, Tsch., qui est peut-étre la méme

que I’A. striaticollis,

254, XBNOPS GENIBARBIS APPROXIMANS (Pelz.).

La Gloria: une femelle du 19 février 1891.

Al. 62, caud. 47, culm. 132, tars. 143 mm.

Peut-étre pourrait-on nommer cette forme X. genibarbis mexi-

canus, Scl. C'est laforme occidentale plus grande du X. genibarbis,

Tll., du Brésil oriental.

255, XBNOPS RUTILUS HETERURUS (Cab. et Heine).

Xenops rutilus, Tacz. Orn. du Pérou, ii. p. 160.

La Gloria (aéut 1890), Borgotia (avril 1891) et Garita del Sol

(septembre 1891): deux males et une femelle. “ [ris brun.”

256. Srrrasomus aMazonvs, Lafr.

Une femelle de Garita del Sol (18 aéut 1891) et un male de

San Emilio (24 mai 1893).

376 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON’ [Mar. 3,

257. MARGARORNIS PERLATA (Less.).

Six exemplaires de Maraynioc du décembre 1891, aéut, octobre

et décembre 1892, et mai 1893.

Ces oiseaux ont le blanc de la gorge, de la strie surciliére et

des gouttes plus distinctement lavé de jJaunatre que les oiseaux de

Bogoté. Les oiseaux de |’Ecuador paraissent intermédiaires.

258. GLYPHORHYNCHUS CUNEATUS CASTELNAUI (Des Murs).

La Gloria: un male du 18 janvier 1891.

Al, 812, caud. 753, culm. 123, tars. 162 mm.

L’oiseau enyoyé est un peu plus grand (A ailes et bec sensible-

~ ment plus longs) et il a le plumage plus pale (le dos moins brun-

atre) que des échantillons du Haut-Amazone.

259. DENDRORNIS ROSTRIPALLENS, Des Murs?

Une femelle de La Merced (12 mars 1891). “ Iris brun foneé,

bec blanc olivatre sale, pattes d’un bleuatre sale.”

Aile 112, queue 983, culmen 363, tarse 253 mm.

Cette femelle se distingue des oiseaux du Haut-Amazone par

la gorge et le fond du cou inférieur blanchatre (au lieu de

roussatre). Il ya pourtant sur la gorge de nouvelles plumes qui

commencent 4 pousser d’une nuance roussitre comme chez les

oiseaux de Amazone. Cet oiseau présente aussi de fines bordures

apicales noiratres aux plumes du cou inférieur qui manquent chez

les oiseaux de Amazone. Enfin les ailes sont un peu plus courtes.

Ces différences sont probablement individuelles, car la femelle de

La Merced nous parait jeune.

260, DmNDRORNIS TRIANGULARIS (Lafr.), subsp.

Une paire de Garita del Sol (juillet et octobre 1891).

3. Aile 1203, queue 102, culmen 323, tarse 21 mm.

@. » U1, , 98, » 293, » 21 3

Ces oiseaux ressemblent le plus aux spécimens de la Bolivie

(D. triangularis, Lafr., typique) que Berlepsch a recus du voyageur

Garlepp. Ils ne s’en distinguent que par des dimensions plus

fortes, notamment par le bec plus long.

La forme colombienne, nommée D. triangularis par Mr. Sclater,

différe de la vraie D. triangularis par le croupion moins varié de

roux et par les taches du dessous du corps beaucoup plus grosses &

bordures noiritres. Nous nommerons cette forme D. triangularis

bogotensis, Berl. et Stolzm.

La D. triangularis erythropygia, Scl., a les taches du dessous du

corps aussi grosses que la D. t. bogotensis, mais elle présente des

taches plus larges sur le haut du dos et le roux du croupion est

plus étendus.

261. DENDRORNIS cHUNCHOTAMBO (T'ssch.).

Dendrarnis ocellata, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 179.

Un mile et une femelle de La Gloria (aéut 1891 et janvier

1891),

1896. ] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 377

Dimensions :—

3. Aile 99, queue 90, culmen 33, tarse 21 mm. .

2 . ” 99, ” 903, ” 33, ” 203 ”

Avant d’avoir examiné le type de la D. ocellata, Spix, nous pré-

férons la dénomination donnée 4 cette espece par M. de Tschudi,

savoir D. chunchotambo, dont Berlepsch a examiné un spécimen

typique appartenant au Musée de Kiel.

L’oiseau de La Gloria s’accorde avec un individu de Huayabamba,

Pérou du nord (coll. Garlepp) et n’en difftre que par son bec un

peu plus long.

262. XIPHOCOLAPTES PROMEROPIRHYNCHUS (Less.), subsp. ?

La Gloria: une femelle d’aoit 1890. ‘Iris brun foneé.”

Long. totale 331, envergure 441, aile 1413, queue 115,

culmen 494, tarse 8323 mm.

L’oiseau envoyé par Kalinowski se distingue des individus du

X. promeropirhynchus de Bogoti par le bec plus long, plus fort et

blanchatre, par les stries du sommet de la téte plus larges, par le

dos plus olivaétre, moins roussatre, par le roux brun du croupion

plus clair, par la couleur des parties inférieures plus olivatre et

par le menton plus blanchatre. Les stries fauves des parties

inférieures sont plus larges. Presque pas de maculature noiratre

au milieu du ventre.

Par Ja couleur du bec il se rapproche au X. p. compressirostris

(Tacz.), mais s’en distingue par les stries du piléum plus larges.

263. XIPHOCOLAPTES PHAOPYGUS, sp. nov.

X, X. lineatocephalo (Gray et Mitch.) ea Bolivia forsan maxime

affinis, differt uropygio rufescente olivaceo-brunneo (nec castaneo),

pileo dorso concolore minime striato, gula sordidiore rufescenti-

alba fusco variegata, alis caudaque fere brevioribus.

3. Al. 1383, caud. 120, culm. 423, tars. 304 mm.

?. » 134, , 118, , 473, ,, 302 ,,

Hab. in Peruvia centrali circum Maraynioc (typus in Mus,

Branicki).

Une paire de Culumachay, Maraynioc, du 24 aott 1892.

Cette espéce nouvelle est tout-a-fait distincte du X. promeropi-

rhynchus (Less.) de la Colombie, dont elle differe par la couleur

presque uniforme des parties supérieures, qui est d’un brun olive

trés pale, presque grisatre. Le piléum est tout-a-fait de la méme

couleur que le dos et non pas noiratre comme chez le X. prome-

ropirhynchus. Il n’y a pas trace de stries claires ni sur le piléum

ni sur le dos. La différence la plus frappante consiste dans la

couleur du croupion qui est d’un brun olivatre un peu plus obscur

que le dos au lieu d’un brun chatain. Ce ne sont que les tectrices

sus-caudales qui présentent un brun chatain pile mélangé d’un

brun olivatre. Les parties inférieures sont d’un brun olive au

lieu d’un brun roussatre saturé; les stries claires de la poitrine

sont bordées latéralement de noiratre, ce qui n’est pas le cas chez

378 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,

le X. promeropirhynchus. La gorge est d’un blanc roussatre plus

terne et plus variée de stries brunatres. Le bec est corné comme

chez l’autre espéce.

Le X. pheopygus parait le plus proche au X. lineatocephalus,

Gray et Mitch., de la Bolivie, dont H. simpliciceps, Lafr., est pro-

bablement synonyme.

Comparés 4 plusieurs individus de la Bolivie du Musée

Berlepsch, les deux oiseaux de Maraynioc ne different que par le

croupion d’un brun olive au lieu de chatain, par le pileum tout-a-

fait semblable au dos au lieu d’étre plus obscur ou noiratre, par le

manque complet de stries au piléum, par la couleur du dessus et

du dessous un peu plus pale, par la gorge d’un blane roussatre

plus terne et plus variée de brun olivatre, enfin par les ailes et la

queue généralement plus courtes.

264. PICOLAPTES FUSCICAPILLUS, Pelz.

Un mile adulte de Borgofta (29 mai 1891). “Iris brun clair,

bec corné clair, pattes olives.”

Aile 965, queue 864, culmen 293, tarse 18} mm.

Lindividu envoyé par Kalinowski s’accorde avec la description

de M. de Pelzeln basée sur des oiseaux de Matogrosso.

Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.

265. PICOLAPTES LACRYMIGER WARSZEWICZI (Cab. et Heine).

Picolaptes warszewiczi, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 173.

Une paire de Maraynioc du 10 aoait 1892.

go. Al. 106, caud. 983, culm. 263, tars. 20 mm.

¢ st "95 104, ” 893, ” 262, ” 192 ”

Ces oiseaux ne différent d’une femelle de Tambillo, Pérou du

nord (coll. Stolzmann, Mus. Berlepsch), que par les parties supé-

rieures et inférieures d’un olivatre plus obscur, moins roussatre,

par le bee plus court et la machoire un peu plus pale. Il faudra

réexaminer le type du P. warszewiczi dans le Musée Heinéanum

envoyé du Pérou par Warszewicz.

266. DENDROCOLAPTES VALIDUS, T'sch.

Borgona: un male adulte du 23 avril 1891. “Iris brun foneé,

bec brun 4 mandibule inférieure d’un brun plombé, pattes d’un

plombé olivatre.”

Aile 1364, queue 1233, culmen 394, tarse 273 mm.

Cet oiseau parait appartenir au vrai D. validus, Tsch., dont le

type provient de la méme région. Un oiseau de Bogota et un autre

d’Antioquia du Musée Berlepsch différent par les ailes un peu

plus courtes, par le bee un peu plus mince et plus noiratre, par

les bandes noiratres de l’abdomen, des sous-caudales et des sous-

alaires plus étroites et par les plumes du cou inférieur marquées de

macules latérales noires au lieu de bordures. L’oiseau du Pérou

a le chatain du croupion plus restreint et présente des bandes

noiratres sur le croupion et les scapulaires, bandes qui manquent

1896. ] - THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 379

compléetement aux oiseaux de la Colombie. Enfin les stries sca-

pales roussitres du dos supérieur et médian sont mieux marquées

chez V’oiseau du Pérou.

Fam. ForMICcARIID”.

267. THAMNOPHILUS MELANURUS DEBILIS, subsp. nov.

Th. Th. melanuro, Gld., simillimus, differt rostro debiliore, tarsis

attamen longiortbus, rectricibus duabus utrinque externis tectrici-

busque alarum superioribus maris apicibus latius albo marginatis,

necnon colore femine corporis superioris brunneo obscuriore.

Long. ale, Caude. Culminis. Tarsi.

Oras 9 804 282 354 mm.

SAGE bee set 923-92 794-783 273-273 353 5,

Hab, in Peruvia centrali.

La Merced (aottt 1890 et décembre 1891): un mile et trois

femelles. “Iris rouge ochreux, bec noir, pattes d’un plombé bleu-

atre.”

Ces oiseaux se distinguent d’un male et d’une femelle de

Samiria, Haut-Amazone (coll. Hauxwell), du Musée Berlepsch,

par le bec moins large et plus court, les tarses au contraire plus

longs. Le male a les deux rectrices externes et les tectrices sus-

alaires bordées plus largement de blanc. II présente aussi des

bordures blanches aux petites tectrices de l’épaule ce qui n’est pas

le cas chez le Th. melanurus de Samiria. Les femelles de La

Merced différent également d’une femelle de Samiria par le roux

brun du dessus du corps plus foncé.

268. THAMNOPHILUS MELANOCHROUS, Scl. et Salv.

Thamnophilus melanochrous, Scl. et Salv. P.Z.S. 1876, p. 18,

pl. iii. (typus ex Huwiro Peruvie mer.); Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 11.

Thamuophilus subandinus, Tacz. P.Z.S8. 1882, p. 29 (Chacha-

poyas, Chirimoto, Tamiapampa); id. Orn. Péron, ii. p. 6.

Thamnophilus subandinus major, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 7

(Paltaypampa).

Six individus (¢ g et 9 2) de Garita del Sol (juillet, aott et

septembre 1891). ‘Iris brun foncé, bee noir 4 mandibule infé-

rieure bleuatre, pattes d’un plombé bleuatre.”

6. Aile 73, queue 674, culmen 163, tarse 223 mm.

2. » 69, 4 66, » 16%, 3 23 45

Nous n’avons pas trouvé des différences constantes entre les

oiseaux de Chachapoyas (Th. subandinus, Tacz.), de Vitoe (Zh. s.

major, Tacz.) et un male de Huiro du Musée Berlepsch, recueilli

par Mr. Orton (Th. melanochrous, Scl. et Salv.).

269. THAMNOPHILUS VARIEGATICEPS, Sp. NOV.

? Thamnophilus radiatus, Tacz. (nec Vieill.), Orn. Pérou, ii.

p- 20, part.

3 mari Th. nigricristati subradiati, Berl., ex Amazonia sup.

380 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [Mar.3,

simillimus, sed differt pilei crista breviore, pilei medir plumis

vexrllo interno (nonnullis etiam vewillo externo) albo marginatis

vel maculatis, fasciis dorsi latioribus et equalioribus, necnon

differt rostro breviore et debiliore.

Long. ale. Caude. Culminis. Tarsi.

Qo Gil. 763-734 67-62 203-193 254-244 mm.

ZOE, Feeienets 793 674 192 263 ce

Hab. in Peruvia centrali.

Huit individus( ¢ ¢ et 9 2) de La Merced (juillet et aoait 1890,

janvier et avril 1891), “Iris jaune olivatre, bec noir 4 mandibule

inférieure bleudtre a la base.”

Cette espéce nouvelle est tres proche du Th. nigricristatus, Lawr.,

ou plutét de Ja forme plus grande nommée par Berlepsch 7h. sub-

radiatus (du Haut-Amazone). Le male différe du mile de cette

espece par la huppe de la téte beaucoup plus courte et variée au

milieu par des bordures ou macules latérales blanches vers la base

des plumes. Les raies blanches du dos sont plus réguliéres, plus

larges et plus rapprochées entre elles. C’est pourquoi le dos parait

moins noiratre. Enfin les bandes des rectrices sont plus étendues

vers la tige (presque complétes et non en forme de taches).

La femelle parait distincte des femelles du Uh. nigricristatus et

du Th. doliatus par le roux brun de Ja huppe et du dos plus

foncé, et par le roux de rouille de l’abdomen plus intense.

On peut dire que cette espéce nouvelle est 4 peu prés inter-

médiaire entre le Th. nigricristatus et le Th. doliatus. Peut-étre

Yoiseau de Moyobamba décrit par Taczanowski sous le nom de

Th. tenuifasciatus, Lawr., appartient-il 4 notre Th. variegaticeps.

270, THAMNOPHILUS PALLIATUS PUNCTICHPS (Scl.) ?

Thamnophilus palliatus, Tacz. (nee Licht.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 17.

? Thamnophilus puncticeps, Scl. Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xv. (1890)

p- 17 (Bolivia et Ecuador).

Garita del Sol: une paire (aoat 1891). “ Iris chez le male d’un

bleu cendré, chez la femelle d’un cendré jaunatre, bee noir &

mandibule inférieure bleuatre, pattes bleuatres.

3. Al.74, caud.683, culm. 203, tars. 24) mm.

Q. ” 743, ” 69, ” 173, ” 247 ”

Les différences indiquées par Mr. Sclater entre son Th. puncti-

ceps (de la Bolivie et de l’Ecuador) et le Th. palliatus (du Brésil)

ne paraissent pas constantes. Notre male adulte de Garita ne

différe des oiseaux de Bahia que par le brun du dos et des ailes

plus pale et par la région jugulaire moins variée de blanchatre ou

dun noirétre presque uniforme. I] ale piléum d’un noir uniforme

comme un male de Bahia, tandis qu’un autre male de Bahia du

Musée Berlepsch y présente des taches blanches qui, selon Sclater,

seraient caractéristiques du Th. puncticeps. Les bandes noires et

blanches de l’abdomen sont de la méme largeur que chez les

oiseaux de Bahia,

1896.) THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PHRU. 381

271. THAMNISTES RUFESCENS, Cab.

Un mile et une femelle de La Gloria (janvier et février 1891).

“Tris rouge, bec noir en dessus, plombe clair en dessus, pattes

d'un plombé olivatre.”

3. Aile 764, queue 73, culmen17?, tarse 133 mm.

Le ” 72, ” 72, ” 174, ” 184 ”

Cette espéce trés rare se distingue du 7h. equatorialis, Scl.,

par le bec plus petit et les parties inférieures, les cétés de la téte et

les sourcils plus roussatres, le brun des parties supérieures égale-

ment plus lavé de roussatre, enfin par le piléum moins roussatre.

272. DysITHAMNUS SHMICINEREUS, Scl.

Trois individus de La Gloria (janvier) et de Garita del Sol

(septembre 1891).

Ces oiseaux s’accordent bien avec le oiseaux typiques de Bogota,

mais ils présentent des bordures blanchatres un peu plus larges 4

la pointe des rectrices.

273. DysITHAMNUS DUBIUS, Berl. et Stolzm.

Dysithamnus dubius, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 393.

Un mile adulte de La Merced du 26 aoiit, 1890. “Iris rouge

sale.”

274. MYRMOTHERULA LONGICAUDA, sp. nov.

Myrmotherula longicauda, Berl. et Stolzm. Ibis, 1894, p. 394.

Myrmotherula surinamensis, Tacz. (nec Gmel.) P. Z. 8S. 1882,

. 30.

E Myrmotherula multostriata, Tacz. (nec Scl.) Orn. Peérou, ii. p. 39.

Un male adulte de Chontabamba (Vitoc) du 28 aoit 1891 et

deux femelles de La Merced et de La Gloria du 21 juillet 1890 et

du 14 novembre 1891. “Iris brun noiratre.”

275. MyRMOLTHERULA SORORTA, Berl. et Stolzm.

Myrmotherula sororia, Berl. et Stolz. Ibis, 1894, p. 396.

Myrmotherula gutturalis, Tacz. (nec Scl. et Salv.) Orn. Pérou,

oy ear

La Gloria (juillet 1890 et janvier 1891) et La Merced (septem-

bre 1890): un mile et trois femelles.

276. HerpsILocHMUS MOTACILLOIDES, T'acz.

La Gloria (8 aoit 1890) et Garita del Sol (18 juillet et 15

aout 1891): trois males et une femelle.

Dans la description originale de cette espece (P. Z. S. 1874,

p- 187) feu Taczanowski disait : “‘Cette espéce est trés voisine du

H. atricapillus, mais elle s’en distingue principalement par la

tacheture de l’occiput.” Au contraire, les trois males envoyés par

Kalinowski ne présentent aucune trace de taches blanches sur

Yoceiput noir, c’est pourquoi nous présumons que Taczanowski

382 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. S8TOLZMANN ON [| Mar. 3,

a décrit comme male adulte un jeune mile, ou puet-étre méme

une femelle. Berlepsch, ayant fait des notes d’aprés un spécimen

typique du H. atricapillus, Pelz., du Musée de Vienne, il y a quel-

ques années, a pu constater les différences suivantes entre cette

espéce et le H. motacilloides: cette dernicre ala queue beaucoup

plus longue (53 & 59 au lieu de 43 mm.),-les ailes également

plus longues (54 4 563 au lieu de 51 mm.). Le mile a les parties

inférieures d’un blanc fortement lavé de jaunatre au lieu d’un blanc

grisitre. Les deux rectrices externes sont presque enti¢rement

blanches 4 l'exception du tiers basal qui est noir. Au contraire

chez le H. atricapillus ce n’est que le tiers apical de ces rectrices

qui est blanc. Les autres rectrices externes présentent également

plus de blane et les subexternes ont la barbe externe presque

enticrement blanche.

La femelle parait distincte de celle du JH. atricapillus par le

front roussitre et par les parties inférieures d’un blanc jaunatre

au lieu d’un blane ochreux.

4] nous parait donc utile de donner une nouvelle diagnose du

H, motacilloides :—

H. 8 ad. pileo ad nucham usque striaque lata ante- et post-

oculari nigris unicoloribus, superciliis capitisque lateribus griseo-

albis, marginibus plumarum nigrescentibus ; dorso toto cinereo in

adultis nigro maculato, plumis nonnullis basi interdum niveis; cor-

pore subtus tectricibusque alarum caudeque inferioribus flave-

scenti albis, gula pectorisque lateribus griseo lavatis; tectricibus

alarum nigris late albo terminatis, remigibus nigricantibus, primariis

secundariisque extus anguste griseo albo, tertiariis scapularibusque

latius albo marginatis; rectricibus externis—basi extrema nigra

excepta—albis, ceteris nigris albo terminatis, subexternis dimidio

apicali et vexillo externo—nisi in basi—albis, mediis fere omnino

nigris, vexillo externo subtiliter griseo, interno anguste albo apice-

que latius albo marginatis.

2 mari similis, sed fronte late rufescente pilei plumis ante

apicem albo marginatis, dorso olivaceo griseo, necnon remigibus

olivaceo-griseo marginatis distinguenda.

Long. tota. Al. exp. Ale. Caude. Culm. Tars.

3 od. 142-140 192-185 563-54 59-53 154-14 173 mm.

Q@. 145 183 553 532 143 ve

Hab. in Peruvia centrali.

277. ForMIcIVoRA CAUDATA, Scl.

Une paire de Garita del Sol du 12 mars 1893.

3. Al. 545, caud. 74, culm. 143, tars. 194 mm.

g ‘eg 29 53, ” 75, 29 153, bh) 193 9

Espéce nouvelle pour la faune péruvienne.

Le mile adulte se distingue dun ¢ ad. d’Antioquia par le hgc

et la queue sensiblement et les ailes un peu plus courtes, par les

stries noiratres de la gorge plus larges et plus marquées, les stries

des cétés de la téte et du cou également plus larges. Nous n’avons

1896.] - HE ORNITHOLOGY OF OHNTRAL PERU. 383

pas examiné d’individus de Bogota, d’ou provient le type’ de

Mr. Sclater.

Comparé 4 trois miles adultes de Surupata et Cayandeled

(Ecuador oce.—coll. Stolzmann et Siemiradzki) le male de La Gloria

s'accorde presque dans tous les détails et ne différe que par le bec

un peu plus court, la queue un peu plus longue et les rectrices

d'une couleur plus schistacée moins olivatre, enfin par le blane de la

gorge et de la poitrine plus pur et par les stries noiratres de la

gorge un peu plus larges et plus prononcées.

La femelle de Garita del Sol ne différe d’une femelle de Chaquar-

pata, Ecuador (coll. Stolzmann), que par le roux du piléum plus

intense et plus étendu vers la nuque et par les couleurs généralement

un peu plus vives.

La premiére a les dimensions généralement plus fortes et le bee

plus fort et plus long que celle de Chaquarpata.

Avant de caractériser cette forme il faudrait examiner plusieurs

individus.

278. CERCOMACRA APPROXIMANS, Pelz. ?

? Cercomacra tyrannina, Tacz. (nec Sel.) Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 54.

Garita del Sol (juillet, aoit et septembre 1891): trois males et

une femelle.

g ad. Aile 69, queue 66, culmen 173, tarse 22? mm.

Nous n’avons pas dindividus typiques de la C. approaimans

de Matogrosso pour comparer, mais les miles de Garita different

par plusieurs détails des miles de Mapoto, Ecuador or. (coll.

Stolzmann), que Mr. Sclater (Cat. B. Brit. Mus. xv. p. 266) a

placés sous la C. approximans. Les oiseaux de Garita ont le plu-

mage plus noiritre en dessus et en dessous, les bordures blanches

4 la pointe des tectrices sus-alaires beaucoup plus étroites (presque

en forme des petits points sur les tectrices les plus grandes) et ne

présentent aucune trace de bordures blanches apicales aux rectrices

externes. Les cétés du basventre, les tectrices, les sous-caudales et

le croupion ne sont pas du tout lavés d’olive. Les ailes et la

queue sont un peu plus longues. Peut-étre faudra-t-il séparer les

oiseaux du Pérou central comme forme distincte. C. hypomelena,

Scl., de Cosnipata, parait voisine ou peut-étre identique.

279. PyrigLuna MAURA PrIonA (Cab.).

Pyriglena picea, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 56.

La Gloria (juillet et aoit 1890 et janvier 1891) et Garita del

Sol (juillet 1891): trois males et une femelle.

3 d. Aile 79-77, queue 803-78, culm.18?-18, tarse 32-303 mm.

Les oiseaux de Garita ne se distinguent des oiseaux de Mato-

grosso que par la queue un peu plus longue et le bee un peu plus

large. Le type de la P. maura provient de Minas Geraes.

280. MyrMerciza spopioGastRA, Berl. et Stolzm.

Myrmeciza spodiogastra, Berl. et Stolam. Ibis, 1894, p. 397.

Un mile et une femelle de Borgona du 29 avril 1891.

384 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [Mar. 3,

281. HypocNEMIs sUBFLAVA, Cab.

Deux males de La Merced (26 aotit et 12 septembre 1890). “Tris

brun fonce. ”

3. Aile 58, queue 414, culmen 16, tarse 20 mm.

Ces individus se distinguent du male quia servi de type 4 M.

Cabanis (Musée de Varsovie) par la couleur du dessous, qui est

beaucoup plus intense, presque jaune de soufre au lieu de blanc

jaunatre. Berlepsch a aussi recu cette espéce de la Bolivie par

Garlepp.

282. HypocNEMIS LEPIDONOTA, Scl. et Salv.

La Merced (10 avril 1891): une femelle. “Iris brun foncé, bec

noir, pattes d’un plombé bleuatre.”

283. HyYPOCONEMIS SCHISTACEA, Scl.

Trois males de La Merced (aoat 1890), de La Gloria (janvier) et

de Borgona (mai 1891). “ Bee et pattes noirs.”

Aile 68-67, queue 543-54, culmen 193-192, tarse 25-243 mm.

284. HYPOCNEMIS LEUCOPHRYS (Tsch.).

La Merced: trois males d’aotit 1890 et du mars 1891. “Iris

chez un male, rouge-cerise sale ; chez l’autre, brun foneé.”

Aile 723-71, queue 533, culmen: 173-183, tarse 243-233 mm.

Les oiseaux de Bogotd ont l’abdomen un peu plus foncé et le dos

cendré moins bleuatre ; ceux de la Guyane anglaise ont l’abdomen

beaucoup plus clair, le front moins largement blanchatre et les ailes

et Ja queue un peu plus courtes.

285. CHAM#ZA OLIVACEA, Tsch.

Deux miles adultes de La Gloria (16 aoit 1890) et de la Esper-

anza, Vitoc (26 mars 1893). “Iris brun foneé.”

Aile 973, queue 624-65, culmen 193-273, tarse 363-384 mm.

Ces oiseaux s’accordent parfaitement avec la description de

Tschudi de la Ch. olivacea, mais non pas avec la diagnose de cette

espéce donnée par Mr. Sclater (Cat. Brit. Mus. xv. p. 307), qui

est probablement basée sur des individus de Bogoté ou de la Bolivie.

L’oiseau de La Gloria différe au premier coup d’ceil des individus

de Bogotd du Musée Berlepsch par la couleur de la gorge et de la

poitrine, qui est d’un roux-ochreux vif au lieude blanche. Les cétés

de la poitrine sont lavés d’olive et les flancs lavés d’un roux ochreux,

ce qui n’est pas le cas chez les oiseaux de Bogoté. Les bordures

noiratres des plumes de la poitrine et des flancs sont un peu plus

étroites. Les parties supérieures sont d’un vert olive au lieu

d’un brun olivatre. La strie surciliére bien marquée chez les

oiseaux de Bogoté manque presque complétement chez l’oiseau de

La Gloria. La bande noiratre antéapicale qui, chez les oiseaux de

Bogota, se manifeste sur toutes les rectrices, manque complétement

sur les rectrices médianes chez l’oiseau de La Gloria tandis qu’elle

est trés-bien marquée sur les rectrices externes.

13896.) THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU, 385

L’oiseau péruvien a les ailes, la queue et les tarses plus longs, le

bec au contraire un peu plus court que celui de Bogoti.

I] faudra donc donner un nouveau nom 4 l’oiseau de Bogota, et

par conséquent nous proposons celui de C. columbiana, sp. nov.

286. GRALLARIA REGULUS, Scl.

La Gloria: une femelle du 6 février 1891.

287. GRALLARIA RUFULA OBSCURA, subsp. nov.

Grallaria rufula, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 88.

G. G. rufule (Lafr.) simillima, sed colore supra obscuriore, magis

olivaceo vel minus rufo-brunneo, fronte imprimis minus rufescente,

necnon alis caudaque paulo longioribus distinguenda. Long. ale

90, caude 463, culminis 193, tarsi 444 mm.

Hab. in Peruvia centrali (Mus. Branicki).

Une femelle de Maraynioc (24 novembre 1891).

Cette femelle unique présente la couleur du dessus du corps

plus olivatre, moins roussatre, que les oiseaux de Bogota et de

YEcuador. Cette différence se manifeste surtout au front et sur

les cétés de la téte. Les ailes et la queue sont aussi un peu plus

longues que chez les oiseaux de Bogota et de Ecuador qui nous

ont servi de comparaison.

288. GRaLLARIA ANDICOLA (Cab.).

Une femelle d’Ingapirca (juin 1890) et un male de Pariayacu

(7 aoit 1892). “Iris brun foncé.”

36. Al. 933, caud. 433, culm. 223, tars. 453 mm.

Q- 963 ” 453 ” 212 ” 463 ”

On dit que les oiseaux typiques du Musée Universitaire de

Varsovie proviennent de la méme contrée que nos spécimens.

289. CoNOPOPHAGA CASTANEICEPS BRUNNEINUCHA, subsp. nov.

Conopophaga castaneiceps, Tacz. Orn. Pérou, ii. p. 88 (partim).

C. 3 huic C. castaneicipitis (Scl.) simillimus, sed dorso alisque

extus obscure rufo-brunneis fere unicoloribus (dorso minime

gviseo et nigro variegato), pileo nuchaque dorso concoloribus (nec

rufis), fronte solummodo rufa ; abdomine medio purius albo, gula

capitisque lateribus nigrescentioribus, rostro breviore et angustiore,

mandibula fere omnino alba (nec dimidio apicali fuscescente),

necnon alis caudaque longioribus distinguendus.

Q a femina C. castaneicipitis pileo posteriore nuchaque brunneis

nec rufis forsan distinguenda.

Long. alz. Caudz. Culminis. Tarsi.

Givens 78 49 122 284 = mm.

QQ... 753-723 474-433 173-133 292-285

Hab. in Peruvia centrali.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. XXV. 25

386 GRAF VON BERLEPSCH AND M. J. STOLZMANN ON [ Mar. 3,

Un mile et deux femelles de Garita del Sol et de La Gloria

(aotit 1890, aout et octobre 1891). “ Iris brun foneé, bec noir &

mandibule inférieure blanchatre, pattes d’un cendré bleuatre.”

Le male de La Garita se distingue au premier coup d’eil d’un

male de Bogota (Mus. Berlepsch) par le dos et les ailes d’un brun

saturé et foncé, tandis que chez l’oiseau de Bogota ces parties

sont d’un olive terne ou moins brunatre et le dos varié de grisatre

& larges bordures apicales noiratres. Chez Voiseau de Garita le

front seul est d’un roux vif, mais la partie postérieure du piléum

et la nuque sont d'un brun foncé roussitre, de méme que le dos.

Chez Voiseau de Bogotd au contraire presque tout le piléum est

roux, seulement un peu plus foncé dans la partie postérieure, avec

bordures apicales des plumes noiratres. Ensuite chez Voiseau de

Garita le milieu de l’abdomen est presque blane pur seulement un

peu varié de grisatre, tandis que chez celui de Bogota cette partie

de abdomen est d’une couleur d’ardoise un peu plus pale que

la poitrine. La couleur d’ardoise de la gorge et des cotés de la

téte est plus noiritre. Les ailes et la queue sont plus longues, le

bec plus petit. Enfin la mandibule inférieure est presque uni-

formement blanchatre, tandis que chez l’oiseau de Bogota le tiers

apical en est noiratre,

Nous n’avons pas pour comparer de femelles de Bogota, mais

il nous semble, que les femelles du Pérou different par le piléum

postérieur brunatre au lieu de roux, car Mr. Sclater dit que la

femelle ressemble au mile par la coloration des parties supéri-

eures.

Un mile de Huayabamba, Pérou du nord (coll. Garlepp ; Mus.

Berlepsch), ressemble par la couleur du piléum et dans d’autres

détails & Yoiseau de Bogotdé. Il n’en différe que par la couleur

du dos plus brunatre sans mélange de grisatre et sans bordures

apicales noiratres, enfin par le milieu de l’abdomen blanchatre

(mais moins pur et moins étendu que chez l’oiseau de Garita).

Le dernier caractére ne parait pas constant, car Taczanowski a

décrit un oiseau de Huambo (vallée de Huayabamba—coll. Stolz-

mann), sans blanc au milieu du ventre. Par la couleur de la

gorge et la forme du bee, ainsi que par la couleur de la mandibule

inférieure, loiseau de Huayabamba ressemble parfaitement a celui

de Bogota. L’oiseau du Pérou du nord parait donc trés proche de

celui de Bogota, ou peut-étre méme identique.

La C. castaneiceps de Sclater est basée sur un oiseau de

Bogota ainsi que sur un oiseau du Pérou recueilli par Tschudi.

Quant 4 ce dernier on pourrait soupgonner, d’aprés la description

de Taczanowski, qu'il provenait du Pérou du nord. Taczanowski

avait déji démontré la différence entre cet oiseau et un male du

Pérou central.

290. CoRYTHOPIS ANTHOIDES HUMIVAGANS (Tacz.).

Une femelle de La Gloria (aot 1890), “Iris brun foncé.”

1896.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF CENTRAL PERU. 387

Fam. PreRoProcHip=.

291. ScyrALOPUS FEMORALIS, Tsch.

Un ¢ ad. de Maraynioe du 28 novembre 1891. “Iris brun

foncé, bec noire, pattes brunes.”

Long. de Vaile 72, queue 494, culmen 163, tarse 30, doigt

médian avec l’ongle 28 mm.

Cet oiseau s’accorde en général avec Ja description de Taczan-

owski (Orn. Pérou, i. p. 532) faite d’aprés un spécimen typique du

S. femoralis du Musée de Neuichitel, mais il semble que les pattes

de notre oiseau sont beaucoup plus fortes. Taczanowski, en

parlant d’une jeune femelle de Ray-Urmana (vallée de Huaya-

bamba—coll. Stolzmann), dit que celle-ci aurait les pattes plus

fortes que l’individu typique du S. femoralis; mais notre oiseau de

Maraynioc a les pattes beaucoup plus fortes encore que la femelle

de Ray-Urmana.

Le male de Maraynioc se distingue de deux individus du

S. micropterus (Scl.) (|S. analis, Lafr.?] de Ecuador par les ailes

plus longues, le bec et les pattes plus longs et plus forts, le

plumage noir schistacé trés intense au lieu d’un noir brun grisatre,

Yuropygium 4 peine layé de brun roussatre avec des raies noiratres

peu distinctes. Les raies noiravres et roussitres des cdiés du bas-

ventre plus foncées et moins répandues. La mandibule inférieure

et les pieds plus noiratres, les ongles des doigts presque blanch-

atres.

En cas que notre oiseau ne serait pas identique au S. femoralis,

Tsch., nous lui réservons le nom de S. macropus.

292. ScYTALOPUS SYLVESTRIS, Tacz.

Un mile adulte de Garita del Sol (29 juin 1891) et un autre

plus jeune de Maraynioc, Pariayacu (31 juillet 1892). “Iris brun

foncé bec noir, pattes d’un brun grisatre.”

Nos oiseaux s’accordent 4 peu prés avec la description originale

de Taczanowski du 8. sylvestris. En outre ils viennent des mémes

localités que les oiseaux typiques. Cette espece est sans doute

trés proche du S. senilis, Lafr., de Colombie (ou au moins de

Yespéce que Mr. Sclater prend pour le S. senzlis, Lafr.), mais

elle en différe par le dessus du corps, dont la couleur générale est

ardoisée noiratre presque uniforme (au lieu de brunatre) et par la

couleur de la gorge et de la poitrine, qui est plus claire et plus

plombée et non gris noiratre comme chez le S. senilis, par les bandes

roussitres des flancs plus foncées, plus ¢troites et moins répandues,

enfin par les ailes et la queue plus longues.

En général le S. sylvestris ressemble par sa coloration au S. m-

cropterus (Scl.), mais il est plus petit dans toutes ses dimensions.

Aile. Queue. Culmen. Tarse.

d ad. de Garita...... 59 443 12% 223mm.

¢S juv. de Pariayacu .. 56 43 124 Da is

388 M. A. DOLLEUS ON WEST-INDIAN [Mar. 3,

293. ScyraLoPus acuTIROSTRIS (T'sch.).

Une femelle adulte de Maraynioc (26 novembre 1891). “Iris

brun foncé, bec noir, pattes d’un carné brunatre.”

Aile 514, queue 354, culmen 12, tarse 20} mm.

Cet oiseau parait s’accorder bien avec le male non complétement

adulte de Maraynioc décrit par Taczanowski (Orn. Pérou, i. p. 533)

et comme lui posséde les raies interrompues d’un brun roussatre

sur les rectrices, tandis que les oiseaux de la montafia de Nancho

de la collection Raimondi ont, 4 ce qu’il parait, la queue unicolore.

Il nous semble douteux que les oiseaux de Nancho appartiennent

réellement au S. acutirostris.

Notre oiseau ressemble surtout au S. griseicollis (Lafr.) de la

Colombie, et n’en différe que par le gris ardoisé de la gorge et de la

poitrine un peu plus foncé et prolongé vers le milieu du ventre,

tandis que chez le S. griseicollis le milieu du ventre devient

blanchatre. Les cétés du ventre, le bas-ventre, les tectrices sous-

caudales et le croupion sont réguliérement rayés de brun roussatre

et de noiratre, tandis que chez le S. griseicollis les flancs sont d’un

roux beaucoup plus clair sans raies noiratres et le croupion d'un

brun roussatre presque uniforme. Les rectrices chez le S. acutt-

rostris sont noiratres avec des bandes incomplétes d’un brun

roussatre au lieu d’un brun roussatre presque uniforme ou variées

de bandes noiratres chez le S. griseicollis.

294, ScyraLoPUS MAGELLANICUS (Lath.).

Un mile adulte de Pariayacu du 27 janvier 1893.

Al. 57, caud. 403, culm. 124, tars. 202 mm.

L’oiseau envoyé a le plumage plus schistacé, moins noiratre que

les individus du S. magellanicus de différentes localités que nous

avons comparés. Par cette particularité il ressemble plutot au

S. obscurus du Chile. Il a aussi les flancs et les sus-caudales

barrées de roux brun. Néanmoins il a les pieds bruns, et pourrait

étre un male du S. magellanicus en plumage imparfait.

2. On West-Indian Terrestrial Isopod Crustaceans.

By M. Aprien Dottrvs’.

[Received January 15, 1896.]

[The specimens described in this paper were procured by

Mr. Herbert H. Smith, who in the years 1889-91 was commissioned

by Mr. F. DuCane Godinan, PRS. to collect Natural History

specimens in the islands of St. Vincent and Grenada, to aid the

Joint Committee of the Royal Society and the British Association

in their investigation of the Fauna of the West-India Islands.

The specimens are now deposited in the British Museum. In the

case of one or two specimens it appears that it has unfortunately

not been noticed whether they were found in St. Vincent or in

Grenada.—D. 8. ]

‘ Communicated by Dr, D. Smarr, F.R.S., on behalf of the Committee for

investigating the Flora and Fauna of the West-India Islands.

1896.] TERRESTRIAL ISOPOD CRUSTACEANS, 389

Species of Armadilloidean Isopods seem to be numerous in the

tropical regions, although they have until now generally escaped

the collector's bottle. Their small size (seldom reaching to

10 millimetres in length), their dull colour, and above all the scarcity

of individuals have proved a good protection. The species are

remarkably localized, and none of the thirteen of which specimens

are sent to me have as yet been mentioned by any of the authors

who have described Isopods from Central America, the Antilles, or

the neighbouring parts of South America’, except A. grenadensis,

The following species are represented in the collection :—

1, ARMADILLO TENUIPUNCTATUS, n. sp.

Fig. 1.

1a. Cephalon and first two segments of pereion (upperside).

14. Cephalon and first two segments of pereion (underside). p, prosepistoma ;

f, double-jointed flagellum of antenne ; ¢, coxopodite.

le. Fifth segment of pleon, pleotelson, uropoda (upperside). ex, exopodite of

uropoda.

1d. The same (underside), 4, basis of uropoda; en, endopodite.

Body rather wide, moderately convex, slightly tuberculated on

1 For the bibliography of the terrestrial Isopods of this region consult :—

Saussure (de).—Mémoire pour servir 4 1’Histoire naturelle du Mexique, des

Antilles et des Etats Unis: I. Crustacés. (1858.)

Miers.—On a Collection of Crustacea, chiefly from 8. America, Proce. Zool,

Soc. 1877.

' Buppr-Lunp.—Crustacea Isopoda terrestria. (1885.)

Id, —Landisopoder fra Venezuela indsamlede af Dr. Fr. Meinert,

(1893.

Dota te ay opbe de M. E, Simon au Vénézuela: Isopodes terrestres. (1893. )

390 M. A, DOLLFUS ON WEST-INDIAN [ Mar. 3,

the pereion. Cephalon: prosepistoma with a shield-like convexity,

a little depressed in the middle. Eyes middling; ocelli about 18.

Antenne short; first joint of flagellum twice as short as the second.

Pereion: first segment with two antero-median rounded tubercles ;

lateral edges slightly raised ; coxopodite hardly perceptible, as a

very small processus below the leg. Second segment without a

distinct coxopodite. Pleon, telson: pleotelson longer than wide,

smooth, with a minute longitudinal wrinkle near the basis ; sides

feebly curved, the apex being half as wide as the basis. Uropoda:

basis nearly straight; endopodite extending to half the length of

the pleotelson ; exopodite very small, placed near the middle of the

internal edge of the basis (upperside). Colour: grey, with

irregular light markings, the sides are light and minutely punc-

tuated with black. Dimensions: 10 x 44 millim.

Hab, Mustique Island, June, “ beaten from brush.”

2. ARMADILLO DEPRESSUS, n. sp.

Fig. 2.

(For lettering, see p. 389.)

Body wide, rather depressed, granulated on cephalon and pereion.

Cephalon: prosepistoma nearly plain, fore edge a little arched in

the middle. Eyes middling; ocelli about 16. Antenne: first

joint of flagellum three times shorter than the second. Pereion:

first segment with a wide, double, antero-median tubercle ; lateral

edges not raised ; coxopodite hardly perceptible, as a feeble ridge.

Second segment without a distinct coxopodite. leon, telson;

1896.] TERRESTRIAL ISOPOD CRUSTACEANS, 391

sides of the pleon depressed; processus of the fifth segment

widening at the apex. Pleotelson longer than wide, smooth ; sides

feebly curved; apex one-third narrower than the basis. Uropoda

nearly straight ; endopodite extending to two-thirds the length of

the pleotelson ; exopodite very small, placed near the middle of the

internal edge of the basis (upperside), Colour: dark grey, with

a narrow light longitudinal line in the middle of the pereion, and

light lineolz on both sides. Dimensions: 9 x 44 millim.

Hab. St. Vincent, Chateaubelais, August. One example.

3. ARMADILLO DUMOROUM, n. sp.

Fig. 3.

(For lettering, see p. 389.)

Body very convex, nearly smooth. Cephalon: prosepistoma

nearly plain, fore edge straight. Eyes large; about 20 ocelli.

Antenne very short; first joint of flagellum twice as short as the

second. Pereion: first segment with a blunt antero-median

tubercle; lateral edges raised on the fore part; coxopodite

separated by a cleft extending to the third hind part of the

segment (underside). Second segment with a square coxopodite,

distinct on its total length (underside). Pleon, telson: pleotelson

quite as long as wide ; sides curved ; apex one-third narrower than

the basis. Uropoda: basis wide, oblique; endopodite extending

to one-third the length of the pleotelson; exopodite very small,

placed near the middle of the internal edge of the basis (upper-

side). Colour: dark grey or brown, with light dots and lineole

on both sides of the median line (pereion). Dimensions: 8 x3

millim.

Hab. Mustique Island, found by beating brush.

392 M. A. DOLLFUS ON WEST-INDIAN [ Mar. 3,

4, ARMADILLO CINCTUS, 0. sp.

Fig. 4.

we NY

ere es

ee e

(For lettering, see p. 389.)

Body moderately convex, rather wide, depressed on the fore and

hind parts of the segments, with a transverse range of tubercles

on each segment. Cephalon: prosepistoma nearly plain, fore

edge straight. Eyes middling; ocelli about 16. Antenne: first

joint of the flagellum twice as short as the second. Pereion:

first segment with a double antero-median tubercle; lateral edges

raised; coxopodite distinct and divergent on the third hind part

of the edge (underside). Coxopodite of the second segment

forming a narrow, quadrangular processus. Pleon, telson: pleo-

telson as long as wide, with a triangular tubercle near its basis;

sides curved ; apex one-fourth narrower than the basis. Uropoda:

basis nearly straight ; endopodite very small, extending hardly to

one-sixth the length of the pleotelson; exopodite minute, placed

above the middle of the internal edge of the basis (upperside).

Colour: dark grey, with small lighter lineolw on both sides of the

median line (pereion), and three light dots on the pleotelson.

Dimensions : 73 X33 millim.

Hab. Near Layon (leeward side). On rotten wood, dry forest,

500 feet, October 4.

5. ARMADILLO GRENADENSIS.

Armadillo grenadensis, Budde-Lund, Entomol. Meddelel. 1893,

p. 115.

Body much convex, nearly smooth. Cephalon: prosepistoma

slightly convex, fore edge feebly arched in the middle. . Eyes

rather large; ocelli about 16. Antenne short; first joint of the

1896.] TERRESTRIAL ISOPOD CRUSTACEANS. 393

flagellum three times shorter than the second. Pereion: first

segment with a blunt antero-median tubercle; lateral edges

raised ; coxopodite distinct and divergent on the half hind part of

the edge (underside). Coxopodite of the second segment forming

a tooth-like processus. Pleon, telson: pleotelson as wide as long,

with a blunt double tubercle near its basis; sides curved ; apex

nearly as wide as the basis; endopodite reaching to two-thirds

the length of the pleotelson; exopodite minute, placed near the

middle of the internal edge of the basis. Colour: dark grey, with a

light median line and light lineole on the sides ; antenne whitish.

Dimensions: 14x 6 millim.

(For lettering, see p. 389.)

Hab. Becquia Island (June), ravine, damp ground, under rotting

leaves ; Grenada; Balthazar (windward), 250 feet, cocoa orchard,

under rotting leaves. ; :

6. ARMADILLO SILVARUM, n. sp.

Body convex, slightly tuberculated on the pereion. Cephalon:

prosepistoma plain. yes large; about 20 ocelli. Pereion: first

segment with a blunt, hardly perceptible antero-median tubercle ;

lateral edge forming a narrow raised border; coxopodite distinct

on the entire length of the edge, and divergent on the half hind

part. Coxopodite of the second segment forming a tooth-like,

divergent processus. Pleon, telson: pleotelson wider than long,

with a small, double, longitudinal ridge near the basis ; sides curved

near the apex; apex one-fourth narrower than the basis. Uropoda;

394 M. A. DOLLFUS ON WEST-INDIAN [Mar. 3,

endopodite extending to one-half the length of the pleotelson ;

exopodite minute, placed near the middle of the internal edge of

the basis, Colour: dark grey or brown, with three longitudinal

light lines, and a wide spot on the sides of each segment ; antennz

and uropoda pale. Dimensions: 16 x7 millim.

Fig. 6.

(For lettering, see p. 389.)

Hab. St. Vincent ; pretty common under rubbish, forest below

2000 feet. Forest, dry hill-side near Chateaubelais (leeward),

under stones, 1000 feet; Cumberland Valley, damp ground, 1000

feet.

7. ARMADILLO ZIGZAG, n. sp.

Body convex, smooth. Cephalon: prosepistoma plain, fore

edge nearly straight. Eyes small; about 12 ocelli. Antenne

short ; first joint of the flagellum twice as short as the second.

Pereion : first segment with a slightly perceptible antero-median

tubercle; edges hardly raised ; coxopodite distinct on the entire

length of the edge (underside), not divergent. Coxopodite of the

second segment narrowly quadrangular. Pleon, telson: pleotelson

as wide as long; sides feebly curved; apex with rounded angles,

half as wide as the basis. Uropoda: basis oblique, endopodite

reaching to one-half the length of the pleotelson; exopodite

minute, placed near the middle of the internal edge of the basis

(upperside), Colour: yellowish, with a double median and

1896.] TERRESTRIAL TSOPOD CRUSTACEANS. 395

crinkled lateral lines of dark brown; uropoda pale. Dimensions :

4x 12 millim.

Fig. 7.

7¢

(For lettering, see p. 389.)

Hab. St. Vincent, forest, damp ground under rubbish, 1000 feet

one example).

8. ARMADILLO PERLATUS, 0. sp.

(For lettering, see p. 389.)

Body convex, covered with large, pearled granulations. Cephalon:

prosepistoma with a shield-like convexity which does not reach

quite to the front edge. Eyes very small; ocelli 3. Antenne

396 M, A. DOLLFUS ON WEST-INDIAN {Mar. 3,

short; first joint of the flagellum three times as short as the second.

Pereion: first segment with two rounded antero-median granu-

lations ; lateral edges raised; coxopodite distinct on the entire

length of the edge, but not divergent. Second segment with a

large and very distinct coxopodite. Pleon, telson: pleotelson

nearly as wide as long, with two large, rounded granulations near

the basis; sides curved; apex a little narrower than the basis.

Uropoda: endopodite reaching to two-thirds the length of the

pleotelson; exopodite unperceivable. Colour: light grey, granu-

lations whitish. Dimensions: 44 x 1} millim.

Hab. (St. Vincent ?) Dry forest, leeward, under a log, 800 feet

(one example).

9. ARMADILLO VITICOLA, 0. sp.

Fig. 9.

2 BQ?

casa [or CT ay apes

29) Sess oo eee

(For lettering, see p. 389.)

Body very convex in the middle, rather depressed on the sides,

covered with transverse lines of granulations. Cephalon: pros-

epistoma plain, fore edge slightly arched in the middle. Eyes

moderate ; ocelli 12. Antenne short; first joint of the flagellum

three times shorter than the second. Pereion: first segment with

four large antero-median granulations ; lateral edges hardly raised ;

coxopodite distant from the edge, crested and ended by a tooth-like

diverging processus. Second segment with a narrow crested

coxopodite. Pleon, telson: lateral parts of the pleon narrow ;

pleotelson longer than wide ; sides slightly curved; apex one-half

narrower than the basis, with rounded angles. Uropoda: basis

very oblique ; endopodite reaching to one-half the length of the

pleotelson ; exopodite a little larger than in the former species,

visible on upper and under sides. Colour: yellowish, veined and

striped with brown. Dimensions; 9 x4 millim.

1896. ] TERRESTRIAL ISOPOD CRUSTACEANS. 397

Hab. Grenada; Balthazar (windward), second-growth woods,

beaten from vines and brush, 250 feet; Chantilly (windward),

hillside, edge of forest, beaten from vines and brush, 400 feet.

10. MESARMADILLO MODESTUS, 0. sp,

Fig. 10.

i) C 10a:

(For lettering, see p. 389.)

Body rather convex and narrow, smooth. Prosepistoma plain,

continuous with the forehead in the middle, and separated from it

on both sides by a transverse, incomplete, preocular cut. Eyes

moderate ; ocelli about 16. Antenne short; flagellum very small,

first joint three times shorter than the second. Pereion: first

segment with the antero-median tubercle hardly perceivable ;

coxopodites distinct on the entire length of the edge of the

segment, with the hind part diverging and covered by the posterior

angle of the segment. Coxopodite of the second segment forming

a nearly inconspicuous ridge before the leg. Pleon, telson: pleo-

telson triangular; sides feebly curved; apex pointed. Uropoda:

basis with a large oblong processus; endopodites extending

beyond the apex of the pleotelson; exopodites small, placed

at the top of the basal processus. Colour: grey or reddish, with

small light lineole on the pereion; uropoda light. Dimensions:

6 x 23 millim.

Hab. St. Vincent, low ground S.E. of the island, under rubbish.

11. MESARMADILLO AMERICANUS, 0. sp.’

Body convex, rather narrow, smooth. Cephalon: prosepistoma

1 This genus was considered until lately to be African; its range seems wide,

and extends from Madagascar to the coast of Guinea and the Antilles. No Asiatic

species has yet been mentioned.

398 M. A. DOLLFUS ON WEST-INDIAN [Mar. 3,

with a small shield-like convexity ; the prosepistoma is continuous

with the forehead in the middle and separated fromit on both sides by

a transverse, incomplete, preocular cut. Eyes moderate; ocelli about

12. Antenne short ; flagellum small, first joint three times shorter

than the second. Pereion: first segment with the antero-median

tubercle hardly perceivable; coxopodites distinct on the entire

length of the edge of the segment (upperside), forming a thick

border, slightly crossed by the posterior angle of the segment.

Coxopodite of the second segment hardly visible as a very small,

dentiform processus before the leg. Pleon, telson: pleotelson flat,

with curved sides and rounded apex. Uropoda: basis with a large,

oblong processus, extending between the lateral part of the

5th segment of the pleon and the pleotelson ; endopodite reaching

to two-thirds the length of the pleotelson ; exopodite minute,

placed at the top of the basal processus. Colour: brownish, with

small light lineole on the pereion; flagellum white; uropoda

reddish. Dimensions: 6 x 23 millim.

Fig. 11.

le Dad

(For lettering, see p. 389.)

Hab. St. Vincent, sugar-cane field, under decaying cane-leaves,

March. ‘Leeward, lowland near sea, under stones, May ; under old

boards, 250 feet, September ; under rubbish, shady place, 500 feet.

12. MusARMADILLO REFLEXUS, 0. sp.

Body slightly granulated, very convex, and narrowed backward,

the side parts of the pereion (segments 2~7) and of the pleon

bending downwards. Cephalon: prosepistoma with a shield-like

1896.] TERRESTRIAL ISOPOD CRUSTACEANS. 399

triangular convexity; the prosepistoma is continuous with the

forehead in the middle and separated from it on both sides by a

transverse, incomplete, preocular cut. Eyes moderate ; ocelli about

12. Antenne short; flagellum small, first joint four times shorter

than the second. Pereion: first segment with the antero-median

tubercle hardly perceivable; coxopodites distinct on the entire

length of the edge of the segment. Coxopodite of the second segment

hidden under the bent side part of the segment. Pleon, telson:

the lateral parts being nearly folded underneath, the hind edge

of segments 3-5 seems straight from a dorsal view. Pleotelson

flat, with curved sides and a blunt, rather rounded apex. Uropoda:

basis with a large oblong processus; endopodite reaching to two-

thirds the length of the pleotelson ; exopodite small, placed at the

top of the basal processus. Colour: dark brown, flagellum

whitish. Dimensions: 5x2 millim. (much decreasing backward).

Fig. 12.

(For lettering, see p. 389.)

Hab. Open swampy land, under rubbish, 8. end of the Island

(St. Vincent ?), September 27.

HAPLARMADILLO, gen. nov.

Very much like Synarmadilo, Dollfus*. It differs from this

African genus in its monocellated eyes, and in the flagellum being

single-jointed (this is quite an exception in Armadillos).

1 A. Dollfus, “ Voyage de M. Alluaud dans le territoire d'Assinie: Crustacés

Tsopodes terrestres,” Ann, Soc, Ent. Fr. 1892, pp. 388-389, pl. 7. fig. 4.

400 MR. SCLATER ON THE PROSPECTUS OF ‘ DAS TIERREICH.’ [ Mar. 17,

‘13. HAPLARMADILLO MONOCELLATUS, 0. sp.

Fig. 13.

I5C Ba

(For lettering, see p. 389.)

Body convex, smooth, and covered with minute, setose hair.

Cephalon: prosepistoma with a shield-like convexity. yes

monocellate, hardly perceivable. Antenne very hairy ; flagellum

single-jointed, with a long stiff hair at its distal end. Pereion:

first segment with a very blunt antero-median tubercle ; hind edge

nearly straight; sides feebly raised forward; coxopodite distinct

on the posterior half of the edge. Second segment with no distinct

coxopodite. Pleon, telson: pleotelson widely triangular, much

wider than long. Uropoda with a square basis, longer than the

pleotelson; endopodite as long as the basis; exopodite minute,

placed at the internal distal angle of the basis, Colour: dark

grey, variegated with lighter lineole and irregular stripes.

Dimensions: 9 x 4 millim.

Hab. St. Vincent; Richmond valley, under rotting leaves,

1100 feet, January 18 (one example).

March 17, 1896.

Prof. G. B. Hows, F.Z.S., in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater called the attention of the Meeting to the prospectus

of the new work ‘ Das Tierreich,’ to be published by Friedlander

and Son, of Berlin, of which he had spoken in addressing the

Society on the subject of Nomenclature at the last Meeting. The

prospectus showed that a considerable number of zoologists were

1896.] ON THE HYMENOPTERA OF OBYLON. 401

‘already at work on this important undertaking of the Deutsche

Zoologische Gesellschaft, under the general editorship of Prof.

F. E. Schulze, of Berlin. The first part of the work was promised

to be ready in the beginning of 1897, and twenty-five years were

allowed for its full completion. The general character of the

work was shown by the pattern treatise on the Heliozoa prepared

by Dr. Fritz Schaudinn, which accompanied the prospectus. In

this treatise of 24 pages about 60 species were described, so that

if this ratio of species to pages was an average one it would seem

that upwards of 190 volumes would be required to complete the

work.

In reference to the discussion on Zoological Nomenclature,

which took place at the last Meeting, Mr. Sclater remarked that

he had omitted to state that at the late International Congress of

Zoology held at Leyden (see Bull. trois. Congr. Int. de Zoologie,

no. 5, p. 6) a committee of five Naturalists of different countries

had been appointed with the object of endeavouring to settle the

differences between the several codes of Zoological Nomenclature.

The names suggested on that occasion by Prof. F. E. Schulze,

and accepted by the Meeting, were Prof. Blanchard of Paris,

Prof. Victor Carus of Leipzig, Dr. Jentink of Leyden, Mr. Sclater,

and Dr. W. Stiles of Washington. This subject would therefore

come very appropriately before the next International Zoological

Congress, which was proposed to be held in this country in 1898.

The following papers were read :—

1. A Contribution to the Knowledge of the Hymenopterous

Fauna of Ceylon. By Lt.-Col. C. T. Binenam, F.ZS.,

F.E.S.

[Received February 17, 1896.]

(Plate XV.)

I know of only two published lists dealing with the Hymenoptera

of Ceylon. The first, by Walker, is given in chapter xi. of

Tennent’s ‘Natural History of Ceylon, and includes Walker's

new species described in the ‘Annals and Magazine of ‘Natural

History,’ series 3, vols. iv. (1859) and v. (1860). The second list,

by Motschoulsky, appeared in the ‘ Bulletin de la Société Impériale

des Naturalistes,’ Moscow, 1863. In this Walker’s list was re-

published, and several new species, chiefly Chalcidide and Ichneu-

monide, were described.

The present paper, founded on the collections made in Ceylon

by Col. Yerbury, R.A., and Mr. E. E. Green, deals only with the

Aculeate, or more correctly, seeing that I have included the

Tubulifera (Chrysidide), the Monotrochous Hymenoptera found in

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. XX VI. 26

402 Lt.-COL, C. ‘i, BINGHAM ON ‘THE [Mar. 17,

the island. Three hundred and forty-one species, of which seven

have not previously been described, are here recorded, a number,

however, far less than what must actually occur in an island with

so varied a climate and flora as Ceylon.

The species, as was to be expected, are chiefly Indian, but I

have thought it premature to enter into any detailed comparison

of the fauna with that of any other portion of the Oriental region,

more especially as, since the publication, nearly thirty years ago,

by the late Mr. Smith of his ‘ Catalogue of the Aculeate Hymeno-

ptera and Ichnewmonide of India and the Eastern Archipelago,’

no comprehensive list of the hymenopterous insects of India has

appeared.

I have to add, by way of explanation, that, in the following

list, where no locality is mentioned the insect does not occur in

either Colonel Yerbury’s or Mr. Green’s collections, and has

simply been recorded or described from Ceylon, with no particular

locality indicated.

Family For mic1p 4@, Leach.

Genus Camponotus, Mayr.

1. CAMPONOTUS SERICEUS (Fabricius).

Formica sericea, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. 279, 9; Lepel. Hym. i.

217, 24; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 31, 103; Jour. Linn.

Soe. xi. (1867), 306, 54.

Formica aurulenta, Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. 114, pl. 3,£.9%.

Lasius sericeus, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 416, 4.

Formica cinerascens, Jerd. (nec Fabr.) Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci.

1851, 123.

Formica obtusa, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 30, 99.

Camponotus sericeus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1862, 675, 39; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892),

231, 1; Emery, Ann- Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 254, 161.

Camponotus opaciventris, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1878, 648 8 (var.).

Trincomalee.

2. CAMPONOTUS VARIANS, Roger.

Camponotus varians, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, p. 138,

108; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 232, 2.

3. CAMPONOTUS RETICULATUS, Roger.

Camponotus reticulatus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 139, 11;

Forel, Jour. Bombay, Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 233, 7, & 431

7, var.

Formica reticulata, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 307, 61.

Besides a variety of this species (C. latitans), Forel has described

(2. c. p. 431) a new race as Camponotus yerburyi.

Kandy (Yerbury coll.),

1896. ]} HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 403

4, CAMPONOTUS BARBATUS, Roger.

Camponotus barbatus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1363, 138, 9% ;

Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 233, 8

ence barbata, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 306, 59.

5. CaAMPoNOTUS DORYCUS (Smith).

Formicus dorycus, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. v. (1861), 96, 11 8;

id, xi. (1867), 308, 85.

Camponotus sesquipedalis, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 137,

7%.

_ Camponotus dorycus, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.

vil. (1892), 32,12; Forel, idem, 236, 13 eu C. carin, Emery, Ann.

d. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat. Genova, ser. 2, vii. (1889), 512, 74).

6. CAMPONOTUS RUFOGLAUCUS (Jerdon).

Formica pubescens, Brullé (nec Fabr.), Hist. Nat. Il. Canar.

i, 84, 1.

Formica rufoglauca, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 124;

Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 16, 53; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi,

(1867), 303, 11.

Formica (Camponotus) micans, Nyl. Ann. Sci. Nat. v. (1856),

55, 4%; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. 1892,

33, 16.

Camponotus flavo-marginatus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot.

Ges. Wien, 1862, 664, 178 (var.).

Camponctus redtenbacheri 7, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1862, 667, 25 & (var.).

Camponotus rufoglaucus, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. vii.

(1892), 237, 15; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 252, 57.

Pie tetetiesaddy (Yerbury coll.).

7. CAMPONOTUS ANGUSTICOLLIS (Jerdon).

Formica angusticollis, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 120.

: oe gigas, Smith (nec Latr.), Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi.

4,4

Totter ardens, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 17, 62%.

Formica impetuosa, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 18, 63.

Camponotus prismaticus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool. -bot. Ges.

Wien, 1862, 669, 303.

Camponotus angusticollis, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.

Soc. vii. 32, 10; Forel, idem, 235, 12; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr. 1893, 250, 51.

Hinaduma (Yerbury coll.).

8. Camponotus SIMONI, Emery.

Camponotus simoni, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 250, 518.

Cottawa.

26*

404 L'.-COL, 0. i. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

9. CAMPONOTUS ALBIPES, Emery.

Camponotus albipes, Emery, Aun. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 253, 60 8 .

Kandy.

10. CaMPoNOTUS MACULATUS (Fabricius).

Formica maculata, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. 491, 15; Ent. Syst. ii.

356, 25; Syst. Piez. 403, 29;.Oliv. Encycl. Méth. vi. 495, 22;

Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. 283; Lepel. Hym. i. 215, 19; Smith,

Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 28, 96.

Formica cognata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 35, 117.

Camponotus maculatus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1862, 654,1; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.

vii. (1892), 30-32; Forel, idem, 240, 21; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr. 1893, 251, 53.

Forel includes under the above, which is typically an African

species, a group of races of which the following have been re-

corded from Ceylon :—

a. CAMPONOTUS COMPRESSUS (Fabricius).

Formica compressa, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. 307, 2%; Ent. Syst. ii.

350, 2; Syst. Piez. 396, 2; Oliv. Encycl. Méth. vi. 491; Latr.

Hist. Nat. Fourm. 111; Lepel. Hym. i. 214, 17; Smith, Cat.

Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 13, 449 6; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),

303, 3.

Formica indefessa, Sykes, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1. (1886), 104,

pielan tae:

Formica callida, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 18, 64; Jour.

Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 304, 19.

Camponotus quadrilaterus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863,

136, 68.

Camponotus compressus, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.

Soe. vit. (1892), 30, 1; Forel, idem, 240.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

b. CaMPoNOTUS TAYLORI, Forel.

Camponotus taylori, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.

(1892), 241.

Nuwara Eliya (Yerbury coll.).

c. CAMPONOTUS INFUsCtUS, Forel.

Camponotus infuscus, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.

(1892), 242; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 252, 56,

Nuwara Eliya.

d. CAMPONOTUS MITIS (Smith).

Formica mitis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 20, 698;

Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.

Imp. des Nat. Mose. 1863, 11; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),

304, 24. oh

1896. ] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 405

Formica timida, Jerd. (nec Forst.), Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851,

122.

Formica variegata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 19, 688.

Formica ventralis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 20, 70.

Camponotus agnatus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 137, 8 & .

Camponotus mitis, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.

(1892), 31,3; Forel, idem, 242 ; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,

252, 54 & 55.

Trincomalee, Huldamulla (Yerbwry coll.).

Forel notes four varieties of C. mitis from Ceylon :—

C’. mitis, Smith (sens. str.).

C. bacchus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 21, 71.

C. fuscithorax, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892),

230; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 252, 54.

C. dulcis, Emery, Ann. d. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat. Genova, ser. 2,

vii. (1889), 511, 72.

e. CAMPONOTUS THRASO, Forel.

Camponotus thraso, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.

(1892), 432.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

The following species, somewhat insufficiently described by

Walker in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 3rd

series, vol. iv. (1859), pp. 370-375, and by Motschoulsky in the

‘ Bulletin de la Société Impériale des Naturalistes, Moscow, 1863,

pp. 11-14, are not noticed by either Forel or Emery :—

11. Formica tateBrosa, Walker, 1. c. p. 371.

12. » PANGENS, 3 . oil.

13. » DETORQUENS, ,, . 372.

14, 5, DIFFIDENS, o e 372.

15. »» CONSULTANS, .,, Geir

16. » INDEFLEXA, ,, is 373.

LZ. 5» PYRRHOCEPHALA, Motsch. 1. ¢. p. 11.

18. » FUSCICAUDA, 3 - 12,

19. » SUBPICHA, Pa 55 12.

Genus Potyracuis, Schuckard.

20. PotyRacuHis scissa (Roger).

Hemioptica scissa, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1862, 240, pl. 1.

f.129 8 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 318, 1; Emery,

Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1893, 255, 70. i

Polyrachis scissa, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe, viii. (1893),

27,16.

Hinaduma (Yerbury coll.).

406 LT.-COL, 0. T, BINGHAM ON THE (Mar. 17,

21, PotyRAcHIS ACULEATA, Mayr.

Polyrachis aculeata, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1878, 657 2 ; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893),

28, 2 Qs.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

22. PoLYRACHIS ARGENTEA, Mayr.

Polyrachis argenteus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1862, 682, 9%; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 317, 113.

Polyr achis argentea, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.

vii. (1892), 37, 29; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 18938, 254, 66 92 ;

Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 34, 48 9 ¢.

Kandy.

23. PoLYRACHIS JERDONII, Forel.

Polyrachis jerdonii, Forel, Neujahrsblatt der naturf. Ges.

Zurich, 1893, 17 (footnote); Jour. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soe. viii.

(1893), 28,4 9.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

24, PoLYRACHIS FRAUENFELDI, Mayr.

Polyrachis frauenfeldi, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1862, 687, 22 8 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. oe 317,

120; Forel, Jour. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 28, 7

25. PoLYRACHIS THRINAX, Roger.

Polyrachis thrinax, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 152, 29 § ;

Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 316, 105; Wroughton, Jour.

Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 39, 35; Forel, idem, viii

(1893), 28,9 9 ¢ ; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 254, 63.

Hinarub Goda (Yerbury coll.).

26. PoLyracHis CLYPEATA, Mayr.

Polyrachis clypeatus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1862, 683, 12 9 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 317, 114.

Polyrachis clypeata, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. viii,

(1893), 29, 11; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 254, 62.

Colombo, Kany.

27. PoLYRACHIS PUNCTILLATA, Roger.

Polyrachis punctillata, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 152,

308 29 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 316, 106; Forel,

Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 29, 12.

28. PoLYRACHIS CONVEXA, Roger.

-Polyrachis convexa, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 153, 31 5 ;

Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 317, 107 ; Forel, Dour ‘Bomb.

Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 29, 14.

1896. ] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON, 407

29, Potyracnis MAyRI, Roger.

Polyrachis relucens, Mayr (nec Latr.), Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot.

Ges. Wien, 1862, 685, 17.

Polyrachis mayri, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 198, 7;

Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 318, 123; Wroughton, Jour.

Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 39, 37; Forel, idem, viii.

(1893), 29, 17; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 255, 69.

Kanthalai ( Yerbury coll.).

30. PoLYRACHIS YERBURYI, Forel.

Polyrachis yerburyz, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.

(1893), 29 ¥ 2.

Kandy (Yerbury coll.).

31. PoLYRACHIS RASTELLATA (Latreille).

Formica rastellata, Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. 130 92.

Polyrachis rastellata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 59, 5;

Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 36, 238;

Forel, idem, viii. (1893), 30, 21; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,

254, 64.

Polyrachis busiris, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. y. (1861), 98,78,

pl.i.f. 15; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 315, 82.

Polyrachis rastellatus, Mayr, Verh. d.k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1862, 688, 23; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 310, 5.

Polyrachis euryulus, Smith, Jour, Linn. Soc. xi. (1863), 16,

249 ; idem, xi. (1867), 316, 99.

Periyakulam (Yerbury coll.).

32. PoLYRAcHIS YPSILON, Emery.

Polyrachis ypsilon, Emery, Ann. d. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat.

Genova, ser. 2, iv. (1887), 239, 72; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat.

Hist. Soe. viii. (1893), 31, 24.

33. PoLYRACHIS HIPPOMANES, Smith.

Polyrachis hippomanes, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. vi. (1862), 43,

218, pl. i. f. 20; id. xi. (1867), 315, 76; Forel, Jour. Bomb.

Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 31, 26; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.

1893, 254, 67.

Kandy, Cottawa.

The subspecies found in Ceylon is P. ceylonensis, Emery.

34. PoLyRAcHis @prpvs, Forel.

. Polyrachis cedipus, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii.

(1893), 31, 298; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 255, 68.

Kandy (Yerbury coll.).

_35,.POLYRACHIS RUFICAPRA, Roger.

Polyrachis ruficapra, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 154,

408 LT.-COL, ©. T. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

32 8 9 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 317, 109; Forel,

Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 33, 36.

36, PoLYRACHIS SIMPLEX, Mayr.

Polyrachis simplex, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1862, 682, 11 9; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. viii. (1893),

34, 39 9.

Polyrachis spiniger, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1878, 653 38 oS.

Polyrachis spinigera, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.

Vii. (1892), 37, 30; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 254, 65.

Trincomalee (Y% an y coll.); Kandy.

37. PoLYRACHIS DIVES, Smith.

Polyrachis dives, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 68, 10 8, pl. iv.

f. 32, 33; Mayr. Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1862, 682,

10; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 311, 10; Wroughton,

J our. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. vii. (1892), 36, 28° ; Forel, idem, viii.

(1893), 34, 41.

Hot wells, Kandy (Yerbury coll.).

38. PoLYRACHIs BxERCITA (Walker).

Formica ewxercita, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv.

(1859), 370.

Polyrachis ewercita, Smith, Jour. Linn, Soe. xi. (1867), 318, 125.

39. PoLYRACHIS ILLAUDATUS, Walker.

Polyrachis illaudatus, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv.

(1859), 373 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 318, 124.

40. PoLyRAcHIS NIGER, Mayr.

Polyrachis niger, Mayr, Verh. d. kk. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1862, 683, 139 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 317, 115.

Genus (EcopHytia, Smith.

41. Goorpnyria smMaraeprna (Fabricius).

Formica smaragdina, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. 488, 29; Mant. i. 307,

3; Ent. Syst. ii. 350,3; Syst. Piez. 397, 4; Latr. Hist. Nat.

Fourm. 176, pl. iii. f. 18; Lepel. Hym. i. 218, 25; Smith, Cat.

Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 17, 61; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon,

ch. xii. 454.

Formica virescens, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 392, 9 3; Spec. Ins. i. 490,

13; Mant. Ins. i. 308,16; Ent. Syst. ii. 355, 23; Smith, Cat.

Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 29, 97, pl. iii. 24-27.

Formica longinoda, Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. 184 3.

Lasius virescens, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 417, 8.

Formica macra, Guér. Voy. Coq., Zool. ii, 202, Atlas, t. 8. ff. 1,

la, 10.

1896, ] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 409

Formica zonata, Guér. Voy. Coq., Zool. ii. 2059.

Formica viridis, Kirby, Trans. Linn. Soc. xii. 4779.

Ecophylla smaragdina, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. v. (1861), 102,

1; Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1862, 695, 1;

Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 319, 1; Wroughton, Jour.

Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. vii. (1892), 39, 41; Forel, idem, viii. (1893),

400; Emery, Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1893, 250.

Gcophylla virescens, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1862, 695, 2.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.) ; Pundaloya (Green coll.) ; Kandy ;

Colombo; Nawalapitiya.

Fabricius’s ‘ Systema Entomologie, sistens Insectorum Classes,

Ordines, Genera, Species ete.,’ in which the name “ virescens” for

the African species is published, bears date 1775; his ‘ Species

Insectorum,’ in which the Asiatic species is described as “‘ smarag-

dina,” is dated 1781, so that as the African and Asiatic species

are now considered identical, the name “ virescens” has priority ;

but as our Indian red ant is so well known under the name

“ smaragdina,”’ it has been considered, apparently by both Forel

and Emery, not advisable to change the specific denomination.

Genus Prenoteris, Mayr.

42, PRENOLEPIS LONGICORNIS (Latreille).

Formica longicornis, Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. 113 8; Smith, Cat.

Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 31, 104.

Formica vagans, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 124 9 8;

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xiii. (1854), 106, 39 ; Smith, Cat.

Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 17, 59; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 303, 15.

Formica gracilescens, Ny]. Ann. Sci. Nat. v. (1856), 73.

Tapinoma gracilescens, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 56, 4.

Paratrechina vagabunda, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.

1863, 13; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 309.

Prenolepis gracilescens, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1862, 698, 4 (Novara Exp. Ceylon).

Prenolepis longicornis, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. viii.

(1893), 408, 18 3; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 250, 49.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.) ; Galle; Colombo.

43, PRENOLEPIS YERBURYI, Forel.

Prenolepis yerburyi, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii.

(1893), 409, 39 3; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 250, 50.

Nuwara Eliya (Yerbury coll.).

44, PrunoLeris rnpica, Forel.

Prenolepis indica, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893),

409,49 ¢.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

410 LT.-COL. C, T. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

Genus AcanTHoLEPis, Mayr.

45, ACANTHOLEPIS CAPENSIS, Mayr.

Acantholepis capensis, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1862, 699, 1%; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. viii.

(1893), 414, 2.

46, ACANTHOLEPIS LUNARIS, Emery.

Acantholepis lunaris, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1898, 250, 473.

Colombo.

Genus Praciounpis, Mayr.

47, PLAGIOLEPIS LONGIPES (Jerdon).

Formica longipes, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sei. 1851, 122;

Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 19, 67; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi.

1867, 304, 22.

Formica trifasciata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 27, 929 ;

Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 306, 46.

Prenolepis gracilipes, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1862, 698, 5.

Plagiolepis longipes, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii.

(1893), 415, 1; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 250, 46.

Kandy; Galle; Matalle.

48, PLAGIOLEPIS PISSINA, Roger.

Plagiolepis pissina, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 162, 45 8 ;

Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 318, 1; Forel, Jour. Bomb.

Nat. Hist. Soc. viii. (1893), 417, 5.

Genus Acroprea, Roger.

49, ACROPYGA ACUTIVENTRIS, Roger.

Acropyga acutiventris, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 243 9 9;

Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 319, 1; Forel, Jour. Bomb.

Nat. Hist. Soe. viii. (1893), 418.

Plagiolepis flava, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1862, 699,19 ¢.

Anavadhupur (Yerbury coll.).

Genus ANEURETUS, Emery.

50. ANEURETUS sIMonI, Emery.

Aneuretus simoni, Emery, Ann. Soc, Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 4 8 ;

Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc, ix. (1894), 462 3.

20% _. .. Genus DortcHopzrvs, Sund. ._.

51. DoticHopERUS TAPROBANE (Smith). De de eat

Formica taprobane, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 13; 43° ;

1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 411

Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.

Imp. d. Nat. 1863, 11; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe, xi. (1867), 303, 2,

Hypoclinea gracilipes, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

(1879), 658 3.

Dolichoderus taprobane, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. ix.

(1894), 466, 8.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

52. DoLIcHODERUS GRACILIS (Motschoulsky).

Hypoclinea gracilis, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc.

1863, 148.

Dolichoderus gracilis, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 249, 42.

Genus TecHNoMyRMnEx, Mayr.

53. TECHNOMYRMEX ALBIPES (Smith).

Tapinoma albipes, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. vi. (1862), 38, 9 ¥ ;

id, xi. (1867), 310, 6.

Tapinoma albitarse, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc.

1863, 14; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 310, 7.

Tapinoma nigrum, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool. -bot. Ges. Wien,

703, 3.

Technomyrmex albipes, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 249, 44;

Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. ix. (1894), 466, 1 3.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

54, TECHNOMYRMEX BICOLOR, Emery.

Technomyrmex bicolor, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 249,

45 8 ; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. ix. (1894), 467.

Genus Intpomyrmex, Mayr.

55. IRIDOMYRMEX ANOEPS (Roger).

Formica anceps, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr, 1863, 164, 50 8 ;

Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 307, 64.

Tridomyrmex anceps, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. ix.

(1894), 469, 4.

Genus Bornriomyrmex, Emery.

56. BoTHRIOMYRMEX ‘WROUGHTONTI, Forel.

- Bothriomyrmex-wroughtonii, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe.

ix. (1894), 470,189 ¢.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

Genus Taprvoma, Foerst.

57. TAPINOMA MELANOCEPHALUM (Fabricius).

Formica melanocephala, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii- 353, 13; tae Hist.

Nat. Fourm. 269; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B: M. vi. 46, 152..

412 LT.-COL, C. T. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

Formica nana, Jerd. (nec Smith), Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. (1851),

125; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xiii. (1854), 108, 44; Smith,

Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 15,52; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867),

303, 10.

Myrmica pellucida, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 124, 41 3;

Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 324, 2.

Formica familiaris, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. v. (1861), 68, 4 2 ;

id. xi. (1867), 307, 76.

Tapinoma melanocephalum, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,

249, 43; Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. ix. (1894), 472, 1.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

The following species recorded from Ceylon has not as yet been

noticed by Forel (loc. cit.):—

58. TAPINOMA P (FORMICA?) OBSCURANS, Walk. Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv. (1859), 372.

Genus Opontomacuts, Latreille.

59. OpONTOMACHUS HZMATODES (Linnzus).

Formica hematodes, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 965,17 3; Fabr. Ent.

Syst. ii. 364, 29 ; Latr. Hist. Nat. Fourm. 192.

Formica mavxillosa, De Geer, Ins. iii. 601, pl. 31. ff. 3,4,5 9.

Myrmica unispinosa, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 359, 39.

Myrmecia hematodes, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 425, 7.

Myrmecia unispinosa, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 423, 1.

Odontomachus hematodes, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. 128 8 ;

Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. vi. 76,1; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat.

Hist. Soe. vii. (1892), 51, 74; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,

243, 15.

Odontomachus simillimus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 80,

119; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull.

Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 15 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi.

(1867), 319, 4.

Colombo (Yerbury coll.); Kandy, Nuwara Eliya.

Genus Anocuerus, Mayr.

60. ANOCHETUS YERBURYI, Forel (MS.).

Anochetus yerburyi, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.

vii. (1892), 58, 79.

Genus BorHroponeRa, Mayr.

61. BoTHROPONERA RUFIPES (Jerdon).

Ponera rufipes, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 119.

Pachychondila rufipes, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B, M. vi. 106,49.

' Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.) ; Pundaloya (Green coll.).

1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 413

62. BoTHROPONERA TESSERINODA (Emery).

Ponera tesserinoda, Emery, Ann. d. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat. Genova,

1876-77, 368; Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1879,

661; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 6.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.) ; Kandy.

Genus Dracama, Mayr.

63. DiacamMa vacans (Smith).

Ponera vagans, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. v. (1861), 103, 3; id. xi.

(1867), 323, 42; Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, 304, 298.

Diacamma vagans, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 16, 482;

Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. vii. (1892) 54, 86.

Haycock Hill (Yerbury coll.).

64, DIACAMMA GEOMETRICA (Smith).

Ponera geometrica, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 86, 14 3;

Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 321, 11.

Diacamma geometrica, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, 301, 26.

Diacamma geometricum, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 5

Colombo.

Genus Ponera, Latreille.

65. Ponura (SYscIA) TYPHLA (Roger).

Syscia typhla, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, 20, 75 3.

Ponera typhla, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 3 399 » 20.

66. Ponnra (Myropias) ampLyors (Roger).

Myopias ambliops, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, 39, 120 3.

Ponera amblyops, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 322, 26.

67. PonzRa (LEPTOGENYS) FALCIGERA (Roger).

Leptogenys falcigera, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, 42, 122 3.

Ponera falegera, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 322, 27.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

68, PonERa EXUNDANS (Walker).

Formica exundans, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv.

(1859), 371 dg; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch.

Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 11.

Ponera exudans, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 323, 51.

69. PonzRA MERITANS (Walker).

- Formica meritans, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv.

(1859), 371 3.

Ponera meritans, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 323, 52.

414 LP.-COL, C. i; BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

70. PonERA ARANEOLDES, Le Guillou.

Ponera araneoites, Le Guillou, Ann. Soc, Ent. Fr. x. (1841),

317, 13; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 323, 50.

Ectatomma rugosa, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. iii. (1859), 143,

136.

71. PonERA CoxALis, Smith.

Ponera rugosa, Smith (nec Le Guillou), Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M.

vi. 88, 20 9.

Ponera coxalis, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1860, 308, 43 2;

Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 321, 17.

72. PoNERA LUTEIPES, Mayr.

Ponera luteipes, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien

(1862), 722,4 3 2; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 8.

Kandy (Yerbury coll.).

73. PONERA MELANARIA, Emery.

Ponera melanaria, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 260

(footnote) ; id. ibid. 242, 7.

Colombo.

74, PonnRA PUNCTATISSIMA, Roger.

Ponera punctatissima, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1859, 246;

Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1878, 663; Emery,

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 9.

Ponera simillima, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. v. (1861), 104,58.

Kandy.

75. PoneRA @LuaDow!, Forel (MS.).

Ponera gleadowi, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.

(1892), 55, 91; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 10.

Matale.

Genus DREPANOGNATHUS, Smith.

76, DREPANOGNATHUS CRUENTATUS, Smith.

Drepanognathus cruentatus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi.

82, 2.

Harpegnathus cruentatus, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.

Soe. vii. (1892), 56, 93.

Kandy road (Yerbury coll.).

Genus Lozporeita, Mayr.

77. LoBoPELTA DIMINUTA (Smith).

_ Ponera diminuta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 89, 23; Jour.

Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 321, 21.

Lobopelta diminuta, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1896. ] ss HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 415

1863, 734, 1; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vi.

(1892), 58, 96; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 243, 13.

Kandy (Yerbury coll.).

78. LOBOPELTA CHINENSIS, Mayr.

Lobopelta chinensis, Mayr. Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1870, 965 3; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.

(1892), 57, 95; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 242, 11.

Andankubam (Yerbury coll.).

79. LoBporeLta YERBURYI, Forel.

Lobopelta yerbury: (Forel in MS. teste Wroughton, Jour.

Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 58, 98).

Kandy road (Yerbury coil.).

80. LOBOPELTA OCELLIFERA (Roger).

Ponifera ocellifera, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1861, 13 8;

Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 322, 24.

Lobopelta ocellifera, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, Verz.

Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 19, 535; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,

243, 14,

Lobopelta distinguenda, Emery, Ann, d. Mus. di Civ. Stor. Nat.

Genova, ser. 2, v. (1887-88), 430, 127 38.

Kandy, Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

81. Lospoprenra PEuguETI, André.

Lobopelta peuqueti, André, Rev. Ent. vi. (1887), 292; Emery,

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 243, 15.

Kandy.

Genus Myoporonn, Roger.

82. Myoporonr MacuLata, Roger.

Myopopone maculata, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1861, 52 % 9;

Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 240, 1.

Cottawa.

Genus CenTROMYRMEX, Mayr.

83, CENTROMYRMEX FHZ (Emery).

Spalacomyrmea fee, Emery, Ann. d. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat.

Genova, ser. 2, vii. (1889), 491 7 3; Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,

240, 2.

Peradeniya (Yerbury coll.); Kandy.

Genus Oocrr.xa, Roger.

84. OocER#A FRAGOSA, Roger.

_ Oocereea fragosa, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1862, 249, t. i

16a %; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 324, 1.

416 L.-COL. 0. T. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

Genus CryPtopone, Emery.

85. CrYPTOPONE TEsTACHA (Motschoulsky).

Amblyopone testacea, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.

1863, 15 2; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867) 324, 2.

Cryptopone testacea, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 240, 3 8.

Nawalapitiya.

Genus Dorytus, Shuckard.

86. Doryius curtsi1, Shuckard.

Typhlopone curtsit, Shuck. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 1, v.

(1840), 265 8; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 112, 11; Walk.

Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d.

Nat. Mose. 1863, 15.

87. DoryLvUs ORIENTALIS, Westwood.

Dorylus orientalis, Westw. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1835, 72; Shuck.

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 1, v. (1840), 320, 7; Westw. Arc.

Ent. i. 80, 7; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vii. 3,8; Jour. Linn.

Soe. xi. (1867), 335, 2.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Genus Atnictrus, Shuckard.

88. ANIoTUS PoROzOoNOIDES, Walker.

Ainictus porozonoides, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v.

(1860), 306g; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Smith, Jour.

Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 336, 5.

89. AiniorUS CEYLONICUS (Mayr).

Typhlatta ceylonica, Mayr, Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch.

1866, 22 8.

90. AENICTUS BENGALENSIS (Mayr).

Typhlatta bengalensis, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1878, 669 §; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892),

177, 115.

Colombo (Rothney coll.).

Genus Catavracus, Smith.

91. CATAULACUS TAPROBAN#, Smith,

Catuulacus taprobane, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 2, ii. (1853),

225, 1, pl. xx. f. 10 %; Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 195, 1; Walk.

Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d.

Nat. Mose. 1863, 21; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 335, 4;

1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. ~ 417

Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 178, 122;

Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 248, 38.

Colombo (Rothney coll.); Belangoda (Yerbwry coll.) ; Pundaloya

(Green coll.); Kandy.

92. CaTauLacus stMoni, Emery.

Cataulacus simoni, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 248, 39 8.

Kandy, Colombo.

Genus Meranoptts, Smith.

93. MERANOPLUS BICOLOR (Guerin).

Cryptocerus bicolor, Guér. Icon. Rég. Anim. 425,

Meranoplus bicolor, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. ser. 2, ii. (1853),

224,1; Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 193, 2; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi.

(1867), 334, 4; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vil.

(1892), 179, 123; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 248, 37.

Meranoplus villosus, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1859,

115; id. ibid. 1863, 21.

Meranoplus dimicans, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv.

(1859), 375.

Kandy (Ferbury coll.); Galle; Colombo ; Cottawa.

Genus Ho~comyRMEx, Mayr.

94, HotcomyrMEx oRINICEPS, Mayr.

Holcomyrmex criniceps, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1878, 672 3; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. vii.

(1892), 181, 126.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

Genus Myruicaria, Saunders.

95. MyrMICARIA SUBCARINATA (Smith).

Heptacondylus subcarinata, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. ii. (1858),

73, 2; Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 142,1; Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k.

zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1863, 756, 3.

Myrmicaria subcarinata, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 330,

4; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 183, 134.

Kandy (Yerbury coll.).

96. MyrMicsrIA BRUNNEA, Saunders.

Myrmicaria brunnea, Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. ii. (1841), 57,

pl. v. f. 2 6; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 141, 1, pl. x. ff. 6

7,83 Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1863, 757, 1.

97. MyRMIcARIA FODIENS (Jerdon).

Myrmica fodiens, Jerd. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1854, xiii. p. 55.

Myrmicaria fodiens, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 18938, 249, 41.

Kandy.

Proc. Zoou. Soo.— 1896, No. XXVII. 27

418 LT.-COL. 0. T. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

Genus TreTramoriuM, Mayr.

98. TETRAMORIUM TRANSVERSARIUM, Roger.

Tetramorium transversarium, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863,

181, 73 3; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 246, 31.

Nuwara Eliya.

99. TETRAMORIUM PACIFICUM, Mayr.

Tetramorium pacificum, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1870, 38 3 2; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 246, 32.

Colombo, Kandy.

100. TrTRAMORIUM (XIPHOMYRMEX) TORTUOSUM, Roger.

Tetramorium tortuosum, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 181,

72 8 9; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 246, 33.

Kandy (Yerbury coll.).

101. TerramMoriIuM (XIPHOMYRMEX) PILOSUM, Emery.

Tetramorium (Xiphomyrmex) pilosum, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.

1893, 247, 34 3.

Kandy.

Genus Monomorivum, Mayr.

102, Monomorivm vastator (Smith).

Myrmica vastator, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. ii. (1858), 71, 3 $;

id. ibid. xi. (1867), 325, 4.

Monomorium vastator, Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe.

vil. (1892), 186, 143.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

103. MonomoriuM sPECULARE, Mayr.

Monomorium speculare, Mayr, Sitz. d. k. Akad. Wissen. 1866,

26 8; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. vii. (1892), 187, 149.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

104. MonomoriuM GLYcrPHILUM (Smith).

Myrmica glyciphila, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 125, 45 8 ;

Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soe.

Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 15; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),

327, 39.

Monomorium glyciphilum, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863,

Verz. Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 32, 876.

105. MonoMoriuM DESTRUCTOR (Jerdon).

Atta destructor, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 105 9;

Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr, 1863, Verz. Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 34,

971.

Monomorium destructor, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 243.

Colombo.

1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 419

106. MonomoriuM LATINODE, Mayr.

Monomorium latinode, Mayr, Ann. d. Mus. Civ. di Stor. Nat.

Genova, ser. ii. (1872), 152, 54 3; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.

1893, 248, 19.

Kandy.

Genus LopHoMYRMEX, Emery.

107. LoPHOMYRMEX QUADRISPINOSUS (Jerdon).

Ccodoma quadrispinosa, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851,

111; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xiii. (1854), 52.

Pheidole quadrispinosa, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 174, 9 ;

Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, Verz. Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 31,

841; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 331, 7.

Lophomyrmex quadrispinosus, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,

243, 20.

Kandy.

Genus TRigLyPHOTHRIX, Forel.

108. TRIGLYPHOTHRIX WALSHI, Forel.

Triglyphothriz walshi, Forel, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. v.

(1890), 396 & 9; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 248, 33.

Nawalapitiya.

109. TRIGLYPHOTHRIX OBESUM (André).

Tetramorium obesum, André, Rev. Ent. vi. (1887), 294.

Triglyphothrix obesum, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 248, 34

Kandy.

Genus AcanrHoMyrmMnEx, Emery.

110. AcANTHOMYRMEX LUCIOLZ, Emery.

Acanthomyrmex luciole, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 245,

30 8.

Kandy.

Genus Sormyopsis, Westwood.

111. Sotmnopsis Gumryara (Fabricius).

Atta geminata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 423, 6.

Solenopsis mandibularis, Westw. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1841,

vi. 87 3%.

Atta clypeata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 169, 30.

Solenopsis cephalotes, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. iii. (1859), 149 ; id.

ibid. xi. (1867), 333, 1.

Solenopsis geminata, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1862, 289 ;

Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 189, 160 ;

Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 243, 23.

Kandy (Yerbury coll.); Colombo.

420 Lt.-COL. 0. T. BINGHAM ON THE [ Mar. 17,

Genus StRUMIGENYS, Smith.

112. SrRUMIGENYS LYROESSA (Roger).

Labidogenys lyroessa, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1862, 251, pl. i.

f.17a 3%; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 334, 1.

113. SrRUMIGENYS GODHFFROYI, Mayr.

Strumigenys godeffroyr, Mayr, Sitz. d.k. Akad. Wissen. 1866,

33 8%; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 249, 40.

Kandy.

Genus PHEerpoLogEron, Mayr.

114. PHEIDoLoGEron DivERSUS (Jerdon).

Geodoma diversa, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 109;

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xiii. (1854), 51, 11.

Pheidole diversa, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 174, 6; Jour.

Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 331, 4.

Pheidologeton diversus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, Verz.

Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 30, 820; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,

249, 21.

Colombo; Ratgama-Kellei.

115. PHEIDOLOGETON LABORIOSUS (Smith).

Solenopsis laboriosa, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. vi. (1862), 48,2 8;

id. xi. (1867), 333, 3.

Pheidologeton laboriosus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1868, 750, 2; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe.

vii. (1892), 190, 163.

Kandy (Yerbury coll.).

116. PHEIDOLOGETON NANUS (Roger).

Pheadole nanus, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 191, 84 8.

Pheidologeton nanus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1862, 442; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 249, 22.

Kandy.

117. PHEIDOLOGETON sILENuS (Smith).

Pheidole silenus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 176, 14 3;

Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 332, 12.

Pheidologeton silenus, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1863, 103, 3 (‘ Novara’ expedition),

118. PHEIDOLOGETON TAPROBAN# (Smith).

Pheidole taprobane, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 175, 12 9;

Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soe.

Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 21; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),

sole 10:

Pheidologeton taprobane, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, Verz.

Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 30, 823. . 3

1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 421

Genus PHErpoLn, Westwood.

119, PaetponE mnpica, Mayr.

Pheidole indica, Mayr. Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1879, 679; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. vii. (1892),

194, 177.

Baddegama (Yerbury coil.).

120. PHEIDOLE RUGOSA, Smith.

Pheidole rugosa, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 175, 13 8 ;

Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soe.

Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 21; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),

321, 11.

Kandy (Yerbury coll.).

121. PHErmoLeE sanvs, Smith.

Pheidole janus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 175,11 8,

pl. ix. ff. 18-17; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii, 454;

Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 21; Smith, Jour.

Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 321, 9.

122. PHEIDOLE SULCATICEPS, Roger.

Pheidole sulcaticeps, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 193,

85 & 2 d; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 332, 25; Mayr,

Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1879, 675.

123, PHEroE woop-masont, Forel.

Pheidole wood-masoni, Forel, Jour. Asiat. Soc. Beng. liv. (1887),

pt. 2, 180, 22; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii.

(1892), 195, 185; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 243, 28.

Haragam near Kandy (Yerbury coll.) ; Matale.

124, PHEIDOLE LaTINODA, Roger.

Pheidole latinoda, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 195, 86 3;

Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 332, 26; Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k.

zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1879, 675; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat.

Hist. Soe. vii. (1892), 191, 164; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr, 1893,

243, 27.

Colombo.

125. Paurporn pipita (Walker).

Atta didita, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv. (1859),

375; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Smith, Jour. Linn,

Soe. xi. (1867), 333, 28.

126. PHEIDOLE MEGACEPHALA (Fabricius).

Formica megacephala, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 361, 47; Latr. Hist.

Nat. Fourm. 232, t. 10. f. 67; Coqueb. Ilustr. i. t. vi. f. 9.

Orcothphora pusilla, Heer (Hausameisen Madeira’s, § 2 ¢ ).

422 LT.-COL. 0. T. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17;

Myrmica trinodis, Los. Mem. Accad. Sci. Torino, 1834, t. 37,327.

Myrmica levigata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 121, 30.

Pheidole megacephala, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, Verz.

Form.-Gatt. u. Art. 30, 829; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893,

243,26.

Colombo, Kandy.

127. Puurmone Pronoratis, Forel, MS.

Pheidole pronotalis, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 244, 29.

Kandy, Nuwara Eliya; Hakgala (Yerbury coll.).

128. Puutpors ceytonica (Motschoulsky).

Orcothophora ceylonica, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.

1863, 18; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 333, 29.

Nuwara Eliya.

Genus CREMASTOGASTER, Lund.

129, CREMASTOGASTER RANSONNETI, Mayr.

Cremastogaster ransonneti, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot.. Ges.

Wien, 1868, 287; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. vii.

(1892), 196, 192; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 243, 25.

Nuwara Eliya (Yerbury coll.).

130, CREMASTOGASTER SUBNUDA, Mayr.

Cremastogaster subnuda, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1879, 682 3; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.

vii. (1892), 197, 193.

Hakgala (Yerbury coll.).

131. CREMASTOGASTER DOHRNI, Mayr.

Cremastogaster dohrni, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1879, 682; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892),

197, 196; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 243, 24.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

132, CREMASTOGASTER CONTENTA, Mayr.

Cremastogaster contenta, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1879, 685 3; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.

vii. (1892), 199, 200.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

133. CREMASTOGASTER ROGENHOFERI, Mayr.

Cremastogaster rogenhoferi, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1879, 683 3; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe.

vii. (1892), 197, 198.

134. CREMASTOGASTER ANTHRACINA, Smith.

Cremastogaster anthracinus, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. ii, (1858),

‘

1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 423

75,1 8; Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 186, 5; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi.

(1867), 329, 2.

Cremastogaster anthracina, Mayr, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges.

Wien, 1878, 682.

135. CREMASTOGASTER BRUNNEA, Smith.

Cremastogaster brunneus, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. ii. (1858), 75,

20; Cat. bn Ins. B. M. vi. 138, 10; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi.

(1867), 329, 3

136. CREMASTOGASTER PELLENS, Walker.

Cremastogaster pellens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, iv.

(1859), 374 9; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch.

Bull. Soe. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 21; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe.

x1. (1867), 330, 9.

137. CREMASTOGASTER DEPONENS, Walker.

Cremastogaster deponens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3,

iv. (1859), 8374 2; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch.

Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 21; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe.

xi. (1867), 330, 10.

138, CREMASTOGASTER FORTICULUS, Walker.

Cremastogaster forticulus, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3,

iv. (1859), 375 3; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Smith,

Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 330, 11.

139. CREMASTOGASTER APICALIS, Motschoulsky.

Cremastogaster apicalis, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.

1863, 20 %; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 330, 12.

140. CREMASTOGASTER BRUNNESCENS, Motschoulsky.

Cremastogaster brunnescens, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat.

Mose. 1863, 20; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 330, 13.

Genus Sm, Roger.

141. Sima RUFoNIGRA (Jerdon).

Eciton rufonigra, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851, 53 8;

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, xiii. (1854), 53,

Pseudomyrma rufonigra, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 159,

24; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 328, 4.

Sima rufonigra, Roger, Berl. ent. "Zeitschr. 1863, Verz. Form.-

Gatt. u. Art. 25, 719; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe.

vii. (1892), 200, 210.

Kandy (Yerbury coll.).

142, Sima nigra (Jerdon).

Eciton migrum, Jerd. Madr. Jour. Lit. & Sci. 1851 112 8;

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser, 2, xiii. (1854), 54,

424 LT.-COL, 0. T. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

Pseudomyrma nigra, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 159, 25;

Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 328, 9.

Sima nigra, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, Verz. Form.-

Gatt. u. Art. 25,720; Wroughton, Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.

vii. (1892), 201, 211; Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 243, 16.

Kandy.

143, Sra atTRata (Smith).

Tetraponera atrata, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, ix.

(1850), 44.

Pseudomyrma atrata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 159, 26 ;

Jour. Linn, Soc. xi. (1867), 328, 1.

144, Sra aALLABORANS (Walker).

Pseudomyrma allaborans, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3,

iv. (1859), 875 3; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Smith,

Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 328, 11.

Cerapachys femoralis, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.

1863, 21.

Cerapachys ceylonica, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc.

1863, 22.

Sima compressa, Roger, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1863, 179, 68 3;

Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 328, 1; Wroughton, Jour.

Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vii. (1892), 202, 212.

Sima allaborans, Emery, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1893, 243, 17.

Colombo, Kandy.

The following have been recorded from Ceylon by Smith,

Walker, or Motschoulsky, but, so far as 1 know, not lately procured

or perhaps not identified :—

145, Myruica BasaLis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. vi. 125, 43.

146. Myruica contieva, Smith, id. ibid. 125, 44.

147. Myrica (?) consternans, Walker, Ann. & Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 3, iv. (1859), 374 9 od.

148. Myrmica PALLINopIs, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat.

Mose. 1863, 16 3.

149. Myrmica opscuraTa, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat.

Mose. 1863, 16 3.

Family MuTiuut1p 2, Leach.

Genus Muriina, Linneus.

150. Murinia zsTUANS, Gerstaecker.

Mutilla estuans, Gerstaeck. Pet. Reis. 487, pl. 31. f. 6; Radoszk.

& Sich. Hore Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869, 223, 55; Cam. Mem. & Proce,

Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. v. (1892), 116, 2,

1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 425

151. Morita anaxis, Lepeletier.

Mutilla analis, Lepel. Hym. iti. 630, 52; Radoszk. & Sich. Hor.

Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869, 284, 125; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit.

& Phil. Soc. v. (1892), 116, 3.

Mutilla fuscipennis, Fab. Syst. Piez. 436, 35.

Mutilla rufogastra, Lepel. Hym. ui. 629, 51 ¢; Smith, Cat.

Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 36, 185.

152. MuTILLA AUREORUBRA, Radoszkovsky.

Mutilla aureorubra, Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869,

304,12; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,

v. (1892), 117, 9.

153. Mutina Bereta, Saussure.

Mutilla egregia, Sauss. (nec Klug) Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. 1867, 351, 1,

pl. 8. f.1; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,

v. (1892), 117.

154, Muritza BricrnctA, Saussure.

Mutilla bieincta, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, 355, pl. 8. £. 4;

Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892),

A17, 14.

155. Muritia cryLanensis, Radoszkovsky.

Mutilla ceylanensis, Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869,

247, 8092 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,

v. (1892), 118, 19.

156. MurILia CHRYSOPHTHALMA, Klug.

Mutilla chrysophthalma, Klug, in Hempr. et Erenb. Symb. Phys.

Hym. 17, pl. v. f. 38; Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross.

1869, 232, 679 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, v. (1892), 118, 20.

157. Muriiia coronata, Saussure.

Mutilla coronata, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 106, 49 ; Cam.

Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 118, 23.

158. Moritna pENtIcoLLis, Motschoulsky.

Mutilla denticollis, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863,

22; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892),

118, 28.

159. Murinua prmip1ara, Lepeletier.

Mutilla dimidiata, Lepel. Hym. iii. 628, 50; Radoszk. & Sich.

Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869, 285, 126; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch.

Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 118, 29.

160. Murmta HeExaops, Saussure.

Mutilla hewaops, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, 169, 7, t. 8.

426 LT.-COL, 0. T. BINGHAM ON THB [ Mar. 17,

f. 6; Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869, 307, 7; Cam.

Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 119, 37.

Nattan.

161. Morinia HUMBERTIANA, Saussure.

Mutilla humbertiana, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, 353, 29,

t. 8.f.2; Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1869, 305, 2; Cam.

Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 119, 38.

Trincomalee.

162, MuriLLa INSULARIS, Cameron.

Mutilla insularis, Cam. Mem. & Proce. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe.

ser. 4, v. (1892), 119, 42, & 133.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

163. MUTILLA INTERMEDIA, Saussure.

Mutilla intermedia, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, 354, 49-;

Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1867,306,4; Cam. Mem. &

Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, v. (1892), 119, 43.

164, Mouvinna KANAR#, Cameron.

Mutilla kanare, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, v. (1892), 119, 44, & 134.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

165, Murr~ia KANTHELL®, Cameron.

Mutilla kanthelle, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, v. (1892), 119, 45, & 124.

Kanthella (Yerbury coll.).

166. MurILLa MACULO-FASCIATA, Saussure.

Mutilla maculo-fasciata, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 107, 5 9 ;

Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 309; Cam. Mem. & Proc.

Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 120, 46.

167, Movi~ia METALLICA, Cameron.

Mutilla metallica, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, v. (1892), 120, 48, & 128.

168. Murinta ocELLavA, Saussure,

Mutilla ocellata, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, 356, 6 ; Radoszk.

& Sich. Hor. Soe. Ent. Ross. 307,69 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch.

Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 120, 53,

169. Murinia oputenra, Smith.

Mutilla opwlenta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 34, 180¢ ;

Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892),

120, 55.

Kanthalla (Yerbury coll.).

1896. ] HYMENOPTERA OF OBYLON. 127

170. Murinta supintrans, Radoszkovsky.

Mutilla subintrans, Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1867,

228, 629 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, v.

(1892), 122, 75.

171. Murinna sornon, Saussure.

Mutilla soror, Sauss. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, 353, t. 8. f. 3;

Radoszk. & Sich. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. 1867, 306,39 ; Cam. Mem.

& Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 122, 76.

Habrouenne.

172. Mourirna stpy~ia, Smith.

Mutilla sibylla, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. ii. (1858), 86, 119 ;

Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1867, 22; Smith, Jour. Linn.

Soe. xi. (1867), 339, 47; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.

Soe. ser. 4, v. (1892) 122, 74.

173. MurILLA TAPROBANZ, Cameron.

Mutilla taprobane, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, v. (1892), 122, 81, &.125.

Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

174. MuvinLa yerBuRY!I, Cameron.

Mutilla yerburyi*, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, v. (1892), 123, 87, & 135.

Mahaagang (Yerbury coll.).

Genus Meruoca, Latreille.

175. Mernoca NicRA, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 4.)

6. L. 8-11 millim. Exp. 17-20 millim.

Black and shining ; the wings broad, hyaline and iridescent, with

the apical half faintly shaded with fuscous; legs piceous, tarsi

aler.

: Head about as broad as the thorax, closely and finely punctured ;

mandibles black; clypeus much broader than high, its anterior

margin semicircular; antennz opaque black, thick and somewhat

fusiform. Thorax: the pro- and mesonotum above finely and

closely punctured, the metanotum smooth, posteriorly truncated,

with three longitudinal short carine running from its base to the

edge of the truncation, from whence the lateral carine are con-

tinued obliquely outwards to the sides of the metathorax ; the wings

hyaline, iridescent in certain lights, faintly shaded with light fuscous

especially on the anterior wing beyond the basal nervure; legs

piceous, the tarsi paler, the anterior tibiz and tarsi below testaceous.

Abdomen shining, rather sparsely punctured above, and slightly

1 Hither by a slip of the pen or through a printer’s error, Col. Yerbury’s

name is spelt ‘“‘ Yerburgh ” all through Mr. Cameron’s paper, consequently this

species stands as “‘ Yerburghi” instead of “ Yerburyi” in the paper. I have

- restored the true spelling. ' Ee

428 LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

pubescent ; the basal segment about half the width of the 2nd and

curved upwards; a deep transverse sulcation close to the apical

margin of the 1st segment and another close to the constricted base

of the 2nd segment, the latter sulcation continued on the underside

of the abdomen.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Described from three specimens in my collection from various

parts of Tenasserim and from two specimens in Mr. Green’s col-

lection. This species resembles M. gracilis, Smith, from Celebes,

but this latter has the prothorax smooth, the metathorax coarsely

rugose, the legs rufo-piceous, and the basal segment marked with a

central longitudinal channel. From M. orientalis, Smith, found in

Northern India, it differs considerably in size and coloration.

Family ScoLr11p 2, Leach.

Genus Scont1a, Fabricius.

I. With three cubital cells=Triscolia, Saussure & Sichel.

176. Scon1a RUBIGINOSA, Fabricius.

Scolia rubiginosa, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 230, 8 ; Syst. Piez. 241, 10;

Coquebert, Ilustr. tab. 13. f. 4 ; Klug, Web. u. Mohr, Beitr. ii.

211, 38; Lepel. Hym. iii. 518, 2: Burm. Cat. Scol. 19, 11; Smith,

Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 111, 123; Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen.

Seol. 45, 20; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 343, 4; Cam.

Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 101, 13.

Colombo, Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Il. With two cubital cells=Discolia, Saussure & Sichel.

177. ScoLIA AUREIPENNIS, Lepeletier.

Scolia auretpennis, Lepel. Hym. iti. 525,992 ; Sauss. & Sich. Cat.

Spec. Gen. Scol. 109, 102 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.

Soe. ser. 4, v. (1892), 103, 25.

Scolia jurinei, Sauss. Mel. Hym. 45, 21.

Scolia instabilis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 88, 119 ¢ ;

Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 345, 25.

Scolia ruficornis, Klug, Web. u. Mohr, Beitr. i. 25, 8.

Pundaloya, Udagama (Geen coil.).

178. Scola CYANIPENNIS, Fabricius.

Scolia cyanipennis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 244, 35; Burm. Cat. Scol.

37, 59; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iti. 90, 21; Sauss. Ann. Soe.

Ent. Fr. 1858, 209, 16; Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 103,

91; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 345, 21; Cam. Mem. &

Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 102, 20.

179. Scoria QUADRIPUSTULATA, Fabricius.

Scolia quadripustulata, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. 453, 13; Ent. Syst. ii.

1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CHYLON. 429

234, 26 ; Syst. Piez. 244, 34; Burm. Cat. Scol. 36, 58; Lepel.

Hym. iii. 528, 16; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 87, 7; Sauss. &

Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 113, 108 ; Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 103,

1; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 345, 24; Cam. Mem. & Proc.

Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 104, 30.

Larra quadripustulata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 222, 6.

Scolia binotata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 244, 36.

Scola bipunctata, Klug, Web. u. Mohr, Beitr. i. 35, 30 (var. 3).

Scolia fasciato-punctata, Guér. Voy. Coq. ii. 254 (var. 2).

Scola fervida, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ix. (1852), 46

(2 var.); Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 89, 15.

180. Scotia mypIcaA, Saussure.

Scolia indica, Sauss. Mél. Hym. 46, 22, £. 109 ; Sauss. & Sich.

Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 119, 118; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),

348, 61; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v.

(1892), 106, 40.

Scolia ignita, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 101, 772 ; Jour.

Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 348, 64.

Somparipo (Green coll.).

181. Sconta HIstRIoNnIcA, Fabricius.

Scolia histrionica, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. 256, 35; Klug, Web.

u. Mohr, Beitr. i. 25, 9; Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. IPA

1219 ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v.

(1892), 107, 43.

Scolia picteti, Sauss. Mel. Hym. 42, 189.

Scoha pulchra, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 88, 12; Jour.

Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 345, 26.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

182, Scotia ELIFoRMIs, Saussure.

Scolia eiformis, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 120, 119 3;

Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 348, 62; Cam. Mem. & Proc.

Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 107, 41.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Genus Eris, Fabricius.

I. With three cubital cells=Trielis, Saussure & Sichel.

183. Eis oR1ENTALIS, Cameron.

Elis orientahs, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, v. (1892), 112, 27.

Il. With two cubital cells= Dielis, Saussure & Sichel.

184, Exis rHoractca (Fabricius),

Tipha thoracica, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. 254, 15; Syst. Piez.

235, 19.

Sphece albicollis, Christ, Hym. 260, t. 26. f.12.

430 LT.-COL. ©, 'f. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

Sphew flavifrons, Christ, Hym. 261, t. 26. f.292 (non 3), &£.39,

var. fulvo-villosa.

Tiplua nigra, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 225, 9; Syst. Piez. 234, 13.

Campsomeris aureicollis, Lepel. Hym. ii. 499, 62.

Scolia aureicollis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 101, 79.

Elis thoracica, Saussure & Sichel, Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 188, 197 ;

Hym. d. Novara Reise, 104, 2; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),

300, 15; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v.

(1892), 108, 4.

Elis aureicollis, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 350, 14.

Colombo, Pundaloya (Green coll.).

I have followed de Saussure in uniting the species with fulyous

pubescence on the head and thorax (awreicollis, Lepel.) with the

species having cinereous-white pubescence on the same parts.

Smith, however, kept them distinct, and I am inclined to think he

was right, as the puncturing on the head and thorax in the two

species is different. On the other hand, Elis fimbriata, Burmeister,

kept distinct by de Saussure, seems to me only a large form of

EL. thoracica (vera). The specimens in Mr. Green’s collection are

midway between typical thoracica and typical fimbriata.

185, Ents rris (Lepeletier).

Colpa iris, Lepel. Hym. iii. 547,16 3.

Scolia iris, Burm. Cat. Scol. 26, 28 9 ¢; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins.

B. M. iii. 100, 75.

Elis phalerata, Sauss. Ann. Ent. Soc. Fr. (1858), 233, 45; Ent.

Zeit. 1859, 268 9.

? Scolia radula, Klug, Web. u. Mohr, Beitr. i. 30,19 ¢.

Elis wis, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spee. Gen. Scol. 201, 217; Smith,

Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 351, 29; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch.

Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 110, 20.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Three males of a species belonging to the subgenus Dielis, in

Mr. Green’s collection, agree fairly well with the original description

of this species by Lepeletier de St.-Fargeau.

186. Exits Linpuniz (Lepeletier).

Campsomeris lindenii, Lepel. Hym. iii. 500, 8 2.

Scolia 4-fasciata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl]. 255,16; Syst. Piez.

242, 20. |

Elis lindeni, Sauss. & Sich. Cat. Spec. Gen. Scol. 204, 219;

Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 351, 30 ; Cam. Mem. & Proce.

Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892), 112, 22.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

187. Enis crytonica (Kirby.).

Campsomeris ceylonica, Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, 452.

Elis ceylonica, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,

v. (1892), 111, 21.

1896.] HYMENOPLERA OF CEYLON. 431

Genus Trputa, Fabricius.

188. TIPHIA RUFO-FEMORATA, Smith.

Tiphia rufo-femorata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 83, 7 9;

Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1892),

115, 4.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

189. TreHra consuETA, Smith.

Tiphia consueta, Smith, Desc. New Spec. Hym. B. M. 184, 2 2;

Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, v. (1862),

116, 6.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

190. TrpaiA DECRESCENS, Walker.

Tiphia decrescens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, iv. 1859,

376; Tennent’s Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull.

Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 22.

Family PomP141p 4, Leach.

Genus Pomerius, Fabricius.

191. Pomprtus anatts, Fabricius.

Sphew analis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 209, 42.

Pompilus analis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 188, 4; Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i.

47 2; Lepel. Hym. iii. 439, 35; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii.

143, 124; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch.

Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 24; Smith, Jour. Linn .Soc.

xi. (1867), 352,11; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, iv. (1891), 457, 1.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

192. PoMPILUS PERPLEXUS, Smith.

Pompilus perplecus, Smith. Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 147,

140 9.

Priocnemis perplecus, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),

354, 4.

Salius perplexus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, iv. (1891), 452, 43.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

193. Pompiius cANIFRONS, Smith.

Pompilus canifrons, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 146,

138 9.

Priocnemis canifrons, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867) 354, 2.

Salius canifrons, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe.

ser. 4, iv. (1891).

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

432 Lt,-COL, 0. 1. BINGHAM ON THB [Mar. 17,

I have examined the types of P. pedestris and P. canifrons,

Smith, both in the British Museum, and find that they belong to

the genus Pompilus and not to Priocnemis=Salius, Cam. (apud

Kohl).

194. Pomprius aRRoGANS, Smith.

Pompilus arrogans, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1873, pt. ii. 187,

Deo

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Originally received from Japan, this species seems to have a

wide range; I have found it fairly common in Sikkim and Burma.

There are two specimens in Mr. Green’s collection.

195. Pompi.us atropos, Smith.

Pompilus atropos, Smith, Desc. New Spec. Hym. B. M. 146,

22 2; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iv.

(1891), 480.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

196. Pomprius LucrpULUS (Saussure).

Homonotus lucidulus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 50, 1 2.

Pompilus lucidulus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.

Soe. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 459, 26.

197. PomPILus IGNOBILIS, Saussure.

Pompilus ignobilis, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 60, 3 2; Cam.

Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 459,

22.

198. PoMPILUS IGNICOLOR, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 5.)

9.1L. 7 millim. Exp. 12 millim.

Head and thorax in front red, metathorax, legs and abdomen

black, wings hyaline with a faint fuscous cloud towards the

apex.

Head broad, subglobular, and opaque red, with fine close punctures ;

the clypeus twice as broad as high, its anterior margin narrowly

smooth, shining, and recurved ; front slightly convex, covered, as is

the clypeus and the cheeks behind the eyes, with a fine sericeous

silvery pile, only seen in certain lights; antenne fuscous; the

scape in front red; thorax, the pro- and mesothorax above, and

the scutellum and postscutellum red; the metathorax, sides of the

thorax, and pectus black; the prothorax rounded in front, posteriorly

arched ; the scutellum and postscutellum compressed laterally and

prominent ; the metathorax with a rounded slope to the apex ; the

whole of the thorax very finely and closely punctured ; wings

hyaline, the nervures fuscous, the anterior wings lightly infuscated

from beyond the 2nd cubital cell, the extreme apex narrowly

hyaline, the apex of the posterior wing also faintly clouded; legs

black, the anterior femora, tibiz, and tarsi testaceous red, the claws

1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 433

unidentate at their base below; the abdomen subsessile, broad and

opaque black. In certain lights the sides of the metathorax, the

coxe, and the basal segment of the abdomen are seen to be covered

with a thin silvery pile. 5

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

This well-marked little species might, at first sight, be mistaken

for Pseudagenia cegina, Smith ; but, beyond the difference of genus,

it can be distinguished by its red head, black metathorax, and non-

fasciated wings.

199. PomPriLus RoTHNEYI, Cameron.

Pompilus rothneyi, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, iv. (1891), 460, 32 & 463.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Forms, as noted by Mr. Cameron, a transition to the Ferreola

group of the genus Pompilus. Originally described from Bengal,

it occurs also in Burma.

200. PompiInus MIRANDUS (Saussure).

Ferreola miranda, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 49, 5 @.

Pompilus miranda, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, iv. (1891), 459, 28.

201. PoMPILUS DIMIDIATIPENNIS (Saussure).

Ferreola dimidiatipennis, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 46, 12.

Pompilus dimidiatipennis, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. &

Phil. Soe. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 458, 13.

202. PoMPILUS GREENTI (Bingham).

Ferreola greenii, Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. v. (1890),

240,11 9.

Pompilus greenii, Cam. Mem, & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, iv. (1891), 458, 18.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

This species closely resembles the preceding, and may be identical

with it, but I have provisionally kept it distinct, as the shape of

the front of the head seems to distinguish it from P. dimzdratipenms.

Genus Pspupagenta, Kohl.

203. PsEUDAGENIA BLANDA (Guerin).

Pompilus blandus, Guérin, Voy. Coq. Zool. ii. pt. 2,260; Smith,

Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 143, 125.

Pompilus cyaneus, Lepel. Hym. iti. 446, 7.

Agenia blanda, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi, (1867), 354, 1.

Pseudagenia blanda, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.

Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 436, 6; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.

Soc. viii. (1893), 369, 6.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. XXVIII. 28

434 LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

204, PsruUDAGENIA ©GINA (Smith).

Agenia cegina, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. ii. (1857), 94,9 Q; id.

ibid. xi. (1867), 355, 6.

Pseudagenia egina, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.

Soe. ser. 4, iv. (1894), 436, 1; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.

Soe. viii. (1893), 368, 2.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

205, PsEUDAGENIA ALARIS (Saussure).

Agena alaris, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 52,1 9.

Pseudagenia alaris, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.

Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 436, 2; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.

Soe. vii. (1893), 368, 3.

206, PsEUDAGENIA BIPENNIS (Saussure).

Agenia bipennis, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 52,3 ¢.

Pseudagenia bipennis, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.

Soc. ser. 4, iv. 436,5; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. viii.

(1893), 368, 4.

207, PSEUDAGENIA CONCOLOR (Saussure).

Agenia concolor, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 54,6 ¢.

Pseudagenia concolor, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.

Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 437, 9.

The three preceding species occur also in Burma.

208. PsEUDAGENIA INSULARIS (Saussure).

Agenia insularis, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 455, 8 9.

Pseudagenia insularis, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.

Soe. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 437, 15.

209. PSEUDAGENIA MICROMNGAS (Saussure).

Agenia micromegas, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 51, 1 2.

Pseudagenia micromegas, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. &

Phil. Soe. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 437, 19.

210. PsrUDAGENIA NANA (Saussure).

Agenia nana, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 55,9 9.

Pseudagenia nana, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe.

ser, 4, iv. (1891), 438, 25.

211. PsEUDAGENIA OBSOLETA (Saussure).

Agenia obsoleta, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 56,10 9.

Pseudagenia obsoleta, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.

Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 438, 24.

212. PsrUDAGENIA PLEBEJA (Saussure).

Agenia plebeja, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 57,11 3.

Pseudagenia plebeja, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.

Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 438, 25.

1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 485

Genus Sautius, Fabricius.

J. Hemipersis=Myenria Group.

213. SaLius ceyLonicvus (Saussure).

Mygnimia ceylonica, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 64,1 9°.

Salius ceylonicus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, iv. (1801), 443, 7.

214, SaLivus FULVIPENNIS (Fabricius).

Sphex fulvipennis, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 218, 84.

Pompilus fulvipennis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 198, 57; Smith, Cat.

Hym. Ins. B. M. i. 144, 127; Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 58,

19 ¢.

Hemipepsis fuluipennis, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 462.

Salius fulvipennis, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe.

ser. 4, iv. (1891), 444, 16.

215. SaLius INTERMEDIUS (Smith).

? Hemipepsis flava, Dahlb. (nec Fabr.) Hym. Eur. i. 462, 3.

Mygnimia intermedia, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

xii. (1873), 257.

Salius intermedius, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.

Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 444,13; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.

Soc. vili. (1893), 372, 11.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

In size this species is exceedingly variable; of thirteen females

in Mr. Green’s collection the smallest is 16 millim. in length,

while the largest is 35 millim., or more than twice the size. One

specimen, absolutely indistinguishable from the others in the

colouring and sculpture of head and thorax, has the venation of

the wings of Priocnemis: that is to say, the 1st recurrent nervure

is not interstitial with the 2nd transverse cubital nervure, but

terminates well before the apex of the 2nd cubital cell.

216. Satius ruBIDUS (Bingham). (Plate XV. fig. 2.)

Mygnimia rubida, Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vy. (1890),

238,8 9d.

Salius rubida, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, iv. (1891), 445, 27.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

217, Satius convexus (Bingham).

' Priocnemis convexus, Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. v.

(1890), 237, 6 9.

Salius convexus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, iv. (1891), 451, 33; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc.

vili. (1893), 375, 18.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

This species is also found in Burma.

28*

436 L1.-COL. C. T, BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

II. Prrocnmis group.

218, SALIUS MADRASPATANUS (Smith).

Pompilus madraspatanus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iii. 144,

130 2; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi (1867), 352, 6.

_ Salius madraspatanus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.

Soe. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 451, 40; Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist.

Soe. viii. (1893), 375, 19. ;

Pundaloya (Gireen coll.).

219, SALIUS PROPERUS, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 7.)

@. L.11 millim. Exp. 23 millim.

Black, with a thin, silky, slate-coloured pile forming fasciz on the

abdomen above ; wings fusco-hyaline.

Head broad, broader than the thorax, smooth; clypeus short,

transversely oval, convex, an impressed line along and parallel to

its anterior margin, the clypeus and front of the face silvery in

certain lights and studded sparsely with black hairs; antenne

long, convolute at the apex. Thorax long, somewhat laterally

compressed ; the metathorax as long as the pro- and mesothorax

together ; the scutellum large, prominent, flat in the middle above,

the metathorax with a rounded slope to the apex and delicately

marked with transverse strie. Wings fusco-hyaline, the posterior

pair clear hyaline at base ; in the front wing the transverse-medial

nervure strikes the externo-medial nervure well before the apex of

the 1st submedial cell, in the hind wing the cubital nervure is

interstitial with the transverse-anal nervure. Legs black; the

intermediate and posterior tibie strongly spined and serrated, the

long tibial calcaria of the posterior legs about half the length of

the metatarsus, the tarsi spinose, claws unidentate below, all the

coxe on the underside with slate-coloured pile. Abdomen black,

smooth and shining, with broad bands of slate-coloured pile at

the bases of the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th segments, the apical seg-

ment black and studded with long black hairs; below the abdomen

is smooth and somewhat shining, with a transverse furrow crossing

the 2nd segment.

Pundaloya (G'reen coll.).

_ ‘Resembles S. rothneyi, Cameron, but this is a stouter and more

compact insect and has the wings hyaline with two fuscous clouds

crossing the fore wing.

220. SALIUS CRINITUS (Bingham).

~ Priocnemis crinitus, Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. v. (1890),

238,72.

Salius crinitus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil Soc.

ser. 4, iv. (1891), 451, 35.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

The male has not previously been described. It closely resem-

bles the female, but is a slenderer insect and is devoid of the long

1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON, 437

golden pubescence which clothes the thorax and abdomen in the

female. Length 16 millim. Exp. 35 millim.

221. SaLius CONSANGUINEUS (Saussure).

Priocnemis consanguineus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 62,29.

Salius consanguineus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.

Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 451, 32.

222, SALIUS HUMBERTIANUS (Saussure).

Priocnemis humbertianus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 63,

496.

Salius humbertianus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.

Soe. ser. 4, iv. (1891), 451, 38.

Family SpuHeGrp a, Leach,

Genus Ammopuita, Kirby.

223, AMMOPHILA L&HVIGATA, Smith.

Ammophila levigata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 215,

39 9; id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 359, 4; Sauss. Hym. d.

Novara-Reise, 23,1; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe,

ser. 4, 1. (1889), 93, 8.

Pundaloya (G'reen coll.).

224. AMMOPHILA ATRIPES, Smith.

Ammophila atripes, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, ix.

(1852), 46; id. Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 217, 43; Walk. Tenn.

Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp: d. Nat.

Mose. (1863), 23; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 359, ‘7;

Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 93, 1.

225. AMMOPHILA LONGIVENTRIS, Saussure.

_ Ammophila longiventris, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 24, 3 3;

Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iv. (1889),

93, 9.

226, AMMOPHILA HUMBERTIANA, Saussure.

- Ammophila humbertiana, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 25,4 2;

Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, ii. (1889),

93, 7.

Genus Petoravus’, Latreille.

227. Prtopeus savanus, Lepeletier.

Pelopeus javanus, Lepel. Hym. iii. 309, 6 9; Smith, Cat.

Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 231, 16; id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),

1 Kohl has shown (Ann. d.k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. v. (1890), p. 102) that

for this genus Klug’s name Sceliphron has priority over Pelopeus, liaweiline but

the latter name is so well known that I am loth to make any alteration,

438 LT.-COL. 0, T. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

360, 20; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch, Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii,

(1889), 101, 7.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

228. PELOPHUS SPINOLE, Lepeletier.

Pelopeus spinole, Lepel. Hym. ii. 307, 4; Smith, Cat. Hym.

Ins. B. M. iv. 231, 19; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii.

454 ; Motsch. Bull. Soe. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 23; Smith,

Jour. Linn. Soe, xi, (1867), 359, 3; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch.

Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 102, 12.

229, PELOP@US VIOLACEUS (Fabricius).

Sphex violaceus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii, 201, 12.

Pepsis violaceus, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 211, 16.

Chalybion violaceum, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 21, 1.

Chalybion bengalensis, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 433, 2.

Pelopeus violaceus, Lepel. Hym. iii. 32, 21; Costa, Prosp. d,

Imenott. Ital. fase. i. 21, 6.

Pelopeeus flebilis, Lepel. Hym. iii. 321, 22.

Pelopeus bengalensis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 320, 15;

id. Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 360, 19; Smith and Home, Trans.

Zool. Soe. vii. (1870), pt. iii. 163, pl. xxi. f. 2, 2a; Cam. Mem. &

Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 101, 2.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

I think there is little doubt that Chalybion bengalensis of

Dahlbom=Sphev violaceus, Fabricius. Typical specimens of

P, violaceus and P, bengalensis may differ in the sculpture of the

thorax and in the colour of the wings, but the insect is a variable

one.

Genus SpHex, Linneus, pt.

230. SpHEx Lopatus, Fabricius.

Sphex lobatus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 348 (1775); Kohl, Ann. des

k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. v. 177, 1.

Sphex smaragdinus, Drury, Exot. Ins. iii. 57, pl. 42. f. 2.

Sphex coerulea, Christ (nec Drury), Naturg. Ins. 308, t. 30. f. 6.

Sphex chrysis, Christ, Naturg. Ins. 310, t. 30. f. 7; Kohl,

Termesz. Fiizetek, ix. 173 9 g; André, Spec. Hym. iii. fase. 27,

123 9 $; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,

ii. (1889), 105, 1.

Sphex lobata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 206, 30.

Chlorion lobatum, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 217, 1; Blanch. Hist. Nat.

Anim. Art. iii, 351; Lepel. Hym. iii. 330; Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i.

24 & 435 ; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 237, 1; id. Jour. Linn.

Soe. xi, (1867), 360, 1.

Chlorion azureum, Blanch. Hist. Nat, Anim, Art. iii. 351, pl. vi,

f. 6; Lepel. Hym. iii. 329.

Pundaloya (Green coll.),

1896. ] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON, 439

231, SPHEX AURULENTUS, Fabricius.

Sphex aurulenta, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. & ii. 274; Ent. Syst. i.

201, 14; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, ii.

(1889), 107, 12.

Pepsis sericea, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 211, 19.

Sphew sericea, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 26, 7; Lepel. Hym. iii.

341,12 9; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 255, 62; Jour. Linn.

Soc. xi. (1867), 361, 11.

Sphew fabricii, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 27, 11; Smith, Cat. Hym.

Ins. B. M. iv. 253, 54; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 361, 3.

Sphew ferruginea, Lepel. Hym. iii. 354, 18; Smith, Cat. Hym.

Ins. iv. 253, 55; Jour. Linn. Soe. 361, 4.

Sphex lineola, Lepel. Hym. iii. 353, 273; Smith, Cat. Hym.

Ins. B. M. iv. 254, 58; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 361, 7.

Sphea ferox, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. vi. (1862), 55, 5 ¢; id.

ibid. xi. (1867), 362, 22.

Sphea lepeleterii, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 40,8 92.

Sphew sericeus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 41,11 2.

Sphew godeffroyi, Sauss. Stet. ent. Zeit. xxx. (1869), 57 9.

Sphea aurifex, Smith, Jott. Cruise Cur. by Brenchley, 460 9,

tiecline Tore:

Sphew aurulentus, Kohl, Termesz. Fiizetek, ix. (1885), 194 2 ¢;

Ann. d.k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. vy. (1890), 392, 84 9 ¢.

Pundaloya, Colombo (Green coil.).

232, SPHEX FULVO-HIRTUS, Bingham.

Sphex fulvo-hirta, Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. y. (1890),

242,14 9; id. ibid. viii. (1893), 379, 29, pl. i. £. 8.

Pundaloya (Geen coll.).

233. SpHEx umBRosvs, Christ.

Sphex umbrosus, Christ, Naturg. Ins. 293, t. xxix. f. 2 2

CLK).

Sphex fumicata, Christ, Naturg. Ins. 295, t. xxix. f. 6 ¢

(1791).

Sphex argentata, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. 274; Ent. Syst. 11. 200, 8;

Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 25,19 6; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. iv. 252,

52; id. Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 361, 1; Taschbe. Zeitschr. f. d.

ges. Naturwiss. Halle, xxxiv. (1869), 414; Cam. Mem. & Proc.

Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 107, 10.

Sphex albifrons, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 207, 36; Lepel. Hym. iii.

337,6 3.

Pepsis albifrons, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 212, 27.

Sphex argentifrons, Lepel. Hym. iii. 337, 7 9; Kohl, Termesz.

Fiizetek, ix. (1885), p. 24,196 9 o.

Sphex carbonaria, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 247, 38 9.

Sphev ephippiwm, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iy. 249, 45 Q,

le Vin te ese

, Sphex opulenta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins..B. M. iy, 250, 46 3.

440 L?,-COL, 0. T. BINGHAM ON THE - [Mar. 17,

Sphew diabolica, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. (1858), 100, 3 9;

id. ibid. xi. (1867), 361, 12.

Sphea tuberculata, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xii.

(1873), 291 9.

Sphea argentatus, André, Spec. Ins. iii. fase. 27 9 od.

Sphea umbrosus, Kohl, Ann. d. k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. v.

(1890), 406, 99.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

934, SpHEx NIGRIPES, Smith.

Sphea nigripes, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 254, 59 9;

id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 361, 8; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch.

Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 108, 15; Kohl, Ann. d. k. k.

Naturhist. Hofmus. v. (1890), 421, 114 9 o.

Sphea siamensis, Taschenb. Zeitschr. f. d. ges. Naturwiss. Halle,

xxxiv. (1869), 413 92.

Sphex erythropoda, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch, Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, il. (1889), 108,138 & 110 9.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

The two specimens in Mr. Green’s collection have much darker

wings than the type which is in the British Museum, but they

agree very well with Mr. Smith’s description. Kohl unites Sphev

tyrannica, Smith, with this species. I have examined the types of

both, and they seem to me quite distinct species, markedly in the

shape and form of the clypeus, petiole, and abdomen, and in the

colour of the wings and legs, as shown in Plate XV. figs. land 3.

935, SpuEex vipuatvs, Christ.

Sphew fervens, Fabr. (nec Linné), Syst. Ent. 346 (1775) ;

Mant. Ins. i. & ii. 275 (1787); Ent. Syst. ii. 200, 5 (1793).

Sphea viduata, Christ, Naturg. Ins. 305, t. xxx. f. 4 (1791).

Sphea pubescens, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 205, 28; Kohl, Termesz.

Fiizetek, ix. (1885), 188 9 ¢; André, Spec. Hym. iii. fase. 27,

130; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889),

106, 8.

Pepsis fervens, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 209, 6.

Pepsis pubescens, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 212, 22.

Enodia canescens, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 28, 2.

Enodia fervens, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 489, 2.

Parasphex fervens, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 267, 1;

Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 362, 1.

Sphew viduatus, Kohl, Ann. d. k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. v.

(1890), 332, 32.

Colombo.

Being in Colombo for a couple of days, I caught, among other

insects, one specimen of this species just outside the Oriental Hotel.

236. SPHEX LUTEIPENNIS, Mocsary.

Sphea lutespennis, Mocs. Magy. Akad. Term. Ertek. (1883),

1896. ] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 44]

K. 11, 33 9; Kohl, Ann. d. k. k. Naturhist. Hofmus. vy. (1890),

433, 115.

Sphex rufipennis, Kohl, Termesz. Fiizetek, ix.(1885),198 2 ¢.

Genus AMPULEX, Jurine.

237. AMPULEX COMPRESSA (Fabricius).

Sphex compressa, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. 275, 25; Ent. Syst. ii.

206, 32.

Chlorion compressum, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 219, 7; Latr. Hist. Nat.

Crust. et Ins. xii. 294; Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. iii. (1841), 227.

Ampulex compressa, Jur. Hym. 134; Lepel. Hym. iii. 325, 1;

Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 29,1; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 268,

1; id. Jour. Linn, Soc. xi. (1867), 363, 1; Cam. Mem. & Proce.

Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 116, 1.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Two specimens in Mr. Green’s collection are very vivid in

colouring.

238. AMPULEX (?) ANNULIPES, Motschoulsky.

Ampulex (?) annulipes, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.

1863, 24; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,

ii. (1889), 117, 5.

Family LaARR1IpD#, Leach.

7 Genus Pison, Spinola.

239. Pison (PARAPISON) AGILE (Smith).

Parapison agile, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. (1869), 300, 4; Kohl,

Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien (1884), 186; Cam. Mem. &

Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 117, 1.

Genus Trypoxyton, Latreille.

: 240. TRYPOXYLON PILEATUM, Smith.

Trypoxylon pileatum, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 377,

5 2; Journ, Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 368, 1; Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k.

zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884, 206; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit.

& Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 119, 11.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

241, TRYPOXYLON INTRUDENS, Smith.

Trypoxylon intrudens, Smith, Trans. Zool. Soc. vii. (1872), 188,

1 2; Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884, 205; Cam.

-Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 119, 7.

Genus Larra, Fabricius.

. 242, Larra ExTENSA (Walker). at

Larrada extensa, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3 (1860),

442 LT.-COL. ©. T, BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

305; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.

Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 24.

_ Larra extensa, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884,

243; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, ii. (1889),

125, 5.

Genus Noroconta, Costa.

243. NoroGonIa SUBTESSELATA (Smith),

Larrada subtesselata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 277, 119;

Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 364, 7.

Larra subtesselata, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien

1884, 248.

Notogonia subtesselata, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.

Soe. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 130, 4.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

244, NoroGonIA DEPLANATA, Kohl.

Notogonia deplanata, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1883, 358, 29; id. ibid. 1884, 75; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch.

Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 130, 3.

245. NOoTOGONIA JACULATOR (Smith).

Larrada jacuiator, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 279, 15 2 ;

Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 364, 11.

Larra jaculator, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884,

244,

Notogonia jaculator, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.

Soe. ser. 4, ii. (1889), 129, 2.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

246. Norogonra LaBoriosa (Smith).

Larrada laboriosa, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 278,12 9 ;

Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 364, 8.

Larra laboriosa, Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884, 245 ;

Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, ii. (1889),

125, 6.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

247. Norocgonra ViGILANs (Smith).

Larrada vigilans, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 279, 169.

Larra vigilans, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884,

248.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Two specimens in Mr. Green’s collection agree fairly well with

Smith’s description, so far as it goes. The insect was originally

described from China. It occurs in Sikkim and also in Burma.

248. NoroGonIa TISIPHONE (Smith).

Larrada tisiphone, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. ii. (1858), 103, 5 9;

id. ibid, xi. (1867), 364, 15,

1896.) HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 443

Larra tisiphone, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884,

248; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, ii,

(1889), 125, 10.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Genus Liris, Fabricius.

249, Linis HEMORRHOIDALIS (Fabricius).

Pompilus hemorrhoidalis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 198, 55.

Lyrops savignyi, Spin. Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. vii. (1838), 476, 26.

Laris orichalcea, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 135.

Liris savignyi, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 471, 2.

Tachytes illudens, Lepel. Hym. iii. 249, 12.

Larrada hemorrhoidalis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 280,

17.

Liris hemorrhoidalis, Kobl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1884, 256,19 ¢; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, ii. (1889), 131, 1.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

There are sixteen specimens in Mr. Green’s collection, none of

them typical ; all want the rich golden pubescence on the abdomen,

which gives specimens from Western India the wonderful tesse-

lated appearance.

250, Liris auratus (Fabricius).

Sphew aurata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 213, 64.

Pompilus auratus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl 250, 25.

Liris awrata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 228,3; Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i.

135; Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884, 241.

Lyrops auratus, Guér. Icon. Régn. Anim. iii. 440.

Tachytes opulenta, Lepel. Hym. iii. 2462 3.

Larrada aurulenta, Smith, Cat. Hym, Ins. B. M. iv. 276, 6;

Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 363, 1.

Livis auratus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, ii. (1889), 131, 2.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

251. Lrris pucatis (Smith).

Larrada ducalis, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. v. (1860), 84,1 9 ;

id. ibid. xi. (1867), 365, 23.

Liris ducalis, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1884,

243.

Pundsloya (Green coll.).

Also found in Burma.

Genus Pragertia, Ritsema.

252. PIAGETIA FASCIATIIPENNIS, Cameron.

Piagetia fasciatiipennis, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil.

Soe, ser, 4, ii, (1889), 16; id. ibid. p. 134.

444 LT.-COL. C. T, BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

Genus Patarvs, Latreille.

253. PALARUS ORIENTALIS, Kohl.

Palarus orientalis, Kohl, Verh. d. k.-k. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

1884, 422,2¢ ; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, ii. (1889), 148, 1.

Family N ysson1p 2, Wesmael.

Genus Stizus, Latreille.

254, Svizus PRisMaticus (Smith).

Larra prismatica, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. ii. (1858), 103, 1 9 3;

id. ibid. xi. (1867), 367, 10.

Stizus prismaticus, Sich. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 142; Handl.

Sitzungsb. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien, 1892, 55, 21.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Genus Gorytss, Latreille.

255. GORYTES GREENH, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 8.)

2. L.14 millim. Exp. 32 millim.

Brownish red variegated with yellow; wings flavo-hyaline, the

fore wing with a large dark brown macula on the costal margin at

the apex.

Head not so broad as the thorax, smooth, or with only a few

scattered punctures, covered witha thin sericeous golden pile only

seen in certain lights; mandibles yellow, ferruginous at apex ;

clypeus light brownish red, transversely oval and convex ; antennee

brown aboye, fulvous red below; the scape in front and an abbre-

viated line on the inner margin of the eyes yellow ; front slightly

concave ; the ocelli in a broad triangle on the vertex, a shallow

furrow from the anterior ocellus to a little above the antenne.

Thorax brown ; prothorax smooth and shining, its posterior margin

broadly yellow; mesothorax above very finely longitudinally

striated, carrying two short parallel carinz on the disc anteriorly ;

scutellum, postscutellum, and the sides of the thorax somewhat

coarsely striated, a broad fascia on the scutellum, a narrower one

on the postscutellum, and a spot under the base of the wings

yellow; metathorax posteriorly rounded, roughly reticulated, the

triangular enclosed space at its base longitudinally striate. Wings

yellowish hyaline and iridescent ; the front wing with a large dark

brown spot occupying the whole of the radial cell, and extending

below into the 2nd and 3rd cubital cells; the 2nd cubital cell,

receiving both recurrent nervures, is at base about two-thirds the

length of the 3rd cubital cell; the 1st and 3rd cubital cells sub-

equal; tegule and stigma testaceous, nervures brown. Legs reddish

brown, paler on the underside. Abdomen petiolated, brown,

smooth and shining, a broad yellow fascia on the posterior margin

of the 2nd and 5th segments above; the base and apex-of the

1896. ] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 445

petiole and the posterior margins of the 3rd and 4th segments

light red ; underneath the abdomen is brown, with the posterior

margins of all the segments reddish.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

This large and well-marked species I have ventured to name

after Mr. Green. It is not closely allied to any species of Gorytes

known to me. At the time of capture of the type she was

carrying off a Homopterous insect with which to store her nest.

Genus Bemeex, Fabricius.

256. BEMBEX SULPHURESCENS, Dahlbom.

Bembex sulphurescens, Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 150, and 491, 24;

Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 328, 46; id. Jour. Linn. Soe. xi.

(1867), 366, 3; Sich. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 141; Handlirsch,

Sitz. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien, 1893, 897, 137.

257. BEMBEX TREPANDA, Dahlbom.

_ Bembex trepanda, Dablb. Hym. Eur. i. 181, and 490, 23;

Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 328, 45; id. Jour. Linn. Soe, xi.

(1867), 366, 2; Sich. Hym. d.’Novara-Reise, 141; Cam. Mem. &

Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4, iii. (1890), 247, 2; Hand-

lirsch, Sitz. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien, 1893, 736, 19.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

258. Bempex rnpica, Handlirsch.

' 2? Bembex glauca, Fabr. Mant. Ins. i. 285, 5; Oliv. Encycl.

Méthod. iv. 291,692; Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 249 9; Syst. Piez. 224,

8; Dahlb. Hym. Eur. i. 4919 ¢.

Bembex indica, Handlirsch, Sitz. d. k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien,

1893, 771, 39.

259. BemMBex BOoRREI, Handlirsch.

Bembex borrei, Handlirsch, Sitz. d.k. Akad. d. Wissensch. Wien,

1893, 866, 102.

Family CERcERID x, Wesmael.

Genus Crrczuris, Latreille.

260. CERCERIS NOVAR#, Saussure.

. Cerceris. novare, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 92, 9 2 (1867),

pl. iv. f.54; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,

iii. (1890), 249, 14 & 257.

? Cerceris fervens, Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, xii.

(1873), 411; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4,

iii, (1890), 249, 6 & 256.

. Pundaloya (Green coll.).

One specimen, a male, in Mr. Green’s collection has the yellow

bands on the abdominal segments very narrow, and interrupted in

the middle above.

446 LT.-COL, C. T. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

261, CERCERIS INSTABILIS, Smith.

Cerceris instabilis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 452,74 ¢ 9;

id. Jour. Linn. Suc. 370, 6; Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 92, 10;

Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iii. (1890),

2ag, 11.

Cerceris velox, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 41 ¢.

This species occurs abundantly in Burma and Sikkim. From

Ceylon, it is recorded by de Saussure.

262. CERCERIS HUMBERTIANA, Saussure.

Cerceris humbertiana, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 97, 4 2;

Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iii. (1890),

249, 10.

Cerceris rufinodis, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 41.

Cerceris viscosus, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 40.

263. CERCERIS EMORTUALIS, Saussure.

Cerceris emortualis, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 98, 20; Cam.

Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iii. (1890), 248, 4,

Cameron considers this species as a variety only of C. hum-

bertiana.

Genus Puitantuvs, Fabricius.

264. PHILANTHUS BASALIS, Smith.

Philanthus basalis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. iv. 473, 17 2;

Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soe.

Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 23; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi, (1867),

371,5; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iii.

(1890), 248, 6.

Family CRABRONID &, Leach.

Genus Crasro, Fabricius.

265, CRABRO PALITANS, sp. nov. (Plate XV. fig. 6.)

@. L.11 milim. Exp. 18 millim.

Black variegated with yellow, the wings hyaline, fore wing

yellowish brown along the costal margin.

Head black, broad, quadrate, the mandibles with a yellow stain

on their outer side, the clypeus covered with dense golden pile,

more than twice as broad as high, a short perpendicular carina

down its middle, its anterior margin waved; the antenne with

the scape yellow in front, the flagellum piceous; the face up to

the ocelli closely punctured and covered with golden pile; the

vertex, the back of the head, and behind the eyes smooth and

shining, with a narrow fringe of golden pile along the orbits.

Thorax black; a line on the posterior margin of the prothorax,

interrupted in the middle, a spot on the propleura, a long tri-

angular mark on the mesopleura, the scutellum, a spot on the

1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON, 447

tegule, anda line on the postscutellum posteriorly, yellow; the

prothorax anteriorly smooth and shining, the mesothorax above

closely and finely punctured, and the metathorax posteriorly

rounded and rather closely and coarsely punctured, the punctures

running into oblique divergent strie ; the wings hyaline, the front

wing brownish yellow along the costal margin. Legs black, the

anterior and intermediate femora and tibie marked with yellow on

the outside, the posterior tibize yellow, black at the base ; the tarsi

piceous. The abdomen sub-petiolate, broadly oval, black, smooth

and shining; the basal segment and the base of the 2nd segment

above finely punctured, the 2nd to the 5th segments with lateral

yellow macul at their bases, the apical segment and the abdomen

beneath black.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

This species is closely allied to C. fusctpennis, Lepeletier, but is

abundantly distinct in size, in colour of the wings, and in the

markings.

Genus Dasyproctus, Lepeletier.

266. DasyPprocrus CEYLONICUs, Saussure.

Dasyproctus ceylonicus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 85 9,

tab. iv. f. 51; Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe. ser. 4,

iti. (1890), 275, 1.

Recorded by de Saussure from Ceylon, occurs also in Sikkim

and Burma.

Genus Oxysertvs, Latreille.

267. OxYBELUS INSULARIS, Kohl.

Oxybelus insularis, Kohl, Termesz. Fiuzetek, viii. (1884), 109 2 ;

Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. ser. 4, iii. (1890),

2/6; 7.

268. OXYBELUS LEWISI, Cameron.

Oxvybelus lewisi, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc.

ser. 4, iii. (1890), 282.

Genus Stiemus, Jurine.

269. Sriemus nigER, Motschulsky.

Stigmus niger, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 23.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

This species is very close to the ordinary S. pendulus, Panz.,

found in Europe.

270. Striemus coneruENs, Walker.

Stigmus congruens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v.

(1860), 304; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xu. 454; Motsch.

Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 23.

448 LT.-COL, C. '!, BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

Family Vis Pry, Stephen.

Genus Laszus, Saussure.

271. LABUS HUMBERTIANUS, Saussure.

Labus humbertianus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 4,2 2 ¢.

Genus Zeruuvs, Fabricius.

272, ZETHUS CEYLONICUS, Saussure.

Zethus ceylonicus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 5,1 2.

Genus Eumenss, Latreille.

273, EuMENES Periotata (Fabricius).

Vespa petiolata, Fabr. Sp. Ins. i. 467 ; Mant. Ins. i. 292; Ent.

Syst. il. 278, 87; Oliv. Eneycl. Meth. 11. 670.

Eumenes petiolata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 284; Latr. Hist. Nat. Ins.

iii. 360 ; Westw. Ins. India, 90, t. 5. f. 2.

Eumenes petiolatus, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Sol. 47, 28.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

. 274, Eumenss Fruavopicta, Blanchard.

Eumenes flavopicta, Blanch. Dict. dHist. Nat de Ch. d@Orb.

Ins. Hym. pl. ii. f. 2; Sauss. Mon. Guépes Sol. 65, 52 2 ; Smith,

Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 22, 18; id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),

Bis Te

Eumenes arcuata, Westw. Ins. Ind. 90, t. 57. f. 3.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

275, KUMENES HUMBERTIANUS, Saussure.

Eumenes humbertianus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 6, 2 2 d.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Genus Ruynouivum, Spinola.

276, Ruyncuium carnaticum (Fabricius).

Vespa carnatica, Fabr. Ent, Syst. Suppl. 261, 21; Syst. Piez.

258, 22.

Rygchium carnaticum, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Sol. 112, 17.

Rhynchium carnaticum, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 44, 8;

Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 374, 6.

_ Pundaloya (Green coll.).

277. RHYNCHIUM METALLICUM (Saussure).

Rygchium metallicum, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Sol. 114, 21 9 3.

Rhynchium metallicum, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 45, 9;

Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 375, 7.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

1896 | HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 449

Genus Opynervs, Latreille.

278. ODYNERUS OVALIS, Saussure.

Odynerus ovalis, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Sol. 215, 122 g ; Smith,

Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 59, 58; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 376, 4.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

279. ODYNERUS HUMBERTIANUS, Saussure.

Odynerus humbertianus, Sauss.s Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 13,

il) O83.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

280. ODYNERUS CEYLONICUS, Saussure.

Odynerus ceylonicus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 12, 10 2 ¢.

281. OpYNERUS FISTULOSUS, Saussure.

Odynerus fistulosus, Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 11, 79.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

282. ODYNERUS SICHELII, Saussure.

Odynerus sichelii, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Sol., Suppl. 206, 9492 ;

Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 58, 55; id. Jour. Linn. Soc. xi.

(1867), 375, 1; Sauss. Hym. d. Novara-Reise, 8,19 ¢.

283. ODYNERUS TINCTIPENNIS, Walker.

Odynerus tinctipennis, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v.

(1860), 304.

Ancistocerus tinctipennis, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.

1863, 23.

284. ODYNERUS INTENDENS, Walker.

Odynerus intendens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v.

(1860), 304.

Ancistocerus intendens, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc.

1863, 23.

Genus IscHnoGasTER, Guérin.

285. IscHNOGASTHR EXIMIUS, Bingham.

Ischnogaster eximius, Bingh. Jour. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. v.

(1890), 244, 176.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Genus Vuspa, Linnzus.

286. Vuspa crnora, Fabricius.

Vespa cincta, Fabr. Syst. Ent. x. 362, 1; Spec. Ins. 458, 1;

Mant. Ins. i. 287, 1; Ent. Syst. ii. 254, 6; Syst. Piez. 253, 1;

Lepel. Hym. i. 505, 1; Sauss. Mon. Guépes Soc. 152, 37 3; Smith,

Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. y. 118, 12; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867),

382, 2.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1896, No. XXIX. 29

450 Lt.-Col, C. 'T, BINGHAM ON THE (Mar. 17,

Sphex tropica, Sulz. Die Kenn. d. Insect. t. 27. f. 5.

Vespa unifasciata, Oliv. Encycl. Méth. vi. 677, 39.

Vespa tenebrionis, Christ, Hym. 216.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

The remarks in Tennent’s ‘ Natural History of Ceylon,’ ch. xi.

p- 417, evidently refer to this insect, and not to Sphex ferruginea,

Lepel.=aurulentus, Fabr.

287. VESPA OBLITERATA, Smith.

Vespa obliterata, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. new ser. ii. (1852-53),

47; Saussure, Mon. Guépes Soe. 149, 329 ; Smith, Cat. Hym.

Ins. B. M. v. 119, 18; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 383, 8.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Genus Portstss, Latreille.

288. PotistEs stigma, Fabricius.

Vespa stigma, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 275, 78.

Vespa tamula, Fabr. Ent. Syst, Suppl. 263, 78.

Polistes stigma, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 261, 41; Sauss. Mon. Guépes

Soc. 64, 219 ; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 102, 9; Jour.

Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 381, 5.

Polistes tamula, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 274, 27.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Genus Icarta, Saussure.

289. IcARIA FERRUGINEA, Fabricius.

Vespa ferruginea, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 280, 95.

Polistes ferruginea, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 277, 39.

Icaria ferruginea, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Soc. 38, 17 2 8, pl. v.

f. 6; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. y. 97, 20; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi.

(1867), 378, 2.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

290. Icaria MARGINATA, Lepeletier.

Epipona marginata, Lepel. Hym. i. 541,33 3.

Icaria ferruginea, Sauss. (nec Fabr.), Mon. Guépes Soc. 38, 17

(var.).

Icaria marginata, Sauss. Mon. Guépes Soc. App. 237 3; Smith,

Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. v. 97, 21.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Family ANDRENID 4, Leach.

Genus Prosopis, Fabricius.

291. Prosopis MonrLicorNis, Motschulsky.

Prosopis monilicornis, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose.

(1863), 24, 245; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 385, 6.

1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 451

Genus Nomi, Latreille.

292. Noma CAPiraTa, Smith.

Nomia capitata, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 54, 1¢.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

293. Noma carryata, Smith.

Nomia carinata, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 57, 89.

294, NoMIA CHALYBHATA, Smith.

Nomia chalybeata, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 59, 1492 ¢,

pli.f.5¢.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

295. NoMIA QUADRIDENTATA, Smith.

Nomia quadridentata, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 58,11 2 ¢,

pl. u. f. 60.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

296. Nomza rusrica, Westwood.

Nomia rustica, Westw. apud Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. 1. 90,

213 ; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull.

Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25.

297. Nomia vinota, Walker.

Nomia vincta, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v. (1860),

305; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.

Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25.

Genus Hauicrus, Latreille.

298. Haxicrus aGrestis, Smith.

Halictus agrestis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M.i. 61, 729; Jour.

Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 386, 2.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

299. HaALICTUS AMG@NUS, sp. Nov.

9. L. 8 millim. Exp. 14 millim.

Black, the head, thorax in front, and the basal segment of the

abdomen piceous; wings sordid hyaline; legs with glistening

fulvous pubescence, the tarsi light testaceous. ; '

The head finely and closely punctured, and covered with a thin

fulvous pubescence; the clypeus broad, its anterior margin fringed

with long fulvous hairs and marked with a few deep coarse

punctures, the space above it convex, from which a short per-

pendicular carina runs up between the base of the antenne; the

front of the face subconcave; the ocelli in a broad triangle on the

vertex; the antenne piceous, lighter on the scape in front.

Thorax, the mesothorax above broad, convex, ue ae closely

452 L.-COL U. 1. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

punctured, an abbreviated longitudinally impressed line on either

side on the dise close to the tegule; the scutellum raised and

prominent ; the postscutellum with close short fulvous pubescence ;

the metathorax opaque black, thinly pubescent, flattened laterally,

with the apex abruptly truncated, an enclosed triangular space at

its base subconcave and closely punctured. The wings sordid

hyaline, the tegule and nervures testaceous brown. Legs testaceous

brown, covered with a glistening fulvous pubescence ; the tarsi light

. testaceous. Abdomen black, the basal segment above piceous, very

smooth and shining; the remaining segments finely and closely

punctured at their base, their posterior margins smooth, shining,

and narrowly testaceous. Beneath the abdomen is black and

thinly pubescent.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Described from four specimens in my own collection, from

Sikkim and Tenasserim, and two specimens in Mr. Green’s

collection. It is nearest to, but perfectly distinct from, the

recently-described H. amitinus, Vachal, from the Karen Hills, in

Burma. From this species it differs in the sculpture and shape

of the metathorax, and in wanting the pubescent white bands on

the abdomen.

300. HanioTus verNAxis, Smith.

Halictus vernalis, Smith, Desc. New Spec. Hym. B. M. 30, 29.

301. Haticrus trmipvs, Smith.

Halictus timidus, Smith, Desc. New Spec. Hym. B. M. 31, 39.

Genus ANDRENA, Fabricius.

302. ANDRENA EXAGENS, Walker.

Andrena exagens, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v.

(1860), 305; Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull.

‘Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 25.

Family A pip #, Leach.

Genus Mreacuie, Latreille.

303. Mueacuite banat, Fabricius.

Apis lanata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 335, 90.

Anthophora lanata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 372, 1.

Megachile lanata, Lepel. Hym. ii. 342, 169 ; Smith, Cat. Hym.

Ins. B. M.i. 177, 97; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 387, 1.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

304, Mueacuinn consuncra, Smith.

Megachile conjuncta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. i. 175,90 es

Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 388, 19.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

1896.] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON, 45

305. M&GACHILE ARDENS, Smith.

Megachile ardens, Smith, Desc. New Spec. Hym. B. M. 67,192.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

306. MuGACHILE CEYLONICA, sp. noy. (Plate XV. fig. 9.)

3. L.11 millim. Exp. 18 millim.

Black, the face, thorax below, and legs with white pubescence,

the pubescence on the thorax above and the fimbria on the

abdominal segments ochraceous. Head very broad, closely and

finely punctured ; mandibles large, black, channelled and coarsely

punctured in front; ocelli prominent, placed in a curve on the

vertex ; clypeus covered with thick white pubescence. Thorax

piceous black, finely and closely punctured, covered with a thin

ochraceous pubescence ; wings brownish hyaline, darker along their

costal margins ; legs stout, black, thickly fringed below with long

white pubescence, claws bifid at the tip. Abdomen black, the

margins of all but the two apical segments with narrow bands of

ochraceous pubescence widening somewhat at the sides, the two

apical segments shining, closely and very finely punctured, the

extreme apex notched.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

This species may be the male of 1. ardens, Smith, but it differs con-

siderably in form and in the colour of the pubescence. It resembles

M. laticeps, Smith, but differs in the colour of the pubescence on

the head and face, which is white, not golden-yellow.

Genus Lituvrevs, Latreille.

307. LirnurGUs aTRATUS, Smith.

Tithurgus atratus, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. i. 145,7 9:

Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 390, 1.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Genus Crocisa, Jurine.

308. CRrocisa scUTELLARIS, Fabricius.

Nomada scutellaris, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 346, 2.

Melecta scutellaris, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 387, 4.

Crocisa histrionica, Latr. Gen. Crust. Ins. iv. 172.

Crocisa scutellaris, Lepel. Hym. ii. 453, 7 9; Smith, Cat. Hym.

Ins. B. M. ii. 276, 2.

309. Crocisa ramosa, Lepeletier.

Crocisa ramosa, Lepel. Hym. ii. 451, 5 9 ¢; Smith, Cat. Hym.

Ins. B.M. ii. 277, 7; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454 ;

Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25,

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

454 LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

310. Croctsa pMarGrnata, Lepeletier.

Crocisa emarginata, Lepel. Hym. ii. 449, 3 9 5; Smith, Cat.

Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 277, 5; Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 390, 3.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Genus AtLopapr, Lepeletier.

311. ALLODAPE MARGINATA, Smith.

Allodape marginata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 230, 7 9;

Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.

Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867),

390, 1.

Genus Cerioxys, Latreille.

312. Ca@nioxys caprratTa, Smith.

Celioxys capitata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 267, 34 2 3;

Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soe.

Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25.

313. Ca@Lioxys conrusus, Smith.

Celioxys confusus, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1875, 50 2.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Genus Staris, Panz.

314. STELIS CARBONARIA, Smith.

Stelis carbonaria, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B.M. ii. 275,9 9 6;

Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soe.

Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25.

Genus Curattina, Latreille.

315. CBRATINA VIRIDIS, Guérin.

Ceratina viridis, Guér. Icon. Rég. Anim. 444, t. 73. £.6; Smith,

Cat. Hym. Ins. B.M. ii. 224,9; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon,

ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 25 ;

Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 391, 1.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

316. Cmratina Priors, Smith.

Ceratina picta, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 224, 10 9;

Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.

Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867),

391, 2.

317. CERATINA SIMILLIMA, Smith.

Ceratina simillima, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 225,11 ¢;

Walk, Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc,

1896. ] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 455

Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi, (1867),

381.3.

Genus Nomana, Fabricius.

318. Nomapa busca, Smith.

Nomada lusca, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 243,58 9; Jour.

Linn. Soe. xi. 391, 2.

Pundaloya (Geen coll.).

Originally described by Smith from the Philippine Islands, this

species occurs also in Burma and Sikkim. It is a somewhat

variable insect, and Smith’s description is insufficient. I have,

however, examined the type in the British Museum, with which

the Burmese specimens agree exactly; the Ceylon and Sikkim

specimens are darker, and the former has a dull yellow spot on

each side, at the base of the 2nd abdominal segment. In Sikkim

specimens these two spots coalesce above and form an obscure band

at the base of the segment.

Genus AnTHOPHORA, Latreille.

319. ANTHOPHORA ZONATA (Linnzus).

Apis zonata, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. 955.

Andrena zonata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 311, 19.

Mejilla zonata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 331, 13.

Anthophora zonata, Lepel. Hym. ii. 25, 1; Smith, Cat. Hym.

Ins. B. M. ii. 336, 90 ; id. Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 392, 1; Sich.

Suppl. Hym. Novara Reise, 153.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

320. ANTHOPHORA VIOLACEA, Lepeletier.

Anthophora violacea, Lepel. Hym. ii. 80, 47; Smith, Cat, Hym.

Ins. B. M. ii. 338, 96.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

321. ANTHOPHORA CINGULATA (Fabricius).

Andrena cingulata, Fabr, Ent. Syst. ii. 314, 30 9.

Megilla cingulata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 332, 18.

Anthophora cingulata, Lepel. Hym. ii. 46 9; Sich. Suppl. Hym.

d. Novara Reise, 153.

322. ANTHOPHORA FALLAX, Smith.

Anthophora fallax, Smith, Desc. New Spec. Hym. B. M. 120,

- Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Only one specimen in Mr. Green’s collection, which is not

quite typical, as it wants the fulvous fasciz on the underside of

the abdomen. Originally described from Natal, it is a widest

species, occurring throughout India.

456 LT,-COL. 0. 1, BINGHAM ON THE [Mar. 17,

323, ANTHOPHORA INSULARIS, Smith.

Anthophora insularis, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. ii. (1858), 48, 2 2 ;

id. ibid. xi. (1867), 392, 7.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Originally described from Borneo, this species is common in

Burma and in Sikkim. A. vigilans, described three years later by

Mr. Smith from the Celebes, seems to me only a large form of

A, insularis.

Genus XytocaPa, Latreille.

324, XyLocaPa LATIPES (Drury).

Apis latipes, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. ii. 98, t. 48. f.2 3; Fabr.

Ent. Syst. ii. 314,19.

Apis gigas, Degeer, Mém. Hist. Ins. iii. 576, pl. 28. f. 15.

Xylocapa latipes, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 337, 1; Lepel. Hym. ii. 203,

51 9 og; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 353, 48; Walk. Tenn.

Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat.

Mose. 18638, 25; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 392, 1; Trans.

Ent. Soc. 1874, 267, 40.

325, XYLOCAPA TENUISCAPA, Westwood.

Xylocapa tenuiscapa, Westw. Nat. Libr. xxxviii. 271, t. 23.

f.2 3; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 353, 41; Walk. Tenn.

Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat.

Mose. 1863, 25 ; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), 393, 6; Trans.

Ent. Soc. 1874, 268, 41.

Xylocapa latreillii, Lepel. Hym. ii. 206, 55 9 CS.

Xylocupa viridipennis, Lepel. Hym. ii. 205, 54 2 var.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

326. XYLOCAPA FENESTRATA (Fabricius).

Apis fenestrata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. 273, 3 9.

Xylocapa fenestrata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 339, 6; Lepel. Hym. ii.

184,15 2 g; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 353, 46; Jour.

Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 393, 10; Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, 269,

4496.

Xylocapa indica, Klug, Mag. d. Gesell. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin

(1807), 264.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

327, XYLOCAPA COLLARIS, Lepeletier.

Xylocapa collaris, Lepel. Hym. ii. 189, 26 2; Smith, Cat. Hym.

Ins. B. M. ii. 353, 47; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. 393, 11; Trans, Ent.

Soc. 1874, 270, 46 9 ¢.

Xylocapa dejeanit, Lepel. Hym. ii. 209, 59 9; Smith, Cat. Hym.

Ins. B. M. ii. 357, 62; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. 394, 21.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

1896, ] HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. 457

328. XYLOCAPA ALBO-FASCIATA, Sichel.

Xylocapa albo-fasciata, Sich. Suppl. Hym. d. Novara-Reise,

1549; Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, 268, 42.

329, XYLOCAPA IGNITA, Smith.

Xylocapa ignita, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc, 1874, 276, 62 °.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

330, XYLOCAPA NIGROCEZRULBA, Smith.

Xylocapa nigrocerulea, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, 279,

FOLD:

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

One specimen which with some doubt I refer to this species ; it

agrees fairly well with Smith’s description, so far as this goes.

331, XYLOocAPA BRYORUM (Fabricius).

Apis bryorum, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 321, 28 3.

Bombus bryorum, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 348, 28.

Xylocapa dimidiata, Lepel. Hym. ii. 199, 44 9; Smith, Cat.

Hym. Ins. B. M. ui. 357, 66; Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 394, 25.

Xylocapa bryorum, Smith, Trans, Ent. Soc. 1874, 275, 59 9 g.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

332. XYLOCAPA DISSIMILIS, Lepeletier.

Xylocapa dissimilis, Lepel. Hym. ii. 180, 9 2 d; Smith, Cat.

Hym. Ins. B, M. ii. 356, 58; Sich. Suppl. Hym. Novara-Reise,

155; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 394, 19; Trans. Ent.

Soc. 1874, 268, 48 2 ¢.

Xylocapa lunulata, Lepel. Hym. ii. 184, 14 3 var.

Genus Apis, auctorum.

333. APIS DORSATA, Fabricius.

Apis dorsata, Fabr. Ent. Syst. ii. 328, 64; Syst. Piez. 370, 7;

Lepel. Hym. i. 405, 9 9; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 415, 5;

Jour. Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 396, 1.

a nigripennis, Latr. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. v. (x.) 170, 4,

(ae Rae

Apis bicolor, Klug, Mag. d. Gesell. naturf. Freunde zu Berlin,

1807, 264, t. 7. £. 3.

Ge zonata, Guér. (nec Linn.), Bélang. Voy. Ind. Orient. 504,

pl. 4. f. 6.

Apis testacea, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. (1858), 49, 5 (im-

mature).

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

334. Apis InDICcA, Fabricius.

Apis indica, Fabr, Ent. Syst. Suppl. 274, 59; Syst. Piez. 370

4; Lepel. Hym. i. 408, 5 3; Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins, B. M. ii,

458 ON THE HYMENOPTERA OF CEYLON. [Mar. 17,

416, 7; Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch.

Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc.

xi. (1867), 396, 4.

Apis peronii, Latr. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. v. (x.), 173.

Apis socialis, Latr. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. v. (x.), 172.

Apis delessertii, Guér. Icon. Rég. Anim, 461.

Apis perottetii, Guér. Icon. Rég. Anim. 461.

Pundaloya (Green coll.); Trincomalee (Yerbury coll.).

335. APIS FLORALIS, Fabricius.

Apis floralis, Fabr. Syst. Piez. 373, 6; Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc.

xi. (1867), 396, 6.

Apis andreniformis, Smith, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. (1858), 49, 49.

Apis lobata, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 416,10 ¢.

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Genus Tricona, Jurine.

336. TRIGONA IRIDIPENNIS, Smith.

Trigona iridipennis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Ins. B. M. ii. 418, 42 3;

Walk. Tenn. Nat. Hist. Ceylon, ch. xii. 454; Motsch. Bull. Soc.

Imp. d. Nat. Mose. 1863, 25.

337. TRIGONA PRETERITA, Walker.

Trigona preterita, Walk. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, v.

(1860), 305; Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. d. Nat. Mosc. 1863, 25.

Family Corysipipa@, Leach.

Genus Srizpum, Spinola.

338. STILBUM CYANURUM (Forster).

Chrysis cyanura, Forst. Noy. Spec. Ins. 89 (1771).

Chrysis nobilis, Fuesl. Mag. d. Ent. i. 222.

Stilbum splendidum, Blanch. (nec Fabr.) Hist. Nat. iti. 297, 2,

t. iii. f£. 3; Brullé, Hym. iv. 15, 1; Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874,

469 Od.

Chrysis splendida, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 357, 1 (1775) ; Spec. Ins. 1,

454; Mant. Ins. i. 282,1; Ent. Syst. ii. 238, 1; Syst. Piez. 170, 1.

Chrysis spinole, Montr. Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 1864, 249.

Stilbum calens, Ab. Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 1879, 40.

Stilbum cyanurum, Mocs. Mon. Chrysid. (1889), 190, 202 (var.

splendidum, p. 193).

Pundaloya (Green coll.).

Genus Curysis, Linnzus.

339. CHRYSIS FUSCIPENNIS, Brullé.

Chrysis fuscipennis, Brullé, Hym. iv. 38, 24 9; Mocs. Mon.

Chrysid. 370 2 ¢.

PZ.5.1896, Plate XV,

Horace Knight ad natlth. West,Newman chromo.

Ceylonese Hymenoptera.

1896.} ON BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUS#. 459

Chrysis pulchellus, Cam. Mem. & Proc. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soe.

xxvi. (1887), 10.

340. Curysis ocunata, Fabricius.

Chrysis oculata, Fabr. Syst. Ent. 357, 3; Ent. Syst. li, 239, 5;

Syst. Piez. 171, 6; Dahlb. Hym. Eur, ii. 310,176; Smith, Jour.

Linn. Soc. xi. (1867), 398, 7; Mocs. Mon. Chrysid. 543,

638, 9 do.

Pyria oculata, Brullé, Hym. iv. 19, 1.

341, CHRYSIS PRINCIPALIS, Smith.

Chrysis principalis, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, 461, 13 9;

Mocs. Mon. Chrysid. 559, 659 9 ¢.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XY.

Fig. 1. Sphex nigripes, Smith, p. 440.

i ee =e front of face and clypeus.

2. Salius rubidus, Bingh., p. 435.

3. Sphex tyrannica, Smith, p. 440.

7 Spas i front of face and clypeus.

. Methoca nigra, sp. nov., p. 427.

. Pompilus ignicolor, sp. noy., p. 432.

. Crabro palitans, sp. nov., p. 446.

. Salius properus, sp. nov., p. 436,

. Gorytes greenit, sp. noy., p. 444.

. Megachile ceylonica, sp. nov., p. 453.

65 GNIS Cr Pb CO

2. On British Hydroids and Meduse. By Epwarp T.

Brownz, B.A., F.Z.S., Zoological Research Laboratory,

University College, London.

[Received March 14, 1896.]

(Plates XVI. & XVIL.)

CoNnTENTS.

- Intropuction, p. 460.

Part I—HYDROIDS AND THEIR MEDUSZ.

(Hypromwa GyMNoBLASTEA.)

Gemmaria implexa, p. 461. Corymorpha nutans, p. 463.

Perigonimus repens, p. 462. Hybocodon prolifer, p. 466.

Podocoryne carnea, p. 463. Lar sabellarum, p. 468.

Parr IL—MEDUS WITHOUT OR WITH UNKNOWN

HYDROID FORMS.

ANTHOMEDUSZ.

Dipurena halterata, p, 473.

Dipurena, sp., p. 473.

- Euphysa aurata, p. 474.

Amphinema dinema, p. 475.

Lizzia blondina, p. 475.

Margellium octopunctatnm, p. 477.

460 MR, E. T. BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,

LrpTomEDvs.

Thau mantias hemispherica, p. 480. Phialidium temporarium, p. 489.

Laodice cruciata, p. 482. Phialidium cymbaloideum, p, 491,

Euchilota pilosella. p, 484. Eutima insignis, p. 492.

Epenthesis cymbaloidea, p. 487. Saphenia mirabilis, p. 493.

Phialidium variabile, p. 487. Octorchis gegenbauri, p. 494,

Phialidium buskianum, p. 488.

TRACHOMEDUSE,

Liriantha appendiculata, p. 495.

NARcOMEDUSE.

Solmaris, sp. ?, p. 496.

INTRODUCTION.

These notes refer chiefly to Meduse taken at Plymouth during

September 1893, and from the middle of August to the end of

September 1895, and also during April and May 1895, in Valencia

Harbour, on the West Coast of Ireland. ar

I published, last year, a few notes on the Meduse taken at Port

Erin, Isle of Man, and have avoided in this paper, so far as possible,

a repetition of those notes, but have revised the nomenclature in a

few cases. Ihave not yet made sufficient progress with the study

of our Meduse to justify the publication of anything more than

a few selected notes on the species which are best known to me.

The double system of classification, with one name for the

hydroid and another for the medusa, I no longer intend to use.

In cases where the hydroid form of the medusa is known I have

used both the generic and specific names of the hydroids, without

any alteration ; but in cases where the medusa only is known I

have given the generic names as used by Haeckel in his monograph,

but not always his specific names. It is my intention to transfer

these medusz to their hydroid names as soon as the hydroid forms

are discovered.

In some instances the free-swimming medusa has been described

before the hydroid form was known, but I do not feel justified

in changing the specific names of the hydroids, which are now

so well known, as it would lead to a considerable amount of

confusion.

The introduction of formaldehyde as a preserving fluid instead

of alcohol is of great importance to the marine naturalist, especially

when working in localities where it is difficult to obtain a supply

of good spirit. I first tried formaldehyde for preserving marine

animals at Valencia last year. The results both for hydroids and

medusx were far superior to those obtained by means of alcohol.

The colour, however, is not permanently preserved. Specimens

preserved in formaldehyde, even when killed with the usual re-

agents, are practically useless for histological work, The best

1896. ] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUS&. 461

results with hydroids and meduse have been obtained when the

specimen has been killed by a fixing reagent, and then placed first

into a 22 p. c. solution and finally into a 5 p. c. solution of form-

aldehyde.

IT owe my sincere thanks to Professor Weldon for allowing me

the use of a table in his Research Laboratory at University College,

and for the aid and kind advice which he has so often generously

given. To Mr. E. J. Allen, Director of the Marine Laboratory at

Plymouth, I am indebted for his kindness in arranging expeditions

for the collection of specimens during my visit to Plymouth.

Parr I.—HYDROIDS AND THEIR MEDUSA.

(Hyprorpa GYMNOBLASTEA.)

In the first part of these notes the Medusew come under their

hydroid names, and are arranged according to Allman’s classifi-

cation. The synonyms are divided into two sets: the first set

contains the names given to the hydroid form, and includes, also,

the references,to the medusa whilst attached to the hydroid, or

reared from the hydroid in confinement. The second set of

synonyms refers only to free-swimming meduse taken in the sea,

which have been usually described under other names.

Fam. SYNCORYNIDA.

GEMMARIA IMPLEXA (Alder).

Tubularia implexa, Alder (1857).

Coryne pelagica, Alder (1857).

Coryne briareus, Allman* (1859).

Coryne implewa, Wright (1859); Alder* (1861).

Zanclea implexa, Allman* (1864) ; Hincks* (1868).

Gemmaria impleaa, Allman* (1872); Haeckel* (1879).

* References marked with an asterisk denote that medusa-buds upon the

hydroid are also referred to.

Two specimens of the medusa were taken at Plymouth on

Aug. 31st, 1895. Both were about 1 mm. in diameter, and corre-

sponded to the figures given by Allman in his monograph. The

hydroid form has not yet been recorded for the South of England.

The medusa of Gemmaria implexa is very much like a medusa

described by McCrady as Gemmaria gemmosa, found in Charleston

Harbour, U.S.A.

Disrrizurion. Scotland—Forfarshire, Allman (H'). Firth of

Forth, Wright (H); Allman (11).

England—30 miles E. of Holy Island, Alder (H). Cullercoats,

Alder (H); Seaham Harbour, Hodge (H); Plymouth, £. 7. B.

(M’).

1 H = Hydroid form, with or without medusa-buds.

M = Free-swimming medusoid form only.

462 _. MR. #, 'T, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,

Fam. BoUGAINVILLID&.

PERIGONIMUS REPENS (Wright).

Hydroid Form,

Atractylis repens, Wright* (1858) ; Alder* (1862).

Perigonimus repens, Hincks* (1868) ; Allman* (1872) ; Winther

(1880); Duerdin (1893); Garstang* (1894).

Perigonimus minutus, Allman* (1863) ; Hincks* (1868); Allman*

(1872).

Medusoid Form.

Perigonimus repens, Crawford (1895).

At Plymouth, on September. 2nd, 1893, I placed a colony of

Perigonimus repens in a jar of sea-water. On the following day

about a dozen meduse were budded off. On the 13th another two

dozen were swimming in the jar from the same colony. None ot

the medusze showed any signs of further development after their

liberation from the hydroid colony.

The umbrella of the medusa is about ¢ mm. in length and width.

There are two opposite perradial tentacles and two opposite per-

radial bulbs, without tentacles. Some of the specimens have a

knob at the aboral end of the umbrella. The knob varies in size

and shape in different individuals, in a few it is absent.

Mr. W. Garstang sent me a colony from Plymouth, on March

17th, 1894. On the 19th two meduse were budded off, one with

a short knob at the aboral end of the umbrella, the other without

a knob. Unfortunately 1 was not able to keep these meduse

alive long enough to observe any further changes. Wright (1861)

states that he has kept the medusa until it had four perradial

tentacles and four interradial bulbs.

_ Allman (1863) described another hydroid, Pertgonimus minutus,

which, he states, is very much like Perigonimus repens. The chief

difference is in the shape of the medusoid, which has a constriction

across the aboral end of the umbrella. The figure given by

Allman of this medusa agrees with the specimens with a conical

knob, bred in my jars. Hincks (1868) has placed Perigonimus

minutus as a synonym of Perigonimus repens; but Allman (1872)

has again separated them into two distinct species. As I have

obtained from the same colony meduse similar to Wright’s figures

of Perigonimus repens and to Allman’s figures of Perigonimus

minutus, I do not now see any reason for their separation into two

distinct species.

Distrisution, Denmark, Baltic Sea, Winther(H). Heligoland,

Hartlaub (11).

Scotland—Shetland Islands, Allman (H). St. Andrews, Craw-

ford (M). Firth of Forth, Wright (H).

England—Cullercoats (Northumberland), Alder (H). Plymouth,

Garstang and E, T. B. (H). Ilfracombe, Hincks (H).

Ireland—S.W. Coast, Duerdin (H),

1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSZ. 463

Fam. PoDOCORYNID4.

PoDOCORYNE CARNEA, Sars.

Hydroid Form.

Podocoryne carnea, Sars* (1846); Hincks* (1868); Allman*

(1872) ; Duerdin (1893); Garstang* (1894).

Podocoryne albida, Sars (1846).

Medusoid Form.

Podocoryne carnea, Crawford (1895).

Dysmorphosa carnea, Haeckel (1879); Browne (1895).

Inzzia blondina, Bohm (1878).

Sars first described both the hydroid and medusoid forms of

Podocoryne carnea. Haeckel has, however, given the name

Dysmorphosa carnea to the medusa. The medusa of Podocoryne

carnea must not be confused with Dysmorphosa minima, Haeckel,

which I believe to be the earliest stage of Lizzia blondina, Forbes.

The latter has its stomach upon a peduncle, and medusa-buds are

usually present upon the walls of the stomach in the early stages.

At Plymouth, in September 1893, and again in 1895, I tried to

rear the young meduse budded off from the hydroid colonies kept

in glass jars. The experiments did not yield any results, as the

meduse died off within a week.

The young meduse do not all leave the hydroid colony with the

same number of tentacles. All have four single perradial tentacles,

but the number of interradial tentacles shows variation. The

usual number is either two or three, but I have.seen a specimen

with only one tentacle. The interradial tentacles do not appear

in any definite order. In some specimens the two interradial

tentacles are opposite one another, in others they occupy adjacent

quadrants of the umbrella.

I have not seen a specimen with eight tentacles amongst those

reared in my jars, but have taken specimens in the tow-net.

At Valencia, on April 10th, 1895, I took a specimen of the

medusa with eight tentacles.

Distrisution. Norway, Sars(H). Naples, Sars (H).

Scotland—St. Andrews, M‘Intosh (M); Crawford (M). Firth

of Forth, Allman (H).

England—Plymouth, Garstang and E. T. B. (H, M). Isle of

Man, Browne (M).

Ireland—Long Island Bay, Duerdin (H). Valencia Island,

E. T. B. (M).

Fam. CORYMORPHIDA.

CoRYMoRPHA NuTANS, M. Sars. (Plate XVI. fig. 1.)

Hydroid Form.

Corymorpha nutans, M. Sars* (1835); Forbes and Goodsir

(1840); Johnston (1847); Sars* (1859); Hodge* (1861);

Allman * (1863) (1864); Hincks* (1868); Allman * (1872);

464 MR, E, T. BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,

Sars * (1877); Haeckel (1879); [medusa= Hybocodon nutans |

Haddon (1885) ; Hincks (1886); Hartlaub (1894) ; Allen* (1895).

Corymorpha galanthus, Haeckel (1879).

Medusoid Form.

Corymorpha nutans, Allman (1863); Garstang (1894); Crawford

(1895).

_ eens rubra, Forbes (1848); Peach (1849); Haddon

(1885) ; Browne (1895).

Steenstrupia flaveola, Forbes (1848).

Steenstrupia galanthus, Haeckel (1879) ; Hartlaub (1894).

The hydroid form of Corymorpha nutans with medusa-buds was

first described by Sars from specimens taken on the Norwegian

coast. Forbes and Goodsir a few years later added the hydroid to

the British list by finding specimens off the Orkney Islands.

Hodge has described specimens from Seaham Harbour and Allman

from the Firth of Forth.

Allman, Hincks, Hodge, and Johnson consider the British species

to be that described by Sars, and call it Corymorpha nutans.

Haeckel, however, states that the Norwegian species is quite

distinct from the British species. He retains the name Cory-

morpha nutans for the Norwegian hydroid and calls the medusoid

Hybocodon nutans. The English species has been given the new

name of Corymorpha galanthus and its medusoid called Steenstrupra

galanthus ; under the latter name Haeckel places the medusoid

Steenstrupia rubra, Forbes, as a synonym.

This separation is entirely based upon the shape of the umbrella

of the medusa. Sars described the young medusa upon the hydroid

as having an oblique margin to the umbrella, like Hybocodon pro-

lifer. This has led Haeckel to place the medusa in the genus

Hybocodon.

Haeckel apparently, judging from his references, has only read

the description of the English species in the monographs by

Hincks and Allman. In these, the margin of the umbrella is

described and figured as occupying its normal position at right

angles to the longitudinal axis of the umbrella, and no mention is

made of the obliqueness of the margin of the umbrella of the

medusa whilst attached to the hydroid. But in the original papers

published by Hodge (1861) and by Allman (1863) on the hydroid

Corymorpha, the medusa is described with an oblique margin to

the umbrella; it therefore corresponds with the description given

by Sars. Hodge gives figures of the meduse upon the hydroid,

and the margin is shown to be distinctly oblique. He not only

figures the meduse upon the hydroid but gives an excellent

figure of the free-swimming form, just liberated from the hydroid

kept in his aquarium. The free-swimming medusa, as figured by

Hodge, has the margin at right angles to the longitudinal axis

of the umbrella ; therefore it cannot be oblique. Allman (1863),

in his original description of Corymorpha, on the development of

the medusa states :—‘ The four peripheral processes continue to

1896.) ° BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUS. 465

elongate and are soon seen to be dilated into bulb-like expansions at

their extremities. The bulbs increase in size and come in contact

by their sides; while one of them, enlarging much more rapidly

than the other three, gives a marked preponderance to its side

of the bud and makes the distal end of the bud appear obliquely

truncated. It then begins to extend itself beyond this distal end

into a thick hollow tentacle.”

Allman also obtained free-swimming medusz from his hydroids,

which he has described and figured in his monograph. These are

similar to the figures given by Hodge, and have a margin at right

angles to the longitudinal axis of the umbrella.

From the description given by Allman of the development of the

medusa, it appears that the rapid growth of the large tentacle-bulb

extends the length of the umbrella more on that side than on the

other, and in this way the margin becomes oblique, as one side of

the umbrella is longer than the other. It is clear from the de-

scriptions given by Hodge and Allman, that the obliqueness must

disappear before the medusa is liberated, as they figure the free-

swimming form with the margin in the normal position. I think

that these observations on the obliqueness of the margin of the

umbrella strengthen the view that the British and Norwegian

specimens belong to the same species, and I have again united

them under the old name of Corymorpha nutans.

Forbes has given only two species in his medusoid genus Steen-

strupia, namely S. rubra and S. flaveola, I agree with Haeckel

in considering that these are not distinct species. The character-

istic features of these meduse are similar to those of the medusz of

Corymorpha nutans. 'The figures given by Forbes of Steenstrupia

show the characteristic points of the species, but they are not

good figures of a healthy specimen of the medusa of Corymorpha.

Hodge recognized the similarity between Steenstrupia and the

medusa of Corymorpha, but was led by Forbes’s figures to consider

the latter as another species.

Allman states the medusa of Corymorpha “belongs to a form to

which Forbes has given the generic name of Steenstrujia.” Sars

(1877) writes, “It is even not improbable that when disconnected

from the parent animal, they (the medusz) may develop themselves

into the species described by Forbes under the name of Steenstrupra

rubra.”

During my visit to Valencia Island in 1895, 1 found meduse

corresponding to the descriptions and figures given by Hodge and

Allman of the medusa of Corymorpha nutans (P). XVI. fig. 1). They

were often exceedingly abundant during April and May, and some

occasions many hundreds could have been quickly collected. One

day I thought that a lovely Siphonophore had entered the net, but

closer examination showed some dozens of these medusz, caught

by the tentacle, on a piece of cotton about an inch and a half long.

The umbrella is bell-shaped, nearly twice as long as wide; the

aboral end of the umbrella is extended into a spine-like process,

which is always present, and is a characteristic feature of the

Proo. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. XXX. 30

466 MR. DB, T, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,

medusa. By this it may be distinguished from another uni-tenta-

cular medusa—Euphysa aurata.

The aboral end of the umbrella varies in shape. In some speci-

mens it is round, and the process is conspicuous by its spine-like

appearance ; in others there is a gradual slope from the side of the

umbrella to the apex of the umbrella, forming a cone-shaped

summit. The manubrium is about two-thirds the length of the

umbrella-cavity ; occasionally, when fully expanded, it may reach

a little way beyond the margin. The mouth is round, without

lips. The stomach is attached to a short peduncle. From the

base of the stomach an apical stalk is always present and runs up

into the spine-like process of the umbrella. On the margin of the

umbrella there is only one large perradial tentacle, ringed with

nematocysts, and when fully expanded is about four times the

length of the umbrella. Three other perradial bulbs, long and

narrow, without tentacles, curl over the margin of the umbrella.

The colour of the medusa shows little variation: the tentacle,

bulbs, and stomach are usually of a light pinkish colour, but some-

times reddish brown. In some of the largest specimens the

extreme apex of the spine-like process may be slightly tinged with

a pinkish colour. The size of the umbrella varies according to

age; the youngest specimens taken in the net measured about

1 mm. in length, the umbrella of the largest measured 6 mm.

Many were taken about 5 mm. in length and 3 mm. in width.

Disrrisurion., Norway, Sars (H). Heligoland, Hartlaub (H,M);

Haeckel (M).

Scotland—Orkney Islands, Forbes & Goodsir (H). Shetland

Islands, Allman (H); Forbes (M). St. Andrews, Crawford (M).

Firth of Forth, Allman (H, M).

England—Seaham Harbour, Hodge (H). Plymouth, Heape (H);

Allen (H, M); Garstang (M). Fowey, Alder (H); Peach (M).

Penzance, Forbes (M). Mersey Estuary, Hincks (H). Isle of Man,

Alder (H); Browne (M).

ee ene Haddon (H, M). Valencia Island, EZ, 7. B.

(M).

Fam. HYBOCODONIDG.

HYBOCODON PROLIFER, Agassiz.

Hydroid Form.

Hybocodon prolifer, Agassiz * (1862); Allman* (1872).

Corymorpha prolifer, Haeckel (1879) [Medusa= Hybocodon

prolifer |.

Medusoid Form.

Hybocodon prolifer, Bohm (1878) ; Crawford (1895).

Coryne (Corymorpha) fritillaria, Steenstrup (1842).

Diplonema islandica, Greene (1857).

Steenstrupia owenii, Greene (1857).

Steenstrupia globosa, Sars, M. (1859); Sars (1877).

Amphicodon fritillaria, Haeckel (1879) ; Browne (1895).

1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSA. 467

Amphicodon globosus, Haeckel (1879).

Amphicodon amphipleurus, Haeckel (1879) ; Garstang (1894) ;

Allen (1895).

The different stages in development of this medusa having been

taken in localities far apart, and the wrong hydroid form assigned

to one of them, has led to six distinct species being recorded.

Haeckel retains four of these and places two amongst the synonyms.

I have recently given an account of this interesting medusa in

the Report on the Medusz of the Isle of Man, and here only givea

summary with some additional notes on the occurrence of the

medusa at Plymouth and Valencia Island.

The great abundance of this medusa at Port Erin during 1893

and 1894 enabled me to identify the early stages as species already

described.

The first stage has only one tentacle, to which belongs Steen-

strupia (Amphicodon) globosa, Sars, but only those specimens

described with one tentacle.

The second stage has a single group of two tentacles, to which

belongs Coryne (Amphicodon) fritillaria, Steenstrup.

The third stage (adult) has a single group of three tentacles, to

which belong certain specimens of Steenstrupia (Amphicodon)

globosa with three tentacles and Amphicodon amphipleurus, Haeckel.

The medusa first reproduces by means of numerous buds at the

base of the tentacles, and when gemmation is about fo cease ova

or spermatozoa appear upon the walls of the stomach. The sexes

are separate, and the ovum finally develops into a Corymorpha-like

hydroid. The development takes place inside the umbrella-cavity,

and the hydra remains attached to the wall of the stomach until

two verticils of tentacles are formed. Steenstrup described the

medusoid Coryne fritillaria from free-swimming specimens, and

also dredged a hydroid having a single verticil of tentacles, and

meduse attached to it, without tentacles, but with an oblique

margin to the umbrella—one of the characteristic features of the

free-swimming meduse. He naturally considered this hydroid to

belong to the medusoid Coryne fritillaria. It is clear, however,

from the development of the hydroid within the umbrella-cavity,

that the hydroid must have two verticils of tentacles.

The hydroid has not yet been taken in the British area, but it is

evident from the distribution of the medusoid form that it must

exist in more than one locality. It may be difficult to recognize

the hydroid form without its medusa-buds ; but with medusez, the

presence of the five longitudinal bands of nematocysts upon the

ex-umbrella of the medusa ought at once to establish its identity

and to distinguish it from Corymorpha nutans.

Valencia.—On the first day of tow-netting, April 5th, a single

specimen was taken, and about two dozen more during the next few

days, but not one was seen after April 16th. The specimens were

similar to those taken at Port Erin. Some had ova upon the wall

of the stomach; others had young hydre either attached to the

stomach or free within the umbrella-cavity. e

468 MR. b. 1. BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,

Plymouth.—Garstang (1894) has recorded this medusa for

Plymouth. It was taken on a few occasions during April 1894.

Mr. E. J. Allen kindly sent me five specimens alive, on March

19th, 1895.

Two possessed a single tentacle and three had two tentacles.

Medusa-buds were present at the base of the tentacles in some of

the specimens. The five specimens showed a great variation in

colour: one had the endoderm of both tentacles of a pinkish colour ;

two specimens had the mouth, tentacle-bulbs, and medusa-buds of

a brilliant crimson colour, and another specimen with the same

parts coloured reddish orange. One specimen showed the mouth

and tentacle-bulbs of a crimson colour and the medusa-buds

colourless.

DISTRIBUTION :—

Hydroid Form.

North America, Massachusetts Bay, Agassiz.

Medusoid Form.

Iceland, Steenstrup. Norway, Sars. Heligoland, Bohm. France,

Granville, Haeckel.

Scotland—St. Andrews, Crawford.

England—Plymouth, Garstang and Allen. Isle of Man, Browne.

Ireland—Dublin Coast, Greene. Valencia Island, #. 7. B.

Fam. HYDROLARIDA.

LAR SABELLARUM, Gosse. (Plate XVI. figs. 3, 4.)

Hydroid form.

Lar sabellarum, Gosse (1857); Hincks * (1872); Allman (1872).

Medusoid Form.

Willsia stellata, Forbes (1848); Cocks (1849); Peach (1849) ;

Gosse (1853).

Willia stellata, Agassiz (1862); Haeckel (1879); M‘Intosh

(1890) ; Garstang (1894).

The remarkable hydroid Zar sabellarwm was first described by

Gosse (1857) from a colony, found growing upon the tube of a

Sabella, in an aquarium. ‘The odd appearance of the hydroid and

the absence of gonophores justified Allman’s statement, ‘“‘ We are

almost tempted to regard it as an abnormal condition of some other

form.” Fifteen years after its first appearance in Gosse’s aquarium

another colony was dredged by Hincks at Ilfracombe. Hincks

(1872) not only confirms the description given by Gosse, but de-

scribes the reproduction in the following words :—

“The fertile polypites of Zar are distributed along the creeping

stolon, amongst the alimentary zooids, and bear a strong general

resemblance to those of Hydractinia. They are slender, somewhat

filiform bodies, destitute of tentacula, and terminated at the free

extremity by a globular enlargement, in which many thread-cells

are imbedded; they are generally inferior in size to the alimentary

1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUS#. 469

polypites. The reproductive buds are borne in clusters of three or

four on the upper portion of the body, and when matured detach

themselves as free medusiform zooids (planoblasts) ; they are desti-

tute of an ectothecal covering, and are therefore freely exposed to

the surrounding water. In anearly stage of development the buds

are much elongated, and take on their hemispherical form as_ they

approach maturity. The planoblast, at the time of its liberation, is

almost hemispherical in form; the umbrella is perfectly colourless

and destitute of thread-cells. The digestive sac or manubrium is

very mutable in shape; normally it is subcylindrical, and some-

what swollen at the base, with a slightly lobate mouth. Six radi-

ating canals traverse the umbrella, terminating on the margin in

as many oval bulbs of a brownish colour, from which six smooth

tentacles originate. Both ocelli and lithocysts are wanting; but

halfway between every two tentacles a minute sac occurs on the

margin of the umbrella, containing two or three glittering bodies,

which appear to be thread-cells. The planoblast, when detached,

bears with it a portion of the peduncle which had formed the bond

of connexion between it and the parent stock; this survives as a

somewhat conical process above the base of the manubrium, but

it is no doubt absorbed after a time. Six is an unusual number for

the radiating canals ; amongst the British Hydroida it is met with

only in Clavatella (which has also occasionally four) and in the

genus Willsia of Forbes.”

I have every reason for believing that the young medusa of Lar

is the first stage in the development of the medusa which has

been described by Forbes as Willsia stellata.

At Plymouth in September 1893 the medusoid Wilha stellata

was fairly abundant, and sufficient specimens were obtained to trace

its connexion with a medusa which exactly corresponds to the de-

scription and figures given byHincks of the medusa of Lar sabellarum.

During April and May, 1895, I again met with Willia stellata in

Valencia Harbour, Ireland, and was able to confirm the observations

made at Plymouth.

Forbes first discovered Witllsia stellata at Oban in 1845, and

dedicated the genus to Dr. Willof Erlangen. Agassiz changed the

spelling to Willa.

Forbes has described the adult form of medusa. The early forms

of 1t may be naturally divided into three distinct stages, according

to the number of tentacles :—

First Stage. Siw wniform tentacles. (Plate XVI. fig. 3.)—

Umbrella, about one millimetre in length and width, varying slightly

in shape but usually subhemispherical, with a broad velum. The

manubrium reaches about halfway down the umbrella-cavity. In

some specimens taken at Valencia the apical stalk (“Stielcanal” of

Haeckel), which connected the medusa to the hydroid, was still

visible in the mesoglea of the umbrella, running from the base of

the stomach nearly to the ex-umbrella. In most specimens the

apical stalk had disappeared.

470 MR, E, T. BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,

The stomach is on a very short peduncle, and has six short pro-

longations or lobes from which the radial canals start. The mouth

is variable in shape, being either round or with four to six lips.

Six radial canals run from the lobes of the stomach direct to the

ring-canal without giving off any branches. Six tentacles, equal in

size, on the margin of the umbrella, one opposite the termination

of each radial canal. The basal bulb of each tentacle is large and

conspicuous, containing dark brown or blackish pigments. Midway

between every two tentacles a small cluster of nematocysts is situ-

ated on the ex-umbrella just above the margin.

This stage corresponds to the description given by Hincks of the

medusa of Lar sabellarum.

Second Stage. Twelve uniform tentacles.—The commencement of

the second stage is indicated by the growth of six small bulbs on

the margin of the umbrella, midway between the primary tentacles.

From each of these bulbs a tentacle grows until it resembles in size

the tentacles belonging to the first stage. A bulb on its first ap-

pearance is of a yellowish-brown colour, but when fully grown it

becomes dark brownor black. As soon asa bulb makes its appear-

ance on the margin of the umbrella, a branch is given off from the

radial canal and joins the ring-canal opposite the bulb.

The branch is always given off from the same side of each

radial canal, and leaves the canal about the middle of its course on

the side of the umbrella. The six lobes of the stomach have now

become more conspicuous and extend over the upper part of the

sub-umbrella. It is on the sides of these lobes that the repro-

ductive cells develop. The clusters of nematocysts belonging to

the first stage still remain, and twelve new clusters appear close to

the margin, one midway between every two tentacles. Meduse

belonging to the second stage are about 2 mm. in diameter.

Third Stage. Eighteen uniform tentacles. (Plate XVI. fig. 4)—

This stage commences with the growth of another set of six bulbs,

which develop tentacles in the same manner as in the previous

stage.

The new bulbs are not on the same side of the main radial canals

as those belonging to the second stage, but on the opposite side. A

new branch leaves each radial canal nearly opposite the junction of

the first branch and runs down to the bulb on the ring-canal. In

this stage each radial canal has two branch canals, one on each side

of it, the whole forming a kind of three-pronged fork, with a ten-

tacle at the end of each canal. At this stage the reproductive cells

are clearly visible, and are situated along the six lobes of the stomach

and arch over the top of the sub-umbrella, forming a star-like pat-

tern of a yellowish-brown colour, hence Forbes’s specific name of

the medusa.

The clusters of nematocysts belonging to the first stage, and

probably some belonging to the second stage, have now disappeared,

and a new cluster is developed midway between every pair of ten-

tacles, The clusters of nematocysts form an excellent mark for

1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSE, 471

measuring in length the growth of the umbrella. Each series

arises either on or very close to the margin, and as the umbrella

grows in length so does the distance increase between the margin

and each series.

If all the clusters were present, they would form, at the adult

stage, four rows, one above the other—the uppermost set, with

six clusters, representing the first stage, and the lowest, with twenty-

four, belonging to the adult stage.

Forbes does not mention the clusters of nematocysts in his

description of the species. _ Gosse has again described the adult,

and states that five or six clusters are usually present. He gives

a figure of acluster, and of a nematocyst which has discharged its

thread.

Adult Stage. Twenty-four uniform tentacles—The addition of

a fourth set of six tentacles brings the young medusa to its adult

stage. The new tentacles develop just like the previous ones, and

each one occupies a position midway between the tentacles

belonging to the first and third stages. I have only seen one

specimen which shows the connexion between the third stage and

the adult form. In this specimen the third branch does not leave

the main radial canal like the first two branches, but is given off

from the second branch (the branch developed in the third stage)

and runs down between the main radial canal and its second branch

to the ring-canal, opposite the new bulb. The subsequent growth

of the umbrella so separates the branches as to give the appearance

of each canal dividing, about the middle of its course, into four

branches, each branch running to one of the tentacles placed about

equal distances apart on the margin of the umbrella.

The characteristic features of the different stages may be stated

thus :—

First Stage.—6 tentacles ; 6 unbranched radial canals ; 6 clusters

of nematocysts.

Second Stage.—12 tentacles ; 1 branch to each canal ; 12 clusters

of nematocysts.

Third Stage.—18 tentacles ; 2 opposite branches to each canal ;

18 clusters of nematocysts.

Adult.—24 tentacles ; 3 branches to each canal; 24 clusters of

nematocysts.

Each set of tentacles usually appears about the same time and

some grow faster than others. Forbes states that some of his

specimens possessed only twenty tentacles.

Abnormal Forms.—First Stage. One specimen with seven

radial canals, tentacles and clusters of nematocysts. Valencia,

1895.

Second Stage. One specimen with seven radial canals, each

with one branch ; fourteen tentacles and fourteen clusters of nemato-

cysts. Plymouth, 1893.

It is clear beyond all doubt that the hydroid Lar sabellarum

472 ' MR. E, T. BROWNE ON * [Mar. 17,

belongs to the Gymnoblastic group of Hydroids. The Medusoid

Willia stellata has been always considered a Leptomedusa and

was placed by Haeckel among the Cannotide. AsI did not know of

any clearly proved case of a gymnoblastic hydroid having a medusa

which must be classified with the Leptomeduse, I examined by

means of sections the exact positions of the gonads. It is one of

the characteristic features of the Anthomeduse to have the

reproductive cells on the wall of the stomach, and of the Lepto-

medusze to have the reproductive cells upon the radial canals.

When I first saw Willia I certainly regarded it as a Lepto-

medusa. At the base of the stomach six broad canals are given

off ; these run along a short peduncle and over the top of the

sub-umbrella; along this portion the gonads are situated; at the

point where the gonads terminate the canals suddenly decrease in

diameter and become somewhat inconspicuous. The question arose

whether to consider the broad part of the canal upon which the

gonads are situated as a prolongation of the stomach or as a part

of the radial canal itself. To determine this point, I cut several

series of sections of meduse belonging to the second and third

stages. All the sections clearly show that the endoderm-cells of the

stomach are continued, without any change in size or shape, along

the whole length of that portion of the canal upon which the gonads

are situated. At the point where reproductive cells terminate the

canal suddenly decreases in diameter, and the endoderm-cells

become very small and flat. I think that portion of the canal

upon which the gonads are situated may reasonably be regarded as

a prolongation or lobe of the stomach, and that the true radial

canal commences at the end of this lobe.

The sections also show reproductive cells at the base of the

stomach itself, before it branches into the six lobes.

I think this medusa is as interesting as the hydroid is remark-

able. It shows a kind of transitional stage between the Antho-

meduse and Leptomeduse. The continuation of the endoderm-

cells, without change, into the lobes, and also the continuation of

the reproductive cells from the base of the stomach itself along the

lobes, strongly point to Willia belonging to Anthomedusz, and not

to the Leptomeduse.

DIsTRIBUTION :—

Hydroid Form.

England—Ifracombe, Hincks *.

Medusoid Form.

Scotland—St. Andrews, M‘Intosh. Oban, Forbes.

England—Plymouth, Garstang and E. T. B. Fowey, Peach.

Falmouth, Cocks. Penzance, Forbes. Ilfracombe, Gosse.

Treland—Valencia Island, #. 7. B.

1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUS. 473

Part I1—MEDUSZ WITHOUT OR WITH UNKNOWN

HYDROID FORMS.

These Meduse are arranged according to Haeckel’s ‘ System der

Medusen.’

ANTHOMEDUSZ.

Fam. CODONID &.

DIPURENA HALTERATA (Forbes).

Slabberia haltercta, Forbes (1848); Cocks (1849).

Dipurena halterata, Haeckel (1879); Browne (1895).

I have occasionally met with one or two specimens of this

interesting medusa.

I saw one specimen at Plymouth on 25th September, 1893.

The specimen was unfortunately in a bad condition, the umbrella

being turned inside out. The basal bulbs of the tentacles were of

a dark brown colour with a single deep crimson ocellus. At the

free end of each of the four tentacles there was a very large knob-

like cluster of nematocysts, and the upper half contained a dark

brown pigment.

A single specimen was taken at Valencia on 10th April, 1895.

Umbrella about 1 mm. in length.

Forbes describes and figures the gonads as slight swellings upon

the radial canals. This statement requires confirmation. Haeckel,

however, has taken a specimen at Jersey, which corresponded to

Forbes’s description, except that the gonads were upon the

manubrium. Haeckel describes three swellings on the manubrium,

one above the other, filled with sperm, the lowest swelling reaching

nearly down to the mouth.

Disrrizurion. Jersey, Haeckel,

England—Plymouth, 2. 7, B. Falmouth, Cocks. Mounts Bay,

Forbes. Isle of Man, Browne.

Treland—Valencia Island, #. 7. B.

Drpevurena, sp.? (Plate XVI. fig. 2.)

During my visit to Plymouth in September, 1895, I obtained

upon the 10th two specimens of a medusa which certainly belongs

to the genus Dipwrena. I regard them as early stages on account

of medusa-buds being present upon the stomach. I have already

shown in the cases of Amphicodon fritillaria, Margellium octo-

punctatum, and Lizzia blondina, that it is a characteristic feature of

the young stages to bud off medusz, and in the adult stage to have

gonads upon the stomach. I believe that Codoniwm gemmiferum and

Sarsia prolifera, now regarded as distinct species, will be ultimately

proved to be only early stages of other known species.

I have not yet been able to trace these early stages of Dipurena

474 MR. E. T, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,

to any known species, as none belonging to the genus have been

described with medusa-buds.

The specimens were very much alike, but one was twice as

large as the other. The umbrella of largest specimen about 1 mm.

in diameter, globular, about as long as wide; at the aboral end

there is a slight rounded swelling, formed by a mass of mesoglea.

The manubrium reaches nearly down to the velum ; stomach large

and situated upon a stout peduncle, nearly as long as the stomach ;

mouth round, not divided into lips. Four medusa-buds upon the

stomach (one bud nearly fully developed, the four tentacles visible

with brownish basal bulbs). On the margin of the umbrella four

tentacles, when fully expanded about twice the length of umbrella, -

with blackish basal bulbs. At the free end of each tentacle a very

large brownish bulb containing nematocysts. Nematocysts are also

scattered along the whole length of each tentacle. Cells are present

on the peduncle which may be nematocysts. The margin of the

umbrella between the tentacles is nearly straight, giving a quad-

rangular appearance, with a tentacle at each corner. Velum broad.

Eupnysa AuRATA, Forbes.

Euphysa aurata, Forbes (1848) ; Haeckel (1879) ; Holt (1891);

Crawford (1891); Maas (1893) ; Browne (1895).

Euphysa mediterranea, Haeckel (1879).

Up to the present time this medusa has not been recorded from

many localities. It had only been found in the northern portion

of the British area until this spring, when I found it at Valencia.

In the ‘ Report on the Medusz of the Isle of Man’ I have given

a description of several specimens, and have shown that a great

variation in colour occurs in some specimens, and that Huphysa

mediterranea is only a brilliantly coloured form of Huphysa aurata.

At Valencia this medusa was first taken on April 16th, 1895,

and after this date it was often seen in the tow-net, especially

towards the end of May, when it became more abundant. Most

of the specimens belonged to the early stages, and were much

smaller than any taken at Port Erin.

The smallest specimens were about ? mm. in length, and the

average-sized ones about 1-1} mm. in length.

The shape of the umbrella, of the tentacle-bulbs, and of the

large tentacle is similar in all the stages: thus there is no difficulty

in identifying the earliest forms. The smallest specimens usually

possess very little colour, a few are quite colourless, generally the

tentacle-bulbs have a pale yellowish tint, but in a few specimens a

bright yellowish colour existed.

The specimens 2-3 mm. in length possessed more colour. One

specimen 3mm. in length had yellowish tentacle-bulbs, with a

deep orange-coloured centre.

Many of the early naturalists described the pigmented basal

bulbs as ocelli. I prefer to retain the term ‘ ocellus’ for definite

eye-spots, as clearly seen in Sarsia, which also has pigmented

basal bulbs. LJ

1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSE. 475

Haeckel gives Corymorpha nana, Alder, as the hydroid belonging

to Huphysa aurata. Iam stil] of the opinion that this is not the

right hydroid, as the meduse are quite distinct.

Disrripution, Mediterranean, Haeckel. Atlantic, about 50

miles N.W. of Scotland, Maas.

Scotland—Shetland Islands, Forbes. St. Andrews, Holt; Craw-

ord.

: England—Isle of Man, Browne.

Treland—Valencia Island, Z. T. B.

Fam. TIA RID.

AMPHINEMA DINEMA (Péron et Lesueur).

Oceania cinema, Péron et Lesueur (1809); Eschscholtz (1829).

Dianea diadema, Lamarck (1817).

Campanella dinema, Blainville (1834).

Saphenia dinema, Forbes (1848); Peach (1849); Cocks (1849).

Saphenia titania, Gosse (1853).

Stomotoca dinema, Agassiz (1862).

Amphinema titania, Haeckel (1879) ; Garstang (1894),

At Plymouth I found this species fairly abundant during

September 1893. Many of the specimens which I took were

immature, about 1 mm. in length. One specimen measured 3 mm.

in length and 2 mm, in width. The tentacles of this medusa are

able to expand to a great length, often to ten times the length of

the umbrella. The larger specimens have about two dozen minute

marginal bulbs. Stomach yellowish brown. The base of the

tentacles is of a crimson or purplish colour.

I again took a few specimens at Plymouth during September,

1895, but not so many as in 1893.

DistriputTion. Scotland—Shetland Islands, Forbes.

England—Portland, Forbes. Plymouth, Garstang; E. J. B.

Cornwall, Forbes. Fowey, Peach. Falmouth, Cocks. Ilfracombe,

Grosse.

Fam. MARGHELLIDA,

Lizzia BLONDINA, Forbes.

Lizzia blondina, Forbes (1848) ; Peach (1849); Haeckel (1879) ;

McIntosh (1890) ; Vallentin (1893); Browne (1895).

Inzzia claparedei, Claparéde (1860); Haeckel (1879).

Dysmorphosa minima, Haeckel (1879) ; Browne (1895),

The specimens taken at Plymouth in 1893 and 1895, and at

Valencia in 1895, clearly show that the earliest stage is similar to

the medusa described by Haeckel as Dysmorphosa minima. The

chief difference between Dysmorphosa minima and Lizzia blondina

exists in the number of tentacles, which increase in number

during the growth of the medusa.

Dysmorphosa minima has four single perradial tentacles and

four single interradial tentacles,

476 MR, E, T. BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,

Lizzia blondina has, in the adult stage, four perradial groups of

three tentacles and four single interradial tentacles. The increase

of new tentacles is shown in the following list.

Specimens collected by Mr. Garstang at Plymouth during July

and August, 1893 :—

Perradial tentacles... . qd,

Interradial tentacles .. 111

Perradial .... 1112 2211 92121 9999

Interradial .. 1111’ 1111’ 1111’ T1iT

On my arrival at Plymouth at the end of August, 1895, I found

Tizzia fairly abundant in the tow-net, but no specimens were taken

after the second week in September.

The following list drawn up from these specimens shows the

increase of the tentacles :—

Perradial.... 1112 2121 2221 2992 2993 3339

Tnterradialyy ae hie VT Thi? Pee hs

: (9 specimens).

At Valencia, 1895, Lizzia appeared in the tow-net a few days

before my departure at the beginning of June. I only obtained

a few specimens, which possessed the following number of

tentacles :—

Perradial.... 2222 2223 3333

Interradial.. 1111’ 1117 1111

The umbrella of the earliest stage is about 1 mm. in length and

nearly as wide, with a slight transverse constriction above the

sub-umbrella, The largest specimens are about 14 mm. in length.

Nearly every specimen belonging to the early stage has medusa-buds

upon the stomach. One of the largest specimens taken at Plymouth

had a mass of ova surrounding the walls of the stomach. The

budding of meduse is followed by sexual reproduction, just as in

many other meduse.

There are always four simple oral tentacles, each terminating

in a large cluster of nematocysts. I have never seen more than

one cluster of nematocysts upon each oral tentacle, and always

four single interradial tentacles. These points distinguish Lizzia

blondina from Margelliwm octopunctatum.

Abnormal Specimen.—An abnormal specimen was taken at Ply-

mouth on 31st August, 1895, with 3 radial canals, 3 oral tentacles,

3 groups of perradial tentacles, with 2 tentacles in each, and 3

single interradial tentacles.

Claparéde described and figured a form of Lizzia, which

Haeckel has regarded as a distinct species and has placed it in

his monograph under the name of Lizzia cluparedeit. The medusa

has four perradial groups of two tentacles, and four single inter-

radial tentacles ; four simple oral tentacles, each terminating in a

cluster of nematocysts. Ova upon the walls of stomach. The

shape of the umbrella resembles that of Zzzta blondina,

1896. ] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUS2. 477

Claparéde discovered it off Arran Island, in the Firth of Clyde,

during September 1859.

I do not think that Claparéde’s medusa is a distinct species, but

a stage in the development of Lizzia blondina.

Distrisution. Heligoland, Haeckel.

Scotland—Shetland Islands, Forbes. Bell Rock (East coast),

M*Intosh, Arran Island, Claparede.

England—Plymouth, #. 7. B. Fowey, Peach. Falmouth, Val-

lentin. Isle of Man, Browne.

Ireland—Valencia Island, Z. 7. B.

MARGELLIUM OCTOPUNCTATUM (Sars).

Cyteis octopunctata, Sars (1836) (1846).

Inzzia octopunctata, Forbes (1848); Peach (1849); Agassiz

(1862); Béhm(1878); Clubb (1886); M‘Intosh (1890) ; Vallentin

(1893).

Inzzia grata, Agassiz (1865).

Rathkea octopunctata, Haeckel (1879) ; Giard (1888); Garstang

(1894); Allen (1895).

Margellium octopunctatum, Haeckel (1879); Browne (1895).

Margellium gratum, Haeckel (1879).

The medusa first reproduces itself by means of buds upon the

stomach, and when it reaches the adult condition either ova or

spermatozoa appear upon the wall of the stomach ; the sexes being

separate. What becomes of the ova after leaving the medusa is

at present unknown. The ovum may give rise to a hydroid form

or develop directly into a medusa. The young medusz on leaving

their parent have not always the same number of tentacles. There

are usually three tentacles in each of the four perradial groups, but

occasionally only two; the interradial groups may have either two

or three tentacles, rarely only one. As the medusa grows the

perradial tentacles increase to five in each group, and the inter-

radial tentacles to three in each group. The change in the

number of tentacles has led to some of the early stages being

described as distinct species. Sars first described the medusa

(Cytwis octopunctata) from specimens with three tentacles in all

the groups (= athkea of Haeckel). Forbes described specimens

(Lizzia octopunctata) having either two or three tentacles in the

perradial groups, and three tentacles in the interradial groups.

Forbes regarded these specimens as belonging to the same species

as those described by Sars. Haeckel, however, has separated these

specimens into two genera: those with two tentacles in the perradial

groups are placed in the genus Margellium; the others in the

genus Rathkea.

I have already shown, in the Report on the Medusz of the Isle

of Man, that Forbes was right in regarding his specimens as

identical with the meduse described by Sars as Cyt@is octopunctata.

Garstang has also shown that Haeckel was wrong in separating

these medusz into two distinct genera,

478 MR. E, T. BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,

Agassiz (1865) has described a medusa, Lizzia grata( = Margellium

gratum, Haeckel), which has five tentacles in each of the four

perradial groups and three tentacles in each of the four interradial

groups. From the specimens collected at Valencia, I have every

reason for believing that Zizzia grata is the adult form of

Margellium octopunctatum.

The early stages of Margelliwm octopunctatum were fairly

abundant in Valencia Harbour at the beginning of April, but

decreased in number during May. Most of the specimens taken

during April and the early part of May had one to four

medusa-buds upon the stomach. About the middle of May

specimens were taken with either ova or spermatozoa upon the

wall of the stomach. The reproductive cells first begin to appear

upon the perradial ridges on the outside wall of the stomach, and

as they increase in size they form a mass covering the wall of the

stomach. As soon as the reproductive cells begin to appear, the

budding of meduse ceases. The compound basal bulbs of the

tentacles show little variation in colour, being usually dark brown

or black. One specimen, however, had reddish-brown bulbs.

The specimens taken at Valencia resemble those taken at Port

Erin. I have no doubt that they belong to the same species, and

as they were taken in a distant locality it may be of interest to

record some for comparison with those taken at Port Erin. The

following list shows the number of tentacles in each perradial and

interradial group of 16 specimens taken at Valencia. It is also

arranged to show the increase in the number of tentacles during

the growth of the medusa.

Perradial 3333 3333 3333 3383 3333 3334

Interradial 1112’ 3231’ 2299” 9333" 3333’ 3333’

Perradial 4843 5334 5344 5433 5444 4454

Interradial 3333’ 3333’ 3333’ 3333’ 3333’ 3333’

Perradial 5454 5553 5554 5555

Interradial 3333’ 3333’ 3333’ 3333°

The above series corresponds very closely with a series given in

the Report on the Isle of Man Medusz.

The umbrella of the earliest stage is about 1 mm. in length, and

that of the adult from 3 to 4 mm.

Not only does the medusa increase the number of its tentacles

as it grows, but also the number of clusters of nematocysts upon

the oral tentacles, which are four in number. Though some of the

specimens taken off the Isle of Man possessed the same number

of tentacles as Margellium gratum, the clusters of nematocysts

upon the oral tentacles were fewer in number. Until I had seen

an exact similarity in every detail, I did not feel justified in placing

Margellium gratum as the adult of Margellium octopunctatum. At

Valencia I specially examined the oral tentacles of every specimen

1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND: MEDUS £. 479

taken, and found a few specimens agreeing with Agassiz’s

description of Margellium gratum, both in the number of marginal

tentacles, and in the number of clusters of nematocysts on the

oral tentacles. I think this removes all doubt concerning the

identity of the two species.

In the Valencia specimens the clusters of nematocysts develop

in the following order :—The earliest stage has each oral tentacle

terminating in a single cluster of nematocysts. A second cluster

appears near the first cluster upon a short stalk; the tentacle then

appears bifurcated, each branch terminating in a round cluster of

nematocysts. Two more clusters, each on a short stalk, make

their appearance, one on each side of the tentacle, about the middle

of itslength. This was usually the appearance of the oral tentacles

in all the large specimens taken at Port Erin and at Plymouth.

At Valencia, in a few of the largest specimens, with four or five

tentacles in each perradial group, I observed on each oral tentacle

a second pair of lateral clusters of nematocysts, below the first

pair. One specimen had a fifth cluster on a short stalk situated

midway between the two terminal clusters. This agrees with the

development of the clusters described by Agassiz in Margellium

gratum. Another specimen, however, showed a variation in

development, by possessing three terminal clusters and only a

single pair of lateral clusters.

Allman (1859) has described and figured a Calyptoblastic hydroid,

Laomedea tenuis [= Leptoscyphus tenuis, Hincks (1868)], which he

found at Stromness. The hydroid has gonothece each containing

a medusa. Allman has not given any description of the medusa

inside the gonotheca, and from the figure it is impossible to

identify it, chiefly on account of its being at a very early stage in

development. Allman found inside the jar containing this hydroid

a number of young medusz which he believed to be closely related .

to the genus Jzzzia. From the description given of these meduse I

believe they are probably an early stage of Margellium octopunctatum.

Allman regards these free-swimming medusz as the medusa of the

hydroid in the jar. This observation has never been confirmed,

and if it be true, then a case is established in which a Calypto-

blastic hydroid produces Anthomedus=.

Allman does not state that he has seen a single medusa leave the

hydroid nor show in any way that the medusa inside the gonotheca

resembles the free-swimming Lizzia. I do not think that there is

sufficient evidence to prove that the meduse came from the hydroid,

and I hesitate to accept the statement until the observations have

been confirmed. It is quite possible that the young Lizzia

entered the jar along with the sea-water.

Distrisution. America—Massachusetts Bay, Agassiz. Norway,

Sars. France—Wimereux, Giard.

Scotland—Shetland Islands, Forbes. St. Andrews, M‘Intosh.

England—Plymouth, Garstang; Allen. Fowey, Peach.

Falmouth, Vallentin. Isle of Man, Browne. |

Ireland—Valencia Island, Z. 7. B.

480 MR.E,T.BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,

LEPTOMEDUS 2.

Fam. THAUMANTID&.

THAUMANTIAS HEMISPH HRICA, Eschscholtz.

The naturalists who studied marine life at the end of the last

century and at the beginning of the present one worked under

many difficulties which have now passed away, mainly owing to

the improvements in lenses and in the advancement of “the

chemical methods of preservation.

The descriptions and figures of the jelly-fishes given by the

pioneers of marine zoology usually lack the details necessary at

the present day for the identification of the species.

The marginal sense-organs or marginal vesicles, which require

the use of a microscope to show their presence and structure, have

been in most cases omitted, and now recent researches show that

they are very important organs for the identification of the species.

The early workers on Meduse apparently did not recognize the

fact that Meduse, like many other animals, pass through various

stages of growth and that the early stages are often unlike the

adult forms.

This led to the early stages of Meduse being described as

distinct species, which together with the vague descriptions given

and inaccurate drawings has led to much contusion.

I do not think that any good is to be obtained by retaining

inaccurate descriptions of Meduse, and by burdening our litera-

ture, already overloaded, with long lists of useless synonyms.

Medusa hemispherica was first described by Gronovius (1760)

from the coast of Belgium. Miiller (1766) described a medusa,

as WM. hemispherica, from the coast of Denmark, and in a later

_ publication (1778) placed Gronovius’s medusa as a synonym of it.

The descriptions and figures given by these authors are too vague

and inaccurate for the identification of the species.

Péron and Lesueur (1809) separated the above meduse into

two species—M. hemispherica, Gronovius, and Oceania danica

(Miller). Fleming (1828) changed the generic name to Geryonia,

and Eschscholtz (1829) again changed it to Thaumantias and

united both species under the name of Thaumantias hemispherica.

Lesson (1843) has copied from Eschscholtz, without adding any

fresh information.

Macartney (1810) described two species of meduse taken at

Herne Bay in 1804. The one he called Medusa scintillans, which

is described and figured. This is clearly the common protozoon—

Noctiluca miliaris. For the other he suggested the name Medusa

lucida, but stated that it may be a variety of Medusa hemispherica,

Gronovius. It is not possible to identify Macartney’s medusa

from his description. 1n the same paper Macartney described and

figured a large Scyphomedusa under the name of Medusa pellucens.

This medusa was taken by Sir Joseph Banks. ‘On a passage

from Madeira to Rio de Janeiro the sea was observed by Sir Joseph

1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSZ. 481

Banks to be unusually luminous, flashing in many parts like

lightning. He directed some of the water to be hauled up, in

which he discovered ....a large species of medusa, to which he

gave the name pellucens. The Medusa pellucens measures about

six inches across the crown or umbrella.”

This is clearly from the figure and description a Scyphomedusa.

Shaw (1812) has copied the figure given by Macartney.

Lesson (1843) has not only given Thaumantias hemispherica as a

distinct species, but also Vhaumantias lucida, Macartney. Amongst

the synonyms of the latter Lesson has placed Medusa scintillans

(=Noetiluca scintillans) and Medusa pellucens (=Banks’s Scypho-

medusa), but in the description of the species he only gives

Macartney’s description of Medusa lucida. Haeckel apparently

has copied from Lesson, without referring to the original papers,

as he has placed as synonyms under Vhaumantias hemispherica

both Medusa scintillans and Medusa pellucens.

Forbes (1848) next described Thaumantias hemispherica. It is

first, however, important to consider Forbes’s views upon the

value of sense-organs or marginal vesicles for the identification of

the species.

. Forbes, in 1841, gave the following advice on the identification

of species belonging to the genus Zhaumantias :—

“‘ 1st. The number of tentacula (always a multiple of four).

2nd. The presence, absence, size, and colour of the eyes at

their bases.

érd. The colour of the cross-vessels and proboscis.

4th. The shape of the umbrella.

5th. The shapes of the clubs of the vessels.

6th. The form and lobation of the oral proboscis or peduncle.

“‘T have mentioned these sources of character in what I conceive

to be the order of their respective importance, but all should if

possible be noted.”

I may here say that Forbes’s statement that the tentacles are

always a multiple of four is not correct. The multiple system is

also adopted by Haeckel, and it leads to the assumption that

Meduse have a most wonderful symmetry. The statement holds

good up to thirty-two tentacles, but above that number the

tentacles, when carefully counted, show odd as well as even

numbers. I found, out of 47 mature specimens of Obelia lucifera,

only two specimens showing an equal number of tentacles in each of

the quadrants, and only nine specimens possessing a number that

could be equally divided by four. Twenty-six specimens have an

even number of tentacles, and 21 specimens an odd number.

Forbes included in his genus Thaumantias several Meduse which

have since been transferred to other genera, viz. :—

Thaumantias pilosella (= Euchilota pilosella).

Thaumantias lucifera (= Obelia lucifera).

Thaumantias melanops (=Traropsis multicirrata).

All these have certain characteristic features by which they may

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1896, No. XX XI.

482 MR. BE. 'f. BROWNE ON (Mar. 17,

be easily recognized. The other fourteen species of Thaumantias

form a miscellaneous group, which, owing to their vague descrip-

tions, have caused a considerable amount of trouble to recent

writers on Medusz.

Haeckel has divided these species amongst two families—

Thaumantide and Eucopide—the former characterized by the

absence of marginal vesicles, and the latter by the possession of

them. Forbes has omitted the vesicles in the descriptions and

figures of nearly all his species, and according to his views

they were worthless for specific characters. If Forbes had only

added these important organs to his drawings, which have been

rendered almost useless by their omission, the present confusion

would never have arisen. It is clear that Forbes has seen the

marginal vesicles in some of the species, as in his monograph (p. 9)

he writes:—“I have observed the vibration of the otolites

distinctly in more than one species of Thawmantias.”

After the publication of Forbes’s monograph the name of

Thaumantias hemispherica appeared on most lists of Medusa,

usually without any description of the medusa.

Since the appearance of Haeckel’s monograph the name has

gone out of fashion, and Phialidium variabile has taken its place.

For three years I have searched for Thaumantias hemispherica

and the allied species, also without marginal vesicles, but without

any success. Every specimen, which has the slightest resemblance

to one of Forbes’s figures, possesses marginal vesicles.

I may here add that specimens preserved in alcohol are not to

be relied upon for the absence of marginal vesicles in the living

medusa ; the vesicles often shrivel up and the otoliths disappear.

Laopicr crucrata (Forskal).

Haeckel has placed under the name of Laodice cruciata no less

than twenty-five synonyms, which are divided into two groups—

one for the Mediterranean form of Laodice cruciata, and the other

for the Atlantic form.

The synonyms of the Atlantic form may be divided into two

sets, one referring to Medusa cequorea, Baster (1759), the other to

Thaumantias pilosella, Forbes (1848).

Medusa equorea, Baster (1759); Linneus (1767).

Callirhoé basteriana, Péron and Lesueur (1809); Eschscholtz

(1829); Blainville (1834).

The original descriptions and figures of this medusa given by

Baster, and copied by other writers, without any additional

information, appears to me to be too vague for the purpose of

identification. The drawings clearly show that the sub-umbrella

has been injured, as the stomach and some of the bands of gonads

on the radial canals are in a damaged condition. Whatever kind

of medusa Baster had under observation, the description and

figures appear to be too vague to identify it with any species

known to us at the present day.

1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUS#. 483

The second set of synonyms of the Atlantic form refers to

Thaumantias pilosella, Forbes. This medusa I have taken and

have been able to clearly establish its identity. The history of

this species is given under Luchilota pilosella in these Notes. It

possesses marginal vesicles and belongs to the Hucopidw, and has

no connection whatever with the genus Laodice. Agassiz (1862)

first placed Thawmantias pilosella in the genus Laodice as a

synonym of Laodice stauroglypha.

The synonyms of the Mediterranean form of Laodice cruciata

may be divided into three sets. The first set belongs to the

synonyms of Medusa cruciata, Forskal (1775); the second to

Oceania lineolata, Péron and Lesueur (1809); and the third set to

Thaumantias mediterranea, Gegenbaur (1856).

Medusa cruciata, Forskal (1775).

? Aurelia rufescens, Péron and Lesueur (1809).

Aurelia crucigera, Risso (1826).

Medusa crucigera, Eschscholtz (1829).

Oceania cruciata, Wagner (1841).

? Medusa cacuminata, Modeer (1791).

? Oceania cacuminata, Eschscholtz (1829).

Laodice crucigera, Lesson (1843).

Thaumantias corollata, Leuckart (1856).

Forskal’s description and figures of Medusa cruciata do not

possess any characteristic features by which they may be identified

with any medusa described by recent writers.

Péron gives a vague description of Aurelia rufescens, and believes

it may be identical with Medusa cruciata, Forskal.

Eschscholtz believes that Medusa cacuminata, Modeer, may be

identical with Forskal’s medusa.

Lesson unites all the above synonyms (except Thawmantias

corollata) under the name of Laodice crucigera.

It appears that all the early observers were either describing

one species, or if two existed they were not able to distinguish

clearly one from the other.

Leuckart describes Thaumantias corollata as a new species, and

from the description and figure given it seems to be closely related

to Forskal’s medusa.

The second set of synonyms refers to Awrelia lineolata, Péron

(1809) and Dianea lineolata, Lamarck (1817).

Péron refers to a “‘ variety of medusa,” Borlase (1758). I have

looked up Borlase’s description and figures: he clearly had under

observation a specimen of Aurelia aurita.

The third set of synonyms refers to a species called Thawmantias

mediterranea, described by Gegenbaur in 1856. This species was

again described by Haeckel in 1864 under the name of Cosmetira

punctata. It is quite distinct from Thauwmantias pilosella, Forbes.

It is without marginal vesicles, and possesses both filiform and

club-shaped cirri between the tentacles.

Ihave taken at Valencia three specimens of a medusa which

31*

484 MR. B. T, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,

corresponds with the characteristic features of the genus Laodice

in possessing filiform and club-shaped cirri between the tentacles,

and in the absence of marginal vesicles.

The other species of the genus Laodice (L. mediterranea,

Gegenbaur, LZ. calcarata, Agassiz, and L. ulothria, Haeckel) appear

to differ so slightly from one another, that I am inclined to regard

them as one species.

The species which have been vaguely described by the early

naturalists had better remain provisionally under the name of

Laodice cruciata (Forskil). I think for the present, until more is

known about the genus, that Thaumantias mediterranea had better

be regarded as a distinct species—Laodice mediterranea (Gegen-

baur),—and Cosmetira punctata as a synonym of it.

I do not intend publishing a description of the Valencia Laodice

until I have collected more specimens, which may then throw

some light upon the other species.

Fam. EUCOPID2.

EUcHILOTA PILOSELLA (Forbes). (Plate XVI. figs. 7 & 7a.)

Thaumantias pilosella, Forbes (1848); Gosse (1853).

Laodice pilosella, Agassiz (1862).

Laodice stauroglypha, Agassiz (1862).

Laodice cruciata, Garstang (1894).

Forbes has given a fairly complete description of this species,

omitting only the marginal vesicles. These important organs

were apparently not considered by Forbes of any importance in

the specific description of a medusa. Gosse found this medusa

very abundant at Ilfracombe, and described it again under the

name T'haumantias pilosella, with eight marginal vesicles.

At Valencia, during April and May, I found four specimens of

a medusa which is identical with the Thawmantias pilosella of

Forbes and Gosse.

Forbes in his description of the species states :—“ The umbrella,

which sometimes measures nearly two inches in diameter, but

more usually one, or one and a quarter, is hemispheric, and

shaped like a watch-glass, but much more convex. It is trans-

parent and smooth, except on the sides towards the margin, where

it is as if woolly, being invested with minute epidermic hairs

composed of fibrous cells. These, though sufficiently conspicuous,

may escape the observer who is not aware of their presence, in

consequence of their transparency.

“The margin is fringed by very numerous (100) extensile (but

usually borne rather short), pale pinkish tentacula, with bulbous

bases. The bulbs are ocellated, with dense crescentic masses of

purple pigment-cells. When the margin is much magnified, it is

seen to be bordered by a narrow band or thread of fibrous cells,

from which the tentacles spring, and between each pair there are

six or seven short, fine, secondary tentacles, without ocelli at their

bases... . The sub-umbrella is depressed, and on its surface run the

1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUS2. 485

four radiating vessels, with a long, linear, somewhat clavate ovary,

of a bright pink colour, commencing very near the centre, and

terminating close to the margin in the course of each. The

stomach is very short, but wide, of a rose colour, and has four

lanceolate, fimbriated lips, bordered by a compact edging of

fibrous cells.”

Gosse’s description differs slightly from that given by Forbes.

His specimens appear to belong to a younger stage, about three-

quarters of an inch in diameter, and with about fifty tentacles. No

mention, however, is made of the ‘‘minute epidermic hairs composed

of fibrous cells” near the margin of the umbrella. The following

is the description given by Gosse of the marginel vesicles :—

‘** Besides these organs (tentacles), the margin is furnished with

others ..... They consist of cells, usually more or-less glovose,

each containing one or more spherical bodies of high refracting

power. Prof. Forbes has not noticed them in his description of

this species ; they are, however, large and peculiar: first in shape,

being semi-elliptical swellings of the substance of the marginal

canal, and secondly in the number of their spherules. The

spherules are arranged in a double crescentie row, those which

form the middle being generally larger than those at the

extremities. The capsules are eight in number, two in each

quadrant, nearly equally distributed ; but not holding any fixed

relation of position to the tentacles.”

The specimens which I took at Valencia have not only the cirri

on the margin of the ex-umbrella (=“ minute epidermic hairs

composed of fibrous cells”) as described by Forbes, but also the

eight adradial marginal vesicles with numerous otoliths, as described

by Gosse. The other details of the species agree with the

description given by Forbes and Gosse.

An early stage was taken at Valencia on May 4th. Umbrella

bell-shaped, 2 mm. in length and width. Four perradial and four

interradial tentacles; and also eight adradial bulbs, from which

tentacles will develop in a later stage. A few cirri on the margin

between the tentacles and bulbs, but none on the edge of the ex-

umbrella, Hight marginal vesicles, each with 4 to 6 otoliths.

The basal bulbs of the tentacles and the bulbs without tentacles

are alike in coloration. There is a yellowish centre nearly sur-

rounded by a deep purplish band, which does not meet on the

inner side of the bulb.

A specimen was taken 15 mm. in width and 11 mm. in length.

Apparently all the large watch-glass shaped meduse are in their

earliest stages bell-shaped, the umbrella being about as long as

wide. The umbrella gradually grows broader; the tentacles at

the same time increase in number.

A specimen was taken on April 23rd, at Valencia, with the

umbrella 20 mm. in diameter and shaped like a deep watch-glass.

The stomach short, and mouth with four fimbriated lips. On the

margin of the umbrella 28 large tentacles, and between every pair

a large bulb, the commencement of another large tentacle.

486 MR, E. T, BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,

Between every bulb and tentacle six to ten cirri, very small and

colourless. Scattered on the ex-umbrella, just above the margin,

are numerous cirri, such as Forbes described.

Eight adradial marginal vesicles, with about twelve otoliths in

each. The gonads are upon the four radial canals, extending from

the stomach nearly to the margin of the umbrella. The basal

bulbs of the tentacles and the large bulbs without tentacles are

alike in colour; a yellow centre nearly surrounded by a purplish

band.

T sent to Mr. E. J. Allen, at Plymouth, a description of these

meduse taken at Valencia, and asked him to collect specimens for

me. He kindly sent me seven specimens, alive, and some more in

formaline, on June 28th. They were similar to the specimens

taken at Valencia. The marginal vesicles contained a few more

otoliths, arranged in some specimens in two rows. The stomach,

mouth, and gonads purplish in colour. The tentacle-bulbs were

coloured exactly like those of the Valencia specimens. There were

cirri upon the ex-umbrella near the margin, and also between the

tentacles. Diameter of the umbrella 10 to 15 mm.

During a visit to Plymouth, in 1893, I saw some specimens

of a medusa, labelled Laodice cruciata, taken by Mr. Garstang.

Some of these specimens are now in my collection. They show

the cirri on the ex-umbrella near the margin, and agree in other

details with the description given by Forbes. The marginal

vesicles are not to be seen, as the specimens are in alcohol. I

have proved over and over again that the marginal vesicles

often shrivel up in spirit-specimens. Therefore, the absence of

vesicles in spirit-specimens does not prove their absence in living

specimens.

During a visit to Plymouth in September, 1895, I found in the

tow-net a very young medusa, which I believe, from the coloration

of the tentacle-bulbs, may possibly be the earliest free-swimming

stage of Huchilota pilosella. (Pl. XVI. figs. 7 & 7a.)

Umbrella bell-shaped, about 1 mm. in length and width. Eight

marginal vesicles, with a single otolith in seven of them and two

otoliths in the other one (the number of otoliths increases with

age). Two opposite perradial tentacles, very short, and two

opposite perradial bulbs, without tentacles. The basal bulbs of

the tentacles are alike in coloration, a yellowish centre with a

purplish band; the bulbs without tentacles colourless.

The mouth has four lips, and the stomach extends into the

substance of the umbrella, terminating in an apical stalk, which

shows that the medusa has not long been liberated either from

another medusa or from a hydroid colony, in this case probably

from the latter. I placed this medusa in an aquarium ; nine days

later the apical stalk had disappeared, but the tentacles remained

in same condition.

I think there should be no difficulty in identifying Huchilota

pilosella, The cirri upon the ex-umbrella near the margin and

the eight marginal vesicles distinguish it from any other species,

1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUS2. 487

Mitrocomella polydiadema (Romanes) is very much like Huchilota

pilosella to the naked eye; but it has sixteen marginal vesicles

and no cirri upon the ex-umbrella.

Disrrizution. Scotland—Shetland Islands, Forbes.

England—Plymouth, Garstang, Allen. Falmouth, Alder.

Treland—Valencia Island, £. T. B.

EPENTHESIS CYMBALOIDEA, Haeckel.

This is another mysterious medusa which has been handed down

to us by the ancient naturalists. Slabber first described it under the

name of Medusa cymbaloidea in 1775, and Shaw (1789) has copied

Slabber’s figures and also changed the name to Medusa campanella.

To judge from the figures given, the medusa appears to be very

much like Thawmantias hemispherica (Gronovius) with fewer

tentacles. The generative organs occupy the outer half of the

radial canals. The medusa was caught by Slabber in the act of

swallowing a fish, tail foremost, of which a figure is given.

Lamarck (1817) has copied Slabber’s description, and Eschscholtz

(1829) changed the generic name to Thaumantias.

Blainville (1834) has given again Slabber’s account of the species

and copied his figures, but has left out the wonderful fish.

Haeckel (1879) has placed all these references under the name

of Epenthesis cymbaloidea, a genus of the Eucopide,and characterized

by the possession of 16 marginal vesicles and 16 tentacles.

Amongst the synonyms Haeckel has placed Thawmantias

thompsoni, Forbes, which is also given as a doubtful synonym of

Thaumantias forbesii, Haeckel (Thaumantide, Haeckel). The

figure of Slabber’s medusa bears no resemblance to Forbes’s species,

which is more like Phialidium buskianum (Gosse). It only requires

the addition of the necessary marginal vesicles to make the identi-

fication complete. These Haeckel has added.

Eucope gemmigera, Keferstein (1862), is also given as a synonym

by Haeckel of Epenthesis cymbaloidea. According to Keferstein

this medusa has a ciliated medusa-bud upon the stomach. I

prefer for the present to regard this medusa as a distinct species.

The medusa-bud is not described in detail and the figure shows

the external shape only. It may bea young stage of the parasitic

Halecampa, which often attaches itself to the stomach or the

generative organs of meduse.

Epenthesis cymbaloidea, Haeckel, and its synonyms have no

connection whatever with Phialidiwm cymbaloidewm (Van Beneden).

PHIALIDIUM VARIABILE, Haeckel.

Under this name Haeckel has united several species which I

consider to be quite distinct. He gives no less than 26 references

which are divided into two sets, one for the Mediterranean and

the other for the Atlantic Ocean.

Just as in the case of Thawmantias hem*spherica, the early

writers omitted the marginal vesicles, which amongst the Eucovide

488 MR. B. 'T. BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,

are of the greatest importance for the identification of the

species.

Pop and Lesueur (1809) first described two medusee—Oceania

flavidula from Nice [ = Dianea flavidula, Lamarck (1817); Phiali-

dium flavidulum, Haeckel (1877)|, and Oceania phosphorica from

the English Channel [=Dianwa phosphorica, Lamarck (1817) ;

Oceana phosphorica, Agassiz (1862); Phialidiwm phosphoricum,

Haeckel (1877)]. These Haeckel has given as synonyms of

Phialidium variabile. The original descriptions appear to me to

be too vague for the identification of the species, as the marginal

vesicles have been omitted.

Two other medusz are placed amongst the synonyms by Haeckel

viz. Hucope variabilis, Claus (1864), and Thawmantias buskiana,

Gosse (1853). They may belong to the same species, but I perfer

to keep them apart until their hydroid forms have been recognized,

as Hucope variabilis belongs to the Mediterranean (Trieste), and

Thaumantias buskiana to the British Seas.

Thaumantias buskiana I consider a distinct species, and refer to

it in this paper under the name of Phialidium buskianum.

Claus (1864 and 1881) has given an excellent description with

figures of the growth of the medusa Phialidium (Eucope) variabile.

It is quite possible that Geryonia planata, Will (1844), from

Trieste, Thaumantias dubia, Kollioker (1853), from Messina, and

Phialidium viridicans, Leuckart (1856), from Nice, may be stages

in developmeet of Phialidium variabile (Claus).

I have recognized as a distinct species U’hawmantias eymbaloides,

Van Beneden (1861). It possesses only eight marginal vesicles,

by which it may be easily distinguished from the other species.

I refer again to this species under the name of Phialidiwm cymba-

lowdeum (Van Beneden).

I have found another species which apparently has been mixed

up with Phialidiwm eymbaloideum (Van Beneden). I cannot find a

good description of this medusa by which it may be distinctly

recognized from the other species. To prevent confusion I propose

to call this species Phialidium temporarium. It is very much like

Phialidium ferrugineum, Haeckel (1864), from the Mediterranean.

_ It may be the same species, but I prefer to keep them apart until

the hydroid forms of both have been clearly identified.

According to Hincks (1868) there are four distinct species of

hydroids, viz. Clytia johnstonii, Alder, Campanulina acuminata, Alder,

C. repens, Allman, and C. turrita, Hincks, which liberate medusze

almost identical in form. These, I have but little doubt, will even-

tually be proved to be connected with meduse belonging to the

genus Phialidium. At present the rearing of these young meduse

has not been carried to the stage which is necessary to connect

them for a certainty with the free-swimming Phialidium.

PHIALIDIUM BUSKIANUM, Gosse. (Plate XVI. figs. 6 & 6a.)

During my visit to Plymouth in September 1893 and 1895, I

collected many specimens of a medusa in various stages of develop-

1896.) BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSA. 489

ment. Owing to the ripe state of the ova in some of the specimens,

I was able to distinguish the species as Thaumantias buskiana,

Gosse. It is quite distinct from Phialidium temporarium and

Phialidium cymbaloideum, as the generative organs never extend

along the outer half of the radial canals, and are always round

or slightly oval in shape.

It may be difficult to distinguish this species in its early stages

from Phialidium temporarium. I have not yet met with the two

species together; the latter appears in the spring and the early

part of the summer, and the former in the autumn.

Gosse named this species after Busk (1849), who described a

similar medusa (without giving it a specific name) taken in the

Solent during the autumn of 1848.

Unfortunately Busk’s figures of the medusa are useless for

identification. I believe that Busk took specimens of this species

and also of other species which he has confused with it.

Gosse was the first to give this species a description by which

it may be readily identified. The following is an abstract of the

description :—Umbrella when young globose, when older hemi-

spherical or shallow campanulate, from 2 to 6 mm. in diameter,

transparent and colourless. The margin of the umbrella fringed

with 20-32 tentacles, very slender and extensile, with yellowish

basal bulbs. A marginal vesicle between every two tentacles; some-

times two vesicles present, and occasionally a vesicle has two

otoliths. Ovaries small, oval, on the radial canals, containing

globular ova in various degrees of development. Stomach small

and quadrangular. Taken at Ilfracombe in the autumn.

The Plymouth specimens agree with the description given by

Gosse.

The species closely resembles Phialidium variabile (Claus), from

the Mediterranean. I prefer to keep them separate for the

present until the hydroid forms have been identified.

Italso closely resembles the figure given by Forbes of Thawmantias

thompsoni, which was taken by Forbes on the coast of Cornwall

and in Roundstone Bay on the west coast of Ireland.

Bohm (1878) has described the medusa under the name of Clytia

johnstont from Heligoland.

Hartlaub (1894) has recorded Phialidium variabile (Claus) (not

Haeckel) from Heligoland.

PHIALIDIUM TEMPORARIUM, Browne. (Plate XVII. figs. 4, 5, 6.)

I find it is necessary to give a specific name to one of the

commonest medusz on our coasts. It is probable that Forbes

described this species under the name of Thaumantias hemispheerica,

but as Haeckel has taken Thaumantias hemispherica as the type of

the genus Thaumantias, and many other naturalists have placed

the species upon their lists, it is necessary to retain it. I have

already described some specimens of this species under the name

of Phialidium variabile, Haeckel, in the ‘ Report on the Isle of

Man Meduse’; but I have since discovered that Phialidiwm

490 MR. E, ‘I. BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,

variabile, Haeckel, consists of several distinct species, one of them

being Phialidium (Eucope) variabile (Claus), a species probably

identical with Phialidium buskianum (Gosse).

Béhm (1878) has given Campanulina acuminata as the name

of this species, which he has described and figured in the adult

stage, taken off Heligoland. Béhm has not reared the medusa

from the hydroid, and does not show that the young medusa from

the hydroid Campanulina acuminata develops into the medusa

which he has described under the same name in the adult condition.

No doubt the young meduse from the hydroid Campanulina

acuminata do develop into one of the species belonging to the

genus Phialidium. For this reason I have not used Bohm’s specific

name of the adult medusa, as it may not belong to the hydroid

Campanulina acuminata.

I give here a description of the various stages of Phialidiwn

temporarium :—

lst Stage. Four tentacles. (Plate XVII. fig. 4.)—The earliest

free-swimming stage, which I have seen, was taken at Valencia

in May 1895. Umbrella bell-shaped, about ? mm. in length and

width. Four perradial tentacles and four interradial tentacle-bulbs.

Eight marginal vesicles with a single otolith in each. Tentacle-bulbs

and the basal bulbs of the tentacles yellowish brown. Stomach

short; mouth with four short lips. In one specimen the apical

stalk, or the prolongation of the stomach into the substance of the

umbrella, was still present, indicating that the medusa had not

long been liberated from its hydroid. The generative organs form

a minute round or oval swelling, one on each radial canal, about

halfway down.

2nd Stage. Light tentacles—The interradial bulbs belonging to

the first stage develop tentacles, and a little later some of the

adradial bulbs begin to appear. It may be sometimes difficult to

distinguish at this stage this species from Phialidium cymbaloideum,

as both possess eight marginal vesicles, but in the latter species I

have always seen at least two otoliths in all the vesicles. In

Phialidium temporariwm occasionally two otoliths may be present

in one vesicle, but never in all the vesicles.

3rd Stage. Siateen tantacles and 16 or more marginal vesicles.—

The adradial tentacles appear in no definite order, so that one

quadrant sometimes contains more tentacles than another. The

marginal vesicles also increase in number, one is always present

between every two tentacles, occasionally two may be present.

The umbrella grows faster in width than in length, being about 6

to 7 mm. in width and 4 to 5 mm. in length. The generative

organs grow downward towards the margin and become oval-

shaped. The colour of the generative organs shows slight variations,

usually yellowish brown, occasionally reddish brown.

Adult Stage. (Plate XVII. figs. 5 & 6.}—The largest specimen

which I have measured was 21 mm. in width and 11 mm. in length,

with 38 tentacles. Two or three marginal vesicles between every

1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUS 2. 491

two tentacles, with a single otolith in each. This specimen was

taken off the Isle of Man.

Another specimen, taken at Valencia, measured 20 mm. in width

and 11 mm. in length, with 39 tentacles. One to three vesicles

between every two tentacles, with a single otolith.

Thirty-nine tentacles is the maximum number which I have

counted in one specimen, and I have not seen more than three

marginal vesicles between two tentacles. One or two vesicles are

usually present between every two tentacles in specimens possessing

30 to 35 tentacles, and one to three vesicles in specimens with more

than 35 tentalces. The stomach is short, of a yellowish-brown

colour ; and mouth with four lips. The generative organs occupy

nearly the whole length of the lower or outer half of each radial

canal, and terminate very close to the ring-canal. In mature

specimens the generative organs hang in folds and are usually of a

yellowish-brown colour. I have noticed in some specimens belong-

ing to the intermediate stages that the generative organs have a

greenish appearance, and occasionally the stomach and tentacles are

greenish too. The greenish colour is not due to a green pigment,

but to the reflection of light upon the organs.

Many specimens taken at Valencia were infested with a species

of Cercaria which lives in the mesoglea. Halcampa usually selected

this medusa, and was often seen attached to one of the generative

organs, which showed a remarkable decrease in size compared

with the others.

PHIALIDIUM CYMBALOIDEUM (Van Beneden). (Plate XVIL. figs.1,

2, & 24.)

Van Beneden first described this medusa in 1866 under the

name of Thawmantias cymbaloides. I have changed the specific

name from the Greek to Latin form, in accordance with the rules

on nomenclature. This species has no connection whatever with

Medusa cymbaloidea, Slabber, and the synonyms connected with it,

which Haeckel has placed under the name of Epenthesis cymba-

loidea.

I first recognized this medusa during my visit to Valencia in

1895, and was able to see many stages in development. As it

often occurred along with Phialidium temporarium, I was able to

compare the different stages.

Van Beneden has not given a figure of the species, but his

description is sufficiently good to recognize without doubt its

identity with the meduse taken at Valencia.

lst Stage. Four tentacles. (Plate XVII. fig. 1.)\—Umbrella bell-

shaped, about 14 mm. in length and about 1 mm. in width, with

thick walls (thicker than in the corresponding stage of Phialidium

temporarium). Four perradial tentacles, fairly long, and four inter-

radial tentacle-bulbs. The basal bulbs of the tentacles and the

tentacle-bulbs of a yellowish or reddish-brown colour. Light

adradial marginal vesicles, each with two or three otoliths. The

492 MR. E. T. BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,

reproductive organs form a small oval swelling about halfway

down each of the four radial canals. In some of the specimens

belonging to this stage the stomach is prolonged into the substance

of the umbrella. The prolongation or apical stalk disappears in

the later stages, but its presence indicates in some species that the

medusa has not long been liberated from its hydroid.’ The mouth

bas four small lips.

2Qnd Stage. Light tentacles—The interradial tentacle-bulbs

belonging to the first stage develop tentacles, and a few adradial

tentacle-bulbs begin to appear. The marginal vesicles never exceed

eight even in the adult form, but the otoliths show an increase in

number. At this stage sometimes four otoliths may be present,

but usually two or three. Width of the umbrella about 3 mm.

and slightly less in height.

3rd Stage. Sixteen tentacles—The adradial tentacles appear in

no definite order, and when they reach nearly their full size other

tentacle-bulbs commence to grow. The generative organs form a

long oval patch upon the radial canals. The otoliths in each

vesicle vary from two to four. Diameter of the umbrella 4 to

5 mm.

Adult Form. (Plate XVII. fig. 2.)—I place under this head all

specimens with more than 16 tentacles. They increase in number

until 32 is reached, but this number may not be the maximum,

though it is the most I have seen in a specimen. The marginal

vesicles always remain eight in number, one of the characteristic

features of the species and by which it may be distinguished from

Phialidium temporarium. The otoliths in the vesicles show con-

siderable variation even in the same individual. Three or four

appear to be about the usual number present but sometimes more.

One specimen had five to eight otoliths. The umbrella becomes

very thick especially at the aboral end. By the thickness of the

umbrella I could usually recognize this species in an aquarium

when in company with Phialidium temporarium.

The generative cells, which in the earliest stage form a small

oval patch about halfway down each radial canal, gradually grow

downwards or outwards but do not touch the margin. Usually

of a yellowish-brown colour.

The largest specimen seen measured 13 mm. in width and 4 mm.

in height. During my visit to Plymouth in September 1893 I

saw several specimens of this medusa, belonging to the 1st and 2nd

stages, and some early stages at Port Erin in May 1894.

According to Haeckel this medusa, possessing only eight mar-

ginal vesicles and no cirri, ought to be placed in the genus T%aropsis.

But as the medusa is more like the species belonging to Phialidium

than Tiaropsis, I prefer to place it temporarily in the genus Phia-

lidium until its hydroid has been found, rather than make a new

genus.

Evrima insienis (Keferstein).

Siphonorhynchus insignis, Keferstein (1862),

1896.] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSZ. 493

Entima insignis, Haeckel (1879); Garstang (1894); Browne

(1895).

A single specimen taken at Plymouth on 3rd October, 1893.

Umbrella 7 mm. in width and 33 mm. in length. Stomach

about 2 mm. long, situated on a peduncle 7 mm. long. Mouth

with four large lips. Four very long perradial tentacles, about

20 mm. in length when fully expanded, with a pair of cirri at the

base of each. About 30 marginal bulbs, each with a pair of cirri.

Eight adradial marginal vesicles, each with 2-5 otoliths. The

gonads are on the lower half of the peduncle along the radial

canals. The medusa is perfectly colourless.

Another specimen taken at Plymouth on 7th September, 1895.

Umbrella 8 mm. in width and 4 mm. in length. Thirty-nine

marginal bulbs, which are not evenly distributed upon the margin

of the umbrella ; the four quadrants of the umbrella possessing 9,

13, 7, and 10 bulbs. The gonads are just commencing to develop

upon the radial canals, close to the stomach. The marginal

vesicles with 3-4 otoliths. In other details the specimen resembles

the one described above.

Distrrisution.—France, St. Vaast, AKeferstein.

England—Ply mouth, Garstang; E.T.B. Isle of Man, Browne.

SAPHENIA MIRABILIS (Wright). (Plate XVII. fig. 3.)

Goodsirea mirabilis, Wright (1859).

Saphenia mirabilis, Haeckel (1879);-Cunningham (1891); Bles

(1892) ; Garstang (1894) ; Browne (1895).

Cunningham obtained some hundreds of specimens off the

Eddystone, at night, on 16th July, 1891. The Jargest 12 mm. in

diameter.

At the end of September 1893 I found two specimens at

Plymouth having the umbrella about 6 mm. in diameter, and eight

marginal vesicles each with three otoliths. During September 1895

I met with a few more specimens at Plymouth. One specimen

5 mm. in width and 5 mm. in length. Eight marginal vesicles _

with 1-5 otoliths, but the majority possessed 3 otoliths. Two

long opposite, perradial tenvacles, with a pair of cirri at the base

of each. Thirty-nine marginal bulbs, not evenly distributed

between the radial canals ; a pair ofcirri usually present on each

bulb. Manubrium very long. Medusa colourless.

A very small medusa taken on 16th Sept., 1895, may possibly be

the earliest free-swimming stage of Saphenia (Plate XVI. fig. 5 and

fig. 5a). Umbrella bell-shaped, slightly longer than wide; about

3 mm. in length. Manubrium about one quarter the length of

the umbrella-cavity.

The stomach is not on a peduncle, but has a short conical knob

at its base extending into the mesoglea of the umbrella and

terminating in a short apical stalk, which does not reach to the

ex-umbrella.

On the marcin of the umbrella, two opposite, perradial tentacles,

with a pair of cirri at the base of each; two opposite, perradial

494 : MR. B, T, BROWND ON [Mar. 17,

bulbs, without tentacles, one of the bulbs has a short cirrus; and

also four interradial and eight adradial bulbs, without cirri. Eight

marginal vesicles, with a single otolith, situated close to the

perradial canals.

This medusa is clearly a very early stage, not long liberated

from a hydroid. The presence of cirri tends to show that it may

develop into a medusa like Saphenza, or may bud two more ten-

tacles and become like Zutima. As it resembles Saphenia in its

present condition, I have placed it here until the hydroid form

is identified.

At the end of May 1895 I found two specimens in Valencia

Harbour. The smaller 4 mm.in diameter. As this medusa has

been so little described, I give the characteristic points of the

largest specimen (Pl. XVII. fig. 3):—Umbrella 9 mm. in width and

5 mm. in length. Manubrium about 10 mm. long. The two

opposite, perradial tentacles about 15 mm. in length, when fully

expanded; twelve to fifteen marginal bulbs in each quadrant

of the umbrella; the tentacles and all the bulbs with cirri.

Eight marginal vesicles with 3-5 otoliths. The medusa is com-

pletely colourless, except fora delicate pinkish tinge on the stomach

and lips.

Dreneserare Scotland—Firth of Forth, Wright.

England—Plymouth, Cunningham; Bles; Garstang; H. T.B.

Isle of Man, Browne.

Treland—Valencia Island, Z. 7. B.

OctoRCHIS GEGENBAURI, Haeckel.

Octorchis gegenbauri, Haeckel (1864) (1879).

A single specimen of this medusa was taken, for the first time

in British Seas, at Plymouth on 7th September, 1895. Only two

species—O. gegenbaurt and O. campanulatus—are known and are

only recorded from the Mediterranean. The Plymouth Octorchis

does not correspond exactly to the descriptions given by Haeckel

of either the above species, but appears to be an intermediate

form, a kind of connecting link between the two species. As it is

more like O. gegenbauri, I have placed it under that name.

Umbrella bell-shaped, 6 mm. in length and 9 mm. in width.

Manubrium when fully expanded 12 mm. long. Peduncle quad-

rangular, about five times as long as the stomach; mouth with

four large, crenate lips. Hight tentacles (4 perradial and 4 inter-

radial), about 10 mm. long when expanded, about 2 mm. long when

contracted, without cirri at the base. About 60 bulbs, or warts,

evenly distributed on the margin of the umbrella, nearly every

one with short spiral cirrus. Eight marginal vesicles, adradial,

with 6 to 10 otoliths in two rows. On each of the four radial

canals, about the middle of the peduncle, there is an oval mass of

ova, and also a genital band, probably containing spermatozoa,

extending along the radial canals from the base of the peduncle

nearly to the margin of the umbrella. Medusa perfectly

colourless.

1896. ] BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUS#. ; 495

TRACHOMEDUS2.

Fam. GERYONIDA.

LIRIANTHA APPENDICULATA (Forbes).

Geryonia appendiculata Forbes (1848).

Liriope appendiculata, Gegenbaur (1856) ; Agassiz (1862).

Xanthea appendiculata, Haeckel (1864).

Liriantha appendiculata, Haeckel (1879).

This medusa was exceedingly abundant at Plymouth during the

whole of September and the early part of October, 1893. As

most of the specimens belonged to the early stages, I was able to

trace its development.

First Stage-—Umbrella sub-globose, from 1 to 2 mm. wide, and

about as long. Velum very broad. On the margin of the

umbrella there are four interradial tentacles, about half the length

of the umbrella, and are usually carried in an upright position

alongside the ex-umbrella. On the inner side of these tentacles

there are rows of nematocysts, which are directed outwards when

the tentacle is alongside the umbrella. These tentacles remain

throughout life. On the ex-umbrella, about one-third the distance

from the margin, are situated four little, perradial, primary

tentacles ; each consists of a large cluster of nematocysts upon a

short stalk. Within the bulb containing the nematocysts there is

a fine whip-like tongue, which I have seen occasionally protruded

and after moving rapidly about in every direction withdrawn again

inside the bulb. These primary tentacles disappear later in life,

The characteristic features of this stage are the primary perradial

tentacles and the absence of a manubrium.

Second Stage—During this stage the manubrium commences to

grow downwards, a continuation of the edge of the circular

opening in the first stage. At the same time four perradial

tentacles commence to grow from the margin of the umbrella.

They differ considerably from the interradial tentacles, and are

not carried in an upright position, but hang down or trail behind

the umbrella when the medusa is in motion and can be extended

to a considerable length. Each tentacle has numerous rings of

nematocysts. The lateral primary tentacles on the umbrella are

usually present, but one or two may be absent. Medusa belonging

to this stage may be characterized by possessing four perradial

tentacles on the margin of the umbrella, and a short manubrium,

not reaching to the velum. Umbrella about 3 mm. in diameter

and colourless.

Third Stage.—This is really the commencement of the adult

stage, as the gonads begin to develop upon the radial canals. The

lateral tentacles disappear and small scars mark their former

position upon the ex-umbrella. The manubrium extends slightly

beyond the cavity of the umbrella. Umbrella about 4 mm. in

diameter. I have divided the early stages into these three

496 MR. E. T. BROWNE ON (Mar. 17,

divisions, as most of the specimens taken could thus be separated

in the process of sorting; but the whole collection formed one

continuous series.

The Adult Stage.—Forbes first described the adult form from a

few specimens which he obtained at- Dartmouth (Aug. 31, 1845),

at Portland, and about 15 miles off the Devonshire coast. I have

not seen any other records of the capture of this medusa. I do

not think it is a native of our seas, but rather an occasional visitor.

It was very abundant in 1893, but I did not see a single specimen

during my visit to Plymouth in September 1895. Its home may

be in the Mediterranean or in the warmer parts of the Atlantic.

The description given by Gegenbaur of Liriantha mucronata from

the Mediterranean corresponds very closely to the British species.

I do not intend here to give a complete description of the adult,

as it may be easily identified from the description and figures

given by Forbes. It possesses the usual eight sense-organs

(‘‘ Horbliischen”). The heart-shaped generative organs are

nearer the margin than Forbes’s figures show them to be. Haeckel

places great importance upon the glossoconus (“* Zungenkegel ”),

which is the conical termination of the peduncle inside the stomach.

He divides the genus Liriantha into two subgenera, one with and

the other without the glossoconus. Forbes’s Liriantha is placed in

the subgenus without the glossoconus, as Forbes never described

it; but I have seen it in the Plymouth specimens. Unless

specially looked for, it may be easily passed over.

Mr. E. J. Allen, in a letter from Plymouth dated 9th January,

1896, informs me that specimens of Lirtantha appendiculata were

taken at Plymouth on 7th and 8th of January. It is very

interesting to note the occurrence of this medusa in the middle of

winter.

NARCOMEDUS&.

Fam. SouMARID&.

SoLMARIS, sp. ?

Two early stages of a medusa belonging to this genus were

taken about three miles south of Plymouth on 7th September,

1895. The umbrella of the largest specimen about 2 mm. in

diameter, with 15 lappets. There is a brownish sense-organ

(“ Horkélbchen”) in the centre of each alternate lappet. Fifteen

tentacles, one between every two lappets. No genital ring present.

Umbrella and tentacles colourless. The other specimen, about

1 mm. in diameter, with 14 tentacles, 14 umbrella-lappets, seven

sense-organs, one on each alternate lappet. The figure (pl. xx.

fig. 7) given by Haeckel of Solmaris coronantha is very much like

the appearance of the young medusz taken at Plymouth.

The medusw belonging to the genus Solmaris are not natives

of our cold seas. Most of the species inhabit the tropical seas;

three, however, have been found in the Mediterranean, and one

(S. coronantha) off the Canary Islands.

1896. j BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUSZ&. 497

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Agassiz, A. 1865. North American Acalephe. (Cambridge, Mass.)

Agassiz, L. 1862. Contrib. Nat. Hist. U.S.A., vol. iv. (Boston.)

Auper, J. 1857. ‘“ Catal., Zoophytes Northumberland and

Durham.” Trans. Tyneside Field Club, vol. iii. pp. 100-162,

pls. 11.-x. (Newcastle.)

——. 1862. “Suppl. Catal. Zooph. Northumberland and

Durham.” Trans. Tyneside Field Club, vol. v. pp. 225-247,

pls. viii.—xi.

Auten, E. J. 1895. “Faunistie Notes.” Journ. Mar. Biol.

Assoc. vol. iv. pp. 48-52. (Plymouth.)

Atuman, G. J. 1859. “ Notes on Hydroid Zooph.” Ann. Nat.

Hist. ser. 3, vol. iv. pp. 48-55,

—, 1863. Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xi. pp. 1-12.

——. 1864. “On the Construction and Limitation of Genera

among the Hydroida.” Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. xi.

pp. 345-380,

1871-72. Mon. Gymn. Hydroids. Ray Soc. (London.)

Baster, J. 1759. Opuscula Subseciva etc. Harlemi.

Benepen, Van. 1866. Recherches sur la faune littorale de

Belgique. 4to. (Bruxelles.)

Buarinviiie, H. M. 1834. Manuel d’Actinologie. (Paris.)

Burs, E. J. 1892. “Notes on the Plankton.” Journ. Mar. Biol.

Assoc. vol. ii. pp. 34-43. (Plymouth.)

Boum, R. 1878. “ Helgolander Leptomedusen.” Jena. Zeitschr.

f. Naturw. vol. xii. pp. 68-203, Taf. ii—vil.

Bortase, W. 1758. Nat. Hist. Cornwall. (Oxford.)

Browne, BE. T. 1895. “ Report on Meduse of L.M.B.C. District

(Isle of Man).” Trans. Liverpool Biol. Soc. vol. ix. pp. 243-

286. Reprinted in ‘Fauna of Liverpool Bay,’ vol. iv.

(Liverpool.)

Busx, G. 1849. Trans. Microsc. Soc. London, vol. iii. p. 22,

pls. vil., vill.

CrarParhpn, BE. 1860. “ Beitrige zur Fauna der schottischen Kiste.”

Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. vol. x. pp. 401-8, Taf. xxii. (Leipzig.)

——. 1863. Beob. iiber wirbelloser Thiere. (Leipzig.)

Cuaus, C. 1864. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xiv. p. 389,

Taf. xxxviii. (Leipzig.)

1881. Arb. Zool. Instit. Wien, Bd. iv. p. 23, pl. iv.

Cruse, J. A. 1886. “List of Medusew.” Fauna of Liverpool

Bay, vol. i. pp. 114-119.

Cocks, W.P. 1849. “Fauna of Falmouth.” Rep. Roy. Cornwall

Polytech. Soc. pp. 38-101.

CrawrorD, J. H. 1891. “ Notes on Meduse of St. Andrews

Bay.” Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. viii. pp. 295-297.

1895. “ Hydroids of St. Andrews Bay.” Ann. Nat. Hist,

ser. 6, vol. xvi. pp. 256-262.

CunnincHam, J. T. 1891. “On Saphenia mirabilis.” Journ.

Mar. Biol. Assoc. vol. ii. p. 194. (Plymouth.)

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. XXXII. 32

498 MR. E. T. BROWNE ON [Mar. 17,

Duerpin, J. E. 1893. “ Hydroida of the S.W. Coast of Ir eland.”

Prog. Roy. Irish Acad. ser. 3, vol. ii pp. 187-150, (Dublin.)

Escuscuoitz, J. F. 1829. System der Acalephen. ( Berlin.)

Fremine, J. 1828. British Animals. (Edinburgh.)

Forsgs, E. 1841. Contrib. to Brit. Actinology. Ann. Nat. Hist.

vol. vii. p. 81-85, pl. 1.

1848. Brit. Naked- eyed Meduse. Ray Soc. (London.)

Forsxan, P. 1775. Descriptiones Animalium. (Haunie.)

Ganstanc, W. 1894. “ Faunistic Notes.” Journ. Mar. Biol.

Assoc. vol. ili. pp. 210-235. (Plymouth.)

Guenvpaur, C. 1856. ‘Versuch. Syst. Medusen.” Zeitschr.

f. wiss. Zool. Taf. viii. pp. 202-273. (Leipzig. )

Grarp, A. 1888. ‘ Fragments Biologiques.” Bull. Sci. France

et Belg. tom. xix. (ser. 3, vol. i.) pp. 317-8, pl. xxi. (Paris.)

Gossn, P. ‘H. 1853. Naturalist’s Rambles on the Devonshire

Coast. (London.)

——. 1857. “On a new form of Corynoid Polypes.” Trans.

Linn. Soe. vol. xxii. pp- 113-116, pl. xx. (London.)

Greenn, J. R. 1857. ** Acalephx of the Dublin Coast.” Nat.

Hist. Review, vol. iv. pp. 242-250, pls. xiv., xv. (London.)

Gronovius, L. T. 1760. Acta Helvetica, vol. iv. p- 38. (Basiliz.)

Happon, A. C. 1885. “Fauna of Dublm Bay.” Proc. Roy.

Irish Acad. ser. 2, vol. iy. pp. 523-531.

Hancxern, E. 1864. ** Beschr. Medusen Golfe von Nizzia.” Jena.

Zeitschr. Naturw. Band i. pp. 325-42.

——. 1879. Das System der Medusen. (Jena.)

Harrnaus, C. 1894. “Coelenteraten Helgolands.” Arbeiten

Biol. Anstalt Helgoland (1893) (Wiss. Meeresuntersuch-

ungen, n. F, Bd. i. Hf. 1), pp. 161-206. (Kiel.)

Hicks, ae ial Herpman, W. A. 1886. Hydroida. Fauna of

Liverpool Bay, vol. i. pp. 95-113. (Liverpool.)

Hincks, T. 1861. “On Clavatella.” Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3,

vol. vii. pp. 73-81, pls. vii.-viil.

——. 1868. Brit. Hydroid Zooph. (London.)

——. 1872. “On Lar sabellarum.” Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. x.

pp. 313-317, pl. xix.

Hover, J. 1861. “Mar. Zool. Seaham MHarbour.” Trans.

Tyneside Field Club, vol. v. pp. 78-82, pl. i. (Newcastle.)

Hott, E. W. 1891. “Invert. Fauna St. Andrews Bay.” Ann.

Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. viii. pp. 182-184.

Jounsron, G. 1847. Brit. Zoophytes. (London.)

Kroun, A. 1861. “On Hleutheria.” Arch. f. Naturg. Bd. xxvii.

pp. 157-170. (Berlin.)

Kererstern, 1862. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xii.

Kéniixer, A. 1853. Zeitschr.f. wiss Zool. Bd. iv. pp. 299-370.

Lamarck, J. 1816. Hist. Nat. Animaux sans Vert. vol. ii. (Paris.)

Lusson, R. 1848. Acaléphes. (Paris.)

Lrvckart, R. 1856. “ Beitr. Medusenfauna Nizza.” Arch. f.

Naturw. Bd. xxii. pp. 1-40, Taf. 1., ii. (Berlin.)

Linn aus, C. 1767. Systema Nature. Edit. xii.

ET B.adnatdel.

MP Parker hth.

PZ.S.1896. Plate XVI.

British Medusae.

West, Nevaman imp.

1896. ] - BRITISH HYDROIDS AND MEDUS®, 499

Maas,O. 1893. Crasped. Medusen. Plankton Exped. (Leipzig.)

Macarrney. 1810, Phil. Trans. p. 262, pl. xiv. fig. 3. (London.)

M‘Inrosu, W. C. 1890. St. Andtews Mar. Lab. Rep: No. xi.

Ann. "Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. v. pp. 296-306.

Moprrr. 1791. Nova Acta phys. Med. vol. viii. (Stockholm.)

Miuter,O. F. 1766, Zool. Danice et Norvegix, 8vo. (Havnie.)

1788-1806. Zool. Danica. 4 vols. folio. (Havnie.)

Pracu, C. W. 1849. Report Roy. Instit. Cornwall, pp. 43--53.

Pénon and Lusunur. 1809. “ Tableau de Méduses.” Mus. Hist.

Nat. Annal. xiv. pp. 325-366. (Paris.)

QuarrEracss, A. 1842. “On Eleutheria.” Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 2,

tom. xviii. pp. 270-283. (Paris.)

Risso, A. 1826. Hist. Nat. de Nice, vol. v. (Paris.)

Sars, M. 1835. Beskrivelser og Iagt. etc. (Bergen.)

1846. Fauna littoralis Norvegiz, i. (Christiania. )

——. 1859. “On the genus Cor ~ymorpha ” (Horhandl. i Vid.

Selsk. i Christiania, 1859). Transl. by Dallas: Ann. Nat. Hist.

ser. 3, vol. viii. pp. 353-360.

—. 1877. On Celenterates. Fauna littoralis Norvegia, iii.

pp. 1-48, Taf. i—ii.

SHaw. 1789. Nat. Miscell. vol. vi. pl. 196.

1812. Nat. Miscell. vol. xxii. pl. 956.

Stappor. 1775. Physikalische Belustigungen. 4to. (Niirnberg.)

Srunnsrrup, J. 1842. Generationswechsel. Transl. by Busk:

« Alternations of Generations.” Ray Soc. 1845,

Vatientin, R. 1893. “ Pelagic Life of Falmouth.” Journ. Roy.

Instit. Cornwall, pp. 1- 23, (Truro. )

Waener, R. 1841. "Lcones Zootomice. (Leipzig.)

WILL, F. 1844. Hore Tergestine. 4to. (Leipzic.)

Wintune, G. 1880. Naturh. Tidssk. Bd. xii. pp. 223-278.

(Copenhagen. )

Weaicut,T.S. 1858. Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. vol. i. pp. 447—

455, pls. Xxil., xxiii.

eb 859, Edinb. New Phil. Journ. vol. x. pp. 105-114,

2 plates.

——. 1861. “Brit. Zoophytes.” Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 3,

vol, vill. pp. 120-135, pls. iii.—v.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PuaTe XVI.

Fig. 1. Corymorpha nutans, adult 9, x 10; p. 463. Valencia, 1895.

Fig. 2. Dipurena, sp.? , probably a young stage, X 60; p. 473. Plymouth, 1895.

Fig. 3. Lar sebellarum (Willsia stellata), Ist stage, X 25; p. 468. Plymouth,

1893.

Fig. 4. Lar sabellarum (Willsia stellata), 3rd stage, x 15; p. 468. Plymouth,

1893.

Fig. 5. Saphenia mirabilis (?), an early stage, x 40; p. 493. Plymouth, 1895.

Fig. 5a. Diagram of the margin of the umbrella.

Fig. 6. Phialidium buskianum, adult, x 8; p. 488.- Plymouth, 1895.

Fig. 6a. Diagram of the margin of the umbrella,

ie, 7. Huchilota pilosella (?), an early stage, X 25; p. 484. Plymouth, 1895.

Fig. 7a. Diagram of the margin of the umbreila. ae

500 MR. A, SMITH WOODWARD ON EXTINCT [Mar. 17,

Piuate XVII.

Fig. 1. Phialidium cymbaloideum, earliest free-swimming stage; p.491. Val-

encia, 1895.

Fig. 2. Phialidium cymhaloideum, adult, x 8; p. 491. Valencia; 1895.

Fig. 2a, Diagram of the margin of the umbrella. s y

Fig. 3. Saphenia mirabilis, an intermediate stage, X 6: p.493. Valencia, 1895.

Fig. 4. Phialidium temporarium, earliest free-swimming stage, X 22; p. 489.

Valencia, 1895.

Fig. 5. Phialidium temporarium, x 8; p. 489. Valencia, 1895.

Fig. 6. Phialidium temporarium, adult, x 6; p.489. Port Erin, 1894.

3. On some Extinct Fishes of the Teleostean Family Gono-

rhynchide. By A. Surru Woopwarp, F.Z.S.

[Received March 13, 1896.]

(Plate XVIII.)

In his well-known work ‘ Recherches sur les Ossemens Fossiles’

Baron Cuvier describes several fossil remains of fishes from the

Upper Eocene gypsum of Montmartre, near Paris, which he briefly

discusses with only provisional results and no definite names.

Most of these have been redescribed by subsequent observers, who

have had additional specimens and more satisfactory materials for

comparison; and the systematic position of some of them is now

determined with a considerable degree of certainty. One nearly

complete specimen, however, which still remains incerte sedis, has

not hitherto received the attention it deserves; for it and a closely-

allied form from the Eocene marls of Aix-en-Provence seem to

belong to a nearly extinct family of Teleosteans (Gonorhynchide)

which has not previously been known to occur in the European

area.

This fossil is first described in the second edition of the work in

question (1822), and exhibits remains of all the skeletal parts of a

fish about 0-2 m. in length. As Cuvier himself remarks, the

disposition of the fins is very suggestive of that in the ‘*Gono-

rhynque (Cyprinus gonorrynchus, Gron.)”; while “the parts of the

head which are observable indicate a Cyprinoid with prominent

nose, such as the Gonorhynque, the Cyprinus nasus [= Chondro-

stoma], or a similarform.” The small mouth, extended premaxille,

and absence of teeth are also noticed.

A more imperfect example, not improbably of the same species,

from Montmartre, had previously been described by de Blainville

under the name of Anormurus macrolepidotus’ ; and its scales were

said to be remarkably similar to those of a larger fish made known

at the same time from Aix-en-Provence and referred to a new

species of Cyprinus, namely C. syuwamosseus. The dorsal fin was

described as remote and comprising 14 or 15 rays. The jaws

appeared to be toothless, and five broad branchiostegal rays could

be counted.

In 1844 the so-called Cyprinus squamosseus of de Blainville

1 Nouy. Dict. d’Hist. Nat. vol. xxvii. (1818), p. 374.

-Plate XVII.

Z5.1896

1896.] FISHES OF THE FAMILY GONORHYNCHID#. 501

became the type of the genus Sphenolepis of Agassiz’, and was

then referred to the Esocide. The Montmartre specimen described

and figured by Cuvier was also placed in the same genus under the

name of Sphenolepis cuvieri ; and since that date both these fishes

seem to have been always quoted as related to the genus Esow.

A recent examination of the specimens of these two fishes in the

British Museum has now convinced the present writer that Cuvier’s

original comparison of Sphenolepis cuviert with Gonorhynchus was

correct ; that Sphenolepis squamosseus certainly belongs to the same

genus; and that both these fishes are generically identical with

Notogoneus osculus from the freshwater Green River Shales (Evcene)

of Wyoming, U.S.A., which Professor Cope referred to the

Gonorhynchide eleven years ago*. As the only surviving genus,

Gonorhynchus, seems to be exclusively restricted to the seas border-

ing Japan, South Africa, Australia, and New Zealand, the discovery

of an extinct freshwater ally both in Europe and America is one of

some interest. It is thus important that the principal osteological

characters of the known fossils should be clearly stated to justify

the comparisons made.

1. Noroconrvs oscutus. (Plate XVIII. figs. 1, 2

1885-86. Notogoneus osculus, E. D. Cope, Amer. Nat. vol. xix.

p- 1091; Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. vol. iii. p. 163, pl. with figs. 4, 5.

Formation and Locality. Green River Shales (Eocene); Wyoming,

U.S.A.

The North-American form Notogoneus osculus has already been

well described by Cope, who also publishes a diagrammatic figure.

A beautiful new specimen, however, lately acquired by the British

Museum, permits the determination of a few additional features.

The head in this fossil, shown of the natural size in Pl. XVIII.

fig. 1, is exposed directly from the side, and thus does not exhibit

the hinder part of the cranial roof, which is fortunately well seen

in the original specimen figured by Cope. The large and character-

istic right frontal bone (fr.) is distinct, while the upper part of the

otic region (ot.) is shown to be well ossified, and is evidently not

entirely covered by the squamosal. The much-expanded hyoman-

dibular (km.) is exposed, except at its lower end; but the other

elements of the suspensorium, as also those of the pterygo-palatine

arcade, are too much crushed and fractured to be distinguishable.

The articulation for the mandible, however, is distinct below the

front border of the orbit, and portions of both rami are preserved,

that of the left side thrown upwards a little above the right ramus.

Though imperfect the bones here indicated can readily be deter-

mined by reference to the corresponding elements in the existing

Gonorhynchus (P|. X VILL. fig. 5). The articulo-angular bone (ag.) is

almost tan-shaped, extending upwards immediately in front of the

articulation into a large, bluntly-pointed process. The dentary (d.)

is much larger than the latter element, truncated in front, with

very short oral border, and rising into an euormous upwardly-

* Poiss. Foss. vol. v. pt. ii. (1844), p.

2 American Naturalist, vol. xix. deeb) 4 p. 1091.

502 MR. A. SMITH WOODWARD ON EXTINCT [Mar. 17,

directed process. The left maxilla (mwx.) is completely preserved,

slightly arched in form, with a small ascending process near its

anterior end, and a little expansion posteriorly. Of the right

maxilla only a fragment of the anterior end remains, The pre-

maxille are not shown, but the bone labelled “? barbel axis” in

Cope’s original specimen may be one of them. No teeth are

exhibited in any part of the mouth. The preoperculum (p.op.)

has-a large lower limb and is much expanded at the angle. The

operculum (op.) is imperfect above, but evidently trapezoidal in

form and somewhat deeper than broad. The suboperculum (s.op.)

is deeper behind than in front, and exhibits four deep clefts in the

lower half of its hinder border. Small scales can be observed

enveloping all the head and opercular bones.

The vertebral centra are much constricted and strengthened

with small irregular longitudinal ridges. The ribs are remarkably

slender, apparently supported by stout processes frum the centra ;

while the separate neural spines in the anterior half of the

abdominal region are expanded into thin narrow lamine. The

last vertebra of the tail (Pl. XVIII. fig. 2) bears an upwardly-turned

double style, and there are seven expanded hemal arches at the

base of the caudal fin, the lowest apparently connected with the

penultimate vertebral centrum, the next three with the last

centrum, and the upper three with the terminal style. It is also

worthy of note that the neural arch in the three vertebre pre-

ceding the last is forked from the base. Intermuscular bones are

seen above the vertebral column throughout, and below it in the

caudal region. .

The fins are as described by Cope, except that the pelvic pair is

much larger than indicated in the original specimens. The scales

are precisely similar in shape and denticulation to those of the

existing Gonorhynchus.

2. NoroconEus squamMossEvs. (Plate XVIII. figs. 3, 4.)

1818. Cyprinus squamosseus, H. D. de Blainville, Nouv. Dict.

d@’Hist. Nat. vol. xxvii. p. 371.

1844. Sphenolepis squamosseus, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. vol. v.

pt. i. p. 13, pt. i. p. 87, pl: xlv.

Formation and Locality. Upper Eocene; Aix-en-Provence, France.

The so-called Cyprinus or Sphenolepis squamosseus is represented

in the British Museum by several specimens, which, taken together,

display nearly all its essential characters. The head with opercular

apparatus is relatively much larger than in Notogoncus osculus, its

length exceeding the maximum depth of the trunk, and contained

only about four times in the total length of the fish; the vertebral

centra are also much shorter ; otherwise its specific characters seem

to be identical with those of the American fish.

The best-preserved head belongs to a specimen wanting part of

the abdominal region and the caudal fin, and is shown of two-

thirds the natural size im Pl. XVIII. fig. 3. It is unfortunately

very imperfect, but the enveloping small scales (s.) are exposed

in a narrow band, both above and below. The much-fractured

1896. ] FISHES OF THU FAMILY GONORHYNCHID#. 503

cranium is seen from above, but the only clearly distinguishable

remains are those of the great pair of frontals (fr.). Some

characteristic portions of the small mouth are observable forwards

below; one of the maxille (mw«.), a dentary (d.), and apparently a

fractured articulo-angular element (ag.) being distinct. The bone

(x) above the maxilla may perhaps be part of the large preorbital

cheek-plate seen. in Gonorhynchus (fig. 5). The right operculum

(op.) and suboperculum (s.op.) are displaced upwards above the

head, and the last-mentioned bone exhibits the four deep clefts

in its hinder border. Remains probably of four large branchio-

stegal rays (br.) occur below the head just in front of the rather

obscure pectoral arch.

The total number of vertebre cannot be definitely ascertained,

but seems to be between 50 and 60. The centra resemble those

of the American fish, thougk a little shorter in proportion to their

depth: and the state of preservation of one specimen (Brit. Mus.

no. P. 5884) suggests that each centrum was pierced mesially by

the notochord. The delicate ribs are borne by stout processes

from the centra, as noted by Agassiz, and as well shown in the

specimen of which the head has been described. The neural

spines are expanded in the anterior part of the abdominal region,

as also shown in the same specimen and indicated by Agassiz

in fig. 3 of his plate representing the species. The extremity of

the vertebral column is formed precisely as described above in

N. osculus, the lowermost expanded hemal spine at the base of

the caudal fin being distinctly supported by the hinder border of

the penultimate centrum; this, however, must be displaced for-

wards, for both the penultimate and the antepenultimate centrum

bears its own hemal arch, compiratively stout but not expanded.

The fins appear to resemble those of V. osculus, but there are

only eleven supports in the dorsal (clearly shown in Brit. Mus.

no. 43436), the foremost with a wing-shaped expansion indicating

its composite character. It is difficult to count the rays them-

selves, the two halves of each being so loosely apposed that in

crushing they frequently slip one behind the other.

The scales are comparatively thick, and in their crushed state

they rarely exhibit the posterior fringe of denticles. Careful

examination of many specimens, however, shows that they pre-

cisely resemble those of Gonorhynchus. A detached scale from

the hinder end of the caudal region is represented of the natural

size in Pl. XVIII. fig. 4. The radiating grooves in its deeply over-

lapped portion are distinct, and the hinder fringe is partly restored

from an adjoining scale.

_ 3. NotoGonsus CUVIERI.

(?) 1818. Anormurus macrolepidotus, H. D. de Blainville, Nouv.

Dict. d'Hist. Nat. vol. xxvii. p. 374.

1822. “Cyprin,” G. Cuvier, Oss. Foss. ed. 2, p. 346, pl. Ixxvii.

fig. 15.

1844. Sphenolepis cuvieri, L. Agassiz, Poiss. Foss. vol. v. pt, i.

p. 13, pt. 1. p. 39, pl. xliv, figs, 1, 2 (? figs. 4-12, nee fig. 3).

504 SBXTINCT FISHES OF THE FAMILY GONORHYNCHID=. [ Mar. 17,

Formation and Locality. Upper Eocene (Gypsum); Montmartre,

Paris.

This is a smaller and more slender species than either of the

above, and the single specimen of it in the British Museum adds

only one new fact to the description by Cuvier and Agassiz. The

remains of the squamation above and behind the anal fin distinctly

prove that the scales are identical with those of Gonorhynchus

and Notogoneus, not only in form, but also in their characteristic

posterior denticulation.

It must, however, be remarked that the large head provisionally

ascribed to this species by Agassiz is proved by its large den-

tigerous mandible to belong to a distinct fish; while the other

fragmentary remains placed here are at least problematical.

The three fishes thus briefly noticed are so closely similar to the

recent Gonorhynchus that it is difficult to realize their dating back

to the earliest Tertiary period; but their interest becomes even

greater when it is remembered that the three formations yielding

their remains are proved by other associated fossils to be of fresh-

water origin. So far as known, indeed, these Eocene fishes can

only be distinguished generically from Gonorhynchus by three

characters. Firstly, they seem to be entirely toothless, whereas

the recent fish has large teeth on the pterygoid and hyoid bones.

Secondly, their suboperculum exhibits some deep clefts in its

hinder border. Thirdly, their dorsal fin is in the middle of the

back, while that of Gonorhynchus-is much more remote. The

extinct freshwater Gonorhynchid of France and Wyoming thus

requires a distinctive generic name, and there are three from

which to select, namely, Anormurus (Blainville, 1818), Sphenolepis

(Agassiz, 1844), and Notogoneus (Cope, 1885). The first was too

imperfectly defined for recognition, while the second is pre-

occupied (Sphenolepis, Nees, 1834); Notogoneus may therefore be

adopted as in the foregoing notes.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII,

Fig. 1. Notogoneus osculus ; right lateral aspect cf head and opercular appa-

ratus.— Hocene; Wyoming, U.S.A. ag.,articulo-angular; d., dentary ;

fr., frontal; hm., hyomandibular; mz., maxilla; op., operculum ;

ot., otic region; p.op., preoperculum ; s., scales; s.op., suboperculum,

[P. 7491.]

Fig. 2. Ditto; three terminal vertebra and hypural of same specimen.

Fig. 8. Notogoneus squamosseus; lelt lateral and partly superior aspect of im-

perfect head and opercular apparatus, two-thirds nat. size. Upper

Eocene; Aix-en-Provence. r., branchiostegal rays; 2, preorbital

cheek-plate; other letters as above. [8052.]

Fig. 4. Ditto; scale of caudal region of same specimen.

Fig. 5. Gonorhynchus greyi; right mandibular ramus, upper jaw, and pre-

orbital cheek-plate of recent fish: pmz., premaxilla; other letters as

above.

Unless otherwise stated the figures are of the natural size. The numbers in

square brackets refer to the Register of the Geological Department, British

Museum, where the fossils are preserved.

Pee onlOo6 Jeb xvVille

FH Michael del. ct lth.

Mantern Bros.imp.-

EXTINCT GONORHYNCHID FISHES.

1896.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 505

April 21, 1896.

Sir W. H. Frower, K.C.B., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1896 :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of March were 86 in number. Of these 33 were acquired

by presentation, 38 by purchase, 3 were born in the Gardens,

8 were received on deposit, and 4 in exchange. The total number

of departures during the same period, by death and removals,

was 83.

Amongst these special attention was called to:—

1. A fine young female Gorilla (Anthropopithecus gorilla),

purchased March 6th. This animal (brought home by one of the

African Steamship Company’s vessels to Liverpool) was obtained

at N’gove or Iquela in French Congoland. It is apparently from

three to four years old, and is in excellent condition and fairly

tame and good-tempered. The only specimen of the Gorilla

previously living in the Society’s Gardens was the young male

acquired in 1887 (see P. Z. S. 1887, p. 559).

Head of female Gorilla, drawn by Frohawk.

(Reduced from ‘Field,’ vol. lxxxvii. p. 481, 1896, by kind permission.)

506 ON THE HORNS OF ANTILOPE TRIANGULARIS. [Apr. 21,

2. A young male Markhoor (Capra megaceros), from the vicinity

of Peshawar, British India, presented by Col. Paterson,

March 18th.

3. A pair of a rather scarce species of Duiker Antelope

(Cephalophus coronatus), from West Africa, received in exchange,

March 23rd.

4, A Silver-backed Fox (Canis chama), from Cape Colony,

presented by C. W. Southey, Esq., of Culmstock, Schoombie

Station, South Africa.

Mr. Sclater exhibited some of the specimens from Nyasaland

lately sent home by Sir H. H. Johnston, K.C.B., to be transmitted

to the British Museum. Amongst these was a very fine head of a

male Sable Antelope (Hippotragus niger), from the Zomba Plains,

of which the horns measured 39 inches along the curve; and a

fine specimen of a peculiar form of the Brindled Gnu (Connocheetes

gorgon), shot at the south end of Lake Chilwa by Mr. H. C.

McDonald, of the British Central African Administration. This

was believed to be the first example of the Guu sent home from

British East Africa.

Amongst the birds sent on this occasion (as kindly determined

by Capt. Shelley) were examples of Girus carunculata from the

Shirwa Plains, not previously transmitted from Nyasaland, and

of Surcidiornis melanonota from Lake Shirwa.

Mr. Sclater also exhibited a fine pair of horns of the so-called

Antilope trianqularis (Gunther, P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 73), Doratoceros tri-

angularis (Lydekker, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) viii. p. 192; id.

‘ Field,’ Ixxviii. p. 130 (1891)), belonging to Mr. Justice Hopley of

Kimberley. Mr. Justice Hopley, who had purchased these horns

at Kimberley, stated that they were said to have been obtained

somewhere on the Zambesi. Mr. Sclater was of the opinion (which

was now generally prevalent) that they were abnormal horns of a

cow Eland.

[P.S., April 24th.—Since I exhibited these horns I have compared

them with the typical specimens of Antilope triungularis in the

British Museum. There can be no doubt that both pairs belong

to the same species of Antelope, but Mr. Justice Hopley’s pair

are not quite so long, rather more incurved backwards, and less

broadly spread; they are also smoother at the base, showing but

slight appearances of corrugations.

On comparing these horns, and the portion of the skull attached

to them, with the horns of the ordinary female Eland, Oreas canna,

I see nothing whatever to negative the idea that they are abnormal

horns of that Antelope, which for some reason or other have grown

without making the ordinary twist characteristic of Oreas and

other genera of the Tragelaphine.—P. L. 8.]

1896.] ON SOME MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR. 507

The following papers were read :—

1. On some Mammals from Ecuador.

By W. E. pe Winton, F.Z.S.

[Received March 17, 1896.]

(Plates XIX. & XX.)

In the absence of Mr. Oldfield Thomas, I have been entrusted

by Sir William Flower with the working out of a small collection

of mammals from Ecuador, presented to the British Museum

by Mr. Ludovicio Séderstrém, H.M. Consul at Quito. The

collection consisted principally of a large number of beautifully

prepared bird-skins, chiefly Humming-birds ; but though only three

mammals were included, these furnish us with a knowledge of two

very interesting species new to science. One is a distinct species

of small deer of the genus Pudue. Since Bennett described the

type in the P. Z.S. 1831, p. 27, from a female then living in the

Society's Gardens, as Cervus humilis, no additional species have

been discovered ; and as this animal has been found only in the

forests of Chili and on the adjacent island of Chiloe, the more

northern habitat of an allied species is of special interest. The

second specimen in the collection adds a third species to the genus

Ichthyomys, the curious fish-eating rodents, described by Oldfield

Thomas in the P. Z. 8. 1898, pp. 337-340, hitherto known only

from the great eastern slope of the Andes. The third specimen is

one of the well-known Water-Opossum (Chironectes minimus), of

wide range in tropical South America.

Very little is known of the mammalian fauna of the country

from which this coliection was made; but we may hope, with

the kind assistance of such a good collector and keen naturalist

as our present Consul, before long to considerably improve our

knowledge, and I have great pleasure in naming one of the

species in his honour.

Quito has the distinction of being the highest capital in the

world, situated between the Eastern and Western Cordilleras in

a lofty valley about 9000 feet above sea-level. The Paramo

of Papallacta, whence the new Pudu comes, lies east of Quito,

only just south of the Equator, and forms the roof of the great

Amazonian water-shed: it is a vast tableland abont 11,060 feet

above the sea, with mountains of between 18,000 and 19,000 feet

to north and south of it; these are the summits of the Eastern

Cordilleras and are mostly active volcanoes. The Rio Machan-

gara, where the Jchthyomys was obtained, is the stream upon

which Quito is built; it joins the Rio de San Pedro a little

further north, and this river, draining the valley between’ the

two ranges, is thence known as the Guallabamba, which, cutting

through the Western Cordilleras, flows into the Pacific Ocean.

The Opossum comes from the banks of the Nanegal River, which

is to the west of Quito and joins the Guallabamba lower down, its

course being entirely on the west of the Cordilleras.

a0g = MR. W. E, DE WINTON ON SOME [Apr. 21,

1, PUDUA MEPHISTOPHILES, sp. n. (Plate XIX.)

The hair of the body is long and coarse, its basal portion

peculiarly brittle and pith-like ; “the terminal half is black with

ferruginous tips, producing a rich brown colour. The dorsal

region is darker than the flanks, owing to the hairs having broader

black bands with correspondingly reduced coloured tips; on the

neck the tips are paler and longer, the black being much "reduced,

which gives a tawny appearance; towards the “head the black

again increases, till the shorter hairs of the ears, face, and chin

are almost black. The ears are thickly covered inside and out

with hair, that on the inside being broadly tipped with white.

The fore and hind-feet are black, most of the hairs being

minutely tipped with buff; the inner sides of the legs and the

abdomen are clothed with long yellowish hair of a finer and more

ordinary character. There is no turn in the hair of the face, the

hair growing upwards from the nose. The ears are very short

and partially concealed by the rough hair. The rhinarium from

the nostrils down is deep. Tail entirely wanting.

Measurements from skin (type @ juv. no. 96, i. 28. 3, in

Brit. Mus.) :—

Height at withers, about .......... 320 millim.

Length of hind foot (without hoof).. 136 ,,

GEEMT Gets 22S Se ie Bo TEs

With the measurements of the skull I give those of the adult

female described by Bennett, P. Z. 8. 1831, p. 27, for comparison,

so far as it is possible, the basal portion of the skull being

unfortunately damaged.

Table of Measurements.

P. mephisto-

philes. P. humilis.

Greatest length, in straight line [points of millim. millim.

patito DASeibroy 10: cickoiars altteke eee ae 160 =

Greatest breadth [across zygomatic process

GigsqUAMONAL) 1... . s/o s openers 75 61

Nasals, greatest length ................ 4] 40

# se breadth | dys, eee oe 22 16°5

Points of premaxille to end of nasals.. 27 28

Breidth of antenarial opening .......... 16 14

Point of premaxilla to anterior rim of orbit 72 64

Antorbital fossa, breadth................ 10 8

wedlenoth . xo3 kodak esas 15 14

Basifacial ROB SE A Ciettas’ sig: 20s k aa i cee 102 --

IBAgi cra nia li ens ee cie Fseaey “a each eS 39 —

Length. of molar series .. 5.5.2 ..5 006s se 50 45

Distance between PAS. 2 ithe 2512. HT ees 23 19°5

“a 7 TT SUE. RAR Sos botany OES HE 29 28°5

sh TSS Bik, or ee 34 27

Front of molar series to point of premaxilla 46°5 28°5

Palatal incisive foramina, length ........ 19 20

Ss breadth are AL aeESte 12 10

”? ”

Mandibles missing.

TINGE TSS OSs SANOALEES 1

LUI’ SOT Uta prTpy YRT 9® [ep Putg

Dee lar VEST -S ad

1896. ] MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR, 509

Hab. Paramo of Papallacta. Taken by the Indians. Very

rare there (Z. S.).

The general colouring of the animal is very distinct from the

type species P. humilis, tor whereas the latter is a bright chestnut

with duller neck and very bright-coloured back, feet. and forehead,

the new animal is black-brown sprinkled with fire-red, bright

tawny-coloured neck, and almost black head and legs. The ears

are very much shorter and are covered with much longer fur

especially on the inner side, where they are white, this spot being

very conspicuous among the dark surroundings. The tail is

wanting, whereas in P. humilis it is fully an inch long. It is

much to be regretted that the specimen is so young, but I think

there can be no doubt that it is very nearly full-grown; the last

molar is rising, though the milk-teeth are still unshed. This

species is no doubt considerably larger than P. humilis, judging by

the size of the skull, but I do not think its height can be more

than 14 or 15 inches at the shoulder; it is a peculiarly thick-set

rough-haired little animal, and looks rather like the kid of a goat

with very fine legs.

In the skull the lachrymal pits are very deep, but have sloping

sides, not descending nearly so abruptly as in P. humilis, in which

species this is a very constant character even in quite young

individuals. The nasals are very broad and are completely ossified

far forward as in Coassus. The ascending rami of the premaxille

rise abruptly, and, expanding very considerably in their upper

half, fit into wide notches in the nasals, broader than in any

Coassus skull which I have examined. The greater length of the

molar series amounts to about one tooth, but the most striking

difference is the shape of the rows: in P. humilis these are always

bowed, in most specimens being strongly convergent before and

behind, but I have seen one skull in which they do not narrow

posteriorly: at the same time they do not widen, though much

bowed in front; but in the new species they are set in two almost

straight lines, slightly and gradually converging postero-anteriorly

as in Fureifer and Coassus. There are many minor points in which

the skull of this animal differs from P. humilis, and most of these

are characteristic of one or other of the genera mentioned, or of

both. The lachrymals and frontals are joined for a greater length,

reducing the size of the antorbital vacuities, the lachrymal bone

extending over a space 7 nm. wide all round the upperside of the

pit; the infraorbital ridge is very thick and is cut off very abruptly,

leaving sharp edges above and below; the squamosal portion of

the zygomatic arch is more horizontal, not being bowed upwards,

as in P. humilis. The foramen magnum is very large. The palatal

bones differ somewhat in not having side processes extending

towards the back of the last molars; the roof of the maxillary

portion of the palate is much arched, particularly in the narrow

part anterior to the molars: this forms very sharp edges to the

sides.

Sir Victor Brooke, in his paper “On the Classification of the

510 MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON SOME [Apr. 21,

Fig. 1.—-Side view of the skull of Pudua humilis.

» 2.—Side view of the skull of Pudwa mephistophiles.

», &—Palatal view of skull of Pudua humilis.

» 4,—Palatal view of skull of Pudwa mephistophiles.

1896. ] MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR, 511

Cervide,” P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 926, defining the genus Pudua, says

‘ascending rami of the premaxille reaching the nasals”; I do not

know what specimen he had before him, but I cannot find this

character in any of the skulls in the collections of the British

Museum or of the Royal College of Surgeons ; and I should like here

to express my thanks to Professor Stewart for kindly placing this

latter collection at my disposal. This character has unfortunately

been laid down by subsequent writers as distinguishing the genus

Pudua craniologically from Coassus, whereas it is more particularly

coassine. Gray, Cat. Mamm. iil. 1852, p. 240, says “Intermaxillary

short, not reaching near to the nasal.” Garrod, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 13,

says “the gap being filled up by the appearance, superficially,

of portions of the nasal turbinal.” The situation is explained in

these two passages, but Professor Garrod ought to have added that

the gap is more often filled up by an anteriorly projecting process

of the maxilla: I find the space filled up in the two different ways

in other genera, and also the premaxilla reaching the nasals, or

not, even in members of the same species; there are instances of

this in the Museum Collection, in deer both of the Old and New

World. I write this to show the worthlessness of this point

as & generic or even a specific character; and, indeed, Sir

Victor Brooke says he thinks Gray made too much of it; so

there is no doubt that if he had examined a larger number he

would have seen how extremely variable it is; but having found

out as much as he had, I think it is a great pity he followed suit

in making so much of this character. I have examined the feet,

and osteologically they agree with P. humilis, the ectocuneiform

and navicular-cuboid bones being all in one.

It will be seen that I have eradicated almost every dis-

tinguishing craniological character between this genus and

Coassus, the much deeper lachrymal pit and the narrower middle

incisors (a character | am unable to prove in the new species)

alone remaining ; so that if this animal is to be retained in the

genus Pudua, Gray’s definition will have to be modified to include

both forms of skull as well as the outward differences in structure ;

but I do not consider these characters of sutlicient weight to

justify a new genus being formed, for if this were done, the Pudus

would have to be placed in a separate subfamily to do fair justice

to the osteology of the feet, im which respect they differ so widely

from all other New-World Cervide ; but this could not be justified,

seeing that craniologically they are scarcely generically separable

from either Furcifer or Coassus, wide as these two are apart inter sé

in the form of their horns, texture of the coat, and growth of the

hair on the face, and in the tarsal tufts. Gray says the Pudus

have tarsal tufts; I have failed to find any trace among the

specimens in the Museum collection.

The genus Pudua may therefore be thus defined :—

New- World group of Cervide: Telemetacarpi.

A complete septum divides the nasal cavity into two distinct

chambers.

512 ON SOME MAMMALS FROM ECUADOR, [Apr. 21,

Genus PuDUA.

Size very small. Hair coarse and brittle. Horns simple spikes.

Metatarsal and metacarpal joints short. ‘Tail very short or

wanting. Ears short and rounded. No turn in the hair of the

face. Infranarial portion of the rhinarium deep. Canines absent.

Middle pair of incisors not broadly spatulate. Ascending rami of

the premaxille may or may not reach the nasals. Lachrymal pit

oval and very deep. Auditory bulle not inflated. Ectocuneiform

and navicular-cuboid bones united. Metatarsal bone not twice

and metacarpal bone not 14 the length of the upper molar series.

2. IcHTHYOMYS SODERSTROMI, spn. (Plate XX.)

The general colour of the whole of the upper parts dark olive-

brown, the main coat of black-brown fur being narrowly tipped

or having a subterminal band of dull yellow; thickly interspersed

are longer shining black hairs, these being longest on the hind

quarters, where they are broadly tipped with silvery white. On

parting the fur the only colour found is soft grey, all the main fur

having long fine footstalks, so that the whole coat below the

surface, save for the few coarse shining hairs, is of a uniformly

fine texture and very dense. Ears same colour as the head. The

tail, which is thickly haired, is entirely dark brown or black, the

fringe of longer hairs on the lower side being of absolutely the

same colour; the fore feet are covered with short black hairs, with

a few longer white hairs at the base of the claws; the hind feet

are black above and below, excepting a few grey hairs round the

claws and on the inner side of the tarsus the fringe of stiff hairs

is white; the whole of the underparts from the chin to the vent

are dirty white, the under-fur being grey and the outer silvery

white; the inner sides of the fore and hind limbs are of a more

pure white; the whiskers are black or white according to the

position in which they grow on the face, those placed high up

being black, and there are a few particoloured ones in the middle

growth. Palate-ridges 3-3. _Mamme 6: one pair on the breast

and two pairs on the belly.

Measurements of type skin( 9 ad. no. 96, i. 28.2,in Brit. Mus.):—

Head and body 180 mm. Tail 150mm. Hind foot 31:5 mm.

Ear 8-5 mm. Forearm and hand 31 mm.

Skull—Greatest length 31:°5 mm.; greatest breadth 16 mm.

Nasals—length 12 mm.; breadth 3°9 mm. Intertemporal—

breadth 4:9 mm. Interparietal—length 2 mm.; breadth 3 mm.

Basal—length 29 mm. ; basi-facial 18-5 mm.; basi-cranial 10°5 mm.

Palate—length 16 mm.; breadth, outside a6 mm., inside 1B mm.;

diastema 8°5 mm.; foramina 5°5 mm. Upper molar series—

length 4:3 mm. Lower jaw—condyle to incisor tips 20°56 mm.

Hab. Rio Machangara, Ecuador. ‘“ Water Rat. Feb. 1895”

(L.-89:

The skull is remarkably delicate and fragile for such an old

animal (the teeth being much worn), and is smaller and narrower

J.Smut del.et hth. Mintern Bros.imp.

Te) WAS WVirn us Oi rile ES

1896.] ON BUTTERFLIES FROM THH WEST INDIES. 513

than that of L. stolzmanni, the type of which is a very much

younger individual ; the facial portion is narrower, and there is a

marked difference in the shape of the interparietal bones, as will

be seen by the measurements: in J. stolzmanni this bone forms

nearly a perfect parallelogram, while in the new species it is almost

diamond-shaped. The zygomatic arch differs considerably, the

maxillary processes being broader and standing out at a greater

angle; the squamosal process appears rather slighter, but is more

horizontal, not drooping so much as in the type species ; it will

therefore be seen that the “ greatest breadth” given of the skulls

is the same in both species, though the width across the brain-case

is much less in the species now being described.

The mandibles are decidediy smaller, with very small and almost

round condylar processes, whereas these are large and oval in

I. stolzmanni.

In all particulars of structure of feet, ears, and tail this species

seems to agree with the type of the genus J. stolzmanni, Thomas,

P. Z.S. 1893, p. 339; the most conspicuous outward distinction

being the difference in the coloration of the tail and feet. I think

the make-up of the skin has largely to do with the greater length

of head and body in the specimen under consideration, as the size

of the feet and measurements of the skull do not bear out the

supposition of its being a larger animal.

I am unable to throw any light on the cause of the large infra-

orbital foramen; but I can say that no muscles pass through it,

and that the nerve seemed very small when relaxed after it reached

the Museum in a dry state.

3. CHIRONECTES MINIMUS (Zimm.).

g jr. Nanegal; alongside the rivers (no date) (Z. S.).

2. On the Butterflies of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the

adjoining Islands of the West Indies. By F. DuCane

Gopman, F.R.S., and Osserr Satvin, M.A., F.RB.S.

[Received March 27, 1896.]

The collection of Rhopalocera upon which the following notes are

based was formed by Mr. Herbert H. Smith in the West-Indian

islands of St. Vincent and Grenada and in some of the small islets

called the Grenadines, situated between the two larger ones. A

few specimens were also obtained from Barbados. Mr. Smith’s

skill as a collector is well known, and as he spent a considerable

time in both St Vincent and Grenada, and visited all parts of each

island, we may fairly conclude that the present list embraces the

name of nearly every species found in them.

The result proves, we think conclusively, that the Butterfly fauna

Proo. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. XX XITI. 33

514 MESSRS, GODMAN AND SALVIN ON (Apr. 21,

is a very poor one, and there is now no likelihood of any important

additions being made.

In 1884 (P. Z.S. pp. 314-820) we wrote a short paper on the

Rhopalocera of the island of Dominica,and gave an account of the

27 species enumerated, together with a general view of the relation-

ship of the Butterfly fauna of the island to that of the adjoining

regions. The present list entirely confirms the conclusions

arrived at and points to the great poverty of this portion of the

West-Indian fauna. The Danaine are represented by two species

of Danais, the Ithomiinw being wholly absent. Of Nymphaline

we find only eight species of six genera, all of them more or less

common continental species. Heliconine are absent, and so are

Satyrine, Morphine, and Brassoline. Erycinide are unrepresented,

but Lycenide show eight species, of which we now describe

three as new, all of them slight modifications of widely

spread southern forms. Of Pierine (seven species), Pieris virginia

is the only one peculiar to the Antilles and is also found in

Dominica. The only Papilio is apparently P. ewrydamas, which

also occurs in Martinique. Of Hesperiide we find thirteen species,

and of these we give new names to three, two of which have not

been found elsewhere.

Comparing the Butterflies of the two islands, we find little to

notice. Grenada has, as might be expected, a slight preponderance

of southern forms, of which Cystineura cana is an example.

DANAInz.

1. Dawats PLExippus (Linn.).

Danais plexippus, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p.1; P.Z.8. 1884,

p- 315.

Three examples from St. Vincent (both windward and leeward

sides), with white subapical spots, agreeing with South-American

specimens.

2. DANAIS ERESIMUS (Cram.).

A South-American species of wide range, occurring in Hispaniola

and Jamaica.

“Swampy forest by the sea-shore north of Granville, Grenada I. ;

common in this locality. Also Telescope Estate, windward side,

April.”

NYMPHALIN &.

3. CoLANIs suLia (Fabr.).

Several specimens agreeing with South-American examples,

having the oblique submarginal dark band on the primaries well

developed, The Dominica species is much nearer Cramer's

C. cillene, but differs in some respects. All these island forms

require revision.

*< St. Vincent ; very common in open lands below 1000 or 1500

feet.”

1896. ] BULTERFLIES FROM THE WEST INDIES. 515

4, AGRAULIS JuNO (Cram.).

Agraulis juno, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 170.

Not previously noticed in the West Indies.

“ Grand Etang, Grenada, June 2, 1900 feet. Open weedy shore

of the lake and edge of the forest.” Also St. Vincent, below 1000

feet.

5. AGRAULIS VANILL# (Linn.).

Agraulis vanille, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 171; P. Z. 8.

1884, p. 315.

“ Balthazar, Grenada, 250 feet, May 25, open weedy place.” Also

St. Vincent, below 1000 feet.

Found on most of the West-Indian Islands and the greater part

of the mainland.

6. JuNONIA C#NIA, Hiibn.

Junonia cenia, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 220; P.Z.S. 1884,

p- 316,

St. Vincent and Granville, Grenada. :

Several specimens agreeing with the northern form found in the

Greater Antilles and Central America.

7. ANARTIA IATROPHE (Linn.).

Anartia iatrophe, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 221; P.Z.S.

1884, p. 316.

St. Vincent and Granville, Grenada.

‘Common in open weedy places below 1000 feet.”

8. ANARTIA AMALTHEA (Linn.).

Barbados.

A single specimen of this common South-American species. Not

previously noticed from any West-Indian island.

9. CYSTINEURA CANA, Erichs.

Cystineura cana, Schomb. Reise n. Guiana, iii. p. 601.

“St. Vincent; Balthazar, Grenada, May 8, 250 feet, open weedy

places; Barbados.”

Several specimens agreeing closely with others from British

Guiana which are doubtless referable to C. cana. ‘The light spots

forming a band across the secondaries beneath are smaller and con-

sequently more isolated, and the dark lines across the base of those

wings more distinct: otherwise there is little difference.

10. AGANTSTHOS ORION (Fabr.).

Aganisthos orion, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 324.

Grenada.

Two specimens of this common species, which is also found in

Hispaniola, but no other West-Indian island that we know of.

516 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 21,

LYCHNID2.

11. THECLA CYBELE, sp. n.

T. marsy (Linn.) similis, sed alis supra omnino cyanescentioribus :

subtus maculis nigris omnibus lete albicanti-ceruleo distincte

marginatis ; anticis area tota ad marginem internwm leete cyanea ;

posticis ad angulum analem ceerulescentioribus, macula submar-

ginali nigra intra ramos medianos anguste ovali nec fere rotunda

distinguenda.

2 a femina T. marsye codem modo differt.

Hab. St. Vincent.

“ Windward and leeward sides Wallibon Valley, 400 to 500 feet,

edge of forest, June 10.”

‘This species seems sufficiently distinct from the Continental

T. marsyas to require a name. Mr. Smith obtained a series of

specimens on St. Vincent both on the windward and leeward sides

of the island. .

12. THECLA PIPLEA, sp. 0.

T. pioni proaima, sed alis subtus suturatioribus ; posticis macula

coccinea submarginali inter venam medianam et ramum suum

secundum multo majore, fascus duabus maculosis transversis

magis approwimatis.

Hab. St. Vincent.

“‘Scrubby growth on Sufriere Volcano, 2500 feet, Jan. 5-10, near

the craters.”

‘This species is closely allied to 7. pion of Central America (Biol.

Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 56, pl. 54. ff. 28-30), and the male has the

small tuft of hair on the upperside of the secondaries near the base

of the subcostal nervure characteristic of this group of Thecla,

Mr. Smith obtained a series of specimens in good condition.

13. THECLA ANGERONA, N. sp.

T. angelie similis et supra vie differt antics medialiter viv cas-

taneis ; subtus posticis macula submarginali rubra magna, fasciis

transversis duabus nigris inter ramos medianos attingentibus.

Hab. St. Vincent, Grenadines, and Grenada.

“Common all the year in all parts of St. Vincent in open land

at the edge of the forest up to 3000 feet. Wallibon Valley, 500

feet, Jan. 10.”

“ Mount Gay Estate and Balthazar, Grenada; Mustique Island,

Grenadines. ”

Mr. Smith has sent a large series of specimens of this Theclu,

which appears to be quite common in St. Vincent. It is closely

allied to the Cuban 7’. angelia, Hew. (Ill. Diurn. Lep. p. 162, pl. 63.

ff. 489, 440).

14. TnEcLA TELEA, Hew.

Theela telea, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 82.

“ Edge of forest Wallibon Valley, St. Vincent, 500 feet, Jan. 10,”

1896. ] BUTTERFLIES FROM THE WEST INDIES. 517

and ‘open land near Barronallie, St. Vincent, 500 feet, Jan. 12.”

“St. George’s, Grenada.”

Three males and a female of this beautiful little species. The

colour of the space between the eyes is dark in some examples and

rufous in others, so that this must be considered a variable character.

In the tint of the blue of the upper surface of the wings they agree

with Central-American specimens rather than with the lighter

brighter Amazonian types.

15. Tuecna simaruis (Drury).

Theela simethis, Biol. Centr.-Am., Khop. ii. p. 81.

Balthazar, Grenada.

Several female specimens agreeing with our mainland series.

Drury’s type came from the island of St. Christopher.

16. THucna RUFO-FUScCA, Hew.

Thecla rufo-fusca, Hew. Ill. Diurn. Lep. p. 196, pl. 78. ff. 627,

628; Godm. & Saly. Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 91.

“Open land near Barronallie, St. Vincent, 500 feet, Jan. 12.”

Several specimens agreeing with the series from Guatemala and

Pernambuco referred to in our work.

17. THucia BURYTULUS (Hiibn.).

Thecla eurytulus, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 96.

“Open land near Barronallie, St. Vincent, 500 feet, Jan. 13, and

Wallibon Valley, edge of forest, 500 feet, Jan. 10.

“Mount Gay, Granville, Balthazar, St. George’s, Grenada.”

Many specimens agreeing with our series of this common

widely spread species.

18. LyczNA HANNO (Stoll).

Lycena hanno, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 106.

St. Vincent; Mustique and Union Is., Grenadines ; Balthazar,

Grenada.

Several specimens of this common widely ranging species.

PAPILIONIDA.

PIERINE.

19. Tmrras typi, Feld.

Terias lydia, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 170.

‘‘ Botanical Gardens, Kingstown, St. Vincent, 500 feet, Jan. 20.

Open places.”

Mount Gay Estate, Balthazar and Granville (Aug. 6), Grenada.

Most of the males of Mr. Smith’s series agree with the type of

T. lydia, Feld., from Venezuela, but one example from St. Vincent

differs in having the dark border of the secondaries nearly con-

centrated at the apical angle, and the submarginal dark line near

the inner border of the primaries decidedly narrow ; the underside,

518 MESSRS, GODMAN AND SALVIN ON [Apr. 21,

too, is more fulvous. We are still reluctant to unite 7’. lydia to

the Cuban 7. palmyra, Poey, but are strongly of opinion that it

will not be possible eventually to keep them separate.

20, Terras timsia, Feld.

Terias limbia, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 164.

Terias deva, Bates, Journ. Ent. i. p. 240; Godm. & Salv. P. Z.S.

1884, p. 317.

“St. Vincent below 1000 feet, common in open places ; Mount

Gay Estate above 500 feet, Sept. 15; Granville, Grenada ;

Barbados.”

21. Tertas aLBuLa (Cram.).

Terias albula, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 166.

“St. Vincent, Wallibon Valley, 500 feet, Jan. 10, edge of forest,

also near the sea-level.”

22. PImRIS VIRGINIA, Godt.

Pieris virginia, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 317.

“‘ St. Vincent, Rabacea Estate, near the sea-level, Jan. 2, rare.”

A male agreeing with the specimens from Dominica referred to

in our notes on the Butterflies of that island.

23. PrERIS MoNUSTH (Linn.).

Pieris monuste, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. i. p. 132.

Union I., Grenadines; Granville, Grenada.

These specimens do not quite agree with the variable P. monuste

of the continent; the secondaries beneath, especially in one of

the females from Union Island, are strongly tinged with ochre,

thus showing a variation in the direction of P. virginia.

24, CALLIDRYAS EUBULE (Linn.).

Callidryas eubule, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 141.

“St.Vincent, below 1000 feet, common in open places ; Mustique

I., Union I., Grenadines; Grenada, Mount Gay Estate, Gran-

ville; Barbados.”

25. PH@BIS aRGANTE (Fabr.).

Phebis argante, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. 11. p. 144.

‘Union I., Grenadines ; St. Vincent, Caliveny Estate, scrubby

erowth on hillsides near the sea-level.”

PAPILIONIN#E,

26, PAPILIO EURYDAMAS, Roger.

Papilio eurydamas, Roger, Bull. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, i. p. 36

(1826).

“St. Vincent, 3500 feet, pretty common; Balthazar, Grenada,

250 feet, March 23.”

A male and two females agreeing fairly with Roger's description,

1896.] BUTTERFLIES FROM THB WEST INDIES. 519

but their determination cannot be considered final until they are

compared with Martinique specimens, whence Roger’s types came.

In Dominica another form (P. neodamas, Lucas) is found (see P.Z.S8.

1884, p. 318), differing inter alia in the greenish-yellow band of

the secondaries crossing nearer the middle of the wings and away

from the outer margin.

HeESPHRIID &

27. Eupamus Protests (Linn.).

Eudamus proteus, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 277.

Thymele proteus, Godm. & Salv. P. Z.8. 1884, p. 318.

St. Vincent ; Mustique I., Grenadines ; Granville and Mount

Gay Estates, Grenada.

28. EUDAMUS SANTIAGO, Lefebv.

Eudamus santiago, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1884, p. 318.

‘St. Vincent, very common in open places 2000 to 3000 feet

above sea-level; Union, Mustique, and Canouan Is., Grenadines ;

Mount Gay, Grenada.”

Many specimens agreeing with Dominica examples, and ap-

parently referable to this Cuban species.

29. Gonrurvs TALus (Cran..).

Goniurus talus, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. il. p. 288.

“St. Vincent, windward side, May.”

30. ProrerpEs aANGASI, Godm. & Salv.

Proteides anyasi, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1884, p. 318, pl. 25. fig. 2.

“St. Vincent, rare in open places in the forest up to 1500 or

2000 feet, July.”

Several specimens agreeing with the types from Dominica.

31. AcoLasTUs AMYNTAS, Fabr.

Acolastus amyntas, Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhop. ii. p. 304.

Hesperia ? amyntas, Godm. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 319.

St. Vincent.

32. TELEGONUS ANAUSIS, Sp. 0.

Telegonus anaphus, Godm. & Saly. P. Z. S. 1884, p. 319.

T. anapho similis, sed posticis angulo anali omnino fusco, fulvo

minime notato: subtus quoque fere omnino fuscis, lineola bre

fulva submarginali notatis.

Hab. St. Vincent; Balthazar and Chantilly Estate, Grenada.

This is an island form of the common Telegonus anaphus of the

Continent, distinguished by the absence of the tawny margin to the

anal angle of the secondaries. Besides the series before us from

Mr. Smith’s collection, we have specimens from Dominica and

Hispaniola.

520 ON BUTTERFLIES FROM THE WEST INDIES. [Apr. 21,

33. HsPEerRra SYRIcHTUS, Fabr.

Pyrgus syrichtus, Godm. & Salv. P. ZS. 1884, p. 319.

“‘ St. Vincent, the commonest of the Hesperiide in open places

up to 3000 feet, Richmond Estate, Dec. 14; Union I., Grenadines ;

Balthazar and Mount Gay Estate, Grenada.”

34. Hesperra ? asycuis (Cram.).

“St. Vincent; Mustique I., Grenadines; Balthazar, Grenada,

roadside 1250 feet, August.”

35. CALPODES ETHLIUS (Cram.).

Pamphila ethlius, Godm. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1884, p. 319.

St. Vincent; St. George’s, Granville, and St. John’s River,

Grenada.

36. CaLpopns coscrnia (H.-S.).

Goniurus coscinia, Herr.-Sch. Corresp.-Blatt. Regensb. xix. p. 54.

“St. Vincent, near Barronallie, 500 feet, open lands, Jan. 13;

St. George’s, Mount Gay Estate, and Chantilly Estate, Grenada.”

37. PRENES EUGEON, sp. n.

P. panoquin, Scudder, affinis sed minor, alis magis ochraceis ;

anticis minus elongatis, macula hyalina inter ramos medianos

fere rotunda, minime sagittiformi: subtus ochraceoribus.

Hab. Union I., Grenadines ; Granville and St. George’s, Grenada.

M. Mabille, to whom we sent a specimen of this species, writes

to say that it is near to the insect he described as Paumphila

parilis, which again appears to be close to P. panoquin. So far as

we can see, the differences pointed out above distinguish it from

both these forms. Mr. Smith captured one of his specimens on

the sea-shore about a mile from St. George’s on 19th October.

38. HytEPHiLta PHYL#US, Drury.

Pamphila phyleus, Godm. & Saly. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 319.

“‘St. Vincent, on flowers, open land near Barronallie, 500 feet ”;

St. George’s, Granville, and Mount Gay Estate, Grenada.

39. HYLEPHILA DICTYNNA, sp. n.

Alis rufescenti-fulvis nigro extrorsum marginatis, ciliis fulvis ;

anticis stigmate obliquo nigerrimo leviter arcuato, ultra illud

lineola incerta nigra ad cellule finem: subtus rufescenti-fulvis

fere unicoloribus, anticis plaga basali et macula ad angulum

analem nigris ; palpis et pectore ochraceis.

Hab. St. Vincent, common in open places up to 2000 feet;

St. George’s, Balthazar, Grenada.

Many specimens, all males. H. vibew seems to be the most

nearly allied species and has the alar brand similarly shaped; but

the colour and the absence of spots on the secondaries beneath at

once distinguish it.

echt

Report ss the Additions to the Sosiiys Menage ine March, 1800 Ye

and remarks pon, « some specimens. 5 from Nyasaland, sent ate,” es

i. Fohnston, OB. 2 pee Sy ge

ee EN ee

: re SS 5

Sie cts of St. ee eonaas : the adj joining I

Be EQ Sig sees S., and Ospunr Rainer: M, A. LY R. B RR

~ PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCTEEY |

OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

1896.

PART IIT.

CONTAINING PAPERS RBAD IN

yee AND J UNE.

= Se URAL We “OCTOBER, 1st, 1896.

“PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT. ‘THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARL.

LONDON: :

rs MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND 60.,

sz PATERNOSTER-ROW:

[Price Those Shiling ;

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART IIT.—1896.

April 21, 1896 (continued). :

Page

3. On some Aa obtained by Mr, and Mrs, Lort Phillips in Somali-land.. By W. F, >

EYRBY EDS SRB SiGe. eee aa Rates oa 6 ON ae ie a iale mah n acs Be | ee Pere wee 521

. List of Lepidoptera collected in Somali-land by Mrs. . Lort Phillips ay Eminy Mary

SSHARPHS uso dices bw mo SOR Siva ace al WN: aM wea Oca taige a om wt arate ec ken Qay Mcate Opens dee arn [etiam am 523°

5. List of Lepidoptera obtained by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith ie Ainge) his recent ee ohe to

Lake Rudolf. By. Ewivy Mary Suarre ..-.-. . 580

6. On the Anatomy of a Grebe (Aichmophorus major), with Remarks upon the Clase

fication of some of the Schizognathous Birds. By Franx B. Buppanp, M.A., F.BS., —

Prosector tothe Socrwety cc 2hiu, 5 a. sais jetele Si eisle esa p vtomer siogyie ies n goes ores gate ec ar eens 538

May 5, 1896.

The Secretary. Report on the Additions to the Society's Menagerie in April 1896 ..... on OAK

Mr. W. E. Hoyle, M.A. — Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Photographs of a Snake in

the act of swallowing a Mouse 22... iscsi eee cette eee een tte nen teen calves 547 -

1. On some little-known Batrachians from the Caucasne. By G. A» Bourrncrr, -RS.,

(Plates XXE MG MTG) oes toa ater hale Oe hh neoer ea aihipes Wn ae a ahdingwtnlsin obs t sisi a Saran 548

2. Contributions to the Anatomy of Pian Birds.—Part. II. A Note upon the Ptery-_ oi

losis of the Barbets and Toucans. By Frank E. Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to’ ~

the SOCSLY . hove hess oe See ole deinhe OP's hip Wiese selsicteh ecopac ss )<e ay vey gles sheiowe. ey iene Ras ge 555

3. Contributions to the Study of Mammalian Dastiian bes II. On the Teeth of certain.

Insectivora. By M. F. Woopwarp, Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal College of Science, ¥

London... (Plates MXIME-MXVIT) i ee aes Be eG ae ate eels ees oe Sea ai 557

4. Notes on the Breeding of the Surinam Water-Toad (Pipa americana) in. the Societys

Gardens. By A.D. Barrurrt, Superidtendon, RSE es, Rice, ARR Teun oae tes ae eae eee 595

e s » “May 19, 1896, :

Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of, and remarks upon,a Daguerreotype Portrait of - what. wad

believed to be the first Gorilla that was ever brought alive to Murope ........-...44 O97

1. On a Variation in the Pattern of the Teeth of a specimen of the Common Field Vole. ee:

By G. BE. H. Barrnrt-HaMiiron, RAE SAARC ty ATMS pt ha Leica er eae it eG 098

2; On the Existence in Europe of ‘Lwo Geographical Races, or Subspecies, of the Common te

Field Vole. By G.H. H. Barrnrr-Hamiron, F.Z.8. 2.6... eye eee PPR UE ceee wares 599 -

" Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper.

1896.] ON DRAGONFLIES FROM SOMALI-LAND. 521

3. On some Dragonflies obtained by Mr. and Mrs. Lort

Phillips in Somali-land. By W. F. Krrsy, F.L.S.,

F.ES., &e.

[Received April 21, 1896.]

Two days were devoted by Mr. and Mrs. Lort Phillips during

their stay in Somali-land to the capture of Dragonflies, and

examples of six species were obtained. Five of these belong to

the Libelluline, and one to the Aschnine ; and though three are

common and well-known species, I am able to describe the others,

which I refer provisionally to the genus Orihetrwm, as apparently

new to science. It is, however, somewhat to be regretted that I

have only single specimens before me at present.

1. PANTALA FLAVESCENS, Fabr.

Dobar, Goolis Mountains, Feb. 4, 1895.

A common species in most parts of the world, except Europe.

2. TRITHEMIS ARTERIOSA, Burm.

Dobar, Goolis Mountains, Feb. 4, 1895.

Bichen, Somali-land, Feb. 5, 1895.

A common African species.

3. ORTHETRUM BREVISTYLUM, sp. n.

Long. corp. 38 millim.; exp. al. 52 millim.; long. pter. 2*7

millim.

Male. Head testaceous, more greenish above, occiput dull orange

above, with two black spots on each side; prothorax blackish, but

marked with large yellow spots above and on the sides ; mesothorax

and metathorax olivaceous, slightly pulverulent, especially behind,

the former with the front carina and an incomplete shoulder-stripe

on each side black; pleura with two oblique glaucous stripes,

bordered above with black ; abdomen pulverulent blue, with some

yellowish markings on the basal segments, which are considerably

thickened vertically, central carina black; terminal upper append-

ages about twice as long as the last segment, very hairy, slightly

thickened beyond the middle, and pointed at the extremity; lower

appendage very broad, two-thirds as long as the others, and slightly

upeurved at the extremity. Legs black above and slightly pulve-

rulent; testaceous below. Wings clear hyaline, even to the base ;

membranule pure white, edged with black below on the hind wings.

Neuration black; the front of the costal rirvure, the lower ante-

nodal cross-nervures, and the nodal cross-nervure for two spaces

below the upper antenodal space, testaceous. Forewings with 11-12

antenodal cross-nervures (the last continuous), and 8-9 postnodals,

the first 2 or 3 not continuous; nodal sector distinctly waved ;

space between the nodal and subnodal sectors with two rows of cells

towards the hind margin. Sectors of the arculus springing from a

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. XXXIV. 34

522 ON DRAGONFLIES FROM SOMALI-LAND. [Apr. 21,

powmt or very short stalk ; triangle traversed, 3 rows of post-trian-

gular cells increasing; 3 cells in the subtriangular space; one

cross-nervure in the lower basal cell ; no supratriangular nervules.

Hind wings with the base of the triangle ona level with the arculus ;

pterostigma yellow, between thick black nervures.

This species much resembles O. cwrulescens, Fabr., and, O. subfas-

ciolatum, Brauer; but the almost unstalked sectors of the arculus on

the fore wings remove it from anv of the allied species. It is, how-

ever, an Orthetrum in its essential characters, and, except in this one

particular, exhibits no resemblance to Leptetrum. It is curious

that of the three new species in the present small collection, none

seem to agree exactly with the described genera; and as I am

unwilling to establish new genera on single specimens, I place them

provisionally in Orthetrum, to which they seem perhaps most

nearly allied.

4. ORTHETRUM PHILLIPSI, sp. n.

Long. corp. 35 millim.; exp. al. 51 millim.; long. pter. 2-2-3

millim.

Male. Head greenish, the frontal tubercle darker, and the adja-

cent parts of the upper orbits, as well as the occipital triangle,

black ; occiput black above, yellow beneath. Thorax and abdomen

wholly pulverulent blue, the sutures and carine lined with black,

and the front of the mesothorax with incomplete black shoulder-

stripes. Abdomen rather slender, moderately inflated at the base.

Legs black ; the front legs yellowish on the outside, the others with

the coxe and a stripe on the femora yellowish. Lower anal ap-

pendage fully 2 as long as the upper ones. Wings narrower than

in the last species, clear hyaline, the base stained with yellow,

especially on the hind wings; membranule white, not bordered

with blackish below. Neuration and pterostigma coloured as in

the last species; nodal sector and space between the nodal and

subnodal sectors similar. Fore wings with 11 antenodal cross-

nervures, the last continuous, and 8 postnodals, the first two at

least not continuous; sectors of the arculus distinctly stalked ;

triangle traversed, 3 rows of post-triangular cells increasing ;

3 cells in the subtriangular space ; one supratriangular nervule.

Hind wings with the base of the triangle distinctly within the level

of the arculus.

An unusually slender species, much resembling the last super-

ficially, but very distinct.

Dobar, Goolis Mountains, Feb. 4, 1895.

5. ORTHETRUM LORTI, sp. n.

Long. corp. 32 millim. ; exp. al. 55 millim.; long. pter. 4 millim.

Female. Head greenish yellow, the mouth and lower parts darker.

Thorax greenish yellow, with a yellowish-white stripe on each

shoulder, bordered below by a darker greenish-brown space than

the rest of the coloration. Abdomen moderately short and

broad, tawny, with a black central carina commencing on the

1896.] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM SOMALI-LAND. 523

third segment, and expanded into a spot in the middle of the

eighth ; there is also an indistinct brown stripe on each side of the

abdomen. Legs testaceous, with blackish spines, and the tibiz

shading into dark brown towards the extremity. Wings hyaline,

with brown nervures, the cross-neryures towards the costa, and

the costal and subcostal nervures between the nodus and the

pterostigma, yellow. Base strongly tinged with yellow on the

hind wings, but only slightly so on the fore wings. Pterostigma

very long, yellow, between slender black nervures. Fore wings

with 11 antenodal cross-nervures, the last not continuous, and 9-10

postnodal cross-nervures, the first two not continuous ; the nodal

sector very slightly waved, and the row of cells below only doubled

for the last 2 or 3 before the hind margin. Sectors of the arculus

distinctly stalked ; triangle traversed, followed by three rows of

cells increasing; three subtriangular cells ; one cross-nervure in

the lower basal cell; no supratriangular cells. Hind wings rather

broad at base, with the base of the triangle on a level with the

arculus.

Dobar, Goolis Mountains, Feb. 4, 1895.

There seems no reason to regard this insect as the female of

either of the foregoing. It differs from typical Orthetrum in the

last antenodal cross-nervure being discontinuous.

6. HEMIANAX EPHIPPIGHR, Burm.

Bichen, Somali-land, Feb. 5, 1895.

A common species in the warmer parts of the Old World.

4, List of Lepidoptera collected in Somali-land by Mrs. E,.

Lort Phillips. By Emry Mary Suarpz.

[Received April 21, 1896.]

Mrs. E. Lort Phillips accompanied her husband on his recent

expedition to the Goolis Mountains in Somali-land, in the spring

of 1895, and formed a collection of Butterflies which have furnished

an interesting supplement to that made by Dr. Donaldson Smith

during his recent travels in Somali-land. For a full account of

the country traversed by Mr. Lort Phillips, I must refer my

readers to the paper published by the last-named gentleman on the

Birds obtained during the expedition (cf. ‘ Ibis, 1896, pp. 62-87,

pl. ii.).

Family DanaiIpDaZ.

Lioyas cHRysippus (L.).

3. Gotten, April 6. 6. 9. Dobar, Goolis Mts., Feb. 4.

2. Limyas porippus (Klug).

. 2. Dobar, Feb. 4. 6. ¢. Dara-as, March 5,

34*

524 MISS SHARPE ON LEPIDOPTERA (Apr. 21,

3. Limnas KLuGII, Butler.

- a,b. &. Dobar, Feb. 4. c. Hammer, Feb. 13. d,e. dQ.

Gotten, April 7.

Family SATYRID 2.

4, AMECERA MADERAKAL (Guér.).

a. Hammer, Feb. 13.

5. Ypruima pouera, Kirby.

a. Bichen, Feb. 5. 6. Gellokur, Feb. 9. ¢. Dara-as, March 8.

d. Darra-surree, March 13.

Family ACR HID &.

. AorRmA CHILO, Godman.

. o. Gellokur, Feb. 9. b,c 3S; d. 9. Hammer, Feb. 13.

@. Gotten, April 6.

. ACR#A BR#&sIA, Godman.

. Gotten, April 7.

. ACRHA SGANZINI, Boisd.

. Gotten, April 6.

. PARDOPSIS PUNCTATISSIMA (Boisd.).

a-e. Hammer, Feb. 13. jf. Wardi, Feb. 25. g. Dara-as,

March 5. h. Woob, March. 7% Gotten, April 6.

Family NYMPHALID 4.

10. PyRAMEIS CaRDUI (L.).

a, 6. Wataba, April 7.

11. JUNONIA cLELIAa (Cram.).

a. Dobar, Feb. 4. b,c. d ; d. 9. Hammer, Feb. 10. «, f.

3 2. Gotten, April 7.

12, JUNONIA CREBRENDE, Trimen.

a,b. 3 2. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8. c,d. 3 9. Dara-as, March 6.

. 6. Gotten, April 7.

13. Precis spsaMus, Trimen.

a—d. Dara-as, March 5. e. Darra-surree, March 13.

is)

14, PRECIS AMESTRIS (Drury).

qd. Dara-as, March 5. 06, Darra-surree, March 13.

15. PRECIS CALESCENS (Butler).

a,b. Wardi, Feb. 25. ¢. Dara-as, March 5.

1896.] FROM SOMALI-LAND. 525

16. Precis Tavera, Rogenh.

a-c. Dara-as, March 5. d. Gotten, April 6.

17. Bypita rirayra (Drury).

a, 6. Hammer, Feb. 13. ¢. Dara-as, March 5.

18. Bypuia castangEA (Butler).

a. Dara-as, March 5.

19. Hypotimyas Misippus (L.).

a, b. &. Bihen, Feb. 5. c. 9. Dara-as, March 5. d. 92.

Woob, March. ef. 3. Gotten, April 7.

20. CHARAXES CASTOR (Cram.).

a, 6. Dara-as, March 5.

Family Lyc HNID 2.

21. Lyczna moriqua (Wallengr.).

a. 3. Wardi, Feb. 25. 6,¢,d. 3; e. 2. Darra-surree, March 12.

22. Lyomna Bzrica (L.).

a. Dara-as, March 5.

23. LyczNa Linenus (Cram.).

a,b. Wardi, Feb. 25.

24, Lyomna GaiKa (Trimen).

a. Gellokur, Feb. 9. 6, c. Hammer, Feb. 13.

25. LycHNA KNYSNA, Trimen.

a, b. Gellokur, Feb. 9. c. Hammer, Feb. 13. d. Dara-as,

March 5.

26. LycmNA TROCHILUS (Frey.).

a. Bihen-andola, Feb. 7. 6. Darra-surree, March 13.

27. TARUCUS THEOPHRASTUS (Fabr.).

a. &. Dobar, Feb. 4. 6. 9. Hammer, Feb. 13.

28. LYCENESTHES, sp.

a. Hammer, Feb. 13.

29. LYCHNESTHES, sp.

a,b. Hammer, Feb. 13.

30. LycHNESTHES AMARAH (Gueér.).

a. Dobar, Feb. 4. 6. Dara-as, March 5.

31. CasTALIUs LActINaTUs, Butler.

a. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8. 6, ¢, Dara-as, March 5.

526 MISS SHARPE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Apr. 21,

32. Tarura UMBROSA (Butler).

a. Darra-surree, March 13.

33. TATURA PHILIPPUS (Fabr.).

a. Gotten, April 7.

34. Duvporyx tivia (Klug).

a. Dobar, Feb. 4. 6. Darra-surree, March 18.

35. Duuporyx Anta (Trimen).

a. Hammer, Feb. 13. 6. Woob, March.

36, SPINDACIS SOMALINA, Butler.

a. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8. 6. Hammer, Feb. 13.

37. CALLIPSYCHE LARA (L.).

a. Darra-surree, March 13.

38. ARGIOLAUS SILAS ( Westw.).

a. Woob, March.

39. ALENA JOHANN®, E. M. Sharpe.

a, b,c. Woobh, March. d, e. Dara-as, March 5. f,g. 3.

Darra-surree, March 13. hk. Wataba, April 7.

Family P1fRID &#.

40, TErtas zon (Hopff.).

a, b. Dara-as, March 5. c,d. & 9. Darra-surree, March 12.

41, Terras Bricitra (Cram.).

a. Dara-as, March 5.

42, Tprias cyrus, Butler.

a. Hammer, Feb. 13. 6. Sahana-sahada, Feb. 17.

43. MytLoruris aGaTurna (Cram.).

a-c. Dara-as, March 5. 4d. Darra-surree, March 13. e. Doo-

loob, March. jf. Gotten, April 6.

44, Prrris inFIpDA, Butler.

a. &. Hammer, Feb. 13. b,c. do 9. Dara-as, March 5.

45. Preris erptca, Godt.

a,b. d 9. Bihen-andola, Feb.8. c. ¢. Darra-surree, March 14.

46. HprP@NIA MELANARGE, Butler.

a,b,c. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8. d,e. Hammer, Feb. 15.

47, IpMATS cASTALIS, Staud.

a, 9. Dara-as, Feb, 5,

1896. | FROM SOMALI-LAND. 527

48, TeRAcoLus caLais (Cram.).

a-g. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8.

49, TERACOLUS CHRYSONOME (Klug).

a. Dedjainio, March 29.

50. TERACOLUS ARNE (Klug).

a-c. 3. Dobar, Feb. 4. d-f. do 2. Gellokur, Feb. 9.

g- @. Dara-as, March 5.

51, TERACOLUS PROTOMEDIA (Klug).

a. Bichen, Feb. 5.

52. THRACOLUS H&TERA (Gerst.).

a. &. Dobar, Feb. 4. 6,¢. 6 9. Dara-as, March6. d,e. 2.

Darra-surree, March 13.

53. TERACOLUS LORTI, sp. n.

Allied to 7. hetera, Gerst., and 7. puniceus, Butler.

This species is smaller than either of the allied forms, but the

crimson apical patch is very much larger.

Fore wing. Costa, basal area greyish; the hind marginal border

black suffused with grey; veins distinctly black. The crimson

patch near the apex commences just above the discoidal cell,

extending to the second median nervule.

Hind wing. Rather more grey at the base, the veins black, but

having no black spots on the marginal border as in 7’. hetera.

Underside similar to 7. jobina, Butler.

Expanse 2:3 inches.

The females are represented in the red and white varieties.

They resemble the female of 7. puniceus, but differ in having a

row of three hastate marks on the apical portion of the fore wing.

The black marginal border on the hind wing is not so heavily

marked as in 7’. puniceus.

Underside similar to that of above-mentioned species, but

somewhat redder. It is most likely a dry-season form.

Expanse 2:1 inches.

a. ¢&. Dara-as, Goolis Mts., March 5, 1895.

b,c. Q. Darra-surree, March 13, 1895.

54. TERACOLUS MILES, Butler.

a,b. &. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8. c. 9. Hammer, Feb. 13.

d. &. Wardi, Feb. 25. e¢ 9. Dedjainio, March 29.

55. TERACOLUS EVENINA (Wallengr.).

a-c. 6. Gellokur, Feb. 9. d. 9. Wardi, Feb. 25. ¢ 9.

Gotten, April 6.

56. TERACOLUS THEOGONE (Boisd.).

a. Hammer, Feb. 13.

528 MISS SHARPE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Apr. 21,

57. TpRACOLUS NouNA (Lucas).

a,b. &d 9. Hammer, Feb. 13. ¢,d. 5 9. Wardi, Feb. 25.

e f,g. 6; h. 2. Dara-as, March 5.

58. Tmraconus 1G¢nrrur, Butler,

a, 6. Dara-as, March 3.

59. TpRACOLUS PHILLIPSI, Butler.

a-c. 3; d. 9. Gellokur, Feb. 9.

60. Trracotus LEO, Butler.

a. &. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8.

61. Corias ELECTRA (L.).

a,b. 3d; ¢. 9. Dara-as, March 2.

62. SYNCHLOE GLAUCONOME (Klug).

a. Bihen, Feb. 5. 6. Woob, March. c,d. Dedjainio, March 29,

63. CATOPSILIA FLORELLA (Fabr.).

a-c. Dobar, Feb. 4. d. Hammer, Feb. 13. e, f. Dara-as,

March 5.

64, NuPHERONIA CapEensis (Hopff.).

a, 6. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8.

65. NuPHERONIA ARABICA (Hopff.).

a. Dobar, Feb. 4. 6. Hammer, Feb. 13.

Family PaPILIONIDS.

66. Papitio DEMoLEts, L.

a. Darra-surree, March 14. 6. Woob, March.

67. PAPILIO PSEUDONIREUS, Feld.

a. &. Dara-as, March 5. 6. Dooloob, March 24. ¢, d. 3 9.

Gotten, April 7.

68. Paprttio antrINoRII, Oberthiir.

a,b. 33 ¢,d. 2. Dara-as, March 7.

Family HusPppRiips7.

69. SARANGESA PERTUSA. (Mabille).

a,b. Dara-as, March 5.

70. GOMALIA BLMA (Irvin).

a. Woob, March.

71. PyR@us VINDEX (Cram.).

a. Hammer, Feb. 13. 6. Wardi, Feb. 25. ¢. Darra-surree,

March 13,

1896.] FROM SOMALI-LAND,

eo)

RHOPALOCERA HETEROCERA.

Family SPHINGID&.

72. LOPHOSTETHUS DEMOLINI, Angas.

a. Dobar, Feb. 4.

73. MAcRoGLOSsA TROCHILUS, Hiibn.

a. Dara-as, March 5. 6. Darra-surree, March 18.

Family Nocruip2.

74, SPHINGOMORPHA CHLOREA (Cram.).

a, 6. Dobar, Feb. 4.

75. GNAMPTONYX VILIS.

a, 6. Dobar, Feb. 4.

76. CEROCALA, sp.

a,b. Dedjainio, March 29.

77. GRAMMODES STOLIDA (Fabr.).

a. Dobar, Feb. 4. 6. Dedjainio, March 29.

78. PoLtyDESMA UMBRICOLA, Boisd.

a. Dobar, Feb. 4.

Family AGARISTID 2,

79, AEGocERA TRICOLOR, Druce.

a,b. Gotten, April 6.

80. AXcOcERA RECTILINEA, Boisd.

a. Dedjainio, March 29.

Family LItTHOSIID&,

81. DxrIoprta PULCHELLA, L.

a,b. Bihen-andola, Feb. 8. c,d. Dara-as, March 5. e. Woob,

March. f,g,h. Gotten, April 7.

Family GEOMETRID&,

82, STERRHANTHIA SACRARIA (L.).

a. Dara-as, March 5.

Family PyRaLID&.

83. NotTaROHA, sp.

a. Gotten, April 6.

Family Psycuip2,

84, Monpa DELICATISsIMA, Walker.

a. Dara-as, March 5,

530 MISS SHARPE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Apr. 21,

5. List of Lepidoptera obtained by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith

during his recent Expedition to Lake Rudolf. By

Emity Mary SHarpe.

[Received April 21, 1896.]

For the description of the country traversed by Dr. Donaldson

Smith through Western Somali-land, I may refer to my father’s

paper on the Birds collected during the expedition (P. Z. S. 1895,

pp. 457-520).

Although but two new species of Butterflies appear to have been

obtained, the facts connected with the geographical distribution of

many species are of considerable interest.

Family DANAID 4,

1, TIRUMALA PETIVERANA, Doubl. & Hewits.

lex. 6. Meo, Oct. 25, 1894.

2. Linas Kivert, Butler.

lex. 9. Lafarook, July 7, 1894.

lex. 9. The Haud, July 22, 1894.

Tex. 6 2. Sheik Husein, Sept., Oct. 1894.

Family SaryRiIpD&.

3. MELANITIS BANKIA (Fabr.).

lex. Shebeli, Aug. 30, 1894.

4. MYcALESIS PERSPICUA, Trimen..

3ex. d 9. Sheik Husein, Sept., Oct.

5. Ypruma potera, Kirby.

4ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20-26.

6. NEOCENYRA RUFILINEATA, Butler.

lex. Dabulli, Sept. 16.

Family ACR HID &.

7. ACREA MENIPPE (Drury).

lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20.

8. ACR#A NEOBULE (Drury).

lex. The Haud, July 238.

2ex. dQ. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24.

9. AorzaA Lycra (Fabr.).

4ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26 to Oct. 3.

1896.] FROM LAKE RUDOLF.

10. ACR#ZA DOUBLEDAYI, Guerin.

3ex. dQ. Sheik Husein, Sept. 23-25.

11. AcR#A BRzstA, Godman.

lex. 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 27.

12. Parpopsis PUNCTATISSIMA (Boisd.).

lex. Luknu, Sept. 18.

4ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19.

Family NYMPHALID®.

13, ATELLA COLUMBINA (Cram.).

1 ex. Walenso, Oct. 26.

14, PyRAMEIS CARDUI (L.).

2 ex. Berbera, July 4.

lex. Argeisa, July 18.

8ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 16 to Oct. 2.

15. Junonra Bodpis, Trimen.

2ex. d 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 25.

16. JUNONIA cLELIA (Cram.).

lex. d. Darar, Sept. 15.

4ex. d 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19 to Oct. 2

17. JUNONIA CREBRENE, Trimen.

lex. d. The Haud, July 23.

lex. ¢. Stony-brook, Ehrer River, Aug. 19.

5ex. 6 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19 to Oct. 1.

18. PRrEcrs sesAMUS, Trimen.

lex. Darro Mountains, Nov. 19.

19. Precis ocravia (Cram.).

2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 27.

20. Precis TaAvETA (Rogenh.).

2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19, 24.

21. PREcIs cLoaNTHA (Cram.),

lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19.

lex. Sheik Mahomed, Oct. 28.

2ex. Darro Mountains, Nov. 4, 19.

22. PRECIS MICROMERA, Butler.

2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26 to Oct. 1.

531

532 MISS SHARPE ON LEPIDOPTERA [Apr. 21,

23. Precis onTHostA (Godt.).

4ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26 to Oct. 2.

24, Euryreta DRYOPE (Cram.).

5ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26 to Oct. 2.

lex. Darro Mountains, Nov. 18.

25. EURYTELA HIARBAS (Drury).

2 ex. Darro Mountains, Nov. 6.

26, Byptia mitTuHy1a (Drury).

13 ex. ¢ 9. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20 to Oct. 2.

27. Nupris aGaTHA (Cram.).

lex. Meo, Oct. 25.

lex. Darro Mountains, Nov. 19.

28. Neptis Marpessa, Hopff.

lex. Sheik Husein, Oct. 2.

29. HaMANUMIDA D=DALUS (Fabr.).

lex. Stony-brook, Ehrer River, Aug. 4.

2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19.

30. HYPoLIMnas MisrPrvs (Linn.).

lex. ¢. Stony-brook, Ehrer River, Aug. 19.

5ex. ¢ 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19 to Oct. 2.

31. PANOPEA WALENSENSIS, sp. 0.

Allied to P. coromana, Oberthiir, but differs in the white mark-

ings on the fore wing.

Fore wing.—The two spots on the apical portion are more square

in shape; the discal row of white spots, from the inner margin to

the third median nervule, are larger in size and only separated by

the brown nervules. Two spots, one in the cell, and the second

between the third median and second radial nervules, close to the

third discocellular nervule, are very distinctly marked. A sub-

marginal row of white spots, commencing above the submedian

nervure, and extending, between each nervule, to the third median

rervule ; these spots are rather more distinct than in P. coromana.

Hind wing: similar to that of the allied species, the submarginal

row of white spots being more distinctly marked.

Underside.— White spots more clearly defined, with the submar-

ginal spots mentioned on the upperside well marked. The whole

of the basal half of the hind wing white, with eight black spots at

the base. A marginal border, pale brown, not so distinct as in

P. coromana, and with a submarginal row of round white spots

between each nervule.

Expanse 2-7 inches,

Hab. Walenso, Oct. 26, 1894.

1896.] FROM LAKE RUDOLF. 533

32. SALAMIS ANACARDII (L.).

2ex. Walenso, Oct. 26.

33. CHARAXES CANDIOPE (Godt.).

lex. Darro Mts., Nov. 4.

34, CHARAXES HOLLANDII, Butler.

3 ex. Walenso, Oct. 26.

35. CHARAXES ZOOLINA (Doubled.).

lex. dg. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20.

lex. gd. Darro Mts., Nov. 4.

36. CHARAXES NEANTHES (Hewits.).

lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19.

Family Lyc #2 NIDZ.

37. ZERITIS PERION (Cram.).

lex. The Haud, July 27.

38. Druporyx Livia (Klug).

lex. Ahdeh, July 14.

39. Lycana PULCHRA, Murray.

lex. Argeisa, July 18.

1 ex. Shebeli, Sept. 1.

lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26.

40. Lycana sopatus (Hopff.).

lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19.

41, Lyoxna THEoPHRASTUS (Fabr.).

lex. Stony-brook, Ehrer River, Aug. 18.

2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28 to Oct. 2.

42, CaTOCHRYSOPS ASTERIS (Godt.).

1 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24.

43. Lyczyna LineeEvs (Cram.),

1 ex. Sheik Husein.

44, LycHNA Moriaua (Wallengr.).

lex. Argeisa, July 18.

lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 29.

45. LycmNa BzrI0 (L.).

lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28.

534 MISS SHARPE ON LEPIDOPTHRA (Apr. 2],

46. Lycmna Galxa (Trim.).

2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26, 29.

47, LYCENESTHES LARYDAS (Cram.).

2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20.

Family PIERID 4.

48, Turias zon (Hopff.).

lex. 9. Argeisa, July 18.

10 ex. 6 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19-28.

49, TmRIAS REGULARIS (Butl.).

lex. ¢. Dabulli, Sept. 16.

2ex. 6 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28.

50. TerrIAs BISINUATA (Butler).

lex. Smith River, Sept. 16.

2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20 to Oct. 1.

51. Mytoruris acaruina (Cram.).

3ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24 to Oct. 2.

lex. gd. Meo, Oct. 25.

52, Prmris erpica (Godt.).

5ex. d6 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20-25.

The males are typical P. gidica, but the female would be con-

sidered by most entomologists to be P. abyssinica, Lucas. My

impression is that these two species are identical.

53. Pipris SHVERINA (Cram.).

lex. Argeisa, July 18.

lex. Smith River, Sept. 16.

4ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 23 to Oct. 2.

54, Preris torpaca (Walker).

lex. gd. Sibbe, July 7.

2ex. d. The Haud, July 25.

lex. 9. Dachetu, Aug. 9.

lex. 2. Dabulli, Sept. 16.

55. Preris ruHyso (Hopff.).

2ex. Meo, Oct. 10, 25.

56. HerP=NIA MELANARGE, Butler.

lex. The Haud, July 22.

lex. Sassabane, July 31.

lex. Sibbe, Aug. 4.

lex. Fussa, Sept. 12.

1896. ] FROM LAKE RUDOLF.

57. TERACOLUS AURIGINEUS, Butler.

4ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20-28.

58. TERACOLUS CHRYSONOME (Klug).

lex. Ahdeh, July 14.

3ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24, 28.

59. TerRacoLus carocHrysops, Butler.

2ex. d 2. Darro Mts., Nov. 19.

60. TERACOLUS CALAIS (Cram.).

2ex. Ahdeh, July 14.

lex. Stony-brook, Ehrer River, Aug. 19.

lex. 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 25.

61. TERACOLUS OCELLATUS, Butler.

lex. Shebeli, Aug. 30.

62, THRACOLUS PROTOMEDIA (Klug).

lex. Silou, Aug. 7.

lex. Ehrer River, Aug. 16.

lex. Shebeli, Aug. 24.

lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 29.

63. THRACOLUS PHLEGYAS (Butler).

1 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26.

64. TERACOLUS PHeENIvS (Butler).

2ex. 6 2. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20, Oct. 2.

65. TERACOLUS MILES, Butler.

lex. g. Argeisa, July 18.

lex. ¢. Darro Mts., Nov. 4.

66. TeRacotus acoyE, Wallengr.

2ex. The Haud, July 25.

3ex. Silou, Aug. 7.

67. TERACOLUS OMPHALE (Godt.).

lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 27.

68. TzRAcoLus JacKsoni, EH. M. Sharpe.

4ex. d 9. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19 to Oct. 2.

69. TERACOLUS EVENINA (Wallengr.).

lex. Ahdeh, July 14.

lex. Sheik Husein, Oct. 1.

70. TERACOLUS ANTEVIPPE (Boisd.).

lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19.

536

MISS SHARPD ON LEPIDOPTERA

71. TrRacoLus suBvEenosus, Butler.

lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 20.

72. TERACOLUS SIPYLUS, Swinh.

5ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 23 to Oct. 2.

73. TeRaco.us minans, Butler.

2ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19-26.

74, TERACOLUS PHILLIPSI, Butler.

lex. ¢. Ahdeh, July 17.

4ex. dQ.

Sheik Husein, Sept. 19 to Oct. 1. ,

75. TERACOLUS cITREUS, Butler.

4ex. d 2. Argeisa, July 18.

lex. ¢.

Stony-brook, Aug. 29.

lex. d. Meo, Oct. 25.

76, TERACOLUS HELIOCAUSTUS, Butler.

lex. Sibbe, Aug. 4.

77. TERACOLUS LEO, Butler.

lex. 9. Shebeli, Aug. 24.

lex. ¢.

Sheik Husein, Sept. 28.

78. CoLIAs ELECTRA (L.).

lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 23.

3 ex. Darro Mts., Nov. 6-19.

79. ERontra cLEopORA, Hiibn.

lex. Dabulli, Sept. 16.

lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24.

80. Eronra tepa, Doubled.

lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28.

lex. Meo, Oct. 25.

81. CaToPsILIA FLORELLA (Fabr.).

lex. Argeisa, July 18.

7 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24 to Oct. 2.

82. SYNCHLOE GLAUCONOME (Klug).

lex. The Haud, July 22.

Family PaPILIONID.

83. Papinio DEMOLEUS, L.

lex. Stony-brook, Ehrer River, Aug. 19.

38ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 12-28.

lex. Darro Mts., Nov. 4.

[Apr. 21,

1896.] FROM LAKE RUDOLF. 537

84. Papriio BrontEs, Godman.

lex. Meo, Oct. 25.

lex. Darro Mts., Nov. 10.

85. PAPILIO DONALDSONI, sp. n.

Allied to P. nireus, but differs in the brilliant blue band on the

fore wing.

Fore wing.—The blue band ending below the median nervure

much narrower in width and distinctly separated by the black

nervules. The two blue spots near the apex clearly defined but

smaller. Hind wing: similar to P. nireus, but the band not so

wide and terminating above the anal angle.

Underside——With the exception of the yellow submarginal

band on the hind wing, there is no other difference from P. nireus.

This band is almost united from the apex to the first median

nervule, the outward lines or edges being almost straight.

2. Similar to the female of P. nireus in colour, but the blue

band terminates below the discoidal cell, as in the male. Under-

side entirely brown, without the yellow submargina] border

on the hind wing.

Expanse: ¢ 3'2 inches, 2 3°6 inches.

3ex. Darro Mts., Nov. 6.

2ex. Meo, Oct. 25.

86. Paprito antryorti, Oberthiir.

2 ex. Walenso, Oct. 25.

2ex. Darro Mts., Nov. 4-16.

Family HESPERIID 2.

87. IsMENE FORESTAN (Cram.).

lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 26.

88. HesPERIA VINDEX (Cram.).

lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 24.

89. PampnHina INconspicua, Bert.

lex. Argeisa, July 18.

lex. Shebeli, Aug. 30.

lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28.

90. NISONIADES DJ ZLEZLE (Wallengr.).

lex. Goura, Sept. 14.

lex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 28.

91. NISONIADES WESTERMANNI (Latr.).

6 ex. Sheik Husein, Sept. 19-26,

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1896, No. XXXYV. 35

538 MR. F. £. BEDDARD ON THD [Apr. 21,

6. On the Anatomy of a Grebe (Achmophorus major),

with Remarks upon the Classification of some of the

Schizognathous Birds. By Franx E. Bepparp, M.A.,

F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received March 17, 1896.]

As so few of the Grebes have been dissected, I took the

opportunity offered, by the death some months since of a specimen

of &chmophorus major, to make some notes upon the principal

viscera and muscles, which I now lay before the Society.

As is well known, birds differ very much in the extent of a

horizontal membrane which is attached laterally to the oblique

septa and posteriorly and ventrally to the abdominal wall. This

membrane has been variously termed ‘ Omentum,” “‘ Pseudepi-

ploon,” and ‘‘ Horizontal septum.” When the abdominal viscera of

the Grebe are exposed by cutting carefully through the body-wall

at some distance behind the sternum, the cavity which contains

them is seen to contain only the intestines. As is the case with

many other birds, with many Passeres for instance, the duodenal

loop is very extensive, reaching right to the end of the abdominal

cavity. This cavity, containing the intestines, is shut off from the

anterior part of the abdominal cavity by an almost vertical septum,

which isthe reduced equivalent of the horizontalseptum. This septum

cuts off from the intestinal cavity another cavity which incloses the

gizzard and the liver, and is again divided into right and left halves

by the falciform ligament. The right cavity thus formed contains

as usual only the right Jobe of the liver. I should mention also,

as a fact of some systematic importance, that neither the gizzard

nor the entire extent of the liver is sheltered by the sternum;

they lie nearly altogether behind it. In this particular Zchmophorus

differs from Psophia, Cariama, and the Rallide; but the Grebe

agrees with those birds as well as with the Ducks in the small

extent of the horizontal septum.

§ Myology.

I have only made notes upon the more important muscles from

a classificatory point of view.

The arrangement of the tendons of the tensores patagii is

characteristic. The tensor brevis is early divided into two separate

tendons which run down the patagium to be inserted as usual on

to the forearm. They do not, however, as in the majority of birds,

form well-defined narrow tendons, but are thin and ill-defined

sheets of tendon. The division which lies nearest to the humerus

is particularly thin and difficult to delimit. The outer band has a

thickened strand on the side nearest to the humerus; it thins off

gradually on the outer side. The nerve to the hand passes under

1896.] ANATOMY OF ZCHMOPHORUS MAJOR. 539

the inner tendinous band and the thickened inner strand of the

outer band, but above the rest of the tendon. The tensor longus

tendon, as usual, dilates at the middle of the patagium into a

yellowish thickened nodule of different appearance from the rest

of the tendon. From this, or from its immediate neighbourhood,

arise a few strands of tendinous tissue arranged in a fan-like

fashion, which become collected into a thin tendon running

obliquely across the patagium to be inserted on to the tendon of the

extensor metacarpi. One of the thin strands which make up the

patagial fan is directly continuous with the biceps slip. The

muscle in fact appears to end in this tendon, and not to be inserted,

as is more usually the case, into the tendon of the tensor iongus.

The biceps is less fleshy than this muscle often is. The tendons

of origin and insertion are continued over the greater part of the

muscle as superficial tendinous sheets. The muscle has practically

only one head of origin, that from the coracoid ; there is, however,

what I believe to be the remains of the humeral head in the shape

of an attachment to the under surface of the pectoralis major.

The deltoid has an insertion upon the humerus of no great

extent. It is attached to that bone for rather less than a third of

its length.

The anconeus has a humeral head which is a somewhat narrow

tendon arising close to the insertion of the latissimus dorsi.

The eapansor secundariorum appeared to be totally absent.

The pectoralis major is rather a thin muscle; it is, however, for

a portion of its extent divisible into two layers. The superior

margin of the muscle, 7. ¢. that furthest away from the carina

sterni, is largely tendinous. The insertion of the muscle on to the

crest of the humerus is tendinous throughout for about the last

eighth of an inch.

The pectoralis minor is, as usual, a bipinnate muscle, but the

lower side is much wider than the upper. Its origin from the

sternum and the carina extends rather more than halfway down.

The latissimus dorsi is as usual divided into two muscles, with a

branch going to the skin (not always present in birds). This is

the dorso-cutaneous of Fiirbringer. The last mentioned overlaps

the entire origin of the posterior half of the muscle and is

continuous with the origin of the anterior.

The gluteus maximus consists of two separate parts. In front

of the acetabulum is a not very wide (4 inch) strap-shaped band

about the same size as the sartorius, which it partly overlaps. From

the acetabulum to the very end of the ilium arises a sheet of

muscle which completely covers the underlying biceps, and is

inserted on to the fascia covering the leg from the knee to nearly

halfway down.

The gluteus medius is incompletely divided into two halves.

They run side by side, and are inserted each by a separate tendon

of insertion which are connected by a muscular part.

The gluteus minimus is completely hidden by the last muscle ;

it is small and entirely flesby and arises from the ilium only.

3a*

540 MR. F. BE, BEDDARD ON THE [Apr. 21,

The biceps is large and fleshy, about an inch across at its origin.

The tendinous sling through which it passes to its insertion is

formed of two strong ligaments attached to the femur; one of them

is identical with the head of the gastrocnemius. In addition to

these two, there is a broad coarsely fibrous band running from the

bottom of the loop to one of the flexors of the foot.

The ambiens, the femorocaudal, and the accessory semitendinosus

are absent.

The accessory femorocaudal is a thin muscle tendinous at both

origin and insertion.

The semitendinosus and the semimembranosus appear to form one

intimately conjoined muscle, which gives off before its insertion a

very delicate tendinous slip to the gastrocnemius.

Only one peroneus is present in dichmophorus. The origin

of this overlaps that of the tibialis anticus. The tendon in which

it ends is inserted into the mass of fibro-cartilage at the ankle

through which the flexor tendons bore their way.

The tibialis anticus has a tendon which is bifid at its insertion ;

just in front of the point at which the tendon divides, a tendinous

slip is given off which runs for some way down the foot and is

finally fixed to skin.

The extensor communis digitorum divides into three tendons for

the toes. That supplying digit II. remains a single tendon. The

tendon supplying digit IIT. divides into three separate tendons;

while the tendon supplying digit IV. divides into two.

The gastrocnemius has the usual three heads. The inner is

much the largest, and its origin commences at the very summit of

the great cnemial crest of the tibia and extends halfway down the

leg. The outer head arises, as has been already mentioned, in

common with the tendinous sling of the biceps. These two heads

end in tendons at precisely the same level below. Shortly after

this (about } inch) they join. The third head arises in common

with the tendinous insertion of the outer of the two adductors ;

its tendon (ossified) joins that of the inner head some way in front

of the junction of the inner and outer heads.

Flexores perforati.—There are the usual three muscles supplying

the three digits. Their tendons are not connected with each other,

or with the tendons of the flexor perforatus et perforans, in any

way.

Flexor perforatus et perforans.—Only one digit (III.) is supplied

by this. The tendons of the flexor profundus digitorum and of

the flexor longus hallucis are intimately fused for a considerable

length. From the conjoined tendon no slip is given off to the

hallux. Each of the other digits has its own slip. The tendon

supplying digit II. arises first; then the remaining part of the

tendon divides into two, each half supplying digits III. and IV.

§ Comparison of Achmophorus with other Colymbi.

My information as to the myology of other Grebes is derived

1896.] ANATOMY OF ECIIMOPHORUS MAJOR. 541

from the works of Garrod’, Fiirbringer*, and Gadow®*, and from my

own dissection of J odicipes cristatus. These observations only refer

to various species of Podicipes (P. cornutus, P. cristatus, P. minor,

P. nove hollandie), The differences between these forms and

Aichmophorus are not great. The tendons of the tensor brevis

are, however, a little different, judging from the figure which

Fiirbringer (loc. cit. pl. xix. fig. 4) gives of Podicipes cornutus. In

that Grebe the tendon of the brevis and the recurrent tendon, the

longus, appear to form a continuous sheet of tendon covering a

good deal of the patagium. In P. eristatus the biceps slip joins

the brevis tendon. The biceps is two-headed in some other Grebes,

but single in P. cristatus. The evxpansor secundariorum is not entirely

absent in other Grebes, but is rudimentary. I did not look for it

with a microscope in Achmophorus, so there may be a faint

rudiment. I could not find one, however, in P. cristatus.

The syrinx of Achmophorus (fig. 1) has a very incomplete

bronchidesmus, a very wide space between the two bronchi existing

above its anterior edge. The last two tracheal rings are fused to

form a long box, into the composition of which it appears to me

that the first bronchial semiring enters. In any case, if that be not

| = ft iN

| HY

Fig. 1.—Syrinx of ehmophorus: 7, intrinsic muscles.

Fig. 2.—Syrinx of Tachybaptes: 7, intrinsic muscles.

so, the first bronchial semiring has the unusual relations shown in

the drawing, which are perfectly consistent with the belief that the

ring is the second bronchial. The intrinsic muscles are attached to

the third tracheal ring in front of the tracheo-bronchial box. The

1 Collected papers passim.

one Untersuchungen zur Morph, u. Syst. der Vogel.’

3 “Aves” in Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reich,’

542 MR. F. BE. BEDDARD ON THE [Apr. 21,

bronchial semirings are fairly ossified, but have rather wide mem-

branous interspaces. we

In Podicipes cristatus there is the same failure of the intrinsic

syringeal muscles to reach even the end of the trachea. A box is

formed by fusion at the end of the trachea, into which it appears

to me the first bronchial semiring does not enter. The bronchial

semirings are deeper and closer together, and the whole bronchus

is more ossified, than in the last genus. The bronchi, too, are longer.

In Podicipes coronatus the syrinx is much the same, but of course

smaller. The first free semiring of the bronchus seems to be

No. 2. There is a wider membranous interval between it and the

antecedent tracheo-bronchial box than in the last species.

Tachybaptes fluviatilis (fig. 2, p. 541) has a different syrinx.

The last three tracheal rings are only fused in front, though they

are closely united laterally. These rings are much ossified. The

insertion of the intrinsic muscles is remarkable. They run obliquely

forward, converging, to be inserted into the last three tracheal

rings. The first bronchial semiring is arched, and ossified in front

where it is fused with the tracheal box; otherwise it and the

succeeding rings are cartilaginous. It is clear, therefore, that the

syringeal characters justify the generic distinction here adopted.

§ On the inter-relationships of Podicipedide, Laride, and Alade.

By some, e.g. by Mr. Sclater, the Grebes and the Auks are

referred to one order. By others, e.g. by Dr. Gadow, the

Laridz are placed in the immediate neighbourhood of the Auks,

both being separated from the Grebes and Loons. In preparing a

general treatise upon the Anatomy of Birds, upon which I am now

engaged, I have had to gointo this matter. I propose to give now

such new facts as I have ascertained for myself, and extracted

from the note-books of Mr. Garrod and Mr. Forbes, which bear

upon this question.

It appears to me to be quite necessary to separate more widely

the Alcide from the Laride,than the Laride from the Charadriids

(s. 1.). Dr. Gadow, in the classificatory part of his account of the

Birds in Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reich,’ does not define the Lari by one

single character of importance that distinguishes them from all of

the remaining Limicole. Nor are any such characters forthcoming

from the elaborate tables of Prof. Firbringer. In attempting to

justify the separation of some such group as the Longipennes, I

have, on the contrary, found additional evidence for a closer union

between the Gulls and the Ployers. I should regard the former,

in fact, as merely forming a family of Dr. Gadow’s Limicole,

equivalent, for instance, to Chionidide, (idicnemide, &e. And this

family will have to be defined wholly by external characters.

Timagined for some time that the remarkable condition of the

biceps brachii in the Gulls would prove a fact of classificatory value.

In Gulls the biceps is divided into two distinct muscles, corre-

sponding to the humeral and coracoidal heads of the more normal

1896. ] ANATOMY OF ECHMOPHORUS MAJOR. 543

biceps of other birds. The coracoidal part of the muscle again

divides into two parts, of which one supplies the radius, and the

other the ulna. Dr. Gadow mentions, upon the authority of

Meckel, that in Himantopus and Scolopax the biceps is divided. I

find in a specimen of Himantopus nigricollis the following

arrangement of the several parts of this compound muscle. The

muscle has two distinct portions—one, which may perhaps corre-

spond to the entire biceps of other birds, has the two normal heads,

one arising from the humerus, the other from the coracoid. In

addition to this is a distinct coracoidal portion which has a common

origin from the coracoid with the coracoidal half of the double

head of the muscle. In Cursorius I also found the biceps to be

double much in the same way; but the division only commenced a

little way below the level of the humeral attachment. Finally, in

Lobivanellus there were indications merely of the same division by

a superficial furrow extending for some way up the muscle.

In the Gulls proper (the Lavine of Howard Saunders) there is a

syrinx of a more typical form than in any Limicoline bird known

tome. Its more “typical” character consists in the fact that the

single pair of intrinsic muscles are attached to the first bronchial

semiring, and that that ring is bowed and closely attached to the last

of six or seven slightly modified tracheal rings. In the Limicole,

on the other hand, the intrinsic muscles are frequently absent

(Himantopus, Hamatopus, Squatarola), and when present do not as

a rule extend down as far as the bronchi; they end upon a tracheal

ring at a variable distance from the end, though in some cases at

least they may be continued as far as the bronchi by fibrous tissue.

Lestris, however, has a syrinx which differs from that of the Gulls

in that the intrinsic muscles end at the last tracheal ring, being

attached partly to this and partly to the two in front; the muscle,

in fact, is inserted rather obliquely. No very distinct line can there-

fore be drawn between the two groups in the structure of the syrinx.

Some justification for the association of the Laride with the

Alcide is to be found in the disposition of the tendons of the

tensor patagii brevis. In the Gulls, as in Limicoline birds generally,

the tendon of the brevis muscle is double from the commencement,

while the anterior of its two parts gives off just before its attach-

ment a wristward slip from which passes upward obliquely the

patagial fan to be inserted on to the tendon of the longus. There is,

too, in both groups invariably a biceps slip, which may be inferred

from Prof. Fiirbringer’s statement: as, however, I am acquainted,

from my own dissections and from the sketches left by my two

predecessors, with a larger series of both Laride and Limicole than

were known to Dr. Fiirbringer, the fact seems to be worth emphasizing.

In Larus argentatus there is, as is shown by a sketch of Mr. Forbes’s,

a peculiar tendinous slip passing from the tendon of the longus

patagii to the flexor side of the forearm, which is quite distinct

from the patagial fan already referred to. This has not been

observed in any Limicoline birds but Charadrius pluvialis ; it is

highly characteristic of the Alcide. It may therefore be useful to

544 MR. F, E, BEDDARD ON THE [Apr. 21,

reproduce one or two of the late Mr. Forbes’s sketches in illus-

tration of the tensores of those birds, which have been but little

described. The simplest form perhaps is to be seen in Synthlibo-

rhamphus antiquus. Here (fig. 3) there is but one tendon to the

Fig. 3.

Tensores patagii of Synthliborhamphus antiquus.

a, slip to ulnar side of forearm.

(From a MS. sketch by the late Mr. Forbes.)

brevis muscle, which is inserted on to the forearm and passes

over its muscles to be attached below to the ulna. This single

tendon appears to correspond to the anterior of the two invariably

present in Gulls and Limicoline birds: this is to be inferred from

the fact that it gives off just the merest apology for the wristward

branch found in those birds; there is no patagial fan connecting

this tendon with the longus tendon; but a thin tendon runs from

the longus and is attached to the flexor side of the forearm.

Firbringer’s figure of these tendons in Alcea torda shows no trace

of this peculiar slip; but it seems to occur at least in the majority

of the Alcidee. Its presence and the rudimentary character of the

wristward branch of the main tendon of the brevis are the special

peculiarities of the patagial tendons in the Alcide. There are,

however, as many as three separate tendons all running parallel in

some species. In Lunda (see fig. 4), Ceratorhina (fig. 5), Brachy-

vhamphus, and Uria this is the case. In Fratercula and Alca

there are only two. In a few species (in Fratercula for instance)

where there is a patagial fan, a small ossicle as in the Petrels is

developed. It seems clear, therefore, that the patagial muscles of

the Alcidz do not on the whole favour the close relationship of the

Alcidz to any other Limicoline birds, the resemblance to the Gulls

1896. | ANATOMY OF ECHMOPHORUS MAJOR, 545

Fig. 4.

Tensores patagii of Lunda cirrhata. a, as in fig. 3.

(From a MS, sketch by the late Mr, Forbes.)

Tensores patagii of Ceratorhina monocerata. a, as in fig. 3.

(From a MS, sketch by the late Mr. Forbes.)

546 ON THE ANATOMY OF ZCHMOPHORUS MAJOR. ([Apr. 21,

and to the Plovers being only seen in one species of each group and

in the aberrant Rhynchops. There is, moreover, the same amount of

hikenessto the Limicole proper in a small point which may be regarded

as of equal importance. The bicepsslip, always present in the Alcide,

has, at least as a rule, rather unusual relations. Thus in Alcea

torda Fiirbringer figures it as attached partly to the patagial

membrane and partly to the inner of the two brevis tendons. In

the Gull the insertion is the more normal one, 7.¢. on to the longus

tendon. In Fratercula arctica the muscle is inserted upon the

middle of the three brevis tendons. Now in a specimen of Tringa

canutus (doubtless individual variation), I found a second biceps

slip in addition to the usual one, which was inserted on to the outer

of the two brevis tendons. This tendon I take, for reasons already

explained, to correspond to the middle of the three tendons of

Fratercula.

I have carefully studied the windpipe of a number of Auks, and

can find no reasons for associating them especially with the Gulls

from an examination of this organ. The syrinx is seen in its most

characteristic, even exaggerated, form in Ceratorhina monocerata.

In this Auk (fig. 6) the first bronchial semiring is the shape

of half an ellipse—a gross exaggeration of the generally arched

form of this ring in the avian syrinx; the same form is shown by

the second bronchial semiring, which lies as it were inside the first

Fig. 6.

Fig. 6.—Syrinx of Ceratorhina monocerata : 7, intrinsic muscles.

Fig. 7.—Syrinx of Lomvia troile: i, intrinsic muscles.

and is concentric with it. The intrinsic muscles are attached to

the first. Nothing of this kind occurs in any Gull or Limicoline

bird known to me. In other Auks, however (fig. 7), the syrinx

is decidedly more typical in form. It is an interesting fact

that we can arrange the family into two subfamilies according to

1896.] RONTGEN-RAY PHOTOGRAPHS OF A SNAKE. DAT

the modifications of the syrinx and the muscles of the leg. In

Alcea, Phaleris, Lomvia, Uria, and Synthhiborhamphus the syrinx does

not show the extraordinary modification described in Ceratorhina

and occurring also in Lunda and Fratercula. In the three latter

genera the ambiens is present, but the accessory femorocandal is

absent. The exactly reversed condition characterizes four of the first

mentioned genera’. Uria columbia, however, has a syrinx which is

an approach towards that of the more differentiated types.

May 5, 1896.

Dr. Joun Anpurson, F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of April.

The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the

month of April were 99 in number. Of these, 32 were acquired

by presentation, 30 by purchase, 6 were born in the Gardens,

30 were received on deposit and 1 inexchange. The total number of

departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 141.

Amongst these attention was called to a young male Indian

Elephant (Elephas indicus) from Burmah, purchased of Mr. Cross

of Liverpool, April 10th*.

Mr. W. E. Hoyle, M.A., exhibited some photographs of a snake

in the act of swallowing a mouse, taken by aid of the Réntgen rays,

so that the skeleton tissues of both animals were clearly shown.

The snake in question was a common grass-snake (7ropidonotus

natriz), belonging to Mr. V. H. Sugden, of the Owens College,

who kindly superintended that portion of the experiment connected

with it. As the snake did not appear hungry, its mouth was

opened and the mouse pushed down its throat; when about two-

thirds of it had passed between the jaws the first exposure was

made, but this failing owing to movement on the part of the snake,

ether was administered and complete repose thus secured.

Three exposures were subsequently made—one from above and

one from the side,—in which the expansion of the jaws to take in

the comparatively large prey was well shown. ‘The third exposure

was made when the mouse was completely within the snake’s

throat, and the contrast between the natural and the distended

diameter of the body was very marked. By the kindness of

Prof. Schuster, F.R.S., the experiments were made in the Physical

Laboratory of the Owens College, and the electric apparatus was

superintended by Mr. A. T. Stanton.

1 Phaleris is exceptional in haying neither ambiens nor accessory femoro-

caudal.

° This Elephant, on the 4th of June, was found to weigh 11 ewt. 1 qr. 7 lbs,

548 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON LITTLE-KNOWN [May 5,

The following papers were read :—

1. On some little-known Batrachians from the Caucasus.

By G. A. Bovuzenerr, F.R.S.

[Received May 4, 1896.]

(Plates XXI. & XXII.)

Ten species of Batrachians have been recorded from the Caucasus,

viz. Rana esculenta, L. (var. ridibunda, Pall.), R. macrocnemis,

Bler., R. camerani, Blgr., Bufo viridis, Laur., B. vulgaris, Laur.,

Hyla arborea, L., Salamandra caucasica, Waga, Molge cristata,

Laur. (var. karelinii, Strauch), M. vulgaris, L. (var. meridionalis,

Bler.), and M, vittata, Gray. To these 10 species an important

addition has recently been made: Pelodytes caucasicus, Blgr., the

second species of a genus believed to be confined to Western

Europe.

Considerable material having reached the British Museum of

late, chiefly through the kindness of Dr. G. Radde, Director of the

Tiflis Museum, I am able to give detailed descriptions and figures

of, or notes upon, five species which are still imperfectly known,

viz. Rana macrocnemis, R. camerani, Pelodytes caucasicus, Sala-

mandra caucasica, and Molge vittata.

RANA MACROCNEMIS.

Rana macrocnemis, Bouleng. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 22, pl. iii.,

and Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1886, p. 596; Boettg. Ber. Senck.

Ges. 1892, p. 136.

This species was originally described from a single male specimen

collected at Brusa, Asia Minor, by the late Baron von Maltzan.

It has since been recorded from near Tiflis. The following de-

scription is taken from three Tiflis specimens in the British Museum,

viz. two from the Tortoise Lake, received from the Senckenberg

Museum; the third from Rijut, 4200-4300 feet, presented by

Hr. W. Wolterstorff, of Halle. As observed by Prof. Boettger,

the snout is often more elongate than in the type from Brusa,

approaching in shape that of Rana agilis, and the inner metatarsal

tubercle a little shorter ; otherwise the agreement is complete.

The vomerine teeth form two small oblique groups, close

together, entirely behind the level of the choane. Head a little

broader than long; snout rounded or obtusely acuminate, not

prominent, with the lores rather oblique; nostrils nearly equally

distant from the eyes and the end of the snout, the distance

between them much greater than the interorbital width, which is

also much less than the width of the upper eyelid ; tympanum one

half to three fifths the diameter of the eye, from which it is rather

remote. Fore limb very strong in the breeding male, just as in

R. temporaria, and with the mner finger provided with a still

stronger pad, which is not divided by a transverse groove. The

first finger extends slightly, but distinctly beyond the second.

1896.] BATRACHIANS FROM THE CAUCASUS 549

The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the end of the snout or

beyond, and the length of the hind limb between the vent and the

tibio-tarsal articulation exceeds the length of head and body; the

tibia is a trifle shorter than the fore limb, and nearly equals the

length of the foot. The web between the toes, during the breeding- -

season, is developed to the same extent as in AR. temporaria: in the

male it reaches to the base of the penultimate phalanx on the

inner side of all the toes but the last, which is webbed to the very

tip; whilst in the female the last two phalanges of the fourth toe

are free on both sides, and the distal phalanx is free on the outer

side on the three inner toes and on the inner side on the outer toe.

The free border of the web is deeply notched in the female, nearly

rectilinear in the male. In the male post nuptias the palmation is

as in the female. The subarticular tubercles are feebly or

moderately developed; the inner metatarsal tubercle is small, oval,

soft, rather more developed than in &, temporaria and somewhat

less than in &. agilis; its length is not quite half that of the

inner toe; a small tubercle is present at the base of the fourth toe.

As in R. temporaria, the skin of the back in the breeding male

is swollen through the great development of the lymph-cells,

whilst in the female pearl-like granules are scattered on the sides,

on the pelvic region, and on the hind limbs. The glandular lateral

folds are feebly prominent; the distance between them, on the

scapular region, equals one fifth to one sixth the length from

snout to vent.

The specimens, which have been for some time in spirit, are

pale brown above, with large dark spots on the back and sides, and

regular cross-bars on the hind limbs; a dark canthal streak, a

large temporal blotch and a dark streak along the upper lip; a

more or less distinct light streak between the latter and the canthal

streak. Lower parts white, with small dark spots on the throat.

As noticed before, the male is provided with a pair of internal

vocal sacs.

3. Gis Q.

millim. millim. wmillim.

From snout to vent ...... 70 67 64

Lengthof head .......... 20 20 18

Width of head .......... 22 22 20

Diameter of eye ........ 6°5 a 6

Interorbital width ........ 35 35 35

From eye to nostril ...... 5 4:5 +

~ » end of snout.. 9 9 8

PVE PANUDY lord e's ee e!r eee 3°5 4 3

From eye to tympanum.... 2°5 2 2°5

Hore Umnigy si he oe = < a eet 45 42 37

Ebingvhimaby 3..; 2. -je eis 129 120 108

PRIDE ests tie cus suckie sas ae e's 42 38 35

OGG? Beteie' ao yetetehol s. a. Sicteue 2 41 39 35

Finer toen m2 sepia. sie 3 85 8 Go

Inner metatarsal tubercle . . 3°5 3°5 3

550 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON LITTLE-KNOWN [May 5,

Rana CAMERANI. (Plate XXI. fig. 1.)

Rana camerani, Bouleng. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1886, p. 597 ;

Boettg. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1892, p. 134.

First described from four specimens collected by Dr. Oscar

Schneider on Lake Tabizhuri, 8000 feet, and at Achalkalki, and

preserved in the Berlin Museum, this species has been rediscovered

in the Karabagh Mountains, around Lake Gokcha, and near Tiflis,

where it occurs together with R. macrocnemis. Thanks to the

kindness of Professor Boettger, the British Museum has received

three specimens—one male from Gilli, L. Gokcha, and two young

from the C. Karabagh—in exchange from the Senckenberg Museum.

Their detailed measurements are recorded below.

R. camerani is very closely allied to R. macroenemis, and more

material is required before they can positively be pronounced to be

distinct species. The affinity to R. arvalis is also very great, but

the small size of the inner metatarsal tubercle in R. camerani is

sufficient for distinction.

The vomerine teeth do not differ from those of R. macrocnemis.

The snout is more pointed and more prominent, as in a typical

f. arvalis ; the interorbital space is very narrow, one half to two

thirds the width of the upper eyelid, and considerably narrower

than the distance between the nostrils; the tympanum measures

hardly half the diameter of the eye, from which it is separated by

a distance equal to at least two thirds its diameter. The first and

second fingers are equal, or the first extends very slightly beyond

the second; the subarticular tubercles are strong, and the inner

metatarsal tubercle is oval, measuring two fifths to one half its

distance from the end of the inner toe; the web between the toes

is as much developed asin R. macrocnemis; the male in breeding

attire is, however, still unknown. The tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches the eye or the nostril; the length of the hind limb between

the vent and the tibio-tarsal articulation equals the length of head

and body minus the whole or half the length of the snout; the

tibia is as long as the foot or the fore limb. The glandular lateral

folds are strong and very prominent; the distance between them,

on the scapular region, equals two ninths to one fifth the length

from snout to vent.

The coloration is in every respect that of R. arvalis, and

handsomely striped specimens are also of frequent occurrence; the

light moustache is strongly marked, extending from the tip of the

snout to the shoulder.

é. Yg. Yg.

millim. millim. millim.

From snout to vent .... 45 84 32

Length of head........ 15 11 10°5

Width of head ........ 16 Hb pel

Diameter of eye ...... 5 35 35

Interorbital width...... 2°5 2 2

From eye to nostril .... 3 2 2

1896.] BATRACHIANS FROM THD CAUCASUS. 551

Bie Yg. Yg.

millim. millim. millim.

From eye to end of snout 65 5 4:5

Dy PAM cis ayierw debe « 25 2 15

From eye to tympanum . 2 1:5 15

Bigs Mian Bis 5, cei coos: ich ere Asie 12 16:5 155

Eiirid Bid, oo stare a: udyerd 7 52 49

EE oe ay sielaio's « o,< See 24 16 15°5

TRO OG iy Negation 24 16°5 16

Immer Go0e))- . 2). cketeiee ts 5 3 3

Inner metatarsal tubercle 2 15 15

PELODYTES CAUCASICUS. (Plate XXI. fig. 2.)

Pelodytes caucasicus, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii.

May Ist, 1896, p. 406.

Vomerine teeth in two slightly oblique transverse groups between

the choane. Head slightly broader than long; snout subacumi-

nate, as long as the diameter of the orbit, with moderately distinct

canthus ; tympanum feebly distinct, two thirds the diameter of the

eye. First finger as long as second; toes webbed at the base and

fringed ; subarticular tubercles strong; a very small inner meta-

tarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation reaches the tip of

the snout. Body covered with strong warts, some of which are

confluent into longitudinal folds; a parotoid-like fold above the

tympanum. Olive above, white beneath, all the warts covered with

a black horny layer in the male. Male with an internal yocal sac;

the fore limbs very strong, with rugose black plates as in P. punc-

tatus ; similarly with black rugosities round the lower jaw, on the

breast, belly, and under the limbs, especially on the subarticular

tubercles.

millim, millim,

From snout to vent .. 47 | Fromeyetoendof snout 7

leads « areci er sariats o/anet US iy Me yop eee 3

Wadth of head Gus. W6e ‘i Rore timp: ssh... <3 25

Diameter of eye. ..27 4°5' | End limb... .2..... 0 81

Interorbital widtli! 5.45 PVs aide oe ie 3 fic -n.0 0 se 26

Brom eye tomoseril a. fi bp Hoow sce cies ey | le oes 56

This species, described from a single male specimen from

Mt. Lomis, 7000 ft., received from Dr. Radde, is very closely

related to the Pelodytes punctatus of Western Hurope, agreeing in

the extraordinary development and distribution of the nuptial

horny excrescences on the ventral surfaces in the males, to which

attention was drawn by me in 1881 (Bull. Soc. Zool. France,

1881, p. 73, fig.). Here, however, the excrescences extend also to

the warts and ridges of the upper surfaces, so that P. punctatus

must be regarded as the Batrachian in which these temporary

attributes of the males reach their highest development.

P. caucasicus is distinguished from its congener in the longer

hind limbs and the slightly different disposition of the vomerine

552 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON LITTLE-KNOWN [May 5,

teeth. The toes are not so strongly fringed in the male, and the

fore limbs are more robust.

The skeleton of Pelodytes punctatus is very peculiar. It was

desirable to ascertain whether the new species conforms in this

respect to the systematic position assigned to it. Yet it would

have been a pity to damage in any way an unique specimen.

Skeleton of Pelodytes caucastcus, from a sciagraph, upper and lower view.

Thanks to the Rontgen rays, the difficulty was overcome, and I

have much pleasure in introducing what I believe to be the first

practical application to herpetology of this startling discovery. I

wish to thank Mr. J. William Gifford, who, through the mediation

of my friend Prof. Stewart, kindly undertook to photograph the

specimen, and to whom I am indebted for the sciagraph from

which these figures are drawn.

1896.] BATRACHIANS FROM THE CAUCASUS. 553

It will be seen that the new Frog agrees with its Western con-

gener in the large frontoparietal fontanelle ; the absence of pala-

tine bones; the very strongly dilated transverse processes of the

sacral vertebra and the forward direction of the three anterior to

them; the curved coracoids and precoracoids ; the bony style to

the sternum; the fusion of the two outer bones of the second row

in the carpus; and especially in the fusion of the astragalus and

calcaneum to a single bone, resembling the fused radius and ulna

or tibia and fibula of tailless Batrachians.

[Since the reading of my paper, I have received, July 24th,

through the courtesy of the author, M. Nikolski, a copy of the

description of a new Pelobatoid, named Pelodytopsis caucasica.

The genus and species are established on two female specimens

from Lagodekhi, Transcaucasia, obtained by M. Mlokossewicz,

apparently the same collector who first discovered Salamandra

caucasica. This Frog is no doubt the same as my Pelodytes cauca-

sicus, which has priority, M. Nikolski’s paper being signed June

1896. There is no foundation for the new genus, the species

being, as I have stated above, very closely related to Pelodytes

punctatus. |

SALAMANDRA cavcasica. (Plate X-XIT. fig. 1.)

Ewaeretus caucasicus, Waga,Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1876, p.326, pl. xvi.

Salamandra caucasica, Bouleng, Cat. Batr. Caud. p. 5 (1882);

Boettg. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1892, p. 132.

Thanks to Dr. Radde, the British Museum now possesses a good

series of specimens of this rare Salamander, from Mount Lomis,

7000 feet, from which the following description is drawn up.

The series of palatine teeth extend forwards far beyond the

choane ; they converge and are narrowly separated from each

other in front, after being angularly bent and enclosing a rhom-

boidal space ; in the middle the series are closely approximate and

parallel; behind they strongly diverge again; in some specimens

the angular bend does not exist and each series may be described

as S-shaped.

The tongue is large, covering nearly the whole floor of the

mouth, free at the sides only.

The head is much depressed, and the eyes moderately large and

prominent; the snout is semicircular in outline and does not

project beyond the lower jaw. The parotoid glands are flat, not

sharply limited as in the other species of the genus. A strong

gular fold is present.

The body is much elongate and feebly depressed, with 12 strong

costal grooves between axilla and groin; tle skin is quite smooth

and shiny, without any warts.

The limbs meet or slightly overlap when pressed against the

body. ‘The digits are moderately elongate and depressed ; the first

toe is the shortest, the fourth the longest, slightly longer than the

third, the fourth and fifth are equal. The tail is subcylindrical,

slightly compressed, and longer than head and body.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. XXXVI. 36

554 ON BATRACHIANS FROM THE CAUCASTS. [May 5,

Male specimens (8 in number) have a large compressed dermal

tubercle, pointed and directed forwards, on the base of the tail,

just above the posterior border of the cloaca. This tubercle, 1

suggest, may assist in clinging to the female during the pairing.

Shining black above, with two more or less regular series of

round, oval, or elliptical greenish-yellow spots; blackish brown or

dark plumbeous grey beneath, with or without small greyish-white

spots or dots; these small spots constantly present on the throat.

millim. millim. millim.

Potalilengths . 93. as iv 182 155 142

From snout to cloaca .. 66 63 62

Héid..s.. ee oe eee ee 13 13 i

Width of head........ 9°5 9-5 9

Poredimburoaseicieti 20 21 19

‘Elim Himib ee eye cae 22 23 22

‘Danlaee arcane ste eitd nee 116 92 80

The lungs are short, as much developed as in S. maculosa.

The skull is quite typical of a Salamandra, only not so broad as

in S. maculosa and S. atra, There are 17 precaudal and 53 caudal

vertebre, against 16 and 25 or 26 in S. maculosa.

Motesg virrata, Gray. (Plate XXII. fig. 2.)

This handsome Newt is now represented in the Museum by a

fine series, consisting of 14 specimens from Brusa, Trebizonde,

and Borshom in Transcaucasia. The dorsal crest of the males

may be deeply toothed, as in JZ. cristata, which this Newt resembles

in the shape of the head, the notch in the crest on the lumbar

region, and the long, slender digits. A dermal fold runs along

the outer edge of the crus and tarsus in the males. In the Traus-

caucasian specimens the vertical black bars on the dorsal crest are

of equal breadth; a whitish band extends along the middle of the

muscular portion of the basal third of the tail, becoming wavy and

broken up further down.

The following measurements are taken from five specimens from

Borshom :—

Sis 3. Co. 3. 2.

millim, millim. millim. millim. millim.

Total length cris, wish ep ayteire 125 120 119 119 ses)

From snout to cloaca .... 60 59 60 59 59

SC Weee |, SSG 5 ee 14 14 14 14 15;

Widthvofthead ...c20% .: 10 10°55 11 10:5 _ JG

Hore: dimibr sees ke hse Rete 25 26 25 26 22

Tlianve pee easels oie © cere. eres we 12 Tas 82) 9

indian ies eee e 28 27 27 28 21

HOohin Hest ean « 14 14 14 14-5 10

Dail: Scasenpetiye tye tier eae 65 61 59 60 54

An outline figure of the skull has been given by Alfred Dugés

in his paper on the Urodeles of France, in 1852. Otherwise

nothing is known of the osteology of this species. I have there-

P.4.S 162367 El wereie

H.Gronvold delet hth. MinternBros-imp .

1.RANA CAMERANI. 2.PELODYTES CAUCASICUS

P.Z.5S:.. 1BS6=P laa

a =e @ 2B 1% & we e”*

es Ee Cg ee age

egg

a =

Ii.Grénvold del.et lith

1SALAMANDRA CAUCASICA.2.MOLG

TATA

1896.] ON THE PTERYLOSIS OF THE BARBETS AND TOUCANS. 550d

fore had the skeleton of a male specimen prepared, and noted the

following points :-—

The skull is devoid of ridges, such as are present on the snout

in M. vulgaris and palmata, and the ethmoidal fontanelle is large ;

the fronto-squamosal arch is bony and slender; the pterygoids

considerably fail to reach the maxillaries.

The ilium is suspended from the fifteenth vertebra, as in

M. vulgaris and palmata, and the caudal vertebre number 32.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

Puatn XXI,

Fig. 1. Rana camerani (p. 550). Upper view.

We 33 r Side view of head.

2. Pelodytes caucasicus (p. 551), Upper and lower view.

7 a - Open mouth.

Pruate XXII,

Fig. 1. Salamandra caucasica (p. 553). Upper view.

la Af ba Skull, upper and lower view, x 2.

14. a os Side view of base of tail of ¢, x2.

2. Molge vittata (p. 554). Side view.

Das 3 * Skull, upper and lower view, x2.

2. Contributions to the Anatomy of Picarian Birds.—

Part II.1 A Note upon the Pterylosis of the Barbets

and Toucans. By Frank EH, Bepparp, M.A., F.R.S.,

Prosector to the Society.

[Received May 4, 1896. ]

In a short article mainly referring to the peculiar “ intestini-

form” gall-bladder of the Toucans and Barbets, the late Mr. Forbes

took occasion to point out other resemblances between these

families of birds? to each other and to the Woodpeckers. With

regard to the pterylosis, however, Mr. Forbes contented himself

with remarking that ‘‘ Nitzsch, from pterylographical grounds. ...

long ago pointed out this connection.” Nitzsch undoubtedly

placed in one group Picine, the Barbets, Toucans, and Wood-

peckers ; but he included with the former in almost inextricable

confusion the Bucconide, and furthermore observed that “this

group also has no general pterylographic character, at least none

belonging to itself alone.” His plate fully bears out this state-

ment to my mind. Nevertheless it seems to me that there are

pterylographic likenesses between the Barbets and the Toucans:

I find, in fact, that the pterylosis of such Barbets as I have had the

opportunity of examining do not agree altogether with Nitzsch’s

figures. he species that I have studied are Megalema asiatica,

M. hodgsoni, M. javensis, Cyanops franklini, and Xantholema rosea.

1 See P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 587, for Part I.

2 «Note on the Gall-bladder &c. of the Toucans and Barbets,” P. Z. 8, 1882,

. 94.

R 36%

556 ON THE PTERYLOSIS OF THE BARBETS AND 1oucaNS. [May 5,

Of these species the last only (under the name of Bucconides roset-

collis) is figured by Nitzsch, and, as I believe, inaccurately.

Featier-tracts of Megalema asiatica.

The right-hand figure shows the ventral aspect, the left-hand figure the dorsal.

The accompanying drawings illustrate the pterylosis of Mega-

lama asiatica. The drawings are copied from the late Prof. Garrod’s

MS. As will be seen on comparing them with Nitzsch’s figures

of Megalema armillaris, there are considerable differences, which

of course may possibly exist between allied species. My own

observations upon the first four species of my list and those of

Mr. Forbes (in MS.) upon Megalema virens agree so entirely with

each other and with Garrod’s sketch that I cannot but think that

Nitzsch has fallen into error.

The chief difference between us—it will be observed—concerns

the spinal tract. In all the species of Megalema and Cyanops to

which I have referred the posterior part of that tract is, as

Nitzsch has correctly indicated, not in connection with the anterior

fork ; but instead of being a straight band ending at the base of

the oil-gland, it forks some little way in front of that gland and

surrounds it. Another peculiarity of Megalema (not figured by

Nitzsch in WM. armillaris) is a lateral band on either side which

commences at the fork of the anterior part of the dorsal tract and

runs down to a point about ona level with the middle of the poste-

rior fork. This is quite distinct. from the more conspicuous

femoral tract, excepting in WM. asiatica, where the lateral tract

joins the femoral posteriorly. This lateral tract is figured by

1896. ] ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 557

Nitzsch in Trachyphonus and Picus and it also exists in Iyna and

Rhamphastos.

A further likeness between the three families of birds concerned

is in the surrounding of the oil-gland by the spinal tract. This

occurs, as will be seen from Nitzsch’s figures, in both Picus and

Rhamphastos.

If Nitzsch’s figures of Capito (Micropogon) cayennensis are

correct, we may have in the pterylosis a means of differentiating

the Old World from the New World Barbets. For in the latter

the posterior part of the spinal tract is separated from the anterior

and is composed of two distinct limbs which only join just at the

oil-gland. I would further point out that the identity in the

pterylosis of Megalema and Cyanops is against their generic separ-

ation. On the other hand, the pterylosis of Xantholema rosea is

very different from that of Megalema, which justifies its retention

as a genus.

There is the usual interscapular fork, but there is no break, a

rhomboidal apterion being enclosed, as is so far correctly shown in

Nitzsch’s figure; but although the two halves of the spinal tract

do join, the junction is produced only by their lying close side by

side and they immediately diverge to end at the sides of the oil-

gland. The tract, in fact, has an hourglass-like shape, which is

merely an exaggeration of that which, according to Nitzsch’s figure,

characterizes the Toucans.

In the lateral and femoral tracts Xantholema agrees with Mega-

lema. I find, after examining Selenidera maculirostris and Aulaco-

rhamphus prasinus, that all the Toucans do not agree with Nitzsch’s

figures of Rhamphastos erythrorhynchus. In the two just-men-

tioned birds there is no break in the spinal tracts, which are thus

more like those of Xantholema. The femoral tracts do not arise

from the spinal tracts so high up as is figured by Nitzsch, and the

lateral tract, apparently absent altogether from Aulacorhamphus, is

very rudimentary in Selenidera, consisting of only three or four

feathers.

3. Contributions to the Study of Mammalian Dentition.—

Part II. On the Teeth of certain Insectivora. By M.

F. Woopwarp, Demonstrator of Zoology, Royal College

of Science, London.

[Received May 5, 1896.]

(Plates XXIII.—XXVI.)

In their general organization the Insectivora are undoubtedly

very primitive, consequently one might reasonably expect to find

their dentition in a similar lowly state. This at first sight appears

to be the case, at least so far as the pattern of the molar teeth is

concerned, for if we accept the tritubercular form as the primitive

1 For Part L., see P. Z.S. 1893, p. 450.

558 MR. M, F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,

one for those teeth, then we find this type apparently preserved in

all its purity in certain living Insectivores (Centetes, Hriculus, and

others), a condition almost unique amongst living mammals; in

addition, some Insectivores exhibit molar teeth which are supposed

to be but slightly in advance of this, having acquired a small heel

above and below, thus presenting to us the trituberculo-sectorial

type (well seen in the upper molars of T’upaia, Sorex, &c., and in

the lower molars of the Centetide and Chrysochloris).

On the other hand, in many respects the dentition of this order

cannot be regarded as primitive, for the ante-molar teeth are

obviously specialized both with regard to their form and number.

The molars, too, in many genera are clearly modified from a

tritubercular standpoint, the upper molars being often quinque-

tubercular, while below the heel may attain equal importance with

the trigon and develop numerous cusps; in others the paraconid is

lost, thus producing a quadritubercular crown, an admittedly

specialized type of lower molar.

As a whole the teeth of this order are characterized by the

strong development of their cusps, a condition closely associated

with their insectivorous diet; this, perhaps, accounts for their

resemblance to the teeth of the early Jurassic mammals, it being

highly probable that the latter were also insectivorous. If this

was the case, then the presence of these supposed primitive tooth-

patterns among living Insectivores may be due rather to the similar

nature of the food of these two groups, so widely separated in time,

than to an actual persistence of the unmoditied tritubercular

molar from Mesozoic times until to-day.

Until recently it was generally supposed that the Insectivora

were quite normal in their tooth change, Owen (18), Rousseau

(21), Dobson (3), and others describing a full milk-dentition

in some genera. But at the same time, it was known, from the

researches of Spence Bate (1) on the Mole (Zalpa), that the milk-

dentition might be very transitory.

Recently Leche (7 & 9) has published the results of an inves-

tigation concerning the relationships of the milk and permanent

sets of teeth ina number of genera, adopting the more modern

methods of microtomy to aid him in his researches, which were

extended to foetal as well as numerous stages after birth, until the

full adult dentition was acquired.

In his first and prelimmary communication, Leche (7) came to

the most interesting conclusion that in the anterior tooth-region

of the adult Hrinaceus a mixture of milk and successional teeth

was to be met with. The adoption of these results unfortunately

led me to put forward the view (30) that Hrinaceus, in respect to

the relation of its sets of teeth, was intermediate between the

marsupial condition with its persistent milk set and the typical

diphyodont placental stage. This now turns out to be quite

erroneous, for Leche, in his later and complete work (9), shows

conclusively that Hrinaceus possesses vestiges of two complete

dentitions, and that those anterior teeth, which are apparently only

1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 559

represented in one set, belong to the replacing series, being pre-

ceded by tooth-vestiges referable to the milk-dentition. This last

conclusion I can now entirely confirm and strengthen, for the

specimens which I have investigated exhibit these features much

better than Leche’s embryos did *.

Both Leche and myself have investigated Hrinaceus, Ericulus,

Sorev, and Valpa, and he has further studied Crossopus, Scalops,

and Condylura, whilst I have independently investigated Centetes

and Gymnura. These are unfortunately representatives of only 5

out of the 9 families of living Insectivora (Flower and Lydekker, 4),

thus leaving at least 4 other families, some of which are extremely

interesting, still to be investigated.

In addition to studying the relations of the two sets of teeth,

I have attempted to trace the origin of the cusps of the molar

teeth, noting especially the order of development of those struc-

tures in the light of the researches of Osborn, Rése, and Taeker.

ERINACEUS EUROPEUS.

Of our common English Hedgehog I have examined two speci-

mens intermediate in age between Leche’s stages E and F, that is

between his oldest foetus and bis new-born young. Further, I

haye examined a large series of dried skulls, including those in the

collection at the British Museum.

The statements concerning the milk-teeth of this genus and

allied forms in many, especially the older, text-books are most mis-

leading, and even in more modern works we find the whole group

described as diphyodont. This, though strictly true, was not based

on any detailed examination of the various genera, but rather

hastily concluded from the knowledge that one form was found to

exhibit this condition, or else copied from some old and unreliable

accounts, as, for instance, that of Rosseau (21), who stated that

Erinaceus had a deciduous dentition composed as follows, viz.:—

i. 2, pm. 4, which were shed at the age of 7 weeks. Dobson (3)

also speaks of a full milk-dentition, but it is obvious that he simply

described as milk-teeth all those teeth which were visible in the Jaw

of the young Hedgehog at birth, and that he had never seen any

actual replacement. He states, in contra-distinction to Rosseau,

that at 6 weeks all the permanent teeth were present.

The erroneous nature of these conclusions has been pointed out

by Leche (9); and it may be ascertained by anyone, from the study

of a few young skulls, that the oniy milk-teeth recognizable by the

ordinary methods of dissection or examination of dried skulls are

i. 2, c. (1), pm. ?. The remainder being only to be made out, and

then with difficulty, by the examination of serial sections of foetal

jaws, a method not adopted by the earlier observers.

1 It is just possible that our English Hedgehog differs in respect to the

amount of development of these mitk-tooth vestiges from its continental cousin,

although they are considered as one species ; on the other hand, my two speci-

mens may represent individual variations.

560 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,

The discovery by Leche (9) of the extremely variable nature of

the upper deciduous canine (Plate XXIV. fig. 9, de.) forms the key

to his conclusions, for this enabled him to perceive that the milk

set were in part undergoing reduction, and to formulate the belief

that the kuob-like labial growth of the dental lamina which he found

in connection with i.8 was the last trace of the enamel-organ of the

milk predecessor of that tooth: from this he concluded that the

milk predecessors to the following teeth Soe had been

entirely suppressed.

The conclusions may seem very bold, but their correctness is

proved beyond a doubt by the two stages which I have been for-

tunate enough to obtain.

Taking as a starting-point the upper canine, I find that

in my younger stage the enamel-organ of the permanent canine

(pe.) is in a very backward condition, whereas labially a small

tooth is developing (fig. 1, de.; see also Leche, Taf. iv. figs. 41

-50); from the condition of this latter structure it is possible that

it might develop into a small functional milk-tooth (fig. 9, 4¢-),

and from its position and general relationship it is obviously the

milk-canine. In the older stage we note (fig. 1a, pe-) that the

enamel-organ of the permanent canine is more developed, and that

attached to the labial side of the neck of this structure, i. e. the

dental lamina, is a slight outgrowth, indenting which is a small

irregular calcification (de.); this is in the position of the germ of

the deciduous canine of the younger stage, and evidently repre-

sents that tooth in a more advanced condition, i.¢. as regards

calcification, but at the same time retrograded, for it is so small and

irregular that it could not become a functional tooth and probably

would not even cut the gum. Thus we see that the canine may

vary from a functional tooth (Leche) te a minute irregular calci-

fication of no physiological importance (cf. figs. 9 & la, de.).

Considerable doubt has been expressed at one time or another

concerning the exact homology of the first upper maxillary tooth

of Erinaceus, its form in the permanent series being so unlike that

of a typical canine, for the reason that it possesses indications

of two fangs; moreover, it is apparently situated a considerable

distance behind the premaxillo-maxillary suture. If, however, a

young skull be examined (fig. 9), we find that the deciduous canine,

when present as a conspicuous tooth, bears but a single fang and is

situated close to the suture, as also is the developing permanent

canine, the apparent change in position of the latter tooth being

due to the forward extension of the maxilla, growing so as to

embrace the premaxilla both labially and on its palatal border

(fig. 9 a); thus the external premaxillo-maxillary suture in the adult

is apparently situated far in front of the canine tooth. The

true position of this tooth can be ascertained even in an adult skull

if the palatal aspect of the latter be examined, then the canine

is seen to be situated almost within the true suture and certainly

not far behind it.

1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 561

The Upper Incisors.

I.1&i.2 are present as functional teeth both in the milk and

replacing dentition, but the latter (pi. 1 & pi.2) develop late, and in

my sections are only indicated by well-marked lingual growths of

the dental lamina. Pi.2 is the most variable in the different

species, and in the younger stage examined no signs of it are yet

visible. 1.3 as a functional tooth is known only in the adult

dentition. Leche refers this to the replacing series, because he

finds a bud-shaped labial outgrowth of the dental lamina related

to the enamel-organ of this tooth. In both my specimens I find

a calcified structure connected with this labial growth (fig. 2, di.3) ;

this in the younger stage is a distinctly cup-shaped dentinal body,

while in the older specimen (fig. 2 a) the condition is more like that

figured by Leche (Taf. vii. fig. 52, Jd. 3), save there is a small calci-

fication indenting his Jd. 8 from behind. A comparison of this

labial calcification (di. 3) with the reduced de. (fig. 1 a) shows that

these two structures evidently belong to the same order, 7. ¢. are

reduced teeth of the milk series, the incisior being more vestigial.

This confirms Leche’s view that the adult i3 belongs to the

replacing series, and is the true pi. 3.

The Lower Incisors.

The first enlargement of the dental lamina in the lower jaw is

situated in front of the enamel-organ of the first functional incisor ;

it is a very conspicuous structure in the younger stage, being

slightly bell-shaped and possessed of a small labial outgrowth

(Plate XXIII. fig.3); this evidently corresponds with what Leche

believes to be a remnant of the true i. 1 (see Taf. ii. figs. 13 & 14),

which is here possibly represented both in the milk and permanent

series.

The second incisor, 7. ¢. the anterior functional one, is a very

large and highly differentiated tooth in both specimens, and

exhibits a strong lingual growth of the dental lamina, which even-

tually forms the enamel-organ of the successor, this tooth j.2 being

well developed in both dentitions.

The posterior functional incisor j.3 is very backward in its

development and variable, for it is larger in the younger of the

two specimens examined. A long, narrow, cord-like (in section)

band of cells grows out from the neck of the enamel-organ of this

tooth on its labial side (fig. 4, di.3), being sometimes swollen at its

free end and slightly indented; this evidently represents the last

trace of an earlier dentition, and from a comparison with di.3 in

the older stage, one is justified in concluding that it represents the

enamel-organ of di.3 undergoing suppression.

Between i.3 and ¢. the dental lamina is very strongly developed,

and suggests the possible presence of the last trace of one of

the missing Marsupial incisors.

The lower canine is represented by a bell-shaped enamel-organ

attached to the buccal epithelium by a well-marked neck of dental

562 MR. M. F, WOODWARD ON [May 5,

lamina; growing out from this labially is in both stages a small

bud-like mass of cells (fig. 5, de.), in one case swollen at its free

end, close to which is a small irregular calcification similar in

appearance to the often vestigial de, but smaller in size: this is

obviously the vanishing milk-tooth dec, the canine of the adult

belonging to the replacing series.

The Premolars.

In the upper jaw there are three premolars, which Leche

believes to be the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th respectively. It is true there

is a slight gap between the canine and the anterior of these pre-

molars, but there is a more conspicuous one between the two

posterior teeth, and in this latter gap the dental lamina has a

slight tendency to become specialized and enlarged (Plate XXIII.

fig. 6b) ; but it is perhaps hardly large enough to be regarded as a

tooth anlage, and, further, we know that when suppression affects

the premolar series in the Placentalia, the Ist tooth of that series

generally suffers suppression earliest.

In the lower jaw there are only two premolars, but between

them is a long stretch of dental lamina, which exhibits a most

distinct development from its adamantine face; this growth is

slightly indented by a specialized mass of mesoblast (fig. 7 6), the

whole structure presenting a great similarity to a developing tooth :

this, I believe, represents the last trace of a suppressed tooth,

corresponding with the middle premolar above.

The two posterior upper, and the posterior lower, premolars

are present as functional teeth in both dentitions ; but the middle

upper one is very variable, and is often wanting in some adult

skulls, while in Z. micropus and £. pictus it is very minute.

The anterior premolar, above and below, in both my stages,

exhibits a large enamel-organ, bell-shaped in the older specimen ;

attached to the dental lamina forming the necks of these struc-

tures, on the labial side, is in each case a mass of epitheloid cells

(figs. 8 and 8a, dpm.2); the free ends of these buds are swollen

and flattened: closely applied to these is, in each case, an irregular

calcification, resembling the most reduced stage ot de.; these are

evidently reduced milk-premolars, the anterior functional premolars

being then, as Leche supposed, replacing teeth.

With regard to the last premolar, its milk representative

resembles a molar in form, thus differing markedly from its

successor ; a feature so characteristic of the 4th premolar of other

Placentalia, that I think we may be quite safe in homologizing

these two teeth with one another.

If we examine the mutual relations of the 4th premolar and its

successor during their development, we find that the replacing tooth,

ppm.4, originates almost entirely in front of its supposed milk

predecessor from the dental lamina between dpm.3 and dpm. 4,

the enamel-organ of ppm.4 being more conspicuous in the sections

in front and in the anterior region of dpm.4 than in its posterior

1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 563

region, thus resembling the condition which I described in the

Macropodide (28. p. 467).

The antero-external cusp (protocone of Scott) of dpm. 4 develops

first, the antero-internal or deuterocone second, and the tetaro-

cone third, the tritocone being wanting.

The Molars.

m. 1. m.2

Of the three molars of the adult, aaa

in my specimens. The enamel-organs of these two teeth, both

above and below, exhibit slight lingual continuations of the dental

lamina; consequently these teeth do not develop in connection

with the most deeply-seated portion of the dental lamina, but in

relation to that situated nearer to the surface of the gum. The

presence of this lingually-placed continuation of the dental lamina

indicates that there is latent in the jaw the structure essential for

the production of a second set of molars.

In addition to this lingual growth, we find also a slight but

constant labial outgrowth from that portion of the dental lamina

connecting the enamel-organ of the functional molar with the oral

epithelium. If this labial growth be compared with the vestiges

of the milk-dentition seen in connection with i-3 and 7-2, it is

found that it is impossible to distinguish these structures from one

another, they being precisely similar in their relations to the

dental lamina and to the adjacent teeth, differing only in the fact

that the labial growth connected with the molars is the most

reduced.

We find, then, in the molar region indications of three sets of

teeth—a labial vestigial set, then a functional set, and lingual to

this a structure capable of producing one or more replacing sets.

Further consideration of these sets will be found in my general

conclusions.

are alone developed

The Molar Cusps*.

Erinaceus in the adult condition has three molar teeth in each

jaw, the first of these being large, while = are reduced,

The first two upper molars are quinquetubercular, being pro-

vided with two well-developed external cones, the paracone and

metacone, two internal ones, the protocone and the hypocone,

together with a small central metaconule, this last being the most

variable constituent. In addition there is a slight but complete

cingulum.

The lower molars (1 & 2) are also quinquetubercular, being

modified trituberculo-sectorial teeth, in which the heel has

1 In the descriptive portion of this paper Osborn’s nomenclature of the

molar cusps (1) is used, but I do not thereby imply that I believe in all cases

the homology of the cones has been correctly interpreted ; in fact, in the general

summary I endeavour to show that the cusp usually termed the protocone in

the Insectivorous molars is not homologous in all the genera,

564 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,

attained equal importance with the trigon and developed two

large cusps, an internal entoconid and an external hypoconid.

This tooth is further specialized in the partial suppression of the

paraconid, the antero-internal cone of the trigon, while the pro-

toconid (antero-external) and the metaconid (postero-internal) are

very large.

Taking the case of the upper molar first, in both my specimens

m.1 was fairly advanced, showing indications of four cones, viz.,

the para-, meta-, proto-, and hypo-cones, here mentioned in order

of size ; the hypo-cone was obviously the last of the four to develop,

as it is only just recognizable in the younger specimen; in the

older stage these cones are larger, and the first trace of the meta-

conule is here apparent. Thus in m.1 we can say for certain that

the metaconule appears last and the hypocone next to last, but

the trigon was too advanced in my specimens to determine the

developmental order of its cones. But where m.1 fails us m.2

comes to our rescue: in the younger stage two cones only were

apparent, viz., the two external ones, the para- and metacones,

and of these the former was much the largest and must obviously

have developed first ; immediately internal to this was a low shelf,

in the position of the future protocone, but at present no cone was

recognizable. In the older stage of this tooth the protocone has

appeared in this position, and a faint indication of the heel is

visible. We may thus state with certainty that the order of cusp

ontogeny is as follows :—

1. Paracone

2. Metacone + Trigon.

3. Protocone

4. Hypocone.

5. Metaconule.

In the lower jaw, as in the upper, the first molar was too far

advanced, all five cones being recognizable, but nevertheless

differing greatly in their relative sizes ; the following is their order

according to size, viz., proto-, meta-, ento-, hypo-, and paraconid,

the last being only just recognizable. An examination of m.2

throws more light on the subject, for here only three cones are

developed as yet, viz., the proto-, meta-, and entoconid, a slight

antero-internal extension of the tooth-germ indicating the position

of the future paraconid, while a similar but larger postero-external

platform marks the hypoconid. The protoconid is larger than the

metaconid at this stage, and the metaconid than the entoconid,

the probable order of development being :—

1. Protoconid.

2. Metaconid.

3. Entoconid.

4. Hypoconid.

5. Paraconid.

The ordinal position of the paraconid in the ontogeny may

I I

1896. ] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 565

seem rather strange, but we must bear in mind the fact that this

cusp is apparently of little importance in Hrinaceus, as it is very

small in adult and may be almost wanting on m. 2.

A further consideration of these cusps will be found at the end

of this paper.

The relations of the milk and permanent teeth of Erinaceus may

be represented as under, the reduced teeth being indicated in

italics, those which never cut the gum and are entirely functionless

being enclosed in brackets, while the functional ones are repre-

sented by ordinary figures (Winge, 26) :—

So far as I am aware, no young specimens of this genus have been

examined in the fiesh for their tooth change. Thomas (23) has,

however, published a bare statement of two dentitions in this genus,

based, I believe, on a young, dried skull in the British Museum

collection ; but there is a good deal of uncertainty attached to this

method, for although the jaw has been cut to expose the underlying

tooth-germs, no actual germs are visible, and one can only surmise

their existence from the presence of cavities at the roots of the

functional teeth (Plate XXIV. fig. 12), and by a comparison of

these teeth with those of an adult specimen.

The dentition, according to Thomas, is :—

RR aA oR A LA Sel ok WU Ss cee IP aa

| | |

Ik D3) 1 2 3 4

(ROA Sale Vea aa alg ae 2 ll 23

di. 3 and dpm. 2 being vestigial.

The specimen examined by me was a fcetus, with a head length

of about 49 mm. and a total length of 205 mm.

The Incisors.

I.1&i.2 are large and well calcified, each showing a marked

lingual development of the dental lamina, indicative of a suc-

cessional tooth. On the other hand, i-3 is more specialized, and

only present in the permanent set of teeth. In my fcetus this

tooth was very backward in its development, its enamel-organ being

but slightly differentiated (pi.3), and exhibited on its labial side a

large irregular calcification (fig. 10, di.3), provided with a reduced

enamel-organ ; this is evidently the milk predecessor of i.3, and

(es)

Li 2ijud fel rel Renee 4 (1 2

1 2 @), 3 1. lo @ 3 4 (1) 2 (8) 4. |

203 ut Vo A 4 bp "2

GYMNURA.

566 MR. M. F- WOODWARD ON [May 5,

probably would not cut the gum, although at times it may do so

(Thomas, 23).

There is a complete replacement of the lower incisors, but the

successors develop at very different times, pi.1 and pi.3 maturing

long before pi.z. Consequently in my foetus no sign of the future

pi.2 was visible, although the enamel-organs of pi.1 and pi. 3 were

Just recognizable. Asa matter of fact pi.2 is, I believe, the last

permanent ante-molar tooth to cut the gum, appearing soon after

the eruption of ppm.3-

The Canines.

The milk-canines possess single roots, and are but slightly

larger than the incisors (fig. 13); whereas the permanent canines

are very large teeth, with pointed crowns, and each provided with

two fangs.

The Premolars.

Pin. 1

Pm. 1

case these teeth would appear to belong to the milk-dentition, for

there is present on the lingual sides of their enamel-organs well-

marked continuations of the dental lamina, precisely similar in

their relationship to that seen by the side of de., which gives rise

to the enamel-organ of pe., only the inner ends of the former are

perhaps a trifle less swollen. It is just possible that these

structures may give rise to the enamel-organs of successors at a

late period, tor the first premolar of the adult skull appears to be

a slightly stonter tooth than that of the young animal.

The lingually situated dental lamina in both the upper and

lower jaws gets smaller and more irregular behind pm. 1, but soon

becomes definitely swollen, and forms the commencement of an

enamel-organ (figs. 11 & 12, ppm.2); this, from its position and

backward condition, is evidently that of a successional tooth, viz.,

ppm. 2. This identification is rendered more certain by finding on

the labial side of this structure a small calcified tooth (dpm. 2),

devoid of enamel, but possessing a much reduced enamel-organ |.

In the case of the upper tooth this reduced enamel-organ is

attached to the gum close to, but independent of, the swollen,

lingually-situated dental lamina above reterred to(ppm.2). In the

lower jaw, however, the enamel-organ of the vestigial tooth

(fig. 12, dpm. 2) is apparently attached to the corresponding lingual

swelling of the dental lamina, thus exhibiting the normal relation-

ships of a milk and a replacing tooth.

The deciduous 2nd premolar is then reduced and early lost,

while its successor is somewhat precociously developed (cf. fig. 11,

are said to be present in one dentition only. If this be the

1 In a preliminary note, read before the British Association, 1895 (2'7),

I stated that there were traces of five premolars in Gymnura: this is not the

case ; the error arose through a misinterpretation of a curious development of

the pulp of this tooth, dpm. 2 (see Pl, XXIV. fig. 11, p), which was mis-

taken for a successor.

1896. ] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 567

ppm.2, and fig. 14, ppm.3). The upper dpm.2 is larger than dpm. 2,

possibly at times it cuts the gum ; it is well seen in a specimen in

the British Museum (fig. 18, dpm. 2), probably the one Thomas

described ; no trace of dpm.2 is seen in that specimen, and it is

probable that this tooth is either shed in utero or absorbed.

oes are quite normal, the milk representative being large, and

the lingual growths of the dental lamina, which give origin to the

enamel-organs of their successors, being conspicuously swollen

(fig. 14, ppm.5). This tooth is somewhat similar in the two

dentitions, but distinctly larger in the adult.

Dorm gr — These are the largest and most complex of the pre-

molars, and both exhibit conspicuous lingual specializations of the

dental lamina, the enamel-germs of their successors. These germs

are developed in front of the deciduous teeth, and although the

lingually-placed dental lamina is continued back by the side of

dpm. 4, it is uo longer swollen to form an enamel-germ.

The Molars.

In the stage examined two molars were present, above and

below, but save in the case of ™. 1 no labial or lingual developments

of the dental Jamina were to be seen. M.1, however, exhibited

both a lingual and a slight labial growth, similar to those seen in

Erinaceus.

The Cusps.

The molar teeth of Gymnura resemble those of Erinaceus in

pattern ; like that genus they exhibit five cusps, which are stron gly

developed, and in the upper jaw a well-marked cingulum, with a

small anterior and posterior cusp, is present in addition; in the

Jower jaw the paraconid is less developed than in Erinaceus.

My feetal specimen was rather old for an exact determination of

the cusp ontogeny, most of the cusps being well-formed. In m.1

all five cusps were present, and had attained nearly their full

development; the following is their order in size: proto-, meta-,

para-, and hypocones, the smallest being the metaconule. M.2

was less developed, and here the para- and metacones were the

most strongly developed, while the protocone was present in the

form of a large antero-external shelf, but hardly as yet developed

into a distinct cusp, though the hypocone and metaconule had

done so.

Probable order of cusp-development :—

. Paracone.

. Metacone.

. Protocone as a shelf.

. Hypocone.

. Metaconule.

. Protocone as a cusp.

> Or He CO bO

568 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,

In the lower molar the protoconid evidently develops first, but

it is closely followed by the metaconid, the entoconid, and the

hypoconid, the reduced paraconid being last, the order being

identical with that seen in Hrinaceus.

The relation of the milk and permanent dentitions may be thus

expressed :—

(ela 3 fel. (ee cies eka aoe ee pepe 3

tas | | basins

(aa wee RIP CRIOS Tee

tip TICE a i = ya @) 3° 4 ae

Lb 2S ee eet cd Se sae poot

SOREX.

The Shrews are generally regarded as possessing one dentition

only, but both Owen (18)and Trauber (25) stated definitely that there

was a minute calcified milk-dentition present, Owen ascribing to

Crocidura ; milk-teeth, while Trauber states that in S. vulgaris

there are 4 and in Crossopus fodiens * deciduous teeth. Leche

(9) believes that these authors mistook the calcifying cusps of the

replacing teeth for a set of minute milk-teeth—he himself coming

to the conclusion, from the material at his disposal, that only one

dentition is present in Sorea and Crossopus; this he regards as

the successional set, the milk-dentition having been suppressed.

My own observations are based on the examination of one stage

only, but it appears to be in a very interesting condition and shows

distinctly traces of two dentitions.

The specimen measured 32 mm. long, the head length being

8 mm., while from the crown of the head to the posterior flexure

of the body it was 13 mm., being just 1 mm. shorter than Leche’s

youngest stage.

The Jneisors.

nal

Ri:

and in my feetal specimen are much in advance of the other teeth.

The enamel-organs of these two teeth exhibit strong lingual growths

of the dental lamina (Plate XXV. fig. 15, d.l.), so large and

swollen, indeed, as to suggest the development of a successor; but

such a condition could not possibly have been overlooked for it

would involve the replacement of a large tooth at a comparatively

late period, whereas the only suggested milk-teeth (Owen and

Trauber) are said to be minute.

The 2nd upper incisor is backward in its development, but its

enamel-organ exhibits a marked labial growth (fig. 16, di.2) ; this

latter being swollen at its free end and slightly indented, evidently

represented the enamel-organ of a predecessor to i. 2 in a vestigial

condition. A similar but non-indented labial growth is found

related to i.3 (fig. 17), this condition being repeated in connection

These in the adult are two enormous procumbent teeth,

1896. ] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 569

with the fourth tooth, the so-called i. 4, but here the labial enamel-

organ is more marked and bell-shaped Plate XXV. fig. 18, dc.). The

gap between the premaxilla and maxilla at this stage is so extensive

that the germs of several teeth are contained within it, it being

quite impossible to identify the future boundary line betweeu

maxillary and premaxillary teeth (fig. 19). But even if it be a

fact, as Brandt states (1 a), that the four anterior upper teeth are

situated within the confines of the premaxilla‘, I fail to see that it

is proven that these teeth are the homologues of the four incisors

seen in the Polyprotodont Marsupials, but would rather be inclined

to regard Brandt’s fourth incisor as a canine, abnormally situated ;

for among the Insectivora this tooth is very variable in its relations

to the premaxillo-maxillary suture, due probably to the variations

in relative extension of these two bones, the canine itself remaining

constant in its position.

The 2nd and 3rd lower incisors were in a very backward con-

dition ; both, however, exhibit labial growths of the dental lamina,

that connected with j.2 being the most marked (fig. 20). The 3rd

lower incisor is, however, a vanishing structure and does not

develop into a functional tooth (fig. 21).

In the upper jaw the tooth which I regard as the anterior

premolar, usually called the canine (Brandt), was difficult of identi-

fication, it being hardly differentiated from the dental lamina

(fig. 19, pm. 2?).

Of the two undoubted premolars the posterior is the largest and

the most advanced in development, the enamel-germ of the anterior

tooth being still in the club-shaped stage, but possessing a well-

marked cup-shaped labial (fig. 22) enamel-organ belonging to its

vestigial predecessor. A similar structure to this, but more

highly differentiated and of still larger size, is attached to the

posterior premolar (fig. 23, dpm.4), which, from its large size and

close proximity to the molar teeth, is probably the true 4th pre-

molar (ppm. 4).

These three teeth I regard as premolars; in all probability they

represent pm. 2, 3, & 4.

* The enamel-organ of the single lower premolar, like ppm. 4, was

large and highly differentiated (fig. 24) ; it also exhibits the labial

enamel-organ of its vestigial predecessor.

The Molar Teeth.

In the feetus examined by me m.1,m-2 vere distinguishable but

m. 1, m. 2 ?

not very advanced in their development ; = exhibited slight

lingual continuations of the dental lamina.

1 A reference to Brandt’s figures will show that it is only in Crossopus

(fig. 2) that the 4 anterior teeth are quite within the limits of the premaxilla; in

Sorex (fig. 1) the premaxillo-maxillary suture is so represented that the fourth

toothis situated in the gap between the two bones, a condition characteristic of

the 4th tooth or canine of many Placentals.

Provo. Zoot, Soc.—1896, No. XXX VII. 37

570 MR, M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,

Cusps.

The molar teeth of the adult belong to the trituberculo-sectorial

type, the upper ones have square crowns bearing four cusps, i.e.

3 large equal ones belonging to the trigon and a small postero-

internal cusp or hypocone. The lower molars are elongated, con-

sisting of a trigon and a very large heel with two conspicuous

cones (hypo- and entoconid); the cones in the lower trigon are

not equally developed, the protoconid being much larger than the

other two.

My specimen was too young to determine with any certainty

the ontogeny of the cones, as only one of the main cones had

made its appearance, the dental germ presenting the appearance

of a high cone with a large posterior heel (metaconal region) and

a slight internal extension. <A plan of the dental germ at this

stage shows that structure to be roughly triangular, the main and

only cone being situated at the anterior extremity and slightly

nearer the external border. From the position of this cone and

from a comparison with the cusp ontogeny as seen in the molar

of Talpa, with which it is identical in pattern, I think one may

conclude that this single cusp is the paracone, the posterior

extension representing the metacone, while the internal shelf

indicates the position of the future proto- and hypocone.

In the lower jaw the main cusp is antero-external in position,

and may be identified as the protoconid; a slight inward extension

of the dental germ alone indicates the para- and metaconid, while

a faint backward development foreshadows the future heel with its

two cones.

The probable order of cusp-development is thus shown :—

1. Paracone. 1. Protoconid.

2. Metacone. 9 Paraconid.

3. Protocone. Metaconid.

Entoconid.

4. Hypocone. | Hipvecnat a

A general examination of the Shrew’s teeth shows that with

the exception of = and the almost undifferentiated 1st premolar,

all the anterior teeth, viz. - 2 G. = ae, vo : exhibit the

labially situated enamel-germ of a predecessor, some of these being

in a highly developed condition, possessing marked dentinal germs

but no calcification. These structures, from a comparison with

the teeth of other Insectivora, must be regarded as vestiges of

that earlier developed set of teeth the milk-dentition: this homo-

logy is very striking when they are compared with the reduced

milk-teeth seen in Hrinaceus, and is rendered -still more certain

when we remember that there is indication of no other tooth

replacement in the Soricide.

poe

The relations of are very confusing, for the large develop-

1896. ] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. ral

ment of the lingually-placed dental Jamina would certainly suggest

that they should be regarded as persistent milk-teeth ; but against

this view we have the fact that all the other anterior teeth (incisors,

canine, and premolars) are now shown to be permanent teeth with

vestigial milk predecessors, and also that in all other cases among

the Placentalia where the teeth (especially the incisors) undergo

9 - SI chart

great enlargement, as is the case with 4 of the Shrew, it is

invariably the permanent teeth which are enlarged, and not unfre-

quently the corresponding milk-teeth are reduced and even

aborted (Lepus &e.). This condition is so universal that I am

inclined to believe that in the Shrew, in the case of es as with

the rest of the incisors &c., the milk set has been reduced, but

that here this reduction has been carried further until all trace of

di. 1 has been lost, this being due to the large size and earlier

development of pi. 1, these latter being developed far in advance

of the posterior teeth. The lingual growth of the dental lamina

is comparable to that which has been observed in connection

with the successional teeth in so many forms (Seal (6), Dog (24),

&c.), and which is there regarded as evidence of the existence of a

3rd or 4th set of teeth which might replace the permanent set, and to

whjch the term postpermanent dentition has been applied. This

structure may owe its greater development in the Shrew to the

early appearance of the permanent set and to the complete loss

of the milk series.

The relations of these teeth may be expressed as follows,

bearing in mind that the milk-dentition is functionless and

probably uncalcified :—

fl has (1G. 4) (0 2) 3 4 (1 2 3

lw. Jo (8) #). a!

9 =a sa) — me (3 M.< ————

1 2 (8) LO 0.0 0 4 (Ut fe; acd

CENTETES.

My material for the study of this interesting form consisted of

two foctal specimens of different ages, measuring respectively in

total length 36 mm., head length 12 mm., and 70 mm. with ahead

length of 20 mm., together with young and adult dried skulls in

the teaching collection of the Royal College of Science and the

more numerous specimens in the British Museum.

The relations of the milk and permanent teeth of the Tanrec

are fairly well known, the most striking being the non-replacement

of the 3rd upper incisor. This is especially interesting on account

of what we have seen in Gymnura and Erinaceus, where that tooth

is likewise only functional in one dentition ; but here the resem-

plance seems to stop, for in Gymnura and Hrinaceus the functional

third incisor undoubtedly belongs to the replacing ee (oe

‘

572 MR. M. F, WOODWARD ON [May 5,

series, whereas in Centetes this tooth is developed nearly as soon

as the undoubted milk-teeth and is shed about the same time as

the members of that series.

On investigating the development of i.3 no indication whatever of

a reduced successor is to be met with, the dental lamina being com-

pletely fused with the enamel-germ of this tooth, and consequently

exhibits no lingual development. On the other hand, a slight out-

growth from the enamel-organ itself is visible on the labial side

(Plate XXV. fig. 25, x), very similar to that figured by Kiikenthal

(6) in the Walrus (Taf. iii. fig. 7, rvz.), and which he there regards as

the remains of an earlier dentition. One might therefore be justified

in regarding this structure in Centetes as the last trace of di. 3,

and the functional tooth though early lost as pi-8. I am, however,

very doubtful as to the advisability of basing a conclusion upon

such slight evidence, more especially as I have never observed an

undoubted reduced labial tooth in such a position, vestiges of an

earlier dentition being always, so far as I am aware, related directly

to the dental lamina, 7.¢. to the neck of the enamel-organ of the

replacing tooth and not to the modified body of that structure.

Nevertheless, from the entire absence of any trace of a successor

to this tooth and from the fact that the milk-dentition appears to

be undergoing reduction in most Insectivores, and especially from

the condition of the 3rd incisors in Gymnura and Erinaceus, I

venture to suggest that this single i.3 of Centetes belongs to the

permanent dentition, but that it is very early developed and shed

with the milk-teeth.

It is interesting to note that in the closely allied genus Hemz-

centetes a 3rd upper incisor is present in the adult dentition; but

although we know a little of the tooth change in this form (8. p. 75),

yet we do not for certain know if this tooth is preceded by a

functional milk-incisor.

a Ne

The remaining incisors 1,12 together with the canines and the

three premolars above and below are all present as functional

teeth in both dentitions.

A very marked gap is noticeable between the canines and the

first functional premolars both above and below: this tends to

confirm the generally accepted view that the missing premolar is

the 1st of that series. Unfortunately the dental lamina has been

completely aborted from this gap in both stages examined, so that

no indication of a missing tooth could be found.

The diastemata between these teeth are uch more pronounced

in the older stage and still more so in the adult; and from what

I have seen in this and other long-nosed mammals (polyprotedont

Marsupials), I am led to conclude that this elongation of the

jaw is a secondary one, acquired since the reduction in the tooth

series. This to my mind accounts for the absence of all vestiges

of the suppressed teeth, for, when recently suppressed, tooth-

vestiges are generally found even in short-nosed forms. The

presence of four upper molars in this form appears to point to a

1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 573

very late elongation of the jaw, not to the retention of a primitive

character.

The Molar Teeth.

In the younger of my two specimens m.1 alone was developed,

while in the older stage two molars were present above and below ;

in the latter specimen a very strong lingual development of the

dental lamina was noticeable in relation to = that connected

with m.1 being specially large (Plate XXV. fig. 26, d.1.), and a less

marked but similarly related structure was observable in connec-

tion with m. 2.

The Cusps.

The posterior premolars and all the molar teeth belonging to

the upper jaw of this genus exhibit a high triangular crown

surrounded by alow cingulum, this latter being most marked in the

postero-internal region of the tooth (Plate XXVI. fig. 34); the

trigon is characterized by the presence of 3 cusps, of which the

antero-internal (5) is the dominant and is connected by an oblique

ridge with the cusps usually regarded as the paracone and metacone

respectively (2, 3)--this tooth apparently presenting an almost pure

tritubercular type’. On examining ™.1 in my oldest specimen,

this tooth was found to be composed of a prominent main cone

slightly inclined inwards, undoubtedly the protocone of the

adult tooth; while growing out low down from the external surface

of this main dental germ were two smaller cones—a slightly more

pronounced anterior one occupying the position of the future

paracone, and a less developed postero-external cone situated well

behind the main cone, %. ¢. the exact position of the metacone.

The order of cusp-development is given below :—

1. Protocone.

2. Paracone.

3. Metacone. \ Nearly simultaneous.

In the deciduous 4th premolar likewise the protocone develops

first, but here the metacone is in advance of the paracone.

The lower molars and posterior premolar are beautiful examples

of the trituberculo-sectorial tooth, consisting of a high trigon and

a low slightly developed heel ; the three cusps of the trigon are

pronounced—the protoconid (antero-external) being the largest,

the metaconid is next in size and almost hidden by the former as

it lies immediately internal to it, the paraconid being the smallest

and most anterior cusp.

The development of these cones is well seen in m.1&m.2 of my

older specimen, and it is at once obvious that the protocunid is the

original dentine germ, the other cusps being later outgrowths from

1 The upper cheek-teeth of Hemicentetes should be examined by trituber-

culists, for in this genus a coiplete transition between the triconodon

premolars and the trituberculate molars can be seen. :

574 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,

it; indications of the paraconid and metaconid are just visible as

antero- and postero-internal shoulders to the main outwardly

inclined cone (protoconid); of two former cones the metaconid

appears to develop a trifle the earliest, as in m.2 the paraconid is

not yet visible; in neither teeth had the hypoconid yet made its

appearance. The order of development is thus shown to be :—

1. Protoconid.

2. Metaconid.

3. Paraconid.

4. Hypoconid.

This same order of development is presented by the cusps of

dpm. 4. d

The probable relation of the dentitions is as follows :—

(jto2.-3 (a Oe aa: (i) 2 at

ly an 0 ly Oiere ae e4: d

Fie 333 a1 PLT Bees 4 3 > M.

ee Sass (1 {0 2 3 4 (gl ee eek

ERICULUS SETOSUS.

The dentition of this genus is somewhat specialized, inasmuch as

there is a distinct reduction in number of teeth, the 3rd incisor

above and below being, in addition to the 1st premolar, completely

wanting. In the case of the functional teeth possessed by

Ericulus, the replacement is complete and may be represented as

follows :—

fg? Ge a. ie dete aa

eB O: yee Jo 2 8 4. i

M38 eve ta we

CHABAD dad eh eee LO “Dea ald 248

In a fetal specimen examined, 78 mm. long with a head length

of 23 mm., a slight differentiation of the dental lamina in the

lower jaw was observed between i-2 and ¢.,, indicating the last

trace of 7. 3; but above the reduction is more complete, for although

there was a conspicuous gap present between i.2 and ©¢., yet all

trace of the dental lamina was lost.

The canines develop close to the 2nd premolar, and no indication

of the missing 1st premolar was to be found.

Examination of the 4th premolar shows that ppm. 4 develops

conspicuously in front of dpm. 4, the former being distinctly

between dpm. 3 and dpm. 4, but on their lingual side.

Only a slight lingual development of the dental lamina was

m. 1°

The upper molars, like those of Centetes, are of trituberculate

form, but possess in addition one slight antero-external cingulum

observed in connection with

1896. ] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 575

cusp. The protocone is the largest cusp, while the para- and

metacone form the outer border of the tooth and are separated

by a slight notch only.

In the feetus, in m. 1 the protocone forms the main mass of the

tooth, while the para- and meta-cones form two rounded external

shelves not at present conical; in m.2 the protocone and a small

antero-external paracone are alone visible. The order of formation

being :—

1. Protocone.

2. Paracone.

3. Metacone.

The lower molars are trituberculo-sectorial, the heel being larger

than in Centetes but still very low; here also the protoconid is the

first to develop, but it is quickly followed by the paraconid and

later by the metaconid; the hypoconid appears as a low backward

continuation of the dentine germ, 7. ¢. of the protocone, for it is a

direct backward continuation of the base of that cone. The cusps

develop in the following order :—

1. Protoconid.

2. Paraconid.

3. Metaconid.

4, Hypoconid.

In describing the upper molars of Centetes and Ericulus, I have

regarded them, as is usually done, from a tritubercular standpoint ;

it is perhaps more correct to describe them a3 presenting a crown

consisting of a large V-shaped internal cone sloping gently towards

the external border of the tooth in the form of two ridges, which

end in an external serrated margin consisting in Centetes of 4

small cusps (Plate XX VI. fig. 34, a & 6, 1, 2,3, 4), two of which

(2 & 3) are regarded as the paracone and metacone. Internal the

main cone (5) dips sharply down to an internal cingulum, which

is slightly expanded posteriorly (7).

TALPA EUROPMA.

It may seem unnecessary to reinvestigate the relationship of

the milk and permanent teeth of the Mole, considering that all

the details relating to these teeth appear to have been recorded by

Spence Bate (1) as early as 1867, and that these have apparently

been confirmed by Leche (9), who used the more modern method of

serial sections; but unfortunately the former appears to have per-

petrated one serious error, and the latter, owing to the fact that

the specimens he examined where too young, has failed to rectify

it. The point in question is the supposed presence of a needle-

like deciduous first premolar in both jaws.

Reference to Bate’s figures will show that he represents reduced

but elongate needle-like predecessors to all the incisors, canines,

and premolars, that preceding the 4th premolar alone being two-

fanged and non-spicular in form.

576 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,

On making an examination of the clarified jaws (Plate XXVI.

fig. 29) of ayoung animal (hairless), one is immediately struck with

the correctness of the greater part of these figures, but in respect to

the first premolar they appear to be incorrect, for no trace is observ-

able of Bate’s dpm. 1. In order to be certain that I was not dealing

with an abnormal specimen, I examined the clarified Jaws of three

specimens of about the same age as that studied by Bate, two others

being cut one into horizontal and the remaining into frontal

sections; three younger animals were also examined by the section

method!. In all 10 half heads were investigated, and as these,

obtained from various localities, all agreed amongst themselves in

respect to the relations of the 1st premolar, I cannot but come to

the conclusion that Bate’s observations on this point are erroneous,

and that the teeth which he describes as = nel

pm. 1

In the younger specimen all the deciduous teeth save the 1st

premolar were well calcified, but the germs of the permanent teeth

though distinct were but little differentiated. An examination

of a horizontal section at this period (figs. 27 and 28) shows pm. 1

developing in a position precisely similar to that occupied by the

reduced deciduous incisor, canines, and premolars; and, as is the

case with the latter, the former exhibits a specialized portion of

the dental lamina on its lingual surface, the only observable differ-

ence being that dpm. 1 is larger, uncalcified, and generally more

backward than the other milk-teeth ; also that the germ of ppm. 1

is slighter but might well be thought capable of developing at

a Jater period. That this is not the case is seen from an examina-

tion of the older stage: here all the deciduous teeth are strongly

developed and even dpm. 1 is now calcified (fig. 31); it is,

however, very large and not at all of the nature of a vestigial

needle-shaped tooth such as figured by Bate, but rather presents all

the characteristics of the tooth regarded by him as ppm. 1. The

permanent incisor, canines, and premolars (fig. 30) are now highly

differentiated, with Jarge enamel and dentine germs : a comparison

of one of these with the indication of the germ of ppm. 1

(Plate XX VI. fig. 31,d./.), shows that the latter is now Jess marked

than in the earlier stage and is obviously aborting ; consequently we

may safely assert that it never attains any degree of specialization,

but remains merely a slight swelling of the dental lamina.

The entire absence of any labial development from that portion

of the dental lamina between the large enamel-organ of this tooth

(dpm. 1) and the epithelium of the mouth, taken together with the

position occupied by it, viz. one similar to that of the true milk-

teeth, and the specialized thickening of the dental Jamina on its

lingual side, exactly resembling in appearance and position the true

have no existence.

1 Jn all 3 stages were examined, including two specimens of stage 1, one of

the 2nd, and five of the 8rd stage, all being older than Leche’s stages.

(1) 55 mm. total length ; 17 mm. head length.

(2) 58 ” ” ” 1 ” ” ”

(3) 95 ” ” ” 30 ” ” ”

—

1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 577

successional teeth, shows conclusively to my mind that the first’

premolar is present as a calcified tooth in one dentition only, viz.,

a dpm. 1

in the milk-dentition ; the milk-tooth Gane 1

persisting in the adult along with the permanent teeth, a slight

trace only of its successor being visible at a very early stage and

only for a short period.

I must furtber conclude that the teeth figured by Bate as

' . fl

—S e have no existence, his ppm

pin. 1 ppm. 1

teeth.

I can only imagine that Bate was misled by the presence of the

small needle-like teeth seen in connection with all the other ante-

molars into the belief that he had lost a similar one in connection

: pm. 1

with ei

Leche, while accepting Bate’s account, which he was bound to

do from the limited material at his disposal, states that pm. 1 was

much more backward than the other milk-teeth, for while the

latter had well differentiated enamel-organs, that belonging to

pm. 1 was still club-shaped or only slightly advanced. Thus his

specimens form with mine a perfect series, which together show

that at no time is there more than one representative of pm. 1

differentiated as a tooth, 2. e. dpm. 1, and only fora short period is

there any indication of ppm. 1.

) being very large and

being in reality persistent milk-

during dissection.

General Consideration of the Homology of Pm. 1.

Although there is undoubtedly but one calcified representative

of pm. 1 present in the Mole, it is possible that some may be

inclined to regard that tooth as belonging to the permanent rather

than to the milk series; in that case the lingual growth of the

dental lamina would have to be regarded as the representative of

the post-permanent series, similar to that seen in connection with

the permanent incisors and canines (fig. 28, pe. d/.). Such an

interpretation has been adopted by Tims (24) for pm. 1 of the Dog

and Pig’, this author further stating his belief that in those cases

(Hyrax, &c.) in which pm. 1 is duplicated, the two teeth repre-

sent the permanent and post-permanent series, and not the milk

and permanent sets as one might suppose them to do. Against

this possible interpretation of pm. 1 in the Mole may be urged in

1 With regard to Tims’s description of the 1st premolar of the Pig, in which

he figures traces of three dentitions, I believe that there has been a mistake in the

identification of the teeth, for which I am partially responsible, the sections and

rough identification of the teeth being mine. On making a fresh and more care-

ful examination of the sections, and comparing them with an older specimen,

I find a very backward tooth-germ present between the canine and the supposed

Ist premolar: this backward germ I take to be the true pm. 1, the tooth

figured by Tims being dpm. 2; in that case the enormous development and

swollen nature of the lingual growth of the dental lamina is accounted for, it

being the germ of ppm. 2, while the labial growth must represent a trace of the

pre-milk dentition.

578 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,

addition the entire absence of any labial growth in connection

with pm. 1, which one might naturally expect to find if the fune-

tional pm. 1 was ppm. 1, andif Bate’s specimen was an exceptional

one in which dpm. 1 had been retained.

One of the greatest difficulties met with in the study of tooth

ontogeny is the want of a sure method for the determination to

which set a given tooth belongs, for we may be dealing with a

retarded member of an early set or an accelerated development of

a later series, and, so far as I can judge, the identification can only

be made through a study of the comparative morphology and

phylogeny of the tooth, and not by its ontogeny alone. That the

time of appearance of the enamel-organ does not help us is well

seen in the Mole, where the germ of pm. 1 appears after the other

milk-teeth and at the same time as pe. ; but this latter tooth appears

long before the other permanent teeth, so that if we took the time

of appearance of these tooth-germs as a criterion we should have

to conclude that the deciduous incisors, canines, and three posterior

premolars belonged to one set, the 1st premolar and permanent

canine to a second set, and the other permanent teeth to a third

series, a conclusion which, I think, condemns itself in the mind of

all those who have studied this subject. Such a suggestion was

put forward many years ago by Wortman (81), who regarded the

four molars of the Placentalia as belonging to four distinct sets

of teeth; this view does not appear to have met with any general

recognition, it being more natural to suppose that the dental

lamina though temporarily fused with the germs of the anterior

molars yet retains its individuality and grows back with the elon-

gation of the jaw to form fresh teeth belonging to the same series

as the more anterior molars.

The only doubt arising in my mind as to whether I am right in

referring the first premolar, in the Mole and in all animals where it

is only known in one dentition, to the milk-series and so terming

it dpm. 1, is due to the appearance seen in Erinaceus; for if in

that genus the apparent tooth-vestige which I have mentioned (ante,

p 562) as occurring between the two posterior upper premolars really

represents a lost premolar, then the anterior premolar of Erinaceus

is the true pm. 1; and as further I have shown that the deciduous

predecessor of that tooth is a vestigial structure, the functional

tooth must be referred to the replacing dentition. Consequently,

if the above premises be true, we have here an example of the

suppression of dpm. 1 and a persistence of ppm. 1, a conclusion

antagonistic to that which I have arrived at concerning this tooth

in the Mole, and I could only suppose that the homology of this

tooth (pm. 1) varies in different and closely related animals.

I have thought it only fair to give this possible objection to my

view here, but, as I have already mentioned, this supposed vestige

of pm. 3 in Hrinaceus is very slight and has not been observed by

Leche in any of his stages ; so it is highly probable that this struc-

ture has no morphological importance, and Leche’s identification

of the 1st functional premolar in this genus as pm. 2 may be quite

1896. ] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 579

correct, in which case the above objection would not hold, and the

non-replaced pm. 1 may be regarded in all cases as a persistent

milk-tooth.

The presence or absence of the 1st premolar appears to be inti-

mately connected with the development of the canine, for in

mamials, other than the Insectivora, it is commonly wanting or

much reduced in all those forms possessed of a large canine tooth,

while in those forms in which it is present in both dentitions the

canine is either vestigial (Hyrax) or separated from the premolars

by a wide diastema (Lapirus indicus). In the case with no suc-

cession to pm. 1, I should imagine that enlarged deciduous canine

caused a slight decrease in size of dpm. 1, while the enormous

permanent canine, which always develops early, caused a total

suppression of ppm. 1; on the other hand, in those cases where

pm. 1 is replaced, the non-development of the canines or their

early removal forward allows the germ of ppm. 1 to mature

and become functional. In forms such as the Pecora, in which

both the canine and pm. 1 are wanting, this latter tooth was

probably suppressed in some ancestor in whom the canine was well

developed, and probably all trace of its germ has been lost, so that

the subsequent loss of the canine has not caused pm. 1 to reappear ;

besides in these forms, as also in Hquus, the posterior premolars

have been so much enlarged that the anterior cheek-teeth became

functionless and aborted.

Osborn (32) on palzontological evidence regards the single

pm. 1 as a persistent milk-tooth.

The Molar Teeth of the Mole.

The lingual development of the dental lamina in relation to

is most conspicuous, it being more strongly developed in the Mole

and Centetes than in any other animals I have examined, so much

so that it is highly suggestive of a rudiment of a successional

tooth (Plate XXVI. fig. 32, d.l.); a similar but slighter growth

is found in relation to m. 2.

The Cusps.

The molar teeth belong to the trituberculo-sectorial order; in the

lower molars the heel is very large and bears two strong cusps ;

the heel in m.1 is larger than the trigon, but in m.2 and m. 3 it is

smaller ; in all the protoconid is the largest and the paraconid the

smallest of the main cusps ; a small posterior cingulum-cusp is seen

in m. 1, while m. 2 bears in addition a similar anterior cusp, in m. 3

the anterior one alone is present. The upper molars (Plate XXVI.

fig. 35) are mainly tritubercular, but a very small hypocone (8) is

present; the protocone (7) is small, whereas the paracone and

metacone (5&6), especially the latter, are very large and show a

tendency to become crescentic or V-shaped, the summit of the

cone being situated some distance from the outer border of the

580 MR, M. F, WOODWARD ON [May 5,

tooth; at the horns of the crescents, 1. ¢. at the anterior and

posterior extremities of the outer border, and in the middle of

this edge where the two crescents meet, slight additional cones are

raised up ; these, however, appear very late (Plate XX VI. fig. 35,

a & b, 1, 2, 3, 4).

Though no less than four stages were examined, yet it was not

quite possible to determine which cusp was the first to appear,

for even in the earliest stage of m. 3 two slight prominences were

already visible corresponding to the paracone and metacone. In

the case of m.1 and m.2, three cusps were present in all stages,

but of these the two external were alone conspicuous in the

younger stages, the antero-external (paracone) being the largest,

though in the adult it is smaller than the metacone; this, I think,

shows that the paracone is the first to develop. The internal pro-

tocone (7) appears late as a low inward extension from the base of

the paracone (fig. 32) and cannot possibly be regarded as the original

axis of the tooth. The 4th cusp to appear is the small anterior

external cusp, which is connected with the anterior slope of the

paracone, the hypocone evidently appearing very late.

In the lower molars the protoconid forms the main axis of the

dentine germ, and develops long before any of the other cusps, the

next in order being the metaconid, followed by the hypoconid and

entoconid, and lastly the paraconid. The heel itself minus its two

cusps is developed very early before even the metaconid. The

paraconid is especially late in its development; consequently

the molar tooth before this cusp appears presents a very curious

shape, the entire antero-external region of the dentine germ beiug

absent.

Upper molars. Lower molars.

1. Paracone. 1. Protoconid.

2. Metacone. 2, Metaconid.

3. Protocone. 3. Hypoconid.

4. Small antero-external. 4. Entoconid.

5. Hypocone. 5. Paraconid.

GENERAL COMPARISION OF RESULTS.

The 4th Premolar.

The homology of the 4th premolar of the Placentalia with the

posterior premolar of the Marsupialia was first pointed out by

Thomas, and there can be no doubt that this tooth in the two

groups presents certain constant and striking features ; thus dpm. 4

is nearly always molariform, whereas ppm. 4 is often almost unique

in its pattern, being a highly specialized tooth, which in those

cases where it resembles any other tooth has a striking similarity

to dpm. 3 (Hypsiprymnus, Canis, &c.).

Some time ago I pointed out that in Macropus the so-called

ppm. 4 developed from the dental lamina between dpm. 3 and

dpm. 4 (28, pl. 36, fig. 19), and was evidently serially homologous

1896. ] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 581

with those teeth, but differed from them in being retarded in its

development.

While investigating the development of dpm. 4 and ppm. 4 in

the Insectivora, I have kept the above conclusion in mind, and

allowing for the differences in the condition of the dentition in these

two groups (Insectivora and Diprotodont Marsupials) I find a

strong confirmation of this view, that ppm. 4 represents a tooth

originally situated in front of dpm. 4, but retarded in its

development, and subsequently displaced backwards or overgrown

by dpm. 4.

This condition is more marked in the upper jaw, where in three

of the genera investigated ppm. 4 develops distinctly in front of

dpm. 4, in two slightly so, while only in one does it develop distinctly

lingual to dpm. 4 (this is in Sorew probably a. specialized form).

The molariform condition of dpm. 4 is well marked, but while in

some Insectivora ppm. 4 is distinct in pattern, in others it is also

molariform—the former condition being more marked in other

groups of mammals, in some of which (Carnivora and Marsupials)

ppm. 4 is so distinct in the characters of its crown from its

predecessor that, taken in connection with the developmental

features above recorded, I am forced to the conclusion that dpm. 4

is a true molar accelerated in its development and growing forwards

over the top of the retarded true 4th premolar, or, in other words,

dpm. 4 is the only true deciduous molar, while the tooth usually

termed ppm. 4 is really the milk, but non-deciduous 4th premolar.

The above would account for the striking differences in character

between the supposed deciduous and permanent 4th premolars of

the “ Kangaroo Rats,” where dpm. 4 is molariform, and ppm. 4

that marvellous compressed cutting-tooth, identical in pattern with

the anterior premolar dpm. 3. So also in the Carnivora with regard

to the upper carnassial tooth. I think it is easier to conceive that

the anterior molar should be accelerated in its development in order

to supply the young animal with a crushing-tooth, than to believe

with Cope (2) that the mere fact of a tooth-germ being shifted in

its position relative to the angle of the mouth would cause such a

total change in the character of two tooth-germs which were

supposed to develop side by side as sisters from the same region of

the dental lamina.

It is only fair to state that Leche (9. pp. 103 and 139) after

considering the views put forward by me in a former paper (28),

still concludes that the successor to dpm. 4 is the true represen-

tative of that tooth in the permanent series.

The Molars.

I have already described in my detailed account of the

development of the molar teeth the presence of outgrowihs

from the dental lamina, to which structure the enamel-organs on

these teeth are attached and from which they have arisen, both of

the labial and lingual side of these teeth; these outgrowths, though

See oe

582 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,

more constant in connection with the lst molars, yet were also

found in the region of the 2nd molars in several genera.

The lingual continuation of the dental lamina was found in all

six genera examined, whereas the labial growth was more irregular

and only observed in three forms; this latter growth was most

conspicuous in Hrinaceus, where it was constant from the beginning

of m. 1 to the end of m. 2,

A great deal of stress has been laid upon the presence of these

structures, especially that of the lingual one, its presence having

been said to prove that the molar teeth belonged to the milk-

dentition. There is no doubt that if we simply compare such a section

as fig. 26 (Plate XXVI.), representing the molar tooth of Centetes,

with a developing milk-tooth which is known to have a successor,

we should certainly conclude that the lingual growth of the dental

lamina in the two cases was the same structure; and as it can in

one case be shown to give rise to the enamel-organ of a replacing

tooth, we might apparently be justified in concluding that in the

case of the molar it represented a reduced enamel-germ of a

permanent tooth, and that the molar tooth belonged in consequence

to the milk-dentition. But it is now well known that we have

in the Mammalia traces of three or four sets of teeth; and as it is

highly probable that the Mammalia are derived from polyphyodont

ancestors, it is possible that there might at any time appear traces

of a polyphyodont dentition. It appears, then, to me that presence

of a lingual] continuation of the dental lamina does not necessarily

imply that the labial tooth belongs to the milk-series; it might

equally well belong to the permanent orto the post-permanent series,

all traces of the earlier lubial sets being lost, the lingual growth

being not merely the enamel-germ of a successor, but the free end

of the undifferentiated dental lamina, which may go on growing

and producing fresh sets of teeth, as it does in the polyphyodont

reptile, where it is the “ anlage” of numerous enamel-organs.

Compare for a moment these two diagrams (p. 583): fig. 1 repre-

senting a section of the dental lamina of a reptile with a practically

unlimited succession, while fig. 2 represents the milk-tooth of a

mammal with a Jingual development of the dental lamina, which is

here known to give rise to a permanent tooth; we should not in

this case be justified in concluding that ‘“‘m” in fig. 2 was the

homologue of 3 in fig. 1, merely because of the presence of this

similar development of the dental lamina on its lingual side; we

must either conclude that m is the homologue of 1 and the

permanent tooth of 2, or perhaps 1 or both 1 and 2 have been

completely suppressed, and therefore m is the homologue of 2 or 3

as the case may be. In fact we must start with the dental lamina

from the gum, looking most carefully for labial rudiments, so as to

be perfectly sure that none of the earlier sets of teeth have

disappeared, before we can homologize the functional teeth, and we

must naturally expect to find a lingual growth of the dental lamina

constantly present, whether we are dealing with the Ist, 2nd, or

3rd sets, there being no reason to believe that there is an ultimate

1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 583

set which terminates the series. This is borne out by the discovery

by numerous authors (5, 7, 9, 20) of a lingual growth of the

dental lamina by the side of the germs of the permanent teeth.

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

ee ,

5 772

Fig. 1.—Diagram of the tooth-succession in a polyphyodont Reptile: 1, 2, 3,

successive tooth-germs; d./, dental lamina.

Fig. 2.—Diagram illustrating the relation of a molar tooth-germ (m7) to the

dental lamina (d./).

Taking the above into consideration, the presence of true and

definite outgrowths from the dental lamina nearer the gum than and

thus labial to the molar germs is extremely interesting and suggests

that possibly at least one set of teeth preceding the functional

molars has been suppressed. These vestiges are, it is true, minute

and variable, but when compared with the obvious vestiges of

the anterior milk-teeth seen in Hrinaceus it does seem rash to

conclude that these labial growths in the molar region are the last

indications of an earlier set of teeth.

If this is the case, then the molar teeth are not to be referred to

the 1st, but rather to the 2nd dentition.

The question then arises, is the milk-dentition the 1st set of

teeth? This has been answered in the negative by Leche, and I

hope shortly to publish a further confirmation of this view.

Leche (7 a) has discovered in the anterior region of the jaw of

Myrmecobius a minute set of teeth which precede the functional

set; and as the latter set are now usually regarded as the milk-

dentition, this vestigial series is termed the pre-milk series, and

may be compared with those small embryonic teeth seen in the

Crocodile (19 a) and Iguana (8)’.

1 Rose (‘‘ Das Zahnsystem der Wirbeltiere,” Ergebnisse d. Anatomie u. Ent-

wickelungsges., 1894) refers to traces of a pre-milk dentition in Man and

suggests even an earlier set of teeth in the Vertebrata, a remnant of the placoid

tooth-papilla, describing in all 5 sets, traces of at least four of which are

found in the Mammalia.

584 MR, M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,

I have adduced reasons elsewhere (29) to support the view that

this pre-milk set, ¢. e. the first in order of time, has been completely

lost in the molar region, and that these labial outgrowths of the

dental lamina represent the now much reduced milk-dentition—the

adult molars belonging to the 3rd or replacing set of teeth, the

lingual continuation of dental Jamina representing a potential 4th

dentition, the post-permanent series.

The Molar Cusps.

On comparing the details of the molar cusp development in the

various Insectivores which I have examined, one is immediately

struck with fact that the lower molar cusps in the different forms

are more constant in the order of their appearance, the protoconid

developing first in every case, than those of the upper molars:

these latter fall apparently into two groups—in one the paracone is

the first to appear, while in the second it is the protocone which

develops first. A closer inspection shows that a similar subdivision

of the lower molars can be made; thus in those forms where the

paracone appears first in the upper molars, we find the supposed

homologue of this in the lower teeth (the paraconid) ? is the last to

develop, while those exhibiting the protocone as the first developed

cusp above show the paraconid as second or third in order of

development below.

These facts may be roughly tabulated thus :—

Group I. (4 genera). Group II. (2 genera).

1. Paracone. 1. Protocone.

2. Metacone. 2. Paracone. | 9 eae

3. Protocone. ot eee ogee

4. Hypocone.

(5. Metaconule.)

1. Protoconid. 1. Protoconid.

2. Metaconid. 2 or3. Paraconid. | 9 Lonel

3 (aes 3 or 2. ecnd { gees

. Heel. 1 7,

Ypo.

4, Paraconid. 4. Hypoconid.

A further examination of these groups reveals the fact that they

are separated from one another by a second feature, which is

possibly of greater importance than that of cusp ontogeny ; I refer

to the fact that the members of group I. possess either quadri- or

quinque-tubercular upper molars, while in group II. these teeth

are trituberculate.

It will be seen, then, that in the only living mammals believed

to possess unmodified trituberculate teeth (molars and posterior

premolars) which have been examined developmentally, the order

of cusp ontogeny is in entire accord with the supposed order of

1 The condition of this cone in Sorex is uncertain.

1896. ] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 585

cusp phylogeny as advanced by the supporters of the Cope-Osborn

tritubercular theory. This is a very striking and important fact,

and one which will no doubt be considered by trituberculists as

strongly supporting their theory, especially as it is generally stated

that these trituberculate Insectivores most nearly, amongst living

mammals, approach the Jurassic Trituberculata in the character

of their molars. This statement is certainly true for the lower jaw,

but can be hardly said to hold for the upper molars, there being no

resemblance between the teeth of the upper jaw of Centetes, Hriculus,

and. Chrysochloris * and those of Peralestes, and only an apparent one

with Kurtodon (Stylodon), for Osborn (16) himself states that this

latter is not trituberculate but ridged *.

Turning now to the first group and examining it in the light of

the supposed primitive nature of the protocone, we find here that

the upper molar teeth are more complex, possessing 4 or 5 cusps,

that the outer cusps (the para- and meta-cones) are more strongly

developed than the inner ones; and in accordance with this we find

both these cusps developing before the protocone—an anomalous

condition when we remember that the last-named cusp is sup-

posed to be the primitive axis of the tooth, the remaining cusps

being mere outgrowths from it. Perhaps, if these Insectivora

were the only forms possessed of such a condition, we might agree

with Osborn (15) that this is merely a case of accelerated

development ; but they are not alone in this respect, for in Man

(19), in some Ungulates (22), and in certain polyprotodont

Marsupials (20), the paracone invariably develops first, the

protocone being either 2nd or 3rdin order of appearance. In fact,

in every mammal so far examined, with the exception of the two

Insectivores before mentioned, the paracone develops directly from

the primitive dental germ and before either the protocone or meta-

cone. The constancy of this condition is such that I do not think we

can pass over it so lightly as Osborn does, as may be seen from the

following quotation (15. p. 503): “In fact the external cusps not

only appear before the internal cusp, which paleontology shows to

be the more primitive, but they assume the crescentic form earlier,

In other words, their development is accelerated.” (Italics mine.)

If the protocone represents the summit of the original protodont

tooth of the ancestor of the Mammalia, it must be the direct con-

tinuation of the primitive dentinal germ, and as such should be found

to develop in a line with the axis of that.structure. That this is not

the case is well seen in fig. 32 (Pl. XXVL.), where the paracone (5)

is found to be identical with the primitive dentinal germ and the

protocone (7) appears as a mere internal ledge growing out from

* Chrysochloris is trituberculo-sectorial, possessing a small heel, and not a

pure trituberculate as usually stated. ILydekker (10) compares Peralestes and

Chrysochloris, but I fail to see the resemblance.

* It is very difficult to ascertain Osborn’s views regarding Kurtodon, for in

his large memoir (16. p. 210) he states that there is no real homology between

the Kurtodon and Chrysochloris dentition, whereas in his additional notes ( 16 ¢)

he appears to regard Kurtodon as one of the Trituberculata.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1896, No. XX XVIII. 38

586 MR. M. F. WOODWARD ON [May 5,

the base of this structure, the metacone and subsequently the

hypocone being similarly derived from a backward extension of

the base of the primitive dentinal germ. This primitive dentinal

germ has, I believe, primarily a somewhat conical form in all cases,

and one of the cusps of the adult tooth appears to be the direct

continuation of this primitive cone, the remaining cusps being

outgrowths usually from its base. It is not customary to find a

blunt expanded table-like dentinal germ from which the cusps

arise as secondary outgrowths—a condition which, it appears to

me, must be necessarily assumed to support Osborn’s view that

the protocone is primary but retarded and the paracone its lateral

derivative accelerated.

If it be the case that the paracone in the majority of Mammalia

is the direct continuation of the primitive dentinal germ, and

therefore of the single cone of the protodont mammalian ancestor,

then we have the apparent anomaly of this primary cone giving

rise, in the majority of forms, to the so-called paracone, 7. ¢. the

antero-external cone, while in a few it persists as the so-called

protocone (antero-internal cone), a condition which suggests that

the usually accepted identification of the cones of the upper molars

is not in all cases the correct one.

It may be possible that in the above too much stress is laid on

the ontogeny of the molar cusps; but, on the other hand, do we

know sutlicient of the phylogeny, as deduced from paleontological

evidence, to prove that the primitive cone has in all cases been

correctly identified in the upper molars? For though we have,

thanks to the researches of Owen (17), Osborn (16), and Marsh (11),

knowledge of a great number of Mesozoic mammals, yet the molar

teeth found are nearly all lower ones, and but few upper molars (save

multituberculate ones) are known until we reach Tertiary times,

when the teeth have assumed forms whose cusps can be more

easily homologized with those of living mammals than with the

cusp or cusps of the Reptilian tooth or with that of the ancestral

mammal. So that with regard to the evolution of the upper

‘molars we are almost completely in the dark, for we know of no

Triassic or Jurassic protodont upper molars, but three maxille

(I believe) containing triconodont teeth, and but a few which,

according to Osborn, contain trituberculate teeth.

I have tried to ascertain the exact number of upper jaws of

Jurassic mammals possessing tritubercular molars or teeth approxi-

mating to that type, but have been unable to disperse the mystery

which seems to envelop them. In England we certainly possess

one specimen, which was described by Owen (17) as Peralestes

longirostris, and is preserved in the British Museum; with this

Owen associated a lower jaw which is now separated by Lydekker

(10) from this form and assigned to Amblotherium mustelula. Owen

also described four upper jaws,which he referred to Stylodon pusillus ;

* Several isolated upper molars are known from the Upper Cretaceous rocks

of N. America; some of these are said to be trituberculate (Osborn, “ Mammals

of tthe Upper Cretaceous Beds,” Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1893, p. 311),

notably Didelphops, but this, though triangular possesses at least 6 cusps.

1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 587.

these have been separated from the lower jaws which Owen described

under that name and placed in the genus Awrtodon (Athrodon) by

Osborn (16), who first stated that they were not tuberculate, but now

(16 a) apparently regards them as examples of trituberculate molars.

In America, Marsh (11) has published the briefest note of

the discovery of two upper jaws of Dryolestes and a single upper

jaw of Diplocynodon (1 ¢, 8 cheek-teeth) ; these he has not figured,

and his descriptions fail to show that they are tritubercular ; in the

case of Dryolestes he does not mention the cusps, while in Diplo-

cynodon he mentions 5 cusps the arrangement of which does not

suggest trituberculy.

Jn 1888 Osborn (16 & 16a) described the upper molars of

Kurtodon (see ante), Peralestes, Diplocynodon, and also of the Styla~

codontia, under which latter head he places Dryolestes, but on

referring to this genus he states that the upper jaw is unknown!

In a later work (14) he only mentions the upper molars of

Spalacotherium and ot all the Amblotheriide as being trituberculate ;

evidently he refers Peralestes to Spalacotherium, as suggested by

Lydekker (10), and Kurtodon to Amblotherium (Owen). These

remarks will show what little material we have upon which to

base the existence of the Jurassic tritubercular upper molar which

is an essential feature in the tritubercular theory.

A perusal of Osborn’s (16) description of the upper molars of

Peralvstes shows, however, that they are anything but typical

trituberculate teeth, for instead of possessing one internal and two

external cusps arranged in a triangle, the inner cusp forming the

apex, we find two internal cusps’, of which the anterior is the largest,

and a serrated ridge extending along the external border bearing

several small cusps ; and as the anterior of these is slightly enlarged

Osborn terms it the paracone, calling the two internal cones respec-

tively the protocone (anterior) and the metacone (posterior). Now,

according to the tritubercujar theory, the metacone should be

external and in a line with the paracone, not internal in a line with

the protocone. Moreover, an examination of Osborn’s figure and

of the specimen shows that what he terms the paracone is here

developed as an enlargement of the external cingulum and is not

in any sense serially homologous with the metacone.

A comparison of Osborn’s two published figures of these teeth

shows considerable differences in them, and on examining the actual

specimen one finds that the figure in his large monograph (16) is

the most accurate, the more frequently copied figure (13) being

rather exaggerated in favour of trituberculism ; but with all he

seems to have overlooked a small cusp on the antero-external

shoulder of his protocone and between this main cone and this

external paracone, which, to my mind, far better suggests the anterior

homologue ot the metacone (see Pl. XX VI. fig. 33) and consequently

the paracone from a tritubercular standpoint, although I believe this

tooth to be capable of a totally different interpretation.

If this tooth be compared with the molar teeth of the living

Insectivora (figs. 34-36), it appears that the tuberculate external

? The specimen shows three internal cusps, see fig. 33.

38*

588 MR. M. F, WOODWARD ON [May 5,

cingulum seen in Peralestes is comparable with the similar structure

so frequently present in this group, and well exemplified in the

upper molars of Zalpa. If so, it becomes further evident that the

two larger cusps of Peralestes represent the paracone and metacone

of these living forms, these cusps being commonly developed quite

a long distance from the external border of the tooth (Zalpa, fig.

35). Consequently the internal shelf, which we have seen in living

Insectivores bearing the proto- and hypocone, is not developed in

upper molars of Peralestes.

If this comparison is correct, we are justified in concluding that

the upper molars of this fossil form were not tritubercular in

the sense understood by the supporters of the Cope-Osborn theory,

and, further, those of Kurtodon being undoubtedly ridged and

not tuberculate, while those of Dryolestes and Diplocynodon

are either undescribed or possess 5 cusps, we consequently have

no paleontological evidence to support the assumption that a

tritubercular stage was passed through by the mammalian upper

molar in its evolutions from a protodont or possibly a triconodont

tooth. Under these circumstances I see no reason to believe that

the primitive cone must necessarily occupy an antero-internal

position such as Osborn’s protocone does.

Paleontological evidence being then wanting or so fragmentary,

we are obliged to fall back on the less torn pages of ontogeny.

On doing so, we find that the upper molar cusp, which develops

first and asa direct continuation of the dental germ in the majority

of the Mammalia, is the antero-external or paracone: this I think

is strongly in favour of the view put forward by Rose (19),

that the paracone is the most primitive cusp, though I think it

would be rather confusing to apply Osborn’s term “ protocone ” to

it, seeing that this term has been already applied to another cusp

in the same tooth.

Of the primitive nature of the paracone we have slight paleon-

tological evidence if, as I have suggested, the largest cone of the

Peralestes upper molar (Osborn’s protocone) is the homologue of the

paracone of living Insectivores. But if we further include the

molariform premolars in our study, we find this view is supported

both by ontogenists (22) and paleontologists, for Scott (21 a) has

proved, and Osborn and Wortman (32) have accepted his con-

clusions, that the antero-external cone in these teeth is the

primitive one from a paleontological standpoint, and Taeker has

shown in the Ungulates, and I myself in the Insectivora, that this

antero-external cone in the premolars develops first in the onto-

geny of the premolar cusps.

With regard to the tritubercular upper molars of the Centetide

&e. (fig. 34, « & b), I should conclude that the main cone of this

type of tooth, usually termed the protocone, was really the paracone:

the whole tooth representing only the antero-external triangle of

such aform as Valpa (fig. 35, a & b), 7. e. the erescentic paracone with

its two external cingulum cusps, the two last named being commonly

but incorrectly described as the para- and meta-cone in Centetes :

that in the Centetide no marked indications of the protocone

1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 589

or metacone are as yet visible, while in Chrysochloris (fig. 36.7) the

first indication of the protocone has appeared, viz. the internal shelf.

This attempt to homologize the main cone of the upper molars

of the Centetide and Chrysochloris with the paracone of other

Insectivora is a modification of the view put forward by Mivart in

1868 (12). He regarded the tricuspid triangular crown of the

molar teeth of Centetes as a concentration of the eight cusped teeth

of Talpa. An examination of his figures and description will show

that he believed the so-called paracone and metacone of Centetes and

Chrysochloris to be external cingulum cusps, the main cone of these

teeth being formed by a fusion of cones corresponding to the para-

and metacones of Tulpa, while the protocone and hypocone of the

latter he regards as represented by the small internal lobe seen in

Chrysochloris*. This view accords in its most important respects

with mine, but I do not think that the ontogeny of the tritubereu-

late insectivore molar justifies Mivart’s fusion theory, but rather

suggests that this tooth corresponds only with the paracone

triangle of the Mole’s tooth.

Such aa interpretation would bring these forms into entire accord

with the other Insectivores and the Mammalia in general, and we

should then find that the cusp which directly continues the dental

germ, and consequently is the first to develop, is in all cases homo-

logous, though unfortunately the same name has not been applied

to it in all cases.

Thus the primitive cone of the upper cheek-teeth of the ancestral

mammal finds its homologue in the protocone of the premolar, in

the paracone of most molars, but in the protocone of the molars of

the trituberculate Insectivores and Peralestes. This has been proved

ontogenetically for both the premolars and molars, phylogenetically

also in the former, while in the latter the phylogeny of the

primitive cusp is still doubtful.

The evolution of the primary cusp of the premolars and molars

is now brought into harmony, and it is no longer necessary to

suppose that the cusp arrangement of two teeth such as pm. 4 and

m. 1, often identical in pattern, have evolved upon different lines.

To briefly recapitulate my conclusions :—

(1) The antero-external cone, or paracone above and proto-

conid below, is the primitive cone both in the molars and

premolars.

(2) The protocone is borne on an internal shelf of secondary

origin (internal cingulum).

(3) The metacone is a similar backward development of the

paracone, arising very early long before the protocone.

(4) The hypocone stands related to the metacone as the

protocone does to the paracone.

(5) The paracone as the primary cone in the upper molars

finds its homologue in the protoconid below *.

1 Unfortunately the cones have been incorrectly lettered in his figure of the

upper molar of Chrysochloris, as may he seen on reference to his description.

2 A paper by Winge (26) in Danish evidently upholds the same view, viz.,

that the paracone is the homologue of the protoconid; unfortunately I am

unable to read the paper, but his lettering in his plate and diagrams are very

clear on this point.

590 MR. M. F, WOODWARD ON [May 5,

(6) The evidence advanced in support of the tritubercular

theory is insufficient to prove that the upper molars

primarily evolved on the lines of that theory.

(7) Owing to want of material, trituberculists have been led

to assume that the upper molars of the early Mammalia

passed through similar stages to those which they have

determined for the lower teeth, and consequently they

have in most cases incorrectly identified the primary cone

(save in Peralestes and the living Centetide and Chryso-

chloris).

(8) That as regards the primary cone, its ontogeny recapitu-

lates its phylogeny.

I do not mean to deny for one moment the occurrence of the

tritubercular type of upper molar tooth, nor even to underrate its

phylogenetic importance ; for no one who has studied cusp ontogeny

can fail to notice the frequency of its appearance, and the fact that

often (though not always) the three cones of the trigon are the

first to appear during development. What I desire to point out

is, that there is no evidence to show that this type of upper molar

arose in the way suggested by trituberculists, and that they have

in most cases overlooked the true primary cone.

If the triconodont tooth be a stage in the evolution of the mamma-

lian molar, then I should believe that the anterior cone disappeared,

the main cone becoming enlarged as the paracone and the posterior

one as the metacone. At this stage the upper teeth overhang and

bite outside the lower molars, and the future antero-internal cone

(protocone) was developed as an internal shelf acting as a mortar for

the cusps of the lower teeth, and at a much later period developed

acusp. The: hypocone arose in a similar way with the elongation

of the teeth.

The function and origin of the external cingulum with its

numerous cusps (2-4) is difficult to understand, for in the living

Mole it is quite outside and free from all contact with the lower

molars ; possibly it is of use to insect-feeding animals, giving them

greater hold of their slippery prey.

In the Centetide and Peralestes, the upper molars could not have

overhung the lower ones to the same extent, consequently no in-

ternal lobe bearing the protocone was developed and the external

cingulum was very largely developed.

I have purposely left out all reference to the multituberculate

and conecrescence theories. having restricted my researches to

endeavouring to ascertain whether the trituberculate theory respect-

ing the upper molars rested upon any solid basis, and whether cne

of the molar cusps was more primitive in its mode of origin than

the others.

Ontogenetically, I have failed to find any support for the con-

crescence theory, neither do I consider that any of the evidence put

forward by Rése and Kiikenthal is at all conclusive in its favour.

On comparing the several families which grouped together

1896. ] MAMMALIAN DENTITION. 591

compose the order Insectivora, we find a considerable variation in

their dentition, both as regards the number of their teeth and the

specialization of the individual members of the dental series.

Thus in Gymnura and Talpa we find in the adult the full pla-

cental dentition of 44 teeth, while in two Shrews (Diplomesodon

and Anurosorex) the dentition is reduced to 26 teeth, other families

presenting numerous stages intermediate between these two. If

primitive, the supposed presence of 4 upper incisiors in Sorea and

the 4 upper molars of Centetes must be of great interest, but the

former I believe is capable of being interpreted differently, and the

latter to be a secondary character.

A closer examination of these dental variations shows that they

can be grouped under four heads :—

(1) A tendency for a suppression of the 3rd incisor above and

below, di. 3 disappearing first.

(2) A suppression in the premolar series, pm. 1 in the Cen-

tetide, pm. 2 in Selenodon.

(3) A suppression of the posterior molars, the number vary-

ing trom 4 to 3, the normal 1umber being 3.

(4) A tendency for reduction in the functional importance of

the milk dentition.

Although representatives of only 5 out of the 9 families of the

Insectivora (Flower and Lydekker, 4) have been systematically

examined, this last variation is so marked, that one is forced to the

conclusion that the order as a whole is tending to lose its milk-

teeth.

Among the forms examined, probably only Hriculus and Echinops

possess the same number of functional milk and permanent

antemolar teeth, but these forms have already a reduced dentition.

Of those provided with 44 teeth, viz. Gymnura and Talpa, we find

di. 3, dpm. 2

dpm. 2

omitting the 1st premolar, all the remaining milk-teeth are reduced

and though cutting the gum can hardly function (if at all) for

more than a week or two.

The remaining genera examined show this reduction in a varying

degree, the maximum being attained in Sorew, where in all

probability the entire milk series is reduced and functionless.

If then it be a fact, as is now generally believed, that the milk

dentition preponderates in the early Mammalia and in the living

Marsupials, then we must come to the conclusion that the living

Insectivora are specialized forms tending towards a Monophyodont

condition in which the preponderating dentition is the replacing

or permanent set.

in the former reduced and functionless, while in Z'a/pa,

List oF REFERENCES.

1. Barn, S.—‘‘On the Dentition in the Mole.” Trans. Odont.

Soc. 1865-67, p. 261.

la. Braanpr, E—Ueber d. Zahnformel der Spitzmause. St.

Petersburg, 1878.

592 MR. M, F. WOODWARD ON 4 [May 5,

. Copr.—* The Mechanical Origin of the Sectorial Teéth of the «

Carnivora.” Proc. Amer. Assoc. Ady. Sci. 1887, p, 254. ° -

. Dosson.—A Monograph of the Insectivora. London, 1882.

. Frower & LypEKKER.—Mammals, living and extinct. London,

1891.

. Ktxentaat.— Einige Bemerkungen iib. d. Siugetier-Bezahn-

ung.” Anat. Anz. 1891, p. 364.

. Kixentaat. Entwickl. Untersuch.am Pinnipedien-gebisse.”

Jen. Zeit. f. Naturwiss. 1893, p. 76. hae

. Lecun.— Studien tiber d. Entwick. d. Zahnsystems b. d.

Siugethieren.” Morph. Jahrb. xix. 1893, p. 502.

a. Also Morph. Jahrb. xx. p. 113.

. Lecun.— Uber d. Zahnentwickelung von Iguana tuberculata.”

‘Anat. Anz. 1893, p. 793.

. Lecue.—Zur Enwickelungsgeschichte des Zahnsystems der

Saugethiere. Stuttgart, 1895.

. LypEKKER.—Catalogue of Fossil Mammalia in the British

Museum. Part V., 1887.

. Marsu.—‘“ Notice of new Jurassic Mammals.” Amer. Journ.

Sci. & Arts, 1879 & 1880.

. Mivarr.—“ On the Osteology of the Insectivora.” Journ.

Anat. & Physiol. vols. i. & ii. pp. 281 & 117.

. Osporn.—‘ Evolution of Mammalian Molars to and from the

Tritubercular type.” Amer. Nat. 1888, p. 1067.

. Ossorn.—‘ The History and Homologies of the Human

Molar Cusps.” Anat. Anz. 1892, p. 740.

. Osporn.—* Recent Researches upon the Succession of the

Teeth in Mammalia.” Amer. Nat. 1893, p. 493.

16. Ossorn.—* The Structure and Classification of the Mesozoic

Mammalia.” Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. ser. 2, vol. ix.

p- 186, 1888.

16a. Ossorn.—* Additional Observations upon the Structure and

Classification of the Mesozoic Mammalia.” Proc. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Philad. 1888, p. 292.

17. Owrn.—Mesozoic Mammalia. Palont. Soc. London, 1870.

18. Ownn.—Comparative Anatomy and Physiology of Vertebrates,

vol. iii. London, 1868.

19. Rosn.—* Uber d. Entstehung und Formabiinderungen der

menschlichen Molaren.” Anat. Anz. 1892, p. 392.

19a. Rose—Uber d. Zahnentwickelung der Krokodile.” Morph.

Arbeit. Bd. 3, 1893.

20. Risr.—Uber d. Zahnentwickelung der Beuteltiere.” Anat.

Anz, 1892, p. 693.

21. Rossnav.—-Anatomie Comparée du Systéme Dentaire. Paris,

1839.

21 a. Scorr.—* The Evolution of the Premolar Teeth in the Mam-

malia.” Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1892, p. 405.

22. Tanker.—Zur Kenntniss die Ontogenie bei Ungulaten.

Dorpat, 1892.

23. THomas.—“ On the Insectivorous Genus Echinops.” Proc.

Zool. Soe. 1892, p. 500.

Oo ©O == ~tI tor) or we 0 rs)

Ee S-& »e Se Se ee

ao FF WO WMD KF CO

PZS 1896 Plate XXII.

VCXO

Ohi

eee

West, Newman ump -

-bth,

GM Woodward ad na

‘he Insectivora.

a tilesly

Development of the teeth

1896.] MAMMALIAN DENTITION 593

24. Trms.—‘‘ Notes on the Dentition of the Dog.” Anat. Anz.

1896, p. 537.

25. TrauBer.—‘Om Tandsaet og Levernaade hos de danske

Flagermuus og Insektaedere.” Naturhistorisk Tidskrift,

Bd. 8, 1872-73.

26. Wincz.—* Om Pattedyrenes Tandskifte isaer med Hensyn til

Taendernes Former.” Vidensk. Meddel. fra den Naturh.

Foren. i Kjébenhavn, 1882, p. 15.

27. Woopwarp, M. F.—“‘ On the Development of the Teeth in

certain Insectivora.” Brit. Assoc. Reports, 1895, p. 736.

28. Woopwarp, M. F.—‘ On the Development of the Teeth of

the Macropodide.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 450.

29. Woopwarp, M. F.—“ On the Milk Dentition of the Rodentia.”

Anat. Anz. 1894, p. 619.

30. Woopwarp, M. F.—On the Succession and Genesis of

Mammalian Teeth.” Science Progress, vol. i. 1894, p. 438.

31. Worrman.—‘ Comp. Anat. of the Teeth of the Vertebrata.”

Amer. Syst. Dentistry (Philadelphia, 1886), p. 153.

32. Worrman & Oszorn.— Mammals of the Lower Miocene

White River Beds.” Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1894,

pp. 197-228.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXITI.-XXVI.

In all cases the teeth represented are from ihe left side, and when shown in

section the anterior surface is represented, so that the left side of the Plate

represents the lingual and the right the labial side of the jaw.

Puate XXIII.

Figs. 1-8 a. Hrinaceus.

Fig. 1. Frontal section of the developing canine. dc., upper deciduous canine ;

pe., germ of permanent canine. sir

la. Ditto. Older stage. Deciduous canine calcified.

2. Frontal section of the developing 8rd upper incisor. di. 3, vestigial

milk-incisor; pi.3, germ of permanent tooth. iver

Qa. Ditto. Older stage. Vestige of di. 3 and neck of the enamel-organ

of the functional tooth (pz. 3). rae

. Frontal section of vestigial lower incisor, 7. 1.

. Germ nf 3rd lower incisor (pi.3). di. 3, probable last trace of deciduous

tooth.

. Developing lower canine (pe.) with its vestigial milk predecessor (de.).

. Three sections through the dental lamina between the 2nd and 3rd

oo upper premolars. (These should incline from left to

right.

7. Ditto between the two lower premolars; pm. 3, germ of missing premolar.

8. Germ of Ist functional upper premolar (ppm.2) with vestigial milk

predecessor (dpm. 2).

8a. Germ of dpm. 2 and ppm. 2.

> Or wm CO

Puate XXIV.

Figs. 9,94. Hrinaceus.

Fig. 9. Upper jaw of a young Hrinaceus, side view. After Leche.

9a. Ditto. Palatal aspect of adult.

594

Fig. 10.

Fig. 15.

Fig. 25,

. Germ of m.1, showing specialization of lingually placed dental

Fig. 27.

Fig. 33

34,

35.

36.

ON MAMMALIAN DENTITION. [May 5,

Figs. 10-14. Gymnura.

Developing 3rd upper incisor (p7.3) with calcified vestigial milk

predecessor (di. 3).

. Germ of 2nd upper premolar (ppm. 2) with reduced milk predecessor

(dpm. 2).

. Germ of Znd lower premolar (ppm. 2), milk predecessor (dpm. 2) still

more reduced.

. Upper jaw of Gymnura_ showing milk dentition and cavities occupied by

germs of permanent teeth. 2. 1, first molar ; dpm.2, 2nd deciduous

premolar.

. Germ of dpm.3 and ppm. 3, the latter just appearing.

Piatr XXYV.

Figs. 15-24. Sorex.

Developing Ist lower incisor (pz. 1), lingual growth of dental lamina

(a.l.).

. Germ of pi. 2 with labial vestigial milk predecessor (di. 2).

. Ditto, pi.3; ditto, di. 3. Tey

. Ditto, permanent canine, pe. (i. 4); ditto, de.

. Plan of enamel germs of upper teeth in relation to the dental lamina

and to the jaw-bones (pmax. and mz.).

. Germ of pi. 2 with labial vestigial milk predecessor (di. 2).

. Ditto of pi. 3 and di. 3 (vestigial).

22.

. Ditto of ppm. 4 and dpi. 4 (vestigial).

. Ditto of ppm. 4 and dpm. 4 (vestigial).

Ditto of ppm. 3 and dpm. 3 (vestigial).

Figs, 25-26. Centetes.

Germ of 7%, 3.

lamina (d./.).

Prats XXVI.

Figs. 27-32. Talpa.

Horizontal section of the upper jaw, showing the tooth germs in

relation to the dental lamina; the milk-teeth are well developed,

while the germs of the permanent teeth are just visible as swellings

of the dental lamina.

. Enlarged drawing of a deep horizontal section passing through the

germs of dc., dpm.1, dpm.2, dpm. 3, and those of their successors

in the permanent series. pe. very advanced ; ppm.1 transitory,

never becoming more developed.

. Clarified jaw of a very young Mole (hairless), showing the milk and

permanent dentitions @7 sztv. -

. Frontal section of a specimen about the same age as the last, showing

dpm. 2 well calcified and the germ of ppm. 2.

. Difto, ditto, passing through the first premolar (dpm. 1), showing last

trace of the lingual dental lamina (d./.),

. Ditto of a young stage, passing through the germ of m.1, showing the

primitive dentine germ giving rise to the paracone (5), and the first

trace of the protocone (7), also a very prominent swollen lingual

development of the dental lamina.

(a) palatal, (4) external aspect of an upper molar (m.) tooth of Peralestes.

Ditto, ditto of Centetes (m.1).

Ditto, ditto of Talpa (m. 2).

Ditto, ditto of Chrysochloris (m.).

The numerals attached to the last 4 figures represent an attempt to

homologize the cusps.

PZS 1896.Plate XXIV.

ppin>

GM Woodward adnat hth. ee West, Newman mmp.

Development of the teeth m the Insectivora.

West Newman. imp.

PZ.S.1896. Plate XXV.

Oo°9 0

oa? ooh

QO09,

ALL x100.

Development of the teeth 1n the Insectivora.

GM Woodward ad natli

PZ.51696: Flere ae

a !

sy Ler ag

West Newman imp.

G.M Woodward ad nat.lith

Development of the teeth im the Insectivora.

1896.] ON THE BREEDING OF THE SURINAM WATER-TOAD. 595

4. Notes on the Breeding of the Surinam Water-Toad (Pipa

americana) in the Society's Gardens. By A. D.

Bartiett, Superintendent.

[Received May 5, 1896.]

In the early part of last year we were surprised to find one of the

females of the Surinam Water-Toad in the warm tank at the

Reptile House with her back covered with eggs, the uniform and

agit:

Surinam Water-Toads iz copuld.

recular arrangement of which caused us a considerable amount of

speculation as to how they had been placed there’. The old

story of the female depositing her eggs on land and afterwards

1 See Mr. Sclater’s remarks on this subject, P.Z.S. 1895, p. 86.

596 ON THE BREEDING OF THE SURINAM WATER-TOAD. [May 5,

having them arranged on her back by the male was at once dis-

missed as a fable, as we now know that these animals do not

voluntarily leave the water. Along with Mr. A. Thomson, the

head keeper, and the two keepers at the Reptile-house (Tyrrell

and Tennant), I therefore determined, should the opportunity

Fig. 2.

Surinam Water-Toad (Q) after deposition of eggs.

again occur, to watch constantly with the hope of being able to

solve this unknown problem. About the 28th of April of the

present year the males of this species become very lively, and were

constantly heard uttering their most remarkable metallic, ticking

.call-notes. On examination, we then observed two of the males

clasping tightly round the lower part of the bodies of the females

1896.] ON A PORTRAIT OF ANYHROPOPITHECUS GORILLA. 597

(see fig. 1, p. 595), the hind parts of the males extending beyond those

of the females. On the following morning Tennant, the keeper,

arrived in time to witness the mode in which the eggs were

deposited. The oviduct of the female protruded ‘from her body

more than an inch in length, and the bladder-like protrusion being

retroverted passed under the belly of the male on to her own back.

The male appeared to press tightly upon this protruded bag and to

squeeze it from side to side, apparently pressing the eggs forward

one by one on to the back of the female. By this movement the eggs

were spread with nearly uniform smoothness over the whole surface

of the back of the female, to which they became firmly adherent

(see fig. 2, p. 596). On the operation being completed, the males

left their places on the females, and the enlarged and projected

oviduct gradually disappeared from one of the females. In the

other female, the oviduct appears not to have discharged the whole

of the eggs. At any rate it remains distended, as shown in the

figure, but is gradually shrinking in size *.

May 19, 1896.

Sir W. H. Viower, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a Daguerreotype portrait of what was

believed to be the first Gorilla (Anthropopithecus gorilla) that was

ever brought alive to Europe. This portrait had been lent to

Mr. Bartlett by Mr. Alexander Fairgrieve, formerly connected

with Wombwell’s Menagerie. The animal in question was im-

ported to Liverpool from the Congo by the late Mr. Hulse, animal

dealer, in 1855. It was a young female, and was called “ Jenny.”

Mr. Hulse sold it to Mrs. Wombwell, who kept it several months

and made a pet of it. On its death the body was sent to the late

Charles Waterton of Walton Hall, who preserved the skin and sent

the skeleton tothe Leeds Museum. Out of the skin of this Gorilla,

Waterton manufactured a figure with two horns on the head, which

he called Martin Luther, and exhibited in his gallery at Walton

Hall. Mr. Bartlett, on seeing this stuffed figure at Walton Hall,

had immediately recognized it as being that of a young Gorilla.

Mr. Sclater called attention to the fact that the large chalk

drawing of the Gorilla hung in the Society’s Meeting-room re-

presented this same specimen, which was stated on the label of the

picture to have been living in Mr. Wombwell’s Menagerie.

1 [May 22nd.—This specimen died, and was sent to the British Museum.

Mr. Boulenger examined it and kindly reports as follows :—“ The uterus con-

tained a good number of ripe ova, so that only a few could have been laid when

the male abandoned the female. The ovipositor, formed by the cloaca, was

still protruding and much inflamed. It may be deduced from the observation

made by Tennant, that fecundation must take place before the extrusion of the

eggs, and it is probable that the ovipositor serves in the first instance to collect

the spermatozoa which would penetrate into the oviducts, the eggs being laid

in the impregnated condition, as in tailed Batrachians.’—P. L. S.]

598 ON THE TEETH OF THE FIELD VOLE. [May 19,

The following papers were read :—

1. On a Variation in the Pattern of the Teeth of a specimen

of the Common Field Vole. By G. E. H. Barrerr-

Hamitrton, F.Z.S.

[Received April 27, 1896.]

The pattern of the molar teeth of the Voles has always been

regarded as an important feature in the classification of these

animals. Of these teeth the first lower and third (last) upper

show the most important specific and subgeneric characters. The

remainder vary much less among the various species and subgenera

than do the above, and of these the first upper is undoubtedly the

most constant. As will be seen from the figure (a), the first upper

molar has five cement-spaces with three external and three internal

angles. The first cement-space is placed anteriorly, the second and

fourth on the inside, and the third and fifth on the outside of the

tooth. This is the form of the tooth throughout the genus Microtus,

and the same pattern occurs also in the allied genera Euotomys,

Synaptomys, Myodes, Fiber, Neofiber, and Ellobius. In Siphneus the

pattern is indistinct, and Owniculus has seven cement-spaces.

R L R L

a é

First upper molars.

Diagram of typical teeth of Diagram of abnormal teeth of

Microtus agrestis (for comparison). Microtus agrestis.

This tooth is, therefore, singularly constant in its pattern, and

the variation described in the present paper, occurring in a speci-

men of Microtus agrestis, is on that account of some interest, as

there is little doubt that had the specimen been received from

some unknown or distant region, it would probably have formed

the basis of a new species or perhaps even of a new subgenus.

The variation, which occurs in the first upper molar on each side,

is well shown in the figure (6) and requires only a few words of

description. It consists of an extra small, but distinct internal

cement-space, formed by an additional folding inwards of the

enamel. The first molars in this specimen have therefore six

1896.] GEOGRAPHICAL RACES OF THE COMMON FIELD VOLE. 599

cement-spaces, with four inner and three outer angles. It is

interesting that this variation should occur in a species in which

the presence of five cement-spaces in the second upper molar (as

distinguished from four in nearly all other Voles) is characteristic.

The specimen in which the variation occurs is now in my

collection (no. 75). It is a very large male, and was killed by

Mr. J. Lewis Bonhote, at Jerkin in Norway, on July 28, 1895.

2. On the Existence in Europe of Two Geographical Races,

or Subspecies, of the Common Field Vole. By G.E. H.

Barretr-Hamizron, F.Z.8.

[Received May 18, 1896.]

I wish to call attention to the existence in Europe of two

distinct forms of the Common Field Vole (Microtus agrestis, Linn.).

My own attention was first drawn to this fact on the receipt of

some Voles, which Mr. J. Lewis Bonhote was good enough to collect

for me in Norway. These Voles, although differing externally,

especially in size, and in cranial characters from English specimens,

possess dental characters which are identical with those of the

Common Field Vole as found in England.

The existence of these two forms appears to have been noticed

so long ago as 1841, in which year Jenyns! described as a new

species (thus confirming the opinion of William Thompson of

Belfast, to whom he wished to give the credit of the discovery)

under the name of Arvicola neglectus, Thompson, some Voles

collected by Thompson in Perthshire and Inverness-shire. Writing

in 1841° and 1847* De Selys-Longchamps made the suggestion

that M. agrestis and M. neglectus might be only local races of the

same species, but preferred to regard the two as distinct until

their characters could be further studied. He stated that

M. agrestis was to be found in Sweden and Norway, from Scania

to 66 degrees of north latitude, but not in the high mountains;

and that it was also reported from Denmark and Finland. J.

neglectus, on the other hand, had a more southern distribution,

embracing England, Scotland, Belgium, France north of the

Seine and west of the Moselle, and possibly the Pyrenees. In

1856 Dehne reported it from Saxony; but subsequent writers,

including Blasius*, Fatio’, and Bell®, have regarded it as a variety

of M. agrestis, although the latter recognized the difference

between the two forms, for however distinct the extreme forms of

* Ann. of Nat. Hist. vol. vii. pp. 270-274 (1841).

* Bull. Acad. Sci. Bruxelles, Sept. 1841. In this paper the differences

between M. agrestis and M. arvalis, formerly confused, appear to have been first

clearly pointed out.

3 Revue Zoologique, Oct. 1847, pp. 305-312.

4 Saugethiere Deutschlands, pp. 369 & 372 (1857).

5 Les Campagnols du Bassin du Léman, p. 70 (1867).

6 British Quadrupeds, ed. 2, p. 326 (1874).

[May 19,

MR. G, E, H. BARRETT-HAMILTON ON THE

600

‘uMord AT[NJ Jou o1v suomoads ag][eMSs ONT, “LF ‘Ou ‘suompoods ysijiag Aur Jo ysaSuey oy} uesa <q pazpenba

8q plnom Loy} c10joq [wap yeoad e poonper oq yYStur syuemoinsvotm S0,0quog “AJL + S]TNHS ey} JO (qs0} Joyes yonur wv) osje pu surys 04} Jo

sourtvadde oy} wiory Y30q ‘seuo eBrv] A10A ouom s[eUUIUL e4y VEU} IQNOp OU SI 1949 Inq ‘eArssooxe oq 07 avedde syuemMeInsvoUl 8,940YUOg “APT _

e 'y LI cg FL & | S6/6/TE fo)

: *(dunod Ee

= 2 LI 6g Tel | Suryons) & | ge/e/p fe — | &

*(sunod st

‘ z LI 1g Sal | Surgons) § | ce/e/g po — =

“ or 98 FBI 5 | se/e/tr pee] 3

‘uosespoyy ‘purpjwer ‘HONMOM avysny 61 1¢ Sl 2 | GG/elh & 2st jae

: 7 ss cL 8G SIT D- | G6/L'6S° "708,

"9995 00LG ‘Aeamsony ‘uepSpAqoyyorg ‘8aANYOouy, “AT “Ni 91 &% 101 Ga O6/L/6Ge, |e wean

% ie 0G OF COT & | g6/L/oe | OL

€ ‘ 06 eg O9T P| eG6/LisG. P07,

‘AVAMION ‘UTyIEP | ‘ajoyUOg simery “¢ , 02 GB SCT PP} ee/L/l] | PL ON

“yooy pure “pez, , “{PO4

. ; paws peor ‘ . *dOT}ETIOD

ZI[BOOrTT 10JIET[OD X9G aye fu ut‘o N

“WU UL SUOIsuUatuI(T

“(qword.44) suysacbo snjouorzy

GEOGRAPHICAL RACDS OF THE COMMON FIELD VOLE,

1896. }

*COs}OaT[OD SI UL JsaTAe] Sy] OAV PUL DOTA OP "A “M “AIL fq ovr 04 quoy S[pury exo sny} poyteur suiermroeds ogy, x

cl 91

iG GG

“LY ON “98 “AA “ONx

‘sngoajbau sysaLby * jy

G-LE

"GL ON

LI acne eee e eee teen eereenee (ewo8hz qr) Wypee.aq 48a}va.t¥)

G16

‘FL ON

“sigsaub “A

tereereerees SOA OTIT][IUL UL T[NYS JO YASUE, 9897Ba.L4

—: uo spuvy Avy ppnoo T yo suataoeds

SAG ysasavy oy} JO OMY PUB EILOJ WAOTAON Of} JO ST[NYS OM WIMZoq OZIS UL GdTeLeHIP Ot} MOUS [IIA SJUOMA.INSvEUT SULMOT[OJ oY,

“Auvqgiig ‘weurq ‘Had ‘Hap LI 8G 06 2

‘sIvyeQ op seg ‘sourny ‘seMouy, PIPPIO Lt Fe SOT 2

t 91 G stay re)

" 2 ST og S01 P

< BY ial Le raat P

‘amiqsupooury | “ysiwy uowp “HD aT 8% raat re)

a ZY 91 GS Gil 2

= = cL 8 GI re)

‘@ALSpAOFoIOH “DOWUTM OP “AM | &9T Ee FIL P

“eat qsou “paBMCy “V "fL LT eg SIT P

‘aatyspasojoaozy ‘Kanquoyyesy "HOJULAA OP “HT “AA QT ee OZL P

‘aATYsEYO Seq ‘o]epuesuoy "pARAOD “VY “f LI 8 SEI P

: “£poq

1099 PUH LL pue peop

“£qeoorTy *10J09T[0D *xag

"IU UL SUOISUOUIICT

‘snpoajphau sysoibn snzo.orpy

66/21/16

¢6/¢/0

96/2/0%

96/T/FT

g6/8/08

¢¢6/¢/61

¥6/¢/Z1

¥6/9/86

$6/9/96

6/9/61

$6/9/66

¥6/G/18

oye

(TOD “STL “Ig)

see

81 ‘99 F6

Core |

63 "Mx

G8 “Mx (G)

€8 “Mx

OF ‘ON

98 “Mx

Lh ON

Co} UST) (o1@)

ku ut ‘ony

fer)

de)

Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1896, No. XX XIX.

602 GEOGRAPHICAL RACES OF THE COMMON FIELD voLE. [May 19,

M. agrestis and ML. neglectus may be, there can hardly fail to exist,

in countries on the boundary-line of their respective ranges,

intermediates whose presence would render it impossible to regard

the two as distinct species. No doubt this was the right course to

take so long as there was only open to naturalists the binomial

system of nomenclature. It seems to me, however, that there is

here a good case for the use of the trinomial system, especially as

it can be done without inventing any new name.

The Voles constitute so difficult a genus that it is not surprising

that the distinguishing characters laid down by even such good

naturalists as Jenyus and De Selys-Longchamps are not very

clear, especially as they appear to have been given partially with a

view to distinguish IM. neglectus from the Continental species

M. arvalis, which was at that time supposed to occur in Great

Britain, or to be represented there by a supposed nearly allied

species M. britannicus; while, to further add to the confusion of

ideas, the differences between If. agrestis and M. arvalis were very

imperfectly recognized, if at all. I think, however, that De Selys-

Longchamps’s remarks show that he applied the name of neglectus

to one of the forms to which this paper refers: hence, if it be

considered desirable, as I submit it is, to distinguish these two

distinct forms by different names, the British and Southern form

should, I think, be distinguished as J. agrestis neglectus, Jenyns,

while the name of M. agrestis (Linn.) should be restricted to the

more Northern form.

The following are the characters of the two forms or sub-

species :—

Microrus acrusris (Linn.).

This is a large Vole reaching when adult a length (head and

body) of 130 millimetres and upwards. It differs in coloration

from the Southern form, the upperside wanting the reddish tinge

of British specimens, and the underside being of a purer white

colour, most British examples having the underside washed with

yellow. The skulls of the Northern form are much larger and

stronger than those of the Southern, and the postorbital and other

crests are more prominent. The whole skull is very Lemming-

like in appearance, being much flattened and having the zygomatic

arch very deep.

Mr. Bonhote informs me that the Norway Voles were very

Lemming-like in appearance when alive and he found them in-

- habiting the same burrows as Lemmings.

MIcROTUS AGRESTIS NEGLECTUS, Jenyns.

This is a smaller animal, not averaging more than about 110

millims. when fully grown. It may be distinguished by the cha-

racters given above, viz., the size, cranial characters, and coloration.

There is usually a reddish tinge on the upper surface of the adults

and a yellowish wash to the belly, especially in summer, which,

when present, is very distinctive.

1896. ] ON THE ANATOMY OF THE KINGFISHERS, 603

Distribution.—These two subspecies seem to be distributed,

roughly speaking, in the manner stated by De Selys-Longchamps

in 1847, in fact it would be impossible to add to or correct what

he has said on this point without examining more specimens than

are at present available. The fact that the two French specimens

which I have been able to examine are of the neglectus form is

very interesting and confirms De Selys-Longchamps’s statements.

There are no German specimens in the British Museum collection,

but Dehne* has stated that M. agrestis neglectus occurs fairly

commonly in Saxony, near Penig and Lossnitz, while Fatio found

it in the Hasli Thal, in Switzerland.

To show the differences in size between the two races, I give the

dimensions (see pp. 600, 601).

The measurements are taken from the ten largest British

specimens I could lay hands upon, and I have added to them those

of the only two French specimens which were available.

In all cases, except those of Mr. Bonhote’s specimens, the measure-

ments of the tails were taken so as not to include the last hairs. The

specimens kindly collected for me by Messrs. Coward and Caton

Haigh were measured by Mr. F. Metcalfe of Cambridge; the

dimensions of the remainder were taken by the collectors. It

will be seen that the length of an average British specimen runs

to about 106 millimetres, while anything above that must be.

regarded as large. The two largest British specimens I have

been able to examine are my own no. 47, sent me by Mr. Coward

from Cheshire, and Mr. de Winton’s no. W.86 from Herefordshire.

These two somewhat approach the younger Norway specimens in

size and characters, and these are the only two that do so out of

numerous specimens examined.

3. Contributions to the Anatomy of Picarian Birds.—

Part III. On some Poimts in the Anatomy of the

Kingfishers. By Frank E. Bepvary, M.A., F.R.S.,

Prosector to the Society.

[Received May 18, 1896.]

The family Alcedinide shows more structural variation within

its own limits than any other family of Picarian Birds.

The first to call attention to this was Prof. Garrod, who re-

marked in describing * the tensores patagii of various Passerine and

Picarian Birds—“ In the Alcedinide the differences are so con-

siderable in the several genera that I reserve the description of

the muscle in this order for a future occasion.” Again, in referring

to the course of the leg-veins he pointed out the abnormal con-

1 A. Dehne in ‘ Allgemeine deutsche naturhistorische Zeitung,’ new series,

vol. ii. pp. 212 and 223 (1856).

2 “On some Anatomical Peculiarities which bear upon the Major Divisions

of the Passerine Birds.—Pt. I.,” P.Z.S. 1877, p. 512.

39*

604 MR, F. B, BEDDARD ON SOME POTNTS {May 19,

ditions obtaining in Dacelo*. Prof. Garrod never carried out the

intention expressed in the above quotation. I propose in the

present paper to supply this deficiency and to bring before the

Society other facts in the anatomy of the group.

Pterylosis.

The Kingfishers have for the most part a tufted oil-gland. But

I find that in Cittwra cyanotis and C. sanghirensis the oil-gland is

distinctly nude, and I have a note by Mr. Forbes to the effect that

that is also the case with three species of Tanysiptera. In the

latter genus, moreover, there are only ten rectrices; in other

Kingfishers (including Cittwra) twelve.

According to Dr. Gadow’s table *, the Alcedinide and Cypselide

are the only families of Picarian birds in which the 5th cubital

remex may be either absent or present.

Dacelo, Ceryle, and Sauropatis are aquintocubital ; Cittura, Alcedo,

and Halcyon are quintocubital.

The feather-tracts of a few species have been examined by

Nitzsch. I have studied those of a few others. In the majority of

Kingfishers the ventral tract branches in the pectoral region on

each side into a stronger outer and a weaker inner branch, the

latter being continuous as far as the cloaca. Nitzsch remarks of

“A. collaris” (=Sauropatis chloris) that it is ‘ strikingly distin-

guished by having the outer branch of the inferior tract very near

the main stem.” I find that a broad pectoral tract, barely, if at

all, distinguishable into two branches, characterizes the following

species of Sauropatis, viz.: S. sordidus, S. vagans, and S. chloris ;

it is very possibly a mark of the genus.

In this genus, as in Dacelo (figured by Nitzsch), in Haleyon and

in Cittura there is a very long gap sparsely feathered which lies

between the anterior and posterior closely feathered parts of the

spinal tract. In Alcedo ispida, on the other hand, the trunk part

of the spinal tract is closely feathered throughout. I find in

Ceryle americana an intermediate condition, the dorsal gap being

but slightly marked.

It will be observed that these various divergences in the

arrangement of the pteryle correspond in every case to a missing

5th remex.

Tendons of the Wing.

The tendons of the tensor patagii brevis show three modifica-

tions among the Kingfishers, which are shown in the accompanying

drawings (figs. 1-3) by the late Mr. W. A. Forbes.

In Alcedo ispida, Fiirbringer (Unters. z. Morph. u. Syst. Vogel,

Taf. xxiii. fig. 17), we have the simplest conditions. The tendon in

question is perfectly simple, without branch or complication of any

kind. Alcyone lessoni is precisely the same.

1 Thid. p. 516.

2 « Aves” in Bronn’s ‘ Thier-Reich,’ Syst. Theil, p. 82.

1896. ] IN THE ANATOMY OF THE KINGFISHERS, 605

In Haleyon rufa (fig. 1), H. sp., Ceryle alcyon (fig. 2), and

C. americana there is only a single tendon, but it gives off a for-

wardly running wristward slip. The main tendon, as in Alcedo, is

continued over the muscles of the forearm to the ulnar side. In

Ceryle (fig. 2) there is this ditference, that the main tendon is

very wide and diffused. Sauropatis sordidus (somewhat unex-

pectedly) agrees with Halcyon in its single tendons.

Fig. 1. Fig. 3.

Fig 1.—Halcyon rufa. Tendons of tensor patagii brevis.

Fig. 2.—Ceryle aleyon. Tendons of tensor patagii brevis.

Fig. 3.—Sauropatis alhicilla. Tendons of tensor patagii brevis.

In Dacelo, Sauromarptis, Pelaryopsis, Sawropatis (fig. 3) (sanctus,

albicilla, vagans, chloris), Cittura (sanghirensis, cyanotis), and

Tanysiptera the tendons are more complicated. There are two

separate tensor patagii brevis tendons which often converge, and

very nearly if not quite meet at their insertion onto the forearm ;

the anterior of these, which is alone continued onto the ulnar side

of the arm, has a wristward slip.

Syma agrees with these genera in having two parallel tendons,

but differs from them in having no wristward slip.

To another myological peculiarity of some Kingfishers attention

was first called by Dr. R. O. Cunningham. He pointed out the

existence in Ceryle stellata of a tendinous link uniting the two

biventres cervicis muscles, and the absence of this link in Alcedo.

I have examined the genera mentioned in the table at the end of

this paper (p. 606), with the exception of Syma and Tanysiptera

(upon which I have a note by Prof. Garrod), and find that there

are quite as many genera which have this tendinous link as there

606 ON THE ANATOMY OF THE KINGFISHERS, [May 19,

are which have it not. The expansor secundariorum is another

muscle which is sometimes absent and sometimes present.

In marked contrast to the muscular anatomy (excepting the leg-

muscles, of which the formula seems to be always AX—), and to

.the external characters, is the syrinx. I have examined this organ

in Alcedo, Dacelo, Cittura, Ceryle, Halcyon, and Sauropatis, and

find it to be most uniform in structure. In all it is of the typical

tracheo-bronchial form, without a complete coalescence of the last

rings of the trachea, except sometimes in front. The intrinsic

muscles (a single pair) are well developed and fan out considerably

at their insertion onto the first, or apparently sometimes the first

and second bronchial semirings. In Dacelo cervina it is quite

plain that there are two pairs of intrinsic muscles. The most

anterior of these is the more slender; the wider muscle arises

from the trachea just where the extrinsic muscles are given off ; it

covers over the insertion of the first muscle and is pyramidal in

form, the first muscle being an elongated strip arising in common

with the extrinsic muscle.

The Kingfishers being a group which shows so much diversity

in structure, the following tabular statement may be of use :—

Exp. 5th < Biventer Oil-

see Remex. Hensex pat. brey. link. gland.

Ddeelowrcess «sats. fe _ 2 tendons + ant. slip. _ tufted.

Tanysiptera ...| + ” » 35 nude.

SU LCR Oe So Sor 2 tendons; no ant. slip. _

Cottura <3....2.. + + 2 tendons + ant. slip. + nude.

FT ee 0 + 1 tendon. - tufted.

Pelurgopsis + 2 tendons + ant. slip.

Todirhamphus..| + sas 3 x

Alcyone .....+4.- Soe ge 1 tendon.

COry ll... sowsaeass = - 1 tendon + ant. slip. + tufted.

Halcyon ........- + + 95 3 ~ tufted.

Sauropatis ...... - — 2 tendons + ant. slip. —} tufted.

Sauromarptis .. es x *

1 + in one of two specimens of S. vagans.

The above table not only displays the variation in structure of

the family but shows the impossibility of a subdivision of the

family, at least without further facts—for it is unnecessary to

point out specially the lacune in the above table.

Haleyon is perhaps to be regarded as the simplest form, while

Dacelo and Sauropatis are at the opposite extreme. The necessary

separation of Sauropatis and Halcyon is the classificatory fact upon

which I would lay the greatest stress. It may be that the black-

billed species will turn out to be Sawropatis, and the red-billed

the true Halcyon.

I would also point out the somewhat disappointing fact that no

particular results seem to be obtainable from a comparison of the

quintocubital with the aquintocubital genera.

P-Z.5- 1836. Pl Sew it,

J.Smit del.et ith. MinternBros.imp.

LG EWE © Ving: AN SORtG Ba .

1896.] ON A NEW RODENT OF THE GENUS LOPHUROMYS, 607

4. On a new Rodent of the Genus Lophuromys from British

East Africa. By W. E. pz Winton, F.Z.S.

[Received May 15, 1896.]

(Plate XX VII.)

In a small series of mammals presented to the National Col-

lection by Dr. W. J. Ansorge, Medical Officer to Her Majesty’s

Government in Uganda, who is now home on leave, I find two

specimens of a very handsome mouse of the genus Lophuromys new

to science, which I propose to name in honour of the collector.

LoPHUROMYS ANSORGEI, sp. n. (Plate XXVIL.)

The whole of the upper parts of the head and body smooth

dark chocolate colour, with no markings whatever ; the underparts

uniform pale cinnamon; the feet dark above and below; the tail

black-brown, slightly greyer beneath, especially basally, rather short

and thick, covered with hair, but not densely enough to conceal

the scales; ears moderate, rounded, covered with close short hairs.

On parting the fur of the upper parts it will be found that the

tips only of the hairs are dark, shading gradually into bright tan

at the bases; there is no underfur; all the hairs are perfectly

straight, of a uniform length and of very much the consistency of

a stiff camel’s-hair brush.

Measurements taken from dried skin:—Head and _ body

135 mm.; tail 49 mm.; pes 22 mm.; forearm and hand 33 mm.

Skull: greatest length 33°5 mm., greatest breadth 17 mm. ;

basifacial length 20 mm.; basicranial length 10 mm.; incisive

foramina—length 6°5 mm., breadth 2°8 mm.; nasals—length

15 mm., breadth 3°5 mm.; upper molar series 5°5 mm.; lower molar

series 5 mm.; mandibles, from condyle to incisor tips, 24 mm.

Hab. Mumia’s, Kavirondo, N.E. of Lake Victoria.

Type no. 96. V. 8. 1, in Brit. Mus.

The nearest ally of this species is most likely L. sikapusi from

West Africa, but it is easily distinguished by its rather larger size

and much darker and handsomer colouring.

Seen through a lens, each hair is flattened like a blade of grass,

tapering abruptly to a sharp point at either end; some of the

hairs are flat, others have the edges turned over so that the cross

section forms the segment of a circle. The claws are long and

straight : these and the hairy nose and other peculiarities of the

genus are well described by Mr. F. W. True (Proc. Nat. Mus.

‘Washington, 1892, vol. xv. p. 460), in his description of Mus

aquilus, which no doubt should be referred to this genus. I

should like also to suggest that Mr. True’s name should be altered to

aquile, asit was derived from the fact of the specimen having been

killed by a bird of the eagle tribe. I may mention that there is

in the British Museum a specimen which seems to agree with the

608 TIP SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [June 2,

description of Mus aquilus: this is a smaller animal, freckled with

light tips to the hairs, and is otherwise very distinct from the

animal now under notice, but shows that Mr. True’s specimen was

about full-grown, and that the tail was not materially shortened by

the injury mentioned.

Dr. Ansorge has been hitherto known in connection with

zoology as a collector of insects, but be gives me an interesting

account of the accident which put him in possession of this collec-

tion of mammals. The site of a long disused village had been

purchased for the purpose of building the new Government

Medical Hospital, and in clearing the long grass and serub in the

usual manner of surrounding it and burning towards the centre,

as the circle narrowed it was discovered that there were a large

number of small mammals enclosed. It being observed that there

were “ rats of all colours,” a selection of pairs of different sorts was

made, with the result that some ten or a dozen specimens were

obtained. Dr. Ansorge describes the Rhizomys heaving up the

ground like giant moles; many of the new Lophuromys, quite

twenty, were left on the ground.

The two specimens agree in every particular and are said to be

male and female, but are not labelled.

The other species represented in the collection are Rhizomys

splendens, Riipp., Gerbillus afer, Gray, Mus (Isomys) abyssinicus,

Riipp., and Mus (Leggada) mainutoides, Peters.

June 2, 1896.

F. DoCanz Gopman, Esq., F.R.S., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The Seeretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of May :—

The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during the

month of May were 154 in number. Of these 52 were acquired by

presentation, 62 by purchase, 14 by exchange, 4 were born in the

Gardens, and 22 were received on deposit. The total number of

departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 86.

Amongst the additions the following are worthy of special

notice :—

1. A Red-naped Fruit-Bat (Pteropus funereus), purchased May

1st. This Australian animal is new to the Society’s list.

2. Four examples of a Tortoise belonging to the group of

Gigantic Tortoises, deposited by the Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S.,

May 26th. These Tortoises are believed to be referable to

Daudin’s Tortoise (Testudo daudini), from the Aldabra Islands,

which is a species peculiar for the form of its carapace, the two

anterior and the two posterior marginal plates being strongly

reverted (see Giinther, ‘ Gigantic Land-Tortoises,’ p. 33, pl. 5).

1896. | ON EUROPEAN AND ASIATIC BUTTERFLIES. 609

3. Two Riippell’s Vultures ( Gyps rueppelli), received in exchange

May 28th, from the Zoological Gardens, Cairo. These fine birds,

which I saw at,Cairo when there last year (see P. Z.S. 1895, p. 400),

are said to have been obtained in the Western Desert of Egypt,

and are of much interest, as the species has not been previously

noticed within the confines of Egypt proper. The authorities of

the Gizeh Gardens have kindly parted with them in our favour.

Mr. Sclater exhibited the skin of a species of Cercopithecus which

had been received, living, by the Society on the 20th September 1895,

and had died in the Menagerie on the 23rd of April last, and a

water-colour drawing of the same animal by Smit. Mr. Sclater

had been uncertain as to the correct determination of this specimen

(which had been obtained by Mr. John M. W. Pigott, when

Acting-Administrator for the I. B. E. A. Company at Mombasa,

East Africa, from a native who had caught it) in its lifetime, but now

believed that it must be referable to his Cercopithecus stairsi (P. Z.S8.

1892, p. 580, pl. xl.), as shown by comparison with one of the

typical specimens. The present specimen, which was a female,

agreed in nearly every respect with the male presented by

Mr. F. Hintze, June 7, 1893 (see P. Z.S. 1893, p. 612), except in

being of smaller size, which was of course attributable to its sex,

and in having the bright rufous spot on the temples not so clearly

marked although plaiuly visible. The short erect hairs on the

front of the forehead were also more stained with rufous than in

the male specimen.

Mr. Sclater remarked that this distinct species of Cercopithecus

had now been received from three different spots on the East Coast

of Africa—Chindi at the mouth of the Zambesi, Mozambique, and

British East Africa.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a series of 12 water-colour drawings of

African Antelopes, taken partly from specimens in the Natural

History Museum and partly from examples living in the Society’s

Gardens, executed by Mr. Edmund Caldwell, of 41 Clifton Gardens,

Maida Vale.

A communication was read from Mr. Henry J. Elwes, F.Z.S.,

and Mr. Edwards, containing a revision of the European and

Asiatic Butterflies of the Family Hesperiide. The species treated

of in this paper were about 450 in number and were divided into

about 100 genera.

This paper will be printed in the Society’s ‘ Transactions.’

610 MR. ©. DAVIES SHERBORN ON A PROPOSED [June 2,

The following papers were read :—

1. Explanation of the Plan adopted for preparing an “ Index

Generum et Specierum Animalium.” By C. Davis

SuHeErzporn, F.Z.S.

[Received June 2, 1896.]

The following description of the work of preparing an Index to

the generic and specific names of animals, both recent and fossil,

which was commenced by the author in July 1890, has been pre-

pared for the Society, at the request of Sir William Flower,

Mr. Sclater, and Dr. Henry Woodward :—

The difficulty of finding accurate and reliable lists of the species

of any particular genus was pointed out by Darwin years ago, and

impressed itself so strongly on that naturalist that he personally

endowed the undertaking which we know as the ‘ Index Kewensis,’

recently brought to so successful a conclusion by Benjamin Daydon

Jackson. In this book of reference there are some 600,000 generic

and specific names of flowering plants. The botanist has now a

key to the literature of Phanerogams for 150 years within covers,

and all difficulty in keeping pace with present and future descrip-

tions of new phanerogamic plants has been removed.

It is quite otherwise with zoological generic and specific names.

Agassiz, Marschall, Scudder, and others have partially catalogued the

genera ; Waterhouse has listed the genera of birds; H. G. Bronn,

John Morris, and, more recently, R. Etheridge have provided lists

of fossil species. But no one book including references to all

names that have been given to fossil and recent animals has yet

been attempted. The vastness of the record is appalling, but

given time all difficulties disappear.

The work now commenced by the German Zoological Society,

which was described before this Society at a recent meeting, and

known as ‘ Das Tierreich,’ will be familiar to all present ; and it

has been suggested that a brief account of the ‘ Index Generum et

Specierum Animalium’ should be put on record in the same

manner.

In May 1890 a letter appeared in ‘ Nature’ and in ‘ La Feuille

des Jeunes Naturalistes, from the author, setting forth a scheme

for the compilation of such a work, and inviting suggestions for

improved details or other matter. Beyond friends interested at

the British Museum, those who offered valuable suggestions were

David Sharp, Alfred Newton, Sven Lovén, and Victor Carus. It

was therefore obvious that the details were satisfactory to those

interested, and work was commenced on July Ist, 1890.

Since that date recording has steadily progressed (circumstances

have restricted the time at disposal to an amount equivalent to three

years) and a total of 130,000 slips have been stored away in the

alphabetical order of genera. Notices of the progress of the work

have appeared in ‘ Nature,’ vol. xliv. p. 207 (1891), and ‘ Natural

Science,’ vol. iii, p. 379 (1893), and the manuscript has been

1896.] “INDEX GENERUM ET SPECIDRUM ANIMALIUM.” 611

frequently referred to by those in need of information at the

British Museum and elsewhere.

The following is a reprint of the original set of rules :—

(1) The earliest reference is to date from the twelfth edition of

Linneus, 1766.

(2) The last reference to close with December 31, 1899.

(3) The names of genera and species to be given in one

alphabetical sequence, and accompanied by a reference to the

original source.

(4) The names of species of each genus to be also quoted in

alphabetical order under that genus.

(5) No attempt at synonymy to be given; but, to assist

reference, the various genera in which a species has from time to

time been placed to be indicated under that species.

(6) Pre-Linnzan names to be quoted as founded by the author

first using them after 1766 :—e. g., Echinocorys, Leske, 1778 (ex

Klein, 1734). Should a pre-Linnzan species or genus have been

re-named after 1766, before the post-Linnean use of that pre-

Linnzan name, the new name is to stand. [References will be

given to Artedi, Brisson, and Scopoli, in accordance with British

Association rules. ]

As soon as the work commenced it was found advisable to adopt

the 10th edition of the ‘Systema’ as a starting point, instead of

the 12th. The reasons for this adoption need not be discussed here ;

the use of the 10th edition is fast becoming universal. This

alteration caused a slight modification of several of the proposed

rules. At the same time a reference is also given to the 12th edition

of the ‘Systema,’ as it will be convenient to many people and will

not increase the number of slips in any appreciable degree.

Each genus name and each species name is recorded on a

separate slip, the original reference being quoted ; and every time a

species name is transferred to a new genus a separate slip is used,

the quotation including a reference back to the original genus in

which the species was first placed.

Each slip is made out in duplicate: one set being sorted up in

alphabetical order of genera; and a second set being kept tied up

as an index of the contents of the particular book quoted.

References are taken from one book at a time—z.¢. a book is

gone through from cover to cover—every genus and species, and

every change of genus, being systematically recorded; thus com-

pletely disposing of that particular book, and ensuring the almost

absolute certainty of every reference being taken. This system

proves far more exact than the recording of any special group of

animals at one time. It further permits of the printing from type

of a reference to that particular book on each slip, and thus

ensures the absolute accuracy of the reference with the sole excep-

tion of the page. The entries are made in black-lead pencil and

black or blue carbon paper—both methods having proved to be

quite indelible.

A particular paper has been chosen, known as ‘“ white rope,”

which presents the requisite stiffness for an edge-on arrangement

612 MR. C. DAVIES SHERBORN ON A PROPOSED (June 2,

of slips, the toughness necessary for constant handling, a surface

equally convenient for pencil and carbon paper, and a cheapness of

1s, 2d. per 1000 slips. The size of slip employed is 127 x 63 mm.

(5 x 23 inches).

Nomina nuda are distinguished by the letters |n. n.].

Nomina nuda accompanied by figures by the letters [7. et f.].

In those cases where an author has described and figured a

species some time after printing his nomen nudum, a reference is

also given to the nomen nudum, when possible.

Particular attention has been paid to the date of publication of

books, periodicals, and serials. This is a part of the work which

demands considerable time and patience, but the results obtained

fully justify the labour. The more important results as to dates

already arrived at and published are :—

Pallas, P. S., Icones Insect. (See Annals Mag. ser. 6, vii.

p- 236, 1891.)

Pallas, P.S., Nov. spec. Glir. (See Annals Mag. ser. 6, vii.

p- 236, 1891.)

Schreber, J.C. D.,Saugthiere. (See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 587.)

Sowerby, Genera Recent Shells. (See Annals Mag. ser. 6, xiii.

p. 370, 1894.)

Encyclopédie Méthodique. (See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 582.)

Jardine and Selby, Illustr. Ornith. (See Ibis, 1894, p. 326.)

Moore, F., Lepidopt. Indica. (See Annals Mag. ser. 6, xi. 1893,

p. 260, and ser. 6, xiv. 1894, p. 464.)

Siebold, P. F. von., Fauna Japonica. (See Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895,

p- 149.)

The date of publication of a species is taken to be that date on

which the print in which the name appears is offered for

public sale or public distribution.

No author’s copy, and no excerpt from any publication distri-

buted privately before such publication is offered for public

sale or public distribution, has been accepted.

In the case of privately printed books, entries taken from them

are distinguished by the words [auct. typ.].

In all cases where the date is doubtful and cannot be definitely

ascertained, the date figures are enclosed in brackets [ ], or have

some other distinguishing mark—e. g., ?—placed against them.

In the case of plates appearing before the text, the date of each is

given if ascertainable (e. g., Schreber’s ‘ Siugthiere’), but in no case

is the date of a plate accepted in preference to the date of text, for

the reasons which follow :—

The figure depicted on a plate may, or may not, be the drawing

intended by the author; it is the work of the artist, who

is also responsible for the descriptive legend. In numerous

instances the descriptive legend on a plate is quite erro-

neous, and has been repudiated by the author in his text.

Until the text descriptive of a plate appears, the names on

the plate must be considered as nomina nuda, and it is open

to anyone to describe and rename such nomina nuda.

1896. ] ‘“‘ INDEX GENERUM ET SPECIERUM ANIMALIUM.” 613

Species ‘‘indett.,” if figured, are included in the index.

Misprints are quoted only if considered liable to cause confusion.

The following is an example of the Index as proposed to be

carried out. The inclusion of an alphabetical list of species under

each genus name is a matter for consideration, if ever the MS.

comes to the printing office. It can be adopted or rejected at

option, and it adopted the duplicate set of slips will be available

for the purpose.

In arranging the Index for printing it is proposed to print one

alphabetical list from beginning to end; the species names and the

genus names falling into one order according to the arrangement

of their spelling. The following are the reasons for arranging

the work under species and not under genera, as in the ‘ Index

Kewensis ’:—

1. No synonymy of species is attempted: that depends on the

idiosyncrasy of the systematist.

2. Any attempt at specific synonymy would be fatal to progress,

as experience shows that vast changes may take place in a

single year.

3. An arrangement under species permits of a generic synonymy,

for by running the eye down the second column of the

printed work, it will be possible to ascertain the various

generic names with which a particular species name has been

connected.

Acervulina, M. Schultze, Org. Polyth. 67. Rh. 1854.

[acinosa ; cretz ; globulosa ; inhzrens.]

acinosa Acervulina, M. Schultze, Org. Polyth. 1854, 67.

acuta Alveolina, Savi g- Meneghini, Cons. geol. Tosc. 1851, 206.

Alveolina, A, D. d’ Orbigny, Ann. Sci. Nat. vii. 306. Rh. 1826.

[acuta; boscii; bulloides; compressa; costulata; cylindrica;

decipiens ; depressa ; ellipsvidalis; elliptica ; elongata; eximia;

fortisii ; etc ]

Archiacina, Munier-Chalmas, B. 8. géol. Fr. [8] vii. 445. Rh, 1879,

{armorica ; munieri. ]

armorica Archiacina (d’Arch.), Munier-Chalmas, B. S. géol. Fr. [8] vii.

1879, 445. [Cyclolina. |

Cyclolina, @’ Archiac, B. 8. géol. Fr. [2] xxv. 1868, 376.

Cyclolina, 4. D. d Orbigny, Foram. Vien. 139. Rh. 1846.

[armorica ; carinata ; cretacea ; dufrenoyi ;impressa; pedunculata ;

prealta. |

The group and date of the genus are shown by the “ Rh. 1854” =Ruzzopopa,

1854.

From this description of the ‘Index Generum et Specierum

Animalium,’ it will be seen that a manuscript comprising 130,000

references is already in existence and is available for daily reference.

Sir Wm. Flower, Dr. Giiuther, and Dr. Woodward took so

much interest in the original scheme that they at once offered the

necessary space and cabinets for the storage of the manuscript at

the British Museum (Natural History)—an offer of considerable

value, as it not only renders the MS. easily accessible to those

wishing to consult it, but ensures safety from fire and other destruc-

tive agencies. The General Committee of the British Association

614 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [June 2,

have been generous enough to assist the work by a donation of

£70. This has been of considerable assistance in the purchase of

paper, material, &e.

A manuscript of this nature is necessarily imperfect for any one

genus until the whole literature has been gone through. As faras

possible it is compiledfrom 1758 upwards, but often a side issue

takes the compiler on even into the present year. Every book

when completed is ticked off in some well-known Catalogue, and a

catalogue slip is made, so as to allow of an alphabetical register.

It is believed that the plan adopted for preparing an ‘ Index

Generum et Specierum Animalium ’ is so arranged and so carried out

that the work is completed day by day so far as it goes, and that

it would be easy for any individual to continue the carrying out of

the scheme to-morrow should there be occasion to do so.

2. Remarks on the Dentition of Snakes and on the Evolution

of the Poison-fangs. By G. A. Boutenecsr, F.R.S.

[Received May 26, 18.°° ]

By the researches of Mr. G. 8. West on the buccal glands of

Snakes, the results of which appeared in the last volume of these

‘ Proceedings’ (1895, p. 812), a further blow has been dealt to the

taxonomic division of Snakes into poisonous and non-poisonous, a

division I may claim to have been the first to abandon’.

Certain statements in the above-mentioned paper, concerning the

dentition, call for criticism. In the Introduction to the first volume

of the ‘ Catalogue of Snakes,’ it was pointed out that the indication

of the number of teeth should refer to the full set in each maxillary,

as “ few specimens show the complete dentition, gaps occurring here

and there, but shallow sockets in the bone indicate the bases of

the missing teeth.” This has not been taken into consideration

by Mr. West, who erroneously ascribes diastemata between the

solid teeth to Leptodira, these being simply due to loss of teeth

in the specimen examined by him; the maxillary teeth form an

uninterrupted series in that genus. Besides, it will be seen, by

comparing his statements and figures with the indications in the

‘Catalogue of Snakes,’ that, in most cases, the number of teeth

given by him is lower than the actual full set. The error I point

out is an important one, since, were the teeth counted in that

manner, hardly any two specimens of the same species would show

the same number. It even often happens that every alternate

tooth having dropped out, the jaw appears, on a superficial exami-

1 My views have been accepted by Prof. Cope, who, in his latest classification

(Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc. xviii. 1895, p. 186), observes: “ One result is that I am

able to confirm the conclusion of Boulenger, z. ¢. that the Colubriform venomous

Snakes, the Proteroglypha, do not differ in any fundamental respect from the

non-venomous Colubridx.” Dr. Giinther (Biol. C.-Am., Rept. 1895), on the

other hand, still adheres to the old arrangement, as evinced by his continuing

to intercalate the Boide, the most generalized of all Ophidians, between the

Opisthoglypha and the Proteroglypha.

1896.] DENTITION OF SNAKES. 615

nation, to possess only half the real number. As early as 1856,

the late Dr. J. G. Fischer (Verh. Naturw. Hamb. iii. p. 23) warned

observers against such a fallacy. With a little experience, it is

easy enough to ascertain whether teeth are accidentally missing or

whether true diastemata are present.

The author further mentions that the grooved teeth im the

Opisthoglyphs vary in number from one to three. It should have

been added that examples of as many as five grooved teeth occur in

the genus Oxybelis.

With regard to the Proteroglyphs, it is a matter for regret that

Mr. West should not have had an opportunity of examining speci-

mens with all the maxillary and some of the mandibular teeth

grooved, such as we find in the genus Distira. The presence of

grooves on the posterior “solid” teeth was first pointed out by

Thomas Smith (Phil. Trans. cviii. 1818, p. 472), and later by J. G.

Fischer (J.c. p.21). In 1890 (P. Z.S. p. 618) I recorded the

presence of grooves on the mandibular teeth in a specimen of

Distira, and I have since found them in-another genus of Hydro-

phines, Aipyswrus (Cat. iii,p. 303) and in an Elapine, Glyphodon

(t.c. p. 313). It would have been highly interesting to ascertain

whether any connection exists between the poison-gland and the

small grooved maxillary teeth, and whether any correlative modifi-

cation of the sublabial glands obtains in those forms in which the

mandibular teeth show grooves.

I have previously expressed the opinion that the Viperine

maxillary may be regarded as derived from the Opisthoglyph. In

order to trace the probable evolution of the maxillary in Snakes,

it suffices to survey the multitudinous modifications offered by the

existing forms, for although possibly not one of them represents

the actual groups through which evolution has taken place, they

show clearly enough the various steps connecting the extreme

types and the probable derivation of one type from the other.

In the first place, the hypothetical primitive Ophidian dentition

is exhibited by Xenopeltis (Cat. i. p. 168), in which the maxillary,

premaxillary, and dentary are armed with very numerous, closely

set, equal solid teeth. Next we have Polyodontops (t. c. p. 181),

which only differs in the absence of teeth on the premaxillary

bone. From this type numerous and gradual modifications arise

through reduction in the number of teeth and irregularity in their

size, leading to Boodon (t.c. p. 327) among the forms with persis-

tent hypapophyses throughout the vertebral column, in which some

of the anterior teeth, situated near the palatine process of the

maxillary, become enlarged and fang-like, although still devoid of

grooves. From such a type we may reasonably assume the Elapines,

which still retain the hypapophyses, to have been derived through

abbreviation and suppression of the portion of the maxillary

anterior to the palatine process concurrently with the develop-

ment of grooves in the anterior fangs. In the series now reached,

the Elapine (Cat. iii. p. 310), the groove becomes deeper and

deeper, the margins of the tooth ultimately coalescing to form the

616 MR. SCLATER ON THE © [June 16,

“perforated ” fang of laps proper (¢t.c. p. 411), in which all other

maxillary teeth have disappeared and the palatal and mandibular

teeth are much reduced in number. In other genera of the same

group the posterior maxillary teeth persist and may all acquire

feeble grooves, as well as the anterior mandibular teeth (Glyphodon,

p- 313). In the Proteroglyphs adapted to life in the sea, a similar

series of modifications takes place. From the Aglyphodont forms,

in which the teeth increase in size posteriorly, we are gradually led

to the Opisthoglyphs, which are only to be distinguished by the pre-

sence of more or less deep grooves on the posterior fang-like teeth,

the series culminating in such forms as have the maxillary bone much

abbreviated, the solid teeth reduced to two or three, and the fangs

extremely large and deeply grooved (Miodon, t. c. p. 250). If we

then turn to the skull of the least specialized among the Viperide

(Causus, t. c. p. 466) we see that the poison-fangs are situated on

the posterior extremity of the maxillary, close to its articulation

with the ectopterygoid, a condition which is identical with that of

the Opisthoglyphous Colubrids. It is therefore clear to me that

the Viperids have been derived from the Opisthoglyphs, and that

there is no direct genetic relationship between them and the Pro-

teroglyphs, contrary to the old view which represented the Elapines

as forming the passage between the Colubrines and the Viperines.

We have thus traced a nearly complete filiation, so far as the jaws

and teeth are concerned, between the Colubride aglyphe and the

proteroglyphz on the one hand, and between the former and the

Viperide on the other.

Mr. West points to structural differences in the poison-glands

between the Opisthoglypha and the Proteroglypha. It will bea

matter for future investigation to ascertain whether he is justified

in his assumption that the gland is homologous in these types or

whether it has not been independently developed.

June 16, 1896.

Sir W. H. Frowsr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a drawing (Plate XXVIII.) of the Gnu

of Nyasaland, taken by Mr. Caldwell from the specimen recently

transmitted to him by Sir H. H. Johnston (see above p. 506), and

now placed in the British Museum. Mr. Sclater pointed out the

differences between this form and the ordinary form of the

Brindled Gnu (to which the specimens now living in the Society’s

Gardens belonged), which consisted mainly in the generally

brownish colour cf the fur and the broad whitish band across the

face above the eyes, and proposed for it the subspecific name Con-

nochetes taurinus johnstoni. From the British-East-African form

INOLSNHOGF SANTIS Sere ES ONNG®S ;

‘dunt soag use 7p py SU ENS) IE Yi yst yA yHO) ck

SUTIASEX. Te VES SZ ai

1896.] GNU OF NYASALAND, 617

(C. t. albo-jubatus) it differed in having the mane black, as in C. ¢.

typicus.

Mr. Richard Crawshay, C.M.Z.S., made the following remarks

on this subject :—

“This Gnu from British Central Africa is most interesting,

-especially to naturalist-sportsmen like myself who have visited

the country.

“The existence of a Gnu in the Protectorate has, of course, long

been known: for instance on the Mlanji Plains, to the S.E. of

Matope, on the Upper Shiri, there are a few; and to the W. of

Lake Nyasa, in the Loangwa R. valley, which drains into the

Upper Zambesi, there are also some. Hitherto, however, only two

specimens have been shot by Europeans, so far as I know. These

are the one of which we have this very pretty drawing ; and one

other, also a fine male, lately shot by Mr. Carl Wiese on the left

bank of the Ruo R., not far from Chiromo, on the Lower Shiri R.

Passing through Chiromo, about two months ago, I was shown the

skull and magnificent long silky tail of this Gnu of Mr. Wiese’s:

both are in Mr. Hillier’s possession at Chiromo.

“The specimen now forwarded by Sir H. H. Johnston was shot,

if I recollect rightly, by Mr. Macdonald, of the Administration, on

the Mlanji Plain. I think he told me he saw three in all—a bull,

a cow, and a calf; he secured the bull the second time he saw

it by a long shot.

* During thirteen years’ residence, off and on, in what is now the

Protectorate, I have never myself actually seen Guus; the nearest

I have been to them is to see their spoor, about four or five miles

out from Matope, on the Upper Shiri R.

“The tribes round the southern half of Lake Nyasa all know the

Gnu by name: some people that I haye heard describe the animal

say it has horns like a Buffalo.

“The Anyanja know it as ‘ Nyumbu’; the Yaos (Ajawa) as

* Sindi,’ though I did not know this when I wrote my paper on

the Antelopes of Nyasa six years ago. Intermixing as they do

very much with the Anyanja, the Yaos often use Manganja words,

especially with Europeans, who mostly speak Manganja.

“The Yaos of Cape Maclear at one time used the tail-hairs of the

Guu to string beads on their prettily worked hair-combs; I think

I must have some of these combs by me even now.

“Being traders and great travellers, these Yaos, I imagine,

have accompanied Arab caravans on their journeys into the Lower

Loangwa yalley, and got their Gnu-tails there. During August

and September last year I made a journey into the Upper Loangwa

valley, seven days or so 8.W. from Karonga. There I saw a

great deal of game, but no Gnus, though the Wasenga, I found,

are well acquainted with this animal,

“They told me I should find Gnus two or three days to the S. of

where I then was, at Msongozi’s ; they said I should see plenty in

the neighbourhood of Kambombo’s town. Wishing very much

indeed to verify this statement and to secure a specimen of the

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1896, No. XL. : 40

618 MR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [June 16,

Gnu, I left Msongozi’s on the

Loangwa R. and struck down the

valley with the object of making

Kambombo’s. But I had only

gone one day’s journey to Mwan-

kanka, when we were fired on by

a colony of slave-traders settled

there under a half-bred Arab, and

further progress was quite out of

the question.”

Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited

and made remarks on a fine shed

antler of the Circassian Red

Deer (Cervus maral), which had’

been shipped with a cargo of

bones and horns from Tiflis, on

the Black Sea. The antler had

9 well-developed points, weight

9 Ibs. 2 oz., its length of beam

41 inches, length of brow-tine 18

inches.

Mr. Holding also exhibited, on

behalf of W. Burton, Esq., F.Z.S.,

an abnormal pair of horns of the

Wild Goat from the Caucasus,

having a curious inward spiral

form (see figure).

Abnormal horns of Wild Goat

from the Caucasus.

The following papers were read :—

1. A Contribution to the Anatomy of the Hoatzin ie

comus cristatus). By P. Cuatmers Mitcuett, M.A.,

F.Z.S.

[Received June 2, 1896. |

The material upon which this communication is based consists of

several specimens of the Hoatzin, preserved in spirit, and kindly

given me by Mr. F. V. McConnel, whom my friend Mr. F. W.

Headley told that they would be of service to me. I am indebted

to the Society and to its Prosector for the continued use of the

1896.] ANATOMY OF THE HOATZIN. 619

laboratory at’ the Gardens in the course of my investigations into

the anatomy of birds. A number of important memoirs have

appeared upon the Hoatzin, but, in the present condition of our

knowledge of the relations among the groups of birds, additional

details concerning the structure of a type so aberrant may prove

useful.

Alimentary Canal.

The extraordinary crop and the general characters of the gizzard

and intestines have been sufficiently described by L’Herminier '

and Gadow’*. Following the method which I have described in a

former paper *, I dissected out the coils of the intestine and the

Fig. 1.

Intestinal convolutions of Opisthocomus cristatus.

x, bridging-vessel divided ; y.m., mesentery of the yolk-sac vestige.

great veins in a well-grown chick and in three adults. As shown

in figure 1, the duodenal loop is unusually short and wide, and is

much less specialized than in most other birds I have examined,

1 “Recherches anatomiques sur quelques genres d’oiseaux rares ou peu

connus,” Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 2, Zoologie, viii. Paris, 1837.

2 “On the Taxonomic Value of the Intestinal Conyolutions in Birds,”

P. Z. 8. 1889, p. 303.

* “Qn the Intestinal Tracts of Birds,” P. Z. S. 1896, p. 136.

40*

620 MR. P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [June 16,

The mid-gut is thrown into three well-marked loops: the first of

these is long and narrow; the second is long, is much more open,

and shows a tendency to be thrown into a very rough spiral. In

the chick and in two adults I found no trace of the yolk-sac

diverticulum, but its place of attachment was marked by a distinct

and strong remnant of the ventral mesentery ; in a third adult, as

shown in the figure, this mesentery ran to a minute vestige of the

yolk-sac, placed nearly at the summit of the middle loop. The

third loop of the mid-gut is wide, and along it the ceca run in the

fashion characteristic of birds in which these are functional; where

the duodenum lay over this third loop, a bridging vein ran from

the ceca to the duodenal branch of the mesenteric vein. The

rectum is very long and is thrown into secondary folds.

It is obvious that the gut of Opisthocomus exhibits a definite

divergence of a simple nature from what I tried to show, in the

paper referred to above, to be the primitive type of avian intestines.

The chief character of the typical intestinal folds is that the mid-

gut, from the duodenum to the insertion of the long ceca, is a

simple loop, thrown into short folds at the circumference of an

almost circular expansion of the mesentery, and bearing near

its median point a vestige of the yolk-sac. Such a condition

occurs almost unmodified in the Struthious birds, in the Gallide

and Cracide, and, among aquintocubital birds, in Chawna and

Palamedea, in Himantopus, Glareola, and Caprimulgus. So far

as I have had opportunity of examining them, and I have now

more than doubled the material wpon which I! first formed

the conclusion, nearly every group of birds contains members .

approaching this primitive type. The divergences consist in the

stretching out and twisting of secondary loops of this primitive

circular loop, while the direction of the divergences is, on the whole,

identical in each group. Opisthocomus, inasmuch as its mid-gut

displays differentiation into three well-marked subsidiary loops,

has advanced beyond the Gallidew, Cracide, and Struthious birds.

Its mode of divergence differs from that of the Tinamou, in which

the first and third subsidiary loops are very Jong, but in which the

region hearing the volk-sac vestige and corresponding to the median

loop is not expanded. Neglecting the fact that Pterocles and the

Pigeons are aquintocubital, while Opisthocomus is certainly quinto-

cubital, the latter from the form of the gut is intermediate between

Pterocles and the Pigeons. In these three the mid-gut has three

loops, the central loop bearing the yolk-sac vestige: as in Pterocles

the ceca are long; the middle loop shows a trace of the spiral

formation which is characteristic of the higher Pigeons. Among

quintocubital birds Opisthocomus shows the closest resemblance to

the Cuculidz, in which also the ceca are Jong and the mid-gut is

thrown into three loops, the median loop bearing the yolk-sac

vestige. So far as argument may be based upon the formation of

the mid-gut, either Huxley’s’ suggested relationship between

* “On the Classification and Distribution of the Alectoromorphe and

Heteromorphe,” P, Z. 8. 1868, p. 294,

1896.] ANATOMY OF THE HOATZIN. 621

Opisthocomus, Fowls, and Pigeons, and Garrod’s’ suggested relation-

ship with Fowls and Cuckoos, is borne out. But the Gallinaceous

birds are more primitive in the character of their mid-gut, and from

this point of view Opzsthocomus must be regarded as less primitive

than them, while both Huxley and Garrod from other considerations

regard it as more primitive.

The subsidiary looping and consequent length of the rectum or

large intestine between the insertion of the ceca and the cloaca is

a striking feature found only in few birds, all of which have the

intestines otherwise primitive : it reaches a maximum in the Ostrich,

giving the intestine of that bird a curiously mammalian aspect ;

it is absent in Casuarius, Dromeus, Apteryw, and Rhynchotus ; it

is well-marked in Rhea, Chauna, Palamedea, and in Opisthocomus.

I am unable to correlate it with any degree of development of the

cca or with habits or food.

Muscles of the Visceral Skeletal Apparatus.

Although many papers have been written which include myo-

logical descriptions of Opisthocomus, I can find no account of the

muscles of the jaws and hyoid. Ina large number of birds the

hyoid muscles in particular are difficult to isolate and dissect ;

many of them are extremely delicate, and the fasciz of adjacent

muscles blend with each other at many points. In Opisthocomus

these muscles are particularly stout and free from each other; on

removal of the skin covering the space between the mandibles they

may be dissected out (see fig. 2, p. 622) with great ease.

Mylohyoid antertor.—This pair of muscles forms a broad trans-

verse band stretching between the inner edges of the rami of the

mandible. The fibres from the opposite sides pass straight across,

not meeting in a median raphe as occurs in Chauna and the Goose ;

but the muscle is not, as in Paulamedea and the Goose, divided into

an anterior and posterior portion. It is much stouter than ina

typical Pheasant like Lophophorus impeyanus.

Mandibular Glands.—Behind the symphysis, and with their

proximal border just covered by the mylohyoid anterior, lie a pair

of large ovoid glands, opening, as in the similar glands of Chauna’,

by a number of small apertures into the floor of the mouth, where

the mucous membrane reaches the horny edge of the lower jaw.

In the Pheasant (Lophophorus) these glands are very large and

lobulated.

Mylohyoid posterior —This, as in all birds that I have examined,

or of which I can find record on the point, is a large muscle dividing

almost immediately into an anterior deeper layer and a posterior

more superficial layer. In Opisthocomus there is a large common

origin from the outer side of the ramus of the jaw, immediately

anterior to the insertion of the depressor muscle. From this

comes the whole of the posterior, more superficial division of the

1 “On the Anatomy of the Hoatzin,” P. Z.S. 1879, p. 109.

2 « Anatomy of Chauna chavaria,” P. Z, 8. 1895, p. 350.

622 MR. P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [June 16,

muscle, which spreads anteriorly and posteriorly over the lower

surface of the space between the jaws, reaching forwards nearly to

the posterior border of the mylohyoid anterior, and meeting its

fellow from the other side in the middle line. The anterior or

deeper division of the mylohyoid posterior has its origin partly in

Fig. 2.

Vijh

Dissection of hyoidean muscles of Opisthocomus cristatus.

1, Geniohyoid, posterior division. 2. Geniohyoid, anterior division. 3. Mylo-

hyoid anterior. 4. Mylohyoid posterior, posterior division. 5. Mylohyoid

posterior, anterior division, 6, Ceratoglossus. 7. Ceratohyoid. 8. Depressor

mandibule, G/., Mandibular gland.

common with the foregoing division, but also extending a consider-

able distance over the inner surface of the ramus, a condition that

I have not found in any other bird. In the Pheasants the origin

is normal, a narrow nearly yertical line in front of the depressor

mandibule attachment.

1896. ] ANATOMY OF THE HOATZIN. 623

Geniohyoid.—This muscle is in two distinct portions. The

posterior division arises from the outer side of the ramus of the

jaw, behind the anterior mylohyoid; it passes dorsally to both

divisions of the posterior mylohyoid, and, running inwards and

backwards, wraps round the ceratohyal to the tip. The anterior

portion arises from the inner side of the ramus of the jaw, its edge

being superficial to the mylohyoid anterior; it then runs forwards

and inwards alongside the posterior division of this muscle, and is

inserted to the ceratohyal, partly under and partly distally to the

insertion of the posterior division. Gadow (‘Das Thierreich,’ p. 313)

states that the geniohyoid is double in Nectarinia, Otis, Parrots,

and Rhea; single in Corvus, Anser, Procellaria, and Spheniscus.

Beddard and I found it single in Palamedea; I myself have found

it single in Chauna, Rhytidoceros, Cygnus, Pelecanus, and Lopho-

phorus ; double in Struthio, Dromeus, Rhea, Rhynchotus, and Ciconia.

It appears as if this muscle were comparable with the latissimus

dorsi; originally a diffused sheet it tends to break up into two

discrete bands, but there are not sufficient data to draw any infer-

ences of taxonomic value from its double condition in Opisthocomus.

The researches of Garrod showed that, in the case of certain

notable thigh-muscles, completeness of muscle formule was, on

the whole, primitive, while incompleteness was secondary. In the

attempt to extend this view to other muscles it is necessary to

remember that many muscles are in process of splitting, and that

in these cases increase in number is a sign, not of primitive, but of

derivative character.

Genioglossus.—At the most this is represented by a few fibres.

Ceratoglossus.—This is a very strong muscle, arising from the

outer side of the ceratohyal, anterior to the geniohyoids ; it passes

forwards, superficially to the anterior division of the mylohyoid

posterior, and deeply as regards the mylohyoid anterior ; ending in

a round tendon, it is inserted along the side of the tongue almost

to the tip. There is no trace of the division into two, which occurs

in Fowls.

Ceratohyoid.—This is a strong wide muscle running from the

inner side of the ceratohyal, opposite the insertion of the foregoing

muscle to the urobyal.

The hypoglossals and the system of the sterno-hyod were

present, but the individual muscles were not segmented from each

other.

Depressor mandibule.—A single very large muscle, of which the

internal portion is more tendinous, runs from the lateral posterior

and under surface of the occiput to the posterior and ventral part

of the lower jaw. In Ducks and Geese this muscle is represented

by three distinct portions, all of which Beddard and I found in

Palamedea', and described as biventer and digastric. In the Fowls

there are at least two portions separable; in Opisthocomus the

tendinous inner portion no doubt represents an inner portion,

1 “On the Anatomy of Palamedea cornuta,” P. Z.S. 1894, p. 536.

624 Mk, P, CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [June 16,

which is separate and muscular in Palamedea, separate and

tendinous in Gallus.

Temporalis.—The superficial portion of this muscle is very large

and inseparable into layers ; it arises from the whole temporal fossa,

and from the external and internal surfaces of the mid-temporal

process ; it runs forwards and downwards under the quadrato-

maxillary bar to the outer upper surface of the lower jaw; internal

to this, and arising from the deeper region of the temporal fossa,

is a strongly marked pyramidal muscle, which ends in a stout

tendon inserted to the inner surface of the lower jaw. A still

deeper portion runs across from the forward process of tlie

quadrate to the inner side of the ramus. Lastly, a wide band of

muscle bridges the narrow interval between the inner edge of the

forward process of the quadrate and the wall of the orbit behind

the optic foramen.

Pterygoid.—A superficial portion, similar to that found in Ducks

and Geese runs from the ventral, posterior end of the lower jaw to

the palatal membrane. It is not so tendinous as in the Ducks and

Geese. The deeper portion of the pterygoid is an almost continu-

ous mass of muscle, inseparable into regions, from the pterygo-

palatine area to the lower jaw.

MUscies oF THE LEG.

Variations in the Conditions of the Ambiens.

In the musculature of the leg there are several points (illus-

trated by figure 3, p. 625, and figure 4, p. 626) to which I wish

to refer. As Garrod showed, the four muscles which he called

A, B, X, and Y, the femoro-caudal and its accessory, the semiten-

dinosus and its accessory, are all present. The interconnections

between the muscles at the back of the knee differ so in birds that a

description of their exact condition in Opisthocomus may be placed

on record, although I have not yet sufficient material to make

comparisons of any value.

The adductors have no insertion to the tibia, but send a strong

slip to the middle head of the gastrocnemius. The semimem-

branosus, the most posterior of the thigh-muscles, runs straight in

to the tibia, unconnected with the tendon of the semitendinosus.

The accessory semitendinosus is very broad and strong, but does

not nearly reach the tibia, being separated from that by the middle

head of the gastrocnemius. The semitendinosus, after being

joined by its accessory, sends in one fibrous slip to the tibia,

proximal to that of the semimembranosus; while the greater mass

of the muscle ends in a strong tendon, which runs down alongside

and soon fuses with the middle head of the gastrocnemius, before

that reaches the tibial head.

The condition of the ambiens muscle is still more interesting.

Garrod (see paper referred to above) examined the legs of three

specimens of Opisthocomus. In all cases he found the ambiens

small, but normal, above the thigh. In five of the six legs it was

1896.] ANATOMY OF THE HOATZIN, 625

lost in the tendon over the knee, through which, in the normal

condition, it passes. I dissected carefully for the ambiens in each

leg of two of my specimens. In one case the ambiens was

completely absent above the knee, and there was no trace of its

tendon in the fascie and tendon over the knee. But in each of

these legs(as shown in fig. 4, p. 626)a strong round ligament left the

fibula, in the position in which the ambiens tendon of a bird with

a normal ambiens crosses the fibula. This tendon passed down

and sent a branch to each of the three perforated flewors of the

Fig. 3.

BSART. yastus ai at

3\-I. “i

‘FLEX. COM.

Thigh-muscles of Opisthocomus cristatus ; posterior view.

Sart., Sartorius. Vast.int., Vastus internus. Addue., Adductors. Semitend.,

Semitendinosus. Semimem., Semimembranosus. 4G.t., Gastrocnemius,

tibial head. G.m., Gastrocnemius, middle head. G-.e., Gastrocnemius.

external head. So/., Soleus. Flex.com., Flexor communis digitorum,

I. Flexor longus hallucis.

digits. In a second specimen I found the ambiens above the

knee. The tendon was lost at the knee-joint, but a rudiment

slightly different from that in the first case was present in each

leg below the knee. From the fibula, immediately distal to the

attachment of the biceps tendon, three fibrous slips passed

respectively to the perforated flexor muscle for the second, third,

and fourth digits. It is well known that Garrod regarded the

626 MR, P. CHALMERS MITCHELL ON THE [June 16,

presence or absence of the ambiens muscle as of primary import-

ance. He divided birds into the Homalogonatz, which possess the

muscle, and the Anomalogonate, in which it is absent. Here and

there among groups which certainly must be associated with the

Homalogonatous birds there are instances in which the ambiens

is absent, and in which Garrod believed the ambiens to have been

present, but recently lost. It is of great interest therefore to

‘O42 CUD CNWD'WIA fies

WINANS »

‘NIOVLSYS

= pe

FLEX. COM.

Leg-muscles of Opisthocomus cristatus showing vestigial ambiens.

Glut. 2, Attachment of gluteus medius. Glut. 3, Attachment of gluteus tertius.

Glut. ant., Gluteus anterior. II. 2. Flexor perforans et perforatus indicis.

III. 2, Flexor perforans et perforatus medii. Per. 2, Peroneus secundus.

I. Flexor longus hallucis. II. Flexor perforatus indicis. III. Flexor

perforatus medii. IV. Flexor perforatus quarti.

find a species different individuals of which show so great

variations in the condition of the ambiens muscle, reaching from

the normal complete condition found by Garrod to the extremely

vestigial condition in the specimen from which fig. 4 was drawn.

Some time ago, in a paper communicated to this Society’, I

recorded the discovery of vestiges of the ambiens in the case of two

1 “On the Perforated Flexor Muscles in some Birds,” P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 495.

1896.] ANATOMY OF THE HOATZIN. 627

birds which, although they are certainly to be placed among the

Homalogonate and have close allies in which the ambzens is normal,

are themselves without it. In Nycticoraa gardeni the ambiens is

absent; but in two specimens that I have dissected I found a slip

to the flexor muscles from the fibula, similar to that in the

Opisthocomus here figured, although it arose rather lower down the

fibula. In Eclectus roratus, which again is devoid of an ambiens,

although many Parrots are provided with it, I found a vestige

almost precisely similar to that present in my second specimen of

Opisthocomus, in which the ambiens ended on the knee. The

vestige in Helectus, as in the second Opisthocomus, consisted of

three slips from the fibula to the flexor tendons. This additional

evidence appears to me to strengthen the case for the taxonomic

value of the ambiens considerably. While there were known

only the rudiments described by me in Eelectus and Nycticoraw,

it might have been open to doubt whether or no these really were

vestiges of an ambiens. Now that there have been found in different

individuals of Opisthocomus graded vestiges linking my rudimentary

condition with a complete ambiens, there seems no room to doubt

that some, at least, of the Homalogonatous birds devoid of an

ambiens have once possessed it. On the other hand, I may mention

that although Dissura is a Stork without an ambiens, while other

genera of Storks possess it, in two specimens of Dissura episcopus

I have recently dissected I could find no trace of the vestige.

Apart from possible systematic value, it is of interest to find

variations of so great magnitude in a few specimens of a bird.

Prof. Weldon has recently shown, after examination of an ex-

ceedingly large number of individuals of the shore-crabs, that very

slight deviations may be associated with a larger death-rate. In

the case of creatures so difficult to shoot as is Opisthocomus it may

be the case that those actually examined have, from the greater

magnitude of their variations, been less able to escape.

In conclusion, I may place on record three minor points in the

myology of Opisthocomus, the only remaining features which seemed

to me worth recording at the present time.

Tendons of the perforated and of the perforated and perforating

flexors of the third digit.—In most birds the tendons of these are

connected by a short stout vinculum immediately before they

reach the foot. Gadow mentions that this occurs in Ratites,

Fowls, and in Pterocles. Ican add to this a very long list of birds,

including Rhynchotus, Chauna and Palamedea, Balearica, Psophia,

and Fulica. The slip is absent in Opisthocomus ; the only other

cases that I remember in which this occurs are Asto otus and

Rhytidoceros plicatus.

Short flecors from the deep plantar tendons.—The tendon of the

flexor longus hallucis is connected with the tendon of the flewor

perforans by a strong vinculum and then supplies the thumb.

A strong muscular slip, certainly absent in most birds, leaves the

longus hallucis tendon immediately distal to the vinculum and runs

to the fourth digit. A similar muscular slip leaves the tendon of

628 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON SCHLEGEL’S GAVIAL. [June 16,

the flexor perforans and runs to the third digit. These slips are

in addition to the ordinary short flexors, and it is possible that

they throw light upon the origin of the very peculiar modes of

distribution of the hallucis tendon in some groups of birds, as it

has been repeatedly shown that a tendon may be the homologue of

a muscle.

Entepicondylo-ulnaris.—This muscle, which according to Gadow

is present only in Rasores and in the Tinamou, is absent in

Opisthocomus. This is another of the innumerable points separating

Opisthocomus from Fowls.

2. On the Occurrence of Schlegel’s Gavial (Tomistoma schle-

geli) in the Malay Peninsula, with Remarks on the Atlas

and Axis of the Crocodilians. By G. A. BouLtencer,

F.R.S.

[Received May 29, 1896.]

A Gharial-like Crocodile, Tomistoma schlegelii, described by

Salomon Miller in 1838, was, until lately, believed to be peculiar

to Borneo. In 1890, however, its occurrence in Sumatra was

recorded by Max Weber (Zool. Ergebn. p. 176). The Malay

Peninsula may now be added to its habitat.

A few months ago, the British Museum received, from Mr. L.

Wray, Curator of the Perak Government Museum, a fine half-

grown specimen, with the following remarks :—

“The specimen was caught at Pulau Tiga, in the Perak river, in

June 1895, and I kept it in a pond until the end of December,

when it was killed. For months it would eat nothing but a few

small fish, but during the later portion of the time it would eat

freely of any meat or fish given to it. It also became quite tame

and would remain at the surface of the water with its head on the

bank while people stood near it.

“So far as I have been able to ascertain, no Crocodile belonging

to the Gavial group has ever been recorded from the Malayan

Peninsula, so that the following particulars will be of interest.

“T first heard of the occurrence of a Gavial in the State of

Perak in 1889, and in the same year Mr. Cecil Wray, the then

Acting Superintendent of Lower Perak, obtained a skull from the

Perak river, and sent it to the Perak Museum; the animal was 7

feet long. A second was caught in the Kinta river, near Batu

Gajah, in 1893 or 1894. It was secured by Capt. H. C. Metcalfe,

of the Perak Sikhs, and the skin is now in his possession. It

measures 6 feet 8 inches, but the tail is very short, having pro-

bably been injured when young ; the head measures 18 inches, the

upper jaw 30 inches, and the lower jaw 23 inches. A third

was taken from the Batang Padang river near Tapah, and was

seen by Mr. Page, the Inspector of Police at Tapah. It was

1896.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SCHLEGEL’S GAVIAL. 629

stated to have been a small one, only measuring about 4 feet long,

and, unfortunately, it was not preserved.

“Mr. J. P. Rodger informed me that, when he was British

Resident in Pahang, he bad seen the skull of one belonging to the

late Mr. E. A. Wise, that had been caught in the upper part of the

Pahang river. The fifth was trapped in the Perak river at Pulau

Tiga, some 64 miles from the mouth. This animal measured 8

feet 9 inches, and is the largest yet seen.

“J was imformed some years ago that one was taken to the

Police station at Telok Anson for the reward, measuring 19 feet

in length. The Police Inspector showed me where it was buried,

but I failed to find it. Four skeletons were dug out, but they all

proved to be common Salt-water Crocodiles (Crocodilus porosus).

There is therefore considerable doubt about the accuracy of this

information, and probably the animal was only a rather narrow-

headed common Crocodile and not a Gavial at all.

“ These are all the instances of its occurrence that I have been

able to collect, and so far the evidence would go to show that it is

confined to the Perak and Pahang rivers and some of their larger

tributaries; though it is probable that it will hereafter also be

found in the Kelantan and possibly in the Telubin river.

“Tt is called by the Malays ‘ Buaya Jinjulong,’ or the Long-

snouted Crocodile; but from its rarity there are only a very few

who have ever either seen or heard of it. There are two other

crocodiles frequenting the coasts and rivers of the Peninsula, viz.

the Salt-water Crocodile (Crocodilus porosus, Schn.) and the Marsh

Crocodile (C. palustris, Less.). These are called respectively

‘Buaya’ and ‘ Buaya Katak,’ or the Frog Crocodile, by the Malays.

‘Buaya Tembaga,’ that is the Brass Crocodile, is a name often

heard, but it only has reference to the colour, being indifferently

applied to all yellowish-tinted. ones without regard to their species.

“The Malayan Gavial would appear to be essentially a freshwater

animal, and it is said by the natives to often frequent the swamps

and marshy lands on the banks of the rivers. If this is really the

case, it differs somewhat in its habits from the Gavialis gangeti-

cus, which is much more aquatic than the Crocodile. In the

ordinary way, so far as my observations have gone, only the upper

part of the end of the nose and the two eyes are above the water.

On the approach of anyone the eyes slowly and quite silently sink

beneath the surface and nothing but a small portion of the nose

remains: ona nearer approach this also quietly disappears. This

doubtless accounts for the fact that the animal is so very rarely

seen.

“The irides are yellowish brown and the pupils vertical. The

upper surface is pale dull olive-green, finely and closely spotted

with dark brown. The ground-colour becomes lighter on the sides

and is nearly white beneath. ‘The tail has six dark bands, formed

by the spotting of the scales on the sides and lower surface with

dark brown. In the living animal the upper jaw projects nearly

an inch beyond the under jaw.

630 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SCHLEGEL'S GAVIAL. [June 16,

“It is possibly referable to Tomistoma schlegeli, the Bornean

Gavial, but the very meagre description of that species in my

possession is insufficient to identify it.”

The specimen sent by Mr. Wray has been stuffed, and is now

exhibited in the Reptile Gallery of the Natural History Museum.

As the bones were sent with the skin, I am able to add some

remarks on the osteological characters, of which we know nothing,

except of the skull, which has been well described and figured.

There are 24 presacral, 2 sacral, and 35 caudal vertebre. The

Atlas and axis of Zomistoma, ventral and side views.

(The posterior condyle of the axis is omitted.)

c. Centrum. na. Neural arch.

ha. Hypapophysis. vr, Rib.

1896.] MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SCHLEGEL’S GAVIAL. 631

hypapophyses on the cervical and anterior thoracic vertebre are

less developed than in the other recent Crocodilians, and are not

directed forwards; they are not developed beyond the eleventh

vertebra (twelth or thirteenth in the others). The chevron-bones

are all open dorsally. The first pair of ribs are inserted on the

sides of the proatlanto-atlantic hypapophysis, or lower part of the

atlas-ring, and separated from each other at the base by a wide

interspace. The second rib differs from that of all Crocodilians I

have hitherto examined (including the Gavial, of which I have

examined the bone on a young specimen in spirit, and also the

atlas and axis preserved in the Museum of the Royal College of

Surgeons,—the Gavial-skeleton still being a desideratum in the

British Museum Collection), Osteolemus excepted ; it is attached

to the centrum of the atlas (odontoid bone), near its suture with

the axis, by the capitulum only, the tuberculum being merely

indicated by a small upward process at a distance from the base

of the bone, and without any connection with the vertebre.

It is well known that in Ichthyosaurus the atlas bears a forked

rib, same as the axis and the other vertebre behind it. It seems

that one Crocodilian at least presents an approximating feature.

The late Mr. Hulke has first pointed out in Metriorhynchus (P. Z.S.

1888, p. 419) the presence on the “ lateral pieces ” (neurapophyses)

of the atlas of a tubercle situated in the level of the diapophysis on

the epistropheus, and he concludes that this tubercle should rank

as an upper atlantal transverse process or diapophysis. I have

been able to verify the correctness of this statement on several

well-preserved atlases of Metriorhynchus, still undescribed, from

the Leeds Collection, which my colleague Mr. Andrews has kindly

shown me in the Geological Department of the British Museum ;

and I quite agree with Hulke that “the position of this little

process in serial line with the upper transverse processes of the

other cervical vertebre speaks distinctly in favour of its diapo-

physial character.” We are, in consequence, justified in assuming

that, although, as we know from one specimen, the first rib is not

forked, it must have been connected with the diapophysis by

ligament, its head being attached to the side of the hypapophysis

(‘‘ basilar piece ”) of the atlas, or rather between the latter and the

centrum (odontoid bone); and such a condition may be regarded

as the most primitive known among Crocodilians, and as one from

which, as Hulke has shown, the abnormal position of the first rib

of recent forms may be derived and explained.

The second rib in Metriorhynchus was attached by its capitulum

to the anterior border of the lower surface of the centrum of the

axis, or between the latter and the centrum of the atlas, and by its

tuberculum to a process (diapophysis) of the neurapophysis of the

axis.

As regards recent Crocodilians, the information to be derived

from books appears contradictory, principally from the fact that

the various authors have dealt with different genera, and have in

some cases generalized their observations to the whole group. ©

632 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SCHLEGEL’S GAVIAL. [June 16,

Cuvier (Ossem. Foss.) describes and figures the second rib in

Crocodilus porosus as single-headed and attached to the odontoid

bone. Owen (Osteol. Cat. Mus. Coll. Surg.) ascribes to the same

rib, in Gavialis gangeticus, a forked head attached to two transverse

processes of the odontoid bone. According to Stannius (Zoot.

Amph. p. 26), the rib is forked and the two branches are attached

on the limit between the odontoid bone and the centrum of the

axis. Briihl (Skel. Crocod.) figures, in Caiman palpebrosus, the rib

as forked, with capitulum and tuberculum on the odontoid bone,

near its suture with the axis. In Huxley’s ‘Anatomy of Ver-

tebrated Animals’ it is described in Crocodilians generally as

attached to the os odontoideum and to the second centrum by

distinct capitular and tubercular processes. Baur (Amer. Nat.

1886, p. 228) was the first in attempting to show what, if any,

differences exist between the genera with regard to the shape of

the second rib and its attachment to the vertebra. I am not able

to confirm his statements regarding Gavialis and Alligator. In

the case of the latter, the more forward position assigned by him

to the costal capitulum may be due to individual variation; but I

cannot help thinking the author is mistaken in attributing a rudi-

mentary diapophysis to the neural arch of Gavialis. In the

specimens I have examined two very distinct processes are present

on the axis-centrum, and I have satisfied myself on a specimen in

spirit that the ligamentous capitulum is attached to the upper of

these processes, which is widely separated from the supposed

diapophysis figured by Dr. Baur.

I have examined the atlas and axis in Gavials gangeticus,

Tomistoma schlegeli, Crocodili niloticus, americanus, and porosus,

Osteolemus tetraspis, Alligator mississippiensis, Caiman sclerops and

C. latirostris, and find important differences, which are deserving

of notice.

In Alligator, the first rib is attached to the lower surface of the

hypapophysis and in contact with, or narrowly separated from, its

fellow at the base ; the second rib, in the adult, is deeply forked and

attached by its capitulum to the centrum of the atlas, by its tuber-

culum to the anterior part of the centrum of the axis, which,

however, does not develop any tubercle or transverse process. In

a new-born specimen I find both capitulum and tuberculum

inserted on the axis, showing the rib to shift forward with age, a

further confirmation of the view that this rib, usually attached to

the first vertebra, really pertains to the second.

In Caiman, the first rib is as in the preceding, but the second,

deeply forked, is entirely on the centrum of the atlas, without the

latter bearing processes for its attachment.

In Crocodilus, the first rib is more on the side of the hypapo-

physis and widely separated from its fellow; the second is but

feebly notched in its proximal portion, and the somewhat ill-defined

capitulum and tuberculum join two strong knob-like processes on

the centrum of the atlas.

In Gavialis, the first rib conforms to the preceding type, but

1896.] MR. G. A, BOULENGER ON SCHLEGEL’S GAVIAL. 633

the second is deeply bifurcate, the tuberculum ligamentous, and

attached to two processes on the centrum of the atlas.

ali has been noticed above. Osteolemus, curiously, agrees

with it.

We thus see that Metriorhynchus represents the most gene-

ralized condition, and that the recent Crocodilians, each depart-

ing in its way from the primitive type, cannot be arranged in a

continuous series in this any more than in several other parts of

their structure. Whilst more generalized in respect to the second

rib} than the true Crocodiles, the Alligator is more specialized in

the more aberrant position of the first rib; the Gavial agrees

with the Crocodile in the position of the first rib, and with the

Alligator and Caiman in the strong bifurcation of the second ; and

Tomistoma and Osteolemus present the highest specialization in

the condition of the second rib with rudimentary tuberculum.

P.S. (June 18, 1896).—Two days after the reading of my paper,

I received Dr. Gadow’s memoir on the Vertebral Column ot

Amphibia and Amniota (Phil. Trans. elxxxvii. B. pp. 1-57). In

this he gives an account and a diagrammatic figure of the atlas

and axis of Metriorhynchus, which differ entirely from what I have

observed. I at once re-examined the specimens, and particularly

that described by Hulke and figured by Dr. Gadow, and find

Fig. 2.

Atlas and axis of Metriorhynchus.

na. Neural arch.

c. Centrum.

t, Tubercular facet (diapophysis).

cp. Capitular facet.

ha. Hypapopbhysis.

the latter’s statement tobe erroneous. What is figured as the first

centrum is a portion of the first neural arch, the posterior portion

of which has passed, on the figure, into the second vertebra; the

tubercle (#'), to which allusion is made, is on the neural arch. I

append (fig. 2) a corrected sketch of the specimen figured by

Dr. Gadow.

1 Another character in which Alligator is more generalized than Caiman

and Crocodilus exists in the proatlas, the arches of which are distinct or show

at least a trace of separation, which is not to be found in the other genera, even

in quite young specimens.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. XLI. 41

634 MR. W. SCHAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,

3. On Walker’s American Types of Lepidoptera in the

Oxford University Museum. By W. Scuavs, F.Z.S.

[Received April 30, 1896.]

The following notes on Walker’s American types in the Oxford

University Museum are to be foliowed by others, wherein the

complete synonymy will be given of many of the species, and

references will also be made to those species which as yet remain

unidentified. My special thanks are due to Prof. E. B. Poulton,

F.R.S., for the trouble he took in selecting the American Moths

from the Hope Collection, and sending them family by family to

the British Museum to be compared with the collections there and

with my own collection; and to Mr. G. F. Hampson for his

untiring kindness and assistance. Those species marked with an

asterisk are represented in my own collection; those of which I do

not possess specimens, and which are not in the British Museum

either, have been figured in duplicate, one set of figures being

placed in the Entomological Department of that Museum. The

species described by Walker in parts 27-30 of his Catalogue, and

in the corresponding portions of the Supplement, as being in

“ Coll. Saunders ” never formed part of the Hope Collection of the

Oxford Museum, but have lately been purchased by the British

Museum, where the types are now to be found.

The references given refer to Walker’s ‘ List of the Specimens of

Lepidopterous Insects in the Collection of the British Museum.’

Vo. III.

P. 775. *Norape puella described from the Fry coll. is now in the

Saunders coll., and is the same as Archylus pectoralis,

Walk.

Von. IV.

P. 801. Sarsina purpurascens. I have not yet been able to find

the type.

P. 895. *Darala faleata=Lonomia submacula, Walk.

P. 957. Jsychagrapha floccosa. Not identified.

Vou. V.

P. 1046. *Naprepa camelinerdes is a distinct species belonging to

the Notodontide.

P.1115. Laruma heterogenea is a distinct species, the genus

being the same as Hydrias.

P. 1152. Nesara apicalis belongs to the genus Ocha, Walk.

P. 1155. *Pamea excavata and Pamea notata are the sexes of one

species,

P. 1155. *Pamea vittata belongs to the genus Carthara, Walk.

P.1170. Rosema deolis is not Cramer’s species, and I therefore

propose the name of R. walkeri for it; the species is

well described by Walker.

1896.] AMERICAN TYPES OF LEPIDOPTERA. 635

Vou. V. (continued).

P. 1176. *Tepila biluna is the same as Phecada confinis, Walk.

P. 1195. *Zonomia albigutta is a well-known species, but will no

doubt sink as a synonym of one of Cramer’s species.

Von. VI.

P. 1264. Tropea dictynna. Evidently a distinct species and not

a mere var. of 7’. luna.

P. 1300. *Hyperchiriamemuse. A good species allied to H. leucane,

Hbp.

1301. *Hyperchiria cinerea. The 9 of H. janeira, Westwood.

1301. Hyperchiria pyrrhomelas is a good species.

1303. *Hyperchiria submacula has been redescribed by Bois-

duval as H. diowippus.

1313. *Hyperchiria vagans is a species of Dirphia.

1326. Rhescynthis meander. This is well figured by Maassen

and Weymer.

1329. *Dysdemonia glaucescens. A distinct species.

1338. Mimailo plana belongs to the genus Perophora.

1364. *Dirphia multicolor is a distinct and well-known species.

1402. *Hydrias albidifascia. A distinct species.

1402. *Hydrias plana. A distinct species.

1403. Hydrias confusa. The type is the only specimen I have

seen of this species.

1507. Hydrias tenebrosa. Not identified.

ou. VII.

1598. Seryda cincta. Not identified.

1601. Pseudomya consolata belongs to the genus Lemocharis.

1602. Pseudomya desperata. Closely allied to P. typulina, Hiibn.

1602. Gymnelia bijuncta. Subsequently described by Walker

as G. consociata.

1603. Gymunelia simplex. A distinct species.

1603. *Gymnelia xanthocera. A distinct species.

1604. Isanthrene oyneroides is a species of Erruca.

1606. Pecilosoma sperans belongs to the genus Marissa.

1606. Pecilosoma insperata also belongs to the genus Marissa.

1607. Peecilosoma gaudens belongs to the genus Dycladia.

1608, *Zagaria acuminata. Redescribed and figured by Schaus

in Lep. Am. as Gartha dalsa.

1609. Lemocharis contracta belongs to the genus Erruca.

1610. Jlipa tenthredoides. Also in B. M.

1611. Ilipa scita=S. hilaris, Walk., in B. M.

1613. Cosmosoma marginatum is a distinct species.

1615. *Eurata transiens= Dycladia lucetius, Cr.

1617. *Hunomia vacillans is a good species.

1617. *Lunomia abdominalis= Corematura chrysogastra, Perty.

1618. Eunomia separuta. Not identified.

1619. Pseudosphex consobrina. Also in B. M.

1619. Pseudosphex cognata=Ps. fasciolata, Butl., in B. M.

1620. Myrmecopsis opaca= Ps. vespa, H.-S., fig. ae

Witohd thd bd td i

a hes

eee eee ee od iret he boi ke re Po

636

MR, W. SCHAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,

Vou. VIL. (continued).

iP. A627:

- 1628.

. 1629.

fe) rere Feed Pe PP tt

1629.

1634.

1635.

1635,

. 1636.

1638.

1639.

1640.

1644,

1645.

1647.

1648.

1649.

1650.

1651.

1652.

1654,

1655.

1656.

1657.

1659.

1661.

1662.

1663.

1677.

1678.

1679.

1693.

1698.

1701.

1702,

1704.

Calonota perspicua. A distinct species.

Calonota interrupta. Allied to the preceding.

*Pampa acuminata. Redescribed and figured by Schaus

in Lep. Am. as Sychesia hartmannt,

Pampa fusiformis = Scepsis trifasciata, Butl., in B. M.

* Automolis angulosa=A. flavicinctus, H.-S.

Automolis saturata. Figured by Felder in the ‘ Reise d.

Novara,’ t. cit. f. 5, as A. pretevia.

Automolis basalis. A distinct species.

* Automolis chrysomelas= A. geometrica, Feld.

*Automolis leucomela. Figured in the ‘ Biologia Centr.-

Amer.’ by Druce as Pterygopterus superba.

* Automolis reducta = Sutonocrea incertus, H.-S.

Eucerea rhodophila, A distinct species.

*Eucerea latifascia= E. archias, Stoll.

Eucerea mitigata= E. reticulata, Butl., in B. M.

*Eucerea albiceps. Gen. nov., allied to Pseudapistosia,

Mésch.

* Hucerea discolor. A very distinct species.

Consoprium divisum. Also in B. M.

*Josia mitis. Also in B. M.

*Scea puella. Belongs to the Chrysaugine, and was

described by Warren as Semniomima albiapicalis.

Scea infans. A good species.

Ephialtias simplex = E, abrupta, Hiibn.

Leucopsumis guttipalpis. A distinct species.

Corydalla cryptoleuca. A distinct species.

Euagra disealis. A distinct species.

Agyrta secta is a Pyralid=Hrilusa dioptalis, Walk.=

E. pseudauxo, Feld.

Agyrta nana. A distinct species.

Perwcopis larvata. A good species.

Pericopis disjuncta. Not identified.

Lyces plagifera. A distinct species.

Lyces albiventris belongs to the genus Flavinia, Walk.

Flavinia fusifera. Also in B.M.

Avela diwwersa, Not identified.

*Caralisa editha. Genus allied to Charidea.

*Sangala beata. A well-known species.

Melanchroia subvittata=Rhosus posticus, Walk.

Arina obtusa. A distinct species.

Pheeochlena quadricolor. A distinct species.

*Spiris nigrilinea. A distinct species.

* Pagara venosa= Agorea longicornis, H.-S.

*Daritis marginalis= Pericopis lycaste, Klug.

*Isia intricata, Genus allied to Eepantheria.

*Pithea ferruginea. Genus allied to Phegoptera.

Aloa lanceolata. Gen. nov., allied to Halisidota.

Amastus mesorhoda. A distinct species.

1896.] AMERICAN TYPES OF LEPIDOPTERA, 637

Vox. VII. (continued).

. 1704. *Opharus basalis. A distinct species.

1705. Halesidota flavescens. Genus allied to Jdalus.

1706. *Halesidota apicalis. A good species.

1706. Halesidota discalis. Not identified.

1706. Halesidota catenata= Phegoptera flavopunctata, Walk.

1707. Halesidota corticea. Not identified.

1707. *Halesidota semivaria. Gen. nov.

1707. *Halesidota basipennis=Phegoptera subtilis, Butl.=

Sychesia fimbria, Mosch.

1708. Halesidota semirufa. A good species.

1708. *Halesidota antica. Belongs to the genus Euchetes.

1709. *Halesidota niveigutta. A distinct species.

1709. *Halesidota binotata, gen. nov. This species was

described by Boisduyal as Phay. cinnamomea.

1709. *Halesidota disciplaga. Redescribed by Walker as A.

breviuscula.

1710. *Halesidota cingulata. Belongs to the genus Mazeras.

1710. *Ambryllis neurophylla. Redescribed and figured by

Dognin as Ecpantheria hebona.

1712. *Minara pardalina=Drymonia histrionica, H.-S.

1714. *Podalia vesta= Megalopyge orsilochus, Cr.

1726. Eloria mesta. A distinct species.

1727. Eloria lucida. Also in B. M.

1728. *Simena luctifera. A well-known Geometrid.

1737. *Colabata lineosa = Andriasa marginalis, Walk.

1749. Notodonta plagiata, Not identitied.

1761. Candyba punctata. A distinct species.

La 8

47. Aigeria buprestiformis. A good species.

55. Ageria panisciformis. A good species.

55. Algeria blaciformis=Sesia equatus, Walk., in B. M.

115. Enys prominens. Figured by Felder in the ‘ Reise d.

Novara,’ t. Ixxxii. f. 5, as 7’. smerinthoides.

190. *Pachylia inconspicua=P, resumens, Walk.

197. *Oryba robusta= 0. achemenides, Cr.

233. *Lapara bombycoides = Ellema harrisii, Clem.

< NNW Wh OW WR WR

Porgy eg) Po rikg ci

Nocrvum 2.

P. 61. *Acronycta declarata= Mamestra adjuncta, Bdv.

P. 195. *Prodenia latifuscia= Prodenia variolosa, W1k.

P, 235. *Mamestra crista=M. obscurus, Dogn.=M. infernalis,

Schs.

P. 268. *Celena plagiata belongs to the genus Perigea.

P. 269. *Celena expuncta belongs to the genus Oligi«.

P. 401. *Graphiphora naja= Noctua major, Gu.

P. 430. *Leeniocampa subsocia. A distinct species.

638 MR. W. SCHAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,

Vox. XI.

P. 588. Hadena subjecta. A distinct species.

P. 606. Casandria emittens. Not identified.

P. 629. *Xylina bipunctata. A good species.

P. 737. Agrotis emittens belongs to the genus Acanthodica, Schs.

P. 739. Agrotis hirtipalpis. A distinct species.

Vou. XII.

P. 787. Acontia decisa. Not identified.

P. 819. *Xanthoptera aurifera. A distinct species.

P. 819. *Xanthoptera furcata. A distinct species.

P. 848. *Palindia punctangulata= P. alabasiraria, Hiibn.

P. 917. *Plusia admonens= P, basigera, Walk.

P. 977. Lymphorta unilinea. Not identified.

1007. Sccdisa designans. Not identified.

1034. *Chabuata ampla. A good genus and species.

1058. *Homoptera configurata. A distinct species.

1094. *Cenipeta illustrans= C. suttea, Gn.

1094. Ccenipeta abscondens. Not identified.

1132. Stictoptera subaurata. Also in B. M.

1171. Coronta surrepens=Melipotis strigifera, Walk.

1231. Graphigona antica. Not identified.

ou. XIV.

1251. Brujas basicincta= Ramphia evinga, Gn.

1255. *Brujas laticincta= Letis magna, Gmel.

1271. *Letis implens=Letis cortex 9, Gn.

1273. *Letis integra= Letis cortex ¢,Gn. The type of L. entegra

is now in the B. M.

1274. *Letis albicans. The type of this species is also in the

B. M.; it is in very poor condition, but represents, I

believe, a very distinct species, of which I possess

several perfect specimens.

Wo Wh Wht

P! 1284, *Latebraria quadriplaga=R. evinga 3, Gn.

P. 1323. Hypopyra configurans. Not identified.

P. 1472. *Poaphila revoluta= Hypena scabra, Fabr.

Von, XV.

P. 1555. Orthogramma perseverans. A distinct species.

P. 1568. *Thermesia signans= Azeta uncas, Gn.

P. 1569. Thermesia tripunctifera= 0. perseverans, Walk.

P. 1572. *Thermesia lenis=Epidromia pannosa, Gn.

P. 1584. Selenis amans. Not identified.

P. 1620. Hypernaria integrans= H, augusta, Cr.

P. 1620. Hypernaria interponens=H. augusta, Cr.

P. 1629. *Plaxia faleigera. A distinct species.

P. 1632. Palyna metagona=Galapha sublineata, Walk.

P. 1640. Edyma significans. Genus allied to Thermesia.

P. 1642. Pessida interlineata. Not identified.

P. 1644, *Ausava triplaga. A good genus and species.

1896.]

AMERICAN TYPES OF LEPIDOPTERA. 639

Vox. XV. (continued).

OM ti th RR i todd

1646.

1647

1653.

1657.

1659.

1663,

1669.

1677.

1685.

1687.

1690.

1694.

1699.

Lig

1714.

1718.

1719.

1725.

1726.

1730.

1731.

1733.

1742.

1754.

1767.

wl 768:

1773.

fides

1782.

1784.

1785.

1788.

1790.

1793.

1796.

1799.

1800.

1814.

*Oymatophora temperans = Orthodes infirma, Gn.

*Bryophila expetita, A distinct species.

Molynda humeralis = Oroatis signata, Butl., in B. M.

Eragisa lanifera. A Notodont allied to the genus

Elymiotis.

*Zeucania cinereicollis. A distinct species.

* Alpesa villicosta. Also in B. M.

* Egabra certissima = Azelina hedularia, Gn., a Geometer.

*Bacula chromatophila= Dyops ocellata, Cr.

* Laphygma congressa=Dantona discerpta, Walk.

* Laphygma trientiplaga = Oligia expuncta, Walk.

* Mamestra dentistrigata belongs to the genus Perigea, Gn.

Celena inquieta. A distinct species.

Celena tetera. A distinct species.

*Celena subobliqua. A distinct species.

Caradrina distans = Celena inquieta, Walk.

*Caradrina laphygmoides =Perigea concisa, Walk.

* Agrotis interferens. A distinct species.

*Cirredia satellifera= Anomis ewaggerata, Gn.

*Dianthecia eros. Also in B. M.

*Valeria anguliplaga. A distinct species.

*Angitia directa. A distinct species.

*Hadena vacillans=Perigea fidelia, Druce, figured in

‘ Biol. Centr.-Amer.’

* Hadena pennitarsis =H. tessellata, Sepp.

* Acroria villipes=Dargida niphanda, Druce, figured in

‘ Biol. Centr.-Amer,’

Lithomia buddhe. A distinct species.

* Xylina patefacta. A good species.

*Nesia mesta, A distinct species.

* Nystalea equipars=N. seminivea, Walk.

Pastona rudis. A good genus and species.

Palindia spectabilis= P. perlata, Gn.

Palindia ceruleilinea. Also in B.M.

* Agraga fimbripes. A good genus and species.

*Penicillaria abscondens. Well figured in the ‘ Biologia

Centr.-Amer.’

* Abrostola interrumpens= Edema nana, Walk.

* Adrana pseudopsis =Ingura fuscescens, Walk.

* Plusia intracta=P. basigera, Walk.

Thyria aurifundens. A distinct species.

*Gonodonta ditissima. A good species.

*Cosmophila punctifera= Gonitis editrix, Gn.

*Selambina trajiciens. Also in B. M.

* Homoptera separabilis belongs to the genus Campometra.

* Homoptera hadenoides belongs to the genus Nenia.

*Homoptera stipatura belongs to the genus Phosphila.

Homoptera indecidens belongs to the genus Homopyralis

Stibera hostilis. Not identified.

640 MR. W. SCHAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,

Vou. XV. (continued).

1819. Letis discopalina. New genus near Homoptera.

1844. *Phurys asseverans. A good species.

1845. *Onoba trogonoides= Baniana pohli, Feld.

1846. *Phuphena fusipennis = Perigea ? trilinea, Schs.

1851. Escua extollens. Belongs to the Thermesiide.

1852. Ccervania clandestina. A Deltoid.

1856. -Amphigonia postponens. Also in B. M.

1856. *Thermesia imitatura belongs to the genus Physula.

1857. Thermesia bigutta. A distinct species.

1857. Obucola expandens belongs to the genus Peosina, Gn.

1858. Capnodes ewtima. A distinct species.

1859. Donacesa miricornis. Allied to Orthogramma, Gn.

1860. *Hypernaria discessura, A distinct species.

Fat bt bh bd ed dd hd bb

Derroip# and PyraLip2.

Vor, XVI.

P. 80. *Hypena acclinalis= Hypena anicina, Druce, Biol. Centr.-

Amer., Het. i. p. 434 (tab. xxxv. fig. 13).

P. 81. *Hypena meestalis belongs to the genus Rejectaria, Gn.,

and is allied to R. cocytalis, Gn.

P. 81. *Hypena hastatalis. Subsequently described by Walker

as Crymona receptalis, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd

ser. i. p. 117. The species will stand as Crymona

hastatalis.

P. 186. *Bocana orionalis = Simplicia tibialis, Felder, ‘ Reise d.

Novara,’ t. cxx. fig. 43.

P. 190. Jpnea erebusalis belongs to the genus Ceromacra, Gn.,

of the Mocilline.

P. 242, *Bleptina proliferalis. A distinct species.

P. 251. Galanda hebrusalis. A good species belonging to the

Hypenide.

Vor. XVII.

P. 438. *Cataclysta? pegasalis belongs to the genus Dicymolomia,

and was redescribed by Walker as C. principalis, Cat.

Het. B. M. vol. xxxiv. p. 1333.

P. 442. Cataclysta pantheralis. A good species.

P. 443. Catuclysta phedralis belongs to the genus Ambia.

Vou. XVITI.

P. 513. *Prakellura dardusalis=Mesocondyla stigmatalis, Led.

Wiener ent. Monatsch. vol. vii. t. 13. tig. 3.

P. 513. *Phakellura ewmeusalis belongs to the genus Sestia.

P. 522. Margarona argealis= M. aquarialis, Led. MS., in B. M.

P. 523. Margaronia ianthealis belongs to the genus Sozoa, Walk.,

and was redescribed by Walker as Sozoa costalis, Cat.

Lep. Het. B. M. vol. xxxiv. p. 1378.

P. 523. *Margaronia hypheusalis. A good species.

P. 536. Chromodes armeniacalis. A good species.

P. 593. Botys mnemusalis. Not identified.

1896.]

AMERICAN TYPES OF LEPIDOPTERA. 641

Von. XVIII. (continued).

WH HH Wh

595.

596.

597.

600.

601.

602.

609.

610.

611.

615.

617.

618.

622.

623.

626.

627.

628.

629.

631.

Botys eubulealis belongs to the genus Hyalea.

* Botys nerissalis belongs to the genus Phlyctcnia, and is

allied to P. cunetfera, Warr., in B. M.

* Botys cyprealis=Tanaura sublutalis, Warr., in B. M.

* Botys remusalis= Anarmodia inscriptals, Gn.

Botys pyrrhusalis. Not identitied.

* Botys chlorisalis belongs to the genus Pantographa, Led.

* Botys melitealis=Blepharomasti« colubralis, Gn.

*Botys quirinalis = Sylepta pactolalis, Gn.

Botys thalloalis= Allactostigma inguinalis, Gn.

* Botys peranthusalis= Eulepte concordalis, Gu., in B. M.

Botys niavialis. Not identified.

Botys elathealis belongs to the genus Celorhyneidia,

Hamps., Hydrocampine.

* Botys sylvialis= Hyalorista myopicalis, Led.

*Botys agenoralis= Microthyris prolongalis, Gn.

Botys damonalis belongs to the genus Sylepta.

Botys pandaralis belongs to the genus Clorhyncidia.

* Botys evippealis belongs to the genus Syllepis.

Botys persiusalis= Phostria confluentalis, Warr., in B. M.

Botys asiusalis=romalis, Druce, belongs to the genus

Massepha, Walk.

* Botys odiusalis belongs to the genus Sylepta.

*Botys pieralis=Azochis gripusalis, Walk. vol. xviii.

. 542,

*Botys turnusalis=Prenesta scyllalis, Walk. vol. xviii.

. 565.

*Botys claudiusalis belongs to the genus Calamachrous.

* Botys sabalis=Hedylepta vulgalis, Gn.

Vou. XIX.

iv.

Soe ea

mii

833.

Geroda xeneusalis. A Noctuid belonging to the Trifine

near the genus Amyna.

. *Nachaba congrualis. A distinct species of the Chrysau-

me.

Nachaba oppositalis. A distinct species of the

Chrysaugine.

*Licha undilinealis= Leucania cicatrix, Feld. Reise d. Nov.

t. cix. fig. 8.

Lancia phrontisalis. Not identified.

Pterhemia otusalis=P. uncinalis, Hiibn.

. *Lascoria phormisalis belongs to the genus Tortricodes,

and is figured in Biol. Centr.-Amer., Het. i. t. 38.

figs. 14, 15.

. *Hypena deldonalis. Very similar to Britha hirtipalpis,

Walk.

. *Hypena xenaresalis. A distinct species.

Hypena lyrcusalis. A distinct species.

. *Hypena lysoalis=H. ewoletalis, Gu.

642

MR. W. SCHAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,

Vou, XIX. (continued).

ret OO ON OO Oe

843.

844.

846.

847.

850.

851.

857.

858.

859.

862.

863.

*Hypena degesalis. A distinct species.

*Hypena subbasalis. A distinct species.

*Mursa calisalis. A distinct species.

Gisira endeisalis, Not identified.

Hormisa abeluwalis=Phurys basilans, Gn.

*Langasa perillalis. A good genus and species.

* Hydara biconalis= Psaliodes paleata, Gn., a Geometrid.

*Herminia meonalis. A very distinct species belonging

to a new genus.

*Herminia apisalis belongs to the genus Palthis.

* Herminia asteralis = Palthis aspisalis, Walk.

Hermina baresalis=Mastygophorus epitusalis, Walk.

vol. xvi. p. 150,

* Bleptina metopcalis = B. confusalis, Gn.

Bleptina pollesalis. Apparently a faded specimen of

B. confusalis, Gn.

. *Bleptina bogusalis belongs to the genus Heterogramma,

Gnu.

. *Bleptina opiteralis= Tortricodes phormisalis, Walk.

. *Bleptina oppialis = Heterogramma endorealis, Gn.

. *Bleptina bizialis=Palthis agroteralis, Gn.

Bleptina styrusalis. A distinet species.

. *Bleptina cepioalis= Het. bogusalis, Walk.

. *Bleptina fadusalis=also Het. bogusalis, Walk.

Bleptina ophelasalis= B. styrusalis, Walk. p. 866.

. *Bleptina ceusalis= Het. bogusalis. Walk.

Bleptina abarusalis. Not a Bleptina. Near the genus

Catada.

Bleptina stalemusalis. A distinct species.

. *Bleptina pagasusalis. A distinct species.

. *Bleptina bogesalis= B. confusalis, Gn.

Bleptina eatusalis, A good species.

. *Renia? decelusalis= Bleptina pagasusalis, Walk.

Renia? lytocalis. A distinct species.

. *Renia? borgesalis belongs to the genus Megachyta.

Megatomis euphrionalis. A good species.

. *Pyralis antenoralis belongs to the genus Bradina.

Pyralis thiastoralis belongs to the genus Rhodoneura.

Pyralis ninniusalis belongs to the genus Hypolamprus of

fam. Thyridide.

Pyralis? byzesalis. Not identified.

. *Pyralis? atialis belongs to the Tineide, genus Tortrico-

morpha=varipes and vescatilis, Walk.

. *Rhodaria probalis=Hematia panopealis, Walk.

Desmia pisusalis=reconditalis and minualis, Walk.,

belongs to the genus Diathrausta.

. *Desmia bulisalis = D. ufeus, Cr.

Desmia nerinalis belongs to the genus Diathrausta.

. *Samea calonalis belongs to the genus Sciorista.

1896. ] AMERICAN TYPES OF LEPIDOPTERA. 643

Vou. XTX. (continued).

937. *Samea luccusalis=S. ecclesialis, Gn.

944. *Hymenia? phrasiusalis= H. perspectalis, Hiibn.

945. *Isopteryx? staiusalis=Phlyctenia scitahs, Led.

948. Lineodes peridialis. Not identified.

949. *Hydrophysa adiantialis. A good species.

949. Hydrophysa ceepiosalis belongs to the genus Parthenodes,

Gn.

950. Oligostigma scuthesalis belongs to the genus Aulacodes,

and is the same as A. psyllalis, Gn.

951. *Oligostigma iasusalis. A distinct species.

952. Cataclysta eglesalis. A distinct species.

952. *Cataclysta cesoalis. A distinct species.

953. *Cataclysta walis. A distinct species.

954. *Cymoriza etalis. lymphula lotialis, Feld., «Reise d.

Novara,’ t. exxxv. fig. 4.

955. Cymoriza bocusalis. A good species.

955. Oymoriza badiusalis belongs to the genus Nymphula.

956. *Cymoriza narcissusalis belongs to the genus Musotima.

Cymoriza abrotalis. A distinct species.

957. Oymoriza bolusalis= C. damescalis, Gn.,in B. M.

965. Zebronia lacrinesalis belongs to the genus Conchylodes.

966. *Zebronia dvicoonalis belongs to the genus Aripana.

966. Zebronia celiusalis. Not identified.

967. *Zebronia bunusalis= Aripana levinia, Cr.

968. Zebronia? bialis. Not identified.

969. Zebronia? abronalis= Platytes pusillalis, Hiibn.

984. *Botys tytiusalis belongs to the genus Isosalbia.

985. *Botys autoclesalis belongs to the genus Notaspis, Led.

985. *Botys azionalis = Dolichosticha cochrusalis, Walk. p. 959.

986. *Botys dimichealis belongs to the genus Tegostoma.

986. *Botys graviusalis=Samea paolinalis, Warr., in B. M.

987. Botys imbrewalis belongs to the genus Ceratoclasis, Led.

987. *Botys nocmonalis=Phlyctenie nerissalis, Walk. vol. XViil.

p- 595.

P.988. Botys acilialis. Not identified.

P. 988. *Botys gelliasalis =Steniodes lutealis, Snell., in B. M.

P. 1000. *Hbulia? ialis belongs to the genus Hapalia.

P. 1011. *Pionea cemaroalis belongs to the genus Tholeria.

P. 1012. Pionea ademonalis. A distinct species.

P. 1019. *Jllice batialis. A Lithosid; also in B. M.

WWW

(or)

. 1020. Davara azonaxsalis. A Phycyta.

. 1021. *Dantona busalis=N. discerpta, Walk. ‘This is a Noctuid,

and will stand as Dantona discerpta, Walk.

. 1022. *Motya abseusalis. A good species.

GEOMETRID &.

Vou. XX.

P. 23. *Cheerodes invariaria= Zischropteryx tetragonata, Gn.

P. 45. *Clysia absconditaria=Rio form of C. tasema, Or.

644

MR. W. SCHAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,

Von. XX. (continued).

TOPO FOTO TOT TOTO TUTTO

be be Fa Fd by bt bd

52,

61.

62.

64.

79.

94.

109.

110.

111.

147.

172,

194,

195.

220.

222.

223.

225.

226.

227.

229.

230.

234.

235.

236.

237.

238.

239.

240.

241.

242.

246,

251.

245.

254.

256.

262.

268.

269.

275.

*Oxydia noctuitaria=0. vitiligata, Feld.

Cheerodes assyllusaria. Not identified.

* Mucronodes oricusaria=Oxydia trychiata, Gn.

*Oxydia alpiscaria=Oxydia apidania, Cr.

Oxydia cariaria, A distinct species.

* Drepanodes agronaria. A distinct species.

*Gynopteryx telysaria= Gt. rhombaria 2, Gn.

*Apicia rhumata= A. lintearia, Gn.

Apicia nazadaria. A distinct species.

* Apuia uxiaria=Gynopteryx seriaria 3, Gn.

* Apicia alphiusaria. A distinct species.

*Apicia? gaumaria= Drepanodes hamulata, Gn.

*Nematocampa varicata. A good species.

* Caberodes carcearia = C. fundaria, Gn.

* Azelina asilasaria= A. denticulata, Butl.

Azelina amyclaria, Not identified.

*Urapteryx palindiaria= Aischropteryx onustaria, Hiibn.

* Cherodes contemnaria=Certima muscistriyata, Gn.

Oxydia nerisaria. A distinct species.

* Drepanodes arnataria=D. pholata, Gn.

* Drepanodes excavaria. A distinct species.

* Drepanodes apertaria=Pyrinia erythrocephalata, Gun.

* Drepanodes grata. A distinct species.

*Drepanodes diffundaria. A distinct species.

Pyrima madiaria. A distinct species.

*Pyrinia mephasaria. A distinct species.

*Pyrimia alcandraria. A distinct species.

*Apicia epaliusaria=A. spinetaria g, Gn.

*Apicia significaria= Renodes brevipalpis, Gn.

Apicia incrassata. Not identified.

*Apicia extimaria. A Boarmid of the gen. Letropis, Hiibn.

*Apicia atillaria = Renodes brevipalpis, Gn.

Apicia molusaria. Not identitied.

*Apicia anseraria belongs to the genus Drepanodes,

* Apicia inficitaria=Apicia asopia, Druce.

Epione allutiusaria. Not identified.

Epione ardysaria, Not identified.

*Epione mitranaria. A. distinct species.

*Hpione relictaria. A distinct species.

*Angerona expulsaria= Alana transitaria, Gn.

* Nematocampa nyparia belongs to the genus d£nictes, Warr.

*Caberodes asanderaria. A distinct species.

Dasmeuda aleimusata. A distinct species.

*Husenea eniasaria. In B. M. under the genus Azelina.

* Azelina fusaria=A, stolidata, Gn.

*Halesa enetusaria = H. glauca, Butl.

*Laudosia buddloraria = Cirsodes acuminata, Gn.

*Bassania amethystata. A good species.

Berambe gallarva. Not identified.

1896.]

AMERICAN TYPES OF LEPIDOPTERA.

Vou. XXII.

296.

354.

304.

307.

357.

358.

309.

360.

361.

363.

411.

412.

425.

482,

gD RE RD A PP bd bh od oto to

503.

512.

583.

593.

P. 662.

rtd td td toe

P. 732.

P. 742.

362.

363.

424,

* Meticulodes xylochromaria=M. aylinaria, Gu.

645

Boarmia contraria belongs to the genus Huctenectropis.

* Boarmia vacillaria=B. vacillaria, Gn.

Boarmia mollearia. A distinct species.

* Boarmia detractaria= Tephrosia dimidiaria, Gn.

*Boarmia guttularia= Bryoptera leprosata, Gn.

Boarmia defimaria belongs to the genus Huctenectropis.

*Boarmia delinquaria. A distinct species.

* Boarmia larentiata= Pterocypha umbrinata, Gn.

* Boarmia denticularia= Tephrosia hyberniaria, Gn.

Boarmia consimilaria. A distinct species.

Boarmia locupletaria belongs to the genus Pterocypha.

Boarmia stigmaria. Not identified.

* Tephrosia incongruaria = Bryoptera leprosata, Gn.

* Tephrosia ineffectaria= Tephrosia responsaria, Walk.

*Paraphia macariata=Semothisa pernicata, Gn.

Paraphia epioneata. A distinct species.

Gazena divulsa. A distinct species.

ae. ©. @ iF

* Achlora veniliata= Camboqia insignata, Walk.

*Achlora catenularia. A distinct species.

Geometra basiplaga. A distinct species.

*Racheospila marginiplaga= RK. ocellata, Cr.

*Racheospila satisfacta. A distinct species.

Thalera distracta, A distinct species.

Hyria subtectata. Not identified.

* Acidalia obliviaria. A distinct species.

Acidalia justata. Not identified.

Vou. XXIII.

788.

. 788.

789.

827.

839.

844,

845.

859.

910.

911.

912.

913.

915.

919.

tg td td idtd td td td te ty dh td toro td ode

799.

828.

841.

* Acidalia indecretaria =A. obliviaria, Walk.

* Acidalia responsaria. A distinct species.

* Acidalia suffusaria=Certime muscistrigata, Gn.

Timandra viridiplaga. A distinct species.

*Ratiaria argentilinea = Urapteryv platinata, Gu.

Ratiaria metaxantha. Not identified.

* Frosia leucospilaria. A distinct species.

*Erosia semilaria belongs to the genus Schidax.

* Erosia lacerataria. A distinct species.

Erosia distincta belongs to the genus Psalvodes.

*Erosia subsignaria. A distinct species.

* Paloda dentifera= Erosia acutangularia, Walk.

* Macaria subitaria=Semiothisa triplicaria, H.-S.

Macaria mandata. A distinct species.

*Macaria concisaria. A distinct species.

* Macaria percisaria=Semiothisa gambaria, Hibn.

* Macaria continuaria = Semiothisa pernicata, Gn.

* Macaria externaria=S. pernicata, Gn.

*Macaria fractaria=S. nervata, Gn.

646 MR, W. SCHAUS ON WALKER’S [June 16,

Vor. XXIV.

P. 1069. Aspilates perlineata. A distinct species.

P. 1081. Alydda lignosata. Not identified.

P. 1100. Gustiana subflecata is a Deltoid.

P. 1264. Thera perarcuata. A distinct species.

Vou. XXV.

. 1310. *Coremia lateraria= C. fringillata, Gn.

. 1338. *Phibalapteryx mediata=Plemyria fluviata 2 , Hiibn.

1339. *Phibalapteryx intrusata=P. fluviata g , Hiibn.

1351. Scotosia nitidulata=Gazena divulsa, Walk.

1369. *Pterocypha divulsata=P. floccosaria 2, Walk.

1370. *Pterocypha celerata. A distinct species.

1396. *Cidaria perspicuata= C. emberizata, Gn.

1396. *Cidaria patulata. A distinct species.

1397. Cidaria eductata=C. emberizata, Gn.

1397. *Cidaria intercalata. A distinct species.

ot. XX VI.

1486. Lagyra? dentilineata. Not identified.

1490. Pyrinia reflectaria. A distinct species.

1491. Pyrinia concisata. A distinct species.

1492. Pyrinia subaurata. A distinct species.

1493. Pyrinia saturata. A distinct species.

1493. Pyrinia radiolata. Not identified.

1499. *Rumia defixata=S. deprivata, Gn.

1502. Hyperetis tessellata. A distinct species.

1502. *Hyperetis quadrilineata = Semiothisa contorta, Druce.

1505. Endropia? subapicata. Not identified.

1515. Tetracioinequaria. An Apicia allied to cayennaria, Gn.

1533. *Boarmia perspectata=B. vacillaria, Gn.

1534. *Boarmia subapicata=B. syrniaria, Gn.

1534. Boarmia tenerata is the ¢ of B. mollearia, Walk.

1553. Cariprea mendaciaria. Not identified.

1560. *Thalassodes glauculata. A distinct species.

1578. *Anisodes congruaria.%, A distinct species.

1579. Anisodes fimbripedata. Not identified.

1579. *Anisodes ordinata=directata= A. urcearia, Gn. ?

1587. Hyria gavisata. A distinct species.

1587. Cambogia albopunctata. A distinct species.

1599. Acidalia calidata. Not identified.

1600. *Acidalia tepidata. A distinct species.

1600. Acidalia indignaria= Cambogia marcearia, Gn.,in B. M.

1626. Hrosia integrata. A distinct species.

1627. Erosia subtruncata. Not identified.

1627. *Erosia quadruncata=Phyllodonta caninata, Gn.

1628. *Erosia subpatulata=Epiplema incolorata, Gun.

1629, LErosia bipartaria. Not identified.

1633. Carmala flexata. Not identified.

1636. *Arcobara microniata=Pigia tergeminaria, H.-S.

rere ess re td tot ioe ree re ote rod bd rd Ped oh i ae eee toh ere

1896.]

AMERICAN TYPES OF LEPIDOPTERA, 647

Vou. XXVI. (continued).

ia-a-a-Ba-ha-BA- BA BABA BOB BOB

1643.

1657.

1658.

1659.

1687.

1690.

1702.

1710.

1718.

1723.

1730.

1737.

. *Cambogia porphyrinata, A distinct species.

Macaria vitriferaria. A distinct species.

Tephrina signataria. A distinct species.

*Tephrina responsaria. A distinct species.

*Tephrina albipunctata. A distinct species.

Cadyanda lugens= Calospila posthumaria, H.-S.

*Budara conversata. A distinct species.

Larentia inquinata=Hammaptera perturbata, Wlk., 3.

*Lobophora bifiliferata belongs to the genus Nola.

Phibalapteryx erosiata. Not identified.

*Scotosia spilotata=Homopyrals indecidens, Walk.

Cidaria effrenata. Not identified.

Eubolia vicaria. Not identified.

Cambogia turbata, A distinct species.

Acidalia illiturata. Not identified.

Acidalia isographata. A distinct species.

P. 1757. *Erosia niveinotata belongs to genus Dagassa.

P. 1759. Stegania quadrinotata. A distinct species.

SUPPLEMENT.

Vor. XXXI.

P. 21. Cotena mediana. A distinct species and good genus.

P.142. Gerra hyelosioides=Gonora heliconiata, Walk.

P. 257. *Aucula josioides belongs to the Agaristide.

P. 304. Elysius signatus. A distinct species.

Boalt,

* Addua inclusa= Pericopsis parnassioides, Walk.

Vou. XXXII.

Id od bd hat ed db FF

piv

339.

382.

411.

439.

441.

442,

442.

442,

442.

442,

487.

491.

516.

517.

545.

579.

681.

*Eloria canescens belongs to the genus Hyalospila.

*Oompsa saturata= Tarchon trilunula, H.-S.

* Notodonta scitipennis=N. stragula, Grote.

*Parathyris ennomoides belongs to the genus Olceclostera.

*Gopha mixtipennis. A distinct species.

*Blera cerruroides. A good species.

*Rifargia xylinvides. A good species.

*Nagidusa «ylocampoides. A good species.

Inca herbida. Allied to Heterocampa.

*Phastia basalis. A good species.

Limacodes concolor. Not identified.

Athrula saturnicides== Rolepa delineata, Walk.

Siculodes annuligera. A distinct species.

Vadata macropterana. A distinct species ; the species

figured under this name in the ‘ Biologia Centr.-Amer.’

is a new species.

*Soswetra grata. A Noctuid.

*Cistissa excpansa=Megalopyge fuscescens, Walk.

*Batatara fusifascia= Hylesia approximans, Walk.

Perigea adornata. Not identified.

648

MR, W. SCHAUS ON WALKERS [June 16,

Vou. XXXITT.

P. 731.

780.

798.

811.

814.

852.

861.

866.

877.

878.

883.

884.

915.

998.

1026.

1027.

1028.

1037.

1048.

1049.

1051.

1052.

1053.

1068.

1073.

1074.

1075.

1079.

1081.

1087.

1088.

1091.

1100.

ot. XXXIV.

1129.

1132.

1134.

1135.

1145.

1158.

. 1158.

. 1160.

POR RO gg ed eg bg Pg i bg

SOOO Ad DD ro hd

roids Wi

*Hadena subapicalis=Heterochroma eriopioides, Gn.

Azamora basiplaga= Az. tortriciformis, Walk.

* Xanthoptera alboflava. A distinct species.

*Callopistria vittata= Oligia subobliqua, Walk.

* Penicillaria areusa belongs to the genus Jngura.

* Hemiceras illucens==H. barina, Gn.

*Gonitis reversa= G. exaggerata, Gn.

Coruncala latipennis, Not identified.

Homoptera discalis= Platydia mollealis, Walk.

Homoptera gratiosa. Not identified.

*Homoptera punctilinea. A distinct species.

*Homoptera privata=H. exhausta, Gn.

Homoptera phocleuca. Not identified.

* Homoptera parvula. A good species.

Carthara albicosta. Not identified.

*Phurys partita belongs to the genus Capnodes.

Thyridospila compta. Not identified.

*Thyridospila quadriocellata. New genus.

Thyridospila amena= Mulelocha calligramma, Hiibn.

*Thermesia absumens = Euthermesia inexacta, Walk.

* Thermesia caliginosa= Mulelocha exsiccata, Walk.

Thermesia brevistriga. Not identified.

Thermesia divulgata. Not identified.

Thermesia subfiva belongs to the genus Renodes, Gn.

Thermesia conficita. Not identified.

Thermesia inficita. Not identified.

Selenis stipata=S. humeralis, Walk.

Capnodes basalis= Bleptina proliferalis, Walk.

Capnodes schizospila, A distinct species.

*Capnodes concinnula. A. distinct species.

Capnodes mundicola is near the genus Dagassa.

Ctypansa obtusa. Not identified.

Hypernaria rudis. Not identified.

*Hypernaria chlorospila = H. discessura, W1k.

*Hypernaria leucospila = Thermesia gemmatalis, Hiibn.

Hypernaria punctulosa. Not identified.

Lhixoia subocellata. Not identified.

Gaala dispunctalis= Gustiana subflecata, Walk.

*Hypena bisignalis. A distinct species.

*Hypena pyralalis=Psaliodes paleata, Gn.

*Hypena disseptalis=H. ancara, Druce.

* Hypena dissutalis=H. scabra, Fabr.

*Boana semialba. A distinct species.

* Herminia inostentalis= Megachyta borgesalis, Walk.

Herminia figuralis=Gustiana subflewata, Walk.

*Bleptina responsalis= Palthis aspisalis, Walk.

*Bleptina penioillalis belongs to the genus Mastygophorus.

1896.

AMERICAN TYPES OF LEPIDOPTERA. 649

Vou. XXXTV. (continued).

aT oS TO ye bd Fe Pe Fag re oe ei

ee re es SS Sh

1161.

1167.

1174.

1180.

1181.

rot.

1192.

1199.

1224.

1225,

1225.

1232.

1262,

1283.

1303.

1331.

1354,

1361.

1390.

1400.

1466.

1492.

1497.

1743.

1769.

1783.

1800.

1958.

1963.

1971.

* Bleptina diruptalis= Megachyta borgesalis, Walk.

Bertula excelsalis belongs to the genus Mastygophorus.

*Gizama anticalis= Renia deceleusalis, Walk.

*Bononia niveilinea=Licha undilinealis, Walk.

*Crymona receptalis= H. hastalalis, Walk.

Bolica armata, A distinct species.

*Sorygaza didymata. <A distinct species.

Orocala distentalis. Near the genus Notarcha.

* Ahicurda vewatilis=A. atialis, Walk.

*Tibracana wanthialis. A distinct species.

Maguza albiquttalis= Pastona rudis, Walk.

Pyralis intermedialis= Hypsopygia sodalis, Walk.

* Pyralis externalis= Hedylepta antenoralis, Walk.

* Pyralis varipes=Alicarda atialis, Walk.

Pyralis crassipes is the 2 of Tosale pyralidoides, Walk.

*Zarania cossalis= Ethnistis munitalis, Led.

*Rhodaria directalis = Hyalorista teniolalis, Gn.

*Samea obliteralis = Sameodes nicceusalis, Walk.

Oligostigma amenalis belongs to the genus Glaphyria.

Oligostigma exhibitalis. A distinct species.

Glyphodes rutilalis=G@. suavis, Feld.

Margaronia auricostalis= M. argealis, Walk.

* Botys additalis= Acharana pheopteralis, Gn.

* Botys ineffectalis = Blephoramastix colubralis, Gu.

* Botys fuliginalis=Stenomeles agavealis, Walk.

* Botys cellatalis= Acharana pheopteralis, Gn.

*Scopula permixtalis belongs to the genus Phlyctenia.

Bouchis scoparioides belongs to the genus Ethnistis.

*Scoparia stupidalis= Illice batialis, Walk., of the family

Lithosiide.

on. XX XV.

1543.

1549.

1639.

1702.

Pyrinia xantharia belongs to the genus Capnocles.

* Azelina immundaria= A. stuposaria, Gn.

Ceronaba cinctaria= Molybdophora concinnaria, H.-S.

Lephana tetraphorella belongs to the Noctuide. Type

in B. M.

Gabaleca bilineatella belongs to the genus Erupa. Type

in B. M.

Zolea congruella belongs to the genus Hrupa. Type

in B. M.

Pandemis securiferana. Type in B. M.

Torda metamelana= Tosale pyralidoides, Walk. Type

in B. M.

Celena canifimbria belongs to the Noctuide. Type in

B.M

Acontia quadrata. Type lost.

Thyridospila ceca. Type lost.

The remaining references are to species described in the Trans-

actions of the Entomological Society for 1862 :—

P. 76. *Cingiha humeralis = Caterva catenaria, Cr.

Proo. Zoo. Soo.—1896, No. XLII. 42

650

PO PONTE TO OT ger

ioe)

MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 16,

Heterocampa thyatiroides. Not identified.

Miresa divergens=Lithacodes fasciola, H.-S.

Gora equalis. Not identified.

Erysthia obliquata (locality doubtful). Not identified.

Cottobara concinna. A Notodont.

Gaphara sobria. Allied to Celena tetera.

. *Nenia signiplena belongs to the genus Pesula.

. *Asthana erecta = Pesula transversaria, Walk.

. *Asthana directa belongs to the genus Pesula.

Bamana inequalis. A distinct species.

Gammace magniplaga. Not identified.

. *Remigia consistens= Renodes brevipalpis, Gn.

g ypary

Gangra atripustula belongs to the Thermesiide.

Focilla abrupta belongs to the Thermesiide.

. *Marthama conspersa= M. squamivaria, Walk.

. *Hypena murina= H. exoletalis, Gn., in B. M.

. *Bocana marginalis=B, orionalis 3, Walk.

Salbia varialis belongs to the genus Phostria. In B. M.

Asopia depressalis. Not identified.

Cataclysta insulalis. A distinct species.

Scopula desistalis belongs to the genus Hbulea.

Scoparia fascialis= Hapalia illibalis, Hiibn.

Hadena opima, Not identified.

Poaphila plagiata. Not identified.

Poaphila figurata. Not identified.

Phurys mensurata. Not identified.

. *Hypena scissilinea belongs to the genus Saserna and is

well figured in the Biol. Centr.-Amer.

Rhagonis bicolor. Not identified.

- *Pecilocampa plurilinea=Tolype opalina, Walk.

. Further Contributions to our Knowledge of the Bornean

Lycenide. By Hamitton H. Druce, F.Z.S., F.E.S.

[Received June 15, 1896.]

(Plates XXIX.-XXXI.)

Since June last year, when I had the honour of bringing before

the Society a paper’ dealing with this family of Butterflies, a large

amount of fresh material has come to hand.

Dr. Staudinger has received many more specimens from his

collector Waterstradt, and Mr. D. Cator has placed in my hands

for examination a number of specimens captured by himself and

procured from collectors in the island. Amongst these I have

found several of considerable interest, which are now recorded here

for the first time. Mr. Cator writes me that the places at which

he captured specimens are:—Segalind and Sapagaya, which are

rivers falling into different parts of Sandakan Bay; Melikop

1 See P. Z.S. 1895, p. 556.

1896.] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDA, 651

(=Penungah) and Tanganak and Banguey, all three small islands a

few miles off the coast belonging to the British North Borneo

Company.

Some 42 species are now recorded here for the first time from

Borneo, a list of which will be found below. 19 of these are

described as new.

List of Species not recorded from Borneo in P. Z, S. 1898.

Those marked * are described as new.

*Gerydus improbus, H. H. Druce. op rnopala borneensis, Bethune-Baker.

Logania malayica, Distant. i labuana, Bethune-Baker.

Hypochrysops ceelisparsus, Butler. | * ,, waterstradti, Bethune-

Zarona jasoda, de Nicév. Baker.

Simiskina solyma, de Nicév. iol eer moorei, Bethune-Baker.

4 Cvaniris camenex, de Nicév. ‘some 25 deva, Bethune-Baker.

» sonchus, H. A. Druce. Dee PE sandakani, Bethune-Baker.

Nacaduba hermus, Fe/d. Acesina, sp. ?

noreia, Feld. Ouretis insularis, Horsf.

*Lampides daones, Hi, H. Druce. Nae blanka, de Nicév.

*Arhopala tameanga, Bethune-Baker. » berenis, H. H. Druce.

3 meander, "Boisd. Charana mandarinus, Hew.

Aa eee semperi, Bethune-Baker. * Mantoides licinius, H. A. Druce.

aes dajagaka, Bethune-Baker. Thrix gama, Distant.

S25) i drucei, Bethune-Baker. Marmessus boisduvali, Moore, var.

oy vihara, Feld. atra, nov.

x pseudomuta, Staud. Lehera anna, H. H. Druce.

Fe sah kounga, Bethune-Baker. ,_ Deudorix diara, Swinhoe.

hk bella, Bethune-Baker. PA strephanus, H. H. Druce.

es havilandi, Bethune-Baker. " Rapzle suffusa, Moore.

+ diardi, Hew. » abnormis, Elwes.

5 morphina, Distant. Virachola smilis, Hew.

The two following species from adjacent localities are also de-

scribed as new :—

Paragerydus melos, from Cagayan.

Tajuria dacia, from Java.

Gurynts, Boisd.

GERYDUS IMPROBUS, sp. n. (Plate XXIX. figs.1 g¢,2 9.)

dg. Allied to G. innocens, mihi. Upperside: fore wing with

the white area more extensive over the cell and with the usual

swollen median nervule; hind wing wholly black. Underside:

colour and markings much like G. innocens, but with a large reddish-

brown patch on outer margin of the fore wing about the middle

and also in a similar position on the hind wing, where it decreases

in intensity inwardly.

2. Upperside differs only from the male in the white area of

the fore wing being slightly more extensive, and in the hind wing

being paler. Underside: ground-colour paler than in male, with

the reddish-brown patches brighter and more conspicuous. Cilia

in both sexes reddish brown on both surfaces, but more conspicuous

in the female.

Expanse, ¢ 9, 1,4,inch.

42*

652 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDZ. (June 16,

Kina Balu (Waterstr.). Type Mus. Staud. :

This species appears to be quite distinct, and the black hind

wings above and the reddish-brown patches below should at once

separate it from its allies *.

Paragurypvs, Distant.

PARAGERYDUS PYXUS.

Paragerydus py«us, de Nicév. J. A. 8. B. vol. xiii. no. 1, p. 27,

pl. v. fig. 2, g¢ (1894).

Labuan ( Wahnes); Sandakan, Sapagaya, and Melikop ( Cator).

Dr. Staudinger has sent me several specimens which appear to

be referable to this species, and Mr. D. Cator has also captured it.

PARAGERYDUS WATERSTRADTI, H. H. Druce.

Mr. Cator captured this species at Sapagaya.

Mr. Cator has also obtained a long series of specimens of an

allied species from the island of Cagayan, which I believe is un-

named and have ventured to describe below ”.

PAaRAGHRYDUS APHOCHA.

Allotinus aphocha, Kheil, Rhop. Ins. Nias, p. 28, pl. v. fig. 30

(1884).

* Mr. de Nicéville is mistaken in supposing that the Miletus zymna, Doubl. &

Hew., is a true Gerydus (see J. A. 8. B. lxiv. p. 445, 1895), as the structure of

the legs at once proves that it is not congeneric. Dr. F. Karsch has lately

placed this species, together with another from W. Africa (M. metaleucus,

Karsch), in the genus Megalopalpus, Rober (Berlin. entom. Zeits. 1893, p. 217).

We possess specimens of I. zymna, and on examination I find that they agree

with the figures given by Herr Rober so far as the legs and palpi are concerned,

but that the neuration does not exactly correspond with the neuration as there

figured. I, however, still hold the same opinion as I expressed in P. Z. 8.

1895, p. 561, footnote. On the other hand, Mr. Grose Smith has recorded

Miletus zymna, Doubl. & Hew., from Sumatra, but Mr. de Nicéville and

Dr. Martin did not obtain specimens. There is some confusion with regard to

Megalopalpus, which I regret I cannot clear up.

An examination of the types of Gerydus boisduvalii, Butler (Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii. 1884, p. 194), proves that they are synonymous with G. eos,

Guér., the female of which is well figured in the ‘Voyage de La Coguille’ (pl. 18.

fig. 8, 1829)—the specimens which Dr. Butler referred to G. (eos being the

recently described G. maximus, Holland, from Celebes. Of course, G. boisdu-

valit, Butler, could not in any case stand, as Mr. Moore, so long ago as 1857,

described another species under the name Joisdwvali, with which the Amboinese

species is strictly congeneric.

? PARAGERYDUS MELOs, Sp. n.

Closely allied to P. horsfieldi.

3. Upperside much darker brown, with the discal patch paler and more

conspicuous ; underside pale grey, with the marginal rows of spots in each

wing dark and distinct.

Q. Dark brown above, very slightly paler on the disc of the fore wing ;

underside as male, but ground-colour paler. The outer margin of the hind

wing is much more dentate than in that sex of P. horsfieldi.

Expanse, ¢ 1,,-14 inch, 9 1,3,-13 inch.

Hab, Cagayan. Types Mus. Cator and Druce.

A number of specimens were obtained in June, which vary only in size.

1896.]} MR, H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDZ. 653

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

Wahnes has also sent several more specimens of this species to

Dr. Staudinger.

Attotints, Feld.

ALLOTINUS SUBVIOLACEDS, Feld.

Mr. D. Cator captured several specimens at Sandakan in March.

Loeanta, Distant.

LoGANIA MALAYICA, Distant.

Mr. de Nicéville records this insect from 8.E. Borneo (J. A.S. B.

vol. xiii. pt. 2, no. 1, p. 29, 1894); and Mr. D. Cator captured it

at Sandakan in J anuary.

LoGANIA REGINA, Druce.

Melikop and Banguey Is. (Cator).

The two specimens obtained by Mr. Cator have less white along

the inner margins of the fore wing below than in the type, and

thereby approach ZL. sriwa, Distant. They were taken in the

month of October.

Logania opscura, Distant & Pryer.

Mr. Cator obtained two females at Sandakan in April which

may possibly belong to this species. On the upperside they differ

from that sex of LZ. staudingeri in having the disc of the fore wing

white, in its base being dusky, in the costal margin being much

more narrowly brown, and in the hind wing being dull brown,

very slightly dusted with whitish.

In the figure given in P. Z. 8. 1895, pl. xxxi., of L. staudingeri 3,

the disc of the fore wing appears pure white ; this is incorrect, it

should be pale greyish blue.

Cyantriopss, de Nicév.

CYANIRIODES LIBNA, Hew. (Plate XXIX. fig. 3, ¢.)

Mr. Cator has kindly lent me the specimen described in P. Z. 8.

1895, p. 565, to figure, which is in his collection. He captured it

in June 1894, about 8 o’clock in the morning, flying in a cocoanut

plantation.

Hypocurysors, Feld.

HYPocHRYSOPS C@LISPARSUS, Butler.

Miletus celisparsus, Butl. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.

p. 159 (1883).

Hypochrysops celisparsus, H. H, Druce, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1891,

p- 188, pl. x. figs. 10, 11.

654 MR, H. H, DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 16,

Sandakan and Libaran I. (Cator). : ;

Mr. Cator was fortunate in capturing two fine specimens of this

beautiful species, which is recorded now for the first time from

Borneo. They are larger than the type, and differ from it in the

band beyond the cell in the fore wing below being somewhat less

straight and rather more broken up. But this difference appears

to me much too slight to constitute it a distinct species.

ZaRona, de Nicév.

ZARONA JASODA, de Nicév.

Zarona jasoda, de Nicéy. J. A. 8. B. vol. lvii. pt. 2, p. 280, pl. xiv.

fig. 5, d (1888); id. Butt. Ind. ete. p. 34, pl. xxv. fig. 144, g

(1890).

Sandakan. ;

Mr. D. Cator captured a single male specimen in July, which is

the only one I have seen from Borneo.

Porir1a, Moore.

PoRITIA SUMATRA, Feld.

Brunei ( Waterstr.).

Dr. Staudinger’s collector has obtained examples of this species

on the mainland. In Sumatra, Mr. de Nicéville states that, with

P. philota, Hew., it is less rare than the others belonging to the

genus.

PoritIA PHALUKE, H. H. Druce.

Mr. D. Cator procured both sexes at Sandakan in April and in

August.

SrmisK1na, Distant.

SIMISKINA PHALENA, Hew.

When referring to this species, I placed it in the genus Poritia;

but as it is without the tuft of hair near the base of the submedian

nervure in the hind wing, it is perhaps better placed in Siniskina,

where it has been included by Mr. de Nicéville. The second tuft

of hair in all the specimens I have examined is hardly discernible ;

and is entirely absent in all specimens of S. pharyge, Hew., that I

have before me’.

These facts seem to point to the conclusion that in this case the

absence or presence of these tufts is not of generic importance,

and that Simiskina cannot stand. Mr. de Nicéville has lately

described and figured the female of S. phalena, Hew. (Journ.

Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. ix. p. 270, pl. O. fig. 13, 1895), so that I

appear to have quite incorrectly considered his S. solyma to be

the female. The general resensblance of the undersides and the

receipt of the two sexes from the same locality led me to believe

that they belonged to the same species. Mr. D. Cator has sent

me for examination two females taken at Sandakan in July.

See also my remarks on Poritia philura, mihi, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 569,

1896.] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENID. 655

SIMISKINA SOLYMA.

Simiskina solyma, de Nicéy. J. A. S. B. vol. lxiii. pt. 2, p. 29,

pl. iv. fig. 10 (1894).

Labuan ( Waterstr.).

The female only is known.

Neorrruscors, Distant.

NEOPITHECOPS ZALMORA, Butler.

Mr. de Nicéville states that ‘* Cupido talmora, Butler” of Druce,

P. Z.S. 1873, p. 348, is a synonym of NV. zalmora (see J. A. 8. B.

vol. lxiv. p. 451). The name talmora appears to me to be so clearly

a misprint that comment is unnecessary.

Cyantrris, Dalman.

CYANIRIS CAMEN#.

Cyaniris camene, de Nicév. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. ix.

p- 278, pl. O. fig. 22 (3).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

C. camene is very close to C. selma, mibi, but differs in the

darker shade of its blue, in the spots on the underside being

about equally conspicuous, and in its considerably larger size.

CYANIRIS SONCHUS, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 4, ¢.)

g. Allied to C. cossewa, de Nicév. Upperside blue, of a darker

shade, and with the black margins distinctly wider. Fore wing

with a black mark partially closing the cell; hind wing entirely

without the white fascia at the apex, and with the costal margin

wholly black. Underside creamy white, with the spots arranged

as in C. cosswa, but more prominent, especially those forming the

marginal and submarginal series.

Expanse 13 inch.

S.E. Borneo (Wahnes). Type Mus. Staud.

C. sonchus, together with C. cosswa', de Nicév., and C. plauta’*,

mihi, form a small group in the genus, which can be at once dis-

tinguished by the yellowish-white ground-colour of the underside.

Cyaninis pLAuTA, H. H. Druce.

Dr. Staudinger has received a specimen ( ¢ ), taken at an altitude

of 3000 metres on Kina Balu, in which the white patch on the

apex of the hind wing above has almost disappeared, and on the

underside the spots are smaller and the ground-colour greyer.

C. plauta usually has a black spot on the costal margin of the

hind wing below, over the spot in cell as in C. csssea, but this

spot is not always present and in the example figured is absent.

1 C@, cossea, de Nicéy. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. ix. pl. O. figs. 14,

15 (1895). i

C. plauta, H. H. Druce, P. Z, 8. 1895, p. 574, pl. xxii. figs. 8, 9.

656 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE, [June 16,

Nacapusa, Moore.

NACADUBA HERMUS, Feld.

Lycena hermus, Feld. Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, Math.-nat. Cl. x1.

p. 457. no. 33 (1860).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

Mr. de Nicéville has examined Felder’s type, and states that

NV. viola, Moore, is a synonym of this species.

NACADUBA NOREIA.

Lycena noreia, Feld. Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. 1868, p. 282.

Labuan ( Wahnes).

Dr. Staudinger has received the tailless form of WN. ardates,

Moore, which according to Mr. de Nicéville (he having seen the

type of Z. noreia at Vienna) equals that species.

NacaBupa atura, Druce.

I think it is most probable that the species VV. nanda described by

Mr. de Nicéville in Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. x. p. 34, pL. 8.

fig. 23 (1895), is the same as NV. aluta. N. aluia has the prominent

white anteciliary thread in the three anal interspaces as described

by Mr. de Nicéville, but on the underside of the fore wing the

anteciliary line only is straight, the other two lines being lunulated,

both much to the same extent, the spaces between the lines being

darker, as described in VY. nanda!.

LAMPIDES DAONES, sp.n. (Plate XXIX. fig. 5, 3.)

6. Upperside pale shining silvery blue, appearing of a greenish

shade in some lights. Fore wing: costal margin very narrowly,

apex and outer margin broadly, dull black. Hind wing dull

black, with the blue colour extending just over and around the

cell only ; inner margin paler ; a marginal row of indistinct black

lunules edged with sordid white, the one between the lower

median nervules being large and distinct, followed by a black ante-

ciliary line. Tail black, tipped with white. Cilia of fore wing

dull black, of hind wing sordid white, black at the extremities of

the nervules. Underside pale greyish brown, with white lines

arranged exactly as in L. elpis, Godt., but in the hind wing rather

straighter. Thorax and abdomen above and below concolorous

with wings. Antenne black, spotted with white.

Expanse 13 inches.

Penungah. Mus. Cator and Druce.

On the upperside this butterfly appears to be allied to L. mara-

1 Mr. de Nicéville states, in the list of Sumatran Butterflies, that he thinks

N. perusia, Felder, is probably a synonym of N. atrata, Horsf. This is not

so. We possess specimens from Amboyna which I have compared with the

type in the Felder collection, On the upperside WV. perusia is much like

N. atrata, but on the underside is quite different, the white lines, excepting

those at the bases, are further apart, and have the ground-spaces between them

white, bordered on each side by a brown line,

1896.] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENID2. 657

kata, de Nicéville', but on the underside is quite different and

appears to belong to another group.’ I have not seen L. mara-

kata, and can only judge from the description. Mr. Cator

captured L. daones in December.

LAMPIDES Ostas, Rober.

Banguey I., N. Borneo ( Waterstr.).

L. osias certainly occars in Sumatra, although it is not given by

Mr. de Nicéville and Dr. Martin in their list. We possess speci-

mens from the N.E. It is closely allied to Z. swidas, Feld., of

which I have examined the type, but is a paler shade of blue on

the upperside, and the white markings of the underside show

through more than usual, especially on the hind wing. On the

underside the lines of Z. suidas are broader and straighter.

From some remarks made by Mr. de Nicéville in the Journ.

Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. x. p. 38 (1895), it is evident that he has

not seen the type of L. clcodus, Feld., as he writes of it as ‘‘ azure-

blue.” It is paler than LZ. celeno, Cr.,in fact almost white, shining,

and with a slight greenish tinge; and, from some remarks further

on, on the same page, I do not feel certain that he has identified

L. osias correctly.

We possess many specimens of Z. osias, one of which was iden-

tified by Herr Rober.

Lamprprs Livipus, H. H. Druce.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

Dr. Staudinger has received a single male specimen of this

species, which agrees well with the type from Labuan, but is

slightly stronger in colour on both surfaces.

Tuysonotis, Hiibn.

THYSONOTIS SOHABFFERA, Esch.

We have lately received specimens of this species captured at

Sandakan.

ARHOPALA, Boisd.

Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker, who has been working at this genus

for some three years, has prepared the following additional list of

Bornean species, and has sent me descriptions of those which he

considers to be new,whilst I have added new localities to some few

species which I have previously referred to. Mr. Bethune-Baker

is entirely responsible for all the new species of this genus here

described.— H. H. D.

Through the kindness of Mr. H. H. Druce I have recently been

enabled to examine several specimens of the genus Arhopala

which are evidently new, and these, together with a number of

others now in my possession, kindly lent me by Dr. Staudinger and

Herr Georg Semper, show that there is plenty of work yet to be

1 L. marakata, de Nicév. Butt. Ind. ete. p. 174, footnote (1890).

658 MRE. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDH. [June 16,

done in the island of Borneo, for out of quite a small number of

the genus there are twelve new species, most of which are strongly

marked forms. As I am gradually preparing a monograph of

the genus, it will be unnecessary for me now to do more than

enumerate and describe the species.—G. T. B.-B.

ARHOPALA MEANDER, Boisd. Voy. Astr., Lép. p. 76 (1832).

One very magnificently marked (underside) specimen from the

collection of Herr Ribbe from South-east Borneo.

ARHOPALA TAMEANGA, sp. n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXIX.

figs. 7 5,89.)

Tameang-Lajang (S.E. Borneo).

Expanse, ¢ 57, Q 54 millim.

3d. Upperside: both wings dark bluish purple, in some lights

almost indigo colour, and having a brownish patch in a certain

light, with an almost linear black costa and outer margin to the

primaries, and on the secondaries a broad brown costa and very

fine black outer margin ; abdominal fold grey; submedian area very

densely clothed with brown hairs; tail black, tipped with white,

lobe scarcely developed at all. Underside: both wings very warm

ochreous brown, with darker spots margined with creamy. Pri-

maries with three very dark, large, slightly increasing cell-spots,

below the third being another equally dark rather large spot, over

the third a small spot near the costa; subdiscal area dark brown,

with a slightly purplish tinge; submedian area pale; transverse

branch composed of six oval spots, the first four outwardly oblique,

each spot projecting beyond its predecessor, especially the fourth ;

fifth and sixth spots shifted well inwards and below each other ;

submarginal band indefinite, but fairly distinct. Secondaries

rather darker than primaries, with a dark spot at the basal costal

extremity, three dark basal spots below each other, and a fourth

shifted right beyond the internal nervure; these are followed by

three more spots below each other, the third being very large and

irregular ; cell closed bya largish spot, below it being another con-

necting it with the lower of the three spots; transverse band

consisting of eight spots, the second being large and shifted out-

wards on to its outer margin, the third shifted right out, detached,

fourth further out, fifth inwards, sixth outwards; seventh angular

spot well inwards (not detached), almost broken into two at the

angle, and confluent with the long eighth spot ; submarginal row

very indistinct ; anal spot black, with a very plentiful scaling of

bright pale greenish metallic scales, with one edged above by a

dark line to the internal nervure; this line has some metallic

scales therein.

9. Upperside: both wings pale bluish violet ; primaries with

broad brown costa, broader outer margin, and very broad apical

area, cell closed by a darkish spot; secondaries with very broad

margins all round, especially the costa. Underside precisely as in

the male, but rather paler, and with the submarginal bands rather

1896. ] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDS. 659

more distinct, whilst the second and third spots of the transverse

band of the secondaries are not dislocated.

This is a well-marked species, and will follow A. agnis, Feld. A

male and female, e mus. Herr G. Semper.

ARHOPALA SEMPERI, sp. n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XX1X.

figs. 9 ¢, 10 9.)

36, Tameang-Lajang (S.E. Borneo); 9, Kina Balu.

Expanse, ¢ 54, 9 50 millim.

¢o. Upperside: both wings dull violet; primaries with costa

blackish, of medium width, and posterior margin rather broader ;

cell closed by a distinct, black, curved, narrow spot, and nervures

intersecting the surface with black. Secondaries with broad brown

costa, rather narrow posterior margin, increasing broadly at the

anal angle; abdominal fold grey; nervures darkly intersecting

the surface. Tail longish, black, tipped with white; the closing

of the cell is slightly darkened. Underside: wings ochreous

brown, with darker spots encircled with whitish. Primaries with

three large increasing cell-spots, the third vein very irregular and

large ; below this is another large spot in the lower median angle,

above it is a trace of a minute spot on the costa; subdiscal area

slightly darker, edged very distinctly with whitish, whilst below

the second cell-spot is a light Y-shaped mark in this area; trans-

verse band composed of six longish spots, the upper four being

distinct ovals, a small one near the costa; the second shifted right

outwards, the third a little further out, but, on account of its

larger size, its inner margin is shifted inwards also; fourth shifted

outwards again, fifth and sixth spot below each other ard shifted

well inwards ; below these is a trace of a small spot below the

lower median nervule ; submarginal row indefinite and indistinct.

Secondaries with a fair-sized spot at the basal extremity of the

costa, and four longish basal spots below each other, the upper

three being very close together, the fourth shifted right inwards

and being in line (horizontally) with the third; following these

are three large spots below each other; cell closed by a large

irregular spot, below which is a larger spot than usual occupying

the lower median angle ; transverse band composed of eight spots

in pairs ; the lower of the first pair is shifted outwards, the second

pair is shifted right out and detached, the lower of these two being

further out than the upper; the third pair well inwards, the lower

of these two being shifted slightly outwards; seventh angular spot

shifted right inwards and confluent with the eighth spot, which is

unusually long, extending close up to the fourth basal spot; submar-

ginal band distinct, sublunar; lobe-spot black, edged above with blue

metallic scales, a black spot on each side the tail, with superimposed

blue metallic scales, which are more plentiful on the inner spot.

2. Upperside : both wings violet ; primaries with broad brown

costa, broader posterior margin, and very broad apical area;

secondaries with broad brown margins all round, diminishing

slightly in the anal area. Underside like the male, but paler and

660 MR, H. H, DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDEZ. [June l6,

less distinctly spotted, and the transverse band has a longish spot

below the lower median nervule; the secondaries are likewise less

darkly spotted, especially the transverse band, which is continuous

without a break, and with spots more quadrangular.

This is a very distinct species and will come after A. tameanga.

3 emus. Semper; ? e mus. Staudinger.

ARHOPALA DAJAGAKA (Stgr. MS.), sp. n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate

XXIX. figs. 11 g, 12 9.)

Kina Balu, Labuan, Tameang-Lajang.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 55 to 56 millim.

3. Upperside: both wings bluish purple, with a very slight

brown tinge in side lights. Primaries with costa and outer

margin finely black. Secondaries with broad brown costa and

narrow black outer margin ; abdominal fold grey; no tail, but a

slight tooth-like projection at the end of the lower median nervule ;

no lobe. Underside brown with an ochreous tinge, with dark

spots palely encircled. Primaries with three increasing cell-spots,

below the first and second a large spot, sometimes divided into

two, below the third a spot in the lower median angle ; transverse

catenulated band composed of six spots—the first, on the costa,

small; second, third, and fourth shifted well outwards and out-

wardly oblique ; fifth and sixth below each other, shifted inwards

but outwardly oblique; submarginal row indefinite; submedian

area paler. Secondaries with a spot at the extreme costal basal

extremity; four basal spots of fair size below each other, the

second shifted slightly inwards, the fourth right inwards, followed

by three more spots below each other ; cell closed by a large sub-

ovate spot, below which is a smaller one connecting it with the

lower of the previous three ; catenulated band composed of eight

spots, all of which (except the eighth) are completely encircled

by a pale margin and are arranged in a fairly even semicircle; the

first and second are detached from each other and from the others,

all of which touch each other (in one specimen before me I notice

the third and fourth spots are not quite completely encircled with a

pale margin); submarginal row rather indefinite; anal spot black;

a dark spot on each side the lower median nervule, over which are

superimposed bright pale blue metallic scales, as also over the anal

spot ; this scaling is rather plentiful.

2. Upperside: both wings bright violet. Primaries with a

dark patch beyond the apex of the cell; costa not very broadly

brown; outer margin with deep scollops of brown between the

nervules, apex broadly brown. Secondaries: costa broadly brown,

outer margin with brown border of medium width; abdominal fold

greyish. Underside as in the male, but paler; but the catenu-

lated band of the primaries has an additional spot below the lower

median nervule, and the same band in the secondaries has not

the spots so completely palely margined as in the male.

This species will precede A. anamuta, Semper.

Mus. Staudinger, Semper, G. T. B.-B.

1896, ] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDH. 661

ARHOPALA DRUCEI, sp. n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXX. figs.

1,22.)

Kinu Balu.

Expanse, ¢ 55, 2 50 millim.

3. Upperside: both wings purple, quite dull or somewhat

bright according to light; costa and outer margin of primaries

narrowly brown ; costa of secondaries broadly, outer margin nar-

rowly, brown; tail long, tipped with white, lobe fairly distinct,

abdominal margin grey. Underside: both wings ochreous brown,

with darker spots palely margined, those before the transverse

lines being the darkest. Primaries with three good-sized increasing

cell-spots, above and below the third is another spot ; subdiscoidal

area dark, with an indefinite pale lunular mark in the upper part

at the centre ; transverse catenulated band composed of six con-

fluent spots, below which is a double spot like the figure 8; the

upper four spots are slightly curved outwards, the fifth and sixth

have their inner margins shifted well inwards, but the outer

margins very slightly so, and these two spots have an outward

inclination ; submarginal row indefinite but fairly distinct; sub-

median area paler. Secondaries with a small spot at the basal

upper extremity ; four basal spots below each other, second shifted

slightly inwards, fourth well inwards outside the internal nervure ;

beyond these are three larger spots below each other; cell closed

by a long subquadrate spot, below which is a small spot in the

lower median angle; transverse band beginning below the upper

discoidal nervule, composed of six laterally-edged spots, the second

shifted outwards, third inwards, fourth inclined outwards, fifth

angular spot right inwards; sixth long spot very irregular in shape,

slightly outwards, but extending up to the internal nervure ; just

above and between the uppermost spot of this series and that

closing the cell are two confluent spots occupying ,the interspaces

between the costal, subcostal, and upper discoidal nervures, the

lower of which is the longer of the two; submarginal row inde-

finite but fairly distinct ; anal area occupied by bluish meiallic

scales over a blackish patch ; tail brown, tipped with white; lobe-

spot velvety black, edged above with metallic blue.

Q. Upperside: both wings bluish purple, not nearly so deep as

in the male, with broad margins all round, the apical area being

the broadest. Underside: both wings rather darker than in the

male; in the primaries the transverse band has no 8-shaped double

spot, but ceases on the lower median nervule. In the secondaries

the transverse band just touches the lower of the two spots on the

costa, and the three upper spots of the transversal series are

nearly (not absolutely) confluent, whilst the fifth and sixth are

confluent.

In spite of these little differences, the two insects look so pre-

cisely similar in general pattern and tone that I do not doubt their

being sexes of the same species, which will come next to A. adatha,

Hew. ‘There are a male and two females before me, all taken on

Kina Balu, and kindly lent to us by Dr. Staudinger.

662 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LyC£NIDZ. [June 16,

ARHOPALA VIHARA.

Arhopala vihara, Feld. Wien. ent. Mon. iv. p. 395 (1860);

Reise Nov. Lep. ii. p. 228, t. 29. fig. 7 (1865).

Labuan and Tameang-Lajang.

Two typical specimens, e mus. Dr. Staudinger and Herr Semper.

ARHOPALA PSEUDOMUTA, Stgr. Iris, ii. p. 125.

Hab. Malacca; Borneo.

Expanse, g 46, 9 47 millim.

3g. Upperside: both wings rather dull violet; primaries with

narrow brown costa, and less narrow, but still narrow, black outer

margin; secondaries with broad brown costa and narrow outer

margin ; abdominal fold greyish; tail brown, longish, tipped with

white. Underside: both wings warm ochreous brown, with

darker spots palely encircled. Primaries with three increasing cell-

spots, below the third another in the lower median angle ; trans-

verse catenulated band composed of six spots—the first three very

oblique outwardly, the fourth inclined (not shifted) inwards so as

to form a sharp curve with the lowest of the three, fifth shifted

well inwards, sixth inclined outwards; submarginal row rather

indefinite ; submedian area paler, subdiscal area darker. Second-

aries with a small spot at the basal costal extremity; four basal

spots, the third shifted slightly outwards, the fourth well inwards,

followed by three larger spots below each other ; cell closed by a

subquadrate spot, below which is a small one touching the lowest

of the three; catenulated band composed of eight spots—the second

shifted outwards and detatched from the first and the third, third

and fourth shifted right outwards, fifth well inwards, sixth out-

wards, seventh right inwards and detached, confluent with the long

eighth spot; submarginal row sublunular and well defined; anal

spot velvety black, preceded by two black spots, which are almost

covered over with pale blue metallic scales; the anal spot is also

edged above by the same coloured scales.

Q. Upperside: both wings pale violet; primaries with rather

broad costa, very broad apical area, and broad outer margins, all

brown ; secondaries with broad brown costa, narrow brown outer

margin, increasing slightly towards the anal angle. Underside

similar to the male, but much paler, and in the secondaries the

fourth spot of the catenulated band is projected more outwards.

A male from North Borneo is decidedly bluer than those from

Malacca, and the outer margin of the secondaries is rather wider.

I have thought it well to fully describe this species, as Staudinger’s

description (Iris, i. pp. 125 & 126) is almost purely comparative.

—G. T. B.-B.

ARHOPALA KOUNGA, sp. n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXX. figs.

3 3 ’ 4 2 -)

Kina Balu.

Expanse, ¢ 41, 2 37 millim.

1896.] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENID®. 663

3. Upperside : both wings bright rather deep blue tinged with

purplish, with a slight brownish lustre in one light ; costa and outer

margin of primaries very finely black, almost linear; costa of

secondaries broadly, outer margin very finely black; abdominal

fold greyish ; tail fairly long, black tipped with white, lobe slightly

developed, with small white spot on its interior and exterior margin.

Underside: both wings olivaceous brown, with darker spots palely

margined. Primaries a little paler than secondaries, with three in-

creasing cell-spots, above and below the third being another spot ;

transverse maculate band composed of six spots, the upper four

slightly curved outwards and uninterrupted, the fifth shifted

slightly inwards, sixth outwards and terminating on the lower

median nervule ; below this in the pale submedian area is a trace of

another small indefinite detached spot; submarginal row rather in-

definite and indistinct, subdiscal area dark. Secondaries with four

basal spots below each other, the third shifted outwards ; following

these three larger ones below each other, the third one being again

shifted outwards; cell closed by a large subquadrate spot, below

which is a smaller triangular one connecting it with the lower of

the three spots, whilst above it, touching its outer apex, are two spots

over each other, the lower of which is the larger, having its outer

margin shifted outwards, the upper one touches the costal nervure;

the transverse maculate band commencing on the upper discoidal

nervule consists of six spots—the first three almost confluent, but

each curved very slightly beyond its predecessor, fourth shifted

outwards, fifth angular spot right inwards and just detached,

sixth long irregular spot almost confluent with it ; submarginal row

fairly distinct, sublunular ; a black spot on the lobe and on the

margin on each side of the tail; anal area covered with bright pale

blue metallic scales, over which is a pale dusting up to the inner

margin ; tail brown, tipped with white.

2. Upperside: both wings slightly bluer than the male; pri-

maries with broadish costa, broad outer margin, and broader apex

of black ; cell closed with a very distinct black spot, and the apex of

the blue area beyond the cell has three deep black spots in the

nervule interspaces: secondaries with broad costa, less broad

outer margin of black; abdominal fold greyish; tail black, tipped

with white. Underside very much greyer than in the male, and

in the secondaries the transverse maculate band just touches the

outer lower margin of the two costal spots, and the fourth spot is

shifted less outwards.

This species is nearest to A. aroa, Hew., but that insect is much

more purple on the upperside, and the arrangement of the three

upper spots of the transverse band of the secondaries is different,

and in the very large series of A. aroa now before me I find they

follow the same pattern throughout. The female of A. kownga is

quite different as to upperside and colour of underside, as already

described.

Types, e mus. Staudinger.

664 MR. H. H. DRUCH ON BORNEAN Lyc#NIDZ, [June 16,

ARHOPALA BELLA, sp. u., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXX. figs.

63,7 2.)

Kina Balu.

Expanse, ¢ 55, 2 48 millim.

3. Upperside : both wings brilliant lustrous purple around the

margins, the whole of the inner area being lustrous brown, shading

in certain lights into dull rather shining deep violet, somewhat as

is seen in violet-coloured specimens of A. allata, Stgr., but much

more beautiful. The secondaries show much more of the brilliant

purple than the primaries and they have the abdominal fold

brownish grey. In the single specimen before me there is a trace

of a tail broken off, but it appears to have beenafine one. Extreme

margins with a very fine lineal black line. Underside : both wings

brown, slightly tinged with lilac, with dark spots laterally edged

with very pale lilac. Primaries with three large cell-spots, the

outer two very large, below the third in the lower median angle is

another largish spot, whilst over the third are two very small

spots, the lower one being shifted inwards ; transverse band com-

posed of six spots, the upper four shifted very oblique each beyond

its predecessor, fifth spot shifted well inwards; sixth spot, the

largest, ending on the lower median nervule and shifted outwards ;

a trace of the submarginal row ; subdiscoidal area dark, submedian

area rather paler. Secondaries with a spot at the extreme basal

apex, four basal spots below each other, followed by three large

ones ; cell closed by a large subquadrangular spot, below which is a

small triangular one connecting it with the lower of the three

spots just mentioned, this spot being very irregular in shape ; above

the spot closing the cell and touching it, but shifted outwards, are

two spots over each other, reaching the costal nervure, whose inner

margins are confluent, but the outer margin of the lower and

larger spot is shifted outwards ; the transverse macular band begins

below the upper discoidal nervure and is composed of six spots—the

first one shifted right out, with its upper inner angle just touching

the lower and outer extremity of the lower of the two spots above,

second spot shifted outwards, third inwards, fourth outwards, fifth

angular spot inwards, sixth long spot slightly inwards again; a

trace of a submarginal sublunular row ; anal area with bluish-green

lustrous metallic scales ; lobe-spot black ; lobe scarcely developed at

all.

9. Upperside: both wings lustrous azure, in certain lights

rather dull violet. Primaries with costa somewhat narrowly and

outer margin broadly dark brown ; the apex of the cell has a short

black line at its upper extremity, showing rather plainly in the blue

area. Secondaries with all the margins broadly brown; tail fairly

long, brown tipped with white. Underside precisely as in the

male, but tinged more with pinkish violet than lilac.

This very beautiful and (in the male) very unusual-looking species

will probably come near to A. acestes, de N., but may at once be

recognized by its large size, its brilliant purple margins, and its

lustrous brown inner areas ; the macular transverse bands are also

1896.] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDS. 665

somewhat different, and A. acestes is much more spotted in appear-

ance beneath than A. bella. I have a fine pair of this species before

me, both taken on Kina Balu, from Dr. Staudinger’s collection.

ARHOPALA HAVILANDI, sp. n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXX.

figs. 8 5,9 9.)

Kina Balu.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 47-48 millim.

¢. Upperside: both wings brilliant deep purplish blue, in some

lights looking dull purplish, whilst with a side ight there is quite

a brownish lustre over the one side; costa and outer margin of

primaries very finely black; secondaries with costa broadly and

narrowly black ; tail fine, black tipped with white ; abdominal fold

greyish. Underside: both wings cinnamon-brown, with a pinkish-

violet tinge, with darker brown spots very palely wargined. Pri-

maries with three good-sized increasing cell-spots—a very small spot

being over the second and third close to the costa, and another be-

tween and almost touching them (i. e. the cell-spots), this spot varies

much in size; below the third is a good-sized spot occupying the lower

median angle; subdiscoidal cell dark, submedian area paler: the

transverse band is composed of seven spots, the upper four being

outwardly oblique, the second being shifted well beyond the small

first one, the third very slightly inwards, the fourth right outwards,

the fifth and sixth almost confluent, shifted well inwards but out-

wardly inclined, and below this is a smaller eighth spot, which is

sometimes indistinct; submarginal row indistinct, sublunular.

Secondaries with a small spot at the extreme basal angle of the

costa, four basal spots below each other, the second and fourth

shifted inwards, followed by three larger ones below each other ;

cell closed by a large spot laterally edged ; transverse band begin-

ning below the upper discoidal nervule and composed of six spots—

the second shifted outwards, third inwards, fourth outwards, fifth

angular spot quite detached and shifted far inwards and confluent

with the long bottle-necked sixth spot ; touching the outer margin of

the spot closing the cell and the inner margin of the first spot of

the transverse band are two spots confluent over each other, the

upper one reaching the costa and the lower one as described but

with its inner margin shifted right inwards, and being therefore

the larger of the two; the submarginal row is sublaunular and

indistinct ; anal area black, with bright bluish superimposed metallic

scales ; lobe-spot small, black ; lobe scarcely developed at all.

Q. Upperside: both wings briiliant, lustrous azure-blue, dull

violet in some lights and with the peculiar brown lustre in others.

Primaries with somewhat narrow costa, broad outer margin, and

very broad dark brown apical area ; at the margin of the blue patch

beyond the upper apex of the cell are three or four deep black spots

in the interspaces of the nervules. Secondaries with all the

margins broadly dark brown; the outer margin being less broad

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1896, No. XLITI. 43

666 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 16,

than the others; tail fine, brown tipped with white. Underside

precisely as the male, but a little duller in colour.

I have two males and two females before me, all from Kina Balu ;

they are nearest to .A. aida, de Nicév., but can at once be recognized

by their much larger size and very different upperside—the black

margins being linear and blue, quite different in colour. I have two

specimens of A, aida before me from Labuan, which are about half

as small again as my species.

ARHOPALA AIDA, de Nicév. Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soe. vol. iv.

p. 168, pl. A. fig. 1 (1889).

Two specimens from Labuan—a male like the type, and a female

small and violet-coloured.

ARHOPALA DIARDI, Hew. Cat. Lycenid. B. M. p. 9, figs. 51, 52

(1862).

Two ordinary specimens from Labuan and S$.E. Borneo, from

the collections of Dr. Staudinger and Herr Ribbe respectively.

ARHOPALA MORPHINA, Dist.

Panchala morphina, Distant, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xiv.

p. 201 (1884).

One specimen of this lovely insect, taken at Labuan, from

Dr. Staudinger’s collection.

ARHOPALA BORNEENSIS, sp. n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXX.

fig. 5, d-)

Borneo (Kina Balu, Tameang-Lajang) ; Malacca.

Expanse, d 42 to 46 millim.

3. Upperside : both wings brilliant lustrous green, not so brassy

as A. aurea, Hew., having in a side light a bluish tinge, with linear

brown costa and outer margin to the primaries: secondaries with

the green only occupying the central part of the wing, the rest of

the wing being brown, this colour invading the outer margin of the

green area, so as to make it irregularly hollowed ; the tail at the end

of the lower median nervule is short. Underside : both wings dirty

dull brown, all the markings being most indistinct, the pattern

being slightly darker, with very faint pale edgings. Primaries with

a trace ot three increasing cell-spots, followed by an equally indis-

tinct transverse band composed of five spots, the upper three being

outwardly strongly oblique, the lower two inwardly oblique ; there

is a trace of a spot below that closing the cell ; subdiscal area dark ;

submedian area pale. Secondaries with spots rather more distinct,

four basal below each other, followed by three larger ones below

each other ; cell closed by a largish spot, below which is a small one

in the lower median angle, and above it, almost confluent but shifted

very slightly outwards, are two spots above each other, the upper

smaller one reaching to the costa: transverse band less distinct,

composed of six spots from the upper discoidal nervure ; the third

1896.] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. 667

is shifted slightly inwards, fourth outwards, fifth angular spot in-

wards and confluent with the eighth spot ; submarginal row very

indistinct ; two or three dark spots at the anal area superimposed

by unusually blue submetallic scales.

This species will come between A. trogon, Dist.,and A.awrea, Hew.;

it is nearest to the latter in the underside colour, but to the former

inthe pattern. Ihave one specimen before me from 8.E. Borneo in

which the pattern is much more distinct than in the other two from

Kina Balu and Malacca.

ARHOPALA LABUANA, sp.n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXX. figs.

12 g,13 @.)

Labuan ; Mindanao.

Expanse, ¢ 49, 2 44 millim.

3. Upperside: both wings dark bluish purple, in some lights

yery dull violet, and with a side light having that iustrous brown

gloss which appears not uncommon in-the Bornean Arhopale ;

primaries with narrow black costa and rather broader outer margin ;

secondaries with broad brown costa and narrow blackish scolloped

outer margins ; abdominal fold greyish. The lower median nervule

is produced into a longish tooth-like projection; but after having

carefully examined it, I do not think it has ever been a tail.

Underside : both wings greyish ochreous brown, with distinct dark

spots and fascia edged with cream-colour. Primaries with three

increasing cell-spots, below the third are two spots in the nervule

interspaces, that touching the third spot being exceedingly small;

transverse maculate band composed of six subovate spots, that on

the costa being very small, the upper four are arched slightly out-

wards, the fifth inclined slightly inwards, and the sixth, ending on

the lower submedian nervule, inclined outwards ; submarginal row

indefinite, but distinct ; submedian area greyish; subdiscal dark,

with a pale linear edging. Secondaries with four fair-sized spots

below each other, the third shifted slightly outwards, beyond these

are four larger spots similarly arranged ; cell closed by a large

subquadrate spot, below which are two other spots in the nervule

interspaces, the upper of these being minute and discernible by its

pale outer margin, the lower touches the third spot of the second

row of four: transverse maculate band composed of seven spots—a

pair (one above the other) on the costa, the lower one being the

larger, which touches the spot closing the cell; the third spot is

shifted right outwards, its inner margin just touching the outer

margin of the second spot ; fourth spot shifted very slightly out-

wards but inwardly oblique; fifth spot well inwards, sixth well

outwards; seventh angular spot well inwards and terminating

just beyond the submedian nervure; submarginal crescentic row

distinct, with its inner pale margin distinct trom the costa to the

internal nervure ; three black spots at the anal area, with pale blue

metallic scales over them, these having a sharp lunular black

interior edging, which follows the line of the pale inner margin of

the submarginal row.

43*

668 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 16,

@. Upperside : both wings bright violet-blue; primaries with a

dark spot at the end of the cell and exceedingly broad brown

margins all round; costa brown to the cell, and almost to the

upper median nervule; secondaries with exceedingly broad costa

and very broad outer and abdominal margins. Underside exactly

like the male, but darker in colour.

This species will precede A. arsenius, Feld.

ARHOPALA WATERSTRADTI, sp. n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXX.

figs. 10 g,11 9.)

Kina Balu.

Expanse, ¢ 42, 2 40 millim.

3. Upperside: both wings lustrous bright blue tinged with

violet, in some lights the colour being dark violet-blue ; primaries

with costa narrowly, and outer margin less narrowly black ;

secondaries with costa less broadly than usual, and outer margin

very narrowly black. Underside brown, with slightly darker spots

palely edged. Primaries with pattern rather indistinct, with three

increasing cell-spots, the first near the base, below the second is an

indistinct and indefinite spot, and below the third is a small indis-

tinct one: transverse catenulated band composed of six spots,

ending on the lower median nervule; the upper four are each

inclined obliquely outwards, but not fractured ; the fifth is shifted

inwards very slightly as to its outer, but more so as to its inner

margin; the fifth is shifted outwards; submarginal band very

indistinct ; submedian area paler. Secondaries with pattern more

distinct than in primaries ; four basal ‘spots below each other, the

third shifted outwards, followed by three larger spots below each

other ; cell closed by a subquadrate spot, below which is a small

spot in the lower median angle: transverse catenulated band com-

posed of eight spots from the costal nervure ; the second largish,

shifted well outwards and slightly dislocated from the third, which

is shifted right outwards; fourth shifted outwards again; fifth

inwards, and having a very oval exterior margin; sixth outwards,

with a straight margin; seventh angular spot dislocated right

inwards, eighth slightly inwards ; submarginal row fairly distinct ;

eo area darker, with superimposed pale bluish-green metallic

scales.

Q. Upperside: both wings bright lustrous azure; primaries

with rather broad costa and very broad black outer margins ;

secondaries with broad even black margins all round; abdominal

fold greyish. Underside just like the male, with two exceptions,

viz., that there is a trace of a spot on the costa over the third cell-

spot in the primaries, and in the secondaries the second and third

spots of the transverse band are not dislocated. All the other

markings are exactly the same in every particular.

This species will follow A. metamuta, Hew., but it can easily be

distinguished by both wings being the same colour.

Types, e mus. Staudinger.

1896.] MR. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. 669

ARHOPALA MOOREI, sp. n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXXI. fig.

13.)

Labuan; Kina Balu; Malacca.

¢. Upperside: both wings bright purplish blue, rather deep in

tone ; primaries with very narrow black costa and broad black

outer margins; secondaries with broad black borders of almost

equal width all round ; abdominal fold dark grey ; no tail. Under-

side: both wings dirty brown, with very slightly darker spots

palely edged. Primaries with all the markings very obscure ; three

increasing cell-spots, the third the most obscure, with a trace of a

small one below: transverse catenulated band composed of five

spots, the first on the discoidal nervure, the upper three are very

oblique outwardly, the fourth is shifted decidedly inwards, and

the fifth outwards ; submarginal row exceedingly indistinct ; sub-

median area pale. Secondaries with pattern distinct ; four basal

spots, the second and fourth shifted inwards, followed by three

larger spots below each other, the two lower ones being near

together ; cell closed by a large spot, below which is another small

one: transverse catenulated band composed of eight spots, the

upper two distinct from the others but not disconnected, the

second spot is shifted well outwards, the third right out again,

the fourth rather further out still, fifth inwards, small, sixth

outwards; seventh angular spot right inwards(sometimes dislocated),

eighth almost confluent with it ; submarginal band indefinite ; anal

area with two dark spots, over which are imposed bluish or bluish-

green metallic scales.

Q. Upperside: both wings of paler blue than the male, with

short broad black costa, very broad outer margin, and excessively

broad apical area; secondaries with very broad black borders all

round, the costa being the broadest. Underside precisely as the

male in every respect.

This species, with A. waterstradti, will come between A. metamuta,

Hew., and A. hypomuta, Hew. It can readily be distinguished from

the former in that the colour of both the wings is the same without

the purple gloss, and darker altogether than the colour of the

hind wings of that species; the borders are also narrower than in

A. metamuta; whilst the bluer colour and the broad borders separate

it from A.hypomuta. From A. waterstradti it differs in being a smaller

insect with broader borders and of a deeper and more purple-blue.

I have two specimens, kindly lent me by Herr Ribbe, from Malacca,

which, though larger than Bornean specimens, yet cannot be

referred to anything but this insect.

Mus. Staudinger, Ribbe, G. T. B.-B.

[We also possess two males of this species from Sumatra.—

FEST

ARHOPALA DEVA, sp.n., Bethune-Baker. (Plate XXX. fig. 3, 3.)

N. Borneo, Sandakan.

Expanse, ¢ 40, @ 40 millim.

3. Upperside: both wings purple, with black linear costa and

670 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENID®, [June 16,

very fine outer margin in the primaries; in the secondaries the

costa is broadly brown, the outer margin very narrowly black;

abdominal fold dark grey ; no tail. Underside: both wings

dull ochreous brown, with spots slightly darker, palely edged.

Primaries with three small increasing cell-spots, below the third a

small spot, and a trace of a spot above on the costa: transverse

maculate band composed of five distinct spots, beginning below

the third subcostal nervule ; the second spot is shifted inwards and

the third outwards, these first three all being outwardly oblique ;

fourth spot shifted well inwards and being almost dislocated ;

fifth spot inclined outwards and ending above the lower median

nervule ; submarginal row indistinct and indefinite; submedian

and subdiscal area greyish. Secondaries with pattern rather plainer

than in the primaries; four basal spots below each other, the third

shifted outwards, followed by three somewhat larger spots below

each other ; cell closed by a subovate spot, below which is a small

triangular one: transverse maculate band composed of eight spots,

the first six being distinct spots, the second shifted outwards,

third outwards, fourth outwards again, fifth well inwards, sixth

outwards, seventh angular spot dislocated right inwards, eighth

long spot almost confluent with this; submarginal row more dis-

tinct than in primaries; lobe-spot black, and a trace of a black

spot in each of the next two nervule interspaces, over which are

imposed bright greenish-blue scales.

2. Upperside: both wings brown, slightly tinged with purple;

primaries with a patch of violet over the cell, the subdiscal area,

and half of the median area; secondaries with the violet almost

confined to the cell. Underside exactly like the male, but with

the pattern slightly more distinct.

This is nearest to A. antimuta, Feld. (davisoni, de Nicév.), but

is a larger insect and purpler in colour, whilst beneath the colour

is different and the transverse maculate bands are differently

arranged, as described. In the female the violet patch is of quite

a different colour and occupies less space in the primaries, and in

the secondaries there is not a quarter so much as in A. antimuta.

Its correct position will be between A. hypomuta, Hew., and

A. antimuta, Feld.

A male from N. Borneo (H. G. Smith) ; female from Sandakan

(G. J. B.-B.).

Female also in Mus. Druce, from Sandakan.

ARHOPALA ELOPURA, H. H. Druce. (Plate XXIX. fig. 6, 3.)

Thave figured the type male. [We have recently received a male

from Sandakan.—H. H. D.]

ARHOPALA SANDAKANI, n. sp. (Plate XXXI. fig. 2, g.)

Sandakan ; Java.

Expanse, ¢ 35-45, 9 42 millim.

3. Upperside: both wings bright bluish purple, rather dull in

1896. ] MR. H. H, DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYOZNIDZ. 671

some lights, with a very narrow black costa and broader outer

margin to the primaries; secondaries with a very broad costa

and much narrower outer margins; tail black with white tips ;

anal angle with a small whitish spot. Underside: both wings

ochreous, with darker spotsmargined withcream-colour. Primaries

with the usual three increasing cell-spots; above and below the

third is another spot, that on the costa being quite small; sub-

discal area dark: transverse band composed of six or seven sputs,

the second one larger than that on the costa and shifted outwards,

third very slightly outwards but inclined decidedly inwards, fourth

both shifted and inclined outwards, fifth perpendicularly inclined

with inner margin shifted inwards, sixth shifted well outwards; a

trace of a small spot below this; submarginal row fairly distinct ;

submedian area pale. Secondaries with a small spot at the costal

basal extremity; four basal spots, second and fourth shifted

inwards, followed by three larger spots below each other, the second

of which is shifted inwards ; cell closed by a subquadrate spot, below

which is another connecting it with the lowest of the three spots :

transverse band composed of seven spots, the upper two being

detached from the others and just touching the cell-spot, the

third spot is shifted right outwards, fourth outwards again, fifth

with its inner margin only shifted inwards, sixth well outwards,

seventh angular, and eighth spot confluent, being joined by a nar-

row neck and extending to nearly halfway up the internal nervure ;

submarginal row distinct, subannular; a black spot on the very

ill-developed lobe and just beyond the tail, the intervening area

filled with metallic green scales, which also edge the spots above.

Q@. Upperside: both wings purplish blue, with a black spot at

the end of the cell in the primaries, the costa being broadly blackish,

the outer margin broader, and the apical area still broader.

Secondaries with very broad margins all round, the costa being

the broadest, and the outer margin slightly decreasing in width

near the tail. Underside as in the male.

This species will come near to A. vihari, Feld. I have before

me three males—one from Java, in which the spots are very dark

indeed ; but in none of these, though evidently the same species,

is the transverse band of the primaries precisely similar: in that

from Java the upper four spots are strongly but evenly outwardly

oblique ; whilst in a very small specimen from Sandakan the first

five make an almost even curve, and in one wing of the male type

there is a minute spot almost touching the inner upper corner of

that closing the cell.

E mus. Druce (Sandakan, 2 ¢, 19). 6, Java, e mus.

Staudinger.

ARHOPALA CENTAURUS, Fabr.

Kina Balu ( Watersir.).

Dr. Staudinger has received a single female specimen of the

form pseudocentaurus, D. & Hew.

672 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 16,

ARHOPALA APIDANUS, Cr.

Banguey I., N. Borneo ( Waterstr.).

Waterstradt has also sent this species from the Island of Balabac.

ARHOPALA FARQUHARI, Distant.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

Acrstna, Moore.

Dr. Staudinger has sent me a single specimen of this genus from

Kina Balu, which is in poor condition, and which I am unable to

refer to any named species with certainty. On the upperside it is

much like the figure given by Mr. Elwes of A. ariel, Doherty?, in

P. Z. 8S. 1892, pl. xliv. fig. 9, but on the underside appears quite

different.

Cureris, Hiibn.

CuURETIS TAGALICA, Feld.

Banguey I. ( Waterstr.).

The specimen. obtained from this island is more like the typical

specimens than those from the mainland.

CurEtis zsopus, Fab.

Labuan ( Wahnes) ; Sarawak (Platen).

I have received specimens of this form in which the basal brown

area on the hind wing has entirely disappeared.

CURETIS INSULARIS, Horsf.

Phedra insularis, Horsf. Cat. Lep. E. I. C. p. 125 (1829).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

Dr. Staudinger has sent a male which agrees exactly with Javan

specimens in our collection.

C. insularis appears to be a smaller and slighter built insect than

its congeners.

Pratapa, Moore.

Pravapa catcunis, H. H. Druce.

Possibly this is the same as Camena cretheus, de Nicév. Journ.

Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. ix. p. 294, pl. P. fig. 35 (1895), but the

linear band on the fore wing below appears much more bent

outwards than in P. calculis; but there appear to be no other

differences.

Tasur1A, Moore.

TAJURIA JALINDRA, Horsf.

Waterstradt has obtained both sexes of this insect from Kina

Balu, and I find that the blue area of the typical Javan form of

female is replaced by a smaller white area crossed by brown veins,

* A. ariel, Doh. J. A. 8. B. lx. pt. 2, p. 33 (1891).

1896.] MR, H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDA. 673

much as in 7’. indra, Moore, but has a much larger white area than

any females we possess from Continental India.

Tasuria pomrnus, H. H. Druce.

This may be the male of 7’. zscus, Hew., Hewitson’s male

T. iseus being in fact Britomartis cleoboides, Elwes, as pointed out by

Mr. de Nicéville in the Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. ix. p. 307.

Dr. Staudinger has sent me a male from Malacca which is very

close to 7’. dominus, but has a greener shade of blue on the upper-

side and the orange at the anal angle below is more yellow. I have

also received a female 7. dominus from Kina Balu, and note that

the blue on the upper surface is more shining and that the outer

margin of the fore wing is certainly more convex than in the

female from Malacca. If Mr. Distant’s type male of 7. relata

should prove to be a female, then most probably the male referred

to above from Malacca is the male relata; but for the present 1 do

not think it is advisable to sink 7. dominus.

I, however, fail to see how Mr. de Nicéville can form the con-

clusion, from the possession of a female 7. relata from Perak that

agrees exactly with Hewitson’s fig. 14, pl. xix., that “ Hewitson

was correct in the first instance in calling his original type a male”

(vide J. B. N. H. S. vol. ix. p. 308).

Mr. de Nicéville has described the genus Britomartis as having

only two subcostal nervules to the fore wing, and his. B. buto is also

described as having but two; in the figure given of this species

(J. B. N. H.S. vol. ix. pl. P. fig. 41), three subcostal nervules are

distinctly shown, doubtless in error.

Colonel Swinhoe has lately described Tajuria valentia*, which,

according to Mr. de Nicéville, is the same as Britomartis cleoboices,

as that species is the 7’. mantra of the ‘ Butterflies of India, ete.’

TAJURIA BLANKA ?

Tajuria blanka, de Nicév. J. A. S. B. vol. lxiii. p. 39, pl. iv.

fic. 4, 2 (1894).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

Dr. Staudinger has sent a fine female specimen which agrees

well with Mr. de Nicéville’s tigure and with his description in all

points, excepting as regards the thorax below, which he describes

as drab; in the specimen before me it is white. Dr. Staudinger

writes that it is certainly the female of Pratapa lucidus, mihi.

The female of P. cippus is, I believe, unknown, so that we cannot

judge by analogy; but, despite the different appearance of the

underside, I think it is quite possible that Dr. Staudinger is right.

Mr. de Nicéville and Dr. Martin record two specimens of Camena

cippus, Fabr., from Sumatra, but there is no note as to their sex.

Can these be specimens of my P. lucidus, which certainly occurs

in Sumatra? If, as I suspect, these two specimens should turn

1 Tajuria valentia, Swinh. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvii. p. 358 (1896).

674 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. [June 16,

out to be P. lucidus and Tajuria blanka to be its female, the insect

must stand under the latter name, unless 7’. blanka is the female

of the true P. cippus. But, I think, before we can arrive at a

correct conclusion, we must await the arrival of more specimens.

I note that the thorax beneath, in all the specimens I have seen of

P. cippus and P. lucidus, is white.

TasuRIA DONATANA, de Nicév.

Kina Balu (Waterstr.); Banguey I. ( Waterstr.).

The specimen obtained on Banguey I. has the blue rather duller

and its areas rather reduced.

TAJURIA BERENIS, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 6, ¢.)

3. Upperside bright pale blue, colour of Purlisa giganteus, Dist.,

paler on the dise of the fore wing: fore wing—costal margin

black ; apex broadly black, reaching to just below the lower median

nervule, apparently blacker at the end of the cell; inner margin —

straight; cilia black, except at outer angle where it is greyish:

hind wing—costal margin whitish, darker towards the apex, which

is narrowly black; anal fold whitish; a black anteciliary line ;

cilia greyish; lobe with a black spot partially covered with blue

scales and crowned with a small red spot. Underside grey, colour

of 7. thyia, de Nicév.’, indistinct lines closing the cells in both wings

as in that species ; the ultra-median linear band much as in 7’. thyia,

but much bowed outwards in the fore wing and straighter in the hind

wing. The anal markings are arranged as in 7’. thyza, but the

black spots are larger and the yellow areas darker in colour and

more extensive; cilia grey. Head, thorax, and abdomen con-

colorous with wings on both surfaces. Two tails of about equal

length, black, bordered and tipped with white.

Expanse 14 inch. Types Mus. Staud. & Druce.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

Dr. Staudinger has received two males of this species which are

identical. Although I have compared it with 7’. thyia, it is not by

any means closely allied to it. The outer margin of the hind wing

in 7. thyiais much straighter, and the wing is much more produced

anally than in 7’. berenis.

I thought at first sight that this species might come into Mr. de

Nicéville’s genus Ops *, as it appears to have a darker black spot at

the end of the cell, but on a closer examination I cannot detect

that these scales present a different aspect to any others on the

wing. I have not seen any species of Ops at present.

Below will be found described a beautiful new species of Tajuria

from Java ®.

1 Tajuria thyia, de Nicéy. J.B. N. H.S8. vol. vii. p. 836, pl. H. fig. 11 (1892).

2 Ops, de Nicév. id. vol. ix. p. 296 (1895).

3 TasuRIA DACIA, sp.n. (Plate XXXT. figs. 4 ¢, 5 9.)

¢. Upperside rich shining ultramarine blue: fore wing—costal and outer

margins and apex broadly deep black, much as in 7. dieus, Hew. ; cilia black,

1896.] MR, H. H, DRUCE ON BORNHAN LYCENIDE, 675

Suasa, de Nicéy.

Suasa Liris, Staud.

Suasa suessa, de Nicéville', described from the Malay Peninsula,

appears to be a close ally of this species, if, indeed, it is distinct,

but unfortunately I do not possess specimens for examination.

Cuiiarta, Moore.

CHITARIA SKAPANE, H. H. Druce.

I put this insect at first in the genus Hypolycena, but on

further examination I think it is better placed in Chhiaria.

Canaria pHEMis, H. H. Druce.

I find that this species again is better placed in the genus

Chliaria than in Hypolycena. It is close to C. amabilis, de Nicév.,

but the black spots at the anal angle of the hind wing below are

differently placed.

greyish at outer angle: hind wing—costal margin narrowly greyish from the

base to the apex, which is narrowly black; a black anteciliary line ; cilia white.

The tail on the lower median nervule, linear, black, and tipped with white,

that on the submedian neryure about twice as long, black, edged and tipped

with white ; the lobe dark red, with a black anteciliary line and a small black

spot dusted with blue scales. Underside pale grey: fore wing with a broad,

even, straight brown band commencing on the 2nd subcostal nervure, rather

less than halfway between the end of the cell and the apex, and running

obliquely to the lower median nervule, where it becomes somewhat attenuated

and reaches the submedian nervure; a submarginal indistinct line darker

towards the outer angle, the ground-colour being rather darker between this

line and the margin ; cilia brown: hind wing with similar bands as described

above, the darker one being broken up and angled at the lower median nervure,

and running disjointedly to the anal margin; a black spot between the lower

median nervules faintly crowned with orange ; lobe deep black, bearing towards

the submedian nervure a large crescent of bright blue scales; there are also a

few blue scales in the submedian interspace close to the lobe; cilia greyish,

white towards the anal angle. Head, thorax, and abdomen blackish above

clothed with greyish-blue hairs ; beneath concolorous with wings; legs grey,

with black spots ; antennz black, with reddish-brown tips and white spots.

do. Upperside violaceous blue, of almost the same shade as Cyaniris puspa,

Horsf., $: fore wing—apex, outer and costal margins black asin male, and with

a white spot on the disc beyond the cell, clearest towards the upper median

nervule: hind wing—costal margin whitish, grey along the subcostal nervule ;

outer margin narrowly black, breaking up into spots in the median and sub-

median interspaces; a large white apical spot, clearest towards the costal

margin. ‘Tails and lobe as in male ; cilia of both wings white; the dark bands

of the underside can be seen through on the upper. Underside differs only

from the male in the ground-colour being white; the cilia of both wings are

white except towards apex of fore wing, which is brown. ‘There is also a brown

anteciliary line to the fore wing, and also to the hind wing, which becomes

stronger towards the anal angle.

Expanse, ¢ 14, Q 1% inch.

Gede, W. Java (Prélw). Types Mus. Staud.

This lovely insect is allied to Zajuria dieus, Hew., but is quite distinct.

1 Suasa suessa, de Nicéy. J. B. N. H.S. vol. vii. p. 387, pl. H. figs. 8, 9 (1892).

676 MR. H, H. DRUCH ON BORNEAN LYCEZNIDEZ. [June 16,

CHLIARIA MimimMa, H. H. Druce.

The specimens I referred to from N.E. Sumatra, P. Z. 8. 1895,

p. 605, are I think, the C. tora, Kheil. C. mimima is very close to

that species, but besides the less extensive blue area above, there is

a slight difference on the underside, the large black spot on the

outer margin of the hind wing of C. tora being surrounded on all

sides except its outer edge with yellow, whilst C. mzmima has this

yellow on its inner and anal sides only. I am inclined to believe

that the insect which Mr. de Nicéville has described and figured as

the female of C. tora, Kheil?, is not that sex of C. tora but of

C. amabilis, de Nicév.?

We possess a female from N.E. Sumatra which on the under-

side is exactly like that of C. tora 3, and like that possesses a

small black spot on the costa of the fore wing and a large and a

small black spot on the costa of the hind wing. These spots are

distinctly shown in Herr Kheil’s figure. On the upperside the

fore wing is dull brown, immaculate, and the costal half of the

hind wing is of the same colour, the anal half being dull greyish

white, with a marginal row of indistinct blackish spots between the

nervules increasing in size towards the anal angle, a black ante-

ciliary line inwardly bordered by a narrow white line ; cilia white.

Tails short as in male.

The very worn female specimen referred to by Mr. de Nicéville

(op. cit. p. 312), from Borneo, is doubtless that sex of the species I

have named C. phemis. Dr. Staudinger has sent me a male Javan

specimen of C. amabilis, which has the tails considerably longer

than are shown in Mr. de Nicéville’s figure.

Cuarawna, de Nicéyv.

CHARANA MANDARINUS, Hew.

Myrina mandarinus, Hew, Il. Diurn. Lep., Lycen. p. 28, t. 11.

figs. 6, 7 (1863).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

Dr. Staudinger has received a single female specimen, which

differs from any Indian females I have seen by having a greater

area of white on the hind wing above and by the yellow on the

hind wing below being nearly all replaced by white; the black

angular markings and spots towards the anal angle are larger and

more prominent, so it may possibly represent a different species,

but until the male is discovered it is impossible to be certain.

Mano, de Nicév.

Manto, de Nicéy. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. vol. ix. p. 312,

March 1895.

Pseudomyrina, H. H. Druce, P. Z.8. October 1895.

The name which I proposed must be sunk as a synonym.

1 ©. tora, de Nicev. J. B. N. H. S. vol. ix. p. 311, pl. P. fig. 43, 9 (1895).

2 C. amabilis, de Nicév. id. p. 306, pl. P. fig. 42, 5 (1895).

1896.] MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDE. 677

Mr. de Nicéville makes Myrina hypoleuca, Hew., the type, whilst

mine was Myrina martina, Hew.

MAN‘OIDES, gen. nov.

Allied to Manto, de Nicéy. Fore wing with three subcostal

nervules as in that genus; inner margin longer and deeply bowed

outwards just before its middle ; a large tuft of long hairs attached

to the inner margin where it is thus bowed and lying over a patch

of differently placed scales. Hind wing with a very large shining

patch from the costal margin extending to the lower wall of the

cell, bearing upon it a small patch of differently formed, shining

scales, placed at the junction of the subcostal nervule.

Type, Mantoides licinius.

This genus belongs to the group which has the inner tail the

longest. It differs from Charana and Jacoona in the possession

of secondary sexual characters, and from Manto in these characters

being differently placed—the tuft of hairs being situated on the

underside of the inner margin of the fore wing, whilst in that

genus it is on the upperside of the hind wing.

MANTOIDES LICINIUS, sp. n. (Plate XXXI. figs. 10 g,11 9.)

6. Upperside: fore wing blackish brown, slightly paler towards

the base: hind wing blackish brown, with the anal third pure

white; a very large smooth paler shining patch extending all over

the costal margin down to the lower wall of the cell, and reaching

to the apex, and bearing on it at the base of the subcostal nervule

a small steely-grey patch of roughened scales; a rather small

black spot in the lobe and two larger marginal black spots, one in

the submedian interspace, the other in the lower median inter-

space ; an anteciliary black line to the white area, thickening into

spots at the termination of the two median nervules; anal margin

greyish. Underside: fore wing yellowish buff, darker towards the

outer margin; inner margin broadly shining greyish, with a darker

central spot covered by the tuft of buft-coloured hairs: hind

wing paler buff; anal area whitish, and, as on the upperside, with

the addition of an inner band composed of four black disconnected

irregular markings divided by the nervules; the black spot on

the lobe being larger than on the upperside and crowned with a

few blue scales. Thorax and abdomen above brown, beneath buff-

coloured; legs buff; autenne black above, white-spotted below,

and with pale brown tips.

Q. Differs only from the male in the upperside being a paler

shade of brown and in the absence of the shining patch on the

hind wing, and in the pale inner margin of the fore wing below

being without the gloss. (The inner margin of the fore wing,

as is usual in all this group, is nearly straight.)

Expanse, ¢ 1,4, 2 12 inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr. and Everett). Types Mus. Staud.

This interesting species is remarkable for the close similarity of

678 MR. H, H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDEZ. ([Junel6,

the sexes. Dr. Staudinger writes me that he has received a pair

only, and we possess a female specimen obtained by Mr. Everett,

which I think is referable to this species, although the three black

anal spots are larger, and on the underside are all dusted with

bluish scales.

M., licinius may perhaps turn out to be the same as Mr. de Nicé-

ville’s Neocheritra nisibis’ from the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra,

which is described from females only, but I do not think it is

likely. However, I am of opinion that it is a mistake to describe

insects of such groups as these from females only.

Trix, Doherty.

This genus is very nearly allied to Virgarina, mihi, and is distin-

guished from it by the possession of an additional (fourth) subcostal

nervule in the fore wing, and by the glandular patch being placed

somewhat nearer to the inner margin ; and it is with much pleasure

that I am able to record a species belonging to it from Borneo.

Trix GAMA, Distant. (Plate XXXI. fig. 13, 3.)

Neocheritra gama, Dist. Rhop. Malay. p. 462, fig. 128 (1886).

Labuan ( Waterstr.).

Dr. Staudinger’s collection contains a single male, which I refer

to this species, and which I have figured.

It differs somewhat from Mr. Doberty’s description in having the

basal area of the fore wing slightly dusted with blue. The tuft of

orange hairs also cannot be said to be placed in the middle of the

fore wing, but is much nearer to the inner margin.

Mr. Doherty states that it apparently mimics Hodaylides tharis,

Hiibn., but the specimen before me is much more like Virgarina

scopula, Druce, but is, of course, at once distinguished from that

insect by the additional subcostal nervule.

It may be that this Bornean insect represents another species of

Thrix, but, unfortunately, I do not possess a specimen of 7. gama

with which to compare it.

N&rocHERITRA, Distant.

NEOCHERITRA AMRITA, var. THEODORA, H. H. Druce.

I have received a specimen of the green form from Labuan,

obtained by Waterstradt.

Jacoona, Distant.

Mr. Distant, in describing this genus in ‘Rhopalocera Malayana,’

p- 241 (1884), states that it has four subcostal nervules, the first

being anastomosed with the costal nervure, which is stated to be

short and terminating on the costa before the end of the cell.

Now these statements are all incorrect. I have before me typical

specimens of J. anaswja, Feld., 3, and, on examination, I find that

the costal nervure is long and reaches the margin considerably

1 N. nisibis, de Nicéy. J, B. N. H. §. vol. ix. p. 316, pl. P. fig. 45 (1895).

1896.] MR. H. H, DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENID#. 679

beyond the end of the cell, and that supposing, as I do, that the

subcostal nervure reaches the margin, there are only two subcostal

nervules—the first being emitted rather beyond the middle of the

cell and entirely free for its whole length; the second being

emitted rather more than halfway between the end of the cell and

the apex.

This description of Mr. Distant’s led me to state in P. Z.S. 1895

that the females of this genus possess the same number of sub-

costal nervules as the males, which now turns out to be incorrect.

They have the same number as the females of Neocheritra (viz.

three), but the first appears to be more bent towards the costal

nervure than in that genus.

On examining the neuration of the two species which I have

described from Borneo, I find that it is as noted above.

Jacoona Mprasusa, H. H. Druce.

The figure given in P. Z. 8. 1895, pl. xxxiv. fig. 4, is not a very

good one, as it does not show the beautiful opalescent green which

is such a distinctive character of this species.

Brpvanpa, Distant.

BipuanDA HEWITSONII, H. H. Druce. (Plate XXXI. fig. 9,3.)

Biduanda hewitsoni, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 615.

dg. Upperside dark violaceous blue. Fore wing with costa

and base narrowly, apex and outer margin broadly black. Hind

wing with the shining patch large and conspicuous and extending

over half the cell, centred by a large patch of differently-placed

cream-coloured scales; apex and anal angle black; a quadrate

white spot between the lower median and submedian nervure,

placed above the black; a small white patch outwardly bordered

by a black line between the two lower tails; lobe dusted with pale

blue scales. Cilia of fore wing black, of hind wing white, except-

ing towards the apex, which is black. The underside differs from

that of the female, being of a dull pearl-grey, darker and browner

towards the apical and costal margins; otherwise as in that sex.

Expanse, ¢ 12-1,3, inch, 2 13-154 inch.

Sandakan. Type Mus. Druce.

We have received several specimens from Sandakan, and Mr. D.

Cator has also captured it at that place in March and May.

From the description this species appears to be very close to

B. cineas, Grose Smith, which I have not seen; but on the under-

side the thin metallic blue line extends over the black on the hind

wing from the apex to the abdominal margin, whilst in B. cineas

it appears to be only at the anal angle. The female, as described,

of B. cineas is quite different from that of B. hewitsonit.

Marmessus, Hiibn.

MaARMESSUS BOISDUVALI, Moore, var. ATRA, nov.

3. Upperside differs from that sex of typical M. borsduvala in

680 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDZ. [June 16,

the orange fascia on the fore wing being more extensive and

reaching along the outer half of the inner margin. On the under-

side all the bands on the hind wing are deep black, not partly

composed of black lines enclosing white areas as in M. boisduvali.

2. Upperside has the orange fascia somewhat less extensive

than in that sex of M. boisduvalt. Underside as male.

Sandakan (Widmer), Mus. Druce; Sapagaya (Cator).

Mr. D. Cator took this insect in some plenty in June and in

August and September. It is interesting to be able to record the

species from Borneo, as it appears to have been overlooked until

now. Biduanda imitata, mihi (P. Z. 8S. 1895, p. 617), is much

like this form on the upperside, but on the underside agrees with

M. boisduvali.

Eooxyris, de Nicéy.

Eoéxyiipes Erras, Distant & Pryer. (Plate XX XI. fig. 12, ¢.)

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.) ; Tandjong, Sandakan (Cator).

Dr. Staudinger has sent me both sexes, which agree well with

the description and which are strictly congeneric with £. tharis,

Hiibn. It is quite a distinct species. Mr. Cator captured it

in April.

Drina, de Nicév.

Drina ninopa, H. H. Druce. (Plate XXXI. fig. 7, 2.)

@. Upperside: fore wing uniform dark brown: hind wing—

basal and median areas and apex dark brown, a pale spot on the

costal margin beyond the middle, and immediately below it a pure

white one; anal area broadly pure white, with an anteciliary

brown line, dusted along its centre witb a few brown scales, and

bearing on it, between the lower median nervule and the sub-

median nervure, a dark brown spot: cilia of fore wing brown, of

hind wing white; tail white. Underside as male, but with the

bands slightly more prominent.

Expanse 1,8, inch.

Sapagaya. ‘Type Mus. Cator.

At first sight I thought this insect represented a new and

distinct species, which opinion was strengthened by the fact that

the sexes of D. donina, Hew., are stated to be very nearly alike ',

but an exaniination of the underside convinces me that this is the

female of D. ninoda. Mr. Cator captured a single specimen only.

LuxyeEra, Moore.

Lenera anna, H. H. Druce. (Plate XXXI. fig. 8, 2.)

Lehera anna, H. H. Druce, Ent. M. Mag. ser. 2, vol. vii. p. 78

(1894).

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

L. anna, with the exception of Liphyra brassolis, W estw., is the

largest species in the family. I have tgured the type.

1 Vide de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. ete. p. 443 (1890).

1896.] MR. UH. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCENIDA. 681

Dervporix, Hew.

Devporix prara, Swinhoe. (Plate XXXI. fig. 14, ¢-)

Deudorix diara, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvii.

p- 357 (1896).

$. Allied to D. epijarbas, Moore; upperside does not differ :

underside differs from that species by the ground-colour being

principally sordid white, and crossed by broad bands of olivaceous

brown in place of white lines; the edges of these bands being

arranged as are the white lines in D. epijarbas, the only lines

shuwing being those on the outer margins and the usual double-

angled lines at the anal angle; black spots and metallic scales at

angle as in D. epijarbas; head, thorax, and abdomen above and

below as in D. epijarbas.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

Waterstradt has sent two specimens of this very distinct looking

insect, and Col. Swinhoe has it from the Jaintia Hills.

Since the above given description was written I find that Colonel

Swinhoe has already named the insect.

| Devporix srrEPHANvs, sp.n. (Plate XXXI. fig. 15, 3.)

3. Upperside rich dark shining purple, with the costal apex

and outer margins of both wings narrowly dark brown; dise of

fore wing below the median nervure and median interspaces of

hind wing dusted with rich dark reddish-orange scales (in one

specimen almost absent in the hind wing); lobe very small, with a

black spot crowned with a few pale blue scales; a few pale- blue

scales dusted at the base of the tail, which is black with a white

tip; anal fold pale brown; cilia of fore wing brown; of hind

wing brown, excepting at anal angle and along anal margin, where

itis pure white. Underside almost exactly as in Rapala hypargyria,

Elwes’, but there appear to be four black spots in the upper

series. Head and thorax black above; frons, palpi (with black

tips), and thorax white below ; abdomen black above, white below;

antenne black above, white-spotted beneath.

Expanse 13-1,% inch.

Kina Balu (Waterstr.). Type Mus. Staud.

D. strephanus is a true Deudorix, being without the shining

patch and tuft of hairs as in D. epijarbas, Moore, and is remarkable

for its close similarity to Rapala hypargyria on the underside,

Rapata, Moore.

RAPALA BARTHEMA, Distant.

Waterstradt has sent a considerable number more males of this

species, some of which have a very faint indication of a cupreous

disc to the fore wing above, but none have any trace of the purple

suffusion of Zt. suffusa, Moore.

1 R. hypargyria, Elwes, P. Z.S. 1892, p. 643, pl. xliii. fig. 7, 5.

Proc. Zoou. Soc._—1896. No. XLLV. 44

682 MR. H. H. DRUCE ON BORNEAN LYCANIDE. [June 16,

RaPaa suFrusa, Moore.

Deudorizx suffusa, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 834, pl. hi. fig. 8.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

Differs from the male of R. barthema, Distant, as I understand

that species, in the distinct cupreous disc of the fore wing, and

in the beautiful purple gloss, which is quite absent in R. barthema.

RapPaLa ABNORMIS, Elwes.

Rapala abnormis, Elwes, P. Z.S. 1892, p. 642, pl. xliv. fig. 2, g.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

Dr. Staudinger has received a single male specimen which

agrees well with Mr. Elwes’s figure. It is a very interesting

species, and bears an almost exact resemblance to Thecla duma,

Hew.’, described from Bogota, but has a black lobe and one tail

oily. I have never seen a specimen of 7’. dwma, and know it only

from the description and figure. Is it possible that there has been

some error here ?

Viracuona, Moore.

ViIRACHOLA sMiILIs, Hew.

Deudorix smilis, Hew. -Il. Diurn. Lep., Lye. p. 18, pl. viii.

figs. 22, 23, 9 (1863). f

Virachola smilis, de Nicév. Butt. Ind. ete., p. 482, pl. frontis-

piece, fig. 127, 9.

Kina Balu ( Waterstr.).

Dr. Staudinger has also received both sexes from Palawan.

The male on the upperside is wuch like that sex of V. perse, Hew.,

but the blue areas are somewhat more restricted and of a more

purple shade; on the underside it is exactly like the female.

None of the males I have examined have the yellow spot on the

dise of the fore wing, as is sometimes found in V. perse. Mr. de

Nicéville’s figure shows the basal spots filled up more than is seen

in Hewitson’s, and in this respect agrees with the specimens

before me. The female from Palawan has a slight indication of a

whitish patch at the end ot the cell in the fore wing above.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XXIX,

Fig. 1. Gerydus improbus, sp. n., ¢, p. 651.

3. Cyaniriodes libna, Hew., 3, p. 653.

4, Cyaniris sonchus, sp.n, ¢, p. 655.

5. Lampides daones, sp. n., 3, p. 656.

6. Arhopala elopura, H. H. Druce, ¢, p. 670.

7. ——- tameanga, sp. n., d, p. 658.

8. —— OY,

9. —— semperi, sp.n., d, p. 659.

10, —— Qs

11. —— dajagaka, sp. u., 3, p. 650.

12. ———_, 9.

1 Thecla duma, Hew. Ill. Exot. Butt., Lyc. p. 211, pl. Ixxxiv. fig. 713 (1878).

W-Purlass hth. West, Newman imp.

Bornean Lycenide.

W.Purkiss hth. West, Newman imp

Bornean | ryeeenidee.

PZ51896 Plate XXXI,

W.Purkiss lith

West, Newman imp

Bornean Lycenidz

1896.] ON THE ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. 683

Prats XXX,

Fig. 1. Arhopala drucei,sp. n., 3, p. 661.

2. pas

3. kounga, sp. n., 3, p. 662.

4, —— fDi

5. —— borneensis, sp. u., 5, p- 666.

6. bella, sp. n., d, p- 664.

7. —— — ., 9.

8. —— havilandi, sp. n., 5, p. 665.

9. —— , 2, p. 665.

10. waterstradti, sp. n., 5, p- 668.

11. ——_- ——, 9.

12. -—— labuana, sp. n., 3, p. 667.

ge abas Beees gies oh

Prats XXXII,

Fig. 1. Arhopala moorei, sp. n., d, p. 669.

2. —— sandakani, sp. n., 3, p. 670.

3. deva, sp. u., 3, p. 669.

4, Tajuria dacia, sp. n., 3, p. 674.

5. FOS

6. berenis, sp. n., ¢, p- 674.

7. Drina nineda, H. H. Druce, 2, p. 680.

8. Lehera anna, H. H. Druce, Q, p. 680.

9. Biduanda hewitsonii, H. H. Druce, 3, p. 679.

10. Mantoides licinius, sp. n., 3, p- 677.

12. Eodxylides etias, Dist. & Pryer, g, p. 680.

13. Thrix gama, Distant, 3’, p. 678.

14. Deudorix diara, Swinhoe, d, p. 681.

strephanus, sp. n., 3, p. 681.

5. On the Anatomy of Petrogale xanthopus, compared with

that of other Kangaroos. By F.G. Parsons, F.R.C.S.,

F.Z.S., F.L.S., Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy at

St. Thomas’s Hospital.

[Received June 5, 1896. |

The specimen from which the following notes were made was

kindly placed at my disposal by Mr. F. E. Beddard, the Society’s

Prosector. Ihave been struck by the fact that of late years the

Macropodide have not received nearly so much attention as the other

members of the Marsupial order, and for this reason I have thought

it worth while making a fairly exhaustive dissection of Petrogale,

laying special stress on the vascular, nervous, muscular, and

ligamentous systems, and comparing them with the accounts of

other writers to which I have had access. . The other systems,

which are already well known, I have passed over more rapidly,

though I am fully alive to the importance of basing our knowledge

of the anatomy of any animal on several dissections by different

observers.

684 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [June 16,

The Osseous System.

Owen, in his ‘Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates, has given

an excellent account of the Kangaroo’s bones, and I only intend to

draw attention to certain points which seem to me of special

interest. In the first place, the chief characteristics in which the

skull of Petrogale differs from that of Macropus are :—

(1) In Macropus the nasal bones have an equal breadth in their

anterior two-thirds, the posterior third being only slightly broader.

In Petrogale the nasals are much more slender in comparison and

their posterior half is considerably broader than the anterior.

(2) In Macropus the fronto-nasal suture comes farther back

than the most posterior point of the fronto-maxillary in most

cases. In Petrogale the condition is reversed.

(3) In Macropus the zygomatic process of the maxilla projects

downwards below the cutting-edge of the penultimate molar. In

Petrogale it is seldom much lower than the alveolar margin of the

maxilla, I am not inclined to iay much stress on this distinction,

since it seems that the processes of the Kangaroo’s skull increase

with age.

(4) In my specimen of Petrogale the infra-orbital canal was double

on both sides, a condition I have found in two out of five skulls.

In Macropus the canal is oceasionally double on one side, but I

have not found it so on both sides once in the thirteen skulls

I have had the opportunity of examining.

(5) In my specimen of Petrogale a Wormian bone (0s antiept-

lepticum) was present at the junction of the coronal and sagittal

sutures (see fig. 1, p. 685). This bone has been described by

Gruber and Howes, and I am inclined to regard it as of some little

classificatory value’. It occurred twice in the five skulls examined,

and I have never seen it in any other Kangaroo.

(6) In Petrogale the palatine process of the palate-bone is only

represented by a narrow bridge marking the posterior boundary of

the hard palate. In Macropus the palatine process is complete

and the back of the hard palate has no perforation of any size.

(7) The premaxilla of Petrogale is a larger bone in comparison

with that of Macropus, and has not the sharp angle running back

between the maxilla and nasal found in the latter.

(8) The inter-parietal bone of Petrogale has a very different

appearance to that of Macropus ; in the latter it is a more or less

crescentic bone having a much greater breadth from side to side

than from before backward, while in the former its antero-posterior

measurement equals its greatest transverse, so that the bone forms

either an isosceles triangle or a rough pentagon.

(9) The paroccipital processes are better developed in Macropus

than in Petrogale.

As special stress is laid on the condition of the centres of

ossification of the various bones, it will assist iu determining the

animal’s age if the state of the teeth is noticed here. The anterior

1 See the author’s paper on Atherura africana, P. Z.8. 1894, p. 677.

1896.] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS, 685

molar is calcified and can be seen by cutting away the maxilla; it

has not yet replaced the two premolars. The last (4th) molar is

being cut.

Fig. 1.

Fag SUMP yA tha) AAR + ett Be Pe eee W mreea canta

leak me) Spe OF T “a ps Py BA eek |

Skull of Petrogale, showing os antiepilepticum.

The Atlas agrees with that of most Kangaroos in wanting the

foramen in the transverse process and in the incomplete ventral

arch, which is ligamentous for about one-sixth of an inch.

In an older specimen of the same animal I found this space

reduced to a mere suture. The only Kangaroos in which I have

found anything like a complete foramen in the transverse process

are Hypsiprymnus and Bettongia.

In the Awis the vertebrarterial foramen is incomplete, and I

found a similar condition in an older animal. On looking at: the

686 MR, F. G. PARSONS ON THE [June 16,

dorsal surface of the body of the axis, a line of cartilage was seen

running transversely across just behind the level of the anterior

articular facets ; this evidently corresponded to an inter-vertebral

dise, and it is interesting to notice that, if the two parts of the

bone had been separated here, the anterior would have corresponded

very closely to the odontoid bone of Ornithorhynchus. In the older

specimen of Petrogale with which I compared my own there

was no indication of this separation, but in the disarticulated

skeleton of a young Labillardiere’s Wallaby the two parts of the

axis were quite separate.

Fig. 2.

| |

Axis of Petrogale.

A, line of union of two parts.

The following is the vertebral formula :—C. 7, T. 13, L. 6, S. 2,

C. 24.

The spines of the cervical vertebre are short, and the neck is

kept in an extended position by the very strong ligamenta subflava.

The transverse process of the 6th cervical vertebra has a very

prominent ventral tubercle, which forms quite an antero-posterior

ridge.

The thoracic spines are long, there being quite a sudden

transition from the short 7th C. to the long Ist T. There are

thirteen ribs, all of which except the first articulate with two

vertebral centra, and all of which are supported by « transverse

process. They are divided into 7 vertebro-sternal, 3 vertebro-

costal, and 3 vertebral.

On the ventral side of the body of the 1st lumbar vertebra and

just to the right of the mid-ventral line there is a single triangular

bone fastened by its base to the centrum, while its apex projects

ventrally ; it seems to be developed in the anterior commonligament,

and is more closely attached to the posterior than to the anterior

part of the vertebra. From its unilateral position I regard it as

one of a pair of hypapophyses or intercentra which has worked

forwards from the ventral side of the disc and which may possibly

be homologous with the projection from the ventral side of the

centrum of the 1st lumbar in the Hare, although that process is

median and has no separate centre of ossification.

The lumbar transverse or costal processes have a sharp curve

1896.] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. 687

towards the head at their ends; they are small on the 1st and 2nd

vertebre, but rapidly increase afterwards.

The anapophyses begin on the last three thoracic vertebre and

disappear on the last two lumbar.

Fig. 3.

1st lumbar vertebra of Petrogale, with hypapophysis (H).

The Clavicle has the usual single forward curve. The Scapula

resembles that of Macropus in the absence of any sign of a

metacromial process ; a small metacromion is, however, found in

Hypsiprymnus.

The Humerus is chiefly remarkable in that it shows all or almost

all the centres of ossification; they consist of the following :—

1, head; 2, greater tuberosity ; 3, lesser tuberosity (quite distinct) ;

4,-shaft; 5, internal condyle; 6, trochlea and capitellum ;

7, external condyle. The centre for the internal condyle takes no

part in the bridge of bone enclosing the supra-condylar foramen.

The Radius and Ulna show all the epiphyses, but that for the

upper end of the radius is nearly united to the shaft. ‘he upper

epiphysis of the ulna merely forms a cap to the olecranon.

The Carpal bones correspond to Owen’s description.

In the Pelvis the three parts of the os innominatum are completely

fused, but there is an epiphysis on the crest of the ilium and on

the tuberosity of the ischium, the latter stretching along as far as

the subpubic bone, with which in more adult animals it coalesces ;

there is also a slight ossific deposit in the centre of the pubic

symphysis: No special centre is seen for the origin of the rectus

femoris.

The Femur shows the following epiphyses:—1, head ; 2, great

trochanter ; 3, upper part of lesser trochanter ; 4, shaft; 5, lower

extremity. The epiphyses for the head and great trochanter meet

on the upper surface of the neck. The outer side of the posterior

part of the external condyle is lipped and forms a groove for the

reception of the elevation on the posterior part of the head of the

fibula during extreme flexion of the knee-joint. The Patella is

almost entirely cartilaginous, but a small bony deposit is seen in

the centre. The Z%bia shows the following centres :—1, head ;

2, upper part of cnemial crest where the ligamentum patelle is

attached ; 3, shaft ; 4, lower extremity. In studying the ossifi-

688 MR. F. G, PARSONS ON THE [June 16,

cation of older bones, I find that the centre for the attachment of

the ligamentum patelle first unites with that for the head, and

then with the shaft before the latter is united with the head.

The Fibula has an upper and lower epiphysis. In the foot the

bones are the same as in Macropus giganteus. On the plantar

surface of the base of the fourth metatarsal there is a facet

articulating with a triangular bone, which probably is the rudiment

of the first metatarsal; this bone is in close contact with the

internal cuneiform, though it does not articulate with it.

The Articular System.

Clavicular Articulations.—The outer end of the clavicle is attached

to the tip of the acromion by a ligamentous band about } inch

long, so that there is no synovial cavity between these bones. In

addition to this there is a coraco-clavicular ligament about 3 inch

long, which connects the outer end of the posterior border of the

clavicle to the small coracoid process; this ligament passes above

the origin of the biceps, with which some of its deeper fibres are

continuous.

The Shoulder-joint has no openings at all in the capsule, the

biceps tendon passing entirely superficial to it. It is not specially

thickened at any point. When the posterior part of it is cut and

the bones separated, a gleno-humeral ligament is seen running

obliquely downwards and outwards from the base of the coracoid

process towards the lower part of the lesser tuberosity. This

so-called ligament is in reality only a fold of the synovial

membrane, the free border of which is crenated and projects into

the joint cavity ; it is best marked near the scapula.

The Elbow-joint is remarkable for allowing a good deal of lateral

movement when it is flexed. The anterior ligament has two

strengthening bands, the external of which is oblique and runs from

the external condyle downward and inward to the radius just above

the tubercle ; it helps to limit pronation when the elbow is extended.

The other band is vertical and runs down from in front of the

internal condyle to just below the coronoid process of the ulna.

The internal lateral ligament consists of two thickened bands

arranged in the form of an inverted V, the anterior ruts from the

internal condyle to the coronoid, the posterior from the internal

condyle to the olecranon process; the interval between these is

filled in by a thin membrane. The external lateral ligament is a

single strong band, which passes from the external condyle to the

erbicular ligament and neck of the radius; it is inseparable from

the supinator brevis tendon, and from its joint surface there is a

pyramidal synovial and fatty projection which occupies the

triangular non-articular gap in the outer side of the great sigmoid

notch where the olecranon joins the coronoid process. The

posterior ligament is thin and lax.

The Superior radio-ulnar joint has an orbicular ligament; it

1896. } ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. 689

allows pronation and supination to the extent of rather less than

a quarter of a circle.

The Jnterosseous membrane is present between the lower two-

thirds of the bones; it is strong and has the normal direction.

The Inferior radio-ulnar joint has no synovial cavity, and there

is no triangular fibro-cartilage.

The Wrist-joint consists of two separate synovial cavities ; the

first between the radius and scapho-lunar is normal, in the second

the peg-shaped lower end of the ulna fits into a deep concavity in

the cuneiform.

The Sacro-iliac joint consists of a crescentie articular surface on

the sacrum and ilium, with the concavity forward, 7. e. towards

the head. In front of this articular surface the bones are very

rough for a considerable area and are bound together by very

powerful sacro-iliac ligaments. There is a distinct synovial

cavity between the cartilage-covered surfaces, so that the joint

cannot be described as a synchondrosis. Considerable gliding

movement is allowed by which the crescentic surface of the ilium

describes a small segment of a circle over the similar surface of the

sacrum, the centre of the circle being about the middle of the

sacro-iliac ligament, the fibres of which are lax enough to allow a

certain amount of play. The mobility of this joint is no doubt

connected with the great size of the psoas parvus ventrally

and the erector spine dorsally, and is an adaptation to the

Kangaroo’s mode of progression. Before taking its leap the

animal probably flexes the pelvis on the sacrum by means of the

psoas parvus, after which it suddenly straightens its back and

extends the pelvis by means of the powerful erector spin, in this

way assisting the leg-muscles in taking the spring. It is worth

mentioning that the left sacro-iliac joint of the animal I dissected

was affected with extensive tubercular disease ; Mr. Bland Sutton

tells me that he has met with this condition on more than one

occasion, and considers that it is connected with the mobility of

the joint.

The Pubic symphysis is formed by a strong cartilage which

connects the pubic bones of opposite sides and has no synovial

cavity. At the posterior part of the joint the cartilage divides

like an inverted Y to include the triangular subpubic bone.

In the Hip-joint the capsule is attached above to the margin of

the great trochanter, the whole upper margin of the neck of the

femur being covered by articular cartilage. Below it is attached

to the margin of the head and neck. Anteriorly much more of

the neck is included in the capsule than posteriorly. The ilio-

femoral band is present, but the thickest part of the capsule is the

upper and back, which is doubtless an adaptation to the usual

position of the joint in the Kangaroo, a position of extreme flexion

and external rotation. The cotyloid ligament is much thicker

posteriorly than elsewhere ; it is continued into a triangular trans-

verse ligament across the very deep cotyloid notch. The liga-

690, MR. F. G, PARSONS ON THE [June 16,

mentum teres is a very strong fibrous band, which, in the usual

position of the joint, passes upward and outward to the head of the

femur and takes the greater part of the strain of the jot; above

it is a synovial fold containing fat.

— The Knee-joint, like the hip, is never fully extended, the capsule

is strengthened by strong lateral ligaments; the external lateral

runs downward and backward from the external condyle to the

front of the head of the fibula; its anterior fibres are continuous

with the origin of the extensor longus digitorum. The popliteus

also performs the function of an external lateral ligament, since it

is attached above to the femur and fabella, and below to the

external semilunar cartilage and the head of the fibula. During

extreme flexion, which is the usual position of the joint, the

Fig. 4.

ice

Knee-joint of Petrogale laid open.

Pat. Patella. P.C. Posterior crucial ligament.

F. Head of fibula. P. Popliteus tendon.

Q,.E. Quadriceps. E.S. External semilunar cartilage.

8.M. Synovial membrane. LS. Internal do.

L.M. Ligamentum mucosum. E.L. External lateral ligament.

A.C. Anterior crucial ligament. I.L. Internal do.

1896. ] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. 691

fabella articulates with the head of the fibula. The internal

lateral ligament extends down the inner side of the head of the

tibia for about an inch below the level of the joint; its anterior

fibres are attached highest and its posterior lowest. The two

crucial ligaments are strong and have the usual attachments. The

external semilunar cartilage is attached anteriorly to the tibia just

behind the anterior crucial; posteriorly it turns up to be attached

to the posterior part of the external surface of the internal condyle

some way behind the attachment of the posterior crucial ligament.

Externally the popliteus tendon is connected to the convex margin

of the cartilage. Besides the above-named posterior attachment

of the external semilunar cartilage there is a narrow band which

binds it feebly to the posterior margin of the head of the tibia,

The synovial membrane of the joint is continued upward under

the quadriceps tendon for about half an inch above the top of

the articular cartilage of the trochlea. The ligamentum muco-

sum is well marked and contains a pad of fat in its lower part ;

above it is continued up as a narrow tube of synovial membrane

to the posterior margin of the trochlea. The internal semilunar

cartilage is attached anteriorly nearly opposite the external,

posteriorly it is fixed to the tibia in front of the posterior crucial

ligament.

Fig. 5.

Lower end of femur of Petrogale, with ligaments attached.

(Same lettering as fig. 4.)

The T%bio-fibular Articulations.—The lower half of the fibula has

a concave surface where it is in contact with the tibia and is bound

to that bone by fairly strong interosseous ligaments. The upper

half of the fibula allows the head to glide backward and forward on

the external tuberosity of the tibia for about 3 inch. During

internal rotation of the leg on the thigh the head of the fibula is

pressed back by the external condyle of the femur and forms a

spring-like buffer to check that movement. The superior tibio-

692 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [June 16,

fibular joint has anterior and posterior ligaments; its synovial

cavity is in direct communication with the knee-joint.

The Ankle-joint has feeble anterior and posterior as well as

strong lateral ligaments. The internal lateral consists of a super-

ficial and a deep portion; the former is a narrow flat band which

passes from the back of the internal malleolus downward and

forward to the navicular ; the deep is much broader and stronger

and runs downward and backward from the anterior part of the

side of the malleolus to the sustentaculum tali, forming an X with

the superficial part. The external lateral ligament consists of

three bundles—superficial, middle, and deep ; the superficial passes

from the back of the external malleolus to the outer side of the

calcaneum just behind the articulation with the cuboid ; the middle

is thicker and stronger, and runs downward and backward from the

anterior part of the malleolus to the prominent tuberosity on the

outer side of the caleaneum, crossing the superficial bundle to form

an X; the deep band runs almost directly backward from the

posterior part of the malleolus to the outer side of the astragalus.

Fig. 6.

a a te ey

. $ |

Pes Seah ea ee

Ankle-joint of Petrogale, from the inner side.

In the Foot there are two calcaneo-cuboid ligaments, the outer

of which is very strong and runs from the under surface of the

caleaneum to the cuboid and on to the bases of the fourth and

fifth metatarsals. The inner is much smaller and passes from the

sustentaculum tali to the bases of the second and third metatarsals

and slightly to the cuboid. As the inner longitudinal arch of the

Kangaroo’s foot is not developed, the calcaneo-navicular ligament

is not very strong. The mechanism of the Kangaroo’s foot is

interesting, and I hope to deal with it more fully in a subsequent

paper.

1896. ] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. 693

Tue Muscubar System.

Muscles of the Head and Neck.

The Z'emporal has the usual attachments ; it rises as far back as

the occipital curved line and as far forwards as the level of the

postorbital process of the zygoma; the two muscles of opposite

sides do not meet in the middle line of the head.

The Masseter is divisible into anterior and posterior portions ;

the former, which corresponds to the anterior superficial part of

Rodents, rises by tendon from the projecting zygomatic process of

the maxilla and is chiefly inserted into the inflected angle of the

mandible ; it is not very satisfactorily separated from the posterior

part, which shows signs of being divided into a postero-superficial

and a postero-deep portion by a layer of tendon.

The Internal Pterygoid is very large while the external is quite

small.

The Sterno-mastoid runs from the front of the presternum to

the paramastoid process.

The Cleido-mastoid rises from the middle of the clavicle and is

inserted just behind the last, with which it is unconnected ; it is

pierced by the spinal accessory nerve.

The Sterno-hyoid and Thyroid are normal ; the latter has a ten-

dinous intersection about its middle.

The Omo-hyoid is a flat ribbon-like muscle which has the usual

attachments to the scapular and hyoid bone; it, as well as the last

two muscles, are supplied by branches from the Ist and 2nd

cervical nerves direct, instead of through the medium of the hypo-

glossal. There is no central tendon.

The Digastric rises from the tip of the paroccipital process and

is inserted into the mandible midway between the angle and the

symphysis. ‘There is no distinct tendon, but a small fibrous patch

exists above and below, about the middle. It has the usual double

nerve-supply.

The Stylo-glossus is the only styloid muscle which is well marked ;

it rises from a tubercle on the anterior border of the paroccipital

process.

The Mylo-hyoid extends almost as far forward as the symphysis.

There is no Transverse mandibular muscle.

The Hyo-glossus rises from the hyoid bone and from the raphe

in front of it ; it lies deep to the genio-hyoid, but superficial to the

gento-hyo-glossus.

The Acromio-trachelian rises from the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th cer-

vical transverse processes, and is inserted into the acromion and

outer third of the spine of the scapula; itis entirely covered by the

trapezius, into which some of its superficial fibres are inserted.

Macalister’ says that it rises from the first three cervical vertebra

in Bennett’s Wallaby, and from the first two in the Great

Kangaroo.

1 Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, v. p. 154 (1870).

694 MR, F. G, PARSONS ON THE [June 16,

There is no Scalenus anticus ventral to the subclavian artery

and brachial plexus.

The Scalenus brevis rises from the posterior two or three cervical

transverse processes and is inserted into the first rib behind the

vessels.

The Scalenus longus rises with the last and is inserted into the

outer surfaces of the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th ribs.

The Rectus capitis anticus major rises from the 3rd to the 7th

cervical transverse processes as well as, by an internal origin,

from the bodies of the anterior four thoracic vertebre. Its

insertion is normal. On the outer side of the last muscle, sepa-

rated by it from the longus colli, is a muscle which rises from the

ventral part of the posterior four cervical transverse processes to

be inserted into the body of the axis and the ventral arch of the

atlas.

The Longus colli is normal, and extends as far back as the 4th

thoracic vertebra.

The Rectus capitis anticus minor and lateralis are normal ; the

former comes from the transverse process of the atlas, lying

external to the major, and ventral to the rectus lateralis.

The Splenius capitis is normal and entirely covers the com-

plexus.

The Splentus colli is continuous with the last, and is inserted

into the transverse processes of the anterior three cervical

vertebra.

The Trachelo-mastoid is very well developed ; it is inserted into

the outer part of the curved line of the occipital bone, into the para-

mastoid process, and into the transverse processes of the anterior

cervical vertebre. Its insertion is tendinous, and there are two

other tendinous intersections turther back.

The Transversalis colli is large and is inserted into the posterior

five cervical transverse processes.

The Cervicalis ascendens is mserted into the last three cervical

transverse processes.

The Rectus capitis posticus major is distinctly bilaminar, a con-

dition I have also found in the Guinea-pig ’.

Muscles of the Anterior Extremity.

The 7'rapezius rises, as in the Great Kangaroo and Bennett’s

Wallaby, from the ligamentum nuche and anterior six thoracic

spines ; it has a continuous fleshy origin except opposite the first

thoracic spine, where it is aponeurotic. It is inserted into the

clayicle as far as the origin of the cleido-mastoid, into the acro-

mion, the spine of the scapula, and the fascia over the infra-

spinatus.

The Latissimus dorsi rises from the 5th, 6th, 7th, and 8th

1 Proceedings of the Anatomical Society, February 1892, p. x.

1896.] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS., 695

thoracic spines, and from the 9th, 10th, and 11th ribs. The most

anterior fibres are connected with those of the trapezius over the

infraspinatus, becoming gradually lost in the aponeurosis; the

more posterior fibres wrap round the teres major, as in Man, to be

inserted into the humerus.

The Dorso-epttrochlearis is small, and does not quite reach the

olecranon.

The Ehomboid muscles are in one continuous layer; they rise

from the ligamentum nuchz close to the skull, as far back as the

3rd thoracic spine. They are inserted as in Man. Macalister !

describes a rhomboideus capitis in the Great Kangaroo, as well as

in Bennett’s Wallaby.

The Levator anguli scapule and Serratus magnus are, as usual, in

one layer, which rises from all the cervical transverse processes

and from the anterior seven ribs. The slip which rises from the

transverse process of the atlas is inserted into the inner third

of the spine of the scapula; the rest of the muscle goes to the

vertebral border of that bone.

The Pectoral mass is divided into four distinct parts: (a) the

superficial part rises from the whole length of the sternum and

from the inner part of the clavicle, it is inserted into the middle

of the humerus with the deltoid ; (/3) rises from the 2nd and 3rd

costal cartilages, and is inserted into the upper part of the

pectoral ridge; (y) comes from the first cartilage, and is inserted

just above the last, it is supplied entirely by the internal anterior

thoracic nerve; (6) is the pectoralis quartus, and comes from

the linea alba to be inserted with the ventral panniculus just

below y.

Possibly 3 and y correspond to the human pectoralis minor.

The Subclavius is large, has the usual origin, and is inserted

into the whole length of the posterior border of the clavicle.

The Deltoid has the three constituent parts—clavicular, acromial,

and spinous—fused as in Man; the insertion is into the humerus

above the middle. The circumflex nerve supplies the whole of

the muscle.

The Supraspinatus is smaller than the infraspinatus, as in

Benneti’s Wallaby. In the Great Kangaroo the two muscles are

equal, according to Macalister.

The Yeres minor is easily separable from the infraspinatus, as it

is in the Wallaby, but not in the Great Kangaroo.

The Yeres major is normal ; its lower border is wrapped round

by the latissimus dorsi tendon. ;

The Coraco-brachialis, as in all the Kangaroos, consists solely of

the rotator humeri. Meckel says that the muscle is entirely

absent in these animals, but the rotator humeri, if not specially

looked for, is very easily missed. According to Macalister the

rotator humeri is divided into two slips in Macropus rujicollis.

1 Op. cit.

696 MR, F. G. PARSONS ON THE [June 16,

The Biceps has one broad head, which rises continuously from

the coracoid and the top of the shoulder-joint; it is entirely

outside the capsule of the shoulder. The innermost fibres, those

coming from the coracoid, are inserted into the tubercle of the

radius, the others pass to the ulna. Macalister describes two

separate heads, coraco-radial and gleno-ulnar, in the Great Kan-

garoo and Bennett’s Wallaby. Meckel’s account of the muscle in

the Great Kangaroo seems to correspond with my own.

Fig. 7.

Pectoral muscles of Petrogale.

A. Superficial part of pectoral. E. Subclavius.

B&C. Deeper parts of pectoral. F. Deltoid.

D. Pectoralis quartus. | :

The Brachialis anticus consists of two parts: the outer comes

from behind the surgical neck of the humerus and from the outer

part of that bone; the inner, which is small, rises from the lower

third of the anterior border. The two heads unite to be inserted

into the ulna with the deep part of the biceps.

1896.] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. 697

The Triceps is large and has the human attachments.

The Anconeus and Epitrochleo-anconeus are well marked and

normal.

The Pronator radii teres has only the condylar head, which is

inserted just above the middle of the radius.

The Flexor carpi radialis is normal.

The Palmaris longus is large and ends in the palmar fascia,

from the inner side of which a muscle rises, ending in tendons for

the proximal and distal phalanges of the little finger; this I regard

as the abductor minimi digiti.

The Fle«or carpi ulnaris rises from the internal condyle and

from the posterior border of the ulna; but there is no distinct

head from the olecranon; the absence of this is also noticed by

Macalister in the Great Kangaroo and Bennett’s Wallaby. The

tendon is inserted into the pisiform bone, over which a sesamoid

cartilage is situated.

The Flexor sublimis digitorum is small, and rises from the

surface of the flexor profundus; it quickly divides into three

small muscular bellies, the tendons of which pass to the index,

medius, and annularis. The descriptions of Meckel and Macalister

agree with this, except that they found tendons to all the fingers.

The Flevor profundus digitorum rises from the internal condyle,

from the flexor surfaces of the radius and ulna in their upper

halves, from the inner side of the ulna, and from the olecranon

process. The mass divides intu five strong tendons for the thumb

and fingers.

The Lumbricales are arrauged as in Man, except that the one

between the annularis and minimus tendons is wanting. This

description differs from the one given by Young’. He describes

four lumbricales in Petrogale, one of which is furnished to the

thumb.

The Pronator quadratus is very thick, and occupies the lower

two-thirds of the forearm.

The Supinator longus is inserted into the dorsum of the seaphoid.

Macalister describes it as being inserted into the first metacarpal

in the Wallaby, and into the trapezium and first metacarpal in the

Great Kangaroo. Meckel also states that it is present in the

Kangaroo.

The Extensores carpi radialis longior et brevior were present and

normal. Macalister says that they form a single muscle, which

is inserted into the 2nd and 23rd metacarpals. I bave so often

seen this description of these muscles by different authors in

various animals, and, on trying to verify it, have always found the

two muscles separate, though closely adherent, that I cannot help

suspecting that they are normally separate in the Kangaroos.

The Extensor communis digitorum is normal, and goes to the

four outer fingers. ’

A soni Muscles of the Mammalian Hand,” Journ. Anat. vol. xiv.

p. 156.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. XLV. 45

698 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [June 16,

The Extensor minimi digiti goes to the minimus and slightly to

the annularis.

The Lxtensor carpi ulnaris has the usual human attachments.

The Supinator brevis consists of only one layer, which is super-

ficial to the posterior interosseous nerve; its tendon forms the

external lateral ligament of the elbow, and has an orbicular liga-

ment attached to it. It is inserted into the upper quarter of the

radius.

The Extensor ossis metacarpt pollicis rises from the ulna as high

as the lower margin of the lesser sigmoid cavity, also slightly from

the radius. It has the usual insertion.

There is no Extensor primi internodii polliis.

The Extensor secundi internodii and Huxtensor indicts form one

muscle, which sends tendons to the pollex, index, and medius.

The Palmaris brevis is large.

The Abductor and Fleaor brevis pollicis are small and united.

There is no Opponens pollicis.

The Abductor minimi digiti has already been described with the

palmaris longus.

The Fleaor brevis and Opponens of the little finger are present,

and rise from the pisiform bone and the sesamoid cartilage over it.

The Intrinsic muscles of the hand are arranged in three layers,

as described by Cunningham and Young. The superficial and

deep layers correspond to Young’s description of Petrogale, but

the intermediate layer has more muscles in it.

Muscles of the Trunk.

The Serratus posticus is only represented by the anterior portion,

corresponding to the serratus posticus superior of human anatomy ;

it is well developed, and is inserted into the anterior ribs from

the third to the ninth.

The Erector spine is very strongly developed, but presents

nothing unusual.

The Katernal oblique rises from the third to the thirteenth ribs ;

the marsupial bones are developed in it, while the external abdo-

minal ring lies on the outer side of the middle of the marsupial

bones. There are three tendinous intersections—one between the

llth and 12th ribs, one between the 12th and 13th, and one

below the 13th.

The Internal oblique is inserted into the last three ribs; dorsal

to the lateral line of the body it is fleshy, while ventrally it

becomes aponeurotic and blends with the transversalis.

The Transversalis rises from the lower six ribs as well as the

lumbar fascia and iliac crest. In the anterior two-thirds of the

abdomen it passes deep to the rectus; in the posterior third it

splits to enclose that muscle.

The Rectus abdominis rises from the body, crest, and pectineal

line of the pubes behind the marsupial bone. It is inserted into

the first rib by a very short. flat tendon, as well as by its inner

1896.] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. 699

border into the cartilages of the second, third, and fourth ribs.

It has a few indistinct intersections.

The Pyramidalis rises from the inner side and tip of the mar-

supial bone, and from the fascia over the lower part of the rectus.

About midway between the pubes and xiphoid it blends with the

linea alba.

__ The Supracostalis rises from the sternal ends of the cartilages of

the 3rd, 4th, and 5th ribs, and is inserted into the first rib just

external to the attachment of the rectus. It is well marked, and

continues the plane of the external oblique, lying between the

rectus and the pectoral.

The Quadratus lumborum is present, but is extremely difficult to

separate from the erector spine.

The Psoas parvus is very large, and rises from the bodies of all

the lumbar vertebre except the last; it is inserted into the pro-

minent ilio-pectineal eminence.

The Psoas magnus is smaller than the last, and rises from the

_ transverse process and side of the body of the last lumbar vertebra,

as well as from the anterior part of the sacrum; it joins the

iliacus to form a very broad ilio-psoas, which is inserted into the

flat lesser trochanter.

Muscles of the Tait.

These muscles are by no means easy to distinguish one from the

other, but the following seems the most satisfactory division.

The Extensor caudce externus rises from the accessory processes

of all the lumbar vertebra, from the sacrum, and from the caudal

vertebre nearly as far as the middle of the tail. The tendons,

which are very long, are inserted into the transverse processes of

the caudal vertebree, those which rise most anteriorly being inserted

first. Meckel’ describes this muscle as being distinctly divided

into two in the Kangaroo, but I was unable to make out the

division satisfactorily. i

The Extensor caude internus is fleshy, and rises from the spines

of the sacral and caudal vertebre; short tendons pass to the

transverse processes of the vertebre close behind.

Yhe Abductor caude externus rises from the ischium, and is

inserted into the transverse processes of the 5th, 6th, aud 7th

caudal vertebre.

The Abductor caude internus is simply a continuation of the

intertransversales muscles.

The Flecvor caude externus comes from the ventral surface of

the sacrum and tail, and is inserted into the ventral surface of the

transverse processes by long tendons, which are arranged in the

same wanner that was noticed in Sphingurus "—that is to say the

most superficial tendons are first inserted, and the deeper ones

reach the surface round the inner side of these.

1 «Anatomie comparée,’ vol. vi. p. 177.

2 “ Myology of Rodents,” P. Z.S. 1894, p. suger

700 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [June 16,

The Flevor caude internus is inserted by long tendons into the

ventral surface of the roots of the transverse processes, the most

internal tendons being first inserted, while the deeper ones reach

the surface round the outer side of them.

The Flexor caude profundus is fleshy, and runs along the

ventral surface of the tail close to the middle line, being concealed

by the last muscle and separated by a nerve from the flexor

caude externus.

Muscles of the Posterior Extremity.

The Gluteus maximus or Ectogluteus is a small thin sheet of

muscle rising from the sacral spines and fusing anteriorly with

the sacro-lumbalis. It is inserted just below the great trochanter.

The Gluteus medius is much larger than the last, and rises from

the greater part of the gluteal surface of the ilium by two per-

fectly distinct layers, of which the superficial is inserted by flesh

and the deep by tendon into the outer side of the great trochanter.

The Gluteus minimus is small, and is covered by the medius ;

it is inserted by tendon into the front of the great trochanter.

The Gluteus quartus or Scansorius is very distinct and comes

from the ventral border of the ilium; it is inserted into the

anterior surface of the femur just below the great trochanter.

The Z'ensor fascie femoris and Sartorius are inseparable, the

latter part being feebly marked; they rise from the anterior

ventral spine of the ilium and are inserted into the fascia of the

thigh rearly as far as the patella. This sheet of muscle is

supplied entirely by the anterior crural nerve.

The Pyriformis is well marked and normal.

The Obturator internus is normal ; on its deep surface the tendon

is divided into three bands.

The Gemelli are represented by one continuous muscle, which

rises from the ventral margin of the lesser sciatic notch ; it is best

seen when the obturator internus is cut and reflected. Meckel!

states that these muscles are absent in the Kangaroo.

The Quadratus femoris is a large triangular muscle, which is

inserted by tendon into the second quarter of the femur.

The Obturator exvternus is large and normal.

The Biceps consists of two parts, though I am doubtful whether

the part described first should not rather be included with the

gluteus maximus. The anterior portion rises from the posterior

sacral and anterior caudal] spines and transverse processes ; it is

inserted by a narrow tendon into the outer side of the patella.

The posterior part is large and rises from the ischial tuberosity as

well as by a small origin from the caudal vertebrez ; it is inserted

into the fascia of the upper half of the leg.

The Semitendinosus rises from the tuber ischii with the biceps,

and is inserted into the cnemial crest of the tibia.

The Semimembranosus is a small muscle ; it rises from the tuber

1 « Anatomie comparée,’ vol. vi. p. 364.

1896.] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. 701

ischii and is inserted into the internal tuberosity of the tibia, deep

to the internal lateral ligament of the knee. Meckel says that it

is more or less fused with the semitendinosus.

The Rectus femoris rises from the ventral border of the ilium and

from the posterior ventral spine by two distinct heads ; there is

no origin from the usual place in front of the acetabulum.

Macalister found only one head in the Great Kangaroo and

Bennett’s Wallaby.

The Vastus externus is a large muscle and rises from the great

trochanter by two heads, which embrace the insertion of the

gluteus quartus.

The Vastus internus and Crureus are small and normal.

The Gracilis comes from the whole length of the symphysis and

from the subpubic arch, nearly as far as the tuberosity; it is

inserted into the cnemial crest above the semitendinosus.

Macalister found it rising from the marsupial bone, a condition

which he regards as normal in all Marsupials.

The Pectineus is normal.

The Adductor longus is represented by a small muscle, which

rises from the outer part of the base vf the marsupial bone; it is

inserted into the second quarter of the femur and is separated from

the rest of the adductor mass by a branch of the obturator nerve.

_ The Adductores magnus et brevis form one large mass which

cannot be satisfactorily separated. The femoral artery pierces it,

but the part of the muscle which lies superficial to the artery, and

which corresponds to the supracondylar slip of many mammals,

cannot be separated from the rest. According to Macalister the

adductor magnus can easily be separated from the brevis in the

Great Kangaroo and Bennett’s Wallaby.

The Ischio-femoral muscle lies bebind the adductors and is quite

distinct from them ; it rises from the whole length of the tuber-

osity and ramus of the ischium, and is inserted by a triangular

tendon into the middle of the back of the femur. It is supplied

by the nerve to the hamstrings.

The Yibialis anticus comes from the upper quarter of the

external surface of the tibia and is inserted into the entocuneiform

by a single tendon. In the Great Kangaroo, Macalister found it

inserted into the two inner metatarsal bones.

The Extensor proprius hallucis rises from the outer tuberosity of

the tibia by a small fusiform belly ending in a long tendon, which

runs to the inner two of the four toes. This is another instance

of the much greater persistence of the extensor tendon of the

hallux than of the hallux itself; it is curious, however, that it

should have transferred its attachments to the next two toes, and

reminds one somewhat of the arrangement of the extensor indicis

in the anterior extremity. It should, moreover, be borne in mind

that the latter muscle is often one with the extensor secundi inter-

nodii pollicis.

The Extensor longus digitorum comes from the front of the head

and upper third of the fibula, a strong tendon continues this origin

702 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [June 16,

up tothe external condyle of the femur; but, as the muscle has

contracted attachments similar to those found in Man to the fibula,

the upper tendinous part of its origin takes on the function of a

ligament. The muscle is inserted in the usual manner into the

two outer toes.

The Peroneus longus rises from the head and upper quarter of

the fibula, as well as from the ligament already mentioned,

belonging to the extensor longus digitorum. It is inserted into

the entocuneiform.

The Peroneus brevis is absent. Macalister, however, found it in

the Great Kangaroo and Bennett’s Wallaby.

The Peroneus quarti digitt is very small and runs from the

second quarter of the fibula to the great fourth toe.

The Peroneus quinti digiti equals the peroneus longus in size ; it

rises from the upper third of the fibula and runs to the outermost

toe. All three peroneals pass through the same synovial sheath

and groove on the back of the external malleolus.

The Gastrocnemius has the usual two heads, the outer of which

has three origins: (1) a small head from the outer side of the

patella; (2) larger, from the same place, and separated from the

last by the external popliteal nerve; (3) from the large fabella

over the external condyle and from the external semilunar

cartilage. The inner head is normal in origin and has no fabella

developed in it.

The Soleus is absent, unless the origin of the gastrocnemius

from the semilunar cartilage represents it. | Meckel also describes

it as wanting.

Macalister found the fibular head in the Great Kangaroo and

Bennett’s Wallaby.

The Plantaris comes from the external fabella and the back of

the external condyle; it soon forms a tendon which passes round

the tuberosity of the caleaneum, after which it divides into a large

internal and a small external portion. The small slip runs to the

outer toe, is pierced by the flexor longus digitorum tendon, and is

inserted into the outer side of the second phalanx. The large

inner portion gives off a tendon from its outer side which is

attached to both sides of the proximal phalanx of the outer toe,

being perforated in its course by the last-named slip as well as by

the tendon of the flexor longus digitorum to that toe. The main

part of the inner portion goes to the proximal and distal phalanges

of the great fourth toe.

The Flevor longus digitorum (Flexor tibialis)—There is only one

deep flexor at the back of the leg, which comes from about a third

of the tibia and fibula below the popliteus. In the sole it divides

into three tendons, of which the innermost again subdivides for

the two small inner toes. There are only two Lumbricales.

The Popliteus rises from the external condyle, partly from in

front of the groove and partly from the groove itself, which is deep

and narrow, and not adapted for the tendon to lie in. The muscle

also has an origin from the external semilunar cartilage and from

1896.] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. 703

the head of the fibula. There is the usual insertion into the upper

part of the inner border of the tibia.

The Rotator fibule lies deep to the last, with which it is partially

blended ; it rises from the posterior surface of the tibia in its upper

part, and is inserted into rather less of the back of the fibula. Its

fibres run obliquely upwards and outwards.

Muscles of the Sole-—There is no muscular flewor brevis digitorum

or accesorius. The intrinsic muscles form three layers, the first of

Fig. 8.

LLL TS aT]

Pe) tess

Lee

Muscles of the Sole of Petrogale.

Abdr. Abductor minimi digiti. F1.B. Flexores breves.

Addr. Adductor do.

which consists of one adductor, which rises from the third meta-

tarsal bone and runs to the proximal phalanx of the fifth toe. The

704 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE [June 16,

middle layer consists of three double-headed flexores breves, the

innermost serving for the two small inner toes. The deep layer

contains two abductor muscles, one to the fourth, the other to the

fifth toe.

The Vascular System.

The Heart in Petrogale agrees in most respects with Owen’s

description of the organ in the Great Kangaroo’; I propose,

however, to describe it a little more in detail, On opening the

right ventricle the ventral wall is seen to be covered by column

carnez of the second and third kinds; these are so broad and

numerous that the wall presents quite a smooth appearance, the

intervals between the columne appearing as small rounded pits.

There are no musculi papillares or chord tendineew attached to

this wall, nor is there any moderator band. The right auriculo-

ventricular valve las four cusps, one of which is much larger than

the rest and les against the septal wall, to which its free edge is

connected by a large number of short chorde tendinez without

any musculi papillares. There are only two (Owen says three)

musculi papillares in the right ventricle; they are attached to the

septal wall, the larger about halfway down, the smaller dorsally

and above. ach of these sends chord tendinee to two cusps,

and in this way the three anterior segments of the right auriculo-

ventricular valve are stayed.

In the left ventricle the auriculo-ventricular or mitral valve has

only two cusps, one of which is close to the aortic opening, the

other away from it. There are numerous chordx tendinee which

spring from several large musculi papillares arranged in two

groups. The aortic and pulmonary valves have the normal human

arrangement, the corpora Arantii being well marked. The right

auricle is elongated transversely, at its right extremity is the

opening of the posterior vena cava; in the dorsal wall close to this

and a little to the left is the opening of the left anterior vena cava.

The right anterior vena cava opens on the upper part of the dorsal

wall about the junction of the left third with the right two-thirds.

At the left extremity of the auricle are the openings of two

appendages, one of which projects ventral to the aorta, the other

dorsal. Owen describes the right auricular appendage as being

notched, but in Petrogale the notching is so deep that there are

two distinct appendages. There are many and well-marked

musculi pectinati in the right auricle, which are best developed on

the ventral wall. The right auricle, as Owen poiuts cut, is

remarkable for the absence of all traces of foetal structures ; there

are no signs of the Eustachian or Thebesian valves, nor is there any

indication of the fossa or annulus ovalis. The left auricle has

musculi pectinati only in the appendage, which is large and forms

a great part of the cavity. Owen describes it as being notched,

but this I failed to make out. The two pulmonary veins open

close together into the dorsal wall.

1 © Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. iii. p. 517.

1896. | ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. 705

The Vhyroid body consists of two separate oval lobes about

2 inch long, lying one on each side of the trachea without any

isthmus connecting them.

The Arch of the Aorta has only two branches, the innominate

and the left subclavian; the former gives off the right subclavian,

soon after which it divides into right and left carotids.

The Subclavian arteries pursue a normal course and give off

vertebral, internal mammary, and transverse cervical branches, but

no interior thyroid or superior intercostal were seen. The common

Carotid gives off the superior thyroid and, at the anterior margin

of the larynx, divides into external and internal carotids, the

former giving off lingual, facial, and occipital branches, and

ending almost entirely in the internal maxillary, the temporal

being very small. The superior laryngeal branch comes off from

the lingual.

The Avillary artery gives off weil-marked thoracic, subscapular,

and circumflex branches. The Brachial gives off a small superior

profunda which accompanies the musculo-spiral nerve, as well as

a large nutrient branch to the humerus. About the middle of the

arm, at the place where the median nerve is finally formed, a

superficial branch comes off, which possibly represents the inferior

profunda though it does not accompany the ulnar nerve. The

brachial artery then passes through the supra-condylar foramen,

after which it gives off some muscular branches and soon divides

into posterior interosseous and median.

The posterior Interosseous passes to the back of the forearm

between the two bones, giving off a large posterior interosseous

recurrent branch; while the median accompanies its nerve into the

palm of the band, where it divides into four digital branches for

the clefts between the digits. There is no radial or ulnar artery

and no deep palmar arch. Owen" describes the artery which I

have called median as the ulnar, and says that there is.also a

radial artery.

The Thoracic aorta shows nothing worthy of special notice.

The Abdominal aorta gives off the celiac, mesenteric, and two renal

arteries close together, just behind the opening in the diaphragm.

Of the two renals the right is a little in front of the left. There is

no posterior mesenteric artery, a condition which Owen has noticed

in all Marsupials. The aorta trifurcates opposite the disc between

the fifth and sixth lumbar vertebre into the caudal and two

external iliacs. The internal iliacs are given off from the caudal

opposite the posterior part of the sixth lumbar vertebra, as has

been pointed out by Owen.

The External Iliac gives off a large ilio-lumbar branch, and, just

before reaching the brim of the pelvis, a common trunk, which

divides into obturator and deep epigastric.

The Common Femoral soon after its commencement gives off an

external circumflex branch, which runs outward between the super-

1 + Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. iii. p. 541.

706 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE [June 16,

ficial and deep divisions of. the anterior crural nerve. A little

lower down an internal circumflex comes off, which divides into a

large transverse and a small ascending branch. The femoral

artery then continues down Hunter’s canal, but no profunda

femoris is given off. At the lower part of the canal it divides into

two large branches, of which the anterior accompanies the internal

saphenous nerve to the inner side of the leg. A little above the

internal malleolus it divides into anterior and posterior, the former

passing in front of the malleolus and deep to the tendon of the

tibialis anticus, to supply the inner side of the dorsum of the foot,

the latter supplying the sole of the foot, though no distinct

external and internal plantar arteries are present. The posterior

of the two branches of the femoral in Hunter’s canal is the

popliteal, this passes between the semimembranosus and the femur,

and divides into superficial and deep. The superficial is a muscular

branch to the calf-muscles and runs down between the gastroene-

mius and plantaris. The deep passes deeply to the plantaris, pierces

the interosseous membrane to become the anterior tibial, and runs

down along the outer side of the tendon of the extensor longus

digitorum to the dorsum of the foot, the outer side of which it

supplies. As soon as it reaches the commencement of the dorsum

it gives off a communicating branch which passes superficial to the

extensor longus digitorum to join the anterior branch of the

internal saphenous artery already mentioned.

The Internal Ilac artery divides into gluteal, pudic, and sciatic,

of which the last is the largest.

The Veins correspond fairly accurately with the arteries, the

chief points worthy of notice being the large size of the external

jugular, the presence of two anterior and a single undivided

posterior venz cave, also of a single azygos vein, which lies on the

right side and receives the intercostal veins from both sides of the

thorax.

The Nervous System.

As the animal was not received in a perfectly fresh condition,

I made no attempt to examine the brain and spinal cord.

The Cranial Nerves differ but slightly from those of Man: the

chief points of divergence noticed are:—(1) That the seventh

nerve only divides into three chief branches on the face; (2) that

the depressor nerve is separate from the vagus and comes off from

the superior laryngeal as in the Rabbit; (3) that the eleventh

nerve pierces the cleido-mastoid after supplying the sterno-mastoid

and then passes on to the trapezius ; (4) that there is no descend-

ing branch from the hypoglossal corresponding to the descendens

cervicis of human anatomy, but the omo-hyoid, sterno-hyoid, and

sterno-thyroid are supplied by a well-marked nerve which comes

off from the Ist and 2nd cervical and corresponds to the com-

municans cervicis.

The Cervical Plexus is formed by the first four cervical nerves ;

there is the usual loop on the ventral side of the transverse process

SSS

Heo}

Woot!

be Q

bo > >

las]

ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. 707

Fig. 9.

Cervical and Brachial plexuses of Petrogale.

Sterno-mastoid §.Sc. Suprascapular nerve.

Pectoral muscle. M. Median nerve.

‘Teres major. - §,8', 8’. Subscapular nerves.

Coraco-brachialis. O.N & Ay. Cireumflex nerve and

Longus colli. | artery. :

Latissimus dorsi. M.S. Musculo-spiral nerve.

Biceps. _ T.M.Ay. Internal mammary artery.

Great auricular nerve. U. Ulnar nerve.

Spinal accessory nerve. V.Ay. Vertebral artery.

Descending branches. I.L. 1st thoracic nerve.

Phrenic.

708 MR. F, G. PARSONS ON THE [June 16,

of the atlas from which communicating branches are given off.

From the 3rd cervical a single large nerve passes to the auricle

and occiput, which evidently corresponds to the small occipital and

great auricular. From the 3rd also come two superficial cervical

nerves, which supply the skin over the auterior and _ posterior

triangles of the neck respectively. The 4th cervical nerve com-

municates with the upper part of the 5th, and from the junction

come off descending cutaneous branches to the skin of the arm

and shoulder. From the deep part of the plexus branches are

given off to the surrounding muscles, a small communicating

spinal accessory coming from the 4th.

The arrangement of the Brachial Plexus corresponds very closely

with that of Man; it is chiefly remarkable for the fact that the

subscapularis is supplied by three separate twigs, one of which is

derived from the suprascapular nerve and the other two from the

posterior cord. There is no distinct musculo-cutaneous nerve, the

coraco-brachialis, biceps, and brachialis anticus being supplied by

the outer head of the median. The suprascapular comes off after

the junction of the 5th and 6th cervicals. The external anterior

thoracic is given off from the outer cord after the junction of the

7th cervical, but has no communication with the internal anterior

thoracic. The outer head of the median is, as in Man, derived

from the 5th, 6th, and 7th; it is not joimed by the inner head,

which comes from the 8th cervical and 1st dorsal, until it reaches

the middle of the arm. ‘The trunk formed by the union of the

two heads passes through the supracondylar foramen and just

below the elbow divides into two branches, the outer of which

corresponds in its distribution to the human radial nerve, that is

to say it supplies the three and a half outer fingers on their dorsal

surfaces ; in its course down the forearm it lies superticial to all

the muscles. The inner of the two branches gives off twigs to the

tlexor muscles of the forearm and accompanies the median artery

to the hand, passing deep to the pronator radii teres, palmaris

longus, and flexor carpi radialis. In the hand it supplies the

thenar muscles as well as the skin of the outer three and a half

fingers on their palmar surfaces. There is no distinct anterior

interosseous branch.

The ulnar nerve separates from the inner head of the median

just above the middle of the arm; it at once gives off two internal

cutaneous branches for the inner side of the forearm and then >

passes deep to the epitrochleo-anconeus, which it supplies. Im-

mediately after this it gives off a branch to the flexor carpi ulnaris,

but none to the flexor profundus digitorum, and passes down the

forearm under cover of the flexor carpi ulnaris to the radial side

of the pisiform bone, giving off, at the junction of the middle and

lower thirds of the forearm, a dorsal cutaneous branch, which

supplies the back of the inner one and a half fingers. At the

pisitorm the main stem of the ulnar divides into. superficial and

deep branches, the former supplying the skin of the ulnar one and

a half fingers on their palmar surfaces, the latter passing between

1896. ] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. 709

the layers of the adductors and flexores breves to supply these as

well as the interosseous muscles.

The internal anterior thoracic nerve is not nearly as large as it

is in animals with a better developed panniculus: it rises by two

roots from the 8th cervical and 1st thoracic nerves respectively ;

these roots unite and supply the posterior and deep parts of the

pectoral mass as well as the ventro-lateral panniculus.

The musculo-spiral nerve is formed by the union of two branches

in front of the teres major muscle; the upper of these comes from

the 5th, 6th, and 7th cervical, the lower from the union of the 8th

cervical and 1st thoracic nerves. The musculo-spiral winds round

the back of the humerus, giving, off branches to the triceps and

dorso-epitrochlearis as well as a descending branch to the anconeus,

but no filament to the brachialis anticus or cutaneous twigs. In

front of the external supracondylar ridge a branch to the supinator

longus is given off, after which the nerve passes deep to the

supinator brevis and supplies all the muscles of the back of the

forearm, as well as a cutaneous branch to the skin of that region.

The circumflex nerve is given off from the upper branch of the

musculo-spiral and so can only obtain fibres from the 5th, 6th,

and 7th cervical nerves; it accompanies the circumflex artery

through the quadrilateral space, giving off branches to the teres

minor and shoulder-joint ; it then gives off a large branch to the

skin of the outer side of the arm and finally supplies the three

parts of the deltoid.

The phrenic nerve comes from the junction of the 5th and 6th

cervicals, and runs back ventral to the plexus and subclavian

artery, to pursue its usual course through the thorax to the

diaphragm.

The posterior thoracic nerve cannot be seen in the axilla until

just before its distribution ; it rises from the 4th and 5th cervicals,

and runs back in the substance of the scalenus longus to the

serratus magnus.

No intercosto-humeral nerve was seen.

In studying the foregoing nerves the arrangement of the radial

is worthy of special attention, because it is opposed to the law

laid down by Paterson in his most interesting paper on the limb

plexuses of Mammals’. In that paper the following passage

occurs :—“ In the case of the fore limb the nerves of distribution

are derived from the inferior primary divisions of the hinder

cervical and first thoracic nerves. The nerves entering the plexus

divide into ventral and dorsal parts, the ventral divisions of the

nerves combining to form one set, the dorsal divisions combining

to form another set of nerves of distribution. In no case do

ventral divisions ever combine with dorsal divisions of adjacent

nerves. In no case does a nerve of distribution derived in one

animal from ventral divisions, in another spring from dorsal

divisions and vice versa.” The musculo-spiral is rightly described

t Journ. Anat. vol. xxi. p. 622.

710 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [June 16,

by Paterson as derived from the dorsal divisions of the plexus,

the median as derived from the ventral. In all the animals

dissected by Paterson, and in all that I have hitherto dissected,

the radial nerve came from the musculo-spiral; in this case,

however, the radial rose on both sides from the median, although

no connection between that nerve and the dorsal roots was observed

in the plexus.

The arrangement of the Lumbar Plexus of the Rock-Kangaroo

closely resembles that of the Cuscus described by Cunningham’;

it is formed by the 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and a large part of the 5th

lumbar nerves, the 1st lumbar being distributed to the abdominal

walls.

The genito-crural nerve is very small and rises from the 2nd

and 3rd lumbar, whence it runs down to supply the cremaster, no

crural branch being seen.

The anterior crural comes from the 3rd, 4th, and 5th lumbars,

and emerges from the outer surface of the psoas, soon after which

it gives off the external cutaneous to supply the skin of the outer

side of the thigh. As soon as the nerve has passed under

Poupart’s ligament it gives off a cutaneous branch to the skin of

the front and inner side of the thigh. Soon after this a branch

runs outwards to supply the sartorivs, and from this a twig enters

the superficial surface of the rectus femoris. The next branch is

the long saphenous which comes off from the inner side of the

nerve, passes superficial to the external circumflex artery, and

supplies the skin on the inner side of the leg below the knee.

The rest of the branches of the anterior crural pass deep to the

external circumflex artery and supply the quadriceps extensor set

of muscles. The obturator nerve comes from the anterior divisions

of the 4th and 5th lumbar, passes to the obturator foramen, and

divides into a brush of branches which supply the adductor

muscles as well as the gracilis. No distinct division into super-

ficial and deep parts was noticed.

In the plexus, branches to the psoas come from the 2nd and

3rd as well as the junction between the 4th and 5th lumbar

nerves.

The Sacral Pleaus is formed by the 5th and 6th lumbar and the

greater part of the first sacral nerves, which all unite to form the

main trunk of the great sciatic. From the junction of the 5th

and 6th lumbar nerves the superior gluteal is given off, as is the

case in the sacral plexus of the Cuscus; this nerve supplies the

gluteus medius, minimus, and quartus. The inferior gluteal

comes off in common with the small sciatic after the union of the

1st sacral with the cord formed by the 5th and 6th lumbar (lumbo-

sacral cord) ; it supplies the gluteus maximus and the anterior part

of the biceps. The small sciatic supplies the skin of the back of

the thigh as usual.

The pudic nerve is formed by the part of the Ist sacral which

1 Journ, Anat. vol. xv. p. 265.

1896.] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS.

Fig. 10.

Lumbo-sacral plexus.

I.H. Ilio-hypogastric.

LI. Ilio-inguinal.

PS. Branches to Psoas.

E.C. External cutaneous.

G.C. Genito-crural.

A.C. Anterior crural.

Obt. Obturator.

S.G. Superior gluteal.

1.P

HEH HO ae

QnhtnnR

. Inferior gluteal.

. Small sciatic.

. Great sciatic.

. Internal pudic.

. lst lumbar vertebra.

lst sacral vertebra.

. lst caudal vertebra.

712 MR. F. G. PARSONS ON THE [June 16,

does not enter the sciatic trunk, joining the 2nd sacral; it supplies

the pelvis and perineum.

The great sciatic nerve leaves the pelvis through the great sciatic

foramen, passing superficial to the pyriformis; just before

reaching that muscle it gives off a large nerve to the hamstrings,

which passes deep to the pyriformis and supplies the posterior

biceps, Semimembranosus, semitendinosus, and the ischio-femoral.

In the upper third of the thigh the great sciatic gives off the short

saphenous which supplies the skin of the outer side of the leg

from the knee to the ankle. About the middle of the thigh the

sciatic divides into external and internal popliteal branches, the

former of which winds round the outer side of the head of the

fibula, where it divides into the musculo-cutaneous and branches to

supply the peroneal and extensor groups of leg-muscles.

The musculo-cutaneous runs down the outer side of the leg and

divides at the ankle into an outer and an inner branch; the outer

ot these supplies the cleft between the fourth and fifth toes as well

as the outer side of the fifth, the inner goes to the inner side of the

large fourth toe as well as to the two small inner toes, that is to

say to the second, third, and half the fourth toes, the first toe beng

absent. It will thus be seen that there is no anterior tibial nerve

in the Kangaroo, a fact which might be predicted when one

remembers that there is no cleft between the first and second toes

nor any extensor brevis digitorum muscle for it to supply.

The internal popliteal nerve gives off branches for the gastrocne-

mius, plantaris, popliteus, and rotator fibule ; it passes through the

popliteal space and runs down, between the superficial and deep

muscles of the calf, to the back of the internal malleolus, being

unaccompanied in the leg by any artery. Soon after passing the

internal malleolus it gives off a small deep branch to the muscles

of the sole, which apparently corresponds to the greater part of

the human external plantar nerve. After this the main trunk

supplies the plantar surfaces of all the four toes, the branch for

the outer one and a half coming off in the anterior part of the

sole and passing deep to the plantar fascia.

Digestive System.

The roof of the Hard Palate has eight transverse ridges, the

anterior two of which are curved, with the convexity forwards.

In the anterior half of the palate there are many tubercles

between the ridges, a condition which has been deseribed by

Flower in the Didelphyide *. The Soft Palate is smooth on both

its nasal and buccal surfaces ; it ends posteriorly in a deep sharp

notch, and there is no sign of a uvula.

The Tongue has four transverse ridges rather behind the

centre of the dorsum. There are backwardly directed filiform

papille all over the surface, while the fungiform papilla are best

* Lectures on the Comparative Anatomy of the Organs of Digestion of the

Mammalia, College of Surgeons, 1872, Lecture XII.

1896.] ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. 713

marked on the posterior part of the dorsum. Foliate papille are

present in their normal position but are feebly marked. There

are three circumyallate papille, the central one being well marked,

while the lateral ones are indistinct and situated just in front of

the papillz foliate. The Tonsils answer to Owen’s description * ;

each consists of eight or ten nodules of lymphatic tissue about the

size of a pin’s head lying in a well-marked fossa just beneath the

soft palate. The Parotid Gland, as is usual in the Macropodida, is

very large and reaches from the root of the ear along the side of

the neck, dorsal to the external jugular vein, almost to the scapula.

The Submawillary Gland is small and oval, and is situated on the

ventral side of the external jugular vein just clear of the angle of

the jaw.

The Sublingual Gland is very small.

The @sophagus is long and narrow and has a considerable course

in the abdomen.

The Stomach of Petrogale penicillata has been carefully examined

by Beddard and contrasted with that of Dendrolagus bennettii?.

The stomach of Petrogale wanthopus agrees with his description

and I shall content myself with mentioning that it measured

24 inches along the greater curvature and 13 along the lesser.

The Spleen differs from that of Dendrolagus and resembles the

normal marsupial arrangement in being distinctly A-shaped ; the

stalk and posterior limb of the A together measure 54 inches, the

anterior limb 2 inches. The stalk and posterior limb evidently

correspond to the spleen of other mammals, because the gastro-

splenic omentum is attached along them. Apart from the place

where the extra limb comes off there are no notches in the

spleen.

The Liver of Petrogale penicillata has been figured by Beddard :

the arrangement of its labes agrees very accurately with that of

P. xanthopus ; the same notch is present in the Spigelian lobe,

though it is less well marked.

The Pancreas is about 6 inches long, its head is surrounded by

the duodenum, while the long thin tail reaches the spleen.

The Small Intestine is 8 ft. 6 in. long, the Large, 3 ft.8 in. ; this

is about the same proportion that Beddard describes in Dendro-

lagus. Garrod ®* says that in Dorcopsis luctuosa the large intestine

is one-third the length of the small; in Petrogale, however, the

proportion is greater. The bile-duct opens into the duodenum

3 inches from the pylorus, the pancreatic duct just beyond. In

the Great Kangaroo, Owen says that the bile and pancreatic ducts

unite and open 5 inches from the pylorus.

The Caecum is 6 inches long, and is not sacculated as Owen

describes it in the Great Kangaroo; its calibre is greater than that

of the rest of the colon; the ileum joins it at an acute angle, and

* ‘Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. iii. p. 885.

* P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 131.

3 P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 56.

~ Proc, Zoon, Soc.—1896, No. XLVI, 46

714 ON THE ANATOMY OF PETROGALE XANTHOPUS. [June 16,

the two portions of gut are connected by a fold of peritoneum

which reaches almost to the extremity of the cecum.

The Genito-urinary System.

The male genito-urinary organs answered so well to Owen’s

description that I refrain from making any remarks about them.

The Respiratory System.

The Zaryna is remarkable for the great size of the arytenoids,

which, as Owen points out’, are situated at the side instead of on

the dorsal surface. The part of these cartilages which points

towards the head of the animal is a broad convex border instead of

forming the apex of a pyramid; from the anterior end of this

border the short vocal cords pass to the thyroid. There are no

false vocal cords or yeutricles. The epiglottis is large, and is

deeply notched in the middle of its freeedge. The ventral part of

the anterior edge of the thyroid cartilage curls over towards the

cavity of the larynx and forms a little pouch just behind the stalk

of the epiglottis.

The Trachea is a little over 4 inches long; the cartilaginous

rings form rather more than complete circles, so that one end

overlaps the other on the dorsum: this arrangement allows a

considerable dilatation of the tube.

The Thyroid Gland is described in the account of the vascular

system.

The Lungs are remarkable, as is usual in Kangaroos, for the

small amount of lobulation which they exhibit. The right lung is

much larger than the left and has a well-marked azygos lobe;

from the ventral border of this lung a long triangular process

projects, in front of which are two notches. The left lung has

one notch on its ventral border, but, like the right, is undivided by

fissures. Owen’ states that in Macropus major the right lung

has two notches in its anterior (ventral) border, while the left is

undivided ; in M. parryi both have one or two notches ; in another

Kangaroo he found the right lung divided into four lobes and the

left into two. On neither side is there any eparterial bronchus.

1 ‘Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. iii. p. 584.

* « Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol, iii. p. 577.

PZ.S:. 1696RR) Oe

ME Durham del. P.Smit hth Mintern Bros imp.

DASYVPELELS SCABRA.

1896.] ON THE FEEDING OF DASYPELTIS SCABRA. 718

6. Notes on the Mode of Feeding of the Egg-eating Snake

(Dasypeltis scabra). By Miss M. Evita Duran’.

[Received June 8, 1896.]

(Plate XXXII.)

The following observations were made on a specimen of this

Snake from South Africa, presented to the Society’s Gardens by

Mr. J. Matcham, C.M.Z.S., of Port Elizabeth, and measuring

18°8 inches in length.

The snake, on perceiving the egg, glided round it and examined

it frequently with its tongue (fig. 1); it then raised its head and

made a rather feeble, ineffectual snap at the egg. Finally, how-

ever, it opened its mouth very widely, and suddenly seizing the egg

by the smaller end, the jaws and the skin under them expanding

enormously, swallowed it quickly aud with a strong effort (fig. 2).

The egg being now in the cesophagus, the snake remained still

with its head raised, its spine strongly arched, and the whole throat

greatly distended (fig. 3).

It then, slowly and with evident effort, lowered its head till it

rested on the ground (figs. 4 and 5), straightening its spine by

degrees and thus driving the spinal “teeth” into the egg and

crushing it. The egg gradually flattened, and the snake resumed its

natural proportions in about 15 minutes from first seizing the egg.

It lay still for a quarter of an hour, exserting its tongue occasion-

ally, the body and tail still maintaining the position shown in fig. 3.

It then suddenly and violently began to press the portion of its

throat containing the egg against the ground (fig. 6), at the same

time arching its body behind it and raising its head. These efforts

appeared violent and convulsive, and were repeated several times

in succession, the snake meanwhile crawling about restlessly.

Then, pausing, it raised its head, swayed it slightly to and fro,

gave a violent lateral wriggle, opened its mouth widely, and with a

effort ejected the crushed egg-shell (see fig. 7), 1 hour and ? after

first seizing the egg.

The process of swallowing and disgorging has been the same

every time I have witnessed it, but has sometimes been quicker.

I have never seen the subject of these observations take

anything larger than a hedge-sparrow’s or a canary’s egg, but very

large specimens can even swallow hen’s eggs—witness the specimen

preserved in the British Museum with the uncrushed egg still in

the esophagus. The power of distention of the jaws and throat is

very great, the circumference of the egg being nearly three times

that of the neck of the snake in its usual condition.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII.

Figs. 1-5. The various stages of Dasypeltis scabra in the act of swallowing an

egg, as described above.

Figs. 6 & 7. The rejection of the shell.

1 Communicated by Dr. Jonn Anprrson, F.R.S., Vice-President. On this

subject see Mr. Tegetmeier’s article in ‘ Field, vol. lxxx. p. 204, July 30th,

1892.——P. L.S.

46*

716 MR. F, 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

7. On the Theraphoside of the Lower Amazons: being an

Account of the new Genera and Species of this Group

of Spiders discovered during the Expedition of the

Steamship ‘Faraday’ up the River Amazons. By

Frepx. O. Pickarp Camsripes, B.A,’

[Received June 16, 1896.]

(Plates XXXIII.-XXXYV.)

The Spiders described in the present paper form a first small

instalment of the collection made by Mr. Austen and myself during

our expedition up the Lower Amazons in the s.s. ‘ Faraday,’ under

the charge of Mr. Alexander Siemens. The idea of publishing

the zoological results of the expedition in book-form by the

Museum of Natural History has, I believe, been definitely

abandoned. This being the case, 1 have availed myself of the

generosity of tbis Society, and shall endeavour to publish my

account of the Araneidea in small sections, as opportunity offers.

The identification of members of this order is by no means the

easy matter one would suppose; for not only does the material

itself offer great difficulties, but almost every point of classifica-

tion has to be reinvestigated ab initio.

- Of the total number of species represented in the collection

I am, of course, unable to speak with certainty at present, but I

should probably be within the mark if I were to estimate it at

about 200. How many of these may be new it is impossible to

say, though they will scarcely perhaps bear the proportion of

eleven new species to fourteen described, as has been the case in

the present paper in the family Theraphoside.

The district of the Amazon Valley may be broadly divided into

three fairly well-marked regions. First, the alluvial region of the

river itself, including the countless islands and vast tracks of

luxuriant river-margin.

Second, the higher and drier Campos districts, sandy regions

clothed with grass and spangled with flowers soon after the com-

mencement of the rainy season, about the month of March or

April.

Third, that vast region significantly termed by the natives “Terra

Firma,” clothed for hundreds and hundreds of square miles by the

impenetrable forest.

And to these three regions I must add what I may term the

“Lago district,”—the Lake district so-called—where acres of

rushes, sedge-grass, and water-weeds furnish a habitat frequented

by a fauna evidently peculiar. Here almost every form seems

to be adapted for a semi-amphibious existence. Large Spiders

1 Communicated by the Secretary.

1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS, 717

of the group Triclariine vie with the essentially semi-aquatic

Dolomedes in displaying their skill in running upon and diving

beneath the surface, out of sight and out of ‘Teach of enemies in

pursuit.

Throughout the three first-mentioned regions there are, of

course, certain Spider forms found sprinkled equally over each—

as, for instance, the ubiquitous Avicularia, the “Aranha caran-

juejira,” the crab-spider par eacellence of the native Brazilian.

But there are also many special forms, each of them peculiar to

their special district.

Here one finds, too, 4000 miles on the other side of the globe,

beneath an equatorial sun, forms strangely familiar to the English

naturalist in districts of similar physical character at home.

The sandy campos, for instance, furnish us with a Lycosa, in

colour adapted to its environment, and curiously similar to the

Lycosa picta of our English sand-dunes.

In the forest, Epeirids, Theridide, and Salticids swarm, of every

shape and hue. Thomisids, too, the majority very similar to

European species in general character, to which the pure white

waxen Hripus, lurking in some snow-white blossom, is a notable

exception.

One must not, however, have the impression that the Spider-

fauna of tropical America is much the same as that of England.

We have nothing, for instance, to compare with the curious

Gastracanthids, the crimson-spined Micrathena schreibersi, or the

numerous species of the thorny-backed genus Gastracantha. We

have nothing to match the huge Nephila with her diminutive

husband, or the lovely Argiope argentata stretched on the white

silken cross in the centre of its orbicular snare. Except an Atypus

or two, we have nothing to take the place of the 250 species and

upwards of the Mygalomorphe which are found in Southern and

Central America. So that, although many a familiar form will

meet the eye of the English arachnologist on the Amazons, yet

there are countless forms differing in size, in structure, and in

colour from anything that he can find amongst the Spider-fauna of

Northern Europe.

One must confess, too, that at the present time arachnologists

still know newt to nothing of the Spiders of Brazil. Nor do I

speak only of differences specific, a more extended knowledge of

which merely multiplies the known species ten or a hundredfold:

nor only of a knowledge which enables us with certainty to pair

this female with that male which, according to the laws of Nature,

rightfully belongs to her—a matter of no little difficulty even to

specialists. I refer rather to our knowledge of almost everything

which has to do with their habits and domestic economy. We

must confess, for instance, that we do not yet know the staple

diet of so common and so well-known a Spider as the huge

Avicularia. Though I was out night after night, and though

I watched, on several occasions the whole night through, the

tunnels of twenty and upwards of the sand-burrowing “* Mygale,”

718 ‘MR. F. 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

so common in the neighbourhood of Santarem, yet not once could

I detect a Spider in the act of seizing her prey or even venturing

beyond the entrance of her burrow.

I accentuate these deficiencies in our information, because one

so otten hears of a traveller neglecting to collect material, or make

observations of habits, on the grounds that the “ Authorities ” at

home nowadays know everything and that the trouble taken would

be but labour lost.

Among the more interesting incidental discoveries made during

the work of classification, I might mention that of the stridulating-=

organs found in three species of the subfamily Diplurine. These—

to which I have given the names lyra and pecten (the former

referring to a row of chitinous keys on the inner side of the coxa

of the pedipalp, the latter to a row of spines on the mandible)—

are very similar to the musical boxes found in certain Oriental

groups of Mygalomorphe by Mr. Pocock. Of what may be their

real use, and of what their ultimate significance in systems of

classification, it is perhaps a little too soon to speak.

Before concluding these few remarks by way of preface to the

more technical and less interesting descriptive matter, I would like

to take the opportunity of giving my hearty thanks to the many

kind friends from whom I received both encouragement and actual

assistance during our expedition up the Amazons.

Had it not been for the courtesy of Mr. and Mrs. Alexander

Siemens, I should probably not have visited Brazil at all. Nor

must I forget to thank Mr. Brocklehurst, of Para, through whose

kind introduction I fell into the hands of Mr. Wallace, an American

gentleman resident in Santarem. For my fortnight’s excursion

in the forest I am entirely indebted to Mr. Wallace, who

courteously placed his country residence at my disposal and

gave me every assistance in his power to render my sojourn a

complete success.

To the many other friends whom I came across both afloat and

ashore, too numerous to mention by name, I must give my thanks

en masse.

Bibliography relating to the Theraphoside of South America.

1726. Madame Mur1an.—Insect. Surinam.

1746. Kiermann.—Rosel’s Insects.

1758. Linnaus.—Syst. Nat. ed. 10.

1764. Linnmcs.—Mus. Ludovice Ulrice.

1820. Durour.—Ann. Sci. Phys. Nat.

1830-1844, M. Purry.—Delectus Animalium Articul. que in

itinere per Brasiliam coll. J. B. de Spix et C. F. Ph. de Martius.

1831-1848. C. W. Haun and C. L. Kocu.—Die Arachniden.

Niirnberg.

1838. Guférin.—Reyv. Zool. p. 10.

1850-1862. H. Lucas.—Expédition scientifique dans l’Amérique

du Sud Centrale, de Rio 4 Lima et de Lima a Pard.

1896. | SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 719

1854. Niconer.—Gay’s ‘ Historia de Chile,’ Zool. iv.

1862-1863. J. Buackwatn.—Annals and Magazine of Natural

History, vol. x. pp. 348, 421, & vol. xii. p. 264. ‘* Descrip-

tions of newly-discovered Spiders captured in Rio de Janeiro.”

1870. Rev. O. P. Campriper.—P. Z. 8. p. 101. “Mon. Genus

Idiops.”

1871-1875. A. Aussprnr.— Beitriize zur Kenntniss der Arach-

niden-Familie der Territelarie,’ Verhandlungen der k.-k.

zool.-bot. Gesellschaft in Wien.

1875. AussERER.—Verhandl. k.-k. zool.-bot.Ges. in Wien, p. 125.

1878. L. Brcker.—Comptes Rendus Soc. Ent. Belg. xxii.

1880. Po. Burrxavu.—Verzeichniss der von Prof. Ed. van

Beneden in Brasilien 1872-1873 gesammelten Arachniden.

Briissel, 1880.

1880. Karscu.—Zeitschr. ges. Naturwiss. liii. p. 386.

1880. Burrcau.—Mém. Acad. R. Belg. xliii. Art. no. 2.

1881. O. P. Campripen.—Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 765.

1881. Hotmprre.—Roca’s ‘ Expedicion al Rio Negro (Pata-

gonia),’ Zoologie.

1882. Houmprre.—Bol. Acad. Nat. Science Argentina, iv. p. 153.

1886. Karscu.—Berl. ent. Zeitschrift, xxx. p. 92.

1886. HE. Stmon.—Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. p. 558.

1886. = Ann. Soe, Ent. Fr. p. 593.

1887. A 7 A p- 369.

1888. - is x, p- 203.

1889. oa Ps is pa L73.

1889. 35 Act. Soe. Linn. Bordeaux, xlii. p. 399.

1889. O. P. Campriper.—Biol. Centr.-Amer., Fauna.

1890. T. THorrtn.—Ann. Mus. Genov. ser. 2, vii.

1890. E. Stmon.—Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, xliv. p. 307.

1891. ee Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. p. 5.

1891. E. Kuysnriine and G. Marx.—Die Spinnen Amerikas.

Vol. iii. Brasilianische Spinnen, von Graf EH. von Keyserling,

edited by Dr. George Marx. Niirnberg, 1891.

1891. E. Stwwon.—Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 549.

1892. a Histoire Naturelle des Araignées. Ed. 2,

tome i. fase. 1.

1892. EH. Sruon.—Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr. p. 271.

1892. E. Gornpr.—‘ Zur Orientierung in der Spinnenfauna Bra-

siliens,” Mittheilungen der naturforsch. Gesellschaft des

Osterlandes in Altenburg (Sachsen), Festschrift, V‘* Band,

1892, pp. 200-249.

1892, H. Gornp1.—Zur Orientierung in der Spinnenfauna Bra-

siliens, pp. 200-249.

1893. R. I. Pocock.—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xi.

1894. E. Gonnp1.—Boletim do Museu Paraense, pp. 32-39.

Para, 1894.

Amongst the many useful handbooks on zoology issued from

time to time by Dr. E. Goeldi of the “ Museu Paraense” at Para,

will be found two on the “Spider-fauna” of Brazil. The first,

720 MR. F. 0, PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

published in ‘Sonderabdruck aus Mittheilungen aus dem Oster-

lande,’ neue Folge, V. Band, pp. 200-248, while Dr. Goeldi was

still in the neighbourhood of Rio Janeiro, deals with the general

question of the state of knowledge of the Spider-fauna of Brazil

at the time he wrote. This pamphlet, entitled “ Zur Orientierung

in der Spinnenfauna Brasiliens,” falls into four sections, the third

of which is divided again into four subdivisions.

I. “Der Stand der Kenntnis der brasilianischen Arachniden vor

1880.”

Il. “ Erweiterungen seit 1880.”

IIL. “Versuch einer Charakteristik der Spinnenfauna der mittleren

Kiistenprovinzen Brasiliens.”

A. “Die Spinnerfauna der Stadt Rio de Janeiro, beziehungsweise

ibrer niichsten Umgebung.”

B. “Die Spinnenfauna des Urwaldgebietes der heissen Nieder-

ung.”

C. “Die Spinnenfauna des Urwaldgebietes des Orgelgebirges

(Provinz Rio de Janeiro).”

D. “Spinnen aus dem Nertao der Provinz Sao Paulo.”

IV. “Einige Beobachtungen iiber das Geschlechtsleben einzelner

Epeiriden Brasiliens.”

This short though comprehensive treatise forms a valuable intro-

duction to the subject, and is written in the German language.

1894. Gortpy1, Dr. E.—‘ Estudos Arachnologicos relativos ao

Brazil,” Boletim do Museu Paraense de Historia Natural e

Ethnographia, Para, 1894, pp. 32-39.

This short paper is the first of what Goeldi hopes will be a series

of papers dealing with the whole known Spider-fauna of Brazil.

It contains Section I. ‘ Reviséo das Territelarias Brazileiras,’

divided into seven subdivisions, each ef which contains a brief

summary of the species of Zheraphoside described by the various

authors who have written on them.

A. “Territelarias de viagem Spix e Martius (1817-1820) elabo-

radas por M. Perty.”

(Six species and two new genera, Jdiops and Actinopus.)

B. “ Territelarias na grande obra de Hahn e Koch sobre os

Arachnidos (1831—1848).”

(Twenty-four species, subgenus Mygale, and Actinopus tarsalis.)

C. “Territelarias de viagem do Conde Francois de Castelnau

elaboradas por Lucas (1843-1847).”

(Six species, three new, subgenera Mygale and Actinopus.)

D. “ Territelarias brazileiras citadas no trabalho monographico

de A. Ausserer, 1871-1875.”

(Thirty species and seven doubtful under sixteen genera.)

B. “ Territelarias de viagem do Prof. E. yon Beneden, descriptas

pelo Dr. Ph. Bertkau (1880).”

(Eleven species, all new ; one new genus, T’halerothele.)

1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 721

F, “Territelarias brazileiras descriptas na grande obra do Conde

Eugen von Keyserling sobre as ‘Aranhas da America

(1892). ”

(Fourteen species, four new ones.)

G. “Territelarias brazileiras segundo a obra do Dr. Eugene

Simon, ‘ Historia natural dos Arachnidos’ (1892-1894).”

The total number of species belonging to South America is com-

puted at 248.

These brief extracts from Dr. Goeldi’s paper, which is written in

Portuguese, will give some idea of its value to students in Brazil

desirous of becoming acquainted with work already done amongst

the Theraphoside of South America. 1 have to thank Dr. Goeldi

for the opportunity he has given me of perusing these publications

during my brief visit to the Para Museum in January 1896.

Suborder MYGALOMORPH 2, Pocock, Oct. 1892.

It is not altogether easy to decide which of the various subordinal

names proposed for this group of Spiders is the most suitable and

therefore to be retained. We have first of all the ancient division of

the order by Walckenaer into two large suborders under the names

“« Thérophoses” and ‘ Araignées” (Ins. Apt. tome i. 1837, p. 38).

These are of the same value as the “ Mygalées” and “ Aranées” of

Dugés (‘Observation sur les Aranéides,” Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 2,

tome vi. 1836, p. 162). Next we have the subordinal division made,

under the names of ‘* Quadripulmonaires” and ‘ Bipulmonaires,” by

Dufour (“ Arach. Quadripulmonaires,” Ann. Gén. Sci. Phys. vol. iv.

1820), equivalent to the Tetrapneumones and Dipneumones of

Latreille, these names being of course based upon the possession

of one pair or two pairs of lung-books.

Later, in 1870, we find the whole order subdivided into seven

suborders—the Orbitelarie, Retitelarie, Tubitelarie, Territelarie,

Citigrade, Laterigrade, and Saltigrade—by Dr. Thorell, corre-

sponding, as he himself tells us, with the almost similarly named

families of Latreille, of which the suborder Territelarie corresponds

to the Thérophoses, Mygalées, and Tetrapnewmones of the earlier

authors.

In his Hist. Nat. Araign.i., Oct. 1892, p. 61, M. Simon recognizes

two suborders under the double names “ Aranew Theraphose” and

“ Aranee Vere” —the former including Liphistius and the families

Aviculariide and Atypide; the latter the Hypochilide (a tetra-

pneumonous form) and every other known family.

In October of the same year Mr. R. I. Pocock, in a paper on

the Classification of Spiders (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, x.

p- 306), has divided the order Aranez into two main divisions—

the Mesothele, including the family Liphistiide, and the Opistho-

thele, including every other known family. These two divisions

are based upon the position of the spinning-appendages in the

middle of the ventral area or at the distal end of the abdomen.

722 MR. F. 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

The division Opisthothele is subdivided into two suborders similar

in their extent to those of M. Simon, for which Mr. Pocock has

selected the names Vygalomorphe and Arachnomorphe.

So recently as March 1, 1895, Dr. Thorell (‘ Descript. Catalogue

of the Spiders of Burma’) has selected two new names for two

similarly constituted suborders—Parallelodontes and <Antiodontes,

referring of course to the articulation of the mandibles. These

two suborders are apparently equivalent to M. Simon’s “ Aranee

Theraphose” and “Aranee Vere,” and to Mr. Pocock’s “ Mygalo-

morphe” (excluding Liphistius) and “ Arachnomorphe.”

Which of these names are most suitable? One might suppose

that those which referred to some important character would be

the most convenient ; but such is not necessarily the case, since,

for instance, the division into Tetrapnewmones and Dipneumones

was entirely suitable until the discovery of “ Hypochlus,” with four

lung-books, and the fact that ‘ Nops” had no lung-books but four

tracheal stigmata; so that, although Dr. Thorell’s terms “ Paral-

lelodontes” and “ Antiodontes” are suitable as referring to an im-

portant differential character of the two groups, yet these, too,

are liable to be laid aside, when perhaps some form is discovered

offering in itself characters proving it to belong to both suborders.

As a matter of fact, the names which have less direct reference

to such characters are in reality after all more convenient, and

indeed suitable, and certainly a single name is more convenient

than a double one—* Mygalomorphe” than “Araneee Theraphose,”

for instance.

For these reasons. I have retained the terms ‘‘ Mygalomorphe”

and ‘* Arachnomorphe” in the present paper; while I can see no

reason for substituting the new family name Aviculariide of

M. Simon for the older and quite as suitable name Theraphoside

of Thorell, following Walckenaer.

Family THERAPHOSID 4, Thorell.

List of Genera, Species, and Subspecies from the Lower Amazons

from January to March, 1896—including twelve genera,

fourteen species, and one subspecies: of these, four genera

are new, eleven are new species, one a new subspecies, and

one the male sex of which is new to science.

Subfam. ParaTropiDin&.

Genus Paratropis, E. Sim. Species P. papilligera, n. sp., 3 2, p. 728.

,, <Anisaspoides, new. » A. gigantea, n. sp., 9, p. 726.

ACTINOPODINA.

Genus Actinopus, Perty. Species A. wadlacet, n. sp., 2, p- 728.

» OTENIZINE.

Genus Acanthodon, Guérin. Species A. santaremia, u.sp., 2, p. 733. .

A BaryYcHELinz.

Genus Homeoplacis, E. Sim. Species H. austeni, n. sp., d, p. 735.

AVICULARIINE.

Genus Acanthoscurria, Auss. Species A. geniculata, C.K., 2, p. 787.

A, brocklehursti, n. sp., 9,

[p. 739.

” ” ” ”

1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 723

Genus Avicularia, Lamarck. Species A. avicularia, Linn., ©, p. 741.

” ” 9 », A. a. variegata, nu. subsp., 2,

[p. 743.

», Santaremia, new. » 4. pococki,n.sp., 2, p. 746.

Subfam. Dreturinz.

Genus Harmonicon, new. Species H. rufescens, n. sp., 9, p. 756.

5, Melodeus, new. 3 MM. sanguineus,n.sp., 2, p. 758.

~ pa * » M. niger, n. sp., 2, p. 759.

» Fufius, BE. Sim. » £. auricomis, EB. Sim., d (new),

. t O:sps7 50:

» Lschnothele, Auss. » I. siemensi, n. sp., 9, p. 762.

Genus Neodiplura’,n. g. Species N. jelskii, n. sp., ¢ 2, p. 755.

» Santaremia?, n. g. » &. longipes, n. sp., 9, p. 749.

Family THERAPHOSID&.

Genus Pararropis, E. Simon.

Type. P. seruposa*, E. Sim.( @ ), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, pp. 214,

215. Hab. Upper Amazons. 14 mm. long.

PARATROPIS PAPILLIGERA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 1, 6, 7,

8, & 23, and Plate XXXYV. fig. 17.)

3 2. Hab. Santarem, Lower Amazons. ¢ 12°75 mm. long ;

Q 125 mm. long. Types in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. London.

g .—Carapace almost circular, purple-brown, entirely and

minutely granulate. Cephalic ridge bearing three longitudinal

lines of fine rufous hairs; ocular region more densely clothed

with similar hairs; thoracic area clothed with converging lines

and margin of carapace fringed with rufous hairs. Cephalic and

thoracic impressions distinct. Central fovea deep, procurved. Base

of carapace slightly emarginate, fringed with short bacilliform

hairs. Cephalic area almost two-thirds the length of carapace.

Abdomen dull brown, bearing four longitudinal dorsal rows of

eight to nine small tubercles, each emitting from its summit a

rufous, plumose, bacilliform hair. Lateral area finely tuberculate,

furnished with scattered rufous hairs. Ventral surface pale rufous,

rugulose. Spinners four: posterior pair pale, straw-yellow, dusky

above, three-jointed, one-third total length of abdomen; basal

joints equal, apical joint twice the length of basal: anterior pair

equal in length to basal joint of posterior pair, almost contiguous,

half a diameter apart.

Ocular tumulus tuberculiform, globular. Anterior row of eyes

slightly procurved. Anterior centrals largest, one-third their

diameter apart and from anterior laterals. Diameter of latter

almost equal to that of former. Posterior centrals smallest, almost

1 Neodiplura jelskii was taken in Peru by Dr. Jelski; while Santuremia

longipes is a native of Trinidad.

* ‘The specific name under which the type is described in op. cit, is “ seru-

ee not “‘serupea” as accidentally quoted in Hist. Nat. Araign. 1892, i. 1,

p- 78.

724 MR. F. O, PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

in contact with posterior laterals and anterior centrals. Laterals

of both rows almost in contact.

Mandibles purple-brown, clothed along ridge with rufous hairs ;

sides with single band of short hairs, more numerous below.

Fang-groove fringed on outer margin with row of curving rufous

hairs, those on inner margin similar but less dense. Floor of

groove bearing two rows of conical teeth of irregular size and

length. Inner row, commencing at base of fang, composed of 14,

outer row, commencing betweén numbers 4 and 5 of inner row,

composed of 10 rather stouter teeth.

Sternum broader than long, smooth, almost circular, pale fulvous,

exhibiting before base of labium a low transverse ridge. Sigilla not

distinct; 1st, 3rd, and 4th pairs visible. Zabium quadrate, oblique,

not distinctly impressed at base by sigilla; entire anterior margin

studded transversely with numerous minute cusps. Cowa of pedi-

palp pale fulvous, its anterior apical angle elongate, pointed ; inner

margin fringed with rufous hairs, and inner surface studded with

numerous minute cusps, clustered towards inner basal angle.

Legs. Coxee fulvous ; i. and ii. brown ; iii. and iv., femur, patella,

and tibia brown; protarsus and tarsus pale fulvous. Femur of i.

and ii. bearing a few minute spines, those of iii. and iv. more

numerous. Patella and tibia of 1st pair incrassate, the latter

bearing beneath a few setiform hairs; of ii., iii., and iv. slender,

bearing numerous setiform hairs beneath. Protarsus and tarsus

of all four pairs furnished with numerous setiform hairs, spines on

il. and iv. Tarsus of all four pairs without a true scopula, but

bearing beneath numerous, scattered, scopuliform hairs. Tarsi i.

and 11. with three claws, superiors with a single tooth below the

middle, inferior claw minute; tarsi iii. and iv. with two claws,

superiors with a single submedian tooth, inferior claw obliterated.

Pedipalp dull brown. Patella geniculate; tibia broad, fringed

on outer side with stiff setiform hairs ; tarsus one-third the length

of tibia, short, globular ; bulb compressed, pyriform ; stylum curved

downwards and outwards, a little longer than tibia.

Comparative measurements in millimetres.— $ . Carap. 6°75 long.,

6-75 lat. Abd. 6 long., 3°5 lat. Ceph. area 4:5 long. Stern.

3-75 long., 4'5 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 2°5 long., 1 lat. Pedes, long.

1. 26—i, 21—i. 18—iv. 25. Artl. i. long. 3—1—6—2—5-75—5

—2°5. Artl. iv. long. 2>5—2—6—2—5—5-5—3. Postr. mam.

2 long; artl.-5—5—1. Antr. mam. -75 long.,*5 separ. Mandib.

2°5 long.

2 .—Carapace, abdomen, and legs almost entirely encrusted with

minute grains of grey grit, concealing the purple-brown colour

and the granular surface of the carapace, save here and there.

The encrustation also obliterates or conceals the rufous hairs,

and many of the bacilliform hairs as well. Underside compara-

tively free from encrustation, fulvous. Abdomen, sternum, eyes,

labium, and coxa of pedipalp similar in charaeter to those of the

male. Anterior row of eyes, however, slightly recurved.

Legs shorter and stouter than in the male; tarsus i. furnished

1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 725

with a double series of from 6-7 small cusps, on either side,

beneath ; tarsus 11. without any spines, but furnished with nume-

rous spiniform hairs; tarsi i. and iv. without spines, but armed

with spiniform hairs. Protarsus i. furnished with numerous stout

cusps beneath; protarsus i. with a few apical and a few other

Spines on the underside; protarsi ii. and iv. furnished with

numerous spines. Tibiz i. and ii. armed beneath with numerous

baciliform spines. Tibi ii. and iv. armed with numerous spines

beneath. Tarsi i. and ii. three-clawed, superiors with single sub-

median denticle; tarsi ii. and iv. two-clawed, superiors with single

submedian denticle, inferior claws obliterated.

Spinners four: posterior pair less than one-third the length of

abdomen ; basal joints equal; apical joint double the length of

basal: anterior pair very short, equal to basal joint, half a diameter

apart.

Seen iG furnished on both sides with a row of stiff rufous

hairs, those on the outer margin coarser. Floor of groove studded

with a double series of conical teeth, on the inner margin 14, on

the outer margin 10, the latter being the longest. Tooth no. 9

on outer margin is inserted opposite tooth no. 14 on the inner

margin.

Comparative measurements in millimetres.— 2. Carap. 5:5 long.,

5°5 lat. Abd. 7 long., 5 lat. Ceph. area 4 long. Stern. 2°75

long., 3 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 2°5 long., 1 lat. Pedes, long. i. 18

—ii. 14°5—in. 14—iv. 20. Artl. i. 2°6—1—4:5—2—3:5— 32,

Artl. iv. 2:25—1—5—-2—3-5—4—2. Postr. mam. 2 long. ; artl.

*5—5—1. Antr. mam. °5 long., 25 separ. Mandib. 2°5 long.

In both sexes there are present on each of the last three joints

of all four pairs of legs, on median line of tarsi, at base of protarsi,

and at base of tibiz on both sides, several small round tubercles,

from whose summit there issues a single, long, fine ‘‘ sensory hair.”

The male and female described above were taken together beneath

a damp decayed log of wood in the low-lying part of the forest

south of Santarem, on the Lower Amazons. The female was

partially buried in the soil beneath the log, the whole body being

apparently bedewed with fine drops of moisture. She remained

perfectly motionless, and appeared as though dead and in process

of decomposition through what appeared to be a minute fungus.

The supposed fungus, however, proved to be only the papilliform

hairs, each with several drops of moisture on its surface. There

appeared to be no tube or nest of any kind, and one is led to

suppose that the hairs are used for perceiving the passage of an

insect over the spider as it lies buried in the mud. Whether this

is so or not one cannot, of course, pronounce with certainty; but

the encrustation of the spider with grains of grit, rendering it

almost invisible when half buried in the earth, would seem to point

to some such habit. The male, which was lying with its legs

gathered together, close to the female, is, however, not se encrusted

with grit, though the plumose papilliform hairs are very noticeable.

726 MR. F, 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,”

Iam unable to satisfy myself that P. scruposa, E. Sim., 9, op.

cit., is identical with the species now before me. The description

shows that they are undoubtedly closely allied; but of P. scruposa

M. Simon says: “ Zarso 2 paris intus, prope apicem, aculeo unico

instructis.” The tarsi of the second pair in P. papilligera have

not this apical spine. He also says: ‘* Abdomen—aculeis bacilli-

formis fulvis elevatis paucis, in series transversas parum regulariter

ordinatis, munitum,” and makes no mention of the regular trans-

verse rows of tubercles, each of which bears a bacilliform hair. I

have therefore considered it more prudent, and less lable to cause

subsequent confusion, to describe the present species as new. In

any case the male is unknown to science, and would, on that account,

merit a careful description.

Note.—-Since writing the above another female, 13 mm. long, and

a smaller one have come to hand from amongst my captures in the

forest at Santarem. These specimens entirely bear out the dis-

tinctions made between Paratropis and Anisaspis, while at the

same time proving how inconstant are the number and position

of spines and cusps, and how unreliable, as a character, is even

the dentition of the mandibles. The eyes are closer together; the

spinners four in number; the legs longer in proportion. The

anterior tarsi have only a single row of cusps on either side,

but the cusps are more numerous than in the female above de-

scribed. The fang-groove is furnished with 16 teeth on the inside

and 2 supplementary ones towards the apex, and 14 on the outer

margin. The number of teeth is thus greater by 2 in each row than

in the type female. The female described above must still be held

as the type, although the other is a finer specimen, for both male

and female were found side by side under the same piece of wood.

One cannot be thoroughly satisfied concerning the differential

characters of these Spiders until more material is available for

careful comparison.

ANISASPOIDES, gen. nov.

Generic Characters.

Mamille two. Terminal joint nearly double the length of basal.

Inferior claw present on tarsi i. and ii., absent on tarsi iii. and iy,

Fang-groove furnished with two rows of 7-14 teeth respectively.

ANISASPOIDES GIGANTEA, n.sp. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 2 & 22.)

9. Hab. Breves, Lower Amazons. 12°75 mm. long. Type in

coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.

Q .—Carapace a little longer than broad, purple-brown, finely

granulate, and so closely encrusted with fine grit as to almost

entirely obliterate all traces of the fine rufous hairs, of which there

are three converging lines on the cephalic ridge, converging lines

on the thoracic area, and a marginal line round the carapace.

Central fovea deep, transverse, procurved.

Abdomen encrusted with grit; bearing four rows of tubercles,

1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 727

each emitting from its summit a single, long, fine bacilliform hair.

When first captured these were perfect ; they have since, however,

become effaced, except at the base of the abdomen.

Ocular tumulus tuberculiform, globular. Anterior central eyes

slightly smaller than anterior laterals ; a little more than the radius

apart, nearly one diameter from anterior laterals, Anterior row

straight. Posterior centrals very small, one diameter from anterior

centrals, almost in contact with posterior laterals; the latter

ellipsoidal, one quarter of its axis from anterior laterals, which is

greater than the diameter of either of the anterior central or

anterior lateral eyes.

Sternum broader than long; sigilla encrusted and _ scarcely

visible. Labiuwm quadrate, apex transversely studded with numerous

minute cusps. Cowa of pedipalp produced at anterior apical angle

into a long spur-like prominence ; its anterior surface studded with

minute cusps, clustered more closely towards basal anterior angle ;

the joint is stouter, longer, and more thickly fringed with rufous

‘hair than in Paratropis papilligera, 9 .

Legs. Tarsi and protarsi i. and 1. furnished beneath with

two series of paired teeth, each pair obliquely situated ; but their

position is not absolutely regular. Tarsi and protarsi ui. and iy.

with two series of long stout spines beneath.

Tarsal claws. Three on tarsi i. and ii., superiors with single

denticle towards base; inferior claw present. Tarsi iil. and iv.

with two superior claws, each with a single denticle towards base,

inferior claw obliterated. Glandular tubercles on tibie. Protarsi

and tarsi similar in position to those of P. papilligera, 9.

Spinners, two only ; posterior pair less than one-half the length

of abdomen ; basal joints equal in length, apical joint one-fourth

longer than basal joint. Anterior pair of spinners obsolete.

Mandibles similar to those of P. papilligera in character, but the

two rows of teeth with which the fang-groove is furnished differ

somewhat in number and arrangement. Outer row containing 7

stout teeth ; inner row containing 14 teeth of smaller size. Tooth

no. 7 in outer row stands opposite tooth no. 14 of the inner row,

whereas in P. papilligera it stands opposite no, 12 of the inner

row.

Comparative measurements in millimetres.— 9 . Carap. 6°75 long.,

6 lat. Abd. 7:5 long., 5°75 lat. Ceph. area 5:25 long. Stern.

3 long., 3°75 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 3 long., 1°5 lat. Pedes, long.

i, 20—i1, 15—ii. 13—iy. 20. Artl. i. long. 3—1—5—2—4—3—

1°75; iv. 25—1°75—5—2—4—45—2. Postr. mam. 3 long.;

artl. 1—1—1-25. Antr. mam. absent. Mandib. 3 long.

A single female, agreeing almost entirely in general appearance

with the female of Paratropis papilligera, was taken under a log in

the damp forest at Breves, on the Lower Amazons, near the Island

of Marajo.

728 MR. F. 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

Genus Anisasprs, E. Simon.

Type. A. tuberculata, B. Sim. (@ ), Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 549.

Hab. St. Vincent, West Indies. 4-6 mm. long.

Types, three females in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.’ (Plate

XXXIV. figs. 3, 4, 5.)

Having carefully examined the three specimens referred to

above, I find that, doubtless owing to an oversight by the author,

they do not entirely agree with the generic diagnosis given

in Hist. Nat. Ar. i. 1, 1892, p. 78, in, at any rate, one very im-

portant character—* Cephalothoraa humilis et fovea carens.” This

character is certainly not distinctive of the type specimens. Being

encrusted with grit, a feature which seems to be common to the

females of this subfamily, and the central fovea being filled up, it

doubtless escaped observation. From two of the three specimens

however, this grit was carefully removed, and a distinct, deep

fovea laid bare. The other specimen certainly to all appearance

merits the description “‘ Cephalothorax humilis et fovea carens” ;

but it is only in the appearance that it does so.

There are three characters, however, in which these type

specimens differ from the female to which I have assigned a new

generic position (Anisaspoides), as well as from Paratropis. Simon

says of them :—“ Mamille duce—ultimo medio multo breviore et sub-

rotundato”’; “ parte labiali wpice arcuata et remote spinulosa” ; and

“ nedum ungue inferiore nullo.”

Whether the last of these characters is of any real significance

for purposes of classification in a group in which there is evidently

a tendency towards obliteration of the inferior tarsal claw, I am

not in a position to judge ; but, for the present, one would scarcely

be justified in including in a genus, of which one of the chief

characters lies in the total absence of the inferior tarsal claw, a

spider which possesses a distinct inferior claw on the tarsi of the

first two pairs of legs.

A. Mannill lee fut Pe eaascsssee: obdecnne ose f= -cen-pr-esinnnncesspaces se Paratropis, Sim.

IB. Mami) ize tWO ae ceveakedoeccestuctscce sce arevere=sbareseausear

Genus Acrrnorts, Perty, 1833.

(Type, A. tarsalis, Perty.)

ACTINOPUS WALLACEI*,n. sp. (Plate XXXV. fig. 18.)

@. Hab. Santarem. Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1896.

Colour.— Carapace pale testaceous brown, cephalic area darker.

Base and centre of thoracic area pale testaceous. Base of man-

dibles very dark brown, clothed along the ridge and over the apex

1 The specific name under which the type is described in op. cét. is “ tuber-

culata,” not “ bacillifera” as quoted, no doubt by an oversight, in Hist. Nat.

Ar. 1892, i. 1, p. 78.

2 [ have much pleasure in connecting this species with the name of Mr. W.

Wallace (senior), of Santarem, through whose courtesy I was enabled to spend

a fortnight in the heart of the forest, lodging in his plantation at the Sitio

Andirobal.

1896.} SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS, 729

with long pink hairs. Abdomen pale ochre-yellow, almost naked,

clothed with fine short scattered hairs. Sternwm pale testaceous ;

labium, cox of legs and pedipalp, and upperside of legs darker ;

underside of legs paler testaceous.

Carapace 8 mm. iong; 7 mm. broad; 3 mm. wide at base.

Cephalic area very prominent and raised above the thoracic area ;

broad in front, narrowed and compressed behind, with a deep

impression on either side. Thoracic area bilobate behind, with a

deep impression on either side towards basal angles. Anterior

row of eyes slightly procurved ; centrals very small, two diameters

apart, six from laterals. Lateral anteriors within one transverse

diameter from margin of clypeus. Anterior row very slightly

wider than posterior. Central posteriors reniform, their axis

usually distinctly longer than diameter of posterior laterals ; rather

over one transverse diameter from the latter. (These proportions

are variable.) Base of mandibles with a rdteau in front, furnished

with numerous spicules. Fang-groove armed with 4 stout teeth

on the outer margin, 6 on the inner, with intermediate cusps

between the two rows.

Sternum, including labial plate, 7 mm. long, 4 mm. broad. Five

pairs of sigilla clearly marked: 1st pair at base of labium, on

either side; 2nd pair at base of labium behind, coalesced to form

a deep longitudinal furrow; 3rd, 4th, and 5th longitudinal ;

central convergent, far remote from margin, coalescing to form

a deep central depression. Spinners tour, posterior pair three-

jointed; basal joint longest, terminal very short, tuberculate.

Labial plate not distinct from rest of sternum ; longer than broad,

its apex studded with a few minute cuspules. Cowa of pedipalp

as long as broad; its anterior distal angle produced; anterior basal

angle and whole of inner margin of disc studded with minute

cuspules. Patella armed on outside with 2 small distal spines, on

inner side with 5 or 6 long spines; tibia and tarsus armed on

both sides with numerous longer and shorter spines.

Legs. Tarsus and protarsi i. and ii. armed on outer sides with

numerous spines. Tibia i. with one or two minute spines or

none on inner side; outer side with afew. Tibia ii. with none

on inner side; with numerous spinules on outer side. Patella

and tibia iii. with numerous spines on either side and along the

anterior margin at apex. Protarsus and tarsus ill. with numerous

spinules on either side. Patella iv. with numerous spines on

outer side, and 5 or 6 along apical outer margin; protarsus iv.

with one or two at apex; tarsus iv. with several on either side.

Measurements in millimetres—Carapace 8 long, 7 broad. Total

length, including base of mandibles, 25. Sternum, including labial

plate, 7 long, 4 broad. Pedipalp 15 long. Legs i. 16, i. 16,

iii. 16°5, iv. 20 long: all from base of coxa.

Two specimens (@) were taken from the sand on the campo

close to Santarem, while digging out a tube of Santaremia pocockt ;

and a little later a colony of about twenty was found on the same

campo, nearer the forest. These, all females, had constructed

Proo. Zoot, Soo.—1896, No. XLVII. 47

730 MR. F. 0, PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

their tubes, six or eight inches long, silk-lined, with hinged doors

at the entrance, in the sides of a large termite mound, whose

damp walls afforded exactly the locality needed for such nests.

No males were taken.

The following species have been described which probably belong

to the same genus :—

Actinopus tarsalis, Perty, Del. Anim. Art. 1833, p. 39, fig. 6.

Brazil.

A, rufipes (Lucas), 2 (sub Pachyloscelis), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.

1833, p. 361. Brazil.

A, scalops (Sim.), 9, ceph. 10 mm. long. (sub Pachyloscelis),

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, p. 176. Venezuela.

A. cardiba (Sim.), 2, ceph. 9°5 mm. long., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.

1889, p. 175. Caraceas; Venezuela.

A, valencianus (Sim.), 2 , ceph. 5°3 mm. long. (pullus), Ann. Soe.

Ent. Fr. 1889, p. 177. Valencia, Venezuela.

A, rojasi (Sim.), 2, ceph. 7 mm. long. (non plane adulta), Ann.

Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, p. 176. Caraccas; Venezuela.

A. longipalpis, C. K., 3, Die Arachniden, ix. p. 102, pl. ccexxiv.

fig. 754. Montevideo. (Type in coll. Mus. Berlin.)

A. nattereri, Auss., 2 (Doleschall in MS.), Verhandlungen &c.

1871, p. 139. Rio Negro.

A. liodon, Auss., § , Verhandlungen &c. 1875, p.142. Uruguay.

(Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.)

A, crassipes (Keys.), 2, Spinnen Amer. iii. p. 3, pl. i. fig. 1.

Taguara, Rio Grande do Sul. (Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.)

A, luteipes (Keys.), 2 (immature), Spinnen Amer. ili. p. 5. Rio

Janeiro. (Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.)

A. insignis, Holmberg, Ann. Soc. Argent. xi. p. 171, 1886.

Argentine Republic.

A. piceus, Auss.,d, Verhandlungen &c. 1871, p.1389. Locality

unknown.

A, hartii, Poc., 2, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvi., Aug.

1895. Trinidad. (Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.)

The following table may be of some assistance in distinguishing

the females of the seven species of which we have adequate

descriptions or type specimens.

The value of the characters, however, especially those drawn

from the eyes, entirely depends upon the number of specimens

compared before the character fixed upon was set down, and for

this of course I cannot be responsible.

Out of thirteen examples of A. wallacei (2) in all stages of

development, I find that the central posterior eyes are sometimes

smaller, sometimes equal to, and sometimes larger than, the

posterior laterals. Sometimes these are almost in contact with

one another, sometimes two diameters apart. In the immature

especially, the posterior centrals are closer to, and smaller than,

the laterals. Amongst the adults, in the majority, but not in

all, the axis of the central posteriors is longer than the diameter

1896. ] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS, ea

of the lateral posteriors and 13 a transverse diameter of the

former from them. Taking another character—the spinulation

of tibia i.: in some of these examples there are no spines, in

some 1, in others 2 or 3; while in one case, tibia i. left side had

2 spines, tibia i. right side had none. The central anterior eyes

are sometimes 2, sometimes 3 diameters apart; while the lateral

anteriors vary greatly in their distance from the margin of the

clypeus, in the immature being quite close *.

Given, however, plenty of examples of each form, I have no

doubt but that certain characters might be tabulated which would

be broadly true of the various forms, but only then to be used with

caution.

Of the three forms—A. hartii, A. crassipes, and A. wallacei—of

which I have been able to compare the actual types, the form of the

cephalic area furnishes a good differential character, while the spinu-

lation of tibia i. furnishes another, and the form of the sternum a

third. But of these species I have seen only five examples (females)

of A. hartit and one (female) of A. crassipes. I venture to think

that no satisfactory conclusions will be arrived at until arachno-

logists are willing to hand over all available material of a particular

genus to some one or other who is prepared to take the trouble to

thoroughly compare every specimen and tabulate the characters.

At present there is confusion of tongues and hair-splitting dispu-

tation concerning the fraction of a difference in the distance

between particular eyes, whereas the examination of a long series

usually proves that these same disputed distances are themselves

constantly variable quantities in the same form.

The table given below will probably need considerable modifica-

tion when a long series of forms is subjected to examination.

A. Tibia i. with a series of 5-13 spines on inner side.

1, Anterior row of eyes a little wider than posterior.. 4. caraiba, Sim.

2. Anterior row of eyes not wider than posterior.

a. Tibia i. with 5-6 spines on inner side ; tibia ii.

without spines on inner side ................06065 A. scalops, Sim.

6. Tibia 1. with 9-15 spines on inner side; tibia ii.

with 1-3 spines on inner side ..............2...666 A, hartii, Poe.

B. Tibia i. without any spines, or with 1-3 only on inner

side.

I. Central posteriors smaller than laterals.

1. Central posteriors scarcely smaller than laterals,

a. Tibia i. with three small spines on inner side. A. crasszpes, Keys.

6, Tibia i. without any spines on inner side ...... A, rojasi, Sim.

2. Central posteriors much smaller than laterals... 4. valencianus, Sim.

II, Central posteriors reniform, Jarger than laterals. A. wallacei, mihi.

The characters of A. hartit and A. crassipes have been taken from

the types; the characters of the other species are taken from

M. Simon’s descriptions (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, pp. 176-177).

They must, however, be used with caution.

1 Mr. Pocock has observed similar differences in the characters at different

stages of A. hartii, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, xvi. p. 195. We

732 MR. F. 0, PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

A. luteipes, Keys., of which I have examined the type (a young

female), appears to me to be undoubtedly the young of A. crassipes,

Keys.; the form of the cephalie area, broad behind and only

slightly impressed at the sides, is very characteristic of the latter,

and agrees in this respect with A. luteipes, Keys.; whereas in

A, hartii and A. wallacei the cephalic area is much narrowed

behind and deeply impressed on either side.

Of A. tarsalis, Perty, A. rufipes (Lucas), and A. natterert, Auss.

(Dol. in MS.), females, I will not venture to speak; nor can lL

deduce any satisfactory characters from those given by Ausserer.

Of the males, of which I have examined only A. liodon, Auss.,

I am at present unwilling to speak ; the other males are A. longi-

palpis, C. K., and A. piceus, Auss.

One would not be inclined to attach too great value to the

characters of A. valencianus, Sim., seeing that the specimen is

evidently quite young (“ pullus,” sec. Simon).

Genus AcantHopon, Guérin.

Type. Acunthodon petitii, Guérin (2), Rev. Zool. Soc. Cuv.

1838, p. 10. In coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. (Plate XXXIV.

figs. 9, 10, 11, 12.)

This specimen, now upwards of sixty years old, is still in exist-

ence. A short description of its remains may be useful.

Curapace 10°75 long., 9 lat. ; cephalic area two-thirds the length

of carapace, gibbous, and slightly bilobate, depressed towards

the clypeus. Width (longitudinally with respect to carapace) of

ocular tumulus equal to distance from posterior margin of posterior

row of eyes to the posterior margin of anterior row of eyes. Its

length one and a half times its width. yes. Anterior centrals

half a diameter apart; posterior centrals three diameters apart,

nearly two diameters from posterior laterals; one and a half or

even more from anterior centrals. Anterior laterals set on a low,

bilobate tubercle, half a diameter apart, distant from the anterior

centrals a space equal to width of the ocular tumulus, from anterior

margin to posterior margin. Jovea deep, procurved. Mandables

with the rastellum consisting of numerous stout teeth. Fang-groove

armed with a row of 8 stout conical teeth on the inner margin;

5 smaller ones on the floor, opposite nos. 5-8 of inner row, near

the outer margin, which is fringed with coarse rufous hairs.

Sternum too damaged to furnish any useful character. Labium

longer than broad, slightly narrower towards apex, furnished with

a single central transverse pair of cusps. Cowa of pedipalp twice

as long as broad, furnished with numerous cusps on the anterior

apical and basal angles, besides others studded on the anterior

surface. Tarsi three-clawed; superior pair armed with a single

denticle towards the base. Tarsi and protarsi i. and i. cuspidate

on either side. The spinners are almost obsolete through age, and

several of the legs are missing.

1896. ] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS, 733

ACANTHODON SANTAREMIA, n. sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 13.)

9. Hab. Santarem, Lower Amazons. 16 mm. long. Type in

coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.

9° .— Colour. Carapace dull orange-brown ; mandibles the same,

darker towards apex. Sternum and legs also dull orange-brown ;

tarsi slightly darker. Abdomen dull olive-brown; spinners paler.

Carapace a little longer than broad; cephalic area more than

half as long as carapace ; strongly gibbous immediately in front of

central fovea, slightly bilobate longitudinally, gradually depressed

to margin of clypeus. Cephalic and thoracic indentations short

but deeply impressed, especially the posterior pair. Central fovea

deep, procurved. Margin of carapace raised and sinuous towards

base, the latter truncate.

Eyes in two separate groups. Anterior laterals circular, situated

on a bilobate tubercle at the margin of the clypeus; less than half

a diameter apart. Anterior centrals and posteriors situated on a

low tumulus, two full diameters of the former behind the anterior

laterals. Anterior centrals circular, half a diameter apart, not

quite one diameter from lateral posteriors ; the latter ellipsoidal,

very narrow, and pointed behind. Posterior centrals two full

diameters apart, nearly one diameter from posterior laterals, half

a diameter from anterior centrals. Posterior row only slightly

procurved.

Mandibles furnished with a rastellum formed of numerous stout

conical teeth projecting beyond the apex. Fang-groove fringed

on both sides with rufous hairs; inner margin armed with a row

of eleven irregular stout teeth. Floor of fang-groove studded with

a short row of five small teeth opposite nos. 7 and 11 of the inner

row.

Labium as broad as long, narrowed towards apex, bears two

stout cusps situated transversely in the centre. Cowa of pedipalp

double its breadth ; anterior apical angle slightly produced and

armed with a cluster of 5 or 6 stout cusps. Anterior basal angle

armed with a curving row of 5 or 6 cusps, while the whole inner

surface is studded with numerous small cusps.

Sternum longer than broad, convex, smooth, set with stiff, black,

scattered hairs. Sigillai., ii., and ii. present; the first two mar-

ginal and indistinct, the latter submarginal, distinct, and situate

opposite the coxa of the second pair of legs.

Legs 4,1, 3,2. Femora without spines; tibia, protarsus, and

tarsus of first pair armed with cusps on both sides, more numerous

on the outer side. Tibia ii. armed with numerous cusps on inner

margin only, with two long spines and two minute cusps only on

outer margin. Protarsus ii. with numerous cusps on the inner

side; on the outer several cusps and three short, stout spines, in

a longitudinal row, beneath. Tarsus ii. armed on both sides with

cusps. Tibie iii. and iv. without spines or cusps. Patella ii. with

cusps on outer side; protarsus iii. with spines and cusps, on

either side, above; and below in a series of 2—2—2. ‘Tarsus 11.

with a few short cusp-like spines on either side. Patella and

734 MR. F. 0, PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

tibia iv. without any cusps or spines. Protarsus and tarsus iv.

with a few spines beneath. Pedipalp. Femur and patella without

cusps; protarsus and tarsus armed with numerous marginal cusps

on either side. Tarsal claws three, on pedipalp one only, superiors

armed with a small single denticle towards the base beneath. No

scopula at all present.

Spinners four ; posterior pair very short, less than one quarter

as long as abdomen. Second joint half the length of basal; ter-

minal half the length of the second. Anterior pair half the length

of basal joint of posterior, one diameter apart, not closely con-

tiguous.

Comparative measurements in millimetres— 9. Carapace 7 long.,

6 lat. Abd. 9 long., 6 lat. Ceph. area 4 long. Coxa of pedipalp

2°5 long., 1:5 lat. Stern. 4 long., 3:5 lat. Pedes, long. i. 17—

ii. 15—iii. 16—iy. 21. Artl. i. long. 2:55—1—5—2—3—3. Artl.

iv. long. 2°5—1—5:-5—2—4—3-5—2. Posterior mam. 2 long.;

artl. 1—-5—-25, Ant. mam. ‘5 long., -25 apart. Mandib. 3

long.

A single specimen of the female sex was taken by myself

amongst fallen mango-leaves in a clearing in the forest of Santarem

in March 1896.

Species already described from the Neotropical Region.

Of the various species of Jdiops which have been already de-

scribed from South America, some of them possibly belonging to

the genus Acanthodon, the following appear to me to be quite

different from A. santaremia.

Idiops rohdei, Karsch (2 ), Berl. ent. Zeit. xxx. p. 93. 2, long.

16mm. Hab. Paraguay ?—Although most of the characters given

in this diagnosis are common to the whole genus, the statement

‘“labio ad apicem irregulariter denticulato” certainly does apply

to my species.

Idiops fuscus, Perty (3), Delect. Anim. Art. 1833, p. 197,

tab. 389. g. Hab. Piauhi, Brazil—The position of the eyes—

“oeuli 8: 2 antici, 2 majores medii, et pone hos 4 in lineam

curvam dispositi”—is not the same as in A. santaremia.

Idiops argus, Sim. (9), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, p. 180.

?,long.16mm. Hab. Venezuela.—The description of the labium,

“ Pars labialis ad apicem spiculis 5-6 minuta,” clearly excludes my

species,

Idiops fulvipes, Sim.( 2), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889, p. 181.

2, long. 8 mm. Hab, Venezuela.—Of this species Simon says

“ Precedenti valde affinis,” referring to J. argus, Sim.; and since

he does not refer to the armature of the labium, one must infer

that it is similar to that of the closely allied form.

Idiops bonapartei, Van Hasselt, Tijdschr. Ent. xxxi. 1888,

p- 166. 92, long. 14 mm. Hab. Surinam.—“ Labium serie

transversa 7-denticulorum armatum.” A. santaremia has but 2.

Idiops germani, Sim. (¢), Hist. Nat. Ar. 2nd ed, i. 1, p. 92

1896. ] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 739

(1892). ¢, long. 14 mm. Hab. Rio, Brazil.—Of this species

Simon says :—‘‘ Tarsi cuncti subtus scopulati,’ and also ‘“ Partes

oris....(omnino mutice).”

Genus Homa@ornacis, E. Simon.

Type. H. pentodon, E. Simon (¢), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1892,

p- 275. @ 118 long. Hab. Brazil, S. Paulo de Olivenca.

HOM@OPLACIS AUSTENI, n. sp.(¢)'. (Plate XXXIV. figs. 14,

15, 16 a4 & b.)

gd. Hab. Manaos, Lower Amazons. 12 mm. long. Type in

coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.

g.—Colowr. Carapace, sternum, and legs dull orange-brown.

Abdomen mouse-grey.

Carapace marked on the caput with three dark longitudinal

lines, the central narrower, with a central and two lateral series of

stiff curving black bristles. Thoracic area with converging lines of

black bristles. Central fovea deep, procurved. Margin of cara-

pace fringed with stiff curving black bristles.

Abdomen shorter and narrower than carapace, clothed with dark

mouse-grey pubescence and black hairs. Spinners four; pale

straw-yellow; shorter than abdomen, Posterior pair three-jointed,

with pseudo-joint at base; basal joint longest, middle joint half

its length, terminal much shorter, globular. Anterior pair half

the length of basals of posterior pair, almost contiguous. Man-

dibles brown; sternum pale straw-yellow, furnished with black

hairs.

Carapace longer than broad ; cephalic area less than two-thirds

the length of carapace ; central fovea deep, procurved.

Ocular tumulus low, quadrate, narrower in front. Eyes opaline,

set ina black ground. Anterior centrals large, half a diameter

apart, not larger than anterior laterals, these being in front and

close to the margin of the clypeus, half a diameter apart. Poste-

rior laterals a little smaller than anterior centrals, and nearly one

diameter from them. Posterior centrals very small, one diameter

from anterior centrals, half a diameter from posterior laterals.

Mandibles dark brown, furnished at apex with a rdteau formed

of five long stout teeth or modified hairs. Fang-groove fringed on

the outer side with a dense line of bright rufous hair; the inner

margin furnished with a row of 8 stout conical teeth; the floor

towards the base studded with a very few minute cusps.

Sternum longer than broad. Sigilla i., ii., iii., iv. present, mar-

ginal, the last three pairs scarcely noticeable.

Labium broader than long, globular, not furnished at its apex

with cusps. :

* Thave much pleasure in associating this species with the name of Mr. H. H.

Austen, to whom I am indebted for calling my attention to the specimen when

collecting together near Mandos

736 MR. F, 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

Cova of pedipalp three times its breadth, not produced at

anterior angle; bearing on the inner basal angle three sharp black

cusps set in a curving row.

Legs 4,1, 2,3, clothed with fine rufous hairs, black curving

bristles, and black spines. Tarsi i. and ii. with two claws and a

claw-tuft ; claw armed with a minute denticle rather before the

middle, beneath ; scopulate. Tarsi ili. and iy. with two claws and

a claw-tuft, the claws bearing no denticle; very slightly clothed

beneath with scattered scopuliform hairs. Protarsi i. and ii. with

slight scopula at apex and two stout spines, one apical, the other

basal, beneath ; iii. and iv. with numerous spines. Tibiai. bearing

at its apex on the inner side, beneath, a pair of stout curved spines

set in juxtaposition to each other, with five ordinary spines,

2—1—=3 beneath, and one on the inner side. Tibia iii. and iv.

with numerous spines. Femora of all four pairs with five or six

spines above.

Pedipalp. Femur with a few spines at apex above. Tibia

fringed on either side beneath with long hair, and six spines on

the inner side, two on the outer. Tarsus short, half the length of

tibia. Bulb short, pyriform, transverse, its stylum very short,

curved, directed outwards and backwards.

Comparative measurements in millimetres.— g. Carap. 6°5 long.,

5°5 lat. Abd. 5°5 long., 3°5 lat. Ceph. area 4 long. Stern. 3°25

long., 2°5 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 2°5 long., 1:25 lat. Pedes, long.

i. 25—ii. 23—iii. 20—iv. 30. Artl. i. long. 3°-25—1-25—6:5—3—

55—4—3, Artl. iv. long. 3—1—7-5—2—6—8:5—2'5, Postr.

mam. long. 3°5; artl. 1-6—1—*5. Antr. mam. °75.

My attention was called to a fine specimen, an adult male, of

this species by Mr. E. E. Austen when collecting in the neighbour-

hood of Manaos, Amazonas, in February 1896, and I have great

pleasure in connecting his name with the species. The generic

characters which distinguish Homeoplacis from Barychelus are

well marked. Cephalic fovea procurved; rastellum at apex of

mandible consisting of five separate teeth ; coxa of pedipalp armed

near the base with only a few (3-4) small cusps ; ocular tumulus

narrower in front.

M. Simon apparently does not know the male of the species he

has made the type of his genus, so that no mention is made of the

spines at the apex of the tibiz of the first pair of legs.

Species described.—H. pentodon, Sim. op. cit. p. 275.

It is possible that the Spider described above may be the male

of the one described by Simon: but it is not easy to identify a

specimen of this sex from a description of the female. He says of

it—‘* Parte cephalica vittis duabus;” of H. austeni one would

rather say—* Parte cephalica lineis tribus;” and again he says:

“ parte thoracica lineis radiantibus, lineaque marginali obscuriori-

bus notatis” ; whereas in my specimen there are no radiating lines

and no marginal dark line.

1896.) | -—S- SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS, 737

Genus AcANnTHOScURRIA, Ausserer, 1871.

Syn. 1842. Mygale, C. Koch, Die Arachniden, ix. p. 43, fig. 718.

1850. Seurria, C. Koch, Uebersicht, v. p. 74.

Type. A. geniculata (C. K.), d. In coll. Imp. Mus. Berlin.

Hab. America.

Generic Characters.

Legs spinose. Patella and tibia iv. shorter, or not longer than

patella and tibiai. Tibia i. of 3 armed with a single spur at apex.

Anterior row of eyes more or less slightly procurved. Femora iv.

clothed on inner side with thick short soft hairs, forming a velvety

pad. Sternal sigilla visible—1st pair at base of labium; 2nd

marginal ; 3rd submarginal ; 4th remote from margin.

ACANTHOSCURRIA GENICULATA (C. Koch). (Plate XXXIV.

fig. 17.)

Q. Hab, Santarem. In coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1896.

Length 70 mm., including base of mandibles.

2 .— Colour. Carapace mahcgany-brown, clothed with short grey

velvety pubescence. Clypeus fringed with yellow-pink~ hairs.

Mandibles black, clothed with short grey hairs and long rufous-pink

hairs. Abdomen black, velvety, clothed with long rufous-pink

hairs ; black, velvety, beneath. Sternum and coxew of legs deep

black-brown. Coxz of pedipalp and labium pale red-brown;

inner margins fringed with fiery-red hairs and long rufous hairs.

Underside of legs black-brown, clothed with long rufous-pink hairs,

the distal end of each segment fringed with cream-pink hairs.

Upperside: femora black, with grey pubescence, outer side fringed

with long rufous-pink hairs. Patella, tibia, and protarsus and

tarsus of 1., 11, 11., iv. rich black-brown; the distal end of each

segment and of the femur broadly tipped with short creamy-pink

hairs, forming a richly contrasting annulation. Patella and

tibia i. and ii, less so of iii. and iv., marked with a pair of

longitudinal rufous-pink lines of short hairs. Protarsi i., i., iii.,

iv. with a short basal central rufous line. The pedipalp is similarly

marked. ‘The legs are everywhere clothed with long silky rufous-

pink hairs.

Carapace 26 mm. long, 24 mm. broad ; gibbous behind eyes,

with a depression on either side. Central fovea small, slightly

recurved. Hye-tumulus longer than broad (more so than in

A, brocklehursti). Centrals a full diameter apart, nearly a diameter

from the laterals ; their diameter distinctly less than axis of anterior

laterals. Anterior row of eyes more strongly procurved than in

A, brocklehursti. Mandibles 15 mm. long. Fang short, only slightly

incrassate in middle below; fang-groove armed with a single row

of teeth on inner side, fringed on both margins with fiery-red hairs,

thickly on outer side, more thinly e> inner side. Sternwn15 mm.

long, 10 mm. broad; elongate\_val. Four pairs of sigilla visible :

Ist at base of labial plate; 2nd marginal; 3rd submarginal; 4th

738 MR, F. 0, PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

remote from margin. Labiwm longer than broad, its apex studded

across entirely with cuspules. Cowa of pedipalp more than twice

its breadth; anterior distal angle produced ; anterior basal angle

studded with cuspules, more scattered and fewer towards disc.

Legs spinose ; fourth pair longest. Tarsi and almost the whole

of protarsi i. and ii. thickly scopulate; of iii. tarsus and half

protarsus, of iv. distal end, of protarsus slightly, and tarsus, scopu-

late. Femur iv. with velvet pad on inner side. Tarsal claws 2;

inner claw with 7, outer with 3 denticles, of first pair of legs.

Spinners 4; posterior pair a little less in length than tibia i.

So far as I am aware, the female of this magnificent Spider has

never been fully described, and the specimen taken is the first of

this sex which has come into the possession of the British Museum

of Natural History. A. geniculata is apparently not a rare Spider

in the Amazonian forest. One female was found by Mr. Austen

in a hollow tree at Breves, but we were unable to secure it. I

saw, also, more than one far down in the burrows of the Termites,

underground, where it was useless to attempt a capture. The

young ones to the number of a hundred or more crowded the

entrance to one of these dens, running about over a broad thin

sheet of webbing. The specimen described was, however, taken

by myself from the hollow branch of a tree which had fallen in

the forest near Santarem, the only one I was able to secure.

Its presence was first detected by the slight white web spun

over the end of the short decayed hollow stump, while far down

within could be seen the pale banded legs of the spider. Fortu-

nately—whether it is always the case or not I cannot say—-there

was also a bolt-hole, so that, after rattling with a stick down the

hollow, out burst the spider with a strange rustle and pattering

of its padded feet. Had it not {been for the noise, I should

probably not have noticed it, for I never suspected an exit at the

other end.

With gloved hand in front and large prune-jar held open behind

her, she stopped, but made no attempt to attack or bite at the

obstacle in front. But now, when pressed, with lightning speed

she whisked off a small cloud of fine down from the back of the

abdomen on the upperside with the claws of the fourth pair of

legs. Pressing her in front, she went backwards into the jar, and

at once was secured. Mr. Bates mentions the poisonous character

of the hairs of these great Spiders, he himself having suffered from

them; and one has often observed a bare patch on the upperside

of the abdomen, at its apex, of many of them, whence the fine

pubescence has been apparently rubbed off. Putting these two

links together, and connecting them with the action which I

witnessed, I am convinced myself—though I should need far

more proof before I would definitely assert that such was really

the case—that the spider whisks off these fine hairs in order to

protect itself. It is true that, though I caught upwards of 150

large Spiders, I never saw one, except the above, act in this way,

1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 739

though the Avicularias certainly scarcely had a chance, for I

usually caught them under a handkerchief or glove, when the legs

could not be used in the way described above. Still it is quite

possible that they also act in the same way, for the abdomen of

Avicularia was in many cases entirely devoid of pubescence. Santa-

remia pocockii, however, had plenty of chances, but never made

use of this method of defence, so far as I observed, nor were their

abdomens in any case bare of pubescence.

This handsome Spider is probably the Bird-eating Spider described

and figured by Bates in his ‘ Naturalist on the Amazons,’ though

I found nothing save beetle relics (Longicorns chiefly) in the bottom

of the hollow where A. geniculata lived. So far as I know no

account of the whisking off of irritating hairs by A. geniculata or

any “ Mygale” has ever been published, if ever observed.

There can be little doubt but that the A. geniculata here described

is identical with the specimen in the Berlin Museum. This, a

male, has been figured by Koch, and a male specimen in the British

Museum of Natural History agrees well with the figure. The

annulations on the legs are its chief characteristic. Whether

Ausserer saw the type male or not, I cannot say, but he may have

taken his descriptions from Natterer’s specimen from the Rio

Branco, Brazil. The female of this species is an addition to the

National collection.

ACANTHOSCURRIA BROCKLEHURSTI, n.sp. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 18.)

Q. Hab. Para. Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1896.

Length 60 mm., including base of mandibles.

2 .—Colour. Carapace deep brown, clothed with grey-brown

velvety pubescence. Margin of clypeus fringed with fine pink-

tipped grey hairs. Base of mandibles thickly clothed with short

grey pubescence and longer scattered rufous hairs. Abdomen

clothed with deep brown velvety pubescence and long scattered

rufous hairs; ventral surface velvet-black. Sternum and coxe of

legs velvety, clothed with rich chocolate-brown pubescence. Labium

and coxa of pedipalp pink, clothed with long pale-orange hairs,

mner margin fringed with fiery-red hairs. Underside of base of

mandibles pink; margins of fang-groove fringed with fiery-red

hairs. Legs clothed entirely with rich chocolate-brown pubescence

and long scattered rufous hairs, apex of each segment fringed with

short cream-pink hairs. Patelle of i., ii., iii., and iv. exhibiting

two longitudinal lines of short rufous hairs.

Carapace 22 mm. long, 20 mm. broad; gibbous behind eyes,

with a depression on either side. Central fovea deep, transverse-

procurved. Hye-twmulus a little longer than broad, oval, promi-

nent. Anterior row of eyes almost straight, procurved ; centrals

searcely one diameter apart (a little less from laterals), their

diameter distinctly greater than axis of laterals. Mandibles

13 mm. long. Fang short, incrassate about the middle. Fang-

groove with a row of teeth along inner margin; both margins

fringed with red hairs, outer thickly, inner thinly. Sternum

740, MR. F, 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

11 mm. long, 7 mm. broad, elongate oval; with four pairs of

sigilla visible—lst pair at base of labial plate, 2nd marginal,

3rd submarginal, 4th remote from margin. Labiwm broader than

long, apex armed along its entire width with cuspules. Cowa of

pedipalp scarcely twice its width; anterior distal angle slightly

produced ; anterior basal angle armed with cuspules, becoming

fewer and more scattered towards the disc.

Legs spinose ; fourth pair longest. Tarsi and three-fourths of

protarsi i. and ii. scopulate; of ili. tarsi and half protarsi, of iv.

tarsi and very slightly at the apex of protarsi, scopulate. Femur

iv. with velvet pad on inner side. Tarsal claws 2; inner with 7

denticles, outer with 6. Spinners 4; posterior pair as long as

tibia il.

This species is very much smaller than A. geniculata, from which

it differs, first in the relative length of the first and fourth pairs of

legs, secondly in the proportion of the anterior eyes. Its tarsi and

protarsi, too, are much less broadly padded with scopular hairs.

A single female from Para; from a native palm-thatched hut.

T have much pleasure in connecting this fine species with the name

of Mr. Brocklehurst, to whom we are indebted not only for this

specimen and many others, but also for great courtesy in rendering

every assistance in his power to further the success of the expe-

dition. This species is an addition to the National collection.

The following species have been described and their differential

characters diagnosed by M. Simon (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1892,

. 280) :-—

? A. musculosa, E. Sim., 3, op. cit. p. 281. San Mateo, Bolivia

(Garlepp).

A, maga, HB. Sim., 3, op. cit. p. 280. America Meridionalis.

A. minor, Auss., 6, Verhandlungen &c., 1871, p. 206. Guiana.

A. insubtils, E. Sim., 3, op. cit. p. 282. San Mateo, Bolivia

(Garlepp).

A, ferina, HE. Sim., ¢, op. cit. p. 282. Teffe, Amazonas.

Genus AvicuLARrtaA, Lamarck, 1818.

Avicularia, Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert. v. 1818, p. 107.

Syn. Aranea, Linneus; DeGeer; Kleemann (in part).

Mygale, Latreille; Walckenaer ; Hahn; Lucas (in part).

Type.—Figures of two males in ‘ Dissert. Gen. Metamorph.

Insect. Surinam.’ pl. xiii. (1726): Madame M. 8. Merian.

Generic Characters.

Anterior row of eyes strongly procurved. Legs of first pair shorter

than those of fourth. Four pairs of sternal sigilla visible—1st at

base of labial plate; 2nd marginal; 3rd marginal; 4th sub-

marginal. Posterior pair of spinners longer than width of sternum:

Carapace nearly straight (in profile) behind the eyes. Patella and

tibia iv. longer than carapace. Protarsus and tarsi i., li., lil., and

1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS, 741

iv. broad, spatuliform. Habits arboreal; forming silken cylinders

in hollow trees or amongst foliage.

AVICULARIA AVICULARIA (Linn.), 1758. (Plate XX XIIL. figs. 10,

11; Plate XXXIV. fig. 19; and Plate XX XV. fig. 13.)

Probable synonyms.

1746. Aranea avicularia, Linn., Kleemann’s Supplement to

Rosel’s Iconographie, i., pls. xi., xii.

1758. Aranea avicularia, Linn. g, Syst. Nat. ed. x. i. p. 622.

1764. Aranea avicularia, Linn. Mus. Ludovice Ulrice, p. 428 :

based on figures in Madame Merian, op. cit.

1767. Aranea avicularia, Linn., Syst. Nat. ed. xii. p. 1034.

1778. * Aranea vestiaria, DeGeer, Mémoires, tom. vii. p. 313,

pl. xxxviil. fig. 8.

1793. Aranea avicularia, Linn., Fabricius, Ent. System. ii.

. 424,

1804. Mygale avicularia, Latreille, Hist. Nat. d. Crust. vii.

p- 152, pl. 62. 1.

1805. Mygale avicularia, Walckenaer, Tabl. d. Aran. p. 4.

1806. Mygale avicularia, Latreille, Genera Crust. i. p. 82.

1820. Mygale avicularia, Hahn, Monographie der Spinnen, pl. i.

fig. 3.

"1837. Mygale avicularia, Walckenaer, Hist. Nat. d. Ins., Apt. i.

ress

n 1842. Mygale avicularia, Lucas, Hist. Nat. Crust. &c. i. p. 335.

1848. Mygale testacea, C. K., $, Die Arachniden, ix. p. 45,

pl. ccciii. fig. 719°.

1848. Mygale scoparia, C. K., 2, Die Arachniden, ix. p. 54,

pl. ecevi. fig. 725 *.

1871. Avicularia vestiaria, DeGeer, Ausserer, Verhandlungen

&c., Wien, 1871, p. 201.

1892. Avicularia avicularia (Linn.), Simon, Hist. Nat. Araign.

rang oa Wr ae

AVICULARIA AVICULARIA (Linn.).

9. Hab. Para.

Colour.—Carapace mahogany-brown, clothed with converging

lines of short grey-green hairs. Sternum, coxa of pedipalp, and

legs velvety black; inner margin of former fringed with fiery-red

hairs. Abdomen and legs clothed with black hairs beneath,

becoming rufous above ; third and fourth pairs clothed with long,

1 The name vestiaria was evidently not intended by DeGeer as a specific

name, but was only used as a term in the description. Ausserer, however,

did not notice this and regarded it as a specific name, although the name

avicularia in any case has priority. Perhaps Ausserer considered it unadvisable

to have both generic and specific name the same, and the legitimacy of this

combination in practical nomenclature is still a matter of disputation amongst

scients.

? This is possibly drawn from a faded specimen of A, avicularia, for Koch

remarks that the figure is drawn from an old specimen.

* This figure is certainly similar in coloration to numbers of young Avicularia

taken by myself in the neighbourhood of Para.

742 MR. F. 0. PIOKARD CAMBRIDGE ON (June 16,

stiff, fiery-red hairs, especially the three terminal segments. Tarsi

of all four pairs tipped with a broad bar of rufous hairs. Under-

side of tarsi of pedipalp, tarsi and protarsi of first and second pairs

ot legs, except extreme base of protarsi, tarsi and half the protarsi

of third and the apex of protarsus of fourth pairs, furnished

with a thick scopula. Tarsi of all four pairs and of pedipalp

broad, spatuliform. Abdomen clothed on the sides with bright

rufous, stiff and long hairs, these becoming obsolete towards the

apex of abdomen above, disclosing an undercovering of short black

hairs. Underside clothed with black hairs.

Carapace longer than broad, in proportion of 20:18; flat, not

sibbous behind eye-tumulus. ye-tumulus twice as long as

broad, more or less prominent (variable). Anterior centrals one

diameter apart, distant from anterior laterals a space equal to

transverse diameter of iatter. Anterior row only slightly pro-

curved’. Central fovea deep, recurved. Fang-groove armed with

a single row of short stout conical teeth, both margins fringed

with long hairs; floor of groove studded with minute granules.

Sternum with three pairs of sigilla visible—lst at base of Jabial

plate, 2nd obsolete, 3rd marginal, 4th submarginal. Labiwm

quadrate, its distal third entirely studded with minute cuspules.

Coxa of pedipalp slightly more than twice its breadth; its inner

basal angle studded with minute cuspules, as also is the basal

inner disc, only more scattered; anterior inner angle produced,

obtusely conical. Legs of fourth pair longer than those of first.

Tarsus of pedipalp with one, of legs i., ii., ui., and iv. with two

small stout hooked claws, their inner edges plain, not armed with

denticles. Spinning mamille four; posterior pair trisegmental,

second segment shortest. The whole three segments taken

together one-third longer than width of sternum.

This is the form which is most abundant on the Amazons,

occurring at Para, Breves, Gurupa, Monte Alegre, Obydos,

Santarem, &c., in almost any number and in all stages of develop-

ment. Amongst the foliage the little yellow-legged immature of

this species with black tarsi, the next stage with black oblique

stripes on the abdomen, and many others, were in abundance. The

adults constructed their tubular retreat in almost any locality which

offered a more or less vacant cylindrical space. Of the hollow

stumps of the Assai palm in the neighbourhood of Para, which

had been sawn off about 3 ft. from the ground, almost every one

‘had its tenant. Further up the river, one found them in the

folded leaves of bananas, and at Obydos and Santarem abundant

in the half-grown condition in the hollow centre of the pineapple

plant. Sometimes, too, their loose white irregular cylinder of

1 In scarcely a single specimen are the eye-measurements the same, so

inconstant and unreliable are characters drawn from the proportional size and

separation of these organs. In some specimens the anterior row is much more

strongly procurved, while the anterior laterals are distant from the centrals a

space equal to the diameter of the latter.

1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 743

silk, with one or more openings at the entrance, would be con-

structed amongst the palm-leaf thatch of the native houses.

The spiders would often be seen sitting near the tube on the

outsides of the palm-stem, nor were they either very rapid in

their movements or inclined to attack those who interfered with

them; merely raising themselves on their hind legs in an attitude

of defence.

I was not successful, however, in securing any clue to the nature

of their food; no débris of any sort was to be found in the nest

itself, nor did T even surprise one in the act of seizing or devouring

its prey.

Males, too, were apparently very scarce, for not a single

specimen of this sex was met with.

Beyond the raising themselves on the last two pairs of legs and

striking with the mandibles, I noticed no habit worth mentioning.

I might, however, call attention to the scrabbling, rustling,

pattering noise made by the spider in running upon any dry

substance. A pair of large Avicularias, striving to escape from an

umbrella into which they have fallen from the banana leaves, make

a most appalling noise. Such a noise is entirely unexpected from

spiders whose feet are so well padded with soft hairs beneath; but

whether the noise is made by the claws, which I doubt, or by the

soft pad, which is difficult to believe, I am so far unable to decide.

AVICULARIA AVICULARIA VARIEGATA, subspecies noy. (Plate

XXXIII. fig. 12, 9.)

Hab. Stacoitiara, Lower Amazons.

Similar to the above in all respects except that the long hairs

are grizzled with grey at the tips, and very thick, especially on the

third and fourth pairs of legs. The apex of the tarsi, too, is tipped

with a narrow band of pink hairs, while there is a noticeable and

entire absence of the fiery-red hairs so characteristic of Avicularia

on the legs. The abdomen, too, is clothed on the sides with long

erizzled and delicate pink hairs, not fiery-red, while the whole

body is of a delicate mossy-green tint, from the green-grey pubes«

cence, harmonizing well with the foliage amongst which they live.

Of this beautiful variety I beat two specimens, females, into an

umbrella from banana trees in the neighbourhood of Itacoitiara or

Serpa, on the north bank of the Amazons, Feb. 7, 1896.

The most interesting point about these two varieties seems to

be—judging of course entirely by the long series captured over a

distance of a thousand miles inland on the Amazons—that as we

went further west there began to be a tendency to grizzled hairs.

One specimen in particular, taken from a banana tree in a clearing

in the forest at Santarem, presents a distinctly intermediate

character between these two extreme forms, the hairs of the

first two pairs of legs being decidedly grizzled. 1t would have

been very interesting to compare the males of the grizzled form,

variegata, with males of the typical Avicularia ; but fortune did

not favour me in this respect.

744 MR. F. 0, PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

One would be inclined to consider that possibly a separate species

is in process of differentiation, and that the further westwards it

extended the more decided might be the differential characters. Of

course this is only a theory, as regards the latitudinal distribution

of the forms, which would be at once upset by grizzled specimens

from Para, for instance. The difference, however, is so striking,

that one would not hesitate to regard the grizzled form as

decidedly a different species from the red, when alive in all the

fresh beauty of its grey-green colouring; until careful comparison

proves that the difference is, so far, but one of coloration, having

apparently no structural counterpart.

Species which probably belong to the genus Avicularia.

1848. Mygale hirsutissima, C. K., 2, Die Arachn. ix. p. 76.

South America. In coll. J. Sturm, Nurnberg.

1848. Mygale leporina, C. K., 3, Die Arachn. ix. p. 55. Bahia.

Mus. Berlin.

1848. Mygale diversipes, O. K., 9, Die Arachn. ix. p. 60.

Brazil. Mus. Berlin.

1848. Mygale leta, C. K., 2, Die Arachn. ix. p. 66. Porto

Rico. Mus. Berlin.

1848. Mygale cesia, C. K., 9, Die Arachn, ix. p. 88. Porto

Rico. Mus. Berlin.

1848. Mygale detrita, C. K., g, Die Arachn. ix. p. 86. Brazil.

Mus. Munich.

1848. Mygale walckenaerii, Perty, Del. An. Artic. p. 191, t. 38. 2.

Brazil.

1871. Avicularia vulpina, Auss., Verhandlungen &c., Wien,

1871, p. 202. Brazil.

1876. Avicularia rutilans, Auss., 6, Verhandlungen &c., Wien,

p. 184. New Granada.

1876. Avicularia metallica, Auss., Verhandlungen &c., Wien,

p- 185. Surinam.

1889. Avicularia velutina, Sim., 2, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1889,

p- 213. Venezuela.

1890. Avicularia holmbergii, Thor., Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) viii.

p- 399. Hab.?

1891. Avicularia glauca, Sim., g, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891,

p- 312. Panama.

Genus Taprnaucnuntivs, Ausserer, 1871. (Plate XXXIV. fig. 21.)

Syn. 1842. Mygale, C. Koch, Die Arachniden, ix. p. 67.

1850. Eurypelma, C. Koch, Uebersicht.

Type. 7. plumipes (C. K.), 3d, Die Arachniden, ix. p. §7,

tab. ecexi. fig. 733, 1842. In coll. Mus. Imp. Berlin.

Generic Characters.

Anterior row of eyes straight or nearly so. Legs of first pair equal

to those of the fourth. Three pairs of sternal sigilla visible—lst at

1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS, 745

base of labial plate ; 2nd almost obsolete ; 3rd marginal; 4th sub-

marginal. Posterior pair of spinners a little longer than width of

sternum. Carapace quite straight (in profile) behind eyes. Patella

and tibia iv. equal to length of carapace. Patella and tibia i. equal

to length of carapace. Legs clothed with long hairs; feathery.

Protarsus and tarsi i., ii., ii., and iv. broad, spatuliform. Habits

arboreal; forming silken cylinders under bark of trees or amongst

foliage.

Never having seen the type specimen of M. plumipes, C. K., one

cannot speak with absolute confidence as to its generic characters.

Specimens of 7’. sancti-vincenti, Walck., however, agree remarkably

with the full figure of J. plunvipes and in the arrangement of the

eyes which C, Koch has given, and there can be little doubt but

that the two forms are congeneric. As distinct from Avicularia,

they may be recognized by the anterior eyes forming an almost

straight row, whereas in Avicularia they form a strongly pro-

curved line. In Avicularia the fourth pair of legs is the longest;

in Tapinauchenius the first and fourth pairs are equal'. Tibia and

patella iv. are, in Avicularia, longer than the carapace; in Tapin-

auchenius they are equal to it. The posterior pair of spinners in

both these genera are longer than the width of the sternum.

Otherwise in general characters the species of these two genera

are very much alike; the anterior row of eyes, however, furnishing

the best character—so far as one can judge from the material

in hand.

Mygale sancti-vincenti, Walck., 3, Insectes Aptéres, i. p. 216.

—Walckenaer says: “‘ La quatri¢me et la premiére paire de pattes

sont presque égales ”—“ les yeux forment un carré long, transverse,

dont la gibbosité est peu prononcée.” The generic characters given

above of Tapinauchenius have been drawn from specimens of this

species.

Cf. E. Simon, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 553. St. Vincent.

Species probably belonging to this genus hitherto described :—

I’. latipes, Auss. Verhandlungen zool.-bot. Gesel. 1876, p. 183.

Venezuela.

T. reduncus, Karsch, Zeit. ges. Naturwiss. p. 387, vol. liii.

Costa Rica.

Of Tapinauchenius, M. Simon says :—‘“ Les meurs de ces

1 M. Simon in Proce. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 583, gives the lengths of the first

and fourth pairs of legs in T. sancti-vincenti (Q ) as i. 46°2 mm., iv. 48:5 mm.

In this measurement the coxa is evidently not included ; if the coxa is included,

the lengths of i. and iv. are equal, namely, 59 mm. But of course there is no

special value in the absolute lengths; nor must such characters be held as

absolutely reliable. In an Avicularia, g, n. sp- undescribed, for instance, and

in A. rutilans, Auss., $, again, the first pair of legs is equal to, or, if any-

thing, slightly longer than, the fourth, instead of vice versd. Whether this

character may ultimately prove to be more than of specific value or not, one

would at any rate not regard it of sectional value as M. Simon does (Hist. Nat.

Ar. i. p. 133). Many of these characters, however, must only be looked upon

as generally true of this or that group and subject to particular exceptions—

convenient as guides to classification, but to be used with great caution.

Proc. Zoor. Soc.—1896, No. XLVIII. 48

746 MR. F. 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

Araignées sont assez différentes de celles des Avicularia; tandis

que ceux-ci sont assez lents, les Tapinauchenius courent avec une

excessive rapidité.”—“ Je les ai trouvés sous des écorces d’arbres

abattus dans les défrichements.”

This is very interesting, for the habit is evidently totally different

from those of the genus Santaremia described below, and gives

an additional warranty to the goodness of the generic distinction.

In certain Spiders from the Amazons and Trinidad,which resemble

Tapinauchenius in the straightness of the anterior row of eyes,

the first pair of legs is longer than the fourth, the sternal sigilla

iii. and iy. are more removed from the margin, the legs of the ii.

and iy. pairs are more slender than those of the first two pairs, and

the legs are not clothed with long fringing hairs. On the ground

of these differences I have formed a new genus for their reception,

including two species, Santaremia pococki and S. longipes ;

Tapinauchenius will include TL. saneti-vincenti; while Avicularia

will include A. avicularia, A. walckenaeria, A. rutilans, &e.

The following characters may be found useful in distinguishing

these three genera :-—

A. Anterior row of eyes strongly procurved ........5.+ Avicularia, Lam.

B. Anterior row of eyes straight or nearly so.

1. First pair of legs equal to the fourth. Legs clothed

Wat Onpyairsh cosctepeeanPecaes acest ceets once daar Tapinauchenius, Auss.

2, First pair of legs longer than the fourth. Legs

clothed with short hairs ............-sssecssessscseeens Santaremia, n. g.

SANTAREMIA, gen. nov.

Anterior row of eyes straight or nearly so. Legs of first pair longer

than those of fourth. Four pairs of sternal sigilla visible: 1st at base

of labial plate; 2nd marginal ; 3rd submarginal ; 4th remote from

margin. Posterior pair of spinners not longer than width of sternum.

Carapace gibbous (in profile) behind the eyes. Patella and tibia iv.

shorter than carapace. Patella and tibia i. equal to or longer than

carapace. Legs clothed with short hairs. Protarsus and tarsi ill.

and iv. much narrower, less spatuliform than i. and iii. Habits

terrestrial, forming silk-lined burrows in the ground.

Type. SANTAREMIA POCOCKI’, n. sp., 9 .—Hab. Santarem. Type

specimen in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1896. (Plate XX XIII.

figs. 8, 9, & 13; Plate XXXIV. fig. 20; and Plate XXXYV.

fig. 12.)

Colour. Carapace dark brown, clothed with short sandy yellow-

grey hairs, rufous towards and on posterior margin. Base of

mandibles clothed with sandy and much darker brown hairs.

Abdomen rich chocolate-brown, with scattered rufous hairs, more

numerous towards spinners. Ventral area brown. Sternum, coxe

1 [ have great pleasure in connecting this species with the name of my friend

Mr. R. I. Pocock of the Nat. Hist. Museum. He had already named it in MS.

from specimens taken near Pard by Mr. Bates, but kindly withdrew his claim

to the species in my favour.

1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWHR AMAZONS. 747

of legs, and pedipalps rich brown. Underside of legs clothed

with sandy yellow-brown hairs. Inner margin of coxa of pedipalp

and outer margin of fang-groove fringed with fiery-red hairs.

Protarst and tarsi i. and ii. entirely, 3 of protarsus ii. and whole

of tarsus, 4 of protarsus iv. and whole of tarsus, furnished with a

dense pad of scopular hairs. Tarsi i., ii., ili., and iv. broad,

spatuliform, but iv. much less so. Upperside of legs clothed with

rich chocolate-brown hairs on femora, becoming more rufous along

the four distal segments. Hair on legs short (not long, as in

Avicularia). Patelle of legs i. and ii. and pedipalp slashed with

four narrow lines of short, pale, sandy-grey pubescence, central

pair confluent towards apex of segment. Tibia i. and ii. of pedi-

palp with two widely separate pairs of pale lines of pubescence ;

each pair very narrowly separate. Protarsi i. and ii. and of pedipalp

with fine, short, central, pale basal line. Legs iii. and iv. exhibiting

a somewhat similar but less conspicuous arrangement of pale lines.

Femora of all four pairs with two faint dorsal and a pair of lateral

yellow lines on the outer side, the latter obsolete on iv.

Carapace longer than broad, narrow, in proportion of 20: 16,

distinctly gibbous behind eye-tumulus. Central fovea deep, trans-

verse, slightly procurved. Lye-tumulus twice as long as broad.

Anterior row of eyes only a little procurved. Fang-groove armed

with a single row of short conical teeth along outer margin, its

floor towards base studded with minute granules. Sternwm with

four pairs of sigilla visible: 1st at base of labial plate, 2nd marginal,

3rd submarginal, 4th remote from margin.

Labium quadrate, a little longer than broad ; distal third entirely

studded with minute cuspules. Coxa of pedipalp almost twice as

long as broad ; inner distal angle slightly produced, obtusely conical ;

inner basal angle studded with minute cuspules ; inner basal disc

with a few more scattered cuspules. Legs of fourth pair shorter

than those of first pair. Patella and tibia i. equal to length of

carapace. Tibia and patella iv. shorter than carapace. Tarsus of

pedipalp with one, of legs i.,ii., iii., and iv. with two small stout

hooked claws, their inner central edge armed with five minute

denticles. Spinning-mamille four; posterior pair trisegmental,

second segment shortest; the whole three segments taken together

not longer than width of sternum.

The habits of Santaremia pococki are well known and have been

for years. So long ago as 1879, Mr. Bates mentions the large

spiders found near Para, forming long silk-lined tubes in the sandy

soil near Nazareth.

I was unable to secure any specimens from Para myself, but met

with abundance at Santarem and at several other places on the

river, Monte Alegre.

At Santarem, their burrows, eighteen inches long, were most

numerous along the banks of the waggon-track running across the

sandy campos to the forest. Here at any time of day, though

more especially at night, the females might be seen sitting at the

entrance of the tube, which was trumpet-shaped and eee over-

748 MR. F. 0, PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16, -

hung by a tuft or two of hairy campos-grass or arched over

behind with a few dry leaves, the first two pairs of legs, pedipalps,

and mandibles alone visible; in colour closely similar to the sur-

rounding sand. A footfall, or a shadow, and they would vanish.

What their food may be I cannot say, for no débris was ever to be

found in the burrow. Do they wait for it to come within reach, or

do they go and seek it? I thinktheformer. On several occasions,

having sat up all night and now and again, at intervals of an hour,

been the round of the burrows, each tenant was always found in

exactly the same position; nor did I ever find one running about

at night over the campos or in the forest. They may possibly,

however, dash out a few feet and seize their prey when it passes,

but I do not think they actually go in search of it.

What the males do with themselves I am utterly unable to say,

for though I watched and searched and waited many times at night

and dug out numerous burrows, yet on no occasion did I find a

male within, nor find one, as I fully expected to do, running over

the sand outside.

Females were taken in all stages of development, though it is

quite possible I was too late for the male sex.

In spinning the trumpet-shaped mouth to the burrow, the Spider

takes up a position with the abdomen and hind legs only appearing

from the burrows, and then by rubbing the spinners backwards and

forwards covers the ground round the entrance with fine white silk.

The large white cocoon, formed of a loose bag of silk, containing

from 80-100 eggs, lies loose in the slightly enlarged end of the

burrow. When the young are first hatched, they nourish them-

selves on the moist envelopes of the eggs, whence they have just

emerged. Later they may be found crowding the entrance of the

den or below with their mother.

Contrary to one’s expectation, the temperament of these spiders

appears to be gentle; though raising themselves on the hind legs

and striking with the mandibles when irritated, yet there is no

inclination to initiate an attack.- Neither in confinement,

though starving for want of food, since they would eat neither

worms, caterpillars, crickets, cockroaches, moths, nor millipedes,

did they show any inclination to attack each other nor the

young spiders which were with them. Water they drank eagerly

enough.

Nothing could be externally more unlike than the Spiders I have

included in this genus aid those usually included in the genera

Avicularia and Tapinauchenius. The latter are much more hairy

and the first pair of legs are equal to or less than the fourth pair.

In the former the legs are not clothed with long hairs, and the

first pair are longer than the fourth. The coxe, femora, and

patella, too, of the first two pairs of legs are very stout, while

those of the third and fourth pairs are more slender, especially

the fourth. In Avicularia and Tapinauchenius the tarsi and pro-

tarsi of all four pairs are broad and spatuliform ; in Santaremia

those of the third pair are much less so than those of the first

1896. ] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 749

two pairs, while those of the fourth pair are even less so than

the third. I should expect to find, too, that no species with

characters agreeing with those of Santaremia would be found with

an arboreal mode of life. The habit of burrowing in the earth has

undoubtedly been a factor in the differentiation of various genera

and of this genus also, though one must not speak too confidently

in the absence of data. The feathery legs and broad spatuliform

terminal joints on all four pairs of legs in Avicularia and Tapin-

auchenius are obviously the outcome of an arboreal habit '.

Genus HarPaLotHete, Lenz.

Under the generic name Harpalothele, M. Simon, in Hist. Nat.

Ar. 1892, pp. 180, 181, distinguishes three groups corresponding

to three different geographical areas. The first are those from

Oceania, which will fall under the genus Jvamadus, Sim., with

I. varia, L. K., as the type. The second are the African species,

which fall under the genus Harpalothele, Lenz., with H. reuteri,

Lenz, as the type. The third are the more numerous species from

the Neotropical regions, which fall under the genus Fufius, Sim.,

with F. atramentarius as the type.

The last generic name I have retained in this paper for

convenience’ sake, and have added a brief reference to the other

species of the group which have been already described from

South America.

Genus HarPanorHens, Lenz.

Type. H. reuteri, Lenz, Zool. Jahrbiicher, i. p. 397 (1886).

Hab. Madagascar.

Genus Ixatus, L. Koch.

Type. J. varius, L. K. (6 2; go 14 mm., 9 15 mm.), Ar.

Austral. 1873, p. 469. Hab. Oceania.

The name Jxalus, however, being preoccupied, Simon has

renamed the genus Jvamadus.

Genus Ixamanpvs, E. Sim.?

Type. J. varius (L. K.), E. Sim. Bull. Soe. Zool. Fr. 1887, note,

3 9. Hab. Port Bowen, Australia.

1 §. longipes, nu. sp., 29. Hab. Trinidad. Type specimen in coll. Brit. Mus.

Nat. Hist. 1896.

Colour, Carapace mahogany-brown, clothed with sandy-yellow hairs. Man-

dibles clothed with short sandy yellow hairs (no long ones as in pococki).

Abdomen clothed with sandy yellow-grey hairs. Ooxe of i., ii., iii., and iv.,

femora of i. and ii. deep chocolate-brown underneath ; the latter clothed above

and on sides with sandy-yellow hairs. Underside of tibize i. and ii. clothed

with sandy-yellow hairs, glossy. Patelle and tibiz of legs without longitudinal

stripes. Patella and tibia i. longer than carapace (25 mm.—21 mm.). Habits

unknown. Carapace 21 x18 mm.

2 In Hist. Nat, Ar. 1892, p, 180, the name has been misprinted Ixamatus.

750 MR, F, 0, PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

Genus Furivs, E. Simon, 1888.

Type. F. atramentarius, E. Sim. (2 ), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1888,

p- 213. 17mm. long. Hab. Guatemala.

Furrus auricomis, E. Sim. (Plate XXXYV. figs. 4, 6, 8, 16.)

3 9. Hab. Santarem, Lower Amazons. do 125 mm. long. ;

217 mm. long. In coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. ¢ new.

3 .—Colow’. Carapace and basal joint of mandibles black, clothed

with fine golden hair. Sternum, coxe of pedipalp and of first

pair of legs deep pitch-brown. Femora black, apex tinged with

pink ; patella pitch-brown ; tibie of legs black, of pedipalp pitch-

brown; protarsi and tarsi slightly paler; 2nd, 3rd, and 4th pair

of legs pitch-brown, paler towards extremity. Tibiz and protarsi

each with two dark annulations, one at the apex, the other at or

towards the base. Coxe and trochanter of pedipalpi and all four

pairs of legs clothed above with golden hairs. Abdomen pitch-

brown, with a central, dorsal band of fine golden hairs, more

scattered laterally towards apex. Ventral area brown; spinners _

paler, second and third joints suffused with dark brown.

Carapace longer than broad, finely granulate; cephalic area

occupying over half the length of carapace; central fovea deep,

recurved. Cephalic and thoracic impressions well marked.

Ocular tumulus low, height double its breadth. Central anterior

eyes large, circular, half a diameter from margin of clypeus, half a

diameter apart, almost in contact with anterior laterals; less than

a quarter diameter from posterior centrals. Anterior laterals

reniform elliptic ; their axis rather less than diameter of anterior

centrals. Posterior laterals ellipsoid, their axis equal to half the

axis of anterior laterals and one quarter their axis from them.

Posterior centrals very small, their axis equal to one third the

diameter of the anterior centrals, ellipsoidal, less than half an axis

from lateral posteriors, almost two diameters of anterior centrals

apart.

| aoa longer than broad, finely granulate and_ sparsely

tuberculate, with a longitudinal smooth central channel; its

width one third less than its length; posterior margin fringed

with stiff separate dark hairs. Sigilla well marked, especially 1st,

2nd, 8rd, and 4th pairs; 2nd and 3rd marginal.

Mandibles without rastellum. Inner margin of fang-groove

armed with a single row of eight conical teeth, its floor studded

towards the base with minute cusps; outer margin fringed with

rufous hairs, inner with a few fine hairs.

Labium longer than broad, attenuate towards apex, with two or

three minute cusps. Coxa of pedipalp twice as long as broad,

finely granulate and sparsely tuberculate, studded with numerous

minute cusps at base, clustered towards inner angle. Inner

apical angle slightly produced and studded with minute cusps.

Inner margin thickly fringed with rufous hairs. Tibia of pedi-

palp incrassate, fringed with long hairs; tarsus short, dilate,

1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS, 751

clothed with hairs. Bulb short, pyriform ; stylumslender, sinuous.

The whole length of bulb and stylum one-eighth less than that

of tibia.

Legs i., iv., ii., iii. Coxa, trochanter, and femur finely granulate ;

the latter without spines below, two or three above. Patella i.

with six or eight spines beneath ; tibia i. with two series of 5—5

beneath, and two or three spines on either side; bearing at its

apex beneath a stout, sharp, conical spur, directed forwards and

outwards, not bifid. Protarsus furnished with two spines beneath

and a pair at the apex; strongly curved at base, the apical angle

of curved portion bearing a short, very stout, conical spur. ‘Tarsii.,

ii., iii., iv., furnished on underside with scopuliform hairs; pro-

tarsi i. and ii. slightly so on either side at apex; ili. and iv. not

scopulate. Tibize and protarsi ii., iii., and iv. spinose beneath ;

tibia iii. with one or two spines also on the upperside.

Tarsal claws i., ii., Ui., iv. three-clawed; superiors with a

double row of 6-8 denticles.

Spinners four ; posteriors three-jointed, one fourth the length

of abdomen. Basal joint longer than the middle, equal in length

to the terminal. Anterior spinners half the length of the basal

joint, twice their diameter apart at base.

Comparative measurements in millimetres.— 3. Carap. 6°5 long.,

5°5 lat. Abd. 6 long., 3°5 lat. Cephl. area 4 long. Sternum

3°5 long., 2°5 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 2°5 long., 1:25 lat. Pedes,

long. i. 23—ii. 20—iii. 17—iv. 22. Artl. i. long. 3—1—5—3

4—4:25—2°5, Art). iv. long. 2—1—5:5—2—45—45—2.

Postr. mam. 3°5 long. Artl. 1:25—1—1—1-25. Antr. mam.

‘75 long., 1 apart at base. Mandib.3long. Large male 13 long. ;

small male 10 long.

9 .—Colour. Carapace and base of mandibles dark pitch-brown;

the former clothed with converging lines of golden hairs; base of

latter with a dorsal band, and two narrow, external, lateral bands

of fine golden hairs, and a few interspersed amongst the intervening

black hairs. Abdomen clothed with a dense coat of deep chocolate-

brown hairs, having also a dorsal clothing of golden hairs,

extending to and spreading laterally towards the spinners,

Ventral surface rich chocolate-brown.

Carapace longer than broad; central. fovea deep, recurved ;

cephalic area rather more than half the length of carapace.

Abdomen longer than carapace. Spinners: posterior pair a little

over one third as long as abdomen ; basal joint longest ; apical half

as long again as middle joint. Anterior pair half the length of

basal joint of posterior pair, twice their diameter apart.

Ocular tumulus twice as long as broad. Central eyes largest,

proportionally the same as in the male, but further apart.

Anterior centrals nearly half a diameter from posterior centrals :

same distance from anterior laterals. Posterior centrals and

laterals almost in contact ; the latter nearly their axis distant from

anterior laterals.. Anterior centrals circular, the rest ellipsoidal.

Mandibles scarcely as long as cephalic area. Fang-groove with

752 MR. F. 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

a row of eight stout conical teeth on inner margin. Floor of groove

studded towards base with minute cusps.

Sternum longer than broad, finely granulate and _ sparsely

tuberculate, with a longitudinal, central, smooth channel. Poste-

rior margin fringed with stiff, separate, black hairs. Sigilla i.,

il., lii., iv. well marked ; iii. and iv. submarginal. Labial impres-

sions very deep. :

Labium longer than broad, narrower towards apex, armed with

five or six cusps; its base much depressed.

Coaa of pedipalp longer than broad, slightly produced and

obtusely rounded at inner apical angle, the latter being studded

with minute cusps. Pedipalp dark pitch-brown.

Legs dark pitch-brown ; i. and ii. the darkest. Femora blotched

beneath and also slightly above with black ; patella suffused with

black at apex ; tibie and protarsi with a dark annulus at apex and

towards or at base. Upperside and apex of coxa, femur, tibia,

and, slightly so, the tarsus enriched with scattered golden hairs.

Tarsus of pedipalp, tarsus and two-thirds of protarsi i. and ii.

densely scopulate; of iii. and iv. not scopulate. Femora of

pedipalp and legs without spines. Tibie i. and ii. with 3—3

setiform hairs beneath ; iii. and iv. with 3—3 spines and a single

spine. Protarsus iii., alone, with spines above. Protarsus of

pedipalp armed beneath with numerous spines; protarsi of leg i.

with 5 spines; of ii. with two series of 83—8 spines, besides

isolated ones; of iii. and iv. with numerous spines. Tarsi of

pedipalp with two spines, of legs without any spines. Tarsus i.

with 3 claws ; superiors armed with a double series of 6—6

denticles beneath. Tarsus ii. with 3 claws; superiors with a

double series of 6—6 denticles. Tarsus iii. with 3 claws; _

superiors with a single row of 3 denticles. Tarsus iv. with 3

claws ; superiors with single row of 6 denticles.

Spinners four; posterior pair shorter than abdomen, appearing

four-jointed from above, on account of pseudo-joint; basal joint

longest, central shortest, terminal longer than the latter.

Anterior pair half the length of basal joint of posterior pair;

twice their diameter apart.

Comparative measurements in millimetres.— 2. Carap. 8 long.,

6 lat. Abd. 9 long., 6 lat. Cephl. area 5 long. Stern. 4:25

long., 3°5 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 3 long., 2 lat. Pedes, long.

i, 23—i1. 21—iii. 19—iv. 23. Art]. i. long. 4—1-5—5—3—3'5

—3'5—2. Artl. iv. long. 2°5—1-25—5—2-5—4-25—4—2,

Postr. mam. 5 long. Artl. 1°75—1—1-5. Antr. mam. 1 apart.

Mandib. 4 long.

Immature 2 .—Similar in character and coloration to the adult,

but pale yellow-brown on carapace, sternum, and mandibles.

Legs orange, ornamented with black annuli and_ blotches.

Femora with a submedian and an apical interrupted annulus.

Base and apex of patella, tibia and protarsus of all four pairs

ornamented with entire, or interrupted, annuli.. Central blotch

1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 753

on femur iv. almost obsolete. Pedipalp variegated similarly to

the legs.

Two males and three females of this handsome Spider were

taken on the Lower Amazons, at Gurupd and in the forest of

Santarem. They are found under loose pieces of bark; but

whether they construct any kind of nest Iam unable to say. The

immature specimens are much more brightly coloured than the

adult. The male of this species was hitherto unknown. A female

too was taken by Mr. Piffard near Manaos.

There are four species from the New World, described under the

names Harpalothele and Fufius, which would fall under the latter

name should the distinction made in this paper be a permanent

one.

Fufius atramentarius Sim. (2, 17 mm. long), Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr. 1888, p. 213. Certainly not identical with the above, as shown

by the following extract :—‘Cephalothorax nigerrimus, opacus,

fere glaber.” ‘“ Medii postici anticis plus quadruplo minores.”

* Mamille ferruginee.” ‘ Pedesque nigri, sed patellis dilutioribus

et rufescentibus.” Hab. Guatemala.

Harpalothele lanicia Sim. (2, 22 mm. long), Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr. 1892, p. 283. ‘“‘ Mamille atre.” “ Sternum, coxe, et partes

oris nigre.” ‘ Pedes fusco-rufescentes, flavido-pubescentes, et

nigro-hirsuti.” Hab. Bolivia; Espiritu Santo.

The legs are not annulate as in H. auricomis.

Harpalothele garleppi, Sim. (2, 25 mm. long), Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr. 1892, p. 284. “ Mamille fusce.” “ Pars labialis mutica, paulo

latior quam longior.” No mention is made of the very character-

istic colouring ot the legs evident in H. auricomis. Hab. Bolivia.

Harpalothele albovittata, Sim.( 3 ), Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 306.

8mm. long. Hab. Manaos, Lower Amazons.

“‘Cephalothorax niger, opacus, pilis longis pallide fulvo-nitidis

parce vestitus. Abdomen nigrum, linea media integra albo-

argenteo-pilosa decoratum. Chel nigre supra ad basin vitta

albo-pilosa ornate. Pars labialis mutica.”

“Tibia 1' paris incrassata, ovata, inferne biseriatim aculeata

(aculeis 3—8, interioribus longioribus) et extus ad apicem calcare

vallido, apice inzqualiter bifido, armata. Metatarso gracili, ad

basin curvato, et inferne, in parte basali, tuberculis binis geminatis

insigniter instructo. _ Bulbo simplici, longe attenuato, aculeo gra-

cilliimo brevi et curvato ad apicem munito. Mamille nigre, arti-

culo apicali testaceo.”

Harpalothele auricomis, Sim.( 2 ) Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1891, p. 305.

Hab. Para, Brazil.

**Cephalothorax obscure fuscus, pilis longis, nitidis, subaureis

vestitus.” ‘‘ Pedes breves, pallide fulvi, nigro-maculati et annu-

754 MR. F, 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

lati.” ‘Tibis quatuor antice inferne aculeis setiformibus 3—3,

metatarsi aculeis validioribus 3—3 instructi, pedes postici nume-

rose aculeati.”’ ‘ Mamille fusco annulatex.” “ Long. ceph.+abd.

13°5 mm.”

There is very little doubt, short of actual comparison of types,

as to the identity of H. auricomis, Sim., with my female adult

specimen from Santarem and with the immature females from

Gurupa. The males have not hitherto been described, but the two

obtained on the Lower Amazons undoubtedly belong to the females

taken at the same time.

Genus Dretura, C. Koch; E. Sim.

Type. Mygale macrura, C. K. (dg. 65 mm. long), Die Arach-

niden, ix. p. 38, tab. ece. fig. 715 (1842). Hab. San Juan, West

Indies. In coll. Impr. Mus. Berlin.

The genus Diplura was founded in 1850, ‘Uebersicht des

Arachn.,” C. L. Koch, p. 75. The author says of the type,

D. macrura, ‘Sehr gerade ausstehende Spinnwarzen,” and in his

description of the same spider under Mygale he says “ Kopf und

Thorax rostgelb”—‘‘ Der Hinterleib sammt den Spinnwarzen

braunschwarz.”

The figure on plate ccc. seems to suggest that this species is

closely allied to that described below as D. sanguinea, but the

unicolorous abdomen would prove it to be certainly a different

species. Not having seen the type of the genus, which apparently

is still extant in Berlin, and feeling pretty sure that it will prove

not congeneric with the three species described below, I have con-

sidered it less liable to lead to confusion in the future to form two

new genera for their reception. Two of them, Melodeus sanguineus

and M. niger, might possibly fall under Simon’s group A, while the

third, Harmonicon rufescens, would fall under group B (ef. Hist. Nat.

Ar. i. p. 178, 1892). If, however, group A really corresponds, as

M. Simon suggests, to Bertkau’s genus Thalerothele, then mine will

not fall into the group, for of Th. fasciata, Bert., the type of the

genus, Bertkau says “scopula nulla”; whereas all these three species

possess very distinct scopulz on the tarsi of all four pairs of legs.

It is just possible, however, that Bertkau’s type may be immature,

in that case the scopula would probably not be developed ; but of

this I cannot speak with certainty.

Trechona' is undoubtedly a good genus, the tarsi and protarsi

1 Genus Trucuona, OC. Koch.

Type. Trechona zebrata (Walck.), 1835, sub Mygale (Q). In coll. Brit.

Mus. Nat. Hist. 1896.

Anterior eyes almost equal, forming a slightly curved line, almost straight.

Carapace a little raised behind the eye-tumulus. Posterior spinners one-half

shorter than abdomen; segments subequal. Legs long, robust; protarsi and

tarsi i. and ii. entirely and densely scopulate, the former with three or four

long spines lying amongst the scopuls; the latter without any central series of

long setze amidst the scopule. Protarsus iii. with distal two-thirds, tarsus iii.

entirely, densely scopulate. Protarsus iv, with distal half and entire tarsus iy.

1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 755

of the type female being furnished with a dense scopula. The lyra

also differs considerably in character from those of the three species

here described.

Besides these forms of Diplurina, of which the females (and

doubtless the males as well) possess the lyra and pecten, there are

before me others which, being otherwise closely allied, possess no

lyra or pecten.

A male adult and a female, apparently immature, from Peru,

present characters which, in conjunction with the absence of

stridulating-organs would seem to warrant the formation of

another genus for their reception. Whether these will eventually

prove to be congeneric with Diplura macrura (C. K.) I cannot say,

but should not be surprised if such were the case.

For the present I torm a genus Neodiplura’ for the reception of

those which possess no stridulating-organs. Of D. cousini, 9,

Sim., of which the labium is spinulose; D. equatorialis, Auss., 2 ,

closely allied to D. cousini (sec. Simon); D. longicauda, Auss., 2,

with spinners longer than the abdomen; and D. rogenhoferi, Auss.,

Q, I cannot speak with any certainty. The characters given

would apply fairly well, from a generic point of view, to any of

the Dipluriform spiders.

HarMontcon, gen. nov.

Posterior spinning-mamille as long as abdomen ; terminal segment

the longest. Legs longer, more slender. Fany-groove with a single

more lightly scopulate. First pair of legs a little longer than fourth. Tarsal

claws 3. Superiors armed with a double series of denticles. Fang-groove

armed on the outer side with a single row of teeth; floor of groove towards

base studded with cuspules. _Coxa of pedipalp furnished on inner side with 17

long claviform spines and a thick pad of nutoberless smaller spines, interspersed

with claviforms. Base of mandible furnished with seven or eight stout spini-

form hairs, incrassate at base, the first five isolated. These form the lyra and

pecten of the stridulating-organs.

? NEODIPLURA, gen. noy.

No lyra or pecten on coxa of pedipalp and base of mandibles respectively.

Tarsi and protarsi i. and ii. fairly densely and entirely scopulate; the former

with no central series of sete ; the latter with spines amidst the scopulz. arsi

iij. and iv. densely and entirely, protarsi iii. and iy. slightly and towards apex,

scopulate. Tarsal claws 3; superiors armed with a double series of denticles.

NzopIPLurRA JELSEU, n.sp.(g 2). Hab. Peru. Type e coll. W. Kulezynski,

Cracow. (Plate XXXV. figs. 5, 10, 11, 14.)

Colour. Carapace mahogany-brown, clothed with short silky yellow

pubescence ; abdomen brown, clothed with long silky yellow hairs, with a

double dorsal series of 5 or 6 short, transverse, dull orange bars. Sternum and

legs brown, with short silky yellow hairs.

Carapace a little longer than broad, flat, slightly raised behind eye-tumulus,

with a shallow depression on either side and a recurved groove behind eyes,

Central fovea small and recurved. Eye-tumulus prominent, diameter of

anterior centrals larger than the axis of laterals; less than one diameter apart;

less than half from laterals. Anterior row almost straight, slightly procurved.

Posterior centrals smaller than. posterior laterals.and. almost in contact with

756 MR. F. 0, PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

row of teeth on the outer margin and a row of fine capsules wn centre

of fang-groove. Tarsi i. and ii. distinctly scopulate, with central

series of long sete. Cowa of pedipalp furnished with a lyra formed

of 5 long, curved, claviform spines. Base of mandible with 4 isolated,

incrassate bristles at the base. Diameter of anterior central eyes dis-

tinctly less than awis of laterals.

HARMONICON RUFESCENS, n. sp. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 3 & 6,

and Plate XX XV. figs. 2 & 3.)

Q. 27 mm. long. Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.

Hab. Santarem, Lower Amazons.

@ .—Colour. Carapace dull orange, almost destitute of hairs and

pubescence. Abdomen rufous, clothed with fine black hairs, more

numerous in front; spinners rufous. Sternum and legs dull

yellowish with brown shading, clothed with spines and short black

hairs. Mandibles dull orange, clothed with black hairs.

Carapace longer than broad. Cephalic area two-thirds the

length of carapace. Central fovea only slightly recurved. Thoracic

striz well-marked. Ocular tumulus slightly raised above the

level of the carapace, three times as long transversely as wide.

Anterior centrals circular, three-fourths of a diameter apart, less

them. Sternwm longer than broad. Sigilla well-marked : Ist pair very large at

base of labial plate; 2nd submarginal; 3rd remote; 4th more remote; each

opposite the coxa of one pair of legs. Labium broader than long, semicircular ;

apex not spinulose. Coxa of pedipalp twice its breadth, anterior distal angle

not produced, anterior basal angle studded with numerous cuspules. Legs long,

4,1, 2, 3. Tibie and protarsi i. and ii. spinose beneath ; iii. and iv. above

and below. Tibia i. with a stout spur-like spine on outer side at apex; pro-

tarsus i. with a stout tubercle on outer side towards the base. Tarsi slender,

flexuose, much curved ; protarsus i. thickly recurved. Tarsal claws 3; superiors

armed with a double series of denticles. Posterior spinners shorter than

abdomen, trisegmental, segments subequal. Anterior spinners within two

diameters of each other. Pedipalp: tibia with long spines beneath, tarsus very

short, bulb short piriform, its apex prolonged into a short, stout, simple, slightly

curving spine, directed outwards and backwards. Fang-groove with a single

row of teeth on the outer margin.

3.—Carapace 11 mm. long., 9°5 broad. Abdomen 12°5 mm. long. Man-

dibles 5 mm. long. Post. spinners 9 mm. long. Legs, i. 55 mm. ; ii. 50 mm.;

iii. 45 mm. ; iv. 58 mm.

Q (immature).—Colours and general characters the same as of the G.

Diameter of anterior central eyes less than axis of laterals, thus differing from

the male, the difference being possibly due to immaturity.

These specimens were kindly submitted to me by my friend Prof. Kulezynski,

of Cracow. They were taken by Dr. Constantine Jelski in Peru.

A. Coxa of pedipalp and base of mandible with stridu-

lating-organs.

1. Tarsal scopula without central series of long sete .... Trechona, O. K.

2. Tarsal scopula with central series of long setz.

a. Legs long, slender. Terminal segment of posterior

pair of spinners longer than either of the basals . Harmonicon, n. g.

b. Legs short, stout. Al three segments of posterior

air of spinners subequal...............se:seceeseesees Melodeus, n. g.

B. Ooxa of pedipalp and base of mandible without stridu-

lating-Organs .....ecssssssssessesseceetsceecssesseecssssceeseee Weodiplura, 0. g.

1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 757

than half a diameter from anterior laterals. Anterior laterals

ellipsoidal, their axes one-half longer than diameter of anterior

centrals. Posterior centrals smallest, oval, less than their trans-

verse diameter from anterior centrals, only one-half the transverse

diameter from posterior laterals. Posterior laterals ellipsoidal,

their axes almost equal to diameter of anterior centrals; less than

half their transverse diameter from anterior laterals. Anterior

row procurved.

Mandibles parallel-sided ; fang-groove armed on inner side with

a series of 12 stout conical teeth; floor studded with a single

distinct row of 12 small cusps, diminishing in size towards the

base, where are also numerous irregular small cusps. Outer

margin fringed with thickly-set rufous hairs, four at the base being

stouter and separate.

Sternum a little longer than broad, smooth, set with black sepa-

rate hairs; sigilla distinct, submarginal. Zabiwn broader than

long, convex, smooth, not studded with cusps; set with long black

bristles. Coxa of pedipalp twice as long as broad, its basal ante-

rior angle studded with a central longitudinal area of small black

cusps. Anterior apical angle very slightly produced, smooth.

Tarsus not scopulate ; tarsal claw furnished with 6 denticles on

the basal half beneath. Coxa of pedipalp furnished on the inner

side, on the basal portion of the central ridge, with the “ lyra,”

consisting of 5 stout curved spines; three curving hairs towards

the anterior portion, and one small bristle towards the posterior

portion of the ridge. These 5 spines strike on the four stout,

separate, isolated bristles above mentioned as situated on the

mandible, which together form the “pecten.” These two struc-

tures, the “lyra” and the “ pecten,” together constitute the

stridulating-organ.

Legs long and slender. Femora i. and ii. without spines; iii.

with a few spiniform bristles; fourth pair of legs absent. Patella

1, 1, & ii. without spines. Tibie i. & ii. with one or two spines

beneath ; iii. with a double row of 3—3 on either side. Pro-

tarsi i. and ii. with 5 and 6 spines respectively beneath; iii. with

numerous spines. (N.B. The number of spines on the legs is not

constant.) ars with three claws, superior pair armed beneath

with a double series of 5—6 denticles. Inferior claw long.

Tarsi 1. and ii. scopulate.

Abdomen long-narrow. Spinners four. Posterior pair as long

as abdomen, three-jointed ; basal equal in length to the second

joint; terminal joint longer than the second. Anterior pair half

as long as the basal joint of posterior pair, nearly the full length

of one of them apart.

Comparative measurements in millimetres.— 9. Carap. 10 long.,

Slat. Abd.17long.,9 lat. Cephl. area 6-5 long. Stern. 5 long.,

4 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 3:5 long., 2 lat. Pedes, long. i. 42—

uu. 38—iii. 388—iv. abest. Artl.i., long. 4-8—2—9-5—3-75—8—

775—5. Arti. iy. long.: abest. Postr. mam. 17 long. Arti.

5—5—7 long. Antr. mam. 2°8 long., 2 sept. Mandib. 5 long.

758 MR. F. 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

A single example of this fine Theraphosid, of the female sex,

was taken in a huge web of the “ Agelenoid ” type in the damp low-

lying portion of the forest near Santarem. Many more of the

webs were seen, but the tube is spun so far down amongst the

roots of the trees that it is next to impossible to secure specimens,

for they retire with lightning speed on the smallest sign of danger.

MELODEUS, gen. nov.

Posterior spinning-mamille as long as or shorter than abdomen ;

segments equal in length. Legs shorter, stout, especially the femora.

Fang-groove with a single row of teeth on outer margin and numerous

cuspules towards base. Tarsi i. and ii. distinctly scopulate’, with

central series of long sete. Cova of pedipalp furnished with from

7-10 curved claviform spines. Base of mandible with 3 or 4 isolated

bristles incrassate at the base. Diameter of anterior central eyes

equal to or scarcely less than axis of anterior laterals.

MELODEUS SANGUINEUS, n.sp. (Plate XX XIII. figs. 1, 4, 7, and

Plate XXXYV. fig. 1.)

@. 24 mm. long. Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.

Hab. Santarem, Lower Amazons.

@ .—Colour. Carapace bright orange-red, clothed with short,

silky, rufous hairs. Abdomen black, clothed with dense pubes-

cence, furnished with erect black hairs, having on either side two

separate longitudinal bands of fine transverse obliquely dull orange

blotches, interrupted towards the ventral surface. Ventral area

clothed with mouse-grey pubescence. Legs short, stout, yellow-

brown, darker towards their extremities, clothed with fine black

hairs and rufous pubescence. Sternum and mandibles deep brown,

the latter darker at apex, both clothed with black hairs.

Carapace a little longer than broad; cephalic area not quite

three-quarters the length of carapace. Central fovea deep, re-

curved ; thoracic striz well marked. Ocular tumulus slightly raised

above.the level of the carapace; three times as long as its width.

Anterior centrals large, circular, half a radius apart, rather less

from the anterior laterals. Anterior laterals ellipsoidal, their axis

equal to the diameter of anterior centrals. Posterior centrals

smallest, oval, half their diameter from anterior centrals, almost in

contact with posterior laterals. Posterior laterals ellipsoidal, their

axis less than that of anterior laterals, almost in contact with the

latter; anterior row almost straight. (N.B. The eyes vary in

different specimens.)

Mandibles parallel-sided, slightly enlarged towards apex. Fang-

groove armed on inner side with 11 stout conical teeth; its floor

studded towards the base with numerous minute cusps. Outer

margin fringed with rufous hairs, of which 8 towards the base are

isolated, separate and thickened towards their base.

Sternum longer than broad, set with black hairs, each springing

1 Tn immature examples the scopula is entirely absent.

1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE TOWER AMAZONS. 759

from asmall tubercle, and with rufous pubescence. Sigilla present,

submarginal. Labiwm broader than long, clothed with hairs, not

cuspidate. Coa of pedipalp twice as long as broad ; anterior basal

angle studded with a central band of minute cusps; anterior

apical angle slightly produced, not cuspidate: on its inner side,

about the middle, towards the inner basal angle, is situated a series

of 10 stout clavate spines, whose free ends play across the stout

separate hairs on the base of the mandible, these together con-

stitute the “lyra” and “ pecten” of the stridulating-organ.

Legs short and stout. Femora not spinose; patelle i., ii., and

iv. not spinose, iii. with one or two spines. ‘Tibia i. and ii. with

three spines on inner side towards apex, which is scopulate ; iii.

aud iv. with a few spines on either side. Protarsi i. and ii. armed

beneath with 5 and 6 or 7 spines respectively ; of iii. and iv. also

spinose. Tarsi i. and ii. short, slightly curved, transversely striate

above, clothed with a scopula; iii. and iv. not scopulate. Tarsal

claws 3; superior pair armed beneath with a double series of 6-7

denticles. Tarsal claw of pedipalp with a single row of 5-6

denticles.

Abdomen shorter and broader than in M. rufescens. Mamille

four: posterior pair shorter than abdomen ; basal joint the longest,

second and third equal: anterior pair a little over half the length

of the basal joint of the posterior pair, almost as wide apart as

their length.

Comparative measurements in millimetres.— Q. Carap. 11 long.,

10 lat. Abd. 13 long.,9 lat. Cephl. area 7 long. Stern. 6 long.,

4 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 4-5 long., 2°5 lat. Pedes, long. i. 35—

u. 33—ili. 31—iv. 38. Artl. i. long. 5—2-5—8—5—6—6—3°'5.

Artl. iv. long. 455—25—8-5—4—7—85—4. Postr. mam. 11

long. Artl. 4—3:5—3°5. Mandib.5-5long. Antr. mam. 2°5 long.,

2 sept.

Numerous specimens of the female sex of this handsome species

were taken at night as they sat in the entrauce of the tube of their

large “« Agelenoid ” webs in the forest near Santarem. Many were

also taken under logs of wood, where the web and tube assume

the character of those of the genus Celotes in Europe.

MELODEUS NIGER, n. sp. (Plate XXXIII. figs. 2, 5.)

_ 2.20 mm. long. Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.

Hab. Santarem, Lower Amazons.

2 .—Colowr. Carapace sepia-brown, clothed with silky rufous

pubescence. Abdomen deep brown, clothed with grey hairs;

having on the dorsal area a double series of 5 obliquely transverse

rufous bars, the last three often interrupted at their extremities ;

breaking up into irregular spots towards the spinners. Legs,

sternum, and labium deep brown, clothed with black hairs and dark

grey pubescence. Mandibles black, clothed above with rufous

pubescence. —

Carapace longer than broad; cephalic area more than half

the length of the carapace. Central fovea deeply recurved;

760 MR. F. 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON ~ [June 16,

thoracic strie well marked. Ocular tuwmulus three times as long

as wide. Anterior central eyes less than a radius apart, and from

the anterior laterals their diameter distinctly less than the axis of

the anterior laterals. Posterior centrals the smallest, pyriform, half

their axis from anterior centrals, in contact with posterior laterals.

Axis of posterior laterals more than half as long as that of ante-

rior laterals, less than half their short diameter from them’.

Anterior row straight.

Mandibles parallel-sided. Fang-groove armed on the inner

margin with a row of 12 stout conical teeth (the number varies).

Outer margin fringed with rufous hairs, bearing towards their base

6 separate isolated hairs, thickened towards their base.

Sternum longer than broad. Sigilla i., ii., ii., iv. well marked,

submarginal. Labiwm broader than long, not cuspidate. Coaa of

pedipalp twice as long as wide. Anterior basal angle cuspidate (as

in M. rufescens and M. sanguineus). Anterior apical angle slightly

produced, not cuspidate. Inner side of joint bearing towards the

base a series of 7 stout, curved spines, and one smaller one on the

central ridge; these, together with the thickened hairs on the

hase of the mandible, constitute the “lyra” and “ pecten ” of the

stridulating-organ.

Legs similar in general character to those of M. sanguineus.

Femora not spinose. Patella i., ii., i1i., iv. not spinose. Tibie 1.

and ii. with a few spines beneath; iii. and iv. with a few spines

at the sides and spiniform hairs below. Protarsi i. and i. with

3-4 spines respectively beneath; on ii. and iv. more numerous.

Tarsi short, slightly curved, transversely striate above; i. and ii.

scopulate; ill, and iv. not scopulate. Tarsal claws 3; superior

pair with a double series of 6-7 denticles beneath. Tarsus of

pedipalp with a single claw, armed beneath with a single row of 5

or 6 denticles.

Abdomen similar in general character to that of M. sanguineus.

Mamille four: posterior pair a little longer than abdomen; all

three joints equal in length; anterior pair half as long as the

basal joint of the superior pair, less than the length of one of them

apart.

Comune measurements in millimetres.— Q. Carap. 9 long.,

8 lat. Abd. 11 long., 6°5 lat. Cephl. area 5°5 long. Stern. 4°5

long., 3°5 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 3 long., 2 lat. Pedes, long.

i. 830—ii, 29—iii. 27—iv. 34. Artl. i. long. 4:°25—2—7-5—3-25

—5:5—5:5—3. Artl. iv. long. 3-5—1°75—8—3—6—8—4. Postr.

mam. 12 long. Artl.4—4—4. Antr. mam. 2 long., 1°5 sept.

Manyexamples of the female sex only were obtained under logs in

the forest near Santarem. The web is of the “ Agelenoid ” type, and

is often constructed under banks along the bridle-tracks, assuming

1 The measurements of the eyes are very untrustworthy, for they vary with

almost every specimen. One female before me has the right anterior lateral

eye entirely obsolete, while the area where it would normally be placed shows

no trace of the organ. The right posterior lateral has at the same time an axis

longer than the diameter of the anterior centrals.

1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 761

in these situations the appearance of the webs of Tegenaria. No

males were met with, and the greater part of the specimens obtained

were immature.

The following species of this group have been described from

South America, but none of them appear to be identical with

those which I have met with on the Amazons :—

Thalerothele fasciata, Bertk. (2, 14 mm. long), Verzeichniss der

Brasil. Arach. p. 24, 1880, fig. 2. Hab. Rio Janeiro; Venezuela

and Colombia.—Of this species Bertkau remarks, “ scopula nulla ; ”

while I. sanguineus, M. wiger,and Harmonica rufescens possess the

scopula. This species also exhibits abdominal markings, so that it

cannot be identical with H. rufescens.

Diplura soricina, EB. Sim. (2, ceph. 9 mm. long), Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr. p. 189 (1889). Hab. Caraca.—M. Simon’s note, “* Abdomen

fuscum, crebre testaceo punctatum, in medio maculis fulvis uni-

seriatis,” proves that his species is not identical with either of the

above three species.

Diplura bicolor, E. Sim. (2,15 mm. long), Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr.

p- 215 (1889). Hab. Caraga, Brazil_—The diagnosis ‘ Cephalo-

thorax fulvo-rufescens “—* abdomen oblongum, atrum ”—“ in

parte secunda utrinque inordinate testaceo punctatum, subtus late

et crebre testaceo variegatum,” will not apply to either of the

species under consideration.

Diplura gymnognatha, Bertk.( 2,19 mm. long), Verz. der Brasi-

lianischen Arachniden, 1880, p. 21.—‘ Hinterleib mehr gelbbraun,

Bauchseite heller ”—“ Grundfarbe des Cephalothorax rothbraun.”

Certainly not one of the three here described.

Diplura longicauda, Auss.( 2 , carapace 10 mm. long), Verhand-

lungen der k. k. zool.-bot. ete. 1871, p. 179. Hab. Quito. Type

in coll. Univers. Vienna.—Ausserer makes no mention of any

blotches on the abdomen ; and the spinners are far longer in pro-

portion than those of H. rufescens.

Diplura equatorialis, Auss. ( 2 ), op. cit. 1871.—Very similar to

but larger than longicauda. Hab. Cordilleras, Ecuador. T'ype in

coll. Vienna University.—Central anterior eyes one-half larger than

laterals (sec. Ausserer).

Diplura rogenhoferi, Auss. (2,19 mm. long), op. cit. 1871.

Hab. Brazil— Obere Spinnwarzen so lang als das Abdomen.”

‘“* Abdomen braun, mit 6 nach hinten gebogenen, diinnen, weiss-

lichen Querstreifen, die sich gegen den Bauch verlieren.” Central

anterior eyes larger than laterals (sec. Ausserer).

Diplura cousin, E. Sim. ( 9 ,22-25 mm. long), Act. Soc. Bordeaux,

1889, p. 400. Hab. Quito.—Labium with spinules at apex. Central

anterior eyes a little smaller than laterals (sec. Simon).

Genus IscHNoTHELE, Ausserer, 1876.

Type. Ischnothele caudata, Auss., 2. Hab. Yucatan, Mexico.

Verhandl. der k. k. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, 1876, p. 163. Type

specimen in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist.

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1896, No. XLIX. 49

762 MR. F. 0. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

In Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvi. p. 224, 1895, Mr. R. I.

Pocock has already pointed out that the type specimen of Ischno-

thele caudata, Auss., is congeneric with examples of a Spider which

have been identified by M. Simon as MMygale guyanensis, Walck.,

from the island of St. Vincent, West Indies, these being also in

the British Museum of Natural History, South Kensington.

M. Simon has, however (Hist. Nat. Ar. 1892, i. p. 187 ), referred

M. quyanensis to Karsch’s genus Thelechoris, created in 1881 for a

Spider found in Madagascar, as though congeneric with it and with

7'. striatipes, Sim., also from Madagascar. “The latter, M. Simon,

on the authority of Dr. Lenz of Liibeck, now regards as identical

with Karsch’s species 7’. rutenbergi, the type of Thelechoris.

Whether this form is really congeneric with M. guycnensis, and

therefore with J. caudata, Auss.,the type of Ausserer’s genus Isch-

nothele created in 1875, I am not, of course, in a position to decide.

But even if it were, the generic name Jschnothele has priority over

Thelechoris, as Mr. Pocock has already remarked.

Whether, too, the form regarded as M. guyanensis, Walck., by

M. Simon is really the form which Walckenaer had before him,

I am, of course, unable to say ; but from the fact that the former

is abundant in Guyana, the isle of St. Vincent, and in North

Brazil (sec. Simon), one would regard it as highly probable, though

not absolutely certain on this account.

In any case, unless M. Simon has seen the types, such an

identification must be regarded not as Ischnothele guyanensis

(Walck.) but as Ischnothele guyanensis (Walck.)—(Sim.), the

brackets signifying that the form was described or referred to by

these authors under some generic name other than Jschnothele,

while the “— (Sim.) ” indicates that the form is not necessarily

in reality Walckenaer’s form but M. Simon’s identification of it.

It may be convenient enough to regard the “ first identification ”

by an author of a form of which the type no longer exists, and the

description and figure do not furnish conclusive evidence as to its

identity, as correct. Such an identification, however, even though

universally adopted for the sake of convenience, is not, on this

account alone, of necessity the right one.

JSCHNOTHELE SIEMENSI, n. sp. (Plate XXXYV. figs. 7, 9, 15.)

@.18 mm. long. Type in coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. 1896.

Hah. Lower Amazons, everywhere, from Paréd—Maniaos.

@ —Colour. Carapace testaceous brown. broadly margined with

pale rufous-yellow hairs ; mandibles black-brown. Abdomen black

or deep brown, with acentral dorsal longitudinal rufous silver-white

band on the posterior three-quarters; broad in front, narrowed

behind, with four and often five short oblique branches ; spinners

brown; veutral surface pale brown. Sternwm, coxa, and trochanter

of legs and pedipalp testaceous brown ; the coxa of latter margined

anteriorly with yellow. Femora and patella of legs dusky black ;

tibia, protarsus, and tarsus dull orange-brown.

Carapace compressed. Cephalic area slightly raised. Eye-

1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. 763

tumulus low; anterior row of eyes a little procurved (posterior

margin of laterals aligned with centre of medians); the latter

circular, half a diameter apart, the same distance from laterals,

their diameter distinctly less than axis of laterals. Laterals

ellipsoidal, distinctly separate, anterior a trifle larger than posterior,

Central posteriors very small, equidistant from central anterior

and posterior laterals *.

Sternum a trifle longer than broad; four pairs of sigilla visible—

1st pair at base of labial plate; 2nd, 3rd, and 4th small, marginal.

Labium broader than long, not spinulose. Coxa of pedipalp 3 longer

than broad; anterior distal angle slightly produced and _ blutily

rounded, not spinulose; basal anterior angle and central. basal

disk studded with minute cuspules. Leys 4,1, 2,3. Femora

clothed beneath with long silky hairs; other segments similarly,

though less thickly. Tibiz, protarsi, and tarsi with a few spines

beneath, especially iii. and iv.

Spinners four. Posteriors as long as abdomen, trisegmental ;

two basal segments subequal, normal; terminal 1 mm. longer

than both basals taken together, flexuose, caudiform, attenuate at

apex ; separate at base a distance equal to length of both basals

taken together. Anterior spinners 2 mm. long, separate at base

3 longer than one of them. ‘Tarsal claws three, superiors armed

with 10-11 long denticles, inferior with four or five. Outer

margin of fang-groove with 10 stout teeth, inner margin with 9; a

third row of minute cusps close to outer row on inner side at base.

Measurements in millimetres (largest specimen).— 2. Carap.

7 long., 55 lat. Abd. 11 long., 8°25 lat. Stern. 3 long.,

25 lat. Coxa of pedipalp 2 long., 1:5 lat. Pedes 4, 1, 2, 3

—iv. 13 long. Postr. mam. 11 long. Artl. 3—2-75—6-25 long.,

4 separate. Antr. mam. 2 long., 2°5 separate. Mandibles 3 long.

This species is, without any doubt, one of the most abundant

spiders on the Lower Amazons. Jt abounds almost everywhere,

forming its white, sheet-like web, constructed sometimes in tiers,

one sheet above the other, under the bark of trees, amongst foliage,

in the hollow centres and amongst the spikes of pine-apple

plante, and in the crevices aud.crannies of ruined buildings.

Occasionally, too, they are constructed, like those of our Agelena,

on the ground. In general character the Spiders bear a strong

resemblance to this genus as well as to Zewtriv, and the speed

of their rapid retreat reminds one very much of the latter Spider.

The web, too, is very similar to that of Tegenaria or Textrix in

character. Though so abundant, they are not easily secured on

account of their rapidity, and I was unfortunate in not securing a

single male. It occurred everywhere from lara to Manaos, along

the river margin and in the forest on the “ terra firma.” Whether

it extends far north or south I cannot say, though | should not be

surprised to find it through the entire valley of the Amazons.

The species forms an addition to the Museum collection,

1 These characters must be used with great caution.

764 MR. F. O. PICKARD CAMBRIDGE ON [June 16,

The following species belonging to this genus have been described

from the West Indies, Central America, and Brazil :—

1. caudata, Auss.,9. Type of genus Jschnothele; in. coll. Brit.

Mus. Nat. Hist. Hab. Yucatan, Mexico.—Verhandlungen ete.

Wien, 1876, p. 153.

I. guyanensis (Walck.)—(Sim.), d (sub Mygale). Hab. Guyana.

—Ins. Apt. i. 1837, p. 231.

I. zebrina (E. Sim.), 2 (sub Thelechoris), Actes Soc. L. Bordeaux,

xliv. p. 321, 1891 & 1892. Hab. Nicaragua.

I, digitata (Cambr.), ¢ 2 (sub Macrothele). Hab. Guatemala.

—Biol. Centr.-Amer., Aran. 1891, p. 92, pl. xii. fig. 3. Type in

coll. O. P. C.

I. pusilla (EB. Sim.), 5d Q (sub Entomothele). Hab. Venezuela.—

Ann. Soc, Ent. Fr. 1888, p. 246.

Nore.—Thelechoris rutenbergi, Karsch, type of genus Thele-

choris, Abhl. d. naturw. Ver. Bremen, vii. 1881, p. 196, is a native

of Madagascar, and may or may not be congeneric with J. caudata,

Auss., and J. guyanensis, Walck. :

Thelechoris striatipes (Sim.) (sub Entomothele), Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr. 1888, p. 246, is also a native of Madagascar, and is set down

as a synonym of J. rutenbergi by M. Simon, on the authority of

Dr. Lenz, in Hist. Nat. Ar. 1. 1892, p. 187.

Table of Specific Characters.

A. Carapace unicolorous testaceous brown.

1. Abdomen unicolorous ; clothed with silky rufous-

golden pubescence. (11 mm. long, 9.)......... I, caudata, Auss.

2. Abdomen with central dorsal longitudinal series

of transverse dull orange A-shaped bars, the

first half separate, the second united on the

median line. Sides towards apex speckled

with dull orange spots.

a. Size larger, 18 min. long, QD .............00...-- I, digitata (Cambr.).

6. Size smaller, 10-11 mm.long. (Females.)

* Abdomen black, spotted with dull testa-

ceous, and on the second half ornamented

with two rows of short, oblique, testaceous

lines, three on each side.

Anterior row of eyes, seen from above, forming

an almost straight line. Anterior centrals

slightly smaller than laterals. Laterals on

either side all but in contact with each

other. The anterior lateral larger than

the posterior lateral ..................+- cocephs I. zebrina (EB. Sim.).

** Abdomen dull purple-brown, speckled with

dull testaceous spots on sides towards apex;

with central dorsal longitudinal series of 6

transverse dull orange A-shaped bars, the

first three separate, the second three united

on the median line.

Anterior row of eyes slightly procurved

(posterior margin of laterals aligned with

centre of medians). Anterior centrals

slightly smaller than laterals. Laterals

distinctly separate; anteriors slightly

larger than posteriors .........sccseeeeesesees 1. guyanensis (Walck.).

s=T

for)

1896.] SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS.

B. Carapace testaceous brown, margined with a broad

band of dull orange silky pubescence.

1. Size larger. 18 mm. long (9).—Ceniral ante-

rior eyes slightly smaller than laterals. Ante-

rior row slightly procurved ; (posterior margin

of laterals aligned with centre of medians).

Laterals distinctly separate, subequal, anteriors

a little larger. Abdomen with central, longi-

tudinal, silver-white rufous lanceolate band,

broad in front, narrowed behind, on apical

three-quarters, with four, or sometimes five,

short oblique branching Tinewsen se ee I, siemensi, n. sp.

2. Size smaller, 10 mm. (2 ).—Central anterior

eyes a little larger than laterals.

Laterals scarcely separate; anteriors larger

than posteriors. Abdomen with central longi-

tudinal band of silver-white-rufous marks

(‘‘vitta”), not reaching anterior margin, broad

in front, narrowed behind, with four short

branches on either side (‘‘ quadripennata”)... I. pusilla (H. Sim.).

Remarxs.—The characters of J. digitata, I. caudata, and I,

siemensi are taken from the type specimens. Those of J. guyan-

ensis from females from St. Vincent, identified by M. Simon; e

coll. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. Those of J. zebrina and J. pusilla are

taken from M. Simon’s descriptions of the two species. As to the

first four there can be no doubt about their distinctness as species ;

I am not so convinced, however, as to the distinction between

I. zebrina and I. guyanensis. M. Simon thinks that probably

I, zebrina and I. digitata are identical.

The chief distinction drawn by M. Simon between the first two

is based on the difference between the anterior eyes: “ lineam

subrectam formantibus” in zebrina; in guyanensis “ lineam leviter

procurvam.” I must confess that I am unable myself to appreciate

the distinction between “ a line almost straight” and “ a line slightly

curved.” The other character, however, given in J. zebrina, “ oculis

lateralibus subequis et utrinque juata contiguis,” as contrasted with

“ oculis lateralibus distinete separatis et antico postico majore” in

I. guyanensis, may be a good one, provided it is drawn from a long

series of adult examples. The oblique bars in J. guyanensis are six

in number, the first 3 not united on the median line; of J. zebrina

M. Simon says, “abdomen atrum in parte secunda lineis testaceis

obliquis et abbreviatis biseriatis, utrinque tribus, ornatum.”

It J. zebrina (11 mm. long) and J. digitata (18 mm. long) are

identical, the characters of the former have possibly been taken

from an immature female. J. pusilla, too, must be closely allied to

I. siemensi, tnough the great difference in the size furnishes a

strong presumption that they are distinct.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

Puate XXXIII.

Fig. : Melodeus sanguineus, n. sp., 2 (p. 758). Dorsal aspect.

» niger, n.sp., 2 (p. 759). Dorsal aspect.

Fig.

” ” ”

. Avicularia avicularia, Q (p. 741).

ON SPIDERS FROM THE LOWER AMAZONS. [June 16,

. Harmonicon rufescens, n. sp., 2 (p. 756). Abdomen in profile.

. Melodeus sanguineus, n. sp., 2 (p: 758). Abdomen in profile.

; niger, 0. sp. @ (p. 759). Abdomen in profile.

. Harmonicon rufescens, v. sp., 9 (p. 756). Leg i. in profile.

- Melodeus sanguineus, n. sp., 2 (p. 758). Leg i. in profile.

. Santaremia pocoeki, n. sp., Q (p. 746). Full figure; dorsal aspect.

* Sternum.

Sternum.

a == - Three terminal joints of leg iv.

» variegata, n. sp., 2 (p. 743). Three terminal joints of leg iv.

. Santaremia pococki, n. sp., 2 (p. 746). Profile.

Puarn XXXIV.

. Paratropis papilligera, n. sp., 2 (p. 728). Spinners from beneath,

$9 WAI Or G9 Lo

. Anisaspoides gigontea, n. sp., Q (p. 726). Spinners from beneath,

. Anrsaspis tubcreulata, Sim., 2 (p. 728). Spinners from beneath.

Labium, in profile.

Labium and coxa of pedipalp.

” ”

E Paratropis papilligera, n. sp., do (p. 723). Dorsal aspect.

Profile aspect.

‘ : Eye-tubercle in profile.

| Acanthodon petiti, Guérin, ©, type (p. 732). Eyes from above.

Base of mandible, beneath.

Labium and coxa of pedipalp.

4 * Tarsal claws of first pair of legs.

santaremia, n. sp., 2 (p. 733). Sternum.

” ” ”

”

. Homeoplacis austeni, n. sp., d (p. 785). Eyes from above.

Apex of tibia of first pair of legs.

(a) ‘Tarsusi. (0) Tarsus iv.

” ”

| Acanthoscurria geniculata, ©. Koch, 2 (p. 737). Leg i. from in front.

brocklehursti, n. sp., 2 (p. 739). Leg i. from in front.

”

. Avicularia avicularia, Linn., 2 (p. 741). Eyes from above.

. Sentaremia pococki, nu. sp. 2 (p. 746). Eyes from above,

. Tapinauchenius sancti-vincenti, Walck. (p. 744). Eyes from above.

22. Anisaspoides gigantea, n. sp., Q (p. 726). Protarsus and tarsus i. :

profile.

. Paratropis papilligera, n. sp., 2 (p. 723). Tarsal claws of leg.i.

Prats XXXV.

. Melodeus sanguineus, n. sp., 9 (p. 758). Lyra from above.

. Harmonicon rufescens, n. sp., 2 (p. 756). Base of mandible with pecten.

Lyra from above.

” ” 9

. Fufius auricomis, Sim., 3 (p. 750). Tibia and base of protarsus i.

Neodiplura jelskii, n. sp., GO (p. 755). Apex of tibia and base of

protarsus i.

. Fufius auricomis, Sim. 3 (p. 730). Eyes from above.

. Ischnothele siemensi, n. sp., 9 (p. 762). Spinners from beneath.

. Fufius auricomis,n. sp. Q (p. 750). Spinners from beneath.

. Ischnothele siemensi, n. sp., Q° (p. 762). Dorsal aspect.

. Neodiplura jelskii, n. sp.. 3 (p. 758). First leg, profile.

Tarsus and bulb of pedipalp of male.

. Santaremia pococki, n. sp. 2 (p. 746). Tarsal claws of leg i.

. Avicularia avicularia, Linn., 2 (p. 741). ‘Varsal claws of leg i.

. (a) Neodiplura jelskii, un. sp., Q (p. 755), sternum. (6) dMelodeus

sanguineus, n. sp., 2 : sternum,

. Ischnothele stemensi, n. sp., 2 (p. 762). Base of mandible from below.

. Fufius auricomis, Sim., d (p. 750). Claws of tarsus i.

. Paratropis papilligera, n. sp.. 3 (p. 723). Sternum.

. Actinopus wallacci, n. sp., 2 (p. 728). Base of mandible from beneath,

PZS1896 Plate XXXUTL

Pred 0 Pickard Cambridge del West,Newman chromo.

New Theraphosidee from the Lower Amazons.

PZS.1836. Plate XXXIV.

Ne Gan

VE 9

N28 exe)

ee a OD

LGted G1 740

West, Newman mnp.

Fredk.O Pickard Cambridge delet lith.

New Theraphosidz from the Lower Amazons.

PZ5.1896. Plate XXXV.

Fredk.0. Pickard Cambridge del ethth. West, Newman imp.

New Theraphosidze from the Lower Amazons.

CONTENTS (continued).

May 19, 1896 (contunued).

Page

3, Contributions tothe Anatomy of Picarian Birds.—Part IIL. On some Points in the SpatOny

of the Kingfishers; By Frank EH. Bupparp, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society... .. 603

4, On a new Rodent of the Genus Lophuromys from British Hast Africa. cry W. E. DE

; Winton, F.Z.8. (Plato SRVAL) 7s oR Sc sine eo me fore SED wept Vie ules fe BON hoes Aghes 607

June 2, 1896.

_ The Secretary.. Report on the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in May 1896 ........ 608

Mr. Selater.. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of Cercopithecus stairsi from Mombasa 609

- Mr. Sclater. Exhibition of some Water-colour Drawings of African Antelopes, executed by

Pina Cal dwells) Asatas. foce tie oe cere eae ts PC eto hos BG nltranane oo ae eahile Fs 609

Mr. Henry J. Elwes, F.Z.S., and Mr. Edwards. Notice of a Memoir containing a Revision

of the European and Asiatic Butterflies of the Family Hesperiide i... J. 2.0... 0.62 609

Sra Explanation of the Plan adopted for preparingan “ Index. Generum et Specierum Ant-

tmalium.*: By C.DAvims SHERBORN, HOZS. v5 [oais ge aidigis« x;s 057s whe wie! sje a'wiyel bees doo oe 610

2. Remarks on the Dentition of Snakes and on the Evolution of the Poison-fangs. By @.

Ra SOU LENGE Ri Es LU ae a aa Se miss IP ER eae tale nis ese neg whe oe wr STM ee Cal Taos wheats 614

June 16, 1896.

Mr. Sclater.. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a drawing of the Gnu of Nyasaland. (Plate

RRNA Sls Andee re ates capt i Senne Wan OS 9 BURT ES ate e Mhale et of ke J Rae ae etl: 616

Mr. Richard Orawshay, C.M.Z.S. Remarks upon the Guu of Nyasaland .. Ars eaieea OLS,

‘Mr. R: E. Holding. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, an antler of the Circassian Red

Deer; and of a pair of antlers of the Malayan Sambur abnormally developed ........ 618

; * 1. A Contribution to the Anatomy of the Hoatzin (Opisthacomus cristatus). By P. Cnauwers

a irs crit EAS HOES Gy es ree hn Ses ee Oe SS Hea ecole WISE ipate a oer eopahe a ET 9 SO 618

2. On the Occurrence of Schlegel’s Gavial (Tomistoma schlegeli) in the Malay Peninsula,

2 ewith Remarks on the Atlas and Axis of the Orocodilians. By G..A, Bounmnanr, F.R.S. 628

‘S., On Walker's aa Types of Lepidoptera in the Oxford University’ Museum. By 5

Bieeeed NV. CTIA Ss MUA Sesh ip eee ose soe IN, deo ase ony iM ie Bo Few ONT BE os HERS 634

3 4, Buither ( Contributions to the Knowledge of the ‘Bornean Lycetide: By Hamitron a.

~~ .>-Drocs, £.Z.8., F.E.S. »(Plates XXIX.-XXXI SH Bee eases Sign ake aie vey esaae 650

5. On the Anatomy of Petrogale xanthopus, compared with that of other Kangaroos. By

"2B .-G. ~ Parsons, »F.R.O:8.,° ¥.Z.8., —F. LS, Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy at

St. Thomas's Hospital es eset ovis ee ae Scr a tet ee oa tae ei Nahas. Saari Rs see. 683

E Wotes on the Mode of Feeding of the Beg-eating S Snake Dasypelis aie By Miss M.

Byun Dornan: CPlate: SAR) eol aS c's Cierace ge Geis ge eas ea ae = fe VR eS ae ean 716

. On the Theraphoside of the Lower Amazons :. being an Account of the new Genera and

Species of this Group of Spiders discovered during the Expedition of the Steamship

‘Faraday ’ up the River Amazons. a Frupx. 0; elas Campripez, B.A. (Plates

XXXII. po. 0. 0:0 ire ere ee ee eee ee 716

a 8, On‘a new Booka from Penang. By G. A. Bourencur, F.R.S, (Plate XXXVI)

SLISTOR PLANS =

1896. - =

PAR? IH?

’ Plate

XXII, = Fig. 1; Hastie camerani ; Fig, 2: Polaipies caucasicus

“XXIL “Fig. 1, Salamandra caucasica ; ve 2. ‘Moles. vittata. ¢.. +8

cons \

Daperee of the teeth in the Taseetigors oo eee eens eS

KXY. | 2 : % oe = ay

XXVLJ geen St BE a eee

XXVII. Lophuromys ansorgei POS: Sas Fh! ocean ONE OS ; od

XXVIIE.- Connocheetes taurinus jobnatiel See Ee eee n= Oa

RIK lon? ed ig ie ag

XXX, ' Bornean Lyeanidn SE

XXXT. faeea Sere.

XXXII. Dasypeltis soabra at cupaee ae Bes pe Be ge

XXXII

XXXIV. + New Theraphoside from thé ¢ Lower Amazons . inet a) ie rh ou

XXXV. ; ane a ;

XXXVI Mimetozoon loweri .....s+ec0si¥eevsts eee, Vicar

"NOTICE. re oe cae ame

The Proceeding are ised in four parts; as follows:— AER a

. Part iF containing papers ‘read i in January and Pass on a yews Ast. i pe Z

a is ». March and April, on August Ist. ©

e762 hi eae ES 3 a in May and June, on October fat

5 BY: Wes fr Oks ES) _ November and December; on Apr Tet. 5 ery

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

GENERAL MEETINGS FOR SCIENTIFIC BUSINESS

OF THE

‘ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

ey Stee

luna ~

PART IV.

CONTAINING PAPERS READ IN

NOVEMBER ann DECEMBER.

APRIL ist, 1897.

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE

LONDON:

' MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,

; PATERNOSTER-ROW.

Shi [Price Twelve Shillings.]

LIST OF CONTENTS.

PART IV.—1896.

June 16, 1896 (continued).

: ~. Page

8. On a new Gecko from Penang. By G..A. Boutuyenr, F.R.S. (Plate XXXVI.) ... .. 767

9. Notes on a Recent Zoological pene on. the Lower eee By. E. E. Avstax,

Zovlogical Depar tment, British Museum «

ee rn er ee i ar ns

November 17, 1896.

The Secretary. Report on ‘the Additions to the Society’s Menagerie in June, Jaly, Ae

September, and October, 1896

Si i ee ee ee

Mr, Sclater. Remarks on some of thé principal “Animals noticed during a recent visit

to the Zoological» Gardens of Antwerp, Cologne, Dusseldorf, Hanover, Amsterdam, The

Hague, and Rotterdam. (Plate XXXVII.) ...2., PP sa tapes es ee 783

_ Mr. P. Chalmers Mitchell, ¥.Z.8: eer on a supposed case = Telegony, shown 38

Fox-terrier puppy

SE I SB Re SENOS pe a Pe EN 785

Mr. Leonard Hill, M.B. . Remarks on some experiments on supposed cases of the ~ z

inheritance of acquired Charactérs:. 20%..03 ck tee ee Smeser eer ones at ae A 785 ~

The Hon. H. §. Littleton. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a life-sized model of as

Australian Lung-fish (Ceratodus forsteri) pine ee See Pes BEES SR Ee ee So, 7

Dr. W. T. Blanford, F.R.S, Exhibition of, and remarks upon, four heads of -Ovis ammon,

from the North-west Altai, Central Asia, obtained by Major Cumberland ............ G87

1. On the Mammals of Nyasaland: fourth Notice. By OLDFIELD Tuowas, EZS. “(Plates

XXXVIIL & XXXIX.)

2. On Collections of Rodents made by Mr. J. ffolliott Darling in Mashunaland sind Mr. F. C.

Selous in Matabeleland, with short Field-Notes by the Collectors. By W. E. pe

Winton, F.Z.S. (Plate XI.) PEER SAI OPN ae RRS a FEEL Ens cg 798

3. On the Antelopes of the Aures and Eastern Algerian ss By Aurrep E. PEasE. oe 809

4.-On the Gazelles of Tunisia. By Josrrn §S. Wutraker, FZ. aot geen a Ses sees , $15

5. On two Collections of Lepidoptera made by Mr. R. Orawshay ‘in Nase lend.

Artaur G- Burtme, Ph.D,, F.LS., F#S, &c., Senior Assistant- as Zoviogieal

Department, British ‘Museum. (Plates XLL & XLH. Johor ssn otto ee Rigs ema eC oe 817

6..On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land presented to the Museum by Sir

Harry Jobnston, K.0.B., and collected by Mr. J. B. Yule. “By Artuue-G. Burier,

Pb.D., F.LS., ¥.ZS8., &e., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department, British :

Museum. (Plate ee Cesc eG aeied UN y ele Oy Fy gue wy eae wee ey Oe ev te dens sos, 891

December 1, 1896.

Mr. R. EB. Holding. Exhibition: of, and es ee the o bee of a _ threeshorned Fallow

Deer and a pair of Roebuck’s horns.

Mr. H. E. Dresser. Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Pallas’s Willow-

Warbler shot at Oley -next-the-Sea, Napali opens Se cate cose

eee ete ed s.

1. Notes on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians made in the Malay Peninsula in-

1895-96; with a List of the Species recorded from that Region. By Sranney Suyru ~~

Fiower, 5th Fusiliers, (Plates XLIV.—XLVIL.)° .o....5. 0. cess ee ice cseeecns sate

Contents continued on page 3 of Wrapper. ~

1896. ] ON A NEW GEOKO FROM PENANG. 767

8. On a new Gecko from Penang.

By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.

[Received June 16, 1896.]

(Plate XXXVI.)

Among some Reptiles and Batrachians collected on Penang hill

(at 2200 feet altitude) by Mr. Stanley Flower, and presented by him

to the Natural History Museum, there was a new Gecko of

particular interest. At a first glance it appears to be a Ptychozoon,

that curious form of parachute-bearing Geckos of which we now

know two species from South-eastern Asia, viz., P. homalocephalum,

Crev., and P. horsfieldi, Gray. But this resemblance is merely 4

case of convergence, for whilst Ptychozoon is a modified form of

Gecko, the new lizard is clearly derived from Hemidactylus. The

gap between the species referred to Gecko and those on which

Ptychozoon is based is so considerable, that the latter genus has

been universally accepted by modern herpetologists. But in the

present case the matter is not quite so simple; for we have

long been acquainted with a species of Hemidactylus,—H. platy-

urus, Schn.,—which, by the presence of a well-developed fold

along the side, foreshadows the development of the parachute

of Ptychozoon; however, the scaling on these membranes does not

show any modification, and therefore I have thought it fit to found

a new genus for the species described below, which differs in the

brick-like enlarged scales covering the side-membranes, as well as

in the greater development of these membranes and the fuller

web between the digits. If Ptychozoon deserves to stand as

distinct from Gecko, it would be illogical not to allow the same

rank to the new Penang Lizard. I therefore propose to name it

Mimetozoon flowerr.

MimeEtozooyn, gen. nov.

Digits extensively webbed, strongly dilated, with two rows of

lamellz beneath ; the two distal phalanges compressed and slender,

rising from within the extremity of the dilated portion; all the

digits clawed. Limbs and sides of head, body, and tail with much-

developed dermal expansions. Upper surfaces covered with juxta-

posed granular scales and tubercles, the parachute-membrane

covered above with imbricate tetragonal scales arranged like bricks.

Pupil vertical.

MIMET0zOON FLOWERI, sp. noy. (Plate XXXVI.)

Head slightly distinct from neck; snout obtusely pointed, much

longer than the distance between the eye and the ear-opening,

once and a half the diameter of the orbit; forehead concave ;

ear-opening oval, horizontal. Body and limbs much depressed ;

digits short, two-thirds webbed, inner short; five lamellae under

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. L. 50

768 MR. EB. H. AUSTEN ON A RECENT ZOOLOGICAL [June 16,

the inner digit, eight or nine under the fourth ; limbs with dermal

folds, the largest extending from the vent to the fifth toe. Tail

much depressed, bordered on each side by a broad, entire, dermal

fold with fringed edge. Rostral quadrangular, broader than deep ;

nostril pierced between the rostral and four scales; 12 upper and

10 lower labials ; symphysial triangular ; two pairs of chin-shields,

the median forming a suture behind the symphysial. Head, back,

and limbs covered with small granules, largest on the snout;

occiput and back with numerous small, round, smooth tubercles ;

ventral scales small, cycloid, imbricate, smooth. Tail covered

with small granular scales, the muscular portion with transverse

rows of small smooth tubercles above, with a series of transverse

shields beneath. Grey above, speckled with brown, with quad-

rangular dark spots disposed in pairs along the back, connected

by brownish bands and wavy transverse lines, and confluent into

cross-bars on the tail; a dark streak on each side of the head,

passing through the eye; pale yellow beneath, speckled with

blackish on the sides, the muscular portion of the tail coral-red.

“Tris golden brown.”

millim millim

Total length ...... 115 Fore limb ...... 17

lead ath ctcwee fs 16 Hind dimb.. <3 21

Width of head .... 9 Marl’ sist op oe 56

Body ie sreheais' ce. oak 43

The single specimen is a female.

9. Notes on a Recent Zoological Expedition on the Lower

Amazon. By E. E. Austen, Zoological Department,

British Museum.

[Received June 16, 1896.]

In the autumn of last year Mr. Alexander Siemens, of the firm

of Messrs. Siemens, Bros. & Co., Limited, of Woolwich, being about

to proceed to the Amazon in command of an expédition for the

purpose of laying a telegraph-cable from Parad to Manaos, and

having been much interested by the perusal of the well-known

works of Bates and Wallace on the fauna of this particular region

of the South-American continent, thought that the expedition

would afford an excellent opportunity of increasing the national

collections. Mr. Siemens accordingly made a most public-spirited

offer to the Trustees of the British Museum to the effect that,

should they desire to avail themselves of the opportunity, he would

be pleased to take on board his ship, the cable s.s. ‘ Faraday,’ a

member of the Museum staff in order to make collections at the

various localities on the river with which telegraphic connection

would have to be effected. Needless to say, the Trustees accepted

the offer in the spirit in which it was made, and through the

a 2o.. Lo Ce Ele Oeil

Mintern Bros. Chromo.

Jd.Green del et lith,

MIMETOZOON FLOWERL.

1896.] PXPHDITION ON THE LOWER AMAZON. 769

kindness of Sir Wm. Flower I was selected to represent the

Museum, the Trustees granting me the necessary leave of absence.

Subsequently, in order that the Museum might benefit to the fullest

possible extent, Mr. Siemens consented to take a second naturalist

in the person of Mr. F. O. Pickard Cambridge, who, by the bound-

less enthusiasm and untiring energy with which he threw himself

into the labour of collecting, more than justified the selection.

The ‘ Faraday,’ a vessel of 5000 tons, sailed from Gravesend on

Dec. 13, 1895, and reached Para on Jan. 4, 1896, after calling on

the way at St. Vincent, in the Cape Verde Is., where we had a

most enjoyable day’s collecting on Dec. 26.

Before proceeding to offer a few remarks on some of the more

interesting species encountered on the Amazon, the Society will

perhaps allow me to give a brief outline of the course of the ex-

pedition, in order to explain the localities at which our collections

were made and the conditions under which the work was carried

out. The ‘Faraday’ remained at anchor in the Para River, about

two miles below the city, from Jan. 4th until the 1Uth. We were

thus enabled to collect for several days in a clearing in the forest

about three-quarters of a mile from our anchorage, besides paying

what was unfortunately a very hurried visit to the Pard Museum.

This institution, which is devoted to Natural History and Ethno-

graphy, is, of course, conducted upon purely faunistic lines, and,

although it receives but slender assistance from the State, its

zoological collections, under the energetic supervision of the present

Director, Dr. E. A. Goeldi, who at the time of our visit had only

been in charge for a year and a half, would do credit to any

European city. The Museum is surrounded by a small but

beautiful botanical garden, in which there are also a number of

cages containing live animals.

On Jan. 10th we left Para for the Amazon, paying out cable as

we went, and on Jan. 13th reached Breves, a small town in the

great island of Marajo, situated near the commencement of the

network of narrow channels which connect the Pard River with

the Amazon. At Breves we had a day’s collecting, considerably

troubled by uncertainty as to the hour at which the ship would

proceed on her way. On the afternoon of the following day

(Jan. 14th) we ran aground on a mudbank at the western end of

a channel known as the Parana de Buyassu, and remained there

hard and fast until Jan. 20th, when we were towed off, only to

run aground again on the following day in almost the same place,

so that we did not get away finally until high-tide on the morning

of Jan. 22nd. This delay, however annoying from a cable-laying

point of view, was to a naturalist anything but unwelcome, and

we turned it to good account. No further mishaps occurred on

the upward voyage, and we reached Manaos, our destination, at

the mouth of the Rio Negro, about 1000 miles from Para, on

Feb. 8th, after calling on our way at Gurupd, Monte Alegre,

Santarem, Obydos, Parintins, and Itacoatiara. At each of these

places we had from one to two days’ collecting, according to

50*

770 MR. E. E. AUSTEN ON A RECENT ZOOLOGICAL [June 16,

the time occupied by the cable-operations, with the exception of

Santarem, where we remained for four days and a half. We lett

Manaos on the downward voyage on Feb. 15th, preceded two days

earlier by Mr. Pickard Cambridge, who had decided to return to

Santarem in order to stay for a fortnight in the forest some nine

miles inland from that town, at a cottage which had been most

kindly placed at our disposal by Mr. Wallace, an American trader.

After due consideration I had decided to remain with the ship, in

order to visit other localities near the mouth of the river, and so

make the most of our opportunities by dividing our forces. On

the downward voyage we ran aground in mid-stream near Monte

Alegre, and remained there for four days before getting off. Un-

fortunatefy I was suffering at the time from a swollen foot, and

being scarcely able to walk I was unable to profit by this delay.

After another day’s collecting at Gurupa, we reached Macapa on

the northern shore on Feb. 24, and I was enabled to collect for a

day at a locality which, so far as I am aware, had not been visited

before by a European naturalist. Thence, after calling at Chaves,

in the island of Marajo,and again at Breves, we returned to some-

where near our old anchorage in the Pard River on March dth, and

the expedition was nearly at an end. Connections, however, still

had to be made with a few places in the vicinity of Para, and, as it

was expected that these operations would take at least a fortnight,

T resolved to avail myself of an opportunity which occurred on the

following day of going to stay for a time at Mosqueiro, a little

place seventeen miles below Para on the same shore, in order to

make the utmost of the time that still remained for collecting. I

remained here until March 16th, when the ‘ Faraday’ arrived, and

T returned in her to our anchorage below Pard. During the second

half of my stay at Mosqueiro work was much interfered with by rain.

Mr. Pickard-Cambridge, who had already returned from Santarem,

now rejoined the ship, and the next few days were occupied mainly

in preparations for the homeward voyage. We sailed from Para

at 6 A.M on March 24th, and reached Gravesend on the morning

of April 14th.

On referring to my diary I find that, although we spent rather

more than eleven weeks (79 days) on the Amazon and the Para

River, owing to the special conditions of the expedition, the

actual number of days on which I was able to collect ashore

amounted in the aggregate to only five weeks (55 days). Then,

again, in considering results, it must be remembered that in our

flying visits to the various localities already mentioned between

Pard and Manaos we were often hampered by much uncertainty

as to the exact time for which the ship would remain, and by the

necessity for returning to the shore at a particular moment in

order to catch the launch or boat going off to the ship. On the

other hand, the days spent in steaming from place to place, and

others on which we were unable to land, were by no means wasted,

since the numbers of insects which were attracted by the ship’s

electric lights at night kept me pretty busily occupied.

1896.] EXPEDITION ON THE LOWER AMAZON. 771

Turning now to the harvest of the expedition, I may say at

once that the collections we brought home consisted almost entirely —

of Arthropods. Mr. Pickard-Cambridge naturally devoted him-

self more particularly to Spiders, since they are his speciality,

while I similarly looked after the Insects. But, apart from this,

Mammals, with the exception of Bats and Dolphins, were con-

spicuous by their absence, while, as we had no one to assist us in

skinning, it was impossible, in the time at our command, to do

very much among the Birds. Reptiles and Amphibians were by

no means abundant, and such as were met with prove, with a

single exception, to belong to well-known and widely distributed

forms. Among the Fishes it might have been possible to do some-

thing, but unfortunately a trap which I had brought with me was

lost, owing to the breaking of a rope the second time it was put

overboard.

Mammats.—The Lower Amazon and the adjacent waterways

(including the Para River and the maze of connecting channels)

are shut in by dense forests, in which the naturalist unaccom-

panied by a guide might easily lose his way should he venture far

from the narrow paths used by the rubber-gatherers. Around the

small towns, however, there are more or less extensive clearings,

while at Santarem there is a considerable tract of open country

(“campo”). But in the forest itself,in the short time at my

disposal, it was never possible to penetrate more than a few

hundred yards from the river’s brink. The entire absence of

Mammals, or even of any traces of Mammals, in the forests near

the shore of the river was most striking. I had included in my

outfit a large number of traps of various kinds, but never found the

slightest opportunity of using them. The shores of the Parana

de Buyassu and the other narrow channels between the Para

River and the Amazon are low, and the forests near the water are

consequently exceedingly swampy, which may in some measure

account for the absence of Mammals at this particular spot ; but

once in the Amazon itself the shores are much higher, though in

many places, no doubt, still liable to submergence at the height of

the rainy season.

A fair number of Bats was collected from time to time, most

of which flew on board the ship, but in the absence of Mr. Oldfield

Thomas they have not yet been examined, so that I am unable to

say anything about them.

Freshwater Dolphins (Inia geoffroyensis and Sotalia tucusxt, or

S. fluviatilis) were exceedingly common, especially in the neigh-

bourhood of the Parand4 de Buyassu and in the furo, or narrow

channel leading up to Monte Alegre. The former species, which

is much larger than the other and generally appears to be about

seven feet in length, is either wholly pink or flesh-coloured or else

entirely black or black above and pink beneath. I often wondered

whether this difference in colour is sexual, as the two kinds are

nearly always seen in company; anyhow the point would be well

772 MR. B, E. AUSTEN ON A RECENT ZOOLOGICAL = [June 16,

worth elucidating. The appearance of the pink form as it rises

to blow, seen against the pea-soupy background of the waters of

the Amazon, is most striking. The Sotalia is black on the upper

half of the body, which is all that I ever managed to see of it. It

is stated by Bates (‘The Naturalist on the River Amazons,’ 6th

ed. p. 75) that the natives call the larger species (Inia geoffroyensis)

the “ Bouto,” while they term the smaller one (Sotalia) the “ Tu-

euxi.” According to one of our Brazilian pilots, Bates has trans-

posed the native names; nevertheless I am inclined to think that

the pilot himself must have been wrong, as it is difficult to believe

that Bates, writing after eleven years’ experience of the Amazon,

could have made such a blunder. The pilot in question also stated

that the large Dolphins (/nia) will attack a man in the water,

while the small ones (Sotalia) will defend him by making an on-

slaught on the aggressors, If there is any truth in this statement

it may be that the small Dolphin sometimes attacks the larger one,

just as, according to Mr. Hudson (‘The Naturalist in La Plata’),

the Puma attacks the Jaguar whenever he meets him; but

personally I never noticed anything of the sort, although I fre-

quently saw the two species in close proximity in the same furo.

I may add that Bates (‘ Naturalist on the Amazons,’ 6th ed.

p-. 296) alludes to the number of fables that are told about the

large Amazonian Dolphin, though he considers that “ it is probable

these did not originate with the Indians, but with the Portuguese

colonists.” The difference between the two species in their method

of rising to the surface to blow is very noticeable and, as it seems

to me, is not very clearly stated by Bates (op. cit. p. 75). The

large black or pink Dolphin (nia geoffroyensis) thrusts itself

horizontally along the top of the water, usually showing the crest

of its flat head first, and then nearly the entire length of the back,

including the low dorsal fin ; it then dives gently down head fore-

most. The small species (Sotalia) arches over out of the water,

showing the curve of the backand the dorsal fin. Sir Wm. Flower

was extremely anxious that I should, if possible, bring home a

specimen of Jnia geoffroyensis, or indeed of any one of the Ama-

zonian Dolphins, and accordingly I made many attempts to shoot

one but without success. The fishermen cannot be induced to

harpoon them, and eventually we came to the conclusion that the

only practicable means of securing a specimen would be to have a

couple of big seine nets specially constructed for the purpose and

to shoot them across one of the narrow furos, when the Dolphins

might easily be captured.

In the creeks running out of the Rio Negro below Manaos I

found Manatees (Manatus sp. inc.) not uncommon, and on more

than one occasion I saw one make a tremendous commotion on the

top of the water. In one instance the neck of the animal seemed

to appear first, and it then turned “head over heels” as it were,

and I distinctly saw the disk-shaped tail strike the water. This

liveliness on the part of the Manatee in its natural state is

perhaps worth noting, as in captivity it usually appears to be a

1896.] EXPEDITION ON THE LOWER AMAZON. 773

sluggish beast; at any rate a small specimen which I saw in the

Public Gardens at Para was particularly so.

Birps.—With regard to the Birds we met with I need say but

little, as most of them belonged to well-known species. Hoazins

(Opisthocomus cristatus) were extremely numerous in the bushes

fringing the Parana de Buyassu, and could be seen flapping about,

balancing themselves on twigs, and uttering their harsh cries in all

directions. In the furo leading to Monte Alegre we also found

them abundant, and here they appeared to be in better plumage,

if not to belong to a finer race than the Buyassu birds. On the

Parand de Buyassu and in the Monte Alegre furo a beautiful little

Heron (Butorides cyanurus) was common and was often flushed

out of the bushes. I may add that large white Herons, Egrets,

and a bird closely resembling Ardea cinerea were frequently seen

at various points along the shores of the river. Black Cuckoos

(Crotophaga major) were another species common everywhere ;

these birds often associate in small flocks of half a dozen or more.

At Morte Alegre I obtained a yellowish-brown Woodpecker

(Celeus ochraceus) which is possibly of some value, as I find that

we have only two other specimens of the species in the Museum

collection. The only other bird to which I need refer is a

beautiful little Goatsucker, which was one of two that I met

with on the Rio Negro, hawking in the air about three miles below

Manaos and on the opposite shore to the city. I did not observe

this species anywhere else. The specimen, which is unfortunately

a young bird, has been referred provisionally by Mr. Ogilvie Grant

to Nyctiprogne leucopygia ; however, it certainly belongs to a much

smaller race than the typical form.

Repritus aND AmMpuHiBiANs.—lI have already stated that among

Reptiles and Amphibians, with a single exception (a small Frog),

we met with nothing of any special interest. Strange to say we

encountered no poisonous Snakes, and although constantly on the

look out for the ‘“ hideous Sucuruji,” as Bates calls the Anaconda

(Eunectes murinus), we were never so fortunate as to see one,

although wherever we enquired about it the natives invariably

assured us that it occurred. Of Alligators, too, we only met with

two or three small specimens. These creatures, though doubtless

common enough, are, on the course followed by the steamers,

extremely shy and seldom seen, although on a lagoon near

Santarem I believe Mr. Pickard Cambridge observed a number of

them.

The little Frog above alluded to (Prostherapis femoralis, Blgr.)

was captured at Monte Alegre on Jan. 26th, and is the only

specimen that has hitherto been obtained in Brazil. The species

was described by Mr. Boulenger in 1894 from two specimens from

Yurimaguas, on the Rio Huallaga,in Peru, and has until now

been represented in the Museum collection only by the types and

two other individuals from Ecuador.

774 MR. B.E. AUSTEN ON A RECENT ZOOLOGICAL = [June 16,

Frisuus.—Even had our fish-trap not been lost before it had done

any service we should have had but little time to devote to fish-

collecting. As it was I was unable to make any observations

worth noting, since the colour of the water of the Amazon and

the Pard River renders it impossible to see anything beneath the

surface. However, it may perhaps be mentioned that a species of

Cat-fish (Siluride) is extremely abundant in the Parad River, and

appears to afford the chief occupation to the numerous fishing-

boats. When landing on the shores of the Para River or of the

lower reaches of the Amazon a small fish, looking something like

a Gurnet, is frequently seen leaping along the surface of the

water. It appears to represent a Flying-fish in a semi-evolved

condition, and is known to the English residents at Para as the

‘“‘ Uplooker,” but, as I was unable to secure a specimen, I cannot

say anything as to its affinities.

Mo.uusks.—The shells of two or three species of Ampullaria

were common enough in the forests near the river, but most of

them were dead and consequently of little value as specimens ;

we were told that the natives living on the banks use these great

Snails as food.

Insrots.—The total number of Insects of all Orders collected

amounted to about 2500, a figure which might have been exceeded

considerably had any special attempt been made to secure Butter-

flies ; it was, however, deemed advisable to devote most attention

to the more obscure and less popular Orders. The time of year,

being at the commencement of the rainy season, was probably not

the most favourable one for Insect-collecting, as, with the excep-

tion of Dragonflies, Insects were not so abundant as might have

been expected. Of the specimens obtained of the various Orders

the Diptera form the largest individual total (476); next come

the Hymenoptera (415), the Lepidoptera Heterocera (390), and

the Coleoptera (280). Allusion has already been made to the

number of insects that visited the ship’s electric lights at night.

Although after dark all the lighted parts of the ship formed more

or less happy hunting-grounds, two reflectors, each containing six

glow-lamps of 16 candle-power, which hung over the ‘ Faraday’s’

stern, were the must productive. These lights were always kept

going during cable-laying by night, and when we happened to be

anywhere near either shore the number of insects that visited

them was most remarkable. Of these nocturnal visitants Moths

naturally formed the largest proportion, but, curiously enough, a

small species of Horse-fly (Tabanus) also came in large numbers,

besides certain other smaller Diptera, all of which are usually

supposed to be diurnal. When we were at anchor off some of the

small towns the ‘ Faraday’s’ projector lamp, which gave a beam

of light equivalent to that of from 25,000 to 30,000 candles, was

occasionally used to astonish the inhabitants, and never failed to

attract numbers of insects, especially some of the larger Moths

1896. ] EXPEDITION ON THE LOWER AMAZON. 775

and Locusts. It was, however, noticed that as we proceeded

further up the river the number of insects that visited us by night

sensibly diminished. The reason for this I am at a loss to

understand ; but the same observation was made by Mr. Bernard

Piffard, a naturalist who passed up the river about the same time

as ourselves on board one of the boats of the Red Cross Line.

Hymenoptera.— As regards this Order my best day’s collecting

was at Obydos, where on Feb. 2nd I was fortunate in finding

a large bush in full flower and covered with specimens of a great

variety of species. At each locality visited the most conspicuous

and commonest of the large Hymenoptera were various species of

Pepsis, while the common Wasp of the Lower Amazon and the

Para River was found to be Polistes canadensis, Linn. This species

abounds everywhere, and numbers of its stalked nests are to

be found attached to the rafters in every open shed or similar

building : they were particularly noticeable inside a little mortuary

chapel in the cemetery at Itacoatiara. Here and there on the

Parana de Buyassu, as well as at Gurupd and other places, a long,

white, cylindriform object was observed hanging to the branch of

a tree; this was the nest of the Card-making Wasp (Chartergus

chartarius, Oliv.). The natives are extremely fond of these nests

as ornaments for their houses. Some of the Bees met with seemed

particularly inquisitive creatures: thus in clearings in the forest

Chrysantheda nitida, Perty, a small species of a brilliant metallic

green, hovers around one, or over any article one may have thrown

upon the ground, as if inspired with the utmost curiosity ; while,

when steaming about in the ship’s launch at Buyassu, a large

reddish-brown species of Hpicharis hummed round us in sweeping

curves, and by its actions led us to mistake it for a Horse-fly

(Tabanus). Among the various species of Ants the well-known

Saiibas, or Leaf-carrying Ants (Atta spp.), were by far the most

noticeable, and were abundant in the more open places everywhere.

When collecting in a clearing one frequently came upon a narrow

moving column of small green leaves, or rather segments of leaves,

crossing one’s path and meandering away in either direction as

far as the eye could trace it among the herbage, the insects them-

selves often being entirely concealed by their burdens.

Diptera were by no means so abundant as I had hoped, and the

majority of the species met with were not very striking. The

comparative scarcity of species of this Order must have been due

to the season of the year, as I failed to come across numbers of

fine species taken by Bates at the very localities we visited. Un-

fortunately none of Bates’s Diptera in the collection of the British

Museum are labelled with the date of capture. I am happy

to say that I secured a fair series of specimens, representing

a number of species, of the much-abused but rarely-collected

Mosquito (Culear). Although in the forest Mosquitoes always made

their presence felt, the only place where I found them really

troublesome was Macapd; here they literally swarmed round me

in clonds, and collecting quickly became a source of pain and grief.

776 MR. E. E. AUSTEN ON A RECENT ZOOLOGICAL = [June 16,

With the exception of one or two species of Zristalis‘ and

Volucella obesa, ¥., scarcely any Hover-tlies (Syrphide) were seen.

Volucella obesa, a brilliant metallic-green species, which also has

bright green eyes when alive, is very widely distributed throughout

the Neotropical Region. Like the Bee (C hrysantheda nitida),

which it closely resembles when on the wing, this fly is the victim

of an overpowering curiosity, and remains poised in the air in

front of one in a way that is perfectly irritating. It seems to be

an exceedingly stupid fly, and when caught in the net its move-

ments at once become dull and sluggish. I found it very common

everywhere. In houses and on board ship the Common House-

fly of Europe (Ausca domestica, L.) was unpleasantly numerous ;

indeed I have never met with it in such swarms as on the dinner-

table of a house about two miles from Pard. ‘The species seems

to be now universally distributed, and has doubtless been carried

by ships all over the civilized world. Several species of Calobata,

a narrow-bodied, long-legged fly belonging to the family Micro-

pezide, occur in the forest at the water’s edge, and were quite the

characteristic Diptera at the Parana de Buyassu. I shall have

occasion to revert to the genus directly in speaking of Mimicry.

Of the Butterflies I can say but little, since, as I have already

indicated, not much attention was paid to them. Many of the

specimens taken were tattered and worn, a fact which seemed to

afford further proof that the best collecting season was already

over when we arrived. Several magnificent species of Morpho

were seen flapping majestically along forest. paths or over clearings,

but proved themselves singularly ‘difficult to catch. I may add

that at Santarem at the end of January the beautiful Callithea

sapphira, Hiibn., was quite common.

The majority of the Moths that visited the ship’s lights were of

small size, and our series when worked out will no doubt be found

to include many new species. To a different category belongs the

beautiful green-striped Urania leilus, L., which, although exceed-

ingly common, I cannot refrain from mentioning. This species is

diurnal in habits, and on our arrival at Pard a specimen came

drifting over the ship almost as soon as the anchors were let go.

Its appearance caused immense excitement, but we soon found

that the moths kept crossing the river singly or in couples through-

out the day. If my memory serves me they all flew from the

direction of the Ilha das Oncas towards the opposite shore, that

is from north to south. These moths were also our constant

companions when the ship was in the ‘“ Narrows” between the

Parad River and the Amazon.

Coleoptera.—One, at any rate, of the Beetles collected is of

interest. This is a male of the curious little scarlet-and-black

Longicorn Erythroplatys corallifer, White, which I took at

Obydos on Feb. 2nd. The species is at present represented

in the Museum collection only by the type, which is a female.

) Eristalis vinetorum, Fabr., EZ. agrorum, Fabr., and E. lateralis, Walk.

1896. ] EXPEDITION ON THE LOWER AMAZON. 777

For some reason we did not meet with a single specimen of

the well-known ‘fire-flies” belonging to the genus Pyrophorus,

either on the Para River or the Amazon itself, although I believe

they were found by Mr. Pickard Cambridge in the forest. near

Santarem. Fire-flies of the family Lampy ride, however, of which

our common English Glow-worm (Lampyris noctiluca, L.) is a

well-known example, visited the ship in numbers by night as we

proceeded up the river. They were especially conspicuous in the

Monte Alegre furo on the night of Feb. 17, flashing out like

sparks against the dark background of trees, and scintillating at

intervals as they occasionally floated over our launch. Most of

the species collected belong to the genus Aspidosoma, including

among others A. maculatum, Deg., and A. hesperum, L. In the

campo at Santarem on Jan. 29 we took a handsome species of Dung-

Beetle (Phaneus mimas, L.), the passage of some cattle along the

sandy road affording us an opportunity of observing the wonderful

rapidity with which these beetles appear on the scene and bury

themselves within a few minutes of the requisite attraction being

provided for them.

The only other insects to which I need now refer are the

Dragonflies (Neuroptera Odonata). As might naturally be expected

in such a land of waters this Order was perhaps more in evidence

than any other, and was particularly well represented in indi-

viduals, although the actual number of species met with was not

very great. Though some of the species, again, were exceedingly

beautiful in colour when alive, in size they in no way surpassed

our British forms. The remarkable ease with which a Dragonfly,

even when coming straight towards his would-be captor, contrives

to elude the net is well known; for some reason I invariably

found the rarer species the most difficult to catch; the common

ones gave little trouble. I frequently had the opportunity of

observing how a Dragonfly drinks; hovering motionless a foot or

two above the water he suddeuly makes a sharp dart forwards at

it, striking it with his mouth and the underside of the thorax, and

at once withdrawing to his previous position; the process is

repeated several times.

Mimicry.—Three cases of apparently genuine mimicry among

Insects, which came under my notice, seem worthy of mention.

The first, which has probably not been recorded before, is that

of a small Clearwing Moth (fam. Sesiide), which is an almost

exact replica of a Wasp (Polybia phthisica, F.), of which I. obtained

several specimens at Manaos and the Parana de Buyassu. In size

and general coloration the two insects are the same, and the pattern

of orange and black stripes on the thorax of the Wasp is copied so

closely by the Moth that at a little distance it would puzzle even

an entomologist to distinguish the two species. Unfortunately, I

only obtained a single specimen of the Clearwing; it is not repre-

sented in the Museum collection, and is very probably new.

The second case of apparent mimicry, to which I wouid draw

attention, is that of the Dipterous genus Calobata, alluded to above.

778 MR. B, EB. AUSTEN ON A RECINT ZooLOGICAL = [June 16,

As has already been mentioned, the flies belonging to this genus

have narrow bodies and long legs, while in many species the front

tarsi are white. A medium-sized reddish Calobata (possibly new),

which I found at the Paranda de Buyassu, when at rest on a leaf

looks exactly like an Ichneumon of the genus Oryptus, holding its

fore legs in the air and waving them about just as an Ichneumon

waves its antenne. The front tarsi of this species of Calobata are

white, and since all the species of Cryptus have white-banded

antenne the resemblance is greatly increased. But as Ichneumons

are not armed with stings, while, on the other hand, they attack

larve and not perfect insects, it is difficult to see what benefit the

fly can obtain unless the species of Cryptus are distasteful to birds.

The third instance of protective resemblance belongs to a different

category.. Among other Dragonflies, Zenithoptera americana, L.,

a small dark-winged Libellulid, was not uncommon. At Gurupa,

on Feb. 22, I noticed that these insects have a habit of settling on

the tips of dead twigs from five to ten feet from the ground, and

drooping their wings downwards and forwards, so that they look

exactly like bunches of dead leaves. Three or four individuals are

usually seen on adjacent twigs, and they will remain motionless in

this way for several minutes. I am informed by my friend

Colonel Bingham, F.Z.S., that he has observed similar habits in the

case of certain species of Dragonflies in India.

Since my time was fully occupied with the Insects, I cannot say

much about the remaining Classes of Arthropods ; nor is it

necessary that I should do so, since these groups (Spiders, Scorpions,

Myriopods, and Peripatus) were the special care of Mr. Pickard

Cambridge, the results of whose study of the large Hairy Spiders

(fam. Therephosidz) are to be communicated to the Society to-night.

These particular Spiders, the monsters of their class, were more

or less common at most of the localities visited by us, and Mr.

Pickard Cambridge’s exertions were rewarded by the acquisition of

a large series of specimens, including, I believe, representatives of

a number of new species. On landing for the first time on the

shores of the Para River after a slight detour rendered necessary by

the presence of a dead bullock, attended by the inevitable Urubu

Vulture (Cathartes atratus), the first object that met our delighted

gaze was one of these Spiders on the stem of a palm-tree. The

common species in the vicinity of Pard was Avicularia avicularia,

L., of which a specimen was found in almost every palm-stump

in a clearing to which we paid several visits. These great spiders

rarely leave their retreat during the day, but seem fond of sitting

at the mouths of their holes, with the tips of their legs projecting

from beneath a protecting layer of thick web. They are very timid,

and almost invariably dart back into their holes when approached.

In the case of the individuals living in the palm-stumps, however,

a lighted match dropped into the hole was found to be an excellent

means of effecting an immediate capture. Other species live in

leaves, or in bag-webs beneath loose pieces of bark on tree trunks,

while in the campo at Santarem a new species of Tapinauchenius

1896.] EXPEDITION ON THE LOWHR AMAZON. 779

was found to be very common in holes in the sandy ground. A

number of these nests were dug up bodily and brought home in

biscuit-boxes by Mr. Pickard Cambridge, and when duly mounted

it is hoped that they will prove interesting exhibits in the Museum

galleries. Scorpions were by no means common, although by dint

of much searching Mr. Pickard Cambridge managed to secure

specimens of several species. A number of the somewhat Crab-like

Phrynide (Pedipalpi) were obtained, and in the campo at Santarem

I was fortunate enough to dislodge a whole family of Tarantula

santarensis, Pocock, both young and adults, from an ant-hillock.

On thrusting a stick down the holes in the nest the ants swarmed

out in large numbers, accompanied by these strange guests, among

which was a large yellow Cockroach (Blabera sp.), more usually

met with in houses. Centipedes were neither very large nor

particularly common, but a rich harvest of Millipedes was secured,

and Mr. Pickard Cambridge also obtained several specimens of

Peripatus.

Fresuwater Sponexs.—In the branches of bushes and low

trees lining the western shore of the Rio Negro below Manaos

two species of freshwater Sponges (Tubella reticulata, Bowerb.,

and Parmula batesii, Bowerb.) were very common, forming spiny

masses resembling suspended Hedgehogs. At the time of our visit

the water had scarcely begun to rise, and these Sponges were

consequently hanging high and dry from five to fifteen feet above

the surface. In the case of Parmula batesii the sponge network

was full of blackish seed-like gemmules. Since our return attempts

have been made to induce some of these to develop by immersion

in water at various temperatures, but as yet unfortunately without

success.

I cannot conclude without a few words of grateful thanks: in

the first place to Mr. Alexander Siemens, whose never-failing

kindness to my colleague and myself while on board his ship will

always be a pleasant memory to both of us, and who, in the midst

of the numberless cares and anxieties of an important commercial

undertaking, did everything in his power to make our part of the

expedition a success ; in the second place to Sir William Flower for

selecting me to represent the Museum ; and, lastly, to the Trustees

of the British Museum for granting me the necessary leave of

absence, which enabled me, if only for a brief space, to cease from

being what Mr. Wallace has called a “laboratory naturalist,” and

to get a glimpse of the appearance and habits of birds, and beasts,

and insects while they are yet living creatures and before they

become museum specimens.

780 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGHRIE. [Noy.17,

November 17, 1896.

Dr. St. Guorce Mivarr, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following reports on the additions made

to the Society’s Menagerie during the months of June, July,

August, September, and October, 1896 :—

The registered additions to the Society's Menagerie during. the

month of June were 163, of which 83 were by presentation, 28 by

purchase, 21 by birth, and 31 were received on deposit. The

total number of departures during the same period, by death and

removals, was 93.

The most noticeable additions during the month were :—

1. An Oceipital Vulture (Vuléur occipitalis), from South Africa,

obtained by purchase June 24th. This fine Vulture is rather scarce

in collections ; no example of it has been in the Society’s Gardens

since 1865.

2. A Baer’s Duck (Fuligula baeri), received from Mr. Frank

Finn, F.Z.S., of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, and presented by

him, along with other birds, to the Society’s Collection. This is

the first example of this eastern Asiatic Duck, which has recently

been ascertained to occur in India’, that has reached us. j

3. A Temminck’s Pangolin (Manis temmincki), said to have been

procured in the Transvaal, and received on deposit June 29th.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of July were 183in number; of these 64 were acquired by

presentation, 11 by purchase, 21 by birth, 63 were received on

deposit, and 19 in exchange. The total number of departures

during the same period, by death and removals, was 96.

Amongst these, attention may be called to the following :—

1. A pair of Lettered Aracaris (Péeroglossus inscriptus) (probably

from Para), purchased July 7th, new to the Collection.

2. An example of Brazza’s Monkey (Cercopithecus brazze) from

French Congoland, purchased on July 17th, being the first spe-

cimen received alive of this rare and well-marked species (see

P. Z. S. 1893, pp. 255 and 443, pl. xxxiii.).

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of August were 100; of these 72 were acquired by presen-

tation, 7 by purchase, 13 by birth, 1 by exchange, and 7 were

received on deposit. The total number of departures during the

same period, by death and removals, was 91.

Among these, attention may be called to the following :—

1. A fine adult female of Loder’s Gazelle (Gazella loderi), from

the Western Desert of Egypt, presented by A. R. Birdwood, Esq.,

1 See Finn, Proc. A. S. B. 1896, p. 61.

1896.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGURIN. 781

of Cairo, and received August 6th. This species is new to the

Collection.

WSS irae

1H S85 5) 5

Head of Loder’s Gazelle, 2.

2. Three Ivory Gulls (Pagophila eburnea), from Spitzbergen,

presented by Mr. J. T. Studley, August 24th. Only one

specimen of this Arctic species has been previously received, in

1880 (see P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 538).

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of September were 125; of these 75 were acquired by

presentation, 17 by purchase, 2 by exchange, 13 were bred in

the Gardens, and 18 were received on deposit. The total number

of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was

88.

782 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Noy. 17,

Amongst the additions I may invite special attention to the

following :—

1. A rare Fruit-Bat (Pteropus pselaphon), from the Bonin

Islands, obtained by Capt. Kemp in China, and presented

September 2nd.

2. A Red-footed Squirrel (Sciurus pyrrhopus), from Monravia,

West Africa, presented by Ellis Edwards, Esq.

Both these species are new to the Society’s List.

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of October were 217 in number. Of these 184 were

acquired by presentation, 8 by purchase, 4 were born in the

Gardens, 9 were received in exchange, and 12 on deposit. The

total number of departures during the same period, by death and

removals, was 112.

Amongst these, special attention is called to the following :—

1. Three Franklin’s Gulls (Larus franklini), purchased at

Liverpool, October 9th, and stated to have been received from

North America. These are the first specimens of this black-

headed Gull (kindly determined for us by Mr. Howard Saunders)

that have reached the Collection.

2. A very fine and large series of Reptiles from Burma,

collected and presented to the Society by Mr. W. G. Bligh, and

embracing specimens of 15 species new to the Collection.

The following is a complete list of the species, as kindly

determined by Mr. Boulenger, those new to the Collection being

marked with an asterisk :—

TESTUDINATA.

11 Burmese Tortoises (Zestudo elongata, Blyth).

7 Flat-backed Tortoises * (Testudo platynota, Blyth).

3 Ceylonese Terrapins * (Nicoria trijuga edeniana, Theob.).

4 Shielded River-Turtles * (Hmyda scutata, Peters).

SAURIA.

5 Cocteau’s Geckos (Hemidactylus coctei, Dum. & Bibr.).

12 Verticillated Geckos (Gecko verticillatus, Laur.).

6 Yellowish Monitors (Varanus flavescens, Giinth.).

6 Doria’s Lizards * (Mabuia dorie, Boul.).

3 Bell’s Lizards * (Liolepis belli, Gray).

6 Emma’s Lizards * (Calotes emma, Gray).

OPHIDIA.

1 Hamadryad (Naia bungarus, Schleg.).

1 India Cobra (Naia tripudians, Merr.).

1 Banded Bungarus * (Bungarus fasciatus, Cantor).

11 Green Pit-Vipers * (Lachesis gramineus, Shaw).

4 Grass-green T'ree-Snakes (Dryophis prasinus, Boie).

2 Sharp-snouted Snakes (Dryophis mycterizans, Linn.).

2 Ornamented Tree-Snakes (Chrysopelea ornata, Shaw).

1896. | MR. SCLAYER ON CONTINENTAL MENAGERIES. 783

5 Robed Snakes * (Tropidonotus stolatus, Boie).

2 Fishing-Snakes (Zropidonotus piscator, Schneid.).

1 Rayed Snake * (Coluber radiatus, Schleg.).

1 Condanar Sand-Snake * (Psammophis condanarus, Merr.).

2 Well-spotted Snakes * (Dipsadomorphus multimaculatus,

Boie).

2 Olivaceous Water-Snakes* (Hypsirhina enhydris,Schneid.).

1 Aulic Snake * (Zycodon aulicus, Linn.).

In reference to this collection I have received the following

notes from Mr. Bligh :—“ These reptiles were all obtained in the

Minbu and Mague districts of Upper Burma. I held the post of

Executive Engineer P. W. D. of the Minbu district, and obtained

them by offering rewards to Burman villagers. After a few cash-

payments had been made ‘on delivery,’ these people became very

keen in hunting in the jungle for specimens. I had even house-

spiders and earthworms brought by small children. Of course,

the general impression was that the ‘Thakin’ was decidedly

demented, but at present was harmless. The Burman villagers

have a great deal to do in the neighbouring woods, and conse-

quently have a good knowledge of animals. The Land-Tortoises

were principally obtained in the low-wooded hilly country near

Taungdwingyi, Mague district, and were hunted down by dogs,

which bayed on finding the quarry. The Snakes and Lizards were

generally noosed with horsehair nooses at the end of a long

bamboo. ‘The natives were a great deal more afraid of the Verti-

cillated Geckos than any others. One or two men ina village could

always be found equal to capturing the Snakes by depressing

the head with the end of a stick or fork, and seizing it by the

neck.”

Mr. Sclater gave an account of some of the more interesting

animals observed in the Zoological Gardens of Antwerp, Cologne,

Diisseldorf, Hanover, Amsterdam, The Hague, and Rotterdam,

which he had visited in June last.

In Antwerp, under the kind guidance of M. L’Hoest, he had

examined the first living example he had ever met with of the very

beautiful African Monkey, Cercopithecus brazze (see P.Z.S. 1893,

p. 448, pl. xxxiii.), from the Congo. This species somewhat

resembles C. diana in its long white beard and white haunch-

stripes, but had in life a pale blue nose, besides its conspicuous

red front. Other mammals noticed at Antwerp were a pair of

Mountain Zebras (Equus zebra); a true Burchell’s Zebra (#. bur-

chelli typicus) without any markings on the legs ; a pair of Sea-lions

(Otaria californiana), with a young one lately born; and a pair of

the smaller Buffalo of Western Africa (Bubalus pumilus). The

pair of Hippopotamuses had now bred eight years in succession,

and reared their young one in nearly every case. Among the birds

noticed was a hen Westermann’s Cassowary (Casuarius westermannt)

in fine plumage.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LI. 51

784 MR. SCLATER ON CONTINENTAL MENAGERIES. [Nov. 17,

In the well-ordered Gardens at Cologne (under the care of

_Dr. Wunderlich), Mr. Sclater had observed’a fine, pair of Phaco-

cherus eliani from Somaliland, five examples of Cervus davidianus

(an adult male, two adult females, and two young males), examples’

of a small but very pretty Kangaroo (Onychogalea frenata), which —

he had not previously seen alive, and a specimen of Bassaris

astuta from Mexico. A family of five Sea-lions (Otaria californiana)

lived together in perfect harmony along with several Cormorants.

Amongst the birds at Cologne had been noticed an example of

Haliaetus branickii, received in 1893, in which the base of the black

tail was just beginning to show white feathers, as in the specimen

in the Society’s Gardens' ; also specimens of Gyps bengalensis and

Cathartes wrubitinga, a pair of Cygnus americanus, and an example

of a rare 8. American Heron, Ardea leucogastra.

At the smaller but well-kept Zoological Garden of Diisseldorf

(managed by Herr Inspector Goffart) there was a very fine and

large adult male specimen of Cercocebus albigena, with the long

hairs on the neck and shoulders much developed. This animal had

been obtained at Caio on the R. Luemme north of the Congo, and

presented by Herr Robert Visser eight years ago. ‘There was also

in the Monkey-house a fine series of Mandrills (Papio maimon) of

various ages. A male Ovis musimon had bred freely with some

ewes of the domestic Sheep (Heide-schaf ), and had produced many

hybrids which were said to be perfectly fertile inter se. There was

also in this Garden a large flock of Ovis tragelaphus—some 25 in

number—of both sexes and all ages kept together.

In the Zoological Garden of Hanover (Herr Schiff, Director)

were two examples of the Conwrus which Mr. Sclater had described

(P. Z. S. 1886, p. 539, pl. lvi.) as CO. rubritorquis. Count Salvadori

(Cat. Birds, xx. p. 190) had united this species to the Mexican |

C. holochlorus, but Messrs. Salvin and Godman had recently received

examples of it from Nicaragua, and were of opinion that it was a

valid species. There was a fine adult female Hippopotamus in

this Garden—an imported specimen.

The Garden of the Royal Zoological Society, “Natura Artis

Magistra,” at Amsterdam (Director, Dr. Kerbert), always contained

a large and well-ordered series of animals. Upon this occasion

the following had attracted Mr. Sclater’s special attention :—a

young male of the South-American Marsh-Deer (Cariacus palu-

dosus); a young female Sumatran Rhinoceros from Borneo

(Rhinoceros swmatrensis); a well-marked example of the Side-

striped Jackal (Canis lateralis, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 279, pl. xxiii.) ;

a Corsac Fox (0. corsac); and a fine adult female specimen of the

Mountain-Antelope of Sumatra (Capricornis sumatrensis). The

1 Mr. Sclater took this opportunity, of exhibiting a drawing of the specimen

of Branicki’s Eagle (Haliaetus branichkii) living in the Society's Gardens, taken

by Mr. Smit in July 1896 (Plate XXXVII.). This bird had been acquired by

purchase from the Zoological Garden of Hamburg on Sept. 21, 1893 (see P. Z. 8,

1893, p. 618).

PZ. 5 1896. PL XOOavil,

J.Syait del.et lith, Mintern Bros.imp.

PALIA TUS BRANICKI.

, ae wae . ° 7 ‘ ow ww

at = ae!

, 2

fee ft

¥ T

} oe vert j

' : y 4 J

a ff

1896.] MR. HILL ON INHERITANCE OF ACQUIRED CHARACTERS. 785

last-named animal he had never previously seen alive. It was

generally black, with a white line at the angle of the mouth and

slight white tips to the ears; nearly 3 feet in height at the

shoulders. The curious long-haired, divaricated mane was slightly

mixed with whitish hairs. There were also an adult pair of

Cobus ellipsiprymnus, and two pairs of C. unctuosus, with a young

one born in the Gardens. The Giraffe-house was unfortunately

vacant.

At The Hague Garden, Mr. Sclater had found little of interest

except an example of Canis adustus, Sund., from South Africa.

He doubted whether Dr. Mivart was correct in referring

C. lateralis, Scl., of the Gaboon district, to the same species.

At Rotterdam (Heer Van Bemmelen, Director) Mr. Sclater

found a fine new Lion-house, a new set of Offices, and other

buildings erected since his last visit. The beautiful specimen of

Cephalophus sylvicultriz which had been figured in the ‘ Book of

Antelopes’ (plate xii.) was still alive and in excellent condition.

Mr. Sclater had also noticed a pair of Anoas (Bos depressicornis)

and a young male Canis jubatus. The Heronry of Wild Herons

in the Garden had this year contained 58 nests.

Mr. P. Chalmers Mitchell, F.Z.S., made some remarks on a

supposed case of Telegony, as shown by a Fox-terrier puppy which

possessed Dachshund peculiarities, possibly due to a known earlier

fertilization of its mother by a Dachshund. The puppy, which had

been bred by Mr. O. H. Latter, F.Z.S., was exhibited.

A discussion followed in which Sir Everett Millais, Mr. B.

Tegetmeier, and others took part. The general opinion seemed to

be adverse to the theory of Telegony.

Mr. Leonard Hill, M.B., Lecturer on Physiology, London

Hospital Medical College, and Grocers’ Company Research Scholar,

gave the following account of some experiments on supposed cases

of the inheritance of acquired characters which he had been

carrying on :— :

“Tt has been recorded by Brown-Sequard that after section of the

cervical sympathetic nerve in Guinea-pigs, a droop of the upper

eyelid is acquired, and that this droop is transmitted to the

young.

«This statement, at the request of the late Dr. Romanes, I have

put to the test of thorough experimental observation.

“In March 1895 I took six healthy normal Guinea-pigs, and in

all divided the cervical sympathetic nerve on the left side. A droop

of the upper eyelid was thus established, and this has persisted

undiminished up to the present date.

“These Guinea-pigs were allowed to interbreed. In none of their

51*

786 MR. SCLATER ON THE AUSTRALIAN LuNG-FIsH. — [Nov. 17,

young born in 1895-96 was a persistent droop of the eyelid

observable.

“In April 1896 I took twelve of the young and divided the

cervical sympathetic nerve in these, and in all on the left

side.

“The droop of the eyelid was thus again experimentally

established in these twelve, and they were allowed to inter-

breed.

“Tn their young, born in the summer and autumn of 1896, no

persistent droop of the left eyelid has been observable.

“My original stock of six Guinea-pigs has multiplied to over

sixty, and the experiment has proved absolutely negative.

“T am able to exhibit to the Society one member of the original

stock, two members of the first generation, and four members of

the second generation. In the first three the droop of the eyelid

experimentally induced is perfectly obvious, and in the last four

no such droop is apparent. It remains for me to suggest a possible

source of error in Brown-Sequard’s observations.

“ Just a day or two before Dr. Romanes’s death two Guinea-pigs

were born, in both of which a partial closure of the left eye was

observable, that is to say on the same side as the lesion in the

parents. Unfortunately these Guinea-pigs lived only a few days.

This case I briefly reported in the columns of ‘ Nature’ after the

death of Dr. Romanes.

“Since then I have seen many young Guinea-pigs which have

exhibited a partial closure of the eye for some time after birth.

This phenomenon is entirely due to conjunctivitis, and is in no

sense hereditary ; for the right eye and the left eye are equally

often affected. The conjunctivitis occurs when the weather is

hottest, and may be so severe as to lead to the destruction of the

eye. In cold weather the conjunctivitis and the droop of the

eyelid are absent. The droop of the eyelid disappears when the

conjunctivitis terminates, and is not therefore persistent. Lastly,

I have actually observed the birth of the young guinea-pigs.

“ On birth no inequality of the eyes is observable. After birth

the new-born lie on the ground, and while the parent licks off

the membranes, dirt collects into the eyes from the floor of the

cage, and thus the conjunctivitis is established.”

Mr. Sclater exhibited (on behalf of the Hon. H. 8. Littleton) a

coloured life-sized model of the Australian Lung-fish (Ceratodus

forsteri), prepared by Mr. A. Alder, taxidermist, of Brisbane; and

read a letter from Mr. D. O'Connor, of Oxley, Brisbane, offering to

supply living specimens of this Fish.

1896.] MR. W. T. BLANFORD ON OVIS AMMON. 787

Mr. W. T. Blanford, F.R.S., exhibited, on behalf of Major C. 8.

Cumberland, four heads of Ovis ammon (L.) from the North-west

Altai, east of Semipalatinsk, in Central Asia (about lat. 50° N.,

long. 88° E.). Major Cumberland, during the summer of the

present year, had succeeded in shooting seven fine rams, and the

horns brought back by him far excelled any belonging to this species

that had previously, so far as was known, been seen in this country.

Of the largest pair, which had been presented by Major Cumberland

to the British Museum, each horn measured 184 inches in cir-

cumference at the base, and 563 inches in length round the curve ;

whilst the horns of another pair measured 193? inches round the

base, though only 543 long. Evidently this animal exceeded the

great Tibetan Sheep, 0. hodgsoni, in size, and was the largest of all

living Sheep.

Head of Ovis ammon, from Major Cumberland’s specimen in the

British Museum.

The heads now exhibited entirely confirmed the view that

O. ammon must be regarded as a distinct species from O. hodgsont.

As had been first pointed out by Sir Victor Brooke and Mr. Basil

Brooke, in the ‘ Proceedings’ of the Society for 1875, pp. 518-520,

the horns in 0. ammon were thicker and longer and curved much

more outwards towards the ends, and were thus intermediate

in curve between O. hodgsont and the form of O. poli called

O. karelint by Severtzoff. O. ammon, moreover, wanted the ruff or

lengthened hair on the sides and lower surface of the neck that is

found, apparently at all seasons, in adult rams of O. hodgsont.

The rams shot by Major Cumberland in summer were very pale-

788 MR. OLDFINLD THOMAS ON THE ~ Nove 27

coloured. They inhabited undulating plateaus at an elevation of

from 6000 to 10,000 feet above the sea.

The following papers were read :—

1. On the Mammals of Nyasaland: fourth Notice.

By Oupriztp Tuomas, F.Z.8.

[Received October 28, 1896.]

(Plates XXXVIIT. & XXXIX.)

The present paper contains an account of all the mammals

which have been received by the British Museum from Nyasaland

since the beginning of 1894, and forms a continuation of my three

previous papers on the subject’. As before, it is to the generosity

and scientific spirit of Sir Harry Johnston that we owe most of the

specimens referred to, but in addition some other members of the

British Administration have been good enough to contribute

specimens on their own account, and thus to further the cause of

scientific research.

Among these .contributors may be specially mentioned the

names of Mr. Alfred Sharpe, Dr. Percy Rendall, and Mr. H. C.

McDonald, each of whom has been lucky enough to send home

specimens sufficiently distinct to be described as new.

In the following pages, where the name of the collector is put

in brackets the specimens have been obtained as part of his

official duties in the administration, and are to be considered as

presented by Sir Harry Johnston ; while direct donations to the

Museum are shown by the words “Presented by” before the

name of the collector. As usual, the majority of Sir Harry

Johnston’s specimens have been obtained by that indefatigable

naturalist, Mr. Alexander Whyte.

In order to make the list of Nyasa mammals as complete as

possible, I have here inserted the name of every species obtained

during the whole of Sir H. Johnston’s explorations of Nyasa-

land, with references to the places in the previous three papers

where the species are noticed or described, and, in addition, those

mentioned by Mr. Sclater in his various papers. As a result the

present paper contains a complete list of all the mammals as yet

received by the Museum from Nyasaland, numbering 82 in all.

1, Cotopus PaLLiatts, Pet.

(C. angolensis, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 97.)

The receipt of more perfect Angolan specimens than were

formerly available shows that Peters’s species is, after all, distinct,

by the presence of a white frontal band, from that described by

Sclater.

1 P. Z, 8. 1892, p. 546; 1893, p.500; and 1894, p. 136.

IPs Silks eile, o.@.@,QVvAbll -

J,Smut del.et hth. Mintern Bros. imp.

1EYNIP NO) IARI O) S Oks)

Im) ZS) MISC SP ROOK IS

J, Smit del. et lith Mintern Bros.imp.

RAPHICEROS SHARPE.

1896.] MAMMALS OF NYASALAND. 789

2. CERCOPITHECUS LEUCAMPYX, Fisch.

(C, pluto, Scl. P. Z. S. 1892, p. 973 C. leucampyzx, Sel. P. Z. 8.

1893, p. 253.)

3. CERCOPITHECUS MOLONEYI, Scl.

(Sel. P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 252.)

4, CERCOPITHECUS ALBIGULARIS, Sykes.

(P. Z. 8. 1894", p. 137.)

Three specimens from the Chiradzulu Mts., July 1899

(A. Whyte).

5. Papio PRUINOSUS, sp.n. (Plate XXXVIII.)

a. Ad. skin, g. Fort Johnston, July 24, 1895 (Dr. P. Rendall).

“‘Trides yellowish brown. Native name ‘ Nyani.’”—P. R.

Size and length of fur very much as in P. thoth, Og., to which

the species seems to be most nearly allied, but the hairs are softer

to the touch, entirely different in colour, and unannulated

throughout. General colour hoary grey, not very unlike that of

such specimens of Didelphys marsupialis as have white-tipped

bristle-hairs. Throughout, on the upper surface, there are two

sorts of hairs, the shorter about 3-4 inches in length, and the

longer about 7 inches; both have black tips about ? to 1 inch

long, while their remainder is dirty white. In a general view the

black tips of the shorter hairs show clearly against their white

bases, but those of the longer hairs do not show at all, so that

these latter look wholly white. The general hoary colour

obtained by this mixture of black and white extends all over the

upper surface, including the head, along the outer sides of the

limbs to the metapodials, and to the end of the tail, which is,

however, rather blacker proximally and whiter terminally than the

rest of the body. Tip of tail untufted. Below, on cheeks, chin,

and belly, and on the inner sides of the limbs the black tips

disappear, the fur is then entirely dirty white. The fingers and

toes are also nearly unmixed white.

Skull very closely resembling that of P. thoth in size and

general characters, but the muzzle is very decidedly shorter.

Thus, while the distance from the orbit to the occiput is almost

identical in the two, that from the orbit to the gnathion is very

materially shorter in the new form. The muzzle is also more

tapering and less parallel-sided anteriorly. The nasals are less

flattened, and are more clearly visible in a lateral view of the

skull, Below, the palate is shorter, the tooth-rows are more

bowed in anteriorly, and the pterygoid fossz are broader.

In the lower jaw the pit below p2&m.! is very much shallower,

indeed scarcely noticeable, and the chin is much more developed,

probably because of the shortening of the palate and consequent

vertical position of the lower incisors and canines.

1 These references refer to the three previous papers in the P. Z, 8., in 1892,

1893, and 1894,

790 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Nov. 17,

Dimensions. ¢, in skin (merely approximate). Head and body

750 mm.; tail 550; hind feot 190."

Skull. Greatest length 182, basal length 131; zygomatic

breadth 103:5; gnathion to lower edge of orbit 92; occiput to

lower edge of orbit 109; nasals, length mesially 62, greatest

breadth 15:2; height of orbit 26; breadth across orbits, outside,

at fronto-malar sutures 71; nasion to occiput 110; nasion to

basion 81; palate, length 81, breadth between outer sides of

m.” 51:3, between inner sides of m.*30 ; combined lengths of upper

true molars 34:5.

Type. B.M. No. 95.12.7.8.

This remarkable Baboon is distinguished at the first glance

from every other species by its hoary colour, white belly, and

unannulated fur. It is much to be hoped that further examples

of it will be sent home, and also skulls of different ages and both

sexes, as Baboons are animals of which our knowledge is miserably

imperfect, mainly owing to the fact. that nearly all the specimens

in the different museums have lived in captivity, and are therefore

quite unsuitable for scientific examination.

For this reason, Baboons from all localities, even of the commonest

species, are special desiderata to our National Museum, and no

wild-killed examples can possibly be valueless, if accompanied by

their skulls and a record of their exact locality. Skulls alone,

old or young, male or female, to any number, will also be extremely

acceptable.

6. OTOGALE KIRKI, Gray.

(P. Z. S. 1893, p. 501; 1894, p. 137.)

Three skins. Chiradzulu Mts., July 1895.

“ From the Terai of the mountains.”"—A. Whyte.

7. GALAGO MonoLI, A. Sm.

(P. Z. S. 1894, p. 137.)

8. EPOMOPHORUS CRYPTURUS, Pet.

(P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 157.)

a, b. Zomba (A. Whyte).

9. XANTHARPYIA STRAMINBA, Geoffr.

Zomba, Jan. 1896 (A. Whyte).

10. RHINOLOPHUS HILDEBRANDTI, Pet.

(P. Z. S. 1894, p. 138.)

Three specimens. | Fort Johnston, April 16 and Dec. 1895

(Dr. P. Rendall).

1 Dr. Rendall gives—tail 570 mm., hind-foot 210, as the measurements in

the flesh.

1896.] MAMMALS OF NYASALAND. 791

11. RaInoLopHus LANDERI, Mart.

(P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 138.)

Fort Johnston, April and Dee. 1895 5 (Dr. P. Rendall).

12. RHINOLOPHUS CAPENSIS, Licht.

(P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 138.)

13. HippostmpERUS CAFFER, Sund.

(P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 138.)

a. In spirit. Fort Johnston, Dec. 1895 an P. Rendall).

6. Skin. Fort Johnston, Dec. 1895. Presented by Dr. Rendall.

14, Nycrpris HIsprpa, Schr.

a. In spirit. Fort Johnston, April 25 and 28, 1895 (Dr. P.

Rendall).

b. Skin. Fort Johnston, Sept. 5, 1895. Presented by Dr.

Rendall.

15. VuspnruGo (Eprestcus') MEGALURUS, Temm.

(P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 548; 1894, p. 138.)

16. VusperuGo (Eprisicus) RENDALLI, Thos.

3 skins. Upper Shiré R., July 25,1895. Presented by Dr.

Percy Rendall.

“Roosting during the day on the leaves of a doum palm;

caught when the tree was felled. Native name ‘ Chiputi-puti’ ”

—P. R.

This peculiar white-winged Bat was first discovered by Dr. Percy

Rendall on the Gambia, and was described by me in 1889. Itisa

curious coincidence that its second known capture, in so far distant

a country as Nyasaland, is due to the very same naturalist who

originally discovered it. There appear to be no differences of any

importance between the Gambian and Nyasan examples.

17. VESPHRUGO NANUS, Peters.

(P.Z.S. 1892, p. 548; 1894, p. 138.)

a, 6. Zomba (A. Whyte).

18. ScoroPpHiLus nieRIrA, Schr.

@. Fort Johnston, Dec. 1895 (Dr. P. Rendall).

1 Dr. Harrison Allen (P. Ac. Philad. 1891, p. 466) has shown that the name

Vesperus is not tenable in Mammalia owing to preoccupation, and has given the

group another EC ee INUIT But from his own synonymies (Bats

N. Amer. ed. 1, p. 31, and ed. 2, pp. 112 & 184, 1893) it is quite clear that

Eptesicus, Raf., dating from 1820, has a valid claim to adoption. Rafinesque's

description is fully pertinent if the evident transposition of the words “ outside ”

and “inside” in the description of the upper incisors be allowed for. ‘The

typical species, £. melanops, is said to have been already ‘‘ noticed under the

head of Vespertilio phaiops,” and this latter name Dr. Allen places as a

synonym of “ Adelonycteris fuscus.” (See also J. A. Allen, Bull. Mus. Harvard

Coll. no. 8, p. 208, 1869.)

792 MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Nov. 17,

19. RHYNCHOCYON CIRNEI, Pet.

(P.Z.S. 1894, p. 146.)

Chiradzulu Mts., July 1895 (A. Whyte).

20. PrrropROMUS THTRADACTYLUS, Pet.

(P. ZS. 1892, p. 548; 1893, p. 501.)

21 & 22. CrocipuRA (Croc.), spp. ince.

(P. Z.S. 1893, p. 501.)

Ad. 2. Fort Johnston, Dec. 1895 (Dr. P. Rendall).

Head and body 94 mm.; tail 43; hind foot 13°6; ear 10.

23. Funis parpus, L.

(P. Z.S, 1892, p. 547.)

24, Fenis sprvat, Schr.

(P. Z.S. 1894, p. 139.)

25. Fenris caArrra, Desm.

Zomba (A. Sharpe).

26. Hymna crocura, Erxl.

(P. Z.S. 1892, p. 548 ; 1894, p. 139.)

27. VivprRa crvnTra, L.

(Sel. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 97.)

Zomba (J. McClounie).

28. GENETTA TIGRINA, Schr.

(Scl. P. Z. S. 1892, p. 97.)

29. NANDINIA GERRARDI, Thos.

Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xii. p. 205 (1893).

The type specimen of this species was obtained on the Lower

Shiré by Dr. Kirk in 1861. It does not seem to have been met

with by recent collectors.

30, Hnrprsres GALERA, Erxl.

a. Ad. skin. Fort Songwe, North Nyasa, Dec. 19, 1895 (J. B.

Yule).

31. HmRPESTEs GRACILIS, Riipp.

(P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 501.)

Young. Zomba, Dec. 1895 (A. Whyte).

32. HiRPESTES ALBICAUDA, G. Cuv.

(Sel. P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 97.)

1896.] MAMMALS OF NYASALAND. 793

33. RHYNCHOGALE MELLERI, Gray.

(P. Z.S. 1894, p. 139.)

Young. Zomba, Feb. 1894 (A. Whyte).

34. CrossaRCHUS FAScIATUS, Desm.

(P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 501; 1894, p. 140.)

35. CANIS LATERALIS, Scl.

(P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 146.)

Zomba, Feb. 1894 (A. Whyte).

Two living specimens of this Jackal were sent to the Zoological

Society of London by Sir Harry Johnston from Zomba in October

1896.

36. PmcILOGALH ALBINUCHA, Gray.

Zomba plain, Oct. 1893 (A. Whyte).

37. Lurra MACULICOLLIS, Licht.

(P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 140.)

Fort Johnston (A. Sharpe).

38. ANOMALURUS CrNEREUS, Thos.

Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xv. p. 188.

It is uncertain whether this can properly be termed a Nyasa-

land species, as the only locality that could be obtained for the

type was “ Upper Rovuma River, towards Lake Nyasa.”

The attention of Nyasa naturalists is particularly drawn to the

question of the occurrence of Flying Squirrels there, as if any are

present specimens are sure to be of special interest.

39. ScIURUS MUTABILIS, Peters.

(P. Z.S. 1892, pp. 97 & 548; 1893, p. 502; 1894, p. 140.)

4 skins. Chiradzulu Mts., July 1895.

1 skin. Zomba.

40. Scrurus PALLIATUS, Pet.

(P. Z.8. 1892, p. 549 ; 1894, p. 140.)

41, Oromys IRRORATUS, Bts.

(P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 549; 1893, p. 502.)

Juv. Zomba, Jan. 1896 (A. Whyte).

Juy. Fort Johnston, Dec. 1895 (Dr. P. Rendall).

42, GERBILLUS AFER, Gray.

(P. Z.8. 1892, p. 549; 1893, p. 502.)

43, CRICETOMYS GAMBIANUS, Waterh.

(P. Z.S. 1892, p. 550 ; 1894, p. 142.)

794 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Nov. 17,

44, GoLUNDA FALLAX, Pet.

(P. ZS. 1892, p. 552; 1893, p. 502.)

45, ARVICANTHIS DoRSALIS, A. Sm.

(P. Z.S. 1892, p. 551; 1894, p. 142.)

46. ARVICANTHIS PUMILIO, Sparrm.

(P. Z.8. 1892, p. 551.)

47, Mus rarrus, L., var.

(P. Z.S. 1892, p. 550; 1893, p. 502.)

48. Mus poticuurvs, Smuts.

(P. Z.8S. 1892, p. 550 ; 1893, p. 502; 1894, p. 141.)

Ad. 2 &2 young. Fort Johnston, Dec. 1895 (Dr. P. Rendall).

49. Mus naratensis, A. Sm.

(P. Z.S. 1892, p. 550 ; 1893, p. 502.)

50. Mus mopmsrus, Wagn. (?).

(P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 550; 1893, p. 503 (Mus musculus); 1894,

p- 141.)

51. Mus (Lueeapa) minvrorpus, A. Sm.

(P. Z.8. 1892, p. 550; 1893, p. 503.)

Zomba, Jan. 1896 (A. Whyte).

52. DasyMys rncomtTus, Sund.

(P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 502.)

53. SACCOSTOMUS CAMPESTRIS, Pet.

(P. Z.8. 1893, p. 503.)

54, ACOMYS SPINOSISSIMUS, Peters (?).

Juv. Fort Johnston, Dec. 1895 (Dr. P. Rendall).

Too young for exact determination.

This is the first recorded occurrence of the genus Acomys in

Nyasaland proper, but Peters’s specimens came from Bino and

Tette on the Zambesi.

It is much to be hoped that further specimens of this Spiny

Mouse will be obtained, so that its proper name may be made out

with certainty.

55. DENDROMYS MESOMELAS, Bts.

(P. Z.S. 1892, p. 252 ; 1893, p. 503.)

56. STEATOMYS PRATENSIS, Pet.

(P. Z.S. 1893, p. 503.)

1896. ] MAMMALS OF NYASALAND. 795

57. LOPHUROMYS AQUILUS, True.

a. Ad. 2. Zomba, Jan. 1896 (A. Whyte).

b. Imm. Fort Johnston, Dec. 1895 (Dr. P. Rendall).

a. Head and body 120 mm.; hind foot 21°5; ear 16.

The determination of this Lophuromys is not quite certain, and

better series both from East Africa and Nyasa will be required

before its identity can be definitely settled. For the information

of collectors on the spot it may be mentioned that Lophuromys

may be readily distinguished from any other rat by its peculiar

speckled chocolate colour and its curious harsh and flattened (but

not spiny) fur.

58. MYoscALOPS ARGENTEO-CINEREUS, Pet.

(P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 552 ; 1893, p. 504.)

59. AULACODUS SWINDERENIANUS, Temm.

(P. Z.8. 1892, p. 553.)

Zomba Plateau, 4000 ft., Jan. 1894 (A. Whyte).

Young. Zomba, Jan. 1896 (A. Whyte).

[Hysrrex, sp. ine.

No Porcupine has as yet been recorded from Nyasaland, but

one is certain to occur there. Specimens are sure to be of interest,

and, as with the baboons, any number of skulls would be most

acceptable. |

60. Lupus wHyter, Thos.

(P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 142.)

a. 9. Kasitu R., Henga, S.W. of Deep Bay, Nyasa, June 21,

1895. Presented by Mr. Richard Crawshay.

I am not as yet prepared to admit definitely the identification

of the Nyasa Hare with Lepus ochropus, Wagn., as is done by

Dr. Matschie, and prefer to use the name which specially belongs

to it, until there is better evidence as to the type of L. ochropus

having been collected far enough north to be the present form.

61. PRocAVIA JOHNSTONI, Thos.

(P. Z.S. 1892, p. 553 (P. capensis); 1894, p. 142.)

62. PROCAVIA BRUCEI, Gr.

(P.Z.8. 1894, p. 144.)

63. RHINOCEROS BicoRNIS, L.

(P. Z.8. 1894, p. 145.)

64. PoraMocH@rvs LaRvatuS, F. Cuy.

(P. Z.8. 1893, p. 504.)

Zomba and Mpinti, Dec. 1893 (A. Whyte).

796 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Nov. 17,

65. PHACOCH@RUS £THIOPICUS, Pall.

(P. Z.8. 1894, p. 145.)

3 skeleton. Zomba.

66. BUBALIS LICHTENSTHINI, Pet.

(P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 553; 18938, p. 504; 1894, p. 145.)

67. CoNNOCHZTES TAURINUS, Burch.

a. Skin and skull. South end of Lake Chilwa. Presented by

Mr. H. C. McDonald.

This specimen is the type of the subspecies distinguished by

Mr. Sclater as C. ¢. johnstoni'.

68. CEPHALOPHUS GRIMMI, Linn.

(P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 554; 1893, p. 504.)

Zomba (A. Sharpe & A. Whyte).

69. OREOTRAGUS SALTATOR, Bodd.

(P. Z. S. 1892, p. 533; 1894, p. 145.)

70. OUREBIA HASTATA, Pet.

(P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 504; 1894, p. 146 (Wanotragus scoparius).)

Lake Shirwa (A. Whyte).

71. RAPHICEROS SHARPEI, sp.n. (Plate XX XIX.)

a. Ad. skin: ¢. Southern Angoniland. Presented by Mr.

Alfred Sharpe.

A Raphiceros with the white markings of the Grysbok, but with

the feet of the Steinbok.

Size apparently rather less than in the Steinbok (2. campestris).

General colour rich glossy fulvous rufous, much brighter than in

either of the allied species. Mixed with the fulvous hairs there

are, as in FR. melanotis, a large number of perfectly white ones.

Muzzle brown above, darkest in the middle line, but without the

common sharply-defined nose-patch. Sides of muzzle dirty

whitish ; cheeks and sides of neck fawn. Crown with a well-

marked crescentic black marking, as in R&R. campestris. ars

large, very thinly haired externally, the hairs mostly white, black

along the edges. Colouring of under surface and limbs as in

R. campesiris. Tail short, above rufous mixed with white, like the

back; below white.

Horns of the single specimen (of the age of which I have no cranial

evidence) conical, straight, little more than an inch long, very

thick in proportion to their length, but already commencing to be

ringed basally, within an inch from their tip. They are thus,

whether young or old, quite unlike those of any other allied ante-

lope, and would alone serve to distinguish the new species.

Dimensions (approximate) of the type, a flat skin :—Length of

1 Supra, p. 616, pl. xxviii. See also p. 506.

1896.] MAMMALS OF NYASALAND. 797

head and body 635 millim.; tail without hairs 25; ear-opening

(in wet state) 87x 60. Horns, length anteriorly 31; basal carcum-

ference 39.

Type. B.M. No. 96.10.26.3.

This very beautiful little Antelope forms an interesting con-

necting link-between the Grysbok and the Steinbok, which it has

been sometimes thought might be placed in different genera, owing

to their difference in hoof-structure. In the latter important

respect R. sharpe: agrees with the Steinbok, having no supple-

mentary hoofs, but in the presence of the white hairs in its coat it

resembles the Grysbok, while its horns are equally different from

both its allies.

If the type is an adult specimen (and its digital epiphyses are

already closed), the horns are shorter in proportion than in any

other species of the group, but even if not, their great thickness

and conical shape would readily distinguish them from those of

any other known species.

Mr. Sharpe is to be congratulated on his discovery of this hand-

some little species, and will, we may hope, soon send home

further specimens of it, accompanied by their skulls.

72. KoBUSs ELLIPSIPRYMNUS, Og.

(P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 504; 1894, p. 145.)

73. Kopus varpont, Livingst.

(Scl. P. Z. S. 1892, p. 98.)

74, Kopus senaanus, Scl. & Thos.

a. Imm. 2. Senga Valley, Upper Loangwa R. Presented by

Mr. R. Crawshay. Type of species.

This interesting animal, the representative in the Senga

Valley of K. vardoni, from which it differs in its smaller size, is

fully described in the ‘ Book of Antelopes’ (ii. p. 145) and only a

passing reference to it is here necessary.

75. CHRVICAPRA ARUNDINUM, Bodd.

(P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 146.)

Lake Mweru (A. Sharpe).

The Mweru Reedbuck has a well-marked black patch on the

crown between the horns. Similar patches have been noticed by

Gray in 8. African specimens.

76. AKPYCEROS MELAMPUS JOHNSTONI, Thos.

(P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 553; 1894, p. 145.)

77. HipporraGus nieER, Harr.

(P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 504.)

78. Onzas canna, H. Sm.

(P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 504; 1894, p. 145.)

798 MR. W. E, DE WINTON ON SOME RODENTS [Nov. 17,

79. STREPSICEROS KUDU, Gray.

(P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 145.)

80. TRAGELAPHUS ANGASI, Angas.

(Scl. P. Z. S. 1892, p. 98.)

Zomba, 1893 (A. Whyte).

Mantanas, near Chilomo, Oct. 1894. Presented a Lieut. G.

Oliver, R.N.

81. TRAGELAPHUS SCRIPTUS ROUALEYNI, Gord. Cumm.

(P. Z. S. 1893, p. 505; 1894, p. 145.)

Two males. Top of Mount Zomba. Presented by Mr. Alfred

Sharpe.

Zomba, Dec. 11, 1893 (A. Whyte).

82. MANIS TEMMINCKT, Smuts.

(P. Z. 8. 1892, p. 554; 1894, p. 145.)

2. On Collections of Rodents made by Mr. J. ffolliott Darling

in Mashunaland and Mr. F. C. Selous in Matabeleland,

with short Field-Notes by the Collectors. By W. E.

DE Winton, F.Z.S.

[Received August 31, 1896.]

(Plate XL.)

I.. Mr. Dartine’s CoLLection.

By the kindness of the authorities of the British Museum I

have been allowed to work out the Rodents contained in the

collection of small Mammals made by Mr. Darling during last

year, while engaged in mining work in the Mazoe district, about

4000 ft. above sea-level, on the headwaters of the river of the .

same name which flows N.E. into the Zambesi.

Collections from Africa with reliable data are always looked

forward to with much interest, but I think that this one, from a

district which of late has been brought so prominently before us,

has very special recommendations.

Every specimen has been most carefully prepared, with date of

capture, sex, and measurements, taken in the flesh, recorded, and

in almost every case the skull accompanies the skin; in the few

cases when this is missing, it is fully accounted for by having been

eaten by a hen or some evil beast; in one case the skull alone is

sent, the skin preserved with arsenical soap and stuffed with

cotton wool, having been eaten and vomited by a cat, was thought

to be not worth postage, which, by the way, is 2s. 9d. per lb.

With a further consignment we may hope to receive duplicates

PZ. Ss 1eIGrel ae

J.Smit del.et ith. Mintern Bros. imp

I.GEORYCHUS DARLINGI.2.ACOMYS SELOUSI.

Pan Yy

“+ie- _"

ee a

1896. ] FROM BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA. 799

of all the species in spirit, and also more extensive field-notes,

which will add very considerably to the value of the collection.

As usual, the small mammals seem to be the last important

zoological group to come in; for although of course the larger

mammals of this region have been long known, and, alas! many

well-nigh exterminated, and the birds and insects have been

largely collected, the present is the first collection of smaller

mammals of any importance numerically that has reached the

museums of Hurope.

The collection contains 47 specimens, referable to 16 species,

all belonging to the family Muride, with the exception of one

Dormouse and one Rodent Mole.

It seems strange that no Squirrel is represented, more especially

as a Galago is included in the collection. Africa south of the

Zambesi is curiously weak in Squirrels, only two species of Sciwrus

being found (one of which, Se. cepapz, is peculiar to this region) ;

neither of these can be called plentiful. This may be accounted

for by the absence of any large forests, and perhaps, in a minor

degree, by the partiality shown by the natives for small Rodents

as food ; these animals, owing to their diurnal and climbing habits,

being more easily found than rats and mice, stand a very poor

chance, especially as the trees which they frequent are mainly

confined to the banks of rivers or to clumps on low-lying ground

where water most likely lies beneath.

The value of this collection can in no way be measured by its

numbers or by the excellent condition in which both skins and

skulls are found, though these reflect the greatest credit on the

collector; for among the 16 species represented there are 7

that are entirely new to science or that if found elsewhere have

developed such well-marked characters in this geographically

distinct area as to necessitate the giving of a distinguishing

subspecific name. One of these, a Georychus, was described by

Mr. Thomas last year and named in honour of the collector, and

is here figured (Plate XL.), the remaining six are described in this

paper. At the same time one or two of these are not in any way

confined to the Mashunaland plateau, but have simply been con-

fused with other species, and perhaps, from being rather common,

have been considered not worth sending home.

1. Myoxus (ELiomys) NANUS, sp. n.

Ad. skin. §. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 21 July, 1895.

“Lives in trees and roofs of huts. Native name ‘ Sinde-

wara.’ ”"—J. ff. D.

Collector’s measurements, taken in the flesh, of type 95.8.27.4 in

Brit. Mus. :—Head and body 86 mm.; tail 72; hind foot 15; ear 14.

Skull: length 24; breadth 13; depth, top of parietal to base

of bulla 9°5; breadth of cranium 11; narrowest intorb. 4; nasals

9x3; basal length 20:5; henselion to back of palate 8; palate to

foramen mag. 10:5; molar series 3; diastema 5; mandible, depth

at coroneid 6°3 ; tips of incisors to condyle 14°5,

Proc. Zoo. Soo.—1896, No, LIT. 52

800 MR. W. B. DE WINTON ON SOME RODENTS [Nov. 17,

Size much less than M. murinus. Colour above uniform grey,

the only marking being a black patch commencing among the

whiskers and extending to the eye, and continuing on to the eye-

brows; the eyelids are black; the upper lips and cheeks white,

this colour reaching to immediately beneath the eyes and ears; all

the underparts are white; the under-fur above and below dark

slate-colour; the hands and feet very small and slender, of not so

pure a white as the belly; ears rather large, naked; tail sub-

cylindrical, bicoloured, grey drab above and dirty white beneath,

the hairs short near the base, very gradually lengthening till at

the extremity they are 13 mm. in length; the light hairs of the

underside exceed those of the upperside in length and so form

a pale margin.

The much larger ears and less bushy tail distinguish this species

at a glance from M. smithi, Thos., besides the black marks on the

cheeks and the greyer colour. As the tips of the hairs in this

species are pale and colourless, and only the upper part of the

tail shows any drab, it must be quite distinct from Z. kelleni,

Reuvens, as also for the same reason from Z. parvus, True, with

the addition that the under-fur of the cheeks and throat is dark

slate-colour and not white. The ears are certainly not small for

a Dormouse and there is no hair on them which is perceptible to

the naked eye, so there is no colour on the borders which both

these species are described as having. I may say that the

measurement of the ear is taken from the notch, as in all specimens

in this collection.

Mr. Darling writes :—“I have been telling them (the natives)

to get me some more dormice, but they say all those animals are

gone away: I know they are scarce, but I may be able to get

some. One hut I had on a bushy hill, a little chap used to live

inside, and come down quite close and watch me reading as I lay

in bed at night; if they eat insects he may possibly have come to

catch them at the candle, but I never saw him do so.”

2. GERBILLUS AFER, Gray.

Eight specimens of both sexes and of various ages taken at

Mazoe, Mashunaland, between the months of April and September,

1895.

“Fairly common. Native name ‘ Bendy.’ ”—J. ff. D.

Collector’s measurements taken in the flesh, adult ¢:—Head

and body 155 mm.; tail 166; hind foot 32; ear 20.

This is a nice series, showing the various forms of colour from

grey to foxy red. The bright colour on the cheeks and along the

whole length of the body immediately above the white of the

underparts makes its appearance at a very early age, but may

not reach the dorsal region till long after the animal is full-grown

and the teeth worn so as to show the complete pattern of the

enamel of the first molars, and the animal has reared young ones ;

thus it seems probable that many never assume the red colouring

at all, as there are specimens almost black on the back with well-

1896.] FROM BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA. 801

worn teeth, while others almost red-fawn have their teeth very much

less worn. In fact from this series it is impossible to say whether

age, sex, or season has much to do with the varying colour,

though there is little doubt that the immature animals are

invariably dark grey, showing the red first on the cheeks and

along the sides. The tail varies in length, but is generally some-

what longer than the head and body.

3. OTOMYS IRRORATUS, Bts.

a. Ad. sk. ¢. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 8 January, 1895.

Bo -Adxsk.s'3!: af ee 4 August, ,,

Y: Ad. sk. on ” ” 5 ” »

Collector’s measurements, taken in the flesh, of a:—Head and

body 197 mm.; tail 117; hind foot 28; ear 22.

‘Common in marshes. Native name ‘ Nappy.’ ”—J. ff. D.

These specimens all agree with the Cape form in the general

gold and dark brown grizzled colour.

. Mus CHRYSOPIIILUS, sp. n.

Ad. sk. 9. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 14 August, 1895 (type).

<= 3 i red 2 9 2

33 3 Si +b) ” 15 39 ”

” 3 < 9 29 19 29 99

ee 3 4s 17 January, ,,

° ”

+ s imm. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 16 January, 1895.

“‘ Trapped in grass. Native name ‘ Maché.’”—J. ff. D.

Collector’s measurements, taken in the flesh, of type 95.11.3.23

in Brit. Mus. :—Head and body 146 mm. ; tail 168; hind foot 28 ;

ear 19.

Skull: greatest length 38 mm.; breadth 18; breadth of brain-

.case 15; nasals 14:5x4:5; frontals 12; parietals 6:8; inter-

parietals 4x 9°5; basal length 32; henselion to back of palate 16;

palate to foramen mag. 12°5; incisive foramina 9X25. Upper

molar series 6; diastema 9°5; depth, parietals to bulla 12;

mandible, height at coronoid 11 ; incisor-tips to condyle 24.

The whole of the upper parts bright reddish-fawn, strongly

sprinkled with black hairs; cheeks and sides and thighs rather

paler, the dark hairs being less numerous and of a browner tint ;

the whole of the underparts, including the feet and hands, almost

pure white ; the colours of the upper and under sides being clearly

defined. All the hairs above and below dark slate-colour basally.

Ears moderate and naked, save for a few scattered rufous hairs.

Tail almost naked, but with a few very short adpressed hairs,

which increase in number and length towards the tip; scales in

rings 10 to 10 mm., shining like mica in some lights, the basal

half is indistinctly bicoloured, brown above, whitish beneath, the

terminal portion unicoloured brown.

Allied to WM. kaisert, Noack, but very distinct in colour.

This handsome Rat is not confined to the Mashunaland plateau,

52*

802 MR, W. BE, DE WINTON ON SOMB RODENTS [Nov. 17,

as the Museum has lately received specimens from the Transvaal

collected by Dr. Percy Rendall, and it is possible that its range

may extend still further south, as from the very little attention the

small mammals have received since the time of the early discoverers,

and owing to the bad state of preservation of many of the original

types, this species has been overlooked.

5. Mus AvRICcOMIS, sp. n.

a. Ad. sk. g. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 9 August, 1895.

jp. Ad. sk. o. Bs if Oe. » (type).

Y: Ad. sk. 2 ‘ ” ” 19 ” ”

“Testes larger than those of the larger species” (M. chryso-

philus).—J. ff. D.

Collector’s measurements, taken in the flesh, of type 95.11.3.21

in Brit. Mus. :—Head and body 113 mm. ; tail 147 ; hind foot 24;

ear 17.

Skull: greatest length 31; breadth 15; across brain-case

13-5; nasals 13x 4; frontals 9°5 ; parietals 5 ; interparietals 4 x 9 ;

basal length 26:5; henselion to back of palate 13:5; palate to

foramen mag. 10; incisor foramina 7°5; upper molar series 5:2 ;

diastema 7°5; depth, parietals to bulle 11:1; mandible, height at

coronoid 8-5 ; incisor-tips to condyle 20.

The whole of the upper parts yellow-fawn, strongly sprinkled

with black hairs; cheeks and sides and thighs almost pure fawn,

showing considerable contrast to the darker dorsal region; the

whole of the underparts, including the feet and hands, almost

pure white ; the colours of the upper and under parts being clearly

defined. The bases of the hairs of the back slate-colour (paler

than in WM. chrysophilus), those of the underparts being pale grey

only at the extreme bases. Ears moderate and naked, save for a

few yellow hairs. Tail almost naked, but with a few very short

adpressed hairs, which increase in number and length towards the

tip ; scales in rings 11 to 10 mm., shining like mica in some lights,

the basal half is indistinctly bicoloured, brown above, whitish

beneath, the terminal portion unicoloured brown.

Closely resembling M. chrysophilus in general characters, but

distinctly smaller ; the colour is less rufous and more golden, with

more contrast between the colours of the back and sides, and

whereas the under-fur of M. chrysophilus is dark slate above and

beneath, in this species it is grey-slate above and the underparts

have this colour only at the bases of the hairs, or the hairs may be

white throughout.

This Rat no doubt is closely allied to Mus namaquensis, A. Smith,

described in the 8. Afr. Quart. Journ. vol. ii. p. 160 as Gerbillus

namaquensis ; it is distinguished, however, by its shorter ears and

longer tail; the fur does not seem so soft, and is shorter. From

M. peedulcus, Sund., it is distinguished by the coarser scales on the

tail and the cusps of the molars are set in straighter cross rows,

the teeth broader.

1896.] FROM BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA. 803

6. Mus rarrus, Linn.

a. Ad. sk. 9. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 18 May, 1895.

[Gand Woy EAS) e5 he _ be 18 January, 1895.

“Taken in the house, very common. Native name ‘ Gonzo.’ ”—

Saf iPigl

Collector’s measurements, taken in the flesh, of a:—Head and

body 188 mm. ; tail 220; hind foot 34; ear 25.

I cannot separate these two specimens from the brown form of

M. ratius. It is the common House-Rat of the district.

7-9. Murzs, spp.

There are three Mice in the collection belonging certainly to two

and possibly to three distinct species, which at present I will not

venture to determine. The two larger ones, male and female,

differ markedly in colour, one being nearly black and the other

brown, but they agree fairly in the skulls and dentition as well as

can be judged, allowing for the great difference of age which exists

between them ; they belong no doubt to Mr. Thomas’s group which

he has so well nathed “‘ multimammate.” The third, a male, may

possibly be VW. mariquensis, A. Smith, and belong to the group

which has 3—2=10 mamne; but until further specimens are

obtained I would rather not assign any particular name to it.

10, ArvicanrHis porsALIS, A. Smith.

a. Ad.sk. ¢. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 30 January, 1895.

p. Ad. sk. 2 “ ” ” 13 ” ”

y. Juv.sk.d. be ss 13 August, 1895.

“Trapped in grass; not uncommon. Native name ‘ Chewanga-

ranga.’ ”—J. ff. D.

Collector’s measurements, taken in the flesh, of a:-——-Head and

body 130 mm. ; tail 134; hind foot 28; ear 17.

This species seems very constant in colour throughout its

extensive range, and there is little difference between the old and

young, the latter being generally more rufous, the inner side of the

ears more thickly clothed with short reddish hairs, and the tail more

thickly covered with hair so as to almost hide the scales. The

clearly-defined narrow black dorsal stripe seems never to vary.

The fifth finger is so small that unless examined closely there

appear to be only three toes on each of the fees; this character is

shared by A. barbarus, L., and A. pulchellus, Gr.

11. ARVICANTHIS PUMILIO DILECTUS, subsp. n.

a. Ad. sk. ¢. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 2 August, 1895 (type).

p. Sen. sk. 3. ” ” 5 ” ”

Y: Ad. sk. ¢. op = 1 pe 25

« Not uncommon. Native name ‘Shanchey.’ ”—J. ff. D.

Collector’s measurements, in flesh, of type 95.11.3.25 in Brit.

Mus. :—Head and body 106 mm.; tail 82; hind foot 20; ear 14.

Skull: greatest length 27; breadth 14; basal length 23:5;

henselion to back of palate 11:5; palate to foramen mag. 10 ;

804 MR. W. B, DE WINTON ON SOME RODENTS [Nov. 17,

length of upper molar series 4-8 ; diastema 7; mandible, height at

coronoid 9 ; tips of incisors to condyle 18.

Dorsal stripes arranged as in A. pumilio, Sparrm., but all the

stripes more clearly defined; the general colour darker and more

dusky above and below. A dark stripe commences between the

eyes ; immediately behind the ears it widens out and branches

into two stripes, which join again just above the base of the tail ;

the median space from the neck to near the tail is more rufous

than the body-colour; outside the two dorsal black stripes, from

the neck to the rump, are two pale buff stripes, and outside these

again two black stripes commencing at the back of the ears and

running to the base of the tail; all the stripes are subequal in

width ; outside these stripes the fur is a dark rich mixture of red-

brown and black, the colour gradually fading to the paler under-

side, which is dusky, strongly washed with orange ; the feet share

the general much darker grizzled colour as compared with A. pumilio

typicus.

ee the measurements it will be seen that this species is consider-

ably smaller than its Cape ally, and of about the same size as the

brightly-coloured A. pumilio diminutus, Thos., of British E. Africa.

12, DasyMys INCoMTUS FUSCUS, subsp. n.

a. Sen. sk. 2. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 4 August, 1895.

fB. Ad. sk. od. $3 an 1

y Ad. sk. d. x + 2

“ Native name ‘ Garu.’”—J. ff. D.

Collector’s measurements, taken in the flesh, of type 95.11.3.14

in Brit. Mus. :—Head and body 157 mm. ; tail 146 ; hind foot 32;

ear 21.

Skull: greatest length 37 mm.; breadth 20-2; basal length 35;

henselion to back of palate 20 ; palate to foramen mag. 13; length

of upper molar series 7*3; diastema 12:2; mandible, height at

coronoid 14; incisor-tips to condyle 27.

Size and general characters as in the type species, but differing

in colour, being of a uniform sooty black, only slightly grizzled

with yellow. Upper incisors deep red-orange; lower incisors

brownish honey-colour.

There is considerable difference in the ages of these three speci-

mens, the female being evidently very old, but all agree most

perfectly in colour, and there can be no doubt this is a well-marked

geographical race and must be distinguished by name.

” ”

” ”° (type).

13, GoLUNDA FaLLAXx, Pet.

Skull only received.

“3. Mazoe, Mashunaland.”—J. ff. D.

14, SaccosroMUS MasHONA, sp. n.

a. Ad. sk. ¢. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 13 June, 1895 (type).

8. Ad. sk. o. ft 43 5 May, 1895.

y. Ad. sk. 2. Sy < 19

be ”

1896.] FROM BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA, 805

“*Pouch-Rat. Native name ‘ Sigi.’”—J. ff. D.

Collector’s measurements, taken in the flesh, of type 95.8.27.10 in

Brit. Mus. :—Head and body 135 mm.; tail 35; ear 18; hind foot

(taken from dried skin) 22.

Skull: greatest length 35:5; breadth 17-3; basal length 31:5;

henselion to back of palate 18; palate to foramen mag. 11; length

of upper molar series 5; incisive foramina 7; diastema 11;

mandible, height at coronoid 12; tips of incisors to condyle 24.

Colour above dark iron-grey, formed by a mixture of grey-drab

and black, the sides and thighs with much less black intermixed ;

on the cheeks and along the lower margin of the dark colouring of

the upper parts there is a strong tinge of drab, which includes the

upper lips and the forearms, before passing into the cream-white

of the underparts, but posteriorly the light colouring passes along

the inner side of the thighs and only the feet are whitish. All

the hairs of the underparts are slate-grey for the greater part of

their length, finely tipped or ringed with grey-drab ; those on the

head and back have long black tips, and there appear to be many

very fine entirely black hairs intermixed, but owing to the extreme

softness of the fur it is very difficult to give a precise description ;

the general effect is drab-grey, strongly washed with shining black.

One specimen, a very old male, does not show quite so much black

on the back, and is rather more washed with drab; but the third,

an adult female, agrees most perfectly with the type in colouring.

The animal under notice is a much larger species than S. cam-

pestris, Pet., but, besides the size, the dark grey colour at once

distinguishes it from its congeners.

The skull does not show any marked peculiarity that would not

naturally be looked for in a larger animal; but m.2 has a small

though well-developed extra outer anterior cusp, the position being

occupied by a mere ledge in S. campestris.

Tail rather thinly covered with hair, intermixed are longer very

fine hairs which stand out, recalling the tail of a Crocidura; in old

animals the tail becomes nearly naked.

15. STHATOMYS PRATENSIS, Pet.

a. Ad. sk. d. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 19 August, 1895.

B. Ad. sk. 3. ” ” 1 ” ”

“Very fat, not common. Native name ‘ Shana.’ ”—J. ff. D.

Collector’s measurements, taken in the flesh, of a :—Head and

body 96 mm.; tail 45; hind foot 17; ear 16.

General colour dull drab-brown, underparts white, feet dirty

white. The measurement of the ear would seem large enough for

Dr. Peters’s S. krebsi, but the colour agrees with the species to

which I have referred it, and indeed the second specimen has a

considerably shorter ear,

16. GuoRYCHUS DARLINGI, Thos. (Plate XL. fig. 1.)

a. Ad. sk. d¢. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 11 March, 1895.

8. Imm.sk. 3. ,, ve hers »

806 MR. W. E. DE WINTON ON SOME RODEN'TS [Nov. 17,”

y. Juv. sk. ¢. Mazoe, Mashunaland, 20 August, 1895.

6. ‘Ad. sk. 3. - + 5 September, 1895.

e. Ad. sk. ¢. A = 7 4

¢. Ad. sk. 9. i.

Collector’s measurements, taken in the flesh, of a :—Head and

body 125 mm.; tail 9; hind foot 19.

“Common. Native name ‘ Nota.’ ”—J. ff. D.

This Rodent was described by Mr. Oldfield Thomas in the

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvi. 1895, p. 239; it is dis-

tinguished by the clearly-defined triangular pure white spot on the .

top of the head. The young appear to be mouse-grey and much

darker than the drab-coloured adult.

II. Mr. Srrous’s Connection.

Since writing the account of Mr. Darling’s collection, the fol-

lowing Rodents, collected and presented to the British Museum by

Mr. F. C. Selous, have been received. The collection, containing

nearly fifty specimens, was made at Essex Vale, about 4500 feet

above sea-level, near Buluwayo in Matabeleland, between the

months of August and October 1895, and should have reached the

Museum in the beginning of this year, but, owing to the disturbances

in the lands of the South African Chartered Company, the case

containing it was detained at Mafeking for more than six months.

Besides additional examples of the two new species of Jus

described above in Mr. Darling’s collection, there are specimens of

two undescribed species—an Acomys, which I have great pleasure

in naming in honour of the collector, and a Georychus, named in

honour of the “ mighty hunter”; the latter animal is of particular

interest, as it clearly shows the geographical distinction in the

fauna of these two adjoining districts.

Mr. Selous had the advantage of the services of Mr. J. Notman

in collecting and preserving these specimens ; the skins are all of

a uniform pattern, thus facilitating comparison enormously, and

the skulls are in the most perfect state. I can safely say that this

is the best preserved African collection that has ever been received

by the British Museum. We may hope to have the distinguished

collector among us before long, as I am glad to say he is now on

his way home, after the gallant defence of Buluwayo. A second

collection which he had hoped to bring with him was unfortu-

nately burnt by the Matabele at the outset of the rebellion, with

the whole of the contents of the pretty homestead of Essex Vale.

1. GERBILLUS LEUCOGASTER, Pet.

6 skins, 7 skulls: 4ad. ¢, 2ad. 2. Sept. and Oct.

“Trapped by a stream ; common.’—F. C. S.

There can be little doubt that these belong to Prof. Peters’s

species ; unfortunately they are rather young, none of them having

the teeth much worn. In contrast to the series of G. afer in

1896.) FROM BRITISH SOUTH AFRICA. 807°

Mr. Darling’s collection where no two are exactly alike in colouring,

these are all absolutely identical, soft grizzled fawn-yellow.

2. Mus rartus, L.

2 skins and skulls, d 2.

“ Trapped in house; very common.”—F. C. 8S,

These two agree with those received from Mr. Darling.

3. Mus cHRYSOPHILUS *, mihi.

8 skins, 9 skulls: 4 ¢,3 9,1 notsexed. Aug.—Oct.

‘Trapped in rocky kopje, common: but one taken near house ;

carrot for bait; very common.”’—F. C. 8S.

These specimens agree in every particular with those described

above from Mashunaland, and we may hope that Essex Farm will

turn out a gold-mine, as all the specimens yet received have come

from gold-bearing districts.

4, Mus auricomis *, mihi.

3 skins with skulls: 2 9,1. Sept. and Oct.

“ Trapped in Rocky kopje.’—F. C. NS.

Agreeing perfectly with the Mazoe animals described above.

5. Mus, sp.

6 skins with skulls. Sept. and Oct.

“Trapped near house ; carrot for bait; common.”—F. C. 8S.

These Mice are very uniform in colour, of a more yellow-tinted

colour than one of about the same size in Mr. Darling’s Mazoe

collection, and differing in the shape of the skull, but topotypes

of the earlier described species are necessary before we can pro-

perly unravel this difficult group. They are of the multimammate

group.

6, Mus NavTaLENsIs (?).

6 skins and skulls: 29,4 6. Aug—Oct.

“Trapped in Kaffir garden by a stream ; common.”—F. C. S.

Unfortunately the mamme are not traceable in either of the

females.

7. ACOMYS SELOUSI, sp. nov. (Plate XL. fig. 2.)

4 skins, 5 skulls: 2 9,1 9, 1 not sexed.

““No. 33, Mouse, 3, Matabeleland; 8 Oct. 1895. Trapped in

rocky kopje.”—/. C. 8.

Collector’s measurements taken in the flesh :—H. & b. 83 mm. ;

tl. 92°5; h. f. 16-5; ear 14. ;

Upper parts smoky rufous-brown or coffee-colour, more smoky

on the face and darker on the dorsal region ; clear chestnut-brown

on the cheeks, sides, and a patch behind each ear. Whole of the

1 Above, p. 801.

2 Above, p. 802.

808 ON SOME RODENTS FROM BRITISH souTH AFRICA. [Nov.17,

underside including the upper lip and feet, pure white, line

sharply defined ; ears and tail brown, naked, the latter paler on

the underside.

Type, No. 33, ¢, Essex Farm, Matabeleland; 8 Oct., 1895.

General colour much like Mus sylvaticus, but with the smoky

bloom peculiar to the genus.

Skull, old male :—Greatest length 25°5 ; br. zyg.12°5; br. brain-

case 11°3; nasals 10°5x%3; interpar. 3x85; basal length 21;

bk. of ins. to bk. of pal. 12-5; pal. to foram. mag. 7; ins. foram,

5°8; upper molar series 4; outside m.1 1-6; inside m.1 3:1;

diastema 6°5. Mandible: gr. length (bone) 13:1; to tip of

incisors 16.

Near A. wilsoni, Thos., but larger.

8. GEORYCHUS NIMRODI, sp. n.

4 skins, 1 ad., 3 juv.; 5 skulls, 2 ad., 3 juv. All taken in Nov.

Size much as in G. hottentottus, Less., and G. darlingi, Thos.:

differing from the former in its drab colouring, and from the latter

in the absence of the triangular white patch on the nape. The

skull is at once distinguished from its allies by the ascending

processes of the premaxillaries not extending backward beyond the

nasals, so that the suture between these bones and the frontals

forms a simple slightly bowed line, very distinct from the com-

plicated dove-tail pattern found in most of the Georychi. The

sagittal crest is only faintly developed, the interparietal bone being

rounded. The zygomata are not so much bowed out, anteriorly as

in G. hottentottus, and in this it resembles G. darling?, as also in the

thickened outer walls to the anteorbital foramina. In the type

specimen these foramina are very small, on one side indeed being

little more than a pin-hole, but this is a somewhat variable character

in this species. From the lachrymal projection the skull recedes

abruptly to the narrowest part of the constriction, with no posterior

lateral inflation of the frontals in the interorbital region. The

postnarial aperture is rather wide, the back of the palate being

slightly cut away on either side, leaving a projecting point in

the middle line; the posterior opening of the alisphenoid canal

is larger than in G. hottentottus.

I select as the type a specimen marked by the collector, “ No. 46,

Mole, 3, caught 18 Nov., 1895. Head and body 147 mm., hind

foot 245. Kaffir garden, only appeared on surface since rainy

season began. Locality, Essex Farm, Matabeleland.’”—J. C. S.

Measurements of skull of type: basilar length 31; greatest

breadth 27.

This new species is unquestionably nearly related to G. darlingi,

but outwardly as well as craniologically the two forms are easily

distinguished.

1896. ] ON THE ANTELOPES OF EASTERN ALGERIA. 809

3. On the Antelopes of the Aures and Eastern Algerian

Sahara. By Aurrep E. Pras’.

[Received June 24, 1896.]

In the following notes I shall confine myself to the Antelopes of

those regions of Algeria which are comprised between the Aures

Range and the borders of the countries inhabited by the Chamba

and Touareg tribes of the Sahara. Although much of my time

during the years 1892, 1893, 1894, and 1895 was devoted to hunt-

ing the Barbary Wild Sheep, I shall consider this, which is in my

opinion the most interesting of all the North-African wild animals,

outside the scope of this paper. However, in passing, L might be

allowed to’ say that M. Foureau, in the spring of 1895, assured

me that he bad found this Sheep in great numbers in the moun-

tain-ranges of those districts he had explored in the countries of

the Touaregs, and that those he had shot were identical in appear-

ance with specimens of the Atlas and Aures and Hl Goléa moun-

tains in the south, though he believed they were smaller in size.

At the same time he asserted that he had made a discovery so at

variance with all preconceived ideas of the habitat of the Red Deer

(Arab Fortassa or Mustarb), and which he regarded as ‘‘ wne chose

si bizarre,” that he almost hesitated, in regard for his own reputa-

tion, to make it known. His discovery was this, that he had

convinced himself of the existence of Cervus barbarus in certain

of these districts of the Ahaggar between the marshy jungles and

the mountains. The only places that I know of where the

Barbary Deer still lingers in N. Africa is to the E. of Tebessa and

in the forests to the north of Gafsa in Tunisia, where happily it

has been placed under the protection of the French Departments

of Forests. The horns that I have seen from these districts

lead me to believe that the Tunisian Deer is inferior in point

of size to the European Red Deer. The Buffalo is still to be

found in the marshes near Biserta, and is also under protection,

one native Kaid alone having the right to hunt them.

The Bubal (Bubalis buselaphus) is now extinct in the Province

of Constantine, and very rare indeed in Tunisia and in Oran. In

a journey made in 1895 through the Djereed and into the Tunisian

Aures I not only never saw one, but never could obtain any but

the most uncertain accounts of where they could be found. If I

returned to that country I should search for them in the neigh-

bourhood of Douz and the Dahar district. In 1738, according to

Shaw, “these kingdoms” (i. ¢., the Barbary States, Eastern Pro-

vince) “afforded large herds of the Neat kind called Bekker el Wash

by the Arabs. This species,” he goes on to say, “is remarkable

for having a rounded turn of body, a flatter face, with horns bend-

ing more towards each other than the tame kind.”

The term Begra el Ouash (Wild Cow) is indiscriminately used

by the Arabs for both the Bubal and Addax, and travellers should

1 Communicated by the Secretary.

810 MR, A, B, PEASE ON THE [Nov. 17,

bear this in mind in making enquiries. The Arabs, however, use

the word “ Mecha” exclusively for the Addax, though probably the

general run of natives are unacquainted with this name.

The Addax (Addax saso-maculatus), called by the French

* Antilope du Sud,” by the Arabs “ Begra el Ouash” or “ Mecha,”

and by the Touaregs “ Zamita” (or T’ameeta), has been so often

described that I will not attempt any description of it myself, but

simply give such information as to its habitat and habits as I have

been able to gather whilst travelling in the Sahara and residing at

Biskra.

I do not know of any good complete specimen in any museum,

nor have I been able to obtain one myself, though, along with

Sir Edmund Loder, I made one good bid to reach the confines of

those countries where it is to be found in great numbers. In

February 1895, furnished with all the information I could obtain

from M. Foureau and natives familiar with the Erg, we started from

Biskra to reach the country between El Oued Souf and Rhadamis.

Afier a week’s journey across the desert by way of the great Chotts

we reached the Oued Souf. At El Oued, the last outpost of the

French in the direction of Rhadamis, we were stopped till Capi-

taine de Prandicre obtained instructions from the General of

Division permitting us to goon. After a detention, made pleasant

by the great kindness and hospitality of the three French officers

in command of ihe native garrison, we had the disappointment of

being told that we could not be allowed to proceed southwards.

At the time we thought this very hard, for though we were aware

that the Touaregs had lately raided the Chambas as near as Mey,

we felt that a flying visit to the country east of Bir Beresof would

be without danger, as we could be in and out again before our

presence was discovered. But a few months later M. Foureau

and a strong force were driven back from the south, though he

had reached a point far beyond our proposed destination, and I

think our hosts were entirely justified in their refusal. Our plan

had been to reach Bir Beresof, and then to strike east for Bir Aoueen,

where we should in all probability have come up with the Addax,

which visits this district in large quantities in favourable years.

The Addax country is the Erg, the great region of sand-dunes

covered more or less thickly with vegetation according to situation

and rains, This sand-dune country covers hundreds—it may be

said thousands—of miles and the Addax follows the rains. In

certain districts it is not uncommon for rain not to fall for several

years in succession, In one year the Addax are only found far

south of Rhadamis and Ain Taiba (S. of Ouargla), in other years

they follow the rain as far north as the southern borders of the

Chott Djereed in the east and the neighbourhood of Ain Taiba in

the west. Without the help of the French and a good escort of

Chambas it would be vain to attempt to reach the Rhadamis

country by way of Bir Beresof; and the wells being sometimes

nine days apart, it is a difficult route to follow.

I heard when at Touzer that a M. Cornex had obtained a

1896.] ANTELOPES OF EASTERN ALGERIA. 811

“ Begra el Ouash” within a few days of Douz; possibly this was

the Bubal, though I was assured that he had got the Addax.

_M. Cornex (a Swiss) had adopted the religion and dress of the

Arabs, and had therefore facilities of reaching places and avoiding

dangers that were quite exceptional.

In 1894 the Touaregs raided as far north as the southern

shores—if they can be called shores—of the Chott Djereed. In

1895 we crossed the western end of this Chott, and, so as far as we

could judge or learn, the Chott was without water in any part;

it had been an exceptionally dry year, and the country between

the mountains and the Djereed we found absolutely devoid of

inhabitants.

Fig. 1.

Horns of “ Addax”: front view.

At El Oued there was in the fort a tame Addax familiarly

called “ Begra,” and this was the only living specimen we saw

during our journey. It was not a very good example, but had

rather a fine pair of horns. It had been presented by some

Chambas to the Commandant.

812 MR, A. E, PEASH ON THE [Nov. 17,

The best and strongest horns I know are a pair I purchased

from an Arab who had come to Biskra vid Ouargla (see fig. 1, p. 811).

They measure 343 inches in length, 63 in. round the base ; 173 in.

between the tips, and 123 in. between the horns at the lower

outward curve.

he Chambas who have firearms shoot a great many of these

Antelopes, and assure me that when there is a wind sufficiently

strong to make the grass, broom (Genista monosperma ?), and

bushes wave, it is very easy to get them. They told me that they

could easily take me where they were “like flies,” and where I

could get as many as ever I wished.

The Touaregs hunt the Begra el Ouash or “Tamita” with

Slonghia (Greyhounds—the Saharian Greyhound is called a

“sloughi” by the Arabs). The sloughia bring it quickly to bay,

and the men go in and spear it.

Algeria and the Northern Sahara yield three distinct kinds of

Gazelles (I know nothing of Gazella rufina). Old works which allude

to these species are most confusing, and it is often impossible from

their descriptions and names to know to which their remarks refer.

Shaw’s accounts, so far as they go, of the wild animals of the

Barbary States are comparatively clear. In alluding to the

Gazelles, he says :— -

“‘ Besides the common Gazelle or Antelope” (i.e. Gazella dorcas)

“(which is well known in Europe) this Country likewise produceth

another Species of the same Shape and Colour, though of the

Bigness of our Roe-Buck and with Horns sometimes of two foot

long. This the Africans call Lidmee (7.¢. the Admi or Gazella

cuvieri), and may, I presume, be the Strepsiceros and Addace of

the Antients ...”

It is usual to regard the Dorcas as the “common Gazelle,” but

I have no doubt whatever that the Rhime (G. loderi) is by far

the most numerous species in North Africa, and to be found over

a very much more extended area than the Dorcas. The descrip-

tion given in the ‘ Proceedings’ of this Society (1894, pp. 467-473)

of the Algerian Gazelles is so complete that I shall confine myself

to a very brief notice of the three species that I am familiar with.

(1) The Dorcas (Gazella dorcas), called by the Arabs generally

“ Rhozal,” but when exactness is required “ Hemar.” They regard

a large Dorcas as one of a separate race, and he is called Bow

Khrouma (Large Throat), but the Bou Khrouma and Hemar are both

alike the Dorcas Gazelle. The French discriminate between the

Dorcas and the Rhime (G. oder?) by terming the former “ Gazelle

des Plaines,” and the latter “‘ Gazelle des Sables.”

It is with great respect and diffidence. that I object to the

Dorcas being described (see P. Z. S. 1894, p. 467) as ‘the common

Gazelle of the Algerian Sahara generally,” for the Dorcas is not

met with in the Sahara proper, so far as I can learn, and in the

Eastern Algerian Sahara at least is not to be found south of

lat. 33°. The Dorcas in the Eastern Province and in Tunisia is the

common Gazelle of the plains immediately south of the Aures

1896. } ANTELOPES OF EASTERN ALGERIA. 813

Range, which form a sort of transitional zone between the moun-

tains and the Sahara proper. Roughly speaking, this Gazelle is

confined to a belt of country not more than 120 or 150 miles

wide (and generally very much narrower). It may be found in

plains, or even in low hills, within the southern mountain-chains,

and on or near some of the sand-dunes on the confines of the

Chotts. I have frequently seen it in the neighbourhood of the

Chotts, but once into the Oued Souf and sand desert and all trace

of it is lost and the Rhime takes its place. In the district of Sef

el Menadi, where I have been twice with Sir E. G. Loder, and

where he secured the first specimen of the Gazelle (the Rhime)

which now bears his name, we found both Rhime and Dorcas on

the same ground; and this place may be marked as the most

northern limit which the Rhime ever inhabits, as it never leaves

the sand, I think, whilst the Dorcas does not go much further

south than this. Probably there are several of these isolated

islands of sand where the Rhime may be found.

The best male Dorcas that I have shot had horns a little over

31 cm. in length, the best female 25 «m. (measured along the

curve).

They vary a good deal in colour according to the ground they

frequent, and there is a slight variety among members of the same

band. In 1893 there was on the plain of Ain Naga a pure white

one, no doubt an albino; but though my hunter had frequently

seen it, he was never able to find it for me.

(2) The Rbime (Gazella loderi), Arab “ El Rhime,” Tamahaq

“ Hankut,” is the common Gazelle of the Sahara. Enormous

numbers are killed by the Arabs in the neighbourhood of Rhadamis,

and their skins dressed and dyed with a dye made from the rind

of pomegranates and exported from Rhadamis. They are to be

found throughout the region of the great Ergs and everywhere

in the Sahara sands where there is vegetation sufficient to

support them. The only places where they are to be met with,

I believe, north of El Oued Souf, are to the south-west of Bou

Chaama and near Sef el Menadi. A number of their horns are

always on sale at Biskra and sometimes the skins. The male

horns of the Rhime sometimes bear so close a resemblance to

those of the Admi (Gazella cuviert) that they are often sold and

bought as such. The Admi horns are much less commonly seen than

the Rhime; as a rule, they are to be distinguished. The general

character of the Rhime horns as distinguished from the Admi are,

so far as I can describe them, as follows :-—

In the Rhime among average specimens the horns form in their

main outline a long evenly-tapering V, whilst in the Admi the

horns co far up from their base are more inclined to the parallel

before springing out laterally, and towards the points usually take

an inward and forward turn; this turn inward is rarer, though

not uncommon, in the Rhime, but the forward bend at the top is

common to both.

I have remarked, too, that the annulations or notches are as a

814 ON THE ANTELOPES OF EASTERN ALGERIA, [Nov. 17,

rule, deeper and more marked in the Admi, and stop more abruptly

towards the points of the horns than is the case with the Rhime,

which gradually fade into the smooth points.

Fig. 7A Fig. 3.

Horns of “ Rhime.” Horns of “ Admi.”

I think it will be found also that the line of annulations in the

Rhime is generally horizontal or depressed from front to back,

while in the Admi this line tends upwards. Besides this I have

nothing more to add to the very full description of the Gazella

lodert in the ‘ Proceedings,’ by Mr. Thomas and Sir E. G. Loder.

My best Rhime horns measure barely 35 cm. along the curve.

(3) The Admi (Gazella cuviert) is known as Admi, ?Admi, or

VEdmi to the Arabs; it is also distinguished from the Dorcas

“ Rhozal” as “ Rhozal Djebel” (Mountain Gazelle).

This Gazelle is by no means so rare as is generally supposed,

though it is difficult to secure, its quickness and facility for

eluding observation being equal almost to that of the Larrowi

(Ovis tragelaphus). There is hardly a mountain in the southern

ranges of the Aures where they are unknown, and I have seen

them on almost every mountain from far to the N.W. of Biskra

to the Tunisian frontier at Negrine. I know that they are common

on the Djebel Cherchar, and | have seen them as far north as the

hills and woods of Melagon, near Chelia. I have seldom seen more

than eight in a herd, and far more frequently they are met with

singly and in pairs, or bands of three to five. While frequenting

the same difficult ground as the Larrowi, it is more usual to find

them in larger numbers on those mountains which are lower than

the highest. I have seen them on the plateaux and plains among

the mountains, and they frequently descend at night to feed on

the barley in the valleys, as also does the Larrowi. The best male

horns I have measure rather more than 36 cm. along the curve.

1896.] ON THE GAZDLLES OF TUNISIA. 815

4, On the Gazelles of Tunisia.

By Joseru S. Wuiraker, F.Z.S.

[Received October 1, 1896.]

GAZELLA DORCAS (Linn.).

The common Dorcas Gazelle is to be met with throughout the

greater part of Central and Southern Tunisia, frequenting the vast

semi-desert plains abundant in those districts, but not the more

sandy inland country of the extreme south of the Regency, where

it is replaced by another species. So far as I can ascertain, the

Dorcas Gazelle never occurs in the Tell country ; but I have found

it in the neighbourhood of Kairouan, which is probably the

extreme northern limit of the range of this species in the Regency.

On the extensive plains to the west of Gafsa I have found it

particularly abundant ; and I understand it is plentiful in the

neighbourhood of the Chott Djerid, and throughout a considerable

portion of the coast-country of the south, but not in the true

desert further inland, where sand-dunes take the place of the

stony scrub-covered plains. It may occasionally stray into the

sand country, but this is exceptional.

In winter the Dorcas Gazelle congregates in large herds, often

numbering over one hundred individuals ; but in spring these

herds break up, and one then meets with the Gazelles in small

parties or singly. The female G. dorcas, I am told, gives birth to

but one young one at a time, and this generally in the month of

April.

The horns of this species vary considerably both in size and in

shape. As a rule, those of the adult male are stout, deeply

annulate, and lyrate, measuring from 10 to 13 inches in length

along the front curve; those of the female are much shorter,

straighter, smoother, and more slender.

I may here mention that I have specimens of the Dorcas

Gazelle from the country south of the Chott Djerid, which are

somewhat paler in colour than the ordinary type. No doubt this

variation in colouring is due to some difference in the nature of

the soil and surroundings of the districts from whence these

particular specimens came.

GAZELLA CUVIERI (Ogilby).

The Mountain Gazelle, the Hdmi or Edem of the Arabs—the

Tunisians use the latter name—is to be found sparingly on most

of the mountains throughout the Tunisian Regency. Essentially

a mountain species, as its name implies, it never occurs, so far as I

am aware, on the plains, or at any distance from hilly country.

I have met with the Edmi, and obtained specimens of it, on

some of the higher ranges near Kasrin, in Central Tunis, and have

found it in the south near Gafsa and Tamerza. In the north of

the Regency it seems to occur on the mountains near Zaghouan,

the extreme eastern range of the Atlas, and in the neighbourhood

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LILI. 53

816 ON THE GAZELLES OF TUNISIA. [Nov. 17,

of Ghardimaou, on the Algerio-Tunisian frontier, from both of

which places M. Blanc, the naturalist in Tunis, tells me he has

received specimens in the flesh. I myself have also been offered

Edmi-shooting on an estate only some twenty miles or so south of

Tunis. It seems evident, therefore, that the species has a wide

range in the Regency, although perhaps it is nowhere very

abundant.

In Algeria, as shown by Mr. E. N. Buxton * and Sir Edmund

Loder *, the Edmi occurs on the mountains of the Atlas, notably

on the Aurés range, and I myself have seen freshly-killed

specimens of it in the Biskra market; but probably the species has

a more limited range in Algeria than further east, in Tunisia,

where the character of the country, and more particularly of the

mountains, is more compatible with the requirements of this

animal.

G. cuviert is to be found either in small herds or singly, and

occasionally, though not as a rule, at a considerable elevation. On

the Djebel Selloum and Djebel Semama, near Kasrin, both of

which mountains are nearly 4000 feet above sea-level, I found the

Gazelles about halfway up. These mountains, although steep in

places and with some very rugged scarps, are in great part well-

wooded with Aleppo pines, and on the lower slopes with a thick

undergrowth of the usual maquis vegetation. In this brushwood

the Gazelles easily escape detection and are naturally not very

often seen. Although fond of cover, the Hdmi will adapt itself to

circumstances, and seems equally at home on the arid mountains

of the south, where there is but little vegetation, and that merely

of a dwarf description, affording slight shelter. In the spring,

when my hunting-trips after Aoudad (Quis tragelaphus) and Edmi

have taken place, there has always been a little water on these

mountains; butfor some menths of the year, I am told, the water-

courses are dry, and the animals then, should they wish to drink,

must travel some distance. That both these species, however,

shift their quarters constantly I feel convinced, force of cireum-

stances rendering them as nomad as the Arabs themselves.

The Edmi is very much larger than the Dorcas Gazelle, its

weight being almost double. Its coat is darker in colour and

with rather longer and coarser hair, while its knees, besides having

very strongly developed brushes, show distinct callosity. The

horns in the adult male are very stout and deeply annulated, and

generally with but little curve, measuring about 13 inches, or

even more in fine specimens. Those of the female are much more

slender and smoother, but sometimes of fair length, some in my

possession measuring 11 inches. ;

GaZELLA LODERI, Thos. (P. Z.8. 1894, p. 470, pl. xxxii.)

This pale desert Gazelle, only recently scientifically described,

and named by Mr. Oldfield Thomas after Sir Edmund Loder, is

1 See Buxton, P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 363.

* See Leder, P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 473.

1896.] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM NYASA-LAND. 817.

known to the Tunisian Arabs by the name of Ghazel abied or.

Resél abied, meaning the White Gazelle, its Algerian name Reem

or Rim being apparently unknown in Tunis.

It seems to be a true desert species, never occurring out of the

sand-dune country, where it replaces G. dorcas; and while the

home of the latter species is the semi-desert country, with its vast

stony plains, covered with scanty scrub vegetation, the habitat of

G. lodert is undoubtedly the more arid region of sand wastes

further south.

Herr Spatz, who has resided for several years in the south of

Tunis, and is well acquainted with this Gazelle, informs me that

it is common in the inland country of the extreme south of the

Regency, being first met with at about 25 to 30 miles south of the

Chott Djerid. In the districts where it occurs it is plentiful, and

is generally to be found in small herds; but owing to its very

pale colour, which harmonizes so well with that of the desert

surroundings, it is not easily distinguished at a distance, and being,

moreover, extremely shy and wary, a near approach is not often

possible. The nomad Arabs, however, who are nearly all sports-

men, kill a good many, and every year some 500 to 600 pairs of

horns of this species are brought by the caravans coming from the

interior to Gabes, where they find a ready sale among the French

soldiery.

Herr Spatz confirms what Sir Edmund Loder says of this

species never drinking, and, as to its food, says it subsists on the

leaves and berries of the few desert plants to be found in the sand

wastes. The female of G. loderi, according to Spatz, often has two

young ones at a birth, differing in this respect from G. dorcas,

which seems to have but one.

So good a description of G. loderi has been given by

Mr. Thomas (P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 470), that I can add nothing

thereto, except it be merely to say that the coat of this Gazelle is

extremely fine and short-haired, and that in specimens which I

have the knee-brushes are so slightly developed as to be scarcely

noticeable or worthy of the name.

5. On two Collections of Lepidoptera made by Mr. R.

Crawshay in Nyasa-land. By Arruur G. Burttmr,

Ph.D., F.LS., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper,

Zoological Department, British Museum.

[Received August 18, 1896.]

(Plates XLI. & XLII.)

A few days before his return to England a small collection

of Lepidoptera reached me from Mr. Crawshay, accompanied by

a letter, in which he stated that it was from quite a new locality,

“viz. from Senga, the Loangwa River valley—which, as you can

see, drains into the Upper Zambesi River, and not into this lake.

43*

818 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA Nov. 17

’

“So far as I know, only two Europeans have ever visited Senga

besides myself, one of whom was poor Mr. Glave, who died lately

when crossing the continent from east to west. No one, I think,

has ever done any natural history collecting there.

“In August and September last I had occasion to make a

journey into Senga, for the purpose of investigating the slave-

trade, and this afforded me an opportunity of shooting and natural

history collecting.

**] got together a number of Antelopes’ heads, some land-shells,

and about sixty species of Butterflies—some of which I take to

be new, for I have never before seen anything like them. Had

the state of the country permitted it, 1 would have prolonged my

journey and done more; but the Senga slave-traders proved

hostile: twice we were fired on; and, having no fighting force at

my disposal, I was obliged to retrace my steps.

‘“‘ However, everything taken into consideration, I am well

pleased with what little I got; the Butterflies certainly are very

interesting, and will furnish, I should think, six or seven new

species, if not more.

“ Returning from Senga, then, I revisited Henga (33 days S.W.

from this), and there I spent about six weeks for the purpose

of shooting. It was nota good time of year for insects, being just

the end of the dry season: however, I took a few, one a large

spotted ‘ Blue’—the largest ‘Blue’ I think I ever saw, but not

anything gorgeous, which may be something good. This and one

or two other insects I will send you, all in the same box.”

We had commenced mounting the Butterflies in this very

interesting consignment when Mr. Crawshay reached England,

bringing with him two other boxes of Lepidoptera collected by

him in or near the Deep Bay district. I have therefore thought it

best to combine the account of the two collections in one paper.

As, of late years, the minds of Lepidopterists have been greatly

exercised respecting the seasonal forms of Butterflies, I asked

Mr. Crawshay whether he could give me information respecting the

duration of the wet and dry seasons in British Central Atrica.

He now sends me the following particulars, which will doubtless

prove of considerable value to the students of dimorphism :—

“No precise limit can be laid down to define the rainy and

dry seasous throughout the whole of British Central Africa. The

seasons vary in the various localities: in the first place, latitude

has to be taken into consideration ; then, again, the rains of the hills

set in earlier than those of the plains.

“In the Shiri highlands, which on the mean are over 3000 feet

alt., the first rains fall about the end of September or the beginning

of October, according to the phase of the moon; these are the

preliminary rains, and they last only two or three days, as a rule.

Then succeeds a dry period of some three weeks or so. After

this the heavy rains set in, and continue until the middle or end

of April—some years a little earlier or later than this.

“This year I happened to be at Blantyre at the end of April

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 819

and the beginning of May: it rained then almost every day, up to

the date of my departure on or about May 12th.

“On the Lower Shiri plains the wet season does not set in

until later: no rain falls at Chiromo, I think, before the middle

of November. The last day or two of October, 1894, when

travelling by land from Chiromo to Blantyre, I came in for light

rains on reaching the foot of the hills at the back of the Elephant

marsh.

“ Further north, on Lake Nyasa, the rains commence later by

about a month or six weeks, on the mean: much, however, depends

on locality—whether the country is plain or hilly, and, again, bare

or forested.

“Take for instance Deep Bay, about 10° 30’ S. lat., and roughly

some ninety miles from the north end of the lake. Here there

are low hills attaining a height of some 400 feet above the lake,

and behind these again is low undulating country extending some

twelve or fifteen miles inland, to the foot of the Nyika plateau,

which attains on the mean a height of 7400 feet, the accepted

altitude of Lake Nyasa being some 1600 odd feet.

‘No rain falls at Deep Bay before the middle of November,

sometimes not until later. In 1893 there was no rain before

December, when there were two or three preliminary showers.

The heavy rains did not set in until January 8, 1894. In 1895

there were some very heavy preliminary rains in November; the

heavy rains set in, in good earnest, with the waning moon in

December of that year.

‘«« The rains continue until about the middle of May, sometimes a

week or two later; the heavy rains slack off at the end of March.

The heaviest rains of the year are between February and March;

after that it rains fitfully, at intervals of every two or three

days.

“Tn 1889 it rained all May, very heavily too during the first

half of the month. In 1893 there were two very heavy down-

pours on the 17th and 18th July, fully five or six weeks after the

dry season had set in.

“In Nyika the rains commence a good deal earlier and last

longer. It is a very moist country indeed; the higher parts of it

can hardly be said to have any dry season, as there are rainy mists

all the year through. The first rains fall about the end of

September or the beginning of October. The rainfall of these

mountains rather resembles that of Northern Europe, Ireland

especially: it rains thickly but lightly, and for days on end at

times; there are not the heavy downpours which are experienced

at lower altitudes.

‘A hundred miles or so south of Deep Bay, at Bandawe, the

rains set in earlier than at Deep Bay; this may be attributed to

the fact that Bandawe is a hilly promontory, abutting from high

mountainous country, some of the rainfall of which finds its way

down to the lake along the neck of connecting highland. If I

recollect rightly, I experienced a shower or two of rain when

820 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

camped at Bandawe about the last day of October, 1885. Bandawe,

I might here mention, is a terrible spot for thunderstorms.

“In Henga, the valley of the Upper Lunyina River, 3300 feet

alt., on the mean, some fifty miles S.W. of Deep Bay, the early

rains fall about the beginning of November and the rainy season

ends about the beginning of May, though there may be, and very

often are, a good few showers after that.

“On the Konde plains, which commence about thirty miles

north of Deep Bay and extend to the lofty Wakinga Mountains

in German territory, the rains are a week or two later than at

Deep Bay. At Karonga, the terminus of the so-called Nyasa-

Tanganyika “road” (no road in reality exists—it is only a native

track), the first rains do not fall before the beginning of December,

asarule. The dry season there commences at the beginning of

May, or possibly a little earlier, according to the phase of the

moon.

“The Nyasa-Tanganyika plateau:—rains commence in Novem-

ber, about the beginning of the month on the escarpments of the

plateau, and about a fortnight later halfway across, and last until

the end of April. The rainfall is very heavy, especially at the

extremities of the plateau: nevertheless, towards the end of the

dry season, much of it is a desert almost, for want of water.

“In the Loangwa River valley, Senga, some seven or eight

days’ journeying on foot S.W. of Karonga, the preliminary rains

commence in September; and, I believe, the rainy season lasts till

May, though I was not there to see this for myself. In August,

1895, I found the Loangwa valley completely burnt up; on

September 10th we had rain, also on one or two days subsequently.

“Tn the Eastern watershed of the Congo, 7.¢. on Lake Mweru,

and in Kabwiri and Itawa, the preliminary rains fall in September,

and the rainy season lasts on into May. During my period of

residence on Lake Mweru, I found the rainy season of 1891-1892

ended May 6th on the level of the Lake; a fortnight later on the

plateau to the eastward: the preliminary rains of 1892-1893

again began on September 4th, some three weeks earlier than was

the case in 1891.”

All Mr. Crawshay’s captures having been carefully dated, it will

now be possible for any Lepidopterists, by going through my

published papers, to discover whether a form was obtained in the

dry or wet season; in any case it is certain that some of the

supposed distinctly seasonal forms were all captured at the same

spot on the same day, and (to judge by their excellent condition)

must have emerged from the pupa about the same time; but I am

told that this fact does not militate against the view that they are

dry- and wet-season forms! Personally, I fail to understand how

an insect which flies abundantly in the middle of the rainy season

can be called a “ dry-season form”; I can only suppose that the

expression “dry season” is not to be understood literally, but

merely as indicating a type of form and colouring prevalent

during the dry season, though often occurring during the rains.

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 821

The following is a list of the species in the two series last

collected by Mr. Crawshay, among which are twenty new to science,

some being of considerable interest.

1. AMAURIS ANSORGEI.

Amauris ansorgei, E. M. Sharpe.

Kasungu Mountain, 7200 feet alt., Nyika, March 3rd, 1896.

2. AMAURIS CRAWSHAYI, sp.n. (Plate XI. fig. 1.)

Intermediate between A. albimaculata and A. whytei: the

primaries having the form and pattern of the former, but the

ground-colour is much deeper, glossed with indigo; the pattern

of the secondaries corresponds with that of A. whytei, excepting

that the submarginal spots are better defined and pearl-white and

the broad belt paler and more creamy. TExpanse of wings 80

millim.

3 d, Kapora, Songwe plain, 2nd March, 1895; Nkata Bay,

W. coast of Lake Nyasa, 14th March, 1896.

3. LIMNAS CHRYSIPPUS.

Papilio chrysippus, Linnzeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 263 (1764).

3, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th,

1896,

4. GNOPHODES DIVERSA.

Gnophodes diversa, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5,

vol. v. p. 333 (1880).

9, Mkamasi River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 22nd,

1895.

“ White ova” (f. C.).

5. MELANITIS SOLANDRA.

Papilio solandra, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 500 (1775).

2, Leya, Deep Bay, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, June 4th, 1895

Var. fulvescens. Nkata Bay, March 14th, 1896.

“ Emerald-green ova” (2. C.).

6. APHYSONEURIA PIGMENTARIA.

Aphysoneuria pigmentaria, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xx. p. 191 (1894).

©, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., March 3rd, 1896.

“‘ Pearly-white coloured ova” (f. C.).

7. PHYSCENURA PIONE,

Q. Physcenura pione, Godman, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 183, pl. xix.

figs. 2,3; 3. Trimen, ]. c. 1894, p. 20, pl. iv. fig. 1.

Fuleriva forest, Deep Bay, March 6th, 1896.

Seven examples were obtained; but, as we already possess a

sufticient series of this pretty species, none were retained for the

Museum collection.

822 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

8. SAMANTA SIMONST.

Mycalesis simonsii, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xix. p. 458 (1877).

3 6d, Karonga plain, 1670 feet alt., N.W. coast of Lake

Nyasa, August 20th; 9, Virauli Mountain, Nyasa to Tanganyika

Road, August 22nd, 1895.

Said to be, without question, the dry-season form of S. perspicua:

this is quite possible, inasmuch as all the specimens now sent

were obtained at the height of the dry season. The difference

between the two forms is one of colour rather than of pattern or

outline ; also, as might be expected, the ocelli are reduced in size.

The chief objection is that the nearly related S. eiasis is a native

of a humid country, and has no wet-season form corresponding

with S. perspicua.

9. CHARAXES SATURNUS, var. LATICINCTUS,

Charaxes saturnus, var. laticinctus, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1895, p. 252.

3, Vuwa, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, August 16th, 1895.

10. CHARAXES DRUCEANUS,

Charaxes druceanus, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 4 (1869); Lep.

Exot. p. 26, pl. x. fig. 4.

3, Lumpi River, Lower Nyika, Nov. 30th, 1895.

“ Taken on a putrefying Eland’s head, while on a porter’s head”

(R. C.).

11. CHARAXES ACHAMENES.

Charaxes achemenes, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 446,

pl. lix. figs. 6, 7 (1867).

3, Deep Bay, March 6th, 1896.

12. CHARAXES GUDERIANA.

3. Nymphalis guderiana, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf.

Halle, 1879, p. 200, pl. 2. fig. 18.

Q. Charaxes guderiana, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 648; Trimen,

P. Z. S. 1894, pl. v. fig. 8.

9, Deep Bay, Jan. 17th, 1896.

“Taken feeding upon over-ripe bananas in my veranda ;”

contained a “ prodigious quantity of bright emerald-green ova”

(R. C.).

13. CHARAXES MANICA.

2. Charaxes manica, Trimen, P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 43, pl. vi. fig. 9.

3d, Kapora, Songwe plain, N.W. Nyasa, March 3rd, 1895

(J. B. Yule); Q, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, July 1st, 1895.

The female is larger than in Mr. Trimen’s figure, and, on the

upper surface, reminds one strongly of C. bohemanni Q ; itisa

good deal shattered, having evidently been long on the wing.

Mr. Crawshay says of it :—‘ A rare and almost impossible insect

1896. ] FROM NYASA-LAND. $23

to take: it flies high and fast, and thus is the only specimen I

have ever had a chance of taking.” I now have no doubt that one

of the males recorded in my paper in the ‘Annals and Magazine

of Natural History,’ 1896, xviii. p. 68, as “ C. ethalion (Hastern

type),” and taken on the Upper Leya, on the same day as the

male above noted, belongs to this species; but when identifying it

I had no female for comparison.

14. CHARAXES LEONINUS.

Charaxes leoninus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 253, pl. xv. fig. 2.

3, Lower Nyika, June 14th, 1895.

15. CHARAXES ZOOLINA.

Nymphalis zoolina, Westwood & Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep.

pl. liii. fig. 1 (1850).

3, Mpimbi, Upper Shiri River, March 24th, 1896.

A much-shattered example, but the first we have received from

Nyasa-land.

16. PanopPEA HELIOGENES. (Plate XLI. fig. 2.)

Panopea heliogenes, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. xviii. p. 69 (1896).

2, Mitanji, W. of Deep Bay, May 19th, 1895.

17. HypoLiMNAS MISIPPUS.

Papilio misippus, Linnzeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 264 (1764).

3d, 2, Deep Bay, Feb. 5th, 6th, 8th, 11th, 27th, and 29th,

1896.

18. JUNONIA PELASGIS.

Vanessa pelasgis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix., Suppl. p. 820 (1823).

Q, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 2nd, 1896,

“‘ Emerald-green ova” (R. C.).

19. JUNONIA ARCHESIA.

Papilio archesia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. cexix. figs. D, E

(1782).

Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, June 26th, 1895.

20. JUNONIA CALESCENS.

Junonia calescens, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 652.

Mtambwi Hill, January 6th; Deep Bay, Feb. 5th, 6th, 11th,

15th, and 21st, 1896.

21. JUNONIA CUAMA.

Junonia cuama, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii., Jun. pl. 1. figs. 2, 3

(1864).

Mtambwi Hill, July 1st, 1895.

Said to be the extreme dry-season form of J. simea, but we have

it from Zomba taken in the wet season.

824 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

22, JUNONIA TRIMENI.

Junonia trimenit, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 651, pl. Ix. fig. 4.

3, 2, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

Said to be the form occurring between the wet and dry seasons ;

but, from what Mr. Crawshay says of Nyika, there ought to be no

dry-season forms there. At Zomba it occurs (in company with

J. sumia) in July and (in company with both J. simia and

J. cwama) in December: indeed, if we had a larger series of each

of these species, I believe it would be possible to prove that they

always fly simultaneously. The female of J. trimeni noted above

has dry-season characters on the under surface.’

23. JUNONIA SIMIA.

Precis simia, Wallengren, Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad.

Handl. 1857, p. 26.

Deep Bay, Feb. 13th and 23rd, 1896.

24, JUNONIA TUGELA.

Precis tugela, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p 334;

South Afr. Butt. vol. i. p. 241, pl. iv. fig. 5 (1887).

3, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, July Ist, 1895.

This makes the second dated example which we have received,

the first dated specimen having been obtained in September: on

the other hand, J. aurorina (which might well be the wet-season

form of J. tugela) appears, from our dated specimens, to fly from

December to April. In South Africa Mr. Trimen records

specimens of J. tugela as taken in March and May; whether the

dry season commences so early as March on the Tugela River I do

not know.

25. JUNONIA CLELIA.

Papilio clelia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxi. E, F (1779).

Deep Bay, February Ist, 1296.

26. JUNONIA BOOPIS.

Junonia bodpis, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 331.

2, Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 23rd, 1895.

27. JUNONIA CEBRENE.

Junonia cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1870, p. 353.

Deep Bay, Feb. 5th, 8th, and 15th, 1896.

28. JUNONIA NATALICA.

Precis natalica, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iv. p. 106 (1860).

2, Deep Bay, March 10th, 1896.

“ Bright green ova” (Zt. C.).

* Why a pair taken on the same day should differ in the features supposed

to characterize the two seasons, and in a country where it is never really dry,

is a riddle which I do not pretend to solve.—A. G. B.

1896. ] FROM NYASA-LAND. 825

29. PRoTOG@ONIOMORPHA ANACARDII.

Papilio anacardii, Linoneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 236 (1764).

Namitembo, Zomba Mountain, March 25th; Chiradzulu, Shiri

Highlands, March 30th, 1896.

30. HyPANARDIA HIPPOMENE.

Hypanartia hippomene, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. 11. pl. 25,

figs. 3, 4 (1806).

2, Kantorongondo Mountain, Nyika, June 30th, 1895; 3,

9, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 3rd, 4th, and

5th, 1896.

Q , “ Having an extraordinary quantity of grass-green ova” (#.C.).

31. HYPANARTIA SCH@NEIA.

Eurema scheneia, Trimenu, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1879, p. 329;

South Afr. Butt. 1. p. 207, pl. iv. fig. 1 (1887).

3 3, Kasungu Mountain, 7200 feet alt., Nyika, March 3rd and.

4th, 1896.

My supposition (P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 727) that this might prove to

be the dry-season form of H. hippomene (since confidently asserted

to be the fact, by a practical collector) is now shown to be

incorrect, inasmuch as not only were both species caught on the

same mountain on two successive days, but at that time of year

which might perhaps be called the rainy season, were it not that

there appears to be no really dry season in Nyika.

32. EUPH£ZDRA NEOPHRON.

Romaleosoma neophron, Hopfter, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855,

p- 640; Peters’ Reise nach Mossainb., Zool. v. p. 386, pl. xxii.

figs. 1, 2 (1862).

$, Kapora, Songwe plain, in banana-grove, March 6th, 1895;

2 9, Leya, Deep Bay, June 4th; Lupembi, W. coast of Lake

Nyasa, in shady banana-grove, August 19th, 1895; ¢,92,Mpimbi,

Upper Shiri River, March 24th and 25th, 1896.

33. EUXANTHE WAKEFIELDI.

Godartia wakcfieldii, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. x. p. 152 (1873) ;

Afr. Lep. pl. 6. fig. 3 (1874).

Nkata Bay, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, March 14th, 1896.

34, HAMANUMIDA DEDALUS.

Papilio dedalus, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 482 (1775).

¢, Deep Bay, Feb. 17th, 1896.

35. MBTACRENIS CRAWSHAYI.

Crenis crawshayt, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1893, p. 654, pl. lx. fig. 5.

2, Fuleriva forest, Deep Bay, Feb. 28th, 1896.

‘Full abdomen: one fully-developed ovum, pinkish-coloured ”

(R. O).

826 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

36. ME&TrACRENIS ROSA.

Crenis rosa, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 82 (1877).

3, Deep Bay, Oct. 17th, 1895.

“Rarely met with and very difficult to take: flies swiftly with

gliding flight, and perches high” (R. C.).

37. PSEUDARGYNNIS HHEGEMONE.

Argynnis hegemone, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 258 (1819).

3, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, July 1st, 1895.

38, ARGYNNIS SMARAGDIFERA.

Argynms smaragdifera, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 629, pl. xxxv.

figs. 1, 2.

2 , Cheni-Cheni Mountain, 7400 feet alt., Nyika, June 30th, 1895.

3d, 22, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Sept. 2nd,

1893; March Ist to 5th, 1896.

The ova of the females are said to vary from yellow to orange

in colour.

The following description of the egg of this species was made

by Mr. F. W. Frohawk from a single specimen found attached to

a female obtained by Consul Sharpe at Zomba:— “The ovum, of

the usual Argynnis form, conical in shape and measuring ~; inch

high, with about twenty longitudinal keels, irregular and varying in

length ; some running for only two-thirds the distance from base

to apex, others terminating before reaching the summit, eight only

extending the entire length. It is ribbed transversely by about

twenty in number, the ribs being irregularly distributed and widely

separated near the summit, gradually becoming closer and shallower

until finally disappearing at the base.

‘“‘In general structure this ege very closely resembles that of

A, selene (very much more than that of either A. euphrosyne or

lathonia), the number and formation of the keels and ribs being

similar in both species. It differs most from A. lathonia, A. ewphro-

syne being intermediate between A. smaragdifera and A. lathonia.”

39. NEPTIS INCONGRUA.

2. Neptis incongrua, Butler, P.Z. 8. 1896, p. 112, pl. vi. fig. 2.

3 3, Kasungu Mountain, 6200 to 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March

Ist, 3rd, and 5th, 1896.

The male sometimes differs from the female in having the

ground-colour of the under surface mahogany-red.

40, Nupris AGATHA.

Papilio agatha, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecexxvii. A, B (1782).

Deep Bay, March 6th, 1896.

41, PLANEMA scaLivirraTa. (Plate XLI. fig. 3.)

Planema scalivittata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. xviii. p. 159 (1896).

Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 1st, 1896.

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND, 827

42. ACRHA ANACREON.

Acrea anacreon, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868, p. 77,

pl. vi. figs. 3-5.

Var. Acrwa bomba, H. G. Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. iii. p. 128 (1889); Rhop. Exot. i., Acr. pl. iii. figs. 5, 6 (1892).

Typical form, Chuona River (Mwewe’s town), Unyika, Sept.

15th, 1895.

Var. Acr. bomba. Same locality and date.

43. ACR#A GUILLEMEI, var. PERIPHANES.

Acrea periphanes, Oberthiir, Etudes, livr. xvii. p. 20, pl. 2. fig. 23

(1893).

Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

A somewhat aberrant example, slightly larger than usual, in some

respects intermediate between typical A. guillemei and A. periphanes,

developed.

but with the spots on the border of the secondaries strongly

(1847).

44, AcREA DOUBLEDAYI, var. DIRCHA, Butl. (nec Westw.).

Acrea doubledayi, Guérin, Lefebvre’s Voy. en Abyss. vi. p. 378

3, Nyika, 4500 feet alt., west of Lake Nyasa, June 26th;

©, Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, Sept. 19th, 1894,

This is the form with a black apical patch, answering to West-

wood’s description ; but Mr. Marshall, who has examined the type,

informs me that the latter does not differ from A. caldarena.

45, ACR#A CALDARENA, var. NELUSCA.

Acrea caldarena, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 52 (1877

Var. Acrea nelusca, Oberthiir, Etudes, livr. iii. p. 25, pl. 2.

figs. 2, 3 (1878).

2, Deep Bay, Feb. 8th, 1896.

46. AcCR#HA ASEMA.

Acreea asema, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 52 (1877);

Trimen, P. Z. S. 1894, p. 24, pl. iv. figs. 3, 3a.

Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 3rd, 1895.

47. ACRHA INSIGNIS.

Acrea insignis, Distant, P. Z. 8. 1880, p. 184, pl. ix. fig. 4.

Kasungu Mountain, 5945 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 29th; and

7200 feet alt., March Sth, 1895.

48. ALENA RETICULATA.

(Plate XLI. fig. 4.)

Alena reticulata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xviii.

p- 160 (1896).

3, Kasungu Mountain, 5400 feet alt., Nyika, March Sth, 1896 ;

@, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, Jan. 6th, 1896.

828 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

49. PoLYOMMATUS B#TICUS.

Papilio beticus, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 789 (1767).

3, Deep Bay, May 2nd, 1895; 9, Feb. 15th, 1896;

3, Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 9th, Henga, 3200 feet alt.,

Noy. 7th, 1895.

50. CATOCHRYSOPS GLAUCA.

Lycena glauca, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. ii. p. 21 (1887).

6d, 29, Fuleriva forest, Deep Bay, Feb. 28th and

March 6th, 1896.

51. CATOCHRYSOPS ASTERIS.

Polyommatus asteris, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 657 (1819) ;

Trimen, South Afr. Lep. ii. pl. viii. figs. 3, 3@ (1887).

@, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, Jan. 1st, 1896.

52. CATOCHRYSOPS PERPULCHRA.

Q . Lycena perpulchra, Holland,‘ Entomologist, xxv. Suppl. p. 90

(1892); Proc. Unit. States Nat. Mus. xviii. p. 239, pl. vii. fig. 7

1895).

3 9. Castalius hypoleucus, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 660.

Lycena exclusa, Trimen, P. ZS. 1894, p. 47.

@ , Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Oct. 26th, 1895.

“Caught in my hat, out in the early morning. Bright emerald-

green ova” (R. C.).

Now that a really good example has come to hand, I find that

this species is undoubtedly a Catochrysops of the C. asterts group.

53. EVERES JOBATES.

Lycena jobates, Hoptfer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642 ;

Peters’ Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 408, pl. 26. figs. 9, 10 (1862).

$6, 92, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st ;

3, Kasungu Mountain, 5345 feet alt., Feb. 29th; 9 2, 7425

feet, March Ist and 2nd; ¢, 7200 feet, Nyika, March 5th; 9,

Mitanji, W. of Deep Bay, May 19th, 1895.

@, “ Light green ova” (It. C.).

54, EvVERES MAHALLOKOZNA.

Lycena mahallokoena, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.

Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 41; Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc.

London, 1870, p. 366, pl. vi. figs. 7, 8.

Lisenga, 4500 feet alt.. Mbalizi valley, Unyika, Sept. 16th, 1895 ;

Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

55. TARUCUS PLINIUS.

Hesperia'plinius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 284 (1793).

3, Henga, Nov. 20th, 1895; 2°, Kasungu Mountain, 6200 feet

alt., Nyika, March Ist; Deep Bay, Feb. 23, 1896.

1896. ] FROM NYASA-LAND. 829

56. AZANUS SIGILLATUS.

Lampides sigillatus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol.

xvill. p. 483 (1876).

$ ¢, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Nov. 20th, 1895.

“‘ Perches on branches of trees” (2. C.).

57. NACADUBA SICHELA.

Lycana sichela, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.

Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caftr. p. 37.

3 3, Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, Noy. 20th, 1895.

‘Very active on the wing” (&. C.).

In Mr. Trimen’s description of this rare butterty the upper

surface is said to be “silky dark-violaceous”; but I find that the

colouring is particularly liable to deepen in the damping-pan (often

in patches): an example which has wholly escaped this discolora-

tion, if one sits between it and the light, is of the same beautiful

lilac as the European ‘“‘ Common Blue,” ' with a narrow, tapering

blackish border to the outer margin; but if held between one

and the light, it changes to a sickly greenish grey, more nearly

approaching the colouring of Plebevus orbitulus.

58. CasTALIUS CALICE.

Lycena calice, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berl. 1855, p. 642;

Peters’ Reise nach Mossamb. v. p. 405, pl. 26. figs. 4, 5 (1861).

Lower Nyika, June 14th, 1895.

59. LyYCENESTHES ADHERBAL.

Q. Lycena adherbal, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1877,

p- 217.

3. Lycenesthes lunulata, Trimen, P. Z.8. 1894, p. 51, pl. vi.

fig. 12.

2, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

« Emerald-green ova” (2. C.).

60. LYCENESTHES LIODES.

o . Lycenesthes liodes, Hewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1874,

p- 349.

2, Kondowi, Nyika, Feb. 2nd, 1896.

61. ZizERA KNYSNA.

Lycena knysna, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. vel. i.

p- 282 (1862).

3 3, Deep Bay, Feb. 24th and 26th, March 8th, 1896.

“Never plentiful; an odd one met with here and there. A very

low flier, hovers within an inch or so of the ground, and has to ke

dredged off it almost with the net” (R. C.).

1 T believe this species now stands under the name of Cupido tcarus.

830 DR. A. G, BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

62. ZIZERA GAIKA.

Lycena gaika, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd ser. vol. i.

p- 403 (1862),

3 3, Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 23rd,

1895.

63. ZizBRA LUCIDA.

Lycena lucida, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1883, p. 348.

3, Virauli Hill, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 22nd ;

2 2, Chuona River (Mwewe’s town), Unyika, Sept. 15th, 1895;

Deep Bay, Feb. 11th and 24th, 1896.

64, PLEBEIUS TROCHILUS.

Lycena trochilus, Freyer, Neuere Beitr. v. pl. 440. fig. 1 (1844).

Deep Bay, Feb. 6th, 14th, and 24th, 1896.

65. SCOLITANTIDES STELLATA.

Lycena stellata, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1883, p. 349.

Kasungu Mountain, 5400 feet alt., Nyika, March 5th, 1896.

CYCLYRIUS, gen. noy.

Nearly allied to Hyrius, but with rounded wings; the second-

aries without tails; neuration as in Hyreus. Type, Polyommatus

webbianus. This genus will contain the species P. webbianus

and H. wquatorialis, hitherto referred to Hyreus, as well as the

following :—

66. CYCLYRIUS JUNO, sp. n. (Plate XLI. fig. 5.)

Allied to C. webbianus, the male above lilac, bluer at base, with

broad cupreous-brown costal and external borders; fringes white,

spotted with brown at the extremities of the nervures ; secondaries

with the abdominal area somewhat greyish ; an oval submarginal

black ocellus with shining lilac iris on first median interspace, and

indications of a second smaller similar ocellus near anal angle on

interno-median interspace. Body above black, clothed with silver

hair; a silvery-white line on each side of the frons, immediately

in front of the eyes; collar clothed with golden hair: under surface

of primaries golden brown, the markings not very distinct, but

consisting of two pale-edged, quadrate, slightly darker spots cross-

ing the discoidal cell, and a belt of similar character across the disc,

its uppermost division with white outer edge and followed by a

creamy white diffused subapical spot ; fringe creamy white, spotted

with blackish: secondaries white, speckled with blackish at the

base and mottled and banded with copper-brown almost exactly in

the pattern of C. equatorialis; a black oval spot, enclosing a metallic

green dash, representing the ocellus of the upper surface. Body

below densely covered with white hair or scales, the legs brownish

above, white below.—Female above cupreous brown, with fringe

and ocelli as in male; under surface with brown-centred white

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 831

marginal spots, otherwise as in the male. Expanse of wings,

6 25 millim., 2 24 millim.

3 3, 2, Kasungu Mountain, 7075-7425 feet alt., Nyika,

March Ist and 2nd, 1896.

67. Hyrnus virgo.

Hyreus virgo, Butler, P. Z. S. 1896, p. 121, pl. vi. fig. 1.

3, Kasungu Mountain, 5490 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 29th, 1896,

68. HyrEvus PALEMON.

Papilio palemon, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. eeexc. E, F (1782).

Cheni-Cheni Mountain, 7400 feet alt., Nyika, June 30th;

Mbalizi Valley, 4375 feet alt., Unyika, August 25th, 1895; Kasungu

Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th, 1896.

69. URANOTHAUMA POGGEI.

Plebewus poggei, Dewitz, Noy. Act. Acad. Leop.-Carol. Nat. Cur.

xli. 2, pl. xxvi. fig. 7 (1879).

3, Lisenga, 4500 feet alt., Mbalizi Valley, Unyika, Sept. 16th,

1895.

70. URANOTHAUMA CRAWSHAYI.

Uranothauma crawshayi, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1895, p. 631, pl. xxxv.

figs. 6, 7.

3 2, Kasungu Mountain, Sept. 2nd, 1893, March Ist, 3rd, and

5th, 1896, Nyika.

71. CaPYs CONNEXIVA, sp.n. (Plate XLI. fig. 6.)

Intermediate in character between C. alpheus and C. disjunctus ;

the male above dark cupreous brown, with bronze reflections; the

cilia coloured as in C. disjunctus, with red basal line; the sericeous

tawny area of the primaries much smaller than in the latter species,

sometimes represented, as in (’. alpheus, by a mere transverse belt,

but more often diffused basally and occasionally forming a uniform

triangular patch ; secondaries with a discal patch not reaching the

costa, hut sometimes extended downwards to the anal tail, and

occasionally an imperfect external border of sericeous tawny ;

below almost as in C. disjunctus. The female is very like that sex

of the latter species on both surfaces, only the ground-colouring

above is lavender, shading into brown on the outer border and into

pale blue and greenish grey towards the base. Expanse of wings,

3 36-42 millim., 2 40 millim.

3 do, Kasungu Mountain, 5945 feet alt., Nyika, February 29th;

One perfect male, four more or less worn, and a somewhat

shattered female were obtained.

72. AXIOCERCES AMANGA.

Zeritis amanga, Westwood, in Oates’s Matabele Land, p. 351

(1881).

3, Mbalizi Valley, Unyika, August 25th, 1895.

Proc. Zoon, Soc.—1896, No. LIV. 54

832 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

73. AXIOCERCES PERION.

Papilio perion, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecclxxix. B, C (1782).

@, Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 23rd,

1895; Deep Bay, Feb. 24th, 1896.

74, CIGARITIS ABBOTTI.

Chrysophanus abbottii, Holland, ‘Entomologist,’ xxv. Suppl. p. 90

(1892); Proc. Unit. States Nat. Mus. vol. xvii. p. 240, pl. vil.

tig. 4 (1895).

2, Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, March 2nd, 1896.

« Emerald-green ova” (2. C1).

75. SPINDASIS CAFFER.

Aphneus caffer, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1868, p. 88,

and 1870, p. 368.

3 2, Kondowi, Lower Nyika, Feb. 21st; | ¢, Kasungu Moun-

tain, 5395 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 29th, 1896.

“O, Bright green ova” (R. C.).

76. SPINDASIS HOMEYERI,

figs. 5 a—c (1886).

9, Kambwiyi, Lower Nyika, Nov. 29th, 1895.

“Large quantity of emerald-green ova” (Zt. C.).

77. LACHNOCNEMA BIBULUS.

Hesperia bibulus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 807 (1793).

$, Virauli Hill, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 22nd, 1895.

78. VIRACHOLA ANTA.

Lycena anta, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, ser. 3, vol. 1.

p- 402 (1862).

9 , Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, Sept. 19th, 1895 ;

Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

The example from Kondowi is somewhat aberrant, of a clear

lavender, bluish towards the base, and with narrower and more

defined brown borders than usual; the bands on the under surface

are also narrow. The Luvira River example contained “ bright

green ova,” according to Mr. Crawshay.

79, RAPALA ZELA.

Hypolyccena zela, Hewitson, Ill. Diurn. Lep., Suppl. p. 14, pl. 5.

figs. 41, 43 (1869).

3, Kasungu Mountain, 5345 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 29th, 1896.

80. Ionaus auRicosraLis, sp. nu. (Plate XLI. fig. 7.)

Q. Nearly allied to Z. philippus, above ash-grey ; primaries with

the costal margin, especially at the base, bright golden-ochreous,

veins dusky, external border smoky grey, preceded by an arched

increasing series of six whitish spots, edged in front with smoky

1896. ] FROM NYASA-LAND. 833

grey; a whitish annulus at external angle; secondaries nearly as in

L, philippus, but with a much larger, more brightly orange spot above

the outer tail; body blackish, head above and collar dusky orange:

under surface chalky whitish, with white-edged dark grey markings

tinged with orange towards the abdominal margin of secondaries ;

in general character these resemble the markings in J. philippus,

but the discal interrupted line is more incurved on the primaries

and more irregular (approaching that of J. bowkert in form) on the

secondaries; the orange spot above the outer tail is large and

conspicuous. Expanse of wings 35 millim.

@, Kasitu River, Angoni country, W. of Lake Nyasa, June

18th, 1895.

Unfortunately only a single example, slightly chipped towards

the anal angle of both hind wings, was obtained.

81. IoLAUS CECULUS.

Tolaus ceculus, Hopffer, Ber. Verh. Ak. Berlin, 1855, p. 642;

Peters’ Reise nach Mossamb. y. p. 402, pl. 25. figs. 12-14 (1862).

3 36,22, Mtambwi Hill, Deep Bay, July 1st and Dec. 1st,

1895, Jan. 6th, Feb. 20th and 22nd, 1896.

“ Fairly plentiful: a frequenter of upland forest” (2. C.).

The Nyasa specimens seem to vary more, as regards the width

of the red bands on the under surface, than those from South

Africa.

82. [OLAUS PALLENE,

Myrina pallene, Wallengren, Kong]. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Hand].

1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 36.

2 2, Loangwa River, 2160 feet alt., Senga, August 30th, 1895.

“ Bright green ova” (2. C.).

83. MYLoTHRIS AGATHINA.

Papilio agathina, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ui. pl. eexxxvii. D, E (1782).

2, Deep Bay, Lake Nyasa, Feb. 5th, 1896.

** Hnormous number of yellow ova” (2. C.).

84. MyLorHris CRAWSHAYI.

Mylothris crawshayi, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1596, p. 124, pl. vi. fig. 4.

3 6, Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, 7425 feet alt., March 2nd and

ord, 1896.

85. NYCHITONA ALCESTA.

Papilio alcesta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecclxxix. A (1782).

Mpimbi plain, Upper Shiri River, March 24th and 25th, 1896.

The females contained ‘‘ emerald-green ova, oblong and pointed”

(R. C.).

86. COLIAS EDUSA.

Papilio edusa, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 23 (1787).

Kasungu Mountain, Nyika, Sept. 2nd, 1893; Cheni-Cheni Moun-

54*

834 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

tain, 6500 feet June 27th, 7400 feet June 30th; Kondowi, Lower

Nyika, Nov. 30th, 1895; Kasungu Mountain, 5945 feet Feb. 29th,

7425 feet March 2nd, 7200 feet March 5th, 1896.

Most of the specimens are of the ordinary European type.

87. TERTAS LEONIS.

Terias leonis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii.

p- 222, pl. v. fig. 6 (1886).

3, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

This is the first example I have seen from Central Africa.

88. TERIAS REGULARIS.

Terias regularis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xviii.

p. 486 (1876).

6. Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 3rd, 1896

89. THRACOLUS MUTANS.

2. Teracolus mutans, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xix. p. 459 (1877); ¢. P. Z. S. 1896, p. 126.

3 2, Mpimbi, Upper Shiri River, March 24th and 25th, 1896.

Dry-season form.

Differs in the great enlargement of the discal series of spots on

the secondaries, these being salmon-buff tinted in the male, and

sulpbur-yellow in the female; the primaries in the latter sex are

also coloured more nearly as in the male, but the salmon-buff area

is washed with yellow; on the under surface the whole colouring

of the male and the bands upon the yellow area of the female are

deeper and redder.

3, Mwankanka, Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 7th, 1895;

2 , Loangwa Valley forest, Senga, August 30th, 1895.

The female contained *‘ pale orange ova” (R. C.).

When describing the male of 7. mutans 1 compared it with 7.

vesta (meaning the southern species usually so-called); but 7. vesta

is an Abyssinian species, identical with 7. velleda of M. Lucas, and

differs from the South-African butterfly in the much brighter

colouring, with somewhat differently formed and much redder bands

on the under surface of the secondaries: the southern species is

only the wet-season form of 7’. argillaceus, and is T. vesta of Trimen

(mec Lucas); the latter, on the under surface, is much nearer to

T. aurigineus, whereas TJ. argillaceus is certainly the southern

representative of 7. mutans.

90. TERACOLUS AURIGINEUS, var. VENUSTUS.

Teracolus venustus, Butler, P. Z.S. 1888, p. 94.

3S, 2 2, Mbalizi Valley, 4375 feet alt., Unyika, August 25th :

do, Mwewe’s town, Nyika, August 26th; 9, Kaun Guzi,

4620 feet, Unyika, August 27th; ¢, Chuona River (Mwewe’s

town), Sept. 15th, 1895.

At the last-mentioned locality Mr. Crawshay speaks of this

butterfly as being plentiful; yet he seems only to have captured

1896. | FROM NYASA-LAND. 835

one male: it is the dry-season form of 7’. aurigineus, and until

this collection came to hand was only represented by the typical

male example from Kilima-njaro in the Museum series ; nor have

I seen it in any other collection.

91. TERACOLUS OPALESCENS.

2. Teracolus opalescens, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xxiii. p. 30

(1886); ¢. P.Z.S. 1896, p. 125.

3. Dry-season form.

On the upper surface this only differs from the male of the

wet-season form in the absence of the black marginal spots to the

secondaries; on the under surface, however, it differs in having

the apical area and costal margin of the primaries and whole

surface of secondaries flesh-pink, tinted on the costal borders and

internervular folds with ochreous; the disc of the secondaries

crossed by a series of brown dots. Expanse of wings 51 millim.

Bangara, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, August 18th, 1895. “If

once missed, is exceedingly difficult to take” (2. C.).

The arrival of this example is particularly interesting to me,

for it shows that my belief in the local constancy of some of the

named forms of the 7’. eris group is, so far, borne out, the seasonal

forms of this Eastern and Central African type being both easily

separable from the more southern examples.

The type of 7’. eris was obtained at Ambukohl, in Lower Nubia,

and is probably the true male of my 7. abyssinicus, of which we

only possess females: the figure agrees most closely with a male

(wet-season form) received from Kilima-njaro, the orange apical

spots on the primaries being short, the outer edge of the upper

portion of the white area, beyond the cell, less oblique than in the

southern forms, or than in 7’. opalescens, and the black costal belt

of the secondaries extending on the disc to below the second sub-

costal branch ; it, however, differs in having a small white spot

near centre of outer margin of primaries, a character which may

be variable. The southern forms are certainly not typical 7. eris;

nor can 7’, johnstont be correctly called the dry-season form of the

Natal examples presented to us by Mr. E. C. Buxton, inasmuch as

the latter have the under surface of the wings pink, and must there-

fore themselves be the dry-season form of Mr. Trimen’s 7. eris

(of which he says: ‘* Underside— Whitish or yellowish-white”’) and

identical with his variety A.

If, then, certain Lepidopterists prefer to regard the representative

forms of 7. eris as mere local phases of one species, the fact that

each of them has its dry- and wet-season forms distinct from the

others gives them at least a claim to be regarded as subspecies

and to retain distinctive names.

92. TERACOLUS SUBFASCIATUS.

3. Teracolus subfasciatus, Swainson, Ill. 2nd ser. iii. pl. 115

(1833).

3, Mweniwandas, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 15th,

1895, (Dry-season form.)

836 DR, A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

93. TERACOLUS REGINA.

3 Q. Anthocharis regina, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. London,

3rd ser. 1. p. 520 (1863).

Teracolus regina, Trimen, South Afr. Butt. ii. pl. xi. fig. 3, 9

(1889).

3, Loangwa Valley Pass, 4090 feet alt., Senga, August 28th ;

o-. Mbalizi Valley, Unyika, Sept. 16th, 1895.

The female contained “pale yellow ova”; she was somewhat

worn, having probably been long on the wing.

The receipt of these specimens, the male taken in the dry season

and the female before the rains had fairly set in, is very interesting,

as supporting the assertion that 7. anax is the wet-season form of

T. regina. The entire absence of the latter from any of the

collections previously received by us from British Central Africa

had led me to regard this statement with considerable doubt ; but

now I see no reason for rejecting it.

94. TERACOLUS PHLEGYAS.

Anthocharis phleqgyas, Butler, P. ZS. 1865, p. 431, pl. xxv.

figs. 3, 3. a (1865).

Wet season, 3 3, Deep Bay, March 9th, 1896.

Dry season, 9 9, Loangwa Valley forest, August 20th, and

Ntonga, Loanewa River, Senga, Sept. 13th, 1895.

After carefully studying the purple- tipped species, in relation to

the question of seasonal dimorphism, I am forced to the conclusion

that there is no reason for distinguishing the Eastern and Central

African examples of 7’. phlegyas from those of the White Nile:

they are slightly larger, but otherwise typical in both sexes.

T. phlegyas can hardly be a dry-season form of 7. imperator,

because the specimen of the male recorded above (and which is

fairly typical) was obtained in the middle of the rains, whilst the

females were obtained near the end of the dry season: on the

other hand, we have a typical male of 7. imperator taken in the

middle of the dry season.

Furthermore, 7’. imperator cannot possibly be the 7. tone of

Godart, as assumed by my friend Trimen in his ‘ South African

Butterflies’ Not only does the distribution of YZ. imperator

render this highly improbable, but the description by M. Godart

does not at all answer to it :—

T. wone. T. tmperator.

1. Black apical border divided 1. Apical area violet, narrowly

obliquely by a violet band bordered with black.

rounded externally.

2. A conspicuous black disco- 2. A very faintly indicated dis-

cellular spot on the primaries. cocellular dot, or none at all.

3. No transverse ray on under 3. A conspicuous oblique trans-

surface of secondaries. verse ray on under surface of

secondaries.

I do not doubt that M. Godart’s description was made from a

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 837

somewhat worn example of the South-African 7’. speciosus, to

which it approaches much more closely than to any other violet-

tipped Zeracolus: it is the only known species which can be

accurately described as having the apical black border “ divided

transversely and obliquely by a violet band, very brilliant, rounded

externally ” : it is moreover, in my opinion, worthy of consideration

that Dr. Boisduval, who (in the Prerine especially) was apt to cut

species very fine indeed, regarded the southern insect as typical

7’. ione, as there can be little doubt that the Doctor had examined

the original type.

One fact, however, must not be lost sight of:—Mr. Trimen

includes 7’. jalone in the synonymy of his 7. tone and says that he

does not consider it to be even a marked variety. Now 1. jalone

has a conspicuous discocellular spot on the primaries, and its wet-

season form has no more ray on the under surface than exists in

7’. speciosus ; only the apical border is conspicuously dusted with

white scales, and the violet band is too close to the inner edge of

the coloured apical area to be correctly spoken of as an oblique

band crossing the border at apex. Mr. Trimen gives “ White

Nile” as the locality of my type of 7. jalone, and that certainly

was the locality on the specimen. Should not this have suggested

to him the possibility of 7’. jalone being the dry-season male of

T’. phlegyas, rather than a hardly separable variation of 7’. imperator ?

We certainly have one or two specimens which tend to link

T. phlegyas and T. jalone; and the two male examples taken on

March 9th represent the spotted and unspotted types, although

neither of them has the pink under surface with transverse ray of

the typical dry-season form 7’ jalone.

95. TERACOLUS HILDEBRANDTI.

Callomne hildebrandtii, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 44, pl. 28

(1884-88).

3, Mrali, west coast of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 22nd, 1895.

A dry-season form of this species, which cannot easily be

confounded with any form of 7’. anne, but must stand between

the latter and 7’. ewpompe.

The dry-season form differs from the (typical) wet-season form

in its superior size, the scarlet instead of orange colouring and

greater width of the apical patch on the primaries, the greyer basal

area and the pinky yellowish apical area of primaries and ground-

colour of secondaries on the under surface; the black terminations

to the nervures are also almost obliterated : it comes nearest to

T.anne, var. wallengreni, but the marginal spots are too small, the

colouring below too yellow, and the scarlet above too pronounced.

96. THRACOLUS ACHINE, var. GAVISA.

Anthopsyche gavisa, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad.

Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 13.

2, Mpimbi, Upper Shiri River, March 24th, 1896. “Pale

yellow oblong ova” (R. C.).

838 DR. A. G. BULLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

97. TERACOLUS SIPYLUS.

Teracolus sipylus, Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1884, p. 444, pl. xl. fig. 11.

3, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

This is supposed to be an extreme wet-season form of 7’, evenina:

Mr. Trimen’s note in his ‘South African Butterflies,’ vol. iii.

p- 128, seems somewhat contradictory. Of 7. stpylus he says :—

‘The male is inseparable from the larger darker specimens of male

evenina ...., though it is somewhat more heavily marked.” I

consider 7’. sipylus to be a distinct representative form.

98. TERACOLUS PROCNE.

Anthopsyche procne, Wallengren, Kong]. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad.

Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 12.

Mpata, west of Lake Nyasa, August 2nd, 1895.

Probably only a varietal form of 7. theogene; but both are dry-

season forms, of which it is extremely likely that 77. ocale,

microcale, angolensis, and arethusa are more or less localized wet-

season forms.

99. TERACOLUS CINCTUS.

Teracolus cinctus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xii.

p. 105 (1883).

Dry-season form ¢ 2, Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 5th and

13th, 1895.

Differs from the typical wet-season form in the reduction of the

internal black streak on the primaries, which is represented by a

greyish smear ending in a darker spot, and in the rosy colouring

of the secondaries on the under surface.

100. TERACOLUS SUBFUMOSUS.

Teracolus subfumosus, Butler, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 139, pl. vi. fig. 3.

3, Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 12th, 1895.

This is doubtless a wet-season form of some other named

Teracolus and allied to T. eione: it is not at all likely to be a form

of the West-African 7’. antigone, unless the latter can be linked by

a perfect series of intergrades to 7’. evone, which at present I am

not prepared to admit to be a fact. If 7’. antiyone and 7. eione are

distinct species (as claimed in the ‘ South African Butterflies ’), the

forms from Western Africa must be kept separate from those of

the South. 7. phlegetonia is allied to 7’. cione, but does not closely

agree with it in pattern, though both represent the extreme wet-

season types of the country which they inhabit. In like manner,

T. «xanthus will probably prove to be a wet-season form of

T’. odysseus, inasmuch as both forms inhabit the White Nile, and

are so much alike that their proper females were originally trans-

posed; the differences between them are similar to those which

exist between 7’. eione and 7’. subfumosus, or between 7’. phlegetonia

and 7’. antigone. As might be expected of West Coast forms, no

1896. ] FROM NYASA-LAND. 839

extreme dry-season types seem to occur : the pattern of 7’. antigone

represents the latter, but the rosy colouring on the under surface,

characteristic of Southern, Eastern, and Northern types, is wanting.

101. TERACOLUS INCRETUS.

2. Teracolus incretus, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 146

(1881).

3. Callosune vulnerata, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. pl. 23.

@, Kawembi, N.W. coast of Lake Nyasa, Sept. 28rd, 1895,

102. BeELmNOIS THYSA, var. SABRATA.

3. Belenois sabrata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1870,

p. 526.

3, Mtambwi Hill, west of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 20th; 9, Mpimbi

Plain, Upper Shiri River, March 24th, 1896.

“‘ Oblong yellow ova” (R. C.).

The largest specimens of the species which I have seen, and,

apparently, the only form taken in Nyasa-land. It differs from

typical B. thysa in the narrower black border at apex of primaries

and the more dentate-sinuate (rather than zigzag) character of the

inner edge of the outer border ; the subapical spots well separated

from the border, though touching the black veins in the female.

The type of B. sabrata was an unusually small example. A very

curious female of B. thysa, with glaucous greyish apex of primaries

and ground-colour to secondaries below, was obtained on the

Chuona River (Mwewe’s), Unyika, August 26th, 1895.

103. ERONIA LEDA.

Dryas leda, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg., App. p. 588 (1847).

3, Mpimbi, Upper Shiri River, March 24th, 1896.

104. Paprnio PSEUDONIREUS.

Papilio pseudonireus, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. i. p. 94

(1865),

Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 1st to 4th,

189b.

105, PAPILIO PHORCAS.

3. Papilio phorcas, Cramer, Pap. Exot. 1. pl. u. B, C (1775).

3 d, 2, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March Ist,

1896.

“Fairly plentiful, but very difficult to take, as it flies high,

skimming the trees, and rarely comes down within reach.” ‘The

female contained “large spherical boiled-sago-coloured ova”

(R. C.).

All the specimens were more or less shattered, the female with

the same green bands and spots as the male; all the specimens

with the subapical patch on the primaries rather smaller than in

Western examples.

840 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

106. Paprnio HORRIBILIS.

Papilio horribilis, Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 88, pl. xxiv. fig. 2 (1872).

$, Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 1st, 1896.

“A pair only seen, floating round in the air, in an opening on

the outskirts of a vast forest ; spent something like half an hour

in waiting to capture one; the other disappeared ” (2. C.).

107. SARANGESA ASTRIGERA.

Sarangesa astrigera, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 669; Holland,

]. c. 1896, pl. ii. fig. 8.

Fuleriva forest, Deep Bay, Feb. 28th and March 6th, 1896.

108. SARANGESA MOTOZI.

Pterygospidea motozi, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-

Akad. Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 53.

Virauli Hill, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, August 22nd, 1895.

109. SARANGESA PERTUSA.

Sape pertusa, Mabille, C.R. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, p. Ixviil.

Henga, W. of Lake Nyasa, June 26th, and Loangwa River,

Senga, Sept. 5th, 1895.

“ Local, frequents shady nooks, holes, and hollows” (2. C.).

One example nearly approaches S. motozi on the upper surface,

but differs in the absence of yellow-ochre blotches and spots on

the under surface ; other specimens barely differ (if at all) from

S. synestalmenus, Karsch.

110. SaRANGESA HOLLANDI, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 1.)

3g. General form of S. pertusa, excepting that the costa of

primaries is proportionately longer, and the outer margin conse-

quently less arched and more oblique. Above golden-bronze-brown ;

all the vitreous white spots small and edged with blackish:

primaries with two superposed vitreous spots at basal third of

interno-median areole, two near the end of discoidal cell forming

a broken >, two near base of median areoles, the lower one large

and irregularly diamond-shaped, two black dots below the latter,

the upper one with a white central point, three subapical spots

(the first very small), and below them two blackish spots; fringe

buff, excepting near external angle, where it is white, varied with

blackish spots at the ends of the nervures and with a slender

blackish subbasal line : secondaries with a small spot at the end of

the cell, almost encircled by a series of ten spots, mostly with

small vitreous centres ; fringe brown at apex, sordid at anal angle,

otherwise white, spotted with blackish at the end of each nervure:

body darker than the wings, with two white dots at each side of

the head against the eyes; antennz smoky brown. Primaries below

irrorated with pale lilac; the vitreous spots white-edged and

therefore apparently larger, those in the cell united so as to form

a perfect >; internal border whity brown: secondaries whitish

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 841

lilac, irrorated with bronze-brown on costal area and external border

almost to anal angle; vitreous spots with golden-brown margins ;

fringe as above: body below white, faintly lilacine at the sides of

the pectus and brown at the sides of the venter. Expanse of

wings +1 millim.

Mbalizi Valley, Unyika, August 25th, 1895.

This species has such a familiar aspect, that I had hoped, with

the assistance of Dr. Holland’s most vaiuable monograph, to be

able to find a published name for it; but, not having done so, I

have taken the liberty of dedicating it to that most energetic and

painstaking Lepidopterist.

11]. TagrapEs FLESUS.

Papilio flesus, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 135 (1781).

Leya stream, Deep Bay, June 4th, 1895.

112. EaGris JAMESONI.

Antigonus jamesoni, Sharpe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. vi. p. 348 (1890).

Chuona River (Mwewe’s town), Unyika, Sept. 14th; Lampi

River, Lower Nyika, Oct. 21st, 1895.

1138. ABANTIS (SAPHA) TRIMENI.

Sapea trimeni, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 264, pl. xv. fig. 5.

Loangwa River, Senga, Sept. 10th, 1895.

I wish I could agree with Dr. Holland in thinking this identical

with Westwood’s species; but, as the species most nearly allied to

the latter and this (A. pwradisea) invariably has the sides of the

abdomen ochreous, and the number of segments said by Westwood

to be luteous does not correspond with the number of segments

which are white in A. trimeni, I consider that, until specimens

of the latter are received from the same locality as that of

Westwood’s type, L-still have the stronger case.

114. GorGYRA JOHNSTONI.

Aeromachus ? johnstoni, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 673.

Gorgyra johnstoni, Holland, P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 32, pl. i. fig. 6.

3, Deep Bay, Feb. 6th; ¢,9 taken in coitu, Feb. 15th, 1896.

Q@. “ Pale yellow ova ” (#. C.).

The sexes are absolutely alike.

115. OXYPALPUS RUSO.

Pamphila ruso, Mabille, C.R. Soc. Ent. Belg. vol. xxv. p. elxxxiii

(1891).

Oxypalpus ruso, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 669; Holland, 1. ¢.

1896, p. 39, pl. ili. fig. 13.

Mtambwi Hill, Feb. 20th; Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika,

Feb. 21st; Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th,

1896.

842 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

This pretty species varies a good deal on both surfaces; the

black longitudinal streak on the primaries above is frequently

divided longitudinally by an ochreous median vein, and trans-

versely by an orange-ochreous bar just before the end of the cell;

the ochreous longitudinal stripe of the secondaries is sometimes

expanded so as to leave only a narrow black costal border; on

the under surface there is occasionally a subapical decreasing series

of five cream-coloured spots divided only by the nervures (which

are dull orange), and the secondaries are cream-coloured, with

orange-tawny veins and internal streak: intergrades between the

extremes occur.

116. CycLopIDES PEREXCELLENS. (Plate XLII. fig. 2.)

Cyclopides perexcellens, Butler, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol, xviii. p. 161 (1896).

Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 2nd and 5th,

1896.

117. CYCLOPIDES QUADRISIGNATUS.

Cyclopides quadrisignatus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 670, pl. Ix.

fig. 9.

Kasungu Mountain, 6200 feet alt., March 1st; 7425 feet,

March 2nd, 3rd, and 6th, Nyika.

Every fresh collection brings additional evidence of the varia-

bility of this species. The example obtained on March 6th has the

two obliquely-placed orange spots just beyond the middle of the

primaries unusually large and confluent, two small costal spots

being only separated from them by the subcostal nervure. At

first sight this variety might be taken for a modification of

C. midas, but it is net only too dark, both in ground-colour and

spots, but the inner of the two costal spots (which doubtless

represents the basal orange dash in C. midas) is much too far trom

the base to be characteristic of that species, whilst the absence of

the spot in the discoidal cell of the secondaries is characteristic of

C. quadrisignatus.

118. CycLoprprEs MIDAS.

Cyclopides midas, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 671; 1895, p. 265,

pl. xv. tig. 6.

Chuona River (Mwewe’s), Unyika, August 26th, 1895.

The damaged aberrant examples recorded under this species in

my paper on Mr. Scott Elliot’s collection prove to be extreme

forms of the preceding species: I had thought it impossible that

C. quadrisignatus could vary so much. C. midas is tolerably

constant.

119. GnGENES LETTERSTEDTI,

Hesperia letterstedti, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vetensk.-Akad.

Handl. 1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 49.

1896. ] FROM NYASA-LAND. 843

Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th, 1896.

The only objection which I can see to G. obwmbrata ( =hottentota)

being a form of the above species, is the presence of a well-defined

brand on the primaries of the male: no trace of this brand is

visible on any of our examples of either the yellowish or the

smoky-brown variety of G. lettersteditz.

120. ANDRONYMUS PHILANDER.

Pamphila philander, Hopfier, Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl.

1855, p. 643; Peters’ Reise nach Mossamb., Zool. v. p. 416,

pl. xxvii. figs. 1. 2 (1862).

@ 2, Mtambwi Hill, W. of Lake Nyasa, Feb. 22nd, 1896.

‘«« Large dark yellow ova” (R. C.).

IT am very glad that Dr. Holland has made this the type of a

new genus ; it was quite out of place in Acleros.

HETEROCERA.

121. CEPHONODES HYLAS.

Sphinx hylas, Linneus, Mantissa, i. p. 539 (1771).

3 2, Deep Bay, Feb. 16th and March 10th, 1896.

““Frequents the beds of Azineas in the fort, but is not

plentiful ” (2. C.).

The female contained “ bright emerald-green ova.”

122. MacroGLossa TROCHILOIDES.

Macroglessa trochiloides, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 5.

Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 4th, 1896.

A beautiful and perfectly typical example of this race.

123. BasIorHEA IDRICTS.

Sphinx idricus, Drury, Il. Nat. Hist. ui. pl. 2. fig. 2 (1773).

2, Deep Bay, Feb. 18th, 1896.

** Day-flyer: emerald-green ova” (R. C.).

The most perfect specimen that I have seen of this tiny green-

winged Hawk-moth.

124. CH#ROCAMPA ESON, var. GRACILIS.

Cherocampa gracilis, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 8, pl. ii. fig. 2.

2, Deep Bay, Feb. 22nd, 1896.

“Light sea-green ova” (2. C.).

Chiefly differs from the Southern form (typical C. eson) in its

narrower wings, with more oblique outer margin.

125. XANTHOSPILOPTERYX PERDIX.

Eusemia perdix, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 668.

Eusemia eoa, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1890, p. 123;

Novit. Lepid. pl. xi. fig. 1 (1892).

2, Deep Bay, Feb. 11th, 1896.

844 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

* About as common, perhaps, as the ‘Cream-spot tiger’ in

Great Britain. Emerald-green ova” (R. C.).

The first example that I have seen of this pretty species.

126. ASGocERA INCLUSA.

2. Pristocerwa? inclusa, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. 1895, p. 357,

Taf. ii. fig. 5.

3, Virauli Mountain, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 14th,

1895.

“ Fairly plentiful” (2. C.).

Quite new to the Museum series: Mr. Kirby is of opinion that

it is the same as Metagarista rendalli, Rothsch., and it is quite

possible that he may be correct.

127. AXGOCERA MENETA.

Noctua meneta, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. lxx. D (1775).

Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

128, CHARILINA AMABILIS.

Noctua amabilis, Drury, Il. Exot. Ent. ii. pl. 13. fig. 3 (1773).

Deep Bay, Feb. 10th and 13th, 1896.

129. ZANA SPURCATA.

Antheua spurcata, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. xxxi. p. 298 (1864).

2, Mweniwanda’s, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 15th, 1895.

130. PHALERA LATIPENNIS, sp.n. (Plate XLII. fig. 3.)

6. Broader in the wings than any other species of the genus;

the antenne broadly pectinated as in P. argentifera; the upper

radial of the primaries springing from the anterior angle of the

cell, instead of from the subcostal; general scheme of colouring

recalling P. flavescens. Primaries above creamy white ; base of

costa sprinkled with black and brick-red scales; a band of red

scales crossing the wing at about basal third and followed imme-

diately by a band of black scales, both divided by the pale nervures;

two or three ill-defined greyish and testaceous stripes across the

middle of the wing; at external two-sevenths is a broad belt almost

parallel to outer margin, consisting first of a subangulated oblique

series of black lunules, immediately followed by a more or less

lunulate brick-red stripe, somewhat blackish in the centre, and

lastly by a grey band irrorated with black and separating into vague

lunules towards apex ; a few ill-defined submarginal spots of black

scales : secondaries sericeous ochreous, veins dusty, becoming black

at apex and on outer margin: head, collar, and centre of thorax

brownish ochreous; antenne black; pterygodes and metathorax

white, somewhat ochreous at the sides; an oblique black bar on

the front of the pterygodes; abdomen reddish ochreous, with grey

dorsal patches on each segment. Wings below ochreous, the veins

chiefly black beyond the middle; the primaries from beyond the

1896. ] FROM NYASA-LAND. 845

cell dusted with grey ; a submarginal series of ochreous lunules ;

a partly zigzag dusky marginal border, interrupted on the fringe

by ochreous spots : secondaries with a slender black marginal line :

body below deep ochreous; tibix, tarsi, and venter more or less

blackish. Expanse of wings 55 millim.

Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 14th, 1895.

It is possible that this species may eventually be separated from

Phalera as the type of a new genus, but at present there does not

seem sufficient evidence of the importance of the characters which

differentiate it to warrant its being thus distinguished; the width

of the wings and the antennal characters are not uniform in the

genus, whilst the position of the upper radial is the same as in

P. sigmata,

131. PANTOCTENIA GEMMANS.

Pantoctenia gemmans, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iv. pl. Ixxxii.

fig. 16 (1874).

Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 2nd, 1896.

132. Tapa PRasina. (Plate XLII. fig. 4.)

Teda prasina, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xviii.

p- 161 (1896).

Luvira River, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec. 14th, 1895.

SCOTINOCHROA, gen. noy.

Allied to Coswma, neuration the same ; antenne longer and more

uniformly pectinated ; palpi totally dissimilar—much longer, falci-

form, the second joint long, subcylindrical, somewhat flattened

internally, directed obliquely upwards, third joint half the length

of the second, somewhat acuminate ; tarsi of front pair of legs not

fringed as in Coswma, and those of the second and third pairs

rather penicillated than fringed, each joint having a fairly well-

defined separate flattened tuft at the back.

133. ScorINoCHROA INCONSEQUENS, sp. n.

Primaries above vinaceous chocolate-brown, sprinkled with

shining, mostly leaden-grey scales ; a D-shaped spot at the end of the

cell, connate with an oblique irregular band from costa near apex

to inner margin, this band is narrowest and inarched at its upper

extremity, widest towards the inner margin; both spot and band

are mostly whity brown externally and shining leaden grey in the

middle, and are bounded internally by irregular black dashes and

externally by a black line; from the cell downwards the inner

margin of the band is zigzag and the outer margin undulated, and

followed by an abbreviated similar band, which, however, has no

leaden central scales (and therefore stands out as a pale patch with

undulated outer margin): secondaries pale sericeous vinaceous,

showing slight greenish reflections in certain lights; the abdominal

border and base of fringe sienna or golden brownish; centre of

846 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

fringe blackish, tips shining dark vinaceous: body deep chocolate-

brown, sprinkled with shining leaden scales; the posterior edges

of the collar and bases of the metathoracic and abdominal tufts

somewhat ochreous ; antenne pale sericeous brown. Under surface

of wings sericeous pale brown, darker towards costal area, some-

what vinaceous, fringes distinctly so; primaries blackish in the cell

and with a glistening internal area: body below glossy vinaceous

chocolate-brown, the extremities of leg-joints and the last joint of

the palpi somewhat ochraceous. Expanse of wings 82 millim.

Deep Bay, Feb. 5th, 1896.

134. THYRETES PHASMA, sp. n.

Q. Very close to 7. caffra, but easily distinguished from the

fact that the hyaline triangular spot in the cell of primaries fills

the upper instead of the lower angle; also the inner edge of the

hyaline belt from median vein to apex is not irregular but forms a

direct oblique line, the second division from the apex being much

elongated backwards ; the brown border of the secondaries is also

narrower. Expanse of wings 37 millim.

Deep Bay, Feb. 18th, 1896.

* Pale green ova” (R. C.).

135. ARGINA OCELLINA.

Devopeia ocellina, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 571 (1854).

3 @, Deep Bay, Feb. 27th, 1896.

“‘ Fairly common, a day-flyer, sits on grass-stalks” (R. C.).

DICTENUS, gen. nov.

Allied to Setinochroa, of exactly the same form; but differing

utterly in the character of the antenne, which are solidly bipec-

tinated, the pectinations widely separated and emitting short

bristles: the primaries with only four branches to the subcostal

vein, the fork of the united third and fourth branches being longer

than in Setinochroa and more divergent ; secondaries with the sub-

costal furca considerably shorter and the footstalk consequently

very much longer than in that genus.

136. Dicrenvus Inconsrans, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 5.)

Wings bright ochreous, the primaries with a conspicuous black

spot at the end of the cell; basal half of costal border black; the

remaining half sometimes black, as well as a broader outer border

and narrow internal border: body black, collar, pterygodes, and

metathorax clothed with ochreous hair; anal tuft ochreous: wirgs

below nearly as above, but the secondaries with a small blackish

spot at the end of the cell: body below black; tibie and tarsi of

middle and hind legs ochreous tipped with black. Expanse of

wings 20 millim.

Kasungu Mountain, 7425 feet alt., Nyika, March 2nd and 5th,

1896.

1896. ] FROM NYASA-LAND. 847

137. LEPTOSOMA APICALE.

Nyctemera apicalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. ii. p. 895 (1854),

@ 2, Deep Bay, May 16th, 1895.

“ Light yellow ova” (KR. C.).

138. SPILOSOMA AURICINCTUM, sp.n. (Plate XLII. fig. 6.)

Nearest to S. purum (Alpenus purus), but easily distinguishable

from the fact that the head and the collar are bordered at the back

with bright ochreous; the primaries are more produced, the costal

margin being longer and the black dots are few, small, and confined

to the base and costal area; the secondaries only show three

conspicuous black spots in the form of a triangle, the apex of which

is represented by a spot at the end of the cell and the base by two

submarginal spots; primaries below immaculate, but secondaries

as above. Expanse of wings 44 millim.

9, Fuleriva hills, 2000 feet alt., Deep Bay, March 5th, 1896.

This species and S. purum are strikingly unlike the other Ermine

Moths from the fact that both extremities of the bright golden-

ochreous black-dotted abdomen are snow-white. Our examples of

S. purum from British East Africa show no trace of the dorsal

black dots, but otherwise are typical.

139. AROA THRMINALIS.

Aroa terminalis, Walker, Cat. Lep. Het. iv. p. 794 (1854).

3, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

Walker’s description, having been based upon a badly rubbed

and barely recognizable specimen, is utterly useless for the iden-

tification of the species; I therefore redescribe the insect from

Mr. Crawshay’s beautiful male example :—Primaries above deep

yellowish testaceous or bright mustard-yellow; a paler central

band with widely bisinuated outer edge, expanding within the

cell to enclose a conspicuous rounded blocd-red spot; a pale

band crossing the disc near the outer margin, its inner edge bi-

sinuated, its outer edge correspondingly biundulated ; fringe very

slightly paler than the ground-colour ; secondaries deep orange-

ochreous with bright golden-yellow fringe; antenne yellow, with

vinaceous brown pectinations; body ochreous, deepest on the

abdomen: under surface bright saffron-yellow, the primaries

irrorated with smoky brown scales towards apex forming two short

divergent streaks; legs hairy, lemon-yellow. Expanse of wings _

33 millim.

Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

I believe the specimen noted (P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 185) as Lopera

crocata var.? is probably a very badly discoloured and faded example

of this species.

140. AROA BISTIGMIGERA, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 7.)

3. Nearest to A. clara: upper surface dead golden, or dull

ochraceous, suffused with vinaceous greyish ; fringe deep grey ;

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LV.

848 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov. 17,

primaries with two conspicuous black spots at the end of the cell;

secondaries with a fairly broad smoky black border; body smoky

black; shaft of antennez, head, collar, shoulders, and anal tuft

ochreous: wings below paler than above, primaries with a large

almost semicircular subapical blackish patch from end of cell; body

below ochreous, blackish at the sides. Expanse of wings 27

millim.

3 3, Kondowi, 4000 feet alt., Nyika, Feb. 21st, 1896.

“ Day flier” (2. C.).

The sexes in this genus differ so much that it would not greatly

surprise me to discover that the following form was the female of

A. bistiymigera: at the same time, as Sir George Hampson points

out, the pattern is so dissimilar that it would be absurd to put the

two together without trustworthy proof of their identity: then

again it is just as likely that A. ochraceata (which we have received

from Zomba) may be the female of this species, inasmuch as it often

has two spots at the end of the cell of primaries, though in other

respects it is utterly dissimilar.

141. Anoa cHarax, Druce. (Plate XLII. fig. 8.)

2. Upper surface tawny orange with broad smoky brown outer

borders, that of the primaries occupying the apical third of the

wing and crossed by blackish veins (which colouring commences on

the orange area); border of secondaries abruptly narrowed towards

anal angle; fringes sericeous, dark grey; a conspicuous black spot

at the end of each discoidal cell; primaries with narrow dusky

costal margin, three small black spots across the base; antenne

and third joint of palpi black ; abdomen paler than thorax, golden

ochreous with a dorsal series of black spots: wings below nearly

as above, no subbasal spots on the primaries: body below bright

ochreous ; tarsi of all the legs and tibiz of front and middle pairs

black. Expanse of wings 43 millim.

Deep Bay, April 30th, 1895.

142. LYMANTRIA BANANH, sp. n. (Plate XLII. fig. 9.)

3. Primaries semitransparent cream-coloured, the basal third

smoky brown, bisinuated in front; costa to end of cell the same

colour confluent with a constricted Y-shaped bar which crosses

the end of the cell; an oblique zigzag smoky-brown line. incurved

towards costa, across the disc; a marginal irregular patch of the

same colour near apex, and a second at external angle, also an

intermediate small triangular intermediate spot; veins, excepting

from the end of the cell to the apex, partly brown and partly

blackish ; and all the veins as they cross the zigzag line blackish :

secondaries semitransparent pale golden ochreous, more opaque and

more distinctly ochreous on abdominal two-fiftlis: body above

tawny ochraceous, palest at the extremities, somewhat vinaceous on

the thorax ; antennz and tips of palpal joints black: under surface

of wings immaculate ; body cream-coloured, a few orange hairs on

1896. ] FROM NYASA-LAND. 849

front of pectus; sides of venter ochreous. Expanse of wings

50 millim.

Mpata, W. coast of Lake Nyasa, August 21st, 1895.

“ Taken in a banana plantation” (R. C.).

We have a nearly allied species in the Museum collection from

Old Calabar.

143. MarpaRA CURVIVIRGATA.

Lelia curvivirgata, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. 1895, p. 373, Taf. iv.

fig. 3.

3, Lower Nyika, 4200 feet alt., June 30th, 1895.

This species is closely related to my M. peculiaris from Mada-

gascar, but differs in the fact that the golden-brown band across

the primaries runs to the apex instead of to the costal margin.

144, HIBrRILpES NORAX.

Hibrildes norax, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 675.

Anengya spiritalis, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. 1895, p. 37A, pl. iv.

fig. 7.

3, Mweniwanda’s, Nyasa to Tanganyika Road, Dec. 22nd,

1895.

145. HipriLDES CRAWSHAYI.

Hibrildes crawshayi, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. xviii. p. 162 (1896).

2, Mwini-uruma’s town, Nyasa to Tanganyika plateau, Dec.

17th, 1895.

It is of course possible that the sexes of H. noraw may be

utterly dissimilar in colour and pattern, and that this may prove to

be its female: if so, Mr. Kirby’s two new species will also be sexes.

146. PsEUDAPHELIA APOLLINARIS.

Saturnia apollinaris, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 601 (1847).

Namitembo, Zomba Mountains, March 25th, 1896.

“Huge quantity of pale yellow ova” (2. Cy:

147, ANTHERZA DOLABELLA.

Antherea dolabella, Druce, P. Z.S. 1886, p. 409, pl. xxxviil.

fig. 2.

9, Kasungu Mountain, 7020 feet alt., Nyika, March 1st, 1896.

“ Large spherical whitish-yellow ova” (Zt. C.).

Tt is unfortunate that the single example of this rare species

obtained by Mr. Crawshay was a good deal worn.

148. TrIGONODES HYPPASIA.

Phalena-Noctua hyppasia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. p. 99, pl. ecl.

fic. B (1782).

2, Deep Bay, March, and Oct. 18th, 1896.

«Bright green ova” (2. C.).

50*

850 ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM NYASA-LAND. [Nov. 17,

149. ParuLa WALKERI.

Patula walkeri, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvi.

p- 406.

Zambezi River, East Africa, April 16th, 1896.

Perhaps this ought to be included in the present paper, but it

was not sent with the Nyasa collection.

150. ARGADESA MATERNA.

Phalena-Noctua materna, Linnzus, Syst. Nat. ii. p. 840.

Deep Bay, Oct. 9th, 1895.

151. H#MATORITHRA RUBRIFASCIATA.

Hematorithra rubrifasciata, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

ser. 6, vol. xviii. p. 162 (1896).

Deep Bay, Feb. 26th, 1896’.

152. Hyria ANGUSTA, sp. n.

Primaries above dull vinaceous purple; a broad oblique central

golden ochreous band from inner margin to above the mcudian vein,

impinged upon at its anterior extremity by a biacisish spot at the

end of the cell; fringe golden ochraceous, somewhat stained with

dull purplish at the base: secondaries br xht golden ochreous,

with a black dot at the end of the cell; outer border and basal

half of fringe dull vinaceous purple: body seric ous dark vinaceous

greyish; shaft of antenne silvery, slightly bufh h at base: under

surface of wings nearly as above, but the basi-internal area cf

primaries sericeous and somewhat silvery ; legs and centre of vencer

pale buff. Expanse of wings 14 millim.

Kasungu Mountain, 7200 feet alt., Nyika, March 5th, 1896.

“Day flier” (#. C.).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats XLI. Prater XLII.

Fig. 1. Amauris crawshayi, p. 821. Fig. 1. Sarangesa hollandii, p. 840.

2. Panopea heliogenes, p. 823. 2. Cyclopides perexcellens, p. 842.

3. Planema scalivittata, p. 826. 3. Phalera latipennis, p. 844.

4. Alena reticulata, 3, p. 827. 4. Teda prasina, p. 845.

5. Cyclyrius juno, p. 830. 5. Dictenus inconstans, p. 846.

6. Capys connexiva, 3, p. 831. 6. Spilosoma auricinctum, p. 847.

7. Lolaus auricostalis, 2 , p.832. 7. Aroa bistigmigera, p. 847.

8. ,, charaz, p. 848.

9. Lymantria banane, p. 848.

1 Caught by Mr. G. A. Taylor.

PL Odsoo. Piste ME

Fi C. Knight oe] etlith. WestNewman chromo.

New Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land.

Collected. by M* Crawsh ay.

PZ.S8 1896, Plate XLIL

Js .C Knight del,et hth West Newman chromo.

New Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land.

Collected by M* Crawshay

1896. ] ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM NYASA-LAND. 851

6. On a Collection of Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land presented

to the Museum by Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B., and

collected by Mr. J. B. Yule. By Arruur G. Burier,

Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoolo-

gical Department, British Museum.

[Received September 7, 1896. ]

(Plate X LITT.)

From the few notes as to exact localities which occurred on the

envelopes it would seem that the present collection was obtained

partly, if not altogether, on the Songwe plain, N.W. Nyasa, in

1895; but so very few of the specimens are accompanied by

notes as to locality and date of capture, that I have not thought

it advisable to burden the ‘ Proceedings’ by repeating references

to descriptions and figures, most of which have already been given

in other papers on Nyasa Lepidoptera published in the Society’s

‘ Proceedings.’

The collection contains examples of five new species and of a new

form of a known species ; but, in addition to these, there are several

species of interest, such as the wet-season form of Ypthima gra-

nulosa ; examples of the broad-bordered variety of Charawes saturnus,

to which I gave the name of laticinctus; a somewhat worn female

example of the rare Charawes violetta ; the white variety of Zuralia

mima; additional examples of Metacrenis crawshayi; a curious

variety of the female of Alena nyasse having the base of the pos-

terior wings white; both wet- and dry-season forms of Teracolus

opalescens ; the rare Teracolus hildebrandtii; a dry-season female

of Teracolus subfasciatus, differing in its superior size, the larger

apical orange patch on the primaries being without inner blackish

limitation, and the under surface more strongly reticulated ; both

seasonal forms of Teracolus emini; the male of Belenois diminuta,

showing that the latter is the dry-season form of B. crawshayi; a

good series of Papiho nivinow, consisting entirely of males (as the

only example which we possess of P. taboranus is a female, it

seems probable that the differences in pattern and colouring

between these two forms of Papilio are due to sex, in which case

the name of P. taboranus will have to stand for the species);

an example in good condition of a rare Hesperiid (Cyclopides

willemt), of which the Museum previously only possessed a broken

example.

Among the Moths, the most interesting additions, apart from

the new species, are two male examples of Hibrildes norax.

Respecting Hibrildes we know very little at present: if the female

resembles the male, no examples have hitherto been received ; but

it is possible that the sexes may be entirely dissimilar, and that

my Hibrildes crawshayi may eventually prove to be the female

852 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [Nov.17,

though at present we have not the least evidence in proof of such

sexual incongruity. The genus is a Pterothysanid, and the' few

species of that group in which the sexes are known exhibit no

marked sexual differences of pattern and coloration. —

The following is a list of the species in this collection :—

RHOPALOCERA.

1, Limnas chrysippus, Zinn. and | 44. Alena nyassx, var., Hewits.

var. klugti, Butl. 45. Polyommatus beeticus, Linn.

2, Tirumala petiverana, Dodi, 46. Catochrysops osiris, Hopf.

3. Melanitis solandra, Fadr. 47. Azanus occidentalis, Butler.

4, Samanta perspicua, Trimen. 48. Tarucus plinius, Fabr.

5. Mycalesis eusirus, Hopf: 49. Nacaduba sichela, Wallgr.

6. ena, Hewits, 50. Castalius calice, Hopf:

7. Physcsenura pione, Godm., * var. 51. Lyczenesthes liodes, Hewits.

lucida, Butl. 52. Zizera knysna, T’rimen.

8. Ypthima granulosa, Butler. 53. lucida, Trimen.

9. Charaxes castor, Cramer, var. 54. Lachnoenema bibulus, Fadr.

flavifasciatus, Buti. 50. Spindasis nyassx, Butler.

10. —— saturnus, Butler, and var. 56. Virachola anta, Zrimen.

laticinctus, Butl. 57. Iolaus buxtoni, Hewits.

11. acheemenes, Felder. 58. ceculus, Hopff.

12. —— guderiana 3, Dewitz. 59. Myrina ficedula Q, Trimen.

13. —— pheus 4, Hewits. 60. Mylothris agathina, Cramer.

14, —— violetta 2, Grose Smith. *61. yulei, Butler.

15. tiridates 2, Fubr. 62. Terias zoe, Hopf:

16. bohemani, Felder, 63. ——- regularis, Buti.

17. candiope, Godart. 64. leonis, Butt.

18. Hypolimnas misippus, Linn., 9 65. orientis, Butt.

=tmaria, Cram, 66. Teracolus opalescens, But/., and

19, Euralia wahlbergi, Wallgr. dry-season males,

20. mima var., Zrimen. 67. hildebrandtii ¢, Staud.

21. Junonia sesamus, Trimen. 68. subfasciatus, Swainson, dry-

22. —— simia, Wallgr. season female.

23. galami, Boisd. 69. ——- anax, Grose Smith.

24, elgiva, Hewits. 70. —— sipylus ¢, Swinhoe.

25 artaxia, Hewits., and var. 71. omphale, Godart.

nachtigalii, Dewitz. 72. emini, Butler, dry- and

26. boopis, Trimen. wet-season forms, gd.

27 clelia, Cramer. 73. Catopsilia florella, Yabr. Three

28. —— cebrene, Trimen. named varieties.

29. natalica, Felder. 74. Belenois thysa, Hopf:

30. Protogoniomorpha anacardii, 75. calypso, Drury.

LTinn. 76. crawshayi ¢, Butl., and

31. Euphzdra neophron, Hopf. dry-season form diminuta ¢.

32. Huryphene cocalia, abr. 77. —— mesentina, Cram.

33. Pseudargynnis hegemone, God¢. 78. severina ¢, Cram.

34. Metacrenis rosa, Hewits. «79. Phrissura nyasana, Butler.

35. crawshayi, Buti. 80. Herpeenia eriphia, Godf.

36. Hamanumida dedalus, Fabr. 81. Papilio policenes, Cram.

37. Catuna erithea, Drury. 82. lurlinus, Bu‘/er.

38. Neptis agatha, Cramer. 83. —— porthaon, Hewits.

39. Atella columbina, Cramer, 84. —— pylades, Fabr.

40. Byblia vulgaris, Staud. 85. —— nivinox, Butler.

4]. Acrzea cabira, Hopf. 86. —— similis, Cramer.

49. serena, Habr., var. perrupta, 87. demoleus, Linn,

Butler. 88. Osmodes ranoha, Westw.

43, natalica, Boisd. 89. Cyclopides willemi, Wadlgr.

1896.] FROM NYASA-LAND. 853

Hrrrocera.

90. Cheerocampa osiris, Dalm. 99. Acontia graellsii, Fezsth.

91. Daphnis nerii, Linn. 100. Cyligramma latona, Cramer.

92. Nephele accentifera, Beauv. 101. rudilinea, Wath.

*93. Antiphella atrinotata, Butler, *102. Fodina johustoni, Butler.

94. Deiopeia pulchella, Linn. 103. Glyphodes sinuata, Fadbr.

95. Argina leonina, Walk. 104. Gonodela zombina, Butler.

96. Egybolia vaillantina, Stoll. 105. Comibzena ? sp. (much rubbed ;

97. Hibrildes norax, Druce. possibly Zhalassodes scissaria,

*98. Phexgorista zebra, Butler. Feld.).

In this list the new forms are indicated by an asterisk; these

I now proceed to describe :—

PHYSCENURA PIONE, var. LucIDA. (Plate XLIII. fig. 1.)

Differs from typical P. pione, of which we have a good series, in

the larger white area on the upper surface of the primaries, the

black internal streak being abbreviated or even sometimes almost

obliterated, so that the lobe extending from the white area towards

inner margin is of at least double the width: on the under surface

the black strize are wider apart, far less numerous, and the yellow

ocelli are paler; the three black limes on outer border are not

equidistant as in typical P. pione, the two inner ones being nearer

together. Expanse of wings, ¢ 39 millim., 9 45.

Two males and one female.

It is possible that this form may prove constant to locality: it

is probably from near Fort Songwe, N.W. Nyasa. We have

received typical P. pione only from Zomba and Deep Bay.

MYLoruris YULEI, sp.n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 2.)

g. Above milky white, slightly tinted with primrose-yellow

at the base; apical border, a very slender marginal line, and a

dot at extremity of second median branch black; costal border

towards base irrorated with blackish; secondaries with black

marginal dots at extremities of median branches and submedian

vein: primaries below golden orange (or cadmium-yellow) to

middle of cell ; apical area washed diffusedly with saffron-yellowish ;

seven marginal black dots, the last, at extremity of first median

branch, very small: secondaries creamy buff, yellower at base, the

costal areolet cadmium-yellow ; six black marginal spots, the

smallest being the fifth from anal angle or that at extremity of

radial nervure: body normal. Expanse of wings 51 wmillim.

The female, which I formerly supposed to be a pale variety of

M. rueppellii, differs chiefly on the upper surface in the pale saftron

flush at the base of the primaries and the still paler tint at base of

secondaries: on the under surface it agrees very nearly with the

male. Expanse of wings 59 millim.

The female example in the Museum is from Kilima-njaro.

PHRISSURA NYASANA, sp. n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 3.)

An exact copy of Mylothris rueppellii: differing chiefly in its

854 ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM NYASA-LAND. [Nov. 17,

broader wings, the presence of the apical subcostal bifurcation,

and in the form and greater intensity of the apical marginal black

spots: wings above milk-white; primaries with the basal third

bright cadmium-yellow bordered with gamboge; costal border

irrorated with black; apical border narrowly pearl-grey, the apical

furca and a series of triangular spots terminating the nervures

intense black : secondaries faintly tinted with yellow at the base;

a marginal series of eight intensely black spots: body normal.

Primaries below white, with extreme costal margin and dots

at extremities of nervures black; base almost to end of cell

brilliant orange edged with yellow; apical border creamy buff:

secondaries creamy buff, palest over end of cell, base suffused with

orange, the costal areole brilliant orange, external border washed

with deep buff; black spots as above: body whitish. Expanse of

wings 64 millim.

Two males.

The following Heterocera are new :—

LiIpaRrip2.

ANTIPHELLA ATRINOTATA, sp. n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 5.)

Pearl-white, wings semitransparent ; primaries with three sub-

apical spots in a slightly curved series parallel to outer margin and

two spots placed obliquely near external angle, all blackish and

very small; costal margin also black, very distinctly so at basal

third: antenne pale testaceous; body of similar colouring, but

densely irrorated, rather than clothed, with white scales: under

surface as above. Expanse of wings 34 millim.

One male.

NYCTEMERID 2.

PHGORISTA ZEBRA, sp.n. (Plate XLIII. fig. 4.)

3. Like P. similis, Walk. (= helcitoides, Dewitz), but the sub-

apical patch on the black area of primaries broad and almost

wholly ochreous as in P. formosa, the spot towards external angle

also ochreous ; secondaries orange-vermilion, with the usual black

border and white-chequered fringe: body as in P. similis. Expanse

of wings 71 millim.

One male,

Nocruw”.

Foprna JOHNSroNI, sp. n. (Plate XLIIL. fig. 6.)

Close to F. albicincta, but with the primaries more closely

resembling those of /, postmaculata in pattern, the wing being

crossed as in that species by an oblique buff band ending at external

angle in a greyish lobe; outer margin also buff; fringe greyish.

Expanse of wings 17 millim.

One rather poor example.

This is doubtless the African representative of the Ceylonese

F, postmaculata, from which the more buft-tinted markings of the

PZ.S.1896. Plate XLUT

iC Kmight del.etJith West, Newman chremo

New Lepidoptera from Nyasa-land.

Collected by M* Yule

1896. ] ON A THREE-HORNED FALLOW DEER. 855

primaries and smoky-brown secondaries with oblique ochreous

subanal line to outer margin readily distinguish it.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIUIITI.

Fig.

Oo Ory Oo Or

. Physcenura pione, var. lucida, 3, p. 853.

. Mylothris yulet, 3, p. 853.

. Phrissura nyasana, S$, p. 853.

. Phegorista zebra, 3, p. 854.

. Antiphella atrinotata, $, p. 854.

. Fodina johnstoni, 3, p. 854.

December 1, 1896.

Sir W. H. Frowsr, K.C.B., LL.D., F.R.S., President,

in the Chair.

Mr. R. E. Holding exhibited (on behalf of Sir Robert Harvey,

Bart.) the head of a three-horned Fallow Deer (Dama vulgaris),

and pointed out in his remarks that it was a good illustration of

the complete biturcation of the entire beam of the right horn—the

anterior portion carrying a small frontal tine, the second tine, and

portion of the palm; while the posterior beam, starting from an

independent burr at the base of the horn, carried the characteristic

Head of three-horned Fallow Deer.

856 MR. 8. 8S. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [Dee. 1,

back tine and a larger portion of the serrated palm: the left horn

being of normal growth.

Mr. Holding also exhibited a singular case of complete sym-

metrical deformity in a pair of Roebuck’s horns.

Mr. H. E. Dresser, at the request of Mr. Thos. Southwell of

Norwich, exhibited a specimen of Pallas’s Willow-Warbler (Phy!-

loscopus proregulus), which he believed to be the first example

of this species recorded as having been obtained in Great Britain.

It had been shot at Cley-next-the-Sea, Norfolk, by the son-in-law

of Mr. H. N. Pashley, on the 31st October last, who at once

informed Mr. Southwell that he had a new Warbler and promised

to send it to him so soon as it was dry enough. Directly he

received it Mr. Southwell forwarded it on to Mr. Dresser. The

scrub at Cley, the spot where it was shot, was the place which had

yielded so many rare migrants, the last of which was the Aquatic

Warbler, and there also Mr. Pashley had obtained this specimen.

Pallas’s Willow-Warbler, though it occurred annually on the

western slopes of the Ural, had only hitherto with certainty been

known to occur further west on the island of Heligoland,

where one was obtained in October 1845, and another was said to

have been seen, but not obtained, in October 1875.

Mr. Giitke had proposed to separate the form breeding in Siberia

from that breeding in the Himalayas, but Mr. Dresser, for reasons

stated in his Supplement to the ‘ Birds of Hurope,’ p. 75, could

not confirm this view. The present specimen, he remarked, agreed

closely with an adult bird in his collection obtained at Kultuk, in

Siberia, in the month of September.

The following papers were read :—

1. Notes on a Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians made

in the Malay Peninsula in 1895-96; with a List of the

Species recorded from that Region. By Sranuey Suyru

Frower, 5th Fusiliers.!

[Received October 15, 1896.]

(Plates XLIV.-XLVLI.)

Since Dr. Cantor published his ‘ Catalogue of Reptiles inhabiting

the Malayan Peninsula and Islands’ in 1847, no general list has

appeared: in his Catalogue mention is made of 106 species of

Reptiles and Batrachians ; in this paper 210 species are listed. Our

knowledge of the herpetological fauna of Malaya since Cantor’s

time has been added to principally in two valuable papers by

Stoliczka in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal (1870,

vol, xxxix. part i. pp. 184-228, and 1873, vol. xli. part ii. pp. 111-

126), and by collections received in the British Museum from

' Communicated by the Presipznr,

1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 857

Dr. N. B. Dennys, Mr. D. F. A. Hervey, Mr. H. N. Ridley,

Mr. L. Wray, etc. The specimens hitherto received have nearly

all been collected in the more settled localities of the Peninsula,

2. ¢. Penang, Province Wellesley, Perak, Malacca, and Singapore :

the States of Kedah, Kelantan, Tringanu, Pahang, Johore, etc., are

practically unexplored, so that it is probable that many additions

are stil] to be made to the number of species of Reptiles and

Batrachians from Malaya. There are Museums at Taiping, Kuala

Lumpur, and Singapore: the collection in the latter place I have

had some opportunity for examining, but want of time did not

enable me to do so as thoroughly as I could have wished; the

Taiping Museum I have only paid a short visit to; the Kuala

Lampur one I have not seen: there is also a large private collection

of Snakes at the Prye Estate, Province Wellesley, and probably

collections at other places. When all these have been thoroughly

examined, we shall have a better knowledge of the relative

abundance, localities, and varieties of the different species.

I have to acknowledge my sense of obligation to Mr. G. A.

Boulenger for his most kind and useful advice to me both before

starting to the East and in working out my collection on returning

home; also to Mr. J. C. Somerville, 5th Fusiliers, and Mr. H. N.

Ridley, Superintendent of the Botanical Gardens, Singapore, for

assistance in collecting ; I am also indebted to Mr. A.H.B. Dennys,

of Penang, for a collection of Snakes made a few years ago in the

Province Wellesley, and to Commissioner of Police Mitchell, of

Kedah, for specimens from Kulim and neighbourhood.

In this paper the following species are recorded from the Malay

Peninsula and adjacent islands for, I believe, the first time :—

Gonatodes penangensis, sp. n., Mimetozoon floweri, Blgr., Lepidodac-

tylus ceylonensis, Blgr., Mabuia novemcarimata, Anders., Calamaria

pavimentata, Dum. & Bibr., Rana luctuosa, Peters, Ivalus pictus,

Peters, and Calophrynus pleurostigma, Tschudi; the variations of

Rana macrodon are discussed; and the tadpoles of four species are

described.

The classification and nomenclature are according to the British

Museum Catalogues of the Reptilia and Batrachia, to which

valuable works I must refer for the complete synonymy of the

various species mentioned; I have only quoted the names under

which they appear in the standard works referred to.

Order CHELONIA.

Suborder ATHECAL.

Family SpHarGipm”.

1. DnrMocHetys corracna, L.

Dermochelys coriacea, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 10 (skull fig. p. 9).

There is a large specimen, unlabelled, in the Raffles Museum,

Singapore, supposed to have been caught in the neighbourhood.

Hab. Tropical seas ; sometimes occurs in the temperate seas.

858 MR. 8. 8S. FLOWER ON THD RUPTILES AND [Dec. 1,

Suborder THECOPHORA.

Superfamily CrRyPTODIRA.

Family TrestupInip&.

2. CALLAGUR PrioTa, Gray.

Emys trivittata, Cantor, p. 4.

Tetraonyx affinis, part., Cantor, p. 6.

Batagur affinis, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 40, pl. iii. fig. C.

Callagur picta, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 60.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang through

Cantor ; from his account this species appears not to be numerous,

inhabiting the coasts, rivers, and ponds of Malaya.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.

3. BaTAaGuR BasKA, Gray.

Tetraonyx affinis, part., Cantor, p. 6.

Batagur baska, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 37, pl. iii. fig. B;

Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 61 (skull fig. p. 62).

There is a specimen in the British Museum from the coast of

Penang through Cantor.

Hab. Bengal, Burma, and Malay Peninsula,

4, HarpELLa THURGI, Gray.

Emys thurgi, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 24.

Hardella thurgi, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 63 (skull fig. p. 64, and

shell fig. p. 65).

Ginther (R. B. I. p. 25) says that according to Cantor this species

is found in Penang; but I do not find it mentioned in Cantor’s

Catalogue.

Hab. India (Indus, Ganges and tributaries), and perhaps Malay

Peninsula.

5. BELLIA ORASSICOLLIS, Gray.

Emys crassicollis, Cantor, p.3; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 28,

pl. iv. fig. HE.

Bellia crassicollis, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 98 (skull fig. p. 98, and

shell fig. p. 99).

Cantor says this species is numerous in the rivulets and ponds

in the valleys of Penang and the Malay Peninsula. Stoliczka

(J. A.S. B. 1870, vol. xxxix. part ii. p. 227) found it common in

the small freshwater streams of Penang.

Hab, Tenasserim, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.

6. Cychmmys PLatyNora, Gray.

Notochelys platynota, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 17.

Cyclemys platynota, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 130,

There are five specimens in the British Museum from Singapore

collected by Mr. A. R. Wallace. Cantor (p. 3) says that Emys

1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 859

platynota inhabits the valleys of the Malay Peninsula and Penang,

but is apparently not numerous ; however, Giinther (R. B. I. p. 18)

remarks, “this was certainly an incorrect determination, as is

evident from his description”: I have not made out to what

species Cantor’s Penang Tortoise belongs.

Hab. Mergui, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.

7. CycLEMYs pDHoR, Gray.

Cyclemys oldhamu, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 15, pl. v. fig. B.

Cyclemys dhor, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 131.

It is stated in several works that this tortoise occurs in the

Malay Peninsula ; Dr. Gray (Cat. Shield Rept. 1855, p. 43) says

that three young tortoises from Penang, described by Cantor

(p. 6) as Tetraonyx affinis, were probably the young of this species ;

these specimens are now considered to belong to Callagur picta

and Batagur baska.

Hab. Northern India, Burma, Siam, Camboja, Malay Peninsula

and Archipelago.

8. CYCLEMYS AMBOINENSIS, Daud.

Cistudo amboinensis, Cantor, p. 5.

Cuora_amboinensis, Ginther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 12, pl. iv.

figs. A, B.

Cyclemys amboinensis, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 133 (skull fig.

p- 128, and shell fig. p. 129).

There are specimens in the British Museum from Malacca and

Singapore. Cantor says, “ This species appears to be numerous in

the valleys, in ponds, rivulets and paddy fields, Malayan Peninsula

and Singapore.” Mr. Ridley informed me he had found it plentiful

at Malacca. I found two specimens near the Ayer Etam road in

Penang: the length of carapace of the larger was 198 mm.

Hab. Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago, extending

eastward to the Moluccas.

9. GHOEMYDA SPINOSA, Gray.

Geoemyda spinosa, part., Cantor, p. 2.

Geoemyda spinosa, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 18; Boul. Cat.

Chel. ete. p. 137.

There are specimens in the British Museum from Penang

(Cantor) and from Singapore (A. R. Wallace). Mr. Ridley has

found this species on Bukit Timah, Singapore. In January 1896

I found two specimens in the water, in streams on the south side

of Bukit Timah, Singapore; the length of carapace of the larger

was 186 mm. In captivity these tortoises spent nearly all their

time in the water; they fed daily, eating for their size large

quantities of fruit, preferring pineapple, but also taking orange,

banana, raisins, lettuce, etc. On the 14th of May one laid an

oblong, equal-ended, white egg. These specimens are now alive

in the Society’s Gardens (August 1896).

Hab. Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.

860 MR. 8. 8S, FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [ Dec. 1,

10. Trstupo nmys, Schl. & Mill.

Geoemyda spinosa, part., Cantor, p. 2.

Manouria emys, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 10.

Testudo emys, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 158 (skull fig. p. 150).

Cantor records this species from the Great Hill of Penang;

there are two Penang specimens from him in the British Museum.

In March 1896 Mr. Ridley caught a fine female specimen in the

Dindings, and brought it alive to the Botanical Gardens, Singapore ;

the length of carapace was about 520 mm.

Hab. Assam, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and

Borneo.

Family CHELONID#.

11. Cunnonr Mypas, LL.

Chelonia virgata, Cantor, p. 11; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 53.

Chelone mydas, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 180.

Cantor says, “This species is at all seasons plentifully taken in

fishing-stakes in the Straits of Malacca.”

Hab. Tropical and subtropical seas.

12. CHELONE IMBRICATA, L.

Chelonia imbricata, Cantor, p. 13.

Caretta squamata, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 54.

Chelone imbricata, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 183 (skull fig. p. 181);

Boul. Fauna Ind., Rept. p. 49 (young fig.).

Cantor mentions this species as inhabiting Malayan seas. Dr.

Hanitsch showed me a live specimen caught near Singapore early

in 1896.

Hab. Tropical and subtropical seas.

13. THALASSOCHELYS CARETTA, L.

Chelonia olivacea, Cantor, p. 13.

Caouana olivacea, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 52.

Thalassochelys caretta, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 184.

Cantor says, “‘ This species is at Penang of rare occurrence.” A

specimen (now preserved in the Raffles Museum) was caught near

Singapore in Jan. 1896: length of carapace 700 mm.

Hab. Tropical and subtropical seas.

Superfamily TRIONYCHOIDEA,

Family TrionycHips.

14. Trionyx suBPLANUS, Geoffr.

Trionyx subplanus, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 49.

Trionyx giintheri, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 49, pl. iv. fig. 4.

Trionyx subplanus, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 246 (skull fig. p. 247).

There are specimens in the British Museum from Penang from

1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 861

Dr. Cantor, and from Singapore from Gen. Hardwicke and Mr. A.

R. Wallace.

Hab. Mergui, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, and Java.

15. Trrionyx HURUM, Gray.

Gymnopus gangeticus, Cantor, p. 8.

Trionyx gangeticus, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 47.

Trionyx hurum, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 249; Boul. Fauna Ind.

Rept. p. 13 (young figured).

Cantor says this species inhabits the rivers and sea-coasts of

Penang and the Malay Peninsula, but that it is not numerous.

Hab. Ganges and Malay Peninsula.

16. Trronyx pHAYRit, Theob.

Trionyx phayrit, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 251 (skull fig. p. 252).

Anderson (J. A.S.B. 1871, p. 30) mentions a specimen of

Trionyx phayrei, Theobald, in the Calcutta Museum from Penang.

Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula ; Java, Borneo.

17. TRIONYX CARTILAGINEUS, Bodd.

Gymnopus cartilaginea, Cantor, p. 9.

Trionyx ornatus, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 48, pl. iv. fig. B.

Trionyx cartilagineus, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 253 (skull figured).

There is in the British Museum a Penang specimen from Cantor ;

he says, ‘“‘ This species is numerous in rivers and ponds, Malayan

Peninsula and Pinang.”

Hab. Burma, Siam, Camboja, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo,

and Java.

18. PrtocHELys cANTORIS, Gray.

Gymnopus indicus, Cantor, p. 10.

Chitra indica, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 50, pl. vi. fig. C.

Pelochelys cantoris, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 263 (skull fig. p. 262).

The type specimen is in the British Museum from Penang

from Cantor; he says it inhabits the estuaries and sea-coasts of

Penang and the Malay Peninsula.

Hab. Ganges, Burma, China, Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and

Philippines.

Order EMYDOSAURIA.

Family CrocopiLiIp 2.

1. Tomisroma scHiEecELt, 8. Mull.

Tomistoma schlegelii, Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 276; id. P.Z.S8.

1896, p. 628.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Pulo Tiga,

Perak river, given by Mr. Wray in 1896; and there is a skull

862 MR. S. 8S. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND Dec. 1

from the Perak river in the Taiping Museum. I have heard of a

third specimen from Perak and also of its being found in Pahang.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.

2. CrocopiLus PoRosUS, Schn.

Crocodilus porosus, Cantor, p. 16; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 62.

Crocodilus pondicerianus, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 62, pl. vii.

Crocodilus porosus, Boul. Cat. Chel. ete. p. 284.

Cantor says this species is exceedingly numerous in the Malay

Peninsula, Penang, and Singapore. Stoliczka (J. A.S. B. 1873,

p. 113) found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province

‘Wellesley. There are several stuffed specimens and a large skull

of this species in the Raffles Museum ; one shot by Mr. Owen at

Serangoon, Singapore, measures 4°7 metres in total length. In

April 1895 I saw many Crocodiles of this species on the Kedah

river, between Kuala Kedah and Kota Star, when lying up on the

mud-banks under the trees; their markings and vivid yellow and

black colouring render them hard to see in the chequered light

coming through the foliage. I have also seen this species on the

Pandan river, Singapore. It is probably found in every suitable

locality in Malaya.

Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, Siam, Southern China, Malay

Peninsula and Archipelago, New Guinea, North Australia, Solomon

and Fiji Islands.

3. CROCODILUS PALUSTRIS, Less.

Crocodilus vulgarus, Cantor, p. 15.

Crocodilus palustris, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 61, pl. vii.

fig. A; Boul. Cat. Chel. etc. p. 285; id. Fauna Ind., Rept. p. 5

(skull fig. p. 2).

Cantor says that this species is numerous at Penang and on the

coast of the Peninsula, but appears to be less so than Crocodilus

porosus. There isa young specimen from Singapore in the British

Museum.

Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

Order SQUAMATA.

Suborder LACERTILIA.

Family GECKoNIDz.

1. GYMNODACTYLUS AFFINIS, Stol.

Cyrtodactylus affinis, Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 167.

Gymnodactylus affinis, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 42.

Stoliczka says, ‘‘The only specimen I caught between the bark

of a large tree near the top of the Government bungalow on

Penang hill;”’ he subsequently found it in the collection he got

from Penang and Province Wellesley (J. A.S. B. 1873, p. 113).

Hab. Malay Peninsula.

1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 863

2. GYMNODACTYLUS PULCHELLUS, Gray.

Gymnodactylus pulchellus, Cantor, p. 25; Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 46.

Cantor says, “ The species appears to be rather numerous on the

hills at Penang, where the individuals obtained were captured in

houses, at an elevation of 2200'.” Stoliczka found it in the

collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley. There

are specimens in the British Museum from Singapore. I obtained

three specimens on Penang Hill at an elevation of 2200 ft.; one was

caught in an outbuilding, the other two in caves at night.

Although so strikingly marked, they are very difficult to see in

their natural surroundings, the colouring assimilates so to the

irregular rocky walls of the caves. The largest specimen, ¢ , was

220 mm. in total length (H.B. 113, tail 107).

Cantor’s description of the life coloration is very good, but, as

pointed out by Stoliczka’, there are properly five dark bands across

the neck and back (and not six). Cantor mentions these dark

bands having sulphur or chrome-yellow margins, Stoliczka speaks

of them as white-edged, and my specimens aiso had white margins.

The upper surfaces of the limbs are uniform light yellowish brown,

like the back ; and the under surfaces of my specimens were bluish

buff.

As Cantor says, they bite fiercely when handled.

Hab. Bengal to Malay Peninsula.

3. GONATODES KENDALLI, Gray.

Gonatodes kendallii, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 63.

This species, for some years only known from Borneo, was

found in Perak by Mr. Wray, who sent a specimen from Larut

(4200') to the British Museum, and in Singapore by Mr. Ridley,

who sent ¢ and 2 specimens to the British Museum. With his

assistance I obtained this species at Singapore. It is to be found

during the daytime in crevices under big rocks in the jungle on

Bukit Timah, and it was only by burning paper in the crevices

that we could get these active little Geckos to leave their retreats.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.

4, GONATODES PENANGENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XLIV. fig. 1.)

This species is very similar to Gonatodes kendall in general

appearance, but may be distinguished by the scaling of the lower

side of the digits and by the presence of preanal pores in the

male; in this character connecting G. kendalli with the species,

such as G. ornatus, which have preanal pores.

Description.—Habit very slender. Head oval; snout broad and

rounded, depressed, with the canthal ridges developed, longer than

the distance between the eye and the ear-opening, nearly twice the

diameter of the orbit. Eye large. Ear-opening vertically oval.

Limbs long; digits long and slender, compressed. The character

1 J. A.S. B, 1873, p. 118.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LVI. 56

864 _MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THE RHPTILES AND [Dec. 1,

of the scales on the lower surfaces of the digits of both hands and

feet at once separates this species from G. kendalli, in which

they are entirely covered with small transverse lamelle, while in

this species, though the basal and terminal phalanges have trans-

verse lamelle, the intermediate one is covered with small irregular

scales. There is a large oval plate at the articulation of the basal

and proximal phalanges, as in G. kendalli. Upper surfaces

covered with minute granules, intermixed on the body with

irregularly arranged small tubercles, with slight keels. Rostral

large, quadrangular, not twice as broad as high, with median cleft.

Nostril between the rostral and several small scales. Nine to

thirteen upper and nine to eleven lower labials. Symphysial very

large, subtriangular. Two large chin-shields ; two or three mental

scales following the symphysial are slightly enlarged. Abdominal

scales very small, juxtaposed, convex, keeled. Male with five to

seven preanal pores, arranged in an obtusely angular or crescent-

shaped line. Tail cylindrical, slender, with small keeled scales and

some small pointed tubercles ; but in none of the four specimens

examined are there the series of large spines which are to be seen

in some specimens of G. kendalli.

Colour (from life). Iris orange or yellow. Above yellowish

brown, mottled with dark brown, deepest (rich red-dark-brown)

on the shoulders. Five transverse yellow bands, two anterior

very bright, three posterior more or less indistinct in some

specimens; the tubercles on the two anterior yellow bands are of

a most brilliant golden colour. Below, head and throat bright

orange, remainder purplish-grey, shading to buff on chest and

extremities of limbs. Tail with alternate bands of light and dark

brown ; in one specimen there are sixteen of these bands, and the

tubercles on the lighter bands are white. The sexes seem to be

coloured alike.

Size. The following dimensions are those of a male :—

mm,

Total deneth:.... FP. Bee 3

edd eee te Rs ae: 123

Width of head.......... 4

Had yar wesw oes 304

IRorelimbs). “yee aoe see 20

Hind limbeas. Wissen. 26

Dail osts ee Sue labeenixth. 45

Females seem to be of about the same size.

Locality. I found these Geckos in March 1896, numerous in two

small caves in the rocks at the “ Crag,” Penang, at an elevation of

2200 feet: in which they were to be found running over the walls

both by day and night; at dusk they could also be found on rocks

in the open. They are very active.

Four specimens, three males and one female, are now in the

British Museum.

Hab. Malay Peninsula.

1896. ] BATRAOCHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 865

5. AELUROSCALABOTES FELINUS, Gthr.

Pentadactylus felinus, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 117.

Aflurosaurus felinus, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 73.

Ailuroscalabotes felinus, Boul. op. cit. ii. p. 482.

The type specimen in the British Museum is from Singapore.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.

6. Hemipactrynus rrenatos, D. & B.

Hemidactylus frenatus, Cantor, p. 23; Stol. J. A.S.B. 1870,

p. 104; Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 120.

Cantor says this species is “‘ very numerous in valleys and hills ;

Malayan Peninsula, Pinang, and Singapore.” Stoliczka says it

“occurs in Penang; I only obtained it on two occasions, both

times on the pillars of the verandah; it seems to have been

expelled from the interior apartments by the much stronger Pertpea

peroni” (=Gehyra mutilata). I had not seen Stoliczka’s paper

when I was at Penang, but arrived at the same conclusion about

the habits of this species; during a fortnight that I spent on

Penang Hill last March, I noticed that while Gehyra mutilata

swarmed in my room, the smaller Hemidactylus frenatus was only

to be found in the outer verandah. I also found this species in

Georgetown, Penang. The largest specimen I got was 106 mm.

in total length (H.B. 53 mm., tail 53 mm.).

Hab. Southern India, China, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula,

islands of Western Pacific and Indian Oceans and St. Helena.

7. HEMIDACTYLUS GLEADOVH, Murr.

Hemidactylus maculatus, part., Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 107.

Hemidactylus gleadovii, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 129; id. Fauna Brit.

Ind., Rept. p. 86 (figured).

Giinther mentions having seen specimens from Singapore.

Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, South China, and Malay Peninsula.

8. HeEMIDACTYLUS DEPRESSUS, Gray.

Hemidactylus depressus, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 134.

There is a specimen from Singapore in the British Museum.

Hab. Ceylon, Malay Peninsula.

9. HEMIDACTYLUS LESOHENAULTI, D. & B.

Hemidactylus leschenaultit, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 136.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from

Dr. Cantor.

Hab. India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula.

10. Hemrpactyivus coctrar, D. & B.

Hemidactylus coctei, Cantor, p. 23; Boul. Cat. Liz. 1. p. 137.

Cantor observed two males in houses in the valley of Penang.

Hab. India, Malay Peninsula.

56*

866 MR. 8.8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [ Dec. 1,

11. Hemimactrytvus PLatyurvs, Schn.

Nycteridium platyurus, Stol. J. A.S8 B. 1873, p. 113.

Nycteridium schneideri, Giinther, Rep. Brit. Ind. p. 111.

Hemidactylus platyurus, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 143.

Cantor observed this species in houses in the valley of Penang ;

Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province

Wellesley.

Hab. India, Ceylon, South China, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula

and Archipelago.

12. Mimerozoon FLOWERI, Bler.

Mimetozoon floweri, Boul. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 767, pl. xxxvi.

The specimen described by Mr. Boulenger I caught at dusk,

runving on the ground, in the garden of the “Crag” Hotel,

Penang Hill, at an elevation of 2200’, in March 1896.

Hab. Malay Peninsula.

13. GEHYRA MUTILATA, Wiegm.

Hemidactylus peronii, Cantor, p. 22.

Peripia peronii, Stoliczka, J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 163.

Gehyra mutilata, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 148.

Cantor observed this species in houses in the valley of Penang ;

and Stoliczka says it is the most common House-Gecko all over

the island of Penang, along the sea-coast as well as on the top

of the hill, elevation 2500’. I found this Gecko swarming in

houses wherever I stayed in Penang and Singapore (also in Deli,

Sumatra), and, as Stoliczka says, from the sea-level to the top of

the hill: it is to be found both inside and outside buildings, and

I have also found it in gardens. It is very voracious, and will

attempt to seize any insect; I have more than once seen a Gehyra

attack a full-sized Hierodula vitrea and repulsed. It shows great

ingenuity both in escaping capture and in obtaining its food.

It frequents lamps especially at night, to catch the insects attracted

by the light. Whenever these Geckos are about you hear their

cheerful noise, and also at intervals during the day when they are

out of sight in holes or under the roof. Cantor (p. 20), in describing

Gecko monarchus, says its cry resembles the monosyllable ‘tok,’

repeated 6 or 8 times with increased celerity ; I have not heard

the cry of G. monarchus, but the above description well suits that

of Gehyra mutilata.

These Geckos throw off their tails on the slightest provocation.

There was one living in the Officers’ Mess at Penang, in which the

reproduced tail had grown bifid laterally.

The young are very different in appearance to the adults, on

account of the slenderer body and tail and the coloration.

Stoliezka (J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 163) says “the young lizard is

brown, with numerous rather large round pale spots all over the

body ;” but I have found them pale olive-brown with distinct dark

brown spots above, and immaculate buff beneath. They seem to

vary greatly. The spots disappear as they grow larger. The adults

1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF THH MALAY PHNINSULA. 867

have the power of changing their colour to some extent (as Cantor

remarks of Gecko monarchus); they are generally buff or ash-

coloured by day and almost white by night. From measuring a

large series of specimens, I should say the total Jength of a full-

grown average G', mutilata is 120 mm., of which the head and body

and the tail are each about half.

Hab. Mascarene Islands, Seychelles, Ceylon, Burma, Malay

Peninsula and Archipelago, New Guinea; Western Mexico.

14, LepIpoDACTYLUS CEYLONENSIS, Blgr.

Lepidodactylus ceylonensis, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 164, pl. xiii. fig. 3.

This species appears not to have been previously recorded from

the Straits Settlements. I caught one female in Headquarter

House, Singapore. Total length 65 mm. (H.B. 36, tail 29).

Colour. Above dark brown, spotted with brick-red and black.

Black lateral line from snout to shoulder passing through eve.

Light yellow spots on lips and behind eyes. Upper surface of

tail red with brown marks. The underpart of the body was

purplish-brown, of the tail rusty-brown and yellow, with minute

black spots.

Hab. Ceylon, Burma, Malay Peninsula, Borneo, Java, and

Engano.

15. LEPrIpopACcTYLUS LuGuBRIS, D. & B.

Platydactylus lugubris, Cantor, p. 16.

Peripia cantoris, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 110.

Lepidodactylus lugubris, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 165.

Cantor says a single male was captured in his house in the

valley of Penang.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago, New Guinea, and

Polynesia.

16. GECKO VERTICILLATUS, Lawr.

Platydactylus gecko, Cantor, p. 17.

Gecko guttatus, Giinther and Stol.

Gecko verticillatus, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 183.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from the Malay

Peninsula through Dr. Cantor. Stoliczka found it in the collection

he got from Penang and Province Wellesley. Miiller mentions

Gecko guttatus in the Bale Museum from Singapore; and

Dr. Blanford (P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 215) mentions it in the collection he

got from Dr. Dennys from Singapore and neighbouring localities.

Hab. N.E. India, Burma, Southern China, Anam, Siam, Malay

Peninsula and Archipelago.

17. GEcKO srenToR, Cant.

Platydactylus stentor, Cantor, p. 18.

Gecko stentor, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 102, pl. xi. fig. A;

Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 184.

Cantor obtained the type specimen “from the yilla on the

868 MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [ Dee. 1,

Pentland Hills, Penang.” Stoliczka (J. A.S.B. 1873, p. 113)

found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province

Wellesley, and also (J. A. S. B. 1870, pp. 161, 162) mentions a

specimen of Gecko smithii in the Fort Pit Museum said to be from

Penang.

Hab. Burma, Andamans, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

18. Gecxo monarcuus, D. & B.

Platydactylus monarchus, Cantor, p. 19.

Gecko monarchus, Boul. Cat. Liz. 1. p. 187.

Cantor says, “In the valleys and on the hills of Penang it is

very numerous, swarming at night in rooms, on the walls, and

under the ceiling;” he also mentions the Malay Peninsula and

Singapore as localities. Miiller records this species from Singapore

in the Bale Museum. There are specimens in the British Museum

from Penang and Singapore. I did not see this Gecko in Penang,

but I found it common about the aviary in the Botanical Gardens,

Singapore.

Hab. Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

19. PrycHozooN HOMALOCEPHALUM, Crey.

Ptychozoon homalocephalum, Cantor, p. 20; Stol. J. A. 8S. B.

1870, p. 159.

Ptychozoon homalocephalum (part.), Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 190.

Cantor mentions two specimens captured in a villa on Penang

Hill. Stoliczka says it is not uncommon in Penang, but from

what I heard from inhabitants it must at any rate be rarely seen.

Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

20. PrycHozooN HORSFIELDT, Gray.

Ptychozoon homalocephalum (part.), Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 190.

Ptychozoon horsfieldi, F. Miiller, Ver. nat. Ges. Basel, 1892,

p- 209, pl. iv.

The type specimen, a female, is from Singapore from General

Hardwicke’s collection. I caught a male on a wooden post in the

Experimental Gardens, Penang Hill, 1900 ft. Total length 155 mm.

(H.B. 80, tail 75). It tried to bite fiercely when handled. Both

specimens are now in the British Museum.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

Family AGAMID2.

21. Draco vonans, L.

Draco volans, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 256.

Cantor gives Malayan Peninsula and Penang as localities for

this species. Stoliczka says it “‘ appears to be more common in

the jungles of the Wellesley Province and near Malacca, than it 1s

on Penang itself.” Mr. Mitchell gave me two specimens caught

at Kulim, Kedah. In February, March, and April of this year

I found this species very numerous about Tanglin, Singapore ;

1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 869

males were more plentiful than females. Of over twenty specimens

examined, the largest male was 200 mm. in total length (H.B. 77,

tail 123), and 86 mm. in extent across its extended ‘‘ wings”; and

the largest female was 193 mm. in total length (H.B. 75,

tail118). Some of the females contained four rich-yellow-coloured

leathery-skinned eggs about 5 by 4 mm.

Mr. Ridley found this species at the Dindings.

Iife-coloration.—In Cantor’s description he does not mention

the differences between the male and female; in my specimens I

found these both noticeable and constant.

Male. Front part of upper surface of head sea-green, with a

black spot between the eyes. General colour of upper surfaces

light bronze-brown, mottled all over with spots and patches of

rich red-brown, dark brown, and black; in some lights fugitive

metallic green shades are seen. Some of the markings are more

definite than others: these are a median black spot on the nape

of the neck, a cluster of black spots in front of the shoulders, two

broken transverse black bands across the body, and a pair of black

spots in front of hips.

Under surfaces of head, body, and limbs are brownish-buff

minutely spotted with dark brown, and metallic green shades are

frequent and vivid. The gular pouch is brilliant yellow.

Tail bronze- brown with rings of dark brown.

‘Wing-membrane—of the upper surface the portion nearest the

body is of the same light bronze-brown as the back, mottled with

dark brown, beyond this the ground-colour is orange-red, and the

markings get larger and darker, till towards the margin they

coalesce and the light ground-colour cannot be seen. Round the

margin of the parachute is a narrow border of light brown speckled

with black. The under surface varies from pale cobalt to bright

blue, with pink patches and large bars and dots of black.

Female. Differing from the male as follows :—

(i.) Front part of upper surface of head very dark brown or

grey (black spot as in male).

(ii.) The gular pouch is blue or green, minutely speckled with

lack.

(ili.) Where the ground-colonr of tle upper surface of the wing-

membrane is orange-red in the male, it is rich yellow in the

female.

(iv.) The under surface of the wing-membrane is greenish-

yellow, there are no pink patches, and the black bars and

spots are larger.

These Lizards when at rest on the trunk of a tree, usually in a

vertical position, are almost invisible, owing to their dark mottled-

brown colour, but when darting through the air overhead they

resemble a flashing blue gem, owing to the bright colours of the

underneath of the “ wings.” ‘They are very active and nimble,

spreading their parachute as they leap from any point, and alight-

ing gently on all fours closing it as they touch the ground. They

870 MR. 8.8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [Dec. 1,

can apparently direct their flight exactly. I have seen one slide

through the air (with its wings quite steady) for a distance of

about 20 yards, and then settle on the trunk of a tree.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

22. Draco MaAcULATUS, Gray.

Draco maculatus, Cantor, p. 39; Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p, 262.

Cantor obtained four specimens from the hills of Penang.

Hab. Assam, Burma, Camboja, Malay Peninsula.

23. Draco FIMBRIATUS, Kuhl.

Draco fimbriatus, Stol. J. A. 8S. B. 1878, p. 119; Boul. Cat.

Liz. i. p. 265.

There is a specimen from Singapore in the British Museum, and

Stoliczka found a specimen in the collection he got from Penang

and Province Wellesley.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

24. Draco QUINQUEFASCIATUS, Gray.

Draco quinquefasciatus, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1873, p. 118; Boul.

Cat. Liz. i. p. 269, pl. xx. fig. 8.

The type specimen in the British Museum is from Penang, from

Gen. Hardwicke’s collection, and Stoliczka obtained one specimen

in the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.

25. Draco MELANOPOGON, Bler.

Draco melanopogon, Boul. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 492.

The types are in the British Museum; they are from Malacca,

presented by Mr. Hervey.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Natunas.

26. APHANIOTIS FUSCA, Ptrs.

Aphaniotis fusca, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 274.

There are two specimens in the British Museum from Malacca,

presented by Mr. Hervey.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Natunas.

27, GONYOCEPHALUS HERVEYI, Blgr.

Gonyocephalus herveyt, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 493.

The type specimen is in the British Musuem from Malacca,

presented by Mr. Hervey.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Natunas.

28. GONYOCEPHALUS BORNEENSIS, Schl.

Gonyocephalus borneensis, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 288.

There are four specimens in the British Museum from Malacca,

presented by Mr. Hervey.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.

1896.] —S- BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 871

29. GonYOCEPHALUS GRANDIS, Gray.

Diplophyrus grandis, Cantor, p. 34, pl. xx.

Gonyocephalus grandis, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 298.

Cantor obtained one specimen from the hills of Penang, at an

elevation of 2000 feet.

Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.

30. ACANTHOSAURA ARMATA, Gray.

Lophyrus armatus, Cantor, p. 32.

Acanthosaura armata, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 301, pl. xxii. fig. 1.

Cantor says that “two individuals were obtained from spice

plantations in the valley” at Penang, and there are specimens in

the British Museum from Singapore from Gen. Hardwicke’s

collection.

Hab. Tenasserim, Siam, Cochinchina, and Malay Peninsula.

81. CALOTES CRISTATELLUS, Kuhl.

Bronchocela cristatella, Cantor, p. 30.

Calotes cristatellus, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 316.

Cantor says, “ This species is very numerous in the Malayan

countries both in the valleys and on the hills, Malayan Peninsula,

Pinang, Singapore.” Stoliczka obtained specimens from Penang

and Province Wellesley, and from Singapore (Bronchocela moluc-

cana). Dr. Blanford mentions it in the collection he got from

Dr. Dennys from Singapore. I only obtained one specimen in

Penang, but at Tanglin, Singapore, found this species very nume-

rous; the largest male was 481 mm. in total length (H.B. 113,

tail 368), the females seem to grow to nearly the same size. In

one specimen caught at Tanglin, the tail at 113 mm. from the

anus bifurcated, one branch being 109 mm. long from fork to tip,

the other 197 mm.

As Cantor remarks about this Lizard, ‘“ the most striking feature

is the great power of suddenly changing its colours.” Both this

species and Calotes versicolor are commonly called Chameleons by

the English in the Straits Settlements. Among the Klings in

Singapore there is a belief that these Lizards have twelve different

colours, which they change during the day, a colour for every

hour.

The colours I have noticed of this species are :—

(i.) Very light yellowish-green.

(ii.) Bright grass-green.

(ui.) Bright green as above with large dark-brown patches.

(iv.) Dark green, almost black.

(v.) Dark brown, almost black.

(vi.) Dull grey-brown.

The brighter green colours are generally uniform ; but the other

872 MR, 8. 8. FLOWDR ON THE REPLILES AND [Dec. 1,

colours are on the neck, back, and sides irregularly spotted or

reticulated with darker ; or else there are dark bands longitudinal

on the neck and transverse on the body ; while the limbs and tail

are usually marked with transverse dark brown irregular bands.

In April the lips, cheeks, and throat of the males were very

beautiful with golden, red, and crimson shades on the scales.

Both this species and C. versicolor seem of similar habits, liking

bright sunshine and frequenting gardens and cultivated open land

with small bushes, darting about the grass and climbing the

branches with the utmost agility. When caught they try to

defend themselves by biting fiercely.

Hab. Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

32. CaALOTES VERSICOLOR, Daud.

Calotes versicolor, Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 321, & Fauna Brit. Ind.,

Rept. p. 135, fig. p. 136. ’

Neither Cantor nor Stoliczka seem to have observed this species

in the Malay countries. F. Miiller records it from Penang in the

Bale Museum, and Blanford mentions it in the collection he got

from Dr. Dennys from Singapore and neighbouring localities.

I found this species fairly common about the Sepoy Lines,

Penang ; a female caught in March contained seven white leathery-

skinned eggs, and one caught in April contained eight. In the

newly-cleared country around Kulim, Kedah, there were large

numbers of Calotes; when the jungle has been cut down, stumps

of the larger forest trees are left standing here and there, several

yards high out of the ground; on a bright sunshiny day, a Calotes

was to be seen on the summit of nearly every one of these stumps,

apparently enjoying the warmth and waiting for passing insects.

The only specimen I obtained here was of this species.

Hab. Afghanistan, Beloochistan, India, Ceylon, Burma, Southern

China, Siam, and the Malay Peninsula.

33. LIOLEPIS BELLII, Gray.

Liolepis bellii, Cantor, p. 41; Boul. Cat. Liz. i. p. 403.

There are specimens in the British Museum from Penang, from

Cantor and Capt. Stafford. Cantor says, “ This species appears to

be numerous, but local. Twelve were at one time obtained from a

spice plantation in Province Wellesley.”

Hab. Southern India, Burma, Southern China, Siam, and Malay

Peninsula.

Family Varaniz.

34, VARANUS FLAVESCENS, Gray.

Varanus flavescens, Cantor, p. 28; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind.

p. 65, pl. ix. fig. A; Boul. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 309.

Cantor obtained a single specimen at Penang.

Hab. Northern India, Burma, Malay Peninsula.

1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 73

35. VARANUS NEBULOSUS, Gray.

Varanus nebulosus, Cantor, p. 27; Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind.

p- 66, pl. ix. fig. D; Boul. Cat. Liz. 1. p. 311.

Cantor obtained one specimen in the hills of Penang ; there are

in the British Museum three specimens from Malacca from

Mr. Hervey.

Hab. Bengal, Burma, Siam, and Malay Peninsula.

36, VARANUS RUDICOLLIS, Gray.

Varanus rudicollis, Boul. Cat. Liz. ti. p. 313.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Malacca from

Mr. Hervey.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, Philippines.

37. VARANUS SALVATOR, Laur.

Hydrosaurus salvator, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 67, pl. ix.

fig. E.

Paria salvator, Cantor, p. 29; Boul. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 314;

Boul. Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 166 (head fig. p. 162).

Cantor says, ‘“‘ This species is very numerous both in hilly and

marshy localities; Malayan Peninsula and Pinang.” Stoliczka

found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province

Wellesley. Dr. Blanford found it in the collection he got from

Dr. Dennys from Singapore. I saw many of these Lizards on the

Kedah river in April 1895, and obtained one from Blakan Mati,

Singapore, in January 1896. The English in India and the Straits

Settlements call them “Iguana,” and the Malays ‘“ Beyawh.”

The Chinese prize them highly for the supposed medicinal pro-

perties of the heart, liver, etc. These Lizards are generally infested

with ticks, much resembling one of their scales in size and colour.

A great part of their food seems to consist of the small crabs

which abound on the mud of the mangrove swamps. In life they

are very handsomely marked—black and bright yellow. The

largest specimen obtained I shot in the Gunong Gajah tributary

of the Kedah river. It was a male—Total length 2362 mm. ; head

and body 1041; tail 1321; girth behind forearms 470; girth

round stomach 584. It is now mounted in the Reptile Gallery of

the British Museum.

Hab. Nepaul, Ceylon, China, Siam, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula

and Archipelago, Cape York.

Family Scrnorp 2.

38. Mapura NovEMcARINATA, And.

Mabuia novemcarinata, Boul. Cat. Liz. ii. p. 179.

This species was discovered by Dr. Anderson in Burma. It

can now be added to the list of Malayan reptiles, as I caught a

specimen near “the Crag,” Penang Hill, elevation 2200 ft.,in March

874 MR. 8.8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [ Dee. 1,

1896. The colour of the upper parts was bronze, a black band

along each side, and the belly pale green. Total length 205 mm.

(H.B. 92, tail 113).

Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula.

39. MABUIA MULTIFASOIATA, Kuhl.

Euprepes rufescens, Cantor, p. 46.

Tiliqua carinata, part., Stol. J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 169.

Mabouia multifasciata, Boul. Cat, Liz. iii. p. 186.

Cantor says it is “‘ exceedingly numerous in the hills and valleys

of the Malayan countries. Peninsula, Pinang, and Singapore.”

Stoliczka found it common at Penang and on the coast of Pro-

vince Wellesley. This species is very common about George-

town, Penang, especially when the sun comes out after heavy rain,

large numbers are to be seen in the grass and on the stone edges

of the surface drains, enjoying the warmth and showing off their

brilliant metallic colours. 1 obtained several specimens at Singa-

pore, but did not see it in the same abundance as at Penang.

They vary a good deal in colour, but the most usual variety has

the upper parts uniform olive-brown or bronze, and the lower

parts pale greenish-yellow, with on either side a broad red stripe

starting from above and behind the tympanum, and continuing

either halfway down the body or to the hip; this stripe is highly

iridescent, and changes to gold, orange, crimson, and green as the

light plays on the living animal. The largest specimen obtained

(from Singapore) was 314 mm. in total length (H.B. 111,

tail 203).

Hab. Eastern Himalayas, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula and

Archipelago.

40. LygosoMA ANOMALOPUS, Blgr.

Lygosoma anomalopus, Boul. P. Z.S. 1890, p. 84, pl. xi. fig. 4.

There are two specimens in the British Museum from Dr. J. G.

Fischer from Penang.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.

41. Lye@osoma onivaceum, Gray.

Euprepis ernestii, Cantor, p. 47.

Lygosoma olivaceum, Boul. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 251.

Cantor mentions this species from the Peninsula and Penang.

Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang and

Province Wellesley.

The young of this species is very brightly coloured, as men-

tioned by Cantor (p. 48) and by Stoliczka (J. A. 8. B. 1873,

p- 118). Although the general scheme of marking is the same,

individnals apparently vary, so, to compare with the above accounts,

I give the colours of a specimen caught by Mr. Ridley in a coco-

nut tree at Galang, Singapore, last April. The length of head and

1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 875

body was 32 mm., and the tail (of which the tip was broken)

36 mm. The upper surface of head was light brown, the scales

being edged with black lines. A black line through eye. Lips

and chin immaculate black. The back, sides, and upper surfaces

of the limbs were black, with wavy, irregular but well-defined

transverse lines, pale greenish-white anteriorly, gradually getting

yellowish further back till those across the base of the tail were

yellowish-red. The lower surfaces of the body and limbs were

greenish-white. The lower surfaces of the tues and palms of feet

were brown. The tail was bright red, paler beneath.

Hab, Tenasserim, Nicobars, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

42. LYGOSOMA SINGAPORENSE, Stdr.

Eumeces (Mabouya) singaporensis, Steindachn. Sitzb. Ak. Wien,

Ixii. i. 1870, p. 341, pl. iv. fig. 2.

Lygosoma singaporense, Boul. Cat. Liz. ili. p. 297.

Steindachner described this species from a specimen from Singa-

pore.

Hab, Malay Peninsula.

43. LYGOSOMA JERDONIANUM, Stol.

Mabouya jerdoniana, Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 172.

Lygosoma jerdonianum, Boul. Cat. Liz. iti. p. 300.

Stoliczka caught the type specimen and saw others on the little

island of Pulo Tikus, Penang, and mentions having observed a

very similar, or the same species on one of the small islands near

Singapore.

Hab. Malay Peninsula.

44, LyGosoMa BowRINeI, Gthr.

Eumeces bowringti, Giinther, Rept. Brit. India, p. 91.

Euprepes (Riopa) punctatostriatus, Peters, Mon, Berl. Ac. 1871,

p. dl. ie

Lygosoma bowringit, Boul. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 308, pl. xxiii. fig. 3.

Peters records a specimen from Singapore.

Hab. Burma, Hongkong, and Malay Peninsula.

45, LygosomMA ALBOPUNCTATUM, Gray.

Eumeces punctatus, Cantor, p. 45.

Riopa albopunctata, Stoliczka.

Lygosoma albopunctatum, Boul. Cat, Liz. iii. p. 309.

Cantor says, it “is numerous in the Malayan countries, both on

hills andin valleys. Peninsula, Pinang, and Singapore.” Stoliczka

found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province

Wellesley.

Hab. India, Assam, Burma, and Malay Peninsula.

876 MR. 8. 8. FLOWDR ON THE REPTILES AND [Dec. 1,

46. Lycosoma cHALcipEs, L.

Lygosoma chaleides, Cantor, p. 49; Boul. Cat. Liz. iii. p. 340.

Cantor obtained two specimens on Penang Hill, and mentions

a third from Singapore in the Museum of the Asiatic Society.

Hab. Southern China, Siam, Malay Peninsula, and Java.

Norz.—In the collection sent by Dr. Dennys from Singapore,

and described by Dr. Blanford (P. ZS. 1881, p. 215), occurs

Eumeces chinensis; but as these specimens were from the Raffles

Museum, and their locality not known, it probably was not caught

in the Malayan countries, but brought from China.

* Suborder OPHIDIA.

Family TypHLopip”.

1. TYPHLOPS LINEATUS, Boie.

Pilidion lineatum, Cantor, p. 50.

Typhlina lineata, Giinth. Rep. Brit. Ind. p. 171, pl. xvi. fig. B.

Typhlops lineatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 15.

I obtained one specimen on Penang Hill, 2200 feet. Cantor

mentions it from the hills of Penang, and there are specimens in

the British Museum from Singapore and Malacca.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

2. TyPHLops BRAMINUS, Daud.

Typhlops braminus, Cantor, p. 52; Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind.

p- 175, pl. xvi. fig. 1; Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1873, p. 114; Boul. Cat.

Snakes, 1. p. 16.

I obtained one specimen on Penang Hill, 2200 ft. Cantor says

it is “‘ numerous in hills and valleys, Pinang, Singapore, Malayan

Peninsula.” Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from

Penang and the Province Wellesley. Mr. Ridley has found it at

Singapore.

Hab. South Asia; islands of the Indian Ocean; Africa south

of the Equator.

3. TYPHLOPS BOTHRIORHYNCHUtS, Gthr.

Typhlops bothriorhynchus, Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 174, pl. xvi.

fig. G; Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 23.

The type specimen is in the British Museum from Penang, from

Dr. Cantor.

Hab. Northern India (North-West Provinces and Assam) and

Malay Peninsula.

4, TyPHLoPs NIGROALBUS, D. & B.

Typhlops nigroalbus, Cantor, p. 51; Giinth. Rept. Brit. Ind.

p- 172, pl. xvi. fig. F; Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1873, p. 114; Boul. Cat.

Snakes, 1. p. 24.

I obtained one specimen on Penang Hill, 2200 ft. Tength

bad

1896.] BATRAOCHIANS OF THD MALAY PENINSULA. 877

136 mm. Colour, upper parts black, highly iridescent, lower parts

pinky-grey.

Cantor found two specimens on Penang Hill; Stoliczka found

it in the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley ;

and there are specimens in the British Museum from Perak and

Singapore.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.

Family Bor.

5, PyrHon REVICULATUS, Schn.

Python reticulatus, Cantor, p. 55; Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1873, p. 115;

Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 85.

Cantor says this species is “ very numerous in the Malayan hills

and valleys”; Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from

Penang and Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the

British Museum from Penang and Singapore. I have seen

specimens recently caught in Penang, on the Krean river (Prov.

Wellesley), and near Taiping, Perak.

Hab. Burma, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

6. Pyraon mouurtus, L.

Python molurus, Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 205; Boul. Cat.

Snakes, i. p. 87.

Stoliczka mentions having “seen several specimens obtained in

the Wellesley province.”

Hab. India, Ceylon, Southern China, Malay Peninsula, and Java.

7. Pyrnon curtvs, Schl.

Python curtus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 89, and P. Z. S. 1889,

pl. xlv.

There are specimens in the British Museum from Malacca and

Singapore.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.

Family Inys1rp 2.

8. CyLINDROPHIs RUFUS, Lawr.

Cylindrophis rufus, Cantor, p. 53 ; Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1873, p.114;

Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 135.

I obtained one specimen at Tanglin, Singapore. Length

483 mm. Scales in 21 rows. Colour, uniform black above, belly

black with transverse white bands, orange collar-mark on neck,

bright vermilion mark on tail. A second specimen obtained in

Singapore was 546 mm. in length. Cantor mentions one specimen

from Singapore. Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from

Penang and Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the

British Museum from Penang and Singapore.

Hab. Burma ‘and Cochinchina to the Malay Peninsula and

Archipelago.

878 MR. 8, 8S. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [Dec.:1,

9. CYLINDROPHIS LINEATUS, Blanf.

Cylindrophis lineatus, Blanford, P. Z.8. 1881, p. 217, pl. xx.;

Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 137.

The type specimen, from Singapore, belonging to the Raffles

Museum, was described by Mr. Blanford in 1881.

Hab. Malay Peninsula.

Family XENOPELTID 2.

10. XENOPELTIS UNICOLOR, Reinw.

Xenopeltis unicolor, Cantor, p. 54; Peters, Monatsb. Ak. der

Wiss. zu Berlin, 1859, p. 269 ; Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 168 (skull

figured). ‘

Cantor mentions this species from Penang Hill, Province

Wellesley, and Singapore; there is a specimen in the British

Museum from Singapore from Dr. Dennys. Peters mentions a

specimen from Princess Hill, Singapore. Of two specimens

observed by me in Singapore, the first, from Tanjong Katong, had

ventrals 188, subcaudals 34, and was 444 mm. in length ; the second,

from Tanglin, had ventrals 175, subcaudals 34, and was 875 mm.

in length.

Hab. Southern India, Burma, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula and

Archipelago.

Family Conuprip2.

Series Aglypha.

Subfamily AcrocHoRDIN 2.

11. ACROcHORDUS JAVANICUS, Hornst.

Acrochordus javanicus, Cantor, p. 58; Boul. Cat. Snakes, i.

p. 173.

Cantor mentions this species from Penang Hill and Singapore.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Java, and New Guinea.

12. CHERSYDRUS GRANULATUS, Schn.

Acrochordus granulatus, Cantor, p. 59.

Chersydrus granulatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 174.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from

Dr. Cantor, and one from Singapore from Gen. Hardwicke.

Hab. From Southern India and Cochinchina to New Guinea.

13. XENODERMUS JAVANICUS, Reinh.

Xenodermus javanicus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 175,

“Our collection contains also a specimen from Penang.” —

F. Miller, Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, 1887, p. 268.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java.

1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 879

Subfamily Cotusrin 2”.

14, PoLtYopoNTOPHIS GEMINATUS, Boie.

Herpetodryas prionotus, Cantor, P. Z.S. 1839, p. 52.

Ablabes melanocephalus, Giinther, R. B. I. p. 229.

Polyodontophis geminatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 185.

Cantor mentions a specimen from Malacca. Stoliczka! found

one example in the Botanical Gardens at Singapore, and there

are specimens in the British Museum from Singapore from

General Hardwicke and Dr. Dennys.

Hab. Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, and Borneo.

15. PotyovontToPHis SaGirrarius, Cant.

Calamaria sagittaria, Cantor, p. 64.

Polyodontophis sagittarius, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 187.

Cantor mentions one specimen from the Malay Peninsula.

Hab. West Himalayas, Bengal, Assam, Malay Peninsula.

16, XBNOCHROPHIS CERASOGASTER, Cant.

Lropidonotus cerasogaster, Cantor, p. 92.

Xenochrophis cerasogaster, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 191.

Cantor mentions one specimen from the Province Wellesley.

Hab. Bengal, Assam, Khasi Hills, and Malay Peninsula.

17. TROPIDONOTUS TRIANGULIGERUS, Boie.

Tropidonotus wmbratus, part., Cantor, p. 89.

Tropidonotus trianguligerus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 224.

Stoliczka found this Snake in the collection he got from Penang

and Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the British

Museum from Penang and Singapore.

Hab. Southern Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo,

Java, and Ternate.

18. TRoprponotUs PISCATOR, Schn.

Tropidonotus wmbratus, part., Cantor, p. 89.

Tropidonotus piscator, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 230.

Stoliczka found this Snake (7. guineunctiatus) in the collection

he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.

Var. A. There is a specimen in the British Museum from

Singapore.

Var. B. There is a specimen in the British Museum from

Penang from Dr. Cantor. I obtained one specimen from the

Racecourse, Penang. Ventrals 125; subcaudals 77.

Hab. India, Burma, Southern China, Indo-China, Malay

Peninsula and Archipelago.

1 J. A.S. B. xxxix. part ii. 1870, p. 183.

Proc. Zoo. Soo.—1896, No. LVLI. Sy

880 MR. 8S. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [Dec. 1,

19. Troprponotus sronatus, L.

Tropidonotus stolatus, Cantor, p. 90; Boul, Cat. Snakes, 1.

p- 253.

Cantor mentions this species from the Malay Peninsula; and

there is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore from

Dr. Dennys.

Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, China, Malay Peninsula, and

Philippine Islands.

20. Troprponotus virrarus, LL.

Tropidonotus vittatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, 1. p. 255.

Stoliczka mentions 7’. vittatus (Giinther’s ‘ Colubrine Snakes ’) as

occurring in the collection he got from Penang and Province

Wellesley.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Java, Celebes.

21. TROPIDONOTUS SUBMINIATUS, Schl.

Tropidonotus subminiatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 256.

This Snake is said to be found in the Malay Peninsula, and as

it is recorded from Tenasserim and Java it seems probable.

Hab. From the Eastern Himalayas, Assam, Burma, and Southern

China to the Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

22, TROPIDONOTUS CHRYSARGUS, Schl.

Tropidonotus junceus, Cantor, p. 93.

Tropidonotus chrysargus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 258.

There are specimens in the British Museum from Penang Hill

from Dr. Cantor, and from Perak (hills over 3000 feet) from

Mr. Wray.

Hab. From the Eastern Himalayas, Assam, Burma, and Southern

China to the Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

23. TROPIDONOTUS MACULATUS, Edel.

Tropidonotus maculatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 260.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Malacca from

Mr. Hervey.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.

24, MAcROPISTHODON FLAVICEPS, D. & B.

Macropisthodon flaviceps, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 266.

There are two specimens in the British Museum from Perak

from Mr. Wray.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.

25. MACROPISTHODON RHODOMELAS, Boie.

Macropisthodon rhodomelas, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 266.

There are several specimens in the British Museum from

Singapore, where this Snake is very common. Between January

and April 1896 I came across about fifteen specimens around

1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 881

Tanglin, Singapore, mostly found in short grass and among low

bushes ; the largest was 609 mm. in length.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, and Java.

26. Hxrxicops scuistosus, Daud.

Tropidonotus schistosus, Cantor, p. 91.

Hlelicops schistosus, Boul. Cat. Suakes, i. p. 274.

Cantor mentions this species from the Malay Peninsula.

Hab. Southern India, Ceylon, Bengal, Burma, Yunnan, and

Malay Peninsula.

27. Lycopon auvuicus, L.

Lycodon aulicus, part., Cantor, p. 68; Blanford, P. Z.S. 1881,

p- 215; Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 352.

Cantor mentions this species from Penang and the Malay

Peninsula ; Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang

and Province Wellesley; and Blanford mentions it from Singapore.

Hab. India, Ceylon, Himalayas, Burma, Siam, Cochinchina,

Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

28. Lycopon BEFFRENIS, Cant.

Lycodon effrenis, Cantor, p. 70, pl. xl. fig. 2; Boul. Cat. Snakes,

i. p. 356,

Cantor obtained one specimen from Penang Hill.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.

29. Lycopon suBcrnetts, Boie.

Lycodon platurinus, Cantor, p. 96.

Lycodon subcinctus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 359.

Cantor mentions one specimen from Penang Hill, and there

are two specimens in the British Museum from Singapore; I

obtained one specimen at Singapore. Ventrals 202; sub-

caudals 85 ; length 635 mm.

Hab, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java, Philippines.

30. DRYOCALAMUS SUBANNULATUS, D. & B.

Nymphophidium subannulatum, Blanford, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 219.

Dryocalamus subannulatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 371.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore

from Mr. Ridley ; and Blanford mentions a specimen from Singa-

pore belonging to the Raffles Museum; I obtained one from

Province Wellesley.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.

31. Zaooys carinatus, Gthr.

Zaocys carinatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 377, pl. xxvii. fig. 1.

There are specimens in the British Museum from Perak and

Singapore.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Borneo.

57*

882 MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [ Dee. 1,

32. ZAMENIS KORROS, Schl.

Coluber korros, Cantor, p. 74.

Zamenis korros, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 384.

I obtained one specimen near Taiping, Perak. Cantor records

it from Penang, Singapore, and the Peninsula ; Stoliezka found it

in the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley ; and

there are specimens in the British Museum from Penang and

Singapore.

Hab. Sikhim Himalayas, Assam, Burma, Western Yunnan,

Southern China, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Java.

33. ZAMENIS MucostUs, L.

Zamenis mucosus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 385.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore from

Dr. Dennys.

Hab. Transcaspia, Afghanistan, India, Ceylon, Burma, Southern

China, Siam, Malay Peninsula, and Java,

34. ZAMENIS FASCIOLATUS, Shaw.

Coluber fasciolatus, Cantor, p. 72.

Zamenis fasciolatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 404.

Cantor obtained this species in Province Wellesley.

Hab. Northern India, Madras, Malay Peninsula.

35. XENELAPHIS HEXAGONOTUS, Cant.

Coluber hewagonotus, Cantor, p. 74.

Ptyas hexagonotus, Stol. J. A.S. B. 1870, p. 186.

Xenelaphis hexagonotus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 8.

I obtained two specimens at Singapore. There are two in the

Raffles Museum labelled Pahang, the largest being 1575 mm. in

length, Cantor obtained one on Penang Hill. Stoliczka found

this species ‘in a pool of a fresh-water stream on the northern

side of Penang Island,” and also in the collection he got from

Penang and Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the

British Museum from Singapore.

Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, and Java.

yote.—Peters (Monatsb. Berl. Ac. 1859, p. 269) mentions a

specimen of Coluber hewagonotus, Cantor, from Singapore.

36. CoLUBER PORPHYRACEUS, Cant.

Psammophis nigrofasciatus, Cantor, P. Z. 8. 1839, p. 53.

Coluber porphyraceus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 34.

Cantor obtained a specimen from Singapore.

Hab. Eastern Himalayas, hills of Assam, Burma, Yunnan,

Malay Peninsula, and Sumatra.

37. COLUBER OXYCEPHALUS, Boie.

Herpetodryas oxycephalus, Cantor, p. 80.

Coluber oaycephalus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 56.

1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 883

Cantor obtained two specimens in the hills of Penang; Stoliczka

found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province

Wellesley ; and there is a specimen in the British Museum from

Singapore.

Hab, Eastern Himalayas, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

Note.—Peters (Monatsb. Berl. Ac. 1859, p. 269) mentions a

specimen from Malacca.

38. CoLUBER MELANURUS, Schl.

Coluber melanurus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 60.

I obtained specimens from Province Wellesley and Singapore ;

there are several specimens in the Raffles Museum, one being

1830 mm. in length. Stoliczka found it in the collection he got

from Penang and Province Wellesley ; and there are specimens in

the British Museum from Penang and Singapore.

Hab. Southern China, Burma, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,

Borneo, and Java.

39. CoLUBER RADIATUS, Schl.

Coluber radiatus, Cantor, p. 73; Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 61.

Cantor records this species from Penang, Singapore, and the

Peninsula; Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang

and Province Wellesley ; and there is a specimen in the British

Museum from Penang from Gen. Hardwicke’s collection.

Hab. Southern China, Eastern Himalayas, Bengal, Assam,

Burma, Cochinchina, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Java.

40. GONYOPHIS MARGARITATUS, Ptrs.

Gonyophis margaritatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 71.

Mr. Boulenger mentions a specimen from Singapore, now in the

Indian Museum, Calcutta (Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) viii. 1891, p. 290).

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo.

41. DENDROPHIS PICTUS, Boie.

Leptophis pictus, Cantor, p. 82.

Dendrophis pictus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 78.

I obtained this species at Kulim, Kedah, at Taiping, Perak, at

Tanglin, Singapore, and from Linga Island. Cantor found it at

Penang, and Stoliczka in the collection he got from Penang and

Province Wellesley.

Hab. Eastern Himalayas, Bengal, hills of Southern India,

Burma, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

42, DENDROPHIS FORMOSUS, Boie.

Dendrophis formosus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 84.

I obtained one specimen of this handsome Snake from Crangi,

Singapore, and another from Province Wellesley; the latter

1372 mm. in length. The colours of the former when freshly

killed were: top of head dark red-brown ; upper surface of neck

884 MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON tHE REPTILES AND [Dee. 1,

red; body and tail bronze-brown, each scale with a distinct black

border ; a black stripe on each side of the head passing through

eye; upper lip, chin, and throat bright citron-yellow ; lower parts

olive-ereen, black lines on the lateral keels and each subcaudal

distinctly bordered with black. In the latter specimen there were

no black Jines on the lateral keels, or black borders to subcaudal

scales. There is one specimen in the British Museum from

Malacca.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Java.

43. DENDRELAPHIS CAUDOLINEATUS, Gray.

Leptophis caudalineatus, Cantor, p. 85.

Dendrelaphis caudolineatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, 1. p. 89.

I obtained one specimen at Singapore; there is a specimen in

the Raffles Museum labelled Pahang. Cantor mentions it from

Penang Hill and Singapore ; Stoliczka caught it at Penang, and

also found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province

Wellesley ; and there are two specimens in the British Museum

from Singapore from Dr. Dennys, and one from Perak from

Mr. Leech.

Hab. Southern India, Mergui, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

44. SIMOTES PURPURASCENS, Schl.

Xenodon purpurascens, Cantor, p. 67.

Simotes catenifer, Stol. J. A. 8S. B. 1873, p. 121, pl. x1. fig. 3.

Simotes dennysi, Blanford, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 218, pl. xxi. fig. 1.

Simotes purpurascens, Boul. Cat. Snakes, 1. p. 218.

Cantor met with this species on Penang Hill; Stoliczka found it

in the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley, and

also records a specimen from Johore; there is a specimen in the

British Museum from Singapore; and I obtained one specimen

from Province Wellesley.

Hab. South China, Cochinchina, Siam, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,

Borneo, and Java.

45. Stores cyoLurus, Cant.

Simotes bicatenatus, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1878, p. 114.

Simotes cyclurus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 219.

Stoliczka found this species in the collection he got from Penang

and Province Wellesley.

Hab, Bengal, Assam, Burma, Siam, Cochinchina, Southern China,

Malay Peninsula, and Sumatra.

46. Stmorgs ocroLrnzatvs, Schn.

Simotes octolineatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 224.

I obtained a specimen near Taiping, Perak. Ventrals 158;

subcaudals 47. The colour was—above very dark brown, beneath

white, vertebral line scarlet and three white lines along each side.

A. specimen caught at Tanglin, Singapore (ventrals 183; sub-

caudals 61), was coloured yellow, with eight black longitudinal

1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 885

lines, and the space on centre of back between the two broadest

black lines was red; the belly was also bright red.

A third specimen was caught in the Botanical Gardens, Singa-

pore. Ventrals 168; subcaudals 59. Colours (from spirit) :—

Pale brown above, shading to buff underneath, with eight very

dark-brown longitudinal lines, those nearest the centre of the

back are the broadest, blackest, and most distinctly defined ; the

outer lines are narrow, light, and indistinct; the intermediate rows

are transitional in width, colour, and sharpness of outline.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore from

Dr. Dennys.

Hab. Southern India, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

47. Srmores sienatus, Gthr.

Simotes signatus, Ginth. Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 215, pl. xx. fig. F;

Boul. Cat. Snakes, u. p. 226.

There are two specimeus in the British Museum from Singapore.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java.

48, Srimorus crunNTATUS, Gthr.

Stmotes cruentatus, Stol. J. A. 8S. B. 1873, p. 121; Boul. Cat.

Snakes, i. p. 231, pl. x. fig. 1.

Stoliczka mentions this species as being in the collection he got

from Penang and Province Wellesley.

Hab. Burma and Malay Peninsula.

49. ABLABES TRICOLOR, Schl.

Ablabes tricolor, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 281.

Mr. Ridley has found this species in the Botanical Gardens at

Singapore; two specimens collected by him there are in the

British Museum.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java.

50. ABLABES BALIODIRUS, Boie.

Coronella baliodeira, Cantor, p. 66.

Ablabes baliodirus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 283.

Cantor obtained two specimens from the hills of Penang; I

obtained one from Province Wellesley.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java.

51. ABLABES LONGIOCAUDA, Ptrs.

Ablabes longicauda, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 284.

Miller mentions a specimen from Penang in the Bale Museum

(Verh. natur. Ges. Basel, 1882, p. 143).

Hab. Malay Peniesula, Sumatra, Borneo.

52. MAcROCALAMUS LATERALIS, Gthr.

Macrocalamus lateralis, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 327.

«The only specimen known is from General Hardwicke’s East

886 MR. 8. 8S. FLOWER ON THE REPLILES AND [Dec. 1,

India collection, and is probably from the Continent” (Giinther,

Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 199, pl. xvii. fig. D).

Hab. Malay Peninsula ?

53. PsrEUDORHABDIUM LONGICEPS, Cant.

Calamaria longiceps, Cantor, p. 63, pl. xl. fig. 1.

Oxycalamus longiceps, Ginter, R. B. I. p. 199.

Pseudorhabdium longiceps, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 329.

The type specimen was caught on Penang Hill and is preserved

in Dr. Cantor’s collection. Stoliczka found one specimen in the

collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley. There are

specimens in the British Museum from Perak and from Singapore.

I obtained two specimens from Singapore.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

54. CALAMARIA ALBIVENTER, Gray.

Calamaria linnei, var., Cantor, p. 62.

Calamaria albwenter, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 336.

Cantor records this species from the hills of Penang; there are

also specimens from Penang in Gen. Hardwicke’s collection in the

British Museum ; and I obtained one specimen from Province

Wellesley.

Hab, Malay Peninsula.

5d, CALAMARIA SUMATRANA, Edel.

Calamaria sumatrana, W. L. Sclater, J. A. S. B. lx. 1891,

p- 233; Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 339.

There is a specimen from Singapore in the Indias Museum,

Calcutta.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra.

56, CALAMARIA LEUCOCEPHALA, D. & B.

Ca'amaria lumbricoidea, var., Cantor, p. 61.

Calamaria leucocephala, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 344.

Cantor records this species from the hills of Penang and

Singapore, and there is a specimen in the British Museum from

Singapore from Dr. Dennys.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo, Java.

57. CALAMARIA PAVIMENTATA, D. & B.

Calamaria pavimentata, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 348.

This Snake appears not to have been recorded before from the

Malay Peninsula. I found one under a stone on Penang Hill,

2100 feet. Ventrals 154; subcaudals 9; length 190 mm.

Colour—upper parts reddish-brown in front, turning to dark

olive-brown on the back, with nine longitudinal black lines ; sides of

head yellow, orange collar-mark ; bright yellow marks at base and

tip of tail ; lower parts greenish-yellow.

1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 887

I obtained a second specimen from the Province Wellesley ; in

coloration and marking identical with the Penang specimen.

Hab, Burma, Siam, Cochinchina, Canton, Malay Peninsula, and

Jaya.

Series Opisthoglypha.

Subfamily Homaxopsinz.

58. HypsirHina INDICA, Gray.

Hypsirhina indica, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 4, pl. i. fig. 1.

There are two specimens from General Hardwicke’s collection in

the British Museum, supposed to be from the Malay Peninsula.

Hab. Malay Peninsula?

59. HypstrRHINA PLUMBBA, Boie.

Homalopsis plumbea, Cantor, p. 101.

Hypsirhina plumbea, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 5.

Cantor mentions “two specimens taken in rivulets in the valley

of Penang.” There is a specimen in the British Museum from

Penang from Gen. Hardwicke. Stoliczka found it in the collection

he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.

Hab. Burma, Southern China, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula and

Archipelago.

60. HypstRHINA ENHYpDRIS, Schn.

Homalopsis enhydris, Cantor, p. 99.

Hypsirhina enhydris, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 7.

There are specimens in the British Museum from Penang from

Dr. Cantor, and from Singapore from Mr. Swinhoe. Stoliczka found

it in the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.

Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, Southern China, Cochinchina,

Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

61. HypsIRHINA SIEBOLDII, Schl.

Homalopsis sieboldu, Cantor, p. 98.

Hypsirhina sieboldu, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 11.

Cantor obtained one specimen from Province Wellesley.

Hab. India, Burma, Malay Peninsula.

62. Homatopsis BuccaTa, L.

Homalopsis buccata, Cantor, p. 96; Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 14

(skull fig.).

Cantor records this species from Penang and the Peninsula.

Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang and

Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the British

Museum from Malacca and Singapore.

I obtained two specimens at Singapore; the larger was 1130 mm.

in Jength.

Hab. Burma, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo,

and Java.

888 MR. 8, 8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [Dee. 1,

63. CERBERUS RHYNCHOPS, Schn.

Homalopsis rhynchops, Cantor, p. 94.

Cerberus rhynchops, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ili. p. 16.

Cantor mentions this species from the “ Malay Peninsula and

Islands,” and there are specimens in the British Museum from

Penang from him, and from Singapore from Dr. Dennys. Stoliczka

found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province

Wellesley.

This appears to be a common species. I obtained one specimen

from Tanglin, Singapore, six from Changi, Singapore (sea-water),

and three from Linga Island (sea-water). Seven of these had 23

rows of scales, and three 25 rows; the ventrals varied from 139 to

150 and the subcaudals from 54 to 64; they varied in length from

470 to 670 mm.

Both Homalopsis and Cerberus seem sluggish on land, and gentle

when handled.

Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, Indo-China, Malay Peninsula and

Archipelago, and the Pelew Islands.

64. FoRDONIA LEUCOBALIA, Schl.

Homalopsis leucobalia, Cantor, p. 102.

Fordonia leucobalia, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 21.

Cantor says this species is found in freshwater, in estuaries,

and at sea at Penang and in the Peninsula.

Hab. Rivers and coasts of Bengal, Burma, Cochinchina, Malay

Peninsula and Archipelago, New Guinea, and North Australia.

65. CANTORIA VIOLACEA, Gir.

Cantoria elongata, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 277.

Cantoria violacea, Boul. Cat. Snakes, vol. iii. p. 23; id. Faun.

Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 380 (head figured).

A specimen was procured at Singapore by the U.S. Exploring

Expedition, under the command of Capt. Charles Wilkes, U.S.N.

(Girard, Proc. Ac. Philadelphia, 1857, p. 182.)

Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula, Borneo.

66. Hipistus HyDRINtvs, Cant.

Homalopsis hydrina, Cantor, p. 104, pl. xl. fig. 4.

Hipistes hydrinus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 24.

Cantor obtained one specimen from the coast of Penang, and

two from the coast of Kedah. There is a specimen in the British

Museum from Penang from Mr. Day, and Stoliczka found it in

the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.

Blanford mentions it from Singapore (P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 215).

Hab. Mouths of rivers and coasts of Pegu, Siam, and Malay

Peninsula.

1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF 'THE-MALAY PENINSULA. 889

Subfamily DresapoMoRPHIN &.

67. DipsADOMORPHUS MULTIMACULATUS, Boie.

Dipsas multimaculata, Cantor, p. 76.

Dipsadomorphus multimaculatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 63.

Cantor mentions this species from the hills of Penang and the

Peninsula.

Hab. Southern China, Indo-China, Burma, Malay Peninsula and

Archipelago.

68. DipsaDOMORPHUS GOKOOL, Gray.

Dipsas cynodon, part., Cantor, p. 77.

Dipsadomorphus gokool, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 64.

Cantor obtained one specimen on Penang Hill.

Hab. Bengal, Assam, and Malay Peninsula.

69. DIPSADOMORPHUS DENDROPHILUS, Boie.

Dipsas dendrophila, Cantor, p. 76.

Dipsadomorphus dendrophilus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p, 70.

Cantor records this species from Penang, Singapore, and the

Peninsula ; Stoliczka found it inthe collection he got from Penang

and Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the British

Museum from Singapore.

I obtained two large specimens at Kota Star, Kedah; length

1750 and 2310 mm. The yellow markings were very bright and

distinct.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

70. DipsADOMORPHUS JAsPipEUS, D. & B.

Dipsadomorphus jaspideus, Boul.Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 73 ; F. Miller,

Verh. nat. Ges. Basel, vii. 1882, p. 151.

There is a specimen from Penang in the Bale Museum.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Java.

71. DIPSADOMORPHUS DRAPIBZII, Boie.

Dipsadomorphus drapiezvi, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 74.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Malacca from

Mr. Hervey, also one from Singapore.

I saw one specimen in the jungle on Bukit Tinah, Singapore:

ventrals 276, subcaudals 156 ; length 1524 mm.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

72. DIPSADOMORPHUS CYNODON, Boie.

Dipsas cynodon, part., Cantor, p. 77.

Dipsadomorphus cynodon, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 78.

Cantor obtained this species in Province Wellesley. Stoliczka

mentions Dipsas cynodon as being in the collection which he got

from Penang and Province Wellesley. There are specimens in the

890 MR. 8. 8S. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [Dec. 1,

British Museum from Malacca from Mr. Hervey, and from

Singapore from Mr. Ridley and Dr. Dennys.

Hab. Assam, Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

73, PSAMMODYNASTES PULVERULENTUS, Boie.

Psammodynastes pulverulentus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 172.

Stoliczka mentions this species as occurring in the collection he

got from Penang and Province Wellesley; and there is a specimen

in the British Museum from Kinta, Perak, from Mr. Wray.

Hab. Eastern Himalayas, Khasi and Assam hills, Burma, Indo-

China, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

74, DRYOPHIS XANTHOZONA, Boie.

Dryinus prasinus, var. A, Cantor, p. 82.

Dryophis xanthozona, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 180.

There is a specimen from Penang from Dr. Cantor in the

British Museum.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Java.

75. DRYOPHIS PRASINUS, Boie.

Dryinus prasinus, part., Cantor, p. 81.

Dryophis prasinus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 150.

There are specimens in the British Museum from Penang from

Dr. Cantor, and from Singapore from Dr. Dennys. Stoliczka

found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province

Wellesley. I obtained one specimen in Penang ; butin Singapore,

about Tanglin, found this Snake in abundance, coloured either

bright green or light brown; judging from the specimens I

observed, the green variety seems to predominate and to grow to

a larger size than the brown. The longest green one I measured

was 1778 mm. in length, but I’ have seen one about 2000 mm.

These Snakes are very gentle when handled.

Hab. Eastern Himalayas, Assam, Burma, Indo-China, Malay

Peninsula and Archipelago.

76. DRYOPHIOPS RUBESCENS, Gray.

Chrysopelea rubescens, Stoliczka, J. A. 8S. B. 1870, p. 195.

Dryophiops rubescens, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 194.

Stoliczka found one specimen on Penang Hill, and also in the

collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.

Hab. Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

77. CHRYSOPELEA ORNATA, Shaw.

Leptophis ornatus, part., Cantor, p. 87.

Chrysopelea ornata, Bou]. Cat. Snakes, lil. p. 196.

Var, A. There are specimens in the British Museum from

Penang from Dr. Cantor, and from Singapore from Dr. Dennys.

Stoliczka describes this species as common on Penang Hill in 1869,

and found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province

1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 891

Wellesley. I obtained one specimen from Kulim, Kedah, and two

from Singapore, the largest being 1235 mm. in length.

Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, Southern China, Indo-China,

Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

78. CHRYSOPELEA CHRYSOCHLORA, Reinw.

Leptophis ornatus, part., Cantor, p. 87.

Chrysopelea chrysochlora, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 198.

Cantor gives Penang and the Peninsula as the localities from

which he obtained this species, and there is a specimen in the

British Museum from Singapore from Dr. Dennys.

Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

Series Proteroglypha.

Subfamily Hypropuiin 2”.

79. Hyprus PLaturos, L.

Hydrus bicolor, Cantor, p. 135.

Hydrus platurus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 267.

Cantor obtained a single specimen from the coast of Province

Wellesley. Blanford mentions this species (Pelamis bicolor) from

Singapore, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 215.

Hab. Indian Ocean, Tropical and Subtropical Pacific.

80. HypRoPHIS CHRULESCENS, Shaw.

Hydrophis cerulescens, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 275.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from

Dr. Cantor.

Hab. Bombay coast, Bay of Bengal, and Straits of Malacca.

81. Hypropuis nigrocrnetus, Daud.

Hydrophis nigrocinctus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 277.

Mr. Boulenger informs me that a specimen in the British

Museum from Dr. Bleeker is probably from off the coast of

Sumatra.

Hab. Bay of Bengal and Straits of Malacca.

82. HypRopHis CANTORIS, Gthr.

Hydrus gracilis, part., Cantor, p. 130.

Hydrophis cantoris, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 281, pl. xiv.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from

Dr. Cantor.

Hab. Bay of Bengal and Straits of Malacca.

83. Hypropuis Frascratus, Schn.

Hydrophis fasciatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 281.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from

Cantor. :

Hab, From the coasts of India to China and New Guinea.

892 MR. S. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [Dec. 1,

84. Hypropuis rorquatus, Gthr.

Hydrus nigrocinctus, Cantor, p. 128.

Hydrophis torquatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 283.

Cantor gives as locality of this species ‘sea of Malayan Penin-

sula, Penang, and Singapore.”

Hab, Bay of Bengal and Straits of Malacca.

85. Distrra stokes, Gray.

Distira stokesii, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 288 (skull fig. p. 286).

There are specimens in the British Museum from Singapore.

Blanford mentions two specimens (one 1626 mm. long) from

Singapore (P. Z, 8. 1881, p. 215).

Hab. Indian Ocean, Straits of Malacca, and north coast of

Australia.

&6. DistIRA BRUGMANSII, Boie.

Hydrus striatus, part., Cantor, p. 126.

Distira brugmansii, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 292.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from

Dr. Cantor.

Hab. Persian Gulf, coasts of India and Burma, Straits of

Malacca, and the Malay Archipelago.

87. Distrra cyanoctnota, Daud.

Hydrus striatus, part., Cantor, p. 126.

Distira cyanocineta, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 294.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore.

Hab. From the Persian Gulf and the coasts of India to China,

Japan, and Papuasia.

88. DisTIRA JERDONII, Gray.

Hydrus nigrocinctus, var., Cantor, p. 129, pl. xl. fig. 8.

Distira jerdonti, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 299.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from

Dr. Cantor.

Hab. Bay of Bengal, Straits of Malacca, and Borneo.

89. ENHYDRIS HARDWICKH, Gray.

Hydrus pelamidoides, Cantor, p. 133.

Enhydris hardwickii, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 301.

Cantor mentions “ sea of Malayan Peninsula and Islands ” among

the localities of this species. Giinther (Rept. Brit. India, p. 380)

says of the typical specimen of Hydrophis hardwickit, “ several

circumstances lead me to suppose it was procured at Penang.”

There are two specimens in the British Museum from Singapore

from Mr. Swinhoe. ;

Hab. From the Bay of Bengal to the Chinese Sea and New

Guinea. *

1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 893

90. ENHYDRINA VALAKADIEN, Boie.

Hydrus schistosus, Cantor, p. 132.

Enhydrina valakadien, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 302.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from

Dr. Cantor.

Hab. From the Persian Gulf, along the coasts of India and Burma

to the Malay Archipelago and Papuasia.

91. ArpysuRUS BYDOUXI, Gray.

Aipysurus eydouxii, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 304.

Boettger mentions three specimens said to have been caught at

Singapore (Zool. Anz., 1892, p. 420).

I obtained one specimen, a male, from Sourabaya, Java, and

kept it alive in a tin of sea water for about a month, when it died

through an accident. It was gentle when handled, never attempt-

ing to bite. It could move fast, but awkwardly, on dry land, and

sometimes would craw] out of the water of its own accord. The

colours in life are very handsome—above dark olive-brown, with

bright yellow transverse stripes, the stripes and edges of the brown

scales outlined in black; beneath bright yellow. Ventrals 134.

Length 559 mm.

Hab. Seas of Malay Archipelago.

92. PLATURUS COLUBRINUS, Schn.

Laticauda scutata, Cantor, p. 125.

Platurus colubrinus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 308 (skull fig.

p- 307).

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Penang from

Dr. Cantor. Blanford mentions this species (Platurus scutatus)

from Singapore (P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 215).

Hab. From the Bay of Bengal to the China Sea and the West

South Pacific.

Subfamily Exapin a.

93. Bunearus Fascratus, Schn.

Bungarus fasciatus, Cantor, p. 118; Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii.

p- 366.

Cantor mentions this species from Penang and Prov. Wellesley,

and Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang and

Province Wellesley. Blanford mentions it from Singapore.

Hab. India, Burma, Southern China, Indo-China, Malay Penin-

sula, Sumatra, and Java.

94, BuneaRus canDiIDUs, L.

Bungarus candidus, Cantor, p. 113; Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii.

p- 868 (skull fig. p. 365).

Cantor mentions this species from Kedah, and there are five

894 MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [Dec. 1,

specimens from him in the British Museum from Penang and the

Peninsula.

Hab. India, Burma, Southern China, Indo-China, Malay Penin-

sula, Java, and Celebes.

95. BunGarus FLAVIcEPS, Reinh.

Bungarus flaviceps, Cantor, p. 112; Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii.

p-. 371.

I obtained one specimen from Province Wellesley. Ventrals

237 ; subcaudals 53, of which the first 16 were single and the

remainder double, except the 19th, 29th, 30th, 31st, and 32nd.

There were three postoculars on the right side. It was 1473 mm.

in length.

Cantor mentions obtaining one specimen on Penang Hill.

Hab. Tenasserim, Cochinchina, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra,

Borneo, and Java.

96. NAIA TRIPUDIANS, Merr.

Naja lutescens, Cantor, p. 117.

Naia tripudians, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 380.

Cantor says this species is found in Penang, Singapore, and the

Peninsula, and that the brown variety prevails at Penang and the

black at Singapore. Several residents in the Settlements have told

me the same thing. The largest Cobra I met with was a black

one in Singapore, 1372 mm. long. Mr. Ridley caught in the

Botanical Gardens, Singapore, a Cobra in the act of swallowing a

Macropisthodon rhodomelas. A Cobra that I obtained from Kulim,

Kedah, belonged to a third colour variety, C. 6. in Boulenger’s

‘Catalogue of Snakes,’

Hab. Southern Asia, from Transcaspia to China and the

Malay Archipelago. »*

97. Nara BUNGARUS, Schl.

Hamadryas ophiophagus, Cantor, p. 116.

Naia bungarus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 386.

Cantor records this species from Penang Hill and Province

Wellesley, and there is a specimen in the British Museum from

Singapore from Dr. Dennys. From all accounts the Hamadryad

is still common in the hills of Penang, and I have seen several

skins of large individuals killed near Taiping, Perak.

Hab. India, Burma, Indo-China, Southern China, Malay Penin-

sula and Archipelago.

98. CALLOPHIS GRACILIS, Gray.

Elaps nigromaculatus, Cantor, p. 108, pl. xl. fig. 7.

Callophis gracilis, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ili. p. 396.

Cantor records this species from the hills of Penang and from

Singapore.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Sumatra.

1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 8399

99. CALLOPHIS MACULICEPS, Gthr.

Elaps melanurus, Cantor, p. 106, pl. xl. fig. 6.

Callophis maculiceps, Boul. Cat. Snakes, i. p. 397.

Cantor obtained one specimen from Province Wellesley.

Hab. Cochinchina and Malay Peninsula.

100. DotiopHis BIVIRGATUS, Boie.

Elaps bivirgatus, Cantor, p. 109.

Elaps flaviceps, Cantor, P. Z. 8. 1839, p. 33.

Doliophis bivirgatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 400,

Cantor obtained this species from the hills of Penang and from

Malacca ; Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from Penang

and Province Wellesley, and there are specimens in the British

Museum from Penang and Singapore.

I obtained specimens from Kulim, Kedah, from Singapore, and

from Province Wellesley, the latter 1372 mm. in length.

Hab. Burma, Cochinchina, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo,

and Java.

Note.—Girard, Proc. Ac. Philad. 1857, p. 182, records a speci-

men of Doliophis flaviceps from Singapore.

101. DoLiopHis rntEsTINALIS, Laur.

Elaps intestinalis, Cantor, p. 107.

Elaps furcatus, Cantor, P. Z. 8S. 1839, p. 34.

Doliophis intestinalis, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 401.

Of this Snake Cantor says “it is of no uncommon occurrence

in the hills of Penang, at Malacca, and at Singapore.” Stoliczka

found it in the collection he got from Penang and Province

Wellesley. I obtained two specimens from Tanglin, Singapore, and

two from Province Wellesley, one of the latter belonging to the

variety trilineatus. There are in the British Museum specimens of

the variety lineata from Penang and Singapore, and of annectens

from Singapore.

Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

Family AMBLYCEPHALID#.

102. HAPLOPELTURA BOA, Boie.

Dipsas boa, Cantor, p. 78, pl. xl. fig. 3.

Haplopeltura boa, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 439.

Cantor obtained this species from the hills of Penang.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

103. AMBLYCEPHALUS L&VIS, Boie,

Amblycephalus levis, Boul. Cat. Snakes, ii. p. 441.

This Snake is said to have been found at Malacca, but I have

not been able to discover where it is recorded.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Natuna Islands, Borneo, and Java,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LVIIL. 58

896 MR. 8. 8S. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [ Dee. 1,

104. AMBLYCEPHALUS MALACOANUS, Ptrs.

Asthenodipsas malaccana, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1864, p. 273,

pl. —. fig. 3.

Amblycephalus malaccanus, Boul, Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 442.

One specimen was obtained in the neighbourhood of Malacca

(see Peters, J. s. ¢.).

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.

Family VIPERID#.

Subfamily Croranin a.

105. Lacnests monticona, Gthr.

Trimeresurus convictus, Stoliczka, J. A.S. B. 1879, p. 224, pl. xii.

fig. 1.

Lachesis monticola, Bou). Cat. Snakes, ni. p. 548.

Stoliczka caught one specimen on Western Hill, Penang, and

there is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore.

Hab. Tibet, Himalayas, Assam, Burma, Malay Peninsula, and

Sumatra.

106. LacHESIS PURPUREOMACULATUS, Gray.

Trigonocephalus puniceus, Cantor, p. 122.

Lachesis purpwreomaculatus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 553.

Cantor records this species from Penang and the Peninsula.

Var. A.—There are specimens in the British Museum from

Penang and Singapore. 1 obtained one from Tanjong Katong,

Singapore. Ventrals 172; subcaudals 57 (double, except the

2nd and 8rd, which were single). Scales in 25 rows.

Var. B.—There is one specimen in the British Museum from

Penang from Dr. Cantor.

Hab. Himalayas, Bengal, Assam, Burma, Andamans, Nicobars,

Malay Peninsula, and Sumatra.

107. Lacuusis GRaAmMINEvS, Shaw.

Trigonocephalus gramineus, part., Cantor, p. 119.

Trimeresurus erythrurus, Stoliczka, J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 217.

Lachesis gramineus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 554.

Cantor gives Penang, Singapore, and the Peninsula as localities

of this species; Stoliczka obtained specimens from Penang and

Province Wellesley ; and I obtained four specimens from Province

Wellesley. Blanford mentions this species froin Singapore.

Hab. South-eastern Asia.

108. LACHESIS SUMATRANUS, Raffles.

Lachesis sumatranus, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iti. p. 557.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore

from Dr. Dennys.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 897

109. LACHESIS WAGLERI, Boie.

Trigonocephalus sumatranus, Cantor, p. 121, pl. xl. fig. 9.

Lachesis waglert, Boul. Cat. Snakes, iii. p. 562.

Cantor gives Penang, Singapore, and the Peninsula as localities

of this species ; Stoliczka found it in the collection he got from

Penang and Province Wellesley. There are specimens in the

British Museum from Penang, Taiping (Perak), Malacca, and

Singapore. I obtained a specimen on Bukit Timah, Singapore.

Blanford mentions this species from Singapore and Selangor.

Hab, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

Clas BATRACHIA.

Order ECAUDATA.

Suborder PHANEROGLOSSA.

Series FIRMISTERNIA.

Family Rani”,

1. Oxyetossus tim, Tschudi.

Oxyglossus lima, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 5.

This species is said to occur in the Malay Peninsula, but I have

not been able to find it recorded south of Tenasserim, though it

occurs again in Java.

Hab. Lower Bengal, Burma, Southern China, Camboja, Siam,

Malay Peninsula, Java.

2. OxyeLossus LAVIS, Gthr.

Oxyglossus levis, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 6.

There are specimens in the British Museum from Perak from

Mr. Wray, one from Larut, the other from Changkatjerin. I

found two specimens in the Raffles Museum, unlabelled.

Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago, Philippine

Islands.

3. RANA CYANOPALYCTIS, Schn.

Rana leschenaultii, Cantor, p. 188.

Rana cyanophlyctis, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 17.

Cantor mentions two specimens from the Malay Peninsula, and

says “ the species is apparently not numerous.”

Hab. South Arabia, Baluchistan, Cashmere, Himalayas (up to

6000 ft.), India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula.

4, Rana LATICEPS, Bler.

Rana laticeps, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 20, pl. i. fig. 1.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Malacca from

58*

898 MR. S. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPLILES AND [Dec.1,

Mr. Hervey. A Frog in the Raffles Museum, Singapore, labelled

“‘ Malacca,” is apparently of this species, but it is in a bad state of

preservation, and the back is quite smooth, without the tubercles

which are present in Mr. Hervey’s specimen ; both are females.

Hab, India, Malay Peninsula.

5. Rana macropon, Kuhl. (Plate XLV. fig. 1.)

Rana fusca, Stol. J. A. 8S. B. 1878, p. 115.

Rana macrodon, Blanford, P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 225, pl. xxi. fig. 4

(upper view of head); Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 24, pl. i. fig. 4

(inside of mouth).

As first pointed out by Mr. Blanford, there seem to be two varie-

ties of this species, very different in appearance. The specimens I

collected at Penang are so different from those I got at Singapore,

as to appear to be of distinct species: but on comparing them

with the large series in the British Museum from many different

localities in the East Indies, I cannot find any constant characters

by which to separate the two varieties.

Stoliczka found this species in the collection he got from Penang

and Province Wellesley, but from his description one cannot tell

to which variety his specimens belonged. F. Miiller mentions a

specimen of Rana macrodon (Giinth. Cat. Batr. p. 8) from Malacca

in the Bale Museum (Verh. naturforsch. Ges. Basel, vii. 1882-85).

The following description will, I trust, be of use in identifying

this Frog: provisionally I have called the broad-headed form the

Singapore variety, and the narrower-headed the Penang variety.

Vomerine teeth on two straight ridges running obliquely back

from the anterior angle of the choane, and converging behind soas

to meet, if prolonged, nearly in a right angle, but rather widely

separated ; a strong osseous transverse ridge behind the choane ;

lower jaw with two fang-like bony prominences in front, fitting

into hollows inside the upper jaw ; when the mouth is closed, the

size to which these prominences are developed is variable.

Head large, this is especially so in the adults of the Singapore

variety. In the typical Penang variety the snout is usually

pointed, but very variable in shape; in the Singapore variety it is

broad and rounded at the end. Blanford says of the snout of the

Singapore variety, “no trace of canthus rostralis,’ but in my speci-

mens, though but slightly developed, it is at once apparent; no

constant distinction can be made between the two varieties in

regard to the amount of depression of the snout. Occiput more

or less swollen at the sides. The nostrils are nearer the end of

snout than the eye; their distance apart in the Penang variety is

equal to or greater than the interorbital space, while in the Singa-

pore variety it is considerably less: this character will be found

usefulin distinguishing between the two varieties, but it does not

hold good for young specimens. In all seven Penang specimens

the breadth across the gape is about equal to the distance from

angle of mouth to end of snout, and considerably less than the

1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA, 899

length of the hind foot; while in ali the adult Singapore specimens

examined the breadth across the gape is greater than the distance

from angle of mouth to end of snout, and equal to or greater than

the length of the hind foot, but in the young of the Singapore

variety the gape is less than the hind foot. The interorbital

space in the largest Penang specimen is equal to, in the six others

less than, the upper eyelid, in some considerably less ; in the

Singapore variety, in young specimens the interorbital space is

slightly less than the upper eyelid, in fair-sized specimens equal

to it, and in large specimens one half broader than the upper

eyelid. Blanford mentions the Singapore frog as having a smaller

eye; but if specimens of similar size of the two varieties are com-

pared, it will be seen not to be noticeable. Tympanum distinct,

slightly larger in the Singapore variety, but variable in size; it is

also variable in shape, when not circular, in the Singapore variety

it has its greater diameter in a vertical position, in the Penang

variety in a horizontal direction. In the Singapore variety a

streng, prominent fold (well-developed in even quite small

specimens) runs from behind the eye horizontally to over the

tympanum, and then turns down at an obtuse angle and runs

straight to the shoulder; in the Penang variety this fold is much

less prominent, and instead of forming an obtuse angle forms a

curve above the tympanum ; however, this character cannot divide

the two forms, as in the British Museum specimens will be found

with every gradation from the angular to the curved fold.

Fingers moderate, first much longer than the second; toes

broadly webbed, in the Singapore variety the web is more deeply

emarginate than in the Penang variety, the terminal two phalanges

of the fourth toe have only a narrow fringe of web along their

sides. The tarsal fold is very variable in size, and often wanting.

The fingers and toes have slightly though distinctly swollen tips,

and the subarticular tubercles of fingers and toes are well developed ;

the inner metatarsal tubercle is elongate and blunt, there is no

outer tubercle : in these characters there is no difference between

the two varieties. The hind limb being carried forward along the

body the tibio-tarsal articulation reaches beyond the eye, usually

to the end of the snout: the Penang specimens have on the whole

longer hind legs than those from Singapore when measured in this

way.

Skin smooth above. Hinder portion of upper eyelid tubercular.

In young specimens there is a narrow glandular fold on each side

of the back, and other, both round and longitudinal, glands

scattered over the skin of the upper surfaces; these glands gradu-

ally disappear with age, but seem more persistent in the Penang

variety. Male without vocal sacs.

Blanford distinguished the Singapore variety from Lana fusca

(Blyth) by, 1st, a much broader head; 2nd, a smaller eye; 3rd, a

larger tympanum; 4th, flatter muzzle; 5th, nostrils nearer together ;

6th, web of the hind toes less developed. Although, as mentioned

900 MR. S. S. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [ Dec. 1,

before, I can find no constant characters to separate the two

varieties, the following points should be noticed :—

(i.) Breadth of interorbital space compared to the distance

between the nostrils.

(ii.) General form of the snout.

(iii.) Shape and prominence of the tympanic fold.

(iv.) Shape of the tympanum.

(v.) Amount of emargination in the webbing of the hind

toes.

Localities. Of the Penang variety 1 collected seven specimens

in small ponds on Penang Hill, at elevations of from 2000’ to 2200,

in March 1896. They are active frogs and good swimmers, and

locally called ‘*‘ Koldok-ayer” (Malay). There is in the British

Museum a specimen from Mr. Wray, from the hills of Larut,

Perak, at an elevation of between 3000’ and 4000’, which agrees

with the Penang variety in the more pointed snout, in the distance

between the nostrils being greater than the interorbital space, in

the skin having longitudinal glaudular folds, and in the webbing

of the hind feet, but the tympanic fold is angular.

Of the Singapore variety I collected eight specimens from the

following places in the island—Passir Panjang, Botanical Gardens,

and Bukit Timah, at elevations of less than 400 ft., m January and

April 1896. Four large specimens from Dr. Dennys, one from the

Raffles Museum, and three young specimens from Mr. Ridley, all

from Singapore, and now in the British Museum, agree with my

specimens of corresponding sizes, and are distinctly of this variety,

the full-grown ones showing well the characteristic broad head

and angular prominent tympanic fold. There are several large

specimens of this variety in the Raffles Museum, Singapore; one

(in spirit) has a Dryophis prasinus in its mouth. This Frog seems

common but local in Singapore island, and is known as the “ red

frog” or “ Koldok-merah” (Malay): it is a very handsome animal

from its athletic build, bright eye, and brilliant colour, which last,

however, helps to conceal the frog when (as I have more than once

found it) among large fallen leaves of the same bright red as itself.

When frightened, both the Penang and Singapore varieties take to

the water, diving straight in and seeking concealment immediately

at the bottom.

Although, as far as we know, only the one variety inhabits

Penang and the other Singapore, there are specimens of both in

the British Museum from Java, and also from Borneo, where are

also intermediate forms with the angular tympanic fold, but the

distance between the nostrils greater than the interorbital space,

and with fully-webbed hind feet. There is a specimen in the

British Museum from Great Natuna Island, from Mr. Hose, which

seems identical with the Singapore variety.

Colour, from life. Specimens from Penang Hill.—Upper parts

rich dark olive-brown or green, with or without a broad orange

vertebral line. Chin white. Belly and lower side of limbs pale

orange.

1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 901

Specimens from Singapore.—Upper parts bright bronze or

chocolate-red, varies very much in intensity, in captivity becomes

a pale yellowish- or brownish-red. In one half-grown specimen

the upper parts were a dark olive-brown. A very narrow pale

yellow vertebral stripe seems usually present, but often very irre-

gular, not following the centre of the back. Lower surfaces

yellow, paler or bluish-white on the throat, more or less spotted

or mottled with black. Lips very pale yellow, extensively marked

with black. A black line under the fold from eye to tympanum,

continued but narrower to angle of mouth. Iris golden. Limbs

indistinctly barred with dark brown; a narrow, pale yellow,

distinct stripe down the hind leg, the skin behind this is white or

yellow, marbled with black; the web between the toes is dark

brown. Quite small specimens, of about 40 mm. in length, are

very differently coloured from the adults, and somewhat resemble

Rana limnocharis.

Size. The largest Penang specimen is 92 mm. from snout to

vent. The largest Singapore specimen I have measured is 165 mm.

from snout to vent, and the width of the head at the angle of

the mouth is 76 mm. This species seems to attain a larger size in

Singapore than in any other locality.

Hab. Upper Burma, Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula and

Archipelago.

6. RANA PLICATELLA, Stol.

Rana plicatella, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1873, p. 116, pl. xi. fig. 1;

Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 26.

This Frog was discovered by Stoliczka in the collection he got

from Penang and Province Wellesley.

Hab, Malay Peninsula.

7. Rana TIGRINA, Daud.

Rana tgrina, Cantor, p. 139; Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 26; id.

Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 449 (figured).

Cantor says this species “is excessively numerous in valleys and

hills, after heavy falls of rain, Malayan Peninsula and Islands.”

Stoliczka (J. A. S. B. 1873, p. 112) mentions Rana tigrina, var.

pontherina, in the collection he got from Penang and Province

Wellesley. There are in the British Museum specimens from

Penang, from Dr. Cantor, Major Sykes, and Sir A. Smith.

In April 1895 I found this Frog common in the evening about

Kota Star, Kedah.

Hab. Nepal, Sikhim, India, Ceylon, Burma, China, Formosa,

Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

8. RANA LIMNOCHARIS, Boie.

Rana gracilis, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 28; Stol. J. A. S. B. 1870,

p. 142.

Rana lymnocharis, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1878, p. 116.

Rana limnocharis, Boul. Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 450.

902 MR. 8S. 8S. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [Dee. 1,

Stoliczka says this species is very common in Penang and

Province Wellesley, and from Penang Hill (2000 ft.) he obtained a

variety which he called pulla. There are specimens in the British

Museum from Perak from Mr. Wray, from the Dindings from

Mr. Ridley, and from Malacca from Mr. Hervey. This Frog was

common about Tanglin, Singapore; usually, in April, found sitting

on the banks of ponds in the evening; it does not attempt to

escape by jumping into the water like Rana tigrina, R. macrodon,

and R. flammea, but even if touched squats down close on the

clay, which its colour does not resemble, so is easily caught.

Stoliczka (J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 153) mentions Bufo penangensis as

having a similar habit. The largest Tanglin specimen was 62 mm.

from snout to vent. Their usual coloration seems, pale olive-green

above, with dark green blotches and a distinct, narrow, pale yellow

dorsal stripe; the underneath being immaculate buff, except the

lips which have distinct black spots, and the throat (male) has two

large black blotches.

Hab. Sikhim, India, Ceylon, Burma, China, Formosa, Japan,

Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

9. RaNA HASCHEANA, Stol.

Polypedates hascheanus, Stol. J. A. 8. B. 1870, p. 147, pl. ix.

fig. 3.

Rana hascheana, Sclater f., P. Z. S. 1892, p. 344.

Stoliczka says: “I found this species tolerably common all

through the higher forests (about 1000 feet above sea-level) in the

island of Penang;...... I have seen hundreds of specimens in

different places of the island,...... It is generally seen on the

leaves of small bushes or on the ground between old leaves.”

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Natuna Islands.

10. Rana pryrurzxa, Schl. (Plate XLV. fig. 2.)

Limnodytes erythreus, Cantor, p. 141.

Hylarana erythrea, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 425.

Rana erythrea, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 65.

Cantor mentions having observed three individuals from the

Malay Peninsula. Stoliczka (J. A. 8S. B. 1873, p. 112) found it

in the collection he got from Penang and Province Wellesley.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Perak from

Mr. Wray. I found one individual in the Lines, Penang, in May

1895, but in Singapore in April 1896. I found it excessively

numerous about the ponds at Tanglin and in the Botanical

Gardens, in ditches near Thompson Road and in the low-lying

fields up the Singapore river, where it may be heard croaking at

night. This is a most active, agile Frog, both on land and in the

water; it can hop over the surface of a pond, much as Hana

cyanophlyctis does in India, and also jump right out of the water.

Owing to the vivid green colour of its back exactly matching the

colour of the weeds in a pond, it is often difficult to see but for its

1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 903

bright golden eyes. The largest specimens were 72 mm. in length

from snout to vent.

Colour (from life)—Above the most vivid green, exactly

matching some of the water-weeds in ponds, but in other sur-

roundings the back may change to a dull green or a yellowish

brown: no specimens that I met with had “ back and sides brown

or reddish olive ” as described by Cantor, from life? A very dark

brown stripe (generally darker at the edges) runs along each side

of the head and body from the nose to the inset of the hind leg

(in one specimen these side stripes were bright green, like the

back, with black edges); this broad dark stripe is separated from

the green back by a distinct white or yellowish-white stripe. The

upper lip is yellow. The limbs are reddish-buff or yellowish-

brown, paler beneath. The underneath of the head and body is

immaculate, pure white. The iris is golden or golden-orange.

Hab. Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

11. Rana LaBraris, Blgr. (Plate XLV. fig. 3.)

Rana labialis, Boul. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1887, (5) xix. p. 345,

pl. x. fig. 1.

This Frog was described from several specimens from Malacca

given to the British Museum by Mr. Hervey; specimens have

since been received there from Singapore from Mr. Ridley. I

caught two specimens at Tanglin, Singapore, in a small pond on

the 2nd of April, 1896; it appeared fairly numerous, and was

associated with Rana erythrea, which it resembles in colour,

having the upper parts bright green and the lower immaculate

white ; this bright green in spirit becomes dull and dark.

Hab, Malay Peninsula and Mentavi Islands.

Tadpole.—I found tadpoles of this species in a small pond in

the Botanical Gardens, Singapore, in the middle of April 1896.

Length of body about once and a half its width, about two-thirds

the length of the tail. Nostrils, as seen from above, nearer the

end of the snout than the eyes. Eyes on the upper surface of the

body, rather nearer the end of the snout than the spiraculum ; the

distance between the eyes twice as great as that between the

nostrils, and greater than the width of the mouth. Spiraculum

on the left side, directed upwards and backwards, situated nearer the

anus than the end of the snout, visible from above and from below.

Anus opening on the right side, close to the lower edge of the

subcaudal crest. Tail three to four times as long as deep, ends in

a rounded point, intermediate in shape between those of Rana

esculenta and Rana temporaria (Boul. P. Z.S. 1891, pl. xlv. figs. 1,

3); upper crest convex, slightly deeper than the lower, not

extending on to the back; the depth of the muscular portion, at

its base, about half or rather more of its greatest total depth.

Beak edged with black. Sides and lower edge of the lip fringed

with papillz, those on the lower edge being long and prominent ;

upper lip with four series of fine teeth, the outermost is uninter-

904 MR. S. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPLILES AND [ Dec. 1,

rupted, the three inner broadly interrupted and very short,

decreasing in size towards the mouth, the innermost row is

sometimes very small and inconspicuous; lower lip with three

series of teeth, the two outer uninterrupted, the third narrowly

interrupted, the three rows are about the same length, but the

median is the longest and the outermost the shortest.

The colour of these tadpoles in life is brick-red above, and pale

yellow beneath, but the whole skin is very transparent, the eyes

and the intestines being clearly seen. On the back on each side

behind the eyes is a patch of granulated skin ; in some specimens

there is a similar strip on the hinder part of the back on each side -

parallel with the tail, and a large patch on each side of the belly,

oblong in shape, and each converging together towards the tail.

A good specimen measures 37 mm. in total length ; body 19;

width of body 10; tail 22; depth of tail 6.

Depth of muscular portion of tail at its base between 3 and 4 mm.

The above measurements are taken from a spirit-specimen.

12. Rana tuctuosa, Ptrs. (Plate XLVI.)

Rana luctuosa, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 68.

This handsome little Frog appears to have hitherto only been

recorded from Borneo; in March 1896 I found it common about

certain small ponds on Penang Hill at an elevation of 2000 feet.

They were generally in long grass near the water’s edge; when

alarmed they would jump into the water, but before long crawl out

again.

Colour (from life).—Top of head and back rich dark chocolate-

brown (in very small frogs of this species the back is a very bright

red, more vermilion than chocolate), bordered on each side from

the nose to the insertion of the hind leg by a very distinct white

line. Sides of head, neck, and body are very dark brown or black.

The tympanum is dark reddish-brown. Along the lower part of

the sides of the body are a few white spots in an irregular line

from angle of mouth to thigh. Lower surfaces—chin and throat

dark brown, remainder dirty buff, darker on limbs. Limbs very

dark brown or bluish-black, with bluish-white or very pale grey

marblings ; the black turns to brown on the toes, and the marbling

is also less conspicuous on the feet.

These colours seem permanent and not variable according to

surroundings, as is the case with many batrachians.

Adult specimens are 45 to 50 mm. from snout to vent.

Hab. Malay Peninsula; Borneo.

Tadpole, “* Koldok-ikan” (Malay). In March 1896, in a pond

of clear water (2200 ft. elevation) in the jungle on Penang Hill,

there were a large number of tadpoles of this species and little

frogs just leaving the water.

Description of the Tadpole.

Length of body once and a half its width, considerably more

than half the length of the tail. Nostrils nearer the end of the

1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 905

snout than the eye. Eyes on the upper surface of the body,

nearer the end of the snout than the spiraculum; a well-marked

lachrymal gland from the eye to the nostril; the distance between

the eyes twice as great, or rather more, than the distance between

the nostrils and much greater than the width of the mouth.

Spiraculum on the left side, directed backwards and upwards,

nearer the anus than the end of the snout, visible from above and

from below. Anus opening on the right side, close to the lower

edge of the subcaudal crest. Tail between three and four times as

long as deep, acutely pointed, the tip being inclined upwards in

life ; upper crest convex, about equal in depth to the lower; the

upper crest does not extend on to the back. Depth of the

muscular portion of the tail at its base rather more than half

greatest total depth of tail.

Beak broadly edged with black. Sides and lower edge of the lip

bordered with papille. Upper lip with six series of fine teeth,

the upper uninterrupted, the remainder broadly interrupted,

decreasing in length towards the beak, the sixth or inner series in

some specimens being very small or absent. Lower lip with four

long series of teeth, the inner very narrowly interrupted, the

remainder uninterrupted.

Colour. The larva till it reaches a total length of from 35 to

40 mm. is blackish-brown above, white beneath, with a grey

mottled tail; after this the upper parts are a warm-brown,

mottled with darker brown, and the sides and lower parts yellow

also mottled with brown, but the skin of the underneath of the

abdomen is transparent and of a purple cclour; the tail is mottled

brown and yellow; the hind legs of the tadpole are grey marbled

with black, when the fore legs appear the back assumes the bright

chocolate colour of the adult frog. The iris is golden, and the eye

bright and noticeable.

Size. Length of body 24 mm. Length of tail44 mm. Depth

of tail 12mm. The largest tadpole, without hind legs, I observed

was 70 mm. in total length; the largest, with hind legs but

without fore legs, was 77 mm. The recently transformed young

measure about 25 mm. from snout to vent.

13. Rana GLanpuLosa, Bler.

Rana glandulosa, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 73, pl. vii.

There are specimens in the British Museum from Malacca from

Mr. Hervey and from Singapore from Mr. Ridley.

Hab, Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Palawan.

14. RuacopHorvs LEUcoMystTax, Gravh. (Plate XLIV. fig. 2.)

Polypedates leucomystax, Cantor, p. 142.

Polypedates maculatus, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 148, & 1873,

p. 112.

Rhacophorus maculatus, part., Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 83.

Rhacophorus leucomystax, Boul. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rept. & Batr.

p. 474,

906 MR. 8. 8S. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [Dec. 1,

Cantor gives Penang, Singapore, and the Malay Peninsula as

localities, and says ‘‘although it inhabits Singapore ..... it

appears not to occur in the valleys of Penang, but to affect the

hills, at an elevation of more than 2000 ft.” Stoliczka mentions

it as being “not uncommon in Penang.” I found this species

very common both in Penang and Singapore, but, contrary to

Cantor’s experience, I found it at Penang at almost the sea-level

(20 ft.), though it was certainly more numerous on the hills. It

is a cheerful little frog of most graceful build. It comes out from

its hiding-places shortly before sunset, and remains abroad all

night; the males are easily found as they sit on shrubs or trees or

on the edges of the rainwater-butts under the verandahs of the

houses, and from time to time utter a single rather musical short

croak. In March and April they can be found both by day and

night in copuld in ponds. Cantor mentions the power of changing

its colours this species possesses. It changes both its colour and

markings very rapidly and frequently, but dark bands across the

legs can always be more or less distinguished ; the lower parts are

some shade or other of buff, but the principal variations of the

upper parts are as follows :—

(i.) pale bronze, uniform ;

(ii.) pale bronze, with four longitudinal dark brown or

black lines ;

(iii.) a bright yellowish-bronze, almost orange, uniform ;

(iv.) reddish-brown, almost chocolate, mottled with darker ;

(v.) pale brownish-green or olive, with irregular dark

spots ;

(vi.) callowikt isan mottled with darker or brown.

The Rhacophorus mentioned by Stoliczka (J. A. 8. B. 1873,

p- 112) as a separate species, Polypedates quadrilineatus, from

Penang, is not even a true variety, as the dark lines appear

conspicuously and disappear entirely in the same individual. If

killed with or without the lines visible they remain so in spirit.

In Singapore at different times I noticed many young frogs which

had just left the water all of which had the dark lines visible ;

these disappear as the animal grows, only to reappear temporarily

in the adult.

The females are considerably larger than the males ; the largest

male I caught was 48 mm. from snout to vent, and the largest

female 68 mm. from snout to vent.

Hab. Sikhim, Assam, Burma, Southern China, Malay Peninsula

and Archipelago, Philippines.

Tadpole. In January, February, March, and April, 1896, I

found the tadpoles of this species in several small ponds and in

rainwater-butts about Singapore; and was able to collect a large

series for the British Museum.

Description of the Tadpole.

Length of body once and a half its width, half the length of the

1896. ] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 907

tail or rather less. Nostrils nearer the end of the snout than the

eyes. A strongly-marked lachrymal gland from eye to nostril.

Eyes on the side of the head, nearer the spiraculum than the end

of the snout; the distance between the eyes more than twice as

great as that between the nostrils, and much greater than the

width of the mouth.

Spiraculum on the left side, directed backwards and upwards,

nearer the anus than the end of the snout, visible from above and

from below. Anus opening on the right side, halfway between

the lower edge of the subcaudal crest and the muscular portion of

the tail. Tail rather more than three times as long as deep, very

acutely pointed, upper crest convex, about the same depth as the

lower, or in some specimens very markedly shallower; the upper

crest does not extend on to the back; the depth of the muscular

portion at its base rather more than half the greatest total length.

Beak black. Sides and lower edge of the lip bordered with

papille, except in the centre of the lower lip, where there is a

small semicircular notch, devoid of papilla. Upper lip with four

series of fine teeth, the uppermost uninterrupted, the second

narrowly interrupted, and the third and fourth broadly so; lower

lip with three long uninterrupted series of teeth.

Colour. Above dark brown, irregularly mottled with darker ;

beneath buff; the sides and tail buff, mottled with brown. These

tadpoles, from different localities, vary a good deal in colour, some

being dark brown above, others a light dirty buff colour.

Size. These tadpoles vary even more in size than in colour;

some exceptionally tine ones were 46 mm. in total length. Length

of body 15:5 mm., length of tail 31, depth of tail 10.

The recently transformed young measure from 14 to 18 mm.

from snout to vent.

15. RHACOPHORUS LEPROStS, Schl.

Polypedates leprosus, Giinther, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xx. 1887,

p- 315, pl. xvi. figs. A, a, a’.

Rhacophorus leprosus, Boul. P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 284.

Mr. Wray obtained this species at an elevation of 4000 ft. on

the hills of Larut, Perak. He says of it:—‘‘This species......

lives in holes in trees, and the note produced by it is not so loud

as that of Phrynella, and has a more metallic ring in it.”

Hab. Malay Peninsula ; Sumatra.

Nors.—Rhacophorus dennysi was described by Mr. Blanford

(P. Z.S. 1881, p. 224, pl. xxi. fig. 3); the specimen was in a

collection sent from Singapore by Dr. Dennys, and was said to

have come from China. Since then another specimen of this species

has been received at the British Museum from Foochow; so that

there can be little doubt that the type specimen was really from

China, and that this species should not be included in the fauna

of Malaya.

908 MR, 8. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [Deed

16. Ixatus Prcrus, Ptrs.

Ixalus pictus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1871, p. 580; Peters,

Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, iii. 1872, p. 44, pl. vi. fig. 3: Boul. Cat.

Batr. Sal. p. 99.

_ A specimen of this elegant little spotted Frog, only previously

recorded from Borneo, was caught in the jungle on Bukit Timah,

Singapore, in Feb. 1896, by Dr. Hanitsch, of the Raffles Museum.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.

17. Ixatus aspEr, Blgr.

Ivalus asper, Boul. P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 415, pl. xxxix. fig. 1.

This species was described from specimens sent to the British

Museum by Mr. Wray; a pair were “ caught breeding in the water

on Hill Garden, Larut, Perak, at an elevation of 3300 feet.”

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Burma.

Family ENeystomatip 2.

18. CALOPHRYNUS PLEUROSTIGMA, Tschudi.

Calophrynus pleurostigma, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 158; Boul.

Fauna Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 490 (palate fig.).

I obtained one young specimen in the jungle on Bukit Timah,

Singapore; this species does not seem to have been previously

recorded from the Straits Settlements.

Hab. Burma, South China, Malay Peninsula, Borneo, Natunas.

19. MicroHYLA ACHATINA, Boie.

Microhyla achatina, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 166.

There are ¢ and Q specimens in the British Museum from

Malacca from Mr. Hervey.

Hab. Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java, and

Moluccas.

20. MicRoHYLA BERDMORLI, Blyth.

Microhyla berdmorit, Boul. Catr. Batr. Sal. p. 166.

Boulenger (Fauna Brit. India, Reptiles p. 492) says, “‘ Mr. W. L.

Sclater recently communicated to me a specimen obtained by

Mr. Davison at Malacca.”

Hab. Burma, Camboja, Malay Peninsula.

21. CaLLULA PULCHRA, Gray.

Hyledactylus bivittatus, Cantor, p. 143.

Callula pulchra, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 170 (hand ete. fig.).

Cantor obtained a male from a field near Malacca; I have not

heard of its occurring in Penang.

I have been told by both English and natives that this Frog

was unknown in Singapore until some nine or ten years ago, when

it was introduced by a half-caste, why it is not known, and that it

rapidly spread about the island. It is now well-known as the

1896. | BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA, 909

“ Bull-frog” by the English in Singapore, and detested for the

noise it makes at night. These rotund animals were common

about Tanglin, and could be heard croaking in March and April

(probably in other months also) every night after a rainy day.

Their voice is very loud and can be heard from some distance ;

the croak is a deep guttural “ wau-auhhbhk,” very strident and

prolonged. The males croak while floating on the surface of the

water, the mouth, head, and inflated sides of the body just above

the surface, the single vocal sac under the mouth inflated like a

globe and the arms and legs extended. They can hop well on

land, and are good swimmers. The males are easily caught, their

voice betraying their position in the dark, but I only obtained one

female. Their skin is excessively slimy; when handled the slime

comes off profusely, and dries into a sort of white gum, with a

faint aromatic smell, not unpleasant. This gum dissolves in hot-

water, and coagulates in cold.

The general appearance of these Frogs is very stout, their girth

being about twice the length from snout to vent. As observed by

Cantor (p. 144), the profile from the snout to the vent forms a

considerable arch, the highest part being the centre of the back.

As Cantor also observes, ‘The toes are more slender than the

fingers, and their last joint, although flattened, is not so broad as

that of the fingers, which is of a somewhat triangular form,

truncated in front.” The tongue, which is oblong in a spirit-

specimen, in life is very elastic, assuming when extended a vermi-

form shape and reaching about 40 mm. in length; this is probably

for feeding on ants, as Stoliczka (J. A.S. B. 1870, p. 155) says of

this species near Moulmein, “ It appeared after sunset. . . . crawling

on old wood and feeding on white ants.”

The pupil is round.

Coloration (from lite, April 1896).—Top and sides of head yellow-

ochre, shading to brown on the nose, and a brown band runs from

the nose to below the eye, beneath the eye it turns dark brown, and

in the vertical of the posterior margin of the eye or slightly further

back ends abruptly. The upper lipis yellow-ochre. The back is a

rich dark brown, divided distinctly from the yellow of the face by a

narrow black line, from eye to eye; the upper part of the promi-

nence over the eye being parti-coloured. In the female specimen

there were ten or twelve irregular yellowish spots ou the back, and

a very faint narrow black vertical line. A broad very distinct band

of yellow-ochre runs from the eyelid to the inset of the hind leg,

with a more or less scolloped outline and bordered above with black,

also in some specimens bordered below anteriorly with black. The

sides of the belly are more or less mottled with yellow and brown.

The lower surfaces are dirty buff. The chin and throat in the

male are black, and the vocal sac, when collapsed, shows as loose

longitudinal folds of black skin under the chin. The limbs are

grey, mottled with dark brown, and with more or less distinct

patches of yellow-ochre, sometimes on the hind legs outlined with

black. The intensity of the colouring varies with individuals and

910 MR. 8. 8. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [ Dee. 1,

from time to time: sometimes it is very brilliant, the contrast

between the rich dark-brown back and bright yellow face and side

stripes being very conspicuous.

Cantor’s description (p. 143) is apparently taken from a pre-

served specimen, contrary to his usual custom. Giinther (Rept.

Brit. Ind. p. 437) mentions the light band on each side of the

back being rose-coloured during life, but this was not so in the

Singapore specimens.

The male specimens varied from 64 to 76 mm. in length from

snout to vent, the female was 76 mm.

Hab. India, Ceylon, Burma, South China, Siam, Camboja, Malay

Peninsula.

22, PHRYNELLA PULCHRA, Blgr.

Phrynella pulchra, Boul. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xix. 1887,

p- 346, pl. x. fig. 2.

The type specimens, ¢ 2, are in the British Museum; they

are from Malacca from Mr. Hervey.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, and Mentawi Islands.

23. PHRYNELLA POLLICARIS, Blegr.

Phrynella pulchra, Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) xx. 1887,

p- 313, pl. xvi. fig. B.

Phrynella pollicaris, Boul. P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 37.

The type specimen, a male, is in the British Museum: it was

obtained at Perak by Mr. Wray, who says “they inhabit the hills

of Perak from 3000 feet upwards, and live in holes in trees which

are so situated as to contain more or less rain-water. They have

a loud, flute-like, musical note, which they utter at irregular

intervals, principally during the night. The form and size of the

hole in which they are seem to have a great deal to do with the

loudness of the note, as specimens when extracted from their holes

have far more feeble vocal powers than they bad when in them.

The pitch of the note is also much altered by the resonant properties

of the cavity. These frogs blow themselves out with air, and

look more hike bladders than anything else. When inflated they

float on the surface of the water, and will remain motionless for

a long time with legs and arms stretched out.”

Hab, Malay Peninsula.

Series ARCIFERA.

Family Buronip2.

24, NECTOPHRYNE GUENTHER], Bler.

P Necepheaes guenthert, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 280, pl. xviii.

"There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore

presented by Mr. Ridley; and in January 1896 I obtained two

specimens in the jungle on Bukit Timah, Singapore.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Borneo, and Natuna Islands.

1896. | BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 911

25. BuFo PENANGENSIS, Stol.

Ansonia penangensis, Stol. J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 152, pl. ix. fig. 4.

Bufo penangensis, Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 287.

This small Toad was discovered by Stoliczka at Penang: he

obtained two specimens near the great waterfall, and two in

a narrow gorge about halfway up the Penang Hill.

Hab. Malay Peninsula and Borneo.

26. BuFo MELANostrictus, Schn. (Plate XLIV. fig. 3.)

Bufo melanostictus, Cantor, p. 142; Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 306;

Boul. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rept. p. 505 (fig. p. 506).

Cantor (p. 143) says ‘‘in the Malayan countries this species

swarms in valleys and hills.” Stoliczka (J. A. S. B. 1870, p. 156)

mentions this species from Penang, Province Wellesley, Malacca,

and Singapore. In the British Museum there are specimens from

Penang, Perak, and Singapore. I found this species in abundance

at Kulim, Kedah, at. Taiping, Perak, in Penang, from within a

few yards of the sea to the top of the Hill (2500 ft.), and also

in Singapore.

This Toad is very common in the Straits Settlements, hiding

by day under stones or logs, in crevices, holes, ete., coming out

shortly before sunset, and remaining abroad till dawn ; it may be

met with on the roads and in the grass hopping or crawling about

in search of food—ants, bees, etc. It often utters a rather feeble,

plaintive cry when handled for the first time. It can change its

colour from a light yellowish-brown to dark brown. Malayan

specimens have not so distinct black marks on the ridges of the

head and black stars on the tubercles of the back as I have noticed

in specimens from the North-West Provinces of India. The males

in the breeding-season sometimes have the chin coloured bright

yellow. The spawn, which resembles that of Bufo vulgaris in

England, may be seen in March and April in ponds, in long strings

twined about the water-weeds. In April the ponds at Tanglin

were swarming with tadpoles, and their margins with minute

toads. The tadpoles are very like those of Bufo vulgaris both in

form, size, colour, and structure of mouth. The largest individual

of Bufo melanostictus I found was in Penang, and measured

115 mm. from snout to vent.

Hab. India, Ceylon, Sikhim, Himalayas (up to 10,000 ft.),

Southern China, Camboja, Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

Description of the Tadpole. (Plate XLIV. fig. 3.)

Length of body about once and a half its width and about three

quarters the length of the tail. Nostril much nearer the eyes

than the end of the snout. Eyes on the upper surface of the

body; the distance between them about twice as great as the

distance between the nostrils, and about equal to the width of the

mouth. Spiraculum on the left side, directed backwards, nearer

the anus than the end of the snout, visible from above and from

Proc. Zoot. Soc.—1896, No. LIX. 59

912 MR, 8S. S. FLOWER ON THE REPTILES AND [Dec. 1,

below. Anus median. Tail from three to four times as long as

deep, broadly rounded at the end, both crests nearly equal in

depth, upper crest slightly convex and. not extending on to back ;

the depth of the muscular portion of the tail about half the greatest

total depth.

Beak white, edged with black. Lips with papille only at the

sides. In upper lip two series of fine teeth, the upper uninter-

rupted, the second series nearly as long as the upper one but

narrowly interrupted in the middle. In lower lip three uninter-

rupted rows of teeth, of about equal length, the innermost being

rather the longest, and the outermost the shortest.

Colour. Blackish-brown above, grey beneath ; muscular portion

of tail blackish-brown, crests pale grey.

Size. Length of body 10 mm.; length of tail 12:5; depth of

tail 3°5.

The recently transformed young measure from 9 to 11 mm.

from snout to vent.

27. Buro parvus, Bier.

Bufo parvus, Boul. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1887, (5) xix. p. 346, pl. x.

There were numerous specimens in Mr. Hervey’s collection from

Malacca, and the types are preserved in the British Museum.

Hab. Pegu, Malay Peninsula, and Sumatra.

28. Buro QUADRIPORCATUS, Blegr.

Bufo quadriporcatus, Boul. Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1887, (5) xix.

p. 347, pl. x. fig. 4; Giinther, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1887, (5) xx.

p- 314, pl. xvi. fig. C.

The type specimen was obtained in Malacca and presented to

the British Museum by Mr. Hervey. Another specimen has since

been given to the Museum by Mr. Wray, who obtained two

individuals in Perak, and who says itis rare and inhabits the hills

from 800 ft. downwards.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo,

29. Buro aspPEer, Gravh.

Bufo asper, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 423; Stol. J. A. S. B.

1873, p. 118; Boul. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 313; Boul. Faun. Brit.

Ind., Rept. p. 507 (mouth fig. p. 500, vertebral column and pectoral

arch fig. p. 499).

Stoliczka found this species in the collection he got from Penang

and Province Wellesley ; he says the largest specimen was 140 mm.

in length. There are specimens in the Raffles Museum, Singapore,

labelled “ Jelebu” and “ Bukit Kedondong, Malacca: 1892.”

I only saw this species at one locality, the waterfall in the

Botanical Gardens, Penang. In March and April these big Toads

may be seen sitting about on the rocks, in the shade, on the edge

of the pools of water, seeming to prefer those spots where the

air is perpetually damp with the spray from the waterfall. If

disturbed they jump boldly into the foaming current, They are

1896.] BATRACHIANS OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 913

very noticeable animals, the prominent yellow eyes and patch of

yellow skin by them showing up distinctly against the black head

and back. They are powerful and active, but if caught in the

hand will pretend to be dead, lying on their back with the forearms

folded on the chest. When alive they smell strongly of musk.

The length from snout to vent of the largest Penang specimens

was, male 108 mm. and female 165 mm.

Hab. Tenasserim, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

Family PELopaTip2&.

30. LEPTOBRACHIUM HASSELTII, Tschudi.

Leptobrachium husseliti, Bouleng. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 441; Bouleng.

P. Z. 8. 1890, p. 37.

There is a specimen in the British Museum from Singapore,

from Mr. Ridley, and also larve from Larut, Perak, presented in

1886 by Dr. J. Anderson.

“ Tadpoles of rather large size. These are remarkable in being

marked all over with numerous deep black dots. Spiraculum

sinistral, equally distant from the end of the snout and from the

tail ; latter once and a half as long as the body. Length of body

25 mm.”

Hab. Burma, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

31. Mueatorpurys nasuta, Schl.

Megalophrys montana, var., Cantor, p. 140.

Megalophrys montana, part., Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 413.

Megalophrys nasuta, Bouleng. Cat. Batr. Sal. p. 443.

Cantor (p.141) says :—‘“ Two males were at different times

captured on the Pentland Hills (Penang), at an elevation of about

1800 ft. One was found in a dark room, where it was observed

remaining motionless during several successive days. Its forms

and colours caused it at first to be mistaken for a withered leaf.

The second was taken on a tree.”

Miiller (Verh. naturforsch. Gesel. Basel, vii. 1882-85) records

a male from Penang in the Bale Museum. Blanford mentions

this species as being in the collection sent by Dr. Dennys from

Singapore and neighbouring localities.

There are specimens in the Raffles Museum, Singapore, labelled

* Malacca: September 1891,” and ‘“‘Johore.” There is a female

in the British Museum from Kinta, Perak, from Mr. Wray.

Hab. Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Borneo.

32. MEGALOPHRYS LONGIPES, Bler.

Megalophrys longipes, Bouleng. P. Z.S. 1885, p. 850, pl. lv.;

Giinther, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 1887, (5) xx. p. 316.

Mr. Wray obtained three specimens from the mountains of

Perak, at from 3300 to 4400 feet above the sea. It is apparently

rare and local. The type is in the British Museum.

Hab. Malay Peninsula.

59*

914 ON THE REPTILES ETC. OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. [Dec. 1,

Order APODA.

Family Cacrnpa.

33. IcHTHYOPHIS eLUTINOstS, L.

Epicrium glutinosum, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 441; Stol.

J. A.S. B. 1873, p. 113.

Ichthyophis glutinosus, Bouleng. Cat. Batr. Grad. etc. p. 89,

pl. iv. fig. 2; Bouleng. Faun. Brit. Ind. Rept. & Batr. p. 515

(figured, p. 516).

Stoliczka mentions this species in the collection he got from

Penang and Province Wellesley.

Hab. Mountains of Ceylon, Malabar, Eastern Himalayas, Khasi

Hills, Burma, Siam, Malay Peninsula and Archipelago.

34. IcHrHyYoPHIS MONOCHROUS, Blkr.

Ichthyophis glutinosus, var. ?, Cantor, p. 137.

Epicrium monochroum, Giinther, Rept. Brit. Ind. p. 443.

Ichthyophis monochrous, Bouleng., Cat. Batr. Grad. etc. p. 91,

pl. iv. fig. 1.

Cantor (p. 138) says: “A single individual was observed by

Dr. Montgomerie at Singapore in 1863, in whose garden it was

turned up with the earth, from about two feet below the surface,

and from whom [I received the specimen.” This is now in the

British Museum.

Hab. India (Sikhim, Western Ghauts, Surat, Malabar), Malay

Peninsula, Borneo, and Java.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Piare XLIV.

Fig. 1. Gonatodes penangensis, 8. Flower, p. 863.

Upper and lower view.

la. Anal region, x2.

14. Lower surface of hand, x3; .

le. = 5 foot, x3. -

Fig. 2. Rhacophorus leucomystax, Gravenh., p. 905.

Tadpole, x 13.

2a. Mouth, x6.

Fig. 3. Bufo melanostictus, Schn., p. 911.

Tadpole, x 23.

3a. Mouth, x10.

Puate XLV.

Fig. 1. Rana macrodon, D. & B., p. 898.

Fig. 2. Rana erythrea, Schl., p. 02.

Fig. 3. Rana labialis, Blgr., p. 903.

Tadpole, x12.

3a. Mouth, x10.

Puatre XLVI.

Rana luctuosa, Ptrs., p. 904, with tadpoles at different stages of develop-

ment. Mouth of tadpole, xd.

P.Z.5 .1896,P1:XLIV.

S.S.F.&J.Greendelevlith . Mint ern Bros. Chromo.

MALAY REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS.

1. Gonatcdes penangensts . 2.Rhacophorus leacomystac.

3.Butc melanostictus .

PZS 1896, PREV:

5.S.F.del. Mintern Bros. Chromo.

MALAY BATRACHIANS.

] Rana maercdon , 2.Rana erythrew, 3.Rana labiales.

iA Sy IS}ONop Nello UNV AL,

Fe ee :

p< SEES Te

PRIGSOOSR RES

S.S.F. del. Mintern Bros. Chromo

MALAY BATRACHIANS.

Rane lactiwsa.

dur soag waa pty ‘TUHHLINEND SOITINVE “WL 92" TP Masay

TINTS Teh SES Sa cf

1896. | ON NEW FISHES FROM THE UPPER SHIRE RIVER. 915

2. Descriptions of new Fishes from the Upper Shiré River,

British Central Africa, collected by Dr. Percy Rendall,

and presented to the British Museum by Sir Harry

H. Johnston, K.C.B. By G. A. Boutenenr, F.R.S.

[Received October 9, 1896.]

(Plate XLVII.)

The collection made by Dr. Rendall during his recent residence

at Fort Johnston comprises examples of 14 species, viz. :—Chromis

mossambicus, Ptrs., C. kirkii, Gthr., C. squamipinnis, Gthr., Hemi-

chromis robustus, Gthr., H. modestus, Gthr., H. livingstonii, Gthr.,

H. dimidiatus, Gthr., H. longiceps, Gthr., Labeo coubie, Riupp., and

five that are new to science and described in this paper.

The specimens are, unfortunately, all in very bad condition.

CHROMIS RENDALLI, sp. n. (Fig. 1.)

Fig. 1.

NCU

Chromis rendalli,

916 MR, G, A. BOULENGER ON NEW FISHES [Dee. 1,

Most nearly allied to C. callipterus, Gthr.’, with which it agrees

in the dentition. 22-30 teeth on each side of the outer series of the

upper jaw. Depth of body 23 to 2? in total length, length of head

3 to 33 times. Eye nearly equally distant from the upper lip and

the gill-opening, its diameter 4 times in length of head, 13 times

in interorbital width, and equal to preorbital; maxillary not

extending quite to below anterior border of eye; four series of

scales on the cheek below the eye; large scales on the opercle and

on the interorbital region ; preopercular limbs forming a right

angle. Gull-rakers very short, 8 on lower part of anterior arch.

Dorsal XVI 12-13; spines increasing in length to the last, which

is 3 length of head. Pectoral pointed, a little longer than the

head ; ventrals shorter, not reaching the vent. Anal III 9-10;

third spine longest, as long as middle dorsals. Caudal rounded (?).

Caudal peduncle not longer than deep. Scales rough but not

denticulate, 30-32 ing lat. 1. paces Body without distinct

markings; snout and a spot on the opercle blackish; dorsal fin

with blackish spots and oblique bars.

Total length 220 millim.

Three specimens.

OREOCHROMIS SHIRANUS, sp. n. (Fig. 2, p. 917.)

Teeth very small, in 5 to 7 series in the upper jaw, the outer

with notched, bicuspid, brown crowns, the others tricuspid; 35 to

47 teeth on each side of the outer series of the upper jaw. Depth

of body 23 to 23 in total length, length of head 3 times. Eye

equally distant from the end of the snout and the gill-opening, its

diameter 4 to 4} times in length of head, 13 to 2 times in inter-

orbital width, and nearly equal to preorbital; maxillary not

extending to below anterior border of eye; two series of scales

on the cheek below the eye, lower largest; opercle scaleless ;

preopercular limbs forming a right angle. Gill-rakers short,

15-18 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XVI-XVII 10-12;

spines increasing in length to the last, which is 4 length of head

or a little less. Pectoral ? (broken); ventral reaching vent.

Anal 1V 9-10; fourth spine longest, as long as and stronger

than middle dorsals. Caudal peduncle not longer than deep.

Scales rough but not denticulate, 31-32 =; lat. 1. ie Nothing

can be said of the coloration, the condition of the specimens being

too bad.

Total length 210 millim.

Five specimens.

? A comparison with the original description (P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 623) is

misleading in so far as the number of dorsal spines is given as 14, which is

exceptional, the normal number being 15 or 16. Out of the 5 type specimens,

only the one figured (from Zomba) has 14 spines; two, including the largest

specimen received from the Rey. J. A. Williams, have 15 spines; the other

twe have 16.

1896.] . FROM THE UPPER SHIRE RIVER. 917

Oreochromis shiranus.

Docimovvs, g. n.

Allied to Chromis, but both jaws with a very broad band of

teeth with compressed sharp-edged crowns; the outer teeth large,

with nail-shaped entire crowns or with a very small lateral cusp,

the others small and tricuspid.

Docrtmopvs JOHNSTONI, sp.n. (Fig. 3, p. 918.)

4 or 5 rows of teeth in each jaw; 10 or 11 teeth on each side

of the outer series of the upper jaw; crowns brown-edged. Depth

of body 22 to 3 times in total length, length of head 3 times.

Hye a little nearer the gill-opening than the tip of the snout, its

diameter 43 times in length of head, 13 times in interorbital

width, and equal to preorbital; maxillary not extending to below

918 MR, G. A. BOULENGER ON NEW FISHES { Dec. 1,

anterior border of eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on the cheek

below the eye; opercle scaleless; preopercular limbs forming

nearly aright angle. Gzill-rakers short, 11 or 12 on lower part of

anterior arch. Dorsal ee XVII 8-9; spines increasing in

length to the fifth, which is 2 length of head. Anal IIL 9-10;

third spine longest, as long as last’ or penultimate dorsal, but

Fig. 3.

Docimodus johnstoni.

much thicker. Caudal peduncle once and a half as long as deep-

Scales slightly rugose, not denticulate, 33-34 =; lat. 1. = A

io?

black stripe along the posterior half of the body, betw ast the

lateral lines; soft dorsal with round dark spots.

Total length 200 millim.

Two specimens.

Cee g. nD.

Allied to Chromis, but both jaws with extremely broad bands of

innumerable minute club-shaped teeth with compressed oblique

entire crowns.

1896. ] FROM THE UPPER SHIRE RIVER. 919

COREMATODUS SHIRANUS, sp. n. (Fig. 4.)

Fig. 4.

Corematodus shiranus.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 4 total length. Snout

very broad, with steep, convex profile; eye a little nearer gill-

opening than end of snout, its diameter 44 times in length of

head, twice in interorbital width, and greater than depth of pre-

orbital; maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye ; cheek

with 4 rows of scales below the eye; opercle and interorbital region

scaleless; limbs of preopercle forming a right angle. Gill-rakers

moderately long, 12 on lower part of anterior arch, last bifid.

Dorsal XVI 10; spines increasing in length to the last, which is

2 length of head. Anal IIT 8; third spine longest, as long as but

thicker than middle dorsals. Caudal peduncle 12 as long as deep.

920 MR. G. A. BOULENGER ON SOME [Dee. 1,

Scales slightly rugose, not denticulate, 343; lat. 1. - Body with

traces of six black cross-bars. '

Total length 200 millim.

A single specimen.

BARILIUS GUENTHERI, sp. n. (Plate XLVII.)

Depth of body 43 to 42 in total length, length of head 4 to 43.

Snout 13 to 2 times as long as the diameter of the eye, which is

5 to 6 times in length of head, and 2 to 23 in interorbital width ;

preorbital not much smaller than the eye; premaxillary extending

to below centre of eye. Gill-rakers very short, rudimentary, 8 or 9

on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal I 10, not quite twice as

distant from the end of the snout as from the base of the caudal

fin. Anal IT 18, originating below middle of dorsal, much deeper

than the latter, the longest rays only a little shorter than the

head. Caudal deeply forked. Scales 48-50 r Silvery, with

about 15 dark vertical bars; the membrane between the extremity

of the last dorsal rays black.

Total length 260 millim.

Three specimens.

This fish, which equals in size {the largest Indian species,

Barilius goha, is closely allied to the West-African Barilius

recently referred by Giinther to the Leuciscus bibie of De Joannis.

3. On the Lizards of the Genus Eremias, Section Boulengeria.

By G. A. Bou.encer, F.R.S.

[Received October 9, 1896.]

Since the publication of F. Lataste’s paper in the ‘ Annali’ of

the Genoa Museum, in 1885—in which he did me the honour of

connecting my name with a division of the large genus Hremias,

characterized by a divided lower nasal shield, ventral shields in

straight series, and strongly compressed toes—our acquaintance

with these Lizards has made very great progress.

The numerous collections made within the last few years by

Révoil, Ragazzi, Robecchi, Ruspoli, Bottego, Donaldson Smith,

and Lort Phillips in Abyssinia, Somaliland, and Gallaland, the head-

quarters of the group, have added greatly to our knowledge of them,

not only in showing the doubtful species and variety previously

described, and which I had placed in the synonymy of Eremias

brennert, Peters, to be entitled to specific rank, but in bringing to

light two more species, thus raising their number to five. Having

lately received, through the kindness of the Marquis Doria and

Dr. Gestro, large numbers of these Lizards, I have availed myself

of the opportunity to recast detailed descriptions of all the species.

The whole of the material I have worked from is either in the British

Museum (specimens marked *) or in the Museo Civico of Genoa.

1896. ] LIZARDS OF THE GHNUS EREMIAS. 921

In addition to the characters mentioned above, all the species

of this little group agree in having the head much depressed ; the

snout pointed; the nasals but slightly swollen; two prefrontal

shields; the frontal strongly grooved ; three large supraoculars ;

the lower eyelid scaly ; the collar free; the scales on the upper

surface of the leg or crus much larger than the dorsals; and one

series of very large subcrural plates.

Synopsis of the Species.

J. Upper head-shields smooth or nearly so; femoral

pores 15-22.

65-78 scales across the middle of the body;

yentrals in 6 or 8 longitudinal series, the

outer row, if present, formed of very narrow

shields; upper caudal scales strongly keeled ;

subocular shield usually bordering the lip ... 1. Z. mucronata, Blanf.

53-60 scales across the middle of the body ;

ventrals in 8 longitudinal series, the outer

narrowest but very well developed; upper

caudal scales feebly keeled; subocular not

Feaching tho lip ..J:csssscs+cssenssasconrensesceeshe 2. E. erythrosticta, Bligr.

II. Upper head-shields rugose or striated.

pper head-shields rugose or sculptured ; 72-82

smooth granular scales across the middle of

the body; ventrals in 8 longitudinal series,

the outer narrowest but very well developed ;

upper caudal scales strongly keeled ; sub-

ocular not reaching the lip; femoral pores

ADD the nts HOE Nae: Sse notes ga sent ae tees 8. EH. smithi, Blgr.

Upper head-shields coarsely striated; 53-67

keeled scales across the middle of the body ;

ventrals in 8 longitudinal series, the outer

narrowest, but very well developed; upper

caudal scales strongly keeled; subocular

bordering the lip; femoral pores 13-18 ...... 4. E. striata, Ptrs.

Upper head-shields finely striated; 65-68 keeled

scales across the middle of the body ; ventrals

in 6 longitudinal series, an additional outer

row, if present, formed of very narrow

shields; upper caudal scales striated and

strongly keeled; subocular not reaching the

lip; femoral pores 20-24 ........-...sseseeeeeeee 5. E. brenneri, Ptrs.

1. Eremras Mucronata. (Fig. 1, p. 922.)

Acanthodactylus mucronatus, Blanford, Zool. Abyss. p. 453, fig.

(1870).

Eremias mucronata, Giinther, Zool. Rec. 1870, p. 71; Bouleng.

Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xii. 1891, p. 9.

Eremias lugubris (non Smith), Vaillant in Révoil, Faun. Pays

Comalis, Rept. p. 23 (1882).

Pseuderemias lineolata, Boettger, Abh. Senck. Ges. xiii. 1883,

p- 118.

Boulengeria mucronata, Lataste, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) i.

1885, p. 117. :

Eremias brenneri (part.), Boulenger, Cat. Liz. iii. p. 86 (1887).

922 MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON SOME [Dee. 1,

Head once and two-thirds to twice as long as broad. Upper

head-shields smooth, or frontoparietals and parietals slightly

sculptured ; frontonasal as long as broad or longer than broad ;

anterior supraocular not bordered with granules; interparietal

small, separated from the very small occipital by one or two small

shields ; an elongate shield on the outer border of the parietal ;

temporal scales granular, smooth ; subocular usually bordering the

lip, between the fifth and sixth or sixth and seventh, rarely

seventh and eighth or eighth and ninth, upper labial shields ; the

subocular, however, sometimes excluded from the labial border, its

Fig. 1.

‘S, i}

uf A H

ne [Sod

point wedged in between two labial shields; the two or three

anterior pairs of chin-shields in contact. Collar with 6 to 12

shields. Dorsal scales granular, flat, smooth, 65 to 78 across the

middle of the body. Six or eight longitudinal series of ventral

plates, the outer series, if developed, formed of very narrow

shields; 25 to 29 transverse series. A large median preanal,

sometimes replaced by three smaller shields forming a triangle.

The hind limb reaches the eye or between the eye and the nostril ;

foot as long as the distance between the arm and the nostril or

the tip of the snout, or slightly longer; scales on limbs unicarinate.

15 to 22 femoral pores on each side. Tail twice to twice and a

half as long as head and body; upper caudal scales strongly

keeled. Whitish, pale greyish, yellowish or pale buff above, dotted,

marbled, or vermiculate with blackish or rust-red, with a more or

less distinct dark, light-edged vertebral stripe; limbs with large

dark marblings. Young with five dark dorsal stripes separated by

1896.] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS EREMIAS. 923

whitish ones, the vertebral uniform black, the others brown or

blackish speckled with white; these markings sometimes persisting

in adult females. Lower parts white.

3 2.

millim. millim.

otal lengthy get wacom = nidieeiate ores a 162 145

TPR earch see el tote ws he ac pees ec omega s pels rats 14 12

Whadth ofshend se Aca crscuscisvoleveteryeseneic 75 a

From end of snout to fore limb ...... 22 19

ae FP - VOIUAtie cece iae 50 47

orem eyes eaca teh ee ocr ey eee 18 yf

TEL Bla eke =) cocks ec eeopaetexe eon eee 42 40

TIES Dae 2 a deateratt Saami a evn Gye ER a 112 98

First discovered by Blanford in the Anseba Valley, Abyssinia,

this species has since been found in many localities along the

Red Sea, as far north as Suakin and the Sinaitic Peninsula, and

in Northern Somaliland.

The following table shows the dimensions and variations in

lepidosis and number of femoral pores’ in the 17 specimens

examined. An asterisk indicates that the specimen recorded is

preserved in the British Museum :—

At Bo| CO. 1D) ee eB e | 1

3 75 |1| 6,7 |67| 9 | 25 |18-18

- 8 |1| 8,6 | 71 | 12] 28 | 16-15

‘8 8 |1| 7,7 | 70| 8 | 27 |19-18

3 8 |2| 7,7:| 78 | 10 | 29 |19-20

i 7 |1| 6,6 | 65 | 10 | 25 | 15-16

is ‘17 |1| 6,6 | 72| 11 | 29 | 22-21

4 8 |2| 6,6 | 66| 9 | 25 |19-20

8 |1| 5,5 | 70 | 10 | 26 | 18-18

" 7 |1| 6,5 | 68] 7 | 25 | 22-22

A 75 |1| 5,62| 68| 8 | 25 |18-18

7 |1| 7,7'| 78| 7 | 29 | 16-16

: 65 |1| 6,6 | 73| 6 | 28 | 15-16

. 7 ld | eens Nar | 17-17

- 65 |1| 6,6'| 68) 7 | 29 |19-19

: 55 |1| 6,6'| 75 | 8 | 27 | 17-17

a 55 |1| 6,6 | 68| 7 | 27 | 22-22

: 55 |1| 6,6 | 65| 7 | 26 | 16-18

1 Subocular excluded from the lip on both sides.

? Subocular excluded from the lip on one side.

A. Length from snout to vent (in millim.), B. Length of head. C. Width

of head. D. Shields between interparietal and occipital. E. Upper labials

anterior to the lower border or angle of the subocular (right and left).

F. Number of scales across middle of body. G. Number of shields in collar.

H. Number of transyerse rows of ventral shields. I. Number of femoral pores

(right and left).

924 ' MR. G, A. BOULENGER ON SOME [ Dee. 1,

2. EREMIAS BRYTHROSTIOTA. (Fig. 2.)

Eremias erythrosticta, Boulenger, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xii.

1891, p. 10, pl. i. fig. 2.

Fig. 2.

Head once and two-thirds to twice as long as broad. Upper

head-shields smooth; frontonasal longer than broad; three large

supraoculars, anterior smallest and in contact with the prefrontal,

loreal, and anterior supraciliary, but usually separated from the

second supraocular by a series of granules, same as surround

the disk formed by the second and third of these shields; inter-

parietal and occipital small, separated from each other by one,

two, or three small shields ; an elongate shield on the outer border

of the parietal; temporal scales granular, obtusely keeled ; sub-

ocular not reaching the lip, above the sixth and seventh or

seventh and eighth labials; the two or three anterior pairs of

chin-shields in contact. Collar with 6 to 9 shields. Dorsal scales

granular, round or hexagonal, juxtaposed, keeled, 53 to 60 across

the middle of the body. Hight longitudinal series of ventral

plates, the six principal broader than long, the outer narrower,

but nevertheless very well developed ; 24 to 27 transverse series.

Preanal region usually covered with several irregular shields

disposed in pairs ; an enlarged median shield very seldom present.

The hind limb reaches the eye, or halfway between the latter and

the nostril ; foot as long as the distance between the arm and the

end of the snout; crural scales feebly keeled. 15 to 20 femoral

pores on each side, usually 17 to 19. Tail more than twice as

long as head and body ; upper caudal scales very feebly keeled.

1896. | LIZARDS OF THE GENUS EREMIAS. 925

Adult sandy grey or buff above, with brick-red or black and red

dots; tail uniform or spotted with bluish grey and black; lower

parts white. Young with five grey longitudinal streaks, which ~

may be broken up by round whitish spots.

Gin Ore

millim. millim.

Totallemebh ).chohs aphhiet smyeroeee-ciaie wtatales 182 145

TER aud iin ya eats eine oy pees carat eetens 15 ey

Wid no tyhesciers aceasta alto Ueas 9 a

From end of snout to fore limb ...... 21 18

iy sy re Velie eape Yt hcieraaei 52 47

Bones lini aaeedate natal eon eee eer ae 20 18

Ceti cli plintiby. svete, Sts asos aevatous estou caateve 41 38

Pa AD ee grins of Sasi erated axe pT IST ey 130 98

This species has only been obtained once, in numerous specimens,

in Somaliland, on the route from Obbia to Berbera, by the Italian

traveller Robecchi.

3 ERpMIAs sMITHI. (Fig. 3.)

Eremias smitht, Boulenger, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 534,

pl. xxix. fig. 4. x

Fig. 3.

Eremias smithi.

Head once and a half or once and_ three-fifths as longas broad.

Upper head-shields rugose, sculptured and pitted, but not striated ;

frontonasal as long as broad; three large supraoculars, first in

contact with second or separate, the second and third forming

together an oval disk surrounded with granules which here and

there may be in two rows; interparietal usually separated from

the occipital by one or two small shields ; an elongate shield on

926 MR, G, A. BOULENGER ON SOME [Dec. 1,

the outer border of the parietal ; temporal scales granular, smooth ;

subocular not reaching the lip, resting on the sixth and seventh,

rarely seventh and eighth, upper labials; the two anterior pairs

of chin-shields in contact. Collar with 7 to 11 shields. Dorsal

scales granular, juxtaposed, smooth, 72 to 82 across the middle of

the body. Eight longitudinal series of ventral plates, sometimes

with an outer series of smaller, imperfectly developed plates; 26

to 30 transverse series. Preanal region with small shields, or with

an enlarged median shield. The hind limb reaches the ear or the

eye; foot as long as the distance between the arm and the nostril

or the tip of the snout. 17 to 22 femoral pores on each side.

Tail twice and one-third to twice and three-fourths as long as head

and body; upper caudal scales strongly keeled. Pale reddish

brown or brick-red above, with four longitudinal rows of small

round white or bluish dark-edged spots; limbs brown, with round

pale spots.

do. :

millim. millim.

otal lengthy” s2eircecct< Sued Peehic 24% 170 146

TCA ge f sovoleic: eee, hath: < mrateicieteieth 1 10

Wiadthion head’ 2 menctivcocu sion eet emaioe fi 6:5

From end of snout to fore limb.......... 18 17

Re 3 55 VEG 5 xcceemerersic ese 44 44

Hore limbs aera en ee 16 15

find: limbic sac hoe oe eee 33 32

Parlbn.g. 2) eet ee ace ee eee 126 102

The type specimen, from Milmil, North-western Somaliland,

formed part of Dr. Donaldson Smith’s collection. Another speci-

men was obtained at the same place by the late Prince Eugene

Ruspoli, whilst four more were purcured at Lugh, Southern Somali-

land, by Capt. Bottego.

AS BOG il) ee ble! Gio ape HI

d. Milmil (type) * ...... 46/11 | 7 |...) 6,7 |75| 7]| 3019-19

FARE TERA Conia PD. 44/11! 7 |1| 6,7 | 72] 9 | 26 | 20-20

Bigs rs ae ced pce 44/11| 7 |1| 6.7 | 75] 9 | 28|17-17

Sy SERN OER. Bae: 41/11} 7 |1| 7,8 | 82] 11 | 26 | 20-20

yi, | os a cs (40) 11 75/1] 6,7 | 75] 10 | 27 | 22-21

aeenCre< NTE | 44 | 10 | 65/2] 6,7 | 74] 9 | 30 | 18-18

| |

A. Length from snout to vent (in millimetres), B. Length of head. C.

Width of head. D. Shields between interparietal and occipital. E. Upper

labials below the subocular. FF. Number of scales across middle of body.

G. Number of shields in collar. H. Number of transverse rows of yentral

shields. I. Number of femoral pores (right and left).

' 4, Eremtas striata. (Fig. 4, p. 927.)

Eremias brenneri, var. striatus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1874,

p- 370.

1896. ] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS EREMIAS. 927

Eremias hochneli, Stejneger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvi. 1894,

p- 719.

Eremias striata, Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2), xvii. 1896,

p. 18. ;

Tz]

Eremias striata,

Head once and a half to once and three-fourths as long as broade

Upper head-shields striated, but more coarsely than in L. brenneri,

in this respect intermediate between the latter and L. smithii;

frontonasal a little broader than long; anterior supraocular not

bordered with granules, the two others bordered with granules

except on their horizontal sutures ; interparietal small but much

larger than the occipital, from which it is often separated by an

additional small shield ; an elongate shield on the outer border of

the parietal, variable in length and sometimes so short or broken

up as to be indistinguishable; temporal scales granular, obtusely

keeled ; subocular bordering the lip, between the fifth and sixth or

sixth and seventh upper labials'; the three anterior pairs of chin-

shields in contact*. Collar with 9 to 12 shields, usually 10 or 11.

‘Dorsal scales rhomboidal, juxtaposed, keeled, 53 to 67 across the

middle of the body. Eight longitudinal series of ventral plates, outer

narrow ; 25 to 28 transverse series. A large median przeanal, some-

times followed by another or a pair, the three forming a triangle.

1 Between the fourth and fifth on one side in one of the specimens described

by Peters.

2 Hremias hochneli is founded on a specimen which, in my opinion, repre-

sents an individual anomaly in the mental pholidosis, as Mr. Stejneger himself

has suggested. The first lower labial meets its fellow behind the symphysial,

having fused with the first chin-shield, whilst the third chin-shield has also

fused with the corresponding lower labial.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LX. 60

928 MK. G. A. BOULENGER ON THE [Dec. 1,

The hind limb reaches the eye, or between the eye and the nostril ;

foot as long as the distance between the arm and the nostril or the

tip of the snout. 13 to 18 femoral pores on each side. Tail

twice and a half to three times as long as head and body; upper

caudal scales strongly keeled, basal subcaudals smooth. Cream-

colour or pale buff above, with seven brown or black stripes as

wide as or wider than the interspaces between them ; lower parts

white. Young striped black and white above; belly black or

blackish, at least on the sides. 3 9

millim. millim.

Mobalilenptls '¥ 23'2.. Sie ans Gata eine 155 154

SCAT. i. oh A ee Res Te as aL 10

iWadthothead Ai ee lee Ee 7h 65

From end of snout to fore limb.......... 17 16

a Pee ye VOD yh lee crease yshece 43 40

iRorewlimby: 2) ayaeee cert ecare ia ees easter ok 15 14

En dslimby. Seeks. erates, acted 34 31

DEF Gee ia AAA ott et db a ee Og ne Mee Re 9 113 114

The type specimens were obtained at Brava, Somaliland, by the

late German traveller Hildebrandt. I have examined 13 speci-

mens from Lugh, Somaliland, collected by Dr. Bottego. The

dimensions and variations in scaling and number of femoral pores

in these 13 specimens are here tabulated :—

A. |B. | 0. |D| EH. | F. | G. | H. I.

Galuchias- eos hes 42|11 | 7 41] 6 | 63| 12 | 26 | 18-17

RG le dP igelely c 40/10 | 7 |1| 6 | 58] 11 | 25 |15-15

APG Ekg SUE Ss aaa 40/11 | 7 |...) 5 | 55 | 10 | 25 |15-15

pane pylir Rk tetera 40 |11 | 7 |1| 6,5 | 57 | 11 | 26 |14-14

fa ape OR EEeD escent cb 40|11 | 7 |1| 5 | 56] 11 | 26 | 15-14

MS tat fe ae rae 38 |10 | 6 |...) 6 | 67 | 10 | 25 |15-14

ek eee er, ae 35 | 95 6 |1| 5 | 63| 11 | 25 |17-16

elt ekages sole and MMe Me 40 |10 | 65/1] 5 | 65 | 10 | 26 | 15-14

Tog eh Canebsieth AVES Bers tae 40 |10 | 65)...| 6 | 561 11 | 26 | 17-17

Pa an ee Oana 39 |10 | 65l...| 5,6 |66| 9 | 27 | 15-15

basic, (giles 39/10 | 6511| 5 | 53 | 10 | 28 |16-15

Vos tt pete ie 2 | 8 | 4511] 5 |61| 9 | 26 | 13-14

Ph 5.) A Mae 23| 714 |1| 6 |58| 10 | 27 |17-18

A. Length from snout to vent (in millimetres), B. Length of head,

OC. Width of head. D. Shield between interparietal and occipital. E. Upper

labial shields anterior to subocular. F. Number of scales across middle of body.

G. Number of shields in collar. H. Number of transverse rows of ventral

shields, I. Number of femoral pores (right and left).

5. EREMIAS BRENNERI, (Fig. 5, p. 929.)

Eremias brenneri, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1869, p. 482 ; Bouleng.

Cat. Liz. iii. p. 86 (1887) [part.]; and Ann. Mus. Genova, (2), xii.

1891, p. 8; Stejneger, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 719 ;

Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2), xvii. 1896, p. 18.

1896. ] LIZARDS OF THE GENUS EREMIAS. 929

Boulengerina brenneri, Lataste, Ann. Mus. Genova, (2), ii. 1885,

pail?

Eremias edwardsix, Mocquard, Mém. Cent. Soc. Philom. p. 115,

pl. xi. fig. 1 (1888).

Eremias brenneri.

Head once and two-thirds to twice as long as broad. Upper

head-shields closely and finely striated; frontonasal as long as

broad or longer than broad ; anterior supraocular not bordered with

granules ; interparietal small, in one specimen divided into three,

separated from the very.small occipital by another small shield ;

an elongate shield on the outer border of the parietals; temporal

scales granular, keeled ; subocular not reaching the lip, wedged in

between the sixth and seventh upper labials; the two or three

anterior pairs of chin-shields in contact. Collar with 7 to 9

shields. Dorsal scales rhomboidal, juxtaposed or subimbricate,

keeled, some even tricarinate, 65 to 68 across the middle of the

body. Six longitudinal series of ventral plates, with a rudimentary

outer series ; 25 to 27 transverse series. A more or less enlarged

median preanal. The hind limb reaches the eye or the nostril;

foot as long as the distance between the arm and the end of the

snout; scales on the limbs strongly pluricarinate. 20 to 22

femoral pores on each side (23 or 24 in the types of Z. edwardsit).

Tail twice to twice and a half as long as head and body; upper

caudal scales strongly keeled and striated.

In the immature specimen (Obbia-Berbera), examined by me in

1891, the coloration resembles strikingly that of the young

Acunthodactylus boskianus. Six reddish-white lines along the

body, separated by broader black interspaces or stripes, along each

60*

930 MR, R. LYDEKKER ON A NEW . Deel,

of which runs a series of small round whitish spots ; limbs with a

black network enclosing large round reddish-white spots; tail

striped with black at the base, uniform coralline-red in its posterior

half; lower parts uniform white. In the adult female (Brava)

now before me the upper parts are of a nearly uniform isabelline |

colour, with mere traces of the dark stripes and spots of the young,

all of which, however, can still be distinguished, and the tail is

coloured like the body.

The following are the dimensions of the two specimens de-

scribed by me; both belong to the Genoa Museum :—

2. Her.

millim. millim.

Potal lenge slo per note ciels un a tee 5 eta 153 155

CHL fete Richt are ree cles Here hiiene tice 12 10

Width otheadiigenttet, ace eats ole cos ice 7:5 5

From end of snout to fore limb.......... 18 14

5s 53 RETA As Oe 48 45

Woredim nto ete ek. ee oe eels ee 18 15

SERN shina tobe Aichi ste eee eee Oe 36 30

Darl icy ceaerceees. Breaths Le aie Nh eee A), 105 110

The type specimen came from Brava (R. Brenner, one of the

companions of C, yon der Decken). The types of FE. edwardsi

are noticed simply as from Somaliland (Révoil). A single specimen

from the Tana River (Chanler) has been recorded by Stejneger.

I have lately been able to examine two specimens, one from Brava,

the original locality (Bottego), and one from between Obbia and

Berbera (Robecchi). :

4, On an apparently New Deer from North China, in the

Menagerie of the Duke of Bedford at Woburn Abbey.

By R. Lypexxer, B.A., F.R.S., &e.

[Received September 10, 1896.]

(Plates XLVIII. & XLIX.)

During a visit to Woburn Abbey in August last, His Grace the

Duke of Bedford directed my attention to a large male Deer

recently purchased from a dealer, and said to have been obtained

from the neighbourhood of Pekin. The animal, although not fully

adult, is larger than any example of the Red Deer that I hare seen,

but appears undoubtedly to belong to the same (Elaphine) group

of the genus Cervus, although its antlers are only ‘in the stage of

development permanently characteristic of the Pseudawine group—

that is to say, they have but four tines each. At this time the

general colour of the fur—which is short, smooth, and glossy—

was bright reddish bay, and there was no trace of a light disk on

P.Z.S.1896.P].XLVIQ.

J.Smuit del.et hth. Mintern Bros .1mp.

aa pBE BEL OIM IN (@) exalt NEA

(IN SUMMER PELAGE)

P.Z.S .1896.P1 Six:

JSmit del.etlith. Mintern Bros.imp.

DEER FROM NORTH CHINA.

(IN WINTER PELAGE)

1896.] DEER FROM NORTHERN CHINA. 931

the buttocks surrounding the tail. The tail is remarkable for its

extreme shortness. There was no fringe of long hair on the throat,

but this may have been due to immaturity or to season. In their

present state of development, no conclusions can be drawn from

the antlers. Something over two years may be given as the

probable age of the animal.

Such was the coloration of the specimen when I first saw it at

the beginning of August (see Plate XLVIIJ.). When I again

visited Woburn in the middle of September, the summer coat was

being replaced by the winterone. The most extraordinary change

was the development of a large yellowish disk on the buttocks,

including all the tail. This disk was clearly produced by a change

in the colour of the hairs of the summer coat; but it appeared

to be also developing in the winter coat. The general colour of

the latter seemed to be bluish grey, or brewn, with a tendency to

fawn on the neck. A distinct fringe had also developed on the

throat. This was very thin, with bands of black, and white tips

to the hairs: thus being quite different to the thick, uniformly-

coloured fringe of the Wapiti and of the type of C. luehdorfi.

Still later, the general colour of the coat became more Wapiti-like,

and the caudal disk more distinct and brighter (see Plate XLIX.).

From C. wanthopygus the Woburn deer appears sufficiently dis-

tinguished by the shortness of the tail’; while there is no evidence

that the former is ever without a caudal disk, or that the summer

and winter coats are so widely different. Still, so far as I am

aware, that form is only definitely known by the type specimen.

Apparently, the species to which the deer under consideration

approximates most closely is C. luehdorfi, although it is very

difficult to believe that it is identical. The type specimens of

Cervus luehdorfi, which comprised two pairs, were obtained from

Transbaikalia, and were probably brought from the Bureatish

Steppe of Northern Manchuria by nomads. The original descrip-

tion* runs as follows :—‘‘ The Isubra Deer,” as it is called, ‘is

intermediate in height between the European Red Deer (C. elaphus)

and the North-American Wapiti (C. canadensis). In size it is

closer to the former, in the shape of the antlers to the latter. Its

hair is in winter brownish grey, in summer light brown ; the throat

has a small whitish median streak ; the under-lip is whitish, with

three black spots, one small one in the middle, and two larger

ones on each side. The strong mane is like that of the Wapiti—

in colour dark chestnut-brown, in places almost black ; in summer

it disappears almost completely. The eye is smaller than in the

Red Deer. The tail is much shorter than either the Red Deer or

the Wapiti; in the male it is only two-thirds of the absolute length

of that of the Red Deer; relatively it is much shorter, as the

1 T assume that Milne-Edwards's plate is correct in this particular. If it

be incorrect, and the present specimen turn out to belong to C. xanthopygus,

that species will be much more distinct from the Red Deer than has hitherto

been supposed.

2 H. Bolau, Abh. Ver. Hamburg, vol. vii. p. 33, pl. iv. (1880).

932 MR. R. LYDEKKER ON A NEW [Dee. 1,

Isubra Deer is larger. In the female it leaves the pudenda un-

covered. The caudal disk is very strongly marked, extending, as

in the Wapiti, largely over the base of the tail. In the male it is

foxy, but in the other specimens bright straw-yellow. A dark

band, extending inferiorly on to the thigh, borders the disk. In

both sexes the head is elongated, and the nose somewhat convex.

A pair of antlers sent from Hast Siberia’ have two forwardly-

projecting brow-tines and a middle tine. While the beam goes in

a regular curve to end in a terminal tine, there is given off a strong

hind-tine, which is likewise single. Wherever tines are given off,

the antlers are flattened, and resemble those of C. eustephanus,

as figured by Blanford *.”

It is added that the young are spotted, and it is suggested that

the species may prove identical with C. eustephanus of the Thian-

Shan.

From this description it appears that C. luehdorfi has a well-

marked caudal disk at all seasons, and this is certainly the case with

the nearly allied Wapiti, whereas in the Woburn deer the summer

coat in the second year is uniform. The colour of the summer

coat is also much redder than in the Wapiti, and, apparently, than

in C. luchdorfi. Then, again, the neck-fringe, in the present

condition of the animal, is quite different to both the others.

Moreover, the appearance of the deer is not quite that of a Wapiti,

although it seems to belong to the same group. Further com-

parisons cannot be made till the antlers of the third year are

developed; and it is, therefore, with some hesitation that I give

the animal a name at this time, especially as it inhabits an area

not very far removed from that of C. luehdorfi. Still, I have the

support of Mr. A. D. Bartlett, who saw the specimen in August,

and regarded the Woburn deer as undoubtedly representing a new

species. In the event of its proving decidedly distinct, the name

of Cervus bedfordianus would be appropriate, and this name I

accordingly assign to it provisionally.

Whether of individual or of specific value, the late develop-

ment of the caudal disk in the summer coat of the second year is

certainly a very remarkable feature; and this feature, together

with the bright chestnut-red colour of the coat at the same season,

must be regarded as one of the most distinctive peculiarities of

this deer. In the winter coat the narrowness and banded coloration

of the throat-fringe must likewise be noted as a well-marked feature.

Beyond this it is almost impossible to go at present in attempting

to define the presumed species.

It is quite clear that the specimen has nothing to do either with

C. davidianus or with the Pseudawine group.

The following list of the known species of Elaphine Deer, with

a few of their leading distinctive characteristics, may be found

useful in connexion with the foregoing notes :—

1 Figured in the original memoir of Dr. Bolau.

2 Proce. Zvol. Soe, 1875, p. 638.

1896.] DEER FROM NORTHERN CHINA. 933

A. Antlers cupped, normally with a bez-tine.

1. C. elaphus. Europe to Asia Minor and N. Africa. In

the Barbary form the bez-tine generally wanting. Tail

long.

2. C, maral. Caucasus, Carpathians, and Eastern Persia.

Face longer than in Red Deer, and antlers generally

simpler ; but probably only a larger form of that

species.

3. C. xanthopygus. Typically from Northern China. Not

fully defined from No. 1; and part of its area perhaps

belonging to other species.

B. Antlers normally not cupped.

a. Antlers with a bez-tine ; muzzle and chin dark, or not pure

white.

4. C. cashmirianus. Kashmir. Antlers usually with five,

but sometimes more tines, of which the bez generally

exceeds the brow in length; in form regularly curved.

Caudal disk generally small, and white, but occasion-

ally wanting. Tail short. Colour brown or brownish-

ash.

5. C. yarcandensis. Yarkand. Closely allied to last.

6. C. affinis. Hast of Sikhim and Darjiling. Differs from

C. cashmirianus in the beam of the antlers being

much bent forward above the origin of the trez-tine ;

bez-tine sometimes larger than the brow, but less

constantly than in C. cashmirianus. Only five tines

to antlers, which are very large. Caudal disk well

developed.

7. C. eustephanus. Thian-Shan and Altai. Closely allied

to the Wapiti, from which the antlers appear insepar-

able, although the legs are shorter.

8. C. luehdorfit. N. Manchuria. Doubtfully distinct from

the last. Grey in winter, brown in summer.

9. C. canadensis. Antlers curving backwards, but slightly

converging, and much flattened where the tines divide ;

the fourth tine very large, and the posterior terminal

tine also large and directed backwards, nearly in

the plane of the fourth. More than five tines.

Caudal disk very large, and throat-fringe greatly

developed ; neck dark-coloured. Tail very short; face

short.

10. C. bedfordianus. N. China. Allied to last, but smaller

and more slenderly built. Summer coat uniformly foxy ;

winter coat dark brown, with large yellow caudal disk ;

throat-fringe thin and particoloured in autumn.

6. Antlers without a bez-tine; muzzle and chin pure white.

11. C. thoroldi. Tibet.

934 MR, A. J, NORTH ON THE HABITS OF A [Dec. 1,

In conclusion, I may take this opportunity of mentioning that

in the Park at Woburn there is a small herd of Wapiti-like deer

from the Altai, which I believe to be referable to C. eustephanus

of the Thian-Shan. Unfortunately, their antlers have been so

damaged by the voyage, that they are valueless for purposes

of comparison ; but the general appearance of these animals leads

one to think that they belong to the species in question. The big

Deer of the Altai have been generally referred to the so-called

Cervus maral, probably owing to the use of the term “ Maral”

by the natives of Central Asia. Mr. W. L. Sclater’ has, however,

already pointed out that the Altai deer is in all probability identical

with the Thian-Shan stag. Accepting this identity, and also that

C. luehdorfi is specifically inseparable from C. eustephanus, the

range of the latter species will extend from the Altai to Amur-

land, and will thus lead on towards the habitat of the Wapiti.

These Altai deer appear to be distinctly different from C. bed-

fordianus.

Next year I hope to be able to give some further observations on

the Altai deer at Woburn.

5. On the Habits of a Cuckoo in the Gilbert Islands.

By Atrrep J. Norru, C.M.Z.S., Ornithologist to the

Australian Museum, Sydney.

[Received August 19, 1896.]

At a meeting of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, in

September 1894, I exhibited a male and female of the Long-

tailed Cuckoo, Hudynamis taitensis, which had been recently

presented to the Trustees of the Australian Museum by the

Hon. C. R. Swayne, H.B.M.’s Resident at the Gilbert and Ellice

Groups. These birds had been obtained by Mr. Swayne on Big

Makin Island or ‘‘ Butari-tari” of the natives. A short note was

also contributed relative to the distribution of this species, and to

the tradition current among the natives of the Gilbert Group,

that the female deposited her egg on a piece of palm-leaf placed

on a cloud, and left it to be incubated by the sun”.

During June of this year Mr. Swayne, who was in Sydney for a

short time while on his way to London, informed me that he had

seen this Cuckoo oust a Noddy Tern (Anous stolidus) from its nest

and take possession of it. As the habits and food of these birds

are so entirely different, and as I had never previously heard of so

remarkable an instance of appropriation on the part of a Cuckoo,

Mr. Swayne, prior to his departure, kindly sent me the following

notes :—

' Cat. Mamm. Indian Mus. pt. ii. p. 184 (1891).

* See Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. ser. 2, ix. p. 584.

1896.] CUCKOO IN THE GILBERT ISLANDS. 935

“T promised to write you as to the ‘Tekabare’ (Audynams

taitensis), of which I sent you specimens in 1894.

“ This bird is found in both the Gilbert and Ellice Islands, and

is, I believe, the only land-bird in the Gilberts, whereas in the

Ellice Islands a large light slate-coloured Pigeon’, known in Fiji

as the ‘ Thireke,’ is also found.

“During the latter part of my stay in the Gilberts, I was

always on the look-out for information as to the nesting of the

‘ Tekabare,’ but was unable to get any from the natives.

“In August last year I was at the island of Niu, in the Ellice

Group, and while walking through the island along with the local

trader we passed a clump of ‘buka’ trees, in which, as is common

throughout the Ellice Islands, there were numbers of the Noddies

(Anous stolidus) nesting. I noticed that in one tree the birds were

much disturbed and apparently frightened. The trader explained

that the birds were disturbed by a ‘ Hawk.’ We remained some

time watching, and I saw our friend the Cuckoo drive a Noddy

out of the nest and take possession of it, while the old birds and

apparent proprietors tried in vain to dislodge the intruder. The

trees were high with long bare boles, impossible to climb, and if

climbed it would be difficult to get at the nests, as the wood is soft

and the branch on which the nest was built was insufficient to bear

one’s weight.

“ T do not doubt that the Cuckoo was about to lay. As there are

no ‘buka’ trees in the Gilberts, the Cuckoo doubtless lays in

the Noddy’s nest on the pandanus.

“T have often watched the Noddy in the Gilberts picking up

grass and bits of coconut leaves and making its nest, which

when finished very much resembles that belonging to a land-bird.

It would be interesting to know whether the young Cuckoo is

raised on a fish-diet.

“ Although I offered rewards to the natives on many islands,

I never was able to get an egg of the Cuckoo. In the Gilberts

the people say they have never seen eggs or young, and, as I told

you, they hold the tradition that the female takes a portion

of the covering of the young palm-leaf and flying up with it

deposits it on a cloud, lays her egg on it, where it is hatched by

the sun.

‘“‘ At the island of Funafuti, where the scientific expedition now

is, the Cuckoo may be seen at the back of the town, and there are

probably half a dozen birds in the atoll. Both the Noddy and the

Man-of-War bird are kept as pets in the Ellice and Gilbert Islands,

buat I could never find that the Man-of-War bird was (as has been

stated) used to carry messages between different islands. The old

men always laughed at the idea.”

1 Probably Globicera pacifica.

936 DR. H. J HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Dec. 1,

6. On the Development and the Species of the Crustaceans

of the Genus Sergestes. By Dr. H. J. Hansen (Copen-

hagen)’.

[Received October 15, 1896.]

Contents,

Page

Law LEPOCUCLONy REMAKES). ..crsccsedsnnyosssasseseecsscesccesceetaracsese 936

Iie dhe EHistory-orihe! Genuses.a.reaaescrscoreaces reeeae a teee eee 937

iii. The adult Sergestes and Mastigopus ......ccsccsccsscescceceeceees 941

iv. Synonymical and other Remarks ..............cseceeseceeeeeeeees 946

vi. ‘Notes on the Species of Group DL. ..5......s.s0cscccescsccaccseccee 951

vii. Notes on the Species of Group I1............csccsccsscscoosseecoes 959

viii. Remarks on Sctacaris and Petalidium of Bate............00600- 967

ix, Geographical and Bathymetrical Distribution .............000+: 968

i. Introductory Remarks.

Three years ago the Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing, in his most useful

book “A History of Crustacea. Recent Malacostraca” (‘The

Intern. Scient. Ser. vol. Ixxiv.), writes on the genus Sergestes :—

“The species known as adults are very numerous, of very various

BUZOR che cbl'e.s The account of the genus occupies eighty-eight quarto

pages and seventeen plates of Spence Bate’s ‘ Report on the

Challenger Macrura.’ It was the subject of a monograph by

Kroyer in 1856, and the interest of the subject seems still very

far from being exhausted.” That the supposition in the last line

of this quotation is correct will be proved by this little treatise.

Besides the large section of Bate’s ‘Challenger Macrura’ and

Kréyer’s monograph, almost a score of papers contain contributions

to the knowledge of this interesting genus; but for all that no

other group or extensive genus of Decapoda has been up to this

time so incompletely studied. This will be plainly recognized when

the chief results of this paper are stated—these are that of the 59

(07 60) hitherto described species only about 20, or one-third of the total

number, have been established on adult animals, such as have almost or

entirely arrived at sexual maturity ; and that almost all the other species

are true larve, and even of these a considerable portion are larval stayes

of species already established on adult specimens, while of the 20 species

founded on adult specimens 2 with good reason will be excluded

and at least 4 must be cancelled as synonyms! The authors, who

have established new species and have avoided describing or at

least acknowledging larve as real adult species, only make mention

of large or very large specimens and, in all probability, have not

studied smaller forms.

To throw some light upon the older larval stages of the species,

distinguishing between the larve and the adults, referring a series

of the larve to the adult forms, examining the value and variation

of different characters, &c., will be the aim of this short treatise,

? Communicated by the Rev. T. R. R. Srupsrne,

1896.] OF THE GENUS SERGESTES. 937

Several years ago, when trying to determine the very rich

material of pelagic forms (among them also the type specimens

of the 15 species described by Kroyer) preserved in the Zoological

Museum of the University in Copenhagen, I discovered the value

of numerous species, but I had no mind to write any preliminary

note on the question. Since then I have not had the time necessary

for working out a monograph (requiring some hundred figures) ;

but seeing now that at least during some years I shall be very

much engaged with other work, while authors continue to describe

larve as well-established new species, I have thought it convenient

to write this communication. A monograph will, nevertheless, be

extremely desirable, for of most species and larval stages new full,

and accurate descriptions and new figures, much better than the

existing ones, must be worked out. Many of the described forms

it is impossible to recognize with certainty without a re-examina-

tion of the type specimens. A monograph must also be based

upon the investigation of the collections in the few museums

which possess rich material of pelagic Crustacea; it will be rather

toilsome, but very remunerative, as at the present time it is

scarcely possible within any other group of Decapoda to elucidate

a large portion of the development of almost two-thirds of the

species.

The genus Sergestes is now generally referred to a separate family,

the Sergestide. To this also the following genera have been

transferred: Sciacaris, Bate ; Petalidium, Bate; Acetes, H. M.-Edw.;

and Leucifer, Vaugh. Thomps. On Sciacaris and Petalidium some

remarks will be communicated in the following pages; the two

other genera I must omit on this occasion, though much addition

to our knowledge could be given. Leucifer has been treated at

great length by Bate, who admits only 2 species, but 4 species are

preserved in our museums. Of Acetes 2 species are known (one

of which has not been examined since 1837), but we possess

6 species, the distinctive characters of which are very curious; it

is, however, impossible to give a good idea of the species of these

two genera without a considerable number of figures.

Before concluding these few remarks I desire to offer my sincere

thanks to Prof. Dr. K. Brandt (Kiel) and Geheimrath Prof. Dr. R.

Leuckart (Leipzig), who lent me two type specimens, and espe-

cially to Geheimrath Prof. Dr. V. Hensen (Kiel), who lent me

examples of 4 Plankton species, and Prof. Dr. C. Chun (Breslau),

who, on my request for the loan of type specimens of two species,

favoured me with his whole finely preserved material collected by

himself, chiefly with a closure-net, “Schliessnetz,” at the Canary

Islands and at Ragusa and Lesina in the Adriatic.

i. The History of the Genus.

As C. Spence Bate and A. Ortmann, the last two authors who

have given an apparently but not really complete enumeration of

the known species, have overlooked several publications, and as

938 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Dec. 1,

other contributions have been published during the last few years,

it will be convenient to give a short account of all the papers

containing descriptions of new species, and, moreover, to make

some few remarks on the most important contributions treating of

the development. Papers which contain no descriptions of new

species, and generally are but of little interest for our knowledge

of the genus, are omitted.

The genus Sergestes was established by H. Milne-Edwards in

1830 (“ Deser. d. genres Glaucothoé, Sicyonie, Sergeste et Acéte,”

Ann. d. Se. Natur. t. xix.) with one new species, and in his Hist.

Natur. d. Crust. t. ii. 1837, he does not know more species.—In

1850 G. de Natale (Descriz. zool. d’una nuova specie di Plojaria et

di aleune Crostacei del porto di Messina) described and figured one

new species.—In 1855 H. Kroyer published preliminary de-

scriptions (“ Bidrag til Kundskab om Krebsdyrslegten Sergestes,

Edw.,” Overs. K. D. Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. i 1854) of 15 new

species, and in 1859 his well-known monograph (“ Forség til en

monographisk Fremstilling af Krebsdyrslegten Sergestes, Med.

Bemerkninger om Decapodernes Héreorganer,” K. D. Vidensk.

Selsk. Skrifter, 5 Raekke, Nat. Math. Afd. iv. 2) containing full

descriptions and numerous figures of the same 15 species. The

descriptions are worked out with his usual care, and both these

and the plates surpass almost all subsequent contributions ; but

his scanty material of most species and complete ignorance of the

development have given rise to the error, at that time very

excusable, of treating larve as adult species. Of corrections I

shall only here mention that 3 of his species do not belong to the

genus (see later on) ; and that when he states that the examples

of S. serrulatus, S. caudatus, and S. laciniatus were captured in the

Kattegat off Denmark, this is absolutely a mistake, all 3 species

originating in the subtropical or tropical seas.—In 1861

W. Stimpson published (“ Prodrom. deser. animal. evertebr., quae in

Exped. ad Ocean. Pacific. Septentrion. .. .,” Proceed. Acad. Nat.

Se. Philadelphia, 1860) shorter descriptions of 5 new species, one

of which he transferred to a new genus, Sergia, which must be

cancelled as being of no value at all—In 1875 A. Metzger

(“Crustaceen aus d. Ordnungen Edriophthalmata und Podoph-

thalmata,” Jahresber. der Commission zur wiss. Unters. der

deutschen Meere in Kiel fiir die Jahre 1872, 1873: Berlin, 1875)

established one new species.—In 1881 C. Spence Bate published

(“On the Penzidea,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. viii.)

preliminary descriptions of 4 new species (and of the new genus

Petalidium), all from the ‘Challenger’; the paper is of some

importance for the priority of at least one of the names. In

1888 Bate’s above-mentioned large contribution in the ‘Challenger’

Report, vol. xxiv., was issued. ‘Together with the species in the

preliminary paper he describes in all 24 new species of Sergestes,

but figures only 18 of them; next he gives an extract of the

Kréyerian descriptions and a new representation of 7 of Kréyer’s

species examined by himself. He indicates “Greenland ” as the

_ 1896.] OF THE GENUS SERGESTES. 932

locality for all the animals described by Kréyer, though only one of

Kréyer’s species was taken in that neighbourhood—a curious

mistake which has already been corrected by Ortmann. He

cancels 2 of Kréyer’s species, but one of the two, S. arcticus, is a

valid species. Bate also employs numerous pages and several

plates in the representation of larval stages (see later on). This

large contribution is of course of great importance, but unfortu-

nately neither the descriptions nor the figures are so good as could

be wished, and in numerous instances (see later on) a re-exami-

nation of the type specimens is absolutely necessary—the greater

part of the new species are but larve. Besides the genus

Petalidium he also establishes the genus Sciacaris, each of these

containing one species. The latter genus is of no value, it is but a

Sergestes-larva.—For some small but classical contributions we

are indebted to 8S. I. Smith. In 1882 he gives (‘‘ Report on the

Results of Dredging, und. the supervis. of Al. Agassiz .. .,” Bull. of

the Mus. of Compar. Zool. vol. x.) the correct branchial formula of

S. arcticus, Kr., and an excellent description with good figures of a

new species ; in 1884 (Rep. on the Decap. Crust. of the Albatross

Dredgings .. . in 1883,” U.S. Comm. of Fish and Fisheries, pt. x.;

Rep. f. 1882) he describes a new species and gives figures of

S. arcticus, Kr., and S. robustus, Smith; in 1886 (“ Rep. on the

Decap. Crust... .in 1884,” U. 8. Comm. of Fish and Fisheries,

pt. xili.; Rep. f. 1885) he communicates a plate with figures of

earlier described species.—In 1888 C. Chun (“Die pelag. Thierwelt

in gross. Meerestiefen .. .,” Bibliotheca Zoologica, B. 1) describes

and figures one new species, captured with a “ Schliessnetz,” and

in 1889 (“ Bericht ib. eine nach d. Canarischen Inseln im Winter

1887-88 ausget. Reise,” Sitzungber. d. k. Preuss. Akad.d. Wissensch.

zu Berlin, Jahrg. 1889) another and very curious new species.

—In 1891 J. Wood-Mason (“ Nat. Hist. Not. from H.M. Indian

Marine Survey Steamer ‘ Investigator,’” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.

6th ser. vol. vii. 1891 and vol. vii. 1891) establishes two new

species; and, as a continuation of the same publication, A. Alcock

and A. R. Anderson in 1894 (Journ. Asiat. Soc. of Bengal,

vol. Ixiii. 1894) describe a third new species, of which a figure

was published later on, in 1895 (Illustrations of the Zool. of the

R. Ind. Mar. Surv. Steamer ‘ Investigator’: Calcutta 1895).—In

1893 A. Ortmann (“ Decapoden und Schizopoden,” Ergebnisse d.

Plankton-Exped. d. Humboldt-Stiftung, B. i. G. b.) gives a more

important contribution, containing descriptions and figures of 2

new species, additional notes and corrections on several earlier

known species, and the cancelling of 3 names as synonyms ; he also

tries to make up an analytical key of most of the known species,

distributing them into the genera Sergestes and Sergia, but as the

greater part are larval forms with several of the characters

changing from stage to stage, the keys are of no value.—Finally

W. Faxon in 1893 (‘“ Prel. Descr. of new Spec. of Crust.—Rep. on

the Dredg. Operat. off the West Coast of Centr. America. . .,”

Bull. of the Mus. of Compar. Zool. vol. xxiv.) describes 3 new

940 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Dec. 1,

species. In the full treatment (“ The Stalk-eyed Crustacea.—Rep.

on an Explor. off the West Coast of Mexico...,” Mem. of the

Mus. of Compar. Zool. vol. xviii. 1895) he communicates extensive

descriptions and a series of figures of the same 3 species, but he

withdraws 2 of them as synonyms to earlier known forms ; one of

these, S. halia, must, however, be re-established.

The result is that of Sergestes and Sergia, taken together,

59 species have been established, of Sceacaris 1—in all 60 species,

of which 7 have been withdrawn by various authors, but only 5

with good reason; so that we have the preliminary result: 55

species.

The development of Sergestes was first and most fully eluci-

Malacostraken Messina’s,” Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. B. xiii. 1863)

Claus describes a larva which he names Acanthosoma, without,

however, being able to indicate its relations; but he (pp. 487—

439) correctly refers Mastigopus, Leuckart (1853), to a larva of

Sergestes. In 1876 (Untersuch. zur Erforschung der Geneal.

Grundlage des Crustaceen-Systems) he shows all the principal

features of the metamorphosis: he has found a Protozoéa-stage,

and states the zoéa described by Dohrn as Hlaphocaris, Acan-

thosoma, and Mastigopus to be successive stages of the deve-

lopment. One point is of special interest, viz. his statement that

the two posterior pairs of trunk-legs, which are well developed

with long exopods in the Acanthosoma, are thrown off by the

moulting to the Mastigopus-stage, and then grow out again; they

become “ sichtbar als kurze Schlauche, die wir an groésseren und

iilteren Larven in verschiedenen Uebergangsstufen zu kleinen

Fiissen sich entwickeln sehen” (Zeitschr. w. Zool. p. 488).—Some

months before the “ Untersuchungen ” of Claus appeared v.

Willemoés-Suhm published (“ Prelim. Remarks on the Development

of some Pelagic Crust.,” Proc. Roy. Soc. Lond. vol. xxiv. 1876, and

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xvii.) a short paper, in which

he states that Hlaphocaris, Dohrn, is the zoéa of Sergestes, and that

the development passes through an Amphion-stage &c.; but on the

Mastigopus-stage and its want of the two posterior pair of trunk-

legs he says nothing.—In Bate’s ‘Challenger’ Report 30 pages

and several plates are occupied by the representation of a series of

Elaphocaris, Acanthosoma, Mastigopus, and considerations about the

development. On p.383 he says: “ By tracing the several stages,

we may safely conclude, from the direct structural affinities, that

Mastigopus is a young Sergestes.” This is correct, but when he

really tries to establish any limit between Mastigopus and Sergestes

he is not fortunate, nay, in the description of Serg. longispinus,

Bate (pp. 417-18), he even writes : “The fourth and fifth pairs are

entirely absent,” and later on he is “inclined to think that their

absence is owing to the early stage of development”; thus his

Serg. longispinus is a young Mastigopus with the legs referred to

still less developed than in the form he in the earlier part (pp. 376—

77) describes as Mastig. acetiformis, Bate. Thus the ditlerences

1896. ] OF THE GENUS SERGESTES. 941

between Mastigopus and Sergestes have not been apprehended by

Bate.—In 1893 A. Ortmann (in his above mentioned paper) gives

a general view of the development of Sergestes; on p. 68 he says

that the reduction of the two posterior pairs of trunk-legs in

Mastigopus “ist der hauptsiichliche Unterschied von der erwachs-

enen Sergestes-Form,” which in this draught is rather obscure, and

this author has also accepted the larve described by his prede-

cessors as adults, as being valid species of Sergestes.

ii. The adult Sergestes and Mastigopus.

No author has put or answered the question how to decide

whether a specimen of a Sergestes is really adult. At first sight

this does not seem to be the case. Long ago Milne-Edwards

discovered an organ only found in the adult (or subadult) male,

viz. a large and very complicated appendix on the first pair of

pleopods, the so-called “ petasma,” and Kroyer added the peculiar

development of the exterior flagellum of the antennule. Later

on Bate, Smith, Wood-Mason, and Faxon have found similar

structures in some species. But it is interesting to observe that

all the species in which these structures have been found, or, in

other words, the species of which the male sex has been deter-

mined, are comparatively large, at least 15-25 mm.in length and

sometimes much longer, that they all possess short eye-stalks with

rather small or very small and totally black eyes, and that they have

the fifth pair of trunk-legs tolerably developed and the fourth pair

rather long and fringed with numerous long cilia ; while in most of

the described species no petasma and no transformation of the

exterior flagellum of the antennule have been found, and all these

species are rather small, rarely more than 4-15 mm. long, almost

all with rather long or long eye-stalks, rather large or large eyes,

all with the eyes either totally yellowish (or whitish) or at most with

a blackish spot in the interior, and the fourth and especially the fifth

pair of trunk-legs rather short or even rudimentary. When

Kréyer published his monograph the development was quite

unknown, and not being able to find any male specimen of

numerous species he believed that his specimens were females.

Bate and Ortmann, who later on studied collections many times

richer than that examined by Kroyer, do not mention having

met with any male of any of the numerous smaller species!

These results suggest that the smaller species must offer some

peculiarity.

The collection of Sergestes in the Zoological Museum of the

University in Copenhagen is very large, 300 bottles and tubes

(each containing all the specimens of a species from the same

locality) ; all the animals, with extremely few exceptions, have been

collected with surface-nets. Trying to discriminate and determine

the forms, I soon took notice of the fact that among an enormous

material (98 tubes) of S. atlanticus, M. Edw., with black eyes, not

rarely were found somewhat smaller specimens with pale or

942 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [ Dee. 1,

yellowish eyes, which possessed a shape recalling somewhat the

very curious, ovate, and obliquely implanted, but much larger eyes

in S. ancylops, Kr. The result of further comparison was that

every conceivable intermediate stage between the small 8. ancylops, Kr.

(with its abnormal eyes, its rudimentary last pair of trunk-legs,

and its dorsal spines on some of the abdominal segments, &c.),

and large, mature specimens of 8. atlanticus, M.-Edw, (8. frisii, Kr.),

was found. We possess S. ancylops from 17 localities, and

in 10 of these it was taken in company with larger transition-

stages to, or completely developed specimens of, S. atlanticus.

That typical specimens of S. ancylops and transition-stages

to the black-eyed form do not possess any petasma, scarcely

needs mention, but neither was it found in the smallest of the

black-eyed specimens. The result was that S. ancylops, Kr., must

be considered as the Mastigopus-stage of S. atlanticus, M.-Edw.,

and that the idea of Mastigopus must be extended to embrace such

stages as only differ from the Mastigopus of Claus, Bate, and

Ortmann in having the fourth and fifth pairs of trunk-legs some-

what longer, while their eyes in shape and colour have still

preserved the essential characters of the Mastigopus. And with

that I had gained a result rendering it easy to study the alterations in

shape and armature of all the various parts of the animal during its

development, and a starting-point for the consideration of other

species. Soon afterwards | made out that S. rinkii, Kr., is the

Mastigopus of S. arcticus, Kr., &e. And now let us look at the

characters of the larve in contradistinction to those of the adult

animals.

When a species is mature the male sex always possess a large

petasma and—so far as we know—a peculiar development of the

exterior flagellum of the antennule. For the females I have not

found any character of discriminative value. But while the well-

developed petasma is necessary to decide the real maturity of

the male, and the female must have reached the same length as the

adult male before it can be admitted as being mature, such

comparison is not necessary for the decision of the question whether a

specimen without a petasma has arrived at the adult stage—viz. that

its different parts, such as shield with rostrum, eyes, external maxu-

lipeds and legs, uropods, telson, Sc. have almost or totally assumed

the shape to be found in the mature and sometimes unknown form—or

whether it must be considered as a larva. As declared in the

introductory remarks, about two-thirds of the established species

are but larve; in reality they present several characters immediately

stamping them as such, and, furthermore, they show peculiarities

which indicate very different stages of metamorphosis. In a

multitude of “ species” dorsal spines on some or almost all the

abdominal segments are present, and such spines only exist in the

larval stages, but in many older larve the abdomen is quite smooth.

In the adults the rostrum is rather short or very short, but,

especially in the younger Mastigopus-forms, it is most frequently

long or even very long. In the larve the fourth and fifth pair of

1896.] OF THE GENUS SERGESTES. 943

legs are at least shorter, more slender, and with fewer hairs than in

the adults. But the best distinction between the larve and the

adults is, as hinted above, the shape and especially the colour of

the eyes: in the larve the eye-stalks are almost always long, the

eyes are rather large, or even very large, and have an oblique and

more or less fungiform shape; while in the adults the eye-stalks are

rather short, and the eyes smaller, more regularly globular, and

sometimes but slightly thicker than the distal end of the stalk ; in

all larve the eyes are yellowish (or whitish), and black pigment, when

present, is only found in the interior and very remote from the cornea,

while in the adulis the eyes are totally black. But it must be

emphasized that even when the black eyes are acquired and all other

larval characters have been lost, the animals are still immature, as

the petasma is developed somewhat later, and the petasma itself

does not become completely developed at once to its final shape.

For the rest, more or less conspicuous alterations in all parts of

the body and the limbs take place during the development from

the youngest Mastigopus-stage to the adult Sergestes, but it is

impossible to give a full elucidation without numerous figures.

Besides, the species show considerable differences in development: |

thus, for instance, the dorsal abdominal spines are in some species

lost when the Mastigopus is not half-grown, while in other species

they are preserved till the Mastigopus is almost full-grown and the

colour of the eyes alters, &c. Therefore I do not attempt to

give a general picture of the metamorphosis, but I will refer the

reader to the following more special, but short treatment of the

species.

Next we arrive at three fresh considerations: (1) the separation

of the adult species from each other ; (2) the discrimination of the

larvee, so that the different stages of the same Mastigopus may be

referred to each other and separated from other larve; and

(3) the reference of any given Mastigopus to its species of Sergestes.

In the literature of the subject numerous characters have been

used, but some of them are only applicable to the adults, others to

the larval forms, and several good characters proposed by Kré er

and S. I. Smith have been overlooked, or at least not used with

sufficient accuracy, by most authors. The whole question of the

characters must be re-examined.

For the characterization of the adult species must be used

differences in the following structures :—the shape of the rostrum,

absence or presence of supra-ocular spine, hepatic spine,and gastro-

hepatic groove on the carapace, shape and size of the eyes, the

relative length of the 3 joints of the antenn. ped.’, their size, and the

shape of the basal one, the shape of the apical part of the squama,

the length and structure of mxp.° (whether the 4 proximal joints

are similar to those in trl.° or are obviously incrassated, the arming

1. Jn order to abridge the descriptions, I in the following pages make use of

some abbreviations :—antenn. ped.=peduncle of the antennule, mxp.?=the

third pair of maxillipeds, trl.!-trl.°=the first to the fifth pair of trunk-legs,

ext. br. of urp.=external branch of the uropods,

Proc. Zoou. Soo.—1896, No. LXI. 61

944 DR. H. J. WANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [ Dec. 1,

or furnishing with setz or spines of the two distal joints, and the

division of the sixth joint into 4, 5, 6, or 8 subjoints, &c.), the

number and size of the branchiz or lamelle above trl.’ and trl.’, the

difference in shape and the furnishing with cilia along the exterior

margin of ext. br. of urp., finally sometimes the coarseness or

slenderness of the body. specially map. offers most valuable and

very neglected differences. (Of course it will also be possible to

detect good characters in other parts, f. inst., in the structure of the

5 pairs of trunk-legs, and one difference is used in the following

discussion ; the petasma also exhibits characters, but this curious

organ it is impossible to describe and make use of without figures.)

It will, for the rest, be necessary to examine the animals much more

scrupulously than has hitherto been done by most authors, for

some described species are not recognizable, and at least S. edwardsi,

Kr., is collective to such a degree, that between the limits adopted

by W. Faxon it includes at least 4 species.

For the discrimination and description of the Mastigopus-forms,

characters from all the structural features mentioned to be used in

the adults can be derived, and moreover the armature of the

abdominal segments and the shape of the telson frequently offer

good characters. But it must be remembered that alterations in

almost all parts take place during the development from the

youngest to the oldest larval stage, some of the alterations being

very great, others rather small. To succeed in the double aim—the

reference of the Mastigopus to the adult Sergestes and the collocation

of all the different stages of the same Mastigopus-species, distin-

guishing them from the stages of other species—we have but one

way to go, which, in reality, is rather troublesome. (The deve-

lopment in aquaria of the various stages may be possible, but almost

’ all species being tropical or subtropical, and besides belonging to

the open sea, very little help from this method can be expected for

many years.) The student must work with copious material, and

having isolated and examined and determined all the specimens with

black eyes, he must subdivide the species into groups, making use of

characters which alter very little during the older Mastigopus-stages

and the development to the adult shape ; then he must search in the

collection for the oldest Mastigopus-specimens which coincide with

the adults in the characters mentioned, and try to refer them to

the adults; at last he, being especially assisted by most of the same

characters, must try to proceed backwards from the older to the

younger and then to the youngest stages of every species, wherein

he will in numerous instances be much assisted by the cireum-

stance that different stages of the same Mastigopus are frequently

taken together in the same haul. (Some authors not infrequently

write in the descriptions of the small “ species” that the specimens

vary in several particulars, f. inst. in the development of the

dorsal abdominal spines, and this is often derived from the fact

that their degree of development has been somewhat unequal.)

Applying this principle it will in many instances be possible to

determine the youngest forms, which by Bate and Ortmann are

1896. ] OF THE GENUS SERGESTES, 945

considered as the real Mastigopus, and even sometimes to determine

the Acanthosoma, consequently to elucidate at least one-half of the

total metamorphosis. As a rule the differences between the same

older stage of any two species whatsoever are more conspicuous than

the differences between the species of Sergestes to which they

belong. During a long-continued study of a rich collection it will

gradually be possible to arrive at complete certainty in the

collocation of the series of stages of all species well represented,

but in too numerous instances it is impossible to refer the forms

to the representations of authors without examining their type-

specimens,

The characters which undergo very little or almost no change

during the metamorphosis from the older Mustigopus to the adult,

and for that reason offer good marks for identification, are the

following :—(1) the structure of mxp.3, viz., whether they are

scarcely longer than trl.* with the 4 proximal joints of the same

aspect (the fourth joint flattened) as in trl.* and the two distal

joints equally setaceous on both margins—or whether they are

considerably or much ionger than trl.*, with the 4 proximal joints

considerably thickened and much more robust than in trl.3, and

the 2 distal joints almost or totally naked along the one margin,

while at least the sixth joint is armed with several long and a

number of shorter spines on the other margin (but only the

presence of spines, not their number, can here be taken into

consideration ; (2) the proportion between the naked and the hairy

part of the external margin of ext. br. of urp.; (8) the relative

length of the 3 joints (especially the first and the third) of the

antenn. ped.; (4) the number of subjoints in the sixth joint

of mxp.*—Other characters of more secondary value will be pointed

out in dealing with the species.

The character derived from the length of mxp.°, and especially

from the aspect of their 4 proximal joints in contradistinction to

the legs and especially to trl.*, can also be used in every Mastigopus-

stage; it will even almost always be possible to refer a larva with

mxp.° broken off to one of the two groups by comparing the basal

joint, which always persists, with the basal joints of the 3

following pairs of trunk-legs.— The character from the uropods is

in most cases more or less subject to alteration during the

development, and as a general rule it may be stated, that when only

3-4 of the exterior margin is hairy in the adult, then this part

approximates more and more towards occupying 4 of the margin

according to the youth of the specimens ; but when the margin is

hairy in the total or in c. $ of its length in the adult, then the

hairy part is a little shorter in the younger, and still somewhat

shorter in the youngest Mastigopus—The character from the

length of the joints in antenn. ped. also alters in the younger

stages, with the result that the first joint is proportionally longer

(and aistally much narrower) in the younger than in the older

Mastigopus-stages.—Several instances proving these rules will be

found in the following descriptions of the species.

61*

946 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Dec.1,

iv. Synonymical and other Remarks.

Before proceeding to a systematic arrangement, founded upon

the characters mentioned, it will perhaps be convenient to under-

take some reduction of the species, especially of the adult forms,

with a view to freeing the next chapter, containing notes on the

structure of the species and their larve, from these disturbing

investigations.

The single species established by de Natale, S. arachnipodus

(p. 19, Tay. ii. fig. 1), is quite unrecognizable to me, and will, in

my opinion, never be interpreted with certainty; therefore I have

omitted it from the systematic arrangement.

_ Of the 15 species described by Kroyer, only 4 (S. frisiz, Kr.,

S. arcticus, Kr., S. cornutus, Kr., S. edwards, Kr.) have been

established upon adult animals. Bate, Chun, and Ortmann have

already considered S. frisii, Kr., to be identical with S. atlanticus,

M.-Edw., but when Bate (op. cit. p. 389) furthermore withdraws

S. arcticus, Kr., this is, as pointed out by Ortmann, quite wrong.

Of the remaining 11 species 8 are true Sergestes-larve, while the

3 others, viz. S. obesus, Kr., S. caudatus, Kr., and S. serrulatus, Kr.,

must be removed from the genus. S. obesus, Kr. (p. 257, tab. iv.

fig. 10, a—f) is a very curious form ; the single Kréyerian specimen

had been dissected and most of the pieces are preserved, but an

investigation of the type specimens of S. sanguineus, Chun (1889),

proved that this form is identical and that both species have been

established upon larvee which differ so much from the Mastigopus

of Sergestes that the species must be removed from this genus, and

it will be discussed later on under Petalidium, Bate. S. caudatus, Kr.

(p. 270, tab. v. fig. 14, a—d), is a very young Penwus that has just

passed the Mysis-stage (Kréyer’s representation of the trunk-legs

is not correct, as his type specimen possesses a well-developed chela

on trl.!, behind which pair are found the basal joints of 4 pairs).

S. serrulatus, Kr. (p. 268, tab. iv. fig. 12, a-g) is a very young

Acetes, M.-Edw. Finally, S. laciniatus, Kr. (p. 274, tab. v.

fig. 15, a—c), is, as already pointed out by Ortmann, identical with

S. corniculum, Kr.

Of the species described by Stimpson only one is adult, viz.

S. pacificus, Stimps. (p. 45), and it is, in my opinion, identical with

S. atlanticus, M.-Edw., as the differences which the author states

to exist between his species and Kréyer’s description of S. fristi, Kr.,

are of no value. The fact is that the hepatic spine is placed a

little more behind than in Kréyer’s figure, in which also the

trunk-legs are delineated a little shorter than they are in the

animals, Of the other species, S. longicaudatus, Stimps., and

Sergia remipes, Stimps. (p. 46), can, in my opinion, scarcely be

recognized without examination of the type specimens.

Of Serg. meyeri, Metzger (p. 302, tab. vi. fig. 7), I have

1 T always quote the ‘ Challenger’ Report, not his preliminary paper ; as to

ag I refer to his monograph, omitting his earlier descriptions without

eures.

1896.] OF THE GENUS SERGESTES. 947

examined the type specimen and must declare it to be a large

female of S. arcticus, Kr. Sp. Bate has in all established 24 new

species of Sergestes, of which but 3, S. prehensilis, Bate,

S. japonicus, Bate, and S. kroyert, Bate (all briefly characterized in

1881), are decidedly adults. Ofthe other species, S. longicollus, Bate

(p. 421, pl. Ixxvii. fig. 1), at least has almost arrived at the shape

of the adult, but it is, as pointed out by Ortmann, synonymous

with S. tenuiremis, Kr. It is impossible to me to form any idea

of S. profundus, Bate (p. 428); Bate’s specimens were very much

mutilated. The other 19 species and Sciacaris telsonis, Bate

(p. 438, pl. Ixxviii. fig. 1), are all Mastigopus-forms in very different

stages of development.—When Bate (p. 393, pl. Ixviii.) describes

and figures trl.* and trl.’ in S. atlanticus, M.-Edw., as very short,

this must, in my opinion, arise from an anomaly or from some other

reason of no value, if the described and tigured specimen really

belongs to this species, for I am not convinced that all the specimens

from the localities enumerated (p. 390) belong te S. atlanticus. He

states that a specimen, 50 mm. in length, was taken “off Japan ;

depth 345 fathoms,” and that 3 specimens, 43 mm. long, were

trawled “south of Australia; depth 2150 fathoms.” ‘hese 4

specimens at least must be re-examined, as among some hundred

specimens I have not found one exceeding 30 mm., and the

localities also make the determination somewhat doubtful. The

specimens of S. edwardsi, Kr. (Bate, p. 403), must also be

re-examined with the aid of my descriptions of hitherto not

recognized allied species.

S. mollis, Smith, established by that author in 1884 (Rep. Comm.

Fish and Fisheries, pt. x. p. 419), I consider to be identical with

S. japonicus, Bate (described 1881), with which it agrees in the

smallness of the eyes, the relative length and thickness of the joints

in the antenn. ped., the shape of the squama, the soft and

membranous integuments, and the number and the feeble

development of the posterior branchie.

S. magnificus, Chun, established in 1888 (p. 33, Taf. iv. fie. 4 u.

5), 1s, according to my examination of one of the type specimens,

identical with S. arcticus, Kr. Kroyer also has stated that the

flagellum of the antenne surpasses the total length of the animal

about 3 times.—S. sanguineus, Chun, established in 1889 (p. 538,

Taf. ili. fig. 1), is, as stated above, identical with S. obesus, Kr.,

and will be discussed later on under Petalidium.

In 1891 Wood-Mason (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 6th ser. vol. viii.

-p. 354) established S. rubroguttatus, W.-M., a species closely allied

to S. arcticus, Kr., but the differences in the ext. br. of urp.

pointed out by the author are certainly valid specific characters.

.For the rest, I believe that it may be possible to detect more

characters. Perhaps the species is identical with S. kroyeri, Bate,

established 1881, but both species being insufficiently described,

I cannot settle the question, and therefore must support both

species.

vot the species established by W. Faxon in 1893, S. halia, Fax.

948 DR... J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Dee. 1,

(p. 217), must be mentioned ; for in the final report, 1595, he with-

draws it “as large and mature individuals of S. edwardsii,”

redescribing and figuring one of the three type specimens as this

species (p. 212, pl. li. figs. 1-1e). But his representation shows

that S. halia, Fax., must be maintained as valid, as the exterior

margin of the ext. br. of urp. is naked in almost 3 of its length,

while in S. edwardsi, Ky., it is hairy in the total length ; further-

more, the rostrum, besides being somewhat differently shaped, is

considerably shorter in the last-named species than in S. hala,

Fax., a feature also observed by Faxon (p. 214). When he writes

(p. 214):—* Kroyer notes a ‘rare variety’ of S. edwardsi, dis-

tinguished by a larger rostrum,” I may remark that a preserved

specimen of this variety belongs to another species, S. penerinkt,

Bate, H. J. H.

As to this last name and some other names in the following

chapter I must say a few words. When an author in the same

work has described an adult species and ..s Mastigopus as two

species, the species, of course, retains the name of the adult. But

in some instances only the Mastigopus has been described, while

I also possess and briefly describe “he black-eyed or even the

mature form. In order to avoid new names I, in these cases, have

used the name of the Mustigopus for the adult Sergestes, thinking

that a double series of names, one for one of the not few Masti-

gopus-stages, and another for the adult species itself, cannot be

maintained, as the Mastigopus and the Sergestes—in strong

contradistinction to the relation between the Squillide and their

larvee—are connected with even transition. To avoid misappre-

hension I, in these cases, have placed my own name (H.J.H.)

after the name of the author who has established the MJastigopus.

Tt will, I fear, in the future also be necessary to adopt the oldest

name for a species when its Mastigopus has been described before

the adult.

v. Conspectus of the Species.

In the following tabular view (and added notes) all established

species are enumerated, and besides two new species are named

and later on described. The tabular view is worked out with

reference to the adults and the Mastigopus-stages, with the ex-

ception of the youngest Mastigopus-stage (in several instances=

Mastigopus, auct.), which sometimes differs very much from the

somewhat older stages.

When the black-eyed form of a species has been described else-

where or will be mentioned in my later notes, the» name in the

tabular view is printed with interspaced letters; if the really

mature form is known I further mark the name with an asterisk.

When the same stage, in most instances the adult one, has been

described under various names, they are given as synonyms following

the 58%) name, but the different stages of a species are connected

with a {.

. By this, perhaps somewhat artificial, mode of proceeding it will,

I hope, be easy to form a notion of the species.

1896. | OF THE GENUS SERGESTES. 949

Grovr I.

Mzp.} at most but litile longer, sometimes shorter than trl.’, its first

joint rarely, the second—fourth joints never obviously incrassated in

proportion to the joints in trl.*, its two distal joints with numerous

bristles along both margins. (In the Mastigopus, S. longispinus,

Bate, the first joint is somewhat incrassated, the fifth joint with

but few bristles, the sixth only with sete along the one margin.)

A. On the ext. br. of urp. the ciliated part never occupies the

half of the exterior margin.

a. The body very long and slender; the distance between

the eye-stalks and the mandibles very long.

S.tenuiremis, Kr., H.J. H.

S. junceus, Bate.

S, longicollus, Bate.

b. The body shorter and less slender ; the distance between

the eye-stalks and the mandibles not very long.

a. The first joint in the antenn. ped. about as Jong as or

shorter than the third.

*S.atlanticus, M.-Edw. (S. frisii, Kr.,

S. pacificus, Stimps.).

S. ancylops, Kr.

S. ovatoculus, Bate.

*S. cornutus, Kr.

1 S, longispinus, Bate.

*S.inows, Faxon.)

G. The first joint in the antenn. ped. considerably or

much longer than the third.

1. The second and third joints in the antenn. ped. stout.

*S. robustus, Smith.

*S. japonicus, Bate (S. mollis, Smith).

*§. bisulcatus, Wood-Mas. (S. phorcus,

Faxon, olim).

2. The second and especially the third joint in the

antenn. ped. slender. (The arcézcws-group.)

*S. arcticus, Kr. (S. meyert, Metzger,

S. magnificus, Chun).

S. rinkii, Kr., vix Bate.

S. dissimilis, Bate.

S. mediterraneus, 0. sp.

*S. prehensilis, Bate.

*S. kroéyeri, Bate.

S. dorsospinalis, Bate.

{ S. laterodentatus, Bate.

S. nasidentatus, Bate.

(S. rinkut, Bate, vix Kr.)

S. leviventralis, Bate.

*S.rubroguttatus, Wood-Mas.

1 According to the description this species must belong to this subdivision ,

but it does not agree with the figure (op. cét, pl. li. fig. 2), which shows the first

joint a little longer than the third,

950 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [ Dec. 1,

B. On the ext. br. of-urp. the ciliated part occupies more’

than the half of the exterior margin.

S.corniculum, Kr., H. J. H. CS. lacene-

atus, Kr.)

S. utrinquedens, Bate.

S. longirostris, Bate.

To this group further belong the following species: S. precollus,

Bate, S. semiarmis, Bate, S. longicaudatus, Stimps., S. remipes

(Stimps.), and S. (Sciacaris) telsonis, Bate. All are but larve.

Group II.

Mep. considerably or much longer than trl}, its 4 prowimal joints

considerably or (generally) very much merassated or partially almost

inflated in proportion to the joints in trl.’, its two distal joints with

very short bristles or totally naked along the one margin, the

sixth joint with a number of spines very different in length along

the other margin, anda feebler armature may also be found on the

fifth joint.

A. The adult and the older larve with two branchie above

trl®., and the sixth joint of mxp.° divided into 5 subjoints.

The adult with a comb of very numerous short spines

along the one margin of the sixth joint and of the distal

part of the fifth of mxp.* The larve with short eye-stalks.

*S. hensenit (Ortm.).

{ S. sargassi, Ort.

B. The adult and the older larve with one branchia and a

lamella above trl*., and the sixth joint of mxp.* divided

into 4 or 6 subjoints. The adult without any comb on

mxp.* The larve with moderately long or very long eye-

stalks. (The edwardsti-group.)

a. On the ext. br. of urp. the exterior margin is ciliated in

the whole length or (in the larve) at least in c. +4 of

the length.’

*S.edwardsi, Kr.

S. oculatus, Kr.

b. On the ext. br. of urp. the exterior margin is ciliated at

most in Z of the length.

a. The same exterior margin is in the larve ciliated at

least in ?, in the adults in more than 4 of the length.

| *S. vigilawx, Stimps., H. J. H.

S. parvidens, Bate.

*S. penerinki, Bate, H.J. H.

(6. The same exterior margin is ciliated in less than # of

the length.

*S.incertus, n. sp.

*S. halia, Faxon.

S. armatus, Kr.

' Here and in the following part of the tabular view I cannot include larvie

shorter than 9-10 mm, in length, as the character employed alters in the

youngest stages (see later on).

_1896.] OF THE GENUS SERGESTES. 951

To this group further belong *S.hamifer, Alc. & And., which

I am not able to recognize, and the following larve: S. znter-

mecdius, Bate, S. diapontius, Bate, S. fermerinku, Bate, S. spini-

ventralis, Bate, and S. ventridentatus, Bate, several of which

certainly belong to some of the species in the tabular view, but I

cannot recognize them; S. macrophthalmus, Stimps., in all proba-

bility being a younger S. vigilaw, Stimps.; finally S. brachyorrhos,

Kr., which is a very young larva of S. edwardsii, Kr. (see later on). .

S. arachnipodus, de Nat., and S. profundus, Bate, I have not

been able to refer to any one of the groups; to Petalidium is

' transferred S. obesus, Kr. (S. sanguineus, Chun), and excluded as

not belonging to the genus are S. serrulatus, Kr., and S. caudatus,

Ken;

vi. Notes on the Species of Growp I.

A.a. S. tenviremis, Kr. The specimen described by Kroyer

(p. 255, tab. iv. fig. 11, a—b) is a hardly half-grown Mastigopus ;

S. longicollus, Bate (p. 421, pl. Ixxvii. fig. 1), is almost (or perhaps

fully) adult; S. junceus, Bate (p. 416, pl. Ixxvi. fig. 1), is the

young Mastigopus, 6 mm. long, with dorsal spines on the 4th—

6th abdominal segments. I have examined a specimen 23 mm. in

length, which had just obtained the black eyes; the species grows

at least somewhat longer before maturity, but the mature form is

unknown. The obtaining of black eyes does not always take place

at the same length of the animal, as a specimen with the larger,

oblique, yellowish eyes is even 26 mm. long. The species is easily

separated from all other known forms by the combination of two

characters: the very long and slender body with the long distance

between the eye-stalks and the mouth-organs, and the ciliated

parts on the ext. br. of urp. occupying, in the older forms scarcely

3, in the younger alittle more than + of the exterior margin. The

quoted figure of S. longicollus, Bate (pl. lxxvii.), gives a tolerably

correct notion of the species.

It may further be added that of the two branchiz above trl.’ the

first is long and the second a little more than half the length of

the first and but a little shorter than the first branchia to trl.*,

while the second above trl.* is somewhat smaller, but still very well

developed. J have seen specimens of this species from numerous

localities in the Atlantic, northward to lat. 32° 16’ N., in the

Indian Ocean, and in the Pacific as far as the Matelota Islands

and lat. 16° 8’ 8., long. 111° 50’ E.

A.b.a. S. atlanticus, M.-Edw. As to the synonymy etc., see

above. The best representation of this very common species is

given by Kroyer (S. frisw, Kr., p. 235, tab. i. fig. 1,a—-v). The

sixth joint of mxp.’ consists of 6 subjoints, the 4 distal of equal

length and each of the 2 proximal as long as 2 of the distal

subjoints together. The branchial formula as in S. japonicus, Bate

(S. mollis, Smith), viz. a podobranchia and a lamella to mxp.’,

a pleurobranchia and a lamella to mxp.’ and trl.'-trl.’, finally 2

pleurobranchiz to trl.*, but the branchiz are longer than in S. mollis,

Smith (Rep. Comm. Fish and Fisheries f. 1885, pl. xx. fig. 5), and

952 DR. H. J, HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Dee. 1,

the 2 branchize above trl.‘ are well developed ; the statements of

earlier authors on the branchie of this species are rather

deficient.

As stated above, S. ancylops, Kr. (p. 262, tab. iii. fig. 8,a-e), is

the Mastigopus of S. atlanticus, and I have seen every stage of

transition between the larva and the adult. SS. ovatoculus, Bate

(p- 408, pl. Ixxiv. fig. 2), is a stage a little older than that

described as S. ancylops by Kroyer and Bate.

The stages from 7 mm. in length and more are easily dis-

tinguished from all other known larve by the shape of the eyes, of

which Kroyer has given two good figures, and also in the still

younger stages mentioned below the eyes have a rather similar

shape ; in the older stages the sixth joint of mxp.’ shows the same

subdivision into 6 joints as is found in the adult.

A small specimen examined by me is scarcely 6°5 mm. long, trl.*

is even shorter than the two proximal joints of trl.’ together ; the

eyes and the eye-stalks are longer than in the stage figured by

Kroyer, reaching a little beyond the basis of the third joint of the

antenn. ped.: the first joint of this peduncle is about ;1, longer

than the third; the very long and slender rostrum occupies 2 of

the length of the eye-stalks and carries a small dorsal spine over

its basis; the inferior side of the abdominal segments is without

spines, while a rudiment of a spine is present on the dorsal side

of the third segment, and the spines on the fourth and fifth

segments are a little longer than in the following stage; the

ciliated part of the ext. br. of urp. occupies a little more than 2,

but not 3 of the exterior margin.

The smallest specimen examined by me is but 3°5 mm. long,

without the rostrum; the eye-stalks are extremely long, together

with the eyes almost as long as the carapace in the median line ;

the rostrum reaches almost to the tip of the eyes and is adorned

with a shorter dorsal spine at the basis and with some short sete

on the distal part ; the supra-orbital and the hepatic spines are

considerably elongated. The dorsal spine on the third abdominal

segment is rather long, the spines on the fourth and fifth segments

very long; the epimera of the 5 anterior segments are each

produced into a fine spine bent somewhat outwards ; the spine on

the ext. br. of urp. is placed almost before the middle of the

exterior margin, and the branch itself is extremely slender, 13 or

14 times longer than broad. This stage, thus rather diverging

from the older ones, is, in my opinion, the youngest Mastigopus,

and was taken by Prof. Chun at the Canary Islands.

Of S. atlanticus I have seen specimens from the Atlantic, north-

ward to lat. 42° N., from the Indian Ocean and from the Pacific

lat. 15° 8., long. 109° 20’ E., and the China Sea.

S. cornutus, Kr. (p. 249, tab. ii. fig. 2, a-l). This species is

easily distinguished from S. atlanticus, M.-Edw., by the following

characters:—The rostrum is much longer, directed obliquely

forwards and slenderly acuminated, the eyes are smaller, the

third joint of the antenn. ped. is distinctly longer than the first,

1996.] OF THE GENUS SHRGHSTES. 953

which, from the spina on the outer margin, is strongly tapering

towards the apex, the outer margin even being slightly concave in

outline ; the sixth joint of mxp.’ is distinctly 4-jointed, the relative

length of these subjoints as in the larva (see below). Above trl.’

a well-developed pleurobranchia and a lamella, above trl.* a well-

developed pleurobranchia and a lamella with 2-5 branches at the

tip, thus a branchia very little developed and more feeble than in

any other adult species known to me.

S. longispinus, Bate (p. 417, pl. Ixxvi. fig. 2), is most decidedly

the larva of S. cornutus, Kr. It attains a length astonishing as

compared with that of the adult. The specimen which I am

about to describe is 13 mm. long, while the adult male is but 16

mm. ‘The rostrum is somewhat longer than in the adult, without

dorsal spine, the supra-ocular and the hepatic spines and the

gastro-hepatic groove are well developed. The eye-stalks are very

long, the large, somewhat oblique eyes lie above the basis of the

third joint of the antenn. ped., the relative length of which is

almost as in the adult. Mxp.’ is but little longer than trl.* and

constitutes in several respects a transition-form to S. edwardsi,

Kr., and allied species; the first joint is considerably incrassated,

second—fourth joints but little coarser than in trl.*, the fourth joint

with very few and short bristles, the fifth with few sete more

developed on the one than on the other margin, the sixth joint as

long as the fifth (a character also found in S. atlanticus, ete., while

in the edwardsi-group the fifth joint is much longer than the

sixth), divided into 4 subjoints, of which the first is 2 times longer

than the second, and this is as long as the last 2 subjoints together,

which are about equal in length, or the third somewhat longer

than the fourth; the 3 proximal subjoints each with very few

short sete, and at the end with 2 very long stiff sete or slender

spines, the fourth subjoint with one short and 3 very long apical

spines, which, however, are scarcely more robust than those on

trl.’ or trl.’, trl.* reaching a little beyond % of the fourth joint of

trl. Above trl.* a well-developed branchia and a lamella with 3

short apical branches. The 3 anterior abdominal segments each

with a rather short dorsal spine, which, at least on the 2 anterior

segments, is directed obliquely forward, the fourth segment with-

out any spine and the fifth and sixth each with a short spine; the

4 anterior segments having on the middle of each epimeron a spine

directed outwards, the spine being short on the three segments

and somewhat longer on the fourth, the fifth segment with a very

long spine directed downwards and bending somewhat forwards,

and issuing from the inferior margin at a short distance from its

posterior end; the sixth segment with a small spine turned down-

wards from the posterior edge. As in the mature form, the

ciliated part occupies between 4 and j of the exterior margin of

the ext. br. of urp.

The specimen described differs considerably from the figure

given by Bate, but the form described by him is somewhat

younger. My determination is decidedly correct, as two similar

954 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Dee. 1,

specimens, the one determined by Chun, the other by Ortmann, are

referred by these authors to the same species.

S. cornutus, Kr., and especially S. longispinus, Bate, present

some affinity to S. edwardsi, Kr., and allied species, which becomes

very evident by the fact that a short process is found on the outer

side of the third joint of trl.’ and trl.’

Of S. inous, Fax., I have seen no specimens.

A.b. 8.1. Of S. robustus, Smith, S. japonicus, Bate (S. mollis,

Smith), and S. bisulcatus, Wood-Mas., I have seen no specimens.

Of S. robustus we possess several stages of the Mastigopus, but

having found none of them described I will omit discussing them

in this paper.

A.6, 3.2. This rich section of adults and larve I have called

the arcticus-group, as they-are very nearly related to each other, and

S. arcticus, Kr., is the only one well described of the mature forms

and the sole species of which I am able to trace the whole develop-

ment from the Acanthosoma (incl.) to the adult. I will begin with

some remarks on the adults and on a subadult species.

S. areticus, Kr., is well represented by Kréyer (p. 240, tab. iii.

fig. 7, a-g; tab. v. fig. 16); later on S. I. Smith, in the various

papers (see above), communicates some additional notes and good

figures. The species has been captured in the Atlantic, northward

to Greenland, and southward to lat. 38° S., long. 12° E. (Mus.

Copenh.) ; further, in the Mediterranean near Ischia (S. magnificus,

Chun), and some older larve in the Adriatic at Ragusa and

Lesina (Chun’s collection), But, together with these last larve, I

found in Chun’s collection some young specimens and older larve

of a new and unfortunately closely related species, S. mediterra-

neus, n. sp., Which makes it necessary to present some remarks on

the two species, so that it will be possible to distinguish them

from each other. Previously no valid species allied to S. areticus,

Kr., was known from the Atlantic or the Mediterranean.

The largest specimen of S. mediterraneus, m., is 19°5 mm. long,

and has almost assumed the adult shape, but the eyes are still not

black and therefore their final magnitude cannot be determined.

Of characters between this subadult stage and the subadult and

adult S. arcticus, Kr.,I have found the following :—S. mediterra-

neus is destitute of the hepatic spines and the gastro-hepatic

groove ; the supra-ocular spines are quite rudimentary ; the basal

joint of the antenn. peduncle is obviously somewhat shorter than

the two following taken together, which are a little more coarse

than in S. areticus, while the basal joint from the spine near the

basis of the exterior margin is somewhat more narrow, with the

exterior margin less convex in outline than in S. areticus; the ext.

br. of urp. is but 4 times longer than broad, with the outer margin

beyond the spine strikingly concave. In S. arcticus, Kr., the

supra-ocular and hepatic spines and the gastro-hepatic groove are

well developed; the basal joint of the antenn. ped. is (measured

with accuracy) almost or quite as long as the two following taken

together; the ext. br. of urp. is exactly 5 times longer than

1896. ] OF THE GENUS SERGESTES. 955

broad—thus conspicuously more narrow than in S. mediterraneus,

m.; and the outer margin beyond the spine but slightly concave.

The branchiz (comp. the notes of S. I. Smith in Bull. Mus. Comp.

Zool. vol. x. p. 96) do not seem to present any character fit for

use. /S. arcticus, Kr., is smaller than the other species when the

eyes obtain the black colour.

Above I have mentioned that S. rubroguttatus, Wood-Mas., from

the Indian Ocean is, in my opinion, a valid species, as the exter.

br. of urp. is described and figured (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,

vol. viii. p. 354) to be much more narrow than in 8. arcticus, Kr.,

and without the spine on the outer margin. S. kréyeri, Bate, and

S. prehensilis, Bate, are unknown to me; they have the same

branchial formula as S. arcticus, but a new investigation of both

species is much needed; perhaps S. rubroguttatus, Wood-Mas., is

synonymous with S. kroyeri, Bate.

Of S. arcticus, Kr., our museum possesses a series of all stages from

the Acanthosoma (incl.) to the mature form. One of these stages

is S. rink, Kr. Kréyer’s representation (p. 265, tab. ii. fic. 3,

a—q) corresponds well with specimens of 8 mm. in length, rostrum

not included, and is rather good; thus he describes and figures the

eyes with their long stalks, the very characteristic antenn. ped.,

the shape of the squama, the dorsal spines on the abdomen, the

long pleopods, the uropods with their exterior branch being very

characteristic for the young Mastigopus, viz. 6°5 times longer than

broad and the ciliated part of the exterior margin considerably

longer than in the adult, finally the telson, which has a shape very

different from that found in the adult—but the representation of

the carapace is deficient (see later on) and misleading in one par-

ticular. Thus he describes the rostrum as being short, but it must

already then have been broken off in one or two of his specimens;

in reality it is about as long as the eye-stalks (without the eyes), and

adorned at the basis with a dorsal spine almost as long as the

diameter of the eye.

The largest specimen of Acanthosoma, which, however, I shall not

try to describe, is, the rostrum not included, 5:2 mm. in length,

and with the rostrum (which reaches somewhat in advance of

the eyes) c. 6-6 mm. long. Among the type specimens of Kréyer

I find two specimens, which must be the stage immediately suc-

ceeding the Acanthosoma; one specimen is with the rostrum 6-9

mm. long, but from another locality I have seen a specimen in the

same stage measuring even 8mm. ‘This stage differs considerably

from that described by Kroyer, and therefore a short account of it

shall be given. The rostrum is exceedingly long, reaching a little

in advance of the eyes, on the distal part adorned with some short

and fine sete, and at the basis originates a setaceous dorsal spine,

which is adorned with some short and fine sete and is longer than

the diameter of an eye. The supraocular spine is well developed,

and the hepatic spine exceedingly long, considerably longer than

the diameter of an eye; just in front of the gastro-hepatic groove

is observed a short protuberance in the median line. The eyes

956 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS (Dec. 1,

reach to the middle of the second joint of the antenn. ped.; the

basal joint of this peduncle is to the two following together as 11

to 8; trl.‘ and trl.’ are only buds. The first and second abdominal

segments each with a short dorsal spine, the third to sixth segments

each with a long spine; the first segment a little above the middle

of each side with a rather short spine directed outwards, and

besides the epimera of the five anterior segments each produced

into a rather long spine, which is directed outwards and on the

two anterior segments even bent somewhat upwards and forwards ;

the sixth segment below on the posterior edge with a shorter

spine. The ext. br. of urp. is about 8 times longer than broad,

and the spine a little beyond the middle of its exterior margin.

Telson with a long process from each of its posterior edges. .

The following stage is that described by Kroyer: the rostrum is

as already mentioned, the hepatic spine has become somewhat

shorter than in the preceding stage; on the abdomen the dorsal

spines are somewhat reduced and the epimeral spines are lost, but

the spine on the side of the first segment is still visible.

During the subsequent stages a series of alterations take place.

The rostrum becomes shortened, but is, however, still during a

longer period more than half as long as the eye-stalks, its dorsal

spine and the hepatic spines are considerably shortened, the eye-

stalks become somewhat shorter; the median protuberance is pre-

served during some time; the abdominal spines soon completely

disappear. In the antenn. ped. the two distal joints together

successively are approaching the length of the basal joint, which

from being distally slender with the lateral margins slightly con-

verging obtains a considerable breadth with the external margin

somewhat convex in outline. The ext. br. of urp. becomes pro-

portionally broader and the spine more remote from the middle

of the exterior margin; the process from the edge of the telson

becomes shorter and finally disappears. One of these stages is

S. dissimilis, Bate, described by Bate (p. 437), and later on described

and figured by Ortmann (p. 35, Taf. iii. fig. 2).

The sub-adult stage of S. mediterraneus, m., is shortly described

above. The smallest larva of this species known to me is about

95 mm. long, and this and a specimen a little longer are easily

distinguished from the similar stage of S. areticus, Kr. The eye-

stalks are somewhat shorter; the rostrum is rather short, not half

the length or about one-third of the length of the eye-stalks, with

a trace of a spine on its superior margin, the hepatic spine is rudi-

mentary or wanting; in the antenu. ped. the two distal joints

together are shorter than the basal one, and this presents a shape

other than in S. arcticus, as in its distal half the lateral margins are

parallel with each other; and this part is scarcely broader than the

two distal joints, which are obviously coarser than in S. arcticus; a

very short dorsal spine is present on the fourth to sixth abdominal

segments ; the ext. br. of urp. is proportionally broader than in

S. arcticus, between 4 and 5, but not 5 times longer than broad.

As stated above, S. arcticus, Kr., has not been captured outside

1896. ] OF THE GENUS SERGESTES. 957

the Atlantic (incl. the Mediterranean and the Arctic sea at

Greenland). This is of importance for the reference of larval stages,

as Bate has established the species :—S. dorsospinalis, Bate (p. 394,

pl. lxxii. fig. 1) and S. laterodentatus, Bate (p. 395), captured

“associated with” another ‘South of Australia”; S. nasidentatus,

Bate (p. 398, pl. xxii. fig. 2), ‘between Valparaiso and Juan

Fernandez”; SS. rinkii, Bate, vix Kroyer (p. 404, pl. Ixxiil. fig. 3),

“ New Hebrides ” and “ South Pacific”; and S. leviventralis, Bate

(p. 425, pl. xvii. fig. 3), “ North of New Guinea”—which 5 reputed

species are all larvee and all belong to two or three species closely

related to S. arcticus, Kr., or perhaps partially belong to that

species. But Bate’s representations are not sufficiently good for

the decision of such questions: thus, f. inst., the chances are that he

has overlooked the hepatic spine in some of the “ species,” while

S. laterodentatus, Bate, has obviously been established on a specimen

with a long hepatic spine, which has given rise to the name. His

description of S. rinkit either involves the fault that the rostrum,

which is described and figured as short, has been broken off, or the

form must decidedly be different from S. rinkii, Kr., as a short

rostrum and dorsal abdominal spines are not coexistent in this

latter species.—In all probability Bate’s 5 species belong to two or

three of the other known species of the arcticus-group, and none

of them to S. arcticus, Ky., itself.

Further elucidation of the adults and the larve of the arcticus-

group I am not able to derive from existing literature. Yet the

result has been.that 2 adult and 2 larval species have been cancelled

as belonging to S. arcticus, Kr., and the other related forms ; 3 adult

species and 4—5 Jarve have been collocated into the group ; finally

one new species has been established.

B. S. corniculum, Kr.—The stage described and figured by

Kroyer (p. 252, tab. ii. fig. 4, ae) and Bate (p. 410, pl. Ixxv.

fig. 1) is a half-grown larva. The mature formis unknown. The

adult with black eyes, 20-22 mm. long, is rather remarkable, as

the body is extraordinarily slender, with a considerable distance

between the mouth and the eyes, thus in that respect approaching

to S. tenwiremis, Kr., and being intermediate between this species

and f. inst. S. arcticus, Kr. Its rostrum is a little lower than in

S. arcticus, Kr., the supraocular spine rudimentary or lacking, the

hepatic spine short, the gastro-hepatic groove distinct. The eyes

are but a little broader than the end of the stalk; in the long

antenn. ped. the first joint is considerably longer than the third

and this considerably longer than the second. An interesting

character is that the sixth joint of mxp.’ is divided into 4 sub-joints,

the distal three of equal length and the first somewhat longer,

and each of these 4 joints is more or less distinctly divided into

2 joints: thus we obtain 8 sub-joints, of which 7 possess a long seta

or slender spine on each side near the apex, but the two spines are

not placed opposite to each other, and the last sub-joint has a pair

of slender apical spines. The branchiz recall those in S. azcticus,

Kr.: above tri’ two branchie, the first long, the second several

958 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [ Dec. 1;

times shorter and very narrow ; the first branchia above trl.4 is but

half as large as the corresponding one above trl.*, the second half

as large as the first but a little larger than the second above trl.’.

(In somewhat younger specimens with yellowish eyes all 4 branchiz

are very distinct; the animals are, for the rest, relatively shorter

and stouter.) The ext. br. of urp. without any spine on the

exterior margin, of which the ciliated part occupies from a little

more than the half to about three-fifths of the length.

As to the half-grown larvee, the representations of Kréyer and

Bate will be sufficient—A younger larva, 6-4 mm. long, coincides

fairly well with S. wtrinquedens, Bate (p. 483), in most respects,

but yet differs in several particulars from Bate’s description.

The supraocular and hepatic spines are well developed; the

rostrum is almost as long as the eye-stalks (the eyes not included),

with a short and fine dorsal spine at the base ; the eyes are much

larger and the eye-stalks longer than in the stage described by

Kroyer and Bate. The third jomt of the antenn. ped. is but a

little longer than the second, and the first one as long as the two

others taken together. The fourth to sixth abdominal segments each

with a very short and fine dorsal spine, the epimera of the first to

fourth segments each produced into a short spine, while this spine

is considerably longer on the epimera of the fifth segment; the

first segment besides on the side having a spine arising from the

anterior margin and directed forwards and outwards. On the

ext. br. of urp., which is almost seven times-longer than broad, the

ciliated part occupies a little more than the half of the exterior

margin, which—as in almost all young larvee—is furnished with a

well-developed spine.

Of S. corniculum, Kr., I have seen numerous specimens from the

Atlantie northward to lat. 42° N., from the Indian Ocean and

ranging into the Pacific to the Matelota Island and to lat. 16°10’ N.,

long. 132° E.

Whether the above-quoted S. utrinquedens, Bate, may be a young

larva of S. corniculum, Kr., or of another species I am not able to

decide.

S. longirostris, Bate (p. 415, pl. Ixxy. fig. 3).—Prof. C. Chun

has determined the small stage of S. corniculum, Kr., just described

as S. longirostris, Bate, which is stated to be 6 mm. long and cap-

tured in “ Mid Atlantic,” and it is very possible that this determi-

nation may be correct ; but Bate’s figure represents the eye-stalks

and the rostrum a little too long, and especially a different proportion

between the joints of the antenn. ped. &c. I believe that it is

impossible to decide whether this identification is correct.

Above I have further enumerated 5 species belonging to Group I.

Of these species S. precollus, Bate (p. 423, pl. xxvii. fig. 2), is at

least rather nearly related to S. corniculum, Kr., from which it

seems to differ by a somewhat different shape of the ext. br. of urp.

and by having the fifth abdominal segment “ dorsally produced to

a point.” 8. longicaudatus, Stimps. (p. 46), is a larva perhaps

belonging to the arcticus-group. On the three other species, all

larve, I have no opinion.

1896. ] OF THE GENUS SERGESTES. 959

vii. Notes on the Species in Group II.

A. S. hensenit (Ortm.).—Of this interesting species I have seen

only two adult specimens, lent me by Geheimrath Prof. Dr. V.

Hensen. As the representation by Ortmann (p. 38, Taf. iii. fig. 3)

is rather deficient, I shall add some notes. The rostrum is low

and short; the supraorbital and hepatic spines are short. Mxp.’

is considerably longer than trl.* and its 4 proximal joints, though

more slender than in the following species, are yet much stouter

than in trl.*; the 2 distal joints are quite naked along one margin,

the fifth almost more than double as long as the sixth, which is

divided into 5 subjoints, the last 4 of which are equal in length,

while the first of them is as long as the two following together; at

the base of the first subjoint and at the apex of the first, third, and

fifth subjoints is found a long spine; at the apex of the second,

fourth, and fifth subjoints a spine about half as long as the long

spines ; finally along the same margin a fine comb of very numerous

spines about as long as the diameter of the joints; the fifth joint

of mxp.” has about 10 longer spines along the margin and on its

distal two-fifths a comb similar to that on the sixth joint, but its

spines become shorter towards the base. By this singular armature

the species is easily distinguished from all other species known to

me. Above trl.? a large and a very small branchia, the latter of

which is less than a third as long and bat half as broad as the large

branchia; above trl.* two branchie, the anterior somewhat larger,

the posteriur somewhat smaller than the small branchia above trl.’;

thus the branchiz are very different from those in the other species

of the group. In the following species we find a well-developed

process on the third joint of trl.’ and a similar one on trl.?, but in

this species the process in trl.’ is rudimentary and wanting in trl.’

On the ext. br. of urp. no spine is found on the exterior margin,

and in the one specimen the ciliated part occupies three-fifths, in

the other specimen almost four-fifths of its length. In no other

species have I met with any similar variation in this feature, but

it also exists in the larve (see below).

S. sargassi, Ortmann (p. 34, Taf. ii. fig. 1), is the Mastigopus

of S. henseni. As the material seen by me is rather incomplete, the

larger specimens being not very large and besides defective, I add

only a few remarks to Ortmann’s description. Mxp.’ is elongated

and incrassated in proportion to the legs as in the adult, the fourth

joint at the apex and just above the articulation produced into a

large, conical process—a very good character for the species ; and

ina larva a little more than half-grown the sixth joint was already

divided into the 5 subjoints. In the largest well-preserved speci-

men, 8 mm. long, I found above trl.*a large branchia and a lamella,

comparatively somewhat larger than usual, which had begun to

develop itself into a very small branchia, above trl.* a very small

branchia and a simple lamella; the normal lamellz above trl.* and

trl.’ are a little larger than usual. As in the adult the ciliated part

on the exterior margin of the ext. br. of urp. occupies about three-

fifths or four-fifths of its length in specimens between 4°5 mm. and

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No, LXII. 62

960 DR. H, J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS { Dee. 1,

9-6 mm. in length, and the spine is wanting or very small, rarely of

moderate size.

Ina specimen 6:2 mm. in length the abdomen has lost its spines,

the branchial lamelle to mxp.’ and to trl.'-trl.* are very large in pro-

portion to the branchia, still being small, and above trl.* no branchia

or lamella is developed. In the older stages the eye-stalks are

short and the eyes are very large, but in the younger stages—be-

tween 4-5 mm. and 6°5 mm. in length—the eyes are still consider-

ably larger; and in specimens of 45-5 mm. in length the rostrum

is present as a fine and shorter or longer spine; and there are short

or very short spines on the fourth to sixth abdominal segments.

Such a larva, 5 mm. long, is briefly mentioned and figured by Bate

(p. 428, pl. Ixv. fig. 4) as Mastigopus tenuis, Bate; the figure shows

the characteristic process on the fourth joint of mxp.’*, the rostrum

is not delineated slender enough. The smallest specimen seen by

me is, rostrum not included, ¢. 2°56 mm. long; the rostrum is as

long as the carapace in the median line and distally furnished with

fine spines ; the eyes are of enormous size and the eye-stalks shorter

than in the older stages ; the third abdominal segment has a short

dorsal spine, the fourth and fifth segments each a very long, the

sixth segment a long dorsal spine.

B. For the following species, all belonging to the edwardsi-

group, I think it convenient to give some introductory remarks,

and next to treat the adult animals and the Mastigopus-forms

separately.

Of adult animals there have been described only S. edwardsi,

Kr., and S. hamifer, Alc. & And., to which S. halia, Fax., established

in 1893, and in 1895 unjustly withdrawn by the same author, must

be added. But in our museum I have found 4 species of adult

forms and 5 species of larve, 4 of which most decidedly belong to

the 4 adult forms; thus an adult form unknown to me must exist.

One of the adult species is S. edwardsi, Kr., but I have not been

able to refer any of the three other species to S. halia, Fax., or

S. hamifer, Ale. & And.; the reasons will be given later on.

How safely I have been able—though not without a rather pro-

tracted investigation—to refer the larvee to the adults will appear

from the following case. The old larve are very easy to separate,

and I possessed 5 species but only 3 of the adults. By the exa-

mination of the characters. of the larve I was induced to

re-examine one of the adult species and then it became apparent

that it was composed of 2 very closely allied but valid species.

Undoubtedly authors have commingled 2-3-4 species in references

to S. edwardsi, Kr., and between the limits adopted by Faxon it,

as stated above, includes at least 4 species.

The adult species are all closely related and very similar to each

other. They are all characterized by the above-mentioned powerful

development of mxp.*, which is much longer than any of the trunk-

legs; the 4 proximal joints are much incrassated «nd especially the

thickening of the fourth joint is most conspicuous; the sixth joint

is much shorter than the fifth, both strongly compressed and on

1896. ] OF THE GENUS SERGESTES. 961

the one margin furnished with extremely short spines or almost

naked, while the other margin of the sixth joint and at least of the

distal half of the fifth joint is armed with rather numerous spines,

some of which are very long and rather robust. The differences in

the armature, especially of the sixth joint, yield very good characters

for the species. (The distal part of the fifth joint is most frequently

cut off by a secondary articulation.) The eves are middle-sized,

the supraocular and hepatic spines well developed. In the antenn.

ped. the first joint is very little longer to somewhat shorter than

the third joint, which is slender and obviously longer than the

second. On the third joint of trl." and trl.* the processes represented

by Kroyer in S. edwardsi (tab. iv. fig. 9 f and 9 g) are well

developed. The branchial formula as in S. atlanticus, M.-Edw.

(see above) ; the branchiz above the trunk-legs are very long, above

trl.’ one branchia and a lamella; trl.* 2 branchie, the first of which

is about as longas the preceding, the second somewhat shorter and

only half as broad, but yet very well developed. The exterior

margin of the ext. br. of urp. without any spine or tooth at the

proximal end of the ciliated part.

S. edwardsi, Kr.—Kroyer in his representation (p. 246, tab. iv.

fig. 9, a-k) mentions a variety with longer rostrum, but this

belongs to another species, viz. S. penerinki, Bate, H. J. H. The

species is easily distinguished from all the other species by the

character given in my tabular view: that the ext. pr. of urp. has

the exterior margin ciliated along its whole length—and besides

by the following features in the structure of mxp.* The sixth

joint of this pair is divided into 4 subjoints about equal in length,

and each of the 2 distal subjoints is rather or very distinctly divided

into 2 subjoints, thus in all 6 subjoints; the joint ends with 2 spines

of equal or different length, but at least the one is very long; next

its interior margin is furnished with 35-38 spines of very different

lengths (and the apical spine on the first, second, and fourth of the

6 subjoints is exceedingly long); besides a very long spine is present

on the same three subjoints on the one side near the exterior margin.

The fifth jomt of mxp.’ also presents some characters, which,

however, are omitted. The rostrum is shorter than in the other

species of the group, laterally compressed, and seen from the side

more or less plainly forming an oblique triangle——Length 14-

21:5 mm.

I have seen specimens from the Atlantic northward to lat. 20° N.

(the larvee to lat. 23° 31' N.), from the Indian Ocean, and passing

towards the Pacific to Dyilolo Isl. (c. lat. 1° N., long. 127° 5’ E.).

The three, or perhaps four, next species are easily separated from

S. edwardsi, Kr., by several characters. On the ext. br. of urp. at

least c. § of the exterior margin is naked. In map. the siath joint

is divided into but 4 subjoints very unequal in length, the third

being but half as long as the second; the joint ends with but one

spine, which is very long, and the interior margin of the joint is

armed with but 15-25 spines, and uo spine exists on the side of

any of the subjoints near the exterior margin.

62*

962 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Dec.1,

8. vigilaw, Stimps., H. J. H.—Only the Mastigopus has been

described (see later on). The adults of this and the next species,

S. penerinki, Bate, H. J. H., are very closely related to each

other aud easily separated from S. icertus, n. sp., and S. halia,

Fax., by the character, that on the ext. br. of urp. the ciliated part

occupies between + and 7 of the exterior margin. The best

character between S. vigilav and S. penerinki is that in S. vigilaa

the interior margin of the sixth joint of mxp.’ is armed with 22-25

spines, of which 4 are implanted on the third subjoint, which is

but a little or scarcely shorter than the fourth; in S. penerinks

the sixth joint is armed with ec. 15 spines (the apical one as usual

not included), of which but two on the third subjoint, which is con-

siderably shorter than the fourth. In S. vigilaw the rostrum is

of medium length, strongly laterally compressed, seen from the side

rather broad and apically more or less distinctly truncated, with

an acute prolongation from the superior edge.—Length 16-27 mm.

This species is as common as S. edwardsi, Kr.; I have seen

numerous specimeus of adults and larve from the Atlantic north-

ward to lat. 42° N.; in the Indian Ocean the larve are common

and distributed eastward to lat. 24° 50’ 8., long. 103° E.

S. penerinki, Bate, H. J. H.—Only the Mastigopus has been

described (see below). The rostrum of the adult is somewhat

elongated, seen from the side a little more narrow than in

S. vigilav and from the middle tapering towards the acute apex.

The chief character in the structure of mxp.’ is given under

S. vigdax.—Length c. 18-5 mm.

I have seen but two adult specimens, the one captured at lat. 17°

N., long. 22° W., and this is one of the specimens alluded to by

Kroyer as a variety of S. edwards.

S. incertus, n. sp.—Only one adult specimen, a female, has been

seen, but this is a giant in comparison with the other related

species, being 47 mm. long. On the ext. br. of urp. the ciliated

part occupies between 3 and 7 of the exterior margin. The first

joint of the antenn. ped. is scarcely shorter than the third. The

rostrum is somewhat elongated, strongly compressed; seen from

the side the proximal half is rather broad and then it tapers

towards the acute apex. The interior margin of the sixth joint of

mxp.° with but 13 spines, two of them on the third and one on the

fourth subjoint, which is but very little longer than the third.

The other characters are mentioned above.

The adult specimen was captured (on the surface) in lat. 34° 50’

S., long. 4° 30’ W.; a sub-adult specimen near that locality, and a

larva in lat. 40° 4’S., long. 53° 20' E.

S. halia, Fax.—The specimens on which this species was estab-

lished in 1893 are just the large specimens described and figured

by Faxon in 1895 as a variety of S. edwardsi, Kr. (p. 212, pl. li.

figs. 1-le). This species, of which I have seen no specimen, is

closely related to S. incertus, m., but disagrees in one character,

about which Faxon writes, p. 2138: “The first and second

segments of the antennule are of about equal length, while the

1896.] OF THE GHNUS SERGESTES. 963

third segment is longer than the first or the second by one-half.”

Unfortunately Faxon does not describe or figure the sixth joint

of mxp.’ I think that the species wiil prove to be different

from S. incertus, in. When Faxon states that 6 large pleuro-

branchiz and one smaller podobranchia are present on each side

on the body, he certainly has overlooked the 5 lamelle, which I

have found in S, txcertus and the other species of the edwardsi-

group.

S. hamifer, Alc. & And., I will mention here, though I have

not been able to insert it in my tabular view. The description

(1894) and the figure (1895) plainly show that it belongs to this

group. Asin mxp.° “the propus is four-jointed,” the species cannot

be identical with S. edwards:, Kr., but it is impossible for me to

settle whether it be really valid or synonymous with one of the

other species. Only two characters 1 have been able to detect,

iz.: that mxp.* seems to be still Jonger than in any other species,

and that its fifth joint is curiously arcuated (see the figure); but it

is difficult to say whether these two characters are valid, for

instance, to decide whether the shape of the mentioned fifth joint

may not be due to some artificial cause. The species must be re-

examined.

As mentioned above, I have examined five older Mastigopus-

forms, four of which have been elsewhere described. The older

specimens, c. 10-15 mm. in length, are easily recognized from

each other, and some few characters shall be pointed out; but the

younger stages are more dificult, being more spiny, &c., and

besides the materials seen by me are rather insufficient, and the

animals difficult to characterize without the aid of figures. The

larve ure easily distinguished from all larve in Group I. by the

elongated and vigorous mxp.*, and from S. sargassi, Ortm., by the

longer eye-stalks. In the old larve the sixth joint of mxp.’ is

divided into 4 subjoints (the oldest Jarval stage of S. oculatus, Kr.,

is unknown to me, so that I cannot settle whether its two distal

subjoints are divided as in’ S. edwardsi, Kr.), but the armature

on the end and on the interior margin is very different from that

in the adults.

S. oculatus, Kr.—Kroyer has given a good representation (p. 243,

tab. iii. figs. 5, af); Bate has also described and figured it (p. 406,

pl. bxxiv. “fic. Alby, Both Kroyer and Bate figure, in my opinion,

the eye- -stalks a little too long. The rostrum is short, seen from

the side obliquely triangular, acute, and rather broad at the base ;

the abdominal segments are dorsally smooth—even in a specimen

but 6-5 mm. long—and on the ext. br. of urp. the exterior margin

is ciliated in the total or almost the total length (in a larva 10 mm.

long, ¢. =, measured with accuracy, of the length was naked).

By the combination of these three characters the older specimens

are easily recognized. The species is most decidedly the Mvastz-

gopus of S. edwardsi, Kr.—S. brachyorrhos, Kr. (p. 272, tab. v.

tigs. 13, a—b), is the young Mastigopus of S. edwardsi, Kr. I have

examined Kroyer’s type specimen, which is about 4 mm. long.

964 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Dee. 1,

To his description it may be added that each of the four anterior

abdominal segments possesses in the median line on the inferior

side a protuberance or lobe, the three anterior of these ending in

a spine; on the ext. br. of urp. the exterior margin is ciliated in

$ of its length, thus a very short basal part being naked, but no

tooth or spine is present.

S. vigilax, Stimps.—The description of Stimpson (p. 45) agrees

rather well with the oldest Mastigopus, and no other species

known to me agrees with it; his animals were captured at the

Azores. Specimens c. 9-16 mm. in length are distinguished from

the related forms by the following characters :—The rostrum about

as in S. oculatus, Kr., but perhaps a little larger, directed upwards

and forwards; in specimens 9-10 mm. in length the apex is

produced into a short spine directed forwards. The eye-stalks are

very long, obviously longer than in S. oculatus, Kr.; the eyes large.

In the antenn. ped. the first and third joints are of about equal

length. The abdominal segments are dorsally smooth, yet in speci-

mens 9-10 mm. long with very short spines or traces of spines on

the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments. On the ext. br. of urp. the

ciliated part occupies from 3? (in the younger specimens) to more

than 4 (in the older specimens) of the exterior margin, but the

spine is generally obsolete. The adult form is described above,

bearing the same name.—As already pointed out by Ortmann,

S. parvidens, Bate (p. 409, pl. lxxiv. fig. 3), 9 mm. long, is estab-

lished on younger specimens of S. vigzlax, with dorsal spines on

the fourth to sixth abdominal segments. Bate’s figure gives a

rather good idea of this stage. S. macrophthalmus, Stimps. (p. 46),

is, in all probability, identical with the stage parvidens, Bate.

The smallest specimen seen by me (captured by Chun at the

Canaries) is (the rostrum included) 4 mm. long, and differs con-

siderably in several particulars from the older specimens, but is

more similar to S. brachyorrhos, Kr. The rostrum is about ? as

long as the eye-stalks, its short basal part broad, and at its end a

dorsal spine, beyond which the rostrum is very slender. The

supraocular and the hepatic spinesare considerably elongated. The

antenn. ped. extremely slender, only 2-jointed, as the second joint

is not yet separated from the first; the third is not ; of the entire

peduncle. The posterior margin of the carapace in the median

line with a slender spine directed obliquely forwards (this spine

is still preserved in specimens ce. 8 mm. long, but then shorter and

almost perpendicular). Each of the 6 abdominal segments with a

dorsal spine, which is short and perpendicular on the first two

segments, longer on the third, fifth, and sixth, very long on the

fourth segment. The epimera of the 5 anterior segments produced

into a short spine directed outwards; the same segments besides

inferiorly in the median line with a lobe, which at least on the

second segment is armed with a spine. The very narrow ext. br.

of urp. with the exterior margin ciliated in scarcely more than 3

of its length, and the spine is well developed. The telson very

short as in S. brachyorrhos, Kr.

1896.] OF THE GENUS SERGESTES. 965

S. penerinki, Bate.—The specimen represented by Bate (p. 418,

pl. Ixxvi. fig. 3) is rather young, 8 mm. long. I have examined a

number of specimens, between 6:4 and 14 mm. in length, partly

from the Plankton expedition and partly from our museum.

Specimens from ce. 7°5 mm. to 14 mm. in length are easily distin-

guished from those of the same length of S. vigilax, Stimps., by

having the third, fourth, and fifth abdominal segments—in the

younger specimens also the sixth segment—dorsally armed with

spines, which in larger specimens are shorter than in the stage

figured by Bate, but yet well developed; the spine on the third

segment is almost perpendicular. In older specimens the eye-

stalks are somewhat shorter than in S. vigelaw, Stimps., but yet

long. In the older stages the rostrum is much shorter than in

Bate’s figure, but yet longer than in S. vigilaw, and its distal part

is slender and directed horizontally forwards; in the younger

stages it is towards 3 or more of the Jength of the eye-stalks and

recalls somewhat that in S. incertus, m. (see below), but in

specimens that have attained the length of 8 mm. it is destitute

ot a dorsal spine. In specimens ec. 6-4 mm. long the rostrum is

about half as long as the eye-stalks, with a very short dorsal spine

a little way from its base. In the antenn. ped. the. third joint is

scarcely longer than the first. (In the young specimens the

anterior abdominal segments are ventrally armed as described by

Bate.) On the ext. br. of urp. the length of the ciliated part

varies, as in S. vigilav, in accordance with the length of the

specimens, occupying from ? to $ of the exterior margin; a tooth

is present in the younger, not in the old specimens. The adult

form is described above, bearing the same name.

S. incertus, m., is the Mastigopus of the adult described above.

I have seen rather numerous specimens from 6-2 to 13 mm. in

length. They are more slender than the corresponding stages of

S. penerinki, Bate, which they closely agree with in the antenn.

ped., the length of the eye-stalks, and the dorsal armature on the

abdominal segments. But they are easily distinguished from this

species by the ext. br. of urp.. on which the ciliated part in all

specimens occupies scarcely = of the exterior margin, and the spine

is rather long. Moreover, the rostrum, which in proportion to

the length of the animal is from more than the half to scarcely 3

of the length of the eye-stalks, is rather characteristic: seen from

the side the basal part is rather short and directed obliquely

forwards and upwards, and then it suddenly becomes produced

into a slender and distally very fine spine much longer than the

basal part and quite horizontal; at the distal end of the basal part

the upper margin is armed with a fine spine, which is very short in

the older specimens, and just beyond which the margin is somewhat

concave in outline. In the young specimens the first two abdominal

segments are ventrally in the median line armed with a lobe

produced to a spine, and in these and even in specimens c. 10 mm.

long the posterior margin of the carapace is armed with an erect

spine.

966 DR. H. J, HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Dec. 1,

That the referring of this Mastigopus to the above-described

adult S. incertus, n. sp., is correct is proved by a specimen c. 17

mm. long, which constitutes an excellent transition. The rostrum

has still essentially the larval shape, with a sharp angle as the

trace of the dorsal. spine between the oblique basal and the

horizontal distal part, but the distal part is shorter than the basal

and its upper margin concave as in the true Mastigopus. The

eyes about as in the adult, but still brown, not black, the eye-

stalks as in the adult. The sixth joint of mxp.° essentially as

in the adult, with 13 spines on the interior margin. The abdo-

minal segments are dorsally smooth. On the ext. br. of urp. the

ciliated part occupies scarcely more than 3 of the exterior margin,

and the spine is short.

S. armatus, Kr.—Kroyer’s representation (p. 260, tab. ii.

fiz. 6, a-e) gives a good notion of this curious larva. Here I

shall but mention some few essential characters. The rostrum is

about as long as or a little shorter than the first joint in the

antenn. ped., without any dorsal spine or angle. The eye-stalks

are of medium length, considerably shorter than in the larve of

S. incertus, m., and S. penerinki, Bate. In the antenn. ped. the first

joint is zn the older specimens obviously somewhat shorter than the third.

Of the abdominal segments the second is dorsally armed with a

shorter perpendicular spine, the third to fifth with very long

oblique spines, much longer than in other species of the group, and,

besides, the spines on the fourth and fifth segments are much

curved. Sometimes a very short spine is present on the first

segment, and finally in the younger specimens a short spine on the

sixth. On the ext. br. of urp. the ciliated part occupies a little

less than 2 of the exterior margin, and the spine is well developed.

The largest specimen is 15°5 mm. long.

That this Mastigopus does not belong to S. incertus, m., with

which it agrees in the ext. br. of urp., is decided by the shortness

of the first joint in the antenn. ped. in proportion to the third.

Thus the adult form is unknown to me. Unfortunately ali the

specimens seen by me were captured in the Atlantic between

lat. 42° 5’ N. and lat. 4°5' N., but Bate describes and figures

(p. 401, pl. Ixxiii. fig. 1) a specimen, 8 mm. long, which seems to

be the same species, and the specimens seen by him were captured

at “ Port Jackson (Australia),” “north of the Sandwich Islands,”

and “ between Japan and Honolulu;” thus it may be possible that it

belongs to S. halia, Fax., captured in lat. 7° 6' N., long. 79° 48' W.

Of the 8 species enumerated at the end of the tabular view as

belonging to Group LI., S. hamifer, Alc. & And., S. macrophthalmus,

Stimps., and S. brachyorrhos, Kr., are mentioned in the notes. The

other 5 species are all larve. S. diapontius, Bate (p. 399, pl. Ixxii.

fig. 3), is very interesting, being 18 mm. long and easily distin-

guished from all other species of the group by having the second

joint of the antenn. ped. “twice as leng as the first ;” this large

larva, captured in the Atlantic, must belong to an unknown adult

form—thus we obtain at least 7 valid species (S, hamifer, And. &

Ale., not included) of Group II. The 4 other larval species, all

described by Bate, are established on very young specimens,

between 3°5 and 7 mm. long, and are probably all or almost all

but young stages of some of the species described above, but I

have not been able to refer them with certainty.

vil. Remarks on SciacaRis and Prtantpium of Bate.

To the genus Sciacaris, Bate, only one species, S. telsonis, Bate

(p. 438, pl. xxviii. fig. 1), has been referred, and this is a Mastigo-

pus-stage, which agrees so closely with Sergestes that I must

consider it as being the larva to a Sergestes-species, and in the

tabular view given above I have referred it to Group I.

The genus Petalidium, Bate, was established on one species,

P. foliaceum, Bate (p. 349, pl. lx.), which is very deficiently known

as the specimens were extremely mutilated, without legs and with

the uropods broken off. But the branchie are very interesting.

Bate ascribes its arthrobranchie to mxp.° and trl.'-trl.*, bat

according to his analytical figure I believe them rather to be

pleurobranchiz as in Sergestes; besides, he mentions and figures

large foliaceous plates to trl.’, trl.*, and trl.*, answering to the

lamellz in Sergestes. I should not have mentioned this interesting

but very imperfectly known form if I had not met with rather

similar pleurobranchial lamelle in S. sanguineus, Chun (Sitz.

d. k. Preuss. Akad. d. Wiss. zu Berlin, 1889, p. 538, Taf. iii.

fig. 1).

cincasidias to a careful comparison between the largest type

specimen of S. sanguineus, Chun, 9°5 mm. long, and Kréyer’s

representation of his S. obesus, Kr. (p. 257, tab. iv. figs. 10, a),

and the fragments of his single type specimen, the two species are

identical, and the name given by Kroyer must be adopted. The

largest specimen seen by me is a Mastigopus, perhaps not more

than half-grown. For the recognition of the species it may at

once be mentioned that several very characteristic particulars have

been figured; thus Kroyer figures the eye, the antennular peduncle,

and the uropods, and mxp.° and the trunk-legs are represented by

Chun. Next I shall give a short description of the largest

specimen. The rostrum is rather short, considerably shorter

than the diameter of an eye, almost horizontal, slender, with a

dorsal spine at the basis. No supra-ocular spines, but the hepatic

spine and the gastro-hepatic groove are well developed. The eye-

stalks rather short, but the eyes nevertheless reaching beyond the

second joint of the antenn. ped., the eye-stalk with the eye, seen

from the side, inverted conical, and the distal part of the cornea

forming almost a hemisphere at the end of the cone—a shape

very different from that in the Mastigopus of Sergestes. The

antenn. ped. is short, the first joint much longer than the other

two taken together, thus longer than in any above-described

Mastigopus of the same length. Mxp.* very short, somewhat

longer than trl.’ and very little longer than trl.?; trl.° is almost 3

968 DR. H. J. HANSEN ON CRUSTACEANS [Dec. 1,

times longer and its proximal half considerably more incrassated,

near and on the apex with some long sete and without the trace

of any chela; on trl.’ a feeble beginning to a chela is found. The

relative length and the structure of mxp.’ and trl.’-trl.? differ

very much from that found in Sergestes. The branchiz are very

interesting. A rudiment belonging to mxp.’ I do not dare to

interpret : above mxp.’ and trl.’-trl.’ a small pleurobranchia and a

plate are present ; the plate above mxp.® is a little larger than the

branchia, and the plates are much increasing in size from before

backwards, so that the plate above trl.’ is 3-4 times larger than

the branchia; above trl.* a rudimentary branchia. The abdomen

is rather clumsy, dorsally smooth; the ext. br. of urp. with the

exterior margin naked in e. 4} of the whole length, as the well-

developed spine is situated near the distal end.

The smallest specimen examined is 4:9 mm. long, and differs

from the described stage in several particulars of not much import-

ance—a somewhat different shape of the rather short rostrum,

a well-developed supra-ocular spine, trl.* and trl.’ only buds, the

branchiz not yet developed, a short dorsal spine on the fifth and

sixth abdominal segments, the spine on the ext. br. of urp. still

nearer to the apex, &c.

It is easily seen that this species cannot remain in the genus

Sergestes, but whether it should be referred to Petalidium, Bate, or

a new genus should be established for its reception is impossible to

decide with certainty. The branchial plates recall the plates

found in Petalidium, and therefore I provisionally transfer it to

that genus ; but we must call to our remembrance that the branchial

plates or Jamellz may be much altered during the further growth, for

instance they may be proportionally much reduced in size (cfr. the

curious reduction of the branchial lamelle in S. henseni (Ortm.)

during its development from a Mastigopus 6-2 mm. in length to

the adult form). Unfortunately the legs and the uropods in

Petalidium are quite unknown. The species, which must receive

the name of P. obesum (Kr.), is decidedly distinct from P. folia-

ceum, Bate.

ix. Geographical and Bathymetrical Distribution.

With one single exception all the species of Sergestes are only

found in the tropical and subtropical seas, in the Atlantic reaching

northward about to lat. 42°-43° N. The exception is S. arcticus,

Kr., which ranges to the seas at the southern part of Greenland ;

but being distributed to the Mediterranean, and even to lat. 38°S.,

it is in reality no arctic species but a deep-sea form, with the centre

of distribution in all probability towards the northern tropic or

the Equator, and notwithstanding going c. 20° more northward

than the other allied species.

The limits of the geographical range of the species are still very

imperfectly known. Above I have mentioned that some of Bate’s

localities for S. atlanticus, M.-Edw., were uncertain, and that Bate’s,

1896. ] OF THE GENUS SERGESTES. 969

Ortmann’s, and Faxon’s specimens of S. edwardst, Kr., must be

re-examined, as the species is collective; thus some of the localities

given in the literature of the subject are untrustworthy and

several others are, in my opinion, not quite certain. But the state-

ments given above as results of my own studies of the animals prove

with absolute certainty that at least a series of the species have a

very wide distribution: the Atlantic northward to lat. 23°-30° N.

and mostly to lat. 42° N., the Indian Ocean, and at least the most

western part of the Pacific. From the other parts of the Pacific

I have seen no material.

Bate writes on p. 352: “The species of this genus [Sergestes]

are chiefly oceanic”; and this is, I think, generally admitted. But

partly according to the foregoing investigation this statement

must be rather altered, for we must distinguish between the larve

and the really mature forms. Almost all known larvee have been

taken at the surface. Yet it must be remarked that at least in short

distance from the shore some Mastigopus-species generally are met

with in considerable depths. This is proved by Prof. Chun, who

in 1889 (p. 538) writes on his “ S. longirostris, Bate”: “Er war

der hiiufigste aller Sergestiden [at the Canary Islands] und fand

sich regelmiissig in dem Inhalt der Tiefennetze. ..... Sel-

tener erschien er an der Oberfliche.” Later on he captured

different larger Mastiyopus-stages of S. mediterraneus, m., and

S. areticus, Kr., with intermediate-net (“ Schliessnetz”), near

Lesina and Ragusa at 80, 100, 400, 500, and 500-600 metres, but

all the Mastigopus-stages of S. arcticus, Kr., are not uncommon

near the surface in the northern area of the Atlantic.

While all the larvae, according to our present knowledge, are

essentially oceanic near the surface, the adult forms give another

result. I have accepted at most 14 earlier described mature forms

as valid species, and of these 8 species—S. inous, Fax., S. robustus,

Smith, S. japonicus, Bate (=S. mollis, Smith), S. bisuleatus, Wood-

Mason, S. prehensilis, Bate, S. krdyeri, Bate, S. rubroguttatus,

Wood-Mason, and S. hamifer, And. & Ale.—have only been

captured with trawl or dredge between 345 and 2574 fathoms.

The other 6 species must be treated separately. 9. arcticus, Kr.,

is typically (see Metzger, Chun, and especially the long lists given

by Smith) an inhabitant of the deep sea, and only some younger

specimens with black eyes have been secured at the surface, and

one single really mature specimen (the type of Kroyer) in all

probability near the shore. Of S. henseni (Ortm.) 2 smaller

specimens (not 3, as written by Ortmann), the largest specimen

about 24 mm. in length, were captured with the vertical net

between 400 and 0 m., while a much larger specimen (35 mm.

long) was taken with the trawl from 4000 m. The depth of

S. halia, Fax., is not recorded, as the specimens were taken with a

submarine tow-net ; and if S. armatus, Kr., is the Mastigopus to it,

it is certainly no surface species, as S. armatus is not very rare in

the northern part of the Atlantic, where no adult form which can

belong to it has been secured. S. atlanticus, M.-Edw., is very

970 ON CRUSTACEANS OF THE GENUS SERGESTES. [Dee. 1,

common at the surface, but Ortmann communicates that it has

been captured in the intermediate net from 700-500 m.; and if

some of the specimens recorded by Bate (p. 390) as 38, 48, and 50

mm. long, and coming respectively from 600, 2150, and 445 fathoms,

really belong to this species, it grows considerably larger in the

deep sea, as no specimen from the surface exceeds 30 mm. Finally,

S. cornutus, Kr., and S. edwardsi, Kr., are the only instances of

the 14 species which only have been captured at the surface (and

in vertical nets drawn up from 500 m. to the surface). In this

paper I have described the mature forms of S. vigilax, Stimps.,

H. J. H., S. penerinki, Bate, H. J. H., and S. incertus, n. sp.,

which have all been captured at the surface. S. tenuiremis, Kr.,

H. J. H., and S. corniculum, Kr., H. J. H., are common at the

surface in the Mastigopus-stages; above I have described the

younger black-eyed forms of both species, also captured at the

surface, but the adult stages are quite unknown and must, in

my opinion, be true deep-sea forms. Of S. diapontius, Bate, and

S. mediterraneus, m., only the Mastigopus-forms are known, and

the adults are certainly inhabitants of the depths. (S. profundus,

Bate, from 1375 and 2550 fathoms, I omit, as the species is too

uncertain, )

Though we still know too little of the bathymetrical distribution,

it must, I think, be taken as proved that at least two-thirds of the

species inhabit the depths of the sea when the animals have quite

arrived at maturity (or at least at their full length, cfr. S. atlanticus).

I can say that with two exceptions—my single adult specimen of

S. incertus, m., and Kroyer’s specimen of S. arcticus, Kr.,—no

specimen exceeding 30 mm. in length recorded in the existing

literature or seen by me has been captured near the surface, but all

large specimens, from 30 mm. to 113 mm. (S. inous, Fax.) in length,

have been secured with trawl or dredge coming from a considerable

to a very great depth (345-2574 fath.). Faxon writes on p. 249:

“There can be no doubt that the deep-sea Crustacea occasionally

come to, or very near to, the surface,’ and he communicates

several instances; I think that, for instance, my single and Jarge

specimen of S. incertus, m., 47 mm. long, has been secured on such

a visit. It is evident that the animals as true swimming forms do

not live on the bottom itself, but, I presume, in the water-

stratum just above it.

As will be seen from this paper, our knowledge of this rich and

eurious genus is still rather imperfect. A good monograph, based

on the study of the collections in the seven or eight museums which

possess materials of importance, would be extremely valuable

and elicit numerous new facts; and future deep-sea expeditions,

making use of the trawl, intermediate net, vertical net, and surface

net, would be sure to discover new species and especially enlarge

our knowledge of the metamorphosis and distribution.

1896.] | ON A ZOOLOGICAL EXPEDITION TO MADAGASCAR. 971

7. On the General Results of a Zoological Expedition to

Madagascar in 1894-96. By C. I. Forsyra Masor.'

[Received December 1, 1896.]

I arrived at Mananjary, on the east coast of Madagascar, at the

end of August 1894, and embarked at the same place almost two

years later, on July 11th, 1896. My original intention had been

to hurry on at once, by the most direct route, to Sirabé, situated on

the central plateau, at about 12 days’ journey to the N.W., in

order to profit of what remained of the dry season for the intended

excavations in the marshes. The impossibility of finding bearers

for the little-known and difficult direct route obliged me, however,

to travel first to Fianarantsoa, the capital of the Betsileo, situated

in a S.8S.W. direction, at 7 days’ distant from Mananjary. At

Fianarantsoa I had to wait 22 days for the bulk of my luggage,

which, according to previous arrangements, ought to have arrived

before myself. I employed the time in doing such collecting

work as the circumstances would allow. In the meantime, the

news arrived of sudden complications in the political situation,

and all the Frenchmen residing in the interior left for the coast,

with the exception of my young assistant, whom, a little too late

in the day, I tried to give out as a British subject.

As there was still some hope left that the Hovas would yield

to the French ultimatum, I decided to leave for what I thought

would prove a quiet corner in the forest of the Tanala, N.E. of

Fianarantsoa, and there to await the events, and eventually the end

of the war, which it was supposed would be of very short duration.

My subsequent difficulties with the Tanala Governor were of a

somewhat more serious nature than I wished to describe in my

letters; I have to mention it here, as it considerably interfered

with my work. The collecting work in the forest extended from

October 1894 to the beginning of February 1895, interrupted in

December by a journey to the Betsileo town of Ambositra, in

order to communicate with the few Englishmen residing there,

and by their help with the British Vice-Consul in Antananarivo.

The first six weeks of my stay in this district we were encamped

in the midst of the forest, near Ivohimanitra, at from 1000 to

1100 metres above the sea. The second stay was at Ambohimitombo,

a short day’s journey N.W. from the latter place and some 400

metres higher up. As I then supposed that later on I would have

no more opportunity to visit the forest-region, I determined to

collect everything that would come in my way. From this system

I had completely to depart in the sequel. Being much dependent

on the cooperation of the natives, I soon found out that it was

very difficult to train them for a manifold collecting work.

Besides, I had after a while to convince myself that I was only

able to do fruitful work in what I was best acquainted with. In

my subsequent stays in the forest therefore, without leaving

! Communicated by the President.

972 DR. C. I, FORSYTH MAJOR ON A [Dec. 1,

behind what of supposed interest came into my way, I chiefly

limited myself to the collecting of Mammals, which, with a little

training of the natives, came in, later on, in such abundance, that

we often found it impossible to master all the work. This is also

the reason why I shall refer this evening, so far as the recent

fauna is concerned, almost exclusively to Mammals, leaving to

my friends to make such additions as they may think proper

when all the material has been distributed.

My first collection from Ivohimanitra was to be conveyed to

Ambohimanga, the capital of this part of the Tanala country,

and from there to be sent to the coast, in accordance with previous

arrangements with the Norwegian Missionary stationed at Ambo-

himanga. We ourselves had to escort our things to the latter

place, but after all, owing to the breaking out of the war, no goods

could be sent from there to the coast; so that I was obliged to

carry back, farther in the interior, what I could, leaving part of

the things, for want of bearers, at the Mission Station.

The Betsileo town of Ambositra, on the central plateau, proved

subsequently to be a favourable central place for the forwarding of

my collections, and thither I resorted from the forest, and in the

sequel more than once from Sirabé, having generally myself to

accompany the caravans. The final packing of the collections was

mostly effected at Ambositra, and had always to be done with the

greatest care ; I have no reason to complain of the great amount

of time employed in packing. In the intervals of these occupa-

tions some good collecting work was carried on at Ambositra as

well. Finally, in March, I left Ambositra for Sirabé, to learn only

then, from the Rey. Mr. Rosaas, the discoverer of the fossil bones

at Sirabé, who had himself been collecting in the marshes for

over 20 years, that it would be impossible to excavate in the

marshes for the next following months, on account of the great

quantity of water. This proved to be true, so I had to content

myself for the beginning with the exploration of a small cave, and

to set to work again at collecting the recent fauna of the neigh-

bourhood, with satisfactory results in both directions. The cavern

yielded some bird-remains and egg-shells of Apyornis, but chiefly

small mammals. This exploration I have come to consider an

interesting complement to the subsequent excavations in the

marshes ; although, as was to be expected, I subsequently found

still existing in different parts of the forest most of the new

Mammals discovered in the cave.

Different attempts to begin a systematic exploration of the

marshes had always to be abandoned again, partly on account of the

season and partly on account of the unfriendly behaviour of the

population. Finally, losing patience, I left Sirabé, crossed over

the whole central plateau to the east, and settled in the forest

at Ampitambé, on the border of the Betsimisaraka country, in

the hopes to hear soon of the arrival in Antananarivo of the

French column aud of the end of the war. It happened

otherwise, however. My collecting work at Ampitambé proved

1896.] ZOOLOGICAL EXPEDITION TO MADAGASCAR. 973

very successful, thanks chiefly to the cooperation of the

natives, Betsileos and Betsimisarakas; but the French never

came. The result was, that in the beginning of September 1895,

after having despatched my collections via Ambositra, I returned

to Sirabé and searched earnestly for the “pyornis—at the best

time, with regard to the condition of the marshes; at the worst,

with regard to that of the country generally. Three times I was

compelled to interrupt the work, once for a whole week. To

make up for lost time, I engaged in the intervals as many

workmen as presented themselves, generally more than fifty.

When at last the rainy season stopped the business, I found that

after all the result was more than I had expected; my collections

were far superior to what any previons collector had brought

together in many years. I have to acknowledge with thanks the

Rey. Mr. Rosaas’s friendly help at this place, especially in using

his influence with the natives on our behalf.

The rest of the Odysey can be told in a few words. First a

forced stay of nearly two months in the capital; a short sojourn

of some weeks in the forest of Ankeramadinika, at a day’s journey

to the east, where not much was to be done, owing chiefly to the

growing unfriendliness of the Hovas towards all Europeans. Still

some good things, including a new Lemur, were secured here.

Later on, I travelled south again, settled in the old place Ampi-

també, with equally good results as the first time; the work, however,

was unfortunately interrupted by the unsafety of the place.

Lastly, a lengthened sojourn was made in a more southern

region, viz. near Vinanitelo, in the forest of the independent

Tanalas, 30 miles south of Fianarantsoa. Here some attempts

to make excavations were without result; but good work was

done in collecting recent mammals, as the following statement

may show:—at the end of my first stay at Ampitambé 804

specimens of recent Mammals had been collected; when I left

Vinanitelo this figure had been more than doubled.

Some general remarks on the results of my excavations at Sirabé

may not be out of place here. The mammalian remains found were

few, and on this account the locality cannot be said to be a very

favourable one; besides there were difficulties of various kinds

connected with the excavations and more or less inherent to the

locality. The predominant feature of the fossil fauna of Sirabé

in general is the great rarity of strictly terrestrial vertebrates.

Apart from the Hippopotamus, which is numerous in the

superficial deposit as well as lower down, the only mammalian

remains found are a lower jaw of a Centetes, scanty remains of

Rodents (which, to judge from a pelvis, belong toa Murine of con-

siderable dimensions), some bones referable to Potamocherus, and

finally the remains of two species of a remarkable new family of

Monkeys, chiefly represented by an incomplete skull, part of a

lower jaw, milk-dentition, humerus, &c., some of which I have

preliminarily described in the October number of the ‘ Geological

Magazine’ under the name of Nesopithecus. It will be more fully

974 DR. C. I. FORSYTH MAJOR ON A [ Dec. 1,

described and its relationships discussed in a paper under prepara-

tion. ;

The Avian collections are there to prove that if the Mammals

for which I was anxiously looking out did not come in in greater

numbers, it was not for want of careful investigation. The collec-

tion of Birds’ remains was partly damaged, partly destroyed by the

falling in of the ceiling of my house at Sirabé, in which they were

placed for drying. Fortunately there remains enough. The

AZpyornis bones, some thousand in number, form the great bulk

of the collection ; the family is here represented by two species of

Aipyornis and one of Mullerornis. One smaller species is

predominant, and of this we shall be able before long to put

together an almost complete skeleton, as the smaller and rarer

parts, such as sternum, coraco-scapula, cerebral vertebre,

phalanges, &c., are all at hand. Six more or less complete skulls

of the smaller species of Apyornis were obtained.

The Carinate are represented by several hundred bones,

belonging chiefly to aquatic birds. Mr. Andrews will be so good

as to give some further particulars about the birds’ remains. Of

the rest the collection will speak for itself.

Of recent Birds I collected chiefly skeletons ; and I hope to have

done a useful work in bringing home over 160 birds’ skeletons.

Of recent Mammals many hundred specimens have been obtained ;

of numerous species whole series, including skins, skeletons, and

spirit-specimens.

LEMURIDE.

Of Lemuride examples of 13 species have been collected, amongst

which two (Lepidolemur microdon and Chirogale melanotis), pre-

served in the National Museum, were known only by a single

specimen each. Amongst the number is one new species, a Chiro-

gale, and besides this some remarkable varieties of others.

There is a curious character in the skull of Malagasy Lemurs,

to which attention was first drawn in 1835 by a Swiss anatomist,

Hagenbach, who observed it in a species of the genus Lemur ;

the same was later (in 1845) more fully described by Hyrtl in

two species of the same genus: the tympanic ring is completely

enclosed by the bulla ossea, but without osseous connection with

the same. Winge has stated that this peculiarity holds good

with regard to all the Malagasy Lemuride which have come under

his observation, including Chiromys, and be therefore places them

in a separate family. It is in fact of general occurrence amongst

the Lemuride of the island; and having found other peculiarities

in their skull besides, I have come to range myself with Winge’s

opinion, so that we have to consider Chirogale, Opolemur, and

Microcebus as being more nearly related to the rest of the Malagasy

Lemurs than to the African genus Gulago.

CARNIVORA.

Examples of 5 species were collected, which for the present call

for no special remarks. The Cryptoprocta ferox is amongst them.

1896.} ZOOLOGICAL EXPEDITION TO MADAGASCAR. 975

INSECTIVORA.

Of Malagasy Insectivora 14 species were known when I left

Europe, viz. 13 Centetide and 1 Crocidwra, not taking in account

one Crocidwra apparently introduced from India. All of these, with

the exception of three (Zchinops, Geogale, and Microgale crassipes),

are represented in my collections. Of one species, viz. Oryzoryctes

tetradactylus, which before was known only by one immature

specimen in Paris, and one skin without the skull in London, I

have brought back upwards of 150 specimens of all ages. Of

another rare form, Microgale dobsoni, known only by an imperfect

young specimen in the National Museum, there are also numerous

specimens. Besides I have come upon 9 new species, all of them

Centetide, bringing the number of this Malagasy family up to 23,

the number of insectivorous species brought home by myself being

20, viz.:—1 Crocidura, 1 Centetes, 2 Ericulus, 2 Hemicentetes,

1 Limnogale, 4 Oryzoryctes, 9 Microgale.

I have elsewhere! published short descriptions of most of the

new species, but have not yet begun the proper working-out of

this rich material ; I therefore limit myself to a very few general

remarks.

The Tanrec, Centetes ecaudatus, which is often considered to be

the type of the family Centetide, is certainly in several respects

the least typical of them all, being very much specialized in various

directions.

One remarkable form, modified for aquatic life, for which I have

proposed the new genus Limnogale (L. mergulus), deserves special

mention. It is almost of the size of Mus rattus, furnished with

webbed toes, a powerful laterally compressed tail, short, broad,

and flattened head, large infraorbital foramen, &c. The clavicles

are present, whilst in the African Potamogale they are wanting.

Amongst the smaller species with soft hair, we meet with all

gradations from forms highly fossorial (Oryzoryctes) to others in

which the fossorial adaptation is reduced to a minimum, or may be

altogether wanting (genus Microgale). Some of these last represent

apparently the primitive stock of the family. It is from forms

not dissimilar to these that a group of highly specialized African

Insectivora may have taken their origin, whilst Centetes, itself a

specialized creature, with a brain atrophied before being quite

adult, cannot possibly have become the progenitor of fresh offshoots.

CHIROPTERA.

For want of time the Bats have been only very superficially

examined. My last collections having arrived only a short time

ago, a certain number of specimens are still enclosed in the

tin boxes.

There seem to be about 12 species represented, of which one

is certainly new for Madagascar ; only one Vesperiilio being known,

whilst my collections contain specimens of two species of the genus.

1 See Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. and Dee. 1896.

Proc, Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. LXIII. 63

976 DR. C, L. FORSYTH MAJOR ON A [Dec. 1,

PoraMOCHERUS.

The Wild Hog of Madagascar, of which the National Museum

contains the skin of a young specimen, figures in my collections

with 11 specimens, male and female, adult and young, and complete

skeletons. The species has been named, but never described, and

will have to be compared with the P. africanus, with which it

presents more affinity than with P. penicillatus. To judge from

the characters of the dentition, the same type is represented in

the Siwaliks (S. hysudricus) as well as in the Upper Miocene

and Pliocene of Europe, Eppelsheim, Montebamboli, Casteani, &c.

(S. paleochaerus and S. charoides).

HIPPOPOTAMUS.

Filhol is of opinion that there are three subfossil Hippopotami

in Madagascar. There are certainly two on the west coast, to

judge from the remains in the National Museum, My material

comes from Sirabé, and the species may be different from those on

the west coast. For the present, the question of one species more

or less is a secondary one tome. All the Hippopotamus remains

from Madagascar, those in the British Museum as well as those

collected by myself and those preserved in Christiania and Paris,

are certainly nearly related to each other, and this relationship

may be briefly summed up as follows :—In size they are inter-

mediate between H. liberiensis and H. paleindicus; in more

important characters they would have to be placed, according to

their greater or lesser degree of specialization, between H. siva-

lensis and H. paleindicus on one side, and H. amphibius on the

other; one end of the whole line being occupied by the most

generalized form, H. liberiensis, existing in W. Africa, and the

other by the most specialized one, H. major of the Upper Pliocene

of Europe. The whole series would be as follows :—

H. liberiensis.

HZ. iravadicus.

H. sivalensis.

HA, paleindicus,

H. madagascariensis, H. merlei, &e.

HT. amphabius.

A, major.

T have called the /. liberiensis the most generalized form; this

does not hold good certainly as to the number of its incisors, in which

respect it is very much specialized. The particulars of the cranium

have almost the value of family characters, as by them it approaches

the extinct genus Merycopotamus and the Suid, and appears to

be, as was pointed out by Gratiolet, less aquatic and especially

less exclusively herbivorous than H. amphibius. Compared with

the other members, and especially with H. amphibius and H. major,

one of the most striking differences lies in the relative proportion

of the cranial and facial portion of the skull, the first being greatly

1896.] ZOOLOGICAL EXPEDITION TO MADAGASCAR. 977

developed in JH. liberiensis, whilst in H. amphibius and the

H. major of the Upper Pliocene the cranial portion is much

reduced, the facial portion on the contrary enormously produced.

In connection with this is the great elongation of the frontal bones

of H. liberiensis, whilst they are broad and short in H. amphibwus

and H. major. H. sivalensis is still very near H. liberiensis in this

respect, the antero-posterior extension of the frontal being, as was

shown by Falconer and Cautley, twice as great as in H. amphibius.

An expression of the relative proportion between the anterior and

posterior portions of the cranium is given by the position of the

orbits. The various Hippopotamus crania from Madagascar have,

in this respect, much resemblance with H. sivalensis, the cranial

portion being, however, somewhat more shortened, the facial

portion somewhat more lengthened; so that the orbit occupies a

less central position than in H. liberiensis, and, as a matter of

course, still less so than in H. swalensis. The Malagasy forms

thus constitute a step farther in the direction of H. amphibius,

the breadth of the intraorbital region being much less than in the

African species and the same as in H. sivalensis.

These changes are reflected by the position which the lachrymal

occupies. In H. liberiensis, as shown by Leidy, who had at his

disposal the skull of a younger animal, exhibiting distinctly all the

sutures, the lachrymal is entirely separated from the nasals by the

anterior prolongation of the frontal, which last thus comes in

contact with the maxillary. This is, with the exception of the

Ruminants, almost the rule in Ungulates. As to H. sivalensis, in

six out of seven skulls figured in the ‘ Fauna Antiqua Sivalensis’

the sutures are distinctly to be seen; and we find here again the

lachrymal excluded by the frontal from contact with the nasal and

joining the maxillary. The originals of most of the skulls figured

being in the National Museum, I have had an opportunity of

verifying the accurateness of the drawings, so that we may fairly

conclude that H. sivalensis had, as a rule, the character mentioned

above in common with H. liberiensis. The same is the case with

regard to H. paleindicus, as shown in the F. A.S8., with the shght

difference that the anterior tongue of the frontal is. somewhat

shortened.

In the Malagasy Hippopotami we find, as a rule, the following

relations in this part of the skull. The lachrymal departs from

the orbital margin in an inward direction and reaches the nasal,

with which it unites, thus shutting out the frontal from a connection

with the maxillary. Anteriorly to the lachrymal, exactly corre-

sponding to the place which in H. liberiensis and H. sivalensis is

occupied by the foremost tongue of the frontal, we find here a

separate bone of various dimensions, interposed between the uasal

and lachrymal, and touching the maxillary in front and sometimes

the malar bone as well. In H. amphibius the lachrymal is usually

broadly interposed between the frontal and maxillary; but in

ycung specimens we meet occasionally with the same supra-

numerary bone; sometimes, as in H. hberiensis and H. sivalensis,

978 DR. C. I, FORSYTH MAJOR ON A [Dec. 1,

the frontal joins the maxillary, thus separating the lachrymal and

nasal; and, besides, there is such a variability in the size and

mutual connections of the bones in this part of the skull in young

specimens, and, to a certain extent, in adult ones as well (four

nasals, obliteration of the Jachrymo-frontal suture, &c.), that we

cannot here enter into more particulars.

My purpose was to show that, in respect of the above characters

also the Malagasy Hippopotami are intermediate between H. siva-

lensis and H. amphibius, and appear io be in close relationship

with both. Occasionally young specimens are hexaprotodont, as

the Siwalik forms.

I think that, from what I have stated, we are fairly entitled to

surmise that the Hippopotami entered Africa at a time when they

were still in possession of all the characters of the Siwalik species,

and that they crossed over to Madagascar when they had reached a

condition intermediate between H. sivalensis and H.amphibius. In

this condition they persisted in Madagascar, whilst on the neigh-

bouring continent they progressed (or retrogressed) farther in the

same direction. It is a curious circumstance that the Hippopo-

tamus major from the Upper Pliocene of Italy has gone beyond

H. amplibius in the same specialization; this may have had

something to do with its earlier extinction.

RopENTIA.

But little attention has hitherto been paid to the Rodent fauna

of Madagascar. Although four or five more or less nominal genera

had been founded, it has been surmised that the Malagasy Rodentia

have immigrated in recent times and are not even specifically

Madagascar genera. This supposition rests on the assumption that

the Rodents are, as a rule, passively wandering (Wallace, Zittel),

and was made in spite of Peters having long ago pointed out that

Nesomys, the first known Malagasy Rodent, resembles the American

Hesperomyes in the conformation of the enamel and in the pro-

portions of its molars *.

My collections contain some hundred specimens of Rodentia,

belonging to five genera and eight species, five or six of the

species and two genera being new, besides two new genera found

in a fossil condition. This material I have begun to work out,

and, although my investigations are far from being completed, I

do not think that the following conclusions will hereafter have to

be modified in their main points.

The great majority of Malagasy Rodents at present known, viz.

the genera Nesomys, Hallomys, Gymnuromys, Eliurus, Brachy-

1 « Hine neue Gattung der Murinen aus Madagascar, welche in dem Zahnbau

sich am nichsten den Hesperomys der westlichen Hemisphare anschliesst, und

so ein neues Beispiel yon der geographisch so merkwiirdigen Verwandtschaft

der Fauna yon Madagascar mit der von Amerika liefert...... Die Backziihne

= in ihrer Schmelz bildung und Proportion ahnlich denen von Hesperomys.’’

(Sitzungsber. Ges. naturf. Freunde Berlin, Oct. 18, 1870, pp. 54, 55.)

1896.] ZOOLOGICAL BXPHDITION TO MADAGASCAR. 979

uromys, Hypogeomys—Brachytarsomys stands somewhat apart from

the others and requires further investigation—belong to the so-

called Cricetine group o: Muriform (“ Muride,” auct.) Rodents,

of which they are the lowest of existing forms, having affinities

with some of the least specialized of the family Dipodide, as defined

by Winge, viz. to Sminthus and Zapus.

The African and Asiatic Rhizomyes, usually considered as

belonging to the Spalacide, but which the last-named author

places amongst the lowest Muride, alongside with the tertiary

Cricetodon and Eomys, are nearly related to the Malagasy group of

Rodents by means of the Abyssinian Tachyoryctes (Rhizomys) and

the Malagasy Brachyuromys, the former being but a very specialized

fossorial form of the more generalized Brachyuromys ramirohitra.

The molars are almost identical in botb, only but slightly more

hypselodont in Tachyoryctes. If we divest the Tachyoryctes skull

of its fossorial characters and of the consequences of the more

hypselodont molars, we obtain a Brachyuromys skull. Likewise

the skulls of the young Tuchyoryctes bear much greater resemblance

to Brachyuromys than the adult. There is further a great corre-

spondence in external characters if we disregard the smaller ears

and eyes of Yachyoryctes and its fossorial claws.

As to the affinities of the Malagasy Rodents with the lower

Dipodidee, they are revealed by the skull as well as by the confor-

mation of the molars. The infraorbital foramen is large through-

out and especially in Brachyuromys, though on the whole showing

the form characteristic for the Muride', the posterior part of

the zygomatic arch is bent downwards, the malar bone strongly

developed and approaching the lachrymal more than in any other

Muridz, the size and shape of the incisive foramina nearly approach-

ing what obtains in the Dipodide, &. With regard to the teeth,

the group of Malagasy Rodents, together with the Abyssinian

Tachyoryctes, differ in a very important condition from the more

specialized Murine, and even from the Cricetine Rodents, in

having their molars of almost equal size and form; the two

anterior molars especially are very much like each other. This

likewise is a character in which they approach the lower Rodents,

especially the Dipodide; in the pattern of the molars there is

equally a strong resemblance of them all with Dipodide (Sminthus,

Alactaga, Zapus); in this respect the mosaic pavement-like tri-

turating surface, both in the Malagasy Gymnuromys and the

Nearctic Zapus, is especially noteworthy.

The relation of the Madagascar Rodeuts to Cricetus, which is

considered to be the type of the group, is viewed by me as

1 The miocene Paciculus, from the John-Day beds in N. America, is con-

sidered by Scott to stand in most respects in an intermediate position between

Protoptychus (which Scott supposes to be the ancestral form of the Dipodide)

and the Dipodidz, although it has lost all the premolars, and the lower portion

of the infraorbital foramen forms, as in the Muride, a distinct notch for the

passage of the nerve. (‘ Protoptychus hatcheri, a new Rodent from the Uinta

Eocene,” Pros. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philadelphia, 1895, p. 269.)

980 ON A ZOOLOGICAL EXPEDITION TO MADAGASCAR. [ Dee. 1,

follows :—Cricetus is a terminal form amongst its congeners, some-

what connected with the Malagasy Nesomyine by means of the

miocene Cricetodon, from which it is probably directly derived.

I have lastly to consider the affinities of the Malagasy Rodentia

with the American Hesperomyes, urged by Peters with regard to

the molars of his genus Wesomys. The resemblance is certainly

striking between the pattern of the Mesomys-molars and of some

of the bunodont Hesperomyes, and this resemblance extends alike

to the form of the skull in both groups (conformation of the

boundaries of the infraorbital foramen, small size of the tympanics,

&e.). There exists more agreement between these two groups

than between them and Cricetus and its Old-World allies. On the

other hand, the Malagasy Rodents present unmistakable family

features of their own, which all point in one direction, stamping

them as lower, more primitive Muride than the Hesperomyes. The

two anterior, and in some cases all three, molars are more like

each other in size and pattern, although in this respect the

difference is much less striking between the American Hesperomyes

and the Malagasy Nesomyes than between the first and the Murine.

Similar remarks apply to the skull: the infraorbital foramen

is larger in the Malagasy mice, the malar bone always stronger

developed and extending farther forwards and upwards towards

the lachrymal &e.

Zittel is of opinion that all the Myomorpha of South America

are recent, having immigrated from the north towards the end of

the Diluvium?. The reasons for supposing this are, that so far

only hystricomorphous Rodents have been met with in the older

formations, the (Patagonian and) Santa Cruz beds. Here it must

be borne in mind that the presence of a premolar and the pattern

of the molars approaching the Hystricomorpha are not sufficient

criteria for assigning to these latter several small Rodents of the

Santa Cruz beds, of which the only parts preserved are the teeth.

On the contrary, if there exist forerunners of the Muride in the

Santa Cruz beds, they are likely to have possessed premolars. If

the Rhizomyes and the Malagasy Brachywromys possessed pre-

molars—and there is strong evidence that this was recently actually

the case—we would be inclined, without knowing more of them

than their molar series, to assign them to the Hystricomorpha.

As matters stand at present, it must be admitted that all

appearances speak against the ancient domicile of the Hesperomyes

in South America, whereas we have in the miocene of North

America such forms as Zwmys and others, which might be con-

sidered to be the ancestors of the Hesperomyes. Moreover, Crice-

todon of the European Miocene is more closely related to the

Hesperomyes than to Cricetus.

There is therefore at present not sufficient evidence of a direct

relationship between the Malagasy Rodents and the western

Hesperomyes, although it seems to me difficult to explain their

affinities as a result of mere convergence.

1 Handbuch der Palaeontologie, 1, iv. p. 556.

1896. ] ON DRAWINGS IN THE KNOWSLEY LIBRARY. 981

I should again like to record my renewed thanks to the President

and Council and Committee of the Royal Society for their valuable

assistance, which has enabled me to carry on this work, aided by

the liberality, first of all, of the Hon. Walter Rothschild, as well as

of Mr. F. Du Cane Godman, Sir Henry Peek, and Mr. Alhusen.

I desire as well to express my very grateful thanks to Sir

William Flower, Director of the Natural History Museum, and all

the other officers, first of all Dr. Henry Woodward, who have

done so much to enable me to carry out the objects of the

expedition. )

In conclusion it is my duty to speak in the highest terms of the

intelligence, pluck, and perseverance displayed by my young as-

sistant, Mr. Alphonse Robert, who refused to leave me when his

life was in danger from staying with me.

December 15, 1896.

Lt.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Avstein, F.R.S., Vice-President,

in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of November :—

The registered additions to the Society’s Menagerie during the

month of November were 52, of which 31 were by presentation,

13 by purchase, 2 by exchange, and 6 were received on deposit.

The number of departures during the same period, by death and

removals, was 126.

Amongst the additions was a fine young male of the Arabian

Gazelle (Gazella arabica) from Aden, presented, Noy. 30th, by

Mr. R. G. Buchanan.

Mr. Sclater exhibited two bound volumes of original water-

colour drawings by Wolf and Waterhouse Hawkins, belonging to

the Knowsley Library, which had been kindly lent to him for

examination by the Earl of Derby. These drawings were of very

great interest to zoologists, as containing many of the originals

from which the figures in the two volumes of the ‘ Gleanings from

the Knowsley Menagerie’ and Wolt’s ‘ Zoological Sketches ’ had

been taken.

The first and larger-sized volume (29 in. by 22 in.), lettered on

the back * Wolf’s Original Drawings,’ contained twenty-two water-

colour drawings by Wolf, of which a manuscript list in the

volume, written by Mr. T. J. Moore in 1871, gave the following

particulars : —

1. Lemur. Madagascar.

2. Lemur.. Madagascar.

3. Eland Antelope or Impoofo (female). Oreas canna. South

Africa. (See ‘Knowsley Menagerie, pp. 27, 29, 30,

982 _ MR, SCLATER ON TWO VOLUMES OF [Dec. 15,

plates 26, 27; and Cornwallis Harris’s ‘Game and Wild

Animals of Southern Africa,’ p. 24.)

4, Nylghau (male, female, and young). Portaw tragocamelus.

India. (‘ Knowsley Menagerie,’ pp. 28, 29, pl. 29, young.)

5. Bonte-bok (male, female, and young). Damalis pygarga.

South Africa. (‘ Knowsley Menagerie, p. 21, pl. 22.

figs. 2, 3, and pl. 20. fig. 3, young; and Harris’s ‘Game

and Wild Animals of South Africa,’ p. 88.)

6. Bless-bok. Damatlis albifrons. South Africa. (‘ Knowsley

Menagerie,’ p. 22, pl. 22. fig. 1; and Harris, p. 110.)

7. Wapiti Deer (stag, hind, and fawn). Cervus canadensis.

North America. (‘ Knowsley Menagerie,’ p. 58, pl. 36.)

8. Gerbille. Gerbillus. North Africa.

9. Chinchilla. Chinchilla lanigera. Chili and Peru.

10. Long-winged Caraca Eagle. Milvago megalopterus. Bolivia

and Peru.

11. Hornbill. Bucevos (nasutus?). W. Africa.

12. “ Brush-Turkey ” or Talegalla. Talegallalathami. Australia.

13. Impeyan Pheasant (male and female). Lophophorus impey-

anus. Himalayas.

14, Fire-back Pheasant (male). Gallophasis vieilloti.

15. Japan Pheasant. Phasianus versicolor. Japan.

16. The same, crossed with the Common Pheasant, Phasianus

colchicus.

17. Californian Quail (male). Callipepla californica. California.

18. Goliath Heron. Ardea goliath. West Africa.

19. “ Mountain Goose.” “ Tadorna cana.” South Africa ?

20. Black-backed Goose (male and female). Sarkidiornis afri-

cana. West Africa.

21. Dusky Duck. Anas obscura. North America.

22. Yellow-billed Duck or “ Guil-bec.” Anas wanthorhyncha.

South Africa.

Specimens of all the above, except no. 10, and perhaps nos. 1, 2,

were living at Knowsley at the breaking up of the Collection in

1851, and these sketches were doubtless made from those specimens,

ee before or after their removal.—T. J. Moorn, April 28,

1871.

The second volume, which was lettered on the back ‘ Knowsley

Menagerie. Original Drawings by W. Hawkins and Wolf’ (size

25 in. by 20 in.), contained sixty-nine original drawings by those

artists. There was no manuscript list attached to this volume,

but Mr. Sclater had prepared the subjoined account of its

contents, '

[In the following list the writing on each plate in ink and

pencil is first given. The paragraphs added, enclosed in brackeis,

are Mr. Sclater’s remarks. |

1. “ Anoa depressicornis. Drawn from the living animal at

Knowsley, Jan. 12, 1846, by Waterhouse Hawkins. Obtained

1896.] DRAWINGS IN THE KNOWSLEY LIBRARY. 983

from the Jardin des Plantes 4 Paris in exchange, but lived a very

short time.”

[This is Ano depressicornis, apparently adult male. ]

2. “ Figured from the living animals at Knowsley, Oct. 1847, by

B. Waterhouse Hawkins. <¢ and 9°.”

[This is the Bontebok, Damaliscus pygargus, $ 2. These are

the originals of the two right-hand figures in the ‘ Gleanings,’

plate xxii.]

3. “ Gazella albifrons or female Blesbok. Figured from the

living animal at Knowsley, Sept. 25, 1847, by B. W. Hawkins.”

[This is the original of the left-hand figure in the ‘ Gleanings,’

plate xxii. ]

4. “ A. corrigum, Q and young (taken by Mr. Whitfield himself

from the adjoining mother’s womb), and A. bubalis, adult male.”

[The left-hand figure is the Korrigum, Damaliscus korrigum ;

the right-hand is either Bubalis buselaphus or possibly B. major,

as it shows blackish feet and whitish marks round the eyes. |

5. “ Young and adult female Dacris, so called by Whitfield, put

the last doubtful, supposed to be Ané. equina.”

“*T have compared this with the Cape specimen of A. equina,

measured the ears, and can see no difference. I think it would be

well to engrave this for the ‘ Gleanings. —J. EZ. Gray.”

[These are the young and adult female of the Equine Antelope,

HMippotragus equinus, or of its representative species in West

Africa. ]

6. “ Drawn from sketches made from the living animal on

board the ‘ African,’ Sept. 11th, 1848, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”

[Two figures, side and front views of the head, apparently of

the same young male Hippotragus that was figured in the last

plate. |

7. “ Young female Dacris. From sketches made from the living

animal, Sept. 11th and 12th, 1848, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”

[Two whole figures, apparently of the same animal as that

represented in the last plate. |

8. “ B. Waterhouse Hawkins at Knowsley, July 8th, 1843.

Whitfield says the hair on the hip is slightly curled.”

[Male, female, and young Kob, Cobus kob.]

9. “A. bubalis, jun.”

[Apparently Bubalis buselaphus, jr.]

10. “ Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley by B. Water-

house Hawkins, Dec. 30, 1843.”

[Male and female Eland, Oreas canna, apparently originals of

plate xxvi. of the ‘ Gleanings.’ ]

11. “Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley, April 3rd,

1845, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”

[Three figures, apparently female, young, and half-grown male

of Eland, Oreas canna, original of plate xxvii. of ‘ Gleanings.’]

984 MR, SCLATER ON TWO VOLUMES OF [ Dee. 15,

12. “Harnessed Antelope, Antilope scripta. Knowsley, June

30th, 1843. B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”

[Harnessed Antelope, Zragelaphus scriptus, d 2. Original of

plate xxviii. of ‘ Gleanings.’ ]

13. “ Coquitoun. Village of Waterloo, Sierra Leone. H.

Whitfield.

“* Cephalophus, female. ?if of the Grimm.”

[Apparently Cephalophus rufilatus, see ‘Book of Antelopes,’

vol. i. p. 169.]

14. “From the living animals at Knowsley, March 20th, 1845,

by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”

[Male, female, and young of Addax Antelope, Addax naso-

maculatus. Plate xviii. of the ‘Gleanings’ is partly taken from

this plate. }

15. “* Drawn from the living animal at Knowsley, April 3rd,

1846, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”

[Addax nasomaculatus, a side-figure. |

16. “ Gazelle, what species? We have called it here G. vera

or True Gazelle.”’

[Three figures apparently of the Arabian Gazelle, Gazella arabica,

the originals of ‘ Gleanings,’ plate iii.]

17. “ Male Gibari or Mahomet’s Antilope. Drawn from the

living animal at Knowsley, Nov. 14th, 1845, by B. Waterhouse

Hawkins. Thought very good.”

[Male Gambian Oribi, Ourebia nigricaudata (see Bk. of Ant.

vol. ii, p. 23, pl. xxvi.); probably original of plate y. of the

‘Gleanings,’ but the figure there given is reversed. |

18. “Figured from the living animal at Knowsley by B. W.

Hawkins, Nov. 5, 1847.

“Hair pale yellowish, tip black.”

[Probably male Crowned Duiker, Cephalophus coronatus. See

Bk. of Ant. vol. i. p. 195, pl. xxii. fig. 2.]

19. “ Figured from the living animals at Knowsley, Nov. 5th,

1847, by B. W. Hawkins.

» “ Hair root-grey, middle black, tip chestnut.”

[Male and female Duiker, Cephalophus sp. inc. ]

20. “ From the living animals at Knowsley, March 14th, 1844

by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.

“* Persian Deer received from Zoological Society in 1844. Taken

in their winter dress. The stag still living, 1846, but hind died

soon.”

[Persian Deer, Cervus maral, ¢ and 2 .]

21. “Drawn from the living animal at Knowsley, Sept. 13th,

1844, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.

‘Persian Deer in his summer coat.”

[Cervus maral, male ; apparently original of plate xxxix. of the

‘ Gleanings.’]

1896. ] DRAWINGS IN THE KNOWSLEY LIBRARY. 985

22. “ Cervus, Himalayan Deer, received from Mr. McClelland,

of Calcutta; reached us stone-blind, and still continues. Water-

house Hawkins, drawn from the living animal at Knowsley, Sept. 6,

1847.”

[Cervus duvauceli, male ; apparently original of plate xl. of the

‘ Gleanings.’ |

23. “ Wapiti Deer, stag and two hinds, in the distance a

younger stag and pair of calves of last year. Drawn from the

living animals at Knowsley by B. Waterhouse Hawkins, Jan. 26,

1844. Very good.”

(Male, female, and young Wapiti Deer, Cervus canadensis ;

apparently original of plate xxxvi. of ‘ Gleanings.’ |

24, “Drawn from the living animal at Knowsley, Dec. 20,

1844, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.

“ Received from the Himalayas, 1842, but species not known.”

[Apparently young male of Cervus duvauceli, and original of

plate xli. of ‘ Gleanings.’]

25. “ Figured from the living animals at Knowsley, Sept. 20th,

1847, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.

“ Received from Mr. Westerman.”

[Three figures, male and two females, of a Cervus, apparently the

Javan Deer, Cervus rusa. Originals of plate xliii. of ‘ Gleanings.’ |

26. “ Barbary Deer, stag, hind, and female calf of same year.

Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley, Feb. 6th, 1844, by

B. Waterhouse Hawkins. Very good.”

[Cervus barbarus, male, female, and young. Original of plate

xxxvil. of the ‘ Gleanings.’ ]

27. “The female C. equinus and the male a Rusa, obtained from

Amsterdam in 1845, but lived only a few months.

« Drawn from the living animals at Knowsiey by B. Waterhouse

Hawkins, Nov. 25, 1845.”

[The male and female of two species of Rusine Deer, Cervus

sp. inc. |

28. “ Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley by Water-

house Hawkins, Jan. 1844.”

[Three figures, male and female in two positions, of the

Virginian Deer, Cariacus virginianus, or of a nearly allied species.

Original of plate xlvi. of the ‘ Gleanings.’ |

29. “ Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley, July 1845, by

B. Waterhouse Hawkins.

“‘ See same animals figured March 22nd, 1844.”

[Two figures, male and female, of an American Deer, probably

Cariacus leucurus in summer dress. Original of plate xliv. of .

the ‘ Gleanings.”]

30. “ From the living animals at Knowsley, winter colour, March

22nd 1844, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.

by us the Black-tailed kind,

986 MR. SCLATER ON TWO VOLUMES OF [Dec. 15,

“See same animals figured July 1845.”

[Two of same animals as figured in plate 29, probably Cariacus

leucurus in winter dress. Original of plate xlv. of ‘ Gleanings.’]

31, “ Drawn from the dried skin of a very young specimen of one

of the Brockets, but proposed to be set aside.”

[Female of a Brocket, Curiacus sp. inc. ]

32. “Coassus rufus, F, Cuv.,male. Original of plate xlviii. in the

‘Gleanings.’ From Brazil.

“ Drawn from the living animal at Knowsley, March 21st, 1846,

by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”

[Red Brocket, Cariacus rufus, male, apparently original of right-

hand figure of plate xlviii. of ‘ Gleanings.’ ]

33. “ Peta? Brockets. Drawn from the living animals at

Knowsley, Feb. 6th, 1845, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”

[Apparently mother and two young of a South-American Brocket,

Cariacus (subgen. Coassus) sp. inc. ]

34, “No. 1, Coassus superciliaris, female. Original of a plate

of the ‘Gleanings.’ Habitat, South America. No. 2, male ;

3, female, Coassus rufus, F. Cuv., pl. xlvii. of ‘ Gleanings.’

“ Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley by B. Waterhouse

Hawkins, Sept. 16th, 1847.” :

[Three figures, right and left male and female probably of

Cariacus rufus, originals of plate xlvii. of ‘Gleanings.’ The centre

figure, female Brocket, Cariacus sp. inc., seems to be the original

of the right-hand figure of a plate in the ‘Gleanings’ called Eye-

browed Brocket, Coussus superciliaris, without any number. |

35. “ Water Musk from W. Africa. B. Waterhouse Hawkins,

drawn from a dried skin at Knowsley, Nov. 9th, 1843.”

[Male, female, and young of African Water Chevrotain, Hyo-

moschus aquaticus. Original of plate xxxi. of ‘ Gleanings.’]

36, “ Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley, August 1845,

by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”

[ Male, female, and young of Javan Chevrotain, Tragulus javanicus.

Original of plate xxxv. of ‘ Gleanings.’]

37. “ Drawn from the living animal at Knowsley, Dec. 31st,

1844, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins. Nat. size 9.”

[Female of Stanley Chevrotain, Zragulus stanleyanus. Original

of plate xxxiii. of ‘ Gleanings.”]

38. “ Alpaca. Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley,

July 23rd, 1844, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”

[Group of Alpacas, Auwchenia pacos, six figures. Original of

plate lil. of ‘ Gleanings.’ ]

39. “Llama. Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley,

July 9th, 1844, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”

[Group of Llamas, Auchenia glama, five figures. Original of

plate li. of ‘ Gleanings.’ ]

1896.] DRAWINGS IN THE KNOWSLEY LIBRARY. 987

40. “Vicuna. From the living animal at Knowsley, October

26, 1844, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”

[Male and female Vicuna, Auchenia vicugna. See plate xlix. of

‘ Gleanings.’]

41. “ Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley, September

1845, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”

[A pair of Onagers, Equus onager, apparently of the Indian

form. See pl. hii. of ‘ Gleanings.’ |

42. “Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley, June 13,

1844, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins. The foal born at Knowsley,

May 23, 1844.

** Male and foal still living, 1846.”

[Male, female, and foal of the Mountain Zebra, Hquus montanus.

Original of plate lvi. of ‘ Gleanings.’ |

43. “Colobus. From a dried skin marked Whitfield 8.1.43 by

B. Waterhouse Hawkins at Knowsley Hall, Nov. 22nd, 1843.”

[Apparently Colobus polycomus. |

44, “Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley, October

1845, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”

[A pair of Cheetahs, Cynelurus jubatus. ]

45. “ Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley, October 4th,

1845, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”

[A pair of young Servals or of an allied species, possibly Felis

servalina. |

46. “ B. Waterhouse Hawkins, 1847.”

[A Long-eared Fox, Otocyon megalotis. |

47. “B. W. H., Oct. 20, 1843. The specimen in Museum

marked Bates, Belize river.”

[Derbian Opossum, Didelphys lanigera. This is no doubt taken

from the type of D. derbiana, Waterhouse, which was described

from Lord Derby’s specimen: see Waterhouse, Nat. Hist.

Mammals, i. p. 495. }

48. “Adult female (now lost), young still living. From the

living animal at Knowsley, April 22nd, 1845, by B. Waterhouse

Hawkins.”

[Two figures, mother and young, of the Philander Opossum,

Didelphys philander. |

49. “ Drawn from the living animals at Knowsley, Jan. 16th,

1845, by B. Waterhouse Hawkins.”

[Three figures of the Patagonian Cavy, Dolichotis patagonica. |

50. “ Drawn from the living animal at Knowsley by B. Water-

house Hawkins, June 18th, 1845.”

[A Cavy, probably the Rock Cavy, Cavia rupestris. |

51. “In Museum at Knowsley, figured by B. Waterhouse

Hawkins, Oct, 10th, 1848. Specimen in Museum marked

988 ON DRAWINGS IN THE KNOWSLEY LIBRARY. _—[Dec. 15,

J. Bates, Guitanala, Sept: 1843. Compare it with S. griseo-caudatus

ficured Mamm. Voyage ‘ Sulphur.’”’

(Squirrel, one of the forms of Sciwrus hypopyrrhus. See ‘ Biologia

Centrali-Americana,’ p. 128. |

52. “ B. W. Hawkins. Specimen in Museum marked Whit-

field, Sept.”

[Le Conte’s Squirrel, Scuirus lemniscatus: see Jentink, ‘ Notes

from Leyden Museum,’ iv. p. 36.]

58. “ Ctenodactylus massonii, Gray, or Gundi of Tunis. H.C,

Richter, del.”

[Two figures of the Gundi Rat of Algeria, Ctenodactylus gundi

(Gmelin). ]

54. “J. Wolf, Oct. 28th, 1850.”

[Group of Sambur Deer, probably Cervus hippelaphus. ]

55. “J. Wolf, Oct. 7th, 1850.”

(Group, apparently of Barasingha Deer, Cervus duvauceli, in

summer pelage. |

56. “J. Wolf. Oct. 24th, 1850.”

[Pair of albino Sambur Deer, Cervus hippelaphus?, in park at

Knowsley. }

57. “J. Wolf, Oct. 19th, 1850.”

[Male and female, with distant figures in the background of

one of the South-American Deer, Cariacus sp. inc. On the back

is written, in pencil, “Savanna Deer of Demerara and Guiana.”

58. “J. Wolf, Nov. 9th, 1850.”

[Group of one of the Rusine Deer, perhaps Cervus equinus. ]

59. “J. Wolf, Oct. 17th, 1850.”

[Group of American Deer, probably Cariacus virginianus or

C. leucurus, on snow. |

60. Cephalophus rufilatus, Gray, W. Africa. J. Wolf, August

16th, 1850.

[Group of the Red-flanked Duiker, Cephalophus rufilatus. See

Bk. of Ant. vol. i. p. 167, pl. xix. fig. 1.]

61. “J. Wolf, August 1850. Antilope quadricornis.”

[Group of Four-horned Antelopes, Teétraceros qguadricornis. See

Bk. of Ant. vol. i. p. 215, pl. xxiv. ]

62. “J. Wolf, Oct. 14th, 1850.”

(Adult and young males of Moose or Elk, Alces machlis, in deep

snow. |

63. “J. Wolf.”

[Hybrid Bull, see P. Z.S.1849, p. 172; where the figure is

copied and the animal is described by D. W. Mitchell. ]

64. “J. Wolf, September 5th, 1850. Yak, female. Bos

grunniens, from East India.”

[Group of Yaks, Poephagus grunniens. |

1896.] ON WEBBED FEET IN ANTWERP PIGEONS. 989

65. “J. Wolf, Sept. 2nd, 1850. 4-bred between Brahmin Bull

and cow, at Fain.”

[Hybrid cattle. ]

66. “J. Wolf, Oct. 11th, 1850.

Squirrel sent from Valparaiso.”

[Squirrel, Sccwrus, one of the forms of S. hypopyrrhus, probably

S. h. dorsalis. |

67. “J. Wolf, Oct. 4th, 1850.

“ Ryzena capensis.”

[Two figures of the Suricate, Suricata tetradactyla. |

68. “J. Wolf, Aug. 8th, 1850.”

[Group of Guans, probably Penelope superciliaris. |

69. “J. Wolf, 1850.”

[A cock and two hens of Prince Albert’s Curassow, Crax alberti.]

Mr. W. Bateson exhibited three common blue Antwerp Pigeons,

lent by Mr. F. Doggett, of Cambridge, showing webbing between

the toes. The amount of webbing differed in each case. All the

birds were the offspring of a single pair which were absolutely

normal. The following remarks gave the details of each case :—

I.— hight foot. Digits 2 and 3 united by a web extending nearly

to end of 2nd phalanx of each toe. In digits 3 and 4 the web does

not extend quite so far.

Left foot. Like right foot, but the edge of the web between

digits 2 and 3, when the foot is extended, stretches more nearly in

a straight line from digit to digit, instead of being curved to form

a bay.

Il.—Right foot. Digits 3 and 4 webbed like 2 and 3 in right

foot of foregoing. Digits 2 and 3 not webbed at all.

Left foot. Like the right, but the web between digits 3 and 4

extends rather beyond 2nd phalanx and is continued up the

side of the toes on to the terminal phalanx as a narrow flap of

skin.

II1.—Both feet have the three digits completely webbed together

to the bases of the claws. Right foot has digits 3 and 4 united by

a loose web, but digits 2 and 3 are closely webbed together, so

that they can scarcely be moved independently. In the left foot

all three digits are thus closely united and the foot has a somewhat

deformed appearance. The bird can, however, sit on a perch

without difficulty.

The hallux is normal in every case.

The web is pink, healthy-looking skin, with scaling on the dorsal

surface near the digits. -

The birds I. and ITI. belong to one nest, but IT. belongs to a later

nest. Mr. Doggett states that he had seen one or both birds with

more or less webbing in four different pairs of young reared by the

same parents. Figures showing the right foot of ILI. and the left

990 ON A RARE BIRD FROM THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. [Dec. 15,

foot of II. appear, together with a descriptive note by Mr. Teget-

meier, in the ‘ Field, 1896, vol. 88, p. 464.

Attention was called to the fact that it is not the same pair of

digits which are the most webbed in all cases ; for in both feet of

TI. the web was developed chiefly between digits 3 and 4, while in

I. the greatest development was between digits 2 and 3.

Prof. Newton, F.R.S., sent for exhibition a mounted specimen

of a rare bird from the Sandwich Islands, accompanied by the

following remarks :—

I submit for exhibition the type specimen of Heterorhynchus

olivaceus, Lafresnaye (Magasin de Zoologie, 1839, pl. x. ; Revue

Zoologique, 1840, p. 321), which has been entrusted to my

care by the courtesy of the authorities of the Natural History

Society of Boston, and the kindness of the Curator of its Museum,

Professor Alpheus Hyatt.

Soon after the return, in the winter of 1888-9, of Mr. Scott B.

Wilson from his first visit to the Sandwich Islands, he brought the

collection of bird-skins he had there made to Cambridge that it

might be worked out. I gladly gave him all the help I could, and

my applications to that end for the loan of specimens were

generously granted by the custodians of several museums. One

of the specimens I was most anxious for Mr. Wilson to see was

the type of Lafresnaye’s species above mentioned. This was

included in the lithographed catalogue of that ornithologist’s

collection (No. 5677 bis) and was presumably in the Museum at

Boston ; but all Prof. Hyatt’s efforts to find it were vain. Conse-

quently Mr .Wilson had to do the best he could without examining

it, and, as may be seen in his paper “ On three undescribed Species

of the Genus Hemignathus” (Annals and Magazine of Natural

History, ser. 6, iv. pp. 400-402), he followed the example already

set him by Cassin (United Staves Exploring Expedition, Mamm. &

Orn. pp. 179, 180), by Mr. Sclater (Ibis, 1879, p. 92), and by

Dr. Sharpe (Cat. B. Brit. Mus. x. p. 4) in keeping Lafresnaye’s bird

distinct from the Hemignathus lucidus of Lichtenstein (Abhandl. k.

Akad. Berlin, 1838, p. 451, tab. 5. figs. 2, 3).

Towards the end of last summer I received a letter from Prof.

Hyatt, referring to our former correspondence and telling me that,

“In looking over the collection this year, one of mv assistants

found the Heterorhynchus olivacevs, 5677 bis, Lafresnaye Cata-

logue. Remembering the fact that you had applied for it, and

looking up the matter and consulting your communication, I

thought it best to inform you that this specimen had reappeared.

It was misplaced, and consequently could not be found at the time

it was needed.”

At my request Prof. Hyatt obtained leave to send this specimen

to me, and before returning it to Boston it seems desirable to

exhibit it at a meeting of the Zoological Society, as I believe that

no adult male example of this extinct species has been before seen

1896.] ON THE PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL. 991

in this country, and Mr. Rothschild has stated (Avifauna of

Laysan, p. 97) that Lafresnaye’s type is in the Paris Museum, On

this point he must have been misinformed, and the specimen he

* carefully examined ” there was probably one of the pair obtained

and presented by Néboux (Revue Zoologique, 1840, p. 289), from

which presumably the figures in the Voyage of the ‘ Vénus’ (Ois.

pl. i. figs. 1, 2) were taken. It is almost needless to remark that

had the present example been attainable by Mr. Wilson he would

never have supposed it to be specifically identical with the bird

which he found in Hawaii; and I may observe that not one of the

five examples of the Hemignathus lucidus of Oahu at his disposal—

two from Berlin, two at Cambridge, and one in the British

Museum—was that of a male in full plumage.

Mr. W. B. Tegetmeier, F.Z.S., exhibited an interesting

application of the Réntgen rays to ornithology, in the shape of an

actinograph taken from a Partridge that had “ towered ” on being

shot. The actinograph seemed to show that the “ towering ” was

caused by injury done to the lungs, and not by lesion of the brain,

as often supposed.

The following papers were read :—

1. Contributions to our Knowledge of the Plankton of the

Faeroe Channel.—No. I. By G. Herserr Fowter,

B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Zoology, University

College, London.

[Received November 3, 1896.]

(Plate L.)

Between July 29th and August 8th of this year I enjoyed the

great advantage of a berth on H.M.S. ‘ Research,’ by the per-

mission of the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty, extended to

me at the request of the Council of the Royal Society. I am glad

of this opportunity to tender my thanks, not only to both of these

bodies, but also to Capt. Mcore and the other officers of the

‘Research’ for placing at my disposal every facility that lay in

their power.

My chief object on the cruise was an attempt to ascertain

whether the intermediate zones of water between (say) 100 and

700 fathoms are characterized by definite forms of planktonic life

or not; and if so, what temperature-limits form barriers to the

distribution of various species. The large number both of surface

and deep-water organisms obtained during the cruise will demand

so long a study that it seems best to publish results as soon as

obtained in the scant leisure of which a teaching post admits.

The present note forms, therefore, the first of a series, in which

Proc. Zoon. Soc.—1896, No. LXIV. 64

992 DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON THE [ Dec. 15,

the methods employed and the general questions of distribution

will be left to the last paper.

SAGITTA WHARTONI, sp. n.' (Plate L. figs. 1-3.)

In external form this species resembles most nearly S. lyra

(Krohn), and differs from all other species yet described in the

approximation, almost fusion, of the paired lateral fins. From

Krohn’s species, however, it is easily distinguished by the absence

of a constriction between body and trunk and by the numbers of

the teeth and cirrhi.

The head is large, 3-4 mm. wide and 2 mm. long in a specimen

45 mm. long. It bears on each side 8-10 stout cirrhi (Greithaken),

which are strongly curved, and of which the middle three are the

longest. The accessory teeth (Nebenkiefer) are arranged in two

series, of which the more dorsal are 3-5 in number and are short

and stout; the more ventral are 5-7 in number and are slighter

and longer. The neck is somewhat thinner than the body. The

body tapers without constriction to the tail; the latter (post-septal

region) is less than one-fourth of the total length. ‘The lateral

fins are set rather far back, the anterior being much longer and

narrower than the posterior.

The longest specimen measured 45mm. The following dimen-

sions are taken from well-preserved straight specimens, of which

A was apparently uncontracted, B contracted considerably antero-

posteriorly :—

A. B.

Total length 2st. a. 30 mm. 38 mm.

Hicad Fee RL Oe 1 2

Body Se Oe 23 26

Vaile 7 9, eR oes Mee 6 10

Neckitwidthivesca.eee eee 15 3

Body, width at widest .... 2 +

Anterior fin, length ...... 20 18

89 jot WORE sts hae 3 6

Posterior fin, length...... 10 7

b oo Wad nko: 4 9

Tarl-fin, width’ 2... .% 4. st. 3 6

It is curious that this species should not have been taken by the

Plankton Expedition, which records * S. bipunctata from the north

of Scotland. From this it is distinguished readily by the approxi-

mation (continuity) of the lateral fins.

From S. hexaptera it is further distinguished by the size of the

head, by the slightly more backward position of the posterior

lateral fin, by the possession of more numerous cirrhi, and by the

absence of the five-rayed star on the accessory teeth (cf. Strodtmann,

loc, cit.).

1 In honour of Admiral Wharton, R.N., the Hydrographer, a steady friend

to oceanic research.

? Strodtmann, “Systematik der Chaetognathen,” Arch. fir Naturgeschichte,

lyiii. Band i. pp. 383-376, pl. xvii.

1896.} PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE CHANNEL, 993

From S. bipunctata it is readily distinguished by the number of

teeth in the accessory rows and the proportions of tail to body.

A row of stout processes is placed on the ventral side of the

rows of accessory teeth. These appear to correspond to the

“« follicoli vestibolari” of Grassi; but in forming a single row they

differ from those which he figures as characterizing S. hewaptera’.

I have been unable to detect any trace of a “ corona cigliata ”

(Riechorgan) on the dorsal surface of the head and neck.

This species* appears to be present in both the “ cold” and the

“warm” areas *® of the Faeroe Channel, and to be a characteristic

component of the “‘ Mesoplankton,” 7. e. the floating and swimming

organisms between a depth of +100 fathoms below the surface

and a depth of +100 fathoms from the bottom.

Horizontal distribution: 61° 18’ N., 4° 21' W., to 59° 42’ N.,

CW:

Vertical distribution :—

Greatest depth—warm area—Sta. 19 a, 480 to 350 fathoms ;

temp. 46° to 47° F.

Greatest depth—cold area—Sta. 13 g, 465 to 335 fathoms ;

temp. 31° to 33° F.

Least depth—Sta. 13 2, 100 to 0 fathoms; temp. 48° to 54° F.

‘The least depth given above was the only occasion on which it

was taken anywhere near the surface, except for one doubtful and

broken specimen at the surface at midnight (Sta. 15). There is

no doubt that this species is essentially Mesoplanktonic, with a

very wide temperature range (at least 33° to 48° F.); it occurred

in every haul, but one, of those made between 530 and 100 fathoms

(i. e. in eight out of nine hauls); it occurred in every haul which

began at or lower than 300 fathoms and finished at the surface

(three hauls); and was taken, certainly, only once in a haul

which began at 100 fathoms and ended at the surface (once out of

twenty-two hauls).

SpapELLA (Krounta) HAMatvA, Mobius. (Plate L. fig. 4.)

Having obtained a large number of well-preserved specimens of

this species, I think it worth while to give an outline (fig. 4) of

the external form, since both the original figure of Mébius * (which

has been simply copied by-Hertwig * and by Grassi") and also the

1 Grassi, loc. cit. infra, pl. iii. fig. 6.

2 T am anxious to leave the discussion of the bathymetric limits of the species

taken on H.M.S. ‘ Research,’ and of the means used to determine these limite,

till the material has been more fully investigated. At the same time, in

describing a new species it is necessary to provisionally indicate the depth at

which it was taken; but remarks under this heading must he for the present

considered as provisional, except in the case of surface forms.

3 For an explanation of these areas, see Wyville Thomson, ‘ Depths of the

Sea.’ London, 1874. 8vo.

4 Jahresb. Commiss. wissenschaft. Untersuch. deutschen Meere, Jahrg. ii.,

iii. p. 158, pl. iii. fig. 18. ;

> “ Die Chaetognathen,” Jenaische Zeitschrift, xiv. pl. ix. fig. 7.

6 «JT Chetognati,” Fauna und Flora Golf. Neapel, v. pl. i. sar e

994 .DR. G. HERBERT FOWLER ON THE [Dec. 15,

more recent figure of Strodtmann *, owing doubtless to ill-preserved

material, are capable of improvement in respect of the lateral fins.

There can be no doubt that the ‘ Research’ specimens are refer-

able to this species, since they agree with Mobius’s description

and figures of the cephalic armature to the minutest detail.

This species appears to be an essentially northern form. It was

originally described by Mébius from the following localities :—

N. of Hanstholmen, Korsfjord (twice), and N.W. of Skagen

(misprinted 8.W., loc. cit. p. 158) during the cruise of the

‘Pommerania,’ 1872.

It was recorded by Levinsen® from Greenland (Kronprinsens

Eiland), from 30 m. W. of Cape Farewell, and from lat. 59° N.;

long.?; lat. 57° 50’ N., long. 48° 43’ W.; lat. 57° 48’ N.,

long. 43° 45’ W.

Strodtmann records it from the North Atlantic Drift (“ Gulf-

stream”), Irminger (Greenland) Sea, and the Labrador Current,

i. e. from 60° to 50° N. latitude, as having failed in no single haul

made by the ‘ National’ (Plankton Expedition) in 1889.

In the Faeroe Channel it was rarely absent from a tow-net.

The deepest haul in which I obtained this species was in the

warm area—Sta. 19a, 480 to 350 fathoms; temperature 46° to

47°F. It may be regarded as having a fairly wide range of tem-

perature (eurythermal), since it was obtained from the surface at

a temperature of 53° F. (haul 154), and at a temperature of less

than 33° F. (haul 13g, 31° to 33° F.) in the cold area.

These four instances are, I believe, the only records of the

occurrence of the species.

In illustration of the ease with which one may fail to collect

specimens of a fairly plentiful species, may be cited two successive

hauls, made within an hour of each other:

Haul 19 a, 480 to 350 fm., gave 6 specimens of S. hamata.

» 196, 480to 0 5 0 FS ts

In other words, 6 were caught in-towing through 130 fm. of

water, none in towing through 480 fm. (cf. Strodtmann, loc. cit.

p- 367) with the same net at the same place.

SALPA ASYMMETRICA, sp.n. (Plate L. figs. 5-8.)

As was the case with most Salpx collected on the ‘ Research,’

the specimens of this species were considerably damaged by

pressure against the tow-net, owing to the heavy rolling of the

ship when heaved to. Not all anatomical details could therefore.

be satisfactorily made out, but the following appear to be good

characters :—

External cHaracrurs.—Body ovoid, flattened, devoid of pro-

cesses. Apertures in solitary form terminal; apertures in sexual

1 “ Systematik der Chaetognathen,” Arch. Naturgeschichte, lviii. Bd. i.

pl. xvii. fig. 17.

* «Om nogle pelagiske Annulata,” Vidensk. Selsk. Skriften, (6) iii. 321.

1896. ] PLANKTON OF THE FAEROE OHANNEL. 995

form, mouth dorsal, cloaca terminal. Surface smooth. Length of

sexual form 12 mm.

Tsr clear, transparent, thin.

Mantiz.—In the sexual form the musculature exhibits an

asymmetry similar to that already described in S. dolichosoma-

virgula, musculosa-punctata, and magalhanica*. The mouth has a

pair of sphincters, apparently formed by splitting of two lateral

longitudinal muscle-slips. At least one sphincter surrounds the

cloacal aperture ; but the arrangement of the musculature of both

apertures was extremely difficult to make out, owing to the bad

condition of the specimens. The order, or rather the disorder, of

the main muscles is more easily appreciated from drawings than

from a description (Plate L. figs. 5, 6,a—f). In addition to these

there are two dorsal longitudinal muscle-slips, a dorsal sheet

overlying the nucleus, and a fan-like sheet on the right of the

nucleus.

In the solitary form, extracted with the placenta from the

parent, the musculature is much more regular; it consists of

eight complete bands, two large and (?) four small circumcloacal

sphincters (the arrangement of which could not be exactly ascer-

tained), a right and a left longitudinal slip of unequal length in

connection with the two circumoral sphincters.

Enpostyzs fairly long and straight.

Dorsat Lamina large (diam. in posterior third about 5 mm. in

sexual form), with strongly-marked ridges. No languet was

detected.

Dorsal TUBERCLE large, about 5 mm. in length in sexual form 5

transversely marked with fine bands of cells.

ViscCERAL Mass comparatively small, brownish yellow in life.

At first it seemed probable that one was dealing merely with a

specimen curiously broken, and that the asymmetry was artificial.

But specimens of this species were taken on many occasions, and

all possibility of the above explanation was destroyed when I

obtained several specimens which presented the same asymmetry,

but in a “ Spiegelbild,” namely the reversal which would be pro-

duced by a reflection in a mirror. The same reversal or “ inverse

image” has been discussed at length by Apstein * on the basis of

the three asymmetrical genera cited above.

As the ‘Ergebnisse der Plankton Expedition’ are not readily

accessible to everyone, and as the point is novel and of some

interest, I quote Apstein’s conclusions :—“ Bei den iibrigen Salpen,

die eine symmetrische Muskulatur haben, ist Spiegelbild und

Kongruenz dasselbe, bei einem unsymmetrischen K6rper aber fallen

Spiegelbild und Kongruenz nicht zusammen. Ich glaube jedoch,

dass bei allen Salpen in der Kette die Individuen der eine Reihe

gleich, d. h. kongruent sind, aber zu denen der anderer Reihe

spiegelbildlich sich verhalten, aber dass dies in der Muskulatur

1 Apstein, ‘Ergebnisse der Plankton Expedition: Die Thaliacea.—B. Ver-

teilung der Salpen,’ p. 17.

2 Apstein, loc. cit. p. 17.

996 DR. R. 0. CUNNINGHAM ON ABNORMAL [ Dee. 15,

meist nicht zu sehen ist, weil fast alle Salpenarten symmetrische

Muskeln haben.”

This adds an eighteenth species to the list of Salpw occurring in

the North Atlantic. It was obtained at two stations (four hauls)

in small quantities: Sta. 13, 60° 2’ N., 5° 49’ W.; and Sta. 19,

59° 42' N., 7° 7' W. On these four hauls it was at the surface ;

in two more hauls at the same stations it was also taken from

uncertain horizons with an open tow-net, probably at or near the

surface.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE L.

Sagitta whartont, sp. un. (p. 992).

Fig. 1. Ventral view. x 2.

Fig. 2. Dorsal view of head, showing some of the cirrhi, the two rows of

accessory teeth, and the row of sensory processes. Oam. luc. x 12.

Fig. 8. Cephalic armature. a, end of cirrhus; 0, tooth of ventral row;

c, tooth of dorsal row. X 210.

Spadella (Krohnia) hamata (p. 993).

(Drawn by camera lucida.)

Fig. 4. Ventral view. X 2.

Salpa asymmetrica, sp. n. (p. 99+).

a—f. main muscles of the mantle. en. endostyle.

at. atriopore. ne. nerye-ganglion.

el. cloaca, nw. nucleus.

dl, dorsal lamina. pl. placenta.

dt. dorsal tubercle. st. stolon.

el. elxoblast.

5. Sexual form, dorsal aspect. Xx 4°.

6. Sexual form, ventral aspect. x 4:5.

Fig. 7. Solitary form, right side. x 16.

8. Solitary form, left side. x 16.

2. On the Occurrence of a Pair of Supernumerary Bones in

the Skull of a Lemur and on a Peculiarity in the Skull

of a young Orang. By Roserr O. Cunninenam, M.D.,

F.L.S., F.G.S., C.M.Z.S., Professor of Natural History,

Queen’s College, Belfast.

[Received November 9, 1896.]

A short time ago, when taking part in an oral examination on

zoology at the Royal University of Ireland, Dublin, I was some-

what surprised to recognize in the skull of a common Lemur a

small pair of supernumerary bones intervening between the

frontals, nasals, and lachrymals.. As I could not find any reference

to such bones in any of the works on comparative anatomy at my

disposal, I wrote to Sir William Flower, as our highest authority

on the osteology of the Mammalia, to ask him if he could furnish

me with any information on the point. He kindly handed my

letter with its accompanying sketch to Dr. Forsyth Major, who

showed him a skull with exactly the same bones, observing that

GHFdel.

West, Newman imp

M P Parker hth.

Plankton of ie Faeroe Channel.

1896.] SKULLS OF A LEMUR AND ORANG. 997

they were not uncommon in the genus Lemur, especially in young

individuals, although their existence had apparently not been

recorded. The bones in the specimen examined by me are tri-

angular in form and, as will be realized from the sketch (fig.1), occupy

Fig. 1.

Skull of Lemur, from above.

Fr. Frontals. x. Supernumerary bones. L. Lachrymals. N. Nazsals.

M. Maxille.

a position corresponding with the prefrontals in a Lizard or Croco-

dile. The suture which marks their limits is very clearly defined.

It is interesting to note ‘that corresponding bones have been

recognized in the genus Hippopotamus. In a memoir! contributed

to tome xvi., 1894, of the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ by

MM. Grandidier and Filhol, for a reference to which I am indebted

to Sir W. Flower and Dr. Forsyth Major, these bones are described

and figured both in the case of an extinct species, H. lemerlei,

from Madagascar and of young individuals of existing Hippo-

potami from Senegal. On examination of our only specimen of

the skull of a Hippopotamus in the Museum of Queen’s College,

Belfast, I find the same bones (regarded by MM. Grandidier and

Filhol as representing prefrontals) distinctly indicated, though the

suture separating them posteriorly from the frontals is to a con-

siderable extent obliterated.

In Sir W. Flower’s admirable ‘ Introduction to the Osteology of

the Mammalia’ (8rd edition), the following statement occurs

(p. 162) with respect to the squamosal in Monkeys : “The squamosal

in the higher forms is developed much as in Man, but in the lower

forms it is more reduced and takes a smaller share in the formation

of the side-wall of the cranium. It generally comes in contact at

1 “Ossements d’Hippopotames.”

998 ON ABNORMAL SKULLS OF A LEMUR AND ORANG. [Dec. 15,

its upper anterior angle with the frontal, but not in the Orang

or in the Cebide, in which animals the union of the parietal

with the alisphenoid separates the frontal from the squamosal, as

Fig. 2 A.

Skull of Orang (left side).

Fig. 2B.

Skull of Orang (right side).

P. Parietal. Fr Frontal. §, Squamosal. A. Alisphenoid. J. Jugal.

1896.] DR. A. DUBOIS ON A NEW AFRICAN TROGAN. 999

is usually the case with Man.” That the latter is not invariably

the case as regards the Orang is demonstrated by the skull of a

young individual from Borneo, presented to me many years ago

by my friend Captain J. W. Dixon, R.N.,and now in the Museum

of Queen’s College, Belfast, of which I exhibit two drawings

(figs. 2A and 2B). It will be observed that in this skull, though

on the left side (fig. 2 A) the alisphenoid meets the parietal and

frontal, thereby separating the squamosal, on the right (fig. 2 B)

the squamosal meets the frontal, being interposed between the

alisphenoid and parietal.

3. Description d’un nouveau Couroucou africain. Par le

Dr. Apu. Dusots, Conservateur au Musée royal d’hist.

nat. de Belgique, C.M.Z.S.

[Received December 1, 1896.]

Lorsqu’ en 1886 je fis l'étude des oiseaux recueillis dans la

région du lac Tanganyika par le Major Em. Storms, j/avais pris le

Couroucou qui fait lobjet de cette notice pour un jeune Hapalo-

derma narina. Mais en faisant récemment une révision des Z'ro-

gonide de notre Musée, je m’apercus que l’un des quatre sujets

rapportés du Tanganyika n’est pas un jeune A. narina, mais un

mile adulte d’une espéce distincte que je crois nouvelle, et dont

voici la description :

HAPALODERMA RUFIVENTRE, sp. noy.

H. narine affinis, sed pulchrior, et pectore, abdonine et sub-

caudalibus isabellino-rufis.

Méle.—D’un vert doré 4 reflets cuivrés; joues nues’ avec une

bande étroite de plumes vertes dirigée obliquement d’avant en

arricre ; grandes couvertures et rémiges secondaires noiratres,

vermiculées de blanc et bordées de vert cuivré ; rémiges primaires

noires, blanches a la base; les deux premiéres rectrices latérales

blanches mais d’un vert noiratre 4 la base, troisiéme rectrice d’un

vert noiratre, blanche 4 son extrémité, les médianes d’un vert

olivatre sombre mais bordées de vert brillant; poitrine, abdomen

et sous-caudales d’un roux-isabelle, plus pale sur ces derniéres ;

tarses emplumés jusqu’aux doigts, ces plumes, de méme que celles

des jambes, sont d’un vert sombre varié de cendré. Bec jaune ;

doigts roussitres.

Long. tot. 280 millim., ailes 132 millim., queue 170, tarses 14.

Cet oiseau differe done de I’. narina par le nu des joues plus

étendu, et surtout par la coloration des parties inférieures, qui sont

d’un roux isabelle sans la moindre trace de rouge.

Hab. Région du lac Tanganyika.

1 Sur la peau préparée ces parties nues sont noirdtres; il est done probable

quelles sont d’une teinte bleuatre chez l’oiseau en vie.

1000 DR. J. W. GREGORY ON A NEW [Dec. 15,

4. Ou Lysechinus, a new Genus of Fossil Echinoderms from

the Tyrolese Trias. By J. W. Grucory, D.Sc., F.G.S.,

Assistant in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.).

[Received October 22, 1896.]

(Plate LI.)

Page

een GO CIGHION sn, dake cseaavetects coed Jcceaserenel susan take acre speaae saad 1000

IL. Description of Lysechinus incongruens, gen. et 8p. NOV.......+..06 1001

III, Affinities of Lysechinus and Classification of the Plesiocidaroida. 1001

IV. Affinities of the Plesiocidaroida ...........sscjeceeesseceeseceneenccees 1003

I. Introduction.

The genus Tiarechinus was founded by Neumayr* in 1881 for

a fossil from the St. Cassian Trias, which had been previously

studied by Laube, whose name, however, had not been published.

Neumayr described the fossil as an Echinoid having characters

which allied it to the Archezocidaride, Cidaride, and Diadematide.

He included it temporarily in the first-named family, but thought

it would probably be necessary to institute for it a new order,

intermediate between the Palzechinoidea and Euechinoidea. The

main characters of the genus relied on by its founder were its

large apical disc, short ambulacra, large mouth, and its having the

granulation uniform, except for four small tubercles at the oral

end of each interambulacrum. He thought that he could recognize

certain sutures by the use of glycerine, but it was reserved for

Loven*® to prove that each interambulacrum consists of four

plates, three vertical plates resting on a single oral plate. This

discovery showed that Yiarechinus was even more abnormal than

Neumayr thought. Duncan’, in 1890, accordingly made it the

type of a new order, the Plesiocidaroida, in which it has since

been allowed to remain in solitary state. In the same year I found

a specimen in the Klipstein Collection in the British Museum,

which I at first regarded as a new species of Tiarechinus, an

opinion which was shared by the late P. H. Carpenter, to whom

I showed it; but a careful examination of the type specimen at

Vienna, and of others there and in Berlin, showed that it was a

distinct genus having the same type of structure.

1M. Neumayr, * Morphologische Studien tiber fossile Echinodermen,” Sitz.

k, Akad, Wiss. Wien, Bd. lxxxiv. Abt. 1, 1881, pp. 169-176, pl. ii. fig. 4.

2S. Lovén, ‘‘ On Pourtalesia,” Handi, K. Svens. Vet. -Akad, Bd. xix. 1883,

no. 4 pp. 12, 65, pl. xiii.

P.M. Duncan. “A Revision of the Genera and Great Groups of the

Bchinoidea.” Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxiii. 1890, p. 19,

1896.) GENUS OF FOSSIL ECHINODERMS. 1001

II. Description of Lysechinus.

LYsECHINUS *, noy. gen.

Diaenosis.—Plesiocidaroida with the ambulacra limited to

grooves on the oral half of the test.

Descrivtion.—Zest small and slightly elliptic; margins tumid ;

oral and apical surfaces flattened.

Apical system very large, and forming most of the test. The

basal ring consists of five plates, forming a closed ring. One

(? more) of these is perforated by a pore. Their form is apparently

heptagonal.

Ocular plates very large; they are hexagonal; five of the sides

are straight, but the sixth is broken by a notch for the end of the

ambulacrum.

Periproct large ; an irregular pentagonal ellipse.

Ambulacra.—These occur in five (?) somewhat spoon-shaped

depressions around the mouth. There are four or five small

single pores on each side of each ambulacrum.

Interambulacra large. Apparently each consists of nine plates ;

there is a large single peristomal plate succeeded by two plates,

above which are two series each of three plates.

The ornamentation consists of granules or small tubercles

irregularly arranged. The spines are short, with a stout proximal

knob.

Peristome very large, occupying nearly the whole of the lower

surface of the test.

Dimensions.—Height:............... 4 mn.

Diameters oceetackesdem tes tes dimias

Diameter of periproct .. 13 ,,

a 97, PELISLOMIE -.5 samt

Disrrreution.—St. Cassian Schichten. Trias: St. Cassian, Tyrol.

Typn Spucrus *.—Lysechinus incongruens, n. sp. Brit. Mus.,

E 3935,

Ill. Affinities of Lysechinus and Classification of the

Plesiocidaroida.

The interpretation of the specimen on which this genus is

founded is unquestionably difficult, owing to its small size, to the

1 From dvars, dissolution or disconnection. In Prof. Bell’s ‘Catalogue of

British Echinoderms,’ 1892, pp. 14, 24, the term lissactinic is used as a synonym

of azygopodous. This is obviously a printer's error, A\vots having been mistaken

for \tcoos, smooth. ‘The slip is here corrected at Prof, Bell’s request ; the word

should be “ lysactinic.”

2 There being only the one species it is impossible to say which of the

characters are specific and which generic. No specific diagnosis is therefore

possible.

1002 DR. J. W. GREGORY ON A NEW [Dec. 15,

close union of the plates having obscured the sutures, and to

irregularity in the normal symmetry.

The small size of the specimen at once raises the question as to

whether it is mature or is only a form so young that it is useless

to found a genus upon it. If the specimen were the only

echinid in the bed from which it came, or had been associated

with echinids of normal size, it would probably have been im-

possible to give a satisfactory reply to this objection. But Lys-

echinus belongs to an echinid fauna all the members of which are

minute. Tiarechinus is smaller, while the species of Cidaris,

Hypodiadema, and Salenia are of about the same size. The

specimens of the last three genera have the characters of maturity,

in spite of their minuteness, and thus we cannot take the small

size of Lysechinus as a proof that it is a larval form.

That it is not a pathological variation cannot be so definitely

disproved. This idea seems supported by the fact that the radial

symmetry of the specimen is not perfect. One of the inter-

ambulacra is more prominent than the rest, but this malformation

is as likely to be a post-mortem accident during fossilization as an

ante-mortem variation. But we cannot ignore Lysechinus as a

mere sport until we know some echinid which may be regarded

as the form of which it is the sport. Numerous echinids are

known with some striking character which may be explained by

teratology ; but in such cases there is no doubt as to the species,

or at least the genus, from which the sport arose. There is no

known Triassic or Palzozoic echinid which resembles Lysechinus

and T%arechinus, and from which either genus can be conceived as

having originated by a single variation. Several specimens of

Tiarechinus are known, and they all agree in structure, so that

that genus is not teratological ; and until we know of some echinid

from which Lysechinus could have sprung we cannot adopt the

easy course of dismissing it as an abortion.

The greatest difficulty presented by the specimen is due to the

close union of the plate, whereby the recognition of the sutures

is difficult. By the aid of Lovén’s fluid I believe that I can see

sutures which show that each interambulacrum consists of nine

plates, arranged as follows :—

1. Adjoining the genital plate are three quadrangular plates.

2. Three quadrangular plates, each bearing a tubercle.

3. Two angular plates, each bearing a tubercle.

4, One peristomal plate.

This arrangement is not altogether free from doubt, for it is

difficult to discriminate between cracks and sutures, and they

cannot be detected in all the areas}.

? The sutures could probably be exposed by the application of weak acid

but this method is not invariably successful, and so long as the specimen is

unique it is not advisable to subject it to any risk.

1896. ] GENUS OF FOSSIL ECHINODERMS, 1003

The characters of Lysechinus which are unmistakable are the

large mouth and apical system, and the small ambulacra occurring

in grooves on the oral aspect of the test. These leave no doubt

that Lysechinus is most nearly allied to Tiarechinus, and must be

included as a second genus of Plesiocidaroida. It differs, however,

from Tiarechinus in several important characters, of which the

most remarkable are the limitation of the ambulacra to grooves on

the oral half of the test, and the greater number of plates in the

interambulacra. These differences are so important that it seems

inadvisable to keep both genera in the same family, especially as

neither genus appears to be on the direct line of descent of the

other.

I therefore propose to classify the order as follows :—

ECHINOIDEA REGULARIA.

Order PLESIOCIDAROIDA.

Draenosts.—Echinoidea with a swall rigid test; peristome

and periproct central and opposite. Periproct in the centre of an

apical system of large plates, which constitute half of the whole

test. The ambulacral areas are short and biserial. The inter-

ambulacra begin with a single peristomal plate. There are no

external gills.

Family 1. TIARECHINIDS.

Draenosis.—Plesiocidaroida with ambulacra with biserial pores.

Fach interambulacrum consists of four plates, viz., a single peri-

stomal plate, and three tall vertical plates in a horizontal row.

Genus Trarecuinus, Neumayr, 1881.

Species Tiarechinus princeps, Neumayr.

Family 2. LysecHrnip2,

Dracnosis.—Plesiocidaroida with ambulacra limited to grooves

on lower surface of the test. Each interambulacrum begins with

a single peristomal plate, succeeded by a row of two plates, and

this by one or more containing three plates.

Genus LYsnCHINUS, n. gen.

Species Lysechinus tncongruens, N. sp.

IV. Affinities of the PLESIOCIDAROIDA.

After Loven’s skilful analysis of the test of Ziarechinus, and

discovery of the constitution of the apical area, the genus became

of great importance in Echinoderm morphology. The theory that

the apical plates of echinids and the central dorsal plates of

stellerids were homologous with the plates that form the calyx of

1004 DR. J. W. GREGORY ON A NEW (Dee. 15,

the crinoids was then in the ascendency. The strikingly crinoid-

aspect of the dorsal half of the test of Tiarechinus was held to

support this theory by showing that the apical plates were of

great functional importance in the primitive echinids.

The same line of argument would tend to connect Lysechinus

with the Stellerida ; for the ambulacra are “ lysactinic,” or limited

to grooves on the oral surface, and the dorsal surface is somewhat

like that of such an Ophiurid as Ophiopyrgus ’.

But in spite of the temptation to deduce the characters and

affinities of the primitive echinid from these two genera, I am

bound to confess that they appear to give no information whatever

upon this subject. In the first place they came too late to be

ancestral; they may be primitive, but they are not primeval. The

Echinoidea began in the Ordovician. The Plesiocidaroida do not

appear till the Trias. It is idle therefore to regard the Triassic

caliculate Ziarechinus as the ancestor of the Silurian acaliculate

Echinocystis, The Plesiocidaroida resemble the Mesozoic genera

Salenia and Acrosalenia in the size of the apical area, and Cidaris

in the arrangement of the ambulacral plates, rather than any of

the Paleozoic families such as the Archeocidariide, Melonitide,

or Paleechinide. When the order is compared with its prede-

cessors its characters appear specialized instead of primitive, and it

appears more reasonable to regard it as an aberrant offshoot from

some Palsozoic echinid, rather than a close relation of the ancestor

of the class.

This idea is quite in harmony with the evidence as to the

physical conditions under which the members of the two genera

lived. They both come from the Trias near St. Cassian. Lys-

echinus probably came from the neighbourhood of Sett Sass, and

from the Middle St. Cassian or “Stuores zone.” The rock-

sequence of the Trias in this area’ includes a variable series of

volcanic tuffs, grits, and agglomerates, massive and nodular drusy

dolomites, coral-reefs, and thin-bedded limestones. The sequence

indicates considerable volcanic disturbances and very variable

conditions ; lagoons, no doubt, occurred among the coral-reefs, and

if these became saline the animals in them would be stunted

in development. Animal life was prolific in this warm sea, but

the conditions were unfavourable to normal development. Hence

the fossils—corals, sponges, echinids, and mollusca—are all small

and stunted. The animals appear to have dwindled in size as the

conditions became more and more adverse. As the echinids

became smaller the tests appear to have needed strengthening, —

which was managed in two different ways. In the first the apical

plates increased until they covered the whole upper half of the

1 Th. Lyman, “ Report on the Ophiuroidea,” Rep. Chall. Exped., Zool. vol. vy,

1882, p. 33, pl, ix. figs. 16, 17.

> See e.g. M. M. Ogilvie, ‘‘ Contributions to the Geology of the Wengen and

St. Cassian Strata in Southern Tyrol,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xlix. 1893,

p- 22, and table facing p. 16.

P.2.S.1896. Plate LI.

West, Nevemam ump .

FE. Drake del et hth.

Lysechinus & Tiarechinus.

1896. } GENUS OF FOSSIL ECHINODERMS. 1005

test, as in the Plesiocidaroida. In the second case strength was

obtained by the development of a plate in the centre of the apical

system, as in the Salentide, which first appear in the St. Cassian

beds.

The last point it is necessary to consider is from what possible

ancestor the Plesiocidaroida may have been derived. I am not

aware that any suggestion has ever been made as to the ancestry

ot Tiarechinus. As Jackson remarks, in all echinids after

Bothriocidaris there are only two plates in the second row of

interambulacral plates, except in Z%arechinus, where there are

three, an arrangement which is “therefore to be looked at as a

feature standing quite by itself as a structural detail” *. Lysechinus,

however, bridges the gap in this respect between Tiarechinus and

the Paleozoic echinids. All those typical genera of the latter, in

which none of the interambulacral plates pass on to the peristomal

membrane, have the oral ends of the interambulacra arranged as

in Lysechinus. In them a single peristomal plate is succeeded

by two plates, above which occurs a line of three. Lysechinus is

therefore the more primitive genus. The interambulacra of

Tiarechinus can easily have been produced from it by the resorption

of the second zone of interambulacral plates and increase in

height of those of the third zone, so that they are left directly

superposed on the single peristomal plate.

The St. Cassian fauna is rich in new types of structure, which

probably arose from the somewhat wild attempts of its members

to adapt themselves to unfavourable conditions of life. Hence it

appears more reasonable to regard the Plesiocidaroida as a random

offshoot rather than as an ancestral group, and as being of interest

as a biological backwater out of the main stream of echinid

development, instead of being its primary source.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LI.

Fig. 1a, b, & c. Lysechinus incongruens, from the Trias of St. Cassian. The

test seen respectively from above, from below, and from the side.

x 4 diam.

2a, b, & ce, The same in outline; diagrammatic.

3a, b, & ce. Tiarechinus princeps, seen from the same aspects. xX 6 diam.

(After Neumayr. )

‘4a, b, & c, The same in outline; diagrammatic. (After Lovén.)

5. Diagram of an interambulacrum and genital plate of Tiarechinus.

6. + of the same in Lysechinus.

l BR. T. Jackson, ‘Studies of Palxechinoidea,” Bull. Geol. Soc, Amer. val. vii.

1896, p. 248.

1006 REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW [Dec. 15,

5. On some new and little-known Spiders (Araneidea).

By the Rev. O. Pickarp Camprineg, M.A., F.R.S., &c.

[Received October 16, 1896.]

(Plate LIT.)

The four Spiders described below are from widely separated

localities—Ceylon, Borneo, and South America. For two of them

(of the families Myrmecide and Gasteracanthide) it seems to me

that two new genera are needed. Of the other two the females

have already been described, but the males, now described and

figured, are new. The Spider on which one of the new genera is

based—Friula (Gasteracanthide)—is of exceptional interest; it

was received by me many years ago from the collection of the late

Mr. Wilson Saunders, with an almost illegible, and to me wholly

unintelligible, little ticket attached to it, so that I neither knew

the name of the captor nor the locality. Not long since I had an

accidental clue to it which on being followed up resulted in these

particulars being cleared up, and there is no doubt that this

Spider was found at Sarawak by Dr. A. R. Wallace. It is with

much pleasure that I have now conferred upon this singular

form the name (so well known and valued by every biologist) of

its captor.

Order ARANEIDEA.

Gen. nov. Arrius (fam. Myrmecide).

Cephalothoraz much longer than broad; lateral marginal

impressions at the caput slight; fore margin broadly but slightly

roundly truncated. Posterior extremity rather drawn out into

a somewhat tapering but truncated covering to the fore part of

the connecting pedicle, which last is long, cylindrical, and corneous.

Upper convexity moderate, profile slightly and uniformly curved ;

normal grooves and indentations very slight.

Eyes widely separated, in two transverse curved rows; the

anterior row much the shortest and very slightly curved, the

convexity of the curves of both rows directed forwards; the

posterior row is double the length of the anterior and strongly

curved. The four central eyes form a quadrangle broader than

long, and its fore side shortest. The four laterals form a very

large quadrangle whose relative proportions are similar to those

of the central one, and the line formed by the laterals on each

side is rather longer than that of the anterior row. The fore-

central eyes are largest, the hind-laterals (apparently) the

smallest. .

Legs not very long; rather slender, not very unequal in size,

4,2,1,3. Spines few and slender. Tarsal claws 2, with a small

claw-tuft on a supernumerary or claw-joint.

Palpi short, slender; digital joints as long as, or a little longer

1896. ] AND LITTLE-KNOWN SPIDERS. 1007

than, the radial and cubital together, enlarging or clavate at the

fore extremity, which ends with a small untoothed claw.

Falces short, moderately strong, straight, subconical.

Maile rather long, straight; broadest and rather roundly

truncated at their extremity, and obliquely on the inner corners.

Labiwm broader than long ; apex rounded.

Sternum longer than broad, its edges very strongly and

distinctly emarginate, with prominent angular chitinous points

running (when looked at from below) beneath the margin proper,

to and between the bases of the coxe of the third and fourth pairs

of legs; a very narrow stripe, also of a similar chitinous kind,

runs backwards between the posterior coxe from the hinder point

of the sternum.

Abdomen connected with the cephalothorax by a long cylindrical

pedicle running into a strong circular socket, which forms part of

a large coriaceous plate including the spiracular opening and

enclosing the covering of the genital aperture. The abdomen is

of an elongate or oblong-oval form, broadest and well rounded

behind, and slightly constricted transversely at the middle;

spinners very small, compact, and enclosed in a round sheath-like

socket,

ABTIUS DECOLLATUS, sp. n. (Plate LIT. fig. 1.)

Adult female length 4 lines.

Cephalothorax black, with a short white pubescence on the sides

of the thorax, and the greater part of the thorax bright yellowish

red, leaving a broad, irregular, lateral black margin. The surface

is covered thickly with small tuberculous granulosities.

Legs orange-yellow, the femora (excepting the anterior extre-

mities, and a longish patch on the upperside of those of the fourth

pair, which are reddish) being black, the genus and tibie of the

fourth pair being also suffused with blackish. The femora are

granulose. The spines beneath the tibie and metatarsi of the

first and second pairs are in a longitudinal series of 3 pairs on the

tibiz and 2 pairs on the metatarsi.

Palpi yellow ; the humeral joints suffused with blackish.

Falces similar in colour to the cephalothorax.

Mazille and labium deep brown, tipped with a paler hue.

Sternum dull orange-yellow.

Abdomen and connecting pedicle black. On either side of the

fore extremity of the upperside is a short, curved, orange-red

stripe, the convexity of the curves directed outwards; at the

posterior extremity of each stripe is a patch of white pubescence,

with a similar transverse stripe of pubescence across the middle

and down the sides, and several small spots of the same behind it,

in a central row to the spinners, just above which is a tuft of

longish white hairs; the fore extremity also of the abdomen is

clothed thinly with white pubescence, and there is a lateral

slightly oblique stripe of the same halfway between the con-

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No, LXV. 65

1008 REY. 0, P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW { Dee. 15,

striction and the spinners; immediately behind the constriction

is a broad transverse band of somewhat iridescent greenish scales.

The coriaceous plate connected with the sheath of the pedicle is

mixed black and reddish, the sheath portion being covered with

coarse granulations. The underside is deep black-brown.

Hab. Ceylon.

Gen. noy. Frruna (fam. Gasteracanthide).

Cephalothorax as broad as long, upper surface rather flattened,

profile forming a gradual, very slightly convex slope from the hinder

extremity to the eyes. Caput broad, squarely truncate before.

Height of clypeus about one-third that of the facial space.

Normal grooves and indentations fairly marked, but not excessive.

Eyes small, not differing much in size; in the usual three

Epeirid groups, forming a transverse straight line across the

whole width of the fore extremity of the caput; each group

seated on a strongish tubercular prominence. The central group.

of 4 eyes forms a square; those of each lateral pair are near

together, but not contiguous.

Legs short, not very strong, subequal in length, apparently

4,1, 2, 3, furnished with hairs only, the femora of the first and

second pairs granulose.

Falces tolerably long and strong, conical, directed backwards.

Mazille and labium: these were difficult to be seen, owing to

the specimen having been dried and pinned and the underparts

concealed by the folding over of the legs, but they appear to be

much like those of Epeira.

Sternum heart-shaped.

Abdomen diamond-shaped, the anterior angle truncated, and the

exterior ones each prelonged into a long, strong, cylindrical,

granulose lateral spine-like projection, directed -rather backwards,

and enlarged or clavate at the extremity, which ends in a group of

six or seven small conical prominences. The length of each of

these spiny projections exceeds the width of the abdomen. The

whole surface of the abdomen is chitinous (like Gasteracantha),

granulose, and marked with numerous sigilliform markings, in

number and position as indicated in the figure; at the centre of

the upperside is a round shiny boss-like prominence; and the

margins of the abdomen are furnished with short tuberculiform

spines or prominences, of which the longest and most spine-like

are one on each side not far in front of the long lateral pro-

jections ; between the hinder extremity of the upperside of the

abdomen and the spinners are several strong transverse ridges,

resembling diminishing repetitions of the upperside, the inter-

mediate spines between that and the first ridge being marked,

like the upperside, with sigilliform markings. The spinners

are continued in a circular sheath about the middle of the

underside.

1896.] AND LITTLE-KNOWN SPIDERS. 1009

FRIvLA WALLACH, sp.n. (Plate LI. fig. 2.)

Adult female, length 34 lines; length of abdomen 23 lines ;

width of abdomen slightly less than the length; total width to

extremity of the lateral projections very nearly 8 lines.

The whole of the Spider is of a dark rich reddish-yellow-brown

colour, the sigilliform markings on the abdomen being a little

darker than the rest. It is, however, quite possible that in life

there might be other tints and colours now lost by age and

desiccation.

Although an unmistakably Gasteracanthid Spider, it seems to

me impossible to include this remarkable form in any genus as yet

characterized.

Found by Dr. A. R. Wallace at Sarawak many years ago, and

obtained from the collection of the late Mr. Wilson Saunders.

Tt is only lately that I have been able to ascertain (from

Dr. Wallace) that he was the captor of this Spider, and in the

locality mentioned.

Lagpacus, Cambr.

LABDACUS MONASTOIDES, Cambr. (Plate LII. fig. 3.)

The female of this Spider (described and figured, P. Z. S. 1878,

p- 118, pl. xii. fig. 3) was from Rio Grande, Brazil. The male

now described resembles the female in general characters, colours,

and markings. The length is 53 lines, that of the abdomen

being 33 lines.

Cephalothorax longer than broad, oval, truncated at each end ;

rather flattened above; profile-line to the posterior eyes level,

excepting a slight depression at the thoracic junction; height of

clypeus less than half the diameter of one of the fore-central eyes ;

lateral marginal impressions at the caput moderate. Colour

brownish yellow, with a black marginal line and dusky converging

bars.

Eyes greatly unequal in size, in three widely separated groups, on

black tubercular eminences. The lateral pairs with the hind-

central pair form a transverse curved line, whose convexity is

directed forwards. The hind-lateral eye is the largest and seated

on the outside of a strong hemispherical prominence, at nearly an

eye’s diameter from the fore-lateral, which is the smallest and

placed in front of the same eminence; the hind-centrals are

nearly, if not quite, as large as the hind-laterals, they are rather

more than a diameter’s distance apart. The four centrals form a

quadrilateral figure, whose length is greater than its breadth, and

its anterior side much the shortest.

Legs long, moderately strong, 1, 2, 4,3; colour yellow; armed

with spines, of which those beneath the tibie and metatarsi of the

first and second pairs are long, strong, and placed in a longitudinal

series of 8 or 9 pairs beneath the tibiz, and 7 or 8 beneath the

metatarsi; tarsal claws 3, springing from a small claw-joint.

65*

1010 REY. 0. P. CAMBRIDGE ON NEW [Dec. 15,

The superior claws are strongly pectinate, the inferior sharply

bent downwards.

The palpi are short, strong, similar in colour to the legs,

furnished with spiny bristles, mostly at the fore part of the digital

joint: the cubital and radial joints are very short; the latter

rather the shortest, very prominent beneath, being produced

there into a kind of apophysis from the whole underside of the

joint, whose extremity is subdivided, its outer limb being the

longest. The digital joint is of moderate size, rounded at its

hinder extremity, and rather drawn out in a somewhat finger-like

form before, and has a somewhat flat but round edged lobe at the

base on the inner side. The palpal organs beneath the hinder part

of the digital joint are prominent, complex, but tolerably compact.

Falces long, strong, straight, porrected, with several strongish

teeth on each side of the groove of the fang.

Maxille long, strong, straight, rather broadest near the

extremity, which is rounded on the outer and obliquely truncated

on the inner side, with some strong, curved, prominent bristles

along the outer sides.

Labium much longer than broad, at least two-thirds the length

of the maxilla. Apex slightly hollow-truncate.

Sternum somewhat elongate-oval; the anterior extremity is

truncated but not broadly, and the posterior half has its sides

straight, but converging to an angular point between the inner

corners of the coxe of the fourth pair of legs, which very nearly

meet there.

Abdomen long, narrow, nearly cylindric, slightly tapering to the

spinners, which are small and porrected. Colour dull luteous, with

a small elongate fusiform marking at the middle of the fore part on

the upperside, indicated by a dark marginal line and a prominent

point on each side, whence it tapers to a point at the extremity ;

between the extremity of this marking and the spinners is a

blackish somewhat angular spot, and along each are a few smaller

dark spots.

Hab, Amazons, where it was taken by Prof. Traill, of Aberdeen,

and included among many other Spiders kindly sent to me from

that region.

STEPHANOPOIDES, Keyserling.

STEPHANOPOIDES BRASILIANA, Keys. (Plate LIL. fig. 4.)

Count Keyserling, in‘ Die Spinnen Amerikas,’ Laterigrade,

1880, p. 167, pl. iii. fig. 92, describes and figures the female only,

from Brazil.

Adult male, length 32 lines.

Cephalothorax as broad as long; lateral marginal indentations at

the caput strong, sides of caput at the margin parallel, fore margin

truncated, profile-line strongly curved, most convex at the occiput ;

surface smooth and polished, normal indentations slight ; colour

deep rich brown,

1896. ] AND LITTLE-KNOWN SPIDERS. 1011

Eyes unequal in size ; in two curved rows, the convexity of the

curves directed forwards, the anterior row much shortest, but more

strongly curved. The fore-laterals are largest; the hind-centrals

perhaps slightly the smallest. The four central eyes form a

quadrangle longer than broad, and its fore side slightly longer

than the hinder one. The lateral pairs are seated on a strong

geminated tubercular prominence, and the interval between those

of each pair is equal to the diameter of the fore-lateral eye. The

interval between the hind-centrals is equal to 14 diameters,and each

is about 3 diameters from the hind-lateral on its side. The height

of the clypeus is less than one-third that of the facial space.

Legs very unequal in length, 2-1, 4-3, those of the first and

second pairs almost equal and much the longest; spines not

numerous nor very long nor strong; the fore half of the tibie, as

well as the metatarsi, of the first and second pairs are densely

clothed with prominent black hairs, giving them a strongly tufted

appearance. Colour of the first two pairs brown, paler than the

cephalothorax, the tarsi and a central annulus on the tibiz yellow ;

the third and fourth pairs also yellow; the tarsiend with numerous

bristly hairs and a claw-tuft.

Falces moderately strong, conical, vertical, and similar in colour

to the cephalothorax ; at their extremity on the inner side they are

densely furnished with strong hairs.

Palpi short, strong; cubital and radial joints short and of equal

length, the latter broader at the fore extremity than at the base,

but with no apophysis, its anterior side is furnished with spine-like

bristles ; the digital joint is of moderate size and regular oval form,

pointed before, clothed with short strong hairs ; the palpal organs

are simple and not very prominent, consisting of a flattened round

lobe surrounded by the almost double coil of a long black-brown

tapering spine, beginning at the base and ending at the anterior

extremity in a fine point.

Mazille long, strong, a little inclined to the labium, outer

margin hollow, broadest at the extremity, where the outer side is

obliquely truncated and the inner rounded.

Labium large, higher than wide, about two-thirds the height of

the maxille, narrowing gradually to the apex, which is truncated

and about half the width of the base; the sides of the labium are

slightly convexly curved. The colour of the maxillz and labium is

yellow-brown.

The sternum is heart-shaped, yellow-brown, darker on the

margins; it is slightly longer than broad, hollow, truncate at its fore

extremity and obtusely truncate at its hinder part. The coxz of

the fourth pair of legs very nearly meet at their hinder extremity,

which is rounded on the inner side.

Abdomen broadest towards the hinder part, where it is of a

somewhat rounded angular form, truncated before, pointed behind,

upperside somewhat flattened: it is of a luteous colour; on the

centre of the upperside are four red-brown spots forming a

quadrangle, whose length is greater than its breadth and its

1012 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [ Dee. 15,

anterior side shortest, the posterior spots are largest; the fore

half is bounded by a broadish lateral band of cream-colour, and

from the inner extremities of the band a curved narrow tapering

stripe of the same hue runs inwards and backwards, but their

points do not meet; following this towards the spinners is a

curved transverse cream-coloured stripe, being only linear in the

middle, close behind which again is a short curved transverse

cream line connecting the bases of two triangular patches of

the same hue; spinners short, compact, underside dusky,

margined with a cream-coloured suffused border. Colulus short,

triangular.

Received from Prof. Traill ; taken on the Amazons.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LII.

Fig. 1. Aetius decollatus, 9 (p. 1007). 1a. Profile. 14. Eyes from above

and behind. lc. Maxille, labium, and sternum. I1d. Sternum,

showing more clearly posterior elongation and angular points.

le. Genital aperture.

. Friula wallaciti, 2 (p. 1009). 2a. Profile. 26. Abdomen from

behind. 2c. Maxille, labium, and sternum. 2d. Lines showing

natural length and width of Spider.

3. Labdacus monastoides, G (p. 1009). 3a. Eyes. 36. Palpus. Se.

Portion of palpus. 3d. Labium and fore part of sternum.

4, Stephanopoides brasiliana, 3 (p. 1010). 4a. Eyes from above and

behind. 40. Palpus.

6. On the Genera of Rodents: an Attempt to bring up to

Date the current Arrangement of the Order. By

Oxp¥rieLp Tuomas, F.Z.S.

[Received November 13, 1896.]

Just over twenty years ago, in 1876", Mr. E. R. Alston con-

tributed to this Society his invaluable paper ‘“‘ On the Classification

of the Order Glires,” a paper which in its broad outlines has

formed the basis for almost every Museum Catalogue, compiler’s

list, and general text-book that has been written since it appeared.

Based as it was on the earlier works of Waterhouse, Gervais,

Brandt, and Lilljeborg, Alston’s arrangement has in this way

received almost universal sanction, and the present writer is

far from wishing to alter the essential characteristics of the

scheme.

But, owing partly to Alston’s not having seen examples of many

of the genera included, and partly to the great increase in the

number of known forms that has taken place since he wrote, his

paper has gradually become somewhat obsolete in its detailed

arrangement of the subfamilies and genera, however correct his

positions for the suborders and families may still be considered

to be.

1 P.Z.8, 1876, p. 61.

- . P Z.5,1606. Plate LW.

50)

OP&FOP Cambridge deletlith. West, Newman imp

New or little known spiders.

1896.) GENERA OF RODENS. 1013

Now, every Museum-curator when arranging his specimens, and

every writer either of a text-book or of ‘a faunistic work, is con-

stantly being confronted by the difficulty as to where to place in

the system this or that genus of Rodents, for which he has perhaps

himself neither time, inclination, or opportunity to search out a

proper andappropriate position. It is for the object of helping such

persons that the present paper has been prepared, so bold a venture

being due to the fact that the increase in the British Museum collec-

tions has fully kept pace with the general increase of knowledge, and

that there are very few genera known from any part of the world of

which specimens are not in that collection’. With such unrivalled

material available, the opportunities for mistaken work have been

reduced to a minimum; and in the following list it may be said that

the specimens have been allowed to sort themselves, and where

my alterations are found to be strikingly different from those of

Alston it will generally be found that the forms referred to were

not available for examination in his time *.

One recent author only has diverged much from Alston’s system,

namely Dr. Winge of Copenhagen, who, in connection with his

work * on the Rodents of Lagoa Santa in Brazil, has written a

revised general arrangement of the Rodents. His classification,

however, is a rather one-sided one, being based almost entirely on

the structure of the masseter muscles and the bones related to them,

and, however thoughtful and clever it may be in many ways, is so

widely divergent from all previous classifications that without much

stronger reasons than he adduces I should not be prepared to

follow it. No doubt many of his alterations are admirable, such,

for example, as the reference of Sminthus to the Dipodide ; but

when we find Pedetes placed with Anomalurus, and Platacanthomys

combined with Myowus in a group set over against Graphiurus,

we see that a good deal of confirmation will be needed before the

classification the world is accustomed to is abandoned in favour of

that proposed by Dr. Winge. Prof. Zittel* and Dr. Tullberg ?’

have also contributed to the revision of the classification of the

Rodeuts. The former gets rid of the difficulties by putting all the

awkward families into a separate group, the Protrogomorpha. The

latter largely follows Winge, but does not as yet enter into details.

Dr. Trouessart’s most useful list of Rodents is entirely based on

Alston’s arrangement, and is so admittedly a compilation that no

special criticism of it is here necessary.

No attempt has been made to follow Alston’s example of giving

diagnoses of the groups and genera, partly for the simple reason

* Handb. Paleontol. p. 512 (1893).

® Muriden aus Kamerun (Nova Acta Soc. Upsala), sec. 3, xvi. p. 4 (1893),

1014 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Dec. 15,

that the labour and time demanded would have rendered the pre-

paration of the paper at all quite impossible, and partly because such

diagnoses can never be really full and accurate unless prepared in

connection with the working out of the species of each genus.

Moreover, of all the groups he recognizes, Alston’s paper contains

diagnoses, and it would be superfluous to repeat them here.

Where I differ from his conclusions full reasons are given in the

footnotes.

Comparing the numbers of recent families and genera recognized

in the two papers, we have 18 families in Alston against 21 now,

the difference being due to the Lophiomyide being suppressed, and

the Bathyergide, Heteromyide, Erethizontide, and Pedetidw added.

Of genera Alston recognized 100, as against 159 now considered

valid ; of the additional 59 just about half are formed by the breaking

up of old genera and half are altogether new discoveries.

Nomenclatural questions have of necessity cropped up here and

there, and the recent work of American authors in this respect

has been fully utilized. It is with the greatest regret that I have

had to use a good many names unfamiliar to English naturalists,

but the evidence in every case is so clear as to leave no room

for doubt, and none are mere matters of opinion. Recognizing

that the ultimate use of these names is inevitable, J think the

sooner a knowledge of them is disseminated the sooner will the

intermediate stage of confusion be passed through and done with.

Where comparatively unfamiliar names are used, the better-known

terms are placed in brackets after them, as also are any special

synonyms which it seems of importance to mention.

It should be again repeated that the special object of the list is

the proper allocation of the genera in their respective subfamilies,

and I have purposely been as conservative as possible with regard

to the groups of higher rank, following Alston wherever there has

not been very special reason for departing from his arrangement.

In regard, however, to Anomalurus and Aplodontia, both placed

by him in the Sciuromorpha, I have had to give in my adhesion to

the views expressed by more recent authors, that these two aberrant

genera cannot rightly be placed with the Squirrels. But where

they should go is by no means clear—Winge, Zittel, and Tullberg

. all differing in the matter; nor can I say that I agree with any

one of them. As it seems a pity to abolish the convenient and

time-honoured groups Sciuromorpha, Myomorpha, and Hystrico-

morpha, just for the sake of these genera, I have thought it best

to put each of them under a special group-name ’, leaving it for

further research to show their true relationships. Fortunately,

their serial position in the list, like that of Pedetes, may be left

almost exactly as in Alston’s paper.

1 T have purposely not used names ending in morpha, as, apart from the

length and clumsiness of the resulting combinations, I do not think it at present

advisable to consider the groups Anomaluri and Aplodontix as of the same

rank as the Sciuromorpha and the others.

1896.] GENERA OF RODENTS. 1015

Suborder I. SIMPLICIDENTATI.

A. ANOMALURI.

I. Anomaluride.

1. Anomalurus, Waterh.

P.Z.S. 1842, p. 124.

2. Idiurus, Matsch.

SB. Ges. nat. Berl. 1894, p. 194.

B. SCIUROMORPHA.

II. Sciuridz.

A. Scrurin.

(a) 3. Rheithrosciurus, Gray.

Ann. Mag. N. H. (3) xx. p. 271 (1867).

4. Xerus, H. & H.

Symb. Phys. i. gg (1832).

5. Sciurus, Linn.

S. N. (10) i. p. 63 (1758).

. Tamas, Il.

Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 83 (1811).

7. Spermophilus, F. Cuv.

Mém. du Mus. ix. p. 293 (1822).

8. Cynomys, Raf.

Am. Month. Mag. ii. 45 (1817).

9. Arctomys, Schr.

Sang. iv. p. 721 (1792).

(6) 10. EHupetaurus, Thos.

J.A.S. B. lvii. p. 256 (1888).

11. Petaurista, Link.

Beytr. Nat. ii. p. 78, (1795). Type

“Sciurus petaurista.” [Pteromys, G.

Cuv. Lécons d’Anat. Comp. 1800. ]

12. Sciuropterus, F. Cuv.

Ann. du Mus. x. p. 126 (1825).

B. Nannoscruninaz},

13. Nannosciurus, Trouess.

Bull. Soc. Sci. Angers, 1880, p. 73.

III. Castoride.

14. Castor, Linn.

Syst. Nat. (10) i. p. 58 (1758).

C. APLOLONTIA.

IY. Aplodontiidz.

15. Aplodontia*, Rich.

Zool. Journ. iv. p. 334 (1829).

1 See Major, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 189.

2 With regard to the insertion of the aspirate into the spelling of this and

1016 MR. OLDFINLD THOMAS ON THE [Dec. 15,

D. MYOMORPHA.

V. Gliride.

A. GuIRInz.

16. Glis', Briss. ,

Régne Animal, p. 160 (1756). [Myovus,

Schr. Sing. iv. p. 824 (1792).]

17. Muscardinus, Kaup.

Entw. europ. Thierw. p. 139 (1829).

18. Eliomys, Wagn.

Abh. Ak. Miinch. iii. p. 176 (1843). [Biéfa,

Latr. Le Nat. 1885. ]

19. Graphiurus, F. Cuv. & Geoffr.

H. N. Mamm. (fol.) livr. 60 (1845).

B. PLATACANTHOMYIN 2 °.

20. Platacanthomys, Bly.

J.A.S. B. xxviii. p. 288 (1859).

21. Typhlomys, M.-Edw.

Bull. Soc. Philom. (6) xi. p. 9 (1877).

similar words, inquiry among pure classicists (other than zoologists) elicits the

opinion that the Latins were so careless and irregular themselves in this respect,

that it is impossible to make a hard-and-fast rule about it, and that we should

therefore accept the original aspiration or non-aspiration of scientific names.

Personally I look with loathing on these h-less names, but I feel bound to

recognize that it is not right to alter words formed by authors who Latinized

their Greek in the very way that the Latins themselves sometimes did.

1 See Merriam, ‘ Science,’ 1895, p. 376.

2 Dr. Winge has replaced Platacanthomys in the Gliridex, from which it was

remoyred to the Muridx by Dr. Peters, and in this he has been followed by

Dr. Tullberg ; and I am informed by Dr. Forsyth Major, to whom I am

indebted for much assistance in the preparation of the present paper, that he

also holds the same view. On the whole, although I think there is enough

evidence of Murine affinity in Platacanthomys and its ally Typhlomys to make

the question rather doubtful, Iam inclined to agree to the reference of these

genera to the family Gliride, on account of the structure of their teeth and

interorbital region, the peculiar glirine twisting of their mandibular angles,

and of their (or at least the former’s) want of a cecum—a character found in the

Gliride alone of the Rodents, and one which I am now able to record for the

first time in Platacanthomys.

As to their position within the family, I venture to think that Winge’s

combination of them into Glis, Eiomys, and Muscardinus, in a group set over

as a whole against Graphiwrus, is quite astonishingly unnatural, and is evi-

dently due to the exaggerated value he gives to his pet character of the ante-

orbital structures, The Platacanthomyine form by themselves a very natural

subfamily, set over against the Dormice ; while even among the latter it might

be quite as correct to separate Glis and Muscardinus on the one side from

Eliomys and Graphiurws on the other by the pattern of the teeth, as to separate

the last-named from the rest by the structure of the anteorbital region. An

interesting example of the occasional variability of the last-named character is

given by Blarinomys, which, obviously a modified offshoot of Acodon and

Oxymycterus, has an anteorbital region not at all unlike that of Graphiurus.

1896.] GENERA OF RODENTS. 1017

VI. Muride.

A. Hypromyin 2.

22. Hydromys, Geoft.

Ann. Mus. vi. p. 81 (1805).

23.. Xeromys, Thos.

P. Z.S. 1889, p. 247.

24. Chrotomys, Thos.

Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 161 (1895).

B. RuyNcHOMYIN#,

25. Rhynchomys, Thos.

Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 160 (1895).

C. Paticomyin 2».

26. Phlcomys, Waterh.

P. Z.8. 1839, p. 108.

D. GErpitiin Zz.

27. Gerbillus, Desm.

IN. Dict. dH N. (1) xxiv. Tabl. p. 22

(1804).

28. Pachyuromys, Lat.

Le Nat. i. p. 314 (1880).

29. Meriones, Ill.

Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 82 (1811).

30. Psammomys, Cretszchm.

Riipp. Atlas nérdl. Afr. i. p. 56 (1826).

31. Rhombomys, Wagn.

Schr. Siug. Supp. iii. p. 485 (1848).

E. OroMyin 2.

32. Otomys, F. Cuy.

Dents Mamm. p. 168 (1825).

33. Oreinomys, Trouess.

Bull. Soc. Sci. Angers, 1880, p. 111.

[Orecomys, Heugl. Reise Nordost-Afr. ii.

p16 (lS7A)a2

F. DryDROMYINz ”.

34. Deomys, Thos.

P. Z.8. 1888, p. 130.

39. Dendromys, A. Sm.

8. Afr. Q. Journ. ii. p. 158 (1834),

1 Very doubtfully distinct from Otomys.

® Three figures of molar teeth, representing those characteristic of the Den-

dromyine, Murine, and Sigmodontine respectively, will be found in my paper

on Deomys (P. Z. S. 1888, p. 130, pl. v. figs. 7, 10, and 9). On that occasion, when

describing Deomys, I had supposed the genus to form a new subfamily, not

knowing how closely its molar teeth agreed with those of the Dendromyine, in

which I now think it should be included.

1018 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Dec. 15,

36. Limacomys, Matsch.

SB. Ges. nat. Berl. 1893, p. 107.

37. Steatomys, Pet.

SB. Ak. Berl. 1846, p. 258.

38. Malacothrix, Wagn.

Schr. Siiug. Supp. ili. p. 496 (1843).

G. Muri.

39. Mus, Linn.

S. N. (10) 1. p. 59 (1758).

40. Nesokia, Gray.

Ann. Mag. N. H. x. p. 264 (1842).

41. Cricetomys, Waterh.

P. Z. 8. 1840, p. 2.

42. Malacomys, M.-Edw.

Bull. Soc. Philom. (6) xi. p. 9 (1877).

43. Lophuromys, Pet.

MB. Ak. Berl. 1874, p. 234 (1875).

44. Saccostonus, Pet.

MB. Ak. Berl. 1846, p. 258 (1847).

45. Acomys, Is. Geoff.

Ann. Sci. Nat. (2) x. p. 126 (1840).

46. Arvicanthis, Less.

N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 147 (1842).

[Isomys, Sund. K. Vet.-Ak. Handl.

Stockh. 1842, p. 219 (1843).]

47. Golunda, Gray.

Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 586 (1837).

[ Pelomys, Peters, Reise Mossamb., Siug.

p- 157 (1852). ]

48. Vandeleuria, Gray.

Ann. Mag. N. H. x. p. 265 (1842).

+49. Chiropodomys, Pet.

MB. Ak. Berl. 1868, p. 448 (1869).

50. Batomys, Thos.

Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 162 (1895).

51. Carpomys, Thos.

Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 161 (1895).

52. Chiruromys, Thos.

P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 237.

53. Hapalomys, Blyth.

J. A. 8S. B. xxviii. p. 296 (1859).

54. Pithecochirus, F. Cuyv. & Geoffr.

H. N. Mamm. (fol.) iv. livr. 66 (1833).

55. Crateromys, Thos.

Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xvi. p. 163 (1895).

56. Craurothriz, Thos.

Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 246 (1896).

[Lchiothrix, Gray, P. Z.8. 1867, p.599.}

57. Mastacomys, Thos.

Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) ix. p. 413 (1882).

1896.] GENERA OF RODENTS. 1019

58. Uromys, Peters.

MB. Ak. Berl. 1867, p. 348. [Pogonomys,

M.-Edw. }

59. Conilurus, Og.

Tr. Linn. Soe. xviii. p. 125 (1839). [Hapa-

lotis, Licht. Darst. Siug. pt. iv. pl. 29

(1829). ]

H. Lopmiomyin 2.

60. Lophiomys', M.-Edw.

L'Inst. xxxv. p. 46 (1867).

I. StgmoponTIN z,

(a) (Palearctic.)

61. Hamster, Lac.

Mém. de l’Inst. iii. p. 495 (1801). [Cri-

cetus, G. Cuv. Régne Anim. i. p. 198

(1817).]

(6) (African.)

62. Mystromys, Wagn.

Arch. f. Nat. 1841, p. 132.

63. Brachytarsomys, Giinth.

A/a Pam oy 65

64. Nesomys, Pet.

SB. Ges. nat. Berl. 1870, p. 54 (1871).

65. Hallomys, Jent.

Notes Leyd. Mus. i. p. 107 (1879).

66. Brachyuromys, F. Maj.

Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 322 (1896).

67. Hypogeomys, Grandidier.

Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869, p. 338.

68. Gymnuromys, F. Maj.

Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 324 (1896).

69, Eliurus, M.-Edw.

Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) xx. art. 1, Bis, p. 1

(1886).

(d) (American.)

70. Onychomys, Bd.

Mamm. N. A. p. 458 (1857).

71. Peromyscus, Glog.

Naturgesch. p. 95 (1841). [Sttomys, Fitz.

SB. Ak. Wien, lvi. p. 97 (1867). Ves-

perimus, Coues, P. Ac. Philad. 1874,

p- 178.]

? By an unfortunate accident Mr. Lydekker (Geogr. Mamm. p. 239, 1896)

transposed to the recent Lophiomys Depéret’s name Trilophomys, which was

intended by its author for a renaming of his own fossil Lophiomys, 1890, nec

M.-Edw. 1867. For the recent animal therefore Milne-Edwards’s well-known

name, being the earliest of all, is, of course, still available.

1020 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Deec. 15,

72. Rhipidomys, Tsch.

Faun. Peruan. p. 183 (1845).

73. Tylomys, Pet.

MB. Ak. Berl. 1866, p. 404.

74. Holochilus, Brandt.

Mém. Ac. Pétersb. iii. p. 428 (1835).

[ Nectomys, Pet. ]

75. Sigmodon, Say & Ord.

Journ. Ac. Philad. iv. p. 852 (1825).

76. Oryzomys, Bd.

Mamm. N. A. p. 458 (1857).

77. Reithrodontomys, Gigl.

Ric. Distr. Geogr. Gen. p. 160 (1873).

[ Ochetodon, Coues, P. Ac. Philad. 1874,

p- 184.]

78. Eligmodontia, F. Cuv.

Ann. Sci. Nat. (2) vii. p. 168 (1837).

[Calomys, Waterh., nec Geoff. Hespe-

romys (8.8.), Waterh. ]

79. Neotomys, Thos.

Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xiv. p. 346 (1894),

80. Reithrodon, Waterh.

P. ZS. 1837, p. 29.

81. Phyllotis, Waterh.

P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 28.

82. Scapteromys, Waterh.

Bowe. S., L851, p. 20;

83. Ichthyomys, Thos.

P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 337.

84. Acodon, Meyen.

N. Act. Leop. xvi. p. 600 (1833), [_Abro-

thrix, Waterh. P. Z. 8S. 1837, p. 21.]

85. Oxymycterus, Waterh.

P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 21.

86. Blarinomys, Thos.

Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xviii. p. 310 (1896).

87. Notiomys, Thos.

M.-Edw. Miss. Scient. Cap Horn, Mamm.

p- 23 (1890).

J. NEOTOMIN2.

88. Neotoma, Ord.

Journ. Ac. Philad. iv. p. 346 (1825).

89. Xenomys, Merr.

P. Biol. Soc. Wash. vii. p. 159 (1892).

90. Hodomys, Merr.

P. Ac. Philad. 1894, p. 232.

K. Microrin 2.

(a) 91. Phenacomys, Merr.

N. Am. Faun. no. 2, p. 28 (1889).

1896.] GENERA OF RODENTS. 1021

92. Evotomys, Coues.

P, Ac. Philad. 1874, p. 186.

93. Microtus, Schrank.

Fauna Boica, i. p. 66 (1798). [Arvicola,

Lac. Mém. de I’Inst. iii. p. 495 (1801).]

(6) 94. Synaptomys, Bd.

Mamm. N. A. pp. xliv, 558 (1857).

95. Lemmus, Link.

Zool. Beytr.i. pt..2, p. 75 (1795). [Myodes,

Pall. Zoogr. Ross.-Asiat. p. 173 (1811).]

96. Dicrostonyx, Glog.

Naturgesch. p. 97 (1841). [Cuniculus,

Wael. Isis, 1832, p. 1220.]

Zoognosia, iii. p. 72 (1814).

L. SIPHNEINZ’.

98. Siphneus*, Bts.

Het geslacht d. Muizen, p. 20 (1827).

VII. Spalacide °*.

A. RHIZOMYINZ,

99. Rhizomys, Gray.

P. Z.8. 1831, p. 95.

1 Mr. Gerrit Miller, to whose paper on Voles and Lemmings I am much

indebted, has thrown doubt on the validity of the Siphneine as a subfamily

(N. Am. Fauna, no. 12, p. 8, footnote, 1896), and in so far as regards EVobius,

hitherto always put with Siphneus, he is apparently correct, as its differences

from the Voles and Lemmings do not seem to be much greater than those that

separate these two groups from each other, and the Voles, Lemmings, and

Ellobius may suitably form three groups of the subfamily Microtine. J have

had to reverse the order of the genera from that given by Mr. Miller, in

order to bring the Murine Phenacomys and Evotomys towards the Muride,

Synaptomys towards the Voles, and the Lemmings, as a whole, towards Ellobius,

With regard to Siphneus itself, however, I think its peculiarities are amply

sufficient to necessitate its being set over against all the rest of the group in a

subfamily by itself. The modification that its anteorbital foramen has under-

gone, in comparison with that of the Microtine, is, however, curiously paralleled

by that of the widely different Spalacide, and may be simply an adaptive

modification due to a strictly talpine life. But in any case its differences, both

external, cranial, and dental, are clearly sufficient to demand separate subfamily

rank.

2 Dr. J. A. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 183 (1895), considers Kerr’s

Myotalpa should replace Siphneus ; but as the result is attained by a method

about the detailed working of which opinions are still divided, I provisionally

use the better-known term.

3 Not only do the Bathyerging of Alston’s Spalacidz of course go off to form

aseparate family, butit is very doubtful whether Spalax and Rhizomys, combined

by him in the Spa/acine, are rightly put even in one family, their resemblances

being perhaps more adaptive than genetic. Winge puts Rhizomys with the

Muridx, and Spalar with the Dipodide, but does not give sufficient reasons

for these allocations. This is one of those cases where a myological investigation

is likely to be of much service ; and the group is commended to the attention of

Mr. Parsons, whose recent papers on Rodent myology have been of much

1022 MR, OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE (Dec. 15,

100. Tachyoryctes, Riipp.’

[Chrysomys, Gray, List Mamm. B. M.

p- 150 (1843).]

B. SPaALAcIn».

101. Spalax, Giild.

Noy. Comm. Petrop. xiv. art. i. p. 409

(1770).

VIII. Geomyide.

102. Geomys*, Raf.

Am. Month. Mag. ii. p. 45 (1817).

103. Thomomys, Wied.

N. Act. Leop. xix. pt. i. p. 883 (1839).

IX. Heteromyide.

A, DrropoMyIn2.

104. Dipodomys, Gray.

Ann. Mag. N. H. vii. p. 521 (1841).

105. Perodipus, Fitz.

SB. Ak. Wien, lvi. p. 126 (1867).

106. Microdipodops, Merr.

N. Am. Faun. no. 5, p. 115 (1891).

B. Heteromyin 2.

107. Perognathus*, Wied.

N. Act. Ac. Leopold. xix. pt. i. p. 369

(1839).

108. Heteromys, Desm.

Mamm. i. p. 313 (1822).

service to me. Some important observations on the relations of the Rhizo-

myine to the Mascarene Sigmodontes are given by Dr. Forsyth Major, supra

. 979.

Bos The African Bamboo-Rats, given provisionally the above name by Riippell,

were rightly distinguished by Gray, but the distinction has been generally lost

sight of tillnow. The molars are of quite a different structure in the two

roups. °

z Tes unfortunate that Riippell’s name has to be used for this genus, as he

deliberately rejected the idea of its being distinct (from Bathyergus!), and yet

proposed the name in case other workers thought it valid. It is to be hoped

that there are few people now left who would do a thing like this, by which an

author attempts to secure priority for his own name at the expense of somebody

else’s work, while he fears to take the responsibility of describing a new form

for himself. Some naturalists even refuse to accept such names, and I wish I

could feel justified in doing the same.

2 Dr. Merriam has divided the old genus Geomys into eight genera, but for

the purposes of the present paper these may be most conveniently treated as of

subgeneric rather than generic rank, sound as their basis as natural groups no

doubt is.

3 Dr. Coues (Mon. N. Am. Rod. p. 495, 1877) speaks of separate subfamilies

for Perognathus and Hetercmys; but they seem really to be very closely allied

to each other, especially if some of the larger species of the former, such as

P. paradoxus, be compared with members of the H. allent group of Heteromys.

1896.] GENERA OF RODENTS. 1023

X. Bathyergide.

109. Bathyergus, Ill.

Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 86 (1811).

110. Georychus, Il.

Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 87 (1811).

111. Myoscalops, Thos.

P. Z.S. 1890, p. 448. [Heliophobius, Pet.

MB. Ak. Berl. 1846, p. 243.)

112. Heterocephalus, Riipp.

Mus. Senckenb. iti. p. 99 (1842).

XI. Dipodide.

A. SMINTHIN 2.

113. Sminthus, Keys. & Blas.

Wirb. Europ. p. 38 (1840).

B. Zapopinz}.

114. Zapus, Cones.

Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. ser. 2, no. 5, p. 253

(1873).

C. Dreopinz.

115. Dipus, Gmel.

S. N. i. p. 157 (1788).

116. Allactaga, ¥. Cuv.

P. ZS. 1836, p. 141.

117. Platycercomys, Brandt.

Bull. Ac. Pétersb. 1844, p. 209.

118. Huchoreutes, W. Scl.

P. Z. S. 1890, p. 610.

1 The erection of the Zapodine into a family has been advocated by

Dr, Coues (Mon. Am. Rod. p. 461, 1877), and, as a consequence, the giving to

the Dipodine and Pedetine similar rank. Not only does this seem as unnecessary

as it is inconvenient, but the characters of Sminthus,recognized as a Dipodid only

since Dr. Coues wrote, appear to make the. correctness of Alston’s view more

evident than ever. For with typical Dipodine teeth, it possesses an absolutely

Zapodine skull, combined with a more Murine form than even Zapus. More-

over, the recent discovery of Zapus inthe Old World (Poussargues, Bull. Mus.

@Hist. Nat. 1896, p. 1) removes the geographical isolation which may have

influenced Dr. Coues in the conclusion he came to. The three subfamilies here

recognized are no doubt well defined from each other, but if in any general

raising of rank all round, such as many people (Americans especially) are fond

of, these subfamilies are again made into families,it will have to be on some better

ground than the untenable view adopted by Dr. Coues, that Zapus is as nearly

allied to the Muride as it is to the Jerboas. Pedetes, on the other hand, as

appears below, should certainly be removed from the family, its differences

from all the Dipodidx being infinitely greater than any of theirs from each

other.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LXVI. 66

1024 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Dec. 15,

E. HYSTRICOMORP HA.

XII. Pedetide’.

119. Pedetes, Il.

Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 81 (1811).

XIII. Octodontide.

A. CrenopACTrYLIN2z.

120. Ctenodactylus, Gray.

Spic. Zool. p. 10 (1830).

121. Massoutiera, Lat.

Le Nat. 1885, p. 21.

122. Pectinator, Bly.

J.A.8. B. xxiv. p. 294 (1855).

123. Petromys, A. Sm.

S. Afr. Q. J. ii. p. 2 (1831).

B. OctopontTiIn £.

124. Ctenomys, De Blainy.

Bull. Soc. Philom. 1826, p. 62.

125. Aconaemys, Amegh.

Revist. Argent. i. p. 245 (1891). [Schi-

zodon, Waterh. P. Z. 8. 1841, p. 91, nec

Agass. |

126. Spalacopus, Wag].

Isis, 1832, p. 1219.

127. Octodon, Benn.

P. ZS. 1832, p. 46.

128. Abrocoma, Waterh.

P. Z. 8. 1837, p. 30.

C. LONCHERIN 2.

(a) 129. Dactylomys, Is. Geoff.

Ann. Sci. Nat. (2) x. p. 126 (1838).

130. Thrinacodus, Giinth.

P. Z.S. 1879, p. 144.

? While many naturalists have noticed the Hystricomorph affinities of

Pedetes, no one in modern times (except Dobson, who transferred the whole

of the Dipodidz) seems to have thought of actually placing it among them.

To me this appears to be clearly the proper course, as there seems to

be scarcely a character in its skull or teeth which is not found in one

member or another of that group. Even its lower jaw is of a partially

Hystricine type, and in any case is not of sufficient importance to outweigh its

many affinities to the Hystricomorpha. Wiegmann in 1832 placed it among

his “‘ Lagostomi” (Handb. Zool. p. 56), but that was apparently rather by

accident than good judgment, as his general classification is of a very antique

type. All other authors seem to have kept it in the Dipodidx, until Winge,

in his general alteration of positions, placed it with Anomalurus, an allocation

with which I feel quite unable to agree.

Within the Hystricomorpha it is difficult to say where Pedetes would best be

placed. Its skull is very like that of Thryonomys, its teeth like those of

Spalacopus, while it has also some resemblances to the Chinchillids. For the

present, therefore, until further researches are made, I have put it at the

beginning of the group, where it will occupy the same serial position as in

Alston’s paper, although shifted into a different section,

1896. ] GENERA OF RODENTS. 1025

131. Cannabateomys, Jent.

Notes Leyd. Mus. xii. p. 105 (1891).

132. Loncheres, Il.

Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 90 (1811). [Zasz-

uromys, Dey. Rev. Zool. (2) iv. p. 353

(1852). ]

(6) 133. Thrichomys, Trouess.

Bull. Soc. Sci. Angers, 1880, p. 179.

[Nelomys, Lund, nec Jourd. |

134. Cercomys, F. Cuv.

Mamm. 6° livr. (1829).

135. Carterodon, Waterh.

Nat. Hist. Mamm. ii. p. 351 (1848).

136. Mesomys, Wagn.

Arch. f. Nat. 1845, pt. i. p. 145.

137. Echinomys, Desm.

N. Dict. @H. N. x. p. 54 (1817).

D. CaPROMYINE.

138. Myocastor, Kerr’.

Linn. An. K. p. 225 (1792). [Myopotamus,

Geoff. Ann. Mus. vi. p. 81 (1805).]

139. Capromys, Desm.

Mem. Soc. d’H. N. i. p. 44 (1822).

140. Plagiodontia, F. Cuv.

Ann. Sci. Nat. (2) vi. p. 347 (1836).

141. Thryonomys, Fitz.

SB. Ak. Wien, lvi. p. 141 (1867). [Aula-

codus, Temm. Mamm. i. p. 245 (1827),

nec Eschsch. Triaulacodus, Lyd. Geogr.

Distr. Mamm. p. 91 (1896).]

XIV. Hystricide.

142. Hysiriv, Linn.

S. N. (10) i. p. 56 (1758).

148. Atherura, G. Cuy.

Régne Anim. éd. 2, i. p. 215 (1829).

144, Trichys, Giinth.

P. Z.8. 1876, p. 739.

XY. Erethizontide *.

A. ERETHIZONTINE.

145. Erethizon, F. Cuv.

Mem. d. Mus. ix. p. 426 (1822).

1 See J. A. Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. N. H. vii. p. 182 (1895).

2 The wide difference between the American and the Old World Poreupines

has been realized by all naturalists, and after Mr. Parsons’ strong observations

on the differences in their myology (P. Z. 8. 1894, p. 295), it seems better

definitely to separate them into two families. With regard to Chetomys, the

great difference between its teeth and those of the other Erethizontide makes it

66*

1026 MR. OLDFIELD THOMAS ON THE [Dec. 15,

146. Coendou, Lac.

Mém. de l’Inst. iii. p. 496 (1801). [Syne-

theres and Cercolabes, F. Cuv. Mém. Mus.

ix. p. 427 (1822). ]

B. CH#TOMYIN®.

147. Chetomys, Gray.

P. ZS. 1848, p. 21.

XVI. Chinchillide.

148. Chinchilla, Benn.

Gard. Zool. Soc. i. p. 1 (1829).

149. Lagidium, Mey.

N. Act. Ac. Leop. xvi. p. 576 (1833).

150. Lagostomus, Brooks.

Trans. Linn. Soc. xvi. p. 102 (1828).

XVII. Dasyproctide.

151. Dasyprocta, Il.

Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 93 (1811).

152. Celogenys, F. Cuv.

Ann. Mus. x. p. 203 (1807).

XVIII. Dinomyide.

153. Dinomys, Pet.

MB. Ak. Berl. 1873, p. 551.

XIX. Caviide.

154. Cavia, Pall.

Mise. Zool. p. 30 (1766).

155. Dolichotis, Desm.

Mamm. ii. p. 360 (1822).

156. Hydrocherus, Briss.

Régne Anim. p. 116 (1756).

Suborder Il. DUPLICIDENTATI.

F. LAGOMORPHA.

XX. Ochotonide.

157. Ochotona, Link.

Beytr. Nat. ii. p. 74 (1795). [Lagomys’,

G. Cuv. Tabl. Elém. p. 132 (1798). ]

at first sight difficult to believe that it is really a member of the family at all,

and not a relative either of Loncheres or Celogenys, as Burmeister suggested.

But further examination leads me to think that its dental resemblance to

Loncheres is only superficial, and that its closeness to Coendow in other respects,

including the identity of the structure of the feet and pterygoid regions, makes

it best placed as a peculiar subfamily of the Hrethizontide.

1 Lagomys (1798), as used for the Pikas, is doubly invalid, as it is both later

in date than Link’s Ochotona, and is preoccupied by Storr’s Lagomys (1780),

which is a synonym of Arctomys (cf. Miller, Voles, p. 13, footnote 4).

1896.]

GENERA OF RODENTS.

XXI. Leporidz.

158. Romerolagus, Merr.

P. Biol. Soc. Wash. x. p. 169 (1895).

159. Lepus, Linn.

S. N. (10) 1. p. 57 (1758).

Abrocoma, 128.

Abrothrix, 84.

Acodon, 84.

Acomys, 45,

Aconaemys, 125.

Allactaga, 116.

Anomalurus, 1.

Aplodontia, 15.

Arctomys, 9.

Arvicanthis, 46.

Arvicola, 93.

Atherura, 143.

Aulacodus, 141.

Bathyergus, 109.

Batomys, 50.

Bifa, 18.

Blarinomys, 86.

Brachytarsomys, 63.

Brachyuromys, 66.

Calomys, 78.

Cannabateomys, 131.

Capromys, 139.

Carpomys, 51.

Carterodon, 135.

Castor, 14.

Cavia, 154.

Cercolabes, 146.

Cercomys, 154.

Chetomys, 147.

Chinchilla, 148.

Chiropodomys, 49.

Chiruromys, 52.

Chrotomys, 24.

Chrysomys, 100.

Ceelogenys, 152.

Coendou, 146.

Conilurus, 59.

Crateromys, 55.

Craurothrix, 56.

Cricetomys, 41.

Cricetus, 61.

Ctenodactylus, 120.

Ctenomys, 124.

Cuniculus, 96.

Cynomys, 8.

Dactylomys, 129.

Dasyprocta, 151.

Dendromys, 35.

Deomys, 34.

Dicrostonyx, 96.

Dinomys, 153.

Dipodomys, 104.

Dipus, 115.

Dolichotis, 155.

Echinomys, 137.

Echiothrix, 56.

Eligmodontia, 78.

Eliomys, 18.

Eliurus, 69.

Ellobius, 97.

Hrethizon, 145.

Euchoreutes, 118.

Eupetaurus, 10.

Evotomys, 92.

Geomys, 102.

Georychus, 110.

Gerbillus, 27.

Glis, 16.

Golunda, 47.

Graphiurus, 19.

Gymnuromys, 68.

Habrocoma, 128.

Habrothrix, 84.

Hailomys, 65.

Tlams‘ter, 61.

Hapalomys, 53.

Hapalotis, 59.

Haplodontia, 15.

Heliophobius, 111.

Hesperomys (s.s.), 78.

Heterocephalus, 112.

Heteromys, 108.

Hodomys, 90.

Holochilus, 74.

Hydrocheerus, 156.

Hydromys, 22.

Hypogeomys, 67.

Hystrix, 142.

Ichthyomys, 83.

Idiurus, 2.

Isomys, 46.

Lagidium, 149.

Lagomys, 157.

Lagostomus, 150.

Lasiuromys, 132.

Lemmus, 95.

Lepus, 159.

Limacomys, 36.

Loncheres, 132.

Lophiomys, 60.

Lophuromys, 43.

Malacomys, 42.

1027

Index of Generic Names.

Malacothrix, 38.

Massoutiera, 121.

Mastacomys, 57.

Meriones, 29.

Mesomys, 186.

Microdipodops, 106.

Microtus, 93.

Mus, 39.

Muzcardinus, 17.

Myocastor, 158.

Myodes, 95.

Myopotamus, 138.

Myoscalops, 111.

Myoxus, 16.

Mystromys, 62.

Nannosciurus, 13.

Nectomys, 74.

Nelomys, 135.

Neotoma, 88.

Neotomys, 79.

Nesokia, 40.

Nesomys, G4.

Notiomys, 87.

Ochetodcn, 77.

Ochotona, 157.

Octodon, 127.

Onychomys, 70.

Oreinomys, 33.

Oreomys, 33.

Oryzomys, 76.

Otomys, 32.

Oxymycterus, 85.

Pachyuromys, 28.

Pectinator, 122.

Pedetes, 119.

Pelomys, 47.

Perodipus, 105.

Perognathus, 107.

Peromyscus, 71.

Petaurista, 11.

Petromys, 123.

Phenacomys, 91.

Phleomys, 26.

Phyllotis, 81.

Pithecochirus, 54.

Plagiodontia, 140,

Platacanthomys, 20.

Platycercomys, 117.

Pogonomys, 58.

‘Psammomys, 30.

Pteromys, 11.

1028

Reithrodon, 80.

Reithrodontomys, 77.

Rheithrosciurus, 3.

Rhipidomys, 72.

Rhizomys, 99.

Rhombomys, 31.

Rhynchomys, 25.

Romerolagus, 158.

Saccostomus, 44.

Scapteromys, 82.

Schizodon, 125.

Sciuropterus, 12.

DR. J. W. GREGORY ON THE CLASSIFICATION

Siphneus, 98.

Sitomys, 71.

Sminthus, 113.

Spalacopus, 126.

Spalax, 101.

Spermophilus, 7.

Steatomys, 37.

Synaptomys, 94,

Synetheres, 146.

Tachyoryctes, 100.

Tamias, 6.

Thomomys, 103.

[Dee. 15,

Thryonomys, 141.

Triaulacodus, 141.

Trichys, 144.

Tylomys, 73.

Typhlomys, 21.

Uromys, 58.

Vandeleuria, 48.

Vesperimus, 71.

Xenomys, 89.

Xeromys, 23.

Xerus, 4

Zapus, 114.

Sciurus, 5.

Thrichomys, 133.

Sigmodon, 75.

Thrinacodus, 130.

7. On the Classification of the Palzozoic Echinoderms of

the Group Ophiuroidea. By J. W. Grecory, D.Sc.,

F.Z.8.

[Received November 5, 1896.]

For fifty years after Forbes, in 1840 [3. p. xiv], proposed to

rank the Ophiuroidea as one of the classes of Echinoderma they

were divided into two groups—the Ophiure and Euryale of

Joh. Miiller, the Ophiuride and Haeyalide of Th. Lyman. In

1867 Dr. Axel Ljungman [7] divided the first group into six

families (the Ophiodermatidx, Ophiolepidide, Amphiuride, Ophio-

myxide, Ophiocomide, and Ophiothricide), but Mr. Lyman [10], in

his description of the Ophiurids collected during the ‘ Challenger’

Expedition, made no use of family divisions. He simply divided

the Ophiuride into three groups, of which the first two were

unnamed, and the third was merely described as comprising

*“Astrophyton-like Ophiuroids.” Hence Lyman’s great monograph,

the richest mine of information in the whole range of literature on

the Ophiurids, did not contribute so much to their classification as

to our knowledge of their anatomy.

As neontologists were in difficulties owing to the lack of a

satisfactory arrangement of the recent species, palzontologists

were naturally in a worse state ; for the anatomical characters of

the fossil Ophiurids had been in but few cases satisfactorily deter-

mined. We have only to refer to Wright’s introduction to the

British Jurassic Starfish [20], or to Liitken’s [9. pp. 70-75, 78]

heroic attempt to improve the generic nomenclature of the Neozoic

Ophiurids, to see how unscientific the existing systems were. In

1886 and 1890, Herr B. Stiirtz, in two important memoirs [15, 16],

described the anatomy of several genera from the Devonian of

Bundenbach, in the Bavarian Pfalz. The fossils are pseudomorphs

in iron pyrites; owing to the exceptional preservation of the

specimens and the skill and patience with which Stiirtz dissected

them from their clay-slate matrix, their anatomical structure was

well displayed. Stiirtz’s two papers are a great advance on any

previous work dealing with Paleozoic Ophiurids ; but the author

1896. ] OF THE PALHOZOIC OPHIUROIDEA, 1029

retained Joh. Miiller’s two orders, as he did also in his latest

paper.

In 1892 a short and pregnant paper by Prof. F. J. Bell [1]

lifted the classification of the Ophiurids on to a different plane.

Bell recognized the great importance of the vertebral ossicles and

that they are of three main types: (1) the “ streptospondyline,”

where the vertebral ossicles articulate by saddle-shaped surfaces,

which do not bear lateral processes or pits; (2) the “ zygospondy-

line,” where lateral processes and pits on the articular surfaces of

vertebral ossicles limit the power of movement; (3) the “clad-

ophiuroid” (or astrophiuroid), where the vertebral ossicles articulate

by hourglass-shaped surfaces.

Bell therefore proposed to divide the Ophiurids into three

groups: (1) the Streptophiure, for those with streptospondyline

ossicles; (2) the Cladophiure, for those with hourglass-shaped

“at oatret (3) the Zygophiure, for those with zygospondyline

ossicles.

The definition of these three orders was no doubt a great

improvement on any previous arrangement of the Ophiurids. There

is, however, considerable difficulty in applying this system to

the fossil forms, especially in the case of the Streptophiure. It -

appears doubtful whether even some recent genera, as Ophiohelus,

can be correctly described as having vertebral ossicles articulating

by ball-and-socket joints. But this statement certainly cannot be

made of many Paleozoic Ophiurids, which represent a more

primitive condition than that of the recent species; they are indeed

so primitive that they cannot be made to enter into any of Bell’s

orders.

The two most striking characters of these Paleozoic genera are

the absence of ventral arm-plates* and of true vertebral ossicles.

The latter are represented by free paired plates, like the ambu-

lacral ossicles of Asterids.

The ambulacral ossicles are the most important plates in the

arms of both Asterids and Ophiurids, so that it is @ priort probable

that they offer a better basis for classification than the external

arm-plates. As we descend from the Zygophiure, first to the

Cladophiure, and then to the Streptophiure, we notice a decrease

in the complexity and completeness of the vertebral ossicles. It

is not therefore surprising, when we go back to Paleozoic times,

to find Ophiurids with an arm-structure still simpler than anything

found in the Streptophiure. In these early forms the central

arm-ossicles occur as a double series of free plates, below which is

an open ambulacral groove. Hence the arms appear, at first sight,

to be Asterid rather than Ophiurid in arrangement.

Hence I propose to found a fourth order of Ophiuroidea to

include those without vertebral ossicles, but which have in each

arm a double series of free ambulacral plates, which articulate like

1 This character is also found in the genus Ophioteresis of Bell, one of the

most primitive of living Ophiurids; it has, however, vertebral ossicles with

streptospondyline articulations.

1030 DR. J, W. GREGORY ON THE CLASsification ([Dec.15

those of Asterids and of the Hchinid Paleodiscus. As the two

elements which have fused to form the vertebral ossicles of later

Ophiurids are unattached in the members of this order, I propose

for it the name Lysophiure’.

No one has worked at the Paleozoic Ophiurids without being

impressed by the unsatisfactory nature of many of the genera.

In my earliest paleontological paper (1889) I pointed out that

Protaster would have to be split up into more than two genera

[5. p.27]. Stiirtz, both in 1890 [16. p. 245] and 1893 [17. p. 19],

also insisted that Protaster includes a miscellaneous group of

species, and that the Protasters of Forbes, Billings, Hall, and

myself are distinct. I shrank from the task of dismembering this

genus in 1889, as I hoped for better specimens of the type species.

None such, however, have been forthcoming. As I am now

bound to attempt to indicate the relations of the fossil and recent

forms in an account of the Ophiuroidea for Prof. Lankester’s

‘Oxford Natural History,’ I delay no longer. In order to

simplify my task in that place, I offer the following synopsis of

the classification of the Paleozoic Ophiurids, with diagnoses of

some of the genera.

Order I. LYSOPHIURZ.

Diagnosis.—Ophiuroidea of which the ambulacral ossicles are

alternate and are not united into vertebral ossicles. There are no

ventral arm-plates, and the underside of the arm is occupied by an

ambulacral furrow.

Remarks.—This order includes a group of Paleozoic Ophiurids

in which the arm-structure is on the same plan as in the Asterids ;

for there are no ventral arm-plates, there is an ambulacral groove,

and the ambulacral plates are in double series. The members of

the order differ from the Asterids by having the arms sharply

marked off from the disc; while the alimentary canal was, in all

probability, entirely limited to the disc.

So far as is known at present, the order was limited to the

Paleozoic period; but it is necessary to consider whether a few

recent forms ought not to enter it. In Ophiohelus and Ophiothohia

the ambulacral plates occur as pairs of rod-like plates, instead of

as vertebral ossicles. They therefore, in this respect, resemble

Lysophiurids. On application to the Zoological Department of

the British Museum, I find that both genera are represented only

by the small single specimens dredged by the ‘Challenger.’ It is

too great a responsibility to subject these fragile type specimens

to the risk of re-examination, especially as the nature of the

articular surfaces could not be determined without dissection.

Both specimens are so small, that, as Prof. Bell suggests, it is quite

possible they are not mature.

The members of the two genera, however, differ from the

Paleozoic Lysophiure in three respects: they have the ambulacral

1 From Avors, dissolution, unattachment.

1896. ] OF THE PALZHOZOIC OPHIUROIDEA, 1031

plates opposite one another; they have dorsal and ventral arm-

plates; they have no ambulacral groove. To include these genera

among the Lysophiure would limit the diagnosis of that order to

the single character of the unfused nature of the ambulacral plates.

It is therefore advisable to retain Ophiohelus and Ophiotholia

among the Streptophiure and attribute the character of their

ambulacral. plates either to immaturity or degeneration. Support

to this conclusion is given by the fact that even among the Zyg-

ophiure the ambulacral ossicles begin as pairs of simple free bars

(Ludwig, 8. Bd. ii. p. 94, pl. x. figs. 2-5).

Family 1. PROTASTERID2.

Diagnosis.—Lysophiure which have boot-shaped ambulacral

ossicles. Each of them consists of a “body” lying beside the

middle line of the arm, and of a lateral “ wing” projecting

transversely from the body of the ossicle.

Genus 1. Prorasrmr, Forbes, 1849 [4. pl. iv.].

Synonyms :

Protaster, Hall.

Protaster pars of Salter, Billings, Miller, Gregory, Stiirtz.

Non Protaster of Meek and Worthen, Dewalque, Davy.

Diagnosis. —Protasteride with a well-marked disc; long, tapering,

very flexiblearms. Some of the adambulacral ossicles are Y-shaped.

Scales of the disc fairly large.

Type species—Protaster sedgwicki, Forbes, 1849. Silurian,

Westmoreland. (Fig. la, }, c.)

LM by Q legge

ra) Ed SC

VIZ J pt Woe

a b Q

Protaster sedgwicki, Forbes: the structure of the arm ; a, near the distal end ;

6, in the middle; ¢, at the proximal end.

Remarks.—This genus was founded by Forbes on specimens

from the Ludlow rocks of Kendal, Westmoreland, which are in

the Cambridge Museum’. Forbes’s figures of the arm-structure are

not satisfactory, and the accompanying diagrams will help to

explain it.

1 T must express my thanks to Prof. T. McKenny Hughes and Mr. H. Woods

for facilities in examining the type. I am indebted to Mr. HE. T. Newton and

Mr. H. Allen for the opportunity of seeing the actual mould which was studied

by Forbes, and also for that of describing the following species.

1032 DR. J. W. GREGORY ON THE CLASSIFICATION _[ Dec. 15,

Forbes’s figure represents the ambulacral ossicles as being

alternately large and small. It is quite possible that each small

pair represents a segment, and that the smaller ossicles have been

reduced by absorption in order to give space for the podia. This

explanation, however, seems improbable; for in that case there

would be only one podion, instead of a pair, to each segment. The

correct explanation appears to be that the smaller pieces are only

triangular, distal portions of the ambulacral ossicles, apparently

separated from the proximal portion by a groove. The ambulacral

plates of Chetroptaster giganteus, Stiirtz [16. pl. xxx.], for example,

are forked, and the junction is depressed; if we only knew this

genus from internal casts, it would appear that the two prongs of

the forked piece were separate. Many old figures represent

Paleozoic Ophiurids as having the ambulacral ossicles alternately

large and small; but it is quite possible that the explanation

suggested will account for all such cases.

PROTASTER BIFORIS*, n. sp. (Figs. 2, 3, p. 1033.)

Diagnosis.—Dise fairly large; interbrachial outlines concave.

The syngnaths* are simple, prominent, and stout. The ambulacral

ossicles consist of a thick body and a stout curved wing. The

distal margin of the ossicles is notched by a depression for a

ventral muscle-field, which also cuts into the proximal margin of

the adjoining ossicle. Owing to these muscular depressions the

arm has apparently two series of pores.

The adambulacral ossicles are massive and taper slightly to their

distal ends; they are closely attached and form a regular series of

marginal plates.

Arms very flexible.

Dimensions :

Length of longest arm. Jic4.-.G\s Sees 18 mm.+4.

Diameter of arm at the base ............ 5 ee

ne arm near the distal end ...... if A

A MGUUN .35-< ears en ere + ieee:

Hheiethrofsynenath |. .7\2.ee canner? oe he tee

Width of ambulacral furrow at edge of disc. 1°25 ,,

Distribution Wenlock Shale. Castell Dinas, Bran, near

Llangollen. Mus. Pract. Geol. No. VI. |;&.

Affinities —This species of Protaster differs from P. sedgwicki,

Forbes, in having concave interbrachial outlines and roughly

triangular adambulacral ossicles, and also by the character of the

ambulacral ossicles. The species is of interest as showing that

the flexibility of the arms is due to the great development of some

ventral inter-ambulacral muscles. Thereby the arms could be

rolled up ventrally and the ambulacral furrow thus protected.

1 Biforis, having two holes or openings; a character due to the hole-like

appearance of the ventral muscle-pits.

“Syngnath,” the united piece formed of mouth-frame and jaw. The “Mund-

ecksteck.”

1896.] OF THE PALMOZOIC OPHIUROIDEA. 1033

This new species differs from Protaster forbesi, Hall [No. 6.

pp. 293-294, pl. ix. figs. 5, 6], by the interbrachial margins of the

disc being concave : in P. forbesi, moreover, the adambulacral ossicles

are free distally, and each bears a single large spine: the ambu-

lacral ossicles of the two species are also differently shaped.

Fig. 2.

Protaster biforis: a, outline of the disc and arms; 4, a pair of syngnaths.

Fig. 3.

Protaster biforis: diagram of the arm-structure.

It was. suggested in the description of P. sedgwicki that the

apparent alternation of large and small ambulacral ossicles in that

species and some other genera was probably due to a series of

depressions across the ossicles. The present species suggests a

possible explanation of the nature of those depressions, for they

probably had the same function as the deep pits in the ossicles of

the new species ; and these, in all probability, were for the lodg-

ment of the ventral muscles which moved the arms.

Genus 2. BuNDENBACHIA, Stiirtz, 1886 [15. p. 83}.

Diagnosis.—Dise soft and delicate ; covering-plates apparently

small and thin. Ambulacral ossicles with a dumbbell-shaped body

and thin tapering wing. The body of the ossicle is apparently

divided into two pieces by a transverse depression. The adambu-

lacral plates are small and narrow, and support a triangular spine-

bearing plate.

The syngnaths are curved, narrow bars.

1034 DR. J, W. GREGORY ON THE CLASSIFICATION _[ Dee. 15,

Type species.—Bundenbachia beneckei, Stiirtz.

Remarks.—The diagnosis of this genus is based on specimens in

the British Museum received from Herr Stiirtz. The diagram

(fig. 4) has been prepared from specimen B.M. No. E 3495.

= H [EZ

Bundenbachia: arm-structure.

Bundenbachia differs from Protaster by the irregular nature

and soft plating of the disc, by the presence of spine-bearing

plates attached to the adambulacral ossicles, and by the different

form of the ambulacral ossicles.

Family 2. PALHZOPHIURIDA,

Diagnosis—Lysophiure in which the ambulacral ossicles are

long and bar-shaped, with the longer axis parallel to the arm.

Remarks.—This family agrees with the Protasteridee in not

having the ambulacral ossicles of each segment placed opposite

one another. It differs by having the ambulacral ossicles longer

than wide, and never divided transversely by muscular depressions.

The ambulacral ossicles are either bar-shaped or thickened to a

subquadrate form. They are never boot-shaped.

Genus 1. Panxopurura, Stiirtz, 1890 [16. p. 233].

Diagnosis.—Paleophiuride with the disc surrounded by rod-

shaped marginal ossicles. The ambulacral ossicles are rods lying

parallel to the arm.

Distribution.—Lower Devonian, Bundenbach.

Type species.—Paleophiura simplex, Stiirtz.

Genus 2. SrurTzuRA, nov. gen.

Diagnosis—Paleophiuride having thick, subquadrate, ambu-

lacral ossicles and narrow adambulacral plates. The disc is fragile,

and its plates are small and thin: it has no marginal plates. The

mouth-frames are narrow and separate.

Distribution.—Silurian, England and Australia.

Type species.—Sturtzura brisingoides (Gregory), 1889 [5].

Remarks.—This genus differs from Palewophiura, as the ambu-

lacral ossicles are thick and subquadrate, instead of being in the

1896.] OF THE PAL EOZOIC OPHIUROIDEA. 1035

form of narrow bars; also by the absence of the strong marginal

plates round the disc. The genus contains two species, S. brisin-

goides (Greg.) and S. leptosoma (Salt.) (13. p. 331, pl. ix. fig. 5],

both of which were originally placed in Protaster.

The genus differs from Protasier by the family character of

having bar-shaped instead of boot-shaped ambulacral ossicles.

I have pleasure in naming this genus after Herr Stiirtz, whose

careful dissections have added so greatly to our knowledge of the

Palzozoic Ophiurids, and who has previously pointed out [17] that

these two species are generically distinct from Protaster.

Genus 3. T#NIURA, nov. gen.

Diagnosis.—Paleophiuride with a small pentagonal disc, not

bounded by marginal ossicles. The ambulacral furrow is broad.

The oral skeleton is conspicuous and the syngnaths each composed

of two separate pieces. The two jaws of each oral angle are

closely attached; the mouth-frames are separated and each of

them is a short, thick, slightly bent bar.

Distribution.—Trenton Limestone, Ottawa.

Type species—Teniura cylindricus (Billings) [2. pp. 81-82,

pl. x. figs. 4a, 46].

Remarks.—This genus differs from Paleophiura by the absence

of marginal ossicles from the disc, and from Sturtzura by the

smaller size of the disc and the form of the syngnaths. In

Sturtzura the jaws end bluntly against a jaw-plate, whereas in

Teniura they appear to taper to a point and have no jaw-plate.

This genus is necessary for the second species included by

Billings in his genus Teniaster. The genus was described as dise-

less, which in respect to the type species S. spinosus is correct.

In that species the oral skeleton consists of five pairs of large

adambulacrals as in ordinary Asterids. The affinities of the true

Teniaster appear to me to be with such forms as Falcaster

ruthveni (Forbes) [4. dec. 1, pl. i. fig. 1]. It is asteroid in the

oral armature, in its alternately arranged ambulacral ossicles, and

in the absence of a disc. I therefore consider Teniaster a genus

ot Asteroidea. The second species placed by Billings in this

genus has, however, a well-marked disc *, and bas the oral arma-

ture composed of five pairs of Ophiuroid syngnaths. It must

therefore be included among the Ophuiroidea.

Genus 4. Eveasrer, Hall, 1867 [6. p. 290, pl. ix. figs. 7, 8].

Diagnosis.—Paleophiuride in which the ambulacral ossicles are

subheptagonal in form, the central suture along the arm being

zigzag, while the outer angles of the ossicles are cut away for the

1 Billings in his description (2, p. 81) attributes the alternation of the

ossicles in Teniaster spinosus to distortion; but this explanation is not con-

sistent with his figure. If distortion had separated the pairs of ambulacral

ossicles it ought also to have displaced the syngnaths; but those of each pair

are left precisely opposite.

? Billings, op. cit. pl. x. fig. 4a.

1036 DR. J. W. GREGORY ON THE CLASSIFICATION _[Dec. 15,

reception of the podia. The adambulacral ossicles have a flat

base, and thence bend forward crescentically. The mouth-frames

are massive, and those of each pair meet along the middle line of

the oral angle.

Distribution —Hamilton Series, Middle Devonian, Madeson

County, New York.

Type species.—Eugaster logani, Hall.

Remarks.—This genus I only know from Prof. Jas. Hall’s

figures, and in spite of their clearness I feel much doubt as to the

wisdom of diagnosing it from these alone. Its affinities are

clearly with the Paleophiuride, but it approaches the Protasteridx

in one respect: for, owing to the deep depressions in the outer

angles of the ambulacral ossicies, the outer side forms a short

rudimentary wing. The genus differs from all the Protasteride

by the absence of a muscular groove across the ambulacral ossicles.

Among the Paleophiuride it differs from Palwophiwra by the

absence of marginal ossicles, and from Sturtzwra and Teniura by

the massive nature of the mouth-frames.

Genus 5. Prinonastsr, Hall, 1867.

Distribution.—Chemung Series, Upper Devonian, Cortlandville,

New York State.

Type species.—Ptilonaster princeps, Hall, 1867 [6. p. 292, pl. ix.

fig. 9].

Pa ane genus is an ally of Hugaster, as Liitken [9.

pt. iii. p. 82] has already remarked ; it is, however, generically

distinct. I only know it from Hall’s figures, and therefore prefer

to leave the preparation of a formal diagnosis to an American

palzontologist.

Order II. STREPTOPHIURA, Bell, 1892.

Diagnosis.—Ophiuroida in which the ambulacral ossicles are

opposite and are generally fused into vertebral ossicles. In such

cases the vertebral ossicles articulate by a more or less simple ball-

and-socket joint. The covering-plates of the arms are more or

less regularly developed, and consist of a superior, an inferior, and

a pair of lateral arm-plates to each segment. The lateral arm-

plates generally bear spines.

Remarks.—The main character of this order is that the ambu-

lacral ossicles are paired, but primitive. The order differs from

the preceding by having the vertebral ossicles always opposite

instead of alternate. In some of the simplest members of the

order, as Ophiurina, the ossicles are not fused, there are no ventral

arm-shields, and an ambulacral furrow runs along the ventral side of

the arm. In the next higher family, as in the genus Lapworthura,

the ambulacral ossicles are fused, but have plain articulating

surfaces, and there is an ambulacral furrow. In recent members

of the group the vertebral ossicles are of a more complex type, but

the articulating surfaces are streptospondyline; in some, such as

1896. ] OF THE PALHOZOIC OPHIUROIDEA. 1037

Ophioteresis (Bell, 1. pp. 178-9, pl. xi. figs. 1-5), there are no

ventral arm-plates, but this is very exceptional among recent

members of the group.

Family 1. OPHIURINIDS.

Diagnosis.—Streptophiure with ambulacral ossicles, only slightly

united, and without ventral arm-plates.

Genus 1. Oputurra, Stiirtz, 1890 [16. p. 232].

Diagnosis—Dise circular, with marginal plates. Ambulacral

ossicles long, narrow bars. Syngnaths rod-shaped. Adambu-

lacral plates absent or altogether lost from the fossil.

Distribution Lower Devonian, Bundenbach.

Type species.—Ophiurina lymani, Stiirtz, 1890.

Genus 2. Tremataster, Worth. & Mill. 1883.

Diagnosis.—Dise with concave interbrachial outlines. No mar-

ginal plates. Ambulacral ossicles short. Adambulacrals present.

Distribution.—Chester Limestone, Lower Carboniferous, Llinois.

Type species.—Tremataster difficilis,; Worth. & Mill. 1883 [19.

p. 330, pl. xxxi. fig. 3]?.

Family 2. LAPWORTHURIDG.

Diagnosis.—Streptophiuroida without ventral arm-plates or

buccal shields; ambulacral ossicles fused, but their articulating

surfaces are plain. Madreporite dorsal.

Genus 1. LapworTHURA, nov. gen.

Diagnosis.—Dise circular, well-marked. Arms very flexible,

broad ; at first uniform in width and then tapering slowly. Ambu-

lacral ossicles with the distal and proximal margins parallel ; with

lateral wings curving round the podial pores. Madreporite large.

Distribution Ludlow Series, Silurian, Ludlow.

Type species.—Lapworthura miltoni (Salter), 1857 (13. p. 330,

pl. ix. fig. 4; 14].

The arm-structure is shown in fig. 5.

Fig. 5.

Lapworthura: diagram of the arm-structure, seen from ventral side.

1 The Protaster decheni. Dew. (Ann. Soc. géol. Belg. vol. viii. 1880, pp. 52-54,

pl. iii. figs. 1-2), is probably also a member of this genus.

1038 DR. J. W. GREGORY ON THE CLASSIFICATION _—[ Dec. 15,

Genus 2. Furcastnr, Stiirtz, 1886 [15. p. 79].

Diagnosis.—Disc circular small. Arms short, narrow, slightly

flexible, tapering gradually. Ambulacral ossicles of a long central

body and two short wings, which are attached only to the anterior

corner of the ossicle.

Distribution.—Lower Devonian, Bundenbach.

Type species.—Furcaster palcozoicus, Stirtz’.

Remarks.—In Stiirtz’s description he refers to the existence in

this genus of ventral arm-plates, and even figures them. His

type specimens are now in the British Museum, but I cannot

verify the existence of any ventral arm-plates. His type (B.M.

FE 3805), for example, seems to me to show almost conclusively

that an open furrow ran along the underside of the arm.

Genus 3. Patasrroprcten, Stiirtz, 1886 [15. p. 88].

Diagnosis.—Dise circular, large (badly preserved in the speci-

mens; probably originally soft and irregular). Arms thick, broad,

and somewhat lanceolate in shape. Ambulacral ossicles narrow,

the lateral wings resting on the whole body of the ossicle.

Distribution. Lower Devonian, Bundenbach.

Type species.—Palastropecten zitteh, Stiirtz, 1886 [15].

Aganaster, sp., Miller & Gurley [12. p. 57, pl. ix. figs. 10,

11], seems to me to be allied to Lapworthura, and at least a

member of the same family. It apparently has no ventral arm-

plates, but an open furrow, and thus differs widely from Aganaster

It is probably a new genus.

Family 3. HoLUIDIDaA.

Diagnosis.—Streptophiure with the ambulacral ossicles united

to form vertebral ossicles. Ventral arm-plates present, but there

are no buccal shields. (Dorsal arm-plates present only in the

highest genus.)

Remarks.—This family includes three Devonian genera, which

differ from the previous families of this order by the presence of

ventral arm-plates and by having vertebral ossicles, which arti-

culate (?always) by simple rounded pits and processes. The

family differs from living Streptophiure by the absence of buccal

shields and the simplicity of the oral armature.

Genus 1. Eonurpra, Stiirtz, 1886 [15. p. 89].

Diagnosis—Dise rather large; the interbrachial outlines are

deeply concave. Each syngnath consists of pairs of mouth-frames

and jaws; a jaw-plate is present. The vertebral ossicles are small

and the union of the two lateral elements incomplete ; the lateral

? The Protaster daoulasensis, Davy (Bull. Soc. géol. France, ser. 3, vol. xiv.

pp. 182-187), is an ally of Furcaster,

1896.] OF THE PALHOZOIC OPHIUROIDEA, 1039

wings are thin. The adambulacral plates are triangular and each

of them bears several spines. The pores forthe podia occur at

the middle of the lateral margin of the ventral arm-shields.

Distribution—Lower Devonian, Bundenbach.

Type species.—Eoluidia decheni, Stiirtz, 1886.

Genus 2. EospoNDYLUS, nov. gen.

Diagnosis.—Dise circular. Ambulacral ossicles completely fused

into vertebral ossicles, each of which, however, is traversed by a

pore. The adambulacral ossicles are somewhat pear-shaped. The

podial pores are at the posterior angles of the ventral arm-plates.

Distribution.— Lower Devonian, Bundenbach.

type species.—Hospondylus primigenia (Stirtz), 1886 [15.

Pp. 7a).

Genus 3. M1osponpyLvs, nov. gen.

Diagnosis. — Disc circular. Ambulacral ossicles completely

united ; each half of the vertebral ossicle is boot-shaped. The

oral angles each consist of a pair of syngnaths without jaw-plate.

The ventral arm-plates are small, and are not notched by podial

pores.

Distribution —Lower Devonian, Bundenbach.

Type species— Miospondylus rhenanus (Stiirtz), 1893 (17. p. 29,

pl. i. figs. 1-3).

Remarks.—The two genera Hospondylus and Miospondylus are

both founded on species described by Stiirtz, and included by him

in Ophiura. It is impossible that they can remain in this genus,

and Stiirtz, no doubt, only placed them there provisionally. They

agree in family characters with Holuidia, but differ from it in the

structure of both the ambulacral and adambulacral plates. The

differences between them would certainly rank as of generic value

among recent Ophiurids. To leave the two species in Holuidia

would only encourage the neglect of specific characters and a

looseness of description which has already greatly retarded the

study of the fossil Ophiurids.

Genus 4. Acanaster, Miller & Gurley, 1890.

Syn. Ophiopege, Bohm.

This genus was proposed by its authors to include a species

described as Protaster gregarius by Worthen and Meek. It has

nothing to do with Protaster and is clearly a member of the

Streptophiure. As far as its characters are known to me it must

be included among the Holuidide. It differs from the rest of this

family by the presence of dorsal arm-plates.

Without the opportunity for the examination of more specimens

than there are in the British Museum, I do not care to attempt a

new diagnosis. Improvements on the original diagnosis of Miller

and Gurley must be left to American palzontologists.

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1896, No. LX VII. 67

1040 DR. J, W. GREGORY ON THE CLASSIFICATION _‘[ Dee. 15,

Bohm has founded the genus Ophiopege on the type species of

Aganaster [2 a. p. 159}.

The genus Cholaster of Worthen and Miller [19. pp. 328-329,

pl. xxxi. fig. 4] appears to be allied to Aganaster, but the structure

of the ambulacral ossicles is unknown.

Family 4. ONYOCHASTURIDS.

Diagnosis.—Streptophiure with well-developed vertebral ossicles,

and with very flexible, contorted, unbranched arms; there are no

external arm-plates, the integument containing granules only.

Distribution.—Keokuk and Burlington Stages, Lower Carboni-

ferous, Iowa and Llinois.

Genus Onycuastur, Meek & Worth.

Type species.—Onychaster flewilis, Meek & Worth. [Proc. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Phil. 1869, p. 83; 11. pp. 526-528; 11a. p. 510, pl. xvi.

fig. 3].

Sepia oailhi interesting genus has hitherto been placed

among the Huryalide, of which it has been regarded as the best

known fossil representative. As Prof. Bell, however, has re-

marked, Meek and Worthen’s clear figures of the vertebral ossicles

show that the articular surfaces are Streptospondyline and not

Cladiophiuroid.

Family 5. HUCLADIIDS.

Diagnosis. —Streptophiure with contorted branching arms.

There are five pairs of large plates (? radial shields) on the abacti-

nal side. The madreporite is large and dorsal in position. The

arms have no external arm-plates, but are covered by a granular

integument. Ambulacral ossicles primitively Streptospondyline.

Genus Evctapi1a, H. Woodward, 1869 [18].

Type species.—Eucladia johnsoni, H. Woodward, Lower Ludlow,

near Dudley.

Remarks.—The affinities of this magnificent Starfish have been

left in some doubt owing to the absence of information as to the

structure of the vertebral ossicles. It has generally been assigned

to the Euryalid, owing to its granular integument and branching

contorted arms. Fortunately, however, I have found the articular

surface of the vertebral ossicles exposed on the side of the block

of limestone containing the specimen. The articulation is truly

Streptospondyline of a rather primitive type (fig. 6a, b, p. 1041).

The ossicle is egg-shaped in section, with the broader end above.

Two broad muscle-fields occur, one at each of the quadrants of

the ossicle. On the central line just above these there is a small

knob. The upper half of the ossicle is occupied by two pairs of

depressions separated by simple ridges.

1896.] OF THE PALHOZOIC OPHIUROIDEA, 1041

The structure is on essentially the same plan as that of Ony-

chaster and it is clearly Streptospondyline in character. The genus

Fig. 6.

a b

a & b, articular surfaces of the vertebral ossicles of Hucladia, 4,9.

is therefore to be included among the Streptophiure, the resem-

blances to the Euryalide being homoplastic modifications to suit its

mode of life.

The Homologies of the Madreporite.

The madreporite in Zucladia is certainly dorsal, as Dr. Wood-

ward correctly stated; it has been suggested that this character

removes the genus from the Ophiuroidea. In that case Lap-

worthura and probably Protaster will also have to be excluded

from this subclass. But in most Echinoderms the water vascular

aperture opens on the aboral surface. According to Bury [2 6.

pl. xxxvii. fig. 2, pp. 422-423], the water-pore of the Ophiuroidea

originally occupies this position. It is therefore not unreasonable

to suppose that in the earliest Ophiurids the water-pore was

originally dorsal, and that it subsequently worked round to the

ventral side, as it does during the development of the Spatangoida.

Hence one cannot use the dorsal position of the madreporite in

Paleozoic Stellerids as a proof that they are not Ophiurids.

It follows from this, however, that the madreporite (or plate in

which the water-pore opens) of Lapworthura and Hucladia is not

homologous with the madreporite of recent Ophiurids, which

belongs ontogenetically to the oral system. Carpenter and Bury

have both adduced strong reasons to show that the madreporite of

Ophiurids is not homologous with that of Asterids. The evidence

of the Paleozoic genera of both groups shows that this plate is not

homologous in all the members of even the same subclass. It

is certain that in some Ophiurids the madreporite is oral, and

that in others it is not. Hence it is quite possible that in those

Asterids with a ventral madreporite, the plate may be a member

of the oral system.

Although, therefore, the madreporite may originate ontogeneti-

cally on an oral, it does not do so phylogenetically, and the situation

of the water-pore on an oral plate has resulted only from a secondary

modification,

67*

1042 DR, J. W. GREGORY ON THE CLAssiricarion [Dee. 15,

Synopsis of Classification.

Class STELLEROIDA.

Subclass OPHIUROIDEA.

Order I. Lysophiure.—Ambulacral ossicles alternate, free. No

ventral arm-plates.

Fam. 1. Prorastrr1p®. Boot-shaped ambulacral ossicles.

Genera.—Protaster, Forbes.

Bundenbachia, Stiirtz.

Fam. 2. Panmorniurip®. Long bar-shaped ambulacral

ossicles.

Genera.—Sturizura, Greg.

Paleophiura, Stiirtz.

Teniura, Greg.

Eugaster, Hall.

Ptilonaster, Hall.

Order II. Streptophiure. Vertebral ossicles present, with more or

less Streptospondyline articulations

Fam. 1. Oputurtyip®. Ambulacral ossicles _ slightly

united and no ventral arm-

plates.

Genera.— Ophiurina, Stiirtz.

Tremataster, Worth. & Mill.

Fam. 2. Lapwortaurtp®. Ambulacral ossicles fused.

No vyentral arm-plates.

Madreporite dorsal.

Genera.—Lapworthura, Greg.

Furcaster, Stiirtz.

Palastropecten, Stiirtz.

Fam. 3. Eoturpipm. Vertebral ossicles. Ventral arm-

plates, but no buccal shields.

Genera.—Lolwidia, Stiirtz.

Eospondylus, Greg.

Miospondylus, Greg.

Aganaster, Mill. & Gurl.

Cholaster, Worth. & Mill.

Fam. 4. OnyoHastprRip®. Contorted unbranched arms.

Integument granular.

Genus.—Onychaster, Meek & Worth.

Fam. 5. Evotapip2. Contorted branched arms. In-

tegument granular.

Genus.—Lucladia, H. Woodw.

1896.] OF THE PALEOZOIC OPHIUROIDEA. 1048

References.

1. Burt, F. J.—“ A Contribution to the Classification of

Ophiurids, with Descriptions of some new and little-known

Forms.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1892, pp. 175-183, pls. xi., xii.

2. Broures.—“ On the Asteriade of the Lower Silurian Rocks

of Canada.” Canad. Org. Rem. dec. iii. 1858, pp. 75-85,

pls. viil.—x.

2a. Boum, G.—‘ Ueber fossile Ophiuren.” Zeit. deut. geol.

Ges. Bd. xlv. 1893, pp. 158-161.

26. Bury, H.— Studies in the Embryology of the Echino-

derms.” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xxix. n. s. 1889,

pp. 409-450, pls. xxxvil.—xxxix.

2c. Canpunter, P. H.—‘* Notes on Echinoderm Morphology.

No. V. On the Homologies of the Apical System, with

some Remarks upon the Blood-vessels.” Quart. Journ.

Micr. Sci. new ser. vol. xxii. 1882, pp. 371-386.

3. Forzus, Ep.—A History of British Starfishes and other

Animals of the Class Echinodermata. London, 1840 and

1841, 8vo, pp. xx, 270.

4, Forsus, Ep.—* Figures and Descriptions illustrative of

British Organic Remains.” Mem. Geol. Surv. dec. i. 1849.

5. Grecory, J. W.—‘*On a New Species of the Genus

Protaster (P. brisingoides) from the Upper Silurian of

Victoria, Australia.” Geol. Mag. dec. 3, vol. vi. 1889,

pp. 24-27.

6. Hatt, Jamns.—* Note on the Genus Paleaster, with

Descriptions of some new Species.” 20th Reg. Rep. State

Cab. New York, 1867, pp. 282-308, pl. ix.

7%. Launeman, Axut.—“ Ophiuroidea viventia hue usque

cognita.” (ifvers. K. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1866, no. 9,

pp. 303-336.

8. Lupwie, P. H.—“Morphologische Studien am Echino-

dermen.” Bd. ii. Ht. 2, 1882.

9. Livxnn, C. F.—< Additamenta ad historiam Ophiurid-

arum. Pt. III.” Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skrift. ser. 5, vol. viil.

1869.

10. Lyman, Tu.—* Report on the Ophiuroidea dredged by

H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ during the years 1873-1876.” Rep.

Chall. Exped., Zool. vol. v. 1882.

11. Murx, F. B., and Worruuyn, A. H.—“ Paleontology of

Tllinois.” Geol. Surv. Il. vol. iii. 1868, pp. 289-565,

pls. i.-xx.

11a. Munx, F. B., and Worrumn, A. H.—“ Fossils of the

Keokuk Group.” Geol. Sury. Ll. vol. v. 1873, pp. 483-

529, pls. xii.—xix.

12. Minter, S. A., and Guriny.—Description of some new

Genera and Species of Echinodermata from the Coal

Measures and Subcarboniferous Rocks of Indiana, Missouri,

and Iowa.

1044

CLASSIFICATION OF TH PALEOZOIC oPHivRoipDBA. [Dec. 15.

13. Sanrur, J. W.—*On some new Paleozoic Starfishes.”

14.

15.

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xx. 1857, pp. 321-334,

pl. ix.

Saurer, J. W.— Additional Notes on some new Palzozoic

Starfishes.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. vii. 1861,

pp. 484-486, pl. xviii.

Srirzrz, B.—“ Beitrag zur Kenntniss paleozoischer See-

sterne.” Paleontogr. Bd. xxxii. 1886, pp. 75-98, pls. viil.-

xiv.

Srinrz, B.—‘ Neuer Beitrag zur Kenntniss palzozoischer

Seesterne.” Paleontogr. Bd. xxxvi. 1890, pp. 203-247,

pls. xxvi.—-xxxi.

Srinrz, B.— Ueber versteinerte und lebende Seesterne.”

Verh. nat. Ver. preuss. Rheinl. ser. 5, vol. x. 1893, pp. 1-92,

araren ee H.—* On Hucladia, anew Genus of Ophiuride,

from the Upper Silurian, Dudley.” Geol. Mag. vol. vi.

1869, pp. 241-245, pl. viii.

Worruen, A. H., and Mitimr, 8. A.—“ Descriptions of new

Carboniferous Echinoderms.” Pal. Illinois. Geol. Surv.

Hil. 1883, vol. vii. pp. 327-338, pl. xxxi.

Wricur, Tu.—British Fossil Echinodermata of the Oolitic

Formations. Vol. ii. pt.i. On the Asteroidea. Pal. Soc.

1863. For Paleozoic genera, pp. 22-37.

APPENDIX.

LIST OF ADDITIONS TO THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE

Jan.

DURING THE YEAR

1896.

1. 1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by Capt.

Pickthorn.

4 Pratincoles (Glareola pratincola). Presented by Lord Lilford,

F.Z8.

4 Marbled Ducks (Marmoronetta angustirostris). Presented by

Lord Lilford, F'.Z.S.

2 Passerine Parrakeets (Psittacula passerina). Presented by

Mrs. Robert M*Cabe.

2. 1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Palcornis torquata), 2. Pzesented

by Mrs. E. Parrot.

4, 1 Amazonian Manatee (Manatus inunguis), §. From the Rio

Purus, Amazons. Purchased. See P. Z.S. 1896, p. 212.

1 Southern River-Hog (Potamocherus africanus), Q. Pxe-

sented by Wm. Anthony Morgan, Esq.

1 Black-handed Spider-Monkey (Ateles geoffroy?), 2. Purchased.

2 Graceful Ground-Doves (Geopelia cuneata). Purchased.

1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeateri). Presented by

B. T. Frere, Esq.

6. 2 Polecats (Mustela putorius), § 2. Presentedby A. H. Cocks,

Esq., F.Z.8.

7. 2 West-African Love-birds (Agapornis pullaria). Presented by

Mrs. Otto Fell.

2 King Penguins (Aptenodytes pennanti, jr.). From Macquarie

Island. Purchased. See P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 212.

9. 1 Crowned Duiker-bok (Cephalophus coronotus), 2. Purchased.

10. 1 Yellow-tronted Amazon (Chrysotis ochrocephala). Presented

by Lieut.-Gen. Arthur Lyttleton-Annesly, F.Z.S.

11. 1 Persian Gazelle (Gazella subgutturosa), 3. Presented by Sir

F. Greswolde- Williams.

13. 1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 3. Pre-

sented by Miss Louisa Hutt.

1 Puff-Adder (Bitis artetans). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq.

14. 2 Golden-crowned Conures { Conurus aureus). Deposited.

24,

APPENDIX.

1 Pig-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), ¢. Presented by

W. Engelhardt, Esq.

2 Black-headed Caiques (Caica melanocephala). Purchased.

. 1 Green-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis viridigenalis). Purchased.

1 Saltwater Terrapin (Malacoclemmys terrapin). Presented by

J. Lea Smith, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Black-faced Kangaroo (Macropus melanops), 2. Presented

by E. Mitchell, Hsq., M.A.

2 Indian Jerboas (Alactaga indica). Purchased.

1 Himalayan Bear (Ursus tibetanus), 9. Presented by Capt.

Gale.

1 Slow Loris (Nycticebus tardigradus). Presented by Capt.

J. W. Carrothers.

6 Gallot’s Lizards (Lacerta galloti). Presented by H. B.

Hewetson, Esq., M.R.C.S., F.Z.S8. |

1 Sharp-headed Lizard (Lacerta dugesi). Presented by H. B.

Hewetson, Esq., M.R.C.S., F.Z.8.

1 Delalande’s Gecko (Tarentola delalandiz). Presented by H. B.

Hewetson, Esq., M.R.C.S., F.Z.S.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). From Trinidad. Presented

by E. A. Cumberland, Esq.

1 Isabelline Antelope (Cervicapra tsabellina). Deposited.

1 Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo). Deposited.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), g. Presented by

Edward Sheriff, Esq.

1 Kinkajou (Cercoleptes caudivolvulus). Deposited.

2 Banded Fruit-Pigeons (Ptilopus fasciatus). Deposited.

1 Sharp-snouted Snake ( Dryophis mycterizans). Purchased.

. 1 Klipspringer (Oreotragus saltator), g. From N.E. Africa.

Presented by Commander Alfred Paget, R.N. See P.Z.S.

1896, p. 303.

1 Malaccan Parrakeet (Paleornis longicauda), 3. Received in

Exchange.

1 Crested Grebe (Podiceps cristatus). Purchased.

1 Gould’s Monitor (Varanus gouldi), Presented by R. H. W.

Leach, Esq.

. Indian Wolf (Canis pallipes), $. Presented by Duncan

Darroch, Esq., 93rd Highlanders.

1 Barn-Owl (Strix flammea). Presented by Bernard R. White,

Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Cwlew (Numenius arquata). Purchased.

. 1 Rufous Rat-Kangaroo (Apyprymnus rufescens),2 $. Born

in the Menagerie.

1 Sharp-nosed Crocodile (Crocodilus americanus). Presented

by Arthur P. Cohen, Esq.

1 West-African Love-bird (Agapornis pullaria), 3. Presented

by Mrs. Roberts.

1 Alpine Marmot (Arctomys marmotta). Deposited.

. 4 Japanese Teal (Querguedula formosa),2 3,2 2. Purchased.

1 Common Viper ( Vipera berus). Presented by Mr. S. Ockenden.

. 2 Smews (Mergus albellus),2 $. Purchased.

1 Purplish Death-Adder (Pseudechis porphyriacus). Deposited.

1 Punctulated Tree-Snake (Dendrophis punctulatus). Deposited.

. 1 Hybrid Pleasant Antelope (between Zrageluphus gratus, 3 , and

Tragelaphus spekii, 2). Born in the Menagerie. See

P.Z. 9. 1896, p. 304.

Feb.

Mar.

15.

life

18.

ADDITIONS TO THE MBNAGERIE. 1047

1 Black Lark (Melanocorypha yeltoniensis). Purchased.

1 Wood-Lark (Alauda arborea). Presented by J. Young, Esq.,

E.Z.8

1 Whinchat (Pratincola rubetra). Presented by J. Young,

Ksq., F.Z.8.

1 Common Squirrel (Sczwws vulgaris). Presented by Mrs.

Herbert Morris.

1 Black Tanager (Zuchyphonus melaleucus), 2. Presented by

Madame Caté.

. 1 Rhinoceros Hornbill (Buceros rhinoceros), ¢. Deposited.

2 Common Pheasants (Phasianus colchicus),2 9. Purchased.

1 Long-eared Owl (Aszo otus). Purchased.

2 Black-necked Stilt Plovers (Himantopus nigricollis). Pur-

chased.

. | Lion (Felis leo}, 3. Presented by Rowland Ward, Esq.,

F.Z.8.

. 1 Vulpine Phalanger ( Tvichosurus vulpecula), 2. Presented by

Messrs. Multon and Wallis.

2 Spiny-tailed Mastigures ( Uromastix acanthinurus). Presented

by Lord Lilford, F.Z.S.

. 1 Spiny-tailed Mastigure (Uromastixv acanthinurus). Deposited.

1 Greater Spotted Woodpecker (Dendrocopus major). Pre-

sented by W. H. St. Quintin, Hisq., F.Z.S.

1 Rusty Urubitinga Hawk (Urubitinga meridionalis). Pur-

chased.

1 Collarless Pheasant (Phastanus decollatus), 3. Deposited.

27. 3 Punjab Wild Sheep or Urials (Ovis vignetj,1¢,29. Pre-

sented by Capt. R. A. Ogilby, D.L., F.Z.S.

1 Fraser’s Hagle-Owl (Bubo poensis). From Ashanti. Presented

by Major H. M. Sinclair, R.E.

1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). Purchased.

1 Canada Goose (Bernicla canadensis), §. Received in Exchange.

. 2 Black Swans (Cygnus atratus), ¢ 9. Purchased.

1 Eland (Ortas canna), §. Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Hairy Armadillo (Dasypus villosus). Presented by A. H.

Robinson, Esq.

1 Lesser Kestrel (Tinnunculus cenchris). Presented by Mr. A. J.

Leith.

1 Puff-Adder (Bitis artetans): Presented by J. EH. Matcham,

Esq.

1 Hoary Snake (Pseudaspis cana). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq.

. 2 Fennec Foxes (Canis cerdo). Presented by Dixon Bey.

1 Pale Genet (Genetta senegalensis), Presented by W. H. Boyle,

Esq.

2 Home’s Cinixys (Cinixys homeana). Presented by W. H.

Boyle, Esq.

1 Eroded Cinixys (Ctnirys erosa). Presented by W. H. Boyle,

sq.

1 Delalande’s Gecko (Tarentola delalandii). Pyesented by

W. H. Boyle, Esq.

1 Great Black-backed Gull (Larus marinus). Presented by

Mr. G. Smith.

4 Shielded Death-Adders (Notechis scutatus). Deposited.

1 Slender-billed Cockatoo (Licmetis nasica). Presented by

John J. Sapp, Esq., J.P.

10.

11.

19.

APPENDIX.

. 1 Gorilla (Anthropopithecus gorilla), 2. From French Congo-

land. Purchased. See P. Z.S. 1896, p. 505.

. 1 Laughing Kingfisher (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by Mrs.

Hillier.

1 Hawfinch (Coccothraustes vulgaris). Presented by C. Bates,

Esq.

. 1 Maguari Stork (Dissura maguart). Purchased.

1 Guira Cuckoo (Guira pirtrigua). Purchased.

1 Burrowing-Owl (Speotyto cunicularia), Purchased.

1 Brown Milvago (Milvago chimango). Purchased.

1 Ruff (Machetes pugnax). Purchased.

1 Northern Lynx (felis lynx), 6. From Ladakh, Cashmere.

Presented by F. W. H. Walshe, Esq., Lt. R.A.

1 Common Boa (Boa constrictor). Purchased.

1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli), g. Presented

by Miss Lilian Frost.

2 Black-backed Jackals (Canis mesomelas). Presented by

J. E. Matcham, Esq.

1 Puff-Adder (Litts artetans). Presented by J. KE. Matcham,

Hisq.

1 Conde (Sarcorhamphus gryphus), 2. Deposited.

6 Mexican Quails (Callipepla squamata). Purchased.

. 3 Searlet Ibises (Zudoctmus ruber). Purchased.

2 Scarlet Tanagers (Ramphocelus brasilius), §. Purchased.

. 2 Redshanks (Totanus calidris). Purchased.

1 Algerian Tortoise (Testudo ibera). Presented by Mrs. Powell.

. | White-crowned Mangabey (Cercocebus ethiops), §. Deposited.

1 Guillemot (Zomvia troile). Presented by J. L. Palmer, Esq.

. 1 American Tapir (Zapirus americanus), $. Presented by

Basil J. Freeland, Esq.

. 1 Markhoor (Capra megaceros), ¢. From Peshawar. Pre-

sented by Col. Paterson. See P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 506.

2 Amherst’s Pheasants (Thawmalea amherstie),2 2. Received

in Exchange.

2 Swinhoe’s Pheasants (Zuplocamus swinhoir), $ 2. Purchased.

1 Bar-tailed Pheasant (Phastanus reevesi), 2. Purchased.

1 Hybrid Japanese Pheasant (Phastanus versicolor x P. colchicus) ,

©. Purchased.

2 Great American Egrets (Ardea egretta). Purchased.

1 Porto Rico Pigeon (Columba corensis). Purchased.

1 Vinaceous Pigeon (Columba vinacea). Purchased.

3 Canarian Laurel Pigeons (Columba laurivora). Presented by

E. G. B. Meade- Waldo, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), §. Presented by Capt.

Edgar HK. Bernard, A.S.C.

2 Grey Ichneumons (Herypestes griseus). Deposited.

2 Rosy Parrakeets (Paleornis rosa), 2. Purchased.

1 Common Mynah (Acridotheres tristis). Presented by Mrs.

Sibyl E. Kennedy.

21. 2 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovzs tragelaphus), § 2. Born in the

Menagerie.

1 Herring-Gull (Larus argentatus). Presented by Dr. E.

Goddard.

2 Musky Lorikeets (Glossopsittacus concinnus), 62. Pur-

chased.

23. 2 Crowned Duiker-boks (Cephalophus coronatus), $2. Re-=

ceived in Exchange. See P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 506.

Mar. 23.

10.

ll.

13.

14,

15.

16,

17.

21,

ADDITIONS TO THE MBNAGERIE. 1049

1 Silver-backed Fox (Canis chama). Presented by C. W.

Southey, Esq. See P. Z.S. 1896, p. 506.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 9. Presented by 8. C.

Fisher, Esq.

. 1 Leadbeater’s Cockatoo (Cacatua leadbeaterr), Presented by

Miss E. 8. Young.

. 2 Elliot’s Pheasants (Phasianus ellioti), ¢ 2. Purchased.

2 Bar-tailed Pheasants (Phasianus reevesi), $ 2. Purchased.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), Q. Presented by Mr.

Harmer.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus),?. Presented by C. Tre-

velyan Winson, Esq.

1 Raccoon-like Dog (Canis procynides). Purchased.

2 Rosy-billed Ducks (Metopiana peposaca),2 §. Purchased.

. 1 Moustache Monkey (Cercopithecus cephus), 3. Presented by

Mrs. Polini.

1 Barnard’s Parrakeet (Platycercus barnardi). Deposited.

1 Antillean Boa (Boa diviniloqua). From Dominica. Presented

by W. Weldon Symington, Esq.

. 1 Red-and-Yellow Macaw (Ara chloroptera). Presented by

Eugene E. G. Jones, Esq.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus),3. Presented by Owen L.

Hancock, Esq.

2 Red-beaked Weaver-birds (Quelea sanguinirostris). De-

posited.

1 Java Sparrow (Padda oryzivora). Deposited.

1 Goldfinch (Carduelis elegans). Deposited.

1 Rose- breasted Grosbeak (Hedymeles ludovicianus). Deposited.

1 Lesser Black-backed Gull (Zarus fuscus). Deposited.

1 Indian Elephant (Elephas indicus), ¢. Purchased. See

P. Z. S. 1896, p. 547.

1 Tigrine Cat (Lelis tigrina). Purchased.

1 Dusky Duck (Anas obscwra?), 9. Presented by W. H. St.

Quintin, Esq., F.Z.S.

4 North-African Jackals (Canis anthus). Born in the Mena-

gerie.

1 Red-faced Ouakari (Ouacaria rubicunda). Presented by

Ernest E, Austen, Esq.

2 Maholi Galagos (Galago maholi). Born in the Menagerie.

1 Nankeen Night-Heron (Nycticorax caledonicus). Purchased.

1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicilata). Presented by

R, H. Biddell, Esq.

1 Common Marmoset (Hapale jacchus). Presented by R. H.

Biddell, Esq.

1 Indian Civet ( Viverricula malaccensis). Purchased.

1 Weka Rail (Ocydromus australis). Received in Exchange.

20 Midwife Toads (Alytes obstetricans), From Westphalia.

Purchased.

1 Lion (Felis leo), 6. Deposited.

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by Capt. Hyde.

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by James Green,

Esq.

1 Natal Python (Python sebe natalensis). Presented by J. H.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

5 Hoary Snakes (Pseudaspis cana). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq., C.M.Z.8.

1050

Apr. 21.

APPENDIX.

1 Rhomb-marked Snake (Zrimerorhinus rhombeatus). Pre-

sented by J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Cape Bucephalus (Dispholidus typus). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

5 Puff-Adders (Litis arietans). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

. 1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Presented by F. J.

Pringuer, Esq.

2 Common Sheldrakes (Tadorna cornuta). Purchased.

23. 3 Red Kangaroos (Macropus rufus),2 3,192. ‘Deposited.

4 Black Wallaroos (Macropus robustus), 4 3. Deposited.

. 1 Brown Mouse Lemur (Chirogaleus milii?). Deposited.

1 Polecat (Mustela putorius). Presented by F. D. Lea Smith,

Esq.

1 Alexandra Parrakeet (Polytelis alexandre). Presented by

W. Pritchard Morgan, Esq., M.P.

1 Alexandra Parrakeet (Polytelis alevandre), 3. Deposited.

1 Hamadryad (Nata bungarus). Deposited.

. 1 Fennec Fox (Canis cerdo), Presented by J. G. Mackie,

“sq.

1 Great Wallaroo (Macropus robustus), 2. Deposited.

. 1 Brahminy Kite (Haliastur indus), Presented by A. Kemmis-

Betty, Esq.

5 Meyer's Parrots (Peocephalus meyert). Deposited.

1 Brown-throated Conure (Conurus eruginosus). Deposited.

2 Alario Sparrows (Passer alario). Deposited.

2 Brazilian Tortoises (Testudo tabulata). Deposited.

. 1 Lace Monitor ( Varanus varius). Deposited.

1 Blue-tongued Lizard (Tiliqua scincoides), Deposited.

. 1 Chimpanzee (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), 2. Purchased.

1 Canadian Skunk (Mephitis mephitica). From Mexico. Pre-

sented by Henry Heath Cochrane, Esq.

1 Gould’s Fruit-Bat (Péeropus gouldi). Purchased. See P.Z.S.

1896, p. 608.

1 Short-nosed Bandicoot (Perameles obesula), 9. Purchased.

2 Spotted Tinnamous (Nothwra maculosa). Purchased.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 3. Presented by Mr. E.

Turnham.

1 Canary Finch (Serinus canarius). Presented by H. B. Hewet-

son, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 African Tantalus (Tantalus ibis), Presented by Capt. Dug-

more.

1 Leopard Tortoise (Zestudo pardalis). Presented by Capt.

Dugmore.

. 2 West-Indian Agoutis (Dasyprocta cristata). Presented by

W. Weldon Symington, Esq.

2 Blue-headed Pigeons (Starneenas cyanocephala). Purchased.

2 Auriculated Doves (Zenaida auriculata), 3 9. Purchased.

2 Picui Doves (Columbula picui), ¢ 2. Purchased.

4 Cape Doves (na capensis), 2 ¢,2 9. Purchased.

. 8 (Young) Cheetahs (Cynelurus jubatus). From Somaliland.

Presented by Kenneth Foster, Esq.

1 Spotted Ichneumon (Herpestes awro-punctatus). Deposited.

2 Crowned Pigeons (Gowra coronata). Purchased.

1 Chinese Goose (Anser cygnoides), 3. Presented by L. G.

Leverson, Esq., F.Z.8.

May 5.

12.

13.

14,

16,

18.

ADDITIONS T0 THE MENAGERIE. 1051

1 Porose Crocodile (Crocodilus porosus), Presented by A. W.

Richmond, Esq.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by F.

Greswolde-Williams, Esq.

1 Southern Fruit-Pigeon (Crocopus chlorogaster). Purchased.

. 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). Presented by Mrs. J.

Hicks.

2 Hamadryads (Naia bungarus). Purchased.

. 1 Great Anteater (Myrmecophaga jubata). Purchased.

1 White-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua alba). Presented by

Mis. Crofts.

2 Pennant’s Parrakeets (Platycercus pennanti). Presented by

Clifford Brooks, Esq.

1 Nicobar Pigeon (Calenas nicobarica). Purchased.

. 1 Entellus Monkey (Semnopithecus entellus). Purchased.

2Sambur Deer (Cervus aristotelis), 23. Presented by F.

Greswolde- Williams, Esq.

2 Bennett’s Wallabies (Macropus bennetti), § 2. Deposited.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), Q. Presented by F.

Greswolde-Williams, Esq.

8 Esquimaux Dogs (Canis familiaris). Deposited.

1 Common Viper (Vipera berus). Presented by H. L. C. Barret,

sq.

1 Lesser Kestrel (Zinnuneulus cenchris), Presented by Miss

M. J. L. Spaull.

2 Barbary Wild Sheep (Ovzs tragelaphus). Born in the Mena-

gerle,

1 Red-fronted Lemur (Lemur rujfifrons), ¢. Presented by

E. A. Pardoe, Esq.

. 2 Undulated Gyrass-Parakeets (Melopsittacus undulatus), 3 Q.

Purchased.

1 Grison (Galictis vittata, jr.). Presented by J. J. Quelch,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Brazilian Tortoises (Testudo tabulata). Presented by J. J.

Quelch, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Scorpion Mud-Terrapins (Cinosternon scorpiordes). Presented

by J. J. Quelch, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Rough Terrapin (Wicoria punctularia). Presented by J. J.

Quelch, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Pied Crow Shrike (Strepera graculina). Purchased.

2 Whooper Swans (Cygnus musicus). Purchased.

1 Natal Python (Python sebe natalensis). Presented by W.

Champion, Esq.

1 Ring-hals Snake (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by W.

Champion, Esq.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus). Presented by

Sir William Call.

1 Blue-bearded Jay (Cyanocorax eyanopogon). Presented by

Capt. H. C. T. Beadnell, F.Z.S.

4 Puff-Adders (Bitis arietans). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq., 0.M.Z.S.

2 Ring-hals Snakes (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Yellow Cobra (Nata flava). From Port Elizabeth, Pre-

sented by J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

3Cape Vipers (Causus rhombeatus). Presented by J. E,

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1052

May 18,

19.

20.

23.

20.

26.

30.

31,

June 1.

APPENDIX.

1 Cape Bucephalus (Dispholidus typus). Presented by J. E.

atcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Infernal Snakes (Boodon infernalis). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Grey Ichneumon (Herpestes griseus). Deposited.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), ¢. Born in the Menagerie.

J Nilotic Monitor (Varanus niloticus). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

2 Indian Tree-Ducks (Dendrocygna javanica). Purchased.

1 Ash-coloured Falcon (Falco concolcr), 3. Purchased.

1 Large-billed Hawk (Asturina magnirostris). Purchased.

1 Marsh-Deer (Cariacus paludosus), §. Deposited.

1 Common Otter (Lutra vulgaris, jr.). Presented by Henry

Laver, Esq.

4 Gouldian Grass-Finches (Poéphila gouldiea),23,2 92. Pur-

chased.

2 Crimson Finches (£strelda phaéton). Purchased.

4 Daudin’s Tortoises (Testudo daudini). Deposited. See

P. Z. S. 1896, p. 608.

. 1 Caracal (Felis caracal). Presented by Capt. E. F. Carter.

2 Green-winged Doves (Chalcophaps indica). Purchased.

2 White-backed Pigeons (Columba leuconota). Purchased.

4 Alligators (Alligator mississippiensis). Deposited.

. 1 Scemmerring’s Gazelle (Gazella semmerringi), ¢. Received

in Exchange.

2 Striped Hyzenas (Hyena striata), Received in Exchange.

1 Egyptian Ichneumon (Herpestes ichneumon). Received in

Exchange.

2 Libyan Zorillas (Ictonya lybica). Received in Exchange.

2 Fennec Foxes (Canis cerdo). Received in Exchange.

2 Riippell’s Vultures (Gyps rueppelli). Received in Exchange,

See P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 609.

4 Eeyptian Vultures (Neophron percnopterus). Received in

Exchange.

1 Spotted Cavy (Celogenys paca). Presented by Dr. F. G. C.

Damian.

2 Thick-tailed Opossums (Didelphys crassicaudata). Purchased.

1 Blue-and-Yellow Macaw (dra ararauna). Presented by

Mrs. Browning.

29. 7 Shovellers (Spatula clypeata),3 3,4 92. Purchased.

4 Golden-eyes (Clangula glaucion),2 3,29. Purchased.

6 Common Teal ( Querquedula crecca),6 2. Purchased.

1 Anomalous Snake (Rhadinea anomala). Purchased.

1 Adorned Ceratophrys (Ceratophrys ornata). Purchased.

2 Brown-throated Conures (Conurus @ruginosus). Presented by

Mrs. Harry Blades.

1 Yellow Tree-Boa (Zpicrates inornatus). Presented by J. J.

Bowrey, Esq.

1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika), 3. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 9. Presented by Mrs,

Bouverie.

2 Natal Pythons (Python sebe natalensis). Deposited.

. 2 Slow Lorises (Wycticebus tardigradus). Presented by Stanley

S. Flower, Esq.

1 Roseate Cockatoo (Cacatua roseicapilla). Presented by

Stanley S. Flower, Esq.

June 2.

10.

Tle

12.

13.

14,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1053

1 Lesser Sulphur-crested Cockatoo (Cacatua sulphurea). Pre-

sented by Stanley S. Flower, Esq.

2Spinose Land-Emys (Geoemyda spinosa). Presented by

Stanley 8. Flower, Esq.

1 Black-spotted Toad (Bufo melanostictus). Presented by

Stanley 8. Flower, Esq.

1 Rough Toad (Bufo asper). Presented by Stanley 8S. Flower,

Ksq.

. 1 Japanese Deer (Cervus sika),$. Born in the Menagerie.

. 2Hairy Armadillos (Dasypus viliosus), 62. Presented by

Messrs. FitzHerbert, Bros.

1 Leopard Tortoise (Testudo pardalis). Deposited.

1 Cunningham’s Skink (Eyernia cunninghami). Deposited.

. 2 Thars (Capra jemlaica),2 2. Born in the Menagerie.

“pra J , 8

1 Huanaco (Lama huanacos), §. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Javan Porcupine (white variety) (Hystrix javanica). De-

posited.

1 Coati (Nasua rufa). Presented by Ernest Brocklehurst, Esq.

2 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus). Presented by Baron

Ferdinand de Rothschild.

2 Black-headed Gulls (Larus ridibundus). Presented by Baron

Ferdinand de Rothschild.

. 1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

. 1 Short-toed Eagle (Circaétus gallicus). Presented by Dixon

Bey.

. 1 Harnessed Antelope (Tragelaphns scriptus), 3. Deposited.

2 Fat Dormice (Myorus glis). Presented by John G. Haggard,

sq.

2 Shutizeaved Owls (Asio brachyotus). Presented by Capt. R. A.

Ogilby, F.Z.S.

3 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by Miss

Jessie M. Hudson.

1 Vulturine Hagle (Aguila verreauzt). Presented by J. Clark,

Esq.

2 Green Turtles (Chelone viridis). Presented by Capt. J. G.

Jones.

1 Green Turtle (Chelone viridis). Presented by Mr. G. K.

Candy.

6 Upland Geese (Chloephaga magellanica). Bred in the Mena-

eerie.

8 Natterjack Toads (Bufo calamita). Presented by Stanley S.

Flower, Esq.

2Common Toads (Bufo vulgaris). Presented by Stanley S.

Flower, Esq.

1 Hoolock Gibbon (Hylobates hoolock), 9. Presented by Mrs.

Firman.

1 Hoolock Gibbon (Hylobates hoolock), 2. Deposited.

2 Indian Drongos (Chibia hottentota). Deposited.

1 Indian Chevrotain (Tragulus meminna). Presented by the Hon.

Sidney Parker.

1 Javan Chevrotain (Tragulus javanica). Presented by the Hon.

Sidney Parker.

2 Tigers (Felis tigris), 6 2. Purchased.

5 Shags (Phalacrocorax graculus, jv.). Presented by the Mac-

laine of Lochbuie.

9 Green Turtles (Chelone viridis). Presented by J.C. Adlam,

Esq.

1054

June 14.

15:

16.

24,

25.

APPENDIX.

2 Axolotls (Amblystoma tigrinum). Presented by W. Temple,

Esq.

1 Crab-eating Raccoon (Procyon cancrivorus). Deposited.

1 Australian Fruit-Bat (Pteropus poliocephalus), Purchased.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii), 3. Presented by

Mr, Vernon HK. Barrett.

1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), 2. Deposited.

1 Black-headed Conure (Conurus nanday). Presented by Mrs.

Baird.

2 Common Peafowl (Pavo eristatus) (albinos), ¢ 2. Presented

by F. A. Noyce, Esq.

. 1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel), 2. Bornin the Menagerie,

2 West-African Love-birds (Agapornis pullaria). Deposited.

. 1 Thar (Capra jemlaica), 29. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Ring-necked Parrakeet (Paleornis torquatus), ¢. Presented

by Miss Smith. ;

. 2 Golden Eagles (Aquila chrysaétus). Presented by the Mac-

laine of Lochbuie.

2 Peregrine Falcons (Falco peregrinns, jr.). Presented by the

Maclaine of Lochbuie.

2 Wood-Owls (Syrnium aluco). Presented by A. Farquhar

Wilson, Esq.

1 Short-eared Owl (Asto brachyotus). Presented by A. Farquhar

Wilson, Esq.

1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Presented by

S. Osborn, Esq.

. 1 Brush-tailed Kangaroo (Petrogale penicillata). Born in the

Menagerie.

2 Spotted Pigeons (Columba maculosa). Bred in the Menagerie,

2 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Colwmba guinea). Bred in the

Menagerie.

2 Vinaceous Turtle-Doves (Turtur vinaceus), Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Japanese Greenfinch (Chloris kawarahib:). Bred in the

Menagerie.

. 1 Peba Armadillo (Tatusta peba). Deposited.

1 Maximilian’s Terrapin (Hydromedusa maximiliana). De-

osited.

1 Occipital Vulture ( Vultur occipitalis). Purchased. See P. Z. 8,

1896, p. 780.

2 Burmeister’s Cariamas (Chunga burmeistert). Purchased.

2 Crowned Partridges (Rollulus cristatus). Purchased.

2 Chilian Teal (Querquedula creccoides), Purchased.

12 Spotted Tinamous (Nothura maculosa). Purchased.

8 Bell’s Cinixys (Cinivys belliana). Deposited.

1 Madagascar Boa (Boa madagascariensis), Deposited.

1 Madagascar Tree-Boa (Corallus madagascariensis). Deposited.

3 Indian Stock-Doves (Columba eversmanni). Presented by Frank

Finn, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Baer’s Duck (Fuligula baeri). Presented by Frank Finn, Esq.,

F.Z.8. See P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 780.

3 Dussumier’s Hemipodes (Turnix dussumiert). Presented by

Frank Finn, Esq., F.Z.8.

2 Plaintain Squirrels (Scevurus plantani). Purchased.

2 Schamas (Cittocincla macrura). Purchased.

J Malabar Green Bulbul (Phyllornis aurifrons). Purchased.

1 Schokari Sand-Snake (Psammophis schokarz). Purchased,

June 25.

29.

30.

July 1.

10.

11.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1055

2 Hissing Sand-Snakes (Psummophis sibilans). Purchased.

. 1 Common Squirrel (Sciurus vulgaris). Presented by Mr. H.

Morris.

1 Temminck’s Pangolin (Manis temmincki). Deposited. See

P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 780.

2 Ostriches (Struthio camelus), 6 2. Deposited.

2 Hamadryads (Nata bungarus). Deposited.

2 Indian Pythons (Python molurus). Deposited.

2 Spotted Salamanders (Salamandra maculosa). Presented by

Philip Gosse, Esq.

3 Clouded Iguanas (Cyclura carinata). Deposited.

2 Pratincoles (Glareola pratincola). Bred in the Gardens.

2 Red Ground-Doves (Geotrygon montana). Deposited.

1 Blood-breasted Pigeon (Phlogenas cruentata). Deposited.

. 1 Black-headed Gull (Larus ridibundus). Presented by James

Boorne, Esq.

1 Crested Pigeon (Ocyphaps lophotes). Purchased.

. 1 Peregrine Falcon (Falco peregrinus). Presented by T. W.

Hubble, Esq.

1 Collection of Sea~-Anemones. Presented by Charles Moss,

Esq.

1 Giinipansd (Anthropopithecus troglodytes), §. Purchased.

. 2 Virginian Deer (Cariacus virginianus), 6 2. From Canada.

Presented by Richard R. Dobell, Esq.

1 Blue-fronted Amazon (Chrysotis estiva). Presented by A. E.

Corsbie, Esq.

1 Red-bellied Squirrel (Sciwrus variegatus), Presented by Mrs,

Sheana Pullen,

1 Great-billed Rhea (Rhea macrorhyncha). Deposited.

. 8 Horsfield’s Tortoises (Homopus horsfieldi). Deposited.

2 Giant Toads (Bufo marinus). Deposited.

2 Glossy Ibises (Plegadis falcinellus). Bred in the Menagerie.

3 Common Sheldrakes (Tadorna cornuta), 1 6,2 9. Purchased.

. 1 Iceland Falcon (Hierofalco islandus). Deposited.

2 Lettered Aracaris (Pteroglossus inscriptus). Purchased. See

P. Z.S. 1896, p. 780.

1 Burrhel Wild Sheep (Ovis burrhel). Born in the Menagerie.

. 8 Yellow-bellied Liothrix (Liothrix luteus). Presented by Robert

E. Graves, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Hamster (Cricetus frumentarius). Presented by Miss Hilton.

. 1 Striped Hyena (Hyena striata). Presented by C. A. Osborne,

Esq. From Jedda, Arabia.

1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana). Presented by H. Kirby,

Esq.

1 Gold Pheasant (Thawmalea picta), §. Presented by R. C.

G. Pollock, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Black-necked Swan (Cygnus nigricollis). Purchased.

1 Reticulated Python (Python reticulatus). Deposited.

1 Vervet Monkey (Cercopithecus lalandii). Presented by Henry

Russell, Esq.

1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista). Pre-

sented by Sir Gilbert Carter.

1 White-throated Monitor (Varanus albigularis), Presented by

Sir Gilbert Carter.

13. 1 Passerine Owl (Glaucidium passerinum). Presented by Miss

Bloxam.

Proc. Zoot. Soco.—1896, No. LX VIII. 68

1056

July 13.

14.

15.

16.

17.

23.

25.

27.

APPENDIX.

1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciwrea). Presented by Mrs

Turner-Turner.

7 Peruvian Snakes ( Tachymenis peruvianus). Deposited.

9 Slender Liolems (Ziolemus tenuis). Deposited.

5 Gay’s Frogs (Calyptocephalus gayi). Deposited.

6 Bibron’s Frogs (Paludicola bibroni). Deposited.

1 Eyed Lizard (Lacerta ocellata). Deposited.

1 Patagonian Conure (Conurus patagonus). Purchased.

1 Huanaco (Zama huanacos), 3. Presented by J. F, Schwann,

Esq.

1 Taye (Galictis barbara). Purchased.

1 Indian Python (Python molurus). Deposited.

1 Brazza’s Monkey (Cercopithecus brazze), 2. Purchased. See

P.Z.S. 1896, p. 780.

4 Rough-keeled Snakes (Dasypeltis scabra), Presented by Mr.

Frederick A. Storey.

1 Lineated Boodon (Boodon lineatus), Presented by Mr.

Frederick A. Storey.

1 Rhomb-marked Snake ( Trimerorhinus rhombeatus). Presented

by My. Frederick A. Storey.

1 Delalande’s Lizard (Nucras delalandii). Presented by Mr.

Frederick A. Storey.

1 Agile Wallaby (Macropus agilis), 9. Purchased.

. 1 Raven (Corvus corax). Presented by Wm. Soper, Esq.

. 1 Yellow-headed Conure (Conurus yendaya). Deposited.

1 Boobook Owl (Moz boobook). Presented by Dr. R. Broom.

. 6 Garter Snakes (Zropidonotus ordinatus). Received in Ex-

change.

6 Dekay’s Snakes (Ischnognathus dekayi). Received in Exchange.

3 Spotted-headed Snakes (Ischnognathus occipitomaculatus).

Received in exchange.

3 Grass-Snakes (Contia vernalis). Received in exchange.

1 Hog-nosed Snake (Heterodon platyrhinos). Received in Ex-

change.

1 Green Lizard (Lacerta viridis). Deposited.

1 Rook (Corvus frugilegus). Presented by A. Greaves, Esq.

1 Barbary Ape (Macacus inuus), 2. Presented by E. G. Walls,

Esq.

1 aanaob Maken (Macacus sinicus), 2. Deposited.

1 New-Zealand Parrakeet (Cyanorhamphus nove-zealandia),

Presented by Miss A. Malcolm.

1 Bare-eyed Cockatoo (Cacatua gymnopis). Presented by Mrs,

M. E. Huntley. :

. 1 Ocelot (Felis pardalis). Presented by H. O. Nicholls, Esq.

2 Patagonian Cavies (Dolichotis patachonicus). Born in the

Menagerie.

2 Ypecaha Rails (Aramides ypecaha). Bred in the Menagerie.

6 Purple Death-Adders (Pseudechis porphyriacus). Deposited.

3 Brown Death-Adders (Diemenia textilis). Deposited.

6 Shielded Death-Adders (Wotechis seutatus). Deposited.

2 Macaque Monkeys (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Mrs. Williamson.

1 Black-tailed Flower-bird (Anthornis melanura). Presented by

the Hon. Walter Rothschild, F.Z.S.

2 Amaduvade Finches (Estrelda amandava). Presented by Miss

M. yon Laer.

July 27,

28.

29,

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1057

1 Paradise Whydah-bird ( Vidua paradisea), Presented by Miss

M. von Laer.

1 Martinique Gallinule (Lonornis martinicus). Presented by

A, W. Arrowsmith, Esq.

8 Amherst’s Pheasants (Thawmalea amherstie). Bred in the

Menagerie.

2 Himalayan Monauls (Lophophorus impeyanus). Bred in the

Menagerie.

2 Peacock Pheasants (Polyplectron chinguis). Bred in the

Menagerie.

5 European Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea), Presented by G. W.

Winwhite, Esq.

1 Cape Viper (Causus rhombeatus). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq., O.M.Z.S.

1 Puff-Adder (itis arietans), Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Cape Bucephalus (Dispholidus typus). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

5 Hoary Snakes (Pseudaspis cana). Presented by J. E. Matcham,

Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Ring-hals Snake (Sepedon hemachates). Presented by J. FE.

Matcham, Hsq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by V.

Lloyd, Esq.

4 Common Terns (Sterna hirundo). Presented by Col. Davies

Cooke.

4 Midwife Toads (Alytes obstetricans). Presented by Prof. Gus-

taye Gilson.

. 1 Gentoo Penguin (Pygosceles teniatus). Deposited.

. 1 Delalande’s Lizard (Nucras delalandit). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Defenceless Lizard (Agama inermis). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.8.

4 Crossed Snakes (Psammophis crucifer), Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

6 Rufescent Snakes (Leptodira hotambeia). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

3 Rough-keeled Snakes (Dasypeltis scabra). Presented by J. E.

Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

4 Rhomb-marked Snakes (Zrimerorhinus rhombeatus). Pre-

sented by J. E. Matcham, Esq., C.M.Z.S.

1 Spotted Salamander (Salamandra maculosa), Presented by

Ludwig Mond, Esq., F.R.S.

. 1 Raven (Corvus corax). Presented by A. H. Cullingford, Esq.,

E.Z.8.

. 2 Patagonian Cavies (Dolichotis patachonica). Bred in the

Gardens.

2 Ypecaha Rails (Aramides ypecaha). Bred in the Gardens.

. 1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus). Deposited.

. 1 Black-faced Kangaroo (Macropus melanopus), 3. Presented

by G. T. Wills, Esq.

1 Common Cormorant (Phalacrocorax carbo). Presented by

Miss G. Howell.

. 2 Passerine Parrots (Psittacula passerina). Presented by Miss L.

Scott Moncrieff,

68*

1058 APPENDIX.

Aug. 6, 1 Loder’s Gazelle (Gazella leptoceros), 9. Presented by A. R.

Birdwood, Esq. From Egypt. See P. Z.S. 1896, p. 780.

1 Doreas Gazelle (Gazella dorcas,jr.). Presented by Dixon

ey.

2 Hairy-footed Jerboas (Dipus hirtipes). Presented by Dixon

1 Spot-bellied Snake (Zamenis ventrimaculatus), Presented by

ixon Bey.

1 Ocellated Sand-Skink (Seps ocellatus), Presented by Dixon

ey:

1 Ruddy Ichneumon (Herpestes smithi). Deposited.

10. 1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 9. Bred in the Gardens.

1 White-browed Amazon (Chrysotis albifrons), Purchased.

11. 2 Sclater’s Curassows (Crav sclatert). Presented by E, Sumead,

Esq. ,

1 Common Sandpiper (Tringoides hypoleucus). Presented by

E. C. Sprawson, Esq,

15. 1 Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaétus), Presented by F. Leathly

Holt, Esq.

3 Common Blue-birds (Sialia wilsoni’). Presented by A. T.

Binny, Esq.

2 Stone-Curlews (Gidicnemus scolopax). Presented by W. J.

Kidman, Esq.

14, 4 Malabar Squirrels (Sctwrus maximus). Presented by W. J.

Stillman, Esq.

15, 2 Common Blue-birds (Stalia wilsonii). Presented by Perey

Cockshut, Esq.

3 Common Adders (Vipera berus). Presented by A. Old, Esq.

3 Peruvian Snakes (Zachymenis peruvianus). Presented by

r. A. E, Jamrach.

20. 1 Yak (Poéphagus grunniens), 3. Born in the Menagerie.

1 Virginian Fox (Canis virginianus). Presented by F. A.

Pellas, Esq. From Nicaragua.

2 Brush-Turkeys (Zalegalla lathami). Purchased.

21, 4 Ocellated Sand-Skinks (Seps ocellatus). Bred in the Mena-

gerie.

22, 1 Capybara (Hydrocherus capybara). Presented by F. W.

Temperley, Esq.

1 Black-necked Grackle (Gracupica nigricollis). Presented by

Dr. Nowell.

1 Salt-water Terrapin (young) (Malacoclemmys terrapin). Pre-

sented by Miss Hole.

23, 1 English Wild Cow (Bos taurus), var. Born in the Mena-

gerie.

1 Wapiti Deer (Cervus canadensis), 2. Born in the Menagerie.

24, 1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciurea). Presented by A. C.

Gouda, Esq.

3 Ivory Gulls (Pagophila eburnea). From Spitzbergen. Pre-

sented by J. T. Studley, Esq. See P. Z. S. 1896, p. 781.

1 Richardson’s Skua (Stercorarius crepidatus). From Spitz-

bergen. Presented by J. T. Studley, Esq.

1 Brown Mynah (Acridotheres fuscus). Received in Exchange.

25, 1 Red Kangaroo (Macropus rufus), 9. Deposited.

2 Variegated Sheldrakes (Tadorna variegata), 6 Q. Presented

by Sir Walter L. Buller, K.O.M.G., C.M.ZS.

27. 2 Common Otters (Lutra vulgaris). Purchased.

1 Cassowary (Casuarius sp. inc.). Deposited.

31.

Sept. 1.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1059

2 Streaky-headed Grosheaks (Poliospiza gularis). Presented by

Miss Jessie Porter.

. 1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by W.

Stevens, Hsq.

1 Oyster-catcher (Himantopus ostralegus). Presented by R.

Gurney, Esq., F.Z.S.

. 4 Cayenne Lapwings (Vanellus cayennensis). Purchased.

1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothrix sciurea). Deposited.

. 1 African Wild Ass (Zquus teniopus), 2. Born in the Mena-

gerie.

1 Bordeaux Snake (Coronella girondica). Presented by E, A.

Minchin, Esq. P

1 Common Snake (Tropidonotus natrix, var.). Presented by

E. A. Minchin, Esq.

1 Mona Monkey (Cercopithecus mona), 9. Presented by

F, Wyville Thomson, Esq.

2 Garnett’s Galagos (Galago garnetti). Presented by Rear-

Admiral H. H. Rawson, C.B,

1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus fatuellus), 9. Deposited.

1 Brown Capuchin (Cebus futuellus), 9. Presented by Miss

Cissie Wade.

. 1 Hairy-footed Fruit-Bat (Pteropus pselaphon). Presented by

Capt. Kemp. From the Bonin Islands. See P. Z.S. 1896,

p. 782.

1 Suricate (Suricata tetradactyla), 2. Presented by the Rev.

Wilfred Fisher.

. 3 Painted Terrapins (Chrysemmys picta). Presented by Dr. A.

H. Hallen.

3 American Green Frogs \Rana halecina). Presented by Dr. A.

H. Hallen.

1 Carunculated Bell-bird (Chasmorhynchus niveus). Purchased.

. 1 American Black Bear (Ursus americanus), 3. Presented by

Bryan Godfrey Faussett, Esq., Lieut. R.N. From Van-

couver Island.

1 Llama (Lama peruana), $. Presented by the Executors of

the late Col. J. T. North.

1 Alligator (young) (Alligator misstssippiensis). Presented by

Hugh Mytton, Esq.

. 1 Long-tailed Glossy Starling (Lamprotornis @neus). Pur-

chased.

2 Yellow-backed Whydah-birds (Coliopasser macrurus), 3 2.

Purchased.

1 Algerian Tortoise (Zestudo ibera). Presented by Mrs. Fraser.

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris), Presented by

Mrs. Fraser.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 3. Presented by Mr.

Jobn Hart.

1 Red Deer (Cervus elaphus), 9. Received in Exchange.

1 Egyptian Jerboa (Dipus egyptius). Deposited.

2 Lanner Falcons (Falco lanarius). Presented by W. Glynes

Bruty, Esq.

1 Glaucous Gull (Zarus glaucus). Presented by the Jackson-

Harmsworth Polar Expedition.

. 1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 2. Purchased.

1 Rhesus Monkey (Macacus rhesus), 2. Presented by Mr.

Frederick Tomlin.

1060

Sept. 10.

ant

14.

16.

18.

19,

APPENDIX,

3 Capoeira Partridges (Odontophorus dentatus), 1 g, 2 Q.

Purchased.

1 Rayen (Corvus coraz). Presented by O. L. Pegler, Esq.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 2. Presented by E. E.

Hodgkins, Esq.

2 Triangular-spotted Pigeons (Columba guinea). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 White-backed Pigeon (Columba leuconota). Bred in the

Menagerie.

2 Half-collared Doves (Turtur semitorquatus). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), d. Pre-

sented by A. C. Jackson, Esq.

1 Rat-tailed Serpent or Fer-de-Lance (Lachesis lanceolatus).

Presented by Thomas J. Mann, Esq. From St. Lucia, W.L.

1 Rhesus Monkey, ¢ (Macacus rhesus). Presented by Mr. W.

J. Drake.

2 Brown Capuchins (Cebus fatuellus). Presented by Walter J.

Hammond, Esq.

1 Lioness (Felis leo). Presented by C. A. Osborne, Esq.

2 Pumas (Felis concolor). Born in the Menagerie.

2 Salt-water Terrapins (Malacoclemmys terrapin). Presented

by Master and Miss Wilcox.

1 Spotted Cavy (Calogenys paca). Purchased.

. 1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 9. Presented by

Herbert Blair, Esq.

1 Two-wattled Cassowary (Casuarius bicarunculatus). De-

osited.

1 Wiis chien Mangabey (Cercocebus ethiops), g. Pre-

sented by Capt. B. Parmeter.

1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana), 9. Presented by Capt.

B. Parmeter.

1 Common Hare (albino) (Lepus europeus). Deposited.

1 Common Chameleon (Chameleon vulgaris). Presented by

Mr. F. W. Roberts.

. 1 Naked-throated Bell-bird (Chasmorhynchus nudicollis). Pur-

chased.

1 Nightingale (Daulias luscinia), ¢. Purchased.

1 Tawny Owl (Syrnium aluco). Presented by C. A. Lowes, Esq.

2 Dwarf Chameleons (Chameleon pumilus). Presented by Mrs.

Robinson,

1 Levaillant’s Cynictis (Cynictis penicillata). Deposited.

4 Common Quails (Coturnix communis). Presented by J.

Rooney, Esq.

1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus), ¢. Presented by

T. Cubitt, Esq.

1 Chacma Baboon (Cynocephalus porcarius), 2. Presented by

Mrs. Matcham.

3 Western Chipping Squirrels (Tamias asiaticus). Presented

by Alfred E. Speer, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Viverrine Cat (Felis viverrina). Purchased.

1 White-crested Touracou (Twuracus corythaiv). Presented by

Gambier Bolton, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Little Grebe (Tachybaptes fluviatilis). Presented by Mr.

Howard Bunn.

1 Ariel Toucan (Rhamphastos ariel), Purchased.

3 Maguari Storks (Disswra maguari). Deposited.

Sept. 21.

23.

29.

30.

Oct. 1.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1061

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Wasua rufa). Presented by Mis Madeline

E. Clarke.

1 Orange-cheeked Amazon (Chrysotis autumnalis). Presented

by Mr. Baratti.

. 2 Bonnet-Monkeys (Macacus sinicus), 2 Q. Presented by

Mrs. Strutt.

1 Short-tailed Wallaby (Macropus brachyurus). Deposited.

1 Common Heron (Ardea cinerea). Presented by E. J. Poyser,

Ksq., F.Z.5S.

1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

J. Laverack, sq.

1 Red-footed Squirrel (Sezuwrus pyrrhopus). From Monrovia.

Presented by Ellis Edwards, Esq. See P. Z. S. 1896, p. 782.

6 Rough Terrapins (Ncoria punctularia). Presented by Dr. E.

A. Goeldi, C.M.Z.S.

1 African Lepidosiren (Lepidosiren annectens). Received in

Exchange.

. 4 Montagu’s Harriers (Circus cineraceus, juv.). Presented by

W. J. Laidlay, Esq.

3° Black-bellied Sand-Grouse (Pterocles arenarius). Presented

by G. P. Torrens, Esq. From Spain.

6. 2 Ruffs (Machetes pugnax), ¢ 2. Purchased.

. 1 Masked Paradoxure (Paradorurus larvatus). From China.

Presented by J. D. De La Touche, Esq.

1 Levaillant’s Amazon (Chrysotis levaiilanti). Purchased.

7 Pratincoles (Glareola pratincola). Deposited.

1 Pin-tailed Monkey (Macacus nemestrinus), 9. Presented by

Mr. Edward Good.

1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), g. Presented by Mr.

Edward Good.

I Ethiopian Hedgehog (Lrinaceus ethiopicus). Presented by

J. U. Coxen, Esq. From the Erkomit Hills, E. Soudan.

1 Long-tailed Glossy Starling (Lamprotornis eneus). Pur-

chased.

3 Common Chameleons (Chameleon. vulgaris). Presented by

Mr. EK. Palmer.

1 King Parrot (Aprosmictus scapulatus), . Presented by

Mrs. Lyons.

1 Australian Wild Duck (Anas superciliosa). Bred in the

Menagerie.

4 Mandarin Ducks (442 galericulata). Bred in the Mena-

gerie, ‘

1 Rosy-billed Duck (Metopiana peposaca). Bred in the Mena-

erie.

2 Algerian Tortoises (Testudo ibera). Presented by A. J.

Aitchison, Esq., F.Z.S.

1 Patas Monkey (Cercopithecus patas), Q. Presented by W.S

Gilbert, Esq.

1 Great Kangaroo (Macropus giganteus),$. Born inthe Mena-

erie.

1 Yarrell’s Curassow (Crax carunculata), ¢. Purchased.

1 Black Francolin (Francolinus vulgaris), 3. Presented by

Admiral Sir M. Culme-Seymour, Bt., K.C.B.

2 Brazilian Tortoises (TZestudo tabulata). Presented by Thomas

Otway, Esq. From Grenada, W. I.

1 Kite (Milvus ictinus). Presented by E. A. Wilson, Esq.

1062

Oct. 1.

APPENDIX.

1 Asiatic Wild Ass (Zguus onager), 2. Born in the Mena-

erie,

1 mot dental Lemur (Lemur ah ons), 3. Presented by Sir

H. H. Johnston, K.C.B., F.Z.5

1 Serval (Felis serval). From _ Nyasaland, Presented by Sir

H. H. Johnston, K.C.B., F.Z.8.

2 Side-striped J ackals (Cini lateralis). on Nyasaland.

Presented by Sir H. H. Johnston, K.C.B.,

1 Pale Genet (Genetta senegalensis). From, Nyoaland Pre-

sented by Sir H. H. Johnston, K.C.B.,

1 Vociferous Sea-Eagle (Hakaétus ah e Gres Nyasaland,

Presented by Sir EELS ohnston, K.C.B., F.Z

1 Black-and-White Sparrow-Hawk (Aeeipiter melanoleucus).

Bon Nyasaland. Broented by Sir H. H. Johnston, K.C.B.,

E.ZS.

1 Whinchat (Pratincola rubetra), Presented by John Young,

Esq., ;

1 Redstart (Ruticilla pheenieur us). Presented by J ohn Young,

Esq., F.Z.5.

if Blackeap, (s (Sylvia atricapilla). Presented by John Young,

Esq.,

1 Swallow (it undo rustica). Presented by John Young, Esq.,

FE.Z8.

1 Cape Viper (Causus rhombeatus). Presented by F. V. Kirby,

Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Rufescent Snake (Leptodira hotambeia). Presented by F. V.

Kirby, Esq., F.Z.8.

. 2 Globose Curassows (Craz globicera), $2. Presented by

Mrs. Sedgwick.

2 Collared i ruit-Bats (Cynonycteris collaris). Born in the

Menagerie.

. 2 Hairy Armadillos (Dasypus villosus). Deposited.

1 Peba Armadillo (Tatusta peba), Deposited.

. 2 Maguari Storks (Dissura maguart). Purchased.

3 Franklin’s Gulls (Larus franklint), Purchased. See P, Z. 8.

1896, p. 782.

. 2 Lions (Felis leo), § 2. Presented by C. A. Osborne, Esq.

. 1 Smooth Snake (Coronella austriaca). Presented by A. E,

T. Jourdain, Hsq.

. 5 Spotted Salamanders (Salamandra maculosa), Presented by

Miss Mink.

. 1 Bonnet-Monkey (Macacus sinicus), 3. Presented by Dr.

Allen M. Cleghorn.

1 Yellow-cheeked Lemur (Lemur xanthomystax). Deposited.

1 Wild Cat (Felis catus). Presented by Lord Lilford.

1 Common Genet (Genetta vulgaris). Presented by Lord Lilford.

3 eee see hg (Cynomys ludovicianus), Presented by Lord

1 Grey Coly Shrike (Hypocolius ampelinus). Presented by

Lord Lilford.

1 Cat-hird (Galeoscoptes carolinensis). Presented by Lord Lilford.

1 ake Tyrant (Pitangus sulphur atus). Presented by Lord

ilfor

2 Greater Black-backed Gulls (Zarus marinus). Presented by

Lord Lilford.

1 Herring-Gull (Zarus argentatus). Presented by Lord Lilford.

i “a a ae Gull (Larus ridibundus). Presented by Lord

Oct. 13.

14,

15.

16.

20.

21.

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1063

2 Hybrid Gulls. Presented by Lord Lilford.

2 Avocets (Recurvirostra avocetta). Presented by Lord Lilford.

2 Eyed Lizards (Lacerta ocellata). Presented by Lord Lilford.

7 Green Lizards (Lacerta viridis). Presented by Lord Lilford.

2 Tigers (young) (Felis tigris),2 2. Presented by H.H. The

Gaekwar of Baroda.

2 Nylghaies (Boselaphus tragocamelus), 6 Q. Received in

Exchange.

2 Grey Francolins (Francolinus ponticerianus). Presented by

Lieut.-Col. D. K. Robertson.

1 Algerian Tortoise (Testudo ibera). Deposited.

1 Loggerhead Turtle (Thalassochelys caretta). Presented by

Miss A. Steer.

3 Purple-faced Monkeys (Semnopithecus leucoprymnus). Pre-

sented by W. G. Bligh, Esq.

1 ness von (Macacus rhesus). Presented by W. G.

lich, Esq.

1 Bay Teimboo-Rat (Rhizomys badius), Presented by W. G.

19, sq.

1 Mouse (Mus, sp. inc.), Presented by W. G. Bligh, Esq.

3 Douraca Doves (Turtur dowraca). Presented by W. G. Bligh,

Esq.

11 Burmese Tortoises (Testudo elongata). \

7 Flat-backed Tortoises ( Testudo platynota).

3 Ceylonese Terrapins (Clemmys trijuga,

var. edeniana).

4 Shielded River-Turtles (Zmyda scutata).

5 Cocteau’s Geckos (Hemidactylus cocteaut). |

12 Verticillated Geckos (Gecko verticillatus).

6 Yellowish Monitors (Monitor flavescens). |

6 Doria’s Lizards (Mabwia dorie). | Presented by W.

3 Bell’s Lizards (Liolepis belliana). l G. Bligh, Esq.

6 Emma’s Lizards ( Calotes emma). { See P.Z.8.1896,

1 Hamadryad (Nata bungarus). |p. 782.

1 Indian Cobra (Nata tripudians). |

1 Banded Bungarus (Bungarus fasciatus),

11 Green Pit-Vipers (Lachesis gramineus). |

4 Grass-ereen Tree-Snakes (Dryophis pra- |

sind).

2 Sharp-snouted Snakes (Dryophis myctert-

ZQNS).

2 Ornamented Tree-Snakes (Chrysopelea

ornata).

5 Robed Snakes (Tropidonotus stolatus). |

2 Fishine-Snakes ( Tropidonotus piscator).

1 Rayed Snake (Coluber radiatus).

1 Condanar Sand-Snake (Psanmophis con- | Presented by W.

danarus). G. Bligh, Esq.

2 Well-spotted Snakes (Dipsodomorphus See P.Z.5.1896,

multimaculatus). p. 782,

2 Olivaceous Water-Snakes (Hypsirhina

enhydris),

1 Aulic Snake (Zycodon aulieus).

1 Blainville’s Horned Lizard (Phrynosoma blainvillii), Pre-

sented by Miss Noyes Lewis.

2 Panolia Deer (Cervus eldi). Purchased.

2 Virginian Eagle-Owls (Bubo virginianus). Purchased.

24,

27.

29.

30.

3l.

Nov. 2.

APPENDIX.

. 1 Algerian Tortoise (Zestudo ibera). Presented by Mr. R, M.

C. Souper.

. 1 Black Wallaby (Macropus ualabatus), 3. Presented by

Malcolm Watson, Esq,

. 1 Black Lemur (Lemur macaco), 3. Presented by Capt. H.

Talboys.

1 Great Kagle-Owl (Bubo maximus). Received in Exchange.

1 Yellow-cheeked Lemur (Lemur xanthomystax). Presented

by H. O. Townshend, Esq.

1 Smith’s Dwarf Lemur (Microcebus smithi). Presented by

Dr. Hubert E. J. Biss.

1 Syrian Bear (Ursus syriacus), 9. Presented by G. A.

Schenley, Esq.

1 Cassowary (Casuarius sp. inc.). Deposited.

2 Common Sheldrakes (Tadorna cornuta). Received in Ex-

change,

3 Mandarin Ducks (4ix galericulata). Received in» Ex-

change.

1 White-faced Tree-Duck (Dendrocygna viduata). Received in

Exchange.

1 Mozambique Monkey (Cercopithecus pygerythrus), 3. Pre-

sented by Dr. John Archibald.

1 Hocheur Monkey (Cercopithecus nictitans), §. Presented by

the Rev. Lawson Forfeitt, F.R.G.S.

1 Garden Dormouse (Myxosus quercinus). Presented by W.

H. St. Quintin, Esq., F.Z.8.

1 Night-Heron (Nyeticorax griseus). Deposited.

2 Purple Herons (Ardea purpurea). Deposited.

4 European Tree-Frogs (Lyla arborea). Presented by Mrs. Knee-

shaw.

2 White Storks (Ciconia alba). Presented by Miss Agnes

Woodroffe.

1 Black-backed Piping-Crow (Gymnorhina tibicen). Presented

by Charles G. Murrell, Esq.

2 Black-spotted Teguexins (Tupinambis nigro-punctatus). De-

posited.

2 Chacma Baboons (Cynocephalus porcarius), 6 2. Presented

by Capt. Baker.

2 Black Swans (Cygnus atratus). Purchased.

. 1 One-streaked Hawk (Melierax monogrammicus). Presented

by Mrs. Palmer.

. 1 Oyster-catcher (Hematopus ostralegus). Presented by Miss

Beatrix Martin.

. 1 Black-eared Marmoset (Hapale penicillata). Deposited.

2 Ortolan aa (Emberiza hortulana), Presented by John

Young, Esq., F.Z.8.

2 Coscoroba Swans (Coscoroba candida). Purchased.

. 2 Choughs (Pyrrhocorax graculus). Deposited.

. 1 Grand Galago (Galago crassicaudata), Presented by Mrs, Le

Poer Richardson.

9. 1 Himalayan Bear (Ursus tibetanus), 3. Presented by Alfred

W. Alcock, Esq., M.B., C.M.Z.8.

8 European Pond-Tortoises (mys orbicularis). Presented by

Arthur Baring, Esq.

1 Virginian Opossum (Didelphys virginiana). Presented by

Edward Johnson, Esq.

Nov. 10.

30,

Dec. 1.

ans

ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 1065

1 Diana Monkey (Cercopithecus diana). Presented by Mrs. T.

Skottowe.

1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli). Presented by

Mrs, T. Skottowe.

. 1 Macaque Monkey (Macacus cynomolgus), 2. Presented by

Mrs. Mouillot.

. 1 Green-cheeked Amazon ( Chrysotis viridigena). Purchased.

1 Malaccan Parrakeet (Paleornis longicauda), §. Purchased.

1 Cocteau’s Skink (Macroscincus cocteauz). Received in Ex-

change.

1 Gay’s Frog (Calyptocephalus gayi). Received in Exchange.

. 1 Great Hagle-Owl (Bubo mazimus). Deposited.

. 1 Red-bellied Squirrel (Setuus variegatus). Presented by

James Meldrum, Esq., F'.Z.8.

. 1 Sykes’s Monkey (Cercopithecus albigularis), 3. Presented by

Mrs. Gooding. ;

1 White-fronted Lemur (Lemur albifrons). Presented by

Richard A. Todd, Esq.

1 Hawk’s-billed Turtle (Chelone imbricata). Deposited.

. 1 Squirrel Monkey (Chrysothriv sciurea). Presented by James

W. Wells, Esq.

. 1 Vulpine Phalanger (Ziichosurus vulpecula), 2. Presented by

George Turner, Esq.

1 Mute Swan (Cygnus olor). Presented by J. Culling, Esq.

. 2 Brown Mynahs (Acridotheres fuscus). Presented by Geo. H.

Nowell, Esq., M.B.

. 1 Leopard (els pardus), 2. Presented by Surg.-Major N.

Manders.

. 2 Tigers (Fels tugris), 23. Presented by Capt. Alex. W.

Thorneycroft, Royal Scots Fusiliers.

1 Ring-tailed Coati (Nasua rufa). Purchased.

1 King Vulture (Gypagus papa). Purchased.

1 Scolopaceous Courlan (Aramus scolopaceus). Purchased.

3 Violaceous Night-Herons (Nycticorax violaceus). Purchased.

. 1 Malabar Squirrel (Severus maaimus). Presented by G. W.

Vidal, Esq.

1 Impeyan Pheasant (Lophophorus impeyanus), 29. Purchased.

1 Arabian Gazelle (Gazella arabica), §. From Aden. Pre-

sented by R. G. Buchanan, Esq. See P. ZS. 1896, p. 981.

2 Laughing Kingfishers (Dacelo gigantea). Presented by F.

Beaumont, Esq.

1 Hybrid Common Pintail and Wigeon (bred between Dajila

acuta 9 and Mareca penelope 3). Presented by Sir

Edward Grey, Bart., M.P.

1 Thick-necked Tree-Boa (Zpicrates cenchris). Deposited.

1 Green Tree-Frog (Hyla arborea, var. meridionalis). Deposited.

1 Golden Eagle (Aquila chrysaétus). Presented by Lord Arthur

Cecil.

1 Buzzard (Buteo vulgaris). Presented by Lord Arthur Cecil.

2 Raccoons (Procyon lotor). Presented by Lord Arthur Cecil.

. 5 Eyed Lizards (Lacerta ocellata). Presented by P. Goupille,

Esq.

2 Vinaceous Turtle-Doves (Zurtur vinaceus). Bred in the

Menagerie.

1 Spotted Pigeon (Columba maculosa). Bred in the Menagerie.

2 Wihite-thished Colobus (Colobus vellerosus), § 2. Presented

by Capt. H. D. Larymore, C.M.G.

1066

Dec. 4.

15,

APPENDIX.

1 Campbell’s Monkey (Cercopithecus campbelli), 8. Presented

by Capt. C. H. Armitage.

1 Green Monkey (Cercopithecus callitrichus), ¢. Presented by

Capt. C. H. Armitage.

1 Black-headed Lemur (Lemur brunneus), 3. Presented by

Miss Baird.

1 Lesser White-nosed Monkey (Cercopithecus petaurista), 3

Presented by Miss Baird.

2 Maned Geese (Chenonetta jubata), $ 9. Purchased.

. 2 White’s Tree-Frogs he cerulea). Presented by F. E.

Blaauw, Esq., C.M.Z

1 Changeable Tree-Frog ea versicolor). Presented by F. E.

Blaauw, Esq., C.M.Z

. 1 Grey Ichneumon (epee griseus). Presented by Col.

Smythe.

3 Varied Field-Rats (Lsomys variegatus), of

3 Larger Egyptian Gerbilles (Gerbillus pyrami-

dum).

9 Lesser Egyptian Gerbilles (Gerbdillus egyptius).

3 Long-eared Hedgehogs (Erinaceus auritus).

46 Egyptian Geckos (Tarentola annularis).

5 Fan-footed Geckos (Ptyodactylus lobatus).

1 Grey Monitor (Varanus griseus).

5 Cerastes Vipers (Cerastes cornutus).

6 Square-marked Toads (Bufo regularis).

1 Rufescent Rat-Kangaroo (AZpyprymnus rufescens). Presented

by Capt. N. Allan.

yi cerns 8 Squirrel (Sciurus bicolor). Presented by Capt. G. C.

2 Black-bellied ‘Sand-Crouse (Pterocles arenarius). Presented

by Gerard P. Torrens, Esq., F.Z.S. From Spain.

From Egypt.

Received in

Exchange.

. 2 Nicobar Pigeons (Calenas nicobarica), § 2. Deposited.

1 Canarian Pigeon (Columba laurivora). Deposited.

. 8 Herring-Gulls (Larus argentatus), Presented by J. W.

Wilkes, Esq.

. 1 Suricate (Suricata tetradactyla). Deposited.

. 1 Levaillant’s Cynictis (Cynictis levaillanti). Presented by

Joseph Francis, Esq.

11 Harvest-Mice (Mus minutus). Presented by Capt. Salvin.

. 1 Golden Eagle (Aguila chrysaétus). Presented by the Lord

William Beresford, V.C.

. 2 European Tree-Frogs (Hyla arborea). Presented by Master

Kneeshaw.

. 1 Raven (Corvus corax). Presented by J. Callingham, Esq.

. 1 Grey Parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Deposited.

. 1 West-African Love-bird (Agapornis pullaria), 2. Presented

by Miss E. N. Tuely.

2 Grooved Tortoises ( Testudo calcarata). Deposited.

6 Grooved Tortoises (Testudo calcarata). Deposited.

1 Bearded Lizard (Amphibolurus barbatus). Deposited.

7 Muricated Lizards (Amphibolurus muricatus). Deposited.

2 Blue-tongued Lizards (Tiliqua scincoides). Deposited.

8 Labillardiere’s Lizards (Lygosoma labillardieri). Deposited.

6 Lesueur’s Water-Lizards (Physignathus lesueurz). Deposited.

4 Limbless Lizards (Pygopus lepidopus). Deposited.

1 Death-Adder (Acanthopis antarcticus). Deposited.

1 Purplish Death-Adder (Psewdechis porphyriacus). Deposited,

1 Shielded Death-Adder (Wotechis scutatus). Deposited.

3 Australian Banded Snakes (Diemenia nuchalis). Deposited.

Abantis

bicolor, 21.

bismarki, 21.

efulensis, 21, 104.

elegantula, 21.

leucogaster, 22.

levubu, 22.

paradisea, 20, 841.

tettensis, 20,

venosa, 21.

zambesiaca, 20.

(Sapzea) trimeni, 841.

Abdimia

sphenorhyncha, 281,

233

Ablabes

baliodirus, 885.

longicauda, 885.

melanocephalus, 879.

tricolor, 885.

Ablepharus

wahlbergti, 215.

Abrostola

interrumpens, 639.

Acacia

edgworthit, 251.

Acallopistes, gen. nov.,

dimidia, 97, 104.

holocausta, 96, 97, 104.

Acanthodactylus

boskianus, 929.

mucronatus, 921,

Acanthodon

petitii, 732, 766.

santaremia, 722, 732,

734, 766.

Acanthodrilus

aquarum-duleium, 209.

bovei, 209,

falclandicus, 209.

georgianus, 209.

herguelarum, 196.

macquariensis, 208, 209.

INDEX.

Acanthodrilus

nove-czealandie, 197.

rose, 211.

Acantholepis

capensis, 410,

lunaris, 410.

Acanthomyrmex

luciole, 419.

Acanthosaura

armata, 871.

Acanthoscurria

brocklehursti, 722, '737,

739, 766.

ferina, 740.

geniculata, 722, 737,

738, 739, '740, 766.

insubtilis, 740.

maga, 740.

minor, 740.

musculosa, 740.

Accipiter

korshun, 315.

Acerina

zillii, 218.

Acesina

catella, 264.

Acharana

pheopteralis, 649.

Acherontia

styx, 268.

Achlora

catenularia, 645.

veniliata, 645.

Achroea

grisella, 269.

Acidalia

calidata, 646.

alliturata, 647.

indecretaria, 645.

indignaria, 646,

isographata, 647.

justata, 645.

Acidalia

obliviaria, 645.

responsaria, 645.

suffusaria, 645.

tepidata, 646.

testacea, 267.

Acidaliastis, gen. nov.,267,

micra, 267, 283.

Aciptilia

oxydactyla, 277.

Acleros

biguttulus, 29, 30.

instabilis, 30.

leucopyga, 28.

mackenii, 29,

olaus, 30.

philander, 81.

placidus, 29, 103.

ploctzi, 29, 31, 103.

substrigata, 29, 30.

Acolastus

amyntas, 519.

Acomys

seloust, 807.

spinosissimus, 794.

wilsoni, 808.

Acontia

decisa, 638.

grelisiz, 261, 853.

insignis, 261.

quadrata, 649,

Acrexa

abbotit, 114.

acerata, 114,

albomaculata, 117.

anacreon, 108, 116, 827.

anemosa, 118.

arcticincta, 118.

asema, 117, 827,

axina, 116, 117.

balina, 115,

bomba, 108, 116, 827.

bresia, 524, 531.

braunez, 115.

1068

Acreea,

buxtoni, 115.

cabira, 114, 852.

cecilia, 117, 118.

caldarena, 117.

—, var. nelusca, 827.

ealyce, 250.

chilo, 524.

confusa, 114.

daira, 115, 116.

dircea, 116, 117.

doubledayi,116,117,531.

—, var. dircea, €27.

empusa, 117.

eponina, 115.

excelsior, 115,

fallax, 114.

jlavescens, 113, 114.

fulvescens, 114.

guillemei, 108, 116.

—,var. periphanes, 827,

induna,. 116.

insignis, 827.

janisca, 115.

Johnstoni, 108, 113,114.

kilimandjara, 118, 114.

ligus, 117, 118.

lycia, 115, 580.

—, var. sganzini, 115.

mahela, 250,

manjaca, 115.

matuapa, 250.

menippe, 530.

mhondana, 250.

natalica, 117, 852.

nelusca, 827.

neobule, 530.

nero, 117.

ochracea, 118.

octobalia, 114.

omrora, 117.

oncea, 116.

periphanes, 108, 116.

perrupta, 115,

proteima, 114.

pseudegina, 117.

rougetit, 115.

seis, 244, 250.

semialbescens, 113, 114.

serena, 852.

—, var. buxtoni, 115.

—, var. perrupta, 852, |

sganzini, 115, 524.

stenobea, 117, 118.

telekiana, 114.

tenella, 114.

usagare, 115.

ventura, 115,

. vinidia, 114.

—, var. tenella, 108.

viole, 250.

INDEX.

Acrochordus

granulatus, 878.

Javanicus, 878.

Acronycta

declarata, 637.

Acropyga

acutiventris, 410.

Acroria

villipes, 639.

Actias

luna, 241,

selene, 240.

Actinopus

caraiba, 730, 731.

crassipes, 730, 731.

hartiz, 730, 731, 732.

insignis, 730.

liodon, 730, 732.

longipalpis, 730, 732.

luteipes, 730, 732.

nattereri, 730, 732.

piceus, 730, 732.

rojast, 730, 731.

rujipes, 730, 732.

scalops, 730, 731.

tarsals, 720, 730, 732.

valencianus, 730, 731,

732.

wallacei, 722, 728, 7380,

731, 732, 766.

Addax

naso-maculatus, 810,

984.

Addua

inclusa, 647.

Adelonycteris

fuscus, 791.

Adenota

kob, 192, 193, 194,

leché, 193, 194.

leucotis, 194.

marie, 194.

thomasi, 193, 194,

vardoni, 193, 194.

Adopzxa

acteon, 57.

hamza, 57.

lineola, 57.

thawmas, 57.

Adrana

pseudopsis, 639,

/&chmophorus

major, 588.

| Aigeria

blaciformis, 637.

buprestiformis, 637.

panisciformis, 637.

Aigialites

occidentalis, 324.

/Bgocera

inclusa, 844.

JEgocera

meneta, 134, 844.

rectilinea, 529.

tricolor, 529,

/#lurosaurus

felinus, 865.

/#luroscalabotes

Selinus, 865.

/Enictus

bengalensis, 416.

ceylonicus, 416.

porozonoides, 416.

Epyceros

melampus, 194, '797.

Aeromachus

Johnstoni, 32, 841.

/Eschropter

hasten Go

tetragonata, 643.

Z&thopyga

salen 284,

295.

Aetius, gen. noy., 1006.

decollatus, 1007, 1012.

Agama

annectens, 215.

eyanogaster, 215.

dorie, 214.

lionotus, 214, 217.

planiceps, 214.

rueppellit, 214.

smithit, 213, 217.

spinosa, 214.

vaillanti, 213.

Aganaster

sp., 1038.

anisthos

eas 515.

Agenia

egina, 434.

alaris, 434.

bipennis, 434.

blanda, 488.

concolor, 434.

insularis, 434.

micromegas, 434.

nana, 434.

obsoleta, 434.

plebeja, 434.

Agora

longicornis, 636.

aga

Satie! 639.

Agraulis

quno, 515.

vanille, 515,

Agriornis

insolens, 354.

solitaria, 354.

Agrotis

e-nigrum, 249,

292,

Agrotis

emittens, 638.

exempta, 260.

hirtipalpis, 638.

interferens, 639.

yrta

nana, 636.

secta, 636.

Aipysurus

eydourti, 893.

Alena

Johanne, 526.

nyass@, 108, 118, 851,

852.

reticulata, 827, 850.

ana

transitaria, 644.

ca,

torda, 544, 546.

Alcedo

collaris, 604.

ispida, 604.

Alces

machlis, 988.

Alestes

affinis, 223.

rueppellii, 218, 223.

Alicarda

atialis, 649.

vexatilis, 649.

Allactostigma

inguinalis, 641.

Alligator

mississippiensis, 137,

632.

Allodape

marginata, 454,

Allolobophora

caliginosa, 195, 196.

fetida, 195, 196.

putris, 195, 196.

Allotinus

aphocha, 652.

subviolaceus, 653.

Aloa

lanceolata, 636.

Alpenus

purus, 847.

Alpesa

. villicosta, 639.

Alydda

lignosata, 646,

Amastus |

mesorhoda, 636.

Amauris

albimaculata, 821,

ansorget, 821.

crawshayi, 821, 850.

whytei, 821.

Amblotherium

mustelula, 586.

_ INDEX.

Amblycephalus

levis, 895.

malaccanus, 896.

Amblycercus

solitarius, 354,

Amblyopone

testacea, 416.

Ambryllis

neurophylla, 637.

Amecera

maderakal, 524,

Amisaspoides

gigantea, 726.

Ammodromus

peruanus, 359.

Ammophila

atripes, 437.

levigata, 437.

longiventris, 437.

humbertiana, 437.

Ampeleo

arcuatus, 370.

Ampelophaga

versicolor, 241.

Amphicodon

amphipleurus, 467.

fritillaria, 466, 473.

globosus, 467.

Amphigonia

postponens, 640.

Amphinema,

dinema, 459, 475.

titanea, 475.

Ampittia

berniert, 52.

cariate, 54.

coroller, 54.

dispar, 52.

mirza, D1.

pardalina, 5).

rhadama, 51.

Ampulex

annulipes, 441.

compressa, 441.

Amyna

octo, 260.

selenampha, 260.

stigmatula, 260.

Anabates

montanus, 375.

Anabazenops

striaticollis, 375.

Anace

rubra, 135.

Anzeretes

parulus, 361.

— equatorialis, 361.

Anarmodia

inscriptalis, 641.

Anarsia

acacia, 278.

1069

Anartia

amalthea, 515,

iatrophe, 515.

| Anas

obscura, 982.

aanthorhyncha, 982.

Ancistocerus

intendens, 449.

tinetipennis, 449.

Ancistrocampta

chrysoglossa, 14,

Ancylolomia

chrysographella, 270.

Ancylosis

fuscosparsella, 271.

nigritarsed, 271.

Ancyloxypha

mackenti, 29.

philander, 81.

producta, 82.

Andrena

cingulata, 455.

exagens, 452,

zonata, 43d,

Andriasa

marginalis, 637.

Andronymus, gen. noy.,

80.

leander, 81.

neander, 82, 103.

philander, 81, 843.

Anengya

spiritalis, 849,

Anerastia

ablutella, 270.

Aneuretus

simoni, 410,

Angerona

expulsaria, 644,

Angitia

directa, 639.

Anhima ,

cornuta, 312.

| Anhinga

anhinga, 312.

Anisaspis

tuberculata, 728, 766.

Anisaspoides

gigantea, 722, 766.

Anisodes

congruaria, 646.

directata, 646.

Simbripedata, 646.

ordinata, 646.

urcearia, 646,

Anoa

depressicornis, 982, 983.

Anochetus

yerburyi, 412,

Anomalurus

cinereus, 793.

1070

Anomis

exaggerata, 639.

Anormurus

macrolepidotus, 500,

503.

Anous

stolidus, 934, 935.

Anser

Sabalis, 315, 319.

segetum, 315, 319.

Ansonia

penangensis, 911.

Antherza

belina, 241.

dolabella, 849.

menippe, 241.

mylitta, 240.

wahilbergi, 241.

Antheua

spurcata, 844,

Anthocharis

antevippe, 254.

leo, 258.

nounda, 253.

hleqyas, 836, 837.

Cae 836.

Anthophora

cingulata, 455.

fallax, 455.

insularis, 456.

lanata, 452.

vigilans, 456,

violacea, 455.

zonata, 455.

Anthopsyche

gavisa, 127, 837.

heuglini, 253.

omphale, 127.

procne, 888.

Anthreptes

malaccensis, 291, 292,

Anthrobaphes

violacea, 291.

Anthropopithecus

gorilla, 505, 597.

Anthus

bogotensis, 330.

calcaratus, 330.

correndera, 330.

furcatus, 330.

— brevirostris, 330.

Antigastra

catalaunalis, 275.

Antigonus

andrachne, 17.

brigida, 16.

denuba, 18.

jamesoni, 18, 841.

philotomus, 11.

plistonicus, 11.

INDEX,

Antigonus

synestalmenus, Te

thecla, 8

Antilope

bubalis, 983.

corrigun, 983,

eqguina, 983.

quadricornis, 988.

scripta, 984.

triangularis, 506.

Antiphella

atrinotata, 858, 854,

855.

Aparallactus

concolor, 216.

Apaustus

abure, 32,

anomeus, 50.

argyrosticta, 80.

batea, 38.

collatus, 60.

debilis, 54,

dolus, 35.

leander, 81.

leucopgus, 29, 30, 31.

neander, 82.

olaus, 30.

placidus, 29, 30.

zephora, 71.

Aphaniotis

Fusca, 870.

Aphnzeus

caffer, 122, 832.

homeyeri, 832.

natalensis, 122.

nyass@, 123.

Aphysoneuria

pigmentaria, 108, 109,

821.

Apicia

epaliusaria, 644.

alphiusaria, 644.

anseraria, 644.

asopia, 644.

atillaria, 644.

eatimaria, 644.

gaumaria, 644,

incrassata, 644.

inficitaria, 644.

lintearia, 644.

molusaria, 644.

nazadaria, 644,

rhumata, 644.

significaria, 644,

spinetaria, 644,

uxiaria, 644.

Apis

andreniformis, 458.

bicolor, 45'7.

bryorum, 457.

delessertti, 458.

Apis

dorsata, 457.

Senestrata, 456,

Jloralis, 458.

igas, 356.

plea 457.

lanata, 452.

latipes, 456.

lobata, 458.

nigripennis, 457.

peronii, 458

perottetti, 458.

socialis, 458.

testacea, 457.

zonata, 455, 457.

Aplectropus, gen. nov.,

275

leucopis, 275, 288.

Aporodes

albilinealis, 274, 283.

jloralis, 274.

Aptenodytes

forsteri, 1.

pennanti, 143, 212.

Ara

ararauna, 155,

Aranea

avicularia, 741.

vestiaria, 741.

Aranha

caranjuejira, 717.

Arbelorhina

cerulea microrhyncha,

Archinola, gen. nov., 258.

pyralidia, 259, 2838.

Arcobara

microniata, 646.

Ardea

agamt, 235.

candidissima, 235.

cinerea, 235, 7738.

cocoi, 235.

goliath, 982.

leucogastra, 784.

ludoviciana, 235.

Argadesa

materna, 850.

Argina

amanda, var, ocellina,

135.

leonina, 8538.

ocellina, 846.

Argiolaus

silas, 526.

Argiope

ceed 717.

Argus

giganteus, 138.

Argynnis

euphrosyne, 826,

Argynnis

enone, 112, 826. |

lathonia, 826.

selene, 826.

smaragdifera, 826.

Arhopala

acestes, 664, 665.

adatha, 661.

agnis, 659.

aida, 666.

allata, 664. |

anamuta, 660.

antimuta, 670. |

apidanus, 672.

ariel, 672.

aroa, 663.

arsenius, 668.

aurea, 667.

bella, 651, 664, 665, |

683. |

borneensis, 651, 666, |

683.

centaurus, 671.

dajagaka, 651, 660,

682.

deva, 651, 669, 683.

diardi, 651, 666.

drucei, 651, 661, 683.

elopura, 670, 682.

Sarquhari, 672.

havilandi, 651, 662, |

683.

hypomuta, 669, 670.

kounga, 651, 662, 663,

683.

labuana, 667, 683.

meander, 651, G58.

metamuta, 668, 669.

mooret, 651, 669, 683.

morphina, 651, 666. |

pseudomuta, 651, 662.

sandakani, 651, 670,

688.

semperi, 651, 659, 682.

tameanga, 651, 658, |

660, 682.

trogon, 667.

vthara, 651, 662, 671.

waterstradti, 651, 668, |

669, 683.

Arina

obtusa, 636.

Aripana

levinia, 648.

Arinadillo

cinctus, 392.

depressus, 390.

dumorum, 391.

grenadensis, 389, 392.

perlatus, 3995.

silvarum, 393.

| Arvicanthis

/ Asopia

INDEX.

Armadillo

tenuipunctatus, 389.

viticola, 396.

zigsag, 394.

Aroa

bistigmigera, 847, 850.

charax, 848, 850.

clara, 847.

ochraceata, 848.

terminalis, 847.

Artitropa. gen. noy.,

bosee, 93.

comus, 93.

ertnnys, 92, 93.

margaritata, 93, 103.

shelleyi, 93.

barbarus, 803.

dorsalis, 794, 803.

pulchellus, 803.

pumilio, 794.

— dilectus, 803.

— diminutus, 804.

— typicus, 804.

Arvicola

neglectus, 599.

Asio |

otus, 627.

depressalis, 650.

Aspidosoma

hesperum, 777.

maculatum, 777.

Aspilates

perlineata, 646.

Asthana

directa, 650.

erecta, 650.

Asthenodipsas

malaccana, 896.

Astictopterus

Johnstonti, T4.

vibius, 78.

Atella

columbina,

852.

Atherura

africana, 684.

Athrula

saturnioidcs, 647.

Atractylis

repens, 462.

Atta

clypeata, 419.

destructor, 418.

didita, 421.

geminata, 419.

Attacus

113, 531,

| Avela

atlas, 240.

cynthia, 240.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LXIX.

1071

Attacus

lebeaut, 241.

mythimna, 241, 242.

pernyi, 240

ricint, 240.

Atticora

andecola, 333, 334.

cinerea, 333.

cyanoleuca, 333.

fasciata, 333.

murina, 333, 3d4.

tibialis, 334.

Auchenia

glama, 986.

pacos, 986.

vicugna, 987.

Aucula

josioides, 647.

Aulacodes

peribocalis, 273.

psyllalis, 643.

swinderenianus, 795.

Aulacorhamphus

prasinus, 557.

Aurelia

crucigera, 483.

lineolata, 483.

rufescens, 483.

Ausava

triplaga, 638.

Automolis

angulosa, 636.

basalis, 636.

chrysomelas, 636.

flavicinctus, 636.

geometrica, 636.

leucomela, 636.

pretexta, 636.

reducta, 636.

saturata, 636.

diversa, 636.

Avicularia

avicularia, 723, 741,

746, 766, 778.

— variegata, 728, 743,

766.

glauca, 744.

holmbergii, 744.

» metallica, 744.

rutilans, 744, 745, 746.

velutina, 744.

vestiaria, 741.

vulpina, 744.

walckenaeria, 746.

Axiocerses

amang4, 123, 831.

perion, 123, 832.

Azamora

basiplaga, 648.

tortriciformis, 648.

1072 INDEX.

Azanus | Baracus Beraibe

gamra, 119, 244, 250, Senestratus, 56. gallaria, 644.

256. inornatus, 50. Bernicla

natalensis, 119, 250. lepeletierii, 50. , magellanica, 147.

occidentalis, 852. tsita, 50. Bertula

sigillatus, 119, 244,250, | Barbus excelsalis, 649.

829. sp., 218, 224. Biduanda

zend, 244, 256. bynni, 223. cineas, 679.

Azelina Barilius hewitsonii, 679, 683

amyclaria, 644. goha, 920. imitata, 680.

asilasaria, 644. guentheri, 920. Bitis

denticulata, 6414. Basileuterus arietans, 217.

fusaria, 644. bivitiatus, 381. Blephoramastix

hedularia, 639. —. chrysogaster, 331. coliubralis, 649.

immundaria, 649. coronatus, 331. Bleptina

stolidata, 644. luteoviridis, 331. abarusalis, 642.

stuposasaria, 649. — striaticeps, 331. eatusalis, 642.

Azeta uropygialis, 331. bizialis, 642.

uncas, 638. — poliothria, 331. bogesalis, 642.

Azochis Basilinna ceépioalis, 642.

gripusalis, 641. leucotis, 286, 289, ceusalis, 642.

295. confusalis, 642.

Basiothea diruptalis, 649.

Becula idricus, 843. fadusalis, 642.

chromatophila, 639. medea, 268. metopealis, 642,

Baniana Bassania ophelasalis, 642.

inequalis, 650. amethystata, 644. opiteralis, 642.

pohli, 640. Bassaris oppialis, 642.

Baoris astuta, 784. pagasusalis, 642.

sp., 131. Batagur penicillalis, 648.

alberti, 67, 103. affinis, 858. pollesalis, 642.

amadhu, 73. baska, 858, 859. proliferalis, 640, 648.

arela, 68, 103. Batatara responsalis, 648.

argyrodes, 68. Susifascia, 647. stalemusalis, 642.

ayresii, 72. Bathyergus styrusalis, 642.

bauri, 71. maritimus, 160. Blera

Jatuellus, 66, 131. Belenois cerruroides, 647.

holtzit, 71. auriginea, 128. Boana

ilias, 67, 104. calypso, 852. semialba, 648.

inconspicua, 131. crawshayi, 851, 852. Boarmia

leucophea, 68. diminuta, 851, 852. consimilaria, 645.

lugens, 66. leucogyne, 247, 256. contraria, 645.

mabea, 68. mesentina, 852. defimaria, 645.

malthina, 69. —, var. agrippina, delinquaria, 645.

marchaliz, 66. 128. denticularia, 645.

melphis, 69. | —, var. lordaca, 247, detractaria, 645.

monasi, 70. | 255, 256, 257. guitularia, 645.

murga, 71. severina, 128, 852. larentiata, 645.

neoba, 71. | thysa, 852. locupletaria, 645.

netopha, 70. —, var. sabrata, 839. mollearia, 645, 646.

—, var. nyasse, 70, | Bellia perspectata, 646.

: 1038. | erassicollis, 858. stigmaria, 645.

nivercornis, 71, | Bembex subapicata, 646.

statira, 69. | borrei, 445. syrniaria, 646.

statirides, 69, 104, glauca, 445, tenerata, 646.

subnotata, 70. indica, 445. vacillaria, 645, 646.

tarace, 70. | sulphurescens, 445, Bocanis

wmbrata, 181. | trepanda, 445. marginalis, 650.

unistriga, 68. | Benhamia ortonalis, 640, 650.

rylos, 67, 108. | indica, 209, 210. Bocchoris

zephora, 71. inermis, 211. inspersalis, 274.

Beechoris

onychinalis, 273.

Bolica

armata, 649.

- Bombus

bryorum, 457

Bononia

niveilinea, 649.

Boodon

lineatus, 216.

Bos

depressicornis,

785.

grunniens, 988.

Bothriomyrmex

wroughtonii, 411.

Bothroponera

rufipes, 412.

tesserinoda, 413.

Botys

acilialis, 643.

additalis, 649.

agenoralis, 641.

asiusalis, 641.

autoclesalis, 645.

azionalis, 643.

cellatalis, 649.

chlorisalis, 641.

claudiusalis, 641.

cyprealis, 641.

damonalis, 641.

dimichealis, 648.

elathealis, 6A.

eubulealis, 641.

evippealis, 641.

fuliginalis, 649.

gelliasalis, 643.

graviusalis, 643.

imbreaalis, 648.

ineffectalis, 649.

melitealis, 641.

mnemusalis, 640.

nerissalis, 641.

niavialis, 641.

nocmonalis, 643.

odiusalis, 641.

pandaralis, 641.

peranthusalis, 641.

persiusalis, 641.

pieralis, 641.

pyrrhusalis, 641.

quirinalis, 641.

remusalis, 641,

romalis, 641.

sabalis, 641.

sylvialis, 641.

thalloalis, 641.

turnusalis, 641.

tytiusalis, 643.

Bouchis

scoparioides, 649.

INDEX.

| Boulengerina

brenneri, 929.

mucronata, 921.

Brachyuromys

ramirohitra, 979.

Britha

hirtipalpis, 641.

Britomartis

buto, 673.

cleoboides, 673.

Bronchocela

cristatella, 871.

moluccana, 871.

Brujas

basicincta, 638.

laticincta, 638.

Bryophila

expetita, 639.

Bryoptera

leprosata, 645.

_ Buarremon

assimilis, 347.

brunneinuchus, 347.

| pohophrys, 323, 347.

torquatus, 347.

Bubalis

buselaphus, 809, 983.

lichtensteini, 796.

major, 983.

pumilus, 783.

Bubo

bubo, 311.

ignavus, 311.

maximus, 156.

Bucco

capensis, 313.

Bucconides

roseicollis, 556.

Buceros

nasutus, 982.

Budara

conversata, 647.

| Bufo

asper, 912.

| parvus, 912.

penangensis, 912.

quadriporcatus, 912.

regularis, 217.

viridis, 548.

vulgaris, 548, 911.

_ Bundenbachia

beneckei, 1034.

| Bunea

| caffraria, 241.

| Bungarus

) candidus, 893.

| fasciatus, 782, 893.

flaviceps, 894,

Butalis

subeburnea, 279.

Byblia

melanostictus, 911,914. |

1073

' Buteo

buteo, 311.

vulgaris, 311.

| Buthraupis

cucullata, 342.

— eyanonota, 342.

— intermedia, 343.

| Butorides

cyanurus, 773.

acheloia, 113, 256.

—, var. castanea, 256. -

castanea, 525.

goetzius, 113.

tlithyia, 256, 525, 532.

vulgaris, 113, 852.

Cabalus

carbo, 65, 66.

| Caberodes

asanderaria, 644.

carcearia, 644. Re!

Sundaria, 644. 2

Cadyanda ;

lugens, 647.

Czenides, gen. nov., 85.

balenga, 91, 103.

benga, 86, 89, 103.

binoevatus, 88, 103.

calpis, 91.

corduba, 90.

cylinda, 89, 90, 91, 103.

dacela, 85, 86, 103, 104.

dacena, 89.

tlerda, ‘OL.

kanquensis, 87. 103.

lacida, 91, 103.

leonora, 85, 88, 103.

maracanda, 85, 88, 103,

orma, 90.

proxima, 92.

sextilis, 91.

soritia, 87, 103.

stochri, 88.

waga, 90.

zoremba, 91, 104.

Ceenipeta

abscondens, 638.

iliustrans, 633.

suttea, 638.

Czenotriccus

ruficeps, 360.

— hapropteryx, 361.

| Crrvania

clandestina, 640.

| Caiman

latirostris, 632.

palpebrosus, 622.

sclerops, 632,

| Caladenia

maculata, 13.

69*

1074

Calamaria

albiventer, 886.

leucocephala, 886.

linnei, 886.

longiceps, 886.

lumbricoidea, 886.

pavimentata, 857, 886.

sagittaria, 879.

sumatrana, 886.

Caligula

simla, 240, 241.

Callagur

picta, 858, 859.

Callidryas

eubule, 518.

hyblea, 254.

Callipepla

californica, 982.

Callipsyche

lava, 526.

Callirhoé

basteriana, 482.

Calliste

argentea, 340.

berlepschi, 341.

boliviana, 340.

chilensis, 339.

cyanicollis, 341.

JSulvicervix, 340.

gyroloides, 340.

melanotis, 341.

nigricincta, 341.

nigriviridis, 341.

— berlepschi, 341.

parzudakii, 341.

pulchra, 340.

punctulata, 340.

schranki, 332.

zanthocephala, 341.

zanthogastra rostrata,

339, 340.

yeni, 339.

Callithea

sapphira, 776.

allenine

hildebrandti, 837.

Callophis

gracilis, 894.

maculiceps, 895.

Callopistria

latreillei, 260.

vittata, 648.

yerburii, 260.

Callosune

anax, 126.

vulnerata, 839.

Callula

pulchra, 908.

Calonota

interrupta, 636.

perspicua, 636.

INDEX.

Calophrynus

pleurostigma, 897,

908.

Calospila

posthumaria, 647.

Calotes .

cristatellus, 871.

emma, 782.

versicolor, 871, 872.

Calothorax

lucifer, 288.

Calpodes

coscinia, 520.

ethlius, 520.

Cambogia

albopunctata, 646.

insignata, 6405.

marccaria, 646.

porphyrinata, 647.

turbata, 647.

Camena

cippus, 673.

cretheus, 672.

Campanella

dinema, 475.

Campanulina

acuminata, 488, 490.

repens, 488.

turrita, 488.

Camponotus

agnatus, 405.

albipes, 404.

angusticollis, 403.

bucchus, 405.

barbatus, 403.

compressus, 404,

dorycus, 403.

dulcis, 405.

flavo-marginatus, 403.

fuscithorax, 405,

infuscus, 404.

latitans, 402.

maculatus, 404.

mitis, 404, 405.

opaciventris, 402.

prismaticus, 403.

quadrilaterus, 404.

redtenbacheri, 403.

reticulatus, 402.

rufoglaucus, 403.

sericeus, 402.

sesquipedalis, 403.

simoni, 408,

taylori, 404.

thraso, 405.

varians, 402.

yerburyi, 402.

Campophilus

pollens, 324.

Cam psomeris

aureicollis, 430.

Campsomeris

ceylonica, 430.

lindenii, 430.

Candyba

punctata, 637.

Canis

adustus, 785.

chama, 506.

corsac, 784.

jubatus, 788.

lateralis, 784, 785, 7938.

Cantoria

elongata, 888.

violacea, 888.

Caouana

olivacea, 860.

Capito

(Micropogon) cayen-

nensis, DOT.

Capnodes

basalis, 648.

concinnula, 648.

extima, 640.

mundicola, 648.

Capra

megaceros, 506.

Capricornis

sumatrensis, 784.

Caprona

adelica, 19.

canopus, 19.

Jjamesont, 18.

pillaana, 19.

Capys

alpheus, 831.

connexiva, 831, 850.

disjunctus, 831.

Caradrina

distans, 639.

exigua, 260.

laphygmoides, 639.

Caralisa

editha, 636.

Carcharodus

alcee, 26.

elma, 26.

lavatere, 26.

midea, 27.

Cardinalis

virginianus, 228.

Carduelis

carduelis, 311.

elegans, 311.

Carenochrous

taczanowskii, 347.

tricolor, 347.

Caretta

squamata, 860.

Cariacus

sp. inc., 986, 988.

leucurus, 985, 986, 988.

Cariacus

paludosus, 784.

rufus, 986.

virginianus, 985, 988.

Cariama

cristata, 150.

Cariprea

mendaciaria, 646.

Carmala

flexata, 646.

Carthara

albicosta, 648.

Carystus

cerymica, 94.

evander, 81.

laufella, 83.

philander, 81.

thersander, 78.

xanthias, 78.

Casandria

emittens, 638.

Cassicus

albirostris, 353.

chrysopterus, 353.

leucorhamphus, 354.

persicus, 354.

solitarius, 354.

Cassina

obscura, 217.

Castalius

calice, 120, 829,

852.

hintza, 108, 120.

hypoleucus, 828.

lactinatus, 525.

resplendens, 108, 120.

Casuarius

westermanni, 783.

‘Casyapa

maracanda, 88.

Cataclysta

ealis, 648.

eglesalis, 643.

cesoalis, 643.

insulalis, 650.

pantheralis, 640.

pegasalis, 640.

phedraits, 640.

principalis, 640.

Catamblyrhynchus

diadema, 350.

— citrinifrons, 350.

Catamenia

homochroa, 350.

inornata minor, 349.

rufirostris, 349.

Cataulacus

simoni, 417.

taprobane, 416,

Caterva

catenaria, 649.

INDEX.

Cathartes

atratus, 778.

urubitinga, 784.

Catochrysops

asopus, 244, 256.

asteris, 533, 828.

enejus, 244, 256.

contracta,244, 250, 256,

glauca, 108, 119, 828.

hippocrates, 119.

osiris, 118, 852. .

parsimon, 119.

perpulchra, 828.

Catopsilia

aleurona, 25d.

florella, 128, 247, 254,

255, 256, 528, 536,

852.

—, var. aleurona, 256.

—, var. hyblea, 256.

—, var. pyrene, 256.

hyblea, 255.

pyrene, 255.

Catuna

crithea, 852.

Cavia

rupestris, 987.

Celzxna

canifimbria, 649.

expuncta, 637.

inquieta, 639.

plagiata, 637.

subobliqua, 639.

tetera, 639, 650.

Celznorrhinus

atratus, 13, 14.

biseriatus, 13, 103.

boadicea, 14, 103.

chrysoglossa, 14, 103.

collucens, 13.

galenus, 2.

homeyeri, 15.

humbloti, 14.

illustris, 12.

interniplaqa, 13.

luehderi, 15.

macrostictus, 14.

maculatus, 13, 103.

medetrina, 12, 103.

mokeezt, 15.

proximus, 14.

rutilans, 12.

thraz, 60.

Celeus

ochraceus, 773.

| Centetes

ecaudatus, 975.

Centrites

oreas, 399.

Centromyrmex

fee, 415.

1075

Cephalophus

sp. inc., 984.

coronatus, 506, 984.

grimmii, 796.

rufilatus, 984, 988.

sylvicultriz, 785.

Cephalopterus

ornatus, 370.

Cephonodes

hylas, 269, 843.

Cerapachys

ceylonica, 424.

Semoralis, 424.

Ceratina

picta, 454.

simillima, 454.

viridis, +54.

Ceratodus

Jorsteri, 786.

Ceratowia

amyntor, 241.

Ceratorhina

monocerata, 545,

546.

Ceratrichia

aretina, 35.

argyrosticta, 80.

flava, 79, 104.

nothus, 79.

phocion, 79.

punctata, 79.

punctulata, 53.

quaterna, 16.

semilutea, 79.

stellata, 48, 52.

tetrastigma, 15.

Cerberus

rhynchops, 888.

Cerceris

emortualis. 446.

fervens, 445,

humbertiana, 446.

instabilis, 446.

novare, 445.

rufinodis, 446.

velox, 446.

viscosus, 446.

Cercocebus

albigena, 784.

Cercomacra

approximans, 383.

hypomelena, 383.

tyrannina, 383.

Cercopithecus

aligularis, 789.

brazze, 780, 783.

diana, 783.

leucampyx, 789.

moloneyt, 789.

pluto, 789.

stairsi, 609.

1076

Cerocala

sp., 529,

Ceronaba

cinctaria, 649.

Certhiola

peruviana, 337.

Certimna

muscistrigata, 644, 645.

Cervicapra

arundinum, 797.

Cervus

sp. inc., 985.

affinis, 938.

barbarus, 809, 985.

bedfordianus, 932, 933,

934,

canadensis, 931, 933,

982, 985.

cashnirianus, 983.

davidianus, 784, 932.

duvauceli, 985, 988.

elaphus, 831, 933.

equinus, 985, 988.

eustephanus, 932, 933,

934.

hippelaphus, 988.

humilis, 507.

luchdorfi, 931, 932, 933,

934.

maral, 618, 933, 934,

984.

rusa, 985.

thoroldi, 933.

virginianus, 985.

azanthopygus, 931, 933.

yarcandensis, 938.

Ceryle

alcyon, 605.

americana, 604, 605.

stellata, 605.

Chabuata

ampla, 638.

Cherocampa

alecto, 268.

celerio, 268.

eson, var. gracilis, 843.

gracilis, 843.

osiris, 858.

Chalcides

ocellatus, 215,

Chalybion

bengalensis, 438.

violaceum, 438.

Chameleon

biteniatus, 215.

gracilis, 215,

Chamzza

columbiana, 384.

olivacea, 384.

Chapra

lodra, 61.

INDEX,

Chapra

mathias, 60, 61, 248,

256.

sinnis, 62.

wambo, 62.

Charadrius

pluvialis, 543.

Charana

mandarinus, 651, 676.

Charaxes

achemenes, 822, 852.

bohemanni, 822, 852.

candiope, 533, 852.

castor, 525, 852.

—, var. flavifasciatus,

852.

druceanus, 110, 822.

ethalion, 823.

guderiana, 822, 852.

hollandii, 533,

leoninus, 823.

manica, 822.

neanthes, 533.

pheus, 852.

saturnus, 851, 852.

—, var.

822, 852.

tiridates, 852.

violetta, 851, 852.

zoolina, 533, 8238.

Charilina

amabilis, 844.

Chartergus

churtarius, 775.

Chauna

chavaria, 137, 146.

Cheiroptaster

gigunteus, 1032.

Chelone

imbricata, 860.

mydas, 860.

olivacea, 860.

virgata, 860.

Chersydrus

granulatus, 878.

Chilades

trochilus, 244, 256.

Chinchilla

lanigera, 982.

Chirogale ,

melanotis, 974.

Chironectes

minimus, 507, 518.

Chitra

indica, 861.

Chliaria

amabilis, 675, 676.

minima, 676.

phemis, 675, 676.

skapane, 675.

tora, 676.

laticinctus,

Chlorion

azureum, 438.

compressum, 441.

lobatuin, 438.

Chlorochrysa

bourcieri, 341.

calliparea, 341.

Chlorophanes

atricapilla, 337.

pulcherrima stigma-

tura, 338.

spiza cerulescens, 337.

Chlorophonia

torrejoni, 338,

Chloropipo

unicolor, 368.

uniformis, 368.

Chloroselas

esmeralda, 251.

pseudozeritis, 251.

Chlorospingus

auricularis, 345.

chrysogaster, 346.

cinereocephalus, 346.

leucogaster, 346.

verticalis, 346.

Cheerodes

assyllusaria, 644.

contemnaria, 644,

invariaria, 643.

Choristoneura

apicalis, 83, 104,

Chronnis

callipterus, 916.

kirkii, 915.

mossambicus, 915.

niloticus, 218.

rendalli, 915.

spilurus, 219.

squamipinnis, 915.

tristrami, 218.

Chromodes

armeniacalis, 640.

Chrysantheda

nitida, 775, 776.

Chrysis

cyanura, 458.

Susctpennis, 458.

nobilis, 458.

oculata, 459,

principalis, 459.

pulchellus, 459,

spinole, 458,

splendida, 458,

Chrysomitris

atrata, 358,

capitalis, 352.

Chrysopelea

chrysochlora, 891.

ornata, 782, 890.

rubescens, 890.

Chrysophanus

abbotti, 832.

Chrysotis

guildingt, 230.

Churia

arcuata, 263.

Ciconia

alba, 145, 233.

episcopus, 232,

nigra, 145,

Cidaria

eductata, 646.

effrenata, 647.

emberizata, 646.

intercalata, 646.

patulata, 646.

perspicuata, 646.

Cigaritis

abbotti, 832.

Cinclodes

bifasciatus, 371.

Suscus, 37.

rivularis, 324, 371.

taczanowskii, 3238.

Cinclus

cinelus, 311.

leucocephalus, 327.

melanogaster, 311.

Cingilia

humeralis, 649.

Cinnicerthia

olivascens, 327.

peruana, 327.

unibrunnea, 327.

Cinnyris

amethystina, 286, 292,

295.

auriceps, 292.

jugularis, 290.

Cirreedia

satellifera, 639,

Cirsodes

acuminata, 644.

Cissopis

leveriana minor, 348.

minor, 348,

Cistissa

expansa, 647.

Cistothorus

graminicola, 329.

polyglottus, 329.

Citharinus

geoffrot, 218, 223.

Cittura

cyanotis, 604, 605.

sanghirensis, 604, 605.

Clarias

gariepinus, 220.

lazera, 219.

mossambicus, 220.

smithit, 219, 220.

INDEX.

Clettharra

minorella, 262.

Clysia

absconditaria, 643.

tasima, 648.

vitiligata, 644.

Clytia

johnstonit, 488, 489.

Coassus

sp. inc., 986.

rufus, 986.

superciliaris, 986.

Cobalus

atrio, 66, 80.

corvinus, 80.

duplex, 54.

subfasciatus, 33.

Cobus

ellipsiprymnus, 785.

kob, 983.

unctuosus, 785.

Coccothraustes

coccothraustes, 311.

vulgaris, 311.

Codonium

gemmiferum, 473.

Ceelioxys

capitata, 454.

confusus, 454,

Ceereba

cerulea, 337.

chloropyga, 337.

magnirostris, 237.

Colabata

lineosa, 637.

Colznis

cillene, 514.

Julia, 514.

Colias

edusa, 838.

—, var.

125.

electra, 528, 536.

helice, 125.

pyrene, 254.

Colius

capensis, 157.

Colobus

angolensis, 788.

palliatus, 788.

polycomus, 987.

Colpa

iris, 430.

Coluber

fasciolatus, 882.

hcaagonotus, 882.

korros, 882.

melanurus, 885.

oxycephalus, 882.

porphyraceus, 882.

radiatus, 783, 883.

electra,

' Columba

livia, 153.

Colymbus

septentrionalis, 142.

Comibzna

sp., 853.

Compsa

saturata, 647.

Compsocoma

sumptuost, 343.

Compsothlypis

pitiayumi, 330.

Conirostrum

atrocyaneum, 335.

cinereum, 335, 336.

— littorale, 336.

cyanewm, 335.

ferrugineiventre, 335.

sitticolor, 33).

Connocheetes

gorgon, 506.

taurinus, 796.

— albo-jubatus, 617.

— johnstoni, 616, 796.

— typicus, 617.

Conopophaga

ENE o rans 385, 386.

— brunneinucha, 385.

Consoprium

divisum, 636.

Constantia

vulgaris, 273.

(Zonora) rufimargi-

nalis, 273.

Contopus

ardesiacus, 367.

virens richarasont, 367.

Conurus

holochlorus, 784.

rubritorques, 784.

Copurus

colonus, 357.

— fuscicapileus, 357,

358.

Suscieapileus, 358.

Corematodus, gen. noy.,

918.

shiranus, 919.

Corematura

chrysogastra, 635.

Coremia

Sringillata, 646.

lateraria, 646.

Coronella

baliodeira, 885.

Coronta

surrepens, 638.

Coruncala

latipennis, 648.

Corvus

capellanus,226,227,228,

1078

Corydalla

cryptoleuca, 636.

Corymorpha

galanthus, 464.

nana, 475.

nutans, 459, 463, 464,

465, 467, 499.

prolifer, 466.

Coryne

briareus, 461.

Jritillaria, 467.

implexa, 461.

pelagica, 461.

(Amphicodon)

laria, 467.

(Corymorpha) fritii-

laria, 466.

Corythaix

chlorochlamys, 154.

Corythopis

anthoides humivagans,

386.

Cosmetira

punctata, 484.

Cosmophila

erosa, 263.

mesogona, 263.

punctifera, 639.

sabulifera, 263.

Cosmosoma

marginatum, 633.

Cotzna

mediana, 647.

Cottobara

concinna, 650.

Coturnix

communis, 311.

coturnix, 311.

Crabro

Suscipennis, 447.

palitans, 446, 459.

Crambus

leucozonellus, 269, 283.

Craspedia

actuaria, 267.

Jacta, 267.

Crax

alberti, 989.

Cremastogaster

anthracina, 422, 423.

apicalis, 423.

brunnea, 423.

brunnescens, 423.

contenta, 422.

deponens, 423.

dohrni, 422.

forticulus, 423.

pellens, 423.

ransonnett, 422.

rogenhoferi, 422,

subnuda, 422.

Sritil-

INDEX,

Crenis

crawshayi, 825.

rosa, 826.

Crex

crex, 311.

pratensis, 149, 311.

Cricetomys

gambianus, 160, 793.

Cricetus

Frumentarius, 160.

Cricula ;

trifenestrata, 240.

Crinipus, gen. noy.,

277.

leucozonipus, 277, 283.

Crocidolomia

binotalis, 274.

Crocidura

sp. ine., 792.

Crocisa

emarginata, 454.

histrionica, 453.

ramosa, 453.

seutellaris, 453.

Crocodilus |

americanus, 632.

niloticus, 632.

palustris, 629, 862.

pondicerianus, 862.

porosus, 629, 682,

862.

vulgaris, 862.

Crossarchus

fasciatus, 793.

Crossopus

fodiens, 568.

Crotophaga

major, 773.

Crymona

hastatalis, 640.

receptalis, 640, 649.

Cryptocerus

bicolor, 417.

Cryptopone

testacea, 416.

Cryptoprocta

Feros 974.

Ctenodactylus

gundi, 988.

massonit, 988.

Ctypansa

obtusa, 648.

Cupido

icarus, 829,

talmora, 655.

Curetis

@sopus, 672.

insularis, 651, 672.

tagalica, 672.

Cyaniriodes

libna, 653, 682.

Cyaniris

camene, 651, 655.

cossea, 655.

plauta, 655,

selma, 65d.

sonchus, 651,

682.

Cyanocorax

yneas, 354,

Cyanolesbia

gorgo, 288, 293.

655,

| Cyanops

Franklini, 555,

Cyanotis

azare, 361.

rulrigastra, 362.

— alticola, 361.

Cyclemys

amboinensis, 859.

dhor, 859.

oldhamti, 859.

platynota, 858.

| Cyclopides

abjecta, 49.

egipan, 48.

amena, 51.

anomeus, 50, 103.

argenteogutta, 50.

argenteostriatus, 49.

barbere, 56.

bernieri, 52.

brunneostriga, 51.

capenas, 55, 130.

cariate, 54.

carmides, 27.

catocalinus, 28.

cheles, 48.

chersias, 54.

derbice, 55.

dispar, 52.

empyreus, 27.

Sormosus, 49.

howa, 28.

inornatus, 50.

lepeletierii, 50.

leucopyga, 28.

lynx, 52.

macomo, 5d.

malchus, 28.

malgacha, 48.

mening, 49.

metis, 48, 130.

midas, 49, 130, 842.

mineni, 52,

mirza, 51.

paola, 50.

pardalina, 51.

perexcellens, 842, 850.

phidyle, 52.

phoceus, 79.

punctulata, 53,

Dacelo

Dacnis

Dalara

Cyclopides

quadrisignatus,

108, 130, 842.

rhadama, 51.

romi, 51.

saclavus, 52.

sator, 75.

stellata, 52.

syring, 49, 51.

tsita, 50.

uniformis, 49.

willemi, 48, 49, 851,

852.

49,

Cyclorhis

guianensis, 332. |

Cyclyrius, gen. noy.,

830.

equatorialis, 830.

Juno, 830, 850.

Cygnus

americanus, 784.

atratus, 147.

Cyligramma

latona, 853.

rudilinea, 853.

Cylindrophis

lineatus, 878.

rufus, 877.

Cymatophora

temperans, 639.

Cymoriza

ubrotalis, 643.

etalis, 643.

badiusalis, 643.

bocusalis, 643.

bolusalis, 643.

damescalis, 643.

narcissusalis, 643.

Cynzelurus

jubatus, 987.

Cyprinus

gonorrynchus, 500,

nasus, 500.

squamosseus, 500, 502.

Cyrtozone

herilla, 241.

Cystinenra

cana, 514, 515.

Cytzis

octopunctata, 477.

cervina, 606.

angelica, 337.

cayana, 336, 337.

— glaucogularis, 336,

Sie

pulcherrima, 338,

falcata, 634,

INDEX.

Dama

vulgaris, 855.

Damalis

albifrons, 982.

pygarga, 982.

Damaliscus

korrigum, 983.

pygargus, 983.

anais

eresimus, 514.

plexippus, 514.

Dantona

busalis, 643.

discerpta,

648.

Daphnis

nerit, 268, 853.

Darapsa

myron, 241,

Daremma

undulosa, 241.

Dargida

niphanda, 639.

Daritis

marginalis, 636.

Dasmeuda

alcimusata, 644.

Dasymys

incomtus, 794.

Dasy peltis

scabra, 718.

Dasyproctus

ceylonicus, 447.

Davara

azonazsalis, 643.

Deidamia

inscriptus, 241.

Deilephila

euphorbie, 241.

Deiopeia

ocellina, 135, 846.

puichella, 135, 258, 529,

853.

Delothraupis

castaneiventris, 342.

Dendraspis

angusticeps, 217.

Dendrelaphis

caudolineatus, 884.

Dendrobates

valdizani, 328.

Dendrocolaptes

validus, 378.

Dendroica

estiva, 33).

blackburnie, 331.

cerulea, 380.

Dendrolagus

bennetiz, 713.

Dendromys

mesomelas, 794.

639,

1079

Dendrophis

formosus, 883.

pictus, 883.

Dendrornis

chuncotambo, 376, 377.

ocellata, 376, 377.

rostripallens, 376.

triangularis, 376.

bogotensis, 376.

erythropygia, 376.

Dermochelys

coriacea, 857.

Desmia

ajflictalis, 274.

bulisalis, 642.

nerinalis, 642.

pisusalis, 642.

ufeus, 642.

Deudorix

anta, 526.

diara, 651, 681, 683.

epyjarbas, 681.

livia, 526, 533.

similis, 682.

strephanus, 651, 681,

683.

suffusa, 682.

Diacamma

geometrica, 413.

vagans, 413.

Diana

diadema, 475.

flavidula, 488.

phosphorica, 488.

Dianthecia

eros, 639.

Dictenus, gen. nov., 846.

inconstans, 846, 830.

Didelphys

derbiana, 987.

lanigera, 987.

marsupialis, 789.

philander, 987.

Diglossa

brunneiventris, 334.

pectoralis, 334.

personata, 334.

Diglossopis

cerulescens, 334, 335.

— pallida, 334.

Dilephila

livornica, 268.

Diplonema

islandica, 466.

Diplophyrus

grandis, 871.

Diplura

equatorialis, 755, 761.

bicolor, 761.

cousini, 755, 761.

gymnognatha, 761.

1080

Diplura

longicauda, 755, 761.

macrura, 754, 75d.

rogenhoferi, 755, 761.

sanguinea, 754.

soricina, 761.

Dipsadomorphus

cynodon, 889.

dendrophilus, 889.

drapiezii, 889.

gokool, 889.

Jaspideus, 889.

multimaculatus,

889.

Dipsas

boa, 89d.

cynodon, 889.

dendrophila, 889.

multimaculata, 889.

Dipurena

sp., 459, 473, 499.

halterata, 459, 473.

Dirphia

multicolor, 635.

Dispholidus

typicus, 216.

Dissura

783,

episcopus, 231, 232,627.

Distichodus

rostratus, 218,

rudolphi, 218, 228.

Distira

brugmansii, 892.

cyanocincta, 892.

Jjerdonii, 892.

stokesit, 892.

Diuca

speculifera, 351.

Diva

atrocerulea, 341.

Dives

kalinowskii, 323.

Docimodus, gen.nov., 917.

Johnstoni, 917, 18.

Dolichoderus

gracilis, 411,

taprotane, £10, 411.

Dolichonyx

oryzivorus, 304.

Dolichosticha

cochrusalis, 648.

Dolichotis

patagonica, 987.

Doliophis

annectens, 895.

bivirgatus, 895.

intestinalis, 895,

lineata, 895.

trilineatus, 895.

Donacesa

miricornis, 640.

INDEX,

Doratoceros

triangularis, 506.

Dorcopsis

luctuosa, 713.

Doritis

apollinus, 241.

Dorylus

curtsii, 416.

orientalis, 416.

Dosara

palmalis, 276.

Draco

Jimbriatus, 870.

maculatus, 870.

melanopogon, 870.

guinguefasciatus, 870.

volans, 868.

Drasteria

judicans, 136.

Drepanodes

agronaria, 644.

apertaria, 644.

arnataria, 644,

diffundaria, 644.

excavaria, 644.

grata, 644.

hamulata, 644.

pholata, 644.

Drepanognathus

cruentatus, 414.

Drina

donina, 680.

ninoda, 680, 688.

Dromzus

nove-hollandie, 140.

Dryas

leda, 839.

Dryinus

prasinus, 890.

Drymonia

histrionica, 637.

Dryocalawus

subannulatus, 881.

Dryophiops

rubescens, 890.

Dryophis

mycterizans, 782.

prasinus, 782, 890,

900.

xanthozona, 890.

Dubusia

stictocephala,

345.

Duponchelia

vealis, 273.

Durbania

hildegarda, 108, 120.

Dycladia

lucetius, 635.

Dyops

ocellata, 639.

323,

Dysd:emonia

glaucescens, 635.

Dysithamnus

dubius, 323, 381.

semicinereus, 381.

Dysmorphosa

carned, 463.

minima, 463, 475.

Eacles

imperialis, 241.

Eagris

decastigma, 18.

decolor, 18.

denuba, 18, 104.

fuscosa, 18, 104.

Jjamesoni, 18, 841.

lucetia, 19.

melancholica, 18.

nottoanda, 18.

phyllophila, 18.

sabudius, 17.

Earias

insulana, 258.

Ebulia

zalis, 648.

Echis

carinatus, 217.

Eciton

nigrum, 423.

rufonigra, 423,

Eclectus

roratus, 627.

Ecpantheria

hebona, 637.

Ectatoma

rugosa, 414,

Edema

nana, 639,

Edyma

significans, 638.

Egabra

certissima, 639.

Egybolia

vaillantina, 853.

Elainea

albiceps, 364.

— parvirostris, 364,

brevirostris, 365.

* gigas, 364.

modesta, 364.

obscura, 364.

pagana, 364.

pallatunge, 364.

Elaps

bivirgatus, 898.

Slaviceps, 895.

furcatus, 895.

intestinalis, 895.

melanurus, 895.

Elaps

nigromaculatus, 894.

Elephas

indicus, 547.

Eliomys

kelleni, 800.

parvus, 800.

Elis

aureicollis, 430.

ceylonica, +30.

jimbriata, 430.

iris, 430.

lindenii, 430.

orientalis, 429.

phalerata, 430.

thoracica, 429, 430.

Elixoia

subocellata, 648.

Ellema

harrisii, 637.

Eloria

canescens, 647.

lucida, 657.

mestu, 637.

Elysius

signatus, 647.

Emuniltis

meyiaria, 268.

nigrescens, 237, 283.

obscuraria, 268.

Empidagra

brevirostris, 365.

Empidochanes

pecilurus, 366.

-— peruanus, 366.

Emyda

scutata, 782.

Emys

crassicollis, 858.

platynota, 859.

thurgi, 858.

Endropia

subapicata, 646.

Enhydrina

valakadien, 893.

Enhydris

hardwickii, 892.

Enodia

canescens, 440.

fervens, 440.

Entomogramma

nigriceps, 265.

Enys

prominens, 637.

Eoluidia

decheni, 1039.

Eooxylides

etias, 680, 683.

thuris, 678, 680.

Eospondylus, gen. nov.,

1039.

INDEX.

Hospondylus

primigenia, 1039.

Epamera

sidus, 108, 123.

Epenthesis

cymbaloidea, 460, 487,

491.

Ephestia

cautella, 270.

elutella, 270.

Ephialtias

abruptu, 636.

simplex, 636.

Ephyra

rufistrigata, 267, 283.

Ephyriades

lelius, 11.

nerva, 10.

Epicrium

glutinosum, 914.

monochroum, 914,

Epicrocis

(Candiope) erubescens,

272, 283.

(—) joannisella, 272.

Epidromia

pannosa, 638.

Epione

allutiusaria, 644.

_ ardysaria, 644.

mitranaria, 644.

relictaria, 644.

Epiplema

incolorata, 646.

Epipona

marginata, 450.

Epomophorus

erypturus, 790.

Eptesicus

melanops, 791.

Equus

burchelli typicus, 783.

montanus, 987.

onager, JST.

zebra, 788.

Eragisa

lunifera, 639.

Eremias

brenneri, 920, 921, 928.

—, var. striatus, 926.

edwardsii, 929, 930.

erythrosticta, 921, 924.

hochneli, 927.

lugubris, 921.

mucronata, 215, 921,

922.

sexteniata, 215.

smithi, 921, 925.

striata, 921, 926, 927.

Eremocossus

proleuca, 276, 283.

1081

Eretis

delele, 256.

melania, 5.

motozt, 7.

Eretmocera

fasciata, 280.

Erilusa

dioptalis, 636.

pseudauxo, 636.

Erinaceus

europeus, 559.

micropus, 562.

pictus, 562.

Erinota

holocausta, 96.

Hristalis

agrorum, 776.

lateralis, 776.

vinetorum, 776.

Hromene

ocellea, 269.

pavonialis, 269, 283.

Eronia

cleodora, 536.

leda, 536, 839.

Erosia

acutangularia, 645.

bipartarta, 646.

distincta, 645.

integrata, 646.

lacerataria, 645.

leucospilaria, 645.

niveinotata, 647.

quadruncata, 646.

semilaria, 645.

subpatulata, 646.

subsignaria, 645.

subtruncata, 646.

Eryanis

midia, 27.

Erysthia

obliquata, 650.

Erythroplatys

corallifer, 776.

Eryx

thebaicus, 216.

Esua

extollens, 640.

Ethnistis

munitalis, 649.

Etiella

zinkenella, 273.

Huagra

discalis, 636.

Eublemma

abrupta, 262.

bifasciata, 262.

bulla, 262.

divisa, 262.

ecthemata, 262, 283.

parva, 262.

1082

Eublemma

seminivea, 262, 283.

Eubolia

vicaria, 647.

Eucerea

albiceps, 636.

archias, 636.

discolor, 636.

latifascia, 636.

mitigata, 636.

reticulata, 636.

rhodophila, 636.

Euchilota

piloselia, 460, 481, 483,

484, 486, 487, 499.

Euchloe

jalone, 127.

Eucladia

johnsoni, 1040.

Eucope

gemmigera, 487.

variabilis, 488.

Eucrostis

disparata, 268.

Eudzmonia

argus, 241, 242.

Eudamus

proteus, 519.

santiago, 519.

Eudynamis

taitensis, 934.

Eudyptes

chrysocome, 142, 148.

Eugaster

logani, 1036.

Eulampis

Jugularis, 288.

Eulepte

concordalis, 641,

Eumeces

bowringiz, 875.

chinensis, 876.

punctatus, 875.

(Mabouya) singapor-

ensis, 875.

Eumenes

arcuata, 448.

flavopicta, 448.

humbertianus, 448.

petiolata, 448.

Eunectes

murinus, 773.

Eunomia

abdominalis, 635.

separata, 635.

vacillans, 635.

Euphedra

neophron, 825, 852.

Euphonia

chlorotica serrirostris,

339,

INDEX.

| Euphonia

chrysopasta, 338.

crassirostris, 339.

laniirostris, 339.

nigricollis, 338.

rufiventris, 339.

wvanthogastra, 338.

/ Euphysa

aurata, 459, 466, 474,

475.

mediterranea, 474.

Euplexia

conducta, 260.

opposita, 259.

Euprepes

ernestii, 874.

rufescens, 874.

(Riopa) punctatostri-

atus, 875.

Euproctis

JSasciata, 266.

Euralia

mima, 851, 852.

wahloergi, 852.

Kurata

transiens, 635.

Eurema

scheneia, 112, 825.

Euryereon

albifascialis, 276, 283.

nudalis, 276. ;

| Euryphene

cocalia, 852.

Eurypyga

mor aa.

Eurytela

dryope, 532.

hiarbas, 532.

Euscarthmus

latirostris, 360.

margaritaceiventer,

360.

— rufipes, 360.

pelzelni, 360.

pyrrhops, 360.

wuchereri, 860.

Husemia

eoa, 843.

perdix, 843.

superba, 134.

thruppi, 259.

Eusenea

eniasaria, 644.

Eustephanus

Sernandensis, 284, 289,

293, 295.

galeritus, 289.

Eutelia

discistriga, 263.

Euthermesia

inexacta, 648.

Eutima

insignis, 460, 492.

Eutropius

depressirostris, 220.

Euxanthe

wakefieldii, 825.

Everes

Jobates, 119, 828.

mahallokoena, 828.

Exaeretus

caucasicus, 533.

Felis

caffra, 792.

pardus, 792.

serval, 792.

servalina, 987.

Ferreola

dimidiatipennis, 433.

greenit, 433.

miranda, 433.

Flavinia

Susifera, 636.

Focilla

abrupta, 650.

Fodina

Johnstoni, 853, 854,

855.

Fordonia

leucobalia, 888.

Formica

anceps, 411,

angusticollis, 403.

ardens, 403.

aurulenta, 402.

barbata, 403.

callida, 404.

cinerascens, 402.

cognata, 404.

compressa, 404.

consultans, 405.

detorquens, 405.

diffidens, 405.

dorycus, 403.

exercita, 408.

exundans, 413.

familiaris, 412.

JSuscicauda, 405.

gigas, 405.

gracilescens, 409.

hematodes, 412.

inupetuosa, 403.

indefessa, 404.

indeflexa, 405.

latebrosa, 405.

longicornis, 409.

longinoda, 408.

longipes, 410.

macra, 408.

maculata, 404.

macxillosa, 412,

Formica

megacephala, 421.

melanocephala, 411.

meritans, 413.

mitis, 404.

nana, 412.

obtusa, 402.

pangens, 405.

pubescens, 403.

pyrrhocephala, 405.

rastellata, 407.

reticulata, 402.

rufoglauca, 403.

sericea, 402.

smaragdina, 408.

subpicea, 405.

taprobane, 410.

timida, 405.

trifasciata, 410.

vagans, 409.

variegata, ANd.

ventralis, 405.

virescens, 408.

viridis, 409.

zonata, 409.

(Camponotus) mzcans,

403.

Formicivora

caudata, 324, 582.

Fratercula

arctica, 546.

Fringilla

teydea, 228.

Fruila, gen. nov., 1008.

wallacti, 1008, 1012.

Fufius

atramentarius, 749,

750, 753.

auricomus, 728, 750,

766.

Fuligula

baeri, 780.

cristata, 311.

Sfuligula, 311.

Fulmarus

glacialis, 143.

Furcaster

paleozoicus, 1038.

Furnarius

sp., 228.

Gaala

dispunctalis, 648.

Gabalzca

bilineatella, 649.

Galago

mohok, 790.

Galanda

hebrusalis, 640.

Galapha

sublineata, 638.

INDEX.

Gallophasis

vieilloti, 982.

Gamia, gen. nov., 84.

buehholzi, 85.

ditissimus, 85.

galua, 84, 103.

Gammace

magniplaga, 650.

Gangara

basistriga, 85.

Gangra

atripustula, 650.

Gaphara

sobria, 650.

Gartha

dalsa, 685.

Gastrocheta, gen. nov.,

37.

alhiventris, 3).

cybeutes, 39.

—, var. pallida, 39.

diversata, 32.

mabillei, 38.

mezd, 37, 38, 108.

varia, 38.

Gavialis

gangeticus, 629, 632.

Gazella

albifrons, 983.

arabica, 981, 984.

cuvieri, 812, 813, 814,

815.

dorcas, 812, 815, 817.

loderi, 780, 812, 813,

814, 816, 817. ;

rufina, 812.

vera, 984.

| Gazena

divulsa, 645, 646.

Gecko

guttatus, 867.

monarchus, 866, 867,

868.

smithii, 868.

stentor, 867.

verticillatus, 782, 867.

Gegenes

albigutta, 59.

gambica, 59.

hottentota, 58, 59, 843.

karsana, 248, 255,

256.

lettersiedti, 131, 842.

nostrodamus, 58.

obumbrata, 58, 59,

843.

occulta, 59.

| Gehyra

multilata, 865, 866.

Gelechia

molitor, 278.

1083

Gemmaria

gemmosa, 461.

implexa, 459, 461.

Genetta

tigrina, 792.

Geoemyda

spinosa, 859, 860.

Geometra

basiplaga, 645.

Georychus

capensis, 160.

darlingi, 805, 808.

hottentottus, 808.

nimrodi, 808.

Geositta

cunicularia juninensis,

370.

probeni, 370.

savicolina, 370.

tenuirostris, 371.

Gerhillus

afer, 608, 793, 800.

leucogaster, 806.

namaquensis, 802.

shawi, 160.

Geroda

xeneusalis, 641.

Gerra

hyelostotdes, 647.

Gerydus

boisduvalii, 652.

improbus, 651, 682.

innocens, 651.

leos, 652.

maximus, 652.

Geryonia

appendiculata, 495.

planata, 488.

Gisira

endetisalis, 642,

Gizama

anticalis, 649.

Globicera

pacifica, 935.

Glottula

orientalis, 259.

Glyphodes

indicu, 274.

rutilalis, 649.

sinuata, 853.

suavis, 649.

unionalis, 274.

Glyphorhynchus

cuncatus castelnaut,

376.

Gnamptonyx

vilis, 264, 529.

| Gnophodes

diversa, 821.

Godartia

wakefieldii, 823.

1084

Golunda

fallax, 794, 804.

Gomalia

albofasciata, 26, 255.

elma, 26, 255, 256, 528.

Gonatodes

kendallti, 863, 864.

ornatus, 863.

penangensis, 857, 863,

914.

Goniloba

cretacea, 47.

Gonitis

editrix, 639.

exaggerata, 648.

propingua, 263.

reversa, 648.

Goniurus

coscinia, 520.

talus, 519.

Gonodela

zombinu, 858.

Gonodonta

ditissima, 639.

Gonora

heliconiata, 647.

Gonorhynchus

greyi, 504.

Goryocephalus

borneensis, 870.

grandis, 871.

herveyi, 870.

Gonyophis

margaritatus, 883,

Goodsirea

mirabilis, 493.

Gopha

mixtipennis, 647.

Gora

equalis, 650.

Gorgyra, gen. noy., 31.

abure, 31, 32, 33.

aretina, 30.

diversata, 32.

heterochrus, 32, 34.

indusiata, 35.

Johnstoni, 32, 103, 841.

minima, 32, 38, 104.

mocquerysti, 33, 104.

rubescens, 35, 104.

suhfasciatus, 83, 108.

subflavidus, 34, 104.

Gorytes

gqreenti, 444, 459,

Gracula

intermedia, 228.

Grallaria

andicola, 388.

regulus, 285.

rufula, 385.

— obscura, 385.

Gyps

INDEX.

Grammodes

stolida, 265, 529.

Grapbigona

antica, 638.

Graphipbora

maja, 637.

Grapholitha

pharaonana, 277, 278.

Grus

carunculata, 506.

communis, 311.

grus, 311.

| Gustiana

subflexata, 646, 648.

Gymnelia

bijuncta, 635.

consociata, 635.

simplex, 635.

xanthocera, 635.

Gymnodactylus

affinis, 862.

pulchellus, 863.

Gymnopus

cartilaginea, 861.

gangeticus, 861.

indicus, 861.

Gynopteryx

rhombaria, 644,

seriaria, 644.

telysaria, 644.

bengalensis, 784.

rueppetli, 609.

Gyrtodactylus

affinis, 862.

Hadena

opima, 650.

pennitarsis, 639.

subapicalis, 648.

subjecta, 638.

tessellata, 639.

wacillans, 639.

Hematia

panopealis, 642.

Hewmatorithra

rubrifasciata, 850.

Halcyon

rufa, 605.

Halesa

enetusaria, 644,

glauca, 644.

Halesidota

antica, 637.

apicalis, 637.

basipennis, 637.

binotata, 637.

breviuscula, 637.

catenata, 637.

cingulata, 637.

corticea, 637.

Halesidota

discalis, 687.

disciplaga, 637.

flavescens, 637.

niveigutta, 637.

semirufa, 637.

semivaria, 637.

Haliaétus

albicilla, 148.

branichii, 784.

Halictus

agrestis, 451.

amitinus, 452.

amenus, 451.

timidus, 452.

vernalis, 452.

Halpe

amadhu, 132.

lugens, 66.

nigerrima, 72, 78, 182.

Hamadryas

ophiophagus, 894.

Hamanumida

dedalus, 112, 256, 582,

825, 852. ;

Hammaptera

perturbata, 647.

Hapalia

illibalis, 650.

Hapaloderma

narina, 999.

rufiventre, 999.

Haplarmadillo

avonocellatus, 400.

Haplocercus

acutipennis, 361.

Haplopeltura

boa, 895.

Hardella

thurgi, 858.

Harmonicon

rufescens, 728, 754, 756,

761, 766.

Harpalothele

albovittata, '753.

auricomus, 758, 754.

garleppi, 758.

lanicia, 753.

reutert, 749,

Harpegnathus

cruentatus, 414.

Hedylepta

antenoralis, 649.

vulgaris, 641.

Helicops

schistosus, 881.

Heliochera

rubrocristata, 370.

rufaxilla, 370.

Heliothis

armigera, 259.

Heliothis

nubigera, 259.

peltigera, 259.

pictifascia, 259, 283.

Heliothrix

auriculatus, 324.

Hellula

undulis, 274.

Hewwianax

ephippiger, 523.

Hemiceras

barina, 648.

illucens, 648.

Hemichromis

dimidiatus, 915.

livingstonii, 915.

longiceps, 915.

modestus, 915.

robustus, 915.

Hemidactylus

coctei, 782, 865.

depressus, 865.

frenatus, 865.

gleadovii, 865.

asolepis, 213.

leschenaultii, 865.

maculatus. 865.

peronii, 866.

platyurus, 767, 866.

Hemignathus

lucidus, 990, 991.

Hemioptica

scissa, 405.

Hemipepsis

flava, 435.

fulvipennis, 435.

Henicorhina

leucophris, 328.

Heptacondylus

subcarinata, 417.

Herminia

apisalis, 642.

asteralis, 642.

baresalis, 642.

Jiguralis, 648.

» inostentalis, 648.

meonalis, 642.

Herpzenia

eriphia, 129, 852.

iterata, 248, 255

melanarge, 526, 534.

Herpestes

albicauda, 792.

galera, 792.

gracilis, 792.

Herpetodryas

oxycephalus, 882

prionotus, 879.

Herpsilochmus

atricapillus, 381, 382.

motacilloides, 381, 382.

INDEX.

Hesperia

abscondita, 25.

act@on, 57.

agylla, 24.

ali, 25.

alveus, var. onopordi,

26.

amaponda, 1).

amygdalis, 94.

amyntas, 519.

anchises, 98.

andrachne, 17.

asteroidea, 24.

asychis, 520.

bauri, 71.

bibulus, 121, 832.

borbonica, 62.

bosee, 93.

buchholzi, 85.

cenira, 82.

caffraria, 66.

calpis, 82.

camerona, 47.

capronniert, 95, 102.

cerymica, 94, 102.

colotes, 25, 103.

corduba, 90.

corollei, 5A.

cretacea, 102.

cylinda, 89.

dacela, 86.

dacena, 89.

diomus, 23.

dromus, 23, 129.

ellipsis, 62.

ennius, 93.

ernesti, 98.

fatuellus, 62.

feroz, 23.

fervida, 99.

flesus, 129.

florestan, 98.

galatia, 45.

galenus, 12.

hamza, 57.

havei, 60.

hippocrates, 119.

holtzii, 71.

hottentota, 58.

ilerda, 91.

ilias, 67.

inconspicua, 60, 131.

jucunda, 98.

jupiter, 101.

karsana, 255.

keithloa, 100.

lacida, 91.

laufella, 83.

lefeburii, 58.

leonora, 88.

lepeletier, 50.

Hesperia

lepenula, 54.

1085

letterstedti, 58, 131,842.

leuzee, 25.

libeon, 97.

ligora, 78.

limpopana, 48.

lineola, 57.

mafa, 24.

mahopaani, 60.

malthina, 69.

mango, 102.

maracanda, 88.

marchalii, 66.

mathias, 60.

metis, 48.

meza, 38.

micacea, 6.

mohozutza, 5D.

moritili, 72.

mucorea, 94.

namus, 24.

naso, 102.

neba, 72.

nerva, 10.

netopha, 70.

miveicornis, 71.

nora, 25.

nostrodamus, 58.

nyasse, 70.

nydia, 86.

oileus, 26.

ophiusa, 47.

pisistratus, 99.

plinius, 119, 828.

ploetzt, 22, 23.

poutiert, 63.

prodicus, 102.

proto, 25.

proxima, 92.

pulvina, 65.

pyrosa, 39,

ratek, 100.

roncilgonis, 70.

sabadius, 17.

sandaster, 23, 24.

sataspes, 23.

schulzi, 102.

secessus, 25,

sextilis, 91.

soritia, 87.

spto, 22, 24.

syrichtus, 520,

thaumas, 57.

thrax, 60.

transvadlie, 24.

unicolor, 97.

vindex, 22, 537.

violascens, 90.

wambo, 62.

weiglei, 95.

1086

Hesperia

weymert, 62.

ypsilon, 28.

zaira, 25.

zambesiaca, 20.

zintgraffi, 84.

(Ismene) chalybe, 101.

(Oxynetra)namaquana,

20.

(Syrichthus) diomus,

Heterabraxas

roseovittata, 186.

Heterocampa

thyatiroides, 650.

Heterochroma

eriopioides, 648.

Heterogramma

bogusalis, 642.

endorealis, 642.

Heterographis

carnibasalis, 271.

proniphea, 271.

unipunctella, 270.

yerburti, 270.

Heteromys

dileni, 1022.

longicaudatus, 160, 183.

Heteropelma

amazonum, 368, 369.

turdinum, 869.

wallacei, 369.

Heteropterus

decipiens, 1380, 186.

dispar, 52.

formosus, 49, 130.

metis, 48.

pardalinus, 51.

rhadama, 51.

willemi, 48.

Heterorhynchus

olivaceus, 990.

Hibrildes

crawshayi, 849, 851.

norax, 849, 851, 852.

Hidari

cenira, 82, 89, 108.

tricolor, 82, 103.

laterculus, 82, 103.

Hierodula

vitrea, 866.

Himantopus

nigricollis, 543.

Hipistes

hydrinus, 888.

Hipyarchia

asterope, 249.

Hippopotamus

amphibius, 976, 977,

978.

iravadicus, 976.

INDEX.

Hippopotamus

lemerlei, 997.

liberiensis, 976, 977.

madagascariensis, 976.

major, 976, 977, 978.

merlei, 976.

puleindicus, 976, 977.

sivalensis, 976, 977,978.

Hipposiderus

caffer, 791.

Hippotragus

equinus, 983.

niger, 506, 797.

Hirundinea

sclaterz, 366.

Hirundo

albiventris, 333.

andecola, 333.

erythrogastra, 382.

Holcomyrmex

criniceps, 417.

Homeea

clathrum, 265.

Homezosoma

xanthotricha, 270.

Homalopsis

buccata, 887.

enhydris, 887.

hydrina, 888.

leucobalia, 888.

plumbea, 887.

rhynchops, 838.

sieboldii, 887.

Homeop cis

austeni, 722, 735, 736,

766.

pentodon, 735, 736.

Homonctus

lucidulus, 432.

Homoptera

configurata, 638.

discalis, 648.

exhausta, 648.

gratiosa, 648.

hadenoides, 639.

indecidens, 689.

parvula, 648.

phoeleuca, 648.

privata, 648.

punctilinea, 648.

separabilis, 639.

stipatura, 639.

Homopyralis

indecidens, 647.

Hormisa

abeluxalis, 642.

Hyena

crocuta, 792.

Hyalorista

myopicalis, 641.

teniolalis, 649.

Hyblea

puera, 262.

Hybvoeodon

nutans, 464,

prolifer, 489,

466.

Hyda

majorella, 7.

micacea, 6.

tricerata, 6.

Hydara

biconalis, 642.

Hydrias

albidifascia, 635.

confusa, 685.

plana, 635.

tenehrosa, 639.

Hydromys

chrysogaster, 163,

Hydrophis

cerulescens, 891.

cantoris, 891.

fasciatus, 891.

hardwickii, 892.

nigrocinctus, 891.

torquatus, 892.

Hydrophysa

adiantialis, 643.

cepiosalis, 648.

Hydrosaurus

salvator, 873.

Hydrus

bicolor, 891.

gracilis, 891.

nigrocinctus, 892.

pelamidoides, 892.

platurus, 891.

schisfosus, 893.

striatus, 892.

Hyla

arborea, 548.

Hyledactylus

bivittatus, 908,

Hylarana

erythrea, 9U2.

Hylephila

dictynna, 520.

phyleus, 520.

vibex, 520.

Hylesia

approximans, 647.

Hymenia

perspectalis, 643.

phrasiusalis, 645.

Hyomoschus

aquaticus, 986.

Hypetra

leucoptera, 264, 285.

Hypanartia

hippomene, 112, 825

scheneia, 112, 825,

464,

Hypanis

castanea, 243, 249,

ilithyia, 243.

—, var. vulgaris, 113.

Hypena

abyssinialis, 266.

acclinalis, 640.

ancara, 648.

anicina, 640.

bisignalis, 648.

degesalis, 642.

deldonalis, 641.

disseptalis, 648.

dissutalis, 648.

exoletalis, 641, 650.

hastatalis, 640.

Jussalis, 266.

lividalis, 266.

lyrcusalis, 641.

lysoalis, 642.

masurialis, 266.

mestalis, 640.

murina, 650.

obacerralis, 266.

obsitalis, 266.

pyralalis, 648.

scabra, 638, 648.

scissilinea, 650.

subbasalis, 642.

xenaresalis, 641.

Hyperchiria

cinerea, 635.

dioxippus, 635.

to, 241.

Janeira, 635.

Janus, 241.

lewcane, 635.

memuse@, 635.

' pyrrhomelas, 635.

submacula, 635.

vagans, 639.

Hyperetis

quadrilineata, 646.

tessellata, 646.

Hypernaria

augusta, 638.

chlorospila, 648.

discessura, 640, 648.

integrans, 638.

interponens, 638.

leucospila, 648.

punctulosa, 648.

rudis, 648.

Hyphantornis

texta; 228.

Hypochrysops

celisparsus, 651,

653.

Hypoclinea

gracilipes, 411.

gracilis, 411.

INDEX.

Hypocnemis

lepidonota, 384.

leucophrys, 384,

schistacea, 384.

subflava, 384.

Hypogseon

ects 195, 196.

Hypolais

hypolais, 311.

acterina, 311.

Hypoleucis

arela, 68.

eretacea, 47.

enantia, 47, 103.

indusiata, 35.

ophiusa, 47.

titanota, 47.

tripunctata, 47.

Hypolimnas

inaria, 852.

misippus, 243, 249, 256,

525, 532, 823, 852.

—, var. alcippoides,

249, 256.

—, var. inaria, 249, 256.

Hypolycena

buxtoni, 123.

seamani, 123.

zela, 832.

Hypopyra

configurans, 638.

Hypsirhina

enhydris, 783, 887.

indica, 887.

plumbed, 887.

sieboldii, 887.

Hypsopygia

sodalis, 649.

Hyreus

equatorialis, 830.

lingeus, 251, 256.

palemon, 121, 831.

virgo, 121, 136, 831.

Hyria

angusta, 850.

gavisata, 646.

subtectata, 645.

Hystrix

sp. inc., 795.

Tearia

ferruginea, 450.

marginata, 450.

Ichthyomys

séderstrémi, 512.

stolzmanni, 513.

Ichthyophis

glutinosus, 914.

monochrous, 914.

Icterodes

roseovittata, 108,

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1896, No. LXX.

1087

Icterus

cayanensis, 354.

Idiops

argus, 784.

bonapartet, 734,

Sulvipes, 734.

Suscus, 734.

germani, 734.

rohdei, 734.

Idmais

castalis, 252, 526.

vestalis, 252.

Ilipa

scita, 635.

tenthredoides, 635.

Illice

batialis, 649.

Tngura

fuscescens, 639.

Inia

geoffroyensis, 771, 772.

Tolaus

auricostalis, 832, 850.

bowkeri, 833.

buxtoni, 852.

ceculus, 123, 833, 852.

glaucus, 245, 252.

nurset, 245, 251, 256,

283.

pollene, 833.

philippus, 832, 833.

sidus, 123.

wmbrosa, 251.

Ipnea

erebusalis, 640,

Iridomyrmex

anceps, 411.

Inidornis

analis, 342.

Jelskti, 342.

reinhardti, 342,

Tsanthrene

odyneroides, 635.

Ischnogaster

eximius, 449,

Tschnothele

caudata, '761, 762, 764.

digitata, 764, 765.

guyanensis, 762, '764,

765

pusilla, 764, 765.

see, 723, 762, 765

766.

zebrina, 764, 765.

sia

intricata, 636.

Ismene

eschylus, 98.

anchises, 98, 248, 256.

andonginis, 98.

arbogastes, 99.

1088

Ismene

bixe, 101.

brussauxi, 97.

chalybe, 101.

JServida, 99.

florestan, 98, 99, 537.

hanno, 100.

iphis, 102.

juno, 101.

keithloa, 100.

libeon, 97.

margarita, 99.

necho, 100.

orma, 90.

pansa, 98,

pisistratus, 99.

ramanetek, 97.

ratek, 100.

sejyuncta, 101.

stella, 99.

tancred, 101.

taranis, 98.

unicolor, 97.

Tsopteryx

staiusalis, 648.

Txalus

' asper, 908.

pictus, 857, 908.

varius, 749.

Jacoona

anasuja, 678.

metasuja, 679.

Jaera

duodecimpunctata, 112.

Josia

mitis, 636.

Junonia

archesia, 823.

artaxia, 852.

aurorina, 111, 824.

bodpits, 111, 531, 824,

cenia, 515.

calescens, 110, 823.

cebrene, 111, 2438, 256,

824, 852.

ceryne, 111,

chapunga, 110.

clelia, 248, 256, 524,

531, 824, 852.

cloantha, 111.

erebrene, 524, 531.

cuama, 823, 824.

elgiva, 111, 852.

alami, 852.

sate, 248, 249, 256.

kowara, 111.

milonia, 111.

nachtigalit, 852.

natalica, 824, 852.

INDEX.

Junonia

pelasgis, 823.

pyriformis, 111.

sesamus, 110, 852.

simia, 110, 8238, 824,

852.

sinuata, 111.

trimenii, 110, 824.

tugela, 111, 824.

Katreus

johnstonii, 74, 103.

Kedestes

barbere, 56.

callicles, 55.

capenas, 55, 108, 180.

chaca, 55.

fenestratus, 56, 103.

lentiginosa, 56, 104.

lepenula, 54.

macomo, 5D. *

mohozutza, 55.

niveosiriga, 56.

tucusa, 59.

wallengrenit, 56.

Kobus

ellipsiprymnus, 797.

senganus, 797.

vardoni, 797.

Labdacus

monastoides, 1009,1012.

Labeo

coubie, 915.

gregorii, 223.

Labidogenys

lyroessa, 420.

Labus

humbertianus, 448.

Lachesis

gramineus, 782, 896.

monticolor, 896.

purpureomaculatus,

sumatranus, 896.

wagleri, 897.

Lachnocnema

bibulus, 121, 8382, 852.

durbani, 121.

Lelia

curvivirgata, 849,

Lemocharis

contractor, 635.

Lagaria

acuminata, 635.

Lagopus

lagopus, 311.

mutus, 311.

Lagyra

dentilineata, 646.

Lampides

celeno, 657.

cleodus, 657.

contracta, 250

daones, 651, 656, 6. 7,

682.

elpis, 656.

lividus, 657.

marakata, 656, 657.

osias, 657.

sigillata, 119, 829.

suidas, 657.

Lampornis

mango, 293.

Lampyris

noctiluca, 777.

Lancia’

phrontisalis, 641.

Langasa

perillalis, 642.

Laodice

calcaruta, 484.

cruciata, 460, 482, 483,

484, 486.

crucigera, 483.

mediterranea, 484.

piloseila, 484.

stauroglypha, 488,

484.

ulothrix, 484.

Laomedea

tenuis, 479.

Lapara

bombycoides, 637.

Laphygma

congressa, 639.

trientiplaga, 639.

LeU eae gen. nov.,

miltoni, 1037.

sabellarum, 459, 468,

470, 498, 499.

Larentia

inguinata, 647.

Larinopoda

peucetia, 108, 121.

Larra

extensa, 441, 442.

jaculator, 442.

laboriosa, 442.

prismatica, 444,

quadripustulata, 429.

subtesselata, 442.

tisiphone, 448.

vigilans, 442,

Larrada

aurulenta, 443.

ducalis, 443.

eatensa, 441.

hemorrhoidalis, 443.

Larrada

jaculator, 442.

laboriosa, 442.

subtessellata, 442.

tisiphone, 442.

vigilans, 442,

Laruma

heterogenea, 634.

Larus

argentatus, 301, 543.

franklini, 782.

marinus, 152.

Lascoria

phormisalis, 641.

Lasiocampa

monteiri, 241.

Lasius

sericeus, 402.

virescens, 408.

Latastia

longicaudata, 215.

Latax

lutris, 235.

Latebraria

quadriplaga, 638.

Lathamus

discolor, 239.

Laticauda

seutata, 893.

Laudosia

buddloraria, 644.

Laverna

gambiella, 279.

Legatus

albicollis, 365.

Lehera

anna, 651, 680, 683.

hana

tetraphorella, 649.

Lepidodactylus

ceylonensis, 857, 867.

lugubris, 867.

Lepidolemur

microdon, 974.

Leptobrachium

Passelidé, 913.

Leptogenys

Salcigera, 413.

Leptophis

caudalineatus, 884.

ornatus, 890, 891.

pictus, 883.

Leptopogon

amaurocephalus peru-

vianus, 868.

erythrops, 363.

peruvianus, 363.

rufipectus, 363.

superciliaris, 363.

Leptoptilus

argila, 145.

INDEX.

Leptoptilus

crumeniferus, 145.

Leptoscyphus

tenuis, 479.

Leptosittaca

branickii, 323.

Leptosoma

apicale, 847.

Lepus

cuniculus, 160.

europeus, 314,

ochropus, 795.

timidus, 160, 314, 322.

variabilis, 314,

whytei, 795.

Lesbia

julie, 323.

Letis

albicans, 688.

cortex, 638.

discopalina, 640.

implens, 638.

integra, 638.

magna, 638.

Leucania

cicatriz, 641.

cinereicollis, 689.

sicula, 260.

unipuncta, 260.

Leuciscus

bibie, 920.

Leucochitonea

bicolor, 21.

levubu, 20, 22.

lucetia, 19.

paradisea, 20.

umvulensis, 21.

Leucodioptron

canorum, 228,

Leucopsumis

guttipalpis, 636.

Licha

undilinealis, 641, 649.

Limacodes

concolor, 647.

Limenitis

dissippus, 241, 242.

ursula, 241, 242.

Limnas

alctppoides, 249.

chrysippus, 115, 2438,

249, 256, 523, 821,

852.

—, var. alcippus, 256.

—, var. dorippus, 249,

256.

—, var. klugti,249,256.

dorippus, 528.

klugit, 524, 580.

Limnodytes

erythreus, 902.

1089

Limnogale

mergulus, 975.

Lineodes

peridialis, 643.

Liolepis

belli, 782, 872.

Liparis

crocata, 135.

Lipbyra

brassolis, 680.

Liriantha

appendiculata, 460,495.

mucronata, 496.

Liriope

appendiculata, 495.

Liris

auratus, 4438.

ducalis, 443.

hemorrhoidalis, 443,

orichalcea, 443.

savignyt, 443,

Lithacodes

Sasciola, 650.

Lithomia

buddhe, 639.

Lithurgus

atratus, 453.

Lizzia

blondina, 459, 468, 4738,

475, 476, 477.

claparedei, 475, 476.

grata, 477, 478.

octopunctata, 477.

Lobopelta

chinensis, 415.

diminuta, 414. °

distinguenda, 415.

ocellifera, 415.

periqueti, 415.

yerburyi, 415.

Lobophora

bifiliferata, 647.

Logania

malayica, 651, 653.

obscura. 658.

regina, 653.

sriwa, 653.

staudingert, 658..

Lomvia

troile, 546.

Lonomia

albigutta, 635.

submacula, 684.

Lopera

crocata, 135, 847.

Lophomyrmex

quadrispinosus, 419.

Lophophorus

impeyanus, 621, 982.

Lophostethus

demolinii, 529.

70*

1090

Lophotriccus

squamicristatus, 361.

Lophura

nana, 269.

Lophuromys

ansorget, 607.

aquilus, 79d.

stkapusi, 607.

Lophyrus

armatus, 871.

Luca

herbida, 647.

Lunda

cirrhata, 545.

Lutra

maculicollis, 793.

Lycena

adherbal, 120, 829.

anta, 123, 832.

betica, 525, 538.

calice, 120, 829.

exclusa, 828.

gatka, 120, 250, 525,

534, 830.

gamra, 250.

glauca, 119, 828.

hanno, 517.

hermus, 656.

hintza, 120.

Jobates, 119, 533, 828.

knysna, 525.

lingeus, 525, 533.

‘livia, 251.

lucida, 830.

mahallokoena, 828.

moriqua, 525, 538.

noreia, 656.

osiris, 118.

perpulchra, 828.

pulchra, 119, 533.

sichela, 829.

stellata, 830.

theophrastus, 525,

533.

trochilus, 120, 525,

830.

Lycznesthes

sp., 525.

adherbal, 120, 829.

amarah, 244, 250, 256,

525.

larydas, 534.

liodes, 829, 852.

lunulata, 120, 829.

Lyces

albiventris, 636.

plagifera, 636.

Lycodon

aulicus, 783, 881.

effrenis, 881.

platurinus, 881.

INDEX.

Lycodon

subcinctus, 881.

Lycophidium

capense, 216.

Lycosa

picta, 717.

Lygosoma

albopunctatum, 875.

anomalopus, 874.

bowringii, 875.

chalcides, 876.

jerdonianum, 875.

olivaceum, 874.

singaporense, 875.

sundevallii, 215.

Lymantria

banane, 848, 850.

Lymphorta

unilinea, 638.

Lyrops

auratus, 443.

savignyt, 443.

Lee gen. nov.,

incongruens, 1000, 1001,

1003, 1005.

Mabouya

jerdoniana, 875.

Mabuia

dorie, 782.

megalura, 215,

multifasciata, 874.

novemcarinata, 857,

873.

planifrons, 215.

quinqueteniata, 215.

striata, 215.

varia, 215.

Macaria

concisaria, 645.

continuaria, 645.

externaria, 645.

FSractaria, 645.

mandata, 645.

percisaria, 645.

subitaria, 645.

vitriferaria, 647.

Macrocalamus

lateralis, 885.

Macroglossa

trochiloides, 843.

trochilus, 268, 529.

—, var.trochiloides, 134.

Macropisthodon

Slaviceps, 880.

rhodomelas, 880.

Macropsalis

kalinowskii, 323.

Macropus

giganteus, 688.

Macropus

parryi, 714.

ruficollis, 695.

Magulaba

mestalis, 265.

Maguza

albiguttalis, 649.

Mamestra

adjuncta, 637.

crista, 637.

dentistrigata, 639.

infernalis, 637.

obscurus, 637.

Manatus

inunguis, 212.

Manis

temmincki, 780, 798.

Manouria

emys, 860.

Mantoides

licinius, 651, 677,

678

Marasmia

trapezalis, 274.

Mardara

curvivirgata, 849.

peculiaris, 849.

Margarodes

transvisalis, 274.

Margaronia

aquarialis, 640.

argealis, 640, 649.

auricostalis, 649.

hypheusalis, 640.

ianthealis, 640.

Margarornis

perlata, 376.

Margellium

gratum, 477, 478, 479.

octopunctatum, 459,

473, 476, 477, 478,

479.

Marimatha

subflavalis, 261.

Marmessus

boisduvali, 651, 680.

—, var. atra, 651, 679.

Marthama

conspersa, 650.

sguamivaria, 650.

Mastigopus

acetiformis, 940.

tenuis, 960.

Mastygophorus

epitusalis, 642.

Mecocerculus

stictopterus, 362.

— teniopterus, 362.

Mecyna

deprivalis, 274.

polygonalis, 274,

Medusa

e@quorea, 482.

cacuminata, 483.

campanella, 487.

cruciata, 483.

crucigera, 483.

cymbaloidea, 487,

491.

hemispherica, 480.

lucida, 480, 481.

pellucens, 480, 481.

scintillans, 480,481.

Megachile

ardens, 453.

ceylonica, 453, 459.

conjuncta, 452.

lanata, 452.

laticeps, 453.

Megachyta

borgesalis,

649.

Megalema

armillaris, 556.

asiatica, 555, 556.

hodgsoni, 555.

Javensis, 555.

wirens, 556.

Megalodes

sp., 260.

Megalophrys

longipes, 913.

montana, 913.

nasuta, 913.

Megalopyge

Suscescens, 647.

orsilochus, 637.

Megatomis

euphrionalis, 642.

Megilla

eingulata, 455.

zonata, 455.

Melanchroia

subvittata, 636.

Melanitis

bankia, 530.

ismene, 248, 256.

solandra, 821, 852.

Melecta

seutellaris, 453.

Melipotis

melanodonta, 263.

strigifera, 638.

yerburyt, 263.

Melitzea

cinxia, 241.

Melittia

e@nescens, 134, 136.

natalensis, 134.

Melodius

niger, 723, 754, 759,

761, 765, 766.

648,

INDEX.

Melodius

rufescens, 759,760, 761.

sanguineus, 723, 754,

758, 760, 761, 765,

766

Meranoplus

bicolor, 417.

dimicans, 417.

villosus, 417.

Merula

chiguanco, 326.

Mesarmadillo

americanus, 397.

modestus, 397.

reflexus, 398.

Mesocondyla

stigmatalis, 640.

Metachrostris

atribasalis, 261, 283.

quinaria, 261.

Metacrenis

crawshayi, 825, 851,

52.

rosa, 826, 852.

Metagarista

rendalli, 844.

Metarctia

rubra, 135.

Metasia

profanalis, 276.

Methoca

gracilis, 428.

nigra, 427, 459.

orientalis, 428.

Meticulodes

aylinaria, 645,

aylochromaria, 645.

Micrathena

schreibersi, 717.

Microgale

crassipes, 975.

dobsont, 975.

Microhyla

achatina, 908.

berdmorii, 908.

Microthyris

prolongalis, 641.

Microtus

agrestis, 598, 599, 600,

601, 602.

— neglectus, 601, 602,

603.

amphibius, 160.

arvalis, 599, 602.

britannicus, 602.

neglectus, 599, 602.

Miletus

celisparsus, 653.

zymna, 652.

Milvago

megalopterus, 982.

1091

Mimallo

plana, 635.

Mimetozoon

floweri, 767, 857, 856.

Minara

pardalina, 637.

Mionectes

striaticollis, 362.

— poliocephatus, 363.

Miospondylus, gen. nov.,

1039.

rhenanus, 1039.

Miresa

divergens, 650.

Mitrephanes

ochraceiventris, 367.

olivaceus, 323, 367.

Mitrephorus

ochraceiventris, 367.

Mitrocomella

polydiadema, 487.

Molge

cristata, 548, 554.

—, var. karelinii, 548.

palmata, 555.

vittata, 548, 554, 555.

vulgaris, 548, 555.

—, var. meridionalis,

548.

Molothrus

occidentalis, 323.

Molybdophora

concinnaria, 649.

Molynda

humeralis, 639.

Monda

delicatissima, 529.

Monomorium

destructor, 418.

lyciphilum, 418.

ieee ee 419.

speculare, 418.

vastator, 418.

Monopis

imella, 281.

Montoides

licinius, 683.

Mormyrus

zambanenje, 224.

Motya

abseusalis, 648.

Mucronodes

oricusaria, 644.

Mulelocha

calligramma, 648.

exsiccata, 648.

Mures

sp., 803.

mariquensis, 803.

Mursa

calisalis, 642.

1092 INDEX.

Mus Mutilla Myiozetetes

sp., 807. metallica, 426. texensis colombianus,

aquilus, 607, 608. ocellata, 426. 365

Mylothris

agathina, 124, 526,

sibylla, 427. 534, 833, 852.

soror, 427. crawshayi, 124, 136,

subintrans, 427. 833.

taprobane, 427. jacksoni, 124.

7. yerburyi, 427. narcissus, var. dentatus,

decumanus, 160, 164, | Mycalesis 124, 136.

175, ena, 852. rueppellii, 853.

opulenta, 426.

rufogastra, 425.

auricomis, 802, 807.

barbarus, 160, 164,

168, 170, 171, 175,

178, 179, 180, 181,

chrysophilus, 801, 802,

807

dolichurus, 794. eusirus, 852. triment, 124.

kaiseri, 801. perspicua, 109, 530. yulei, 852, 853, 855.

modestus, 794. rhacotis, 109. Myodes

namaquensis, 802. simonsii, 822. lemmus, 160, 304,

natalensis, 794, 807. Mygale 305.

rattus, 160, 164, 166, avicularia, 741. schisticolor, 305,

168, 170, 178, 179, cesia, 744 torquatus, 305.

180, 181, 182, 794, detrita, ‘744. Myopias

803, 807, 975. diversipes, 744. ambliops, 413.

sylvaticus, 808.

(Isomys) abyssinicus,

608

(Leggada) minutoides,

608, 794

Musca

domestica, 776.

Muscicapa

colonus, 358.

fulvicauda, 331.

Muscisaxicola

albifrons, 358.

cinerea, 358.

flavinucha, 358.

Jluviatilis, 359.

Juninensis, 358.

maculirostris, 358.

— rufescens, 359.

rubricapilla, 358.

rufipennis, 309.

rufivertex, 358,

Mutilla

e@stuans, 424,

analis, 425.

aureorubra, 425.

bicincta, 425.

ceylanensis, 425.

chrysophthalma, 425.

coronata, 425.

denticollis, 425.

dimidiata, 425.

egregia, 425.

Suscipennis, 425.

hexaops, 425.

humbertiana, 426.

insularis, 426.

intermedia, 426.

kanare, 426.

kanthelle, 426.

maculo-fasciata, 426.

guyanensis, 762.

hirsutissima, 744.

leta, 744.

leporina, 744.

macrura, 754.

plumipes, 745.

sancti-vincentt, 745.

scoparia, 741.

testacea, TA1.

waickenaerii, 744.

Mygnimia :

ceylonica, 435.

intermedia, 435.

rubida, 435.

Myiadestes

leucotis, 327.

ralloides, 327.

Myiarchus

cephalotes, 367.

nigriceps, 367.

tricolor, 367.

Myiobius

cinnamomeus, 366.

erythrurus, 366.

Sulvigularis, 366.

nevius, 366.

Myiodioctes

canadensis, 332.

Myiodynastes

chrysocephalus, 366.

solitarius, 365.

Myiopatis

wage, 363.

Myiotheretes

erythropygius, 355,

striaticollis, 355.

Myiothlypis

striaticeps, 331.

Myiozetetes

similis, 365.

Myopopone

maculata, 415.

Myoscolops

argenteo-cinereus, 799.

yoxus

dryas, 160, 183.

murinus, 800.

smithii, 800.

(Eliomys) nanus, 799.

Myrina

jicedula, 852.

hypoleuca, 677.

mandarinus, 676.

martina, 677.

pallene, 833.

Myrmeciza

spodiogastra, 328,

383.

Myrmecopsis

opaca, 635.

Myrmica

basalis, 424.

consternans, 424.

contigua, 424.

fodiens, 417.

lyciphila, 418.

ematodes, 412.

levigata, 422.

obscurata, 424.

pallinodis, 424.

pellucida, 412.

trinodis, 422.

unispinosa, 412.

vastator, 418.

Myrwmicaria

brunnea, 417.

fodiens, 417.

subcarinata, 417.

Myrmotherula

gutturalis, 381. .

Myrmotherula

longicauda, 323, 381.

multostriata, 381.

sororia, 323, 381.

surinamensis, 381.

Nacaduba

aluta, 656.

ardates, 656.

atrata, 656.

hermus, 651, 656.

nanda, 656.

noreia, 651, 656.

perusia, 606.

sichela, 829, 852.

viola, 656.

Nachaba

congrualis, 641.

oppositalis, 641.

Nacoleia

vulgaris, 273.

Nenia

signiplena, 650.

Nesia

mesta, 639.

Nagidusa

xrylocampoides, 647.

aia

bungarus, 782, 894.

lutescens, 894.

nigricollis, 216.

tripudians, 782, 894.

Nandinia

gerrardi, 792.

Nanodes

discolor, 236.

Nanotragus

scoparius, 796.

Naprepa

camelinerdes, 634.

Nectarinia

famosa, 284, 291.

Nectophryne

guentheri, 910.

Nematocampa

nyparia, 644.

varicata, 644.

Nemoria

directa, 268.

pulvereisparsa, 268,

283.

solidaria, 268.

Neocenyra

rufilineata, 530.

ypthimoides, 109.

Neocheritra

amrita, var. theodora,

678.

gama, 678.

nisibis, 678.

INDEX.

Neodiplura

jelskit, 723, '755, 766.

Neopithecops

zalmora, 655.

Nephele

accentifera, 853.

Nepheronia

arabica, 248, 256, 528.

capensis, 528.

Nephopteryx

divisella, 271.

(Salebria) — meza-

melana, 271, 283.

(—) migristriata, 272,

283

(Thylocoptila) pauwro-

sema, 271.

Neptis

agatha, 112, 532, 826,

852.

incongrua, 112, 136,

marpessa, 112, 113,

532.

shepherdi, 113.

Nesara

apicalis, 634,

Nestor

meridionalis, 236, 237.

Nicoria

trijuga ederiana, 782.

Nisoniades

djelele, 4, 537.

flesus, 16.

kobela, 11.

mokeezi, 15.

pato, 7.

phyllophila, 18.

sabadius, 18.

umbra, 4.

westermannt, 537.

Noctiluca

miliaris, 480.

scintillans, 481.

Noctua

amabilis, 844.

discerpta, 648.

major, 637.

meneta, 134, 844.

Nomada

lusca, 455.

seutellaris, 453.

Nomia

capitata, 451.

carinata, 451.

chalybeata, 451.

quadridentata, 451.

rustica, 451.

vincta, 451.

Nomophila

noctuella, 275.

1093

Nonagria

confusa, 260.

Noorda

blitealis, 275.

fessalis, 275.

Norape

puella, 634.

Notarcha

sp., 529.

Notochelys

platynota, 858.

Notodonta

plagiata, 637.

scitipennis, 647.

straqula, 647.

Notogoneus

cuvieri, 503.

osculus, 501, 502, 503,

594.

sguamosseus, 502, 504.

Notogonia

deplanata, 442.

jaculator, 442.

laboriosa, 442.

subtesselata, 442.

tisiphone, 442.

vigilans, 442.

Numenius

arquata, 151.

Nychitona

aleesta, 833.

Nyctemera

apicalis, 847.

Nycteridium

platyurus, 866,

schneideri, 861.

Nycteris

hispida, 791.

Nycticorax

gardeni, 627.

griseus, 235.

violaceus, 235.

Nyctipao

latona, 263.

Nyctiprogne

leucopygia, 773.

Nymphalis

guderiana, 822.

zoolina, 823.

Nymphophidium

subannulatum, 881.

Nymphula

lotialis, 643.

Nystalea

equipars, 639.

seminivea, 639.

Obelia

lucifera, 481.

bucola

expandens, 640.

1094

Oceania

cacuminata, 483.

cruciata, 483.

danica, 480.

dinema, 475.

flavidula, 488.

lineolata, 483.

phosphorica, 488.

Ochthodizta

Jtumigatus, 355.

Ochthoéca

citrinifrons, 356.

Sumicolor, 355, 356.

Jelskii, 356, 357.

— spodionota, 356.

lessoni, 356.

leucometopa, 356.

enanthoides, 355, 356.

— brunneifrons, 355.

polionota, 356.

pulchella, 356.

rufimarginata, 357.

thoracica, 357.

Octorchis

campanulatus, 494.

gegenbauri, 460, 494.

Odontomachus

hematodes, 412.

simillimus, 412.

Odontorhynchus

branickii, 324, 329.

Odynerus

ceylonicus, 449.

Jistulosus, 449.

humbertianus, 449.

intendens, 449,

ovalis, 449.

sichelii, 449.

tinctipennis, 449,

Cicodoma

diversa, 420.

quadrispinosa, 419.

Ccophylla

smaragdina, 408,

409.

virescens, 409.

CEdicnemus

edicnemus, 311.

scolopax, 311.

Oligia

expuncta, 639.

subobliqua, 648.

Oligostigma

amenalis, 649.

exhibitalis, 649.

zasusalis, 648.

scuthesalis, 643.

Onoba

trogonoides, 640,

Onychaster

Jlexilis, 1040.

INDEX,

Onychogalea

Srenata, 784.

Oocersea

Sragosa, 415,

Opharus

basalis, 637.

Ophideres

materna, 265.

Ophiurina

lymani, 1037.

Ophiusa

algira, 264.

anfractuosa, 265.

Jjudicans, 136.

melicerte, 264.

Opisthocomus

cristatus, 618, 619, 622,

625, 626, 773.

Orchesticus

ater, 348.

Orchilus

albiventris, 323, 361.

Orcothphora

ceylonica, 422.

pusilla, 421.

Oreas

canna, 506, 797,981,983.

Oreochromis ~

shiranus, 916, 917.

Oreotragus .

saltator, 303, 796.

Oriolus

persicus, 354.

Oroatis

signata, 639.

Orocala

distentalis, 649.

Orsonoba

clelia, 267.

Orthetrum

brevistylum, 521.

cerulescens, 522.

lorti, 522.

phillipsi, 522.

subfasciolatum, 522.

Orthodes

infirma, 639.

Orthogramma

perseverans, 638.

Oryba

achemenides, 637.

robusta, 637.

Orycteropus

ethiopicus, 296.

capensis, 296, 298.

gaudryi, 296, 297.

Oryzoryctes

tetradactylus, 975.

Osmodes

adon, 41, 104.

adosus, 41, 104.

Osmodes

bang-haasii, 42, 104.

chrysauge, 41, 43, 104.

distincta, 43, 104.

fan, 79.

laronia, 40, 104.

luc, 42, 104.

ranoha, 45, 129, 852.

staudingeri, 42, 104.

thops, 41, 48, 104.

thora, 40, 104.

Osphantes, gen. nov., 46.

ogowena, 46,

Osteolemus

tetraspis, 632.

Ostinops

alfredi, 353.

atrovirens, 353.

decumanus, 358.

Otaria

californiana, 783, 784.

Otocyon

megalotis, 987.

Otogale

kirki, 790.

Otomys

trroratus, 793, 801.

Ourebia

hastata, '796.

nigricaudata, 984.

Ovis

ammon, 786, 787.

hodgsoni, 787.

karelini, 787.

auusimon, 784,

poli, 787.

tragelaphus, '784, 814,

816.

Oxybelus

insularis, 447.

lewisi, 447.

Oxydia

alpiscaria, 644.

apidania, 644.

cariaria, 644.

nerisaria, 644.

noctuitaria, 644.

trychiata, 644.

Oxyglossus

levis, 897.

lima, 897.

Oxypalpus

annulifer, 39, 104.

ignita, 39, 104,

ruso, 39, 104, 129, 841.

Pachychondila

rufipes, 412.

Pachylia

inconspicua, 637.

resumens, 637.

Pachyrhamphus

niger, 369.

polychropterus, 369.

versicolor, 369.

Pachyzancla

mutualis, 275.

Padraona

colattus, 60.

corolla, 54.

watsoni, 60, 108, 181.

zeno, 46, 59, 108, 108,

131.

Pagara

en 636.

Pagophila

eburnea, 781.

Pagyda

traducalis, 274.

Palzaster

ruthvent, 1035.

Palzophiura

simplex, 1034.

Palamedea

cornuta, 312, 623.

Palarus

orientalis, 444.

Palastropecten

zitteli, 1038.

Palindia

alabastraria, 638.

ceruleilinea, 639.

perlata, 639.

punctangulata, 638.

spectadilis, 639.

Paloda

dentifera, 645.

Palthis

agroteralis, 642.

aspisalis, 642, 648.

Palyna

metagona, 638.

Pamea

excavata, 634.

notata, 634.

vittata, 634.

Pammene

pharaonana, 277.

Pampa

acuminata, 636.

Jusiformis, 636.

Pamphila

adon, 41.

adosus, 41.

albigutta, 59.

albirostris, 62.

amadhu, 73, 132.

argenteipuneta, 41.

ariel, 77.

awures, 102.

ayresti, 72.

borbonica, 62, 66.

INDEX.

Pamphila

bubovi, 38.

cenira, 82.

callicles, 55.

calpis, 89.

camerona, 47.

chameleon, 73.

chirala, 28.

chrysauge, 41.

cojo, 70.

comus, 93.

coroller, 54.

detecta, 63.

dysmephila, 94.

erinnys, 93.

ethlius, 520.

euryspila, 69.

Fallatus, 63.

Fatuellus, 66, 131.

fiara, 94.

galesa, 72.

gambica, 59.

gemella, 62.

gillias, 28.

gisgon, 39.

gonessa, 102.

grandiplaga, 72, 73.

harona, 46.

herilus, 76.

heterochrus, 32.

heterophyla, 73.

hottentota, 58.

ebara, 61.

acteria, 45.

ignita, 39.

alerda, 91.

incerta, 75.

inconspicua, 61, 537.

leonora, 88

lepenula, 54.

letterstedti, 58.

leucosoma, 47.

lodra, 61.

lugens, 66.

mackenii, 29, 30.

macomo, 5D.

marchalii, 66.

mathias, var. elegans,

micipsa, 60.

mohopaani, 60, 61.

monasi, 70, 71.

morantit, 45, 46.

moritili, 72.

murga, 71.

natalensis, 71.

neoba, 71.

niveostriga, 56.

nostrodamus, 58.

nox, 66.

1095

Pamphila

ohumbrata, 59.

occulta, 59.

octo-fenestrata, 61.

panoquin, 520.

parilis, 520.

philander, 81, 843.

phyleus, 520.

poutieri, 63.

quaternata, 9t.

ranoha, 45, 129.

reqa, 78.

rhabdophorus, 45.

roneilgonis, 70.

rufipuncta, 70.

ruso, 39, 129, 841.

sator, '75.

simmis, 62.

sosia, 45.

splendens, 60.

statira, 69.

stoehri, 88.

subjlavidus, 34.

tarace, 70.

violascens, 90.

weiglei, 95.

xylos, 67.

zeno, 59, 131.

zimbaso, 43.

Pamphilus

lewcopyga, 74.

Pandemis

securiferana, 649.

Panopea

coromana, 532.

heliogensis, 823, 850.

walensensis, 532.

Pantala

flavescens, 521.

Pantoctenia

gemmans, 845.

Papilio

acteon, 57.

agatha, 112, 826.

agathina, 124, 833.

qacx, 241.

alcee, 26.

alcesta, 833.

anacardti, 825.

antinori, 528, 537.

archesia, 823.

asterias, 241.

beticus, 118, 828.

bixe, 101.

brontes, 537.

cardut, 112.

chrysippus, 821.

clelia, 824.

eloantha, 111.

columbina, 113.

comus, 93.

1096

Papilio

corinneus, 129.

cresphontes, 241.

dedalus, 112, 825.

demoleus, 248, 255, 256,

528, 536, 852.

donaldsoni, 537.

edipus, 75.

edusa, 833.

electra, 125.

ennius, 93.

eurydamas, 514, 518.

flavus, 57.

flesus, 16, 841.

florella, 128, 254.

forestan, 98, 133.

helops, 93.

horribilis, 840.

iphis, 101.

jupiter, 101,

linea, 57.

lineola, 57.

lingeus, 251.

lurlinus, 852.

machaon, 241.

metis, 48.

misippus, 249, 823.

neodamas, 519.

niso, 58.

niveus, 537.

nivinox, 851, 852.

nothus, 79.

oileus, 26.

ophion, 16.

palemon, 121, 831.

perion, 128, 882.

phidias, 101.

phocion, 79.

phorcas, 839.

podalirius, 241.

policenes, 852.

porthaon, 852.

proto, 20.

pseudoniveus, 528, 839.

pumilio, 58.

pygmeus, 58.

pylades, 852.

severina, 128.

similis, 852.

solandra, 821.

taboranus, 851.

thaumas, 57.

venula, 57.

vindex, 22.

virgula, 57.

Papio

maimon, 784.

pruinosus, 789.

thoth, 789.

Paradisea

minor, 228.

INDEX,

| Paragerydus

| aphocha, 652.

horsfieldi, 652.

melos, 651, 652.

pyxus, 652.

waterstradti, 652.

Paraphia

epioneata, 645.

macariata, 645.

Parapison

agile, 441,

Parasa

Sulvi-corpus, 276, 283.

Parasphex

JFervens, 440.

Parathyris

ennomoides, 647.

Paratrechina

vagabunda, 409.

Paratropis

papilligera, 722, 723,

727, 766.

seruposa, 723, 726.

Pardaleodes

ariel, 77.

astrape, 77, 104.

atratus, 13.

bule, 104.

coanza, 75.

edipus, 75, 76.

fan, 79.

Sulgens, 12.

herilus, 76.

illustris, 12.

incerta, 75.

interniplaga, 13.

ligora, 78.

lucens, 14.

parcus, 77.

pusiella, 77.

reichenowt,

104.

rutilans, 12.

sator, 75.

sierre, 78, 104.

vibius, 78.

vanthias, 78, 103.

wvanthioides, 78, 104.

xanthopeplus, 76, 103,

104.

IG ea,

Pardopsis

punctatissima, 524,531.

Parmula

batesti, 779.

Parnara

argyrodes, 68.

batange, 73.

borbonica, 62.

detecta, 63.

gemella, 62.

leucophea, 68.

Parnara

mabea, 68.

melphis, 69.

micans, 63, 104,

picanini, 72.

poutieri, 63.

subnotata, 70.

subochracea, 63, 104.

unistriga, 68.

ursula, 64, 108.

Parosmodes

harona, 46.

icteria, 45.

morantit, 45.

_ Parus

ater, 315.

— britannicus, 315.

— typicus, 315.

britannicus, 315.

dresseri, 315.

major, 158.

palustris, 315.

— dresseri, 315.

— typicus, 315.

Pastona

rudis, 639, 649.

Pastor

roscus, 228.

Patula

walkeri, 850.

Pelecanus

fuscus, 145.

Pelochelys

cantoris, 861.

Pelodytes

caucasicus,

52, 555.

punctatus,

553.

Pelodytopsis

caucasica, 553.

Pelomedusa

galeata, 213.

Pelopidas

midea, 27.

Pelopceus

bengalensis, 438,

flebilis, 488.

javanus, 437.

spinole, 438.

violaceus, 438,

Penelope

superciliaris, 989.

Penicillaria

abscondens, 639.

areusa, 648.

Pentadactylus

Selinus, 865.

Pentila

amenaida, 121.

peucetia, 121.

Pepsis

albifrons, 439.

Fervens, 440.

pubescens, 440,

sericea, 439.

violaceus, 438.

Peralestes

longtrostris, 586.

Perdix

cinerea, 311.

perdix, 311.

Pericheta

annulata, 203.

bermudensis, 203, 207,

208.

caducicheta, 199.

capensis, 207.

corticis, 195.

dyeri, 207.

elongata, 207.

hawayana, 195, 201,

208.

hesperidum, 208.

hilgendorfi, 206.

houlleti, 199, 207.

indica, 195, 197, 207.

insule, 204, 205.

Japonica, 203.

molokaiensis, 195, 201.

musica, 206.

pallida, 207.

peregrina, 201.

perkinsi, 195, 198,

200

posthuma, 207.

ringeana, 207.

sancti jacobi, 207.

sandvicensis, 195, 203.

sieboldi, 206.

sinensis, 208.

sumatrana, 207.

trinitatis, 206.

trityphia, 205.

violacea, 208.

Perichares

albicornis, 182, 136.

telisignata, 133, 136.

Pericopis

disjuncta, 636.

larvata, 636.

lycaste, 636.

parnassioides, 647.

Perigea

rnata, 647.

concisa, 639.

Jidelia, 639.

inexacta, 260.

trilinea, 640.

Perigonimus

minutus, 462.

repens, 459, 462.

INDEX.

Peripia

peronii, 865, 866.

Periplysia

Johnstoni, 109.

Perognathus

paradoxus, 1022.

Pessida

interlineata, 638.

Petalidium

foliaceum, 967, 968.

Petasia

spumans, 242.

Petrodromus

tetradactylus, 792.

Petrogale

penicillata, 713.

zanthopus, 683, 715.

Phacocheerus

eliani, 784.

ethiopicus, 796.

Phedra

insularis, 672.

Phegoptera

cinnamomea, 637.

flavopunctata, 637.

subtilis, 637.

Phegorista

zebra, 853, 854, 855.

Pheochlena

quadricolor, 636.

Phzolema

cervinigularis, 324.

Phaethornis

eurynome, 289, 295.

pygmaeus, 324.

Phakellura

dardusalis, 640.

ewmeusalis, 640.

Phalena-Noctua

hyppasia, 849.

materna, 850.

Phalaropus

wilsoni, 324.

Phalera

argentifera, 844.

Slavescens, 844.

latipennis, 844, 850.

sigmata, 845.

Phanzeus

mimas, 777.

Pharissura

nyasand, 852, 853, 855.

Phasianus

colchicus, 292, 982.

versicolor, 982.

Phastia

basalis, 647.

Phecada

confinis, 635.

Pheidole

ceylonica, 422.

1097

Pheidole

didita, 421.

diversa, 420.

indica, 421.

Janus, 421.

latinoda, 421.

megacephala, 421,

nanus, 420.

pronotalis, 422.

quadrispinosa, 419.

rugosa, 421.

silenus, 420.

suleaticeps, 421.

wood-masoni, 421.

Pheidologeton

diversus, 420.

laboriosus, 420.

nanus, 420.

silenus, 420.

- taprobane, 420.

Pheucticus

chrysogaster, 349.

Phialidium

buskianum, 460, 487,

488, 490, 499.

cymbaloideum, 460,

487, 488, 489, 490,

491, 500.

Serrugineum, 488.

flavidulum, 488.

phosphoricum, 488.

temporarium, 460, 488,

489, 490, 491, 492,

500:

variabile, 460, 482, 487,

488, 489.

viridicans, 488.

(Eucope) variabile, 488,

490

Phibalapterys

erosiata, 647.

intrusata, 646.

mediata; 646.

Philanthus

basalis, 446.

Philothamnus

semivariegatus, 216.

Philydor

euophrys, 375.

ruficaudatus, 375.

subflavescens, 374, 375

subfulvus, 375.

Phleocryptes

melanops, 371.

Phlogcenas

cruenta, 153.

Phlyctenia

cuneifera, 641.

nerissalis, 648.

scitalis, 643.

1098

Phebis

argante, 518.

Phostria

confluentalis, 641.

Phrissura

lasti, 108, 124.

Phrygilus

TGiie 351.

chloronotus, 328,

350.

Sruticeti, 351.

gayi, 350, 351.

plebeius, 351.

punensis, 350, 351.

rusticus, 351.

saturatus, 351.

unicolor, 351.

Phrynella

pollicaris, 910.

pulchra, 910.

Phthoropxa, gen. noy.,

282.

carpella, 282.

Phuphena

Susipennis, 640.

Phurys

asseverans, 640.

basilans, 642.

mensurata, 650.

partita, 648.

Phycita

phenicocraspis, 272.

poteriella, 272.

Phyllodonta

caninata, 646.

Phyllomyias

semifusca, 363.

— superciliaris, 363.

wage, 363.

Phylloscopus

proregulus, 856.

supercitiosus, 850.

Physcenura

pione, 109, 821.

—, var.

853, 855.

Piagetia

fasciatiipennis, 445.

Pica

pica, 311.

rustica, 311.

Picolaptes

Suscicapillus, 324,

378.

lacrymiger warszewiczt,

378.

warszewiczi, 378.

Pieris

abyssinica, 534.

agrippina, 128,

ertphia, 129.

lucida, 852,

INDEX.

Pieris

gidica, 526, 534.

infida, 526.

lordaca, 255, 534.

monuste, 518.

severina, 534.

thyso, 534.

virginia, 514, 518.

Pigia

tergeminaria, 646.

Pilidion

lineatum, 876.

Pionea

ademonalis, 648.

cemaroalis, 648.

Pipa

americana, 595.

Pipilopsis

mystacalis, 347.

tricolor, 347.

Pipra

ceruleocapilla, 368.

chloromeros, 368.

comata, 323, 868.

Pipreola

elegans, 370.

Frontalis, 324, 370.

viridis intermedia,

370.

Pipridea

castaneoventris, 342.

Piprites

tschudii, 367.

Pison

(Parapison) agile,

44].

Pitangus

sulphuratus, 228.

Pithea

Serruginea, 636.

Pitylus

albociliaris. 348.

Plagiolepis

flava, 410.

longipes, 410.

pissina, 410.

Planema

scalivittata,

850.

Plastingia

bicuta, 40.

charita, 80.

edipus, 79.

jflavescens, 46.

laronia, 40.

luehderi, 15.

ogowena, 46,

podora, 86.

reichenowi, 76.

sator, '75.

thora, 40, 41, 438.

826,

Platalea

leucorodia, 144.

Platurus

colubrinus, 898.

Platydactylus

gecko, 867.

lugubris, 867.

monarchus, 868.

stentor, 867.

Platydia

mollealis, 648.

Platylesches, gen. nov.,

amadhu, 73, 104.

batange, 73.

chameleon, 738.

gulesa, 72, 103.

moritili, 72,

nigerrima, 73, 103.

negricans, 73, 103.

pieanini, 72, 73.

Platyrhynchus

flavigularis, 359.

Platytes

ictericalis, 269.

pusillalis, 643.

Plaxia

falcigera, 638.

Plebeius

orbitulus, 829.

poggei, 831.

trochilus, 120, 880.

Plecoptera

reflexa, 264.

Plemyria

flaviata, 646.

Plesioneura

andrachne, 18.

biseriata, 13.

galenus, 12.

hoehneli, 13.

humbloti, 14.

hyalinata, 18.

proxima, 14,

Ploetzia

amygdalis, 94.

capronnieri, 95.

cerymica, 94, 95.

dysmephila, 94.

Jiara, 94.

nobilior, 95, 104.

quaternata, 94.

weiglei, 95.

Plotheia

celtis, 262.

Plotus

anhinga, 312.

Plusia

admonens, 638.

basigera, 638, 639.

eriosoma, 265.

Plusia

intracta, 639.

limbirena, 265.

mi, 265.

Plutella

cruciferarum, 280.

Poaphila

Jigurata, 650.

plagiata, 650.

revoluta, 638.

Podalia

vesta, 637.

Podiceps

taczanowskii, 328.

Podicipes

cornutus, 541.

coronatus, 542.

cristatus, 541,

542.

minor, 541.

nove hollandie, 541.

Podocoryne

albida, 463.

carnea, 459, 463.

Peecilocampa

plurilinea, 650.

Pecilogale

albinucha, 793.

Pecilosoma

gaudens, 635.

insperata, 635.

sperans, 639.

* Pecilothraupis

ignicrissa, 342.

es ignicrissd,

lacrymosa, 342.

Poephagus

grunniens, 988.

Poesula

transversaria, 650,

Pogonotriccus

ophthalmicus, 362.

plumbeiceps, 363.

Polistes

canadensis, 775.

ferruginea, 450.

stigma, 450.

tamula, 450.

Polybia

phthisica, 777.

Polydesma

guenavada, 263.

umbricola, 529.

vetusta, 263.

Polyocha

depressella, 270.

strigicostella, 270.

Polyodontophis

geminatus, 879.

sagittarius, 879.

INDEX.

Polyommatus

amarah, 250.

asteris, 828.

beticus, 118, 244, 256,

828, 852.

webbianus, 830.

Polypedates

hascheanus, 902.

leprosus, 907.

leucomystax, 905.

maculatus, 905.

quadrilineatus, 906.

Polypterus

bichir, 218.

Polyrachis

aculeata, 406.

argentea, 406.

busiris, 407.

ceylonensis, 407.

clypeata, 406.

convexa, 406.

dives, 408.

euryalus, 407.

exercita, 408.

Srauenfeldi, 406.

hippomanes, 407.

illaudatus, 408.

Jjerdonti, 406.

mayri, 407.

niger, 408.

aedipus, 407.

punctillata, 406.

rastellata, 407.

relucens, 407.

ruficapra, 407.

scissa, 405.

simplex, 408.

spiniger, 408.

thrinaz, 406.

yerburyt, 407.

ypsilon, 407.

Pompilus

analis, 431.

arrogans, 432.

atropos, 432.

auratus, 443.

blandus, 433.

canifrons,

432.

cyaneus, 433,

dimidiatipennis, 433.

fulvipennis, 435.

greent, 433.

hemorrhoidalis, 443,

ignicolor, 432, 459.

ignobilis, 432.

lucidulus, 432.

madraspatanus, 436.

mirandus, 433,

perplerus, 481.

rothneyt, 433.

431,

1099

Ponera

amblyops, 418.

araneoides, 414,

coxalis, 414,

diminuta, 414.

exundans, 4138.

faleigera, 418.

geometrica, 413.

gleadowi, 414.

luteipes, 414.

melanaria, 414,

meritans, 413.

punctatissima, 414.

rufipes, 412,

rugosa, 414,

simillima, 414.

tesserinoda, 413.

typhla, 413,

vagans, 413.

(Leptogenys) falcigera,

413

(Gyscia) zyphia, 413.

(Myiopias) amblyops,

413.

Ponifera

ocellifera, 415.

Pontia

acaste, 253.

arne, 252.

chrysonome, 252.

daira, 254.

eupompe, 253.

evagore, 253.

halimede, 253.

Pontoscolex

corethrurus, 197.

hawaiensis, 195, 196.

Poritia

phaluke, 654.

philota, 654.

philura, 654.

sumatre, 654.

Portax

tragocamelus, 982.

Porzana

maruetta, 311.

melanophea, 324.

porzana, 311.

Potamochceerus

africanus, 976.

larvatus, 795.

penicillatus, 976.

Prenesta

scyllalis, 641.

Pratapa

caleulis, 672.

cippus, 673, 674.

lucidus, 673, 674.

Precis

amestris, 524,

calescens, 524,

1100

Precis

cloantha, 531.

micromera, 531.

natalica, 824.

octavia, 531.

orthosia, 532.

sesamus, 110, 524, 531.

simia, 110, 824.

taveta, 525, 531.

tugela, 824.

Prenes

eugeon, 520.

Prenolepis

gracilescens, 409.

gracilipes, 410.

indica, 409.

longicornis, 409,

yerburyi, 409.

Priocnemis

canifrons, 431, 482.

consanguineus, 437.

convexrus, 435.

crinitus, 436.

humbertianus, 437.

pedestris, 432.

perplexus, 431.

Pristocersea

inclusa, 844,

Pristurus

crucifer, 213.

Procampta

rara, 19.

Procavia

brucei, 795.

capensis, 795.

Johnstoni, 795.

Procnias

occidentalis, 388.

tersa occidentalis, 888.

Procnopis

atrocerulea, 341.

Prodenia

latifascia, 637.

littoralis, 260.

minima, 260.

variolosa, 637.

Prosopalpus, gen. nov.,53,

debilis, 54.

duplex, 58, 54, 104.

Prosopis

monilicornis, 450,

Prosthemadera

nove-zealandie, 230.

Prostherapis

FSemorals, 773.

Protaster

biforis, 1032, 10338.

brisingoides, 1043.

daoulasensis, 1088.

decheni, 1037.

forbess, 1033.

INDEX.

Protaster

gregarius, 1039.

sedgewicki, 1031, 1032,

(033.

Proteides

angasi, 519,

balenge, 91.

benga, 89.

binoevatus, 88,

bosee, 93.

capronnieri, 95.

ditissimus, 84, 85.

euryspila, 69.

Jiara, 94.

galua, 84.

helops, 93.

tricolor, 82.

laterculus, 82.

leucopogon, 90.

margaritata, 93.

massiva, YO.

ruralis, 89.

shelleyi, 93.

santhargyra, 88.

zxantho, 87.

xychus, 87.

Protogoniomorpha

anacardati, 825, 852.

Protoparce

convolvuli, 268,

orientalis, 268.

Protoptychus

hatcheri, 979.

Psaliodes

paleata, 642,

Psaminodynastes

pulverulentus, 890.

Psammophis

biseriatus, 216.

condanarus, 783.

nigrofasciatus, 882.

punctulatus, 216.

Pseudagenia

egind, 433, 434.

alaris, 434.

bipennis, 434.

blanda, 483.

concolor, 434.

insularis, 434,

micromegas, 434.

nana, 434,

obsoleta, 434.

plebeja, 434.

Pseudaglossa

Sumosa, 266, 283.

Pseudaphelia

apollinaris, 849,

Pseudargynnis

hegemone, 112,826,852.

Pseuderemias

lineolata, 921.

‘

Pseudocalpe

vagabunda, 265.

Pseudochloris

lutea, 351.

sharpei, 323, 351.

Pseudocolaptes

boissonneaui, 874.

— flavescens, 374.

Pseudomya

consolata, 635.

desperata, 635.

tipulina, 635.

Pseudomyrma

allaborans, 424,

atrata, 424.

nigra, 424,

rufonigra, 423. ~

Pseudophia

benenotata, 264.

devia, 264.

indecisa, 264.

ochribasalis, 264, 283.

Pseudorhabdium

longiceps, 886.

Pseudosphex

cognata, 635.

consobrina, 635,

fasciolata, 635,

vespa, 635.

Pseudospingus

verticalis, 346.

xanthophthalmus, 346.

Pseudotantalus :

ibis, 144.

Psittacus

erithacus, 236.

Psittospiza

elegans, 348.

Psychagrapha

jloccosa, 634.

Pterhemia

ancinalis, 641.

otusalis, 641.

Pterocles

bicinetus, 158.

Pterocypha

celerata, 646.

divulsata, 646.

Jloccosaria, 646.

umbrinata, 645.

Pteroglossus

inscriptus, 780.

Pterophorus

oxydactylus, 277.

Pteropus

Sunereus, 608.

pselaphon, 782.

Pteroteinon

laufella, 88.

| Pterygopterus

| superba, 636.

Pterygospidea

eee 14,

bouviert, 7, 8.

djelele, 4.

jlesus, 17.

galenus, 12.

gamesoni, 18.

kobela, 11.

lelius, 11.

meditrina, 12.

mokeezt, 15.

morosd, 5.

motozi, '7, 840.

nottoana, 18.

phyllophila, 18.

tergemira, 12.

(Tagiades) Zugens, 5.

Ptilonaster

princeps, 1036,

Ptilonorhynchus

violaceus, 228.

Ptyas

hexagonotus, 882.

Ptychozoon

homalocephalum, 767,

868.

horsfieldit, 767, 868.

Pudua

humilis,

510.

mephistophiles, 508,

510.

Purlisa

giganteus, 674.

Pyralis

antenoralis, 642.

atialis, 642.

byzesalis, 642.

crassipes, 649.

eaxternalis, 649.

intermedialis, 649.

ninniusalis, 642.

obsoletalis, 278.

thiastoralis, 642.

varipes, 649.

Pyrameis

cardui, 112, 248, 256,

524, 531

Pyranga

ee 345.

azare, 345.

,__ testacea tschudii, 345.

Pyrausta

arabica, 275.

incoloralis, 275.

inglorialis, 275.

phenicealis, 275.

padiusalis, 275.

Pyrgus

adenensis, 248, 255,

256.

508, 509,

| R

INDEX.

Pyrgus

agylla, 24.

asterodia, 24.

chaca, 55.

colotes, 25.

diomus, 23, 24.

dromus, 28, 24, 129,

elma, 26, 255.

evanidus, 256.

—, var. adenensis, 255.

mata, 24.

mohozutza, 5D.

nanus, 2+.

nora, 25.

ploetzi, 23.

sandaster, 24.

sataspes, 23, 24.

secessus, 25.

spio, 23.

syrichtus, 520.

transvaalia, 24,

tucusa, 5D.

vindex, 22, 23, 528.

zaira, 25.

Pyria

oculata, 459.

Pyriglena

maura picea, 383.

picea, 383.

Pyrinia

aleandraria, 644.

concisata, 646.

erythrocephalata, 644.

madiaria, 644.

mephasaria, 644.

radiolata, 646.

reflectaria, 646.

saturata, 646.

subaurata, 646.

scantharia, 649.

Pyrocephalus

rubineus, 366.

Pyrrhocorax

graculus, 311.

pyrrhocorax, 311.

Python

curtus, 877.

molurus, 877.

reticulatus, 877.

Racheospila

marginiplaga, 645.

ocellata, 645.

satisfacta, 645.

Ramphia

evinga, 638.

ana

agilis, 548, 549.

arvalis, 550.

camerani, 548, 550,

555,

1101

Rana

cyanophlyctis, 897,

902.

erythrea, 902, 914.

esculenta, 903.

—, var. ridibunda, 548.

flammea, 902.

Jusca, 898, 899.

glandulosa, 905.

gracilis, 901.

hascheana, 902.

labialis, 903, 914.

laticeps, 897.

leschenaultiz, 897.

limnocharis, 901.

luctuosa, 857, 904,

914.

macrocnemis, 548, 550.

macrodon, 857, 898,

914.

mascareniensis, 217.

ornata, 217.

plicatella, 901.

temporaria, 548, 549,

Bi)

903.

tigrina, 901, 902.

—, var. pantherina,

901.

Rapala

abnormis, 651, 682.

barthema, 681, 682.

hypargyria, 681.

suffusa, 651, 681, 682.

zela, 832.

Raparna

digramma, 265.

imparata, 265.

lactea, 265.

Raphiceros

campestris, 796.

melanotis, 796.

sharpei, 796.

Rathkea

octopunctata, 477.

Ratiaria

argentilinea, 645.

metaxantha, 645.

Regulus

cristatus, 311.

regulus, 311.

Rejectaria

cocytalis, 640.

Remigia

consistens, 650.

conveniens, 265.

Srugalis, 265.

repanda, 265

Renia

borgesalis, 642.

decelusalis, 642, 649.

lytocalis, 642.

1102

Renodes

brevipalpis, 644, 650.

Rhabdomantis, gen. nov.,

galatia, 44, 45, 103,

104

rhabdophora, 44.

sosia, 44, 45,

Rhacophorus

dennysti, 907.

leprosus, 907.

leucomystax, 905, 914.

maculatus, 905.

Rhagonis

bicolor, 650.

Rhamphastos

erythrorhynchus, 557.

Rhamphiophis

oxyrhynchus, 216.

Rhamphocelus

atrosericeus, 844, 845.

jacapa, 344.

— connectens, 844.

Rhaphiceropsis

pringlet, 109.

Rhea

americana, 141.

Rhescyuthis

meander, 635.

Rhinoceros

bicornis, '795.

blanfordi, 299,

swmatrensis, 784.

Rhinolophus

capensis, 791.

hildebrandti, 790.

landeri, 791.

Rhizomys j

badius, 160.

splendens, 608.

Rhodaria

directalis, 649.

probalis, 642.

Rhodia

Jugax, 240, 241,

242.

Rhopalocampta

eschylus, 98.

anchises, 98.

andonginis, 98.

arbogastes, 99.

bixe, 101.

bocagii, 100.

brussauxi, 97.

chalybe, 98, 101.

fervida, 99.

forestan, 98, 99, 133.

hanno, 100, 101.

iphis, 101, 102.

qucunda, 98.

quno, 101,

INDEX.

Rhopalocampta

keithloa, 99, 100.

libeon, 97, 98.

necho, 100, 101.

pansa, 98.

pisistratus, 99.

ramanetek, 97.

ratek, 100.

sejuncta, 100, 101.

tancred, 101.

unicolor, 97, 98.

valmaran, 99.

Rhoosus

posticus, 636.

Rhynchium

carnaticum, 4 48.

metallicum, 4 48.

Rhynchocyclus

viridiceps, 365.

Rhynchocyon

cirnet, 792.

Rhynchogale

mellert, 793.

Rhytidoceros

plicatus, 157, 627.

Rifargia

xylinotdes, 647.

iopa

albopunctata, 875.

Rissa

tridactyla, 300.

Rolepa

delineata, 647.

Romaleosoma

neophron, 825.

Rosema

deolis, 634.

walkeri, 634.

Rumnia

defixata, 646.

Rupicolor

peruviana, 369,

Rygchium

carnaticum, 448.

metallicum, 448.

Ryzena

capensis, 989,

Saccostomus

campestris, 794, 805.

mashone, 804.

Sagitta

ipunctata, 992, 993.

hexaptera, 992, 993.

lyra, 992.

whartoni, 992, 996.

Salamandra

atra, 554,

caucasica, 548, 558,

555

maculosa, 554.

Salamis

anacardii, 583.

ceryne, 1116

Salbia

varialis, 650.

Salius

canifrons, 431.

ceylonicus, 435.

consanguineus, 437.

convexrus, 435,

crinitus, 486.

Sulvipennis, 435.

humbertianus, 437.

intermedius, 435.

madraspatanus, 436.

perplexus, 431.

properus, 436, 459,

rothneyi, 436.

rubidus, 485, 459.

Salpa

asymmetrica, 994, 996.

dolichosoma-virgula,

magalhanica, 995.

musculosa-punctata,

Saltator

albociliaris, 348.

azare, 348.

cerulescens, 348.

immaculatus, 323.

laticlavius, 348.

magnus, 348,

superciliaris, 348.

Samanta

perspicua, 109, 822,

882.

simonsi, 822.

Samea

calonalis, 642.

ecclesialis, 643.

luccusalis, 648.

obliteralis, 649.

paolinalis, 643.

Sameodes

niceusalis, 649,

Samia

cecropia, 241,

Sangala

beata, 686.

Santaremia

longipes, 723, 746, 749,

pococki, 723, 729, 739,

746, 747, 766.

Sapa

triment, 129, 841.

Sapena

bicolor, 21.

triment, 20,

Sape

lucidella, 7.

Sape

maculata, 10.

ophthalmica, 11.

pertusa, 8, 840.

semialba, 8.

Saphenia

dinema, 475.

mirabilis, 460, 493, 497,

499, 500.

titania, 475.

Sappho

sparganura, 294.

Sarangesa

astrigera, 6, 103, 840.

aurimargo, 10, 104.

bouvieri, 8.

djelele, 4, 5.

eliminata, 5, 9, 104.

exprompta, 6.

grisea, 6.

hollandi, 840, 850.

kobela, 11.

lelius, 11.

lucidella, 7, 103.

lugens, 5, 103.

maculata, 10.

majorella, 7.

melania, 5.

motozi, 5, 7, 840.

motozivides, 7, 8.

nerva, 5.

ophthalmica, 11.

perpaupera, 5, 6.

pertusa, 8, 528, 840.

philotomus, 11.

plistonicus, 11.

subalbida, 16.

synestalmenus, 7.

thecla, 8, 104.

theclides, 8, 104.

tricerata, 6.

Sarcidiornis

africana, 982.

melanonota, 506.

Sarsia

prolifera, 473.

Sarsina

purpurascens, 634.

Saturnia

apollinaris, 849.

belina, 242.

carpini, 241.

oubei, 266.

pyri, 241.

Sauropatis

albicilla, 605.

chloris, 604.

sordidus, 604, 605.

vagans, 604.

Sayornis

cineracea, 357.

INDEX,

Sayornis

angustirostris, 357.

latirostris, 357.

Scedisa

designans, 638.

Scea

infans, 636.

puella, 636.

Scepsis

trifasciata, 636.

Schistochlamys

atra, 348,

Schizceaca

palpebralis, 371.

Sciacaris

telsonis, 947, 967.

Sciurus

dorsalis, 989.

griseo-caudatus, 988.

hypopyrrhus, 988,

989

lemniscatus, 988.

mutabilis, 793.

palliatus, 793.

petaurista, 1015.

pyrrhopus, 782.

Seohia

aureicollis, 430.

aureipennis, 428.

binotata, 429.

bipunctata, 429.

eyanipennis, 428.

eliformis, 429.

JSasciato-punctata, 429.

Jervida, 429.

histrionica, 429.

ignita, 429.

indica, 429.

instabilis, 428.

tris, 430,

Jurine, 428,

picteti, 429.

puwehra, 429.

4-fasciata, 480.

quadripustulata, 428.

radula, 430.

rubiginosa, 428,

ruficornis, 428.

Scolitantides

stellata, 830.

Scolopax

rusticola, 151.

Scomber

scomber, 310, 311.

scombrus, 310.

Scoparia

fascialis, 650.

stupidalis, 649.

Scops

gie, dll.

scops, 311.

Proc, Zoot. Soc.—1896, No. LXXI.

1103

Scopula

desistalis, 650.

permixtalis, 649,

Scotinochroa, gen. noy.,

845.

inconsequens, 845.

Scotophilus

nigrita, T91.

Seotosia

nitidulata, 646.

sptlotata, 647.

Scytalopus

acutirostris, 388.

analis, 387.

Semoralis, 387.

griseicollis, 388.

macropus, 387.

magellanicus, 388.

micropterus, 387.

obscurus, 388.

senilis, 387.

sylvestris, 387.

Scythris

ochrea, 279.

Secusio

strigata, 258.

Selambina

trajiciens, 639.

Selenidera

maculirostris, 557.

Selenis

amans, 688.

humeralis, 648.

stipata, 648.

Semalea, gen. nov., 64.

nox, 65, 66, 104.

pulvina, 64, 65, 80, 103.

Semiothisa

contorta, 646.

gambaria, 645.

nervata, 645.

pernicata, 645.

triplicaria, 645.

Semniomima

albiapicalis, 6386.

Sergestes

ancylops, 942, 949, 952.

arachnipodus, 946, 951.

arcticus, 939, 942,

946, 947, 949, 954,

955, 956, 957, 968,

969.

armitus, 950, 960, 966,

969.

atlanticus, 941, 942,

946, 947, 949, 951,

952, 968, 969, 970.

bisulcatus, 949, 954,

969.

brachyorrhos, 951, 963,

964, 966.

rah

1104

Sergestes

caudatus, 938, 946, 951.

946, 950,

corniculum,

957, 958, 970.

cornutus, 946, 949, 952,

958, 954, 970.

diapontius, 951, 966,

970.

dissimilis, 949.

dorsospinalis, 949, 957.

edwardsi, 944, 946, 947,

948, 950,

969, 970.

Sermerinkii, 951.

Srisii, 946, 951.

halia, 940, 947, 948,

950, 960, 962.

hamifer, 951, 963, 966,

969.

henseni, 950, 959, 968.

incertus, 950, 962, 963,

965, 966, 970.

znous, 949, 954, 969,

970.

intermedius, 951.

japonicus, 947, 949,

951, 969.

Junceus, 949, 951.

kréyeri, 947, 949, 955,

969.

laciniatus, 938, 946,

950.

leviventralis, 949, 957.

laterodentatus, 949,

956.

. longicaudatus, 946,

950.

longicollis, 947, 949,

957.

longirostris, 950, 958.

longispinus, 940, 949,

952, 954.

macrophthalmus, 9651,

964, 966.

magnificus, 947, 949.

mediterraneus, 949,

954, 955, 956, 969,

970.

meyeri, 946.

mollis, 947, 951, 969.

nasidentatus, 949.

obesus, 946, 951, 967,

968.

oculatus, 950, 963, 964.

ovatoculus, 949, 952.

pacificus, 946, 949.

parvidens, 950, 964.

penerinki, 948, 950,

961, 962, 965, 966,

970.

953, 954,

960, 961, 962, 963,

INDEX.

| Sergestes

precollus, 950, 958.

prehensilis, 947, 949,

955, 969.

sae 947, 951,

ese 946, 950.

rinkii, 949, 955, 957.

robustus, 939, 949, 954,

969.

rubroguttatus, 947, 949,

955, 969.

sanguineus, 946, 947,

951, 967.

sargassi, 950, 959, 963.

semiarmis, 950.

serrulatus, 938, 946,

951.

spiniventralis, 951.

tenuiremis, 947, 949,

951, 957, 970.

utringuedens, 950, 958.

ventridentatus, 951.

vigilax, 950, 951, 962,

964, 965, 970.

(Sciacaris) telsonis, 950.

Sergia

remipes, 946.

Sericossypha

albocristata, 345.

Serinus

hortulanus, 811.

serinus, 311.

Serphophaga

cinerea, 361.

ruficeps, 360.

Seryda

cincta, 635.

Sesia

equatus, 637.

Setophaga

melanocephala, 332.

verticalis, 332.

Sialia

wilsoni, 228.

Siculodes

annuligera, 647.

Sima

allaborans, 424.

atrata, 424.

compressa, 424,

nigra, 423, 424.

rufonigra, 423.

Simena

luctifera, 637.

Simiskina

phalena, 654.

pharyge, 654.

solyma, 651, 654.

Simotes

bicatenatus, 884.

Simotes

catenifer, 884.

eruentatus, 885.

cyc'urus, 884.

dennysi, 884.

octolineatus, 884.

purpurascens, 884,

signatus, 885.

Simplicia

tibialis, 640.

Siphonorhynchus

insignis, 492.

Siptornis

albicapilla, 374.

graminicola, 374.

humilis, 373.

marayniocensis,

373.

taczanowskit, 323, 373.

wyatti, 374.

Sitotroga

cercalella, 278.

Sittasomus

amazonus, 375.

Slabberia

halterata, 478.

Smerinthus

excecatus, 241.

populi, 241.

Solenopsis

cephalotes, 419.

geminata, 419.

laboriosa, 420.

mandibularis, 419.

Sol maris

sp., 460, 496.

coronantha, 496.

Sorex

vulgaris, 568.

Sorygaza

didymata, 649.

Sosxetra

grata, 647.

Sotalia

fluviatilis, 771.

tucuxi, 771.

323,

Sozoa

costalis, 640,

Spadella

(Krohnia) hamata, 993,

996.

Spalacomyrmex

See, 415.

Spathura

anne, 323.

Spermophila

castaneiventris, 349.

luctuosa, 349.

Sphenolepus

cuviert, 501, 503.

sguamosseus, 501.

Sphex

albicollis, 429.

albifrons, 439.

analis, 481.

argentata, 439, 440.

argentifrons, 439.

aurata, 448.

aurifex, 439.

aurulenta, 439, 450.

cerulea, 438.

carbonaria, 489.

chrysis, 438.

compressa, 441.

diabolica, 440.

ephippium, 439.

erythropoda, 440.

fabricii, 439.

Jferox, 439.

ferruginea, 439, 450.

JFervens, 440.

flavifrons, var. fulvo-

villosa, 430.

fulvipennis, 435.

fulvo-hirta, 439.

Jumicata, 439.

godeffroy?, 439.

lepeleterii, 439.

lineola, 459.

lobata, 488.

luteipennis, 440.

nigripes, 440, 459.

opulenta, 439.

pubescens, 440.

rufipennis, 441.

sericea, 439.

siamensis, 440.

smaragdinus, 438.

tropica, 450.

tuberculata, 440.

tyrannica, 440, 459.

wmbrosus, 439, 440.

viduatus, 440.

violaceus, 438.

Sphingomorpha

chlorea, 264, 529.

monteironis, 264.

Sphinx

celeus, 241.

hylas, 843.

idricus, 268, 843.

ligustri, 241.

pinastri, 241.

Spilodes

nitetisalis, 275.

Spilosoma

arabicum, 258, 283.

auricinctum, 847,

850.

purum, 847.

Spindasis

caffer, 122, 832.

INDEX.

Spindasis

homeyeri, 832.

nyasse@, 123, 852.

somalina, 526,

Spinus

atratus, 353.

capttalis, 352

ictericus, 352.

peruanus, 852, 353.

olivaceus, 328, 343.

sclatert, 324, 353.

Spiris

nigrilined, 636.

Spodiornis

Jardinei, 350.

Jelskit, 350.

Spodoptera

mauritia, 260.

Sporophila

castaneiventris, 349.

luctuosa, 349.

Steatomys

krebsii, 805.

pratensis, 794, 805.

Steenstrupia

jlaveole, 464, 465.

galanthus, 464,

globosa, 466.

owenit, 466.

rubra, 464, 465.

(Amphicodon) globosa,

467.

Stegania

quadrinotata, 547.

Stelgidopteryx

ruficollis, 334.

Stelis

carbonaria, 454.

Steniodes

lutealis, 643.

Stenodactylus

guttatus, 213.

mauritanicus, 213.

Stenomeles

ayavealis, 649.

Stephanopoides

brasiliana, 1010,-1012.

Steropes

bernieri, 52.

furvus, 49.

malgacha, 48.

monochromus, 50.

rhadama, 51.

Sterrhanthia

sacraria, 529.

Stethotrix

heterogyna, 19.

Stibera

hostilis, 639.

Stictoptera

subaurata, 638.

1105

Stigmus

congruens, 447.

niger, 447.

Stilbura

caleno, 458.

eyanurum, 458.

splendidum, 458.

Stizus

prismaticus, 444,

Stomotosa

dinema, £75.

Strepsiceros

kudu, 798.

Stringops

habroptilus, 236.

Strumigenys

godeffroyt, 420.

lyroessa, 420.

Struthidea

cinerea, 228.

Struthio

camelus, 141.

Sturnella

ludoviciana, 228,

Sturtzura, gen. nov.,

1034.

brisingoides, 1034,

1035.

leptosoma, 1035.

Stylodon

pusillus, 586.

Suasa

liris, 675.

suessa, G75.

Sublegatus

brevirostris, 365.

griseocularis, 368.

platyrhynchus, 365.

Suricata

tetradactyla, 989.

Sus

cheroides, 976.

hysudricus, 976.

paleocherus, 976.

Sutonocrea

incertus, 636.

Sycalis

chloris, 351.

lutea, 351.

uropygiulis, 351.

Sychesia

jimbria, 637.

hartmanni, 636.

Sylepta

puctolalis, 641.

Sylvania

canadensis, 332.

Sylvia

cinerea, 311.

rubrigastra, 361.

sylvia, 311,

1106

Synallaxis

brunneicauda, 372.

cabanisi, 372.

elegantior, 372.

flammulata, 373.

TSrontalis, 372.

gularis, 372.

humilis, 373.

palpebralis, 371.

rufiventris, 372.

Synchloe

glauccnome, 248, 256,

528, 536.

Synodontis

geledensis, 220.

unctulatus, 223.

schal, 218, 221.

serratus, 220.

smithti, 222.

Synthliborhamphus

antiquus, 544.

Syntomis

ceres, 135.

Syrichthus

abscondita, 25.

ali, 25.

asterodia, 2A.

Serox, 23.

luzee, 25.

onopordi, 26.

spio, 23.

vindex, 22.

Syscia

typhla, 413.

Systole

amygdalis, 94.

Tabraca

aurimargo, 10.

Tachybaptes

fluviatilis, 542.

Tachycineta

albiventris, 333.

Tachyphonus

rufiventris, 345.

Tachytes

illudens, 443.

opulenta, 443.

Tadorna

prasina, 845, 850.

Teeniaster

spinosus, 1035.

Tzeniocampa

subsocia, 637.

Teniura, gen. nov., 1035.

cylindricus, 1035.

Tagiades

dannatti, 17.

elmina, 14,

INDEX

Tagiades

jlesus, 16, 17, 129, 841.

hereus, 16.

homeyeri, 16.

insularis, 17.

lacteus, 17.

samborana, 17.

smithii, 17.

woermanni, 12.

Tajuria

berenis, 651, 674, 683.

blanka, 651, 673, 674.

dacia, 651, 674, 683.

dieus, 674, 675.

dominus, 678.

donatana, 674.

indra, 673.

iseus, 6738.

jalindra, 672.

mantra, 673.

relata, 673.

thyia, 674.

valentia, 678.

Talegalla

lathami, 982.

Tanagra

albirostris, 353.

celestis, 345.

— major, 343.

cyanocephala, 344.

darwini, 344.

palmarum mela-

noptera, 343.

striata, 228.

Tanaura

sublutalis, 641.

Tanyptera

laufella, 83.

Tapinauchenius

latipes, 745.

plumipes, 744.

reduncus, 745,

sancti-vincentt,

746, 766.

Tapinoma

albipes, 411.

albitarse, 411.

gracilescens, 409,

melanocephalum,

412.

nigrum, 411.

(Formica)

412.

Tarache

Sflavonigra, 261.

notabilis, 261.

varia, 261.

Taragama

acacia, 276.

Tarantula

santarensis, 779.

745,

411,

obscurans,

Tarchon

trilunula, 647.

Tarentola

ephippiata, 213,

Tarucus

plinius, 119, 244, 256,

828, 852.

pulcher, 244, 256.

theophrastus, 244, 256,

525.

Tathorhynchus

vinctale, 260.

Tatura

buxtoni, 123.

ceéculus, 1238.

philippus, 526.

wmbrosa, 526,

Technomyrmex

albipes, 411.

bicolor, 411.

Tegostoma

bipartalis, 274.

compuaralis, 274.

Teinorhinus

watsoni, 40, 103.

Telchinia

nero, 116.

Telea

polyphemus, 241.

promethea, 241.

Telegonus

anaphus, 519.

anausis, 519.

Telesto

wagi, 90.

zaremba, 91.

Tephrina

albipunctata, 647.

catalaunaria, 266.

disputaria, 266.

responsaria, 647.

signataria, 647.

sublimbata, 266.

Tephrosia

dimidiaria, 645.

hyberniaria, 645.

incongruaria, 645.

ineffectaria, 645.

responsaria, 645.

Tepilia

biluna, 635.

Teracolus

abyssinicus, 835.

acaste, 246, 258, 256.

achine, 127.

—, var. gavisa, 837.

agoye, 535.

amelia, 126,

anazx, 126, 127, 836,

852.

angolensis, 838,

Teracolus

anne, 827.

—, var. wallengreni,

837.

antevippe, 127, 247,

254, 535.

antigone, 838.

arethusa, 128, 838.

arneé, 527.

aurigineus, 535, 834,

835.

_, var. VENUSTUS,

834.

ealais, 256, 257, 527,

535.

—, var. dynamene, 245,

252, 256.

catochrysops, 535.

chrysonome, 252, 527,

535,

cinctus, 838.

citreus, 536.

celestis, 253,

comptus, 246, 254,

daira, 247, 254.

dedecora, 253.

dynamene, 252, 256,

257.

eione, 838.

eliza, 126.

emini, 851, 852.

eris, 835.

eupompe,

256, 837.

evagore, 246, 248, 253,

254, 256.

evenina, 527, 535, 838.

gavisa, 127, 128.

hetera, 527.

halimede, 246, 253, 256,

283.

—, var. ce@lestis, 253,

256.

hanningtonit, 126.

heliocaustus, 252, 586.

helle, 127.

hero, 127.

hildebrandtii, 837, 851,

852. .

hyperides, 127.

oe 528.

imperator, 836.

incretus, 839.

infumatus, 128, 136.

ione, 836, 837.

jacksoni, 335.

galone, 127, 887.

jamesii, 246, 254.

jobina, 527.

246, 253,

leo, 246, 253, 528, 536.

lorti, 527.

INDEX.

Teracolus

microcale, 838.

miles, 527, 535.

minans, 536.

miriam, 245, 256.

mutans, 108, 126, 834.

nound, 246, 247, 248,

528.

ocale, 838.

ocellatus, 252, 535.

ochreipennis, 252.

odysseus, 838.

omphale, 535, 852.

opalescens, 108, 125,

835, 851, 852.

phillipsi, 246, 253, 528,

536.

phisadia, 245, 252, 256,

283.

—, var. arne, 252.

phlegetonia, 838.

phleqyas, 127, 585,

836.

phanius, 535.

pleione, 245, 248, 256, |

283.

procne, 838.

rotomedia, 248, 256,

283, 527, 535.

puniceus, 527.

regina, 126, 127, 836.

rhodesina, 126.

saxeus, 246, 254, 256.

sipylus, 127, 536, 838,

852.

speciosus, 837.

subfasciatus, 835, 851,

852.

subfumosus, 838.

subvenosus, 127, 536.

swinhoet, 254.

theogone, 527, 838.

velleda, 834.

venustus, 834.

vesta, 126, 834.

vestalis, 252.

vi, 245, 252, 256, 257.

zanthus, 838.

yerburit, 246, 247, 248,

254, 256, 283.

Terias

abyssinicus, 125,

albula, 518.

bisinuata, 534.

brigitia, 526.

ceres, 526.

chaleomieta, 125, 245,

256.

desjardinsit, 125.

deva, 518.

eris, 125, 126.

1107

Terias

leonis, 834, 852.

limbia, 518.

lydia, 517, 518.

orientis, 852.

palmyra, 518.

regularis, 125,584, 834,

852.

senegalensis, 125.

zoe, 526, 584, 852.

Teriomima

hildegarda, 120.

Testudo

chilensis, 314.

daudini, 608.

elongata, 782.

emys, 860.

platynota, 782.

| Tetraceros

quadricornis, 988.

Tetracio

inequaria, 646.

Tetramorium

obesum, 419.

pacificum, 418.

tortuosum, 418.

transversarium, 418,

(Xipkomyrmex) _pilo-

sum, 418.

(—) tortuosum, 418.

Tetrao

tetrao, 311.

tetriz, 311.

Tetraonyx

affinis, 858, 859.

Tetraponera

atrata, 424.

Thais

cerisyt, 241.

Thalassochelys

caretta, 860.

| Thalassodes

glauculata, 646.

scissaria, 853.

Thalera

distracta, 645.

Thalerothele

jasciata, 754, 761.

Thamnistes

e@quatorialis, 381,

rufescens, 381,

Thamnophilus

debilis, 379.

doliatus, 380.

melanochrous, 379.

melanurus, 379.

nigricristatus, 380.

palliatus, 380.

puncticeps, 380,

radiatus, 379.

subandinus, 379.

1108

Thamnophilus

subandinus major, 379,

subradiatus, 380.

tenuifasciatus, 380.

variegaticeps, 323, 379,

380.

Thaumantias

buskiana, 488, 489.

corollata, 483.

cymbaloides, 488, 491.

dubia, 488.

forbesiz, 487.

hemispherica, 460, 480,

481, 482, 487, 489.

lucida, 481.

lucifera, 481.

mediterranea, 483, 484.

melanops, 481.

piloselia, 481, 482, 488,

484,

thompsoni, 487, 489.

Thecla

angelia, 516.

angerona, 516,

eybele, 516.

duma, 682.

eurytulus, S17

marsyas, 516,

natalii, 122.

pion, 516.

piplea, 516.

rufo-fusca, 517.

simethis, 516.

telea, 516.

Thelechoris

rutenbergi, 762, 764.

striatipes, 762, 764.

Thera

perarcuata, 646,

Theristicus

branickii, 323.

Thermesia

absumens, 648.

bigutta, 640.

brevistriga, 648.

caliginosa, 648,

conficita, 648.

divulgata, 648.

gemmatalis, 648.

imitatura, 640,

inficita, 648.

lenis, 638.

rubricans, 269,

signans, 638.

subfixa, 648.

tripunctifera, 638.

Thiacidas

vilis, 266.

Thlypopsis

amazonum, 345,

orrata, 345.

INDEX.

Thlypopsis

ornata macropteryx,345.

Thrix

gama, 651, 678, 683.

Thryothorus

cantator, 328,

Thymele

. florestan, 99.

ophion, 17.

ramanetek, 97.

sabadius, 17.

Thymelicus

acte@on, 57.

brevicornis, 58.

capenas, 55.

lepenula, 54.

lineola, 57.

macomo, 5d.

mening, 49,

niveostriga, 56.

thaumas, 57.

wallengrenii, 56.

Thyretes

caffra, 846.

phasma, 846.

Thyria

aurifundens, 639.

Thyridophora

Suria, 273.

Thyridospila

amena, 648.

ceca, 649.

compta, 648.

quadriocellata, 648.

Thysonotis

schaeffera, 657.

Tiarechinus

princeps, 1003, 1005.

Tiaropsis

multicirrata, 481.

Tibracana

szanthialis, 649.

Tigrisoma

brasiliense, 235,

Tiliqua

carinata, 874.

Timandra

viridiplaga, 645.

Tinea

abruptella, 281.

bipartitella, 281.

pulchella, 135.

swinhoet, 280,

tapetzella, 281.

Tineola

teniecornis, 281.

Tingra

amenaida, 121.

Tinnunculus

alaudarius, 311.

tinnunculus, 311.

Tiphia

consueta, 431.

decrescens, 431,

nigra, 430.

rufo-femorata, 431.

thoraciea, 429.

Tirumala

petiverana, 530, 852.

Tityra

semifasciata, 369.

— fortis, 369.

Todirostrum

cinereum, 359.

Tolype

opalinea, 650.

Tomistoma

schlegelit, 628, 630,

632, 861.

Topaza

pella, 293, 294.

Torda

metamelana, 649.

Tortricodes

phormisalis, 642.

Tosale

pyralidoides, 649,

Tragelaphus

angasi, 798. °

gratus, 304.

seriptus, 984.

— rowaleyni, 798. -

spekii, 3804.

Tragulus

juvanicus, 986.

stanleyanus, 986.

Trapezites

curmides, 27.

catocalinus, 28.

chirala, 28.

empyreus, 27.

Sastuosus, 27.

gillias, 28.

hova, 22.

kingdoni, 28.

malchus, 28.

paroechus, 28.

Trechona

zebrata, 754.

Tremataster

difficilis, 1037.

Trichoglossus

Jorsteni, 1.

Trichophaga

abruptella, 280, 281.

bipurtitella, 28V, 281.

coprobiella, 280,

swinhoet, 280.

tapetzella, 280, 281.

Trichoptilus

centetes, 277.

oxydactylus, 277,

Trichosemeia

brigida, 16.

hereus, 16, 104,

pulvina, 65.

quaterna, 16.

suhalbida, 16.

subolivescens, 15, 104.

tetrastigma, 15.

Triglyphothrix

obesum, 419.

walshi, 419.

Trigona

iridipennis, 458.

preterita, 458.

Trigonocephalus

gramineus, 896.

puniceus, 896.

sumatranus, 897.

Trigonodes

acutata, 265.

hyppasia, 265, 849.

Trimeresurus

convictus, 896.

erythrurus, 896.

Tringa

canutus, 546.

cartilagineus, 861.

gangeticus, 861.

ginthert, 860.

hurum, 861.

ornatus, 861.

phayrit, 861.

_ subplanus, 860.

Trithemis

arteriosa, 521.

Troglodytes

audaz, 328, 329.

Srater, 328.

musculus, 328, 329.

— audaz, 328.

— puna, 329.

parvulus, 311.

solstitialis, 328.

— frater, 328.

troglodytes, 311.

Tropa

dictynna, 635.

luna, 635.

Tropidonotus

cerasogaster, 879.

chrysargus, 880).

jgunceus, 880.

maculatus, 880.

natrix, 547.

olivaceus, 216.

piscator, 783, 879.

quincunctiatus, 879.

schistosus, 881.

stolatus, 783, 880.

subminiatus, 880.

trianguligerus, 879.

INDEX,

Tropidonotus

wmbratus, 879.

vittatus, 880.

Trypoxylon

intrudens, 441,

pileatum, 441,

Tubella

reticulata, 779.

Tubularia

implexa, 461.

Turdus

chiguanco, 323.

gigas gigantodes, 327.

agnobilis, 326.

merula, 228.

musicus, d15.

nigriceps, 325.

pheopygioides, 326.

pheopygus, 326.

— saturatus, 326.

— spodiolemus, 326.

serranus, 327.

swainsont, 327.

viscivorus, 313, 315.

Turtur

communis, 311.

turtur, 311.

Tylognathus

smerinthoides, 637.

Typhlatta

bengalensis, 416.

ceylonica, 416.

Typhlopone

curtisit, 416.

Typhlops

blanfordiz, 216.

bothriorhynchus, 876.

braminus, 876.

lineatus, 876.

nigroalbus, 876.

somalicus, 216.

Tyranniscus

frontalis, 323, 363.

plumbeiceps, 363.

Tyrannus

melancholicus, 367.

Upucerthia

andecola, 371.

bridgesi, 371.

gelskit, 371.

serrand, 371.

Urania

leilus, 776.

Uranothauma

crawshayi, 108, 122,

831.

pogget, 831.

Urapteryx

palindiaria, 644.

platinata, 645.

1109

Uria

columbia, 547.

Urocissa

magnirostris, 228,

Urota

sinope, 241, 242.

Vadata

macropterana, 647.

Valeria

anguliplaga, 639.

Vanellus

vanellus, 311.

vulgaris, 311.

Vanessa

antiopa, 241.

pelasgis, 823.

polychlorus, 241.

Varanus

flavescens, 782, 872.

nebulosus, 872.

ocellatus, 215.

rudicollis, 873.

salvator, 873.

Vespa

carnatica, 448,

cineta, 449.

Serruginea, 450.

obliterata, 450.

petiolata, 448.

stigma, 450.

tamula, 450.

tenebrionis, 450.

unifasciata, 450,

Vespertilio

phaiops, 791.

Vesperugo

nanus, 791.

(Eptesicus) megalurus,

791.

(—) rendalli, 791.

Vidua

paradisea, 228,

Virachola

anta, 123, 882,

852.

perse, 682.

similis, 651, 682.

Vireosylvia

Josephe, 332.

Virgarina

scopula, 678.

Viverra

civetta, 792.

Volatinia

Jacarini, 349.

— splendens, 349.

Volucella

ohesa, 776.

Vultur

occipitatis, 780.

1110

Willsia

499.

Xantharpyia

straminea, 790.

Xanthea

appendiculata, 495.

Xantholema

rosea, 55d, 557.

Xanthoptera

alboflava, 648.

aurifera, 638.

furcata, 638.

mesozond, 261, 283.

Xanthospilopteryx

perdix, 843.

superba, 134.

Xanthoura

joly@a, 354.

Sas, B54.

Xenelaphis

hexagonotus, 882.

Xenochrophis

cerasogaster, 879.

Xenodacnis

parina, 336.

Xenodermus

javanicus, 878.

Xenodon

purpurascens, 884,

Xenopeltis

unicolor, 878.

Xenops

genibarbis, 375.

— approximans, 375.

— mexicanus, 375.

rutilus, 375.

— heterurus, 375.

INDEX.

| Xenorhynchus

stellata, 468, 469, 472, |

senegalensis, 231.

Xiphocolaptes

lineatocephalus, 378.

pheopygus, 323, 377,

378.

promeropirhynchus,

377, 378.

Xylina

bipunctata, 438.

patefacta, 639.

Xylocopa

albo-fasciata, 457.

bryorum, 457.

collaris, 456.

dejeanti, 456.

dimidiata, 457.

dissimilis, 457.

Senestrata, 456.

ignita, 457.

indica, 456.

latipes, 456.

latreillii, 456.

lunulata, 457.

nigrocerulea, 457.

tenuiscapa, 456.

viridipennis, 456.

Ypthima

asterope, 243, 249, 256.

doleta, 109, 524, 5380.

granulosa, 851, 852.

Zainenis

korros, 882.

mucosus, 882.

smithii, 216.

Zana

spurcata, 844.

THE END.

BO arpa 1897

Zanclea

implexa, 461.

Zanthodes

innocens, 261.

Zaocys

carinatus, 881.

Zarania

cossalis, 649.

Zarona

jasoda, 651, 654.

Zebronia

abronalis, 643.

bialis, 643.

bunusalis, 648.

celiusalis, 643.

deicoonalis, 643.

lacrinesalis, 643.

Zenithoptera

americana, 778.

Zeritis

amanga, 123, 831.

perion, 533.

Zesius

livia, 244, 251, 256,

257.

Zethus

ceylonicus, 448.

Zinckenia

fascialis, 273.

Zizera

gaika, 120, 244, 250,

256, 8380.

Knysna, 244, 256, 829,

852.

lucida, 830, 852.

Zolea

congruella, 649,

Zygophyllum

simplex, 260.

Printed by Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

1896. ] ON A NEW GECKO FROM PENANG. 767

8. On a new Gecko from Penang.

By G. A. Bouteneer, F.R.S.

[Received June 16, 1896.]

(Plate XXXVI.)

Among some Reptiles and Batrachians collected on Penang hill

(at 2200 feet altitude) by Mr. Stanley Flower, and presented by him

to the Natural History Museum, there was a new Gecko of

particular interest. At a first glance it appears to be a Ptychozoon,

that curious form of parachute-bearing Geckos of which we now

know two species from South-eastern Asia, viz., P. homalocephalum,

Crey., and P. horsfieldii, Gray. But this resemblance is merely a

case of convergence, tor whilst Ptychozoon is a modified form of

Gecko, the new lizard is clearly derived from Hemidactylus. The

gap between the species.referred to Gecko and those on which

Ptychozoon is based is so considerable, that the latter genus has

been universally accepted by modern -herpetologists. But in the